#

3
->

DICTION A R Y
by the

CHINESE LANGUAGE,
IN T H R E E

PLA R T S.

Pant the first ; contain in G

CHINESE AND ENGLISH, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE RADICALS;

CHINESE AND ENGLISH ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY;

AND PART THE THIRD,

ENGLISH AND CHIN E S E.

BY THE REV. ROBERT MORRISON.

#########91%:#########z% Eji
it.

the scholar who is well READ, AND A LovER of ANTIQUITY, HAv1NG AUTHENT1c MATERIALs suPPLIED HIM to Refer ro
AND INVEsTigars;-Evrn

Thus, is a very important AssisrANicE to the skilful student.*

->

VOL. I.PART I.

M.A CA O :

PRINTED AT THE HONORABLE EAST INDIA COMPANY's PRESS,

BY

P. P. Thomf.S.

1815.

wANG-woo-TAou.

Asia Library
Referenc'

PL

| 45.5
M477
v.

To

THE HONORABLE THE COURT OF DIRECTORS

THE UNITED EAST INDIA COMPANY.,

AT WHOSE SOLE EXPENSE,

THE FOLLOWING WO R K IS PR IN TE D.

IT IS MOST RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED,

BY THEIR MUCH of LIGED, AND

VERY OBEDIENT HUMBLE SERVANT,

THE AUTHOR.

A D V E R T I S E M E N T.

IN laying before the Public the First Number of the following Dictionary, the Author would be glad to have it in his power
tomy with certainty, of how many Numbers the Work will consist, and in what period the whole will be completed.

There

are, however, various reasons which induce him to refrain from using any Language on the subject, that could be construed into a

pledge on his part, or that would raise expect.tions in the mind of the Purchaser, which the Author may not have it in his power to
fulfil.

The preparation of the Manuscript depends on the health and life of an individual; and the regular progress of the

Printing, is ensured by nothing that is more certain than those two circumstances, which every day's experience teaches, are
motto be calculated on. The Work is conducted in a Foreign Country, which affords no facilities for the supply of various articles
which are indispensably necessary to prosecute the Work. The First Number appears under disadvantages, from the whole of
the Italic Types having been stolen before they were landed from the Ship which conveyed them from England.
A long as Divine Providence grants health to the Author, and no unforeseen hindrances arise, the Work will be carried on
with care and

anduity. To those who are likely to purchase such a Work, it is of little consequence whether it extends to

a volume more, or a volume less. A great book is a great evil, if the same materials can be put into a smaller and more convenient

compan; but if the maerials are worth Printing, it is not certainly, very judicious to suppress them merely for the sake of making
a smaller Book.

The Reader may be assured, that if the Work appears diffuse and large, it is for some other reason than from

* wish to render it bulky and expensive.

The true Scholar will not find fault with the errors of the Work, merely for the sake of publishing a piece of smart Criticism,
r of attacking the Country, the Person, or the profession of the Writer, there is therefore no wish on the part of the Author, that
He will not be unjustly severe; he will not

the Critic should withhold his remarks, nor is it necessary to deprecate his severity.

indulge a propensity to pen something which shall be admired as good writing, whilst his own conscience condemns him for
misrepresenting his Author. Whatever therefore truth and justice require, let it be done;not with unnecessary harshness, but
"ith the kindness and mercy which every man would himself wish to experience from his judge.

The Writer is very far from

*ing forward with proud pretensions to excellence in his plodding task, nor is his language meant to brave Criticism. To say
the worst, Utility is his object, and if his labours prove useful, though in a lower degree than he himself could wish, he will at least :

"the atisfaction of not having labored quite in vain.

*Ol. 1.

It it but juitice to the Author to say, that, a part of the time in which these Sheeti were Printing, he has been ninety
miles distant from the Press. And in behalf of the Printer it should also be noticed, that the duties of Compositor, Pressman,
Reader and Corrector, hare all devolved on an individual, aided only by Natives who understood not the Bngi'u > Language.
The Author has elsewhere had occasion to acknowledge his sense of the obligation he is under to Til Ho no aable thi Cooet
of Directors, or the East India Company, for the liberal manner in which they undertook the expense of the Work. It remains
for him in this place, to express his grateful recollection of the countenance given to the undertaking, by the late Chief of the
English Factory, John William Roberts, Esq. ; and to offer his cordial thanks to John Fullarton Elphinitone, Esq. who,
as President of the Select Committee, recommended the undertaking to the Honorable Court ; and also to Sir George Thomas
Staunton, Bart- End the other Gentlemen of the Honorable Company's Establishment in China, who have since contributed, is
any way, to its progress or accuracy.

cantor, china.
December SSd. 1(16.

INTRODUCTION.

IjETTERS and the Press constitute a mighty engine; in itself innocent, but according to its application, productive of good or
evil almost infinite. Some Chinese surmise that Letters are of divine origin; others fable, that " When Letters were invented,
" the Heavens, Earth, and the Gods, were all agitated. The inhabitants of Hades wept at night, and the Heavens, as an expression
" ofjoj, rained down ripe grain. From the invention of Letters," they say, "the machinations of the human heart began to
" operate; stories false and erroneous daily increased; litigations and imprisonments sprung; hence, also, specious and artful
" Language, which causes so much confusion in the world. It was on these accounts the Shades of the departed wept at night. But,
" from the invention of Letters, polite intercourse and music proceeded ; reason and justice were made manifest; the relations of
" social life were illustrated; and, laws became fixed. Governors had a rule to refer to; Scholars had authorities to venerate; and
' hence, the Haavens, delighted, rained down ripe grain. The Classical Scholar, the Historian, the Mathematician, the Astronomer,
" none of them can do without Letters;were there not Letters to afford proof of passing events, the Shades might weep at noon
" day, and the Heavens rain down blood." Tradition might affirm what she pleased. According to this, it is acknowledged, that
Letters have been perverted to bad purposes, but still on the whole, the good which they have done is greater than the evil.
The Chinese receive it as an undoubted fact, that in high antiquity, knotted cords were made use of, to signify the intention
of Rolen ; and to be, to a certain extent, the signs of ideas. It is said, that in the time of
Fuh-he, a Person whom they c ill

/^ Hwang-te, the third from

Ts'hang-hi-i, observing the appearance of a certain constellation, the marks

on the shell of the tortoise, and the print of a horse's foot, first conceived the idea of forming Letters. During the reign of
~F_ Ching-wang, the second of the Dynasty
Chow, about the year of the world 2900, a Person named
Paou-she, formed a work called

Luh-shoo, the contents of which he taught to his Pupils. He is considered the

Father of Letters, and his work has been a standard to which all future ages have referred. It is there affirmed, that originally
nine-tenths of the Characters were hieroglyphic; but that being abbreviated for the sake of convenience; or added to, for the sake
of appearance; the true and original form was gradually lost. In proofof Characters being at first a representation of the thing

11.

signified, a few instances are adduced, as 0 JIh, " The un," now written | ^
fj\\ Shan, "A hill," now |J |#
" A boat," now jfy-^

^ Ma, "A horse," now B= #

^ Tat, " The moon," now

<U> Muh, " The eye," now g ^

^ Chay, " A cart, or carriage," now jj #

^) Chow,

^ Shwiiy, " Water," now

0\ Urh-

" The ear," nowJSL and so of others.

THI CHAaiCTEa IS SAID TO BE DXRIVID FROM IBI VOLLOWllfO SIX SOCaCISI. Resemblance to the object, as in the aliove instances of the Sun, Moon, &c
II. Pointing out some Property, as

Shang, " Above;" an ~p Hea, " Below."

III. Combination of ideas, as in -||= Sin, " Truth, belief," from man and word.

B, " Just, righteous," from a

sheep, and the Pronoun I.

IV. Sound of the thing spoken of, as ^pj" Ho, " A river ;" yf Keang, " A large river, a torrent." Sometimes a part
of the Character is to gire meaning, and part to give sound.
V. Contraries, by inverting and reversing the Character, thus Ljj Che, " To grow out of the ground;" inverted, i
pj^ Tsa, To revolve, to go round."

J Ching. ' Right, proper i" reversed ^Jj[ Fa, " Defect"

VI. Borrowed, supposed, or arbitrary Characters, as

Ling, " To order;" and

Ch'hang, ** Long." (Some

/p" Ling, under the III Class.)

The First Class, they call ^
Hing-seang.
The Second,
^ | ^ Che k he-sie.
TheThiid,

/^ ^ Hwuy-e.

The Fourth, they call

The Fifth,

7^ Heae shing.
jjn| jr Chuen-choo.

The Sixth.

fj^

Kea-tscay.

In tracing the Derivation of the Character, there is more of curiosity than utility. From the causes above mentioned, namely,
abbreviations and additions, for the sake of expedition, or beauty of the Character, the Derivation it much obscured in the pre
sent form. The Compilers of Chinese Dictionaries, cry out much agaiiikt what they call the /J^ jS^ Suh-seay, the vulgar
mode of writing; but notwithstanding all there zealous efforts, the vulgar mode prevails; and a Person would uot ouly appear
pedantic, but would cease to be generally understood, were he to write in any other than the vulgar mode.
About 800 years before the Christian era, in the reign of jlQ

Seuen-wang, the Seal Character was first written. The

^^^^^p^ Ta-chuen-wan, or Letters having a representation of the object, was formed by a Person named

Chow.

It was the design of these Characters, to carry the hieroglyphic system as far as possible; and, as they say, to represent the straight
lines of the dragon; the crooked windings of the worm; the footsteps of birds; the marks on shell fish; the figures of plants,
and trees, and insects, and swords, and spears ; hence, the Letter appeared as if flying or crawling.
About 500 years later, one

Le-sze, reduced the number of strokes, and formed the / j

Seaou-chuen-wan.

The Moderns profess that these Characters, in later years, were obtained from the hieroglyphics engraven on ancient metal vases
and hence called ^{fr)j|j ?C Chung-ting-wan, or the Letters of bells and tripods.
When j] ~j~

Che-hwang-te, (about the year of the world 3700,) ordered all books to be burnt, those metal vases

were, it is said, the meant of preserving the ancient Characters.

However, there does not seem any necessity to have recourse

to those vessels, as it cannot be supposed, that the order of the Emperor was carried into full effect.
The Seal Character, as the Chuen-tsze, is now called by Europeans, was, in the Dynasty yj^ Han, found extremely incon

Tenvent ; and according to tome, the Government ordered it to be modified, to what is now called the ij^jj 'Jj- Le-tize, or LeCharacter. a form not very dissimilar from the present Written Character, and 10 called from the ^^y^ Le-jin, or Writers
of Public Courts, hiring framed it.

Otheri again affirm, that it wa formed by a Person named ^^j^i Ching-raB, when con

fined in Prison.
The next modification of the Character was, to what if called
Kae-ahoo. It is considered the most perfect and
beautiful form of the Character, and was first written by T ^^ffo Wang-t'hsie-chung, during the Dynasty -pp Tsiu, (about
A. D. 300.) In this, as well as the Lc-shoo, the original form is nearly lost
Apprehensive of this becoming the case, "^"I^L Heu-shin, an Officer of Government, during the Dynasty yj| Han, (about
A. D. 100.) had formed the well known work, called jH^< ShwB-wan, in which he endeavours to trace and to preserve the
derivation and meaning of the Character.
About the same time, for the convenience of Government, recourse was had to, what is called ^ ijL Tsaou-tsze,
' Grass Character," i. e. > free running hand, now in general use, where saving of time is an object Government does not,
however, permit official documents to be written in any other than the st jf$r Kae-shoo form. The Person who first wrote
the Tsaou-tsze, was JSP
She-yew.
The Chinese Class the forms of the Characters variously. Some affirm there are five classes, others, six ; and others again say,
eight

The five classes are thus ; first, ~jf ^ Koo-wSn t second, ^

Ta-chuen, both of which are out of use.

third, /|\^ Seaou-chuen, used on Seals, the Colours of the Army, 4c. fourth, the

The

Pa-fun, Character, something

like the Lc-shoo, used on Stone Tablets ; fifth, the ^Tijj 3fe Le-shoo ; and the present /j^lfe Kae-shoo, used in Deeds of Pro
perty. Reports to His Majesty, Public and Private documents.
~f^T ^ Koo-wSn t

^ Ke-tsze t

Chuen-wSm

Those who arrange the Characters under six classes, call them
|fc Le-shoo

^ Mew-chuen; and ^^jl Cl.urg-

shoo, a Character which has the appearance of crawling insects.

The
or eight forms, are called ( first,
Ta-chuent second, /J\ ^ Seaou-chuen i third. ^|J j& KTh-foo, fourth, jj| ife Chung-shoot firth, ^ f|; Moo-yins
sixth, ^ -Q- Shoo-shoo; seventh,
The term
the running hand.

Jfe Shoo-shoo s eighth, ^L;j^|=: Le-shoo i several of these have fallen into disuse.

Ching-t szc, the proper Character, or plain hand, is used in contradistinction from ^

Tsaou-tsze.

Kae-shoo, the plain written hand, is sometimes used in contradistinction from 5^.$^ Sung-pan,

a stiff Character, commonly used in Printed Books.*

It derives its name from the Dynasty Sung. There is yet one form, the

^~J~ f- Hiog-lsze, a free hand, holding a middle place between the plain and running hands.

The above remarks, shew briefly, the various changes which the form of the Character has undergone. The changes of the spoken
Language, previous to the second or third century of our era, it is impossible to trace; as prior to that period it was preserved
ooly in the memories of the People, and communicated either vivi voce i or to those partially instructed, by referring to a Character
well known of the same sound as one not known, and saying, p^y^"
Character is Pronounced like that.

Tfih j8 mow, " Read as such a Character," or this

The Characters on this page, are in the Sung-pan form. In the body of the Work, the examples are in the same form as these,
but the Character defined, is iu the Kae-shoo form, affording a specimen of the written baud ofthe present day.

1Y.
The Chinese, themselves say, that in high antiquity, they had words without Letter! ; in the middle age, (i. e. about the time of
Confucius) wordi were communicated by Letters, in the way which hai just now been noticed. In later time*, the sounds of
many Characters were forgotten and lot, for the ^^/^ Yun-heB, wai not known. The Yun-he8, ia a mode of classing all the
words of the same termination together, as we do those of the same initial.
Europeans, been termed Tonic Dictionaries.
the -iff ^ Tsie-yun, or

Dictionaries arranged in this manner, have, by

There is a mode of spelling words, now practiced by the Chinese, which they call

Fan-yun, o r otherwise, tne^'^ Fan-yun. The principle of it is, to join the initial of the

first syllable to the final of a second, and from thence to derive a third syllable. Thus from ^jT T-ing and ^ij^ K-e, they
form Tc.

The two first, are denominated jEI

Tsze moo, " Mother Characters i" and the third is called

Tsze, " A child."

All the initial sounds, supposed to be contained in the Language, viz. Thirty-six, arranged in series, and combined with the Twelve
finals in proper tables, constitute a system, called ^
Tang-yun, "Classes, or series ofsounds." In some of these tables, the
Pronunciation is varied perpendicularly, as on the page by the J>UJ 7|^ Sze-shing, "Four tones

and transversely by the

* The |Jt| ^ Sze shiug, or Four tones, are generally known.

The
Ts'hlh yin, or Seven sounds, correspond to the
seven notes in music They are used by Chinese, both in vocal and instrumental music, and are otherwise expressed by the
seven Characters, TT"1" h T^jf Pf ,
Ho, sze. shang, kung, chlh, fan, yth. It has been attempted to apply these seven sounds
to the Spoken Language. Kang-he, in his Preface, supposes that JL~}j/^_^ Woo fang che min. The People who inhabit the
East, West, North, South, and Centre of the Empire, living in Countries diversified by hills, plains, rivers, and springs, have their
voices affected by the nature of the Country which they inhabit) and that, consequently, the 5."^ Woo yin, or Five full tones,
must be found to apply generally, but that all the seven notes, will rarely apply.
The Thirty-six initials, which run transversely, in the tables of
T&ngyun, are divided amongst the seven notes; thus,
The
Yayin, Dentals, or sounds modified by the grinder teeth, viz. Jjj_-yjjiip[j^| Keen, k'he, keun, e; are classed under
the
Keii Note, and referred to in the order in which they stand s thus
Keen, is called the first of the Note ^ KeS, and
^ K'he, the second, &c.
The
Sh yin, or Lingual initials, viz. ^j^L^/JE^Pi?^^ M. Twan, t'how, ting, ne, che,
chhlh, ching, neang, are classed under the '(^ Che Note ; and are referred to by the words first, third, and &c onward to
the Eighth. This mode of reference applies to all the Seven Classes. (Vide, Dictionary 3 i^pjlJ^J" Woo-chay-yun-foo.)
The
Shin yin, or Labials, viz. ^ '/^^ 0^ ^^^^ Pang, p'haug, ping, ming, fe, foo, fung, we, are classed under
the 33 Yu.Note.
The "J$rg" Che yin, Incisor teeth, or Fore dentalsj viz. ^^^^^[^B^^^jpp Tsing, U'hing,
uung, sin, seay, chaou, ch'huen, chwang, shin, shen.are Classed under the Note ^ Shang.
The Pfjj^lf How yin, or Gutteral
Sound* : viz. ^ [M^ffM Heuou, heS, ying, yu, are placed under the Note ^ Kung.
Finally, the ^^"^"^^ Pwan sh,
pwan che, Half linguuls, and half dental sounds, as Kang-he calls them, viz. ^ Lae and [EJ YTh, are considered a modification
of two of Hie preceding, and are called
Pi-en che, and
Peen shang, which denote the same as the Semi-tones,
Pwau <.'he, and ^ ^ Pwan shang. However, they frequently profess to carry the above distinctions no farther than the
'JL.'W Woo yin, or Five full tones, and even in that, their success is much to be doubted.
In the Dictionary -f-^ Tsze-hwuy, is a hand drawn with the palm uppermost, and the four fingers are divided each into
ioUr spaces, pointing to these divisions on his own hand, with the end of his thumb, in order to reckon the number. The Learner
is taught to chant over all the Thirty-six Initials, or so many of them as lead him to the sound under which he should fix any
given Character, and then stops. I have seen one Gentleman, and but one, who had any pretentions to understand this complicated
system ; and he informed me, that there were very few Scholars in the Province, who were at all acquainted with it.
The words 3 Yin, and ^ Shing, are used for each other. They not only say,
Sze shing, and 7/ ^ Woo yin, The

V.
Ts'blh-yin, "Seven sounds, or notes." The ptj ^ Sze shing, or " Four Tone.," are called 2^ K. ^# \ . Ping, Aang,
k'heu.j iih.* The j-^
Ts'hlh-yiu, or " Seven notes," consist of five tone, and two semi-tones, they are called 'g* p j&j ^ ^ ^
/jjjjjr
4ji
i|i j&j Kung, hang, keti, che, yu, halfche, and half shang. Distinction! itill more minute have been talked
of, as _t^p- shn&-PinR> "Tne nigh PinS-" *nd ~~p ^p- Hea-ping, "The low pings" the ^jjj" Tshing, "Clear,"* and the
Chiih, " Thick sounds."
The whole of this System, and these nice, and in part, imperceptible distinctions, are comparatively modern in China; and
a large proportion of them hare been introduced from foreign countries.

-\^J

-jj^

jfe"

Shing yun fan ts'hee che hco, koo we che yew yay. " The doctrine of Tones, and of the Syllabic Spelling, was not known in ancient
times." t

The Imperial Dictionary, by order of the Emperor Kang-he,+ contains the following quotation, from a work called

hlhtszemoo; Keang tso chejoo shlh sze shing, urh piih shlh ts'hlh yin; ts'hlh yin che chuen.chaou tsze Se yah, esan sMh luh tsze
wei moo, tsung wei sze shing, hang wei ts'hlh yin. " The Literati, in the time of Han, (about A. D. 200) understood Letters, but were
unacquainted with the Mother Characters; the Literati, on the left of the great River, (i. e. the North ofjj^j^-yj^ Yang,
tsze-keang,) knew the Four Tones, but were unacquainted with the seven sounds.

Information respecting the seven sounds,

originated in the Western regions; in which system, thirty-six Characters are constituted Mothers; longitudinally are the Four
Tones, and transversely the Seven Sounds." S It is added in the above work, that ^
^
i^jr
-|-
[TQ ^1 "fj^
-tTJ
^ vun PoJo-n""1 1 ho nSnS e h1h e tsze kwan yih ts-he'e yin. " In the Western regions, the books
of the Po-lo-mun, can combine all sounds by fourteen Letters.-'
This system is further spoken of, as being derived from the
Country
Fan, from when sprung the Religion of
Fuh, and which place, is commonly said to be some part of Jjj^ Tsang,
which is Tibet. The introduction of the Thirty-six initial sounds, is attributed to
said, the system was much employed, ^jj^^p

j Shin-k'he, 5 a priest of Fuh ; and it is

^tjfe ^ iI3 K vhaoS Mh ,he che ,n<"> yu Cbung-kw3, " To

give currency to the books of Fiili in China."** I shall quote one more testimony, which shews the period in which it became
prevalent, as weU as from whence it originated.

^L&fl {eJ (Sjjj|!(,A 4* HI ^^^^^f Fan u'he*

che bee tsze Se yiih juh Chuug-kwS. che Tse Leang shing hing. " The Syllabic Spelling entered China from the West, and prevailed extensively under the Dynasties Tse and Leang ;" answering nearly to A. D. 500.

Four tones, and five notes, but also :3L Woo shing, and A.^ P* yin in whichexpressions, Woo shing, refers to the Five
Notes, and Pa yin, to the Eight Substances, Wood, skin, &c. which emit sound.
In addition to all the above distinctions, they
*dd the expression %T% Kew yin, Nine sounds, or tones; viz. _l7^. ""J^. . f, .~F:.A.,T1 A.
"T* A- which are modifications of the JZ^^ Sze >h'1DS> Four Tones.
* For further illustration of these, see a Chinese Grammar, written by the Author of this Dictionary, and, in 1818 sent by
the Honorable Company's Select Committee in China, to Lord Minto,at Calcutta, where it was since Printed by order of Government.
t Vide,
Preface.
+ It is strictly K'hang he.
^ Vide,
A Kang-he's Tsze-teen.
| About A. D.
M, a ^ Ij^P^lfi Po-l0"Inu,l (Brahmun) Priest was at Peking; and by the order of the Emperor
Keen-tlh, S00 ffiffl
Sha-mun (Priests) went to India to procure Books, 4c. (Vide, Ta-ts'hing-y'ih-t'hung-che.)
1 It is otherwise written jjj$3j} Shin-kung.
** Vide,
Luh-shoo-koo, and ^i^J.^ Yin-heB-woo-shoo.
VOl* i.
+

vi.

The Four Tones were first noticed bj * Peron called J|fJ |||| Chow-yung, and first published to the world, bj

A shin-

jS. The last work referred to, says, that ||[] ^^^^.^^^ ^ Sre hinS che fun> Uae te Leang che keen.
"The diitinction of the Four Tones, took place during the Dynasties Tse and Leang;" about the close of the fifth century.

It

is said, that
jfc.^ ^j* Leang Woo-te, His Majesty Woo-te, of the Dynasty Leang, would not believe, that there was really any
such distinction as that of the Four Shing, and often conversed on the subject. He one day asked jjjj
Chow-shay, what the
Four Tones were. The Courtly Scholar replied, ^-f*^^ (7tJ ^^[^;

T'heen tszi shingch*. sze tsze tsew

she sze shing. You, Sire, are, " Heaven's Son, holy, wise ; these four words contain, (illustrate, or are instances of) the Four
Shing." The compliment no doubt, had such weightas to carry with it full conviction to His Majesty s mind, of the existence of
the Four Tones. There is no argument that can stand against flattery.
The "tTJ]^^ Ts'hef-yun, or system of Syllabic Spelling, adapted to Chinese Monosyllables, and which has been fully proved
to have originated in a modification of iome foreign system, (in all probability the Shanscrit) is at this day, very partially and ill
understood in China. The Thirty-six initials of the Series, are redundant more than one-third. A Chinese Writer rejected fifteen
of them ; and said, with the remaining Twenty-one, he could express not only all the words of the Chinese Language, but also the
sounds uttered by birds and beasts. Various endeavours have been used to simplify the system, and recommend it to general ac
ceplance ; to these efforts, the finishing hand has been put by the Compilers of the Imperial Dictionary. Still, what is said in /y>,

woo tseu ts'hing tsze, he tseay she tsae > "Its rules are numerous and embarrassing, and its meaning obscure ( every one is afraid
of the difficulty, and rejects it, saying, ' Of what use will this be to me in the pursuit of literary honors }' "

Another writer says,

^fc ~ -j~ftf~^_ jfy

^1
^@ i^y^^ Khe ,an ,hllh ,iih mo che fun mun' kew che "e*"K hwlln ch** t0" The arrangement of the Thirty-six initial sounds, when examined into, are found to contain much that is very confused." He com
plains, that the fashionable rage of many Persons for those foreign distinctions of sound, unknown to their fathers, and not suited
to the genius of the Chinese Language, called ofT people's attention from the plain, tangible, and useful study of Letters, to a
visionary pursuit of abstruse, evanescent, and useless distinctions of sound. His opinion of the nature of the Chinese Written
Language, as contrasted with the foreign system introduced; though contained in a rather long quotation, is interesting to
a Student of Chinese.

He .ays, ^ feQ ^ J> W^lf^M^ AM

^fc^C

j in peih yin ; tsae yin pub tsae tsze; Hwa j in pelh tsze, tsae tsze pith tsae yin ; koo Fan yew woo keung che yin, urh Hwa yew woo
keung che tsze. Fan, tsth yin yew meaou e, urh tsze woo win tsae ; Hwa, tslh tsze yew pcen t'hung, urh yin woo tsze choo. Fan
jin ch'bang yu yin, so tlh tsung wan juh; Hwa jin ch'hangyu wan, so Uh tsung keen jiih. " Itappears to me, that the people of
Fan, (from whence, as has been noticed above, the Syllabic Spelling was derived) distinguish sounds ; and with them the stress is laid

Vide' fJl jj| Tan-lslb, Sd. vol.

vii
a the sounds, not on the Letteri.

Chinese distinguish the Characters, and lay the stress on the Characters, not on the sounds.

Hence in the language of Fan, there is an endless variety of sound ; with the Chinese, there is an endless variety of the Character.
In Fan, the principles of sound excite an admiration, but the letters are destitute of beauty i in Chinese, the Characters are capable
fever varying intelligible modifications, but the sounds are not possessed of nice and minute distinctions. The People of Fan
prefer the sounds, and, what they obtain enters by the ear; the Chinese prefer the beautiful Character, and what they obtain enters
by the eye." The fact is, that an Alphabetic Language is addressed both to the eye and the ear. A page of a book, when viewed,
enables a Person to pronounce sounds which are understood by all who hear; in this perhaps, its chief excellence consists. How
ever, the quotation was intended to prove, that in the opinion of the Chinese themselves, the figure and meaning ofthe Character
are the great points to be attended to. _
The Emperor Kang-he, whose Tartar series of Syllables the -fc7J "j|f| Ts hei-yun resembles, affirms, contrary to the authorities
above quoted, that the system is at once admirable and easy ; and that great stupidity must be the lot of those who cannot under,
stand it The simple use of two Characters, to educe from them the Pronunciation of a third, is very generally adopted, and in
troduced into modern editions of the Classics. But no where, neither in Dictionaries nor Commentaries, do they confine them
selves to determinate sets of Characters for the Initials and Finals, which circumstance deprives the Student of much of the benefit,
which would otherwise result from the plan. Even the Imperial Dictionary does not confine itself in the body of the work to the
seta of Characters given in its own tables.

Some Dictionaries are still published agreeably to the old mode of giving a single

Character, supposed to be better known, of the same Pronunciation, as that less known. But in this case also, they do not confine
themselves to the same Character as the sign of the same sound. They seem always to calculate on the Student having learned
to Pronounce several thousand Characters, from the mouth of a Master.

One who has been taught the Art of Spelling, according

to the Alphabetic system, wonders at the extreme deficiency of Chinese, otherwise tolerably well acquainted with Letters, when they
try to obtain the Pronunciation of a word, by the Syllabic Spelling; as from T-ing Ke-a, to derive Hea, instead of Ta, is an
example which does not exaggerate their blunders. Many of the Chinese Dictionaries, employ both the " (-7] ^^Ts'hee-yun, and the
~^ Yin, that is, the Syllabic Spelling, and the single Character of the same sound as that to be defined. The latter mode is more
generally understood.

I Works on the Language, in Chinese, have been arranged either according to the import and form of the Character, or aeing to its Pronunciation, by classing together those whose terminations were the same. All the earlier Dictionaries, the / ^
Lfah-sboo; ~pfjfc?Q Shw-wan, ^IljlrJ Yub-p'heen,..and
Luy-p'heen, were arranged according to the form and
meaning of the Character. The first Dictionary, arranged according to the Pronunciation, was called J^L |||| Tang-yun ; it
appeared, about A. D. 600.
K"nfT-Jn.

The same Dynasty, vix. that of ^ Tang, which continued till about A. D. 900, produced J|jjf

About the year 1300, th work, called

jft^jf? Woo-yun-u6-yan' w" published.

j Yue

Dynasty produced ^j^f^ Yun-hwuy, and fl^ Ming Dynasty, which continued till A. D. 1644, produced
Ching-yun.
These Dictionaries were all arranged according to the Pronunciation ; an arrangement, which after a trial of several hundred
jean, was found not to answer well. There was much disagreement amongst these different authorities, and the difficulty

viii.
of finding the Characters was great j hence the writer! of the Dictionaries
fhung, who published their workf during the Dynasty

Tsxe-hwuy, and "jf

jjg^ Ching-tsze-

Ming, reTerted to the principle of the ancient arrangement, and the

Compilers of the Imperial Dictionary, adhered to it. In forming that Work the above mentioned Dictionaries were all consulted
and the New Work was called
rrrl Tszc-teen, "A standard, or Canon of the Character."

THE

RADICALS.

Or Keys, by the Chinese called ^ "p ^ Tsxe-poo, under which the Characters are at present arranged, amount to Two Hundred
and Fourteen, and follow in order, according to the number of strokes of the Pencil employed in writing each of them, from one
stroke to eighteen. In this arrangement the chief object is, facility of finding the Character wanted ; this is a modern improve
ment on the ancient system, though considered less Philosophical than that of

Liih-shoo, g^^J^ ShwO-wHn, and jfc

Yiih-pheen. In those Works, most regard was paid to the meaning of the Character in its arrangement In the present mode,
the meaning is made a secondary consideration to its being easily found. Kang-he, endeavours to unite these objects, and
hence, alters the place of some Characters from that in which Tsze-hwuy and Chiog-tsze-t'hung had arranged them i for instance,
Heung, " The light issuing from fire," was placed, by preceding Dictionaries under ^ Jib, Day ;" be has placed it under
v/^Ho. Fire."

Tae, " Cloudy ; obscure," is put under jy^j Yu, Rain," instead of

Tae, " At, or to a certain point"

Hing, "The blaze of fire;" jjjJJ Ying, " The name of a river i" |j| King, " A certain tree." and fB Ying, "Theapex
of a stalk of grain ;" were, by Ching-tsze-fhung, all placed under ^ HeS, The head." Kang-he has restored them to the
Radicals ^7^./^^. Fire' 'waler' wood- ,nd S""n,
the fratners of the Characters would have placed them.
In
Liih-shoo, the ^'p|5 Txe-poo, are called Jfc g Shoo miih, ' Book s eyes," or Characters which constitute
an Index to the Book ! they amount to 479.

Iu

Shwo-wan, to S404 and in JJ ^ Yuh-pheen, to 54. In the first of

these, namely, Liih-shoo, a Classification is made, which is still often followed, when Language is not treated of. The first division
of the Character, includes a few derived from a single line. The second division embraces Celestial objects, as the Sky, the
invisible, or aerial influence, the Sun, Moon, and Stars; Clouds, Rain, and Thunder. The third, Terrestial objects, as Earth, to
Grow; Water, Metal, Hills, Rivers, &c. The fourth, Man, including the parts and functions of the human body ; to See; to Sleep;
&c. The fifth, Living Creatures, or as they are expressed "Things that move," including the various species of Animals. Sixth,
Things Straight, as Trees', Grasses, Plants.

The seventh, Productions of Human Industry. Eighth, Miscellaneous; and Ninth.

Doubtful, including Characters whose formation, or classification, are not clearly ascertained.

Further, There is in the 4T9, a dis

tinction made between the principal and subordinate Radicals, thus, Sun and Moon, are principal Characters ; Morning and
Evening, are derived from them, and placed in the second class. Water, is a principal ; River, Streams, die are subordinate.
The principal, are denominated
Moo, " Mothers;" the derivatives, are called
Tsze, " Children." Under these Radical
parts, are arranged their Compounds, formed agreeably to the Six Divisions mentioned above on the second page. In the whole
of this arrangement, no regard is paid to the number oT strokes in each Character; from which, and other circumstances, the
Character wanted, is found with considerable difficulty. The present reduced number of Radicals, and each Character occupying
a place according to its number of strokes, is the latest and most convenient arrangement It appears to have bees first employed
in the Dictionary dtp.'^j^ TsEe-hwuy.

ix.
Paper wis invented m China, by a Person named ^M. -jjjjj" Tsae-lun, about the end of the first century .
wooden thin boards, or bamboos pared thin, were used to write on.

In ancient timet

The next step was, to write on silk or cloth.

Their

pencil at first, was the point of a stick, which they dipped in a liquid ink. Hair Pencils were invented so early at 300 years B. C
Their squares of ink, as now used, were known about A. D. 600.
Printing, it is said, was first introduced to the notice of Government, by a Minister of State, called 7^ -} ^ Fung-taou, whs
was

J\_ Woo-tae-jin, a Person who lived during the five latter Dynasties ; he lived to the commencement of the Dynasty

^j? Song, about the middle of the Tenth Century, when the art -of Printing prevailed. The first essay, is said to have been, to
take an impression en paper from a stone tablet, on which Letters had been engraved ; by this process the ground of the Paper was
black, and the Characters white. Impressions on single sheets only were taken in this way, but this led to the invention of wooden
blocks, or wooden Stereotype Printing, which has continued to the present time. Type-Cutters now worship Fung-taou, as their
patron deity, in the same way as the learned worship Confucius.
Thus has been traced from knotted cords and bamboo hooks, the progress, in China, of that mighty engine, the incipient dis
covery of which, Fable says, shook the universe.

Speech, by which we communicate fully our thoughts to others, is that, next

to the power of thinking, by which man is far removed from the inferior creatures;Writing, by which man renders his thoughts
visible, and conveys them to those beyond the reach of his voice, to the very ends of the earth, raises him high above his unlettered
fellow men ;and Printing, which in one hour, by a single hand, effects as much as could be written in a whole day, by a thousand
pens, appears to have given the highest possible facility to the interchange of ideas amongst human beings.- Would that those
, were none other than such as are favourable to Truth, Piety, and Virtue.

The Dictionary by order of His Imperial Majesty, gang-he, it a compilation, rather than an original Work.

For the

completion of it, five years were allowed; Twenty-seven Persons were employed in composing it; twoothers in revising, and one
in superintending the Press. *
From its being the Work of many, there it a want of unity, and perspicuity in it The Student
is sometimes referred backwards and forwards without finding satisfaction any where. The quotations are so garbled as to be often
unintelligible, without a reference to the original. The Definitions are not in an easy style. It is crowded with different Pro
nunciations, from their making a point of collecting the Ancient as well as the Modern Pronunciation. Though the Compilers
were instructed by His Majesty, that " No meaning should be left unexplained, as well as no sound omitted," they have almost
entirely overlooked the Colloquial Dialect Hence, a mere translation of Kang-he's Dictionary, would be far from answering the
purposes of the European Student; the Imperial Dictionary was intended for Natives, not for Foreigners. Still, it may justly
be considered, the fullest and best Dictionary, which has appeared in China; and it is in universal use.
Of the following Dictionary, Kang-he's Tsze-teen, forms the ground work ; the arrangement and number of Characters in the
First Part, are according to it. The Definitions and Examples, are derived chiefly from it; from Personal knowledge of the use
ofthe Character; from the Manuscript Dictionaries of the Romish Church ; from Native Scholars ; and from Miscellaneous Works
perused on purpose.

VOL. I.

Vide, ^A. Tsze-teen, vol. 1.

+f

X.
The Manuscript Dictionaries contain from Ten to Thirteen thounnd Character! ; the late Printed French Co py, contain!, Thir
teen thousand, three hundred and sixteen. Neither the Manuscript Dictionaries, nor Printed Copies, insert the Chinese Characters in
the Examples, which leaves the Learner at great uncertainty, as to the Characters or Words whitii compose the Examples given.
In this Work, that material defect is supplied.

The Examples are also more numerous, and the illustrations generally fuller

than in the Manuscripts and Printed Copy of the Missionaries' Dictionaries. ' In this. Work, the Seal Character and Running-hand
forms are introduced. The number of Characters, agreeably to Kang-he's Tsze-teen, amounts to about Forty Thousand, amongst
which are many of rare occurrence, but which are necessary to the completeness of the Work.
To the European Student of Chinese, the Writer would recommend particular al (cation lo the Character, as finally the
speediest and most satisfactory method of acquiring the Language. Let the Radicals be committed to memory. The Tones and
Aspirates, are quite- of a secondary nature. Such distinctions do exist, but they are not necessary to write the Language, nor yet
to speak it intelligibly. Even Native Scholars, are sometimes unacquainted with them ; they are essential only in Poetry. The
form o the Character, and the proper collocation of words, are indispensibly necessary parts to be attended to.
sometimes, affect the sense r in such rases, but no other, they are marked by the Chinese.

The Tones

European Writers, have laid undue

stress upon them, and upon accompanying the Alphabetic Spelling with the appropriate marks of the Tones. The Student should
consider all Alphabetic Spelling and marks, as only imperfect helps to his- recollection of the sound of the Chinese Character.

Any

thing in Chinese, beyond common place topics of colloquial intercourse, is quite unintelligible when expressed in Letters of the
Roman Alphabet. The Character must bt present to the eye, or to the mind; in order to be understood..
What iscallcd the Mandarin Dialect, or 'g* j^jjj- Kwan hwa, is spoken generally in ^JJ. "j^jj Keang-nan^and y'pj |^ Ho-nan.
Provinoes, in both of which, the Court once resided; hence the Dialects. of those placet- gained the ascendancy over the other
Provincial Dialects, on the common principle of the Court Dialect becoming, amongst People of education, the standard Dialect.
A Tartar-Chinese Dialect is now gradually gaining ground, and if the Dynasty continues long, will finally prevail. There is no
occasion to suppose it a " Royal' Dialect, fabricated on purpose to distinguish it from the vulgar."* Difference of Dialects arise
gradually without art or contrivance I
That the Chinese Language has no Compound Words, seems a misapprehension . That the Characters are not actually joined
to each other is a fact ; but to the intelligent Reader, Speaker, and Hearer, the Syllables are often understood in a compound sense.
^ J&. Tsxe-teen, or

Tse-hwuy, " Lexicon, or Dictionary," are understood as compound terms.

-}**

Pun-t'hoo-jin, denotes " Aborigines;" and though the Characters be not linked together, they are in sense, and in the apprehension
nfthe Person who understands Chinese, as really joined as " Ab " is to " origme."
To the Writer of this, it appears unquestionable, that the Chinese Language originated in pictures ofvisible objects, and fromthence by allusion, gradually extended from things visible and capable of being represented, to things immaterial and beyond the
cognizance of the senses. The pictures of the objects of vision are now almost entirely obliterated, and the allusion is, by the
generality of Students, but slightly perceived ; hence the Character presents to such Persons, little more than a collection of
arbitrary signs. Their being composed ofa few Radical parts, to each of which commonly a meaning is affiled, makes them rememI with infinitely more ease, than if they were formed at random. That Chinese Characters are not fitted to convey Sounds as

Encyclopedia Brit. 14 vol. page 526.

xi.
well at the Letters of an Alphabet, it quite apparent Though by joining them, they form a kind of Syllabic Spelling ; for London,
they could ny, Lun-tun, which comei lufficiently near to the true sound of the word.

But for Bengal, they are obliged to write

Mang-ya-la, or Pang-k1h4a.
To convey ideas to the mind, by the eye, the Chinese Language answers all the purposes of a written medium, as well as the
Alphabetic system of the Wesl, and perhaps in some respects, better. As sight is quicker than hearing, so idea* reaching the mind
by the eye, are quicker, more striking, and vivid, than those which reach the mind by the slower progress of sound. The Character
forms a picture, which really is, or by early associations, is considered beautiful and impressive.

The Chinese fine writing,

(when fully understood, by dispensing with all the minute particles, and diffusive expressions, which are absolutely necessary to give
to sounds that variety, which makes tliem intelligible in Spoken Language,) darts upon the mind with a vivid flash; a force and a
beauty, of which Alphabetic Language is incapable. Chinese Writing is also more permanent, than the Alphabetic system, which is
ever varying its spelling with the continually changing pronunciation of the living- voice. Perhaps, the Chinese written Language,
has contributed in some degree to the unity of the Chinese Nation. Were all the Dialect* ofthe Empire expressed in an Alpha
betic Character, they would form, to appearance, Languages, perhaps nearly as different from each other, as those of the several
nations of Europe. Is4t not then an advantage to-have distii.ct, from Spoken Language, a written medium of thought, little sus
ceptible of changer
But at a future day, when the Chinese Language shall be better, and mors generally known, its merits and demerits, will be more
justly appreciated. Hitherto its European admirers and contemners, have commonly both of them, been very ignorant of it) and
consequently, not qualified to form a correct estimate. Some Gentlemen, see at tittle beauty in the Chinese Language, as the
Schoolboy doe* of beauty in the Latin, when' first reading Hie, hsec, hoc; and much for-the same reason.

Others cry out

respecting it, " O Lingua divina P whilst from their present ignorance of the subject, they expectto-find" in the Language,. excellencies'
which never existed.

What should we think, of a Chinese, who, unable to write in a legible hand, the Roman Alphabet; or to.

read a page of a cdmmon Spelling Book, should yet presume to decide on the beauties or defects of the English or French
Ungoage*?

Should we not justly despise his pretensions > Equally worthy of being despised, have been, respecting Chinese,

several of the effort* of European Literati.

Some of the Missionaries, of the Romish Church, who took the lead in Chinese Literature, have always written respectably on
the subject

Their Manuscript Dictionaries, Grammars, and Letters, have furnished the material* of all that has been Printed in

Europe; but those materials have often fallen into the hands of Europeans, who have more or less disfigured them, from
ignorance of the subject. Some have been even so far lost to a tense of propriety, as to caluminate those Guides, from whom, when
they separated for a moment, they fall into error. There are varicus errors in Foarroont's Grammar.

"t^J Tt'hei, commonly

sppears amongst the Verbs, for "^j" Ts'he*. The other errors are of a similar kind, putting one Character for another of a similar
"oond. Probably the Spelling only was found in the Manuscript Missionary Grammars, and he attempted to supply the Character*, m
ask above the degree of his knowledge.
The most useful book, on Chinese, yet Printed in-Europe.it the late Chinese Dictionary, Published at Paris, and Printed from
* Manuscript Dictionaries of the Romish Missionaries. As far as the Editor ha* adhered to his Manuscripts, he will be generally
*>ond correct ; of his own knowledge, he gives no favorable specimen in his Critique on the English Spelling. of tbe Characters
|!^^ j|| 'rj?p T'chieu lung ta whang tee, which occur in the late Sir George Staunton's Account ofLord Macartney't Embatty

ui.
The Missionaries, M. Dm Guignes says, write the above sentence Kien-long-ta-ouang-ty. Now, addi he, ' La lettre k du mot K ien eft
certai ncment aspiree ; mais clle n'a pas le ton du tch Angtais." The fact ii, that jj)^ T'chien, is in tome Chinese Dictionaries aspirated .
and in others not; but the h in Tch ien, ii not intended as an Aspirate, it ii merely the soft sound of Ch. And those who are ac
quainted with Chinese, need not be informed, that words, which in the Southern parts of the Empire, begin with the initial K , are
pronounced, by the People of the North, and particularly at Court, at if written Ch or Tch, according to the power of those
letters in the English Language.
M. De Guignes says again, " La lettre h, dans le mot whang, est inutile, puisque le mot ouang n'est pas aspire." Ifany Mission
ary wrote Ouang, as the pronunciation of the Character -l^i. Whang, it must either have been by mistake, or he must not haveunderstood Chinese. That it should be Whang, or as the Portuguese Manuscript Dictionaries spell it,Hoang,is what, to those in a slight
degree acquainted with the subject, requires no proof.

What makes the Critique ridiculous -enough is, that M. De Guignes, in

the body of his Dictionary, Where lie follows his Manuscript, spells the Character J^- Hoang, as it ought to be, and' which
is pronounced precisely like the English Whang, with which lie finds fault Possibly, M. De Guignes thought the Character
should be -f- Wang, which would correspond to " Ouang s" but if so, that only makes bad worse, for ^/^3EL'rjl" ^* wan6te>
is a phrase, which it is likely never occurred to any one but himself; certainly it never was applied to the Emperor
T'chienlung.*
M. De Guignes, has exercised his Critical powers, pretty largely respecting the Chinese account jof the extensive Inundation,
or Deluge, which took place during the reign of '^i Yaou. Though a Deluge of waters, it must be confessed, has little or no
connexion with a Dictionary of words i yet, as in my opinion, his Criticisms are frequently incorrect, and tend to mislead the Public
mind, I shall take a short survey of the subject.
The

&V_ Woo-king, or Pentateuch of Confucius, compiled by 1iim, from materials no longer existing, contains one book

called -p^.A3fC Shoo-king,t or -f^jj ifc Shang-shoo. It is bound up in two thin volumes, and consists of the Annals of

Yaou

* In the following Dictionary, it has been thought proper to preserve the sound of K, to distinguish it from the soft initial Ch.
t There is a common saying, respecting the Shoo-king.
jjpf ijt'fc
[tjffifo Shang -shoo Voo kin wan, kae chub,
pelh chung, "Both the Ancient and Modern Shoo-king were taken from the wall of a house."
The saying is thus explained,
when 'H'i; Loo Kung-wang, i. e. Kung-wang, of the State Loo, (B. C. 100) proceeded to destroy the old house of Confucius,
were found in one of the walls, the records of the Ancient Dynasties,
ffi Jp] Yu, Hea, Shang, Chow, as contained in the
the Ancient Shoo-king. These records, whatever they were, have long since perished, and no writings, prior to those of Confucius,
exist in China.
After jjfcj&M: Tsin-ene-hwang, had burnt all the books that could be seized, the Shoo-king was found hidden in a wall of
the house of {j\ ^ Fish-sang, an .old man, who, to avoid the persecution .carried on against the literati, when many hundreds of
them were destroyed, put out his own eyes, and affected idiotism. By this painful artifice, he saved his life, and the Shoo-king was
preserved. Some accounts say, that the poor old sightless jjt tfc Fiih-s&ng, taught the Shoo-king from memory to Jj^^tl
Ch'haug-sang, and he to a third. When the times grew better, it was committed to writing. This is called ^ Kin-win, *' The
modern copy." Some parts of this are considered spurious, and the p 4^ Koo-wkn, " Ancient copy," which, it was pretended
was discovered, and for some hundred years, was received as genuine, has been suspected of being spurious, by the learned generally,
ever since the Dynasty ^ Sung, (about A. D. 1S00.)

xiii.
Shun, &c. down to the age in which Confucius lived; including i period of about Seventeen Hur.ilred Ycari.* It ii written in
broken ;ntenc2J and debcheJ paragraphs, miny of which are represented as savings of the Ancient Kings, or conversations between
them and their Ministers. Some of the word are nsed in a sense quite different from that in which they have been understood in
later times; and are consequently obscure and doubtful.

It opens with

Yu8, " It is said," t from which, probably, a con

siderable part is merelj tradition.

In the Shoo-king mention is made of a great and destruc live "accumulation of waters upon the face of the enrth; whether it
be called Inundation or Deluge, is immaterial. This subject occupies a ranch larger portion of the Shoo-king, thin the account of
Noah's Deluge does of the Pentateuch of Moses. It is denominated in Chinese y^t^^ Hung shwiiy, " Tliegreat waters, or De
luge." The removal of the waters, and settling the state of all the various regions then known, is understood by the phrase ffi ~f|^
Tu knng.
j^j Yu, was the Person who effected that great work. This Deluge makes a grand epoch in Chinese History. After
a fanciful account of the Creation, there follows a period of cirilization, when ^j^j^^ Fuh-he's successors introduced marring? ;
government; working in metals 1 the use of musical instruments; and Characters for the division of time. The profligacy and
misrule of the monarch

Te-chlh, is noticed, and then follows #fe Yaou's Deluge; after which the earth is again repre

sented as overspread by wild uncultivated vegetation, and overrun by savage beasts. The fabulous age of 7^
J^f

T'hcen hwang,

Terhwang, and
Jin-bwang, is called ^^"j^f Tae-koo. The Antediluvian period, from ^^^^ Fuh-be, to
Vanu, is called |~ "j^T Sbang-koo. The postdiluvian age, to the period ofConfucius, is denominated
Chung-koo.

The above is a faithful outline of the picture drawn, by Chinese Writers, of the History of the Ancient World, as known to them.
Its similarity to that given by the Jewish Legislator, must be observable to every one ; and the probability, that both accounts
refer to the same remote facta, is not to be overturned by slight anachronisms, or a discordancy in the detail ; much less, by the
verbal, and (as I think may be proved,) inaccurate and absurd Criticisms of M. De Guignes.+

According to the dates affixed by Chinese Historians, the various reigns from-fR^ Fuh-he, to the present year 1815, make
in all 5200 years. From Fuh-be to % Yaon, 1 MO , from Yaou to
Confucius, 1700. From that to thepresent time 2S60.
t The Ancient Copies, instead of 0 Yuc, had -f- Yue\ about the exact meaning of which, Commentators are not agreed.
Some explain it as I have done.
+ In the Encyclopedia. Brit vol 5. page 732, when treating of the Deluge, it is said, (from Mr. Bryant) that the Cuthites
worshipped Cham ; and that in China, Cham signifies any thing Supreme, a Sceptre, a Priest, &c The whole of this apparent ana
logy, arises from mistaking the Portnguese and French Spelling of Chinese Syllables. In the Cham of the Cuthites, Ch is hard,
as if the Syllable were written Kam now the Chinese have no such Syllable. The Portuguese spell Tchang with Cham, and the
French spell Sh with Ch. In the first instance, by the word Supreme, the syllable _t Shang, is probably intended; and by the
Priests,
Ho-shang, must have been referred to. But there is no similarity between Cham or Kam, and Shang. Moreover,
Shang by itself, does not denote priest
In the same Work, vol 14, page 527, it is said, that the Chinese evidently contains a great number of words of the same origin
with those which occur in other Dialects. The examples given to illustrate this assertion, are most of them so erroneous and un
founded, that the whole passage is truly ridiculous. It should be blotted from the book which it disfigures. The Man who derives
from H Xim, i. e. m English, Shing, the Latin Eximius," will soon prove, that the words of all Languages are in fact the same.
Ob 1.

xiv.
^Shoo-kingopensthe.ubje^^

Commentator! acknowledge they do not understand ; they endeavour to give it a sense which they think answers the trope of the
whole, which they explain thu, " His Majesty taid, Alas, Ministers : the deluding waters spread destruction. They surround the
mountains, and overtop the hills; they ^ f~
" onc explains it) rise high and extend wide as the spacious vault of
heaven. Alas, for the common people! Who is able to remove the waters? All the Ministers replied, Behold K wan! there is
none equal to him. The Emperor said, 0, no ! be is not fit; do not order him to undertake it. One of the Ministers said, Let
him be tried.. His Majesty answered, Let him go then, and exercise the utmost care and attention. He undertook the task, and
laboured nine years without success."

In consequence of his failure, he suffered death, and his Son

Yu, was required to

undertake the work i he with great modesty declined in favour of some abler Person than himself. But his Majesty insisted on
his requirement, and Yu obeyed.
The third passage, which occurs in the Shoo-king, represents Yu, reporting to His Majesty the result of his labours. He
begins by repeating the extent and ravages of the Deluge, adding, that |n
People, had sunk in the waters.

Hea min, " The People," or mass of common

He said, he had found it necessary to cut his way though t ... forests ( on the water, to employ

boats or ships; on the dry land chariots; on the mud he had used wooden sledges; and in ascending the hills be had -used iron
spikes in his sandals. He had been obliged to feed live People with raw meal; he had cut channels for nine rivers, which divided
the earth into nine regions ; he had extended his travels to the ocean on all sides. And after the waters were subsided, be taught the
People to plough and sow ; but during the growth of this first crop, the People still ate raw meat. He, moreover, urged the People
to go and barter what articles they could spare, forothers which they bad not Thus it was, that the People were supplied with food ;
nd ^ ^\ Wan pang, " Ten thousand," i. e. all the nations after the visitation of the flood, were restored to order.
The fourth and last passage which occurs in the Shoo-king, on this subject is, the Itinerary of

Yu, which occupies

twelve pages of that small work. The names of the various Countries through which be passed in the prosecution of his arduous
enterprise, are duly inserted, with a very few explanatory words.

His success procured for him, the epithet of J|T^ r^g Shing-yu,

" The divine Yu."

In this account, every Reader must discover a large portion of fiction filling up the great outlines of truth. But M. De Guigacs
insists on interpreting it as a plain matter of fact of history, " Et non comme un roman." Neither would I treat it as altogether
romance, but as a romance founded on fact.
The Shoo-king does not state from whence the waters of this ancient Deluge came ; and Frenchmen, as welt as Chinese, have
been a little puzzled to account for them. Some affirm that the source of all rivers is the
Kw&n-lun mountain, which rises
ten tbonsand Le in height, till it becomes connected with yft^Pj T'heen-ho, " The river of heaven," or the Milky Way ; and from
thence the water, came.

jg;JJl fEj/fc^ff W^W^^^^^^^L " M8nSUre id-

flowing contrary to their natural course, was expressed by Keang-shwuy ; that Keang-shwiiy was the same as Hung-shwuy," or the
Deluge. That must have been a great convulsion of nature, which caused rivers to flow in a direction the opposite of their
natural course.
In the History of China, by ^J^Z^. Choo-foo-tize, an objector is introduced as remarking Tery naturally, "Since the im-

XT.
conflux of waters extended high and wide as the heavens, what could Yu do to remove them?" One replies, that he had
heard a third Perton give it a hit opinion, that the -jfft^j^ Deluge was similar to the calamities wiich now take place by cteeaiive rains i and that in the dote of

Yaou's reign, the tame thing had happened for several years. The phrase,

j~

T'baou t'heen, " Reaching high as heaven," must be understood as a local figurative expression. The chief put of the calami'.consisted in the excessive fall of rain; after it had fallen, and Yu had scooped passages for it, it gradually subsided n the Autumn
In a marginal note, this opinion is rejected at the groundless conjecture of a self-conceited mind; Perhaps few W.U think th.A
the supposition quite removes all the difficulties.
The site of the J^
Kew-chow, or nine regioris, into which Yu divided the- earth", puzzle not'a little the Chinese Expo
sitors. Theyhave made Maps ofthem, both otooaes-and new onet, which are limited to the extent ofModern China Proper,* whie.,
is the world in the estimation of the Chinese. Others, more judicioui.confess, that ]^ Jj|"^f
Modern Geography are not the tame. They further say, that:^dt^E 0f]
encompassed by the surrounding ocean, are the Nine Chow i" and that

^pj

JjfJ the Ancient and

^)t|>| + " Tne n'oe regior,

J| f^jfa E *^ f^J jjC |Sj ^L~f~^J

=11.1^1
/"
" Inancient time*. Shin-nung measured the land surrounded by the ocean, and found it to
be from Bast to West 900,000 Le, ( 50 Le make a degree) and fi am North to.South 810,000 Le.
M. DeGuigces, however, relieves all parties from their difficulties, by applying to the period' spoken of, a definition- of
the Character ^Jlj^J Chow, which was adopted perhaps, thousands ofyears afterwards; viz. that a ;J>|\| Chow, consisted of 2500 fa
milies; and, having assumed these data, (a iujyy thought that never occurred to any native Chinese, from the days of
Confecius to the present time) he reduces the question, as to the exUni of the peregrinations of Yu, to a matter of simple multi
plication, and glories in his discovery as containing in it, the full cvijut.ee o." mathematical demonstration.^
M. De Guigics also proposes to alter the pointing of the Chinese Classic and Commentary, and to read these words, yjjjjy^ .
| \" j^- T'hacu t'heen, hea min, with the point after Hea, instead of after T'heen, then making the phrase, "The waters
extended over the Empire," instead of " High and wide as the heavens." But this reading is different from the manner in which
the natives have ever read their own Cooks. To say nothing of the modesty of this attempt, it would not answer his purpose;
for the phrase which he would alter, occurs notouly in the passage which he conceives is capable of a different pointing, but also
in other places where no pointing whatever would produce the change he wishes.

Thus, Sboo-king, 1 1 page, -^it^j^ yjy

t^pT^pF't^ |-I-J vjjj^

J"* i^"'P^^^ Hung shwuy t'haou t'heen ; haou haou hwae than seang ling, hea min hwan teen.
"The Deluge rose high and spread wide as the spacious vault of heaven ; the people astonished to stupefaction sunk in the waters."
~~ J\

Hea min, is a phrase at much used to denote "The people," as

moreover, the phrase

j- T'heen hea, is to denote " Empire." And

R T'heen hea, is more like the European word World, than Empire; it is sometimes used in a

, sometimes in a limited sense. The world, as known to the Chinese, is expressed by it; as world once denoted the Roman
nd now often means only Europe. But in its proper sense, all under heaven is implied by it.
I shall notice only one more Criticism of M. De Guignes. It applies to the usual Chinese expression for Yaou's Deluge, viz.

The reigning Family makes Manchow Tartary one of the Chow ; and that in which the court of Yaou was held,
t Vide, /N ^ Liih-shoo.
+ Vide, Map of China, with Explanatory Remarks.
^ Vide, Dictionaire ChiDoit Preface
Pages 22 and 23.

XVI.
jdt^J^ Hun; thwBy, in whir* connexion

Hung, according to all Commentaries and Dictionaries, denotes " Great,

extensive, vast." Howeve', M. De Guignes says, Hung, also meant, " Pierres qui arrfitent le court d un fleuve." Granting
that Hung meant " the rocki which itop the course of a river," what sense would he make of jdt Hung, joined with
Shwdy, " Water," r<ck-water, instead of the Great waten, teems a -very curious conjectural emendation.

Suppose a Chinese

doubted the Ui>ersal Deluge spoken of in the West, and wishing to prove his point, looked into Dr. Johnson's Dictionary,
for a defini*'*Q ot the word Deluge, he would find the first sense given, A general inundation. But that not answering hit
purpose, he would, in the manner of M. De Guignes, seize with avidity, in spite of all Europeans, as quite conclusive in
bit o*n favor, the next tente given, viz. An overflowing of the natural bounds of a river.
oy this mode of proof, it is not likely that any other Person would.

Though he chose to be convinced

But Hung, does not signify. "Pierrcs qui arrltent

le cours d'un fleuve." This is a mistake of M. De. Guignes, in which he has mistranslated the Latin of his Manuscript. " Pctre
impedientes fluminis fluxum," does not denote what he has rendered it.

The sentence in the original Chinese Dictionaries

isthis,/^*fJ_ypiJy'y^^j^tshIhtsooholew wei Hung, "Stones or rocki, hindering the flowing of a river, make Hung,"
i. e. produced angry breakers, or a rippling effect on the water. The rocks are not denoted by the word Hung, but the effect
produced by rocks obstructing in part the course of the water. In this sense also, it appears to be only a local term, and it
no more applicable to the yjr^rj^ Hung shwby, of Yaou, than the word " Ripple" is to the Universal Deluge.

XVII.

SOUNDS OK THE LETTERS

HARKS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

THE Numeral! at the top of the page, denote the number

of Strokes in addition to the Radical, which are contained in
the Characters on the page.
The Six CUnet of Deri ration, are marked in the following

A, as in " Hard."
A as in " HM.'
AE, broad A coalescing with E, forming a sound like
igh, in " High."
AOU, broad A and OU coalescing.

manner.
Firit, Representation of the object, by *

AY, as in "May."

Second, Pointing out some property, bj t

E, final, as in " Me."

Third, Combination of ideal,

bj +

E, as in " Met."

Fourth, Giving sound,

by

EU, as the sound of EU in the French word " Feu."

Fifth, Inverting or reversing,

bj |

EW, as in " New."

Sixth, Arbitrary Character!,

by I

1H, a sound similar to that given by the Letter I, when i

S. C. denotei the Seal Character.

pronouncing the word " With," the Reader itops short at the I.

R. H. the Running Hand.

G, is hard in Glh

A. V. Ancient Vases.

J, as in French.

Instead of repeating the Character defined,in the Examples

its presence will be denoted by a perpendicular line, thus |

6, as in " Hot."

01. Scrib. (Olim scribebatur) refers to the Character pre

ceding and denotes that Class of Characters, which the Chinese
esll "^j*^ Koo-wan.
Al. Scrib. (Alias scribitur) refers to that Class of Characters,

U, nearly like EU, ai above.

OW, as in " How."

UH, as in Hut"
ZE, a buzzing lound, which cannot be expressed by the
Roman Alphabet

which, though differently formed, are the same both in pro

nunciation and meaning, which in Kang-he's Dictionary, are

THE FIRST OF THE FOUR TONES, VIZ.

denoted by jj^^ Hw8-U8, "Othenform it;" and byf=J

Tung, " The same."

Ping-shing, is left unmarked.

fjn. (Synonymous) is applied to Characters, whose proi and form are different, but meaning the same. In
'My^ T'hung-yung.

rot. i.

Shang-shing, is denoted by the grave accent (i.)

Keu-shing, by the acute accent (i.)
Jtih-shing, by the short accent (T.)
The Aspirate, by ('h.)

NOTE. In a Country io extensive u China, and in which Tartan and Chinete are blended, it U in train to expect a unifor
mity of Pronunciation even amongst well educated People. The Tartan are the Rulen, and hence their Pronunciation ii imitated
by many.
theirs.

The Chinese are the Literary part of the Community, and the systems of Pronunciation found in Books is oftea
Some uniform system must be adopted, otherwise endless confusion will ensue.

The Pronunciation in this Work, is

rather what the Chinese call the Nanking Dialect, than the Peking. The Peking Dialect differs from it,
I. In changing K before E and I, into Ch, and sometimes into Ts. Thus King becomes Ching, and Kcang becomes Cbeang or
Tseang.
II. H before E and I, is turned into Sh or S. Thus Heang is turned into Shcang, and Hcfl into SheS, or SeS.
III. Chang and Tsang are used for each other; also Cho and Tso, Man and Mwan, Pan and Pwan, We and Wei, are in the
Pronunciation of different Persons confounded.
IV. The Tartars, and some People of the Northern Prorinces, lengthen and softeu the Short Tone; Miih becomes Moo.
The short termination of Th, becomes nearly the open sound of Ei, in the English word " Eight" Thus what, according to the
system would be Plh-king, becomes Pei-ching.
These changes are tolerably regular and uniform, so that it is not difficult in speaking to adopt either the one Pronunciation or
the other. The soft and lengthened sounds are more pleasing to the ear ; and to a Person accustomed to speak English, require
less effort then the Short Tones.
F and P, Nwan and Lwan, Sh and Ch, Ts and Ch, are occasionally used for each other.
The varieties now spoken of, are varieties of what in Europe is called the Mandarin Tongue. The Provincial Dialects are still
more various. Their Orthography is not attempted in this work.
The abbreviations I'll; well j don't, &c. shew that the original is colloquial.
It is well known, that the Chinese read from the top of the Page to the bottom, and from the right hand column to the left.
Horizontal lines also occur, and in that case they read from right to left. In Alphabetic Languages, as the termination of one letter
generally joins on to the letter tliat follows it, the order cannot be altered without throwing the whole into confusion. To read
Hebrew, or Arabic, or Persian, from right to left would be impracticable. In Chinese, however, each Character is so completely
distinct, that it matters not how they arc placed in relation to each other) they would read as well from the bottom of the
page to the top, as from top to bottom. In Works, Tartar and Chinese, they begin at the left side of the book.
tionary it has been judged proper to read the Chinese Characters horizontally, and from left to right

In this Dic

DIALOGUES.

DIALOGUE L WITH A SHOPMAN AND VISITOR.

3. Pray sit down.

Tilling =j|-

Pray

t.

sit

^0

V. (The Guest echo* the compliment,

and assets by spying,)
Ts'hing 'p"^- Pray (take)
ch'ha.

V. (It is the custom of the Chinese

to echo the same and say,)
Tihing
Uo.

Pray
^Q sit.

-^f-o tea.

S. I have not seen you for a long time.

I hope you have been very well?
A

Long time
opposed, i.e.separated

DC
ylh

fa

you
one

heang

while past

Uh

ft

obttin

Kew
wei

S. (To the Servant) Bring Tea.

Tiou

-jjlj

Invert, i.e. pour out

ch'ha

tea

he.

fco come-

S. (To the G uest) W ill you Uke Tea ?

Ti'hing

Pray (lake)

e
tih

ch'ha.

tea?

li!;n.

wish
ft 1Vin a high degrre?*
1ft-

* In Chinese, though it-be a general rule, that each Character and S_ liable, hns a
determinate sense affixed to it; yet, cases are numerous, in which two or mortn

DIALOGUE I.

V. You are very polite) 1 hope jour

conccrm have been prosperous. For

wo
,Th

one

ft

while part

ometiine, 1 have not called on you.

being

Haou

Well

haou

seldom

hw9,

aid,
<I have) engaged

lae

come
to inquire and

ft
(your) protection,

V
nc
paou

your

via
wait (on you).
how.
ft.
S. How could I expect it My busi

valuable

ness has been rather limited ; the

hong

present are our leisure months ; be

sides, the European ships have not

hang
ng

Itrade t
a
haou
Uh
bin

yet arrived, and therefore, we have

J5>
good
ft
# ^*7
4Ro

not much to do.

Khe
How +
kan-

1$to dare W-

Characters are joined in the apprehension of the reader, and form in fact, a com
pound word, similar to the Polysyllabic Languages of the Went Generally the
ieiise of the compound arises naturally from the several component Characters ;
at other times, the sense of each is much obscured, or entirely lost,
fj Tib, " To
obtain," /{{| Han, or ^Jjfc Han, " The noise of dogs fighting, or people wrangling,"
taken together, make the Superlative degree, and affords an instance of an obscure
compound.
* " I have engaged your protection," i.e. by your kind assistance; or by the
prosperous fortunes which ever accompany you, and all those whom you counten
ance, I have been well.
+ 'Je .'J. snnS e> " Living intention ; L e. wh atever is done to obtain a livelihood
in the inferior departments of the community, as trade, mechanical employments, 4c
* EL ^k. K'he ^al1 1 " How dare ! or how presume !" i. e. I presume not to think

DIALOGUE I.

an;
Trade

echay
*J
h*

thai
little
time

too
yew

II
hare
limit,
PJlo
because

miih
yew
shin

PJr Jtherefore
w
7& not
have
ft
* 'ISnny ofconsequence

mo
sang
^ trade.
e.
V. Very true. Why are the European

Uae

the pr?sent

ships in late ? of Inte yean they ar

she
been

re

rived sooner. What is the cause of

leisure
raontha.

this?
She

hwang
besides
kin

ts'heay JL }

/A.

This

neen
chuen

ships

yang

Jej^

occai

alio

chuen

ji$

.hip.

not

Joo

yet

ho

\how
tsaiig

lae

toon

come

arrived ;
Oh

myself entitled to such civility ; implying, you treat me as a superior. This mode
of expression, is in constant use, as a reply to any civil compliment, or mark of
polite attention. The same is otherwise expressed by
Mh. kan t'hang,
I " presume rot to appropriate to myself, or deem myself worthy" of such polite
treatment The Tartars for K'he kan, use much ^p^ Nale," How! where!" is
Uiere any foundation for your compliment!

DIALOGUE I.
che)

tBo

U"

waug

gone

I! tea
pingi

years

chang

peaceable 4
t

constantly

ft

hare
foreign

yew
m rc

king
tsaou

S-

earlier

e
j'i
A
ta

taou
leaou,

--*

chny

}FI

^.arrived.

fight 1
chhang

This

slie

VX J

shin

^ \come
"
# J
che.
^D late.
V. As the European ships do not arrive.

IDO
yuen

ft* \

koo

1 am apprehensive, that the foreign

S. 1 !-.;iva heard that things are in
an u

commodities will be high this year.

tiled ttate at sea; (hat the

She.

foreigners nre nlwsjs fighting, and

kin

hei.ee they arrive late.

Wo
urli

I, (or my)
car

wim,

heard

shno,
hue

toy,
sea

nieen

surface

piih

DOt
very

ft

han

(Is) true, or, so.

4-

year

neen
yang
chuen
pah
taou
cMh
P
yang

This

European ships
TP >
'
^Jn not
o come,
K

only
ft"

^ jforeign commodities
bo

DIALOGUE 1.
(want)

taou
k-he

Again
chay

^j"
buying

price.
I
S. True. If the ships do not now
arrive, all foreign articles will be

mae

idling

sing

denrj and more, it will be difficult to

i>
B J

do business.

ytt
nan

alo
difficult

tM.

to do.

V. Ye*. If the thips arrire toon it

*
chay
ko
.be
bow
chuen
Pi,h

g r
)g_
|this
^
0f V
i-c i,lme
^ J
jjjjlj- ships
not

taou

^||o comei

will be well, I alio think of buying

a few small things for presents i as
the price is now high, I shall wait
till the ships hare arrived, when I
will call again, and afford you some
little assistance.
True.

T^S
Jan2
Iw
tnu

every
^
y

sort
foreign

J3

"nT

article,

tsaou

ship

taou

he

tsew

then

will be
(sou
kci
tiia

135. J

haou
7
leaou
dear.

}"

DIALOGUE I.

6
yth

alto

Haou

Welt
#

hwo.

seay
ling
wiih

it
chuen

aid.
If
hip

taou

arrive,

wo

odd thing!
ta
fa

ung
Jin,
tan
miih
ban.
km

J
ha
fung

end
^
A a man
(come) go
present

ts'hing

It

\ the price

request

ta
to (you) Sir
kea,
kwei

dear s

ze

o-

tSM
koo,

chnen

tsze

Uou
leaou

koo.

II
II

to confer
regard.

m to confer
II 0 regard.

V. Very good, I will bid you good bye.

Haou

j&

shwO.

Well
said.

pang.
Joo

jtf]

chin.
S. Iam much obliged to. you. If the

^Thus
k ou

hips arrive, 1 will send a person to

let you know, Sir, and beg your
leaou.
countenance.

-pj*

announce

Ileave.
J 3J

D I A L O GUE

I.

#
#a

present (or offer)

S. Pray sit a little.

fung

Trac

Again

lew.

thing

pray

V. You are very polite. I have paid

tso

4:

it,

ls0.

45 it

you a short visit.

Haou

shwo.
W. No. I have a little business at home.
Shaou

Ph,

ZS

shay

f }"

No,

pei.

#f

#.
Zy
|#.

Well
said.

Little

wait upon (you).

home

s. Forgive my not accompanying you

hea
hwan

yew

%|

have

leay

lit.

little

wei

detention.

still

far.

ph

#3
2K

yuen

far

sung.

#o

accompany.

Shoo

Excuse
not

# trifling

*Clou

/|\

small

**C.

business.

V. I do not expect it. Goodbye.

K'he

* In that case, I will not detain you.

kan,
Joo

tshing.

#
#.
#.

How
dare 1

Goodbye.

S. Goodbye.
Tshing.

#.

Goodbye.

The above was composed by a Native Chinese.

DIALOGUE

II.

WITH A TEA MERCHANT,

X ail ARRIVAL III CAKTOK THOU A DIITAXT PROVINCE.

||

A. When did you come to Canton.

Ne

-jfc

You

ke

4J
4
\\ Jf

what

ihe

time

Uou
come te
9}
Kwan- rag" "J
jVj VCanton.
tnD* ^o-f
laou

B. 1 arrived
Wo
*
Uou
i'J_
leaou
7
yew

about a fortnight ag.

1
1>arrived
J
have

pan
koo
too
yui.

half
11 J
more
moon.
ft-

* ^ Ya, or A broad, Urn mere tono.

RADICALS.

SHEWING THEIR ORDER AND MEANING

Characters formed by One Stroke of the

Pencil".

Charactersformed by Two Strokes,

Ylh. One.

7.

Kw&n.

To descend-; C.

Choo.

A point.

Pethv

Bent out ;C

10.

YTh.

One.

11.

Keue*.

Hooked; C.

12.

1.

3.

6.

Urh.

Two.

8.

Tow.

(Undefined; ) C.

9.

Jin.

Anmn;Cyf

Jin.

A man ; C.

Jj

Jtti, or Jtih.

yv PS.

To enter.

Eight.

* The form of these Radicals, and of the large Character! throughout the work, is taken from an excellent Dictionary,
lrst Pubiiihed in the Reign of Keen-lung. The latest Edition wai Published in the Eleventh year of the present Emperor,
Kes-king ; and prefaced with nattering recommendations from Persons of the first rank and learning in the State. It was not,
however. Published by Imperial Authority.
two Tolumes, OcUto. The Author's name is.
VOL. I.

The work is called ^^p^'fjfl]

E-w&n-pe-lan, and is contained in Forty-

Sha-mBh. He was Thirty years engaged in writing it.

B.

Keung.

13.

15

Mee".

28.

Mow.

29.

^j^^ Yew.

Crooked.

derness; C.

n
14.

A remote limit, a wil

To cover ; C.

Ping.

An isicle ; C.

16.

J\j Ke

A toble' a bench '

l7-

^ J Rang.

18.

Taou.

Gaping ; C.

The hand, more, again.

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

30.

^""7

K'how.

31.

^ J Hwuy.

The mouth.

An inclosure.

Alsnife; C |]
32.

19.

Lett.

Strength.

33.

20.

Paou.

To fold ; C.

34.

Too.

The ground.

Sze.

A scholar

^^Che.

To follow.

21.

V*

Pe.

A spoon.

35.

Shiiy-

22.

He.

A receptacle ; C.

36.

Selh. -The evening.

23.

~ Fang.

24.

" | * ShTh.

35

|% Puh.
"irt
IJ

A receptacle ; C.

Ten.

^^^^ Ta.

38.

"^/^ Neu.

3g

TsZC"

Large, great.

A woman.
A *n' * ChiW'

To divine.

Tsee". Ancient seal on stone

or ivory; C

Han.

81'

To **** sIowly ; c

A shelter; C.

4Q

/-V Meen.

To collect; C.

Tsun. Tenth of the Chinese

cubit.

42.

..]

\ Seaou. Little, small.

57.

58.

Kung. A bow.

Wang, or Yew. An irregular

43.

waving edge; C %D7C

45.

P
}

She. A corpse.

Che.

59.

A bud.

ill
( ".
Shan.

2.
2.

Ke. A hog's head; C + H.

Shang.

Hair.

Chih. To pace; C.

A hill.

Characters formed by Four Strokes.

for water,

47

61.

JUV N. Sin.

The heart, the mind.

N ],

C
-

Kung Work, a workman.

62.

Ke. One's self.

63.

Ko.

A lance.

Hoo.

An inner door.

*>

Kin. A napkin.

64.

5l.

Kan. . A shield.

65.

52.

Yaou. Slender.

66.

55.

+-

3%
3%
X

Yen. To protect; C.

Show.

Che.

Ph. A slight stroke; C

Wn.

Ying. A long journey.

68.

>|-

Tow.

Kung.

69.

JT

Kin.

hands; C.

Yih. To dart, a dart; C.

70. .

A branch.

Fair, excellent, Ietters.

Sometimes C

67.

To join

The hand; C

A certain measure.

Chinese pound.

Fang. Square, then.

71.

73.

73.

Woo.

jTj

Not, wanting ; C ^Jq

86.

Ho-

87.

Chaou. Nails of the hand ; C 7T\

To say.

88.

Foo.

Yue*.

The raoon-

89

Heaou.

Muh.

Wood.

90.

To owe.

91.

Jth.

The sun, day.

pTj Yue\

7|v

^^Keen.

77.

Che.

To stop

^-j

A father.

To imitate.

Chwang.

Pceo.

92.

JJ* Ya.

/|** Nw.

(Undefined.)

A splinter.

The teeth.

Jt
78.

Tae.

Evil, bad ,C ^

93.

79.

Shoo.

To kill by striking

94.

80.

'j'g* Wo0'

Not' d not

81.

^*e-

82.

Maou.

cmpare-

A cow ; C Jjfi

Keuen.

A dog ; C ^

Characters formed by Five Strokes.

95.
96

Heuen. . Blackish.
J YOh.

A gem; C J Wang-

Hairs.
A king

83-

She.

A family name.

Kwa.

A melon.

84.
Ke.

85-

Air, living principle.

Sbwfiy-

Water; c ^ ^
9?

-y-

Wa.

Tiles.

Kan.

Sweet.

101.

4.
#

102.

BE)

100.

Sng. To produce.

115.

Yung. To use.

116.

Ten.

A field.

117.

#
%
3.

Ho.

Grain.

Heu. Aden, a cave.

Lth. To erect, to establish.

Shoo. The foot, also read Pth,

A measure of length.

103.

104.

105.

Nelh.

&

l:

Sickness.

Characters formed by Six Strokes.

118.

Ph. A mound; C.

119.

PIh.

120.

Af
>k

Chh.

Me.

Bamboo; C

Paddy, rice.

Mth, or Sze. Silk thread;

106.

White.

C.4%
Y| |\D

107.

}#.

108.

IIIl Ming

109.

10.

]].

112.

Skin.

12].

Dishes, &c.

122.

E] Mh. The eye.

#.
%
Mow. A spear.

124.

She. An arrow.

125.

Shih. A stone.

126

ll.

| |]]

Yang. A sheep.
Yu.

Laou.

vol. 1.

net; C

Y.

JR She. To admonish, to enjoin.

Yk) Jow.

Fow. Crockery.

R}} ":

123.

ll3.

+;

Z \\

127.

To creep.

128.

Urh.

Feathers, wings;

Old man, aged.

A whisker, and, but.

Luy. Handle of a plough.

Urh.

The ear.

*:

Yu.

A pencil.

Jow.

144. <^"^* Hin5-

To S' t0

t0 do-

Flesh; C
145. ^^(^ E.

Chin. A servant, minister of

state, public servant.

Tsze.

Self, himself.

Clothes, garments.

~> I - Ya, or Ilea. To cover.

146- \Uj
Se. West.

Characters formed by Seven Strokes.

Che. Reaching to, at, to the

extreme point.

147. J^jj^ Keen.

Kew.

A mortar.

148.

She".

The tongue.

To see.

Ke5.

A horn.

Yen.

Words, to express.

Chuen. To disturb, error.

150. y^^^ Kiih.

Aqueduct, a valley.

Chow.

151.

Tow.

Pulse.

152.

She.

153.

Che.

A reptile.

154.

Pei.

Pearls.

155.

Chth.

A boat.

Kan.

Slh.

Disobedient.

Colour.

Tsaou.

Hoo.

Herbs; C -ff-

A tiger.

Cliung.

Carnation colour.

An insect.
Tsow.

To walk.

Tsiih-

The foot; C jjl

"ft
Heu;

Blood.

B7.

\ft[
M

Shin. The body.

172.

Chay. A wheel, a carriage.

173.

Sin. Bitter, distressing.

* + Tsing.

Yu.

Rain.

Azure.

F:

Shin. To tremble, an hour.

162.

Chuy. Short tailed birds.

Walking

Ch'h.

Fei.

False, not.

swiftly;

Characters formed by JNine Strokes.

1

[;

#.

Yih. A city; C

Yew. Matured, new wine.

176.

Men.

177.

Kih.

178.

wei

To pluck, or tear

Kew.

Leeks.

180.

Yin.

A sound.

181.

H.

The head.

A. Kin.
Metal, gold.

69
l69.

170.
7

*:
#

182.

Fung. The wind,

183.

Fe.

#.

mile.

Characters formed by Eight Strokes.

l68.

Back to back, soft,

one-fourth of an
179.

English

Untanned leather.

leather.

asunder.

Le. About

l67.

The face.

on the right)

Pen.

(placed

Chhang. Long. C +
Mun. A door.

To fly.

Fow. A mound of earth; C.

[;

184.

Shih.

To eat.

185.

Show. The head.

(Placed on the left.)

17]

* At, or to a certain point.

186.

Heang.

Smell, fragrance.

Characters formed by Ten Strokes.

187.

Ma.

A bone.

189. |-*=q Kaou.

High.

191

Peaou.

1 Tow.

To fight.

Ch'hang. Fragrant herbs ofwhich

wine, used in sacrifice, is made.

192.

Wheat.

Hemp.

Charactersformed by Twelve Strokes.

201.

Hwang.

202. -5f>

Shoo.

Millet.

203.

H Yh.

Black.

204. ^-H? Che-

Yellow.

To embroider.

Characters formed by Thirteen Strokes.

Perfume or incense pot.

205.

Mung.

T
/Yfa Kwei. An evil spirit, a ghost.

206.

Ting.

193. v-y-ci Lelh.

194.

Long, hair.

Mth.

200. ^J|^ Ma.

Ahorse.

188. ij^* Kiih.

190.

199.

A toad.

A tripod.

Si
Characters formed by Eleven Strokes.

207.

208.

Kod.

jjjj^ Shoo.

195.

Yu,

196.

Neaou. A bird.

197. [JS

loo. Insipid.

209.

Pe.

198.

Luh. A stag.

210.

Tse.

A fish.

A drum.

^ mouse.

Characters formed by Fourteen Strokes.

The nose.

Even.

9
Character formed by Fifteen Strokes.
213.
Che.

211.

Kwei.

A Tortoise.

The teeth.
Characterformed by Seventeen Strokes.

Characters formed by Sixteen Strokes.

JL r
212.

Lung.

214.

A dragon.

Thoie Character* with the letter C annexed to them, are

Died only in compounds. The compound form of Ylh, a city,
the same as that of Fow. Th:y are distinguished only by
one being placed on the right, and the other on the left, as they

/JjjV^ Y8. A wind instrument of

music.

either the wrong Radical has been fixed on, or the strokes are
not rightly numbered.
The only source of mistake in numbering the strokes of the
pencil is, in square Characters like

K'how, " The month,"

Under the preceding Two Hundred and Fourteen Radicals,

or those which are open at tiie bottom like j J Keung, " A wil
derness." The Chinese reckon that
K'how, is formed by

all the Characters in th: Language are arranged in Chinese

three strokes, and I J Keung, by two. Thus, they first write

Dictionaries.

down the stroke on the left, then the top and right side, by

In Corrnound Characters, the Radical is more frequently on

the left, than on any other part. But the Radical is also to be

one stroke of the pencil; and last of all, the cross stroke at
the bottom.

met with on the right side of the compound, as well as at the

(op, bottom, and middle, so that no rule can be given where
to find the Radical, further than, that it appears generally the

In the Dictionary, under each Radical, are arranged, first,

the Characters that are formed by one stroke of the pencil
more than is necessary to form the Radical. Second, those
that are formed by two strokes more ; then, those that are
formed by th&ee more, &c. So that in order to find out a
word in the Dictionary, excepting the Radical part, reckon how
many strokes of the pencil are necessary to form the Character
*'aich you wish to find; then under its Radical, and that col
lection of Characters consisting of the given number of strokes,
look for it. If the Character sought for, is not to be found,

| . second, last.

EXAMPLES.
Pcen, " Convenient," is found under the Radical
Jin, which is on the left side.

most conspicuous part of the Character.

vol. i_

j First made,

Peen has seven strokes

exclusive of the Radical.

j^JTsoo, "To assist," is found under the Radical -Jj Le'Th,
which is on the right side. Tsoo has fire strokes in addition
to the Radical.
Ticun, " The whole," is found under the Radical
Jiih, at the top, and four strokes.
Ping, " A soldier," is found under the Radicaiy\ PS,
at the bottom, and five strokes.
Gae, " To Love," is found under the Radical

Sin,

which is in the middle of the Character, with nine strokes.

TABLE OF RADICALS.
IN THE SUNG-PAN FORM.

1.

Ylh.

32.

To-

64.^-Show."

96. ^ Ynh.'

188. ^Orh.

160 -jjC-Sin.

97. fa Kwa.

129. J^; Yu.

1*1.

162.^Ch'hU.'

192. ^ Chang.
193. pj| Lelh.

9. | Kwin.

S3, -j^ Szc.

65.

3. \ Choo.

34. ^Che.

66. ^J^Piih1
67.
Win.'
68. -ij- Tow.

98. ^ Wa.

130.

99.
100.

131. ^3 Chin.

4. J PeTh.

S5..^Shuy.

Che.

Kan.
Sing.

Jow.'

Shin.

190. ^Peaou.
191. pi[ Tow.

138.

Tsxe.

163. ^ YIh.
184. "E Yew.

6. J Keu.

37. ^Ta.

69. Jj Kin.

101. ^ Yung.

133.

Chat

165.^- Peen.

TWO STROKES.

S8.

70. y^" Fang.

102. |Jj Teen.

1S4, | Kew.

7. ZZ. Drh.

39. -J- Tze,

40. /J-> Meen.

71. y^Q Woo>

lOS.y^Shoo.1

72. Q JIh.

104. <t~ Nelh.

135. ^g" Sh*.

136. ^rj: Chuen.

41.

Tun.

73 Q Yu*.

105. y\ Piih.

lS7.-^J-Chow.

42. /J-x Seaou,

74. 0 Yu.

106.

Plh.

1S8.

43.

75.

107.

Pe.

1S9. 1^6 SIh.

168. -^Ch'hang.' 198.

Luh.
169. p^Mun.
199. ^MTh.
170.
Fow.'

SO.

8. J_ Tow.
9. ^ Jin.'
10 }l Jinn.y^juh.

Selh.

Neu.

Wang.'

Miih.

Kin.

166. g| Le.

194.
Kwei.
KLETER STROKES.
195. ^ Yu.
,96- .%Neou!

167. ^-Kin.

197. 0g Loo.

18. K Pi.
IS. J~J Keung.

44. JP She.

16. ^ Keen.

108. JUMing.

140. |J/||| Tsaou."

171. ^T.

TWELVE STROKES;

45.

77.

172. ^Chuy.

201.^ Hwang.

14. * Met.

78. "^f Tae.

109. g Muh.'
HO.^ Mow.

141. j Hoo.

46. |Jj Shan.

148. pj} Chung.

173. pJ)Yu.

15. y Ping.

47. (ft Chuen.'

79. ^ Shoo.

lll.M^ She

143- ftn Heujj.

174. ^|-Tfing

02. ^ Shoo.
203. Hg Hlh.

16. JlKe.
IT. (__J Kang.

48. 31 Kung.

80. -fg: Woo.

118.^5" SMh.

144.^yHing.

175. ^Fei.

113. Jp; She.

14S.^K

49.

Che.

Che-

Ke.

EIRE STROKES.

204.
Che.
THIRTEEN STR.

18. J] Taou,'

50. rfj Kin.

82. JE^. Maou.

114. |i] Jow

8S. ^ She.

115.^ Ho.

146. ffl] Ya."

SITEH STROKES.

177. jpT Klh.

206. H Ming.
206. l^j Ting.

116. y^Heu*.

147. J=[ Keen.

178. ^ Wei.

207. ^ Koo.

148.

KeB.

179. H| Kew.

149. "Il" Yen,

ISO.^Ktth.

180. ^ Yin.

208. ^ Shoo.
rODRTEEIC STE.

181,^ He.

809. Jfc P.

19.^ Lelh.

41.

80. /-J paou.

52. j> Yaou.

84. ^Ke.

81.

53. J1- Yen.

85. 7^ Shwuy.- 117, "jy" Lelh.

SIX STROKES.
86.
Ho,"
l!8./j-yjChoh.'
67. jj^ Chaou.'

Pe.

Kan.

88. ^He.

54.

83.

55. 4j- Kung.

Fang.

Ying.

176.

Meen.

24. -j- Shi1".

85. [ Puh.

56.

Ylh.

88.

Foo.

119.^ Me.

151. "fl Tow.

182.

57.

Kung.

89.

Heaou.

180.

MeJh.-

152. ^ She.

183. ^Fe.

210. ^Tse.
PlfTEEH STROKES.

26. J) Te.<

58.=LKe.'

90.

153. ^ Che.

184.

Shlh.

811."^ Che.

27.

59.

91.

Fow.
Chwaog. 1S1.
122. Jj(J Wang.'
Peen.

154. J[ Pei.

185.

Show.

S1XTEER STROKES.

186.

Heatig.

212.^ Lung.

Han.

Shang.

Fung.

28. ^ Mow.

60.^ Chlh.

92. 1^1 Ya.

183. ^ Yang.

1 55.

89. ^ Yew.
TBSII STROKES.

FOUR STROKES.
61.^Sin.i

93. -ijz. New.'

124.^ Yn.

156.^: Tow.
157. ffi Tatth.'

TEN STROKES.
187. (% Ma.

213.^ Kwei.

30. p K'how.

62. -jjjr Ko.

Its. J^" Shin.

188. ^ Kiih.

214.^- Y8.

SI. Q Hwuy.

63. Jf5 Hoc

159.^. Chay.

189.j^ Kaou.

Vf

'il

94.
Keuen.' 125. ^jjjr Laou.
FIVE STROKES. 186. jfjj Urh.
95. J/ Heuen. 127.^ Luy.

*a vjL7C '< JII '3- A 'ff ^

"iE "m "rt

"ctitopi

Chlh.

^ ^ > "7*
'+t

"p

*m

3l

SETERTEEH STR.

' '*t
*u s^ 4p

'4

'5

DICTION

R Y

OJ> TBS

CHINESE LANGUAGE.

First Radical.
"A man."

Ylh

^Ji^ Ylh k'how shwiiy. "A draught

il

FIRST RADICAL.

ofwater." Also by " Once, when once, as soon as."

YlH.f

5S.C.

**>j||^i

A. V.
She sihszc joo chin tub, ylhjuh k'how tseTh lclh sze. "View

Te ylh. "Order one,"i.e. the first

One.

flQ Tung ylh pan, or

Ylh yang.

IP
""Thesa,

illicit pleasure as you would poison, which, as soon as it enters

the mouth, causes instant death."

J^L.

HwSylh. "To

" Application to one object, undivided attention."

draw one line." e. i. to reduce all to the nme rule. To place

Ylh, often denotes the whole of a thing, as

is all the

or they mre all alike." jfe J

^ib3jj[ |

Puh nSnghwaylh. "The

be affirmed of all ; or they cannot be managed

sin.

Chuen ylh.

yfrYlh

"One heart," i.e. the whole heart,

sang." The whole life."

Ylh kae, and

j ^jjtj Ylhtsung.and

4
|

Ylh tse. All denote the whole num

like/' Repeated, Ylh ylh, singly, One by one.

j

Haou yu sze choo, chuen ylh ylh,

ber of persons or things; there is, however, a peculiarity in the

use of each.

| jjfr jfij fgf Puh nang

"Good sayings are like pearls strung one by one."

ylh kae urh lun. "Cannot affirm the same of all.'1
Tlh is often rendered by " A," U

J ^

Ylh kojin.

Yin. First Radical..

|

12

LinS Klh J*0 ** A phrn nied in letters,

denoting " I understand the whole content* of yourt."

4^

^^

Ylh tae tung te wo kae yew.

" I have every thing requisite."

j ^Jj< Ylh Ue. " All

at the note time; all at once."

| Kwei ylh. "To

revert to one," i. e. to come to the ame ; to be placed iu order.

ginning of numbers, and the first of things." Also by yj^/J

Ch'hoo. "To begin, or the beginning."
cere, true."

Ching. "Sin

Shun. * Pure, unmixed."

"Both, or all equally."

j^J Kenn.

jpj Tung. " The same."

/Xf

Shaou. " Few."

They appear sometimes to denote by it the First Physical

| Piihyth. " Not one ," i. e. not in one way, or ofone

kind only.

jfej

Keun yth. "Both, or all equally."

"f^"

CDe We' ,n'n' "<'ne', *tremei"

i. e. once it enough ; it is improper to repeat the act ; laid of

what i bad.

J Wan ylh, or ^

Wan

To express the difficulty of satisfying human wishes, they

j jffi

which Three they explain thus,

J T*heen ylh, te ylh, and tae ylh. Which last it said to be

7i^L^/7h7tM.^LThiea te we funy,,en
k'he yay. " The original influence or principle, which existed

fun ylh. " One in ten thousand."

ay, that man

san yTh. "To offer kine in sacrifice to the three ones-."

*. Tlh ylh wang urh.

before the heavens and earth were divided."

The Sect Taou affirms, that
,~~ 11^ JE-jELjii

" Having obtained one, hopes or wishes for two."

^f-

Tou n6 J,h-

ylh sang urh, urh tang san, san tang wan with.
|

j /j^

" Taou

p|] ^^pj ro*6" cbe * "One

declaration," denotes what is affirmed on one side of the ques

produced one, one produced two, two produced three, and

tion not yet fully examined into.

three produced all things." If it be asked, what then is Taou ?

Chhh ylh.

"Eject one," expresses striking out, or taking the particulars

they reply,

cf an affair one by one. Ylb, sometimes forms a part of a

yay. " Extreme quiescence, or a ttate of perfect stillness it

proper name.

Taou." The Three, when speaking of their external appear-

It is one of the hundred surnames.

Tae ylh, or

~J

yJ\.

Tae ylh. Name of the largest

ance, they call

&

bill in the Empire.

At a Verb, To reduce to one, to render uniform.

*^<fe

J^J jj^fy T,in5 ke,h on

JsL

>ff

Thien cl,e KW k'he, te che

sang k'he, kan ho fung che tilling k'he. "The heaven's

adorning principle, earth's life giving principle, and the pure

e ill iv , ylh e. " Curtail that which is redundant, and render

principle of the exciting harmonizing wind i" or as they define

uniform the discordant."

it, " That aerial principle, or influence, by which the heavens

The Chinese define Ylh J

^fffi'ffy. S'100 C^e

"{j? ffi) "f^_

""^ C'1C

' "

and earth act on each other."

The internal Three, they

First Radical, II. Ylh -

13

T* I Kung ting. "A

r&

K'he che U'hing, shin che liiig, tsing che kelh i

tsing le fun jin yang, urh Uing, k'he, ihin, tung hwa ju heu
woo.

" The clear unmixed influence, the intelligence of

Hi

| Shutting. "Attendants of deities."

y^C | Teen ting. "To have a child added to the family."
It is said at the New year to persons, expressing a wish that

spirit; the purity of essence; in the midst of quiescence separ

they may hare an increase of their family ; and also, when

ated the Yin and the Yang. Essence, influence and spirit,

congratulating them on the birth of a child.

Ting ting. A sound made by hewing timber.

together operated in a sUte of vacuum." (Taou Hh king.)

Their notions of the great One Cause of all things, are Terj

Woo ting. "A certain kind of tea."

" A species of ulcer."

fanciful and obscure.

Ylh was formerly read Ke. To rhyme, it is read E and He.

tressed."

Fn be.

sixteen.

J5j^ |

j Ling ting, or /^p>v'f"J*

Ching ting.

To complete the age of

According to others, the age of twenty-one, or

twenty-three.
TING.+ <^>

J Jow ting.

Ling ting. " Alone and disconsolate, unprotected and dis

It was the first line, said to be drawn by the famous ^J\^

Ting ning, or ffj* Pj^ Ting

A.V. ^R.H.
ning.

The sting of a scorpion ; a nail or wooden pin. The fourth

To enjoin upon i to direct what to do.

j Liihting.

The name of a deity.

| Kein

of the Ten Characters, called Jjj&* Snl* k&n- Ute<J

ting.

marking days and years.

The jingling of harness; gems suspended from a girdle, and

_J~.~^J~" Q Shang tingjlh.

The name of an insect.

yjj

I ^p^* T'm& ^5

There are generally three days in each month denominated

so forth.

the Ting jlh ; shang ting jlh, is the first that occurs. In the

present with as,

second and eighths moons, on Shang ting jlh, sacrifices of

" Better happen to my own person." (She king.)

sheep and hogs, are offered up at the temples of Kung foo tsze.

jtlj ^JtL PI

It is joined to several words as an expletive; or, perhaps,

denoting strong, robust i thus,

ij-J^ |

ting- - Robust, able bodied man."

chwanS

J Tsoo ting.

" Husbandmen, to hom small pieces of land are let"

| Kea ting. a domestic, a slave."

ricrs of the people."

OL. I.

To happen to, to be

Jjtj Nin6 linS wo kunfr

j/ju

Shiih 6 pttb Wh JU<! tiS' " U"

able to express the full meaning, is called Ting."

J Jin ting. " A man."

-Jll. j Ping ting. " A soldier."

linS- " The people."

Certain bone of a fish.

|
j|| J

KHAOU. f
7
Air, vapour, or the breath, struggling to vent itself, is re
presented by

Min

pih ting. - The lower

Nung ting. " A hutn

. Its being stopped, is represented by i

at the top. The ancient form of jPj Kcaou

Ylh.

First Radical, II.

14

HO. ,

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

The reverse of the preceding.

Air extending itself with

WAN.

9K. The noise of loud laughter; and of anger. Syn. with

Ten thousand.

Ho.

Now written

Used as part of a

; in which sense, it is also pronounced MTh.

proper
TS'Hfrl ~y S. C -^T R. H.

CHANG, f
Seven. A Surname.

[ I^C T, nln cn'n6' " Serea ruling powers," viz. the

sun, moon, and 6ve planets.
tain medicine."

| San ti'hlh. " A cer

'^"^^ |

Chuh lin ts'hlh. " Serea

famous persons of the bamboo plantation."

expresses the confusion caused by too many persons, being

|

Ts'hlh selh.

A hand taking hold of ten i a measure of ten cubits length.

|"-^2^t^

" The

seventh evening;" refers to the evening of the seventh day of

the seventh moon ; an evening on which all unmarried women

parts or fun, make a ts'hun ; ten ts'hun make a ch'hlh or cubit ;

ten ch'hlh make a chang j ten chang make a yin.
I

Chang leang teen mow. " To mea

sure land."
Epithet applied to old persons ; said to have arisen from

in China, offer sacrifice to, and worship two stars in the Milky

using Chang for

Way.

" Wife's father."

The one is called -^j-

| Shlh fun wei ts'hun, shlh U'hun

wei ch'hlh, shlh ch'hih wei chang ; shlh chang wei yin. " Ten

j .

Ts'hlh show pa kcS. " Seven hands and eight feet;"

engaged about a thing.

^ S. C. ^R. H.

Te ts'hlh. "The seventh.*'

New lang, the other,

^j^^jT" ChThNeu; an excellent husband and wife, removed

from earth to a place in the heavens. The ladies worship

Chang, " A staff."

J
"*>a tnanS

Chang foo.

| Yo chang-.
11 A huaband."

" A person of superior abili

ties and attainments; sometimes a kind of hero."

Chlh neu, in order to obtain skill in needle work. Al. Scrib.

fang chang. The place where Fuh resides, is called " Fang;
Chang." The apartments of the head of a monastery or bonzes'
Ancient form of '{" Shang, see below.

temple, are called Fang chang.

|

Ancient form of J\ Hea, see below.

A Chang jin. Is addressed either to a wife's father,

or to any old person, and is a term of respect

Laou chang. " You, old gentleman."

|

Han chang. " The chair cr sest of a teacher."

First Radical, II.

15
/p^-

^5> San ts'hing. Three Pure Onest" worshipped

I Hing tan chang. " The seat in which Confuciui

taught" Chang ii sometimes erroneously written with a dot

by the sect ofTaou. First, ^

Shang ts'hing.

SAN. f
A surname.

Yiih ts'hing.

Second,

Third, jf^^Tae U'hing.

=\ 01. Scrib.
The first is denominated

Three.

Yth

i^j Te "an- " Tnird

J^Santaze. "Thrice."

J Tsae san. "Again,

and a third time ;" i. e- repeatedly.

Alao read San, as,

t'heen tsun.
ning."

^jfp

Yuen che

" The honored in heaven, who was at the begin

Second, J/' ^/J?

fij^ Heuen meaou t'heen

tsun. " The mysterious One, honored in heaven."

|"

I jSrfii^/f"xsin,zeurhhowhins' "Think

Third,

Tae ,han6 'aou keun. Epithet applied

to the founder of the sect Taou. He lived in the time of Con

thrice and then act'' (Lun yu.)

fucius, about the year of the world 3400.

called
Sze wan pTh yuE, ching puh ko puh thin ; woo san urh

Laou Uze. and

He ir otherwise

Jj-fjJ' I*ou

San sing. " Three stars ;" whose lucky influ

e j yih, ts'hlh jin ; urb, y in min ; tan, U'hung the. " Sze wan

ences are much desired ; viz, jjj^jj jjjj^SiJ* Ffih. luh, show.

plh said. Government requires the utmost attention and

" Happiness, the emoluments of office, and long life.!'

care ; the whole mind should be directed to three points, and

JjjfJ^j J Js=l^ JZQ ^naou >aD meo" ize-

" Morning

then it will be well. First, To choose men (proper to hold

three evening four;" has a reference to a person, who having

public offices.)

been promised seven of something daily, objected to receive

Second, To accord with the wishes of the

four in the morning and three in the evening; but felt

people. And third, to act according to the times "

^

San ts'hae. " Three powers commonly said to

be heaven, earth, and man.

pleased on being offered three in the morning and four in the

San kwang. " Three

evening. Which last arrangement, they consider exactly the

San kang.

same daily as the former. It is now applied to people who are

"Three bonds or relations)" they say they are, a prince and

considered simpletons, who refuse a thing in one form and

minister, father and son, a husband and wife.

are pleased with it in another, which really amounts to the

lights j" the sun, moon, and stars.

3 San paou. " Three Precious Ones i" which are

worshipped by the sect of

P^^i^ O me to Fuh.
is past.

Fuh.

Whose rule is yet to

Third,

First Jjpj

Whose period of rule over the

Sheo che yu yih, chong yu shih, ching yu san, " Numbers

Shih kea Fiih

begin at one, terminate at ten, and are perfect at three."

Second, TrSt

Who now rules.

same thing.

Me lib Fuh.

Why three is considered a perfect number does not appear.

I

-J-j

j|b ^aU Wt> k'n 'teuD- " Three or five

Ytti.

First Radical, II.

16

i form a group." In these wordi, the assembling of three

I'm Shang heen.

or fire persons, is often prohibited by the 'government. San

|
ihing.

wj formerly written J^>L

Che Shang. - The

The second of the Chinese

Shang koo, or |
|*

SHANG. f

A. V.

Read Shang, it denotes to

ascend, to advance forward; to present to a superior) to

" A sovereign prince, or em

peror." The emperor of China i they object to give the title

to any other.

" There is a glorious Majesty above;" said in

people to venerate the Divine powers.
1=^

I* rff]

T,ze hea rh 'hane y*T-

ascend up from a lower place.

put upon paper, i. e. to write down. To honor or respect.

^jj- |" Hwang shang.

"6*
" High antiquity, for.

R. H.

When read Shang, it denotes high, aboTe, eminent, exalted, honorable, on, or upon.

Shang she.

shang yu t'heen.

^jE* | -J^r^ Yun,

" The clouds ascend to heaven."

j( ^^J^'Jf sh*nS keae kelh keu.

Shang te. " Heaven, or perhaps the

Snang low-

Supreme Being." On this subject, however, their views, and

"To

" To go up atairs."

" To go up to an upper room."

^S^^Cj^ Shang yun te.

" To ascend the cloud lad

consequently their modes of expression, are very confused and

der." The cloud ladder, is a ladder on which Chinese soldiers

variable.

are exercised, in order to be expert in scaling walls.

Heuen t'heen shang te. A

god of the northern hemisphere.

Yiih hwang shang te.
|

-fc

quently it denotes, being promoted.

The name of another god.

Tae shang.

-j L |

Epithet of the most honorable;

applied to the Emperor's deceased father ; and to the founder

of the sect Taou, who is called

Ere-

P,h ,han' or

to Peking."

shanB kine- " To S

j]j ^j^^jL Snang than

" To ascend a hill to cut fuel."

J\ Shang piih shnng, hea puh hea.

J ^/j^J^" T'e

chae.
J

" Neither able to

go up nor down ;" a person nonplused.

|

^ Shang jib. "The first day of the moon."

^ijj Shang seun. " The first decade or ten days of every
moon."

| j/j" Shang woo, or /^J~- |

Woo shang.

Shang shoo. " To enter on an account."

Shang pun.

" To present an official document to a

superior, or to the Emperor."

The forenoon."
^

| 'fjij^ pah ,h*"6 7lh ko

more than a month."

more or lets.

|
J>

"Not

T\ Shang hea. "About,"

tsiih pe hea yew yu. " Compared with those above, deficient j
compared with those below, have something to spare."

y^V Sha"e he*

yew san tseen jin. " About three thousand men."

J5^"^j~* J

Shoo taae ch8 tize shang. " The book is

First Radical. II. Yih -

17

on the table."

Then shang.

In heaven.

| # Kan shang keu. To pursue after.

j\#= H R #- HE ##
I+}##= | R. R. H #H.
til Then woo urhjih, min woo urh wang, kea
-

kb.

Pe hea. Steps below," i.e. he, below

# |

steps of whose throne I stand, or, your Majesty.

K hea. Council chamber below ; by the same kind of

-A

allusion, as in the last sentence, is used for the pronoun You."

when addressing ministers of state, who have a share

"outh choo, tsun woo urh shang, she min yew keun chin che

Imperial councils.

?" Jay. In heaven there are not two suns; amongst the

i.e. you, addressed to friends and equals.

JUA)

the honorable not two supremes; in directing the people, the

*inction of prince and minister is requisite.

# E. R # % | R #

|# Shang, to honor. | # | #
| # | + Shang tsin, "hang che, shang hen,
Syn, with

E hea. To leave in a place, to leave to one's posterity.

- Ne

will cause inferiors not to rebel. (Chung Jung.)

Hea tsze. The next time.

"good; honor the noble."

moon.

"horities do not agree, whether Shang used as a

verb, to

*end, &c. should be Shang Shing or Keu Shing. Words used

generally, when used as verbs,

Keu shang

ph keaou, wei hea ptih pei." Superiors not acting proudly,

*ing kwei. Honor parents; honor age; honor the wise

To rhyme read Shin.

# |

| JH

Keun nng hea hea.

A prince, or virtuous man, can descend

|4

Hea yu. Next

Lin hea. To descend to inferiors, to

##

condescend to.

| %

to inferiors.

Heats. Low mean conduct.

R#
b

| #4/\ Mate hea teih jin.

read in Keu Shing.

Sin hea. In the mind, or the thoughts."

(Le king.)

in the

Tsh hea. Foot below.

People not two kings, in a family not two masters; amongst

both as nouns and verbs, are

the

People below the

horses' hoofs;" i.e. attendants on military officers; men in

HEA.4
A.f - A. W.

* and

= R. H.
the ranks.

Below, inferior, mean, vulgar. Hea, to descend, to cause to

dekend. They define it

*H: R 2 R # |

Y.

###" |

Kung sze ming hea.

To wait with reverence for Imperial orders."

fH.
* * b. a

E4:#. |

wooshang woo hea. Neither high

bh b

>

% # Tae hea che hea, tuy shang che ching.

bel

""": below, the opposite of above."

-

+
*

an

shang wei hea.

Again,

The

|X

The contrary of above

R RK
/k. | Tsaete hea. It is down below.
R. #/\ Te hea teih jin. A low, or vulgar
Perion."
j Showhea. Under one', hand, or power.

nor low ; unable to distinguish, ignorant.

+/\{# Hea shih p tang.

Down to the

eighteenth ranki i.e. the lowest degree of baseness. They

is below."

say that there are thirty-three heavens; and also that there are
eighteen different degrees of wretchedness, in the abodes of the

### |

**te hea. Under the table.

Vol. 1.
h

miserable after death; in allusion to which, they use the above

expression.

Ylh.
|

III.

First Radical.

Hat shin.

18

" The lower part* of the

body;" the parts of generation.

Not ^N^|r Pbh she. " Not is i" it is not so.

| Hwfly hea. "To

bestow favor* on inferior!."

or in fault; as,^^/^

J Hea (how. " To put one'i hand to t to begin to

*t"

Hea ma. " To dismount"

Heayu. "It rains."

embark."

| jfaQf Hea ch'huen. " To

|"" Shang keaou tize, ii to enter a chair.

Wo yew pub she. "I

hare not is ;" i. e. I hare done something not right.

pj^J

| jjjp|.I^-Hea keaou tsie. "To

get out of a sedan chair."

the emphasis is laid on " She," Ptih she, denotes being

lr3

,he cm,7 J**! " 11 '* not m

this, or that, manner."

| -j^ K'he puh she.

" Row is it not P affirming strongly that it is.

| ^J/J Piih jen. " Not so ; by no means."

Shang chhuen, U to come out of a boat or .hip. ^

Puhkhd. " Should or ought not."

^p-/^"^^ PiSh bea tan been yew yu. "Not

" Not necessary."

fewer than upwardi of three thousand.''

5^2*- |

Sung hea ching. " To present gifts to a person about to com

mence a journey."
feriors."

J Jp^j Hea win.

|

" To ask of in

Fang hea. " To put down."

' Hea tan. " To lay an egg."

To rhyme, read Ho.

good

pj

Puhpelh.

| ^jrfJPuhjoo. " Not as ;" not so

better so and so.

"^j"

Piih joo shang kingken. " Better go to Peking."

|

^ Pih jll>-

"Not (many) days."

j jj^=

Piih she. " Not time t" not any fixed time.
^5* | f|fc"jil' H"0U P"h hw* hc" " Good 1101 to
rcjoical" i. e. to rejoice exceedingly.

KE.
Piih tlh piih keu. " Cannot but go."
n i m
Piih san piih sze. " Not three, not four ;" neither one thing;

7T
A board or other utensil, on which to present
things. Afterwards changed to

Ke. See Radical

Ancient form of jEj Ts'heay, see below.

nor another; an unsteady person who commands no respect.

that one is compelled by circumstances.

ifil

rfih Uh e urh wei

J ^-y^- f~~^.
" Could not bciP

doing it."
Characters formed by Three Strokes.

ISC I ^ Wo pa puh tlh. "I wish."

J^S. Piih yaou.

PtiH. ^ S. C.

' Don't, or don't want"

|
J

^7 R. H.
Piih kan. " Not dare." Common expression in the language

They say that the Seal character represents a bird ascending

towards heaven, remaining hovering fixed in the air, and
not descending.

of courtesy, denoting, 1 presume cot to assume the respect

or civility which you shew.
|

[ j^jt 1,111 ts;'ih fub

" Kt instant not

First Radical.

19

IV.

Ylh *

remote." Denotes taking the middle conrae t not wholly con

The same as ff K'hew, see below.
cealing, nor jet disclosing too much ; not very urgent, nor
yet regardless.
Pun, sometimes forms a part of proper names of persons
Characters formed by Four Strokes.
sad places.

Also read Fow.

Syn. with

Fow, an inter

rogative Particle, as,

She fow. " Is it so or not?"

7E
The name ofa bird. The calyx ofa flower To rhyme read Pe.

JE|^ TS'HEAY. * JQ.S. C. ^ R. H.

A vessel used in presenting offerings to the gods i the side

YU.
strokes represent the two feet of the vessel, and the
5
Ancient form of ^ Yu, to give, for which it is now used
>t a contraction.

From

Ylh, one, and _Lj Cha, To

lower stroke the ground.

A particle, common iu the beginning of sentences, where it
it often an expletive : or as the Chinese call it, %&'Ez3l.

take, or few.

p jjj Fa yu che tsze. " A word ushering in a sen

MEEN. *
tence."
5
A low wall to ward off arrows. Unable to see. An undis
tinguished mass or crowd, on the right and left.

An expression of doubt, as, " If, should," &c It

may often be translated, " And, then, therefore, further."

p| Ts'heay, r^j"J

Urh ts'heay, in the middle of a sen

tence, may be rendered, " And, and also ;" as, ZpTj r^yj
KAE.
j J^jT Kaou urh ts'heay kwan. " High and also broad."
5
To beg, to take, to give.

Kae tsze, or

^ J^Kae shTh che jin. '* A beggar, one who begs for
food to eat.' "tt*

| K'bethkae. "To beg." Also read Ko.

j=j Yew tsew to ts'heay che.

" Has

wine in abundance and excellent."

They say it is

/j^+j^

Tsin ylh poo che

tsze. " A word denoting, advancing a step farther;" as J|jy^

^J- CH'HOW. *

^ S. C.
[pjj

Appearance of a hand taking hold of something ; a missile

".-e to three in tie morning. The name of a medicine.

Ke m'nS t'heay cMS.

" Discerning, and

moreover, highly intelligent"

weapon ; a new born infant raising its hand. A name of a

deity. A horary character, the second from midnight ; from

|
|

Hwang ts'heay. " And still more."

Koo ts'heay, and jj^T J

Tsan ts'heay, denote

" For the time being; for a short time."

/j-^?

| Keuen

ts'heay. Denotes nearly the same as the expression " Try a

Ancient form of J^Ts'hcay, see below.
little;" it implies, doing that which is not perfectly agreeable.

Yfli.
^jj

IV.

First Radical.

20

| Kow ts'heay. " Carelessly, inconsiderately."

/^"^ She tae. " Generations of men."

Ts'heay foo. '* Now further." This they define ^

S'le ke*e P"'1 n*ou- " The ,tate of the world is

'MJ&M^-^Wi T,U"6kwan *uen *hwB ke

not good."

che tsze.

a family that has stood for several generations."

" An ezpreuion which prefaces the introducing

Tsae U'heay. " Again."

joo. " Now as, or thus."

| Man U'heay, or

Ts'heay yu. " Should 1 1 or, if I should." (Lun yu.)

Also read Tscu, "M*^^'

Ke hing tsze tseu.

He walked forward with difficulty." (Ylh king.) In this

sense, also written j^ffi Tscu, and

'*

,n

the same sense with sang ;" to grow, to live, life.

|

Tsze she.

"j^Q j
she.

" This life."

'gjj" j

Tscen she, or

Seen she. " The former life."

" The life to come."

jH^t

Lae

These expressions are to be

understood according to the Chinese notions of a Metemp

sychosis, " The former life i" and, " the life to come ;" gene

Tseu.

Syn. with ^JEj^ T> a vessel used in sacrifice. In She

king, it occurs in the sense of

j i

| Jffi ^j* [^j Sbe TU *Sne tun6- "

|] Ts'heay

Ts'heay man. " By and by, leisurely, do not hurry."

|

^jj^ She kea. " An ancient family t or

She tsze. " Sons of the nobility."

of something remote." Used only in grave writing.

J

J v^^.

Tsze, " This."

found in the sense of jj^J- Tseang, ' To take."

Also

rally denote a former and a future existence in this world

{
|

J Tseih tseu. " A certain reptile or serpent."

j Shangshe. " The high ages;" i.e. ancient times.

Miih she. " Last age ;" of a Dynasty; or the last

period of the world.

succeeding age."

Wang she, and

/^\- j

How she. " The next or

Keu she,

express ages that are past and gone ; or, to go from the age ;

>^ P'HEI.

i. e. to die. Which is also expressed by j(J^ j

Kwo she,

large, great ; to prc^nt toi to receive with respect Much

j| |
used in the Shoo king, for

K'heshe;

Wang she j and

T*' EreatTsze she.

|

Chung she. Expresses either the whole of life ;

receive the great laws or statutes of heaven."

or at other times, to close life.
| ~Tm P'hei tsze. " The eldest son."

Sjn. -with
Tang she. " In that age;" also, in presence of

jjj^ P'hei, and ^Jj P'hei, The name of a hill.

m
the age."
|

f". Jin Uae ne shang;; or

SHE. t ^ S. C. ^ R. H.
^^She shangtelhjin; or^^
An age ; one generation ; the space of thirty years. The
world of persons. Mankind. A surname.

Jl
Jin

tsae she keen. " The people of the world."

I^fj

Cuiih she.

To be bom into the world."

First Radical. IV. Yfli

21
|

Tsze chin she.

" To leave this impure

Jj* khew *

M s c

world )" expresses cither to become devoted to the monastic

A natural mound of earth, or hill i high ; a hollow space ;

order, or to quit the world by death.

J^"^? f

E ,hin ,M ,he-

" To enter P""

1 yf

T,M e ratth ,he

puh wang yay. " This (man) will not be forgotten after

the age

Kwan she, and

Kae she. " To cover

as the canopy of heaven overspreads the earth i de

notes very superior talents.

yang hea yufc1 k'hew. " High on the four sides, and low in
the middle, is called K'hew."
The proper name of Confucius; His surname was

death." (Ta heo.)

|

j/L|

^ pjl-^-^ Q jj- Sze fang kaou, chung

tonally into the business of the world."

lit

an indented pit or valley. Great; to collect together.

^p^" |

' Ming

the che tsae. " Talents ordained to bless the age."

PpJ" J O she. " To flatter, or to follow the disposition
of the age."

K'hung, his name fy* K'hew ; and what the Chinese call his
/-J^ Tsze. i. e. character or epithet, was /|c|3

Chung ne.

^r^_^l Foo-tsze, commonly joined with K'hung, is a title

of respect.

The name K'hew, is, by the Chinese, esteemed

sacred, as the word Jehovah is by the Jews. They consider it

profane to write or pronounce it

She szc. " The business of the world.''

|^

Hence, when it occurs in

the Four Books, they read it Mow ; and when they have oc
casion to write the word in the senses above given, they add
to the character, and write it thus J^Gtiouary, ^jjp^^!^

| [j^ Jin sang san shlh urh chwang; yew

'n f>e Dic-

^ W" ^ 'BD' "1,tea^ ^ wr'1"

ing the word K'hew, a column is left with these words only,

shTh che yew tsze ; ts'hlh shlh urh laou ; laou urh chuen ; U
yii tang she yung sze chay, san shlh neen ; koo e san shlh

Che shing seen sze hwuy king pe. " The name of the most holy

nccn wei ylh she. " Man at thirty arrives at maturity, and

Teacher of former times, is respectfully avoided." In Kang

being married, begins' to have children ; at seventy he is old ;

he's Dictionary, this respect for the word K'hew is entirely

*hen old, he transfers his affairs to others. He is for about

disregarded.

thirty years engaged in the business of the world ; and hence,

person is esteemed sacred in a degree; and though people

>irty years are made an age." (Luh shoo.)

may use it themselves, it is considered improper in other

The -hix. Hwuy, or proper name of every

persons to make use of it.

The same as the preceding.

K'hew occurs as a part of the proper names of places. Also

read Ke, Kaou, and Keu.

VOL. I.

Ylh.

V.

First Radical.

| San k'hew.

22

Three placet said to be inhabited

PING

^}R H

by the <^|Jj Seen, or men of the hills, who hare r'nen superior
-4*jkyfc

to humanity.
i^jpi1Sf"F0^% I

T,&n kaou howhe*

Shlhkanmingcheylh. -Name

of one of the Shih kan," or characters used in the division of

yu maou k'hew. " High before, and low behind, it called

time.

raaou k'hew."

J^Sf^ Tsing woo. Denotes earth.

j^J Tsing ping. Denotes heaven.

|
Sang mun wei telh sin i pe k'hew wci hinjr kelh. " Sang man

Ta ping. The name of a deity.

}f"

Ping it used

at a turname. Sometimes denotes the tail of a 6th.

(the priests of Taou) cease from the caret of the world ;

Pe k'hew (the priettt of Fuh) go about begging."
"jjf"

She ttun.

-j-f^ Ttung ylh juh keung, ylh chay yang, keung chay mun

" The honorable of the agei" i. e.

the god 'J^Jjlj Fuh.

| cm I I
I ci I | Yuen k'hew.

An eminence on which they

sacrifice to Heaven.

J Fang k'hew. A lower place

yay.

" Formed from Ylh, entering |

Keung.

One it the yang, keung the door of the universe." (ShwS wan.)

J-j

There it nothing more unsatisfactory and unintelligible about

the Chinese, than their theories of the formation of the world.

on which they sacrifice to the Earth.

mx-fa&m&Hh i

i -t
Characters formed by Five Strokes.

thih luh Uing yay. " Four Using (or portion! of land divided
T HEEN.
like the character Tting) make a ylh, four ylh make a k'hew ;
hence a k'hew it sixteen tting."
|

t|3 K'hew le. Ten families of different surnames

forming a village of a hundred persons. Originally written

P,n> "North," with a line; the line repretenting the

Supposed to represent the tongue put forth out of the

mouth to touch the upper ttroke.
To lick or take up with the tongue. Now obsolete,
T'heen, is used in the same sense. Also read T'hcen.

earth. It denotes people living on the south side of a hill.

^^j^SHING, t ChinS & ChinS- |^SC(ShwB wan.)
From p 3^ two hands supporting the "J> emblem of a
* The same as the preceding.

seal, or that which in ancient times answered the purpose

of the seal of the present day. Below it placed a hill, to

They lay that it represents two men standing on the ground.

denote bearing high the ensign of authority.

23

First Radical.

VII.

Yih

To lid; to second ; to succeed to. A helper; an

^J^^ Ancient form of ^vPtih. See above-.
in office.

Fo ,ninS* " To support."

Shing seang.

" A minister of state."

Original form of lr*tK'hevr. See above.

Heen shing.

" The second officer, or assistant in a Heen

District"

Chung shing. A certain officer of

considerable rank in the state, who has the privilege of writing

Characters formed by Six Strokes*.
to the Emperor.
Ching, the name of a District. Sja. with
receive ; and with

Shing, To

YEW.

Shing. To present, or offer up to.

To shut the door at Sun set TO finish' or perfect. The

|~

| Shang shing, and

| Shaou shing, Names

ancient form of jjjjj Yew, Wine.

of stars.
They say ^JJ Yew, denotes the gate of Spring, when all
nature goes forth.

TEW.

j/tj Yew, the gate of Autumn, when

alt nature enters, and the door is shut, which is represented

+ y^f

Yih keu puh hwan yay. "Once

by the

gone not to return."

stroke at the bottom.

To cast awaj; or J^["^^*/j||p

Lew, /J^Jj) Lew, &c, are derived from f^Jj Yew.

E show ch'hlh wiih. " To throw away a thing with the

[ Laou,

Le, &c, from gCJ Yew.

These charac

hud."
ters should not be confounded.
J^j^ Tew leen. M To throw away countenance i" Le.
to blast one's reputation.
|

Ancient form of

~j~ Tew kae show.

T'he'en.

See

" To throw open the

Radical ^ Ta.

hand ;" i. e. to rid one's self of a thing.

|

Eg

Tew he. keu ke le loo.

TSZE.

" Leave behind several miles."

To fix ; to determine..
* Ancient form of ^^T'he'en. See Ra
dical
|"J
dical

Characters formed by Seven Strokes.

Ta.
Ancient form of J^f Le.

See Ra

jffi^ PING.
The common form of

jg R.H.
Ping, Two standing together.

Kwan.

II.

Second Radical.

Together with ; and ; alio i moreover.

(|^[ jJ Ping lefli.

1 KE.

Also written thus^by Chow.

" With united strength."

|

P'ng fc'>- " Not, by no meant"

J <^|?

See Radical

Chuh.

Ping kea. " To ride together."

|

ping te.

Two flowers on the tame item.

Charactersformed by Ten Strokes.

United together. Act of coition. See Radical |'j LcTh,

Ancient form of j^j T'heen.

See

TOW.
3
A vessel to contain wine, used in the ritei of sacrifice.

above.
Characters formed by Fifteen Strokes.
Ancient form of

Ping.

See
Common form of /-j^ Kwan.

Radical j^ Kan.

Lane or passage leading to the female apartments in the palace.

SECOND

RADICAL.

twine about, as vegetable creepers. PJ^ Keaou. " To call

kwAn. *
upon."
I
Represents perpendicular numbers. A communication be

J^^Show. " To receive."

Kew. " To

entwine about," are all derived from this. Also read Keaou.

twixt above and below ; to pass through perpendicularly.

Ancient form of |"\ Pilh. Which see.
Proceeding from the bottom to the top, may be read as j^j
Sin, to advance ; from top to bottom, as

Tuy, to retire.
Charactersformed by Two Strokes.

Charactersformed by One Stroke.

A. k6.
J^j

KEW.

S C.
Chow's form of rj^Q Ko. A numeral particle of frequent

To branch out gradually, and take hold of ; to twist or en

occurrence, commonly written 'jjjjij

Second Radical.

25

III.

Kwan

or one man."
|

Leang ko. " Two."

reko. "AnCharacters formed by Three Strokes.

nother."
Ko, ii said to be one half of the Character ^^^Chuti, " A
X^f CHUNG, f

S. C.

-p R. H.

bamboo j" hence, denoting a branch, a section. One of many.

^ J

Mei ko. < Each."

^f^^J1 pij j CMh

kaa wan ko. " Ten thousand sections of bamboo."

Certain apartments, ^^S^jv^^'y^"]

Shing, is a Verb, to hit the centre ; to attain the object,

Le ch'hun

keu yew ko. " Le Ch'hun dwelt on the right hand apart
ments."

Syn. with

The middle; the ceutre; within; half. Chung, read Keu

Kae- " 0ne> only-"

y\* flil YIh k"e chin' or I

D3 |^ Chung keen. " In the middle, within."

J

Nuy chung.

amongst."
YIh ko

y^f^/^T*

Fang tsae chung keen.

" Put it in the midst, or within."

chin. " An ofiBcer of government, a minister of state." Also

read Kan. Syn. with l^f^ Kan.

" Within ; included in the number ;

P"n chung yung- " Not of auy use, not

answering the purpose."

/j^j

Kca puh chung.

" Price not coming up to what is wanted."

s. c.

YA.
Y

The parting branches of a tree ;' any thing forked.

Ya, or

^)\^ |
J

^^Ya cha. *' The space between the fingers

perfect medium, without the least deviation from rectitude ;"

said in praise of persons.

of the hand."
|

jj. | ^ Ta chung che ching. " Holding the

^*"jfll ^ ^anS taou urn l^'h- " Standing in

Ya tow- " Forked head." Denotes a slave, or

the middle path;" said in a moral sense.

servant girl. The name arises from little girls having their
hair bound up in two tufts, one on each side of the head.

, Chung hing. " To rise" in insurrection " in the

midst" of the Empire.
j Jin chung. The middle part of the upper lip ;

Kae shang tso cha ke ko ch'hueh hang ch8

liih telh ya tow. " On the top of the steps were sitting,
several servant girls, dressed in red and green."

immediately below the partition of the nostrils.

|

Chung jin, or

[ /j^^^ Chung paoujin.

A person who acts as a mediator, or negotiator between two.

others.

fj^,

K'HWA.
| J^. Chul>s jin,or |

To stride; to pace. Properly thus Tj*.. The reverse

iide of

Che. "To approach from behind."

VOL. I.

tcih jin. "A man possessing a mediocrity of talent."

I*J^ j

y^ChiuigUng

La"g ' cunS- A certain officer in the govern-

Kwan.

III.

Second Radical.

, at the capital.

26

| ^g* Chung tang. A principal

minuter of itate.
*^ J

Confucius.

Tang chung. '< In the middle."

Chung yang. " The centre."

J

J^j^ Chung yung. The second of the Four Books of

jj^L.

^ Chung kwB, or

jut, Chung chay,piih peen piih e,wookwo phh ke< che ching.

1 |V- ^ Chung hwa kwO. " The central and flou

" Cboe hwuy gan, (or Choc foe tsze, a famous Commentator

rishing nation i" y'iz, China,

Chung kw8

side nor the others neither excess, nor defect."

jin. " A Chinese."

U\ 0

Sha3r ,be ehe tah ^

chung. " To ihoot an arrow to toe mark, it called Chung."

j

on the Four Books) said, Chung, denote* not leaning to one

Cho ke chung yu chung. "To

~pj

| Sze chung.

Chung -yucn. * The half of a dollar."

||||

gj^ j

7^ | Yu yew e kwan chung. " Scholar*

Chung shoo. ** 111, from the influence of heat."

Koo ylh chung. " The half of a drum."

hit the middle, is called Chung."

|

Name of a star-

hare their clothes and caps properly adjusted."

Chung han. " III, from the influence of cold."

^P* ShU" ChUnS tWIU1 hW* " A

larged and liberal heart."

| ^ptj Chung tsew. " To become intoxicated."

| ^3" Chung e. " To hit one'a wish f to like.
^"^^ I '^'J^'tli We chang p6b chuns wo

fc

Kung chung. "In the air."

'

Chung urh tseen shfc. " To complete two thousand

che yay. " Never differed from my will, or opinion."

measures."

A surname. Syn. with ^r^J Chung. Also read

y ^ j -^g" Wo pah chung e. "I dont wish, or like."

Chang and Ching.

Chung keu jin. " To obtain the rank of

kee\ *

D s. c.

Keu jin l" viz. a certain literary rank.

| "=jjp Tso chung ching. " To be witness to a
transaction."

To take hold of with the hand i to seize.

|-> Shang chung hea. "Superior,

KAE.

middling, and inferior." Also denote, first, second, and third.

| ^\

Grass or herbage growing in confusion. According to Liih

^J-' Chung piih flh. " Cannot hit t" cannot attain to eminence

shoo, Kae, denotes a deed or bond, in ancient times engraven

"t^j* |

Leang chung. " To guess right "

Chung leu. " A certain part of the year."

|

on bamboo.

Ping chung. " Tq take hold of the middle i"

FUNG. *

and act justly.

^ S. C. ^ R. H.

^{j-^tJj^C 1 ^un cnw '"i* cl>ung-

" With sincerity take hold of the medium."

Luxuriant herbage.

jr^l FunS yun8- Tne

Atence hooting forth branches, and striking the roots deeper.

VIII.

Second Radical.

27

[E] (## Ch'huen tung tso pe.

Kwn

Clandestinely con

nected together, for illegal purposes.

afne countenance, plump, Jolly.

",

| 7\t
Fu
#"
| ##

2J

Kowch'huen. Connected, or combined with.

Funge. An easy, finemanner.

ul

funguae. A fine countenance.

| # Fung tsae. A fine

*1 mellow pleasing sound."

Always taken in a bad sense.

j't |

Kwan ch'huen.

% , # |

Strung; passing through.

regular gait, or manner.

| # # Fung shin seaou sha.

A high de

| ####! Fung tsze

free of ease and gaiety.

are,

Pelh.

incoherent style.
Also read Kwan, Accustomed"

| 5: # #.

Kwan e tsae loo- Familiar with foreigners on the road:

thhy. Pleasing and decorous manner.

The upper stroke should not be a

Wn eptih kwan ch'hung. An

Derivatives

(She king.)

| +

# Pang, #. Fung, |# Fung, # Fung, &c.

Ch'ihuen tsze.

A certain officer of the trea

sury, and government stores.

-

Characters formed

by Four Strokes.
Ancientform of

H Chung. See above.

}*.
-

**ppearance of two horns.

The two tufts of hair on the

Characters formed by Seven Strokes.

* of Chinese children.

In the Colloquial dialect, the two

# Tsung keb. They express

*}: ##!! #fff; #s" fjoo leang ke
"flair are called, #

CHHAN, or TSAN.
An utensil with which to roast meat.

" **inding the hair like two horns." A

To roast or broil

child from
meat.

three or four *of age, to seven or eight.

The same
form of

"- H *g, which is said to be the original

# *"g, Metals, in the state of ore.

E -*

Ancient form of

H Chung. See above.

Chow's form of Chung. See above.

Characters formed by Eight Strokes.

4'-

KE. Uneven; irregular.

Charactersformed by Six Strokes.

J.

*HUEN #, R.H.
To

"things, connected as beads on a string.

SHUH.

A paternal uncle; see Radical

X Yew, six strokes.

\ Chdo.

II.

Third Radical.

CH6, or TS6. *

2S

S. C.

Ancient form tffjE K ae.

3E

Luxuriant herbage; wood;.

The derivative* arc, /j^j^

Same as

V,

Piih,

Tsung.

Sze.

written
y\/^^C jfj]

Alio read I'ii and FS. According to Kang he's Tjze Teen,

' Men reject the means, and vet t

Jin ,b*y Pun nrh *

avour to attain the end."

the common forms of the upper part >||/ Ujj are erro
neous i they ought to be four upright lines.
~/\ 1

Characters formed by Eleven Strokes.

mun' s:'-'' ^ tnat ^n0 denote! and resembles

Ancient form of

Kwei.

a kind of case, into which bamboo rods are stuck.

THIRD

RADICAL.

chuen chay kae vug hwan. " Every tiling round, or spherical,
^

CHOO. *

i A.V.
and turning, is called Hwan." A birds egg. A surname. Name

A point ; a stop. That which denotes a stop. The flame of

n lamp. Borrowed to denote ~-|- Choo, A lord or master.

of a hill. Formed from the reverse side of Jj\^ Tslh, A mat

under a precipice, thrown on one side, from apprehension of its
falling, and unable to recover his first position. Hwan, thereverse of this, denotes rolling back to .the first position.

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

In the religious books of Fuh, used for /^^~ E>
^

A pronoun, he, she, it, they. Also, the form of

*jj|3
3^ |

j Tan hwan. " A bulleL"

YO hwan. " A pill."

Wan tsze, or
J Laou hwan. " A

kind of round cake made of rice and flour." tjjjj^ j

| \ Hea, " Below," in the running hand.

wan. " A pill inclosed in wax to preserve it."

I- *
Jl^ *

1 1 W AN, or Wan. t"|Y( S. C. r^R. H.

f "H^t Kaou' tin' wan' 8an' " Bo'lu' P'^'i "d pofders."
jiM % $l#

0 7i Fan

*-

Tan and wan, both express pills.

Third Radical.

29

| #T)): S$ # Hwan nek'hoe fung

On a small spot of ground can establish a place as
han kwan.

trong as Han kwan: expressive of the talents, or prowes

*

of

IV.

Cho \

| Mow tan. Names of flowers. The Mow tan, they

call, # EE Hwa wang. The king of flowers. 4+
Z# #
#
Mow tan

---

suy haou, chung seu lh ye foo che. Though the Mow tan
great men.

#/N}|1### |

Yih seaoujoo hihtsze

unhwan. A city small as a black bullet. Also read Yen.

flower be good, still it must have green leaves to support it."

They express by this allusion, that, however excellent a man
may be, he cannot stand alone.

The common form of the preceding.

H
g->

EH

Foo kwei hwa. The rich flower.

J. "
7\

Tsze tan. The n

name of a P
plant.

AJ-

The Mow tan, is also called

l-l

heu. A certain hill.

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

Ts'h8 tan. A certain bird.

jL# | Jik Kew chuen tan ching.

TAN. *

Tan

After nine

E( S. C. R. H.
turns, the Philosopher's stone will be formed;" that is, repeat

A certain carnation colored stone.

The dot represents the

your efforts, and you will finally succeed.

-i

"tone; the outer part, a well. Carnation color.

Characters formed by Four Strokes.

A kind of Philosopher's stone, spoken of by the Sect Taou.

Ye
*

tiraid to be obtained from burning eight different stones a

peat length of time. The

4||| # Seen tan, when obtained,

is capable of turning whatever it touches to gold; and of rais

HE

CHo $2 s.c. : R. H.

The flame in the midst of a lamp. Borrowed to denote a

"g the dead. The principal color is carnation, but there are

sovereign, a lord; a master. The principal;

*k and white varieties.

as a Verb, to rule; to govern; to direct; to consider as the

}}# ####| E. |

E choo sih too wh

the chief

Read

principal or chief.

Pl:k +% +.
7".

Juttan.
tan. To daub

a thing with red color is called, Tan.

*

#IA'4' E. |
"A red heart wi

E choo tsze wei choo.

(the commentator) Choo tsze, be the

chief.

Chih sin woo weiyutan.

without guile is called, Tan.

Hence,

JUA)

& %

# Tuy pin cheching

Let

#:
#

The opposite of guest;"

*-a

Tan sin. A.:

A sincere heart. They say that the heart of a

"d man is
Ju h

black.

## E] # |

Yung mei

tan. A fine countenance is called, h tan.

El

Tan tan, The

*

| # Tan yang. The name of a place.

country. ZR | Mh tan, and

Ilame

of a

vol. 1,
L

Choo jin. Denotes the same.

Kea choo. The master of a house."

Jin

**urname.

a host.

doo, E'. |

Kwo

doo, H. |

%
/\

Keun choo,

T. Choo tsze. The sovereign of a country."

She choo. A person who gives * donation to a

#. |

V Ch6o.

IV.

Third Radical.

religious house.

Gan choo.

30
"

^ | Chaechoo. "Creditor."

$L ffi] |
j

Shwuy

UB choo. "Who acts as master? who controls?"

| Wuh k yew choo.

" Every thin- has a

principal or chief."
J T'heen choo. "The

lord of heaven ;" to denote the Supreme Being.

|

Te
n

have yourown will."

| Jf^^Yew

ko choo e stae stzc. " Here is a plan ;" I recommend this

" A magistrate of a district."

Kungchoo. "A Princess."

/j\

K/^** j Shans

knng choo. " The sisters of the Emperor."

Ta shang kung choo.

/^\^ ^E/j)(^ Choo e piih tsae wo.

" The decision does not rest with me."

fj|=.Choo chang.
Choo paou. " To

protect, or advocate the cause of another."

jjjtjj

choo. The person who presides in offering sacrifice.

/fi^. J

Jin ping ne choo e. " You may

" To manage, to direct."

Teen choo. " An innkeeper." ^> J

Heen choo.

method.

The Romish Missionaries use

She vb* teni cho * " 11 " h" W,U "

Shin coo- A tablet in family temples, with the

name of the deceased inscribed on it If he has held an offi

cial situation, the name of his office is inscribed before his own.

\"

" The Emperor's aunt"

kaou urh gan how, che ming urh e mei, gae min urh haou sze,
k'ho wei e choo e. " (The Prince who has) exalted conduct, and

S/^- | T'heen tsze kea neu choo how, piih tsze choo hwan,

generous benevolence; knowledge and good intentions ; love to

sze choo how tung sing chay choo che, koo wei che Kung choo.

the people, and regard to the learned ; may be called, a good

"The Son of Heaven (the Emperor) marrying hit daughter to a

Sovereign."

Choo how, (Viceroy, or tributary king) he cannot himself

direct the marriage, but sends a Chow how, of the same sur
^J^rp^

j ^ J Chaou chin to heen, tso yew to

name to direct it: she is therefore called, Kung choo."

J SjZ. Chootsae. " To rule, to control."
Choo ling. " To order."

keep; to guard) to protect"

govern, to regulate."
protector."

jrij

personal liberty."

|
J

chung, joo tsze chay, kwB jib gan, choo jlh uran ; t'heen hea jib

Choo show. " To

fuh, tsze wei kefh choo yay. " Many virtuous officers at court,

| "y^p Choo che. "To

many faithful attendants on his right and left ; thus, the nation

CI,0 ko- " A P8*1,0"'

will daily have more repose ; the Sovereign will be daily more

Tsze choo. " To direct one's self,

^^jj^CljjjL | Wo pub. kan

chuen choo. " 1 dare not assume the control."

J -pp"" Choo e. The decision, the will. A plan.

honorable; the empire more obedient (A. Prince circum

stanced) thus, is called a happy Sovereign."
| ^^C^ ^no

A double surname.

Choo gaou. " To sit in retirement."

J^t.

Fourth Radical.

31

Peih J

E so choo yay. " That on which the mind dwells, as of chief

Characters formed by Five Strokes.
importance."

J "jf^ Cho nang. " High ability."

Syn. with

Ancient form of

Choo. Water flowing to a lower place."

Chung.

TSING.
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.
A well. The dot represents a backet passing down. Com
monly written J | Tsing.
thrown into a well.

Read Tan, Noise of something

JJ J5J Ancient form of jj^ Le.

A surname.
HWAN TOW,

| > J Ancient form v^^jf '^an' ^ee aDoveForm the name ofone of four eminently bad men ofantiquity.

FOURTH

PEIH.

RADICAL.

(J S.C.

E. 1

Distorted on the right i like leading to the left One says,

it is like raising the head, and stretching out the body. Read

S. C.

To flow, to remove. The reverse of the preceding.

Some affirm, that these four were originally the characters
Pelb, fuh, e, e.

E, " To, or at i down to the ground."

Others again deny,

that they were ever used as distinct characters, but like

*^FUH.

^ S.C,
KwKn, and

Distorted on the left The reverse of the preceding.

To

Choo, they were never more than parts of

characters.

wipe. Others say, that Felhr denotes distorted on the left, and
E. *
Fun, on the right. Also read Leg.
X
Formed from jj Pelb and
E.

Fuh, representing a pair

f S. C.
ofshears. To cut grass or herbs ; hence, to regulate, to govern.

To lead, to drag ; to drag the body; clean ; bright Said to

be like Peih, but not raising the head. See above.

Also, ^^^J"1"

Heen tsae che ching. " An appel

lation of those possessing virtue and' ability."

^^^^

Peih.

II.

Fourth Radical.

32

Tieuene. " Extraordinary talent" Alo read Gae, "To punish."

tseen. " If not taught, nature will become changed."

AL Scrib. ^;E. Syn. with ^(jj p^i^ E> e> *

T'heen nae taou. " Heaven is Taou."

%JK^+. Snin Tuen Wn- "I am a person from

TSO. *

|^ S. C.

The left hand t the left tide; now^p To. Alto laid to
be the ancient form of <^zj" Yew. " To have." Formerly uted

in i -* ' - 1 >
she kwo yu. " No other than you is in fault"
nae, or

Nae jo. " As to," or but at to."

for the present ^^-Tto. To assist; "a left hand man;** an

'f^fcJH^

r^f

Tb> ptth the tab. shoo telh, nrne

she ylh ko tso mae mae telh jin.

" He it not a literary

character, but a mercantile man."

The breath issuing forth with difficulty. 'A Particle expres
01. Scrib. ^ Teen.
sive of demurring ; " But, it may be ;" often translated " Is, am,
was, then, will then, certainly."

At the beginning and end

To destroy. See Radical

Tie.

of sentences, it is an expletive. Sometimes used in the sense

]j
of " You or your, a certain person."

j'

01. Scrib. j Wo-

|
Five. See Radical

Nae tsoo nae foo. " Your grand-father and father."

Urh.

The name of a place ; the name of a fruit.

They define it by,."=^-StiYu tsze. " Particle of speech,
an expletive."

Charactersformed by Txo Strokes.

f~ ^g, |V^ [j|feDinE ,hanS

KEW.

^ S C jrs R. H.

ke hea che tsze. " A particle connecting the preceding and

the following." ^||lp[ ^ jl]^ Ke "e che Ule- "A
particle continuing a subject."

^ ^^"i^i T,2B

che nan yay. " Denoting a difficulty of expression."

|^J-p

jfyfi^ft^ Tsze che hwan yay. " Denoting a slowness

of expression."

Tvi

P^~j~ ^" '

"*lenot'n5*

sentence already finished."

Al. Scrib. ^3jNae. Also read Gae.

A
Said to be derived from cauterizing in order to heal;
represents something approaching to the pegs of a man from
behind. (ShwS nan.)
A long time ; lasting, J^fff
yay. " The opposite of temporary."
kew,

J. Kwan gae.

The sound made by the oars of a boat in rowing.

^ffi^^^'jj I 7^ Kow ptth ke,ou ,ine nae

T***1

| Chang kew,

press great length of time; in perpetuity.

fn

^p^^ HHoi;
Chang kew, All ex
=j^p J

Heu

kew. " A considerable time." 'f^.^lj^v^F' j

*
Tha taou lac heu kew. M He arriyed a considerable time

Fourth Radical.

33
ago."

j J^|jKewpe,and

III.

Peih J

| ^^Kewwei. "Long
CHE.* Jjj S.C.

^ R.H.

separated ;" are expressions used by friendi or acquaintances on

Kew jang. " Long looked up."

Issuing forth from; going to) meeting with. The lower

| 7^ Kcw mo* " LonS thought on with regard ;"

stroke represents the ground ; the middle one the stem of a

ire phrases used at firrt meeting by persons who have been

plant ; those on the side, leaves or shoots, which go forth from

known by name to each other.

the stem; hence, borrowed to denote the Possessive Case of

meeting each other.

ind,

""X* |

*"*

Nouns. Expressive of that, which comes forth from, or be

kew. " For many days."

| ^J^^^^Szekewkeen jin sin. "After
a long transaction of business, a man's heart is seen."
Occurs in the sense of " To wait"

To rhyme, read Ke.

longs to. It may often be translated by, " Of," or the sign of
the Genitive >."

Yih jin che tsze.

63^ T'heen che gan. ' The

A man's son."
favor of heaven."

petb yew e yay. ' Why so long ? there most be a reason."

J^Mi^L |

Thfeen cnan te W. "Perpetual as

the heavens and the earth."

J Shwtiy

che yung kcw. " To descend down for ever " to succeeding

When coming between two Nouns, the first of which is

preceded by a Verb, it may be translated" Who," or *' which;"
as, y^^E^L J

Yew tlh che jin. " A man who

is possessed of virtue;" i.e. a virtuous man.

|

j^fa1

Tew been che sze. " An affair which has danger ;"

Lea dangerous affair. The same between a Verb and a Noun,

Kew. Common form of the preceding.
A.

as, Df .nr. I

.Ef* K'ho woo che sze. " An affair which

is worthy to be hated ;" i. e> a detestable affair.

t6.

s. c.
After a Verb, it may be translated by the Pronouns, " Him,

The upper part represents a full ear of grain bending down.

The horizontal stroke represents the ground, and the lower
I*** the root. Plants and trees depend on the root in the
ground ; hence, borrowed to express placing dependance on a
person; engaging them to do a thing.
TO.

Al. Scrib.

*~T~* 'TW L aL>

T8.

Commonly written

These characters

P8* cn,n arc derived from this.

her, it, them."

^\ J^/f^ j

" Don't do it" In the same sense it occurs before the Verb, as
jEft

| J^J

Chin we che win yay.

I have

not heard it" (Mang tsze.) It frequently occurs doubled. |

|

Che che, The first of which is translated " Him, her, it,

them," according to the Gender and number of the antecedent

Noun; and the second Che, is translated by " Who," as ^^Z.
|

Ting che che jia. " The person who hears

Common form of \ Yaou.

him, or her, or it, or them."
vol. I.

Puh yaou tso che.

J Pelh IV.

Fourth Radicaf.

34

In ancient books it occurs in the seme ofJj^ ^u

, or
She; jj-^ Tsze;

Ei

Che; and

Peen.

that to trace their gradual

up to their original form i

j -ffy Woo piih che yay. ' Extendi to every

part."
Togoto.^^Q I Jljjtfc 03*Wang

Characters formed by Four Strokes.

pe yu che, taou ttze ju che. " To go there, ii called Che s to

CHA.+
come here," called Che." ^^

hwang yiih ho che. u Agitated so, whither do you with to go ?"

|

^ S C.

R.H.

/j^/ffjj* | Hwang
Said to be formed of

Wang, " To run, or go from home,"

anj Ylh, " One." A person who hat run from home,

Che tize. " A bride." (She king.)

on obtaining one object of hit departure, stops a while. (Shwft

wan.) A short time; the time being ; suddenly; hastily. The
j^]-^"ffrl Fan *cn c^e cnay> w"n yew to che i sze yew so
shut), te yew so wang; lecn thuh che Uze yay.

first time.

" Whenever

Ch* w*n* " Now heard for the first time."

v

Che ii used, something is pointed to ; relation to tome affair if

denoted ;. or tome plate it to be gone to : it if a Particle de
noting relation to."

' Cha hwuy. " Now met for the first time."

% M^$L Ylh ch* k"n ken ika* " But Ju,t

now taw him for the first time." The first interview it also

A Critic on this character remark), that " The Ancient*

expressed by, |

||rj

^ Cha meen teang fung.

first formed characters from things ; these gradually came to

" Pint face mutually met"

be used metaphorically to denote the operations of the mind,

I 5&
cha tuy. " Hattily enter, and nattily retire."

and serve as auxiliaries in speech. At the number of such

Occurs, read T18, in the sense of

ChaUia

Tso, " To do "

characters increased, it was necessary to modify them again, in

jj^- HOP.
order to distinguish them.

originally ;|*^jj^L Che Haou. J^-* Hoo, was fj^l^^

Heu k'he, and

^=S.C.

*^R.H.

Thus ^/^ Che, was, (he says,)

Yen, was |fj^* Yuen."

When the etymology of a word, or the various metaphorical

changes of a hieroglyphic can be traced, it is, at least, amusing;
but the present usage alone can fix what the meaning of a word
is, at the present time.
Assuming the truth of the above Critic's remark, it may be

The sound of the voice continued after the enunciation of

a sentence.

Said to represent the breath, or voice, riling

and extending.
admiration."

Frora^^ He, "A tone of inquiry, or

(Shwfi wan.)

A note of interrogation, or expression of doubt; also of ad

miration. Tone after calling on a person's name.

Occurs in

the middle of a sentence, in the tense of " In ; with ; from; to."

35
.^JJZ. Ke boo.

"Nearly; about to; without 'much

error."

Shoo hoo.

like the preceding.

A qualifying expression

Fourth Radical.

IV.

Pelh J

^L"^i I y/fl ^b1 7 Wo ke ho yew ta0 leaou'

' I was nearly in an error."

Q ^J^^t I ^
TSE.

Tsze yu haou heO kin hoo che. " Confucius laid, To lore to
To stop.

learn i a near approach to w'udom or knowledge."

jfj

Chiih hoo ke keen. " Issuing from

amongst them."
ing with this."

| jj^ HS hoo tee. " Agree

Fp^f

from this."

Said to have been originally written thus, Jm^

representing something full, wih

Ylh, laid across, to re

press, or keep it down. Derivatives

Jj^ Tsze, tc

jjj^ E hoo tee. " Different

,/f\^ | ^fl/fg PUh tee hoona

J^^FA. I

IQ S. C.

<^ R. H.

ko. " It does not consist in that; the stress does not lie there."
From the reverse side of |

Ching, " To put in a

^ | Tsaehoo. To consist in ; to rest upon."

right state ; to supply with."
)[Q J^\~

destitute i.to fail.

" Her heart was upon her husband."
" Like ; as if."

Defect ; . temporary want ;

p- Ke sin tee hoo keun tee.

Jfi^ |

^j^I j

Kw&n fit. " Weary, fatigued."

Sze ho"'
jJ^L.

Keu8fa. " Defective; destitute of." -^^-^^

jfcjj^

She fei kcug ft. " Possessing nothing to meet

Woo hoo. An exclamation de

noting regret or admiration : In which sense, in the Classics,

necessary expenditure."

Keung "t or ^j^"

these two characters are used in common with Jjk. j^j^

j
Woo boo; yfefy^ Woo hoo ;

Pjl

Pin fit. " I'm impoverished."

" An embarrassed merchant."

P^P^Woohoo.

F4 shang.

Woo boo;
J jjjl ^-jtr

'r

Occurs Syn. with rjj>p. Hoo, "To

3jE.p^ Kwei fa keung yaou che paou. " Feel ashamed that 1

call to ; to call upon ; to invoke."

possess not the gem Keung yaou, with which to recompense
you ;" used in letters, when acknowledging the receipt of'
favors.
As an Active Verb, " To spoil, to injure ; to Tender useless."
jlhsan sing woo shin; wei j in mow urh puhchung hoo? yu
^^L^jSt |. ^W- T,ze s e' wo f&
pang yew keaou urh pah sin hoo ? chuen pub selh hoo ?
woo sze. "Tsze, go! don't injure my affairs."
" Ts&ng tsze said, I daily examine myself respecting three
things j whether, in planning for another person, I have been
SHE. Ol.Scrib.-^ SeeRad,^She.
deficient in integrity? Whether, in my intercourse with a
friend, I have been deficient in truth?

Whether, I have
^^ Te. Ol.Scrib.^ SeeRad. ^ Kung.

1 well the instructions received from my master ?"

) PgTh.

IX.

Fourth Radical.

36

Characters formed by Five Strokes.

P'[AE. I

Characters formed by Seven Strokes.

^jj^KWAE*

\fc S. C.

^S. C.

R. H.

Yung,

Said to represent the back bone. One says, it is derived from

in the S. C. j ^ Yung, " A perpetual stream, eternal." Now

^p- Kwa, " Horns," and )J^( PeTh, the ancient form of

commonly written

W|J pij, "To separate." (Shwo wan )

To branch off into streams. The reverse tide of

P'hae. Derivatives j^L Mlh, " The

To turn the back upon-, perverse j wicked) strange; extra

pulse;'' and J^j^ Mlh, " To espy."

ordinary.

ij^fc^p^^jE ^Jjjr Sing tsing kwae chang.

KIN, or YIN.
" A perverse and bad disposition."
A company or multitude standing up together.

or,

Chung, "A multitude," is derived from this. Critics are much

J Jj%~ f^J

able," in a bad sense.

E

Kwae le teHh jin. " A perverse on| jff?-. Kwae e. " Strange, i
To rhyme, read Kwei-

m s. c.
Ancient form of

The reverse side of

Shin, " The body."

pressed by, J^^^ fjfr*liW Fan

*ew tMOa-

Ex

See Radical

Muh.

" To
jj^^ Ancient form of

turn back and cultivate virtue."

Tsaou.

To turn

round the body ; to return ; to revert to what is right

same sense.

Kwae keaou.

T,lnS ltwe- " Clever, ingenious, artful."

reasonable man."

divided in opinion respecting this character.

Tsung.

Also read Yin, in the

J^^Ym " deriTe<1 from *>*

See Radical

Sze.

Original form of jtffz Tuy.

Characters formed by Eight Strokes.
See Radical

Too.

Tsung. To accord with ; to follow.

Ancient form of ^j? Hing.

See Radical

Kan.

ft
Characters formed by Nine Strokes.
Characters formed by Six Strokes.
SHING.

^ S. C.

R. H.

Common form of the following.

Said to be compounded of

Jfih, and

Kee\ "To

87
overspread as a canopy."

To drive a carriage; to ascend ; to

overcome; to avail one's self of an opportunity i to take oc-

Fifth Radical.
|

Yfh^

Ylh thing keaou tsze. " A ledan chair.'

Alas read Ching. 01. Scrib.

Shing.

euion from the state of circumstances. To rale. To plan.

Shwuy.*

A surname.

S. C.

Read Shing, A carriage; things in pairs, or in tours.

The foliage of trees and plants bending down.
Kameof a plant; name of a place.
|

written jyjf Shwuy.

Shing ma, " To mount a horse."

Shing the. " To embrace an opportunity," as to time.

Shing ke, or J

Shing she.

opportunity," as to circumstances.
" To embrace a fair wind."

JHL01 Scrib- J&Sze- See R*d.j|^Sin.

" To embrace an
Jjp^ Shing fung.

j ^jjlj^ Shing chaou. " To

take advantage of the tide."

Commonly

Characters formed by Ten Strokes

Ts'heen
01 Scrib.

Show. " The hand.'

thing che kwB. 41 A nation having a thousand chariots ofwar."

FIFTH

RADICAL.

first and which the second place ; which it better, which is worse.
YaH.

~\ S C.
ffi-fH ^jj- 1

Said to represent the curved end of plants issuing forth in

Spring. Bent ; curved. As a Verb, to mark the place at which
to leave off reading ; also, to mark for insertion a few cha

t ke

yih ke tnt-

" Blot out a few characters, and supply a few characters."

A surname. The intestines of a fish.

TaeyTh.

The name ofa hill ; An epithet ofthe Immortals of the SectTaou.

racters omitted. One. A character used in the division of

time; the second of the ten, called j -^jp Shin kan.
pjlj'/J^

| Ts'hing ting tea ylh. " Pray decide

yih(" i.e. 0f several things determine which holds the

vol. i.

YA, or YlH.

^ S. C.

A bird, so named from its voice.

" A swallow."

d^b k ^en

Y& yfi, expresses a difficulty of going forth.

^Ylh.

II.

Fifth Radical.

38

YIN.
Characters formed by Two Strokes.
Covered oyer; secret; to conceal.

Representing going in
KHElH. f

a crooked direction ; or with the kneej bent in order to hide

something. Original form of ^ j" Yin.

as ~^ K'he. *' Vapour or air," borrowed to denote,

" To beg, to entreat,"

K'belh tsze ;

MAY.
K'heTh urhi
-^J k Yen may. " Squinting eyes." In the
dialect of j^fcj

Se hea, A sorceress is called, Jj^ |

Sze may. A surname.

j K'heTh kae, Are several expressions

denoting " A beggar."

K'hkn k'helh. "To beg earnestly."

Ftib k'helb. " Prostrate to beg;" i. e. humbly to beg.

K'helh gin.

KEW. *

| J- K'belh sze. " A beg

ging priest."

In the Canton Dialect, pronounced

Mat, and denoting, " Who ? what?"

S. C.

" To beg for favor, or the ex-

R. H.
ercise of

Represents the transformations and winding searching pro

perty of the principle

Yang.

(ShwB wan.)

J"j~i ^Li T<! keW' " ThC ninih ''

Nine.

HePeated Kew kew>

" The art of numbering ; arithmetic."

K'helh choo ke lin urh yu cbe. " Begged from neigh

bours, and gave him." (Lun yu.)

Ai

Read K'he, it denotes " To gWe."

Used in the sense of

YAY*

f^S.C.

^R.H.

" Many T as J -Zp-^J- Kew tsze moo. " The mother

4
A Particle used generally to round and close a sentence or

of many children."
Read Kew, To collect together.

The name of a country.

j /^^^"'^^ Kew hB cho how-

"To unite or

collect together the principal officers of the state."

A surname.

Kew ling. "Nine Chinese punish

paragraph. At the beginning of a sentence, it possesses a qua

lifying sense: in the middle, keeps the mind dwelling on -the
principal word. In light compositions, and in the Colloquial
Dialect, used in the middle of a sentence, in the sense of " And,

ments."
Common form of
See Radical

Kew.

KwUn.

Wk&H&vniiL - hoo yin ; mB heen hoo we ; koo keun tsze shin ke tub. yay.
To a person's self " There is no place more open than the
most secret retirement; there is nothing more manifest than

Ol.Scrib./^Hwuy. SeeRad Q Yue\

11

his roost minute thoughts and actions ; therefore, a good man

Fifth Radical.

39

i the preceding, and perfects the sentence."

is particularly attentive to the thing* which be alone knowi."

(Chung ynng.)

Yay haou. " Abo well ; maj do."

V. YKh
Also,

read E.
Yay, according to Luh shoo, at first represented a vessel

^*7' Pun ^'n0 ten yu le

containing water, in which to wash ; to denote which, the form

jay; k'ho le, fe taou jay. " Taou, (or the principle of na

of the character was afterwards changed to j^jl. E, Yay,

tural conscience and reason) is that which may not be departed

having come into- constant use as a Particle.

from for a moment: that which may be departed from, is not

those who follow that work, give a very different meaning to

Taou." (Chung yung.)

the original' character.

^Ie^P'^zL I

Tl">U

Tbey remark a difference in its import, according to its being

=i5 King tun, or
=J|| Chung tub, i. e. read

ShwS wan, and

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

without, or with emphasis. In the first case, they compare it

J^|^01.Scrib.j)>]|chow. SeeRad. J 1 1 Omen
to the mere found of an instrument, after the last note is struck ;
when read with emphasis, they consider it gives- a tone of de
KEW.
cision to the sentiment

As,

Rolling eyes.

| We che

yew yay. " There is po such thing-''

Characters formed by Four Strokes:
jtng ptih haou , na yang yay puh haou. " In this manner it is

E . A race ofbarbarians in Kwang tung and Kwan se.

had, in that manner also it is bad.''

H< T^U

f "jffi Kea ho' pm yy 1,30,1

01. Scrib. |H Le. See Rad. 7JC She.

"A

family living in harmony, even though poor, it is still well."

If-

>
Ancient form of f|J1 Yay. See above-

SMtii^ | yk>ffl Yout haIae yay muh yung.

" Kten if he were required to come, there is no use in it"
A surname.

They define it by, =32 ^

J Yu che
Characters formed by Five Strokes.

yu yay.

> The excess, or superabundance of a sentence."

^^01. Scrib. j( Che. See Rad.^Neu.

Fan yen yay, tslh k'he chiih k'how hea urh tsin. " WhenCTer Yay is uttered, the breath departs from the mouth and is
To divine ; to resolve doubts by an application to. spiritual'
I So e keung ihang urh cbing wan yay. " It it that which
beings. The- western nations use sheep m divination.

The

2,Ylh.

VII.

Piah Radical.

priests, they call, J^jjjj j Sze ke. (Kang be.)

40
Syn. with
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.

Ke.
The Chinese appeal to the decision of the gods, and of de

^JOO.

<^S.C.

%R.U.

parted Sages, as Confucius and others, in difficult and doubt

ful cases, by means of the Ke.

A pencil or reed it impended

From

Foo, ' To hatch an egg," and ^ YTh, " A bird."

above sand, and the invisible being is supposed to give it

Milk j tender i soft. The breast

motion, and form letters in answer to the questions put.

breast ; the milk of the breast"

Foo ke. *' To support the Ke;" or to make the

appeal. In 1814, a deposed officer of government, was con

demned to death, for publishing an answer, which he declared
he had received in this way, from Confucius. The pnrport
of the answer was, that the Emperor should depute a Prince

Milk."

3$.tttitfl

infant sucking the breast"

?L

' Joo nae. " The

J y1^" Joo chTh.

Yinghaepoojoo. "An

]p^3E.JZ9 f JUfffl

y| * Wan wang sze joo she wei che jin. ' Wan wang,
having four breasts, denoted his consummate benevolence."
[ Pfjl J I>0'

to worship at the Tombs of his ancestors, instead of going

Pf |

himself i and, that the title of " Emperor" should be taken

Yang kaou kwei joo. * The Iamb kneels to suck i" is a phrase

from the demi-god

which is brought to illustrate filial piety.

Kwan te ideas, which were

declared to breathe the meat daring impiety. The Govern

ment commonly discourages the practice.

J^Z. j
Foo joo.

Poojoa

" T K'Te "le brealt t0 be suclile'i 'J

To^ck.-

$Ljfc$fc |

New joo. " The milk of a cow."

A glutinous substance white as milk, made from

pulse, in common use amongst the Chinese.

01. Scrib. ^ Hwang.
| -JjJ- Joo moo. "A wet nunc."
See Radical jjjljj Tsaou.

Joo

heang. " A certain kind of medicine* a species -of incense."

|

T'heenjoo.

A certain star.

^^01. Scribjj^Kevv. See Had. | Kew.

Sj^J --j--

|J

Ma joo, poo taou tsze pee ming. " Ma

joo, another name for the Poo taou tsee, or grape."

^jUg | -Shlh chong joo. Seems to denote certain crystal
Characters formed by Six Strokes.
lizations in the Province ofKwang sr..
Abbreviation of j^Lwan. See below.
Also read J6w.

According to Shw6 wan,

/fc-^-* }3 | -p^ Q $L Jin ke,b neaou Aa

KEE.
tsza ) ue joo ; show yu ch'han. " Human beings and birds
"^j^-^- Ke tiih. The name of a country.

bearing their young, is called Joo ; brutes, is called Ch'han."

41

Fifth Radical. X. Yth.

Firm .strong, diligent

Jg" Jj-j^ ^

Keun tsze chung jlh keen keen. " The virtuous man is firm
and diligent to the last of his days." (YKh king.)
YEN.

To enter ; to advance.
^jj^ |

*'an '*ze P'D^ 'ten cn* 'UUUJ- "Man

partakes of the strength and firmness of Keen."

^|^01. Scrib.^ Che. See Rad.^fNeu.

Keen lung. Name of the late Emperor of China.
A surname ; the name of a district.
Characters formed by Eight Strokes.

Advancing; going onward without intermission. Also, read

Kan. - Dry; dried up.

Kan shlh. "Dry; moist"

Abbreviation of jp^Keen. See below.

j y^-Kantsing. -Cleans entirelyKEW.

-^J^.^,

'fill ^ki/^* i

Ne iuiis ch*y k te fiuig kan uin?'

Make this place dean."

<^jf jj^.^^

Right; correct.
y^-

T'ha tseang pun tseen hwa kan tsing leaou.

" He

^|^Syn. with i^Tsee. SeeRad. ^ Ko.

took the original property and squandered it away entirely."
The first ofthe famous eight

Kwa, or Diagrams.

^^Ol.Scib.^Kwei. See Rad. "If" Show.

| /jJ^E Kan how. The name of a place.
Sang kan. The name of a river.
Characters formed by Ten Strokes.
KEEN.

^S.C.

|^R. H.

^?f^Z \
^an mfih.

*' To take unfair and uhderhand profit"

^J^OLScrib.^ Che. SeeRad./J^Shwiiy

According to ShwB wan, Issuing forth upwards ; from "T.

OLScrib. jg^Sze.

See Rad.

Sin.

TTh, which denotes here, the pervading principle of matter.

4
1
wei eke keen. " As to substance and figure, heaven is called

YANG.
Panyang. ** Disobedient; perverse."

T*heen ; as to inward active principle, it is called Keen."

Syn. with
| fy^i Keen kw&n.

" Heaven and earth."

rf^ 'f rjj }E|

J Ma h* TU* Ien ken- " 0rBa01. Scrib.

racnts of a horse, are called Leen keen."

Joo. See Rad. )^Sin.

Kwei.

Ylh. XIX.

Fifth Radical.

42
courage, without a sense of propriety, will cause confusion."

Characters formed by Twelve Strokes.

jl^LWAN.

|| S.C. ^R.H.

H denotes lometimes, To confutes to disorder; a state of

confusion and disorder. At other limes, to regulate ; to put in
order.

Said to be derived from ^ Ylh, Denoting to " Regulate."

LIN.
Anxious i sorrowful. The name ofan animal, said to have a
yellow body and a white tail.

The latter sense occurs in ancient books. The first

i^*J

E.

To desire ; to covet.

sense is that in common use.

^fe |

TsSlwan. "To cause disorder;" to make in

j^^*^ Another form of j^Keen. See abuve.

surrection or rebellion.

l""0- " Great con

fusion, or a formidable state of rebellion."

'la* |

ffyi Sin lwan j raa- " Heart confused

Characters formed by Thirteen Strokes.

at hemp ;" denotes a perturbed state of mind.

NEE.
|

-/J^E J Jj^j Lwan tso, lwan wei. " Irregular and

disorderly conduct"

fjj *=5*

To lead.

PL

^j^.
Sameasjg&LS. SeeRad. M Yew.

Keaou yen peen lwan she fe.

" Artful language changes and

confounds right and wrong."

^tt^ I Same as

Lin. See above.

S | fa^fjSjfe Kelh lwan pelh tang fuh

che. " Extreme confusion must be succeeded by the renewal
Character formed by Sixteen Strokes.
of order ;" or, when affai rs are at the worst they must mend.
^jwSameasy^Tung. SeeRad./jCShwuy.
wang yue\ yu yew lwan chin shlh jin.

" Woo wang said,

I have ten ministers skilled in governing."

ffO^t^w

Lwan urh king. " Order and respect"

j^|J "rttf

Characterformed by Nineteen Strokes.

3^^^Ancient form of Jf*^ Keen. See above.

^jjjljllj J

Yung urh woo le tslh lwan. " Strength and

Sixth Radical.

45

SIXTH

KEUE. *

RADICAL.

" Excessively good."

J

Ketfe

-j-

| /J^^

^ S. G.
Shlh fun haou leaou puh Ub, Expresses the same.
| ^J^^Jj: Leaou puh tlh. "Finish not can;" i. c.

Hooked; the barb of a hook. A hooked weapon.

the affair is irretrievable 1

y

KEUE\ I

^ s. e.
bad state of an affair.

The reverse tide of the

Mark, by which to re

jjjf^t /^ Lea Ph

ne. " Your case is irreparable f I either commiseration or

reproof, according as the person addressed has acted well or ill.

cognise a hook.

;J^*T

An exclamation expressive of the

Sze tsing wan leaou. " The affair

LEAOU. 9* 8.C J R.H.

|

Derived from a child without arras. (Shw5 wan.)

Leaou jen. " Certainly, clearly."

Intel

ligent ; knowing ; fixed ; determined ; finished.

pih. " To- understand clearly or fully."

'MfB 7 7^^jjMr s"ouurh

leaou leaou, la we peih ke. " Though intelligent as a boy, it

| '|||* Leaou tang.

I

does not necessarily follow that he will be an extraordinary man."

terminated!"

Leaou, is a very frequent Particle in the Spoken Language,

it be ended?"

" Finished, or arranged well."

Tsang mo leaou. " How is the affair to be

^jjjjj^jp J

Ho she leaou. "When will

| jjpf J|j|^

Leaou tsaou slh talh.

serving to round the period, and form the Perfect Tense t 3^

" To do a thing carelessly and unwillingly, merely to avoid a

Jj]^ J

reprimand."

Wo keen leaou. "I have seen."

| Thalae leaou. ' He is come."

. 'fjj^irv
[ Che

taou leaou. " 1 know it."

very well !"

Ylh yu we leaou. " Ere

^SL-^r^ J

Pa leaou. "Enough!

a sentence was finished."

| >f^
| ^\

L eaou puh tlh. Forms the Superlative; as

Leaou puh tlh chay mo haou.

| Leaou leaou. "Completely finished."

Leaou, occurs in the sense\of cheerful.

-- I Kelh
P I
leaou. Name of a certain bird, said to speak and laugh.
keE.
H
^/J Mj l KeiS keuS. " Appearance of motion." Formed
of the two first, under this Radical.

J Keue\

VII.

Sixth Radical.

44

Character formed by Five Strokes.

**^J 01. Scrib.T^Nae. SeeRad. J Peth.

Another form of J Leaou. See above.

Taou.

To hang ; suspended.
Alio denotes, great; large.

Character formed by Two Strokes.

KEUE.

Characters formed by Six Strokes.

See [/J Keif, above.

LING.
:^/p'JChwangling. ' To emit sound by striking against."

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

YU. *

^ S. C.

J^J Ol.Scrib.^] Chow. SeeRad. p K'how

J R. H.
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.

To give ; to give mutually, represented by the Seal Character,

SEU.

To confer; to grant, j-jjj^ ~p Fo ju. " To implant," ai

TT
heaven implants right principles in the human mind.

^jffl
Kan teu. A certain fish. According to others,

Tsze yu. " To confer j to bestow."

Used for

" Spawn."

Commonly, but erroneously written thus^J*

Yu. " To give ; with; in;" and for

SZE, or SHE. ^ S. C.

Yu. " I, me."

Derived from

R. H.

She. One who records occurrences."

chaon ho selh yu che. " When the governors come to court,

Affair; occupation; employment; business* concerns service.
what >hall be given them ?" (She king.)
To serve. The subject of thought or speech ; that which is
|

Ta yu. The name of a piece of music

done ; an action.
*an m- " ^ta thousand affairs ;" i. e. every
01.Scrib.|j| Shwuy. SeeRad. zIlToo.
thing that engages human effort ; all the concerns of intelligent
beings.

^ffij ^an won-

" ''el1 thousand things ;"

Ol.Scrib. ))ij>j Chow.SeeRad.J | J Chuen

i. e. every thing that exists.

^j|f

Chay ko sze piih haou. " This is a bad affair, or concern."

Ol.Scrib.
4r

Hwan. SeeRad ^ Yaou.

^^mrj^j' [

Ne scang shin mo sze. "What

45
,re you thinking about ?"

/fy

Tha

keang shin mo sze. " What is he talking about?"

fig Sze te;
|

Sze tiing,

Seaou sze.

'fTlS'

Keu& J

press the contrary of the preceding; either, being disengaged,

Sze Van

'Ml
/^j" YTh teen telh sze kae we yew. With

out the least occupation." And,^^^^4ffi, | Tsung

" A small, or unimportant affair."

he woo sze. " Altogether without business;" express a state

I Ha Yew ,hin mo *" te- " what

of absolute leisure, the boasted felicity ofa Chinese Gentleman.

affair or business is there ?"

| >J^"-^-^:^^

Sze tsing ta tla han. " A very great, or important affair."

^[5

VII,

or, having nothing to annoy, or distress.

Sze w0 > AH express, an action,business, or an affair.

/J \ |

Sixth Radical.

| '^^^^NafzeUingpanpuhlK.

" That affair is impracticable."

J\ j ^jj^ fVf 'fi^

^jjj^ Fan sze tang lew yu te. " In every thing leave a little

^ | ** " Ability ; talent" /f^^^/^'

/cfc j

T,na ,ne yew pun sze telh. " He is a per.

.on posseted of ability."

^^Jfj^ | ^

Ne wei shin mo sze lac.

" What have you come about."

$1

j /^pJZp- Yu wo sze ho kan. Whatisit

spare grounds" i. e. observe moderation in every thing.

to me? how does it concern my affairs?"

sze. " To pay respect to business ;" to be attentive to k.

| Chaesze. " Serviceon which one is sent."

~S* Sze 126

" Erery *h',nS *ccrd'n6 to

pvjp |

(jour) wish;", an expression of good will towards a person.

jjjj^T

mo sze. " What are you doing."

Jj]^

| Ne tso shin

s^** J_h. fflk.sS'\

| Piih ching king che sze. " Licentious, immoral pur.

suits." J^l, J

^'"6

She sze. " The subject of odes," poetry.

|

Tsosze;^- J Kan ,ze;

When translated into English, it is often implied in the other

words of the sentence,

^jjj^ j

Hing

| Pan sze ; All express doing some work or

service.

J^S JJI^A^ J

KinS le * w. " To roa.

nage important affairs for others."

y|\ jljjj j Puh le

sze. " To disregard, or neglect business."

jfjj^

Q^J ^^Toszeteihjin. "A busy body."

is a clever man at business."

y^-v^^*^^ J

kwo piih haou sze. " I have not committed any bad action."

T'ha piih hwiiy pan sze. " He does not know how to manage

itMlfcT

or transact business."

^rift |

Tltleaou J'h keen

haou sze. He has done a kind thing."

Jj^

/^\^^/f"f"

Ne shwS she' mo sze. " What are you saying."

^ni ~T^"Jtt^ \ Yew *nin mo,ze- " What is the matter ?"
^jsj" j Yew sze. "Have business;" expresses either,

She woo ta yu* ching, seaou yu8 sze. " The great concerns of
the world are called Ching; the less, are called Sze;" to this dis
tinction, however, they do not adhere.

| Ching sze.

kein6 engaged, or there is some unpleasant affair going on.

* National affairs, politics."
^K-^f

I
'
VOL. 1.

We yew sze, and

\
tilt I

Woo sze, Ex-

lic business."

'{pj

J
j

Kungsze. "Pub
mun teIn ne

. Urh.

Seventh Radical.

46

" Affairs of the public court*." rjff^ p|^L jp^j |

Shang

Prince, can sacrifice his person; though called

e kwB ize. " To contult on the affairs of the nation."

j^j

I will denominate him well instructed." (Lun yu.)

KwB kea ta sze " The great affairi of the

As a Verb.

| "^^-^"Sre foo

moo. " To serve, or attend dutifully on father and mother."

ffi^ |

j*

Ftih sze choo jin. " To serve, or

wait on a master |" some write the first word in this sentence
Fflh.

Sze shin. " To serve God."

'Jffi JJj^

che le so e sze Shang te How too yay. " The rites of Keaou

Puh ite ize. " Not i

affairi s not attend to business."

and Shay, are those by which Shang te (the Supreme Ruler)

and How too, (Queen Earth) are served, or worshipped."
Also read, Shi.

Occurs in the sense of /^r^ Se, and

jj^J Tse. Which see.

j Fung sze. Expresses thesame as FiSh sze.

Ol.Scrib& Ts&ng. SeeRad./|VChaou

Keun she chin e lei chin sze keun e chung. ."A Prince
should treat his minister with politeness ; and a minister should
serve his Prince with fidelity." (Lun yu.)

From Ten to Fifteen Strokes.

J ^t^~$j*
^^Q" TING . To debate ; to deliberate on.

Jjjj^ .01. Scrib. ^ Yu. See Rad. ^ She.

moo ning kelh ke left ; sze keun nSng che ke shin, suy yug
we heB, woo peft wei che heB e. " He who is able, in serving
The same as the preceding.
his parents, to exert his utmost ability ; who, in serving his

SEVENTH

RADICAL.

mother.
URH. *

(I(S. C.

^j^/^"

Wo yew urh t heen.

"I

j^R.H.
have two heavens ;" the sense of this ambiguous sentence is,

42
Two; both. J=ja
Urh tsze. " Twice."

Te urh. " Second."

|

Urh jin, or

|
|

I am, in the first place, indebted to heaven for existence; and

Urh

in the second place, indebted to my friend for the preserva

tsin. " The two persons, or two relations;" i, e. father and

tion ofthat existence : he is therefore to me, a second heaven.

Seventh Radical.

47
yf^ j

I Cj* Pah nrh ,in' " Not two heartJ '"

** of
CHO.

one mind, faithful to each other.

^ S.C.

JjjJ

Drh jin tung lin. " Two persons of one mind."

Puh urh kea.

Urh

" Not two prices;" every person is

charged the same.

Formed from the reverse side of

Chih. "To step with

the left foot." According to ShwS wan, Cho, denotes " To

stop a little."

According to others, " To step with the*

right foot;" which joined with Chih, makes the character

fjjjj Keuen chdh yu ylh chay keang; keuen chtih yu

j^y Hing, " To walk."

Also, read Choo.

urh chay jo. " Authority issuing from one, is powerful ; au

yu. *
thority issuing from two, is weak."

-y S. c.

-J* R. H.

Sin urh.
Represents the air extending itself. - From H Kaou, and

Name of a god of the wind.

YJh, denoting the " Air falling to a level." (ShwB wan.)

Jp*^^Cp

Hwuy yay wan ylh e che shlh ; tsze yay

win ylh e che urh. " Hwuy, hearing one thing, thereby as

In; through; to; at.

In which sense it is Syn. with

Yu, which is now commonly used.

certains ten; Tsze, hearing one, thereby ascertains two."

^iftiL^JSiFS Hwans neaou che yu

(Lun yu.) Tsze, was the person speaking, he affirmed that

kew yu. "The yellow bird dwells in the woody recesses of

Hwuy could, by superior talent, infer more from a principle

the mountains."

given, than he himself could.

To speaf; to say ; to go;

j-fj^ff Wang yu

Urh, though commonly written with the upper line shorter

chuh ching. " The king went out to reduce his enemies."

than the lower one, should have both strokes of equal length,

Great; extensive appearance. Occurs as the name ofa plant ;

to distinguish the character from the following. (Kanghe.)

of a tree; and as part of the name of a District. The middle

This rule is quite disregarded.

part of a bell. A surname.

Yu yu, " The distant appearance ofa person walking ; feeling

01. Scrib.

Shang.
satisfied; contented."

Upon ; above. The lower stroke represents that on which

something is placed. See Shang, under the first Radical.

01. Scrib. ~]> Hea.

Formed on the same principle as the preceding. See Hea,

" He felt himself satisfied."

Ke keB yu yu.

Also, ead Heu.

Pjjfe

Heu tseay. An exclamation, denoting admiration. (She king.)

~~ i^* Original form of the preceding.
Derivatives are, ~}j?fj =y ^Jj

under the first Radical.

yu, woo.

Woo, heu, heu,

~Urh.

II. Seventh Radical.

48
edges.

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

YUN.

or united together, as the fingers of one hand inserted in those

of the other.

6? S. C.

Seang hoo. " Mutual, reciprocal."

R. H.
| ^ Keaou cha hoo king. " To keep up

The original form of

Yun. " A cloud, or the Tapour

of the mountain! and riven rolling round." Rain,

pjij Yu,

" Rain," was, in after ages added ; and j ^* Yun, taken to expreti, "To lay; to more round."

a mutual watch and inspection, in order to keep persons on

the alert."

|J_| ^

| ^ Shan ko hoo ti. "The

responsive songs of mountaineers."

/j^ \ J

j Ts'han hoo,

Hoo seang ts'han kaou. " To collate

Jin yun ylh yun. " Man lay, also say ;" i. e. what other men

compare and examine," as in forming one work from a com

ay, I will affirm, or say the same; I will not contradict"

parison of many.

Tung tsing yun wei. " Moving, rest

ing, speaking, acting;" express the whole of a person's con

duct, conversation, and manner.

and this, (the one and the other;) mutually depending."

^^Jlj^y^t |

Yun yun, " Thus and thus ; ct cetera ; the conversation

of many persons."

f^life ] "fe^ Pe Ute ho e chE- " That

Yun yun, also occurs as the name of

a hill. Also, as denoting abundant; luxuriant; in which sense,

Lit is Syn. with
Yun.

T,un6

Pn hoo. "Kindred

mutually blended, and stable as a rock."

~jj

Hwiiy hoo. " To have mntual reference; regard to ; or care of."

Occurs, written thus

but not deemed a proper form.

~J"p 01. Scrib. _^.Ke. See Rad. J\ PS.

w*n w0n yua yun-

dance or plenitude of the universe."

" The bun"

]

^un -vl1"'

A surname.

"Commotion; activity; bustle;" in which sense it is com^7

monl, written
j

Yun.

^^(S^f

Yun k'he se hing yun yun. "The cloudy vapours went

westward, rising io commotion."

A surname.

WOO.

X S- C.

^.R. H.

I
Five. i^T ^1 Te w0- " Thc fifth "
occurs as a surname.

Also, read Yen.

Te wo- *1*0

^00 **ze- " r?1Te times."

^|-j-Woo hing. " Thc five elements" of the Chinese ;

iz. 7jCyOfv^ Zt. Shwny- ho' miin' kin> toa

HOO*

s. c.

R. H.

3.
Fitting: into each other, like the indented edges of shell iuh.

" Water, fire, wood, metal, earth."

| 'Jj^ ^00 'un- " The fiTe relations" amongst human

An uneven edge. A butcher*s,peg, or hook, on which to tang

meat

~SJ^fy Ho willv' That cla" of fi,h wnMe ,heU

ji^J^

Keun chin, foo tire, heung te, foo f6o, ping yew..

49

Seventh Radical. II. Urh "~*_

u x Prince and minister; a father and ion; elder and younger

According to Shw8 wSn, the Seal Character represents, by the

brothers ; husband and wife ; friends."

two horizontal strokes, the heavens and earth, between which,

/tjj* Woo chang. " The five constant" virtue* i to.

/fnllfft^ it Jin' e- le' cbe> ,in-

the Yin and the Yang are blended.

" Benevo"
^ijl TSING*

^ S. C.

^ R. H.

lence, justice, propriety, knowledge, and truth." These, Woo

hing, woo lun, and woo chang, are of frequent occurrence in
Philosophical and Moral Discourses.
|

Kung, how, plh,

tsze, nan. Kung is the highest.

|

j^j ^ ^

Tung, nan,

se, plh, chung. * East, south, west, north, centre."

|

jl^Woowei. "The five tastes;" viz. p^"^1

"j^f ^jj^ ^jjj^ Swan, teen, koo, la, heen.

" Sour, sweet,

bitter, acrid, salt"

J

Ts'hing, hwang, chlh, pih, hlh. " Azure, yel

low, carnation, white, black."

|

^u>' ,in' ^e,> ,*i'n'

kidnies, and stomach."

Kew plh mow. " Nine hundred Mows" of land.

According to some, a person named

made the first well.
well."

rj-j

Pth ylh,

Ch'hueu tsing. " To dig a

| She tsing. " A market place ;" so called,

from a market being held, where a well or spring was situated.

|

Theen tsing. " An uncovered space " in the

j pj ^

1I. j

Tung heang kung

tsing. " People of the same village ; those who have drunk
from the same well."

|fl

for others to drink at;" is an expression used by malicious

" ^,yer' ^eatt' 'nnc>

people, who unable to extort money themselves, threaten to

The points of the compass, tastes,

give information to those in the government, who will be able

colors, &c. are supposed to have a certain relation to the five

elements.
. |

Tsing teen, which consisted of

yfj^ Kae tsing kelh t'hajin shlh shwtiy. <* To open a well

Wo ti'bang. " The five viscera;" viz.

jafy

wise called, ^4-"

centre of a house.

Woo slh. ' The five colors;" viz. "^f|~ jgT

j^"J

times, the centre part was appropriated to government ; other

||

Woo lang. Denotes the four points of the Com

pass, and centre; viz.

A clear spring; a well.

A piece of land divided into nine parts, of which, in former

Wo t*eS- ' ' F'Te rank* of n0D>'itT >" '"hich are

denominated

A deep place that produces water.

to extort it.
Tsing, also denotes" Arrangement) order." 'jgpj* f~ j^j

|J|. .1^1 Urh woo yen tsze. " Two five eyes;"

u an expression which denotes obscure or imperfect vision.

|~~ |

||

Shlh woo yay yu8 san woo.

" The fifteenth night of the moon is called Third fifth."

Five, they call pjj J^r Chung shoo. " Middle number."
ow I.

Tae yuh tsze tsung king show chang fang che tlh nuy wae tsing
tsing, " From the lime that the accounts passed through the
hands of Tae yuh, affairs, both within and without, were ma
naged with great regularity."

Tsing

Urh.

IV.

Seventh Radical.

50
Hi

tsze tsing jen. " Distinctly arranged in order;" applicable to

Formed of

Urh, "Two," and JfFJ Hwuy. "To go

either things, or competition.

round and

to the

| //^- "^*mS **ing

be. "What regularity and order !"

j Tsing tsing, De
The original form of the preceding.

note! alto, continued succession, y^t 1 ^js^ |

lae tsing tsing.

| Wang

" Going and coming in succession."

Tiing thin king twan.

"A deep

well, and short rope," expresses an undertaking beyond a peron' ability.

A southern conitellation.

Ancient form of pj Hwuy. "To revolve; to return to."'

They say, the character represents that which seeks to extend
itself, above and below. Used improperly for the following.

A iurname.
kAng.

^^pjjjj

fib pan wei Uing. "The rafter* of

a house are called Tsing."

Tsing, and^|J Hing,

JL
The first, or last quarter of the moon. A limit ; the <
point To fill, or extend to every place.

were formerly uied for each other.

Tfing, is said to represent the division of land into nine parts,

J "i"

Kang koo ylh jin. " The man who fills antiquity

or,

as above mentioned ; also, the sides of a well. The dot in the

who stands alone without an equal.

Seal character, represents the vessel passing down.

view, Confucius is the man ; and as a soldier, it is said of

In a literary point of

Kwan foo tsze, a person now deified.

Another form of

Sze. "Four."
jJ

01. Scrib. -Tf Woo.

Same as the preceding.

See above.
Critics and Dictionaries differ in opinion, respecting these
two forms of the character.

Formed by Three and Four Strokes.

Some consider the middle part as

JfJ Yu, " The moon ;" others think it is ffj Chow, " A
boat," situated between two shores. Some are for obliterating

V*-f Ol. Scrib.

Or

Suy.

"A year."
the one, and retaining the other ; however, Kang he's Tsze
teen, retains both forms, that their respective merits "may be

)J

SEUEN.

|S.C.

J? R. H.
further examined.

Effort to revolve; to revolve between two; to extend to;

to promulge.

JL

^ Lu*

hing t'heen te seuen poo yay. " When the thunders act, (the

With

Sin, " Heart" by the side, t^j Hang, "Con

stant; persevering," is formed. To derive this sense, from an

allusion to the moon, is easy and natural.

sound) is rolled and extended to the heavens and earth."

01. Scrib. ^Shun. SeeRad. jfc Sze.
|

Woo seuen.

The name of a foreign country.

Seventh Radical.

51

sense of " This."

IV.

Urh JZ1

Formed from j);^ Tsze, " These," and

Characters formed by Five Strokes.

^ Urh, " Two." Hence, its meaning " Few," &c.

In the

books of the Sect Fuh, and forming a part of the names of

HWANG.

=^ S. C.

% R. H.
Savage Tribes in the north, it is read So.

More; further.

-^Jj^ ^ Hwang U'heay. "Still more;

rtill further."

/jpj | Hohwang. " How much more."

Made from

Urh, and ^jj^ Heung. " An elder brother."

Jj?Y 01. Scrib. 'f HSng. SeeRad. jj^Sin

There are three characters, ^jl /^^J^ all pronounced

Charactersformed by Six Strokes.
Hwang, and by some Critics considered the same ; others dis
01. Scrib. *

tinguish them. The middle one with two dots by the side, is
commonly used in the sense above given.

Even.

Tse.

Even surface of standing grain, wheat, &c- The

name of a hill.
SEAY. *

\M S. C.

^ R. H.
jjji YA. f^ S.C.

A small quantity i small ; few.

" A little."

Miih yew ylh seay. " Not

-I
have a little ;" i. e. not possessing any.

Seay seu. A

unall portion of time, or of any commodity.

| yJ >

| /"J^^^^^ Seay seaou she

te. " A small and unimportant affair."

Ugly; like a hunch back. The second in order.

_

Aft Chang che tsze wci ya. " Next to a

superior or senior, is called -Ya."

>jj^J Seay seaou che wiih. " A thing small

and unimportant"

^R.H.

Yih seay.

Ya shing, Is a

term applied to the second class of Sages ; as f^j

tszc. Confucius is called r^i

MSng

Che shing. " Most holy ;

j ^Pj^l^
a perfect Sage."

Seay seu le wuh. " A trifling present"

T^j^j

Yin ya.

Fathers of a married couple, call each

other Yin ; husbands of two sisters, call each other Ya.

kd, leaou shin we e. " This article is small and trifling, merely
Ya, or as it is otherwise pronounced A, is an epithet that
to show the intention," of respect, good will, &c.
precedes the names of persons in the lower walks of life, as
zjljjjL | ^-j^~(=f TTh seay haou e. '* Obtained a little
A Iin, A taou, &c
Sood will."

| j

The latter syllable is the name ; A, is an

Shwo ay heen hw.

epithet The Tartars use jlpj* > m the same tense.

" To chat a little."

Chay seay.

" These."
J|t- A ko. " Au elder brother."

^Ji [

Naseay. "Those."
A thing that is forked, is called Ya.

Also, read So, " A tone in a song." Read So, occurs in the
Commonly written Y Ya.and^jjji Ya.

Dubious language.

_i_ Tow.

Eighth Radical.

52

Syn. with ^j3. Ya. " To -wash or paint a wall."

j^l Ke wan ke kwei ting jow. " Repeatedly paid <

Occurs

pliraents, and presented dressed meat" (Ming tsxe.)

improperly used in the sense of these several characters.

These characters,

r^a" /jj^j Kelh, klb, kelh, occur ia

the same sense.

xffa KEiH. J

f S. C.

3? R. H.

Formed from man, mouth, hand, and two lines. The two

From Seven to Twelve Strokes.

lines represent heaven and earth. Receiving from heaven the

01. Scrib.

gifts of the seasons , and blessed with the benefits conferred by

^ Laou.

" Aged."

the earth ; the mouth should plan, and the hand effect with
| |* g E. The influence ofthe principle

promptness, there should be no loss of time. (Seu k'hae.)

Haste i speed | promptly! hurry.

[jfc

" Hastily ; speedily i in an hurry ; urgently."

|

Kflh stth.
'fyp'^TJ

^ fl 01. Scrib. JgShing. See Rad. ^.Urh

King che wuh kelh. " In beginning the work, do not

Another form of.-

hurry." (She king.)

J

Yang.

Hastiness of temper.

Kelh. See above.

^Kung sun chekelh yay. "The hastiness ofKungsun."

WEI. The meaning is not known.

Also read Ke, denoting repeatedly .

| <^pjj.

EIGHTH

RADICAL.

scurity."

Lost) destroyed; exterminated; run [away ; dead;

_ ' - TOW.
forgotten.
This character did not originally exist; it was introduced
as a Radical for the sake of the arrangement of the ^j'

-j^-

Kae shoo, Characters.

i^- r-^| Shlh wang. " Lost"

" Destroyed."
^ |
fJ|

WANG.

\X S. C.

^jjj^ |

Sze wang or
|

MefS wang.
J

Taou wang. "Fled."

runaway; a fugitive; or a dead person."

Formed from ^^Juh, " To enter, " and

Yin, " Ob

" Exterminated "

Wang koo.

|1 RH.

Pae waBS-

" Dead."

Wang jin. " A

Eighth Radical.

53

IV. Tow -i-

che wang. " To delight in wine without weariness it called

Pah nang k'hang shin, yen nSng k'hang tsung. " Cannot

Wang."

shelter my own person, how shelter my kindred!"

(Mang tsze.)
rfn I ^ IH ?ah 18 ,hen

Original form of

Ta. Which see.

laou, urh wang ke two. " Did not delight in the path of
virtue, and loit his country."

|{ |
Characters formed by Four Strokes.

jut, Wang jin woo e wei paou ; jin Uin e wei paou. " Kew ran
>^KEAOU. *

S. C.

R. H.

said, an exile ha* nothing to value, but the affection which he

Said to be derived from

owes to his parents." (Ta heS.)

Ta, and to represent the legs

crossed. To blend.; to unite; to connect; to deliver over to;

poo laou, we wei che jay. " It is not too late to mend the

to exchange ; the intercourse of persons in society ; and of

beep cot, after the sheep is lost;" take care for the time to

friends.
keaou yTh.

of' 3m. Woo, " To be destitute of;

Occun ia the
poor

|j| jj

Ho hwan ho wei

" To exchange one commodity tor another is

called Keaou yih."

Trade ; commerce.

| pj^J j=l*j

and of j& Wang, " To forget"

she.cbe t'heen hea che min tseu t'heeu hea che ho, keaou yTh

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

urh tuy, kS tin ke so. " Hold a market in the midst of day,
KANG. *

ff S. C.

R. H.
that all the people of the land may collect together the com

The human neck. From ~J^" Ta, abbreviated, represents

the veins of the neck.
Hang.

j^.

The throat; commonly written P/J^

modities of the whole land, and having made their exchange,

retire, every thing finding its proper place." (YJh king.)

Glh ke kang. " Seized his neck."

Read K'hang. The name of a star.

J|||f K'hang

yang. " Drought; want of rain."

|
|
together."

Strong; to shelter; to screen. Unbending. To oppose; to

Keaou kea. " To pay the price of a commodity."

Keaou lion. "Mutually connected, or blended
|

Keaou tsa. " To mix."

Keaou yew. " The intercourse of friends ; a friend."

attack as an enemy. To carry to the extreme degree. A sur-

y/j^ Keaou yew. " A constant companion."

narue.

Seang keaou. " Mutually blended, or connected ;" said of per

Exce*

J--^ | ^| ^ /f-f. Shang

kew k'hang lung yew hwuy. " Excess will cause repentance."

sons or things.

Hiking.)

f^J^

VOL. I.

| ^
R

^eaou

^fEj \
P*nS ,ew-

keaou, or

j ^jjpf

" To form friendships ;

Tow.

IV. Eighth Radical.

with."

54

Tseue keaou.

1 dissolve a friendship ; break off an intimacy."

J

| \"

"To

ffc? jj^j

Mae she, or
at night

^ = Yu kwB jin keaou, che yu iin.

_TR
|

" In holding intercourse witli fellow fubjectf rest in truth,"

chin5 Dae>

Ten o'clock at' night.

Keaou bae. Nine o'clock at night.

She, and

A surname.

Hae, have by some writers been con

| YTh meen che keaou- *' To hare met

founded. The upper part is considered the ancient form of

j&T j Lan keaou. " To be intimate

f-*^ Shang; it is also said to be from 7 ^Yth; and the

jjj f

with erery person one meets."

J^lyjlj |

lower part representing two human beings, a man and a woman,

Yu Ueu keaou shwuy.

wine and water."

yjaov. foo.

to; to transfer i to pass over."

transmit to."

Hae yue. " The tenth moon."

ai the highest excellence. (Ta heS.)

a person once."

j ^TjJ Hae klh. From nine to <

{"{j

To mix

In

" To deliver

Ch'bun Is'hcw, from the form of the character, is deduced

I ^ Keaou ke. "To

the period 26,660 days, making the age of a person there

i^j/^V KtMm ch<ih J,h

kojin. "To deliver up a man."

or two children, denotes successive generations.

f{

-^L Keaou

ehiih yin tsze. " To pay money."

|^ -IJl^jaij

mentioned.
Also, read Kae.

on a particular day.

rjj Kae she, A market held

To rhyme, read K.

Keaou ke tsze wei che. " Gave up his son as an hostage.''

vjjj^ YlH *
I

<)S.C.

^R.H.

Keaou Vna- " To deliver over the platter ;" to

deliver over the whole of a concern, commercial or official, to

another person.

Keaou te. " To deliver over

to the management of another."

Keaou- chen.

' To fight."
J

Also ; likewise ; moreover. A surname.

Chay yang ylh haou. " Thus also it is well."

/^^J-jt^ j sf\jft Pe piih ha0U' Uze y,h pSh
haou. " That is bad, this also is bad."

Keaou keae; or j

joining boundaries, or limits."

Keaou keang. "Ad

j

Keaou keaou.

J|=L 4"")^ 0\ *

or

Ylh k'ho,

| ^jf^Ylh haou. "Also may; also well;" denotes a

qualified kind of assent.

^j-jjj^

j ^^'y^ T'ha ylh

shwO yun. " He also said."

" The appearance of birds flying."

The name of a place. The part of a garment which sur
rounds the neck; the part which folds over at the breast.
Occurs in the sense of jfet Keaou, and of ^g. Keaou.
HAE.

Tp S. C.

wang, tsze yTh yew piih le yen. " But if Ching were destroyed.
Tsze also would not be benefited." (Tso chuen.)

^ R. H.
yew; Seaug he, ylh he.

The last of the twelve horary characters.

^jT^j^p

Seang yew, ylh

1=3 I P="
" If Seang grieve, I alio grieve; if

Seang rejoice, 1 also rejoice." (Ming tsze.)

Z-

Eighth Radical.

55

VI.

Tow _L_

Ho. These characters were originally the same; the

urh she selh che piih yTb jug hoo.

" Confucius said, to learn

(virtue) and constantly practise it, if it not likewise pleasing!"

stroke and the dots were afterwards added to distinguish them.

To rhyme, also read P'hang.

Occurs in the sense of J^l Ylh, Great" They define it

J^*^ Al.Scrib. jrjtj Hwang. Al. Scrib.
bj j|^J Tiung. "The whole."
wise."

Yew. " More i like-

^ J$L^Lj$\ Vuse kelih Che twe" " gX"

Lew. See Radical

Fang.

pressing what comes in by the side, or by, the bye."

MAOU. Disquietude; disturbance
YTh, is derived from

Ta, and originally represented,

and denoted the armpits ; something below the arms; when

by allusion used in its present sense,

Characters formed by Six Strokes.

Ylh, and

Ylh, were adopted for its original import

is. C.

HEANG.

R,H.

Ancient form of the preceding.

From | - j Kaon. " High" abbreviated, and
" To say."
Charactersformed by Five Strokes.
HANG.

To offer to a superior ; to sacrifice.

ceive the odour of incense- To enjoy.

^/

73

To re

"^jy f~ ^

Fung shang wei che heang. " To offer to. a su

"T R. H.
perior is called Heang."

Per Tailing influence; going through with a thing; success.

j-f-j y^V^t

YuiS,

Chiih * han """S"

home, in eyery thing successful."

^r'UlJ^i

Tse

Ut kwei heang che. " Offer sacrifice, and the Shades will enjoy

" ^broad r at

it." (Heaou king.)

^j- ] T^J

piness."

j jjjg Heang ftth. " To enjoy hap

Heang yung. "To enjoy the use of."

Keen yuen bang le ching, Is the first sentence in the

I ^7fL"i"^*29^Heans,howke'"hllh

YTh king, and according to the Commentators, seems to denote

yew sze suy. " He enjoyed, or attained to the age of ninety four."

" The pervading influence of nature, giving fitness and stabi

lity to every thing." They otherwise explain the sentence as
denoting " The moral goodness ; assemblage of excellencies ;
justice and talents for the business of life, manifested by the
virtuous man."

Read P'bSng.

[H3 ~fc ~p ^ -5- /*T' Hcans kw8 um ,Mh

yew woo necn. " He reigned seventy five years."

J^j"* J

Heaou heang.

Syn. with

P'hSng, see Radical

" Offerings of filial piety," at

the tombs or temples of deceased relatives.

ji^^CJlS

Read Heang; used in the same sense as ^ _ Heang, see

below.

Wookwanche kungyu

heang. *' The five ranks of nobility, laying before his Majesty
their services during the past year, is called Heang."

 Tow.

VII. Eighth Radical.

56

j3 Heang yen. Heang is merely an entertainment laid out

Used for _J King, The name of a large fish.

Also, for

in token of respect, without partaking ofit Yen, denotes a feast,

Jt^l Yuen, As the name of a hill ; and ij j^jt Kcang, As the

not in appearance, but in reality. Also, read Heang and Heang.

name of a God.

^ KING. X
From

^S.C.

^R.H.

Kaou, " High," abbreviated, and

| Kw&n,

To rhyme, read Keang.

* Original form of
A granary.

Lin.

From | [ Hwuy, representing a house with

" Representing height" (ShwB win.) Great i lofty i extensiTe i

a window to admit air ; the top part represents a covering. A

the highest possible eminence, with a hollow in the centre.

square granary is called

^Tiling; or

King too; or

Lin.

King sze.
E.

" The place of the imperial residence."

J ^jjj^ King ching.

" The capital city of a country."

" The space within a thousand

Ts'hang, a round one I

The name of a flower.

King ke.
Charactersformed by Seven Strokes.

Lc, of the capital."

TING.

^ S. C.

J> R. H.

>f-{^ T'heen tsxe so keu yu8 King sze, King, ta

yay ; Sze, chung yay. " Where the Son of Heaven (the Emperor)

From ^ftj Kaou, abbreviated, and J

Ting, for sound.

dwells, is called King sze. King, denotes great ; Sze, denotes

A shed or portico in public ways, for the people to rest under.

a large concourse of people."

A dome supported by pillars in a garden. A room or watch-

Plh king.

present capital of China ; commonly written Peking.

|

The
pjig

house on a city wall. An elevated room.

Hwayuentelh ting tsze- "Summer house in a

Nan king, The former capital.

I s&t* ~^J\ Shang king hwuy she. " To go up to

' I 0 " '
Peking to the general examination " of literati.
/^K. \

garden."

Pun king, The present capital.

low, kO. Are four differently constructed fabrics intended for

cool octangular portico."

Pa keB leang ting.

/{a. /J^

"A

Ting, tae,

recreation. Tae, is a terrace open to the heavens ; Low, is ap

| Yew shooming, shth ylh wei chaou, shlh chaou wei king.
" Further, the name of a number, ten hundred thousand make

plied to any upper room; KB, is said to be a raised pavement,

open on all sides.
| -J^ Ting chang; or

a chaou, ten chaou (or ten millions) make a king."

A surname.
j

King chaou. Name of a place.

King king "Mournful-

" Peking fruits."

| _|j^Kingkwo.

j /j< Ting kung; or J

^^Ting foo. The senior or petty peace officer of a small vil

lage.

3ff|T | Yew ting. A kind ofpost office on the road.

Straight; to equalize.

JjjZ. j

^jj^^r^- Ping ting

Eighth Radical. X. Tow

57
e fit "A method of levelling (removing) doubts."

01. Sciib. ^ Hang, and ^ Pang.

|

Piib ting.

" Disorderly; irregular."

ffn "77 5^ I

Kan Kni urh w0 we tine* " Sweet

gtj 01. Scrib.

Yew. See Rad. |> Piih.

prevail? and equalize! the fire tastes.''

|

| Tingling. Name of a hill t also, the aspiring ap

The authority of this Character is doubted. Per

pearance of roclu on a lofty mountain.

Ei Ting
haps, it was used for jt^ Yuen, or for

King. (Kang he.)

' The point of noon." In the booltt of the Sect Taou,

to denote *' Creation, and gradual

Ting tlih,

Ol.Scrib. J^Rih. See RadJ !_.*"

on to maturity." In religious books. Ting, also denotes

the " Heart."

Tsing ting. Name of an insect

From Eight to Ten Strokes.

Used in the sen! o< y^E. Ting, " To dam up, or stop water
in its course."

To niyme, read Tang.

P6.

S^fT* LEANG.

f^j" S. C.

^ S. C.

R H.
The name of a place.

Clear i bright

^Kwang learg, or Bj^j

Hingleang. " Bright j splendid."

"Day light'*

j Theen leang.

^^^J^ J Theen we leang. "Not

yetdaylUht"

R. H.

yJL ^Ej-

_lL

0,

jpj^ Tang ken PO, yu KB wei lin. " The Emperor Tang, of
the Dynasty Shang, lived at PO, and was neighbour to the
country KB." (Hang tsze.)

~J T heen leang leaou. "The

|jp_01.Scrib. ^ Hang, and ^ Pang,

heavens are ilumined :" it is now day light

/|*

I J^f"

" Sat in an open chair."

A surname.
*'1,n^ 'eanS enou.

L;ang keaou, is a chair without any

^jj^ Ol.Scrib.^Shing.SeeRad. J Peih.

covering for the head, and which is carried on men's shoulders.

Same as the preceding.
Occurs in the sense of

Leang. " Trust; confidence i"

\J& I 01. Scrib. JpL Heang.

See below.

Mang tsze yo, Keun tsze puh leang woo hoo chih. " Hang
t*ze said, A prince without confidence, will act with wavering
jj^i

OI. Scrib. jq^Kih. SeeRadJLjin.

indecision." (Sze shoo.)

To write Leang with J^Ke, is improper, (Kang he.) Other
^^Al. Scrib. JfcShiih. SeeRad.^-Tsze
""spectable Dictionaries, however, write it so.
vol. i.

 Tow.

XIX.

Seventh Radical.

58

01. Scrib. ]^Kuh. SeeRad.I^lUrh.

^pj^ 01. Scrib. z^Shwfiy. SeeRad.^E.

OLScrib.jj^Shing.SeeRad.^/ Leih.
From Fourteen to Nineteen Strokes.
PAOU.

The name of a person.

The pronunciation and meaning of this cha

YEW.

racter are not known. It is reserved for further examination.

To fly.

(Rang he.)
From Eleven to Thirteen Strokes.
01.Scrib.jp | Yung. SeeRad.J~~ Yen.
TAN. "ilg S. C.
H

Al. Scrib. jp^ Seang.

A large quantity of grain. Formed from JpJ Lin, " A

granary;" and Q Tan, ued for sound. (ShwOwan.)
WE.
Truth) totrurt; sincere; abundant; plenty.

A surname.
Exertion) unwearied'; indefatigable.

The name of a country beyond MM.

Head Chen.

(-J-l^ IjjjJ Chun chen, otherwise written,

though erroneously,

jjT Chun cben. " Appearing to

Used for >|]3 Tan, ' Only." Also for ;j^H_ Tan, and
tan,..properly jS^

/j<0 Loo tan, " To expose a part of the body."

J^J

We we wan wanS ,inS win Puh c-

" Laborious and indefatigable, Wan wang's fame is unceasing."

(She king.)

proceed or advance with labour and difficulty."

Tan, "To expose," as jj^. j

_p

Also used

for Isify Heen.

Also read Mun, " A current of water passing through a

straight, as through a door." The name of a place.
" One affirms, that ShwB wiu does not contain this character.
He changed it for

We ; and another person altered the

Ylh king and She king accordingly. A third person, obliterated

Scrib. Jfyj^ Lo.
| We, altogether.
The fruitor produce of herbs and plants. To receive mutually.

The affirmations of each are presump

tuous and unworthy of credit" (Rang he.)

Ninth Radical.

59

NINTH

JIN.

J\ S. C.

Jin yV.

RADICAL.

^ R. H.

'

"

Tsze Yin Yang hoo keaou, woo hing tso

The Seal form U said to represent the two arms of a man.

tuug, she tsae t'heen te chung yang, shlh j8 seang ching choo

They consider the character^^_Ta, a fuller representation of

ch'han chuh ylh jin. " From the time that the Yin and Yang
combined, and the five elements intermingled, in the centre of

a man.
the universe, where moisture and heat operated on each other,

A human being ; commonly understood of man.

Nan jin. " A man." "^T | Neu jin. " A woman."
J ^fy] j^jj

'^^* j>d we' wan wnn

"Han is the intelligent part of the ubirerse."

''"g-

He is,

a man was produced." (Shin seen t'hung keen.)

The same

work adds,
" This man, was by nature intelligent. As he gazed upon the
heavens, he saw, darting forth from a star," and felling to the

Uiij kwei chay jay. " The most excellent production of the

earth, a golden blaze of light. In approaching it, he found it

heavens and earth/' (Shw8 wan.)

to be an animated being, which he supposed was of the samespecies. The being addressed him saying, ' The wings have

of**.*

| jF^MZMfe
long embraced you ; on the breaking forth of the fructifying

Jin chay, t'heen te che tlh, Yin Yang che keaou,

principle, I knew that you had entered into the world.' Then

kwei shin che hwiiy, woo hing che sew k'he yay. " Man, is

plucking up certain plants, formed garments for the lower

from the energies of the heavens and earth; from the con.

part of the body. He named the man

nexion of the principles Yin and Yang ; from the union of

and informed him of the manner of creation; of the division

%ure and spirit; and from the pure influence of the five

of the heavens and the earth; the Yin and Yang; the separating

dements." (Le king.)

the darkness from the light, &c; that all things were produced

J\ juj^fc

Jin, jin yay, jiu sang wlih yay. " Man, i. e. benevolence ;
tenevolence to animated nature."

fyj^T Hwang lion,

from an egg, first formed in water ; that there were four other
human beings formed, one at each of the four points of the com
pass. Having said this, the being called Z^*- /|S^

Kin

Jin.

Ninth Radical.

60

lb jin, disappeared, and the four persons flew to the spot,

married woman ;" also, used for woman generally.

each from a different quarter. The man first formed called

^\

Shwiiy tsing tsze, came from the north; the

Nuyjin. - My wife."

"r^T.-^-

"Your lady ; your wife."

J^j

| Tsun foojin.

j Fanjin, or |

econd' jffZ^fl | Chlh Uing tsze, from the south ; the

jin jin. "All men; every body."

third, ^j'Q^^Muhkung, from the easti and

T'hesnheachejin. " The people of the empire; or ofthe world."

Km moo, " The golden mother," from jjj^ yj^. J_J_J Kvian

|N

Shing jin. The perfect Sages of antiquity, who

lun than, (a hill described as a kind of Paradise) in the nest

possessed innate, and intuitive knowledge.

It is farther said, that tbese five persons, by a chemical process,

Hecn jin. Sages of the second order, to whom study was ne

obtained, from an immense crucible, a male being, and also a

ccssarr.

female i the latter of whom was called jIm^?"^- Shay neu,

f - : h I Yu jin, The illiterate and uninformed.

/VI*' I
They commonly divide mankind into these three classes. Suing,

" Serpent woman." These, obtaining essential influence from

in modem usage, is applied to the reigning Emperor. Heen

the sun and moon, produced other human beirgs, who again

jin, denotes a virtuous person ; and Yu, is commonly applied

united, and gradually filled the earth with people.

to the mass of the people.

Hwang laou, directed the dispersion of the first families and

supplied them with rafts to cross the seas and rivers, 1o what,
ever place the wind might drive them.

ffife

Pwan

koo, an extraordinary person, whose origin is not known,

came from the vast deserts.

He was four times taller than

\ / 'f'Jl
shen.
|

J'n cne ch'hoo sing pua

The nature of man at his birth, is virtuous."

Haou jin. "A good man."

bad man."
j

^"f^

^r-

yjp

Taejin. "A

I Shen jin. " A moral man."

ojin. " A wicked man."

"^"j"*

jiil.

/jjjj | Seen jin. Those,

other human beings; had horns on his bead, and his teeth

who by their high virtues, have risen to a kind of super

stood out of his mouth. He taught navigation more perfectly ;

human, or angelic state.

and made passages through the mountains.

T'hajin. *' That person, or, another person," in

contradistinction from one's self.

Tajin. "Great man;" a term of respect ap

plied to the higher officers of government, answering to the

him, and he became the first king of men."

/flfy |

All submitted to

sf^.

J Ylh

European term " Excellency." Ta jin, sometimes denotes s

person arrived at manhood, in contradistinction from children,

ke sun jin. *' To benefit one's self, and injure others." yj=J

/j n J

^=jj

mean worthless person ; sometimes merely a person of no o-

j yj^t-

outside."

j^f"

Yew ko jin tsae wae. " There is a man

J

^"ou iw

" *n I<I man "

or, in direct address, " You, venerable Sir."

Koo jin. "One of the ancients."

J
|

Foojin. "A

Seaou jin.

"Little man;" generally denotes a

cial rank in the state.

j

Kea jin.

" Domestics."

jin. "The master of a house."

I^T

Choo

j Jg^Jinklh. "A

Ninth Radical.

61
Foo kwei jin.

" A rich

Keung jin. " A poor nun."

Mei

Yaejin. A little man in respect of stature. The

oppoiite of |g j |

piih tsze tsae; tsze tsae puh ching jin.

" He who acts the

man does not indulge himself : he who indulges himself, will

jin. " A beautiful woman."

^j^ |

Jin

Kaou jin. " A tall man."

ytp J

_ |

Urh jin, "The two persons;" father and mother.

never act the man." (Ming sin paou keen.)

Tso jin ; and pj^

names of two cities.

A surname.

Chung jin, Are the

To rhyme, read Jen.

Kwa

From the above account of the origin of man, the Reader

jin. " The man alone," are expressions used bj His Imperial

will not expect, from different Chinese Writers, perfect consis

Majesty, when speaking of himself.

tency, and a uniform mode of expression, as to the constitution

. J

Yn ylh jin. - I, the man ;" or

<H|? Jin tsing. " The human feelings i favor."

of our common nature, and its final destinies. Though it be

difficult, or perhaps impossible, to obtain for one's own satis

Jintaou. " The principles of human conduct."

S % Mine jin

faction, or to give to the captious Inquirer, such proof as curi

taou pelh e mtth tsuh wei chung yay. " He who understands

osity and ingenuity may demand, as to the existence of spiritual

the principles of human conduct, must lay stress on harmony

Beings, the Soul of man, and the Deity, as well as our account-

[ if & VI

ableness to God, and capability of future enjoyment or suffer

: family connexions.
jin, or
|

<jj|^
J

" A merchant."

ing; yet, (supposing no divine revelation) as there is a pro

Jff

Nung

bability on the affirmative side of these opinions, and the most

Szejiu. " A scholar."

enlightened philosophy has not yet demonstrated any thing to

Mae mae jin.

Kung jin. " A mechanic."

jin. " A husbandman."

J7^^- j

} J

/^^^

the contrary ; the Chinese generally, as well as the rest of man

A person who goes between two

kind, think it more rational to believe, than to reject, what may

Shwuy show jin. " A sailor."

Chuen sze jin.

parties in the transaction of business.

l 3u

finally prove to be seriously true.

They express the " Soul" by

Hwan ; E^f T^j^ UoK

] Chung jin.

hwan. " The intelligent soul."

Jjjjjj Jin shin. "Man's

paou jin. A messenger who runs to give tidings.

|

Chae jin. "A messenger."

tj^

" A raidsman," one who acts between two parties.

J

Fan jin, or

E jin.

spirit"

" A foreigner." The

Utter is the more respectable term ; the same may be expressed

yjj^ f
mote parts.

Yuen jin. "A distant man;" one from re

|

k"ej'n- " A poet"

^TnJ )

Wei jin. " He who is, or acts the part of a man."

TOl, I.

hj^

/^f- yA^

Jjjffi Tsae jin che ling shin.

" The intelligent spirit in man." /

^N Jsi

^pfsfejifcx^fil^isin cbe n8ng sze ieu' *

shlh, tsze che wei hwan. " That which enables the heart to
to think, lo consider, to know, is called Hw4n," (or Soul.)
Sin, " The heart," in common language, denotes that

Jin.

Ninth Radical.

62

which thinks, and generally answers to the words " Mind, un

won, koo pflh ko, wei fei chin yew ylh wiib, ylh piih ko. " As

derstanding, intellect;" but still, according to the last quo

to the doctrine of spirits, the Sages spoke of it with difficulty.

tation, the Hwan is that invisible and essential Principle, which

They could not on any account affirm that it was absolutely

enable* the heart to act.

true, nor could they affirm that it was not true." (Choo foo

The animal life they express by

Plh.

i^t,"^

Uze.)

They teach the retributive justice of heaven in this

life, and hence draw their motives for virtue, from the dignity
nzmm^z^M *
yay, muh che so e ming, urh che so e tsung. " Plh, is that

and happiness which virtue confers, from individual and

which enables the eye to see, and the ear to hear."

family prosperity, and from the reward of fame.

y^A,

They ap

.Kwei, denotes "The ghost, the shades, or the manes;"

pear to have gone from the extreme of superstition to that of

something distinct from the Hwan and the Pth.

scepticism ; and afford no small proof of the desirableness of a

terial body, it called f^J

fle.h,,

she ko keu kS.

Jow shin.

The ma

" The body of

Revelation from Heaven, to save the humble Inquirer, as well

J^glg^YThshincMh

from the visionary fears and foolish superstitions of the weak

" The body is merely a case or shell."

mind, as from the impious and demoralizing tendency of uni

At death, they say, the flesh and bones return to earth;

versal doubt, and from atheistical hardihood. How much ought

the blood returns to water | the Hwan ascends to heaven ;

the Sacred Scriptures to be valued. From the Books of Mote*,

the Plh descends to earth,; and the Kwei wanders about.

we receive a rational and satisfactory account of the origin of

The general belief is in a future state, which they call ^ij^

Lae sing. " The coming life."

It involves rewards

Man; and from the lips of Jesus Christ, (whose claims to

credence deserve not to be slighted) we have the probabilities of

and punishments, either in a subsequent existence, on this

" Life and immortality" most abundantly confirmed ;

earth, or in a place appropriated, either to devils and bad men :

wicked " shall go away into everlasting punishment, but the

or to the gods and the good. The first they call ^j^^^

righteous into life eternal." (SL Matth. xxv. 46.)

The

Te yiih. "The prison of the earth;" the latter -^r* txfi*

/A^ TSEtH. *

/\ S. C.

T'heen tang. " The temple of heaven."

Confucius, and writers of his School, are rather sceptics

Three persons united. The ancient form' of

Tselh,

than atheists; they rather hesitate, than deny the existence of a

" To collect, to assemble." It is discussed by Critics, whether

a Deity, and a Future State.

this character is made from

^jf jjfjjl

J! ^j?

Jtih, "To enter," and

Jin, " Man," or from^T^

Ylh, "One."

Some say it is

neither from the one nor the other; but is a hieroglyphic

Kwei shin che le, shing jin kae nan yen che, wei chin yew ylh

representation of Uiree united in one.

Ninth Radical.

63
Some European? bare supposed, that this character was a

a nut; the stones of fruit.

J

traditional emblem of the Christian doctrine ofa Trinity. The

II.

Jin y\.

/^__

Jin chay t'heen te sang wiih che sin yay.

writer of this, has found no trace of the Chinese understand

" Jin, is the heart or feeling exercised by heaven and earth, in

ing the characteras having an allusion to any opinion respecting

producing creatures."

the Deity.

jin. " Love to animated nature, is called Jin."

The characters, ^j**//^>./fj^/j^ Kin, h,

Jin tlh;

J-J

| Haousangyue'
|

| ^?Jingae. " The virtue of charity," includ

hwuy, lun, Ac. are derived from Tselh.

ing benevolence and beneficence.
CHWA, or Kwa. Alone and destitute.

Used ftHV^Oto, A numeral particle. SeeB-ad. | Kw&n.

. J

T'heen sin jin gae. " The heart of heaven is beneficence and
love."

^^V01 Scrib.^T Ting.SeeRad. YKh

^J\^

j j^-

^ji^J Jin min gae wiih. " Bene

volence to the people, and love to the creatures."

/(j^ Jin sin. " A benevolent heart.''

ik Pe hea seuh neen chin hea che laou.tiuh keen jin

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

tsze. " Your Majesty in compassionately considering my la
SHiH.
From " Man and ten."

Ten persons. In military lan

guage, two files, of five men each, are called Shlh.

Jin wan. " Famous for benevolence.'

Jin ching.

" Benevolent good government."

J ^^SMhk'he. " Household uten

Jin

J^*/J/^ J fjrfyj Kea ho shth wiib. "Furniture

chay, e che pun yay ; shun che te yay ; tlh che chay, tsun. " Jin,

jflfyj Shlh wiih, or

sils."

A"|

bours, fully evinces benevolence and kindness."

and household utensils."

P'heen shlh. Certain

embodied: he who obtains it, is honorable." (Leking.)

sections of the She king.

In the Colloquial style,
"What? and who?"

is the foundation of righteous conduct; it is peaceful concord

f$R. Shlh mo, is used for

^ Shlh mo sze. " What

Choo tsze yuS, jin chay sin che tib, gae che le. "Choo
tsze said, Jin, is the virtue of the heart, the principle of love."

affair r
]]= S. C.

/p. R. H.

^A.V,

^rOl.Scrib

JIN. I
From " Man and two;" also, from " A thousand and heart"
Benevolence i love to all creatures; charity; virtue in ge
neral. According to one .it denotes patience. The kernel of

I J61fcJLdSA
jin, tsbh e chang jin. " The Prince who realizes, or embodies
benevolence, is adequate to nurture and improve a people."
(Ylh king.)
== S&s. "65 r&jiL

Keaou yen ling slh

y\ Jin.

II.

Ninth Radical.

64

Men e jin. " Where there ii

I an effort

[~*/^v^

[fjj Shlh fuu che yih

to ihew off, there virtue will be rarely found." (Lun yu.)

yay. " A tenth part."

mi- 0 '^mvmMz
$~^$L JJOr | ChiDS
^ 'O0
ChUI,E'

/^"^Sameag/f'J'Ting. SeeRad. ^ Chlh.

Syn. with

LIh.

sing the ting peen the jin. " Ching tsze raid, The heart may
^/^TSlH,orChth * [j\S.C. ^R H.
be compared to the eed of grain ; the -vivifying principle ii
J * Han, " An o
, jnstice, propriety, wisdom, truth."

Of the

first of these they say, ^ g| ^ ^ ^ J^l

Thung ize twan keen wan ihen. " It takes the lead of the

which is,

precipice,

Jin, A mat

its falling.
Stooping; inclined; oblique.

The original form of

(other) four cardinal virtuei, and is connected with all good-

Tsze, " A place in which to ease nature."

new."

thing. " The oblique tones ;" all excepting j|Z. jzjj^l Ping

[=j

MBh jin. " The pupa of the eye."

.J^-

Jj^ ^pjjt Tslh

shing, are denominated Tslh.

The new moon faintly seen in the east, is called

hlh chung shTh yew sang ke chay, yTh yu)S jin. " In fruiU and

Tslht hlh.

uuU that produce which has the living principle, ii also called

Jin."

(King he.)

Jin tsze. A seed."

jin. The seed of fruit

ofnuts."

^^ |

A surname.

J|^. |

Kwo

Hlh jin. " The kernel

Taou jin. u An almond."

To rhyme, read Jen.

Urh, denoting " To benefit," and

j CMh tslh, A certain kind of money.

hwuy.)

Pelh tslh.

" Water flowing in an alarming degree." (Tsze

According to the latter work, Tslh, is written thus

'

tslh. " Appearance of grain growing thick."

Jin, " Man," form

latter word

^yjj Yuen, " The original life giving power of heaven and

Tslh.

earth."

^ Jin, " Man," and

"Appearance of water flowing."

^jJJ^j> which Kang he pronounces wrong.

They say that

f%=r

Tslh, is erroneous. (Kang he.)

f *>eI'1
To write the
Syn. with

' Urh, make ^Zl Jin,

FOO

" Benefits conferred by man ; benevolence, virtue."

s. c.

And that

j J^Yuen and /j . Jin, denote the same principle; the first

affirmed of heaven, the latter of man.

The hand holding out something to a person.

To give to.

Commonly written <^T^" Foo. See below.

K FOO, or FOW.
4\

Shoo che yu jay. " An overplus ; a

From

Jin, The other part gives sound,

lying down ;

Ninth Radical. II. Jin yV

65

tinction from ancient times.

p rostrate ; bowing with the head to the ground.

^iL^lm^ng' foo, chlh, keang. "Rising, fallipg, erect,
Teen foo.
prortrate."
j ||j|J Foo taou, or -fa
To fall down," Syn. with

Urh kin ; |Ej

Noo.
||s.C.

Miih kin ; j-* j

Kelh kin ;^p^ J

j

Tae kin.

"Till now."

Tae ke kin he. Expresses " Anxiety to

^ R. H.
embrace the present moment." (She-king.)

To unite. A pair. Proud. Resentment. An enemy. In

the first feme, it if used as

Yu kin ; or

| Y u kin, All denote " The time now present. '

|^
K'HEW.J

y^s. Joo kin; rj'rj

Kew. A surname.

jlh. " To day."

tize tung kew. " Put in order my lance and ipear, that I may

Q Kin

J J=j Kin yu. " This month."

-^p-Kinneen. "This year."

morning."

Ji^L Kin tsaou. "This

| jjj^ Kin wan. " This eTening."

|=J

Tie koo kJeh kin. " From ancient

join >ou, and make your enemies mine." (She-king.

times to the present."

T'hang kin

^S^S^B

T'heen-tsze. " The present Emperor."

| J!j^p Kin she.

Keagowyuep'hei,

yuen gow yue" k"hew. "An amicable pairing is called P'hei ; a

"Thepre^nUimes." ^ g gfl gg pj J/|g

resentful pairing ia called K'hew."

jft

"^"j^

| *>aou 't'new-

" To revenge."

I T"e yM' mins kine

k'ho e cha hing, wang koo k'ho e che kin. " Confucius said,

Also, read Kew. To rhyme, read Ke and Keu.

^T"-

~& pT W %D

p'n tae show keu, according to some, " To take

In a clear mirror, figure may be examined ; from past ages,

the present may be known."

a wine cup in the hand." (She-king.)

-j-jf- Kin she. " This age." Sometimes understood

I

Kew kew gaou gaou. " Proud."

/3p Kin sang. " The present life," in contradistinc

tion from a future existence, either in this, or a separate state.

1A PA.

A surname.
chow urh piih tseuS. " The present goes, and the future comes,

CHANG.
ML

revolving in endless succession." To rhyme, read King and Kan;.

of the Mother ofthe Philosopher Mencius.

KEAE.
KIN.+

^R H.

y R. H.
Some say it is from J^\^ Chaou, " The nails of the

From yA^Tselh," To unite," and ~J Kelh, the ancient

with which lines of distinction are drawn, and bene
form of

Kelh, " To extend to."

a limit

Again, that Chaou is ^ Jin, in the middle of

Now; the present moment; the present time in contradisP4, "To separate;" and hence denotes to discriminate.
VOL. I.

66

A Jin 11. Radical Ninth.

To anist; to attend upon ; an attendant; a person to announce

*jP& jEitSr 2MZ. 1

jjljg Haou she ching chlh, shin che ting che, keae urh

or receive viaitors. Border; limit To act, or represent, Used

as a numeral.
country.

Great; firm; immoveable.

A surname.

The name ofa

king fiih. " Lore those that are good and upright, the gods

^cj K'hew

will listen to you, and great will be your happiness." (She-

^T"~"J~*

king.)

keaeyutakwS. " Seek assistance from a great state."

J

Ling keae. " Yonr servant boy."

keae. " My servant boy."

Seaou

K,nE ke*e' or J

j=i j-j Keae tsef. ' Candid ; sincere ; firm ; independant ;

noble spirit"

j ~Jjk p[j^J pj Keae ju leang k'ho.

j See0 keae. " Small, unimportant" ~^\_

Miih keae, j^tly

trees.

Shoo keae; Ice formed on

jlj-" J

Keun che kwei keae te-

" The great and honorable brother of the Prince." (Tso-chuen.)

Because t- or, in consequence of.

-jj^ Keae jin che chung fe yung yay.

" To border on either will do;" either mode of proceeding may

^
To suc

ceed " in consequence of the kindness of others, is no proof

be adopted.

^ | ^E^^ frfl "

keae tsae shen go che keen. " He remaim on the confines of

of valour."
Keae keae, denotes something on the mind

Tirtue and vice ;" denotes, he is a person of undecided character ;

which 'gives nneasiness. To rhyme, read Ke.

neither very bad, nor very good.
Alone, single.
^jjp? j^J

|$ 0 4f-JR U

keae. " Things without a fellow are called Tin, animals with,
out a fellow are called Keae."
Lin keae, Scales of shell fish; armour.
?N; +

PING. Orig. form of ^ Ping, "Ice."

Wuh woo gow yu Hh, show woo gow jai

It

Keae, or rS^jji j
|

|j

^lA Keae chu,,g "n p,h

This character is said to represent water freezing- ShwOwin, considers

P'nSi * Radical character; Kang-he, in

imitation of the Dictionary called Ching-tsze-t'hung, remove it

to the Radical.^Av ,in>

liih shll-, urh kwei wei che ch'hang. " Of the scaly tribe there are
/^JING.

j]Ej S. C. #3 R. H.

three hundred and sixty, the tortoise is the chief." (Le-king.)

According to; in consequence ; and, in imitation of; again; as
keang sih seaou tan show nuy keae. " Taking the pencil, and act

before. The name of a country. A surname.

ing as ifforcing it into her hand." Seaou -tan , denotes those who

Jing jen. "Still; yet; continuing the same."

in plays, act the parts ofyoung women. y^J^

tetS

'

vf^ J'nsjen ,he ch*" m y,ns- "sti" u **

Wo ylh keae woo foo. " I am a soldier."

/f||[Y1n keae hart yu. "A poor scholar."

T'ha na ko sing tsing jing jen piih peen. " His disposition

Paou keae.

still remains unaltered."

" An assistant to an agricultural officer."

J J^J^ Jing fiih. " Again ; as

Ninth Radical.

67
^re."
j

Jing jing.

Jing kew.

as a magistrate.

"As formerly."

! Jing un. " Son of a great-grandson." To rhyme, read

Jin A.

^ ^J" Ch'huh sze. " To go from

home, and enter on the public service."

" Appearance of disappointment."

III.

^J}^^ 1

jjjjj^ Ch'hoo tang sze pan. " When first enrolled as a public

Joo. The Dictionary. Tsze-hwuy, erroneously reads this cha- || officer.'

racter, and several of its derivatives, Shing. (Kang-he.)
^j/^OI.Scrib.f^Tsung.SeeRad.^ ChTh.

01. Scrib. ^ Che. See Rad. J

Peih.
A+ A+ B*-t^ B 'f4'l'4

0I- Scrib- /{$J FKh- See be,owj j tffi jjj^ J'0 *n6 shlh neen vo*1 yew, hefi ) urh shlh yuf
jB, kwan ) san shlh yu chwang, yew shlh ; sze shlh yu keang,
Charactersformed by Three Strokes.
urh sze ; woo shlh y uS gae, fuh kwan ching ; lu'h shlh yuS she, che
TSZE, or Tsze\

S. C. ^Jr. H.

she ; ts'hjh shlhjui laou, urh chuen ; pa shlh kew shlh yue1 maou i
ts'hlh neen jut taou, taou yu maou, suy yew tsuy, pith kea

To sustain, or bear the duties devolving on one.

^ffi)
hingyen) .plh neen yue ke, e. "Persons who have lived ten
years are called Yew, and learn ; those who have lived twenty

she wo heen tih hang. " Assist me to bear the duties incumbent on
are called JS, and pass through the ceremony of receiving a
me, and enable me to manifest a virtuous conduct" (She-king.)
cap; at thirty they are called Chwang, and are married) at
The language of Jj^ p- Ching-wang, of the Dynasty
forty they are called Keang, and may enter into the govern
Chow, to his ministers.

i^PTszese. "Carefully."
ment) at fifty they are called Gae, and may enter on the con-

Tsze se sze leang.

" Think about it

troul of the magistracy, (themselves holding the higher situa

carefully."

/j^p

( jjfiQ

J^. Ne tsze se ylh

tions in the state) ; at sixty they are called She, and (unable

teen urh. "Be a little careful, or circumspect," be cautious.

to act themselves) may direct others ; at seventy they are cal
Used improperly for
J

Lan4sae.

Tsae, in the common phrase /JjpJ

A vagabond ; an idle, worthless person."

led Laou, (old) and must transfer, affairs to others) at eighty

and ninety, they are called Maou ; in seven years more, they

SZE, Shi. frts.c.

4tfi.Hl.
are called Taou ; (those who have arrived) at Taou and Maou,

To learn; to serve) to fill a public situation) to act

though they should be guilty of crimes, are not to be punished

y\ Jin.

HI.

Ninth Radical.

68

at a hundred they are called Ke, and mart be nursed." (Le-

to any other person."

king.)

T'ha hwan t'ha, wo hwan wo. Denotes, His affairs and mine arc
[ Ftth wan ftth ize. " Not to inquire

into affairs, not to attend to business f"

|

JJ^

Woo-wangk'hepuh sze. " Woo-wang, how nothing

in which to be occupied I" (She-king.)

"To reiign a public office."

^ |

'fjji

Che ize.
Iff]

g |

perfectly distinct; we each mind his own affairs.

tl^

~J\_i | Tha yn Ua, tsa yu t'ha.

me, and I with him."

|

[
"He with

jLf^

ffj] W

Wang koo tso yew urh yen t'ha. " The king looked on

the left and right, and spoke of something else." (Mang-Uze.)

T'ha che ize urh k'heu. " He resigned his office and yent away."

Read T'ho, used in the sense of

Tho, and *^ Tho,

"To bear a burden, to sustain as beasts of burden."

yu kung jue chin, aze yu kea yuf ptih. " He who serves the

4^1fett0 jt

Fannewraat"ewiih

public it called Chin, he who serves in a family is called Puh."

yuf Foo-t'ho. "The act of cows and horses bearing things is
Occurs as part of the names of different public situations.
Also read Che. To rhyme, read Cbeu.

called Foo-t'ho."
Read T'ho, they also define it by
fi^^^fy] 'jjl Pe che chins yay>

i<^Pif

che p* yy-

Scrib.'fp'Sin. See under 7 strokes,

" A term for that ; something different from this."
^P_j.

^jjj^ T'HA.

j|$> S. C.

^.^CpJ^ ]

JinchekeylhmBcne

^ R. H.
ke t'ho. " People know one thing, (or what is near), but do

He ; him ; she i her ; it; that ; other.

"His, hers."
j

T'ha tern.

| -jM fJ^J T'ha raun left. "Theirs."

not know another, (or what is remote.)''

Occurs in the sense of

Seav. " Irregular ; depraved."

Tha jin. " That man, or some other man."

CH'HANG. ffr S. C. fa R. H.
Tha fang. " That place, or some other place."

Q Tha jlh.

" Another day."

"Another year."

J JE^. T'ha nisen.

Ths mnn. "They; them."

I W^nlirji* T ha ,hwB ,bin mo" "What doet ta

say!"

{jj ^ Ne ho t'ha cb'huh k'heu.

Do you go out with him."

pif* j

J=J^ ^ ^ -jjr

"e ''*en "* neU UZe 'ceaou t na 'ae'

you see that woman, tell her to come here."

Generic term for weapons, such as the sword, spear, &c.

which is also expressed by Jjl_/^^ Pingch'hang, and
j K'hech'hang.

j Ts'hae ch'bang. "Orna

mented weapons, used in plays."

^y j

Ta ch'hang.

" To fight"
" If
JgEa

| ^y^/^prj"-^^ Ptih yu t'hajin ho kan. "Itisnothing

A kind of guard about the palace.

J*.

T'heen tsze e ch'hang. " The imperial guard."

SeTh ch'hang. " A kind ofcroiser used by the superior priests,"

Ninth Radical. Jin A

69
Read Ch'hang, " To rely on ; to lean upon ; to depend on."

kS foo yih aei, she wei leih shin che pun. "I (the Emperor)

In the first sense Ch'hang if read either Ch'hang or Ch'hang;

Consider, that heaven which has produced the people, must give

in the latter tense, it i always Ch'hang. 'f'pj" J E ch'hang,

to each an occupation as the means of his support."

or /Jj^ j

in the sense of ^^j" Foo. " A certain sacrifice."

Ping ch'hang. "To lean against; to depend

upon."

Yang ch'hang.

"To look up to a
SEEN I

superior, and rely on him."

Occurs

'gV S. C.

^ R. H.

^^J'^t'

j*J Ch'hang ch8 shwuy telh she tsze. " On whose influence

From" Man and hill." An imaginary species of beings -. men,

who, by a total abstraction from the world, have escaped from

does he depend >"

the body, and are risen higher in the scale of existence than

Denotes the same as

mortal man. They are supposed to inhabit hills and mountains,

xfllP r*~ }/ 1 I* wei hing heen woo wang heuen

Titt" /tin -x I
ch'hang. " Treading in dangerous places, do not forget the

away from the haunts ef men; to be immortal, and to have

path of right reason."

the power of becoming visible or invisible, at pleasure. They

Occurs in the sense of

Ch'hang,

are spoken of as profoundly skilled in a kind of Alchymy ; and

- A staff."

as having -discovered the Philosopher's stone, by which they can

4^ Original form of

Chin.
change whatever U touches to gold, raise the dead, and pro
duce various wonderful transmutations.

/^J-FOO.J

PS.C.

^-R.H.
^fffj^f^L 0 ilk Laou urh piih ,ze jujS

From " Man, and a hand holding out something." To give ;

to deliver over to.

/f~'j~ **T

*tk*

^ " T

7t
As Foo shro sin. " To send a letter."
IP
Foo keaou, or reversed, Keaou foo, " To deliver over to."
|

Jjlj^ ffitj

se'eu. "Old, and not dying is called Seen." Again, j

'100 'Un 'CW" " '"'0 "lrow wto

rf)7

juh shan yay.

jjj^l

W "ffr, S"en' t*'nen J**1 ^'h**11 urn

" Seen, is to remove; to remove and enter

amongst the hills." They are also called Jpljj j

" Divine genii."

Shin seen

"Eight seen;" a

the eastern streams ;" to cast from one, and neglect an affair.

reference to whom is common.

pj^s

were women, have some how or other, risen to a degree of

Chiih foo. "To suggest to; to recommend to."

/j^- |

Fan foo.

" To direct; to order."

Jj^Foo pe. " To give to."

request or engage a person to do something."

These eight, two of whom

eminence above the rest, and being considered always happy

Foo tS. - To

and not liable to death, they are painted on various household

J^^. Nfe

utensils; and alluded to at birth-days, &c. in the hope of

participating of their felicity and long life. Some of these

. l'l

/^.^j^ Chin wei, shang t'heen sang min, pelh

VOL. I.

eight are not very ancient

One of the females was of the

Jin.

Ninth Radical.

70

hit Dynasty ; and one of the men, ii Mid to have dressed the
HUNG.

A large belly.

bead of Fuh, and is particularly Tenerated by the barbers.

They are not generally considered as gods, nor worshipped, nor
TUNG.
hare they temples erected to them. Each is represented as
holding in the hand an instrument or vessel, which has a

with."

reference to some part of his or her story.

|

In the books of Taou, used for j J T'hung, ' The same ;

Pan seen. " Half seen." And

^jflj

A surname.

To be distinguished from y^v Tsuen,

" The whole."

| Yew tsew hefl seen. " The seen who drink and learn;"
JIN.

S. C.

<fc) R. H.

express a lower class of persons, as poets and others, who aspire

A measure of eight cubits length. To measure the depth.

to the rank of Seen.

The name of a place. There are various opinions as to tha

taou peen ching seen Fuh. " Lay down the butcher's knife,
and you will become a Seen, or (like) the god Fdh ;" the
sect of Fuh, considers taking animal life a great crime.
-f-j

years.

Occurs in the sense of

1^ Jin, " To fill"

Jin, " To recognise." Also,

AL Scrib.

Jin. (Mang tsze.)

Woo seen. " Five seen;" they are said to be

" Heaven, the gods, earth, water, and the human soul."
Bp 1

length of this measure; some make it five cubits, others, six, &c

Tae seen, A certain bird, said to live a thousand

A

Al. Scrib.

Seen.

HEEN.
A man on the top of a hill.

TS'HEEN.
The superior of a thousand men. A thousand pieces of
I ).
money. Luxuriant herbage. Used in the sense of _j^.Ts'heen.
y^-^^ Original form of j^. Kan.

To move or trip lightly. To

be distinguished from /^jj*" Seen, which is the same as the

preceding.

Strong; robust; warlike.

6, /|Y f R|| Neaou heen yu yB. " The birds skip,

and the fish frisk about"
CHA.
it
A young girl. Ease; luxury. Also read To, To send, or
intrust to.

/f

Ylh ylh. "Tall;

large ; strong ; martial." Also read Wiih. Repeated, Wuh wiih,

denotes a boat or other vessel tossed about by the waves.
TAE.
The name of a place in the midst of the

Ninth Radical.

71

another; delegated authority.

II.

Jin A

jfj^J^/\^Tae

FAN.
keuen teTh jin. " One who exercises a deputed authority."
j3y T*. A ^

To make light of; to treat with neglect and contempt.

J ^ T hSen kung' jin ke

che. " The work of heaven, roan performs in its stead ;" i. e.
PO, or SHO.
the work of government, hence it is said,
ft
/f\j /f^l P8 ,0' " A moy,ns
A fixed period, an agreement

Al* mA Tel11'

A plank on which to pass a

Jin keun tae t'heen le wuh, shoo kwan so che, woo fe t'heen
sze. " Human Princes rule instead of heaven ; the affairs re

rtmn.
Under this word, Kang he confute*, at great length, the
errori of pronunciation, in the Dictionaries called Ching taze
id Taze hwny. He ajs, that these errors are very
i, and he deems it expedient to expose the more

gulated by the magistracy are none other than the affairs of

heaven."
The name of a country.
the pulse.

[jfts.C.

A certain state of

To rhyme, read Telh.

LING.+

>^ TAE.

A surname.

^S. C.

*J R.H.

^R.H.
From //\^ Tselh, " To assemble," and "FJ Tsee1, A seal

To change; for; instead of; in the place of. An age; a

generation.

J\^jrl^. Tae jin tso sze. " To

do something for a person."

To order; to enjoin upon ; to caution ; to warn ; to cause ;

Tae

to occasion. Law ; rule ; periods of time. Good ; excellent.

teen k'heen beang. " To pay a debt for another person."

A surname ; forms part of the names of various places. Ling

or ensign ofauthority."

itL Jp. Ne tae wo mae seay mih.

" Buy a little ink for me." J^.^J^ ~_ j

Tsoo Uung

an tae. " Ancestors for three generations;" i. e. father, grand

father, and great grandfather.
cessive generations."

j^sjj;

ling. The sound of a dog's collar. Used instead of the Pro

noun " Your," before the words " Father and mother, brother,
son, daughter," &c.

Lelh tae. " Suc

,J jf^S ffif.^fe SnetaeTV"!n

^^y^t" ^*fae *eang ,in6 PIh kwan cne t*ow chang,

lew yuen. " Generations flowing remotely from the source f" i. e.

chuen ylh jin che ming ling. " The Pae seang, (or ministers

a family that exists for many generations."

of state) receive reports from all the officers of government,

San

tae. " Three generations," often refers to the three Dynasties,

Jix J^l Hea' Yin' chow"
|

Tae keuen.

Authority exercised instead of

and communicate the orders of his Majesty."

The phrase,

"Hundred officers," denotes all the officers ; the " One man,"
denotes the Emperor.

yV Jin.

II.

Ninth Radical.

Clh ling, or
perial order."

72

Haou ling. " An im

J Llh ling. ' A peremptory order,"

requiring immediate obedience.

The laws."

T/J

Kung ling.

^^g^ffg|p

Mingseang

p*|

Sze ytth yuf she ling. " Those who serve in

a menial capacity are called She ling."

I

Lin^ keii lin^

'ing pin^' Are ca"e^ Tnre*

Ling, or certain lucky days.

fpj/^ ^'"^

poo tlh ho ling. " Order the minister to diffuie (the Prince's)

of brick, in which sense, they are also written j

virtuous .instructions, and moderate the laws."

teth.

%kH%M i

R ^*^FI^ Fa haou ,he

ling wang yew puh tsang. " To issue warnings and laws inva
riably good." (Shoo king.)

~f

^
Ling

To rhyme, read Lang. Occurs in the sense of ^jjjj Ling,

A certain bird. As the name of a place, read Leen.

Kin ling. " Laws

J^y E.

g S. C.

yvj R. H.

and prohibitions."
Heen ling, The principal -officer in a district
|

^ . Ling tsun, or

Your father."
J

Jjg*' Ling tang. Your mother."

*"ing heung.
Ling te.

" Your e^er brother."

" Your younger brother."

Ling lang. -" Your son."

-"j"-

/A Ling tsun ung.

| _^J_^^"

denotes the mind already determined or fixed.

By i to the end that ; the cause or instrument by which.

"

Tsze yue, she ke so e ; kwan ke so yew; chS ke so gan ;

Ling ts'heen kin. " Your daughter."

J

jin yen sow tsael jin yen sow tsae!

Ling chih.

" Confucius said, Ob

serve what a man does i attend to what motives his conduct

proceeds from ; examine into what he takes pleasure in

" Your cousin," &c

kj* Ling wan, ling wang. " Being in high

She ling,

Yu ling, Certain terms,

or periods, by winch the year is divided.

^31[

flow is it possible to conceal his character ! how is it possible

.to conceal his characteri" (Lun\u)

reputation, respected and imitated." (She king.)

jjj^p |

Tse'8

j^fj- |
|

Soe.

"That by which ( thereby; therefore."

She e. " Hence ( therefore."

pj

ling. A period of fifteen days, of which there are twenty-four

e. "May, can; might; could."

jn a year, each of which, has an appropriate name.

e she tlh. *' It may answer; it may pass."

| /^V

|r? . Xing,jin iwan he.

" To cause peo

to command.

X&

She ling. " To cause; to send ;

Domestics ; menial .servants.

ISFj"/^^

or regard ; to employ as."

K'ho

"pj* | ^t| flfKho

jt^,~jBJ~

J 'If-^C T,ze *"'h0 e t*0' " Th" may do "

Hoe. "By What? how?"

ple to rejoice ;" to make people pleased.

Read Ling.

E, which

j jjjl

| "PfiC.

-^J^ Ling shtth. " Your ancle."

Said to be derived from the reverse side of

^r]* j

E wei. "To esteem

| ^Jj ^

shSjin, " To kill a person with a knife."

E taou
'j^tj

78

Ninth Radical.

IV.

Jin A

j^j chlh wei keOh. " By straight make crooked f to per

The same as pjj Kaou, " High."
vert thing*.
Com- formof^P'han. "To climb.'
kwei keu, pub nSng ching fang yuen. " Square* and circles
cannot be made, but by the square and compass." (MSng tze.)
Characters formed by Four Strokes.
J-j

Jjj^ Kwei, 10 e wei yuen cbe k'he; ken, to e wei

Same as ^ Fan, " The reverse "

fang che k'he. " Kwei, is that by which things circular are
formed ; Keu, is that by which things square are formed."
fJ>
jEjjj J jffo
by passion."

CHAOU.

Le e y hwSn. ' Reason is disordered

j 5^

/\ *

Js

" To

crush, to oppress people by power."

^PT^-A-fe^^

Affrighted; agitated.

Read Meaou,

Tseaou

ram " Little ; small."

| itLHokhekew
YANG.orNeang {((^S.C. /f^R.H.

yay; peTh yew e yay. " Why so long? there must be a rea
son." (She king.)

Jin, and j"J Yang, To look upwards."

T,

E, " To terminate ; to cease."

raise the head and look upwards with expectation or desire

Woo e. " Not cease ; not desist." (M8ng tsze.)

To look up to, either with regard, with admiration, or with a

Occurs in the sense of

-ffff^ !

From

Alto, in the sense of

Yung, ' To use; to employ."

sense of dependence.

An expression of affectionate regard.

I Ptth>hetachin

To order an inferior. To transmit an official document to

yuen hoo piih e. 41 Do not cause the higher officers of state

another officer. Read Yang, " To trust to ; to rely, or wait

to resent their being left unemployed." (Lun y u.)

on. A surname.

^JXl^-iSi^^

Anciently read, and used the same as

Yu, " To give."

1 ^*3c*^r"*H^i E wo gan yay. " Give me repose."

Alto, in the tense of
Sze, " Like."

/^p,^! Yang moo. "To look up

to; or think of a person with regard."

/\^' |

K ne

yang. " To stand looking up to ; to think on with affection."

I

Yang wa"s- " To Ioolt UP and none for some

benefit ; or to wish to see a person who it venerated."

j
G-i/L Ye Wuh- " Agitated , disturbed; unquiet." (Yib
**.)

Also written H^gvewuh, and ^ |

-^-^j Soo yang fang ming. " Heretofore, thought

with veneration on your fragrant name;" taid to persons of

Y
whom we have heard, on first meeting them.

wuh.
Kew yang. " Long looked up
VOL. I.

I have long regarded you.

Jin.

IV.

Ninth Radical.

74

A
J 'jj^. Y*"B chang. " To depend on a person ; to be
THSZE.
dependent."

j Yang, and /^|j^Foo. Areopposites, "To

raise the head and look up | to bend the head and look down."

A man's name.

Mr -3jJf- T'hsxe fei. An expert

s as </j-^ T'hsze. See below, under six strokes.

"j^jjl^ j^jj Yang e kwan yu t'heen wan; foo e cha yu te le.
CHUNG. %

fl^S.C.

SJ^R.H.

" To look up and observe the appearance of the heavens; to

/$fjj"

From man and middle. The second in order of three. An

Foo yang woo yew. " Looking down or up,

instrument of music A surname. Fart of the name of Con.

no sorrow " i. e. when looking downward to one's wife

fucius, (see page 81, under f-p K'bew,) be was called y|rj]

and children, or upwards to one's parents, in neither case

yp* Chung ne, from being the second brother.

look down and examine the properties of the earth."

baring cause for sorrow." _^||/]

#

^ je S" fr

m ^

tslh yang, puh tsuh sze foo moo ; foo, piih tsuh chuh tse tsze.
" If idle, then looking upwards, yon will be deficient in the

Chung foo. " Father's younger brother."

I Plh chang.
J

Two brothers;" the elder and the younger."

Kwan chung. "Brothers;" Kwan, denotes those

elder than the person addressed; Chung, denotes the

service due to your parents; and looking downwards, you will

be inadequate to the support of your wife and children."
(Shingym.)

-j^

Yang t'heen ch'hang tan.

" Looking up to heaven, gave a long sigh."

laay brothers have you ?"

Four brothers, beginning with the eldest, are called /j'jfj
T^^JC Plh, chung, shfih, ke. The

may i

Also read, Gang. Occurs as part of a title of a certain Bm[|f]

|
inner."

by

Han ban gang gang. A

The three

A similar sense is expressed

j|J^ j|Jj |J fi Yung yung gang gang. (She king.)

One uses

Yang, repeated, for Gang gang, but the ancients

i season of the year, have the

|

'f^ mtaS> cnuBgi ke, applied to them in

Thus, jj^^jl^ Mang ch'hun, denotes the first

month in Spring.

Chung bea, The second month

often used the characters in a sense different from their proper

in summer, or the fifth of the year.

signification ; they are not always to be imitated. (King be.)

The last month of winter, or the last month of the year.

^ Ketung.

In these senses, t-Jj Chung, without man by the side, is

KEEN.
sometimes used.
^^t/^j^ Keen choo. " A performer on a musical instruent" Also read, King, Great ; attentive ; careful.

Four Twin brothers, are called in

Tsxe,

Ninth Radical.

75

IV.

Jin^

" A garment ; one piece of dress."

^ P'HE.

HI S. C.
p^t'f^N W ,ew y1h ken "e P" l De'

To separate from ; to divide i ugly.

~^C^C 1^

Yew nen p'he le. " There are wives separated from their

"

have an affair in which I solicit your assistance." -^J*"

KS keen. " Every article, or a variety of articles."

husbands" through distress, occasioned by (amine. (She king.)

|

individual affair, or occupation f expert in every thing.

' ne '"J" " *n "S'y "Oman."

TjZjs.

> |

. | . Pae tie ylh keen ylh keen. "Ar

| JLJ fame as Irtl Naon, "To wrangle and make a noise."

ranged in order, each article apart."

^(jS^ | Teaou keen.

" A list of articles, or topics; an account ; an index."

ji^

Original form of 'j'^Yih. See below.

|

it

Gan keen.. " A case in a court of law; a particular

affair brought before a Magistrate."

NE. Y^ff Ne hwftn, "To affect ignorance.**
'jjj^ TAN.
j
YO.

The same as ^ Tan.

The name of a place.

Appearance of the hair hanging down. To stop. .

WOO.
An equal; an

Abo naed in the sense of A'ff^

Woo, " A file of five men." A.

A surname.

AJX-A'P 1Woo
^^./jV^

tsS, A person who performi the necessary offices to a corpse.

Great; good.
tuous man." (She king.)
Ling keae. " Your servant"
servant'.'

>j^KEEN.+

H^S.C.

Keae jin. " A great and vir

One who serves,
/JA J

Seaou keae. " My

Used in the same sense as -^f^~ Keae, (sec above.)

\^R.H.
I, Shaou keae. "Messengers who precede a per

To divide ; from man and cow, because a cow if a large ani

mal that may be shared. (ShwiS wan.) To separate, or dis
tinguish things; an individual article; subject or affair.

particular. Answers to one; an; a.

JS

sonal interview of great officers ofstate."

It is suspected that this is not an original character, but
that nan was added to the other part unnecessarily, in after
times. (E wan pe lan.)

kan keen. " How many articles, or particulars ?"

YAOU.
|

Wuhkeen. " A thing."

affair.'
great many things."

Sze keen. "An

Heu to wuh keen.

|

"A

YIh keen e fun.

/J^*^^ Yaou keaou. " Unextended ; distorted. Weak;

decrepit

A Jn.

IV.

Ninth Radical.

76
be exercised."

U^^j^ |

^hung 000 nan j'

FUNG.
" Difficult to bear the rage of the multitude."
Name of one of the /||Jj Seen. Same as
Radical

r|yj pj

. Fung. See

Shuh yew sze nrh k'ho jin. " Who can

endnre (these) monrnful thoughts."

I Kwan.

J^tj^ ^

^^T^j^ j

5| Wo paou jin na keen sze. * I'll be security for,

Ol.Scrib. ^ Ts'hang. See under 8 sir.
or engage to undertake, that affair."
pJ^J&j p
JIN.

(IIS.C.

| Jin e weikejin. "Virtue must

^R. H.
I by the individual himself:'' there is no being vir

From man, the other part giving sound. To be surety for.

(ShwB wan.)
Sincere; true to a friend.

Trust oomnitled to a person (

official situation. To sustain; to bean to serve. Bead Jin,

To be able ; to use or emploj ; that which is sustained or

tuous by >roxy. (Lun fu.)

Che
/P
jin tseang kwei. " Arrange the burdens (to be carried) being
about to return." (MKng tare.)

'J^C

Wo jin wo leen. " I carry the burden; I drag the carriage."

jjiffi

j ~f~^~ fjj

K'ng j>n ping; chuug jin fun.

" Light burdens together, heavy burdens separated ;" i. e. old and

taken upon one's self.

young persons meeting on the road carrying light burdens, the

young man shall take them both to carry ; if the burden* be

" Being true or faithful to a friend is called Jin."

H^^j vj4" Q

EgSnseangsinyue'jiu. "With

Asurname.

kindness, to exercise mutual trust is<alled Jin."

|

heavy he shall give the lighter one to the old man. (Le king.)

^lhhing,he.ou,Tew,mdh,

^ Pub kan yu

choo jin che. " Presume not to rank (myself) with all those

yin, jin, stub. ' Six virtues, filial piety, fraternal affection,

of the surname Jin." (Tso chuen.)

pcaccfulness, harmony, friendship, companion."

of the teeth, marks the age ; hence " to teeth with,"

Jin, and

Jin ping,

| ^ Jin tsung,

each expresses, trusting to another person, letting them do as

the, please.

| Ifcfo

% ,g

tsung e

telh e ize. " Do as you please ; you may have it your own
way."

*|=f Jin tsze e.

Che, " Teeth," the

to rank with.
"Occurs in the sense of "}^~ *m' an*'

""n' " ConceP-

tion, pregnancy." Also occurs, but erroneously, in the sense

of -^f** Jin. To rhyme, read Jung.

" To indulge one's

WANG.

self."
J~"

|
|

"jia Jin chung.

Shangjin,

" An important trust"

Taoujin. "To arrive at

the place in which the duties of an official appointment are to

-fit
To go with haste. The Dictionary called Tsze taruy, erroneously writes it /J-T*! thus. (Kang he.)

Ninth Radical. IV. Jin. /\.

77

affection.

4%, oscrib%Pin, Party colored, striped.

+}# Keaou k'he shin yin.

To look towards with ardent expectation.

See Radical

2.

Pin (Kang he.)

Shang. Also, erroneously written

Dictionaries contradict each other, as to

whether the first or second character was the

(ii

[[I] 1: # Jih yay k'he

%|

Com. form of

{ft. Te.

i,

ancient form.

{## Fang fh.

Seeing indistinctly; uncertain resemblance.

j# # Fang fh kej mung.

A#

Appearing like a

dream. The phrase Fang fh, occurs written in all these

various ways.

4%A# Fang fh: # # Fang fh;

} # Fang

Ajj4:#
Fang fh; ## Fang fh; |R # *r
j% # Fang

fh;

fh;

fh.

curs in the sense

of{# Pang, as | f

H. Pang hwang,

See under

jL

Wang. 43 Radical.

See below.

I's. C. W. R. H.

Similar, like to. (Shw8 wan.)

urh wang kwei. Day

and night standing and hoping for (his) return.

#
; FANG.;

H#

PEI. Now written

{p *

# *R*.7k Shwuy.
Pei.

YU.5

A female ruler, or officer of government, of whom there

4:#fff;

Tse&

In the dialect of

was one during the Dynasty Han, called

yu.

To dilate. Al.

s:#f

Yu.

Tsoo, used in the sense of Great, applied to persons.

TEAOU.

Oc

Pang hwang, or

Unable to proceed, irresolute.

*L*.

(#4 # Teaou tang.

Not constant; unusual.

4% TN.

{\ CHUNG:
(#4 #

Hwan tun. Dense; impervious. One of four

From 1:

"". Man, and kung, Public, or general. A

"mind that extend, to all.

public

Used in the sense of 1

H
Chung,

4.

Afraid.

AIE& Ching chung.

K'he

44

WAN.

4% #

To separate; to break, to cut asunder.

As KH!
erect.

%)

Fluttered,

hurried, panting."

To stand

cruel persons mentioned in history.

^H& K'he

43 R. H.
wang, or | {{

Wn

m. To separate from. Also read, Wh.

4%

Same as

4: Yh.

To serve.

!"g To stand on tiptoe looking with expectation.

S *he moo. To look to, or think upon with

vol. 1.
wr

The ancient form of Yh, To serve, from

A Man, carrying

# Shoo,

Jin,

A staff," hence the ide

y^Jin.

78

IV. Ninth Radical.

" To Mire." (E wan pe lan.) Also, in the dialect of a certain

place, " To reject; to cast away."

(Kang he.)
He; she; it ; they ; that person or thing, referring to some

>jl\J SIN, or TS'rflN.

fljj) S. C.
antecedent Noun.

Fearful ; timorous; appreheni'iTe.

J^- Jj^i

j '^J^'fJlL

Sin in been been wei min la sew.

J^Jj""gji|

^rj-" E neen.

"That year."

So we> e j'n. " That, or the person al

luded to." (She king.)

E tang. " They; them ;"

" Timorous and fearful, the shame and acorn of the people and

An expletive, ushering in a sentence i as

officers of Government"

^/(^ E shwhy yun tsung. " From whom does be come?" (She

|~C

't^iHL Te ,how he* *in u ll,n u hin hSen h**n' " T

king.) A surname. The name of a district, and of a river,

|
S. C.

j^j^ | Y8 e. " Appearing displeased or sorry." -jE-

hang the head and feel timorous and fearful."

Ajj^ K'HANG.

Woo e, The noise made in reading aloud; in which

yf^ R. H.
sense it is otherwise written

i/L ff-f- K&n5 'e* To pa,r ! to matc'1' either as friends

or foes ; husband and wife, a pair, who are equal.

To op

pose; to be inimical to. To store up. A surname. Read

E.

E wei.

" A certain insect found in damp dirty places, below earthen

vessels," &c.

Also called

Shoo foo, and

Shlh sang.
E ke, The epithet of an ancient king. Also used

Kang, straight; straight forward ; honest, blunt manner.

urname.
Ylh heae k'hang le peen the plh tow seang (how. " Once matched

B yun, A famous sage of

antiquity ; the minister of yjL Thang.

(ai husband and wife) by mutual agreement, there will be

keIh.
adherence to each other till the bead be grown white with
old age."

^fajfclt | ^fPa-nangpe

A man's name.

^\_,'f^ K'hung kelh, The j

ke k'hang le. " Could not preserve his onion with his wife,''

of Confucius. His epithet """J"

but suffered her to be taken away by another person. (Tso

piled the second of the

late the conjugal union,"

(Liih shoo.)

Sze shoo. viz.

Kelh kelh, "An empty unreal

Chung yung.
yew puhatth k'hang le. " Even birds and beasts do not vio

Tsze sze; he com

appearance."

J^J
YAE.

Kang ch'hlh teTh jin.

person without art or address.
K'hang, " To withstand."

"A straight forward man;" a

Occurs in the sense of ^jjj]^

IE
Weary ; fatigued. " The right band part should be
"Gih." (Kang he.)

Ninth Radical. IV. Jin

79

Occurs in the sense of

iwoo,

|XS. c. 4% R. H.

Five persons connected with each other.

/\

# K'he, having more than the

usual number of toes on the foot.

A file of five

4%

# Original form of #. Chung.

/2 -

men, the same is expressed by

{T/(#. Hang woo : |%

Several persons; a multitude.

Tuy woo. The ranks.

Al. Scrib.

Af

thus.

Five families becoming,

\

A multitude blended together is

security for each other.

FUH, Tiff's. C. 4%. R. H.

woo. A surname. 4T | #

* all

To lie prostrate on the face; to subject either one's self

or others. To hide; to conceal.

#######
###
XZ
As

, E. E.' | Xz

Yung ping chefitsuen keun wei shang, p'ho keun tsze che;

Read Fow, To brood or

hatch eggs, as a fowl does.

### Tsin woo fh.

4#

In sleeping do not lie on

Foo fh.

To fall prostrate; to

tnen woo wei shang, p'ho wootsze che. In the usage of

the face.

"till law, a complete legion takes the precedence, a broken

kneel with the body bent forward, and resting on the ground.

k" ranks next a complete file of five men takes the

Fh, in the sense of Humbly, is used before

Precedence, a broken file ranks next.

and

jf Ke,
%. Keih, To beg, to pray, to entreat, before #

Wang, To hope, before

Wei and.

Chae woo, Friends of the same rank; com

Ava

Panions of the same age.

acquaintances.

Wei woo. To form

, Sze,

To

#y". *To wish, to desire; and before

i ch", "Teeramineiate" #. | # # Kefh

consider "before

Two Persons assisting each other are called

-

M.

H\ " three persons connected are called

2S. Tshan,

ketsuy. Since the (state Heu) has acknowleged its offence.

* are called

Woo; ten are called

*hundred are called

4:

4+ Shih ;

and

Pih

R.

Y fh. To repress; to oppress.

# #. |

Sze loomae fh. Lying in an ambush on

every road.

# |

Tshang fuh, or reversed, Fh

|# S. c. 4: R. H.

Kks

tshang, To put into, to secrete, to hide, to conceal.

"at ability.
-

N0 other

#h {% # Woo tha kening.

*lity, not fit for any thing else.

-

# Ke kang, | J# Ke Keaou. Clever, artful; in

genious."
| # Keyung. Military art, and prowess.

# | # #| # Pei tsew fuh

Read Ke,

44

#".

44

Chhoo fuh. The first.

Easy: leisurely.
Shw wan, defines it by

To

give.

Three terms, occuring after Midsummer, called

->

middle.

# |

Occurs in the sense of

H |

San fh,

%)

Chung fh. The

Mhfh. The last.

) Pih.

tshang king keih.

A thorn is concealed in the cup.

To rhyme, read Peih.

A Jin.

VI.

FA.}

Ninth Radical.

f| S. C.

From a man holding a lance.

(ShwB wan.)
|

80

^ R. H.

^^HEW.f H^S. C.

^R.H.

To strike; to destroy.

From Man leaning against a tree. To cease; to rest. (FhwC

Fa koo. " To strike a drum."

wan.) To assemble under the shade of a tree ; hence, the idea

F* mun- "To cut down a tree."

To reduce

to stop; to rest. (TJrh ya.) To desist; to repudiate; to resign.

to subjection, either rebels or a foreign enemy i the same, is

To execute. Excellent. To congratulate; to praise. A sur.

expressed by ^[f

name. A proper name. The name of a place.

| Ching fa

| Sha ft, ' To

kill."

"| [J * 'jfy-

Wa

p^^J

W0 'tean^ cne 'leW'

"Truly excellence! the praise of which shall continue un

sxe yew chung koo yfie fa, woo yue tsin. " In every ease,

limited to myriads of ages." (Shoo king.)

when Generals advance with bells and drums, it is called FS,

without these, it is called Tsin."

JEj

To lay the country desolate. To punish.

Meritorious

deeds: to boast of one's services.

T,B tTn> ,in j1b H" hewi 1,8 we,> ,in laou jTh cnu'-

"Practising virtue, the heart is happy, and daily more ex

cellent : acting the hypocrite, the heart is troubled and daily

Ts'heay tsin keun ft. " And exhibit (my) Prince's meritorious

becomes worse." (Shoo king.)

actions." (Tso chuen.)

tselh seang kwan.

^ [=J

jfi

j ^JEjjT

|||| Hew

" Mutually sharing joys and sorrows."

Puh tsze fa koo yew kung. " He who does not boast of his
merits, is on that account meritorious."
EI

Q^j |=f J^J

I 'fjl B ^] ^ Ming ke kung yu ft, Uelh

jlh yu yu. " To publish his merit is called Fa; daily to

it is called Yue."
.fa.ee."

^ j^-

jfj

| Pihkungkeae

hew. " A cessation of every species of work," (as at the close

of the year.)

Teaou min ft

" Hew hew, denotes moderation, or a strict economy."

their rulers)."

of 'jj^tj Fa, " A ridge." To rhyme, read Bii.

j ^ffi -j^J Hew hew keen jay.

j

Hew muh. " To cease, (in order) to wash;" to leave

official duties for the purpose of dressing the head, bathing,

Name of a certain weapon, and of a star. Occurs in the sense

It is said

that J\ \^ Shoo, " To guard or maintain a post," like Fa, is

whilst Fa, represents him standing erect.

leisure." (She king.)

Fa tsuy. "To

tsuy. " To compassionate the people and punish the crimes (of

from " Man and lance;" but Shoo, represents

maou. "Hew hew, denotes the appearance of repose; and

sitti rig,

&c. An ancient custom observed every tenth day.

Q

Che sze yaS hew. "To give up an

official situation is called Hew."

Yuen pin hew che.

JtjT jjj^

" To dismiss from office, allowing the

person to retain his original rank."

jb" Hew Ise.

81

Ninth Radical.

IV.

Jin A

Hew shoo. " A bill of

" To dirorce a wife."'

HEUEN, or Heen.f

J]$S.C.

Hew wSn. " Cease to make further

diforce."

From Man and

inquiry."

Heen, abbreviated, " The strings of

a bow." Hatred ; implacable resentment

Wo ting tset kea lae che, hew tih keen kwae. " Wc hare
KIN.
come late to receive (you) Sir, do not be offended."
)J^

Hew pa ne. w I do not fear you."*

Reciprocal; mutual.

iff

/pj^
YING. Hastily ; urgently.

Ne hew to keang.
^ |
j|j)J ^\

Pfihhew.
J

" Do not talk to much."

Unceasing."

^g^^lj

Fan aeu Uze tare pun hew.

Syn. with^ Ying. See below.

"Mutual
PEL

anxieties, unceasingly piercing" the heart

J-J

The name of a hill.

"^P^ti

Kea sze fang hew. " Make (you) wear the collar

Syn. with

Pei.and ^^P*'-

till (you) die, ere (1) desist."

^\^J
I I S HeW *elh' an(l

" To stop; to desist from."

J ~^z. Hew show. " To

desist from any work."

j jj^

" Give up these thoughts."

restrict; to retrench."

^ man s name.

j |~ Hew che, Bxpresa

J
|

Hew tsze neen.

|

Hew hew. " To

Hew, or

To strike out, or elicite that which is important.

Te hew,
SHING.

expresses an amusement made with inanimate figures, like

Punch and Toby.

-^J* |

Tan heW-

medicine." Used in the sense of

" A certain

A place which produces, or gives forth water as a

Hew, " Moaning, from

Ol. Scrib. |t5] Kang. SeeRad. ]1] Shan.

sickness or pain." To rhyme, read Heaou and Heu.

Another form of 'f^Woo, see below.

From Man and

P8> " To strike." To play or trifle

*'th a person; to push; to jolt; to ridicule.

To be distin

guished from /^T Ke. See above.

Is in common use, though not sanctioned by the Dictionaries.

^J^^/^ Kea hoi " Household furniture and utensils."
| -j^j Ho ch'hang. Mates, or officers in Merchant's ships.
This character seems to be used by the Canton people, as an

01. Scrib.$|She. See Rad.y^* Fang.

abbreviation for
ot. i.

aa

Ho.

A Jin.

V.

Ninth Radical.
Woo plh. " A general, or leader of armies."

flow plh. Two of the five ranks of nobility, used together

Characters formed by Five Strokes.

to express " A nobleman." See under -ff Woo.

/^^~ Com. form of /jj^ Heuen. See above.

Also read, Pa, A tyrant, a chieftain.

-ff

Woo

pa. " Fire tyrants " famous in ancient story. Posterity was
^NOO.

apprehensive, that this bad sense of the character would be

confounded with that of " Senior, nobleman," &c and

Great strength; murderous trength; desperate attack.

therefore, employed the word J^j Pa, in this last sense.

/^|| | CHtlH.

A short appearance.
To rhyme, read PS, Pelh, and Poo.

PIH.

f|^s. c.

^R. H.

A senior; a superior; to control. A father'* elder brother,

Tax; duty; custom paid to government Ts conjecture t

so called from having the control of the family. An elder

to reckon.

brother. The third rank of nobility. Epithet by -whioh a

" To "tin"te * P'ie of "

wife addresses her husband. The name of a bird. A surname.

The god of a certain constellation.

Plh foo.

" Uncle," father's elder brother.

"Aunt," father's cider brother's wife."

To value; the price.

/j'jij

Koo kea.

~r% MflM $

I Kaou yen kea, tseen pih koo. " To raise the price of
alt, and lower that of silk."

J^T ^

j Kea

Plh moo.

ch'han peen koo. " To turn houses and landed property into

Plh ahull.

money ; to estimate the value in case of failure," a proceeding

" Uncles," on the father's side generally ; mother's brothers are

of the government.

called

to fix " the price.

Kew foo.

//t
^gT |

t">" " ^ te*^i

Tae ko'

To nile t!le

Hcung te che lun,

price by unfair means i a practice prohibited in case pf grain.

I ii
Koo leang, or repeated, Koo koo, leang leang,

ch'hang yuf plh; tsze yu* chung; yew tsze yuii shiih; yew

" To conjecture; to suppose; to speak, or give an opinion

yue ke. " Those related as brothers, the eldest is called PTh;

without affirming positively."

p"j~ Koo ke.

" T

the next Chung; the next again Shuh; and the youngest is
called Ke." (Luh shoo.)

| /fpj] ^

Plh chung

reckon, that a hundred dollars and more will be used."

che keen. " Amongst brothers."

|
IpfiL "p"P **

3fe I ffflift WWW

'5sf* Wo koo ke yung tseen ylh plh yuen yew ling. I

Ta tsung plh. A principal officer in the

r ,ri')UQa' ^ cereInon'e,

jj^

mo. " What do you think he said I"

Ninth Radical.

83

V.

Jin

Pwan, in the same sense. Jp^> *|^.Ho pwan. " A partner;

KWA.
4k

an associate ; a colleague."

Distorted i deviating from rectitude.

^"f^ ^Wa

| pj

T' hung pwan. " One

of the same rank and circumstances, a companion."

seay. '* Completely separated ; a connexion entirely dissolved."

1 '"'1UI1S '00

J pj

Pwan- " ^ tne ,ame

road, and. you will not lose your companion."

[^p~ |

Chow's mode of writing ^Jj Fang. See above.

P'hei pwan. " To attend upon ; to keep a person company."
NE. Thou ; thee. Commonly written*
mwan k'he, k'he mwan che jib, jing fob. hwby chaou pawnkea.
NE.
"The limited period is three years;, when three years are
^^Keranii. ltYou,orye."
" Thine, or yours."

|^ Ne telh.

'ff^ ^] Ne mun telh. " Your,

She ne mun telh tsie.

" It is 'your affair."

completed, again return to court to attend upon his Majesty."

|

Pwan hwan. " Being, at ease or leisure ; to saunter

at leisure." To rhyme, read Peen.

Used alio- for You, in direct address.

TSUH, OrChiih. Grieved ; sorry ; mournful.

Ne mun teJh jin wei ibis* mo chay yang piih baou. " Why do
HE.
you people behave so ill J,"

/^fjjj y^f"N

Same as jffn^Helh. See below. Aft*.

|
LING.$

this yours?"

S. C.

seang too. " Let you and I not regard each other;" each

From Man, the other part giving sound. To play. (ShwS

wan.) Alone; to play; to act the buffoon. To employ. A

mind his own affairs.

surname.
-^^^^ NE.

^ R H.

Ne wo Jgiih

J"*" " An imPer'l droll,- or

Original form of the preceding.

merry-andrew:" also, "a musician;" otherwise expressed by
fjffl* ^'"^ 'UD>

^'nS

" A master of

SEE. Profuse; extravagant; prodigal.

raujicians.'
apprehension."
PWAN.

11$ S. C.

'f^^j ^'"^
|

" ^'eyer' <lu'c< '

y-\ Tha she

>f R. H.
ling le telh jin. " He is a clever man."

Eldest son. (Shwfl wan.) An associate; a fellow; a com

To serve.

j She ling. " One who serves."

panion. To follow; to accompany ; to att:nd upon. Also read,

Keen ling. The name of a district.

J ^fj" Ling

A Jin. V. Ninth Radical.

chow. A double surname.

84
or extend their efforts for the benefit of the

| ^"J~ Ling ting. "Alone;

|

destitute; walking alone."

crooked

Jp^ Shin ke<itl' Are PP'ite<> " Straight,

and in a figurative sense, Righted, and injured or

^^rf Same as p| Chow. SeeRad. |^]Jow.

it occurs written thus / = A
P
surname. Formerly it had not Man by the side, that part was
oppressed.

In

Same as Jf^j Gaou. SeeRad.^" Show.

added in later I
SHIN.

ppS.C.

ff>R. H.

TSEU.

Dull; slow; unskilful.

18To extend; to spread out; to explain; to straighten; to

/^"gj SZE.

j| 5] S. c

H-

stretch out; to clear up the cause of the injured. A surname,

'jfjij

Shin show shin ke8. To extend the

arras and feet."

J r^rj J

Yin urh shin che.

"To introduce (more lines) and extend them ;" viz. the number
of the diagrams. (YTh king.)

|jt Snn puh

To wait for; to wait upon; to observe; to spy out; to ex

amine,

tj ^^^p itk^j^l 1^ Chni ub **** uze

sze how. " (We) can do no other than remain here and wait."
jjjpj

] Senng roeen sze. "To observe or watch

chlh. " Unable to straighten-; or to procure justice 1br one

each other; an -oblique glance." In this sense, it is otherwise

who is oppressed."

written g^j Sze.

/^ Jj^i

^ew keah Mn

] ^^y^ Ch hing ae tTh

shin. "Bent so as to be difficult to straighten; to be

shTh. " Te examine into success and failure."

oppressed or injured in a way in which it is difficult to obtain

^^1?^^^ I /f^Ke,ou,eln fo nmnkwK

justice."

lae sze how. " Call the Son's wives to make haste and

JJ[?

/J*T Shin le yueo wang. ' To

clear up the cause of the falsely accused."

Shoo shin. " To extend; to exhilarate."
ining. " To explain fully and clearly,"

|
|

jjjij Shin
J

and wait.'

nil flQ

Tan sze. "To enquire into* to

try to find out"

*pj Sze, occurs in the same sense.

Keen
>jp. pAng.

shin. " To yawn and stretch one's self."

To send; to

To accord with; to follow.

/jjjZ. Shing pang. " Flourishing servant;" i. e. your servant.

k'ho seaou k'ho ta; chang foo che, nSng keiih nang shin.

To hasten. (Tze hwuy.)

" The person of every eminently good man, can fill (with equal
SZE, or SEe,

J]g S. C

HR.H.

propriety) either a great situation, or a small one ; the minds

of great men, can either bend and stoop to mere individual

Like; similar to; as; as if; clan or kind; to continue in

85
s; to offer. A surname.

Ninth Radical.

^ ^j^l,

Mo- kea,

V.

An extraordinary animal.

Jin A.
jHjj^

l^jl yj^. JpJ Seang lae urh piih t'hnng. " Like each other,

Yu kea, Name of one of their books.

and yet different"

K'helhlSih kea, A certain medicine.

| Pin. kea, A

bird with a face like a man.

Sang kea,

Uke right, but wrong."

tight-

jj'jj
J

t3 Sze

^^Saefci. "It appear! wrong.

epithet of the priests of Fuh.

Sze pdh nang yen. " As if unable to apeak."

ha, The garden of the priests.

^jlp | y\\. TliaS "* hwtty.

Iff

Sie she urh fei.

" A* clear u water."

Hw*. yew kwei sze

wo mila telb. "Still tome as honorable ai we.-*

of a country.

^jT

An

Sing kea

J ^ppKeapei, Name
Ii
Used in common with.^jp Keay, A certaia

vegetable.-

PEL

^liS

^ Ylhkochohaangaze telh. "Like

a brute."

Strongf many.

JI^X ^

J B ^eu I*'1 P*"-

"Strong when put to carriages," said of horses. (She king.)

ming ke tsaou yay. " Name the plants from what they
J
resemble."

j]^- | Shing sze.

Tapei, The name of a hill.

Al. Scrib.

Pel

"Surpassing, when

brought into, comparison with t- better than."

E.

/j^

tat wo telht. t'ha yew yew puh joo wo telh.

'He has better than mine; and he has. also not so good as

Slow: careless: idle,

"^jpl Original form of jj*^ Sze. See above.

Auk) a surname.

nine." To rhyme,' read E.

E2 ^ r Yae'
KEA.
fa

Obstinate stoppage! impeded j unable to proceed. A foolish

Kea las, A certain god of the Sect

Fnh.

This character occurs chiefly in the books of Fuh, in which

uncouth untranslated words; which barbarisms,

silly son. (Shwli-wan.)

/|p ^jj^ Yae e. " An impedi

ment in speech; a foolish manner."

Yae keuS cbe ke. " Plan to cause to stumble."

entirely omit; Kang-he, commonly inserts

CHING:
1
In the dialect of ^ Fan, =^JJ J
dragon , also, a certain flower.
Aiaocero''
tol. i.

Kea no.

No kea, denotes a

jj^ j KeiS kea,

An elephant.

"jjE'j&jlj ^J^JChingkung, k'heu king

Ching chung, denotes " Appearing to walk in baste)" agitated
afraid.

ab

Jin.

V.

Ninth Radical.

86

^jf) TEEN, or Teen. j|S. C. {fR.H.

To cultivate the ground to plow. To catch wild animalf.
A certain kind of ancient carriage.

MAE.
the

A certain

^^j* V"p
ijEL TAN* or Tin* H s' c' & R H'

"Hi. T'en We' 't*n^ che CDe

j^j

To expose the naked arm. (ShwH-wan.) Only i especially ;

Y,h f<M> ylh foo ieen tSen p,h mow' "0ne mui

but; very i whenever; as soon as; unrestrained. A surname.

to plow and cultivate."

f=]

" T*en "f"1

.^jjy

and one woman cultivate of land one hundred mow."

/fS- IjjM

T>n Juea

you well."

n"u- " p" ticn,,r,7 wi,n

| K'he tan. " How only ?" ^ |

y^l Ts8 kce thing urh wei wang koo e teen e ju. " Knot

ImM -H- ^ W Puh ta wo ylb- urh

cordi and make neti to catch wild beasts and to fish

ts'heay yew he. " Not only no advantage, but injurious."

with." (Ylh-king.) Alio written JJj Teen.

$SL ^
Wo

t^JJ >y] Woo teen foo teen wei yew keaou keaou ;
woo ize yuen jin boo sin taou taou. " Do not plow a large

Uaou scan lae, tan wei bea yu pith nang

tsow lung. " I thought of coming ttvs morning, but I could

not move on account of its raining."

field lest the weeds become abundant ; do not think on a

I ^ it Jl Wt^S p Tan ,ew *

person who is remote, and distress yonr mind." (She-king.) It

selh tseTh hing t'hung che. " Whenever there is any news, you

is said to denote, Do not neglect small things and attempt

shall immediately be informed."

those beyond your strength; do not slight what it near, and

Teen ting;

Teen hoo

Teen foo, each denotes a laboring husbandman.

Al. Scrib.

Teen.

^j.

Tan fan yew shin mo sze. " Whenever any thing

|

desire what it unattainable.

noj Tan ma, or jl^lE jp| Tan ma. * A

horse left at full liberty."

and of =31 TaD-

Occurs in the sense of Ij|j3' Tan,

Alio, read Yen,

To rhyme, read Ting. According

>j<j? CHOO.

D^S.C.

^R.H.

to ShwS-w&n, Teen, denotes " The middle,'' from some allu

A considerable length of time ; to stand a long time ; to wait

sion to a carriage.

^Jtfrjt Wilt
^fy

HAN

wang fun

Han, " Slated with wine."

kelb, choo leih e kelb, " Having gazed till he was out of
sight, he long stood still and wept" (She-king.)

J^f\^ 01. Scrib. ^ Sze. " To die.'

wang

I
y.n

87
and hoping for a favorable

pae hwuy yen

Ninth Radical.
Mud. Now written

V.

Jin

Shaou. Readasj^^ S

" The act of communicating betwixt the host and guest in

reply."

ceremonious visits, between officers ofdifferent states."

y^jj POO.

S.C.

<^R.H.
/jjJ^TSZE.

^R.H.

To extend ; extensive ; filling the whole pace.

Poo che. " To place in order."
spread out."
|

Poo kae. " To

Small; mean talents and principles.

Tize tsze pe yew 8. " Men of inferior talents and

| Foo poo. " To extend erery where."

jgl Poo t'ha. " To communicate information to."

| ^J^_

bad principles, these have houses." (She-king.)

Al. Scrib. <f|^| -jj^l Tsze tsze.

Ancient form of ^ Woo.

A*J WEI.j
Neglect! disrespect,

'(^'f^^,

HiLS.C.

<^R.H.

Man

woo che sin sing. " The disposition of neglect and disrespect

From Man, and to erect. To sit erect and in order on each

side of a portico- (ShwS-wan.)

was produced."

Right i regular; arranged in

order. Established) whatever it is proper to establish. A

KEU.
ft
The name of a country. A man's name. Read Kea, a sur
name i also, the name of a certain deity.

place; a situtation; a seat; a throne. A

used when speaking of persons of respectability.

A surname.

|^|

Keashakwfi, A certain country, otherwise called jj^J^ije/j

Shoo llh.

Kea kea.

" The family connexions

f the demi-god ^jf JJ^ Win shoo.

JJjjfEj

Kea be, kea he, The connexions of the demi-god

1?- Poo

These are of the Sect Fun.

fe. | |

T'heen te che ta tlh yu sang; shing jin che

ta paon yu wei, ho e show wei yue jin ; ho e tseu jin yuS

tsae ; le tsae, ching tsze, kin rain wei fei yn* e. " The great
benignity of the heavens and earth is expressed by ' Giving

PEI, or Pe.

Irregular; depraved.
life-' The great value (of the instructions) of the Sages, is
expressed by ' The throne,' (regular government) That by

SHAOU.

Hgs. C.
which the throne is preserved is called ' Benevolence ;' that by

The order ofpersons in the temple of ancestors. In the hall of

which people are collected is called ' Property.' To regu
ancestors, the tablet of the father fronting the south is called
late property ; to rectify language; to prohibit the people from
Shaou; the tablet of the son towards the north is called
doing what is wrong, is called Justice.'" (Ylh-king.) It is

\jin.

V. Ninth Radical.

88
of
The people
I

extremely difficult always to ascertain the exact sense of

are similiar, Wei.

Wei, which occurs twice in this obscure sentence.

J

Kaon le. (Corea) call

Wci lc- " To ""nee. or rale "

j^fr

Originally written ffs^ We"-

[
s. c

Tewei. " Place situation.-

/fjjj

^jjjf

T'ha telh te wei she shin mo- " What is his

situation in life.'

From

Low; to bend down ; to droop; to hang down.

Mean.

or important situation."

R. H.

| j[|r

YTh wei' jin,

" A man" of respectability ,- a gentleman.

Lei

Kaou che fan yay. "The

opposite of high."

\^tj ^p~\

"Very high, and very low."

^"ou' te

j j^Tet'how. "To

wei. " Constituted persons," those appointed to some trust;

hang down the head."

gentlemen.

sin. " To droop the head and lower the heart;" to feel and

'

Yew jin ke8 san

wei. " There are three guests, or Tisitors."

|

jj;fs|F JjUL

Tseen le che wei. " The place trodden on ;" i. e.

the situation held.

tsae so keu che wet.

pjy -jg- ^ J Heen

" The situation now held."

j ~g

show tokens- of submission."

|~\ j |*\ Te show hea

pjj Te hwfiy. "To

hang the head and revolve in the mind.''

te. " Too low."

| Tal*

Shin fun te. " Body's

department low l" a low situation inlife.

|\ Qfj

I Tso wei. " The place on which one sits ; to sit on the

^^^Te hea teTh jin.

To reign.

te; mlh shub t'how gang. " The grain Shoo, when ripe, hangs

Ig^
^7

" A low worthless person."

IS
its head ; Wheat when ripe, raises erect its head."

; cho shing tseo keaou jin teib e sze. " The father of

ten thousand years (His Majesty) sitting on the throne, re

yjj^

Kea tseen te. " A low price."

Te, occurs in the same sense, when peaking of the

flected on the import of the instructions delivered to men,

price of a thing.

by His Sacred Ancestor."

tseen, ping. All express- the same, viz. the price being low.

-j|;|=

dragon's seat;" the imperial throne.

Lung wei. " The

jj^j M , |

^ J^^Z-Te,te,keen,

(Kang-be.)

Cb huh ke wei. " To leave one's seat; or depart from the

yffi CHOP.
duties of one's situation."

^jjj"

\ YTh jin pelh wei ke wei. " In bowing to a person, it it

required to quit the seat" (Le-king.)

/ B jI
s^^.

Tlh wei.

" To obtain a seat;" i. c. a public situation, or the throne.

|

lJs.c.

|iR. H.

~W

Shih wci. " To lose the throne."

To halt; to stop; to erect; to withstand; to dwell. A

surname.

/j'/Ej.

Ting choo keS. " To stop the

foot;" to cease from walkin.

detain."

Lew choo. " To

STh choo. " To stop up" an aperture.

Ninth Radical.

89
j

Choo show. " To stop the hand," i.e. toceaiefrom

working, or doing any thing.

4? ff \

" Six ministers," or assistants in the time of Fuh-he.

Tso le. To assist in the direction or management of

~J P

Hwuhjen choo leaon k'bow. ' Suddenly stopped the mouth;"

V. Jin/^

affairs, as secretaries in public offices, &c.

.j!!.

J T'heen che woo tso. " Heaven's five assistants," are said
i.e. ceased to (peak.
to be the five planets, Venus, Jupiter, Mercury, Mars, Saturn.
^r?" f

N* k 1,6 *e1h k b 7eW ,h'n m ft

/jy^YEW'0rY'w* g)S.C.^R.H.

chay yen tlh choo mo.

" It there any meani of warding

off, and stopping (or warding off effectually) that effluvia!"

'fi^^^^f^

I Te urt> ptih cho* "Un,We to wilh"

stand an enemy."

Jin puh choo. " Unable

From Mouth and Hand. When language fails, to use the

hand to assist. Man was added in after times. (ShwS-wan.)
To aid ; to help; to protect

_Jz.^^.~^~/|^3 F

to endure."
'j^T-^E^ffl^j! J Ne tsae na le choo. "Where
do you live ?" or which expresses the same,

| 7f.

^7K^d]^:/C.^iEshang vwiea f yew

min; tsuy jin ch'hiih fiih; t'heen ming fuh tseen, pe j8 tsaou

^^Nechoot-enale.

miih chaou min yun chlh. " Heaven above faithfully pro

^jiic^Pl

tects mankind; the wicked are driven away and subjected.

j w she tsae sang ching ken choo. "I reside

Tsa choo.

There is no error in the decree of heaven ; (thus) the plants

' Various ranks or tribes of persons living in the same place."

and the trees look gay ; the myriads of men enjoying confi

at the chief city of the Province."

Occurs in the sense of Jt Shoo, Numbers,

dence and repose, increase." (Shoo-king.) All nature rejoices

in the righteous judgments of God.

Plh choo. " Hundreds."

The above is the sense

given by Choo-foo-tsze, other Commentators differ much

TSO.+

S. C.

it R- H.
amongst themselves, in their interpretations of some parts of

ft
From Hand and Work. To assist on the left. Man was
added in later times. (Shw8-win.)

To assist; a second to ;

an assistant. An assistant officer in the government, whether

high or low.

A minister of state, second to the Emperor.

the sentence.
Syn. with JJj^J Yew, " Divine assistance."
|

^/^\ nm Paou Jew ne" " **0^ Protect J0"-"

JJi^J JJ^

Ke Shin pe yew. " Pray to God for protec

tion and support"

" To assist in ruling the country."

j|"J|

Yeu-tsze wang Uo che tsae. " Yen-tsze has Ulents

which fit him for a king's minister."
VOL. I.

jUj"

The sentence " If God be for us, who

can be against us!" is, in the MS. Dictionaries of the Romish

Missionaries, rendered thus,
Jg-

~j~T y^j' J

Pr^-

T'heen choo j5 yew wo, shwuy using hae

yA^Jin.

V. Ninth Radical.

90

wo. " If the Lord of heaven protect me, (or us) who can hurt

"p]"-^p

" Cannot tell who."

and JpLfj^^P |

Phh kho che ke shwuy ho.

| Shwuy ho. "Who! what!"

MSkanjooho. "Not dare any

YANG.
how," are the language of defiance ; as " Let him do as he
According to Kang-he, others read it Yang and Tang.
The body unextended.

likes ; he dares not to do any thing."

j'-tj^- Yen yang. " Lying on

the back.'" Some express it by

Mow che tsze urh piih ching, king yew ho mow. " Having

^(^] Yen yang.

planned thus far and not succeeded, what further plan is there ?"
PUN. orTe.
| -^Hokoo, g

Yinho, ^ |

Wei

fa
Used erroneously for ^js^Pun, and still more erroneously

ho, each expresses " Wherefore ? why ? on what account ?"

for

The first expression denotes somewhat of surprise, as " What

Te. (B-wan-pe-lan.)

Pnn foo. " A

driver of a hearse." (Kang-he.)

occasion fori" 4ffi. J Woo ho. -SH-t^ | Wooke

ho. " For no ercat length oftime."

ho; and itH. pj J2^5- |

/j^g_Teen tow. "To treat lightly, or with con-

I Woonae

Chen, To see; to look at

|

^^

Woo k'ho nae ho, express that

which is unavoidable, as "there is no resource i nothing can be

done."

M.^-

TEEN, or Chen.

4E.^^j-^^:

Woo nae Uh wo ho.

" It is nothing to me i he can do nothing to rat,"

Kin che keaon chay, shin ke chen pelh.

" Teachers, now-a-days, (merely) recitewhat they see in books,"

Ho pelh. "What necessity?"

J
.^-^P jj^ Ho pelh ting yaou joo tsxe. " What neces

without understanding it themselves, or teaching it to their

sity to insist on having it thus."

pupils. (Le-king.)

Ho che joo tsze. " Why carry it to this extent"

Occurs in the sense of

Chen.

"^f*

j^L>
j

^Jjl Jo ho he tth. " How will it answer!" or "what

method will succeed f

,^qj~ ho.

]]J s. c.

\^ R. H.

Which? who? what? how? Read Ho. To bear s to carry.

^^MiuZ.

I ML E T

J^P 'fpj Jo no' or reversed, Ho joo, " How? in what

piih yuB, joo che ho, joo che ho chay, woo mS joo che bo yay ;

manner?"

e e. " Coufuc'us said, For him who will not (deliberate

lp" Ho sze. " What affair."

7)^ Ho jin lae. " Who comes ?"

' Which place."

Ho wiih.
I

j
Ho choo.

"Which thing."

and) say, What is to be done ? what is to be done? I do not

know what is to be done. It is all over !'' (Lun-yu.)

Ninth Radical.

91
The name of a country in the west. A hat or cap is, in the
west, called ^ J

Tiih ho.

King ho.

Read, Hd. <ffij| |

Tan ho. *' To sustain, to carry."

This is said to hare been its original sense, bat after being

Jin

Also read, E, in this last sense, in which it is Syn. with

^ E.

tjj'j!?

same as the preceding.

Name of a female officer during the Dynasty Han.

V.

dress the hair."

Wei e, wei e, denotes the

j

To f* " To adjust or

Occurs in the sense of /Afl^ T'na> and f

^ To. Also read, To, To charge, or blame with.

borrowed to denote " Who," &c. its form jvas altered to J^pJ
Ho, denoting " To bear," &c.

Occurs in the sense of = pj

che to e. " Disregard those who are in fault, and blame me."
(She-king.)

Ho, " To reprove."

To rhyme, read Ta.

SHAY.

PEfH.
$2
^

"Uff/f^^ pins yen ^ Io- '*Tke

A surname. The authority of this character is disputed.

Some suppose that it is erroneously written for the following.

extended groups of horses filled the road."

Shwff-wan, in quoting a sentence of the She-king, uses this
character instead of "j4^^ Pelh, and also gives a sense just the
opposite of what it bears in the Classic. The passage refers to

I ; me. An easy style of discourse. The name of a hill | of a

districts also of a river. A surname.

giving entertainments, and reads ^^^^Jlt/^C

Ke tsuy che, wei e pelh peth. Proceeding to a

The fourth moon.

state of drunkenness and then stopping, is a disgrace to dig

plant..

nity and propriety." Succeeding Dictionaries have followed

curs in the sense of

J^,

j-^ Yn.jue".

TseS yu. A certain water

] 'eJn* " Ornaments for the hair."

Oc

Ta.

ShwC-wan, and erroneously define PeTh peih, by " Dignity and

>^^YIH.

])$S.C.

^R.H.

of, by " Disgrace." (Kang-he.)

Easei rest; repose; retirement. To omit; to neglect. A
TO.

jl^S.C.
name ; a surname. According to ShwC-wan, it denotes " the peo

To bear ; to carry ; carried by beasts of burden. ^5* -yj^

TO to, The camel, now commonly written
A surname.

10

^ To pei. " To carry on the back."

As a Nun, Humpbacked, like the camel.

Elegant ; handsome.

3^

ple." One says, it means " Suddenly." They define it by j^*

yffc 7j\ ^ $1 Gang ylh puh laou yay.

' Repose,

ease, and exemption from labour or trouble." It is said to be

Syn. with the second character, YTh, in the last sentence.

| Wei wei to to.

" Elegant gait, and an easy genteel appearance." (She-king.)

Keaou chay yin ylh. " Pride, extra

vagance, and voluptuousness."

Jin.

V.

Ninth Radical.

92
? called Fo, or Fo{, now worshipped as a
god. In this last application of the word, it is said to denote
" Awakening and enlightening mankind."

rf^Jj

^/jj"

Fang ffih jS muog. Seen indistinctly as in a dream."

.J^^f"

yuf, K'how che yu wei yay ; miih che yu shTh yy i urh che yu

| ^"M" HSen naoa Ch*y ffih ke

shingyay ; pe che yu chow yay; sze che che yu gan yTh yay;

show. " He who presents a bird, i

sing yay; yew ming yen i keun tize piih wei ling yay. " M&ng-

that it may not bite the person to whom it is presented. (Le-

tze uid, The mouth delights in tastes ; the eye in colors ; the
ear in sounds; the nose in fragrance. AH the members of the

Ke she che yay pei ; ke kew che yay fuh. " The in

body delight in ease and indulgence; this is nature:but

struction which is given being contrary to reason ; the ques

there is also a decree (of heaven limiting these desires) and

tions asked by the scholar, are also contrary to reason." (Le-

the good man does not cry ont ' It is natural,' and so give

king.)

himself up to unrestrained indulgence.-' (MSng-tsze.)

is right;" in which sense it is Syn. with

ffij vf^^uBi Eylhurhptthyuen.

J Jp- Yp Fob hoo ching. " Contrary to what

" Left to

Filn-

Fuh sang. The name of a plant

domestic privacy (by his Prince) without feeling chagrined."

Mfh show. "The hand of (the god) Ffih ;" i.e. the Chinese

(Mang-tszc.)

Citron.from its resemblance to a hand.

>\fc=fA ft |

Wei

| -^j^

to> or

yu yTh yin yew yTh fa. " Only I (the Emperor) hare neglected

J^pJ"^|^ |f | O me to Ffih. An epithet of the god

to punish."

Fuh-

y^K.

,''n* " T^e ne man '"

m*n

Fuh." (See under the character San.)

who stands alone, denotes the Emperor.

It occurs that
read, Teg.

| San paou Fuh. "Three precious

SMh, is used in the sense of YTh. Abo

I \^^L. Tetf t'hang. " Slow ; easy ; careless."

Fuh keaou, or

ligion of Ffih."

Fuh mun. " The re

| >y^= Ftih f. " Laws of Ffih," some

Te, " One after,

times means the religion or doctrines of Fuh generally; at

or in place of another;" and of /^jg* YTh. "Arranged in

other times, certain enigmatical sayings delivered by Ffih;

ranks."

also the powers or means of operating possessed by Ffih.

Occurs in the sense of

Teg, and of

[ 7^4K;jJ Ffihfawoopeen. "The powers ofFtih

FUH.

S.C.

fl}>R.H.
are unlimited."

To see indistinctly ; to examine ; to turn aside. Unreason

able. A bright appearance; great Forms part of the names

^Pj^j^

Woo nang tuy telh kin laou Fiih kea

of places. A surname. The Founder of a religious Sect, by

seang boo ho hing joo che. " Unable to drive back the enemy

93

Ninth Radical. V. Jin \

but for the assistance for which we hate now troubled Fuh.

of the present day, are according to that model. They allow,

Wh.tbpPi.*eqiltooor.r

HSenUie

however, that it was during the reign of the Emperor ^Jlj

Fiih. ' The present Ftihi " i.e. he who now presides over the

Ming, that the religion of Fuh entered China more effectually;

world.

and that the occasion of it was, a dream of the Emperor's, in

jQrfE |

KwokheuFtih. " The past Fob

i. e. he who* rule is pst.

7^"^ |

TmnS ]t*

Fuh. " The Fhh who is to come."

which he saw a golden man flying about the palace.

Confucius said,

A. ^ "l&'fj* fc

A boy in a temple, was playfully asked by the Emperor,

fang che jin yew shing chay. " There are Sages amongst the

Yung-thing, which god he should worship r The boy replied,

the people of the west." This sentence has been erroneously

quoted, as bearing direct testimony to Fuh. (Kang-he.)

piih pae kwo k'hea Fuh. " The god Fhh now present, does not
worship him whose reign is part." This saying, is remembered

Read PeTh, To assist Also, | -j^ Peth ylh. " Strong,

robust appearance."

A surname. To rhyme, read Fe.

and considered, as a ready piece of flattery, by which the

Emperor was complimented as being himself equal to a god.
I /fti

.fe^ >/V. mh hwa yew yuen

" Fllh

TO' arise. From man and sudden. (ShwB-wan.)

influences those in whom there is some (secret) connecting

to make ; to do.

cause," arising from the character of the persons in a former

arouse ; to stimulate. A surname.

state of existence, &c.

Fuh, entered China during the seventh year of the reign of

A. D. 60.

To begin ; to discover ; to invent.

To

""f^

Shing jm tstt, wan wish too. " When Sages arise,

The author of Ching-tsze-t'hung states, that the religion of'

the Emperor

To act;

Ming, of the Dynasty

Han, about

The Compilers of Kang-he's Dictionary deny this,

and say, that some of the yjp

all nature looks on- them with advantage."

jfj^ ]
|

(YTh-king.)

Chin tsfl. To excite i to stimulate."

j^/jfcy

Fa tsB. " To sprout- out again [ to commence ; to set

in motion again ; to relapse, after apparent recovery from

Sha raun, or priests of

sickness."

Fob, came to China during the Dynasty

| j^ijj

"n m"I " '"0 arou>e or

Tsin.
stimulate a people to a complete renovation of their conduct."

rp: che

the first Emperor of that Dynasty, who

reigned about S50 years B. C. imprisoned those priests on

^ ^ j|! ~S]5 Che le yoh che tsing chay uang ts8 i ts8 chay
account of their being foreigners! bat, it is said, a golden man
che wei Shing. " Those, who understand the nature or prin.
broke open the prison doors at night.

In the time of
ciples of propriety and harmony, are able to discover or frame

JE^ ^ Wo

(B- C. 150 years) an image of Fhh was

htained, ,nd the

J /^Fuhseang, "Image, of Fuh,"

the rules; those who frame them, are called Siung-jin, or Sages."

ou I.
od

,\jin.

V.

Ninth Radical.

94

fun ; puh tsB fei wei. " Do not desire what ii improper for
your station i do not do that which it improper to be done."
TsB wei, " Actions i conduct"

jijij^jr.

^ Wei fe US tae. "Perpetrating every specie* of

J
romly."

Ta U. *' Great action! ; to act vigo-

-J^ ~j(=^ J JjBL Ta yew tsB wei.

" One

who has performed great actions, and has excellent conduct."

|\
^jflj

Neu, " A woman;" because the belief of women it easily ob

tained by artful and specious language. (ShwB-wan.)

Ta

lents ; insinuating address. Smart in reply ; ready in verbal

disputation.

Artful in language; nattering.

^ ^

Hea tsB. "Low, immoral conduct"

^^* ^ne ^ '*8 kea" "

* ma^er< or > renter ;"

denotes one who is particularly skilled in any one department

al ^ I 'tp i^-j
chay.

Derived from ^= Sin, " Truth," abbreviated, and

expressed by Puh ning."

k'how ttae yuC ning.

Chow kung us che

" Chow-kung invented the compass."

yuf puh ning. " Formerly to tay one had no talents, wa*

He was

Le

" Being expert in the mouth talent

it called Ning," i. e. talkative; ready in reply, retort or debate.

brother to the Emperor jj^ ^> and lived about 1100 years

iScEJjjl {fL-fcrffM^

B.C.

yay.jinurh pfih ning. "One said, at to Yung, he it a good

^|j

Chwang ttfl, and

CheUB.ex-

man, but not ready and smart in reply."

press " To make first ; to invent."

j ^/ TsB wan. " To write; to compose."
, |

I Hwoyue,Yung

~J j.j "j^^f

n I MA&, P *n\i*ftA

T,s kun6 fo- " To work ; to labour."

Tie

ning, yu jin e k'how kelh, lay tsSng yu jin, puh che k'he jin,

" A cer

yen yung ning. " Confucius said, What occasion for smartness

Foo US tszc

in reply ; to oppose people in conversation, often causes re

TsB sze. ' To transact business."

tsB. " Sitting, rising."

^j^l |

tain oflicial situation."

Tseang tsB.

J -X-

shiih. " The father commenced, and the ton continued."

Occurs in the sense of jjpj SeB, " To scrape off;" and of
Tten, "To vilify."

Alto read, Tso; and to rhyme,

sentments among men; whether (Yung) be a good man or

not, I do not know ; but loquacity is not necessary to his being
so." (Lun-yu.)

read Tsoo and Tselh.

peen she twan yu tsae. " From slowness of speech, it does not
HOW, or Kow.
follow of course, that there is a defect of talent" (Lun-yu.)
Extremely short and ugly. Used also in the sense of^jj
Keu. Which see.

Foo tare puh ch'hlb k'he fe, urh tlh woo k'ke ning.

" Confucius did not expose his erroneous reasoning, but only

Ninth Radical.

95
| Chen

hated his loquacity." (lun-yu-choo.)

VI.

genu attached, except when mourning."

Jin \

j|=

16
Keen

ning. "Cringing, specious flattery."

if\
ning. "Crafty; specious; malicious adu lation."

**pxe i#a'i mm
Nung foo pei lae net kung tseang pei foo; foo jin pei chin
leu. " The husbandman attaches to himself the (instruments

TUNG.

A surname; a man's name. |

of husbandry) Lae and sze ; the mechanic attaches to himself
the hatchet; and the female, her needle and thread."

0, Scrib H1] KanS- SeeRad.^j Taou

woo sze pei taou. " Civil officers gird on the double edged
Ol. Scrib. ^ Ke&.SeeRad. jS Te'ensword; military officer* the single edged sword.''
|

^yjy 01 Scrib-

Fah-

Kan pe Oh. " Semember grate

Sec abovefully (your) great goodness."

pei puh wang; and

J J^^

s E^T Kan

f- *"e' 'un cne cne-

01. Scrib.^ She. See Rad.^f Fang.

express" Grateful and everlasting remembranoe."
J
Characters formed by Six Strokes.

Tae pei chung k'he. " Carries with

it all the streams."

3^fj)^

This character is commonly written

'- some Critics say erroneously ; others say, it ought

Same 85 ^Paou- See below

to be written so, when used as a Noun.
From Jin, "A man,"

Fan, "All," and fj} Kin, "A

napkin." The napkin is indispensable, and is for ornament.

Things attached to a girdle. As a Verb, to attach to the
girdle.

(Shwo-wan.)

The Chinese of the present day, commonly

To gird about one; to have always with one.

attach to their girdle, a napkin, or handkerchief, for shew

Metaphorically, To remember. A great river receiving and

only ; a purse, a fan ; a large stone ring, occasionally worn on

carrying along the smaller streams in its winding course.

the thumb; and a case containing a knife with a pair of ivory

~lft

sticks, used in lifting food to the mouth.

Yuh pei, and

TsK pei, denote gems

variously strung together, and attached to the girdle.

SOH.
-j | ^ ^f- T'heentszepeiplhyiih. "The Emperor
hMgs to his girdle white gems."
Chuh siih. " Unextended, not stretched out"
l
Some consider it an erroneous form of the preceding, but this
pelh yew pei yuh, wei sang fow. Every girdle must have
Kang-he denies.

Jin.

VI.

Ninth Radical.

96

A
1^ 1k. Y*Dg kwan6

,he- " Feipied

o| HWUY.
avoid the world."
|rj j Pae hwuy. " A state of indetermination i irretolution."
/j^

Pae hwuy wang lac " Going backward!

Shenweicb*

Yang and p3L Tseang, occur in this sense in some

HUtorical Work*

[^J ^ ^

% \ |ft ^

pTj jy=^ Nny puh jen, urb wae shlh wei, yu yang. "A

and forward! in a state of indetermination f more

written ^^[5J Pae hwuy.

yang ehay. " Skilled in making a feint"

To hover about, as a bird in going nd coming,

J ^/j;

~^r^3

Hwuy hwuy.

f.ilse external gloss, contrary to what is really within, is called

Yang."

11 A stupid dull state of mind."

>rr
I
The character ^ IIwan, is by tome written
Hwan, which by abbreviation, if written ^jjj^ Hwan.

4^ |

K yang. " A child's basket."

yj|JpfH.t
A hundred men, or the leader of a hundred men; like
Ts'heen, " A thousand men." These two characters occur,

X^Vho.

A surname.
as denoting a thousand, or a hundred pieces of copper coin.
It occurs also, in the sense of R5 Mlh, which, with

LEAOU.
Ti'heen, is applied to the four quarters of the empire. The
| Leaou leaou. " large, great

first character, viz. Plh, denoting the East and the West;
Ts'heen, denoting the North and South.

Others affirm, that

HEANG.
the reverse of this is correct, that Ts'heen, denotes the East
j'-^" ^ "S heang. " Unsubmissive,

and West | and Pth, the North and South. (Kang-he.)

SHOW.

01. Scrib. fc Fa. A law, a rule.

The name of a district in Ho-nan. The accuracy of this cha

j^I HWUY.
racter is doubted. It is supposed that it ought to be

Yew.
^it^B PebwuJ- "A"E'J

KO, or K'h8.

To take.

P
MING.
Very druiik.
False ; unreal ; pretended. To feign.
Yang wei puh che. " Affected not to know."

/^f\
j

In which sense, H is Syn. with

Ming.

Also, written /|^T Ming. Occurs in the sense of

Ming,

A certain kind of Tea.

97

Ninth Radical. VI.

JjH y\

arm, felt by the forefinger, is called J^Jtyfc^ cIh mlh ;

KEA*

f^S.C.

^R.-H.
when the ChKh mlh is slow and interrupted, the aboTe phrase

Good; excellent. (ShwB-wan.)

Beautiful.

Kea j in. "A beautiful woman."

yj

is used.

"j^-

A certain disease.
|

-|cf=-/j' ffi]^^

Snen ,Mn urh *w> wei ^ ShTh-yTh. " A

A
Tiae tan kea jub " A genius and a beauty."

good appetite with a thin emaciated habit, is called Shih-ylh."'

Kea pelh. " Good hand writing."

J ^<^? Kea t*8.

Fine style of writing."

Kea chang.

NE, or Urh.
piece of fine writing."
,

j Pokea. - Rather good."

J Wb keen kea. " See no excellence.'

-|p- Kea king. "A fine landscape."

Second, or next to ) an assistant.

Drh t'hsze, are Syn. with |||j

g Kea yin.

a place.

In this sense,
Foo urh.

The name of

Also read, Tae, A surname.

" Good new" by letter.

^j^-PING. Same as #f Ping. See8str.
hwa. " To a fine boy speak in a fine style ;" i. e. j^L* B
^^;_M-

She k'hejin keang k'he hwa. " Suit

ri keih:
i

])g s. c.

^ r. h.

your language and reasoning to the person addressed." Without

Strong; robust appearance. Regular ; right. (ShwB-wSn.)

thus distinguishing, they say, a man may sometimes be guilty

- -if
of the egregious folly of ^
Tuy new tan

kelb, ke keth ts'heay heen, " Four stillions both strong and

kin. " Tuning his harp to a cow."

well trained." (She-king.)

To rhyme, read Ke and Ko.

hang.
01. Scrib.^ Siih. SeeRad.^ Selh.
Hang shan, The name of a District that pro
duces medicinal plants, in the Province of ^jr^
kwang. This character occurs in the sense of
A slow and interrupted state ofthe pulse.

jjjjj^

Kae

Hoc
Han, An

adverb, forming the Superlative degree.

ylh. They feel the pulse with three fingers laid upon the
KWUH.

wrist at the same time; that part nearest the patients hand,
and pressed by the third finger of the operator, is called ~j
J^JjS^ Tsun roth ; the next part felt by the middle finger, is

H S. C. ^ R. H.

To unite all the parts ; to take the whole number j to indude the whole.

J Kwuh kwiib," Appearance of

CiUed fli iP^. Kwan mft 1 and ^ P*'1 highest up the

strength."
VOL. I.

Also read, Kuh and Hwiih.

A Jin. VI. Ninth Radical.

98
wan.)

Yu chfih

kung;
keaou he, keaou jin leaou he. " When the pale i
place. To itoop ; to bend servilely.

Al-

forth, how fine the appearance of a beautiful woman!" (Sheking.) In this quotation, some write the word
In some parts of the country,

^j^j KWEI.

Keaou.

~p j=f

'.

^ R. H.
Fan haou wei che keaou. "Whatever is good is called ]

To involve deeply ; to accord with ; to rely on ; diitorted.

t^Hli I

HinE te keaou haoa- " A Eod figure"

Resembling ; seerain gly desirous. A man' name, 'jj/^^/g]

Chin kwei e. A

Jt2A<fiii]A I MS
~sg Shang she che Jin t'hung ch'hang, keaou haou, keen

provoking expression, implying a want of government through

keang, laou show. " The men of the higher ages were erect,

out the Empire.

tall, handsome and good looking; strong, robust, and long-

Le kwei. " A pillar."

|Jj^[ J

lived."
y^^J SE.

Little, mean.
Occurs in the sense of

TSUEN.

Keen, and of

T'HSZE* jj^ g c

R H-

-/|^- tih tsuen, The name of one of the /^j || Seen.

|!s.C.

^ R H

Dexterous ; agile ; adjusted ; ready ; prepared. To assist; for ;

instead of; to the end that.

TEAOU.

Keaou.

Jlpf T'hsze fe, in ancient

ffeR-H.
times, " An expert swordsman, or archer." In the time of Han,

Appearance of walking alone.

bear the fatigue of travelling.
deportment.

Slender ; weak ; unable to

adopted as the name of a military office. Fe, denotes " To fly,"

To steal ; to assume ; levity of

implying that he is light and nimble, as if flying. (E-wSn-pc-lan.)

Also, read Teaou, in the same sense.

Read

Yaou, Slow; servile. In some parts, used to express To hang

te, boo piih t'hsze yen. " A man without brothers, why not

above the table.

assist him ?"

J^JJ^ g> fj Teaou

t'ht'en e wei ke lelh. " To assume what heaven has effected,

as the result of one's own efforts."

Teaou jin,

| j^j]

T'hsze tsoo pin fa.

" To assist the poor and destitute."

Used in common with

T'hsze, and/J^^T'hsze. (Kang-he.)

The name of a country.

YlH.
<fyp

KEAOU.

S. C.

S. C.

ffi R. H,
A kind of band of musicians arranged in squares, used when

Good; excellent; beautiful. A surname. To blend. (ShwB-

sacrificing in the temple of ancestors.

In ancient times, each

99

Ninth Radical. VI. Jin /\

|
consisted of eight persons, the Emperor

group

/\

chose

H #4 She yung telh. One

family, a
ployed" in a family,
ad
domestic
#F % | H

is used, expense.

# Psyh, or sixty four.

The highest officers of the state

were allowed six groups, inferior officers

#: Yih sng,

two,

four, and the literati

emploved i

tic.

Ph foo she yung, Not enough for (necessary)

one of those performers.

Man, was added to the character in later times. The ori

H # % She yung tseen piihkow,

use.

+ | Hym " " " he

ful parts are, Eight and Flesh, referring to the Eight persons,

Or

and the Flesh of the sacrifices.

yung, Not money enough to use.

She feta.

she, or Set #s.c. : R.H.

From Man and Business. To send a man to manage affairs.
(lih-hoo.) To order, to send, to cause; to succeed, or an
"er the purpose; to use, or employ.

Read Sh, To be sent;

* he employed on public service. A

messenger.

A: Shejin kheu. Send a man.

+E,

- 5

she, a

X:k

Heu to she yung. A great deal of expense.

4#
Che

To point out, or direct what others are to do.

: | 1. # Phyaou she tha fun noo.

"Do not make him angry.
XN J). %H H #
in | 24:
*U-4)

Greatexpense.

###fff; ### E. |

He who receives an order, and goes

wang chay yu She

/\ She jin. A messenger.

about it, is called She.

'#'

She chin. An envoy,

She kwan, or

/\sein, or #

or ambassador.

/\ Chae she teih jin.

business.

Tseang ming urh

4: %
# |

senger who comes.

#]

A person sent, or dispatched on any

# |###

Yih kolae she.

A mes

K'heushe. One who goes.

Ne yew.shin

On what duty are you commissioned?

-:

she.

#):

Phese sze laouche,

uth she che tih sungyung, Do not annoy him with trifling

$). H4+ | A- Kwan shh

affair

tsuhjin she ling. Inferior officers attached (to a superior)

"may obtain time to do thing with comfortable

leisure."

N'. # Haou she jin yew

in abundance, sufficient to undertake (his various) commissions."

He /\# X #1

mun, a

*nough to make one very sorry.

chung shing,

#, Shing jinchay

% Sheth. Will it answer?" or affirmatively,

"lanner. #.
| XS4: Chay r she

then teche she yay. Sages are the messengers of heaven

Puhtih.

tuously,

#)

| 4:
/

"it will not answer in thi

this

R |

rather presump

Then she, The messenger of heaven.

- -

jE.

#*, *, *u. "This allowinae.

Jl.

To act, or operate.

R}}# | #k).

**
when

way.

and earth. An Imperial messenger is called,

"A servant, also

teh Jin. .

| I'. #/\

She

/\}/{#| # 9). If |
}}
## J.J. // Theen e she she; tee tsae she,

"A man sent, or called ; i.e. a servant.

She

Jung. To
employ, or use, that which

jin e tih she; kwei shin etseang she; kin show eleih she.

A J'"-

VI.

Ninth Radical.

100

Heaven operate! by the teaioni ; earth by the vegetable kingchIh.

l man by virtue; spirits by prodigies i and brutes operate
by force."

of an

Firm; unbending. Foolish.

ChTh yTh. "Not
HING.
for ^jg? Chlh.

Body i figure; figure completely formed. Perfect'; fixed.

KAE, orHae.
Applied to punishments enacted by lair, which should be em
bodied with the utmost care, and when completed, remain
unalterably fixed.

Used to illustrate the word Jjlj Hlng,

Unusual ; uncommon. The same is expressed by ~pj~

/^"Ke kae, and |

Kae sxe.

Syn. with

" Punishments." (Le-king.) Same as ^j^Hing; the middle

^^^^ Kae, kae, kae, all of which imply something of

part ought to be written ^PF Keen, " Even," and the cha

relation or connexion.

racter placed under eight strokes. (Kang-be.)

JJ^^ LAE.

^ S. C.

^ R. H.

SIN.
ft
Trying to be foremost in walking; a multitude; a group,

represents a sheaf bound up ; it comes by the special blessing

said of horses or other animals. A surname. Used in

of heaven ; hence the Character is borrowed to denote To

i with

A certain kind of auspicious wheat: the Seal Character

come ; to effect ; to bring to the point wished. Also, a surname.

Sin.

7<^ Wang lae. " Going and coming."

fjjj^

Original form oi/4-Cha., A young girl.

I/U
1 L
" I have no intercourse with him ; am not intimate with him."

^jt^T TS, is used in the same sense.

jj* j^J

j Tsze k'heu tsze lae. " Going and coming

of its self, or of one's self."

From ^ p Sin, "Truth," and

Chuen, " A Stream flow

Jr^J ^Jf

Tsxe

yuen fang lae. "To come from a distant part."

ing always in the same channel." (ShwO-wan.) Faithful; plain;

-^^.EJrf- | Ne ke she lae. "When did you come."

unceremonious language, said to have been the language of

i^SL ^j^'tl^ I

Confucius when at Court. (Lu-yu.) 'j^J^ j

not yet arrived."

jj^J

K'han k'han urh tan. " Plain, homely, sincere, conversation.

Tb* we UinS '"taou. "He has

j

[]^p Lae ya. " Come here!" used

by the Chinese, when calling a servant.

T'ha lae leaou. "He has come."

Same as the preceding.
<

i ins

101

Ninth Radical. VI. Jin /\

and onward to the present"

^j". | ^5?^

wing lae, wang urh pfih lae, fe le yaj, lae urh piih wang, ylh fe

Tsung lae muh yew. "Has never been."

leyiT- "Politeness demands reciprocal visits, for one to go

Heang lae.

and the other not to come, ii rude; when the other comes and

T"ha U Uh 'ae' " He

cansneceed."

do

ta

Tso puh lae, or

Pan pii h lae. " Cannot do it; cannot succeed."

How lae. "Hereafter."

jin. "A messenger."

~"

persuade to."

T,e,n6

/^s. j/J^ |
j

or
Kin
Lae

J Ylh lae. "One come;"

f Urh lae. " Second come," &c. express in order

| j^J^ L"6 ,un* "^he grandson of a grandson.

Read Lie. To induce to come,

It. is sometimes used in conversation at the end of a sen.

tence as a mere expletive.
'Jill | T,Ze ke

the objects aimed at in any particular course of action.

j Keang pun lae. " Cannot express it ; or unable to

Laou

che lae cbe. " Commend their labours and induce them to
come, or to turn to." (Mang-tsze.) To rhyme read Le and

Ling-kwan fang le lae. " He himself

went into Ling-kwan's room."

j

jj^" |

e lac. " From this time henceforward."

I do Dot go, it is also rude." (Le-king.)

itfl 'Ufa

" Heretofore."

j^jj

Lelh.
pie of

Tang lae, In the language of the peoiI I

Tse, denoted To try to obtain.

Ne wang na le lae. " Where are you going?"

E.

Order, class, or species. To cover a corpse.

Jf1 Yew lae leaou. " Again come s" a cant phrase,
Hke "You are thereabouts, are you?" used when a person
CHE.

\f> S. C.

& R. H.

nukes a broad allusion to some subject which is wished to

be avoided.

Large; tending to expand; extended; profuse; prodigal.

Lae lelh. " The origin and successive progress

of a thing."

J^-^LJj^jfc | J%jk She shin mo lae

tah. " How did it come about"

|

Jr|T

| Yuen lae, or

^ Lae yew. " The original cause."

Jt^

^(P jl^ Yuen lae joo tize. " Originally thus; the matter
lands thus, does it r

To screen or shelter the ribs. (ShwS-wttn.) s^SLy^^ chay

che. " Extravagant, prodigal."

,f-fy 7j=j" ^j^^^r J

'falS' $ )j Yay yew keIh chay che chwanS l'he meen

telh. " There are also those who are extremely prodigal, and
affect respectability."

J y^-^^Hw8che

jp| Lae t'how. " That from

yu fe yung. " Perhaps extravagant in expenditure."

wieo a thing proceeds."

^ j

f^E Muh lae t'how.

|

"No source from which to spring."

jnjjj^'

Lfihpuh ke che. " In the emoluments of

J ^= r=|h Lae
office not expecting that they should be large."

Ohkelh, or ]

|pj. Lae Oh kin. " Urgent, pressing."

j ^jj^ Chay he che he, denotes the apparent expanding,

^/}- r^t J^/^ |

Tsung koo e lae. " From .ancient

or the scintillation of the stars.

yh. i.
rf

y\ Jin.

VI. Ninth Radical.

Also written ~J^- Che,

102

J^^

Sin che,

le. " Laws " in general.

The word Leah, denotes the ori

t'he Ue. " The heart expanded, and the bod; at caie." Alio

ginal standard laws of the Empire ; the word Le, denotes ex

read E and Chay.

planatory and emendatory clauses, or by-laws.

I
J Wei le. " To oppose the laws j contrary to law."

^j^I WANG. Same at

Wang, Weak, distorted.

^CjjJ^

Theen chaou ting le.

" The fixed

regulations of the Celestial Empire," viz. China.

/j^vKWA.

flf S.C.

'"ftff. |

</^R.H.
^Ffig^"

Ostentatious; a set speech. (Shwo-wan.)

| ^"Sf^WoolepuhVho

tsang ; yew le puh k'ho keen. " Where no regulation exists,

,^7*'/pEp Keaou yin, king kwa. " Luxurious and dissipated;

none should be added ; where a regulation does exist, it should

self indulgent and ostentatious." Syn. with

not be taken away ;" a saying brought forward to combat any

Kwa. Also

read O, Crying out from pain.

innovation, particularly in public courts.

^

jHy, J

'^j"* ^>

Chay keen sze yung yuen wei le. " Let

KWANG.
this be a perpetual observance ; an everlasting regulation."

ft

Also read, Let, To shade, to screen.

kelh boo shlh. " A great feast is not equal to a simple meal."
01. Scrib.|^Yin.SeeRad. j^Fow.
A small appearance. (Shwo-wan.)
(Kang-he.) Ancient form of J^.Yin- See Had. JTjrj Yu.
/JjnJ

LE.

gS.C.

^R.H.
(E-wan-pe-lan.)

To compare together ; to adjust ; to class ; to arrange ; to

yj^TSHE.
generalize.

Laws ; regulations.

compose, to adjust."

^(/>i^] pe le.

S. C.

$R. H.

" To

| Fan le. " General rules i"

To receive, as the orders of a superior. (ShwO-wSn.) To

Fa fan e yen le. " Every

be near to; to be at the side of; to follow; to wait upon.

in which

topic is produced and adjusted by words."

Chinese books

ifjT- 10^-/^. \l Shwuy show she lelh. " To stand by

have commonly a few particulars called Fan-le, in which

with the hands hanging close to the side ;" the posture of re

the reader is apprized of the objects of the book, and rules

spect in Chinese attendants.

given how to read it with advantage.

he5 sze. "Literati about the person of the Emperor; tutors

J Kae le. " To make a new regulation, or law."

BS

JJ? Chaou le pan le.

nage agreeably to standing regulations."

To act or ma

j~ She keang

of the princes."

| ~=j > She tub, is used in a similar

sense.

She lang. A certain office about the

court.

I /|.T She wei.

The imperial body guard.

Ninth Radical VI. Jin /\

103

# |

changshe. A denomination of ten Eunuchs, who

HEiH. Still, quiet, silent.

immed the government during the

Dynasty

## # She fung tso yew.

To

Han.

attend on

* { Ef'E: H2 +

In the same sense, also read He.

# Yw,

43, R.H.

## # Tha e tsng pakea chung

{{#.

To assist, to accompany; to do the honors of the table; to

theme, fooyu she urh chang kwan. He had

already taken

4: Yew shih. To
attend upon guests who are honored." JL | 4:

entreat to eat and drink.

litheaffairs of the family, and delivered them over to the care

of the attendants.

|#########
#|#############"
to Ju seen sng, seen sng win yen, chung tsih tuy:

tshing

#
* AT# Fan yew shih, pub
h
-

tsi shih. .
tsin

All
All who
wh do

the honors of the table, should not (themselves) eat to

Eye yew shih. To help the repast

by music.
}} | '# Koeyewtsew. Singing
to assist the wine.
# # | # Chow tsoo yew
Pl #

*htshkhe, tshingyih,tshkhe. Sitting by the side of a'

tutor, if the tutor ask any thing, wait till he has

excess.

:- "

+
p

ended, and

The host and guest exchanging cups when

then reply, if requesting information from him, stand up;

drinking;

paou.

to give mutually, to give and to recompense.

requesting further information, again stand up.
Yew che. A certain vessel for wine, used in ancient times.

#" khe.

A double surname. Occurs in the sense of

Al.

serie if Yew.

Syn. with

Yew, A companion.

Advice.

occurs in the sense of Respite, indulgence granted.

\

|E. NA.

Loose flabby skin.

GAN.

ME.

A clear sky; evening repose. (Kang-he and Ching-tsze

thung). Rest; a feast; an entertainment. (E-wn-pe-lan and

Tol

"to soothe, to encourage; totranquillize. Al:Scrib.

#k Me, and #

Me.

Tsze-hwuy.)

CHOO.

# Choo joo.
Also the

{# # Leuh kwei.

A large appearance.

A short small person, a pigmy.

"Pillars above the rafters of a house; in which

*enseit is commonl

J, but erroneously written

now,

LEUH.

###

Choo

4# Mow.

||#S. C. 4# R.H.
Equal to; of the same rank or
j/
class; even-

Ling choo. Name of anarcient musician.

A Jin-

VI.

Ninth Radical.

104

EI 'ftjp- T,ae ,aih *** Jug ow' "Tale,lt, nd

strength equal, ii called Mow." (Luh-shoo.)

j^J

| ^^.^tiLw"S keth che g.n, mow

called T'hung i" a term by which

signated himself.

j- Ching-wang, de

He was the son of jj-^ | Woo-wang,

and is said to have lived about 1 1 00 years B. C.

^j^f-"

tu t'heen te. " The boundless kindneu (of parents) if equal to

that of the heaven! and the earth."

$pf~Jf^ /*\ fffl

jf&'ffi^jffc T*e how che rhunS' kil,e y

| ~ffl^~fr? Ke Ju J1d urh mow Ju t'niien- "Single

t'he'en wei, tsze show Wan Woo taheun, woo kan hw&n yu. " I,

amongst men, and equal to heaven."

jjp|

a person of no talent, who have succeeded (the famous Wan-

Hing puh seang mow. " Totally different i quite unequal"

wang and Woo-wang), with veneration receive and hold, what

Mow mflh. " Strong, violent," in the dialect

the majesty of heaven has conferred i that is, (in other words)

of the north. Used for -

Mow, and

Mow, Names

of n certain insect that feeds on grain. To rhyme read. Poo.

the instructions of Wan and Woo, which I would not presume

blindly to transgress." (Shoo-king with the Commentary.)
/ftfe J

URH.

Kung t'hung, A boy, a lad; in which sense, for

Numerous appearance.

Ufa

merly written '/^ |pj Kung t'hung.

Also read, T'hung.

Lung t'hung. " Straight forward, large, great."

y^LUN.J
From

$(S. c.

Tselh, To collect, and Jf^} Tslh, To record

on a roll. To arrange in order.

^jrj^

To think. (ShwS-wan.)

'f'fZ'^r'

t*6' " 'rre<0'l,te' 1>ndeterm'l,ed> boastful."

Kwan lun, The figure of the heavens ; any thing

/^^^ CHiH. Alarmed, timorous, afraid.

spherical. The name of a famous hill, the parent of all other

hills; in this sense it is also written ^3

Kwan lun.
/^^jjj SEUN. Usedfor^aJSeun. SeeRad.^ Tae.

Le lun. The name of a god.

To bury one or more living persons with the dead ; said to
LUY.

Of the second rank or class.

have been an ancient custom.

At one time, a wooden image

was used instead of a human being.

P| THUNG. |||B| S.C.
-tin

{$}R. H.

Ignorant i rude : a person possessing no ability i plain ; sin

cere. Useless.

Used for^^j Seun " Extending to every place." Also for

/^P Seun, " Hastily, swiftly."

jHL^O -jj^ Woo che yay. "Without

KUNG.

knowledge."

S. C.

ft R. H.

y\ y^J^^ |=] ^ j-in puh

ching k*he yufc t'hung. " A man who is good for nothing is

To place; to arrange ; to offer to ; to supply with ; to give ;

Ninth Radical. VI. Jin \

105

to declare ; to give in
Rung yangfoo moo- "To serve, or supply respect
fully one's parents."

'^"J^

| ^ Yin ,h,hkunS

To rely on; to trust to; to accede to; to conform to; as;

fung. "To offer meat and drink to one's parents, or to

according to.

the gods."

window.

| J^/p^^Ku; hiien ,hin wUh-

" Respectfully to supply, and offer oblations to the gods."

J

Kung keTh. " To give to, or to supply with."

"^jKung ying ylh tse. "To supply all

A surname.

A space between the door and

,^/^P^*>'nK *

uPon"

j /j-^-ffD e e, or jfft fifc j Woo so e. "Nothing

on which to depend."

y^-J^i |

j Yang lewe

e. " The willows in abundance mutually reclining."

^ E chH. " To lean against"

jfe. y^f E

accessary wants."
jin tsb hwuh. *' To depend on other people for a livelihood."
^

jeI1 k"

Plih lt'ien'

B e puh shay. " To cling to ; unable

tsih shlh foo che leih puh tsiih kung ylh foo che yung. " But

to part from (a friend.)-

if diligent without economy, then the efforts of ten men are

Piih shing chen e che che. " The highest possible degree of

not enough to supply the consumption of one."

reliance on, or regard to a person."

1 1 | 7^^. *f }^f\

J^J

K'how kung.

E taou.

" Evidence, deposition, declar

ation of a witness, or the confession of a criminal."

Ij

J^lj*

S ~W~
Trf So kung she shlh. " That which is declared,
-^J

is the real truth."

duties of a situation."

Kung ch!h. " To fulBl the

| ^ ^j?

E kew. " As of old ; as formerly ; as before."

kung *kan CBae coe JunS-

" To supply the camp on the hill."

J2j

xf^j^jj/ir

-^j*- | Foo e.

" According to reason, reasonable."

A kind of painted wooden screen in the

Imperial apartments.
E, also denotes the wrapping of a bow. Comparison,
.-nuilitude, imagery.

||| | ^f^^"

"g^p rtih he8 pti e, puh nfing gan she. " Those who have

Also used for It Kung.

not learned similitudes thoroughly, cannot be at home in

CHOW.
poetry." (Le-king.)
^fr iii ri$c

To rhyme, read Nae.

Yew yung pe y*y' * v"me "ome"

NAOU.

thing intercepting and covering from the view.'' (Shw6-wSn.)

A surname.

Al. Scrib-Y^

False, slanderous stories, to obstruct the intercourse of lovers i

^% YUNG
/$fj_

Shwuy chow yu met

away her whom I admire 1" (She-king.)

dung, same as "= j|3
oi. i.

" Who keeps

|

Chow

/jjfj^

Yung jm. Human baings with three horns, said

to be situated in the West.

Chow chang, False.

eg

A *" VII. Ninth Radical.

106

yj^JJ joo.
Characters formed by Seven Strokes.
To equalize i to tranquillize.

~j=f 'g*

^ WOO.

]]|| S. C.

R, H.

i^T YB Sn yuen fang' '""S <*n hl">

To injure. (ShwS-wan.)

To treat negligently i to behave

joo kc kin. " He who wishes to make tranquil a remote

coRtcmptuously ; to despise; to ridicule; to turn what is good
place, should first make obedient and tranquil that which is
into ridicule; to burlesque.

^^k^^.

>f^

Tlh shing piih heS woo. " The eminently virtuous do not be
01. Scrib. J^Yu.

have with contemptuous levity."

i

//y\. "^'om

$L /V |

ijj ^

2, Foo,i,n p5Ih Uze w0* jen

"alne ^ an animal, like a white tiger

how jin woo che. " A man must have first lowered himself,

with black streaks, it is called The keeper of the passes

or acted ridiculously, ere other people despise and ridicule him."
amongst the mountains, which passes are said to be represented
(Mang-tsze.)

by the character.

^ "pj*

g^g! Piih k'ho

woo yu kwan kwa. " Contempt should not be shewn to the

^1

An erroneous form of

Choo.

widower or widow." (Heaou-king.)

See above, under fire strokes.

01. Scrib./j-Sl Pe, To prepare. See under 10 str.
I

-MjB yA^

==- Kung-tsze yui, Keun tsze yew

>j^p Sameasj^Tseen. SeeRad. jj^Tsaou

san wei, wci t'heen ming, wci Ujin, wei shing jin che yen.
Seaou jin piih che t'heen ming urh pun wei yay, heS ta jin,
01 Scrib- -f^ Che-

See abovewoo, shing jin che yen. " Confucius said, The virtuous man
has three objects of awe i he stands in awe of (hose right prin

,^^.01. Scrib.

Keen. See under 13str.

ciples instilled by heaven; he stands in awe of great and good
men; and he stands in awe of the sayings of the Sages. The

z^lj^J E.

Humble deportment.
bad man is ignorant of celestial principles ; he pours con
tempt on great and good men, and turns into ridicule.the say-

^^01. Scrib. -^Kwang.

ing. of the Sage,."
Sec Rad.

J>n, under four strokes.

^^f|^ | $fl- Jfe

^pj^/^jbj 3J-|E Woo k'he chung nil woo j woo che kwo tsS fc.

107

Ninth Radical.

VII.

Jin \

" Do not shew familiar regard (to dependants) and bring upon

" To make a nobleman of the How rank, and give him his

yourself their contempt ; do not be ashamed to acknowledge a

seal to suspend."

mistake, and commit an intentional and positive wrong."

" The Princes of the constituted states."

(Shoo-king.)

3Z ^

p/^" | Leg kw8 choo how.

-32- ^

*tlL Wo ^ piih ,u 100 how' 1V6ea

yay. " My not meeting with the Prince of Loo, is (the will
man urn wei iun jang the fang. " By contempt and insolence,
oppose humble and yielding manners."

Yu woo.

" A bold enterprising officer." (She-king.)

In the States

Tsin, and

Handsome, pretty. A particle ushering in a sentence, the

same as ip^j^ Wei, and iji^f: Wei.

Tsin, it was used as a

term of abuse addressed to male and female slaves. Occurs

written

of) heaven."

Occurs in the sense of

Also a surname.

He, A tone closing a period ;

and/^pj Ho, Who? what? howf . To rhyme, read Che.

Woo, and #Kf- Woo.

jjd^ Same as Jgp Keun.SeeRad.p^ Heue.
SHIN. The nameofadeity; pregnant; a surname.
Ol. Scrib.

Ke.

See above.

LAOU.
^ CHING.

To serve.

Large. ^|^/J^^.Keaou laou. " Coarse, large." (Kanghe.) Other Dictionaries use Jj^ Keaou for the first cha

Same as xj'rp: Ching, To walk on a footpath.

racter.
/-^^^ Same as jfi* Keae.
HOW.*

S. C.

See above.

^ R. H.
' 01. Scrib. _ Fmg; See Rai J\ Pa

Representing a cloth extended, and an arrow hanging from

it. (Shw3-wSn.)

A target Of the form of the target, there

CHIN.

were many varieties, differing according to the rank of persons

who shot against it. Promotion was obtained by good archery,
heiKe

Cno how> oecame m epithet of the Chiefs,

Boys from ten to twelve years of age..

notes Good:

| -j Chin tsze, and

Chin, de
|

g^j Chin

or Princes of States, Viceroics, and Noblemen. There are live

tung, Boys employed to play on instruments at funerals. A

degrees of Nobility, viz. ^ j

Jjl Jp^ Kung,

hundred and. twenty of these are sometimes dressed in red caps

How tseO, the second

Fung how kwa yin.

and black, clothes, with hallow pieces of wood on which to beat .

hmr' P, tize, nan, W

rank of nobility.

^ | ^|f-

to drive away the spirits of pestilential infection.

yV Jin.

VII.

Ninth Radical.

In the Statei ;}pfc Yen, and

in \
denote a Horse-keeper.

108

Tse, Chin was used to

ta ts'hin. "A deficiency in one kind of grain is called Keen;

in two kinds is called Ke; in three is called Kin; in four,
Hwang; and a deficiency in the fire kinds is called Ta-ts'hin.

TAN.

Large, great.
| \fl] Ts'hin chen.
country."

" To usurp another person's

Ts'hin t3. " To seize upon ; to usurp."

To s 1 to wa'^ 1 to ^**' antic'" ",ce"ant'yjJ;Q

| Seang ts'hin.

" To inrade mutually."

Ts'hin sefi. " To usurp gradually; as to pare off little

TS6
by little."
A man sitting-, rest; repose. To disgrace; to defile.

Ts'hin hae. " To injure."

j^fe Ts'hin ling. " To encroach upon, and insult"

jfj^ Ts'bin kin. " To encroach upon; come nearer to."

-^^^a-CHOW.

A surname. Al. Scrib.."g^- Chow.

|

Ts'hin pwan. ' Rebellion, usurpation."

Maou U'hin. ' Short and small ; diminutive."

/j^TS'HIN.t

])fS. C.

4R. H.

From Man and Hand taking a broom to sweep within the

door. (ShwS-w&n.)

To advance, or enter gradually; to

/fjz*

LEU.

^ R. H.

An associate ; a companion. A fellow traveller.

invade secretly; to plunder; to seek for. A barren year. A

KEUH.

surname.
^ g /f y ffi
^{pj^jj^ | j /|/^ Shing tsuy che taou yul! ft; tscen sze

'tJp] /f^,Keiibtuh- " Contracted, cramped , small, confined."

I c a king y u c ts'hin. " To declare openly tbe offence, and
SHOO.

proceed to punish is called Fa; secretly to lead on troops and

plunder the boundaries is called Ts'hin.**

Erect, standing erect. Also read. Tow.

tow. " Extremely enfeebled." /j^" |

tang wei che ta ts'hin.

" A deficiency in tbe five sorts of

i
grain (a complete famine) is called Ta-ts'hiu,"

ing down."

AI. Scrib. ^ffi Ya, and

^^f Chen
Low tow. " Hang
Shoo.

'TING, or Ting. jp=S.C. f^R-H.

^^-^f^ Ch'hang maou. "A long appearance." (ShwSliJ&T^ 13 Ik

* "

win.) Straight ; level ; even ; respectful. One says it denotes

yug keen ; urh kuh puh shing yu ke; san kuh piih shing yui!

"Placed on the ground."

kin; sze kuh puh shing yufc hwang; woo kuh puh shing yuS

" For, instead of."

Another defines it by

Tae,

Ninth Radical.

109

VII.

Jin y\

customed to ; experienced in. To perform the offices of na

ture. Then; thus ; so ; immediately ; forthwith; straightway!.
CM Met. " Appearance of a worthless bad man."

Just; just the same as; that is.

Read Peen, and repeated,

as /jjj^ | Peen peen. ' To discuss. A fat, plump, fine ap

yj^ shin
pearance." A surname,

^/j^ j

Pub peen. " Inconve-

nient; disadvantageous ; inexpedient."

/pi^L. Lin thin. " The head bending forwards."

Peen tang.
PEl

" Convenient and safe ; comfortably arranged.'

|^

^TCH.
Keen peen. " Less troublesome; more convenient and plea
To unite) to join together i easy ; light. Artful.

(E-wSn-

pc-lan.) Occurs in the sense of jjjj^ Tuh, " To put ofT," 4c

j|f| | Tseu shun peen. " To embrace a

sant"

convenient opportunity."

^cJ-J^ | Hung peen. " A very

convenient opportunity of sending a letter." Hung, is the name

POH. Violent, resentful, perverse.
of a bird of passage, and the expression has an allusion to an
ancient tale of a letter having been conveyed by being attached
NAN.
to the Hung bird.
Vulgar form of Jp^ Nan, The male of the human species.

Tsew peen. " To aim at convenience, ease or

comfort, or that which contributes to them."

Occurs in the Books of /^flp Fiin> DDt >n*hat sense the Dietionaries do not say.

-^gj*

""EE-

Fan yen peen t'heen, peen kung, peen tso chay, so

e tsew peen gan yay. " All the expressions, Peen palace, peen
hall ; peen seat, denote that which is calculated for convenience

/^fp^ Same as

HwGh.

See above.
and repose."

^jg^ J Tsung peen, and p/^- J

peen. " To follow one's convenience."

Suy
j

HEAOU.
Ne suy peen. "Follow your own convenience; do as you
|

Heaou hcaou. " Large appearance."

please." It is understood well or ill, according to the temper

and tone in which it is uttered.

PEEN.

pS. C.

)^R. H.
f^J~L I

From Man and Change. To alter the situation of him who

" m uncomfortable circumstances. Rest ; ease. (Shw3-wan.)

J^J yA^ SuJ pwnchuh jiih. "To go-out and

in at pleasure."
pedient."

^^"J

j
j

Rung peen. " Just and ex

Tlh Icaou peen ylh. ' Ob

Convc
Tieut; expedient; advantageous; giving repose to. Actained whit i) advantageous."
T01-

hh

| jgQ Mae

VII. Ninth Radical.

110

tih peen e. " To be bought advantageously," for the par.

tsuy leaou, hwS she shwB raung hwa, peen ta kea si kae leaou.

chaser; to be bought cheap.

" Thus, should it happen that he talks idly or improperly,

/jpj4^1

J J^j Ho

tang pe'an e. " How very convenient and easy !"

just treat him as if he were drunk or dreamed ; then all parties

| ShwB Hh peen. " Buy utterance! or said to the (will dismiss the subject, aid there will be no more about it*"
point."
^Jj

|
|

Fang peen, ii a phrase used by Moral and Heli-

pj Peen k'ho. "Then, or thus may."

giout Writers, denoting " General advantage," that which tends

3? Peen che. " Then it comes to ; at last." 3*1

C3
H Jft jit ^
A ^ w pien ,eih ,u

to the welfare of all penoni.

sze che jin urh. " I am a person accustomed to this business."

^"J" ~jj

Hing fang

peen. " To do whit it kind and benevolent, in relieving the

diitreiies, and tupplying the wants of fellow creatures."
jrrj

(Le-king Commentary.)
Read Peen, It alto denotes To accord with the people's desires.

j Puh kantsreshen peen. "Dare

not assume what it convenient to one's self," irrespective of

^% peen, expresses either

woo e keaou yen ling slh, peen peTh, tslh mei, k'he wei kelh

" Great advantage," or according to its connexion, " To ease

sze. "Be careful in selecting your officers; those who do not

nature by stool."

study specious language, nor fair appearances; who do not (in

the public good.

~^\.

/J \ j Seaou peen, likewise expresses

either " An inferior degree of ad vantage," or " To pass urine."

|

^ ^i"-^^- ^ij T,t1b pi*n mae chow lae

variably) accord with the people's desires, nor artfully flatter

and praise;those are good men." (Shoo-king.)

sang. " Forthwith buy a boat and go to the Metropolis of the

= j|[ jjj^ K'hung tsze yu heang tang, seun

seun joo yay, sze puh nang yen chay; k'he tsae tsung meaou
tung che Uucn, piih -twan twan ching ching telb, chay tsew she

chaou ting peen peen yen, wei kin urh. " Confucius, when in

scf man Icaou foo moo telli e te, peen wei puh hcaou leaou.

the country amongst his kindred, seemed simple and homely, as

<' If a son iu his conduct be irregular, this is disgracing that

if he could not converse; but, when in the Hall of Ancestors,

body which he has derived from his Parents, and is the same as

or at Court, he discussed fully (questions that regarded the

run.-

| -jjt flf RU^f

rules of ceremony and the affairs of the state): Still his manner
was respectful."

To rhyme, read Pin.

TUY. Weak. Formerly read To.

she ))h she keen yew scay hden yen, been yu, chlh lang t'ha

Ninth Radical. VII. Jin A

Ill

^f^c 01 Scrib ^ Peih SeeRad ^ Sin'

y^jfjj TS'HUH.

HJS. C.

Near; close; short; urgent; pressing.

'lii* T'nu'1 "^ 1211
targe features ; large person; large appearance.

'I/J^jj^lff/^

" witl1 tnec dose, pouring out

the heart ;" said of friends nawly met after a long absence.
/^/H

Ke" Uiih t, h"h hcS' " Lift,ns the

foot and .stepping short," a Cautious, careful pace.

To bind ; to connect; to succeed to ; to continue. Connected
Trith; belonging to; m, am.
JP

^ ^ /TL^

J^!j Shi k'he foo beung; he luy k'he tszc te.

Keuh ts'huh. " Small appearance.'"

Some say that

Ts'huh, is the same as jjpp( Ts'huh,

others that it is synouimons with

j^jjji^ |^

T,iib<

" Killed the fathers and elder brothers, and bound the children

tsiih, tsiih, tsiih. On those who consider so many Characters

and younger brothers." (M&ng-tsze.)

synonimous, E-w&n-pe-lan, makes the following remark,

-Jjfj' j

She he.

" Generations succeeding each other ;

pft # fll^ & illI -ttL T,ze lfih *hoe

record of; genealogy."

'J "jjlH He she. " That which

t'hung, pBh t'hung che wei yay. " To discern so much sameness

relates to the age."

He shiih. "Connected

in reading, shews a want of discernment."

He leuen. " Bound in

of so many words being pronounced alike in Chinese, occasions

with; related to."

The circumstance

Heuen he.

at this day, in the partially educated, the gross error of put

Kwan he, " Conse-

ting one word for another of the same pronunciation, though

nences; result; that which is connected with a particular

the meaning is quite different. Chinese writers in every age,

event, or line of conduct"

appear to have fallen into the same error, which has in many in

affection to; ardent attachment."

"To suspend or hang up."

/J ^ Kwan he

6h seaou. " No small consequences."

"7-cn

stances, rendered the meaning ofwords extremely indeterminate.

Chay keen sze ta yew kwan he. " This

affair will hare the most serious consequences."

flU

1few 'twan *"e ^U wo'

^^^H

" 11 mT0'Te*

[ j/^Yuwohokwanhe

GO.
s. a
4ft
Hasty; momentary; appearing to Tail.
king. " An instant of time."

R H.
tp[ ^

|^ j|j^5yj\ -^Pp

M. "Of what consequence is it to me 1"

' He
belongs to Shan-se ; or he is a Shan-se man."
Occurs in the sense of f^? E. - To trail."

puh che V he e ; tsi h peen cbe go, luy woo so so. " When drunk
be knows not his excess ; off goes the cap, whilst unweariedly
he capers about." (She-king.)

Gojen. *' Suddenly."

A Jin.

VII.

Ninth Radical.

112

Common form of j|?Che. "Foolish."

WOO.
i
To meet with ; to see against one's inclination.

^ MANG, orMang.
/j^^TSEUN.

H^S. C

^R. H.

Mang keang. "Not pleasing; not flattering."

Superior talent; a high degree of excellence,
^^KEW.

P& C

$R. H.
^j^""^""

An ornamented cap; respectful and yielding. Name of a

man.

l|^1^f"'j^. |

Tsae pi-en kew kew.

"Cap

adjusted in the moil respectful manner." (She-king.)

Che kwo ts'heen jin yu tseun.

" Knowledge surpassing a thousand men is called Tseun."

^ J\J^7__

| Wanjinche sew, yu tseun.

"Adorned with the excellencies of ten thousand persons is

called Tseun."

y^"^ 'tJC^l'tiL T,*e ch P*

SEU.
luy yay. " (Tseun denotes one by) talents and knowledge raised
Easy manner; leisurely; the mind not hurried; not fluttered.
Same as

Sen. (Kang-he.)

With ^ Chlb, by the

side, Seu, is nearly, but not quite the same as

Sen. The

one refers to a person's general manner, the other to his walk

above his species." (Ltih-shoo.)

-S-^W^^ I

shin *ng tlh fun*

tixe Ueun sew. " Formed by nature extremely handsome, and

possessing elegant abilities."

ing in a leisurely, slow pace. (E-wan-pe-lan.)

^\ ^?

y 'f^5

Tseun ke, Uae tlh che e yu chung

chay. " Tseun kef, denotes one who is by talents and virtue
KWANG.
distinguished from the multitude."

Hi
Remote; distant. To go a distance. Read Kwang, ffif*
|

Kwang kwang. " Haste; to hasten ; speed ; expedition."

(Mang-Uze Commen

tary.)
|
rerf Gae.

Tseun c. " Great talents." The word E is also

|

Tseun, and ^ ^

Hj

SUH.
^ Tseun, tseun, tseun, tseun, tseun, ts'heun, are found oc
/fl

Tiil1 ,ilh " T m0TC r 'hake tlie he*d A ,llort

casionally used for each other.

ugly appearance."
Y1H.
HUH.
Strong; robust appearance; ploughman-like trudging along.

i
ti f
L l
Tek'huh,
A man's name. Al- Scrib.

K'huh

46 I ^lt^ffi^/iIy,hbooU,*ur,,
piih koo. " Trudges along and heedless ploughs the ground."

Ninth Radical.

113
the cook's place."

Written thus

VII.

Jin \

erroneously.

YIH.
Chdo. To rhyme, read Chuy.
Yih ylh. " The appearance f a crowd fpeople."
TS HEAOU, or Seaou.
FOO. To assist. Syn. with ]j|f| Foo.
Like; appearing like; as if.
Seaou ts'hoo. " Handsome, pretty."

Seau> or
J^p.

LEANG.
Sang tlh po seaou. " Formed very pretty."
To do good.; a good work.

~|~

/f^>
^jj^ Common form of ^ Pe. See below,

A :# 'rt <^ A n

h0

orh long heo j in chay, wei tsuen j in n5ng che. *' To do the
y^lj LE.
work of heaven, and be good to men, ii that for which only
/^P^^lJ Ling le, A common phrase To denote being

the perfect are capable."

Also read, Lang.

J ^j-J^ LanE taD6- " A long *P-

" Clever, ingenious."

jJ^/^^>- J Tsing kwae ling

le. " Very ingenious." More elegantly expressed by Stipf

Kef hwuy.
^aEL tso *+

There are no authorities for

Le.

^ sc* ^-rh'
(Kang-he.) It is, however, in constant use.

From the half of the Character J^j Jow, " Flesh," and
YUNG.
p| TVheay, " A vessel."

A veisel to contain the -victims

Used to denote a block on

To commiserate. Also read Yung, A wooden image made

jflj. ffi} Ting tsoo. ' A kind of tri-

with springs, so as to move, and appear as much like a living

Med ia sacrifice. A surname.

which to cnt meat.

person as possible.
In high antiquity, straw was tied up and made to represent
She-chub. pe'Ib piih yoS to urh tae che. " Though the Paou-

imperfectly human beings, and so interred with the dead, as at

jin, who dresses vistims, should not attend to his duty, the

tendants upon them. In the middle age, as the Chinese say,

She-chub, who has the care of the vessels, may not pass over

that is, about the time of Confucius, the /^rjjj Yung, or more

his attention to them, and take the Paou-jin's place." This

perfect representations of men were invented and used. Con

u used to inculcate the duty of every one attending to his own

fucius spoke against them, forseeing that they would lead to the

business; one who does not do so, is said "^ij^

use of living persons, for the same purpose.

j "^"^

J&J^ Yuf Uoo tae paou. "' To neglect the vessels and take
vol- i.

ii

jj^

On the death of

Woo-kung, of the State Z^t. T"in> >xty six per

y^Jin.

VII.

Ninth Radical.

114

tons were put to death in order to be buried with him.

the enemy. In i

works, the same is expressed by

^J^" y^^v Muh-kung, had hundred and seventy-seven com

=np: Te.

mon persons, and three persons of note, put to death, to be inter

Se ts8.

red with him. The She-kingeontains an ode lamenting the fate

the sense of Sjj^ Heen, " To look."

of the three. About 150 yean B. C. ^jfp j=3 /jjjjp Che-

Sin sin I

And in the style of the

ntday.by ^{J/j^

It also denotes A vane or weathercock.

Occurs in
|

i heen. " To look about under

hwang-te, ordered hit household women and domestic! to be

CHE.
killed, and buried with him.

After him, it still remained a

custom, and when voluntary, was thought nobly disinterested,

and therefore not prohibited. Commentators condemn all the

That which unites two leaves, or planks.

fung. "Tojoinaseam."

Che

Also read Che, To carve or engrave.

parties) both those who required the practice, and those who
TiH'
submitted to it. (She-king and Mftng-tsze.)
Jl^ Tan tjh. " Silly, foolish."
szc wei che t*8 yung. "To invent any thing bad is called Tsfiyung."

^/A./f/f^ |

Shwuyjin ts8 yung. "Who

Shwfl-wan, writes

Tlh, without Man by the side, and hence, in the Kaeshoo hand, that is considered the proper form.

is the wicked inventor?"

//j^T^ YEW.

A surname.

hwAn.
PE.
Finished; doted. Also used for tSj Hwfin, * Sorry dis/$-^Mi Pe kbe" " To eItend * ,trotch mt ^ fec*
in walking.
KING.
/^^^ SAN.
Straight; firm;
Same as

"^'f^. T,n > " S'"J. fcoWs."

Read Ying, Haste ; urgency.

King.
'jjff LUNG.

KEEN.
HL
Like; to be compared to.
t'heen che mei. " Like a celestial i

Ignorant ; stupid ; silly.

Keen
a" for

There are no authorities for this

word. It may be considered an erroneous form of 'j^- Lung.

virtues.
V^j^YINGJ

(She-king.)
Also read Heen.

|^

J K een heen, A kind of spy sent

To accompany a bride to the bouse of her husband. From

Ninth RadicaJ. VII. Jin A

115
Han and Fire, preparatory to an entertainment. The third

its customs ; entering a door, ask its owner's sacred name,"

and lower part of the character, viz. -J-J- Rung, " To join

that it may not be unintentionally profaned." (Le-king.) See

hand*," denotes the compliment* paid on the occasion. (Ltih-

Page II.

thoo.) Commonly, bnt erroneously written Jj^jK Ying. The

^jj^Chin, "I;" J^Shing, "To overcome;"

jjZl* [pfj

I -ff?\ Ts'heen le puh t'hung fung, so e JUh kw8

urh pelh wan uh yay. " In a thousand Le a different wind blows,

Ting. " To accompany ;" and ^jffi Sung, which (

therefore in entering a state you must enquire into its cus

the same, are derived from this-

toms." (Le-king Commentary.) This has a reference to their

\ PEL
45

ideas of the influence ofwind and climate, on the inhabitant*!

Should not; ought 'not. 01. Scrib.

Pei. " Double;

y^)^ Fung suh yew shun le. 'There

are customs both good and bad."

twice the quantity."

common vulgar person."

y?f Ji^fL I
Practiced; common; the custom ; vulgar; inelegant. Also,

"^T>^3^P^^

A = K'ho wei che chay taou, nan yu

suh jin yen. "It may be told to the well informed, but it is

The common business of life, in contradistinction from the

difficult to explain to the vulgar."

pursuits of those who affect to rise above the affairs of this

" Priests and people."

orld

or be turned out of the priesthood."

^ ^ fijj-J5j |^/f|^SeIll cheao ehing

wei suh. " That which practice effects is called Sub,"

|

Fung suh.

af the world."
'j^ ^TJ

-ffiC^ |

''ffjj* j
Hwan

SSmj,un" To leave,

-^J^ftl^J^l

| We nang meen suh- " Unable to rise above vulgarity;

The public maimers; the

_ #jvf Q

Suh jin. " A

or, unable to soar above the common affairs of life."

"]? fifi

| Shang so hwa yue fung; hea so selh yu8 suh.

''The opinions and practices of the higher orders are called

^'p'Sfih yu. "The common dialect; a common

saying; a proverb."

=$/f=f$5" ^ 7"

shwo Hh haou. l- The common proverb says well."

F ung. (wind, in allusion to its extensive influence) the prac

tices of the lower orders are called Sun."

j-Jjf- j

She

sua. " The customs or manners of the age."

so yuh yay. "Vulgar desires; those thing which vulgar men

desire."
^N^IEl 1

ff0 fp^

Juh Wg urh wan kin, jSh kw6

"an suh ; jUh mun urh wan hwuy. " Entering a territory,
"hat are its laws; entering a nation, enquire what are

Sob,"

PuhJyueuh- "Inelegant is called

)

conversation not inelegant."

Yen yu puh sab, "Style of

*^Jr*^^ |

Wo yew seay seu suh sic. " I have a little trifling com

y\ Jin. VII. Ninth Radical.

116

mon place affair to transact ; or am engaged with."

LE.
Stth wtfh. "A Tulgar thing."

jjiS. C.

^%R. H.

^f^^f
To trust to; depend upon. Rustic; vulgar.

YTh heang yew ylh heang che suh ; ylh kw8, yew ylh kw8 che
stih.

" Every Tillage and every nation have .their peculiar

- H"" Wo * coe cne urh- " NotninS 10 depend

on.-

ftri-^f^

not vulgar."

customs."

4Hf-/f^L

I ichih urh pah le' "puin> but

| /J^^^"=" .Le suh che yen. " Lan-

guage of the vulgar."

KEIH.
J
Weary i fatigued.

Distinguiihed -from the preceding by

discourse is called Le."

5. Q

=r Siih yu

yuS Je yen. " The common dialect is called Le-yen."

being joined at the top.

FOO.

Woo wan ya che yen yu le. " An inelegant style of

]]^ s- c
rustic is called Le."

#
To take; to take in warj a prisoner.

/^l

) J

place.

Le tsze. The name of a

j Le, ocenrt in the tame sense. (She-king.)

SXng hwis yue" foo. " He who is taken alive -if called
POO.
Eoo."

Jj^E

Tseen .foo. " (I) a degraded captive."

To hang down the head. "^j^P^ F<x> ch8- " To ^"g

yj^jHE.

H^S.C.

^R.H.
down the head and peck."

A contest between the heart and the countenance; arueflort

to put on.an honest face.
j[

^ y^V^ ^

Meen seang she, sin seang fe yu* he. " To appear

right in the face, but be wrong in the heart, is called He."

(Tsze-hwuy.)

I ^ ^ " J*PPearin5 "

|/p ^ j^j

Tsae foo yang che keen. "Withina look down and a look up ;"
L. c. within the compass of one's view. A redundant character,
the same as^J^J-Foo, and
sense of

Foo. Also read Meen in the

Meen, " Exertion ; effort."

otnePING.

wise expressed by
"f^C

/^jfj} FanE

Gae hC- " 0u,cure-"

0ne write them ||^>

1
To possess a generous confidence in. To employ; to send.

^?jjj^Gae he, by which the characters allude to the obscurity of

Occurs in the sense of

p'"g> M ^fit 'f^f" ^'"^ P'D^

a cloudy day. According to Kang-hc, it was originally written

" Walking distortedjy, or obliquely."

Hae, on turning to Hae, he says, that the character rests

^1PA0U

lifts- c-

{JR-h-

on no good authority; and that it is an erroneous form of

this very character

He.

From Man, and an abbreviated form of

Foo, " To

Ninth Radical.

117

VII.

latch." (ShwS-win.) To feed; to nourish. To embrace; to

I JJpf] P*u

defend; to protect; to preserve entire; to give repose to; to

tion and aid of the deity."

-sustain i to be surety for ; to be answerable for. A surname.

ting urh. " Heaven protect and give repose to thee," my

A city ofa certain size.

Prince. (She-king.)

Sze paou. " A master"

to teach, and " A guardian" to protect the person of the

Prince. (Ylh-king)

p-

" To Protect

Jin \

ne,P I tne protec

J /AE. ^^"T n'en P*0"

Occurs in the sense of jjj^^ Paou, and

Paou. Which see.

Tae tsze tae

.Com. form of/^-Yu. SecRad./AvJtih.

paon. "Guardian of the Prince;" often a merely honorary

situation.

^S>J~^~

T*e t*Ze ,naou P"u>

PANG.

notes an assistant to the preceding.

Paou paou te he. " To embrace and raise up."

f^f

'ffli Paou chung shin te. " To take particular care of

one's person; to nurse one's self."

^-"^p -j^f

Paou min joo chTh tsze. " To nurse the people like in

fants."

False, insincere.

j ^^^^

J /^S- Paon tsuen. " To preserve entire."

/jjS ^jj^'^jp* Paou tsuen shin ming. " To preserve life."

I*
SZE.
S. C. Jfi R. H.
Ik
To wait; to stay. Great (ShwB-wan.) A surname. Re
peated,

j Sze sze. A herd of animals walking slowly.

| 'jjl^ Sze bow ; or -^p j

Ting sze, " To wait."

^"/^'S^F I ^^T^Keunrainschaou

Paou show ching che. " To defend

puh sze kea hing c. " When the Prince called (for Confucius),

the city and ditches."

he did not wait for his carriage to go in," but went immediately

to protect."

Paou kea, or 3j I

-JjpPaouhoo. "To preserre*

" A surety," one who is answerable for another.

Chung paou jin.
1

Choo paou.
||I

"A middle person; a mediator."

[j Paou >nanC- " A security merchant ;" a native

onfoot(Lun-,n.)

J\Jg ^

^ |

Fan keun chaou, tsae kwan puh sze keu. " Whenever
the Prince calls, those in the palace do not wait for their shoes,"
but run instantly,

Wc$& I

PaMpaoune

merchant who is made responsible for foreign merchants who

sze. The herd "sometimes runs hastily on, sometimes (the

tnde to China.

animals) wait for each other."

Also read Ke.

Jj^l

Paou keu. " To recommend a person, and be

security for his good bebaTiour."

Vtou ch'hang.

A kind of constable ; an old person in a street or neighbour

sze tang yuS E-ke-chay. " Officers of the fourth rank in Corea,
are called E-ke-chay."

To rhyme, read E.

hood, who is made, by government, responsible for the_persons

HEE.
" the neighbourhood.
waiter in a tavern,
voi. I.

#S.C.

? ^ R.H.

J Tsew paou, A kind of

Generous and disinterested; forward to exert one's self in

Jin.

VII.

118

Ninth Radical.

behalf of others ; emulous to do what is noble and disinterested ;

Man and Word make Truth, that which is not true, is not

an undaunted spirit in the cause of what is conceived to be

/|j= Sin, The word of a man. (E-wan-pe-lan.) Sincere ; vn-

right.

suspicions ; unwavering ; true to one's word ; truth. To be

/|=|^

Haou hei*. " Wealth and power exerted

in the cause of justice and humanity."

the character thus, #C j|
/J=|

The Chinese define

lieve ; to trust. Faith. A seal. According to ancient usage,

A messenger. To lodge two night*. A surname ; a name of a

Kea foo lelh k'he e jin Uze haou yay. "To stir

diUrict^-g-^^^f^^-g--^ |

up one's utmost efforts in order to sustain personaljustice and

/^f-

generosity of character." ( Ltih-shoo.)

yen how. " Words which remain unchanged: Ching, Sincerity

~^C4 [ 1

Yen ptih yu yay ; ching tsae yen tseen, sin tsae

of intention, precedes words; Sin, Sincerity of declaration,

yue\ He che yen, kei e keuen lelh he* foo jin chay yay.

comes after them." (Luh-shoo.)

" Some say, that Hef expresses exerting authority and influence

Sin shlh telh jin. " A sincere man."

^'fj
| ^"J"

Sin hing keun tsze. " A man of truth and virtuous

for the assistance of others." (Woo-chay-yun-foo.)

Zp- ^

^ P'"g ng yew hee k'he.

conduct."

" Through life possessed a generous disinterested spirit."

^"T* |

ne*-

"

generous confidence and disin

fucius said, a man without truth;1 know not bow he can pro-

terested, undaunted friendship." ^[jj jj ^==

-J|r ^ jEL Q

^jf^ Tsze yue, jin urh woo sin, puh che k'he k'ho yay. " Con

Seang yn sin wei jin, t'hung she

ceed." (Lun-yu.)

J*J AL^A^r

fci wei her. " Mutual trust makes Jin ; espousing each others

flff. |

cause, is called Hee."

jin ja woo sin, Ulh yen hing kae wang. " Truth is a funda

g ^ ^y^|>[ J?

fjj] "p"^7* ^ ^ sin Me Jin che Pun-

^7 ^JX^ /^^"^-[f^Soweikeuenhingchow

mental human virtue. If a man be destitute of truth, his

le, leih chf kunghow chay, she yay. "What is called, Authority

words and actions will all be irregular." (Sze-shoo h9-keang.)

felt through all the country, and efforts which make the nobles
stoop, is the sense" conveyed by Jin hee. (Woo-chay-yun-foo.)
Used for <j^^ Kea, " To take under the arm."
Kea, in the sense of

Kci> " By tne side."

Also read
Commonly,

keaou, yen urh yew sin. " In intercourse with a friend ; he in

whose words there is truth."

tatory sense, In intercourse with a friend, speak the truth.

(Lun-yu.)

but erroneously written thus ''^J^"-

Now commonly used in a hor

_ Jfr |

@|J ^ % g ^

j-j^j jj'-j':, Shang haou sin, tsTh min miih kan piih yung tsing.
g SIN. t

[)gs-c-

0 RH
" Let superiors delight in sincerity, and the people will not

From Man and Word. A man of his word. (ShwS-wan.)

dare to be undevoted." (Lun-yu.)

Notwithstanding the ex

Ninth Radical.

119

VIII.

Jin. ^

aHence of these sentiments, the Chinese are generally destitute

^j^wOl.Scrib. ^ Tsae. See Rad-

Meen.

of truth in a very high degree.

!fS I^^"^T 1

ClMy k hwa Pfih k'h0

/^^Ol. Scrib.^ Yiih. SeeRad.^ Chiih.

sin. " This story is not credible."

'QIJ^J

Sze shuh k'ho <in. " It appears worthy of belief."

J

Wopuhsin. " I do not believe"

;^E]^j|-

Characters formed by Eight Strokes.

/(^/ff^

| J^jj^^NemuntaKsepeen
X^SEW.J

|0S.C.

1^R.H.

tin kwei thin fow ? " Do you, who live in the West, believe in
Keen tin. " To con-

godl and spirits, or not?"

firm faith ;"' or, Keen being an AdjeetiTe, " Firm belief." 'j^j
E sin. " Cre-

Koo sin, denotes the same.

J:^-"pj"'>^
J2worthy of entire belief?"

K'he k'ho shin sin. "How

J3=k

Shoo sin. " A

j=3 Sin selh. " News."

" To break one's word."

| Shin sin.

A surname.
[

^>J^- Sew le. " To direct to regulate,"

JUL [eJ Pjfg ^gT Sew 'e tne min6 chung. " To

jj^y^ Sin poo chuen jflh.

" Turned in, trusting

steps i" i. e. going wherever the road may lead to.

j |s Sin tlh. "Truth,

J j^j* Sew

lljp

Sew keaou

ching loo. " To repair-bridges and mend the roads."

|
|

| 7\fljQ Sew poo, or

ching. " To repair."

Sin k'how shw.

" To say whatever comes first ; to speak at random."

Sin chin. " An envoy."

reasoning faculty, or the principles and practice of virtue.

regulate a clock."

Yin sin. " A seal."

letter.

To direct; to regulate; to repair; to adorn; to cultivate the

Sew Hh. " To cultivate the practice of virtue."

JS^ Sew shin. " To adorn one's person with virtuous

habits."

Ching n ew hin. "To

rectify the heart and regulatethe actions of the body."

T^^KA^ I |-g*nheayewaou
jin, kae sew tlh. " There are, throughout the empire, men

or faith" Also read Shin, in the sense of }-|~) Shin, " To extend
straight." (Ylh-king.)

Occurs also in the sense of j^*

Shin, " The body."

of (the Sect) Taou, who cultivate virtue."

Sew

taou, or

| ^ Sew chin. " To cultivate, and endeavour

I

to carry to their highest degree of excellence, the principles

and practice of reason and religion." It is a phrase much

/fe^0LScrib

Shun' See Rad-

Hfeg>
used by the Chinese priests and moralists.

01. Scrib. ffi E.

See under 4 str.

~^"-^r^^i|^ J "j$f~ tie nae Fuh mun tsie te, le
ying shin tsang Uoo sze, lecn sing, sew chin. " You are a dis

y\ Jin.

VIII.

Ninth Radical.

120

ciple of Fiih, and ought, in a deep recess or i

be done,

to refine your nature (as gold is refined), and to study the -true

to a

(way.)"

to invisible

| yjgjjjj; Sew leen. " To study the

purifying of one's nature."

Sages of antiquity."

"pjtj [

rj|j '^jf^^'V

iew. " The

'

that commonly follows a written request

Prayers written, and offered by fire
3r
keen. " Bend down and fully observe" my prayer.

shwuy

J Tseen she piih

sew. '" Not adorned with -virtue in a former life," therefore

men suffer in this life by povert y and sickness.
Kin sew. " To be attentive or diligent in tbe regulation of
/|^- 7]^.' ^"HC e kwan yu t'heen win ; foo e cha yu te |e j she

of one's conduct."
I Sew han, and

g- Sew shoo,

koo che yew ming che koo 1 yuen cbe (an chung, koo che sze
T,

Tseen sew. " To compose a letter with care."

sang che shws. Tsing k he wei wtihi yew hwan wei peen, she

Keen sew, In ancient usage, denoted a person skilled in going

koo che kwei shin che tsing chwang. " To look up and observe

between parties to contract a marriage.

Sew

the appearance of the heavens, to look down and examine the

Shuh sew. " Stipend paid to a school

principles of the earth, is tbe way to know tbe cause of light

kin, or

master, or tutor."

j /^^"Sew chbh. " long bamboos."

Sew cliiih. " To build."

Occurs in the sense of
to present offerings."

and shade : to go back to the commencement, and turn again

to pursue the end, is the way to know the import of life and

Yew, " A vessel used in temples

of death. The pare aerial principle operates in the formation

of things; the wandering soul undergoes certain tranforraa-

To rhyme, read Scu.

tionst from hence, is to be known the nature of spirits." (Yi li

FOO.

jlpS.C.

|^R.H.
king.) This is the range, which the famous Fuh-he is said to

To stoop the head and bend forward ; to condescend.

jjfj~

have taken, and thus to have exhausted the whole circle of

Foo show mlh seang. " To hang down the

head and think in silence."

Foo fun

tae ming. " To fall prostrate and wait for orders."

Syn. with

Foo, and

Foo. Occurs in the sense

Foo, A district of a certain sire.

,^jj~P

To agree ; to harmonize

Shwuy show she hea yu S foo-; keu show wang shang yuf yang.
" To droop the head and look down is called Foo ; to raise the
^E.KEU.

IJflS.C.

/^R.H.

head and look upwards is called Yang."

4~ ^oo chun she hing. " Condescend to grant that it may
/i~y

All ; both ; together with ; fully supplied with, or prepared.

Ninth Radical.

121

VIII.

Jin/^

/j^-^r Keu he. " Both, or all arc right."

LAN.
J

Keu tsuen. " Complete in every thing."

| /G Fo mo lceu t,un' " Fat,ier and mother are

both preserved" in life. (MSng-tsze.)

yj~

/j^^^gy Lan tae. " The appearance of a feeble old

horse ; debility ; mental weakness."

Tne maou keu kea. 11 Mind and peraon both superior."

I
4|L peaou

^ ^^iMl ^

Keu piih tlh k'he ize jen. None

ofthem die a natural death."

Ken e Uet juh e.

jj^jl

/^^^^Jr Peaou san. " To give i to distribute."

Jj~^

" All have been received."

Same as -ffm Maou, " Pretty eyes."

Same M /^Heaou, " To imitate."

E.
$|;PAE

IIs- c-

^R-Light; that which is made light of.

i^ilE ^ yCW' f revcr*e<i' Y<rw P**- " Dissipated

To be distinguished

from \&~t Tang. See under nine strokes.

play and amusement; theatrical amusement." The fame ii

(BJM.n.
Ch'hang yew, and
*4

II /lis.
^j^.
To begin; to move; to act; to do; to repair. Good; ex

Also read Pei.

| /|JpJ Pei hwuy. " Irresolute i unde

termined ; flying about from thing to thing." Properly written

ceDent

Abo, read T'helh, in the

below.

To rhyme, read Chub.

of 4^J Thelh. See

with ^ Chih, by the side. See Chlh, under eight strokes.

FE.
fit
TSEEN.

fl^ S. C.

$ R. H.
To injure ; to ruin. To turn away from, and oppose what

Shallow ; thin ; thin metal, /j^ &jJJ[j Tseen sze. " Horses
of war carriages with thin metal armour." (She-king.)

yj \

woo fe tlh. " Be not resentful, do not turn away from virtue."

j jj^jf Seaou yung tseen show. " Small war carriage,

FUNG.
with a shallow place in which to stick the weapons." (She-king.)
The salary granted by government to its officers.
HWAN.

Obscure; dull.
Jjjjpr Fung luh, expresses the same.

Si ^jf* fl^f "f^l Hwans hwan ,he how- " The du,lt
f the evening." Read Hwa'n, The forgetfulness ofold age.
oi- i.

fc I

or

J ySjL Fung p,

j ^jj^l|^1^3jL Fung liih seen p8. "A small in-

come."

^^rf'lr | T,in6 Plh kwan fa* " To

122

y^Jin. VIII. Ninth Radical.

of all the

PE. $
Fung p8, y8 k'he woo tfin yu plh ting nan e.

m
When their

income it small, though jou with them not to encroach upon,

f S.C.

<^ R. H.

To cause that i to enable; togWe; to benefit;

duties of an official situation. To accord, or follow.

^sfl.

nor fish from the people, it is difficult" to prerent them.

enable to obtain somewhat to depend on for raiment and food."
yth fung. " Better to diminish the officers and increase the
" Give a rule or an example to which to conform."

emoluments."
j

FS fung.

punishment."

-Sjj

" To deduct an officer's pay

J

^ Fafungsanyue-. "To

forfeit throe month's pay.

|

Che fung, or

Kelh fung. " To pay the salary." It occors written

^^f?]xfvS^l. I Manmlhwangpiihshuhpe. "Not

any of the barbarians but will accord." (Shocking.)
I /fllPe "e" "T ,llu'nt,or ,oolt *kurt" In which
sense, these two characters are also written with

Muh,

by the side.

without Man by the side.

YA. To lean upon; to trust to. Read Ya, Proud.
fa

CHE.
-ft
A wheel. Also the same as /jffig Che, " Uoeten.-

GAN.

Jl^S.C.

^ R.H.
CHANG.

J|S.C.

^R.H.

Used by the people in the Northern part of the empire, for

the Pronoun I."

Q ^ P*

Blind ; blindly. Madly ; madly going on without knowing

jin ch'hing wo, jut gan. " Northern people expressing I or Me,

whither. One says, To fall down.

say Gan." Also read Yen, or according to some, Ye, Great.

" Crazy kind of conduct"

Chang kwang.
Q jM ^ ^ ^

Same as ^ Pe, " To prepare."

Com. form of ^ Y8, "To nourish.

jot, Le chay, ho yay ? tselh sze cbe che yay ; keun tszc yew
ft
k'he sze, pelh yew k'he che, che kw8 urh woo le, pe yew koo
che woo seang yu chang chang boo k'he bo che.
To rejoice | ta be glad. The name of a district. Al. Scrib.
)JjJj Bin.

" Confucius

said, Le, (Commonly translated Kites, ceremonies, rule of pro

priety, 4tc) what is it? It is the rule to direct affairs. A

Ninth Radical. VIII. Jin A

123
Prince who bat affairs, mart bare rule by which to direct

time, serve two masters." (MS. Dictionary.)

them- To role a nation without Le, is like (the cage of) a

Ping k'he. " To rite up together s to contend."

Wind man without a guide, who doet not tee dearly whither

Ping keu.

To stand <

'PJJ*' Ping ming. " To expose one't life in combat with,"

he is going." (Le-king.)

I^Hfc I 4
kwei. " The spirit of a rain who hat been devoured by a tiger."
Tbii pint it taid to keep near the tiger ever after, and to lead

Vu "* pinc ko -

" I will venture death or life with you."

Used in the sense of Jpj; Ping. " To reject or cast away."

him on to devour othert ; hence, a person who covertly intVigrtft man, already rapacious, to annoy and distress others,

yB pelh e taou. " It must be by Taoa (reason), that we re

ii called Chang-kwei, or Laou-hoo-kwei, " The tiger s demon."

nounce our selfish desires."

Read Chang, To stand alone.

Mangchltng.
KEW.

" To lose the road."

Chang hang. "Careless."

In resentment of a crime, to injure or destroy.

/^p. CHE.

In Collo

To walk ; to go.
quial books, read Tsi.
" I, or Me.-

Used by the northern people for

^^jP^ Ts*mun. ' We, us."

^J^" TA. 'jj^ Yfk WanU' " To duregard business/

if^i ^ ^i Tta mun tsre ko. " We, ourselTct."
Ol- Scrib. Jf^Siih, "The morning."

^j^^Common form of writing Jjj>^ Yin.

See Radical

Children and grand children in continued succession.

PING.

IffS.e.

Oa a line with) even with ; together.

Selh.

HEAOU, Yuy, or Yae.

flj- R.H.
iffic

To suffer cutting, piercing pain t the cry of suffering. Pro

nounced differently in different parts of the country.

pe puh Ub ping, it The old and the young walking together,

must not walk with their shoulders on a line with each other f
1 e- 1>e younger must keep back a little.
Same as
contend."

Ping, and ^j- Ping, " Together with) to

fej^

| ^ Woojin

k'ho ping Ke nrh cboo. " No man can equally, and at the

To assist ; an assistant officer ; an assistant carriage.

Also

read Tsiih, A hundred men. In which sense it is likewise

written

Tsiih.

A Jin.

VIII.

Ninth Radical.
i8= jlT J^F J^F

/jpjj^ LEANG, or Leang.

r, iaaS ,in ** f<x* koo

$ R- H
chung. " The granaries crammed, and the treasury full;"

i'-^.'f^ Ke leang. "Art, craft, ingenuity."

$C /Jr^

Yung .cay ke leang. " Use a little craft."

the most prosperous times.

jjpj

ts'hang chin tse. " To open (the public) granaries and sup
ply the wants" of the people.

Ne ke yew tsze seen shuh ke leang, ho Uow

Sung tze puh tuy. " Since you possess this supernatural art

^^^j*|t | J^j. Tfiicn

leang, ts'hang koo. " Honey and provisions, granary and

treasury."

and ingenuity ; Why be concerned that the general, of Sung do

not retire }"

| Jj^ "/f=P K*"

5 Ts'hang tstih. " Haste, hurry."

for

Occurs used

>^ 'M^-3^* Tsang, tsang, tsang, U'hang,

and sang.
,^p^ TSEU.

Narrow, limited, confined,

/UV TSUNG.

z^^jfjsame as ^JJ Kee", To rob ; to plunder.

Wearied; fatigued.

Also the same as /|^' Tsung, ftgh

some persons improperly consider them different.

YUEN.
KO.

^ R. H.

To rejoice and make merry ; to advise and admonish.

11
Common form of

Ko, and z^1* Ko, a Particle that

>j>^Same as ^ Lae. 01. Scrib. j^Lae.

precedes a variety of Nouns, and denoting individuality; as
\fS y\ k im' "0DeTaRD"
^^^TS'HANG.+ 'pS.C.

Urh ko. " Two."

From

Shlh, " To eat," abbreviated, and PjJ Hwdy,

" An enclosure." (ShwC-wan.)

tore, of grain. A surname. Round granaries are called j^fj

Ts'hang.

San ko. " Three," &c. It

is sometimes used without any numeral figure or word ; thus

A place to .tore up corn ; a

granary. Name of an officer whose duty it is to superintend

Keuni square ones

_Z1

|R.H.

J joi^Ts'hang lin. "A granary." jjjfjj

Ts'hang fang, or

yu ne shwO. " I have a thought to mention to you."

j ^

/j^i-

Ping k sang sze. " To hazard life or death

in single combat with."

| Shin ts'hang.
KWAN.

" Divine granary i. e. a storehouse for grain which i. to be offer

it
ed to the gods. (Lc-king.)

^t^|j^J* ^ Kew ts'heen

tsze ts'hang. " Seek for a thousand granaries." (She-king.)

A charioteer; an inferior officer.

expresses the same.

Kwan jii

NlntH JUdifcal.

165

TUH.

VtH.

Jl'n ' \

Tomove; to strike.

Tq.oppose tp act contrary tp. Low ; vulgar ; vicious. To

MUN.
to at much again.

tflR.H.

"^j^^jj^Jlei pan. ' To

kw&n.

" Fat, fall, plump appearance."

Isze k'bc sze yuen pe pei e. " Let th words which you utter be

A Particle added to Pronouns and Appellatives of persons, to

remote from vulgarity." (Lun.7yu.),

form the plural ; is ^ j

Wo raun, or

raun. "We, or us."

JJpJ" Pei 6, Name

of an -evil . spirit, said to infeit the eastern 'Side "of houses,

j

Pel wan.

yfjp

"To, extract from books secretly."

Kea pei, or ^Jp

double the number or quantity."

Keaylbpei. "To

Ne mun.

T'bamun. " They, or them."

Te beung man. " Brothers."

7?P' ~Jl

Kea woo pei. " To add fire times as much."

TsTieen pei. " A thousand times more."

^i^H J

J
I

KB wii y*y mun"

Pei

Tartars, jjg

^ /^?J j
|

Yay roan, The

-^f*-

" A^ yo" s^""01"

Loo neang mun. "You ladies." 'By the

|

chay riitan, is used for " This, here," 4c.

| Na mun, for "That; there; they," &c.

: of a hill. Al. Scrib. |^ Pei.

Gan

Ye, or you."

attendants of officers of government in public offices.

TjjjJ

Kea pei pei hwan. "To repay double."

-/jp."

TEEN
jin ke chfi ma wang chay mun lae leaou. " A group of men

*
Teen, and BmT'heen.

( plenty.
j^SHCH.

ll^S.C.

riding on horseback came hither."

/f|f[J

Jjjjlt ifi.

y,j|R. H.
pa leenwangua mun ylh new,wang cbS t'heen kwok'beu leaou.

9t
Shuh hwfih, " Hastily,rapidly ; a dog running fast

" He gave his face a twist away (in contempt), and stared up
at the heavens,"

Common, but erroneous form of the preceding.

4k
TAOU.
written with

fll^S.C.

^R.H.

Ta, in the lower part of the

To fall ; to fall prostrate; to subvert; turn upside down.

is also

As an Adverb, it possesses a qualifying sense, Such as ; yet still ;

LE.
4*
Anger; angrily i wrangling,
obedient ; refractory."
VOL. I.

after all.
/jj^

Han le. " Dis

"^jjp Jj ^E-T* ^3

Sh?"

****

hem yu6 taou. " The head inverted and placed below, is called
Ttou." (Lfih-shoo.)

I^^^^C |

L hwK *

126

/\Jin. VIII. Ninth Radical.

# R +%:###

#.}: | #
Fang th taout: The house fell down. /\ |
# T. ### HE:# 7R Urhjintaouahin

good, only it incurs a rather too great waste of money," or *

hea pae seay shin shing che she. They both fell prostrate and

trouble.

To rhyme, road Too.

worshipped, giving thanks for the warning or direction, of the

4:

TAN.

taou. To fall on a slippery road.

Choo e taou haoui

chih she tae fe pun seay. Your resolution is, to

be sure,

"e

holy gods."

# |

Ten taou. . . To turn upside down; to put

Stillness; quiet; rest; repose. Settled, unsuspecting con

into disorder; the mind deranged; as

# ##. # |

}H. F. T.

Tsh shang, show hea, wei

Used in the sense ofj#T". To redeem by

viction of

F###/\##}}{%#

money.

tsun peche teen taou. The feet uppermost, and the head

# 7EN" man shi jin chay, the tan tseen shh".

below, expresses the order of superiors and inferiors being re

Southern barbarians who kill a man, may redeem their lives

ji | + #E Teen taou she fe.

To confound right and wrong.
#. | Tuy taou.
To go back, to recede.
.# | Tuy taou. To
versed.

Again,

#f R. H.

KEUH.

# Ketih keang, or | # Ketih keang. Per

push over.

#. |

by money.

Tsu taou. Immoderate laughter.

verse; refractory.
*

Ling jin seaou taou. Make a person fall

down with laughing.

(# |

4:#

CHUY, or Shwuy.

King taou. To fall down

.*

in ruins; to disorder.

/UYS 4#

Sin heung

king taou. . The heart disordered, or perplexed.

# Taou chwang. To lay one's self down in

nuity, in the time of

H' Hwang-te. Shoe-king, writes

it without Man by the side.

bed.

| i:H
tun. Trowsers, or pantaloons.
:# | #1
taou ta. Knocked, or threw him down.
}# |
%R-Taou cha. To pour out tea."

Heavy. Name of a person famous for his 'craft and inge

Taou

HiNG

|#sc 3: R. H.

Tsew

4#f # Keaou hing.

To obtain by other means than

.*, *

Laou taou.

The

tottering appearance of an old man.

those of merit or of right. . To be unremitting in the pursuit

-

--

4th 7H ########| #.

orf gain
gain.

Al. Scrib.
Crn

{#
#

# |

Keacu hing.
hing

(#| HH #/\th- werew shin mo hwa haou

Ning hing. Sycophantick; parasitical.

shw8, taou she ko ming ph taih jin. He has not much to

originally written without Man by the side,it is a vulgar and

say, yet after all, he is an intelligent man.

+: # |
4 U">\

a superfluous addition. (E-wn-pe-lan.)

-Hing, was

Ninth Radical. VIII. Jin/\

127
-

## # |

pay the compliments of the day.

PANG.
we hwang tsae how. Not leisure to cut and aski have not

From

therefore be confided in.

(Lh-shoo.) To assist, to help,

4: |

to.

"d to engage to do; to intrust with. A surname.

Y .

#%

H# |
*4#
435 R. H.

Same

A#, CHHANG
w

Sze how, or

E. #

Eking tang how heukew. Already waited

#. |

Show how. . To waii

an
wait and
watch.

# }# # |
what time, when r" jk | #||

She how.

shin moshe how

Y.

Ting how. To wait for."

along time
ime."

To make light of to reject.

4# |

time to write and pay my respects.

Ping, A friend, or an associate," who may

Time.

He how taou leadu. The period

of fire is completed."
pe

An allusion to the use of fire by Alchymists, in order to produce

**P "ddenly. Read Thng, A conditional Particle,

Hw, it denotes the same.

# J, or BX
A## IE Ch'hangjen

che. Suddenly stopped."

| ## TS #

If suppose; should it be.

... +.H.

- 15-

Joined with

Thangjo pan pth th, If unable to do it.

#### Thanghw fh taou koo ch.

the Philosophers stone. The phrase is applied by way of com

|| .

pliment to literary men, implying, that with respect to them,

there is no further use for study;-their work is completed:
the stone that turns every thing to gold, is produced.

#. |

Khe how,

fi'i |

Ts8 how, A period of

Z; U.

Jou tread in your

Our former
f
f tste . In
i
footsteps.

the

If

l
thi cha
ch
last
sense,* this

*cter is in general use; the Dictionaries, however say, it ought

to be written

r's

4% now

|# s.c. (# R.H.

4% Win how To make civil enquiries; to visit an

#4:
Ru

### |

Tih lae fung how. I have

$ | ift

Respectfully enquire about

(rou
Jour) recent **** common phrase
-

implying "lenquiries about health, &c.

in the close ofletters,

)# | H

Sh

4#

# |

# |

*Si
.."
Ching how. Sickness
-

Z.<

J#
|

Shin mo ching how. What complaint.

Chih how. To wait and watch a banditti.

/\########## * *

taou loo ying sung pin kih chekwan. How jin, is an officer

on the road, who receives and passes forward visitors."

To rhyme, read Ho.

** "Poe to pay my repet.

"g how kin gan.

- divided:
* : *-*.

To enquire; to waiti to expect. To protect, or guard.

equal."

fifteen days, into twenty-four of which, the year is usually

"bowjih kes. B, the present opportunity, I would

|# S-C.
-

i.

%# R. H.

To lean against, depend upon. Inclined to one side. A

surname.

A#(k

|#

C,

E keaou;

k#

| 4: * Ech'hang, All express

-
Reliance on; dependance upon." 4: #ff | #Ewe.
E. lae;

E she ;

A Jin. VIII. Ninth Radical

H# |

Chung ne menjoo mung khe. Chung-ne's (Confucius) face

*H ## R+#1 race " ' ".

was like, what is expressed by Mung khe, irregular and ugly.

keun wei, keuptih kngho. Tsaoutsaou, depending

Al.

so

e-keaou.Nothing to depend on.

on the

set #### # Khe, k'he, and k'he.

powers of the army, obstinately refused to come to terms.

| f: [T] # Eleu urh wang.

Leaning against

the gate of the village, and looking with expectation.

4# THEih

s.c. : R. H.

(# Theih jen. Raised high, noble freedom:

| Theih thang. Freedom and

_t | ###### -- " " ' "

unrestrained.

kan teih neutsze. The

ease of disposition and manner; raised above others; un

women leaning against the railing

si

* ,, ,

of the upper story."

##LH)2S

...

"

{#%

If, AS4% shakeubrake, besiegetaphria. To

J#. # | Fung Iew theih thang.

restrained.

Gaiety and freedom of manner.

lay a plan, but not depend on it; to fill the cup, but not

KAN.
(rudely and hastily) drink of it;" i.e. to be always vigilant

and attentive, never presuming to be quite confident and

* XS:

# # E #4% +

#N |

# s.c.

Kankan, The light of the rising sun; the

light of day."

Ph yaou echt tsze keth lh leang. Do not depend

upon your own strength.

KING, or Keang.

HILITZG |

J. Y.

Chung leih urh pihe. Standing erect in the middle, not in

clining to either side.

| J: E loo.

A coarse shed

Strong; violent; wrangling.

Also read Lang. Remote;

distant. To seek; to desire. .

by the side of tombs, where dutiful children are said to have

*

E]

long remained to weep over their parents.

Occurs in the sense of

# Ke, and of #

TsAY

|| 3 s. c. 3% RH.

Ke.

To assist; to assume; fictitious; to transfer; to borrow,

E,

*/k E, are nearly alike in meaning, as well as in

or lend.

sound; the first is the stronger term. Shw8-win,

explains

these two words, the one by the other, and in a great

many

To pretend; to use metaphorically; to suppose

for the sake of illustration. To praise.

lae.

To borrow.

| # Tseay k'heu.
-

cases, merely gives a word which has nearly the import of the
word to be defined.

(Lh-shoo-koo.)

To lend."

# | No tseay. To transfer; to borrow, or to lend.

3|| | % (###F No tseay with kenjkan.

How many things were transferred?"

K'HE.

| # J: H2. | #| }}|T-, shoo, yuen

A \,

A square ugly face.

{# # Tseay

;
:

4thJEIff jip # 4}{

Petseay King-chow. Lending a book, is like lending King

Ninth Radical. VIII. Jin /\

129

chow," which place was never returned.

| JJ.#
#

laughter.

N Tray taou shjin. To borrow a knife to kill a man;"

conduct.

i.e. to uses third person as the instrument of an injury

one wishes to inflict.

A# |

which

Keatseay. Falsely

Al. Scrib.

4# Ch'hang.

E::= Ch'hang shh, or

Irregular, vicious

Syn.

via"He":

| # Ch'hang taou.

To lead; a leader, either in a good or bad sense.

2n \

borrowed;" i.e. having no foundation in fact; supposed;

| #E Ch'hang kwang.

Lchhang lwan.

To be the leader of an insurrection.

| #d T- ".

############RT

Tseay e. The meta

Kung weiche tsun, ptih tan kin laou, weit'hen hea

borrowed; used metaphorically.

r.

| #1-,

Suppose for example.

ch'hang. He (the Emperor), the most exalted personage, was

phorical sense.

| # Treay win.

| #

To enquire civilly.

#AFI):# Tseay wantsewkea ho choo yew.

not afraid of severe labour, (but himself ploughed the ground)

to stand forth as an example to the whole empire.

wan weiming. Under pretence of walking for amusement.

#1 Chhang ho. To sing, or to recite alternately.

| + }% Ch'hangyu hoyu. Do you sing and
I will respond to you." (She-king.)
## %
| #. Foo foo che yew ch'hang suy. Let the husband

R|

lead and the wife follow. (Shing-yu.)

Allow meto ask where an innkeeper is to be found?

Treay ming.

To pretend; to assign an untrue cause

| ##C#%

for one's conduct.

>

Tseay yew

Phtseay. Sandals made of straw.

# Treay, and # Ts, occur in the sense of

## 14:2:3:###

Teay, but according to Sh-mh, improperly so. Originally

# thus.

...--Ak

written

Al. Scrib.

# Tseay.

Syn with

Kea.

#2+$#7R}##4+}:#
Nooph, ch'hang yev, keih tsng chung kwotsaoule, kin yh

che tsze sun, keun pth chun chh sze ying she, Slaves,

4#

pimps, play actors, and the children and grand children of those
HWUY.

HE& Pehwuy,

Ugly.
who have served as runners of the police, or prison keeper",

ow,

Eloi,

shall not be admitted to attend the literary examinations pre

E classo. '#'s. C. 49 R. H.

paratory to holding a place in the government.

E.

/El Chhang yew, Entertainments of singing and

TSEE.

musi

sic by players.

sedu

""lead away the multitude. Commonly written

Chhant.
# A#E # -tt AA
A:/r
P =# >\ ^n
"gyew, pae heae kung keih he seaou chayyay.

{#

}%#

tla

Chhan
Ki:

|# S. C.

Players; singing girls; prostitutes. To.

A##. Tree yu, certain female officers, during the

Dynasty #
#
Han.

Al. Scrib.

Also used in the sense of

Tse.

Ts, To retire stepping

** are those who make sport

to afford mirth and

vol. 1.
N in

sideways, prompt; expert, observant."

})3] |

130

/\ Jin. VIII. Ninth Radical.

J.h' Etil E letse keen yu

shang yay. See

KHUNG.

( R. H.

superiors with proper attention to the requisite observances."

FANG. 's C. (#3 R. H.

fH

To imitate; to copy.

Seang fang, and

& Fang heaou, express Like; in imitation of ; according

to." The two last occur written without Man by the side.

#H###|
#######|
chay wih she wo fang whateihyang tsze to teth, I

4[5] Khung tung. Ignorant; rude. In this

sense, Syn. with |# K'hung.
Read Khng.
|
4' K'hung tsung. Hurry of business, haste, urgent."
Read Khng.
| Khung tsung. Weary;
fatigued.
% | 4&#' |]] '': Chow k'hung
tsung yushan lh. Pensive and weary amongst the hills."

made

KEGEN. 's C. # R. H.
this in imitation of his pattern.

To desist. (Shw-wn.) Labour ; fatigue; weariness; las

A CHE

ME. s. c. 4%. R. H.

situde.

To manage, or transact; to occur; to take hold of Read

Chih, To be worth; the value of; the price.
_E=- Ta che sze.

j\/#

The principal managers of an affair.

| ## H Z H Shih che chay ke jih

yew sze. It has so happened, that I have been occupied
these few days.

| ## #S chek he loo yu.

Take hold of (and wave) the feathers of (the bird) Loo,

as a signal. (She-king.)

|x|#

Che heung ho.

To meet with severe misfortune.

A# |

# j# ER Ating

shin kwn keuen.

#/\ XN |

The ruit. flagged..

Hwuy jin

puh keuen. In teaching unwearied." (Lun-yu.)

4: |
gable in a

Keu che woo keuen.

pursuit."

To remain indefati

# ## |

keuen. Unwearied delight in goodness.

J# |

L shen woo

XS4L

Ph che yen keuen. Not know what fatigue is.

#########| ||
R | |4}#[f]XS #yu yew p5 heurh puh
keung; tuh hing urh pub keuen, yew keu urh puh yin. The

Kea chih. The price.

5:# J#

###
his moke
the price
tr.
JEl
Q) \, she shin
mokea use".
tseen. "whiti,
What is the
price of
of it?

scholar, (the wise man) possessed of extensive learning,

does

not desist; in solid virtuous conduct he is unwearied; in secret,

| #+ |
cost, ten dollars.

Chih tih shih yuen. It is worth, or .

R |

Ph chih tseen.

does not cost much; it is not expensive.

As |

* It

& Ph chih yihtseen. Not worth a farthing. MS

| {th # # Ph chih yu tha ke keaou. It
is not worth while to argue with him.

he does not commit excess. (Le-king) . Occurs in the sense

of/# Keu, Proud."

Al. Scrib.

% Keuen,

/*
TSUNG,

7F
# _E.Hj /\ Tsung,
Tsung, a demi-god of high antiquity.

shang koo shin jin.

#:

r:

*r.

i|

Ninth Radical. VIII. Jin /\

131

4%. E, Ne

KEU.5 || S.C. A. R. H.

#s c. 4? R. H.

To standerect (Lh-shoo.) Not humble, proud, haughty

Appellative of little children; of those that are weak and

arriage, contempt of decorum. Sitting with the feet stretched

small. To benefit; to distinguish, a limit; the utmost limit

out sleeping about carelessly. In the Le-king, applied to

The banks of a river.

A##X. 13.R.
# Keu gaou piih
Proud, haughty, unhumbled.
##%
H. At

firm strong sounds.

A surname.

JX |Hj#4%

Fan k he maou ne: Send back their old men and children.

mn

I' |

Twanne. The extreme point; the first bud

+|| R

Kweiweit'hentsze urh phkeaou

keu. Though possessing the dignity of Emperor, yet not

I'll
4##"
H|| || 4%
#

proud.

keu,* how ku ng.

ding forth, the commencement; the origin."

I' |
closure. ..

liquely.

Proud in the beginning, and afterwards respectful.

## II-#########

XS:

Ptih lootwan ne: Not to make the least dis

4# |

Pene.

To peep; to look ob

ZE | Z |

Tso e, yew e. To look

on the right and the left.

#{R Yew woo keu

lih woo-po; tso woo ke; tsin woo

4# ws

|#S. c. 4; R. H.

* P not walk with a proud gait, do not stand on one

"tido not sit with the feet stretched out, do not sleep lying

| #. Keu ya, Name of an

"the face." (Le-king)

Constant , regular. Species;

class; kindred; relation; ca

pable of comparison and arrangement; that which is right and

proper. To choose. A surname.

#
Good:

Woo lun.

Five relations, in which human being stand to each other:

|#S. c. 3% R.H.

TSHEEN.
-

excellent. An epithet applied to men, implying

raise
*
and commendation. Pretty formation of the mouth
-

Read Tahi
Ts hing,
of

HL'

they are also expressed by /\

** and- %

Jin lun. The relations

Ta lun. The great relations.

Those relations, and their appropriateduties;are thus expressed,

A daughter's husband; borrowed to act instead

:~ serve for the time being.

J.H #4#

% =###########|
}|| K-4 HJEAH2X #4E * *

A. # H # ^\ Keaou seaou ts'hen he, meimh

yew tsin, keun chin yew e, foo foo yew pihi ch'hang yew

Peen he.

* How
handsome her mouth when she artfully

yew seu; png yew yew sin. Between a father and son, kindness.

miles! H

and duty; between a prince and minister, rectitude in ordering

"P"tty her eyes, in which the black and the white

* clearly disti.....:-

" *istinguished" (she king)

thing For; instead of.

4\. |

and in serving; between a husband and wife, separation of the

Tae

duties which lie abroad from those at home,

" each

taking

their appropriate parts; between seniors and juniors, elder.

A Jin.

VIII.

132

Ninth Radical.

brotheri and younger, order j between friends, truth." (M&ng-

Read Wo, It denotes the Japanese; as

Wo jin.

tsze and HB-keang.)

" A Japanese."

Woo boo! Shingjin cheHh, pun yu jinlun. "Mort truly!

,X. ifflx^l 0

The morality of the Sagei (of antiquity) centered in the relative

kw8j tsae Hwuy-ke che tung, yew wei che JIh-pun kwB. ' {n

duties."

L8-lang sea, to the east of Hwuy-ke, (in Che-keang) there is a

-{-{jf y^lj^iZL. |

Th* Pfih ,Mb 1,00

lun. " He it ignorant (ofthe common) relative duties."

^rfff. |
order."

p'p"

Yu woo lun t'hsze. " Discourse without any

^ \ tjfcjf^jii | K jln pJIhyu k'he

lun. '* In comparing men, you must rank them with their own
class." (Le-king.)

31^-

/j^

J Maou yew yew

|^] Wo kw6. " Japan."

^1 L8"Unsh,e chung' >ewWo

country called Wo; it is also called JIh-pun, ' The source of

day;' " hence the European name Japan.

In a Geographical

Work, published about the beginning of the Christian era, the

| ^/\^

Ji" or Japanese, are said to be divided into

upwards of a hundred different states. It is added, that the

luu. " A hair (though small), yet (has figure) is capable of

surrounding islands were all peopled by the

being compared." (Chung-yung.)

chung, i. e. The Japanese race.

E lun yew seu.

| 'f^C^l^

jjEt

Wo

"The unvarying principles by which the

LO.

great relative duties are arranged." (Shoo-king.)

The name of an insect The name of a country. Used
for ;jypL Lo. " Naked."
Great; lofty; bright; manifest.

^E^^j^f|^^|a

Read Ko.

Hae ko.

" Narrow, illiberal, mean." Also read Hwa, Naked shoulders.

Cho pe yun han. " Clear and extensive as the Milky Way."
^$> SUNG
(She-king.)

| j

Yew chB k'he taou. ' There

Lazy.

is a large open road." (She-king.)

iffit Keung sung, " To rail ; to abuse ; to

heat with contempt." It is a local word.

>^j? Same as

Kwang.

See above.
/j^p LING.

WEI, and Wo.

S. C. \^ R. H.
To insult; to exceed or pass. over.

Read Wei. Yielding appearance. A man's i

/^F

Also read Ung,

Lang tang. " Walking feebly ; weak ; stumbling."

jjjl Wei che. " Appearance of returning from a distance."

4IL hwAn
appearing to return upon the great road." (She-king.)

Hwan tun. " Dull ; stupid ; blockish." Name

133

Ninth Radical.

IX.

Jin A

of a penoo famous in history, who was particularly stupid. In

CHING.
Tio-chuen, written with yjC Shwfly, "Water," by the side.
01. Scrib.

Ching. To commend j to praise ; to exalt.

TUNG.
/^Pjjj* TSEEN. To advance, to go forward,
Utijjl lung tung. Weak, feeble.'
Lung tang. " Simple, stupid."
^jjc YEN.

S. C.

R. H.

TSZE.
To cease ; to cause to cease. To lie down ; to sleep ; pros

4
To stick any thing in the ground ; to erect, or establish.
A local word used in the Eastern part of the country.

trate. The name of a place. A surname. A place partitioned

off for the offices of nature.

fll^y^C ^en

woo sew win. " Put a stop to military operations, and culti
/^H HAN.
vate literary pursuits." (Shoo-king.)
To extend the head and look towards. A good looking

^Mj^'T* jpT

Fung hing tsaou yen. " The wind blows, the grass reclines."
J^lll* 1 ./jJlTj^Hwo selh yen Uae chwar
at rest lying sleeping on their beds." (She-king.)

^J^OI.Scrib.^Taou. SeeRad. JUMing.

Yen go. " To lie down ; to lie down to sleep.'
Yen fuh. " To subject"
Same as ^j/j^ Keuen.

See above.
desist, to cease."

|=3 Yen selh. "To

/ID*
r Yen keen. " Stupid ; irreso-

t
lute ; proud."
/^t^. PUN.

Yen choo. " Marshy ground."

Name of a Military Officer.

(Tso-chuen.)

-^jlA

WOO.

A man's name.

N WAN, or No.
fa
Weak ; toft ; to stop.

By Sha-muh, read Lwan and Lo.

Characters formed by Nine Strokes.

CHUNG.
i

^jjfr PING.

fjfc Lun" cnun^' " Not meet'nB w'tn not 1

All ; all complete ; arranged.

Al. Scrib.

Ping.

4&<Common form of j^L Ying. See Ibid. \tiU Tsaou.

TOL. I,

ing j imbecilityi dotage." Syn. with 'fc|g Chung, "Irresolute."

yj^GHvi
HUN. Thick; substantial; rich.

/\ Jin.

IX.

Ninth Radical.
violent effort" Urgent; with haste. A martial appearance.

^ame as 'fjf Seen.

See below.
A bamboo rod. Also read Ke, under which some Dictionaries
place the last sense.

>^j^KEA.

]]f|S.C.

To cease ; to stop.

j /pjj Ke keu.

i&>R. H.
Certain verses, or enigmatical sentences of the Sect Fuh.

False t fictitious| to borrow; to suppose; great. Read

Kea, Eicellent; beautiful.

Read Kea, LeaTe of absence.

Read Klh, To come to. The name of a place.

L. r~
"TfP J,^
"^
" C'le
know whether the words be true or false."
iM.

-j^r ~\0t_

" If; or suppose that it be."

pose for example."

1 "^JJ] Keajoo.

"To rehearse, or explain the

WEI.

|f S. C.

4% R. H.

y|_ /j^fe
|

Jin tsae kwei wei. " Extraordinary talent."'

^-^E 'ift

we'

cnaiR- " A great and ex

traordinary character."

Kea ,ne- " Sup

5^"*- ^j^^A, Kea show yu

jin. " To borrow the hand of a person;" i. e. to commit to

hi. care.

lte'

Great; extraordinary; surprising. A surname.

J /^jj Kea tseay. " To trans

fer nominally; to borrow, or lend."

Keang

enigmas of Ftth.

H ~=~
y
1
" ^ DOt

6 vi she chin tah' hwan ,be ke* i'ih' " u

it true, or is it false i"

P^li^ I

/^JH^lI \

Repeated,

Yu yn. " Walking alone ; solitary ;

none to associate with."

Bent down ; stooping.

cbe yew e, pnh kwang kea mei. " The mind distressed, not
y^j^j^ Same as /jjj^: Ping.

See below.

leisure to undress to sleep." (She-king.)

"jjfl

pin kea, or

Kaou kea. "To reJAY.

A surname.

quest, or announce leave of absence from official duties."

/^jjj

J Seaou kea. " To have finished the service on which

TE. To advance with difficulty. Al.Scrib-^E? Te-.

one was absent, and to announce his return."

J -jjj^

Kea tsae t'hiien ming. " Great was the sanction

HWAN.
of heaven" obtained by Win-Wang. (She-king.)

A surname.

J^j Klh yew meaou. " To repair to the temple." (YThWEI. To approximate ; to attach to ; to love.
king.)

To rhyme, read Hoo and Ko.

CHUEN, or Swan.

Repeated, ^J^J |

K8

" The appearance of using

fl$$ S. C.

Affairs fully provided for; to collect together. Orig./fffelhua.

Ninth Radical.

135

P'heen fang. " A concubine."

|

SHOO.

IX. Jin \

j J^|L P'heen yaou.

To erect ; to establish.
" Inconsiderately bent on a thing ; determined to have it at all
events."

/^^^ Another form of^J Seun. See above.

Efb Woo p'heen, woo t'hang.

ills | /n\.7JT
" Not influenced by selfish motives, nor devoted to a party."
(Shoo-king.)

^{^.feL^f | 3&^A

/|^JJ KElHj0rKe8.
^jy'jlpj" ^gg* Yu ke woo so p'heen sze; yu jin woo
Weary; fatigued.

^^J^ Keaou kelh. " To re

ceive ill usage."

so o t'hang. " As to one's self, not in any degree influenced by

selfish motives ; as to others, not devoted to the interests of a
party." (Tso-chuen.)

P'HEEN.

liraS.C.

P'heen e. " Bicolored

raiment" (MS. Dictionary.)

49k
By the side; lateral ; inclined ; partial to; bent upon having,
or doings retired; selfish; depraved; one half; belonging to.
Fifty men ; twenty-five chariots ofwar. A surname.
^7

f^R.H.

Zj Q

P'heen koo. "De-

cayed on one side, or one half decayed-'

t'hoo. " Degrees of longitude."

cja
K'HEEN". The thoughts disturbed {.disquieted.

Chungcheleang pang yu-p*een.

46,

"The two sides are called P'heen."

Jjpf

Tung p'heen.
YEN.

" The east side." (Tso-chuen.) In the passage alluded to, it is

A counterfeit article,

explained as denoting something inferior and worthless in the

East ; the same is affirmed of the West and North, as net being

y^^^ FUNG.

The name of a place.

T'HANG.

ching tso, wiih p'heen e. " When sitting, sit straight, do not

A long appearance.

i
lounge on one side."

ZH^ P'heen luou. " High on

6.

one side."
|
j

Pheen gae. '^Strong partiality."

Jj^'[^

Sing tsing p'heen peJh. " Led away by a perverse

||S.C.

/[jlfR.H.

/^^/^y^B tsuh. " To restrict; to limit,"

A surnames

8 tsuen, Name of an immortal.

attachment to; disposition wholly devoted to one form of

pleasure or amusement"
cbe kien.

j ^^p^nh p'heen

Singularity of opinion."

^jiL Y&.

Many; much.

Woo chlh p'heen keen. " Obstinately to adhere to a

partial and
view of the subject"

Together with; uniting with others in strenuous effort.

\ Jin. IX. Ninth Radical

^Zj* I

136

Kae kae- " Strong vigorous appearance." (She-

to be.

/j/^/jj^jT-^t.

you doing?"
if-

{=} ;#P -tfi, pi,h kae' yen yu k,he

fie tso shin mo. "What are

jfa^ffij^ | ^M"'

k'heu na choo tso shin mo. "What did you go there to do i"

t'hung t>6, t'hung che, pun tlh tsze joo yay. " Pelh kae,

^t| 1

Nan U0, " Difficult to effect."

expresses that he must act with hit comrades, and ttop with

^jJ^Tso ptih lae. "Unable to do; cannot be effected."

them; he could not do as he pleajed." (She-king.)

"ffc I

Kae yew. " Together rove."

"Can you do it or not?"

I W NC U tlh' Ph ^
|

Tso tlh. "Do can;"

i. e. either "I can do it; or It will do."

erroneous contraction of

Chay. To

| ^\

'fit'T y/!f ^ ^

^j]-^.;^

Too haou sze t'how, piih he ming

drag." (Kang-he.) According to Tsze-hwuy, read Ch'hay, To

tso. "All like to snatch it secretly ; and do not wish to do it

rend asunder.

openly."

^jgf^

grf J|.-^-Wo

yaou ne tso y ih chang chfl tsze. " I want you to make a table."
SANG.
j

4*
Straight, direct appearance ; long appearance.

K =j^p ^ ji^?

Tso hca heu to yuen han.

" To make to one's self a great many enemies."

*g*

Tso kwan. " To be a magistrate, or officer of government."

^fpt7Sameas{SLK' han. See under 6 str.
/^Tiojin. " To act as a man."

'f^Nj^ P1]-

"e m'nS ^eaou 1,0 ,nm m0- " What ii yonr

Keu mow. " Mean, miserable."
name ?"
Same as

TE.

Sow.

See below.

%
To raise up. Read T'he, Feeble, weak . The two characters
written

Te tseun, according to Ching-tsze-tung, and

^Ijj^ Cn*

three other Chinese Dictionaries, arc in Kang-he's, written j

" *PPcarance of a worthless bad man.*'

'^jjll Tc hwuy, but no where are they denned. The MS. Dic
/j^TING.

fl^S.C.

^R.H.

tionaries have defined them by " Sapientissimut." They pro

bably mean " To Elevate ; to exalt; to dignify."

To cease; to stop; to delay; to stay; to fix in a place.

'I'/Hl I j- Ting che, or

TSO.

I? S. C.

Ting selh, "To cease;

\& R. H.
to stop."

Common form of 'pj? TsB. To make; to do; to act as;

~|~ Ting kung. "To stop work."

jjl Ting show. "To cease from doing."

j
i^t^K

137

Ninth Radical.

IX.

Jin

TingyTbhwuy. " To stop a while."

j Woo yth iclh che ting. " Not a moment's delay."

jj^

Tsze sze kan kin pan kelh, puh k'ho ting lew jlh kew. " Hasten

PEL
-ft
To reject ; to turn away from.

"jlj'^^jLL. W

pei lelh. " Do not stand with the face tamed away." (Le-krag.)

the finishing of this affair; it must not be delayed many days."

KWA.
||ul

til

Rung pa ting selh mae

oiae. " Apprehend a stoppage of trade."

"j^^li^llj" ^ |

^k^^J^C

j^j /f|p) Te1h kwa- " Appearance of walking."'

Wourh.Uiekeen tan
YE. Light;

tsS, puh k'ho kew ting. " My child, there is a great and mixed
.oncourse in this place, we must not remain long."

One says, Handsome t pretty.

i.

^/^j
HWANG.

'^g^ ^CW wan^ niingtsae shin, puh kan ting lew,

woo fun jTh yay tsin fa. " Being under King's orders, be did

At leisure,

Fang hw,U1e- " Agitated; con-

cerned; distressed

not dare to delay, but pushed on, irrespective whether it was

YAOU.
night or day."

I j|l ;J^

Tins keu taon *** " To ,t0P the

carriage on the left side of the road."

|

J^t

rfb Yaou neaou. " Small waisted."

Jjijl ^f?* ^

P00 man man *'n6 cn" seay

i young men and women, on a Spring ramble."

Uow. " Going leisurely ; stopping and walking alternately."

CHAN.
J Pffi Ting shing. . To delay promotion."

=^

Teaou ting. To arrange; to modify; to cttle."

||j Ting tang, or

Chanjen. " Regular; properly adjusted.*'

Ting to. " Arranged well,;

TSEAOU.

settled fully."
It sometimes seems to denote, A part.

jj^-^jj^

ting ting fun kae. Take mj fami,y propertji ud diTide

U into share. "

j=T

forehead, nose, and chin.

t*e"011- " v<C'ous ; malevolent."

>^^^ Same as

How.

See above.

Sa ting Are ^ w ^ ^
YEN.
Originally written JEi. Ting.

To rhyme,'read Tang.
Clean. Some make it the same as "ffp" Gaa,
E. I.
p

A female

\Jin.

IX.

138

Ninth Radical.

of impure mind ;" and hence, they consider the definition

SEU.
" Clean," as improper.
Epithet applied to those who possets talents i
YEW.
Read Seu, Open ; I
To stand by, or wait upon as an attendant. The authority
to be 1
of this character ia doubted.
Hwuy,
KEEN.

S. C.

1$ R.H.
CHA.

To extend.

Strong; not susceptible of fatigue; indefatigable; unwearied

and unceasing as the daily revolution of the heavens. Read
To commit to ; to place dependence oik
Keen, Difficult | to ra'ne. A surname.

^\~y^^L

M-f~&& SS^F A T'h^e,, h,nskiien.keun

TSZE, or Che.
tsze e Uze, keang piih iclh.

Heaven it unwearied and un

ceasing in its daily motion; and the good man, in imitation

thereof, is indefatigable and unceasing in hia personal efforts"
to attain virtue and excellence.

/J^fffiy

Taze sze, (or che chc ) " Irregular; apparent

disorder," as in the flight of birds and the frisking of fish.

I ^,'n^
TO.

shin keang keen.

A surname.

" Strong conttitution and good spirits."

i

jj-^ | Chwang keen. " Strong, able bodied."

J^T.
^jjL Same asJ^ Yins- See Rad- ~j Neu-

'f|f|j^t

Taun te hwan kang keen. " Honored

body atill strong and vigorous ;" i. e. You, Sir, are atill rery
/j^ FOW
hale and stout.

Keen taiih, " An able bodied soldier."

To accord with. Read Foo, To rely upon.

/jjlf/j^: Tangthb. "Want of humility,; abrupt" Properly written without Man by the side.
SOO.

A surname.

jjjj

" Propriety and music accord with the nature of the heavens
and the earth-"

j=J

J Ttze foo. " To be self-confident."

S, peSh.
To oppress; to ill use; to compress; to fill; to distend.

^ Original form of "fj^. Peen. See above.

139

Ninth Radical.

IX.

Jin j\

Is'bin shang. piih pelh hea. " A good man does not encroach
SEtH.
on superiors, nor oppress inferior*." (Le-king.)
| Seay pelh, and ff]^

Fiih pelh, A kind of buikin

Ta-kdh, and brother of the

One of the sons

tied round the leg, from the knee to the foot, used in ancient

famous 3^E Yaou, who is supposed to hare lived about A.M.

times when going to Court.

1600.

Pelh ken, A kind of

^JJ^ Ching-tang.

The first of the Dynasty

Shang, was descended from. Selh, removed from him

leather buskin, said to give firmness and strength to the muscles

twelve generations. 01. Scrib.

of the leg ; similar to what if now called ^-j-jj^T Hing

Selh. A surname.

|^- Fuh yang, The name ofa placet

ting. ReadFuh,

SEUN.
CHE.

To wait on. To prepare ; to provide.

To transmit to others what has been committed to one's self.
/H7 SZE.

TSUNG, or Tsung.

'fJS I

" Oppressed by a multiplicity

of business ; completely wearied out" AL Scrib.

]|jgs. C.

Sze "e-

"To reProTe' or admom,n> witn

frankness and sincerity."

Tsung,

[SR. H.

| | "t/J "tjj j

which, by Kang-he, is called the vulgar form ; other Dictionaries

tse sze sze, e e joo yay, k'ho wei sze e. " Confucius said, He

call the above the vulgar form.

who with unfeigned sincerity reproves and admonishes (his

MEEN.
friend), who lives in agreeable harmony (with his brothers),

may be called Sze," a well instructed good man.

Towards; rather inclined towards ; to place towards. Oc

Read Ts'hae, Strenuous effort) great talent and ability*

curs in an opposite sense, viz. " Contrary to."

Appearance of a large beard.

TSEIH.
j

TWAN. zj^/j^Chaoutwan, Littlc.smalb

The appearance of many

>Ql|J TSIH, or Chlh.
Moaning ; the tone of lamentation after weeping.
yf\'^j5jj^Tu"6 Uxe ltun Puh e- " Children (at

S. C. ^ R. H.

Lateral ; oblique i deflected ; . perverted ; depraved i mean ;

vile.

Tslh shlh. " A second, or inferior wife ; a.

the tombs of their parents) weep, but do not moan and htment

concubine."

afterwards.." (ie-king.)

Woo fan woo tsih, wang taou ching chit. " Without contrariety,

& ' | i^JHjH

\ Jin,

IX.

Ninth Radical.

140

without obliquity, the royal law it right and direct." (Shoo-king.)

^ |JL|

Tae nan han che Ulh.

ide of the louthern hillt." (Shc-king.)

" By the

arecalled Ke."

jTC

in marriage; a pair; husband and wife*

j5^ |

**e'

Tslh go.
gow, and

" To tleep on the lide."

] P'helhgow. " To pair; to unite

pj2^

Ha gow, alto express To unite in pairs."

Tilh urh

urh ting. "To apply Uie ear to, to listen "

j |J|]^

Tilh low, " Of low rank ( mean i Tile."

yin she e hS gow nan neu. " The Sages accorded with the

Fan Ulb.
seasons in uniting persons in marriage;" they appointed that

" A rebeJlious faction."

JTh Ulh. "The tun

it should take place in the Spring.

'J'J^ JpjT j'

declining to the Westward ; about two hourt after noon."

j

Ttlb kwan. A certain kind of cap.

TiTh ting, A species of the fruit commonly called

Le che.

Chlh Ulh. A certain coin..

Occurs in the rente of ^3E, Tlh. Which tee.

yin yuen leang hea heu ching keagow. " You and I agree upon
the marriage, and both promise to become a happy pair."
j

Oowjen. *' Accidently ; by chance."

rfrj ^
accidentally.-

y|j=^ CH HING.

Gow jen urh yew tah" " Happened

|

7^ ^ fijff ||: Gow wei

j]^ S.C. ^J5 R.H.

noo kea so tlh. " It is what I obtained accidentally." Nos>

To inquire. A tpy ; a tcout tent to watch the motions of the

<neray.
|

Yew ch'hing;

p j Ch'hing sze, All express the same.

wise called gfiQ Ml Se Uo, and f3^

kea, " Slave," is an epithet by which a woman designate* herself.

Loch'hing;
A spy is other

Keen te.

Ching kwS che che gow urh, fe Uze che kung yay. " The order
introduced into the country, Ching, was by chance, and not Tsze,
from any merit of yours." To rhyme, read Yu.

A carved image of a human being. Two, or a pair; an even

^^^^CHE.Things coming together.coming into contact.

number; of the same company or dan of persons ; to accord

y^T'HOW.

gjs.c.

i&RH.

with; to harmonize. To pair; to unite; union; to occur; to

happen accidentally. A surname.
An Image, an idol,"
image/'

~f"

/^|\. |

'fp^l 'fJjj'L ^ow temS*Iun Kw- " A wooden

Toogow. "An earthen image."

Gow jin. "A statue."

fiEj "^j" ^nwans ,n

[E]

Remiss ; careless ; weak ; ill-managed. To steal ; by stealth,

clandestine.
J^" J^-f^ |E|

^ J % ^ l$r ft ^
]

'',ze

' ^enn t*le cnan5 king, yih

keang; gan sze jlh t'how. " Confucius said, a good man, by a

^01",, cn'n ,no ju* M.

reverence for propriety daily strengthens his virtuous habits;

' ''Pair (or even) numbers are called Gow ; tingle (or odd) numbers

he who indulges in pleasure, and gives up the restraint of his

Ninth Radical.

141

X.

Jin

UMUi become* daily more weak and remiss." (te-king)

I

zjj^ Thow p. " Negligent; remiss."

J

Charactersformed by Ten Strokes.

s^pj

Kow Ulway fhow gan. ' CareleM and

/p|UwEM

remits in order to obtain ease."

To idle about*

Thow Uon. "To steal ;*o

pursue one'i own gain by clandestine mean*."

it home," is applied to a fraudulent person.

^$p[ ^frj)

Shoo tse k'how t'how. "To pilfer at a rat, and steal as

. dog," expresses, petty thief.

^R.H.

Great ; extraordinary \ excellent i magnificent; strange; mon

strous,

^ Thow urb jnh ihlh. "To steal a child and bring

IS S C.

Thow heen.

l] jfjj jfj

-js^

^ ,T* kwei e

" Great Dd

extraordinary calamity i* a conTulsidn of nature, as mountains

rushing down and occupying the beds of rirers at an eclipse of
the sun or. moon.

Read K'hwdi,

/H K'hwei luv,
I IBB3
Certain ludicrous, but ingenious moving figures, made of
wood, first invented about A . M. 3000 ; at present, called

jSj

Thow tlh le urh how yew hae fhow

tlh IS urh. bow yew yew day, thing jin pun wei yay.

^J^jj

Mhh gowhe. " Comic performance by wooden

figures;'? a mock drama, or puppet thow.

Alto read Kwuy.

" Clandestinely to obtain gain, from which will result future

In Chinete Dictionaries, the Pronunciation, as hat been

harm ; clandestinely to enjoy pleasure, from which will result

already noticed, it given, by what it called the "t/J T**'>

future sorrow, are things which the wise man will not do."

and also by the

| /^T'howtto. "To do by Health:"

Yin; thusr the Character under

definition, Kwei, is made from Koo and Wei, which are the

Ttee".

Thow the. "To look by stealth."

The Yin, is a single word derived from Koo and

Wei, united. , The Tse'S, are called -{3^- Moo, "Mothers;"

To rhyme, read Yu.

and the- Yin,

Or. Scrib. JppeJh. See Rad.

Tsze, " Sons;'

Under this character,

Sin.
Kang-he's Tsze-teen, charges the Dictionaries Tsze.hwuy, and
Ching-tsze-lung, with mistaking the Mother and Son. The

y^^01.Scrib.|((|:T'heIh.SeeRad.g Mfih.
first of the above Dictionaries, gives Koo hwuy, as the Tsef,
and Kwei as .the Yin, but the finals, Wuy and Wei- do not
OI. Scrib.

Yin. SeeRad. j|.Fow.

agree; or as Kang-he says, Wei is not the Son of Wuy.
The other Dictionary, is charged with mistaking both Mother

^fjL 01. Scrib. ffi Paou.

See above.
and Son, as it gives for the Tse<, K'hoo hwuy, and for the
Yin, it gives ffi^j" Kwei, which Kang-he, ia this place, says
is not aspirated.

1.

However, under the character

A Jin.

X.

142

Ninth Radical.

Kwei, Kang-he gives, as its TscS, the very same syllables, viz.
K'hoo hwuj.
Id the Imperial Dictionary, this disagreement between the

/ff^Maha.

Fearless.

syllables given, and the syllable derived, sometimes occurs, as,

IS Same as ^ See".

See belovr.

from "Fang peaon," the word " Peaou" is derived; from

" Wang keu," they derive " Yu i~ from *' Chang keu," " Shoo,"
shIh.
and so of others. The fact is, that the Pronunciation is by no
means so invariable and determinate, as some European Writers,

i/fc cb1h ,hlh' * T,1h

" r,c'ou' wicked-"

who dash at once into the intricate and less tangible parts of
KE.

Looking on the right and left.

the Language, would insinuate. The Aspirates and Tones, and

even the Initial Sonnds, vary with different Writers, in dif
#|] THAN.
ferent places, and as enunciated by different Speakers. There
are some cases, in which the usage is general and determinate ;

At rest ; still. A duplicate form of '

Than.

and there are also many cases, in which it is not so. When
FOO.

J|j(s. C.

^R. H.

Natives disagree, it ill becomes foreign students to affect infal

To annex to; to superinduce; to lay on a surface, as
lible accuracy in Aspirates and Tones.
colours on paper; to arrange; to insert names; to bring
SOW.

together; to extend to. A Tutor. A kind of agreement, of

Aged; an epithet of respect addressed to aged persons.

A man's name. Some say, properly written

which document, each party takes half. The name of a plant.

Sow.
Pe che pull tsun, maou Ueang gan foo. "As the skin does

TSEW.

To hire one's self out to others.

not remain, how are the hairs to be inserted ?" (Tso-chuen.)
j j|r||
Che che. " Irregulars wth-

"j^Q

"Face as if painted."
Same as 7M. Ts'hin.

yp(| Foo shing yew. " To apply the sacred oil." (MS.
Dictionary.)

out order." The name of a place.

Fooyenslh. " To lay on colours."

Meen joo foo fun.

\

Tme fo' "ld ^j/" |

See above.
Shaou foo, Were anciently Tutors to the Princes.
^jjEp Foo yu, A certain office about court

^j^j

SOO. Towards ; constantly inclined to.

Tsze foo. " A Tutor ; a master ; a literary patron." Persons
i.

Ninth Radical.

143

X.

Jin

emulous of promotion, commonly pay their court to one in

KEANG.
power, tnd when presenting a donative, compliment their ex.
' Not pleasing; not flattering.'

pected patron with the epithet, Sze foo.

Foo hwuy.

"To bring together; to drag

Foo hwuy k'beshwa. "To

P
drag together a number of particulars; a forced application

4
Also read, Heang.

together.'

of what is said."

/jj^

| ""P^^ Ylh fo

theo-

/fSL MA
A person's name. To rail, or scold. The same as HS Ma.

" Rising to Heaven," said of a bird flying. (She-king.)

PANG.
To rhyme, read Fe.
To approach to ; to lean against Read Pang, The right and
YUEN.
'Ufa
Knowledge and talent employed on the side of what is vicious

left side ; lateral. Read Pang, /J^E- |

Pang pang. " Al

ways occupied, unable to obtain rest" (She-king.) /^pjj" J

E pang, or j ^||- Pang ch. " To draw near to ; to recline

ad unprincipled.

against"

Pangjinmon hoo. "To

YUNG. Many ; a multitude ; luxuriant

depend on some family for support."

j-^j-j

Pang hwa urh tso. "To go near to flowers and sit down."
LElEH.
The tablet, dedicated to the deceased, in the temple of

pang, san neen phh ching. " To erect a shed by the side of the

ancestors. Some affirm, that the character should be written

road, cannot be effected in three years," because so many per

without Han by the side.

sons interfere and object ; a proverbial saying, intended to ex

press the difficulty ofeffecting that in which many persons claim

Alfc MUH. Part ofasurname containing threeletters.

a right to interfere.

^ >g-

| X^M^k

Piih kwan pang jin shwiS twan ch'hang. " To disregard whether
^|~^ YIN.

Superabundance.
by-standers say it is short or long ;" i. e. ill or well.

According to Luh-shoo, there is no authority for this characterTSEiH.

KEEN.
Envious; injurious; poisonous.

-ft
Leen keen. ' Coming up to in walking ; over-

HE.

taking."
fe

Anger.

s. c.

144

A Jin. X. Ninth Radical.

talents fill public offices; then the learned and good through

Ali
4#
t

Same as

# Teen, Subverted, deranged, mad."

-*

out the Empire will be pleased; from other States they will

-> *

T'HAE. Same as

j'

desire to come and live under the auspices of such a court.

T"hae.

Which see.

(Mng-tsze and H-keang.)

# |

Ying k,

': | -H Hosks:

THANG.
che sze. A person eminent for virtue and talents," a hero.

4#4

A#

Thang thh. Wanting in humility; abrupt.

-R

4th/73; H # | ####A
Thanae yih neu chung haou k8; che yung chwang tseun.

HAOU. The name of a place.

This character is

She is an heroine, complete both in knowledge and valor."

doubtful.

MINC. Very drunk. Same as # Ming.

4%

KEE. '#'s. c.

R. H.

f: #
"...#A:#####
A:#####7\#####

CH'HOW.

A person of a tall

appearance.

The shooting forth of grain; eminent virtue and talents.

+ A#####c. kw8 wanjin chay, wei

che Ying tshen jin chay, weiche Tseun, pih jin chay,
che Haoui shih jin

chay, weiche Kg.

Perior to ten thousand

wei

Knowledge su

Persons, is expressed by

4##": "r "t. " " " " ',

opprobrious language." A local phrase.

4%

ten, by

the sense of Is, are.

* :######E4%
Tsaetih che eyu chung chay, yu Tseun-k.

lents and virtue superior to the

HE.

A certain People. A man's name. Occurs in

Ying, to one

thousand, by Tseun; to a hundred, by Haoui to

KEUNG.

Ta

4%

Also said to denote, To wait on; to follow.

Same as

See above.

rest of mankind, is ex

21 SHEN.
pressed by Tseun-k8.

) Seun.

To excite; to inflame: conflagration.

##-HI ##4

##| 4:#|# F###

#Hi}#II}^+ ###

A P.

KHEEN. To follow to wait on, to attend on.

Mng-tsze yu,

Tsun hen, she nang; tseun kee tsae wei, tsiht'hen hea che

*ze kae yu, urh yuen leih

Honor the virtuous and

yu ke chaou e.

Mng-tsze said,

employ the able; let men of eminent

4#/\ Khen jin,

4:

KE.

Attendants."

surname; a name.

Ninth Radical.

# TSANG, or Sng.

Jin

X.

/\

kung san; seaou jin tsuen ch'hang ta jin chay. Five men
with one umbrella; little men's sole dependance is on the

A term applied to those in inferior stations of life. Also

# %: Tsling foo, and # |

read, Tshang.

Laou

form of the character, in which the top part represents the

% 4#

ting, Are epithets applied to persons.

# Tsing footsuychwang.

shelter afforded by great men. This is said in allusion to the

character

The messenger (of the bride

/\ Jin,

Man," of which there are four small

ones within.

groom) urges (the bride) to dress. The bridegroom sends a

{# P

messenger and letter on the day appointed for the marriage,

|# s. c. 4:5R.H.

to the house of the bride; the letter contains compliments,

Completed, ready; prepared: provided against; sufficient;

Praises, and intreaties to hasten and come away. The inten

entirely , every thing prosperous. To provide; to assist; to

tion of it is, to remove the unpleasant idea of going unasked.

guard against. A surname. Occurs denoting the Claws of

#.

# T*hang nang. Confused appearance.

animals, and long military weapons.

#4#

To announce that a thing is completed.

Kaou pe.

'# |

Chun

CH'HUH.
pe. To prepare.

# Chhh sih. Bent, made to crouch or stoop.

*" in the sense # Chhh. Domestic animals."

Fan sze

tse pe leadu. Every thing is ready.

of

2^* SAN.

JL # # | T

# |

Yu pe. To provide for; to make previous

arrangements."

R. H.

R.:# J%%:# |

Fan sze

pth seen yu pe. In everything (you) must be prepared, or

To

** to shade off the sun or rain; an umbrella.

Parasol,

"umbrellas were first mentioned in books, published

"t A. D. sco. It i. *id, that they took their rise,

stand

"and banner, waving loose in the air.

Yu

from

4/r

+.

it :

| Z#

Weisze sze naek'he yew pe

1H. #

yew pewoo hwan. In managing any affair, (whether in war,

husbandry, or other affairs in life) there must be preparation :

Lo

#
of the officers of government, carried
" "hire panel of
" attendants:

# H H.7% H

#: it->

f 4'-|

|
'
-

" "An umbrella to keep off the rain."

make previous arrangements.

JLEff
#+2 ,
S, #C-E-2
#-Z1x |
%+2\}HR
#+2.
; #X

being prepared, will prevent evil." (Shoo-king.)

'" is otherwise called, H # Jih chaou.

Leih san, The broad brimed bamboo hats of

* poor Chinese.

#. Fan so yangsze che gin, keaou sze chefs, woo Puh pe

che. Every favour calculated to encourage the

scholar,

*- : |

Kae

san, To 9pen, or sp

*d out an umbrella.

Hi/\

# 2] /\#s6. %2\# wo. jin

every regulation calculated to further his progress in learning,

is fully provided" by His Imperial Majesty.

(Shing-yu.)

vol. 1.
r

HI # | #| ###"r"

/\ Jin X. Ninth Radical.

|
##R

4% YUNG

yen mo. Is the family entertainment prepared yet?

T. Y Pe hea leadu. Prepared.

J # # | woosoptih shun chay weipe.

## Yung hwa, Name of a certain

Fang pe. To guard against.

# XR | %

/\ wook hew pe yuynh jin.

Do not expect everything

filled by a female, during the Dynasty

quieted; uneasy from disease.

Han.

Read Yng. . One says. It

denotes, Elegant.

A:#######
#EAR}#########4s
-

Yungyung, To become easily habituated to , also di

from one man. (Lun-yu.)

t | %

official situation,

Every

# |

thing prosperous is expressed by Pe. (Le-king)

|#S. C.

YAOU

/\ # is tsaek yew twan ch'hang;

To serve, to be under the orders of others; not pure;

+4% M yaotl,

A certain

pih yay yin nng show jin: pth keang k'he so pth nng,

depraved. A surname.

wook'hew tsuen, tsih peyuyih jinyen. The talents of men are

tribe of foreigners, who profess that their ancestors, for some

various: they must be employed according to their ability; and |

meritorious service, were manumitted, hence the name implies,

not a duty forced upon them for which they are not capable.

Not to serve.

Do not seek perfection, nor require every service from one

4:

T*HAN.

Uneasy, disquieted. Read Th,

man. (Lun-yu and H-keang.)

4# # Thjung, A person of no talent or conduct.

To rhyme, read Pelh.

The same is written

SAOU.

Proud.

}: VL Th jung;

|# S. C.
Thjung, commonly

% HEAOU.

so.

(#

To conform to some rule.

|t. 4%) 4%

& Helou yen. Effect, or consequence.

drunken frolics. (She-king.)

| #

Kungheadu, Meritorious service.

4# UNG.
#
N

Pieaou laou, To labour, or exert one's self agreeably to the

Jji |

#'s. C.

H: #4% | * * * * * *

| H|4||#####".

wish of others.

Th

The wild frolics, or ludicrous tricks of a drunken man.

koyang tszetsotih. This is made according to that pattern.

W

###thejung. | 4

s. Vicious, or as one says, Inattentive, unobservant."

k Fang headu; | # Headu fa; and H|| |

}: #

# R. H.

To imitate; to regard something as a law, or rule.

Tsih headu.

and

Distorted, perverse.

TSEIH. Little, small.

147

Ninth Radical. XI. Jin /\

A# Samea, H. Pelh.

FUH.

-a

To actcontrary to justice and propriety.

See Rad.

JETsh.

## ,

###########
## -H- #

4# TSHUY.

'#'s. C. ( R. H.

Woo taou wei choo, woo e wei

# Tseu,

To urge; to impel; to importune; to press.

fh, wootaou fan e, chung go so kwei, koo e keu. Destitute

was originally the character used in the above sense;

4#

"fright reason, is Choo, destitute of justice and propriety, is

Ts'huy, was adopted in later times, they must be considered

*"wicked" may be resolved into whati, unreasonable

the same in pronunciation and meaning. (Kang-he.)

Not

"d unjust, therefore it is proper to punish decidedly.

withstanding this, they are now manifestly different.

Considered Syn, with

4%

Fi

4th j lik

/ # Properly written 4%

# Ts'huy thakwaeseay lae.

Urge him

| # Ts'huy taou.

to make haste and come.

To

Yu. See above.

urge the giving of what is due to require urgently.

To abscond. The pronunciation not known.

## Ts'huyts'hen leang.

To urge the payment of

duties or taxes in kind, required by government.

EE.

Ol.Scrib.

# Paou. SeeRad. --Men.

WNY

4 # Same as #Te.

See Rad.

Chih.

Original form of k Tso. See above.

YUNG | #S. C. # R. H.

V2.

Ol. Scrib.

Paou.

See above.

To serve for hire; to engage to labour for daily hire.

Read

Ch'hung, Equal; even; to treat in the same manner; impartial.

#.

KEIH.

# " keih, Weary, fatigued.

Occurs in the sense of, To do; to use.

A person hired.

->

(# /\ Yung jin.

% | Kea yung. Persons hired

#& T### J
++ o-'--

for domestic use.

CharactersJormed by Eleven strokes.

|H|4|44f K'heu tso yung kung, keang ting sze

{#" |# S.C.

leang yin yih nen. Went and hired himself to labour, and
settled for four tales a year.

*,

#
Fl

# |
-

Mae tsac

A good *P*rance, a man's name.

yung. A person who sells vegetables."

4#

EE

Same as

{$ Luy.

See below.

+j\ AN | |''':####|

Haou theen

ph chhung, keang tsze keth heung. The ways of Heaven

/\

Jin.

XI.

Ninth Radical.

148

are not equal, in sending (on us) this great confusion. (She

sung, che piih k'ho mwan; 18 ptih kho keih. Pride should

king.) In this apparently blasphemous sentence, the Poet is

not be cherished ; the passions should not be indulged; the

said to have referred to the reigning Prince.

mind should not be self-full (or inflated with a conceit of

having already attained every thing); the enjoyment of pleasure

TSAOU. The whole, one complete round.

4 b:
4%

should not be carried to the extreme point. (Le-king.)

MA.

(# # Mh. Strong, robust.

% ## | ##

Ketih tsan, yew yew

gaou shwang che. Though the Keiih flower be faded, it still

proudly braves the hoar-frost on the branch.

Same as # Shh.

SHUH.

Al. Scrib.

4Wil
4#

Same as

Tsung

#% Gaou,

and

A#

Gaou.

Some also use it

with # Gaou, and |#

in the same sense

Gaou.

See under 9 str.

*\ZN

{# Le.

Same as

Which see,

PANG.

A'. LEO.

Of the same company or class. A surname; a name.

A}},
SUNG.

Rapidity of motion:

going fast; the

Name of a deity.

KEA,
. . pn 1

swift motion of the wind. To rhyme, read Tsung.

It is defined by

or pretended master.

CHAY.
NYWY

A## Chay lo.

# +. #1. Kea choo yay.

The sense given is doubted.

# CHUEN.

Strong, but not virtuous.

A false,

'#'s. c. 4: R. H.

To transfer to; to deliver over to in succession ; to communi

GAOU. '#'s. C. W. R. H.
cate information; to deliver an order, to promulge, to record;

Uncivil proud to treat with neglect. To brave proudly.

TH

#### Sing

haughty disposition.

tsing keaou gaou.

# |

Proud,

Chhang khe

> "Myja

Proud and injurious.

to follow in succession. Read, Chen, The instructions, or

books containing the instructions of moral writers.

{#
-, }

.#chuen
show.
X

keaou gaou. To nourish his pride.

J# Gaou yo.

to hand down to posterity; to send by express; a kind of pass;

SFI':#76 FI (E&M, HFS'.

#AS F] # Gaou Ph kho ch'hang, yt puh kho

To deliver to.

wei. To transmit the throne to.

| ATI clues
| # Chuen

wn, To tell, that persons may hear; to declare to.

*

# Chuen taou.

To promulge virtuous doctrines

Ninth Radical XI. Jin /\

149

| #% Chuen keaou. To propagate re

ligion."
| #k # /\ Chuen keaou tih jin. One
# Chuen te. To pass
who propagates religion."
#. X:#
from one to another."

or principles."

Chuen te win

4: case.

|# S. c. 4:# R. H.

To bear a burden; to be in debt; to owe something.

| H (#k: hea chungchae.

\

/\

chang. To transfer a written document from one hand to

Chae jin, or

To owe a large debt.

Foo chae.

A debtor.

-*

another.

Chuen, expresses a person's having arrived at

the age of seventy, from his then transferring the management

of affairs to the hands of others.

thing that occurs.

~\ Chuen shw. To

+ % #### * is

, #3.

jin, chae choo yuen kea, tsung tsze tsin. Endurance, endu

# Ne puhrungshang

* thuen hwa. You need not come up stairs to

any

A creditor;" also, one who has some

claim on another, some reason for resentment against.

-1

transmit by tradition; to spread by verbal communication.

{{: R |H _E. %

| +. Chae choo.

report

## X # FH #
\

rance, endurance, (or patiently suffering poverty and hardship)

is that by which all revengeful claimants and resentments,

# |

will be entirely prevented.

Ne chae, Some

# | + H. Haou sze piih chh mun; g sze chuen

debt owing to justice; or some crime left unpunished in a

tsheen le. A good action is not heard of out of doors;

former state of existence, which involves the individual in this

a bad action is reported to the distance of a thousand le.

life.

H | #'.4% #. Kho chuenyu how she

worthy

|### E} ++ }: |

Kwei wo we chow

H
t

H: { *

shoo she chae. I am ashamed that I have not paid the debt

through suc

which I owe to the classics and Historians," the import of this

be transmitted to succeeding generations.

-

***ang chuen. Transmitted

cessive

# |

ian-"

generations.

Pe chuen, To transmit

secretly,

"7"some secret, as the composition of quack medicines

&c. , CO

mmunicated by others.

ceived

from one's

J. H.
-

ancestors.

Tsoo chuen. Re

##
Chun tsew

chu

is, I have neglected, I have not read them.

l H
j# % | +:#T" koo taou, foochae, tsze hwan.

From ancient times it has been said, the son should pay the
father's debts.

%2f HH | #| + Yae.

* Name of an Historical Work, by Confuci

us, one of the

yew thow, chae yew choo. Resentments have a head, debts

Five King.

Also read, Chhuen.

have a lord;" i.e. resentments and debts have respect to a

particular individual, let them not involve others; find the

4: * Esc (" "

person to whom the affair properly belongs, and it will soon

To be

"ward as a mark of respect.

Hunch-backed.

be arranged.

4#

SUY. Lateral ; inclined.

Vol. 1.
s s

H.

Same as

Tsih, occurs in the sense of Chae.

(# Tang.

/\Jin.

XI.

Ninth Radical.

| /\ 4 Shangjin

tsae. To waste property.

We

TSUH.

A surname.

ming To injure a person's reputation.

4, Jl #

# YAOU.

A####
11 | NZ ####
| Han heu punjin, seen woo tsze

'# S.C.

k'how; shang

Wie

jin che yu, hwan she tsze shang. He who

takes blood into

To deceive by mutual falsehoods. To be pleased; dissimi

# # (#

larity in size; that compared with this.

his mouth to spurt at another person, first defiles his ow"

mouth. He who utters injurious language, injures himself."

Leang peen yaou. Both parties deceived."

######| ####
CHEN.

To stand and wait upon.

Yu koke wang lae, woo shang yuming ts. To have
intercourse with singing girls and harlots, will not injure(Jour)

WP

Same as

# Keu.
reputation," is the language of a profligate man

2.

W]

| #/N |# wooshangyu le. No breach of politeness."

CH'HANG. Appearance of standing erectierect.

# U.N.: |

Wo sin yew shang. My heart is

grieved and wounded. (She-king.)

SHANG; 3 s. c. 45 R. H.
-

# #1. # #

| |# Kung tha too king shang tsing.

Apprehensive,

mournful thoughts; distressed in mind; to give pain to the

that observing appearances, (former circumstances would be

AH
brought to recollection, and) his feelings would be hurt. H3

% #%

T (###/\####/|\#HXSW,

|#

/UN Tang hea she neu ke jin, keuen kae seaou teay,

Tta sun shang. To wound and injure

ph pih shang sin. Then, several of the women in waiting,

+ +ASH | Kean

endeavoured to persuade the young lady, that it was not

To wound; to injure; to hurt; to wound the heart; grieved;

feelings. A surname. Also read Shng.

% chs shang

.#T# |

che sze.

by all. " "

Mortally wounded.

tsze puh chung shang. A good man (a brave soldier), does

necessary to be deeply grieved.

not wound twice;" i.e. he does not inflict the unnecessary

4#

wounds of wanton revenge. (Tso-chuen.)

Com.form

J##Z %+2\}###

shin te, a

foo, show chefoo moo, puh kan hwuy shang.

I would not

CH'HANG.

presume to injure that body, with its various parts, which (1)
Same as
have received from (my) parents.

shang ping. An inward complaint.

of #Neaou. SeeRad:#E.

###
Bad, vicious.

#Keang, To lay prostrate.

[k] | #Ns,
J# *

Occurs also in the sense of

King.

151

Ninth Radical.

XI.

Jiny\

indicates perfidy." (Le-king.) In the passage from which this

<^j^ CH'HE, or Tse.
is taken, rules are girea bow persons may be looked at by their
To stop i to embarrass ; to detain.

^sJ*

ell'ne'

inferiors. The ministers of state are not allowed to look the

Emperor in the nice, they may not look higher than the Test that

u Undetermined ; irresolute."

binds round his neck, nor lower than his girdle ; they must fix
their eye* upon his heart, and -with profound reverence, wait for
Light ; giddy i sprightly ; light-headed i crazed.

the high decisions of his Sovereign will.

|

Kj p*ou"5 ** pfib **e wans cluuiei

,ne y,n k

the earand listen."

Sha seaou , or

K'hing taou. "To subvert."

jjj^ K:hing foo. "To lay prostrate."

K'hing pae. "To ruin."

Shatsew. " Vicious; immoral."

lay sideways."
HAN.

K'hing seay. "To rush down," as a mountain,

tsze ize telh. " Paou-y ilh, was not as usual, but appeared like
a light-headed person."

K'hing urh urh ting. "To apply

|^

j ^|| K'hing tsTh. "To

j j^^" K'hing tsae. " To waste property."

A surname.
| j|J j//^ pj||K'hinE rUn lew le' "Affairs being over
turned or ruined, (he) becomes a wandering fugitive."

Orig. form of ^ Hwa, "A. flower."

K'nin5kea>tnanScn'n8n- "To ruin a family,,
and squander the patrimony-

jfc^^j&ltft

CHANG.
|
A husband's parent; same as jjjj=[ Chang.

||S.C.

kwS k'hing wang. "Excess in pleasure is adequate to cause,

the complete ruin ofa family or country."

Chang hwang. " Alarmed, frightened."

/j^K'HING.

Kwan yu tae kwo, nSng ling kea

"jlj" 7^ ~

"

^R.H.
Koo Jin ylh keu tattb. puh kan wang foo moo, kung pa k'hing

Indirect; lateral; sideways; aslant; overturned; thrown

teg. "People in former times, did not dare to move a jingle

down. Forms part ofthe name of a hill. Read King, An instant

step without thinking or their parents, being apprehensive that

they should slip and fall," and thereby bring a dishonor on
their parents.

gaou ; hea ju tae tslh yew ; k'hing Islh keen. . " In all cases of
looking at a person , to look higher than the face, indicates pride ;
to look lower than the girdle, indicates sorrow ; to look ;

K'hing ylb. "To run over," or break over the

edge of thUwhich confine,.

'g* ^ ^ ^ J|lJ

j Thang che, k'he mwan tslh k'hing. You " should know,

JN Jin. xi. Ninth Radical

152

that when a vessel is full it will overflow, or is liable to

#. |

Show low. A crooked arm.

23b.

F:
overturn. To rhyme, read Kwang.

# YN.

A crooked back.

Pei low.

I#
R

's c.

Tseu low, A curved, or bent instrument, or

utensil, with which things can be taken hold of, or carried.

A kind

of Broker; one who assists in arranging commercial

transactions, and who decides the price of the commodity.

TH + /\ She choo jin,

The same is expressed by

l |
tained.

Low keu, Name of a place where tortoises are ob

Also read, Low.

Same as

{# Pe.

See above.

The director of the market. And according to one, by

f{j

Pihlae. (E-wn-pe-lan.) A surname. The name

wi PHEAOU,
p.
E&B S. C.
or Peacu. |#

. . W.

Ne

of a district; also, of certain genii.

Common form of

#.

Chih.

See Rad.

Light; airy; volatile, nimble, active. Originally written

Too.
with

{{#

JK Ho, Fire, below, and denoted, The rapid motion

of fire. Applied to personal character; occurs in a bad sense,

CHAOU.
denoting Levity; giddiness.
Little; srhall.

4# |

Chaou chaou, Long appearance.

# KiN, or kin. '#'s. c. 4: R. H.

-

# TE.

Talents surpassing the rest of mankind.

Rather deficient; hardly, just about; just able, just
adequate; a little over. Its common

yet nothing to spare.

Fearless.

#4%

Chih shih. Bad, vicious.

Read .

Cha.

import is No want, and

CHIH, or Tsih.

4' |

w",
wVQ

SEE,

Kwa cha. Appearance of walking.

|# S. C.
# |

# H (# #% Che yungkin

kow. Hardly enough, or just enough, for the requisite

expenditure.

| RISH)

Kink'hot'hung shun.

Just well enough written to be understood and read with

or Seih.

Sound; a gentle sound.

Se se.

| #H Kin kin foo yung.

ease.

A slight

noise; moaning.

A # Lw. || s.c. 4% RH.

sufficient for what is wanted.

{#

LEEN.

#+

Leen tsze. Twins.

-

# |
\

The backbent; curved ; distorted. To bend. A surname.

Read Lw.

4:( Low kow. Short ugly appearance.

Barely

A small species of fowl.

Kelen,

YU.

Same as

{#Yu.

See above.

Ninth Radical. xi. Jin

something; or, to express the same.
% El j'
# Tsheen yu, woo, Kwan-tsae! All exclaimed, Kwan

Also said to denote, A wounded appearance,

tsae" is capable to disperse the waters of the deluge. (Shoo

#"

king.) The passage from which this is taken, represents a great

% an |'s
has c. 43. R. H.

To put to shame; to disgrace. Read Lw.

4.

deluge to have taken place in the time of

Lew

whose name is

# Yaou, a Prince,

placed amongst those of the highest antiquity.

2.

lew, To walk as if lame, in an idiot, or foolish like manner."

One says, it occurs in the sense of.
of

Tsheay, and in the sense

It is highly probable, that the passage contains an imperfect

tradition of that awful catastrophe caused by water, the par
ticulars of which are recorded in the Sacred Scriptures. See

Lh.

the Introduction to this work.

4:
MAN
LX-

# R. H.

##|| JR E. |

.#T# H. +1 Len-kea, yih yuts'hen, takih keu

-

Slow; remiss; negligent; careless.

#+ , |

yay. The Len-kea, is also called Tsheen, an instrument

ZR (# Keun tsze kwan urh plih man. A good man is

easy and liberal, " not negligent.
# # AS H
##| |##|A# | Shoo hwan piih yew le, tsih

wth which to thrash grain.

Peilwante man. If ease do not spring from a sense of pro

Deathless; immortal.

SEEN. : S.C. 1: R. H.
-

Same as

4|||

Seen.

A# |

Seen seen, To brandish, as a weapon to caper about.

To

*; it will terminate in disorder and sloth." Occurs in the

# Man, Water rushing over that which confines

"defile." Also used for l' # # Man, man, man.
\

sense of

PING |# s. c. 4%. R. H.
Retired; secluded. Read Ping, To exclude; to reject; to

rhyme, read Sin.

THAN.

4# k Than kin.

E.
#

A foolish appearance.

|%

Ol.Scri
Scrib.R.R.Chih.

ee Rad.-H-Fow
+. .
See

throw out.

TSHEEN.:

# s.c. : R. H.

43-ols: #Shwuy. SeeRad E.

>-

Derived from

/\tel, III] Heuen, and //\ Tsung,

% KEUNG.

Same as

# Keung

which characters, naturally make the idea of the compound,

See Radical '

viz.

Ho.

""", uniting, and with an audible voice, consulting about,

-

"ing" general entiment.

WOL,
0L.

I.

All; all uniting to declare

rt

of, Taking hold of.

As a local term, occurs in the sense

\ Jin.

XII.

Y1NG.

Ninth Radical.

154

To direct; to moderate.

^j^ SEANG.

jig S. C.

^ R. H.

To imitate. Figure j like t similar.

Seang sze.

An unauthorized character, occuring only in one

"Similar to."
book, and seeming to denote, Surrounding and conflning.

j ^jj^ Poh seang yang. "Not like

(any) pattern," is used to denote, that which is very different

from what custom and propriety require.

Jin

Expresses a negation, as, It is not o. The pro"Figure, or likeness of a man."

" Likeness ofa person'* face."

nunciation is not known.

iL

^un5

Tsew seang yTh ko mei jin. " Just like a beautiful

yj^l 01. Scrib. ^ E.

woman."
j^J

pih e, Name of a certain breed of hone*.

image."

^S\j^

| H'n5 ,e*nE- "Figure, likeness, an

jp|jj

Shin seang. " An image of a deity ,- an

Same as /{1f Tse'e. See above.

keaou, keen poo tsin meaoa, keen meaou nuy shin seang, kin
'^jjj^ Same as

Tung. See above.

shin tB 13. " Yu-tsun, having descended from his chair, and
walked leisurely into the temple, saw the golden bodies of

Charaters formed by Twelve Strokes,

j^fe Original form of <||| Shwiiy.

the idols exfoliated f i. e. ungilded.

URH. According to the Dictionaries, read F.,
tame as ^\ Urh.

PEE.
Ill
Same as
Pel! wiS.
ments."

Che.

See above.

"The appearaure of flowing gar

There are various other model of writing this

SHEN.

|S.C.

phrase.
An appearance ; to put on a good appearance.
SEEN, Chuen, or Tsun. ]H?|! S. C.
m
To number ; to arrange ; to adjust. Read Tsun, The person
who presides at a village i

KEAOU.

flifs.C.

i^RU.

High. An inn, or lodging place for a stranger. To dwell

in a temporary abode. A surname.

Ninth Radical.

155

Shackled, hampered, cramped, either physically, or from

| #.

4: # Keun k'hoo,

prejudice, or custom.

44 ns

#X |

kind of cow.

Ph luy, A certain

th."
" or Yuy.
THUY, Thy

4Fl

->

# Ph.pe.

Male and female domestics," strictly speaking, not slaves,

# S. C.
but in common use, the words are applied indiscriminately

Accustomed.

fH. # Thuy jen.

Compliant; with

mildness and ease. One says, A long appearance.

4
#

%X

| 4:# 2 # Nooptih tae che kwan shoo.

Slaves, treat them with indulgence.

afflicted.

/\

Hooptih,

Nooptih. A slave.

a.

Distressed;

Jin

J#
|
JL

Names of a certain official situation.

2+ KEUN.
The name of an animal.

XII.

to domestics, whether bought or hired:

ph. Domestics.

TSEIH. Men assembled together.

-

A-B."

R E]

Kea

4+ + 2\ E]. E4+=F

Sze
Yu kung,
ze yu
kung, yu
yue Chin;
Chin, sae ya kea,
Kea, yu
yu

Psh. One who serves the Prince at court, designates himself

AN

byy Chin, one who serves the higher officers at their houses,

KHEU.

designates himself by Ph. (Le-king)

He him; it.

-A-LN,

Term by which That, he, or it, is designated, or addressed.

### |

Ilf.4% # # Hoope cheching,

/

him. :

TsN.

great decree have respect to you," i.e. May the determinations

of Providence be in behalf of you, and your family. (She king)

|
To

assemble, or collect together; to converse; many.

In this sense, used for

I' Tsun, Respectful.

A man's

#
To

# Pah keu. To

al:

4:

|# s. c. 4: R. H.

To feel joy, to take delight in. To be cauti"

A. V. 3; R. H.

follow, or comply; he who gives himself to serve.

A servant in a family; one engaged in inferior, laborious, and

Irean empl

conceal; to hide.

To rhyme, read Pih.

# HE

name,

PUH.

King ming-yew puh. May the

of; to

A## He l. To delight; to.

rejoice; joy; delight.
Syn, with #

dread. A surname.

He.

4.

Jo

# Laou. SeeRadji Lih.

l

Same as

Ployments. A charioteer. A disciple. Used in the

Bnguage of se
self-abasement, to designate One's self. Employed
-

"mean service.

CH'HANG.

W1

Broad; wide.

**ve respect to, or belong to, to hide,

A surname.
grading."

{# |
E] |

Ph ph, Troublesome and de

Sze piih, and

X |

Tae piih,

Re

KWANG. A martial appearance.

Jin.

XII.

156

Ninth Radical.

manifest that which is meritorious." (Sboo-king.) Choo-foo'4J** JEN, orShen.

\MS. C.
tsie says, that this is the common interpretation, handed down

Weak; fragile; timid s fearfill ; solicitous. At present used

from one to another, but to him, the passage is unintelligible.

to denote , Harmony and ease.

LEAOU.
JUHiAUU.

\ Chen tsow.

m S. C.
|||
I

Also read

" Abusive

Chwan, To prepare ; to supply.

\% R. H.

I*
A companion; a comradei a colleague; a fellow officer i

^jpj^Ol. Scrib. ^[Ylh,and^YIh.

periom of the lame rank ; of the tame kind or clan. To

labour together. Read Leaou, A good appearance-* an easy
and gentle manner. A surname

"j^^" ^wan 'caou

Formed from Han, and To do, denoting that it is the doing

PA lcaou. "All those

"B"
officers who arc in service at the same time."

of man, not the genuine production of nature. (Seu-kae.)

False; counterfeit; not genuine;

T'hung leaou . " One of the same rank."

"H^

"A fellow officer."

I
leaou. " Officers of government generally ."
| ^ Leaou yew, or
leaou telh pang yew.

tfj Jjfl

Cha wci. " False; deceitful; fraudulent conduct"

| Te wei.

Thung

" Officers oT the same rank, and

deceitful; fraudulent.

"Fictitious; not real; not genuine;"

applied to any commodity, or to money.

^fe

wei. "To put on a false appearance."

==

T,'s
pj

employed in the same neighbourhood, or in the same service."

Yen yew k'ho e wei wei; mow tsze tslh yew pu'h yung wei

To rhyme, read Lew and Leu.

chay. " Language may act a deceitful part but. the eyes
y^K'HE.

j$s. c.
cannot play the rogue."

Thrown to one side, or thrown down. Whatever is unable

to adjust itself.

/j"]^ | K'he k'he, "The pranks of a

Used for

| jjjfjj Wei shin. "A false god."

Wei, A kind of screen. (Le-king.) Syn.

with "1(V o.

person intoxicated."
TANG, or Ch'hing.

i
Excellent ; dear; perspicuous ; near.

Walking as iflame, or debilitated. To disregard business.

FAN. Same as ^ Fan.
/?- CHEN, or Chan.
Common form of jfB Hwuy.
To see; to manifest

'j^^/j Chen kung. "To

157

Ninth Radical. XII.

Jin A

Same as ^ Heth. SeeRad-^ Yu.

KHE.
To open the garment! at the neck.

43^4*' Pe k'he.
yj^TSEW^ortH^S.C

^R.H.

"To extend or itreteh out the feet in walking."

From Man and J^J^ Tsew,

" To approach to." To en

HUEN.
gage; to employ; to procure; to hire.
Flowing in different, or oppoiite d irecHons. Read Ch'huen,

Formerly written

without Man by the side.

Sleeping with the feet inwardi from the door; the custom of the
barbarians of Cochinchina. When a man if about to die, his feet

Which see.
SSL FOO. Properly written /MffiWoo.
/tit

are turned towards the door. A precious stone formed in a

W$ SANG.

Tlffi S. C.

R. H.

particular way.
Priests of the Sect of'j^j} Fuh, who are otherwise called
THEft
^j^
:/ffc The* tfih. "Slippery; artful." Sometimes
erroneously used for

Sha-mun; also denominated {"*

Shang-jin.

There are seTeral other names by which they are designated;

Tseen,

Ho-shang, is the name most usually given to them.

The terms are not applicable to the priest of the Sect of

TAN,orT'han. ppS.C. ^ R.H.

Taou.
Thick; heavy; intense; urgent; great.
j^pT

^ ^

Twng Fow-too keaou

chay. * Those of the religion derived from Fow-toO" Is it

jlX. Wo sing puh shin, fung fheen tan

not intended for Buddha? The latter syllable is, in several

noo. " I was born in a wrong hour ; I have met with the

Dictionaries, written

Too. In the Dialect of

heavy wrath of heaven." (She-king.) Bead Shen, The ap-

the three words,

^*JJ Sang kea seay, are united to

of moving about. Abo read Ch'hen, The name of a

Fan,

form the word applied to the priests* but in common usage, the
first syllable is taken as their name. They receive the ~~h _
^Wookae, "Five precepU."

KEAOU.

|^ S. C. ^ R. H.

False; not genuine. Read Keaou, ^BE /^fe Keaou hing.

" Unremitting in the pursuit of gain." ReadYaou,/^T

Ptih sha sang, puh t'how taou, puh seay yin.pdh wang yu, puh
yin tsew. " Not to kill living creatures ; not to steal, or rob ; not

Tseaou yaou, A tribe of short foreigners, situated on the

to practice lewdness; not to say what is untrue; not to drink

South-west. They are said to be but three cubits high.

wine."

vol i,

ou

A Jin.

XII.

Ninth Radical.

158

The Dictionaries record the name* of two priests,

Chin-la, the priests are called

-p

who, in considerW Kea-taou, and ^Si

Air. /f/fT
K|v Hwuy-hew,
'

Choo-koo-sang. They all eat fish, and present offerings of fish

ation of their extraordinary talents, were required by the

to Fiih. They make use of sedan chairs decorated with gold

reigning Emperors, to leave the priesthood, and devote them

and silver, have umbrellas carried over their heads, and in

selves to learning and to government (Tsze-hwuy and Chin-

important affairs of government, have official dispatches sent

tsze-t'hung.)

to them by the king. (Kang-he.)

^ Sing siih.

'The priesthood and the world; spiritual and secular affairs."

Sang che san kwei, jB keun tsze che san wei. "The three
devotions of the priests, are similar lo the three venerations
of the good man." They devote themselves to Fiih, to his

Sang jin. "A priest."

" A fraternity of priests, the priests of Fiih generally."

I

Ht*~

Lao"

ta 1,0

' An oM prie,t "u

laws, and to the priesthood, the good man venerates the decree

ting crossed legged in silent meditation."

of heaven, magistrates, and the sayings of the Sages. 'An

selves,

officer of government, of the rank of

They call then-

P'hin sang. "Poor priests." ^pyjs

Che foo, has

lately been degraded and punished, for officiating as a priest

k'han Fiih meen. " Do not look at the face of the priests, look

of the Sect Fiih. It appeared upon his trial, that several officers

at the face of Fiih;-' i. e. be influenced by regard to superiors,

of rank had become his followers, and received solemnly, the

and not to inferiors or dependants,

above live precepts. He affirmed, that he had been enabled to

to tang, Medicinal plants.

MeTh

combine in one lucid system, the doctrines of Confucius and

HEEN.
those of Fiih, and hence the favorable reception which he had
met with. (1815.)

To appear to proceed; to advance.

Chen

heen. " A lofty and dangerous appearance."

J

jgfj J^J Snen *"ng e nS> heang sang e hung, yu

FUN.

s. c.

#| R. H.

kea sang e ts'hung plh. "The priests who sit in silent medita
tion, wear coarse hair garments; those who recite prayers, wear

Prostrate ; laid prostrate with the face upwards. To shake ;

red i those who personate Fiih, wear a mixture of blue and

to excite; to subvert; to ruin. Read Pun, /j^Jjpj^Pun

white." The last mentioned , are called in the modern language,

keaotj. ' " I^ower -which cannot be restrained."

^jrj*

./"j"*

j Ying.foo-sang. They recite prayers for the

dead, and pronounce spells, by which those in the abodes- of

tselh, fun. yu tun shang, k'be wei pub sze. " A cow, though

the miserable, are delivered from thence. In a country, called

lean, lying down on a pig, will it not die of fear?'' (Tso-chuen.)

Ninth Radical.

159

XII. Jin,\

Thi> homely limile if, in the original, intended to ihow the

two words, are said to denote, A small appearance. Also read,

impracticability of a small state withstanding a larger one.

Tseaou, Walking in an unstudied, careless manner.

Ylh yen fun ize. "One word ruins

an affair." (Ta-heH.)

Jj^,~^f"

^ Shoo show

fun sze. " A rat's head spoils affairs." i. e. excessive timidity

tsze, rauh muh ; choo how, hwang hwangi ta foo, tse tse; sze,

and caution, such as is manifested by the rat, injures affairs.

ts'hang ts'bang; shoo j in, tseaou tseaou. "The Emperor

(should walk), with a majestic and graceful deportment;

,^ ^ Common form of

K'he'en.
Princes, with dignity; great statesmen, with a settled decorum ;
scholars, with leisure and ease ; the mass of the people, should

YANG.

Erect, and moving.

walk straight on, without attention to the manner." (Le-king.)

S. C.

HEEN.

-fg R. H.

3lit SH*H-

Not extendms to ' deficient

i
A martial, formidable, commanding appearance.
^ TSEEN. J|gs. C /(Jr. H.
ft
Dubious; erroneous ; to overpass one's duty or sphere; to

KEUE.
i
Wildly ; hasty and irregular. Hazy appearance by the side

usurp ; to assume.

of the tun.

wei, urh wei. "To do what is not proper for one to do."

^ 'gf^J ffjj ^ **

Fan yuf 1 e fan fun

^$rt Same as ^Wi Joo.

See below.
yuS tseen. "All overstepping the observances proper for one's
station, or exceeding one's particular duties is called Tseen."

yj^^Same as jjJjjCIVhang. See Rad. ;(^Sin.

55 Com. form of^GS. SeeRad.ylSSin.

i

Hence, jj^jj"" j

Yu tseen. "To overstep what is proper

for one."

honor."

jSp Tseen. tsun.

"A usurpation of

j ^^-^^j^^Tteea tiit-wooie. "Proudly

assuming of what is not sanctioned by the rules of poTSEAOU.

Clear discernment i having examined fully into. Repeated,
>t denotes the same.

/J^L

*
#ljfc^t$^6t- 1 IS
-^v^ }* Hing ping kiing to Keaou-che, tseen ching

Tseaou yaoa. A name of

nan t'hecn wang.

'* Raise troops to attack Keaou-che,

foreigners, short in stature, on the South-west.

(Tonkin,) the king of which has usurped the title, Celestial
Tk*ou meu-

" Alarmed, agitated."

Under Meaou, these

King of the South."

j^,^

rheen miog

/\ Jin. XIII. Ninth Radical.

160

fhtseen. The decree of heaven errs not. (Shoo-king.)

causing the least motion of their head-dress. (She-king and

XN | XR H # R$ H. " ".

Commentary.) Also read Tung.

tseen piihtsih, seen ptih weitsih. When the deportment

4#

LIN. Feeling ashamed, abashed.

PH.

(of superiors) is without terror and injury, it rarely happens

that it is not imitated, by the people. (She-king.)

# S. C.

Also read Tsin, Unfounded, false stories. Read Tshin,

Confusion,

4#

discord,

said of sounds.

Same as

$ Pih.

Formed of Man in the midst of Thorns.

To expel; to

banish to a remote distance amongst the foreigners of the

See below.

West.

The name of certain barbarous foreigners, known

in the time of

# Han, by the name of:

wei; and in the time of

#.

Keen

Tang, by another name.

||

Vulgar form

of # Chung.

A.

%:}-

..

R CHA.
\-r

4:#

k
w

THUNG.

|# S. C. 4% R. H.

4#):

h
.
Ch chih

To offend a person suddenly;

abrupt. Under Chih, it is said to denote, To delight to give

A youth; a lad, who has not gone through the ceremony of
being capped; which was formerly done at the age of twenty, and

is now done, when a person is about to be married. Ignorant;

offence.

4% olScrib%Keung. SeeRad.y(He

silly; doltish; wild. A general term for slave girls and concubines.
Respectful; reverently. A surname; the name of a district.

Hi-E:##,A#)\H /\ ch", "r "

keat'hung p pih jin. At Ch, in the king's grandson's house,

4-ol
H Hea. SeeRad%Shuy.
XE- Scrib, H

---->

there were eight hundred slave girls and concubines. It appears

to be applicable also to male domestics; however, according to

Sha-mh, it ought to be written without Man by the side, and

| %) Thung yew, A youth.

#Z | | JAX}EA-red."

confined to,

thung, shyay tsae kung. The ladies in the early twilight,

oscrib.&# Chow.

See under 14 str.

V:
--

Characters formed

S5
4#

by Thirteen Strokes.

|
-

KEANG.

S. C.

To lie down; stretched out; prostrate.

H XE Hij XN (# Pih

TH XE.Z

tsuh che chung, sze urh

are in the public hall (of sacrifice) moving slowly, and without
Puh keang The insect with a hundred feet, in death does

161

"achitefont."

BRIT | Khoekhuy

F)

Ninth Radical.

The

said in contempt of a person's weakness.

#s. c. 4% R. H.
value of an article; the price. XS#4#

shih kea, or

Af. #

J#

The price of a field.

jj Jiff (#/U".
#######2 #2 H4:
To exert; to use effort.

H# |

a house.

EH

| Keayin; and |

strength is inadequate, and which the heart dislikes, is called

swer to the word Price.

Effort; exertion; to force

| 4

She kea. The market price.

chih;

| #Mia meen.

tih kea. The price of.

She kea. The present price; the

Ju min. Doing from mere effort, that for which the

Min."

Ten kea.

price of the time, the price that is current at the

Lh so pith kan, sin so puh yh, urh men weiche, weiche

Ph

Phchwang kea. Not a (falsely)

colored price, i.e. the real value.

".

/\

Jin

{# KEA,

uth Keang. May be blown down with a puff of breath,"

To rhyme, read Kung.

XIII.

time.
Kea

Keatseen, all an

J#4% | ##

Taze whh kea yin jkan. What is the price of this

one self." In this sense, it is commonly used without Man

article ""

by the side.

price?"

M # {R} Kea chih ke ho. What

More frequently expressed by | 3% 2):
F

YE.

Keatseen to shaou.

| # * *
> -t. A N.

S. C.

shih. A genuine commodity, and the true price.

Light, gay appearance. A local word in the West, denoting

T

**untenance, a handsome

some

use

2:
w

Yih.

countenance; in which sense,

# Sh y.

kea. To abate the price.

44

Rumpled; not

**

}% |

%.

0k
L
kea,* or

Keen

| ##.

TE8 kea. For the price to fall.

Keatseen ping. An even price;" i. e neither dearmor cheap.

extended.

Khe kea. To raise the price.

#:

4H.

E.

Keatseen phen e, denotes a rather

KIN.

| #4ft ke
# Tsen. A low price; cheap.

advantageous price for the purchaser.

N

* of a certain medicine. Raising the head, as if to look

tseen te; or

4% Ets.
H

"a distance.

or

Keatseen kwei,
t or
-

H Chung, or Hi
g

Kaou,

# Gang, all express a High price.

# Koo, was formerly used in the sense of Kea, and read.
-*

%
han *.
4#r

Inattentive,

unobservant; disre

*pectful." Someti

"etimes written, but erroneously, without the

lower *troke at the bottom
Wol. I.

- +HE ##+%:#
MRI):##########
E|3:#2: Hz:#####

16 9

/\Jin. XIII. Ninth Radical.

yu, yew mei yh yu sze, win tih urh

# Neutseang, A woman's wall, as it conceals the person

tsang choo, k'hew shen kea urh koo choo. Tsze yu, Koo

looking through. According to Shw-wn, Pheih denotes to

Tsze

Run away, but little proof can be afforded of this acceptation.

+1. Tsze-kung

che tsae, koo che tsae, wo tae kea chay yay.

kung (one of Confucius's disciples) said, There is a pre

ZE |

cious gem here, stored up in secret; may not a good price

mean Dragging by the side.

be sought, and it be sold (for the public good)?

Confucius

said, Doubtless it may be sold; doubtless it may be sold: I

Tsopheth, in the She-king, is by one person said to

same sense as

}# P"helh, is used in the

#: }# Fei p'helh,

Profligate, abandoned."

A surname. Also the same as

SIH.

Sih.

wait for a price. The gem was intended to refer to Confu

cius himself; the gem's being sold, denoted his being employed

th

in the government; his waiting for a price, is not to be under

&#.

Common form of A# Thung.

stood of his wishing to receive great emoluments, but of his

CHOW, or Tsw.
waiting till his services were required, in opposition to the idea

|\\\

of his seeking to be employed.

4## Chen tsow.

4wV1

Abusive, scurrilous language.

Read Tsow, A sorrowful appearance.

HWUY. The price of an article of commerce.

W.

R. H.
#
S. C.
# GAE #
y4,
|
#
| # Gries. Like as if appearing
| UE, Gaey, or reversed, Y

TS HEAOU.

Gae, or

4|\
pa

4.# Yaoutsheaou.

as if.

A long appearance.

Gae, or

gae, Shortness of breath, difficulty of breathing.

y P'HEIH.

|#S. C.

$33. R. H.

# Gaetae, Vitreous: magnifying glass.

Mean; low; depraved, licentious.

/# (#

P"heen

Phelh. Deflected from what is correct, depraved."

Seay pheih. Licentious, lewd.

# | 2

/UN Seay pheih che sin. A licentious disposition.

Kwae pheih. Perverse, bad.

Pheih. Abandoned, licentious.

Yew pheih.

| 4%

Phee. Battlement on a city

wall, with an *perture to look through; otherwise called

4:

GAE.

The usual form of the preceding.

SZE, or She.

|ZS
Small; trifling; petty; captious; over minute; insincere.

H
X4###}}}#,

Dark secluded recess, as amongst hills.

Read P'h.

ww.

% | *

#4 |

To rhyme, read He.

, -,

Kew sze m j e chung.

*To be sincere and faithful, is the best way to reform the

insincere.

163

Ninth Radical.
heavens and the earth.''

E.

flU S. C.

'

XIII.

Jin A

j San e. " The heavens, earth,

[I R. H.
and man." A local term denoting, To come. To rhyme read Go

Right; regular; correct; proper; a rule; a pattern; a rite;

PUH.

The original form of

CH&.

A surname.

Puh

a ceremony. To imitate; to study to effect; to contrive. The

external appearance, or manner; figure. Two; a pair. A
principle, or energy. A surname.

-^j^^^/^G^^*
TSEUN.

k'he keu, Uin tuy, tung tsu, yew tslh che wei E. " The dress, the
rising and resting, advancing and retiring, moving and acting,
being regulated by rule, is called E." (Lab-shoo.)
J

Yunge. "A proper deportment."

To be able for ; valiant ; to overcome ; to excite ; to raise.

Unusual; strange.

| ^tjfcfj^

/j^ jl^ Piihlsiih

wei tseun e. " Not sufficient to be accounted strange."

^-j- E yung twan haou. "Regular, correct manners and

NUNC
conduct"

J ^TJ"

Yew e k'ho seang. A

deportment worthy of imitation."

majestic and dignified manner."

y\./^C"f^r |

Wei e. "A

7$* /| J-J||

Wae show foo heun;juh fung moo e.

/^j&Nung, or |$pj~ | 0 nung, " I, me."

K'heu nung, " He, him."

in the dialect of

is used for Man.

^/V^Nungjin, A certain tribe of

Woo, Nung,

Let the boys of ten years of age " Go out and receive the

people in

instructions of a master ;" the girls at the same age, " Enter and

called^ijjfc ^ Plh jin, and y/p A Sha-jin.

Yun-nan Province ; they are otherwise

A surname.

respectfully team the manners of a mistress." (Ts'heen-tsze4 SHEN.

/f|>
~~T~
HeO seTh le e. "To learn and practice

|f|S.C.

Le e. " Rites and observances."

%3lT\&Z I
"Mm. .
the observances of propriety and decorum."
| ^fjj Ewuh.
"External ornament"
figure of the heavens."
'fp

"A present."

Air ; look ; manner.

ing not to advance."

E wan.

^^.'p^; | T'hcentee. "The

| ^j^, 7^ JJT T|f

K hiog Wan-wang, wan pang tso fow.

'jj^'f[P] Shen DWOy- " Appear

Also read T'han,

Than t'han jen. " Easy, leisurely ; no appearance of- haste."

Read T'han, But; but then.

Commonly written

Tan,

Read Shen. Occuts id the sense of TljlS. Shen, " To transfer to."

" Imitate
YiH.

M S. C.

a % R- H.

(the virtues) of Wan-wang, and every state will exercise confiW (She-king.)

^ |

^J to effect it." (She-king.)

gjj ^Woetocie. "I

j=g

Leange. "The

One hundred thousand; according to others, an indeterminate number.

^ ^ <jg ^

/\ Jin, XIII. Ninth Radical

164

/] S - }k Swan f, yih che shoo yew ta seaou, urh fa.

Same as}}#Thun. SeeRad.

#Chht.

In reckoning the number yih, there are two modes, a greater

and a lesser series."

| s' JJ, + # 4: +

# F# 1 + 1 ####" ".
shih wei tng, shih wan wei yih, shih yih wei chaou yay.

Common form

of # P'headu.

RR

4#
l

KEUNG.

The smaller mode of reckoning makes ten the series; ten

ten thousands make yih; ten yih make chaou, or a million.
The larger mode, is to make ten thousand the first number,
and then

# ##,

+1

Wan wan wei yih yay.

Good. (Tsze-hwuy.) Kang-he says, it is the same as

Keung, under which, no definition is given, but the reader again

referred to

#l Keung, Grieved, sorry."

Ten thousand times ten thousand make a yih.

THUH.
Yih, also denotes, Repose, quiet.

t |

Kung yih.

A >

To supply with, and give repose to , to calculate, to con

Yih

trive; to scheme;" which is also expressed by

t, To gamble.

1U,

Thh suh. Short ugly appearance. Also

read Shh, Appearance of shaking the head.

| |# Sin yih tsih l.

Com. form of

4: Ken.

See below.

When the heart is at quiet, pleasure is enjoyed.

#: |14t/##
}:

H||

Tsze, piih show ming urh ho chih yen, yih tsih

luy chung. Tsze, did not submit (willingly) to the disposals

of Providence, but tried to become rich

by

traffic, and from

calculating well, often succeeded. (Lun-yu.)

Occurs in the sense of

Yih.

KING |#S. C. #, R. H.

To warn to caution; to guard against. The same is ex.

pressed by

5% King kae.

# II

}#}} }/4'2' T | # H. K
kea cheleihfa, so e ching pth shen, urh king wooleang. The
law is that which is enacted by the government for the punish

4:

T'HA.

To run away; to rebel against.

ment of what is bad, and for a warning to the ill-disposed.

A#4# Mae ta.

UE

A fat appearance.

| ### King kae woo yu.

Guard against

what is not calculated on. (Shoo-king.)

T'HANG.

To cease, to stop.
Also read K'hing.

Also read Thng,

{# f# Teaou thang, Inconstant.

Same as

4% Kwei.

#"

'# S. C.

See above.
Expert; clever, sharp; swift; nimble.

The name of a

Ninth Radical.

165
country. Originally written

Heuen, of which the above

-ijjp

Sang keen,- and

Laudable economy.

is a alight abbreviation.

XIII.

Jin \

Keen yung, express a

Keen pe ; and | '|^p

Keen lin, denote the extreme; parsimonious; niggardly;

KEEN, or Keen. j|g S. C. # R. H.
miserly.
Moderate; temperate.

Sparing; economical; niggardly.

Aicarce year. A surname.

^j.jfk^. EL

fung ncen puh cbay, hcimg neen puh keen. " With regard to
sacrifices or offerings, in abundant years, be not prodigal'; and .
in bad years, be not parsimonious."

**, y y June wi,h che wei keni 1,0 yu '""s1"1 y*"? t1n
YUNG.
yy; Js

yung wuh yang Uae yay. "To be temperate in

tell" enjoyment, and paring in the use of the creatures, is called

^p" Yung heang. . " Unsubmissive, unsubdued."

Keen; to be temperate in self enjoyment, ministers to virtue;

V KAE.
and to be sparing in the use of the creatures, contributes to
wealth."

| ^| jjjJI Kung keen yew-le. "-With

"fjffc? Kae tae. " Bold, violegt, assuming.'

correctness and temperance, there is propriety and politeness."

yt^^ CH'HOO.

Rough; the opposite of smooth,

Kung denotes, having respect for one's self; a decorous- and

correct behaviour.
K'HO.
jm

Handsome ; excellent.

&>t
|p TAN.

| S. C.

f R. H.

p'elh shTh yew she tfb, puh yung haou fa che wei, jen how k'ho
jay. '* He, who wishes to be correct and temperate, must

To bear a burden ; to carry ; to sustain ; to be answerable for.

really possess those virtues, and not allow, the least possible

In which senses,

degree of hypocrisy : and then he will succeed."

a name ; a certain long necked vessel for preserving fire. A

Tan, is commonly used.

measure of a certain size.

A surname;

JEE|_ Tan urh. The name

ko rain fung kae kwei hoo kin keen. " From ancient times,
of a place.
w the manners of the people, diligence and economy have m
n cue, been valued."

~^ |

^ %

thehae. The evils of a want of economy."

KEAOU.

j A/
To do; to act

Keen shaou ;
VOL. I.

fj |

Tse keen,

| ^ Keen jS,

Read Keaou, ^^/^ Keaou hing.

" To obtain by a lucky occurrence what one has no right to."

yV xJin.

XIV.

Ninth Radical.

Erroneously written

166

Keaou, but from long uie con

arrange the Peen and Tow," certain vessels placed on the table.
Written without Man by the side as an abbreviation ; occurs

founded with the proper form.

written

?m> 'n

tsaae sense ; and is used for this last

01. Scrib./jJj^ Hwa. See Rad. ^ Pe.

character in the sense of, To eject, to drive out Occurs, used
for

Pin, " To contract the eyebrows, as in laughing."

01. Scrib.j^Te. SeeRad.zilT'hoo.

4
The authority of this character is, however, suspected ; it

MEEN.

supposed that it ought to be |^ Fow, by the i

Meen meen. " A low appearance."

GAN.

fe YUfe.
Yuk'hea. " A foolish appearance." The Utter
character is not found in the body of Kang-hes Dictionarv.

Not intelligent, not clever; the language of ridicule. Not

feeling composed; involved. Read G8,

Shen gS,

" To disregard business."

Same as ^ Ching. See above.
CH'HWANG.
A number complete; entire; a multitude. Tsze-hwuy, de
Charactersformed by Fourteen Strokes.

<g

PIN.

|jj S. C.

fines it erroneously, by " A multitude of barbarians." (Kang-he.)

1% R. H.

e. " Toe cry of the fox."

To accompany ( to receive a guest with the usual cere

Com. form of/fa&Heae.

See below

monies. Read Pin, To pay respect to } to venerate, or worship;

to arrange.
tfk

To advance.
%u

ffi

pin e le yu* *m ' ui*

kwei shin ylh jen. " To receive a guest with the (usual) cere

i
Denomination of persons who, in China, devote themselves

monies, is called Pin ; to approach the gods, is expressed by

to study. Originally their intention was, to improve themselves

the same,

in morals and science < the object at present is, to acquire a

^ J 1 1 #f # | ftjfofa

Shan chuen so e pin kwei shin yay.

To sacrifice to " hills

place in the government. The Literati.

and rivers, is the way in which worship is paid to the gods."

/^jij*. HeS chay cbe ching.

(Le-king.)

learned."

jgjgj*

F'" wh peen tow. "To

i^Zy^

" The denomination of the

joo. " A great scholar."

167
SB joo. " A scholar, himself a conilelUtion."

Ninth Radical.

XIV.

Jin \

J
p

Joo ken. "A scholar vened in ancient and modern

{j^jj^ Tsze Yaou Shun e hea, j pfih sang ko

Thung joo. " A thorough scholar.'

Kung-tsze, how jin k'heu ho choo taou fun heaou. " From the

Fe
9
Heu joo. "A vague

time of Yaou and Shun, descending downwards, if Confucius

Foo joo.

A rotten scholar;"

to seek for a clear understanding of philosophy." (Choo-foo-

i. e. one whose pretensions are unreal

Shoo joo-

literature."

Mingjoo. " A famoui scholar.'

joo. "A mean scholar."

"A petty childish scholar."

Han joo. " A cold

had not been born, whither should succeeding ages have gone

tsze.) Next to Confucius, as a link in the chain, was

Mang-Uze, or Mencius. From Mencius, to the time

scholar;" i. e. who is a poor scholar.

|

Joo, denotes Soft, mild.

' Ching-foo-tsze, (aperiod ofnear two thousand years.)

(Shwo-wan.)

teaches with softness and mildness. (Sha-mSh.)

A scholar
5|^V

shwS le, p'heen chlh she shwB mung. " All the literati, who

"He who

philosophized (in their histories and other works) did nothing

understands heaven, earth, and man, is called Joo." (Sha-mtth.)

more than Utter dreams." (Choo-foo-tsze.) This writer lived

3tfLj\- 0

1 T'nnnSt'hen tejinyuf

under the Dynasty

Sung, about A. D. 1150. His Com

wang che taou, joo chay sze jay. " To understand the doc

mentaries on the -f-[ <jS^ Woo-king an^ pCj ^Ej1 Sze-

trines of the ancient kings, is the business of the scholar."

shoo, are much valued.

The Emperor Kang-he published,

in 26 volumes his works, consisting of detached criticisms and

che chin. " A scholar is the pearl that adorns the table."

remarks.

a pillar."

Al. Scrib.

Choo joo, " A man of low stature ;

Joo, but improperly.

Joo chay puh ke to tselh f to wan e wei foo. " The scholar
does not seek for great wealth ; he esteems much learning tobe
riches."

j ^|

CHANG, or Tsang.

^ Joo, Shlh, Taou, san

^^/j^-ChSng tsan, or chan. " A malevolent, ugly,

keaou. " The literati, the religion of Fuh, and the religion of
wicked, violent appearance."
Taou, constitute three forms of doctrine, or sects."
YIN, or Wan.

To rely on other people.

Tae-tsung haou wan, kae k'ho tseu sze. About A.D. 600, " Taetiung, of the Dynasty Tang, being a lover of learning, com

Ai^ T'HAE, or Tae.

\^ R. H.

menced the examination of the literati, to take from them the

superior domestic in the houses
officers of government" (Yew-heB.)

f=| jfe
of the groat ; an assistant in the houses of statesmen."

/\Jin, XIV. Ninth Radical

Ten l'hae, An epithet applied to hired labourers in

husbandry, a disgraceful epithet.

| #".

ance.

*(#cher above, it is supposed that there is

some error in these two sentences. The Dictionary Ching-tsze

--!>

silly appearance.

#
If

# Tae.

Originally written

|: S.

CHOW.

C.

thung, considers Chng, an erroneous character.

($

R. H.

A number of persons; a company; a party; four persons.

Who. Read Taou, Obscured.

##### Chow luy

shin chung. A very large number of the same class of per

11,

TUY. : : s.c.
From Man and Tuy, Opposite to. Mutual traffic; to buy
and sell. From the sameness of sound,

Tuy, is sometimes

improperly used in this sense.

sons.

Syn. with

Chow.

To rhyme, read Choo.

# Same as {# Keen.

See below.

THEAOU. Standing alone.

4
> *E. Same as

YU. Attentive; observant. To rely on.

A \,

##. Phing.

W1

#aar

|#ts c. 45 R.H.

Persons of the same order or class, a company or party;

group, applied to animals.

ofrionoun." H. |

Chae, is used
to form the plural

Woo chae.

We.

+ |

2] v/\ Wo chae seaoujin. We poor low people.

EEZ ##b. ##. #ssenwangche he,
-+-

A.

R. |#S. C. #4 R. H.

False; doubtful; mutual doubt, or suspicion. To compare;

to determine upon. Syn. with

eously, in the sense

4: E.

of #E.

Occurs, but erron

Luxuriant; abundant.

Read , Obstinate stoppage; constipation. Read Hae, or Gae.

{# Thaegae.

Silly, foolish appearance.

kaetih k'he chae yen. The good-will, or disposition of the

# TSIN.

ancient kings (being reasonable and properly regulated), obtained

Exhausted; empty. Same as

: R. H.
#

Tsin.

the approbation and concurrence of their people." (Le-king.)

\

K'HEEN. To open

To rhyme, read She.

*

SR
P

TSUNG.

To collect, or assemble together.

MNG.

4# | 4|E}(|E| Mng mng, hwuy

* LAN.

fused, perturbed, stupified.

4:# Lan tsan.

-

-*

A malevolent, ugla, wicked appear

hwuy. Con

Ninth Radical. xv. Jin /\

169

# woo.

answer for it with his life. These two sentences, are used

(# R. H.
to express the certainty of the consequences arising from a

To skip and dance, as a demonstration of joy; to excite.

###)) {#2 Koo ko e woo che. Drum and

sing in order to stimulate them."
| #
Woo wei.

The sound of arrows, or flying darts. The name of a hill.

R*

J # HER TT

of (the state) Se-lin, cannot be answered, or retorted. (Tso

chuen.) Also read Shang and Shng.

(##
Tsang nng, The sound
"r "r

of calling on each other in a barbarous dialect.

4.

'#'s. C.

L, or repeated, L L, Appearance of growing

long and strong. A large bushy beard.

| +1.

se-lin taih yen pth k'ho changyay. The censure, or rebuke

(#. LEE.

# NANG.
Weak; wearied.

given action.

s.

L8

A malevolent bad countenance.

TAE.

###

Daring, violent manner.

"Benot violent and assuming. Also written with

PEEN.

M tae kae.

Keuen,

by the side.

4.% # Pcn seen.

The body distorted.

Appear

ance of brandishing, flourishing, and capering.

--

Characters formed by Fifteen Strokes.

M8 thee.

A:

Very fraudulent and deceitful.

R CHANG |'s c \# R.H.

Name of certain foreigners on the North-east. The Compilers
T

* Pay for the value of a thing; to recompense; to re

ve

### Paou chang.

"ge; to reply to.

the ki

he kind

A-.

#
|}\ | ra ang; or
up,

received, to revenge.

To pay in

the foreigners intended, were some of the

Manchow tribcs.

Then chang;

NRH 2.
#
Chang hwan. To make

P, or pay a *t, either for one's self or others.

-

of the Imperial Dictionary, have omitted the last sentence, as

4: LUY.

'#'s. C.

##
To injure; to destroy; to injure mutually.

| M.

##

Hi]
Hwan tseen yew we chang tseen
kheen. The "J (now) paid, still does not clear off the

Szeluy, A certain wood that does not rot.

},{#

{#

Kweiluy, Figures used for a mock drama, or puppet-show.

former debt.

"He who owes

J.
* debt must pay

|#

Sh ii

+.

| # K'heen chae chang tsen.

the money.
#
/\
X
X

See under Kwei.

# |

"chang ming. He who kills a

man must

z Z

###,"

luy. A kind of guard or fence, to guard or fence off.

Vol. 1.

Tuy luy, or

The meaning is doubtful.

/\ Jin. XV. Ninth Radical.

--

A#

The middle part of

VL. Sze.

Mae, is

Various other

TSEE.
meanings are, by some writers, given to this word; they are

(# Tsun ts, These two

words, perhaps mean,

Decorum and respect. The meaning of the latter character

4:

Also the same as

{# |

Repeated,

Shoo.

PEAoU, #s. c.
Leu leu. Unwilling to do not using

* \la"

J b\

Appearance of moving or walking, a group; a company;

any effort: unconstrained appearance.

a herd.

Same as

# Tseun.

See above,

}X7k ##4T/\{#

wi.

shwily taou taoui hing jin peacupeaou. The river Taou flows

I"]

4#

#.

LEU.

* \@"

Name of a deity; A surname.

SHOO.

J.

is no where given.

4:

Also read Telh.

rejected by Kang-he and Sha-mh.

along, crowds of men appear walking. (She-king)

KHWANG.
t

'A "e

TSAN.

4#/R. Khwang leang.

Wneven.

To collect together; to collect together and reckon.

PAoU.

Aff

Paou stih, The person, or persons who remain

over night in the public offices at court; also denominated

% IH Paou chih, and {R %

Fh paou, from their

being unable to go out till relieved by others.

#
Paou.
|4S.

(Kang-he.)

Right regular. Supposed to be an erroneous form of

Che.

4%

SZE.

Exhausted ; expended entirely.

Ching-tsze

thung and Tsze-hwuy, erroneously confound the above cha

racter with this

CHIH

|#. Paou chih, or

To pass over, over and above.

In former times

4% YEw.5

|# s. c. 42 R. H.

.*

written with

A.

%: Yew,

Chih, by the side.

I#
thus J

Sorrow, was originally made from

H, The face, and

/UYS Sin,

The heart;

YUH.

Yew, because sorrow shows itself in the countenance.

To sell.

ch: yh. To prepare goods and

# Ching
%h (#
-

Shy, To walk, was added to make

: Yew.
*

X
To rove

2.
publish them for sale.
presiding;

Formed from

+ Sze,

|| Kung, Bright;" and #.

A person

Pei, A pearl."

about. The framers of the Le Character, erroneously adopted

the Present form. (Sha-mh.)

Abundant, affluent, super

Ninth Radical.

171

abundant soft, luxurious ease, and quiet. To be more than

competent for. To play; to dally, to trifle

4:# Yew yew.

A surname.

and leisure; to saunter

A luxurious ease

| |

about.

Indulgent liberal.

with wantonly.

XVI.

Jin

/\

CHANG.

Chng kwa.

Malevolent; immoral.

Yew yew.

Eyew. To cringe and

{:} | #/E | {{!," " ".

Characters formed by Sixteen Strokes.

NEA.oU.

Pae Jew, or dissipated amusements, as those

chang yew yay.

Zy j

of the Drama, &c. are also called Chang-yew.

Handsome; excellent. In the following sentence, it seems

{# # | # # #

### | X *H # Shaou, seang he';

to denote To bend.

chhang seang, yew, yew seang pang. When young, they were

+1. Yaou neaou woo chay neaou shin; j hwanyay. Those

familiar with each other; when grown up, they trifled wan
tonly, and then slandered each other. (Tso-chuen.)

## 4:# Yew le seang tae, To treat each other with

an exhuberance of politeness.

, #: |

who perform feats of agility, bend the body like a ring. One
says, Yaou neaou, denote, A. slender waist.

4: Hwan.

Pin

To play. Supposed to be an erroneous form of

#. Wan.

#Han. See Rad.

UANSin.

he keen yew. Abundant (or excelling) both in good con

duct and in

learning."

Yew leu, Are oppo

4\"\\ Same as

sites, the first expressing a superabundance, the latter a defi

ciency.

CH'HIN, or Tshin.

($".
}:

Abundant. (A local term.)

within, inner, (as garments." the body.)

---

#. PE, or Pei.
\

To cease; to stop.

4#

SH.

#h /E. ...

# Sih chin, The name of a country.

#.
4:-

S LEIH. A man's name.

aS

KWEY.

Handsome; excellent; abundant; great; strange.

#Haou. See Rad. She.

(#.

Kwei.

THANG.

#.

# 0. Scrib.
crib. '

- *s-,

Mwan.

See Rad.

7', Shwy.

, ... A5''...
six
*1%."
Ling thng.

1%. 1: "..."

a
earance.
Longr *PP
44

Sarne at

172

/\ Jin. XVII. Ninth Radical

s

HAE.
Characters formed by Seventeen Strokes.

4% |#

Noble; generous; disinterested.

Heae ko.

->

..

KEEN.

Bold, daring.

Same as :

4:#-- a

Yih.

4:#ven ken. Proud and contemptuous; disre

spectful. Al. Scrib. # Ken. Common form of

See above.

Ken.

wkI.

Disquieted; discomposed.

4#

Ybb

|:

LIN.

LNG.

A#4'- Lin shin.

4#| || Lung thung. Rude, unfinished, unfit for any
thing. For | 4
Lung chung, see under Chung.

4#

KWEI.

The head bending forwards.

To send; to cause.

-1

Same as

{#. Kwei.

A.

Same as 4+ K'he. See above.

PX.

4:#

Same as

# Mng. See above.

TSAN, or Chan. ||3: S. C.

j,
Also used for

|#

# Mung, Dull, stupid.

Irregular; rapid.

4# CHoo.

| }# Tsan gan.
battle array.
4# |

gular.

#'s. C. \{}. R. H.

To collect together; to provide in order to assist. To as

sist, or be second to.

4# H. Tsan hoo.

A surname.

countenance, or aspect.

Uneven, irre

An army not yet formed in

Lan tsan.

A malevolent

Read Chen, Mean levity, exciting

t A# Tseih cho.
contempts contemptuous language, or to speak lightly of Also
->

Together together; to accumulate.

}# |

%+ E.

Tac tsze yu Tung-choo, The Prince, or heir

parent, is called Tung-choo, he is also denominated,

# chockeun,

ap

read Tshan, and Ts'hen.

Irregular, incoherent; tedious

discourse.

JANG.

because of his being supposed to lend as

sistance.

4//K ######"."
W-R

4:
W-R

Ol. Scrib.4%f
Ken. See Rad. l'N Sin.
JUL,

Weiyin yuen, Jang, jing, yin, all express cause operating,"

and answers to, Because of, in consequence of, therefore; in
continuation of.

173

Ninth Radical.

Husband and wife; conjugal union.

# HwkNG, Dull, stupid.

# SHUH

###7.

## Neaou show yew ptih shih le.

Even birds and

beasts do not violate conjugal fidelity. (Tso-chuen.)

/\##|E|####| | He is " ".

#|s. C.

Color between azure and green, or azure and black. The

original form of

XIX. Jin /\

#s". in the sense of which it occurs.

--

yu, yung heae kang le. Congratulating a man on his mar

riage, it is said, may it be an harmonious and splendid union.

k #fft

From Eighteen to Twenty-two Strokes.

Yung heae kang le. Husband and

wife living in perpetual, and uninterrupted harmony."

#S
-7

NUY.

Chhin le, The appearance of diverging branches and

beautiful foliage.
To lie down. (Tsze-hwuy.) Same as

Neaou.

CHHE |#s. C.
Jj#1 Sinfhyay.

Submissive.

The heart

Common form of the preceding.

LO.

wn

submitting.
Possessing superior ability in the management of affairs.

{# |#

HWUY.

Low lo.

Active inferior officers, or attendants

4' |

amongst banditti.

will

hay
Chay

lo.

Strong
ng and

To raise. According to one, To separate from.

active, but not virtuous.

Tehwuy.

4 t|$

To elevate to exalt, to raise.

Original form of AIII Seen,

#** *

F'HUNG.

5.

TswN, or Tsan. |: S.

(# "h f'hung. one of the genii; an immortal.

BE)
# LUY. *cessively fatigued same "/# Luy.

To collect together.
U-

4:#
Original form of

A# P'headu.

C.

- -

TEEN.

To fall; to upset.

>

4# No.

w2

#S. C.

(#.

R. H.

* : S. c. 4: R. H.
To drive away, by certain rites, malignant, or pestilential
A pai
na;

*...

-1 -

of stag, skins. Together with; a

pair;

a couple
Vol. 1.
a 1

demons, formerly done thrice a year. Those peculiar rites are

A Jin, XXII. Ninth Radical.

1

now discontinued, but various rites of the present day, are per
formed with the same intention. Abundant; copious.

A ###Hill #F# ##" in

free; unrestrained. Otherwise expressed by

/UA

H. # Che.

Sin thang thang. An enlarged easy mind.

4: YEN.

's c. 4%. R. H.

no, chaou fuh urh le.h yu tsoo kae. The villagers perform
ing the rites of ejecting demons, (Confucius) put on his

Carrying the head high; fine looking; stern ; dignified;

rt

(##

court dress and stood at the castern steps. Some Commen

di
t.
commanding respec

tators say, that this was a mark of the respect and decorum

wei.

which he always manifested; others say, that he was appre

# # Yen jen yih yang.

hensive the noise would disturb the shades of his ancestors.

4#

(Lun-yu.)

0 no.

HH
IX Yen jen k'ho
-

Dignified manner, worthy of veneration.

Appears like the same.

WTU->

HEAOU.

Proud.

Delicate; soft; yielding;

slender, as a branch or twig. Walking in a measured pace;

a genteel gait.

F]

WE)

LY

|#s. c.

Also read N.
* \

Bending down; sickly. Idle, lazy. The appearance of

CH'HUNG.
standing up in the midst of many.

$# Seay ch'hung, Perhaps denotes Depraved, partial

+=
rega rd.

Original form of Shen.

5/5

NUY. To lie down.

4#

NUY.

{#

LO.

Bare; naked.

NANG.

To lie down. The authority of this character is suspected.

*A*-

-1 &

3: THANG. 's c. 4: R. H.
www"

If, should; a conditional Particle, commonly written

Thang.

(Lh-shoo.)

#|

-ol scrib, seh. SeeRad Kin

15%.

% TSHEEN.

water and alt mixed.

Theih thang. Raised above others;

* M \,

Slow; tardy.

Ol. Scrib.

#
*

Tseen.

See under Eleven strokes.

175

TENTH

RADICAL.

barren hill." A surname.

j^j^J WBh telh, occurs in

some play books, denoting Alas I what ? a cant provincial word.

A human being ; the tame ai

Jin ; the latter if used

alone, and bj the fide of compound characters, ai in /jtjl

Chung;

Jin, is placed below, as 'n^^^ Keen.

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

Thii
YUN.

^ S. C.

^R. H.

circumstance, constitutes the only difference between the cha

racters- (Liih-shoo-koo.) Confucius said, that it denoted a

Sincerely; faithfully; honestly ; without deceit or guile; to.

man placed below others, and hence, distorted and crooked.

accede to ; to assent; to promise. A surname.

Some Dictionaries define it, A benevolent man ; in which sense

Chung yun, Name ofa certain office. Head Yuen,

they read it Kae. Others say, that /

Yuen ya, A certain District This pronunciation of the latter

; j and

Jin, represents a man

syllable, is unusua', it is commonly Woo.

Jin, a man walking.

Occurs in the sense of -y^ Yun, "To say."

wOh.

)"|"7

s. c.

7^ R. H.
Yun no;

From a line placed on the top of man. Luh-shoo, objects

to this sense, and asks, how a level plane can be situated on
the top of man. Commonly defined, High and level at the
top. To cut off the feet as a punishment.

Yun chun; and

J ^ Yun yu,

all express, Acceding to ; granting; promising what is requested.

j "^p v" i* " ^>""<"f>

-.<rl~'."'t uic disposition

softened and ameliorated," (Lun-yu.)

/ ^\ '{^^7^

J\_^^

chay. " Those who have had their feet cut off."

^llj^ J

pj~l Jin sin wei wei; taou sin wei wei; wei ts'hing, wci ylh,

tiih wuh. "Dangerous rocks."

Wuh wuh.

yun chlh keu cluing. "The heart of man is dangerous; the

Wuh ne, or

principles of right reason arc refined and abstruse. It is neces

Wuh ** OT reversed, Nc wuh. ''Agitated;

sary to analyze, to simplify, and sincerely adhere to the middle

Anciently used for j|jT WBh, " A

path." (Shoo-king.) It is said, that the substance of these

" A firm immoveable appearance."

|
J

JLJim III. Tenth Radical

sixteen words, was pronounced by

Yaou, when he trans

215

ferred the throne to

livered to

%: Shun, and by the latter, were de

Pih singyu Yuen-yuen. The mass of

| #ysen".
| J#.
A military commander-in-chief.
A cap or bonnet.
#ifiTH E. | ##1.5%
# # % }#. Sze-koo yu, yuen, show yay,

the people are called Yuen-yuen.

Yuen fh.

# Yu, who succeeded him.

olScrib%#Tsan. SeeRad.*

7Lyves

#: E. |

Chh.

koo weikwan weiyuen fh. Sze-koo said, Yuen denotes the

(& s. c. x. R. H.
| ##

head, therefore a cap is called Yuen fh.

The first cause; invisible and operating principle.

The

origin; the commencement; great. The first; the principal;

the head; the chief. A surname. They define it by

5K

% # f J.J. AH AH # #1

}}. Yuen show kookwng.

The head, legs and arms, i.e.

| #*

A Prince and his ministers. (Shoo-king.)

k'he. Original principle, or operating cause. Original color.

#j# | #. Tshing shin yuen

(MS. Dictionary.)

Then teche ta tih, so e sing sng chayyay. The power

khe. The animal spirits, and original temperament, or bodily

of the heavens and earth, by which perpetual reproduction was

constitution.

originated.

And by,

AE4%) # +1%, AE.

* |

Hwuy yuen. The first amongst that class of

# | Keae
# /\Kevin. # | Chwang

+$# Sng wih cheche yay, wih sng

literati, called

yu yih kootsung yih. The commencement of the production

The first of the

of creatures; the creatures were produced from one; hence (the

yuen. The first of the

character is) from one. (Lh-shoo.)

yuen, The space of 129,600 years.

which affirmed of heaven, is called

The same principle

7t Yuen; affirmed of

A= Jin, Love of animated nature;

*ffirmed of individuals, is called +: Ch'hang, Senior, first,
mankind, is called

#+

Tsin-sze.

###

yuen,

Han-lin.

--

Yih

+ Yuen tsze,

The eldest son. (Shoo-king.) The first ancestor of a family.

(MS. Dictionary.) To rhyme, read Yun.
->

7U.

Ol. Scrib.

Woo.

or head. (Kang-he.)

. #2-# th Yuenchay, hen chech'hang

|
| H

--

yay. Yuen, the head or source of good. (Yih-king.)

4. Yuen nen, The first year of any reign.

E.

Yuen yu, The first moon of the year.

tan, The morning of the first day of the year.
Yuen jih, The first day of the year.

Ol. Scrib.

# Chhang.

Yuen

| H
| X Yuen

seih. The evening of the first day of the year.

From Three to Six Strokes.

H.

XL HEUNG.;
Formed from

D1

W. S. C. R. H.

K'how, The mouth, and

W_*

177
A roan,- becauie the tenior has a right to instruct. The

Tenth Radical.

ate. Long; high. (Shwo-wUn.) A surname.

first born ion ; an elder brothers a tenior ; used by friends as a

term of respect.

IV.

y^.

JinJ\_^
j

* tfk. ^ chin p"h ning cb'hun* urh

^ %Jfi jjfc Heung seen te

yuh. "One person cannot fulfil the duties of two services."

bow. " The senior brother takes precedence, the junior fol

^!p^ j JE|^ ^jf^Ching ch'hung Mae-pan. "To fill the

lows."

situation of a Compradore; or, one who purchases provisions

^ Heun6 J*"< te konS- "The

elder brother should be kind, the younger respectful."

|

Teheungmun. "Brothers."

heung. " Old brother."

jjj^
j Laou

and necessaries for a family.

Y Heung tae.

"Eminent brother; and dj^*

Laou

Ch'hung mwan. " To fill ; filled."

stood both physically and metaphorically.

Y^jf J\J^*^

are all respectful modes of direct address to equals.

satisfy the heart of man."

I
Ch'hung

shlh. "Stuffed; made solid." These expressions are under

heung tae seen sing. " Venerable brother, eminent teacher,"

]||[

Ch'hung

tsiibyewyu. " A sufficiency, and something to spare."

Heung te. "A younger

brother," in common acceptation.

Chang-te che hwa, yO puh wei wei,

"""E cn'BunS m"an jin tin. "Cannot

K'heu foo wae yew che sxe, urh ch'hung k'he

fan kin che jin mS joo heung te. "As the flowers of the

pan jen che then.

Chang.te open abundant and splendid, so of all persons, none

vice, and cultivate to its full extent his natural (or original)

produce so pleasing an effect, as brothers living in harmony."

goodness." <Chung-yung.)

(She-king.)

"j^.

#^aiA||^ I IS*

^ '

"Put away external inducements to

J^I^jr- [

Vpj|"Jfc

Woo yaou ch'hung mwan k'he pun jen

Shen k'he ying jin, ts'hin yu heung te. "A kind friend is

che leang. " Must carry to the utmost extent, the original

more nearly related than a brother."

mcature" of virtuout talent given him. (Mang-ttze-hfl-keang.)

Also read Hwang, In the senses of /

H-wang, and

Ch'hung keun, To banish to a remote part of the

Hwang. In yT" j^j Keang-nan, An elder brother is called

empire, where the prisoner it given to be a slave to the soldiery.

Hwang. Also occurs read Heun.

The punishment next in severity to death.

^|

CH'HUNG.

J jjjx^ Ep* Sze ch'hung, ching cbung. " Excet-

S. C. ^ R. H.
sWe service (required by government) and heavy taxes. '

Formed from

TUh. " To issue forth suddenly," and

JL, Jin "Man." To fill; to carry to the utmost extent

(Tso-chuen.)

~/^rJ^L ^n nun6 leun cne

paou. "To fill, or cram (with animals) the kitchen of the

ofi to fulfil the duties of; to act in the capacity of. To stuff
Prince." <Le-king.)

Jj^^P

^" Yew joo

"top up j sufficient; prepared ; excellent ; to fatten; to satich'hung urh.

TOL. I.

, }

** Laughing, as if their cart were stopped."

JL Jin.

178

IV. Tenth Radical.

she king.) It is remarked, that deaf people are

found to laugh

- "E-

Ch'hung ch'hung joo

| | #1% # ch", "r

yew keung. Distressed till quite exhausted, said

of a duti

ful son weeping over a departed parent. (Le-king.)

/\ Chhungjin.

place where the million assembles, the residence of the

Emperor and court.

# |

round a tomb.

Tsih chaou. The ground

Yew chaou. A certain year

of the Cycle.
Also

One who feeds and fattens animals.

". j# # % # # #
Shin chelae, kwang king chaou,

######
Common, but erroneous form of the preceding.

ting woo shing, she woo chaou.

#E. Koo.

The advent of spirits,

circumstances manifest, but no voice is heard, no omen is seen.

2's s. c.
The phenomena of nature manifest the presence of a Deity.

An eye without a pupil; blind.

the right and left sides.

Screened from view on

%. HEUNG.

# s. c. # R. H.

The middle part of the character

Malevolent; cruel. Distressing fear; the cry of fear.

represents the nose.

%cinov): sc.)(Av. M'R.H.

# Heung g.

Cruel and wicked.

| #.

| # Heungshi. To
| #Heung ". l J#Heart
|###. 4T
Cruel, barbarous."

Heung show. A murderer."

A tortoise shell dried by fire, for the purpose of divination.

An altar of earth.

A million.

98.

Chaou, or

| H

murder.

or

She she

y.

2.

#E | Seen chaou, An omen; a prog

# | Keih chaou. A favorable prog

Chaou thow, or

hing heung.

nostic.

own power and influence.

nostic; an omen of good.

prognostic of evil.

PQ |

Heung chaou.

#. # # % ### Z

#J.R.' ### + ZIHMars

heung mung penan tsze che chaou i mung hwuy mung shay

neutsze che tseang. To dream of the (animals) Heung and

To act cruelly from a dependance on one's

R H | #1 ff)

X . Yink he heung yayurh

kung che. Attacked

them in consequence of hearing their lamentations; said

of

armies. (Tso-chuen.)
Occurs used for

From which,

|X| Heung, Malignity, evil, calamity."

"JL Jin, the above is formed.

Also read

Pe, is a prognostic of being pregnant of a son; to dream of the

Heung.

Hwuy and the Shuy, (varieties of the serpent kind) is an omen

of being pregnant of a daughter.

!-I*r.

Yih chaou, The hundred thousand and the

million, denotes the mass of the People,

SEEN; # s. c. #_R. H.
Che. To go, placed on JL

formed from

Jin.

which is also expressed

To go forward, to precede, before, gone before, (deceased.)

b *
y

| R. Chaou min.
-

l-

XT,

King chaou. The

Soon; early. To begin, in the first place, cause. Read Scn,

179

Tenth Radical.. IV.

Jin

To lead on before ; to precede thote whom one ought to

" My deceased father." The latter term, Seen-keun, is applicable

follow. To put first- A surname.

^yU^Ti0W

alto to the late Sovereign or Prince.

^ j -^T

seen. keun. "Your late Father."

.n k'heu. " To advance forward."

,
|

| ^5 ^'"^
^Fv /^p |

"H",

Ne seen tiow yth poo. "Do you step on first."

jfcsf}^?^'

Seen bow. " Before and after." These two wordi

'* Do not disgrace your ancestorsj and in the next place, do not

pah J sEen kne tnrae PUD J8 ,hin

were formerly applied ai appellatives to the wives of two

disgrace yourself."

brothera ; they are how otherwise called, -jjcj^ j/Q Te axe,

an harbinger."

and^^-fjfjgchuhle.

theu.

J^^^ Seen nan, how

~ Seen ma. "A forerunner(

Otherwise expressed by

jgjpq

hws. " Difficulties precede i luccen or acquisition comet after.

KWANG. +
|

7Y

days before the commencement of summer," or the aun'i

entering the 15th degree of Tauru*.
^f"

From Fire placed, above Man,, denoting, Illustrious;

/j^'/p OL- Jj|cJ

splendid i glorious. Light ; splendour; bright) shining. Naked;

| ^ ^ |jv Yfl che k he kwB cia*> PK,h"

plain; bare i barely; only. Read Kwang. To illumine I to

lien tse k he kea. "He who would govern well his country;

adorn; to shed lustre an..

must first regulate his own family." (Ta-heO.)

light of the sun."

-f^S.C:

Q Sceniahheaaanjlh. "Three

^N J

Puh seen foo shlh. ' Not eat before his father."

(T.chuen.)

jfcfr |

J^|| #

Tsefh hing teen ch'hang chay wei che phh te. " To

moon."

j >^ Seen che seen keB. " Prior know

ledge and perception of."

j -^fj Seen cbe, Some

| Yn kwang. "The light of the

-j-

Choo kwang. ' The sovereign light;"

i.e. the tun; This phrase is. alto applicable to the light, or
glory of Deity; as in the following sentence,

hurry before a senior is called a want of dulifuluest."

|

Q -^rj^ Jlh kwang, "The

Shin kwang poo. chaou. " The light of Deity illumines

every place."
light."

Jj;J~ Kwang shay. " Beams or. rays of

Jjh kwang chuen shay. "Tho

times denotes, foreknowledge, in respect of what hat not yet

rays of the tun reflected."

taken place.

kwang shing bo. " To give light te the eye* of an idol ;" i. e.

front"

' tj|* |
j

Thang te;n. " Formerly ; olio in

^ Seenjin. " A person decerned.'" Seen,

emphasu^n the last syllable, it denotes a. former state of cxitt0ce

| J^p Seen sing, added to a

penons name, is a term of respect, " Master (teacher." With the

seen fo* or

R'hae

to paint it's eyes and raise it to it's throne.'1

' used with the wordt, Father, mother, &c. to denote their
being no longer in life.

Chiih kwang. " The light ofa candle."

j Teen chub, kwang. "Light* candle."

j

Hwuy kwang;

Kwang yaou;

^ Kwang ming;

J ,j. Kwang hwa;

ffi^T
j

Kwang tsae.

sen keun'
All express what is light, splendid, and gay.

j^j

JL Jin.

IV.

l E % Kwangming ching ta.

Truly great and splendid,

said of persons or things.

| #

illumine.

180

Tenth Radical.

J#
*\\\

%.

THAE, or Thy.

Kwang chaou. To

Kwang heen.

To manifest.

To be pleased. Same as

Ty.

See below.

*/

->4-J/N

| #|| % Kwang tseen yu how.

To shed lustre

| # To seay kwang lin.

Same as

# Then, Heaven.

This character was formed by an Empress, called

Many thanks for your glo

JEwe."

rious advent, meaning the visit of a superior.

|i

5E

4% #

on one's ancestors, and to benefit posterity.

I#

About A. D. 700.

H
HR Kwang king. State, or appearance of things.
Ol. Scrib.

+:Chhang,

Ol. Scrib.

%Ke. See Rad:#E Woo.

A --

Long.

# |# | ##|| AFI've tse kwang king joo ho.

What has been the recent state of affairs?

Kwang keb.

| #
| # Kwang thow.

Naked feet.

jL

14

| 3# Kwang kwn.

Baldhead.

A naked stick,

KHIH ! Esc. := Av. R.H.

denotes a person possessed of nothing, who goes about swindling.

| # Kwang t.

A plain spire, or pagoda.

The

The seal character represents carved timbers sustaining the

JHwa. Flowered or

roof of a house; hence to sustain; to be able for, or adequate

D1

opposite of Kwang, in this sense, is

#5 | T

decorated.

Too kwang leadu, expresses

either that, the whole is illumined i or, a complete state

of destitution, which last sense, is also denoted by

#|

to; to subdue to repress.

thang.

j }# Fh k'hih joo yuen.

/NA H |

-a

## Y

# | EE ++.
|-| # Tha peen leadu
#: ".

yh poo-s. He has become the

"hinor
Tshing-kwang

demi-god Tshing-kwang.

How sustain, the weight of civility which you

confer; or the duties which devolve upon me, &c.

Tshing kwang, hence the saying applied to a person, who has

squandered the whole of his property,

AEI }}}#. '# Hoek'hih

as I wish.

I am unable to do
Seaou jin fh khih.

| BH #

An inferior man is not adequate to it.

# Khih
/

ming tseun tih. Able to comprehend

illus

*U-N

The point of which consists in Tshing-kwang having the sense

trious virtue. (Shoo-king.)

above given to it, and being also the name of a certain demi
god.

# E.2% #2% |
wei chek'hih

Shing ke che sze

To overcome one's own selfishness (or wi.

-1

4%

Yay kwang, or

# |

Choo kwang, A

cious propensities) is called K'hih.

E".

Ke khih.

*\Y.N.

certain bright gem.

F# |

year of the cycle.

Chung kwang, A certain

Envious and overbearing, also to dislike self controul.

Ling kwang.

XS.E.A

A certain

Ph keptih k'hih. Not envious nor

palace, or temple.
over bearing. (Tso-chuen.)

| E.}++%

Tenth Radical.

181

V.

put off; to free from. To put off the cap, and bind up the hair
keun tizc che sin yay, ke k'hlh eaou jin che sin yay. '* To

in the rites of mourning. A surname.

oicrcome self, shows the heart of the good man ; to hate

mourning cap. Also read, Win, To bear a son ; any thing sew.

Read, Man, Silent;

stlf-controul, shows the heart of the bad man." The same

-t^t- |f|J

Hing urh meat, " Hnppily avoided ; or dis

saving i. thui varied,

pensed with."

|^ |

g ^ ^ J^L Jjjjj*

E meen heuen wang.

;^~/J\/Aw K'hth ke cb*y keun Uze> ke kh,h chay

"To prevent anxious concern and expectation," respecting

teaou jin.

what is distant ^

" He who overcomes himself is a good nun; he

who dislikes lelf-controul is a bad man."

'\^k. T,ze ,&n^ Ba n*en* jen now m*en Ju

K'hlh ke ftth le wei jin.

jE.^ ^ ^ | fft

" To overcome

foo moo che hwae. ".A child three years after its birth, may

one'i selfand return to propriety, constitutes goodness.'' (Lira-

dispense with the bosom of its parents." (Lun-yu.) Hence, it

y.)

is said, the custom of mourning three years for a parent,

[Pl^p'ifP Chin",h kh,h

Twin yu Yen. " The noble, who ruled the state Ching, over
came his brother Tsran, at Yen."
|

Pow k'hlh.

(Tso-chuen.)

^p"

"Avaricious and injurious," applied to

officers of government. Syn. with ^Tlj K'hlh.

j
|

MeenUuy. " To forgive an offence."

Ch'hoo meen. " To dispense with entirely ; to excuse ;

to forgive."'
j

Jtjjj' Meen laou. " To prevent trouble."

Meen kwan.

" To remove from office."

Meen kwan. " To put.off a cap."

T'HUY, or Tiiy.

| Jj4j^ Mien

"^T S. C.
to. "To put away."

To exchange one thing for another ; to compare, as in weigh

^ J^j** ^ Com. form of

Ch'hung. See above.

ing; to give an equivalent for; to collect together, as water in

a cavity. Gratified or pleased, from a full supply of every
Com. form of Jj5^ T'hoo. See below.
thing. Permeable i a passage through; straight; direct. One
of the Eight

Kwa. Read TO. in the same sense. Also

Ol.Scrib.^Sze. See Rad.^ Tae.

read Yu, in the sense of

yUe, "To be pleased."

^_Tuyhwan, " To exchange."

j ^jfj^-^- TuT
01. Scrib; -j^ Ch'hang.

jin tsze. > To weigh money."

MEl^N.
From

pi S. C;

^ R. H.

Same as -J^ Ch'hang.

T'hoo, "A hare," the dot being omitted. To

TSAN.

I with ; to prevent ; to avoid. To put away ; to stop ; to

VOL. I,

0*

A kind of pin for the hair.

J[ Jin.

VI.

Tenth Radical.

182

THOO.

S. C.

R. H.

From Six to Tmenty-tmo Strokes.

An animal formed like the mouse, haring a short tail, large
URH.*

p S. C.

/^7 R. H.
ears, short fore feet, and no upper lip. (E-wan-pe-Ian.) The

The Seal Character represents an infant, the bonet of whose

hare; which, in the language of the temples, where every

head are not yet doled. An infant ; a child ; a boy. Feeble j

animal sacrificed has a peculiar name, is called

infantile. Used u a Particle of mere sound, much employed

Ming-she, from a popular notion, that the hare looks at the

by the Northern and Tartar people. A surname,

J) '

moon when it bears its young. Another notion mentioned in

Urhtsze. "A boy."

the Imperial Dictionary is, that it becomes pregnant by licking

-fr | Neu urh. " A girl."

Urh neu, "A boy and girl."

EJ

| j^f

Nan yuiS urh ; neu yu(! ying. '* A male (child) is

]Jj^

the fur of the male, and that its young proceed from its mouth ;
it being destitute, they say, of the female organ.

The Im

called Urh; a female, is called Ting." (King-he.) Thisdis-

perial Dictionary relates these popular notions without any re

inction is not generally adhered to.

mark. The Dictionary Tsze-hwuy, denies them.

| Ying urh. ' A new born infant."

/J-\ j

T boo ttie. " A hare;" or rabbit

*S\

Seaou urh, or / j "\ j ~^ Seaou urh Uze. " A little boy i"

Keaou t'hoo san kcue". " The crafty hare has three burrows,

or in the language of courtesy, " My little boy."

or eaTes." to which to retreat

Hae urh, " A child, or Your child ;" used by children to

their parents, instead of I, or Me.

;?r!i
J

juo t8 t'hoo. " Moving like the harc.making itsescape."

| /||[|^^ Kcn t'000

YTh teen urh. " A little ; a small quantity."

Ming urh. "To-morrow." These expressions are

quite colloquial.

| ffi ^ \ jfe

/j\y^J

Urh ne W 1 J'n che cne'J00 mun y"

^/]^pj|^ | TuDS

*-e<"n- "When you look

at the hare; keep an eye on the dog," is a phrase which indi

cates that caution is necessary.

Cb'nlh t'hoo,

A certain kind of horse. Commonly, but erroneously written

T'hoo.

twan ne. "Urh, a feeble infant, an incipient man, like the

XszE
first budding of a tree or plant."

extreme old age, receiving a new set of teeth."

Laou t'how urh. " Old man."

AV5t

j -j^" Urh che. " In

Also read E, A sur.

An animal like a wild cow or buffalo, and having a single

horn ; a rhinoceros. The horn is said to be three cubits long,
and to weigh a thousand pounds ; the skiu is hard and thick, fit
for making cases or armour.

TSIN.

From the circumstance of the

Sharp ; acute ; piercing.

rhinoceros being most powerful in goring other animals, of its

Tenth Radical x. Jin JL

183

hom was made a cup, which contained the wine of punishment;

blame was implied whenever wine was given in the

# # Ftsew, Drinking

An elder brother.

# {#.

Fities, The cup of punishment. Hence the present cus.

tom of

KWAN.

#s. C.

TOW.

2L
Vulgarly, to stir up; to excite.

wine as a forfeit.

E3

Tow mow.

| # * Sze kwang, denotes A cup made of the rhinoceros

| EHT. tsoo.

A kind of helmet.

Clamour;

horn, or any horn cup.

noise.

Same as the preceding.

A7&"
%.

Tow ta.

To provoke, or incite to

# | *.

speak or act." (M. S. Dictionary.)

The name of one of four famous bad men in the time of #:

WUH,

Yaou.

.# Tow chow, is said to be vulgarly used

Unsettled; disquieted; agitated. Same as

#.

for, Drawing up long garments to prevent their touching

l E. Wh.,

the ground.

Ol. Scrib.

}. Sze.

See above.
*

Ol. Scrib.

j Urh.

See above.
From

*:
#.
%.

SIN.

". Togo forward, doubled.

# |

to proceed forward.
Original form

To advance;

Sin sin. Appearance of

off: K'heang. See Rad. =# Yang.

a multitude; a crowd.

A.

#. KING.

YEN.

-1

*en-chow, The name of a fertile

||| $ Shau-tung.

H. S. C. #R.H.

$. King, or | |

King king. To be attentive;

district in

| cautious, guarded against; a feeling of respect;

A surname.

anxious;

uneasy, watchful;

alarm.

YU.

H H

Formed from

Shun, and

%# # ser

7_Yih.

| ##

# # King king y y, yih jih, urhjih

wan ke. The Prince should be cautiously guarded against,

|

-*

yu. A

moment; a *hort period of time." Now written

-

W1 Ol. Scrib.

# Che.

See

Rad:#. Neu.

and attentive to, the ten thousand minute circumstances which

come daily before him." (Shoo-king.)

## |

| ##########"
w|A

R.

king king, joo lin shunyuen, joo lept ping. Tremblingly

THANG.

A surname.

alive and watchful, as if approaching the deep precipice; or as

A Jiih.

Eleventh Radical.

if treading on the thin ice." (Lun-yu.)

184_^ ^

^
Same as ^ Pe. See Rad.

Jin.

Chen king telh le. " Cultural and Tigilant"

|

Jiih ling king. " Entering a cold and frightful

JAOU.

Distant ; remote.

place."
01 Scrib. jj^King.

3Jj^l. Sameas ^Plh. See Rad. /Vy Jin.

HWANG. The bright shining of fire.

Same as*|^f Leang. See Rad. y Ping.

Same as J^Naou. See Rad.-^Neu.

See above.

5t

FOO.

To run with haste and agitation, like a frightened hare.

ELEVENTH

RADICAL.

quest) ; he does not first enter (to the pretence of his Sovereign,)
JiH, orJQh.

^S. C./N R.H.

and afterwards deliberate." (Le-king.)

To enter; to go withiniide t to recede from tight; to

receive. To put within.

J^J ^^^Ch'hflh jiih. "Togo

out and in, to go abroad, or to remain at borne."

plfj Juh le mcen. " To go withiniide."
'jj^'
side."

If^^P

enters by the mouth," i. e. from, intemperance.

' Disease
pp'

tB Lea"e jfih e wei ch'nuh- " Consider what

j ^t|3
J

I PinE tsunB -k'how jtih-

comes in, to regulate thereby the expenditure."

|g

r^j Wo juh k'heu le meen. " I am going within-f{j7;ij

| ^^^^T'batsin jiih le fhow.

"He entered withiniide."

=^ f^t

JB I 7fc I

S Srokeun ^ ^

rfn

jg^ fffl

tslh yung che shoo e. " To measure the expenditure by the

income, is the way to lite in easy circumstances." (Ta-hc6choo.) /jJI^T*

Keu show juh e. " Have all been

nrh how jiih; piih juh urh bow leang. "He who serves his

received," is a common phrase in letters. Show, is otherwise

Prince deliberates, and afterwards goes in (to make his re

written

Show.

jr

J J{ |^| Koo jdh jin

Eleventh Radical. II. Jh/\

185

my. To charge an innocent person purposely with guilt.

########| | ##
I #F### * * * *
chay, yih peiurhjuh; hopei urhjah chay, yih pciurh chhh.

Fang shih yu nuy. Inner apartments are called Nuy;

hence,

F.

San nuy, Three inner apartments.

Gonuy, A bed chamber.

| f- Nuy tsze,

My wife.

FA

| /\ Nuy jin, or
46-)- | .

"Unreasonable language given, will be returned by unrea

K fun nuy wae. All (i.e. the males and females) separated,

- language;

the latter within, the former withoutside.

property obtained by unfair means, will be

by unfair means lost. (Ta-het.)

#|| ARA E] X. #H |
ho, Ju puh seang juh.

| }#}# Nuy woo foo. Stewards, or

perial palace.
Petsze pth

That and this (two

i.e.

| {th

**uiting each other, not agreeing together.

Jih thatsie nuy, Put it within." A so read Jw8.

#
called 2): | Shaou

Superil.tendants of the Imperial household."

Chih

nuy, A certain office, also

nuy.

persons or

thirg) not agreeing, is called not entering reciprocally;"

}+ |

Ta nuy. The inner apartments of the Im

##

3.
=f-
+

Nuy
y k hesze, Officers of sate, in

the Imperial Council Chamber.

Sp] |

Ho nuy, The

name of a place.

2N

An erroneous form

*/\tel. seeRad/\Jin.
+H.

l/\"

Woo nuy;

H }# Woo
L Wang. See Rad.

form of

| EH Woo chung, same as

is'hang. The five viscera. (See under

- Thow.

+H wo)

| AR RE 7RR4/\

Nuy pith shih ke; wae puh shih jin. Neither injure one's

From Two to Seven Strokes.

self; nor yet injure others.

Fun nuy, Within one's part," i.e. included in

P' S. C. v.) R. H.

NUY :

# Z\/j-Z | Wo pun fun che

nuy. It is a part of my duty.
4##E %; #)
Z\%). | He tsae ne teth pun fun che nuy. It

one's duty,
From

Jh, To enter, and, || Keung, A

-

" Within, withinside, the inner part;

void

internal; in the

midst of, withinside a house; an inner apartment; included in.

W %| Nuy, wae.

Withinside, withoutside; internal, ex

Ph tsae nuy, Not within; not

is included in that which is your duty. Also read N, To

put into. (Mng-tsze.)

ternal.

included."

Zij' |

"Withinside the wall.

Tsae tseang che nuy.

2\\ LEANG.

4: # | J%j% #
The character

}| Yew choo nuy, pih hing choo wac. The feelings which
*ist within
will appear externally.
}## E.
Vol. i.
D2

4-

Two entering.

R}} Leang, Two, both, is derived from this

THAOU. To take; to procure.

/\ Jh. VI. Eleventh Radical

4- Orig. form of As

Tsuen. See below.

To be distinguished from A Tung.

See Rad.

/\

FR

F#

Ol. Scrib.

Jin.

A- SHWUY.

2-ol Scrib. 2

F. See Rad. ) Ph.

>

C-

A Tsues

#-

* A v. 5 R. H.

KWUH, To go forth.

####A

The name of a place.

Chung heaou leang tsuen. Complete both in fidelity and filial

duty.

Suitable; proper.

E]

Complete in all its parts; entire. To complete; to finish.

A surname.

Leang. See below.

%k # + | #

Choo-foo-tsze tsuen shoo.

The whole works of Choo-foo-tsze."

# # #H#

| 4% Chetae thung hea tsuen sng.

over a whole Province.

A Viceroy rules

Ff) LEANG.

T. s. c. 5 R.H.

**Pair: a couple to double. Numeral of two wheeled

#|| Rj4#| A. Na leang

| 3. jR ### Leang yarg

carriages; a certain weight.

kojin, Those two persons.

kae haou. Both ways all good;" i.e. either way will do; each

+ #! | I'

mode is equally good.

Show shoo

# j\ Ik

leang twan. Rat's head, two affairs, referring to the excessive

Tsuen kea shih theen lh The whole family feeds on the

timidity, and apparent indecision of the rat; applied to persons,

emoluments derived from Heaven;" i. e. His Imperial Majesty.

it denotes a man of wavering counsels.

## 4: ++. |

A. Leang mei pih h.

Yaou shin ming khung tsuen.

A \

Want to preserve both life and honor.

7t

#//

The two excellent ones, a genius

Hwan

and a beauty, must unite in marriage.

tsuen. To finish; to complete.

hy | #. H Ching

tsuen haou sze. To complete, from first to last, a given work.

| ) Tsuen pe.
# Tsuen

mng.

Completely provided with.

Complete ability; almighty.

Also

*1:-

# Aft

+%5%+4## + >'' | #,

H- Shih fun weiyihtsheen; shih

ts'hen weiyihleang, shih lh leang weiyib kin. Ten fun (or

candareen), make a ts'hen (or mace); ten ts'hen make a leang

read Tshuen.

(or tael), sixteen leang make a kin (or catty.) The weight of

4s." scrib #Peen seeRadikih.

4'- ol. Scrib.: Tshae see Rad H. Pei.

the leang has been different at different periods.

times twenty four/
... --

|
2-0 saw # she,
JT

In ancient

Choo, made a leang.

| H.Y." leang chay.

JU |

Twenty four horse carriages.

| 4: &

Read Lang,

A carriage.

Machay urh shih sze leang

+ -F# El

Che tsze yukwei pih leang yuche. The

187

Eleventh Radical. XV. Juh^

owe going to the house of her noble bridegroom, is met by a

" When children can eat food, teach them to use the right

hundred carriages" (She-king.)

hand ; when they can speak, let the boys answer (smartly) by

Lcang e. " The

tiro e," denote the heavens and earth ; or the two principles

Wei; the girls (softly) by Yu."

which existed after the first separation of matter.

Yun yu. "To assent to; to promise.

j J-^

I.eang ta, "The two great powers j" i. e. the heavens and earth.
|

Leang tsaou, " The plaintiff and defendant."

| -^"jY

J\ Lcang wei tajin. " The two great

personages," i. e. one's Parents. Also used, when two persons

of rank are addressed.

(Le-king.)
|

J
J

Yu yu.

" Mild, easy, respectful appearance."

^?^"ppj Wei yu kae ying tsze. "Wei and Yu, are both
terms of reply." Occurs in the sense of 'hS*' Yu, " More;
still more." Read Shoo, The name of a state.

J ^jJL j YTh leang j in

v^t^* K'HE.

tsze. " One tael of silver." fisfc j Yin leang. " Money."
in I
:jr | Kea leang. " A certain cover ofsilk for the breast."

Irregular; uneven.

Suspected to be erroneous, but retained for further examination.

PEEN. Small; little.

LEANG.
The common form of the preceding, in the sense of Two.
J 1

LAN. Sorrowful; mournful appearance.

LEANG.
LIN. Flame extending itself.
The common form of the preceding in the sense of the
weight or measure, by Europeans called a Tael. These two
^^01. Scrib.^Yu. SeeRad.^Ch'hS.
forms, are not sanctioned by the Dictionaries.
01. Scrib. ^p- Tsuen. See above.
From Seven to Fifteen Strokes.
YU.
From

^S. C.

PEiH.

j^R. H.

Tselh, " To put together," -j^ Chow, " A

yu*CHE.

boat;*' and

Fire.

Light; splendour.

Chuen, "Water." To hollow out a tree in

order to form a boat- (ShwS-wan.) To answer j to assent to,

OLScrib.^Kwae. SeeRad. ) Petti.
as, Yes; good; well. A surname.

|j L'Jc^'J^
CHING.

ntng shlh sze, keaou e yew show ; nSng yen nan wei, neu yu.

A carriage.

188

T W E L FT H

A N. PA: ) ( or )( s. c. . . R.H.

R A DIC A. L.

7\

The

Leform

The Seal Character form represents the back; hence it de

See

Show.

notes to turn the back upon; to separate from; to put asunder:

in which sense, it is also read Pei. (Kang-he.) From two

*}Yr- Ra:#

From Two to Seven Strokes.

2- KUNG. :

(5.

S. C.

"2 R. H.

strokes diverging at the bottom, hence the idea of To separate.

(Tsze-hwuy.)

VL) |f||

# J\ Te p.

Eight.

The eighth,"

From

/\ P, To

turn the back up, and

-A

Sze,

Sze meen p fang, expresses the four

Selfish, the opposite of that which is selfish and unjust.

cardinal points of the compass; and the same divided, so as

General; public; just; equitable; fair; the male of animals. A

4+

term of respect, addressed to persons; name of certain official

Nen fang urh p. Age just twice eight;"

situations; a title of nobility; name of certain stars; a surname.

to make eight points, as South, Southwest, West, &c.

jj =

+ |

i.e. just sixteen years of age.

-- P shih.

teen.

Eighty.

| |

Pp.

and

Wang p.

# EE |

EE

Wang p t'how,

EE |

| 3% Kung woo.

| $: Kung fei.

Public expenditure,

Kungsze. A public body of men, as a mercantile

| fift Kung so;

Kung kwan,

A place of public meeting; a public hall.

J#7%

Shyay tsae kung. Before day light in the public

# Wang p tan, or EE

.#Kur chung

kung tan,

Wang p j teih. A bastard, in opprobrious

Paid by the whole body, of persons concerned.

larguage. To rhyme read Peh and P8.
They call Fight,
-

Yin Lumber, and

Public

company.

temple.

#t. #

kan, or

Woo kwei wang p, Are all terms

of abuse; denoting one who lives on his wife's prostitution; one

lost to virtue.

affairs.

| #]

Eight times eight;" or sixty-four.

EE.

# Kerr

Shih p. Eigh

y # #s" yin shoo. Smaller

'Mul shoo, Would number.

*

% ## Kung

sze leang tih, Public and private

(ends) both gained.

VI, Kung ping;

# Kung taou.

Just,

Twelfth Radical.

189
equitable."

J^^^^J Kung p'hing keaou yfli,

To tnde or deal justly."

*|| g ^E/V

kung, The god of thunder.

spider."

^^^^0

Pa

Wan6 kung, "A

Ts'hlh kung, Seven stars.

Occurs in the sense of

; ^\ Kung Uou tsze Uae j in tin, " Justice is doubtless natural

to the heart of man."

|^ |

II.

Kung, " Meritorious."

(She-king.) To rhyme, read Kwang.

Left che kelh chung yue1 kung, "To intend the public good
htU.
is called Kung."
|

E kung meih sze,

"By

public feeling to extinguish selfish motives."

Keun kung, A king, or sovereign of a country.

Kung cboo, A Princess.

/% R. H.

Six. J^^Teluh, "Sixth."

Kung, sze, are opposites as Public, private; just,

selfish.

Cp S. C.

Kung sin, " Public spirited."

-f-

p^Kung tseO, The first

luh, "Sixteen."
|

-[-

Luh shlh, " Sixty."

Liih luh, " Six tiroes six," or thirty-six.

| - *

^7 fipj Liih shlh hwa kea, " Cycle of sixty years."

L"h ho, " The four cardinal points, the zenith and

of the five ranks of Nobility. (See under -ff Woo.) ^|Ej

J Sean kung, A minister of state.

Kung tsze,

A soni iof a Nobleman. The two last expressions, are in the

t of courtesy, applied to young Gentlemen. JpfJ j
Chow kung, or
Chow."

^ =|
tjlj^

a shop."

tions.

^ |^J

Kung."

Chow seang kung, " Mr.

Sze fhow kung, " The Master of

San leang wei liih, laou yin soo yay, " Three twos make six, an
old Yin number."

The division of the digits into Yin and

Yang, is to the writer of this, quite unintelligible.

ThenameofaSUte.^^^^^^

J Tsoojinmelhlub.

"The people of Tsoo destroyed Lib." -ij|^7Jjf|3^^^^

San kung, Three certain official situa

Jj^- |

is (otherwise called) Tang-liih." (Ching-yu-kaou.) In the

Foo yu kung, " A father is called

Kea kung, " My father."

Seiih shin nae she Tang-liih. " The god of snow,

northern dialect, read Lew. To rhyme, read Leih.

Kung kea, "The Royal, or Imperial family."

^^01. Scribal] Peg. See Rad.^ Taou.

Tsuu kung, - Your father." A wife calls her husband s father

|

Kung kung.

j -fij- Rung moo, " Male

^nr^ HE.

and female;" lather and mother.

yS. C.

<^R. H.

J
From ' H K'haou, and

Pa, representing the breath

Kung shwangj moo tuy, " A husband whose wife still lives, and
issuing forth, after the principal words of the sentence are
a wife whose husband is alive." At marriages the Bridegroom
enunciated. . A tone of interrogation, examination, or admir
is dressed by a Kung-ahwang, and the Bride by a Moo-tuy.
] ^^KungtSng, " You, Gentlemen." /^J
K'heu kung, Hii Imperial'Mfjesty."
VOL. I.

>|j|* ]

ation. In the middle of a sentence it denotes an inquiry, which

Luy

is answered in the following member ; at the close of a sentence,

b8

190

J\ Pa. V. Twelfth Radical.

# |E| K'hung
thung. Together with."
| #: [f] 4: K'hung laou
urh shih. To eat in the same fold." A's | #5R

Hung, Forms part of the name of a place.

5% #H##|1%. AS.4% #H
###|1}##1%#H#/#|E|2
######2% ###|| ##1'i

Le

Ph khung tae then. Not live together under the canopy

of heaven, implies a determination to take revenge, that either

.############. He
joo taou he?-kw che tsingleang, she che tapaou ; joo kaoujoo

#+ Khungke,
| #
The whole number reckoned up, sum total
|

tsaou he? kng chay tsng hen, tsoo chay fan naou. He who

Ta k'hung, or

chay joo ho joo taou, piih he chay joo kaoujoo tsaou;joo ho

ng

the one or the other shall perish.

4%|

Tsung khung, or reversed, K'hung

niju."

A\| | H k'hung,
## fiff}{j\TS | til

learns is like the good grains Ho and Taou; he who does not

tsung. The whole collectively.

learn, is like the tares and useless weeds.

All united.

What is the good

grain? The essential food of a Nation, the most valuable

F*chay, soyu theen hea khungyay. The law, is that which

production in the world. What are the tares and the weeds?

isthe same to all equally throughout the Empire.

Things which the husbandman detests, and which enrage the

Kang kung, An officer who in former times had the controul of

j# |

Gan tsheay keih he.

* +E #Ek}/{###||
:#F#F###ffffj%H | Z"
yu wei ching e tih, pejoo pih shin, keu k'he so,

sing khung che. Confucius said, He who rules by virtue,

clearer of the ground. (Ming-sin-paou-ken.)

|E|.

# H. H. |

Both tranquil and happy.

written

Hih he heuen hel How splendid! how glorious !"

(She-king.)

Syn. with

E.

Sometimes

urh chung

may be compared to the North polar star; it remains

He.

^*

place, and all the stars are directed towards it."

in its

(Lun-yu.)

The remains of a rotten bone.

| #1 Hung che, The name of a place.

+ Kuusa. # S. C. " R. H.
A Ne
Derived from

++ Jih. Twenty taken together, (Shw8

AN- ol.scrib%:Seaou SeeRad. 44 Chuh.

4'

Same as

#.

Ol.

th Chung.SeeRad. |

Kwn.

wn.) Represents two hands united to hold something. (Tsze

hwuy. General; many collectively; the whole, all; all together;

with; the same to all; to include with.

scribj\Theen. See Rad.j\T.

Read Kung, Respect

ful, serving with respect. A surname. The name of a place.

Read Kng, To take the controul of artificers; towards. A

"me; also read Kng, To give, or supply with. Read

++.
> \,

PING,

3G S. C. -k
#|S
}

R. H.

Weapons of war; those who use the weapons; soldiers;

Twelfth Radical. VI. Pa /\

191

troops, an army. To use the weapons; to attack an enemy.

applied by the Chinese to Foreign Commanders.

J###1 F. 2:## $#Firs

Hiros keu,

yew woo,

kung, shoo, maou, ko, kelh. The weapons are of five kinds,

Armour.

A war chariot.

| H Ping ke,

| # Ping chuen, A ship of war. |

the bow; the single pointed spear; the hooked lance; the

| # Ping kin, Unlucky days on which the army does

"pear with a central and a diverging point; the spear with a

not go forth to battle. The Chinese worship their standards,

-R: |

central and two diverging points.

Ch'hang

ping, Long arms, such as those now mentioned.

#.
| #

Twan ping, Short arms, as the sword.

| #" heae, Military weapons; arms;

military stores.
| 2#. Ping tsiih; | T Ping
ting; # | # Tang ping teth, all express A soldier.
# Tsaou ping, To exercise troops. # |
Pingkhe, or

ro

and present to them offerings and sacrifice. The falling of a

banner is ominous of the overthrow of an army.

| |# * poo, One of the six national councils;

that which has the centroul of the army.

To rhyme read Pang, and also Poo.

From

Kung,

Hands joind, to sustainJ. Kin, A hatchet." See the seal

character form.

(Shw-wn.)

Khe ping, To raise, or put an army in motion.

++ or serie E clans
| .#T4

Chhh ping tach hang, To go forward to

#* *

# | XS:#|| Chhh ping pth le, To en

battle.

% |

f*ge without success.

j\ |

vision of the army.

heaven,

"j\ |

Then ping, The army of

4's

KE.

Taping, The grand army, express

The breath rising upwards from the mouth.

the Imperial troops.

Kwan ping, The govern

4:R |

ment troops.

ol.scrib.4#Khe SeeRad/f Chh.

Yih che ping, A di

Fh ping, Troops lying in

Same as

% : Maou, but an erroneous character.

Yuping, To review the troops.

ambush.

> *

| ##L's hwang malwan, The troops were

"med and the horse, thrown into confusion.

Jh | #z
Wicto

}#4

Ol. Scrib.

E.

KHE. I

Z\ Kung.

See above.

Shing foo nae ping kea che chang.

+ s.c. 4. R. H.

"J and defeat, are common-place occurrences with the

_A \,

soldiler,"
* *
is the

language

of consolation addressed to those

A-1 Ping kwan, An officer in

who haWe suffered.

#|

the arm."
rmy.
Vulga
g

Tsung ping, A general officer,

H# Ping thow, Head of the troops, term

-

A relative Pronoun referring to antecendent Person" or

things; he, she ; it; they.

Also indefinite, as Its; his; any

one; whoever; the subject affirmed of

rendered The; that.

Sometimes may be

At the end of a sentence, occurs read Ke,

/\ Pa.

VI.

192

Twelfth Radical.

as an expletive. A surname. The name of a place ; the r

are already prepared.

of a hill.

keu we e ylh ban, " Respectfully present the enclosure, with a

|j

K'be ju, " The rest, the remain

"p^[ J 'f^'f^^

Fun5 lteu' " To P1**1 to

traduces a comparison of two things, of which the preferable

superior. -^J^i^^j^^ J

Che ming piih keu, ** You,

one is put in the last member of the sentence, preceded by

knowing my name, I do not insert it"

J^iL 1

Yu k'he, " In it, ai to this matter ;" generally in-

Ning, " Better ;" or ^j^0 >,|.ah jo, " How so good

trifling present.

' ffe| Kin

Keu win, An

official document intended merely as a compliance with the

requisite forms. To rhyme, read Kew.

chay yay, ning keen. " Observances required by custom,in

Jrtt?
thein, parsimony is better than extravagance."
K'he ts'hze, " The next"

TEEN.

lS.C.

3k R. H

j /^\^

j ^^K'he jen, " It is certain,

The Seal Character represents the records of the five an

| ^0^Ij^L K he k'he jen

cient kings placed on a stand, as a mark of respect. (ShwS-wSn.)

hoo, " How is it certain ! or How can it be assuredly so I*'

A standard, or classical work ; a constant rule ; a canon. To

or it is certainly so."

j -^pK'hejoo, "It is as it"

' This."

| ^Jy K'he sxe,

K.he cnungi .< i the midst of it"

rule ; to manage; to controul.

To put under the care of an

other i to pawn, or mortgage. A surname. Read Theen,

P^J Cj^ tjylp^l 1^0- K he nuJ cban6 P*,h JCT ae-

To confer benefits.

" There must be something going on underhand."

che ch'huh ho king teen, " Do not know from what classic or
I --itsacred book it is derived."
j |^ Teenchang, "Clas

They say.

K'he

Uz* ylh yew shlh, yew heu, "The character K'he has both
(a solid) a definite, and (an empty) an indefinite sense." By the

sical works."

yf^^l {i| ^fSJ'^ jfe. Ph

Teen tselh, " Books in general."

^ Ko ,Een' or |

"(^j^ TSen koo> " Tne 'ubjects of the

first they mean its referring to some particular person, place,

ancient books."

or subject; and by the other its use as a particle.

c6ntroul or keeping of."

Originally,

K'he, when borrowed in the sens: above given, it was

Teen show, " To have the

| ^^Vf

"ffijyffij Teen show chay, piih Hh tsxe k'he kwo, " The per
son entrusted with the controul Or keeping, cannot exense him

abbreviated.

self."
l=f^ KHEU, or Ke\i.

Gan fheen;

Shing t'heens

^S. C. R.H.
J Ta fheen, All express great favour ; much kindness

Placed together; already prepared ; arranged. To present

to. An utensil. A surname.
utensil."
ment."

^|J J

and bounty."

^gJJ

| o^^Wo^L

^|-]=jr/^j^ HwiS she teen, hwB she mae, yay yew tlh ne,

K'he keu, " An

Hing keu, "Instruments of punish

" Whether it be mortgaged, or whether it be sold, rests with

| ffi F letih keu tsae, " The laws

you."

Ch'huh teen, " The person who - snort

Twelfth Radical. XI.

193
gages his property.''
gagee."

~f~l

-j- Teen choo, " The mort-

| Woo teen, denotes the tame as -j-f

Woo lun. See under -fa Woo.

Pa Jf^

Keen kae, " To apply or belong equally to sereral things ;" as

/SS^ ^J^_ |

Pon mOh keen kae, "Applies both to the

origin and the end."

Keen urh yew che,

" To connect together and possess them ;" as in the cue ofjoin
^>(^ Another form of

K'he.
ing together sereral states and ruling orer them.

j ~^\~

j N Keen shen t'heen hea, "To diffuse rirtue through

out the empire f to make others participate ofrirtue.
J
tartti
flli K'*n
" T incorPorate I t0 un'le tno m hstances

From Seven to Eighteen Strokes.

SUY. That which is according to one's wishes.

together."
Commonly written j3g Suy, but they ihould be coniidered
diitinct character!. (E-wan-pe-lan.)

| J'p*1w Keen han, " To contain more than

one."

Often written 3a Keen, but not sanctioned by the

in \
Dictionaries.

01. Scrib. -dfe Ch'he.

01. Scribu& Tung. See Rad. J Ping.

Same as itif Teen. See above.

Same as

Ke. See Rad. ^~J~Kung.

id
S> 01 Scrib-

LUN.

Yu. See Rad. pi Kew

To consider.

Same as

KEEN.+

01. Scrib. ^Kwan.SeeRad, + T'hoo

Keu

S s'c'

OI.Scrib.^K'he.SeeRad.^Chilh.

A man's Name. The pronunciation not known.

g |r. H.

Formed from a hand grasping two stalki ofgrain,

Same as ^ T'h8. See Rad.^ Ta.

Ping

is formed from a hand grasping one (talk. There are few things

|Jkj Y& The bubbling of boiling water.

of which so many can be grasped as (talks of grain. Holding

two, or sereral at the tame time; sereral connected; to con
nect; to join.

Same as jgL Ke. See below.

Together with; and; and alto. A surname,

LEEN. To cutoff; to separate entirely.

^jj^ -^|- Keen ping, " To connect together.''

Tot. I.

j "pp
rl

Thirteenth Radical.

PAN.

194

Mean occupation, or affairi. (Shw8-wan.)

The ancient form of

K'HE.

A square-looking full face.

Pan. (E-wan-pe-lan )
01. Scrib. Z^j Ke. See Rad.

Rffl

Same as

Yue\

Teen. See above.

Ol. Scrib.
S C.

KE.

Shin. See Rad. g Jlh.

R. H.
Common form of the following;.

A certain district in the north, where the

7V>
Yaou, at the time of the Deluge, is said to hare held hii court.
The reigning family says it was at/^j(jjfc

Shing-king, the

JpL TEEN.

capital of Manchow Tartary. (Vide Ta-tsing-ylh-t'hung-che.)

One of the ~\\^ ^')^| ^eW coow> "me rpC'ons "nl which
Tu divided the land after the Deluge.

To desire i to

The rertex ; the top of the head i to reverse the proper

ordert to turn upside down. More. Frequently written
Teen. See under the Radical J= Bet.

wish ; to hope. A surname. Also read, Kc.

THIRTEENTH

RADICAL.

limit" Formerly written |pj Keu ng, now written^|rjj Kenng.

KEUNG.
Occurs read Hing, A Toid space; a waste i a desert.
n
|~*"^ MAOU.

J^3JL -ffi" "uL Ylh ** wei ette keaou i k**ou wac wei

To coTer or overspread, as the ca

nopy of hcaTcn ; a double covering.

Also read M6w.

che yay ; yay wac wei chelin i linwae weichekeung rseang juen
keae yay , " The parts without side a city are called Keaou ;

From Two to Seven Strokes.

beyond the Keaou (or suburbs) the space is called Yuy (or wild
|j

MAOU.

A covering for the head. Now writ

common) i beyond the common, it is called Lin (woods) ; beyond

the woods, it is calledKeung; the character represents a remote

ten p_j Maou, and most frequently

Maoi<, which is

195

Thirteenth Radical.

V. Kcung |~]

erroneous. (R-wan-pe-lan.) The last if the form in constant

.^.TSllIll-

J^S.C.

$)R.H.

use. A child's cap used by barbarians. The two lines repre

sent the ornaments. (Shw8-wan.) According to some, used in

Ia ancient timet, before the invention of paper, document*

were written on slips of bamboo, several of which are repre

the same sense as the preceding.

sented by the Seal Character tied' together, with two strings.

YEN. *

^ S. C.
In this form the commands of His Majesty, were in. ancient

Weak and pliant, as hair.

Z^Z j

Ten yen, " Ap

pearance of walking, or advancing." A surname.

times, delivered to the officers of state. A list; an inventory ;

a register) a schedule; a memorandum ; a volume; a book.
To plan ; to contrive ; to establish. (Tsze-bwuy.) Syn. with

Jm

01. Scrib. ^ Jin.

Jjqf Tshlh.

Yen hoo ts'hib, -A census;

a list of the people."

JpHT j

Hwang U'hlh, " The Im

Ol.Scrib.j^. Chung. SeeRad.ijA Sze.

perial register of all persons, property, &c, throughout the empire."
-j^"1 YEN. Same as

J KepunU'hlh, * Several volumes-

Yen. See above.

of a register."

Surname of one of the pupils of Confucius.

|~

^pf

Tsaou U'hih, " To make a list."

Shang U'hlh, " To insert in a list"

Shoo U*Ih, " Books" generally.

Same as

Ts'hih.

P^j

f=l^ J
|

Mun U'hlh,

See below.
Rails placed in a door way to stop the passage, in appearance

fi9
Ought to be written thus -flfl- Also read Kung,An orifice.
J5J 01.Scrib^[p[Keung.SeeRad. -f" T'hoo

similar to the form of the Seal . Character.

]p5 tsae:

s. C.

R. H

A second time ; doubled ; repeated j again ; then.

*|

A common,but erroneous form of |3j- Tsae. Seabelow

Tsae san ting ning, " To tell over and over
| 2El||^itj" Ttae e seay, " To

JSJ 01 Scrib. |#J Wang.

decline with thanks again and again."

Tsae san tsae sze, " Again and again; repeatedly."

j/LJ
^fjfy

NEE.
Q
or hangiag down. From the character
Bfc inverted.

yesterday."

j ^J^T'ha U8 jlh tsae lae, " He came again

j "jj^ Ts'hing ne Uae ihwS,

' lH thank you to say it again."

Chin yen phk tsae, " I shall not repeat what I have said." (Shoo

T] Keung VII. Thirteenth Radical

196

| XN Tsaepth, Not again.

Z
#,##HF iP. Yih che wei shin k'he k'ho

king.)

tsae hoo, Once is abundantly sufficient; what occasion to re

peat it ! (Tso-chuen.) Also read Ch'hih. To rhyme read Tse.

From Seven to Twenty Strokes.

th
F]

CHOW.

A helmet.

KWA.

H # Pei chow,

with gems.

#|

Kwa.

See Rad.

7|

Taou.

R. H.

A helmet adorned

->

To separate the flesh from the bones.

The original form of

# A. V. #

Ke chow, Armour and helmets.

'b: Z\ IBH
H | ########
** *
e chow ts

shin, piih nng tsuen le, Armour and a helmet are now

|a

upon

TSUNG. No meaning given.

me. I cannot perform what perfect ceremony requires. To
be distinguished from
Ol. Scrib.

Chow, see Radical

W.]

Jow.

T# Kwan.SeeRad.*Men.
These two are often confounded in classical books. (Kang-he)

R; |

KEUNG.

|#

Same as

# kerien." splendid.

E}
From

MAOU.

[E]s C. # R. H.

E] Maou, To cover,

and

E.

Mh, The

# Ts'hih. See above,

eye." To advance blindfold, to hold something before the

Ol. Scrib.

#Tan.

eyes and still go on; to shut one's own eyes; to wish to be

See Rad. Y Choo.

U!

deceived.

Ek]

Ol. Scrib.

Blindly, rashly, to rush upon heedlessly; to assume;

**irm falsely. That which cover, the head. Read Mih, To

Yu, Rain.
covet; to offend; the name of a people.

WE)

Tae mei, a certain shell fish,

CHAOU.

Read Mi.

something like a tortoise.

A tree bending down with fruit.

>R.

|
# Kaou, Bright,from the Rad.
This character is from F. Maou. See above.

To be distinguished from

E.

Jih.

|E}

F]

Common form of

E. Maou. Seebelow.

| 3 U. Maou fan, To offend igno

rantly, or inconsiderately.
| Maou chih, To

to see the truth.

give offence inconsiderately.

ignorantly.
Same as

Ch'h. See Rad. J.E. Pe.

Tan maou, To prefer being blinded, not wishing

| H% Maou mei, Blindly,

B% Maoujin, To claim falsely; to

acknowledge that to be one's own which is not.

Maou kaou, To accuse falsely.

|||

Maou ming,

M \, \

Ol. Scrib.

Ri

Yu, Rain.

To assume another's name.

| TH+ "

"g ting te, To assume another's name and act in his stead."

197
| ^J^Maou ize, "To rush rashly on death, to brave
death."

J^j Maou fnng yu, " To brave the

wind and rain."

J |^J jjj-j

Thirteenth Radical.

X.

Keung |~J

Peen ; during Yin, it was called Heu ; during Hea, it was called
Show."

To write it with |^J JTh, is erroneous.

Maou yu nrh lae,

j=jjj OLScrib. /^Tsze, seeRad.^K'heen.

" Braved the rain and came."

Maou

jt kelh hing, " Hastened on regardless of the heat"

J^lI
Y

Maou leaou fung, or ^pjj^ J Kan maou,

Hwang maou, "A yellow

hare taken cold.1

cap." Syn. with ^

MAOU.

To rush against; to offend.

To
Read Mlh, To advance abruptly.

Maou.
MEEN.

Same as "f^r H8,

S.C.

J^R.H.

Rad./-^Meen.
A kind ofcrown worn by the Emperor and inferior Princes
in ancient times. The top part appears like a flat board laid ok

KOW.

^ S. C.

^ R. H.
the head, with pearls or gems strung on silk, and suspended in

To connect together, as the beams of a house, represented

by the character. One hundred millions.

\ j I jj| j Chung

regular rows, before and behind. The difference of rank was

marked by the number of gems. The Emperor is said to hate

kow^ " The most retired and secret apartments of the interior

had two hundred and eighty eight

palace, occupied by the ladies and Imperial family."

Lew; hence Meen lew, " A crown.-1 These crowns were first

pjl)

I ^nr^ pT^M*iiL chnng kow che yen

made by

These were called jjj^

/^ Hwang-te, and were called by different

pfih k*ho taou yay, " What is said in the secret apartments of

names, as ^

the palace, must not be told." (She-king.) It was insinuated

Kwin meen, " The Imperial crown."

Pee- meen,

Chny meen,

by the Poet, that the language used in the palace was too bad

He mi-en ; and

for utterance.

The sides of the crown covered the ears i the gems hanging

J Heun meen, were inferior varieties.

before, were intended to remind the wearer not to look at what

NO.

That which is contained in a houses an

was base ; and the covering of the ears intimated) that he should

apartment to contain books.

not listen to slanderers. (Tsze-hwny )

Jjjjjjrj j jJf||F

-{^J Ma meen le yay, " A linen crown waS'the (ancient) dress

HEU, or Heu.

To cover. A certain cap or

of ceremony."

worn by the Emperor and Princes in ancient times.

-jpj* J '

-^L Kwan meen t'hang

hwang, " The crown, palace, and Emperor." These Words ex

press an open, noble, and dignified behaviour, in any station.

" Under the dynasty Chow, the cap referred to,was called
VOL. I.

cJ

Al. Scrib.

Meen.

[] Keung.

XX. Thirteenth Radical.

198

# sH.

CHING, or Shing.

-&# Yu
* she,
*

An ornament for the face or fore

c lace or lorr

E.

A kind of cupboard or press, in which to keep rice.

i.

head : a bandage for the head; a napkin.

MEEN. To equalize, to make two equal.

'# ol.scrib. 'EKe See Rad. E Jih.

YU. See immediately preceding.

The sound and meaning not known.

JVN

# K'HEA. A particular kind of cap.

% *%YuK'HEUEN.

*~ | \e

www.
'*'
Pronunciation and meaning not known.
- -

A child's cap.

Original form of # Teaou. See above.

seeRadi"Men.

YUEN.

Same as

# Heu.

See above.

To be distinguished from Men, A crown, given above.

The lower part of the one being

%.

Men, of the other

Ol. Scrib.

LE.

|% No, see Rad. If Kin

T'hoo.

#!

TEAOU.

fj

KEAOU. False; deceitful.

An utensil used to cover something.

.# Tsle, A white cap.

Ol. Scrib. RR Yu, Rain.

199

FOURTEENTH

RADICAL.

it

meIr

Ol.Scrib.^Yung, see Rad.>-LMeen;

To corer; to OTenpread. From YTh banging down

YAQU.
itt the endi. To corer any thing with a napkin.

Deep, hollow eyes.

7C

Melh, melh, raelh, are now uied in the i

fel

T'HUNG.

A round cover.

From Two to Seven Strokes.

ME.

To enter; to go round; deep; obscured;

Common form of ^^Yung. SeeRad.y-^Me

Heu me, The name of a country.

A.

Originally

written J^^I He, with " a net" at the top ; hence implying,
YIN.

^ S.C.
enclosing all around.

Walking; appearance of walking.

Read Tew, Doubtful;

To be distinguished from

Sin.

See Radical yT\^ Heue.

hesitating. In De Guignei'i Dictionary, the definition which

belong! to

"few, is erroneously inserted under this

From Seven to Nineteen Strokes.

character. Some haxe surmised that the two character* were

SltfH.

(f| S. C.

the game, but the Dictionaries do not sanction it.

Not occurring opportunely. Rice, some hard and some
TEfH,

To enter.
soft, so as not to mix well ; which prerents its being lifted
easily with the sticks, employed by theChinese in eating. Tuh-

Same asy^ Kang, see Rad._l_Tow.

p'heen appears to give quite an opposite meaning, and says,
that this character is the same as what is now- written jfej^
OLScrib.^T'heen, see Rad.^ Ta.
SUh, " Occurring opportunely."

** Meth.

VIII. Fourteenth Radical.

200
language of courtesy. Chinese politeness requires the 1

tf- KWAN.J

p 8.C.

^R.H.
to be covered, which, in very warm weather, is unpleasant ;

Something to bind up the hair, and cover the head; any

of cap. From '

a visitor is therefore requested to put off his cap. But

* Melh, " To cover ;' yj^ Yuen,

the- cap with its knob is a badge of rank, and it sounds harsh

" The head ;" and "^j- Ts'hun, " An inch f denoting, that a

to desire a person to put off that badge ; hence they say, " Raise

cap it made by rule. The Chineie say, in high antiquity, when

or promote" the cap, imply ing a wish, that so far from desiring

people 1'iTed in the caves of wildernenes, their garments "were

the person to put away, or lose his badge of honor, it is hoped

of hair, and the covering for the head of ikin. In after agct,

be will obtain a higher one-

the Saga observing that birds had creiti and crop*, and that

with officers of government, it is also a badge of official rank <

animals had horns and beards, hence took the idea of forming

hence when they offend, and render themselves unworthy of

caps and crowns, with ribbands to bind them, and hang down

that rank, they sometimes kneel in the presence of their supe

below the chin.

riors and tear off their caps, as a mark of confession and con

Read Kwan, To cap ; to put a cap on a young man; a cere

mony formerly performed by his father, when the individual

The cap is a part of full dress -

trition ; as if they said, " I am unworthy of the rank or office

of which this cap is the sign."

had arrived at the age of twenty. It is now performed on the

tj^l

K kwan chungjin," A man amongst

day of marriage. Females have a similar observance ; instead

Kwan

of being capped, their hair is put up and dressed in a particu

shang, " Caps ami loug robes," i. e. fine raiment.

lar manner, with a bodkin of wood, copper, silver, or gold, ac

fyjfy K *mta W*n w6n* " RoDC,>DB' caP,i

cording to the wealth of the parties.

TCli

/fc* |
finetbings."

^wan'
MUNG.

S.C.

" To add the cap," or perform the ceremony j ust described.

From
urh yew che, " At the ceremony of capping (as above described)

pig."

it ii said, put away your childish purposes."

with

Maou, " To corer," and

She, " A hog or

Covered over; dull stupid boy 4 unintelligent Syn.

Hung.

Kwan, also denotes, the person who overtops all others, The
CHUNGS

S. C.

head ; the chief. Kwan and Kwan, are both used as surnames.
To rhyme, read K'heuen, Keuen, and Keuen.
j ^ Knu meen, "A cap."
kwan, "To put off a cap." This is plain language.
I

From / "J Paou, " To enclose around ;" the other part
J

Meen

used for sound. (Shw8-wan.) A swelling mound of earth j

jjj^f*

swelling high ; the summit of a hill.

Shing kwan, " Raise the cap ;" i. e. put it off, in the

The mound of earth

raised over graves, and the surrounding ridge enclosing it, re

201
presented by the Seal Character.
grave itself.

Fourteenth Radical.
I

Chung, often denotes the

VIII. Meth *~*

fff] ~$C* Han yuen urh ,ie> " Died

* fee'inC of

resentment for injuries received."

^r^L ~f"~ ^nunE t'hoo, " A mound of earth i

So Juen'

" To state one's grievances." J^^- j Kelh yuen, or Pf=j

an altar of earth on which to sacrifice."

Greati the first and most honorably born son is called

Ming yuen, " To strike the drum in order to call at

tention to individual injuries." A drum is placed near the

J

Cbung-tsze.

jjj J ^ ^ Shan chung

second gate of public offices, that individuals who cannot ob

tsuh pSng, " The rocks rush down from the summit of the
tain justice in the regular way, may strike it and arouse the
mountains.'' (She-king.)

| ijll Chung tsae, " Entrusted

attention of the officer within.

with great authority."

^tj? J

Shun yuen, " To

^y^T^C/ff^ \
straighten that which is bowed down," to grant a person justice ;

Che jO foo yew chung tsze, chingyu6

kea tiih, " As to the father's first born son, he is denominated

to right a person.

86 Jaen' "'*'0 WMD aw*^

Kea-tuh ;" i. e. the ruler of the family.

injuries or resentments ;" and ^-t=* J Seuh yuen, " To

snow" them, express to have taken ample revenge; to have ob

TSEU, or Seu.

pj5j| S. C.
tained full satisfaction

To collect together; to accumulate.

The present..

| >pj Yuen ken, The name of

a district.

Tseu, was formerly written thus ; for in collecting things, some

MING. +
thing was necessary to cover and conceal them.

[H| S. C.

^ R. H.

To use
Luh, and i

Derived from

jf$ Tsuy, in this sense, is erroneous.

' Melh, viz.

"Day, sixteen, and to cover," because on the sixteenth the

(Is-

YUEN

,R. H

moon begins to be obscured. (ShwO-wan.)

to the six, is implied in the character ^| JIh.

From a hare beneath a cover, not only unable to run, but

made to stoop. (Kang-he.)

Ten to be added
Obscure ;

dull ; gloomy ; deep and silent recess, as ofa cavern or wood ;

To cause to stoop; to force

to crouch. To injure; to oppress; to ill use ; to cause resent

dark. The obscure perceptions of childhood.

ment '

Yew nring, " The obscure regions of the dead, Hades."

j
j
|

Yuen keu, " To oppress ; to ill use."

ligent.'"

Kefi yuen, " To contract a resentment or enmity."

Read Ming.

and a creditor," is a phrase commonly applied to affairs which

J/

j Heun ming, "The

J ^Jj; Ming hae, " The deep sea."

|

Ming ming, or

Ming

me, " Dull j obscure,"' applied to the human intellect. Read

^^*"
I
H!

| Ts'hing ming, " Heaven."

god of water."

-| Yuen kea chae choo, " A person filled with reientment,

vol.. i.

|ij

P1h ming, " The northern sea."

j ^^^^

re likely to give as much trouble as those persons do.

Ming wan pith ling, " Dull ; stupid ; unintel

Yuen wang, " To ill use ; to charge falsely."

YueP*fh'how, " An enmity."

ffijij

Meth. XIX.

Fourteenth Radical.

202

Mel h. To coTer, or blindfold ; to take and tie animals. Read

01. Scrib. jgj? Yen, see Rad j/^ Ho.
Meen.

Meen heuen," Unable to see." To rhyme,

read Mang.
CHIN.
Same as

To dig a hole in the ground ; and stick

Kwan, see above.

something into it. A

HfflL

SZE.

A surname.

MElH.

Same as t~^Mefh, see above.

To coTer oyer, as with an embroidered cloth, the

Another form of ^ Foo, "Rich.
used in sacrifice.
TOO.
01. Scrib.-jj^j- Koo, see Rad. p K'hovr.
In the rites of sacrifice, to place a cup with wine on the
ground, in the presence of the idol. The top of the character

Same as jg? Yen, see Rad. j/^ Ho.

represents a coTering. The character U-"p Ch'ha, is now em

01. Scrib. Jjjig Yin, see Rad. yj^ She.

ployed in the same i

01. Scrib.

Kea. see Rad. y-1-. Meen.

An erroneous form of 5f Seuen.

Sameas^ Meih, see Rad. tl Chung.

TEEN.

Lofty and remote.

203

FIFTEENTH

PING*

RADICAL.

T'HAE.

^Orig.^A.V. ^S.C

Water freezing; ice. The frameri of the

j** Kac-

Uze, the present written character, changed the original form

Great.

Read T'ha, Slippery. Al. Scrib.

^k. T'hae. See Radical

T'hae, but properly

Shwfiy.

of Ping, to that now in use.

JAPING.

ifts.C.

%R.H.

THING, or Ling. The appearance ofice, icy.

Ice-

v^C^f pingP,neen. or

p'ng tung,

From Three to Seven Strokes.

" Ice, or apiece of ice."

ice."

pinS ts'hiDg shwdy l&ng, " Clear

Ping han, " Cold as

as ice and cold as water;'' expresses a person of pureand simple

w TUNG.

^ S. C.

^ R. H.
manners, superior to the influence of ambition, avarice, or

The but of the four

Winter i to store up ; the close ;

the end. A surname. From

Chung, " The close ;" and

Ping, " Ice." The celestial influence ascends, and the

other irregular passions.

i f^yffi^ ~f?
4
ffTfjf Ylh p'heen ping sin tsae yiib boo, " A heart of ice in a
vessel of transparent stone."

Like the preceding sentence,

terrestial descends ; the communication between heaven and

does not denote a person cold and hard-heartedt but a person

earth is stopped, and winter caused.

pure, simple, and upright.

their theory.
otherwise expressed by

Such is a specimen of

^ Tung che, " The winter solstices"

j

"g /^w Tung che tsee

ling, "The term of the winter solstice."

tung, " The commencement of winter."
fheen, " Winter."

~\f

Read Ying, in the sense of

freeze." The Radical

Ping pB, " Hail."

Ying, " To congeal ; to

^S> originally denoted ice, and

Lelh

the character now under definition was Ying, To freeze i but

"^Tung

the frameri of thee^pj^~!=- Le-shoo character, having used

j^j pj'_pl.

Heajlh k'ho wei, tung jlh k'ho gae, "A summers day is
to be feared ; a Winter's day is lovely."

Ping for Ice, were obliged to form

Ying for " To

freeze." The author of the Dictionary E-wan-pe-Ian, insists

on restoring them to their original use.

y Ping. W.

204

Fifteenth Radical.

Y -

El:# | }+H #| | #.

E. #ff

# E|}# Tseih ping yu ling; ping

chwang yue tung; ping lew yusze; ping keae Yu p'hwan,

Ice collecting or freezing is called Ling, ice fully

formed is

called Tung, ice melting is called Sze, ice dissolved is called

denotes the clouds; Han, the Milky-way.

+ H E. *H Lh yu urh shih woo jih ch'hung,

|

Despatched on the 25th of the sixth moon," said of a letter.

To rhyme, read Chung.
P

Common form of

}jek". Radzksh".

%.

Common form of

Whn's seeRadyk's".

See

| # Ping che, The fat of

P'hwan. (Tsze-hwuy.)
animals.

| # Ping thang, Sugar candy.

cover for a certain case for arrows or darts is called

The
Ping.

It is also written >WI" Hwang.

Also read Ying. To rhyme, read Pang.

WH

See T. Urh Radical.

%'. Hwang is commonly used for both the preceding, as if

HOO. Cold; congealed.
they were one character, which is, by the Dictionaries, consi

XHT |

dered an error.

Hoope, Closed up by frost.

Common form of the preceding.

Pu1 CITHUNG.

# S.C. : R. H.

YAY.

#'s. C. W. R. H.

To melt; to fuse metals; to melt in a furnace.

A workman

who fuses metals. A surname. The name of a place.

Empty deep; to shake; to fly to ; to cause to fly; to dis

patch. Young; childish. The noise of ice breaking; the ap
pearance of pendant ornaments. A surname.

Shw-wn does

under}}
Chung. The sense to fly, is also expressed by 4|| Chung.
F. }H /\ # }%#|| Yuch'hungjin fh keth che,
not contain this character, but gives the same sense

}# Yaou yay, An effeminate

manner; soft ; melting.

| Seay yay, To melt.

# Yay chay, or
| JF Yaytseang, A fuser of metals. # |
Thaou yay, A workman in earthen ware, and one who works

R#1%j\##4%

->

I, a young person, had not attained to a proper knowledge

of things.

# WK *H # Ts6 ping ch'hungchhung,

The noise of breaking ice from the hills.

Ch'hung tung, To shake; to move.

# |

Yih fei ch'hung theen, Dart to heaven at a flight.

#|#. | # # Ken k'he ch'hung seaou fian,

The glare of the swords dart high as the heavens. Seaou

Thente wei ta loo; tsaou hwa weita yay, The

heavens and earth constitute a great furnace; formation and

\R,
transmutation, are (like) a great fusion.(Chwang-tsze.)

### # | ### #Man tsanghwuy thaou,

yay yung hwuy yin, Remissness in storing safely up, invit"
to theft; a soft effeminate manner invites to lewdness. (Y"
king.)
To rhyme, read Yu, and Wo.

Formed from

2S Ping,

Fifteenth Radical.

205

VI.

Ping V

" Ice," in allusion to the melting of ice at the approach of heat,

summated between the falling of hoar frost in the ninth moon,

and its becoming solid when heat ii withdrawn.

and the breaking up of the ice in the first moon. Also read
P'heen.

LANG.

C.

i^jR. H.
FUH, or FS.

i$ S. C.

Derived from Ice, the other part giving sound. (ShwS-wXn.)

Cold ; frigid ; indifferent ; still ; clear ; pure.
Read Ling.

A surname.

In the dialect of J^. Woo,

ttlh, denotes Ice.

yip Ling

Cold ; cold wind ; frigid icy appearance.

/2p ///^ e

fuh, occurs in the same sense.

| $L I-*ng, j, are opposite*, both

jK PING.

The sound of flying.

literally and metaphorically, ai cold, hot ; indifferent, zealous.

i ^K^K Ua? pinS

" CoH " ict''

|
JJpJ KEUNG.

Cold; frigid.

Lang t'han, " Cold and tasteless," is used to denote

coolness and indifference in feeling or in manner t alto that

J^*- 01. Scrib ^ Ts'hang, see below.
which is in a languishing low state.

^f-|. Jf3^ |

^"E e linS t'nan Puh ltw0> " Tra<te '* excessively

Jr^J HEA. To press on each side. Same as
doll, or in low state.-'

Kea,

Lang leaou, " A cold

disaffected laugh ; a sneer ; a smile of derision."

J
HWUH.

Ice.

yp^ Ypjp- Lang lang, tshing U'hing, " Cold, still, dul', quiet."
^ H^^^ |

Tltiea ,he han 1&nS' " Co,d ea,on "

^jgj

THUNG.

Cold.

pT'I^^-A'W I 4t K'ho ^ thay jin

tiing ling nwan, " That which deserves detestation, is a dispo
J^fc* HO, or L5.
sition sometimes cold and sometimes warm," according as it
^Jvlpi Ha t u8 " IcJ' ,CJ appear'nee.1*

has respect to the poor or the rich. (Yew-he6.)

P HWAN.

SHING.

R. H.

Ice breaking up. Originally written "j^J^ Phwan.

" \ ~*

/^fc K nin6 ,B'nS- " Cold appearance."

YIN.

Cold appearance.

ping we pwan, " A correct man, if he brings home his espoused

wife, he does it ere the ice breaks up." (She-king.) Because
HUNG.
jit k*
the ancient ideas of propriety, required marriages to be conTOL. I.

it

Freezing ; congealing.

y Ping. VII. Fifteenth Radical.

%
%| L,

Same as

% E,

see below.

TSHIN. Cold; frigid.

Also read Ts'hin.

Ts'hin tshin, Extremely

V; R. H.
cold." Read Tshin, Cold air or vapour.

ZH #|#L:

Cold air, or vapour.

Yew le

%
% NEEN.

K'HING. Very cold.

kwei tsuen, There is a cold air issuing from the side well."
(She-king.) Also read L.

Win. HEIH.

Pure; clear, as water. (Tze-hwuy.)

An erroneous character used for

Also for

Bad

wine or spirituous liquor.

field.

i. Then nen,

#1 Heih, A ditch in a

Affil Heih, Pure, clear.

(Kang-he.) This

Ching-tsze-t'hung affirms, that

Lh-shoo requires three dots by the side, and that this form is
erroneous.

Kang-he does not notice this criticism. The MS.

last character is, however, in its proper place, said to mean

Dictionaries do not contain this word, and M. de Duignes has

Still, quiet.

supplied it; but mistaking the sense, apparently from misunder

%HE.
\-1

standing the word

# Maou, which, though sometimes de

Harmony; ease; to mollify; to assuage.

noting a person's manner, is much used in the Dictionaries to

# TSEEN.
*
4%

denote, Appearance; manner; appearing as if

Hence:#

To advance; to enter.
*

##! G6 stew maou, which he translates Malus ebrii

modus, homo in vino malus #" really means The appearance of

KANG, or Tsng. A cold appearance.

T'HAOU.

bad wine. Kang-he calls it simply

#####1
*\LN

yay, Bad wine.

Kind of bras, or copper orna

KHING.
ment for the end of a cow's halter.
-

}%. # Khing shing, Very cold appearance.

From Seven to Fourteen Strokes.

PE. To shed tears; to weep.

KHEW.
Y.

#2k Leaouk'hew, The hands and feet appearing cold.

>
HE. X:#His t, The cold striking one.
I. :)

#.

SOW. Cold; frigid.

KING. Cold.

Y.

Gtsew

207

}**

Scrib.

# Chwang.

See Rad.

#1-2,

Fifteenth Radical. VIII. Ping /

#2,

# # Woo sung,

SUNG.

Frozen

drops of dew like pearls on trees.

'B' TSEIH.
See the work

f: # Phen-yun.

#
(Kang-he.)

LEANG.

: R. H.

4- |\

#
E y:
CR

Cool; moderately cool; cool fresh breeze.

WithEEN

Leang shwae,

Tshing leang, Clear cool.

"A N.

#%. Then nen, Bad wine.

See above.

Pleasantly cool.

# |

N leang, or

# |

all

a *

Chhing leang, To take an airing to take an opportunity of

# TSHE

4: R. II.
enjoying the cool air.

Intense cold.

Al. Scrib.

#".

44%+%# & R

Tsotsae ta shooche hea ch'hing leang, Sitting.

under a large tree, enjoying the coolair.

>

#H#

MEI. To request to do as matter of civility or

#2k # |# # | Hen".
". In common use, but not sanctioned by the Dictionaries.

# Mei, under the Radical wk Shwy.

See

ten k sing we leang, The summer's breeze came from the

south, and produced in the palace, a slight degree of coolness.
-

Leangshwiy, Cold water.

| 4:1-r

LUH. Frozen rain drops.

san, Umbrella to Ahade off the sun."

#]
)

K00. To freeze # to congeal, to close to shut.

HING.

X% airs lng, Cold, frigid.

# TSHING.
> *r
4.

Cold; intense cold.

TSUY. Cold; intense cold.

).

# CHUN.

W. R. H.

}## Chun pe,

The common form of #

To approve, to allow; to grant.

T

**

***re.

}: TEAoU,

#S. C. \}. R. H.

Partially injured; injured and falling, like the leaves of

Near--

Chun.

Ye

A HAN. Cold; intense cold.

# TSHANG,

trees. The marks of injury , strength exhausted.

# Teaou scay, or | # Teaou l, The falling

leaves, or flowers.

-->

or Ch'hng. Cold appearance.

}:

enervated.

of

}# Teaou tsuy, Debilitated,

}% Teaou, occurs used in the same sense.

/ Ping.

208

Fifteenth Radical.

IX.

LING, or Ling.

wk #+ E| |

tung, The weather or season is cold.

*}, R. H.

Ping chwang yu tung, Ice completely formed is called

Ice; an accumulation of ice; an ice-house, or place in which

* AS}#ZS###2 | #ra

to preserve ice. Struck with fear; to put to shame; to insult.

nwan pub paou weiche tung nuy, Not warmed nor filled is

% Ling shih, or | |# Lingyin,

~"--

A surname.

| /\ Lingjin, A person to take

An ice-house.

The first word used as a Werb, would denote

care of ice.

called Tung-nuy.

})}{ # Ekwei ling

To insult a person.

T. Cold.

Ol. Scrib.

}# Tshing.

See Radical

7K. Shwy.

tseen, To presume on exalted rank and insult those who hold

a lower place."

JF## Lingj, To disgrace; to dis

honor by words or actions; to abuse; to defile; to violate

female chastity.

#k |

K'he ling, To insult.

Frigid, cold appearance.

HHING.

...

\e

%
)

A.

wo
\

'A'! R.

KEEN.

H.

Ling peih, To insult; to tyrannise over; to extort

#
\

from.

tyrannically.

| J# Ling net, To behave to cruelly or

| #}##E Ling che ch'hoo sze,

To lessen.

The common form of

#. PHING.

Keen.

Noise of flying.

To put to a lingering and ignominious death, commonly

called Cutting into ten thousand pieces. It is inflicted on the

:
'#' PHING. Proof same as #Ping
V

murderers of parents, rebels, and others. The account given,

in the Code of laws, of this horrid punishment, is most disgust

TS'HOW.

>
ing. It is said, that the flesh shall be first cut, by inches, from

To collect together, to makeup;

concurrence of circumstances. This form not in Kang."

the body of the unhappy sufferers; that men and women shall
both be deprived of these parts which distinguish the sexes;

Dictionary. See under

#T".

that the abdomen shall be then ripped open, and finally, the

YIN. Cold appearance.

'H'

Ol.Scrib

bones separated at the joints. The present practice, however,

differs something from this rule. (vide, Ta-tshing-leuhle, 2

#ff Sze, see below.

vol.) Also read Ling.

/

>

TUNG.

Ice; cold as ice.

#S. c. : R.H.
j\ H## #

Then she han

THEE.

% 3# * this, struck with the cold."

209

#
#

NAN.

Fifteenth Radical. XII. Ping X

Ice

E. The door of an ice-house.

LH.

#
0ccurs in

tly
'#

J%R# Woo-che. (Kang-he.) No meaning given.

|

*/

SO. Appearance of intense cold.

"ye, Hoar frost and snow.

Cold.

#.
%

E.

HEUEN.

Common form of# Tsan

TSHANG, or Chhwang. Cold.

* *Rad. Echin.

%#
P

w-l

- -

- PEIH. Cold
ld wind. See above under

} l,

Fh.
-

SEAY. To decline; to fade; to fall.

wa.

7|

Tsuy e, Appearance

TSUY.

*
|

LEIH. Cold.
of sleet or hoar frost and snow accumulated.

v7. I

#y|}**, Cold appearance, a cold wind."

#"so

3.

LEW.

#:k Lew k'hew, Cold ap

Cold; intense cold.

pearance of the hands and feet.

Also read Tshang,

The name of a river. The name of a district.

#usa

Same as

%
SIN, or Tshan.
_2

# Ling, see above.

#
#ff

LEEN. Thin ice.

# S. C.

HAN.

Intense cold.

>N

#
# TANG,

# S. C.

called

The commencement of a thaw is

# Pwan; flowing away is called #ff

Sze.

Cold appearance.

P'HANG. Struck with the cold; feeling cold.

KEE. Com. form of #K. Clean.

see Radialyk saws,

Vol. 1.

SZE, or Se.

Ice melting; a thaw.

# MNING.

%- Tung, see above.

Ol. Scrib.

Appearance of intense cold.

*Phang. Same sense as the preceding.

* scrib El Yin, see Rad. F.T.E.

X Ping

#.

KHIN.

210

Fifteenth Radical.

XVI.

Intense cold.

Original form of }: Leih, see above.

-

SHIN, or Sin.

Appearance of intense cold.

From Fourteen to Twenty Strokes.

#
#

Same as

}: H.

# YING, or Ning.

See below.

K. R. H.

To congeal to freeze, to coagulate; to finish; to perfect,

THING. Icy appearance.

to fix; to settle. Stern rigorous appearance.

W#

KEANG.

Freezing with cold.

Bl

Pingyay, Water cooling and congealing desiring to formice."

# # Ying k.To congeal, to freeze.

## |
HE #H.
time of meritorious deeds completed.
| 6, via mir

(Lh-shoo.)

NUNG.

#%:
#
Y5J

They define it

"7K3#Xi fikk+1. Shwy tung hoo, yh

-*

/ ) " Y.

Tung nung, Appearance of extreme cold.

|

rou
w
ying The whole
Shoots
Oo Lscch k'he ying,

To preserve the decree of heaven in one's favour by proper

T'H, or Chih.
| conduct, said of Princes. (Yih-king.)

Ice freezing. (Kang-he.)

Isicles. (Ching-tsze-thung.)

}):E HE.
KiiiN.

To rhyme read Yih.

Intense cold; affected with the cold.

Harmony; concord ease.

WWWW

CHH. The body feeling cold; to tremble with cold.

Also read Hin, in the same sense.

P -1-

/\'

A
J.

LIN

-*

"# R. H.

# S. C.

Repeated

denotes the same in a higher degree.

a feeling of awe inducing obedience.

: |

%- Tung, see above.

-*

Intense cold; clear and cold.

Ol. Scrib.

Lin lin,

}:

YEN.

$#

LAE. Intense cold.

stored up; secreted; put away.

A cold stern manner;

#)# | %|

Han fung lin le, A piercing cold wind.

Lin

tsun, Implicit obedience, obedience yielded in consequence

of being struck with awe.

# Linjen, Stern;
* , M.Y.

& LE. 1

Ce.

scwere manner.

* LEIH Intense, severe cold.

#
w

Sixteenth Radical.

311

/ffjlw. HO.

Same as

To prepare salt by boiling.

Ke J\j

Lang, see under 5 str.

X3X*
TEAOU.

Ice breaking up.

YEN.

SIXTEENTH

II
KE.

f~\s.C.

Yen ying, " Extreme- cold."

RADICAL.

$S I

ffn $K r,n k* urb B' '>UMei n

add slept." (Mang-tsze.)

A bench or stool to lean against or rest upon i
a table.

Repeated JJ^ J

ubie

(TLR. H.
j

Wan ke, A desk

or writing table) the table at which a scholar pursues hit

Ke ke, " Steady, tranquil."

studies."

Keyen tting leang, " At

Koo jin tso yu te ; ke tso to ping yay, " The ancient* sat upon

the desk to carry on profound and useful investigations."

-II t
| Ch'ha ke, " A small stand or table on which to

the ground, the Ke was that which they retted upon when

place tea."

Also written

^J^SHOO*

Ke.

>2 s.c.

y^j-^jr- Ke, Uun cbay to p'hing, e wei gan, " Ke, thatwhich
the more honorable pertoni leaned, to rest or repose them

Shoo shoo, " Short feathers or wings i a cer

selves." (She-king.) The Ke were about five cubits long, two

tain weapon." The sides of the character represent the tassels

broad, and about one cubit in height Five different sorts are

or ornaments of feathers, waring at its head i when not used

mentioned.

it is stuck in the chariot ofwar.

^^ZMWfcZ- I

When used it is denoted by

HwB sze che yen, hwo show che ke, " For tome arrange mats

by

on the ground ; for others, place benches." (She-king.)

This character is distinguished from the preceding by the right

Jjijlj

yjj^

Chlh selh ke ke, " The purple steps were

Shoo, having

Yew, " A hand," seizing it below.

hand stroke not being thrown up.

composed and tranquil," unaltered by the approach of danger.

J^PAN.

[^S.C.

ft>R.H.

(She-king.) SeTh denotes the soles of the shoes. In ancient

timet they were of different colours; the Imperial were purple.

All ; CTery i the greater part \ generally ; for the most part ;

212

JLKe. V. Sixteenth Radical

commonly ; common; vulgar. The name of a country. A

JLH Fan sze, Every affair. |

# # }| T] Fan sze yu, tsih l, In every affair

surname.

be prepared, and you will succeed.

4% Fan wiih, Everything.

|
| Z #T. Z

the whole number of persons or things; every body; every

(H. |

j\ |

% |

% R.

Tate.

Choo fan, All; every, the whole taken indi

Tsy fan, or

| +

Now written

surname.

J#

4%lt CH'Hoo.;
From

Keu.

To stop; to rest; a place.

Yew, The hand," obtaining

Now written

bench.

l:

Ke, A

Ch'hoo.

JUL

Ol. Scrib.

YEW.

j\

Ta.

Wind.

w2.

Sh. See Rad.

Same as

Fan she, The world common to

Seth.

Y Ol. Scrib,

Fow. SeeRad. DI Khow.

Fan keen, Among the common mass, are

expressions which denote the present state of human existence.

To rhyme read Fun.

Formed from

J%

- aszk

Yung See

Radkshwa,

Nae and -

Yih. A dot withinside is improper, it should be a stroke.

To write it thus

Ke, A bench on which to rest.

Ph; fan, Not common;

Fe fan, or

| HF

| #

4%-f Fan foo sih tsze, "A common vulgar person.

XS |
#E |
all, or

body, obtaining

F She, The

# Fan foo,

| J.H Fanyung, A common person.

not vulgar.

From

K Fan yaou,

The most important of the whole.

or

[F. S. C.

A place, a dwelling place; to dwell.

F fan, Generally; gener

ally speaking: for the most part. Syn, with

vidually.

UU KEU.!

Tan fan, Whoever; whatever; whenever.

Tan fan,

# |

CHIN. New fledged.

22*

(Chung-yung.)

# Fan yew theen hea che kw8, All the countries of the
| fiff # Fan so yew, All which are, or exist,
world.
thing.

}%

f. is also incorrect, though

very com

mon.
-

From Two to Seven Strokes.

Its, oiscrib. Eke seeRad. Ewoo.

J Ul

}}|
#.

KEUH. Wind.

Ol. Scrib.

RMin.

See Rad.

}\. She.

W.

JU" scrib # woo, see Rad)KHo.

Same as

# Shang,seeRad

Li Khow.

Sixteenth Radical.

213

}L
J.

|# S. C. #. R. H.

PHING!

"/#". To depend on; "JU Ke, Abench.

(Shw8-wn.) To lean upon a bench or table; to trust to;
that which may be trusted to. Proof. Syn. with
The common forms of

P.

5 P'hing.

JL

Ol. Scrib.

%Yay,

Ol. Scrib.

| Fung, see Rad. H Pei.

See

}%

HWANG

Rad Seth.

J)#
i

f# P'hing e, and | #

R. H

, R. H.

EE

# P'hing, and # P'hing, are

Fung hwang, A pair of birds, apparently quite

imaginary, the latter is the female. They are, when they ap

Phing khaou, To lean against to depend upon."

Ke

A.

erroneous. (Sha-mh.)

Also read Phing,

X.

pear, ominous of peace and happiness. The female is said to

JL Phing ke, To rest or lean upon a table. | #

have the head of a fowl, the neck of a serpent, the chin of a

Phing keu, Proof, evidence of.

swallow, the back of a tortoise, and the tail of a fish.

particoloured, and six cubits high. These birds come from

KEIH.

#7% ||| Tan heushan, Tan-heu hill.

Weary:
lassitude.
y; fatigued:
g
*

-1

XL"

ten

Scrib.

It is

Yay,

See

Radzy Seth.

Occurs writ

# Hwang.

||
w

}:

}#" #Tse'seeRad/\chaou.
}:
n

ol. Scrib. R. Fung, wind.

SUH.

A surname.

l ol. Scrib$# Che, see Rad:#Neu. Jaff, asjf

Jk ol. Scrib. JR. Fung, wind. #L KHAE.
#L }),
/\
Same

Kwan, see Rad.*T*Meih.

E, see Rad.

anne as

Jin.

#L'k

Good ; excellent. Victory; peace and joy.

Khaeko, Songs of triumph; joy of a returning

-Q--

From Seven to Fourteen Strokes

torious army.
-

'. R. H.

>&rs
anne as

Ts'how k'hae, To report a

victory to his Imperial Majesty.

#L Keih,

and vic

i.

Khae seuen,

see above.
A returning victorious army."

#9
JU,

*:

| J. Khae fung, Agentle southernbree*."

Ol. Scrib.
Citi

wo l, n,

X. Ph, see Rad

-

Yih.
I-

l.2

# Khae tsih, Joy; pleasure." J\7L/\ |

*

|||

K'han.

214

II. Sixteenth Radical.

P yuen p khae, Sixteen excellent statesmen"in the time of

weitso ch'hwang yu tang, People now express a form or

bench to sit on, by Tng.

Shun.

j}x |

made of a long deal or board.

OLScrib. H$Shing, seeRadji Lh.

# |

Pan ting, A stool

Ch'hang tang, A

Hifi DJ #####
#4%f EIA4:### |

long form or stool.

*

Same as

j: Kan, see Rad. jL Wang.

Kaou urh k'ho

phing chay weicht, te urh khotso chay wei tng, High

4-ols." 3#

and capable of being leaned upon is called Ch, or table; low,

Headu

and capable of being sat upon, is called Tng.

#9":

K'heu,see Rad.

} Tsaou.

2:5

PHING.

Same as

# P'hing, see above.

> U.

>{#- TANG.

A kind of bench, stool or couch.

>U

Ol. Scrib.

+Tsze, A child or son.

XU

** A-/\#4 # E #1:

SEVENTEENTH RADICAL.

l_l KHAN, or Khan. U.S. C.

A wide open mouth; a receptacle.

l |

From Two to Seven Strokes.

lx) HEUNG.'

X s.c. 39 H."

Represents a deep pit, into which things are falling in con

K'HEU.

fusion. (Shw8-wan.) Great wickedness; malignity; evil cal

A vessel made of willows, to contain grain.
culated to sink into ruin human beings. Calamity; infelicity;
M-

Ol. Scrib.

D Khow, The mouth.

the judgments of heaven, adverse, unprosperous. Occurs in

the sense of

''}: Heung,

To fear.

Also

write it!

215
Heung. These two ire used for each other.

Sixteenth Radical.

III. K'han |__J

(Tsze-hwuy.)
01 Scrib. [x] Sin, seeRad. P Hwiiy.

_L" jXj Kelh, heung, are opposite*, " Good, evil ; prosperous, adverse i felicity, infelicity.

-L

Kelh chaou,
|m| 01. Scrib.

" Prognostic of happiness."

Kan, Sweet."

^/^C Heung chaou, " Prog-

nostic of impending evils."

heung kelh gS, " Wickedness and evil carried to the utmost
possible degree."
affair.-

Heung sze, " A calamitous

flf* ifl f^^^i;

[ T h, ,re Uing too

she heung, " His affairs are all unprosperous."

Suy heung, " A bad year ; a year of scarcity and famine."

i

Heung sing, "A malignant star."

| /pj^

X^) K'HWAE, orK'hwei. \ clod of earth.

The original form of^j^K'hwae One says, that the latter
character is used on joyful occasions, the former on calamitous
occurrences.

Sha-mfih says, that they are both different

forms of the same character, and that to distinguish them is

absurd.

The Imperial Dictionary, and others, make jjbj

Heung ming, " An unhappy fate. "

J!jp^ Heung fo.h,

X'hwae, synonymous with eight different characters, all ctf

" Mourning dress."

" Ga* dre."

which Sha-muh rejects.

dating joy.

Jj|^ KeIh

^ | ffc

Yew heung, paou heung ; yew kelh, paou kelh, " If evil is to

jjj /jj^ |

Foo moo che sang, keu c leu, piih t'hoo;

announce to me evil: if prosperity is to be my fate,

U'bin shen chin k'hwae, " At the interment of the father and

to me prosperity." A prayer offered up by those who

mother, (a dutiful too) dwells (three years) in a thatched shed,

refer to divination, to know what is future- '|^= -f^, yj^

unadorned, at the side of the grave | he sleeps on the coarse

leaves ofplants, and takes the clod for his pillow."

The dis

ciples of Confucius having mourned for him three years, after

ying e fuh ; he* go chay paou e heung ; tth p8 chay, wei wei;

wards separated,

k'heu taou chay, shin wang. " He who cherishes virtue, will

attached to his master, and having constructed a shed by the

meet with happiness : he who adheres to vice, wiU be recom

side of his tomb, remained to mourn there three years longer.

pensed with calamity. His place is dangerous whose state of

To this day, persons in official situations are required to re

virtue it low: he who puts from him the principles of rectitude

sign their duties for three years, on the death of their parents.

shall perish."

J*

Tsze-kung was still more

To rhyme read Hang.

^^^^J T'HOH.

Protuberant) rising high j jutting

GOW.
ill
The name of a hill in the Province ofKeang-nan

out , hillock , convex.

|^] fUj |Ej fj|f Jow

Ju*

lew, " Protuberant flesh is called Lew. Also read The'*, High

|_J KHAN.

III.

Sixteenth Radical.

216
exercises filial piety; without, he perform! the duties of m

YAOU. *

The opposite of the preceding.

brother." (Lun-yu.)

CD
Hollow i indented; a pit; concave. Alio read Kwa and WS.

| ^ty^C^ Ch'hbh k'he

piih e, " Exceeding what is thought of," occurring beyond

ShwS-wan expresaei thes< two by J^J Yaou, " A hollow,"

one's expectation or calculation,

and

lae, " To bring out"

Tbiit, " An eminence.''

^p"-

^^Na ch'huh

Ch'hbh chung, or

Ch'hbh fan, " To rise superior to all others ; a high de

01 Scrib. ^Tsze, seeRad. jJlrJ'Tsaou.
gree of eminence."
Earthen ware, which the character resemMes. (ShwO-w&n.)
A bamboo utensil.

/^"- Pun KaiJ^\ *MO' bolh <,eDOtinS

j .5p^ Ch'huh t'how, " Te put

out the head;" i.e. figuratively to stand forward to act for

others.

Ch'hbh tow, " Breaking out of a pustule,"

as of the small pox.

certain vessels, are derived from this.

Ch'hiih kea, " For a female

to be married ; or to leave the house of her parents to go to

CH'HUH*

(tf^S.C.

jlR. H.
that of her husband.

Repreaenti grass springing forth. (ShwS-wan )

To go

j A^\- Ch'hiih sze, or

Ch'hbh jin, " To enter on the magistracy."

j A^/jj^JT

forth ; to go out; lo manifest; to write out; to produce; to

i
beget. Read Ch'hiiy , To put ont ; to eject The two pronun

spring from?"

ciations are, however, confounded. (E-wan-pe-Ian.) Under the

ch'huh shin, " He does not like to come forward" to public

first pronunciation, it is generally used both as a Neuter and an

service.

Active Verb.

" Calamities proceed from the mouth ;" i. e. unguarded, or im

To rhyme read Che and uh.

Jj[j /^

Ch'hiih juh, " To go out and in,"' these two are opposites.
j yA^ |=j

Ch'huh juh tsze Oh, " To go out aud in

perfectly at one's own ease and pleasure."

f^j=f

Suy p'heen ch'hiih juh, "To go out and in when one

pleases.

ffe~Hr I

wyaou ch'huh kae> " 1

want to go out to the street ;" i. e. to go from home.

JW-

J^- T'ba tso shin mo c'.i'huh shin ? " What did he

'fjil'T*^ I ^ Tb*

^1^'^ P

***

khW chhtih'

proper language causes much evil to individuals.

JjL Ch'htth hoo, " To proceed from."

| -jjl.

^f=\ jx. ^''Wi^ -tiL ch htih ho nrh ch*yi

hoo urh chay yay, " It proceeds from you, and the consequence
will devolve on you." (Mang-tsze.) Now used as a proverb.
j~j

"Vo che tize ch'hiih, ' 1, myself, pro

pfj Ch'hiih mun, " To go out of the door;" denotes either

duced him," i. e. my own son. (Tso-chuen.)

to go from one's own house, to some other part of a town or

Ch'huh lae, " Out comes," are words often joined with other

village ; or to go from one's native place to a distance.

Verbs, and denote the completion of what is implied in the

~P >A jl'J ^ I

Jf'j

fj^

Tet'zeJi,hiihhe''ou>

ch'hiih tslh te, " He who is a brother and son, within doors

Vcrb. a jjilj |
J

Seay ch'hiih lae, " To write out

Jp^^i^ Naou ch'hiih U sxc lae, " To

217
Loo ch'biih

create a great disturbance."

Seventeenth Radical.

VI.

K han |_J

heayuKhan," The upper part ofthe mouth is called K'heS ; the

m
be, " To expose; to discover."

00

lower part is died Han."

-fc ^ | ~ ^

ch'htih ma keB, ' To discover the horse's hoof; ' and jg^L j

Tae-kelh han san wei yTh, " The Tae-keih, (the First Cause or

^jl jjjlj' f^[^ Loo ch'hfih meaou chaon, " To expoie the- cat's

Deity> contains three constituting one." (Woo-king-choo,

paw." both denote to let the cat out of the bag.

39 vol. 26 page.) The sense given of Tae-kelh .is confirmed

Shay ch"huh," To forgive, or remit punishment."

by a sentence on the same page, jpj -ft**

T'hing ch'hbh, " To select from amongst many."

T'hung ylh keen kwan yay, e k'he ylh Shin.tslh wei che TaeA form of the Character 7F Ching.
kelh, "-What is collectively denominated the Heavens and the
Hade by the Empress

Earth, is, in reference to the inherent Deity, called Tae-kelh."

Woo-how.

It must not however be supposed, that all the Commentators

pjrj Ol.Scrib.^1 Tsze, seeRad jjlrpTsaou
speak thus clearly on the subject

In the language of most of

them, it is difficult to discover any thing of that personality

p| 01. Scrib.

Kan; " Sweet."

which is necessary to the idea of Deity. They seem to speak of
some principle of order or governance, denoted by J^^piic

01. Scrib. 'g'Tsze, seeRad.jJj^Tsaau.

Tae-kelh, or

j;jp Thfcen le,but in which, distinct per-

sonality is not perceived.

1y
\
//^Han
kuh.The name of a certain Barrier.

HAN.
From man in a Mortar. The ancients' made holes in the

Han jin, "A maker of armour."

ground to use as mortars. (Luh-shoo.) To contain ; to infold ;

to comprehend) the lower part of the. mouth withinside;
the envelope of a letter; a letter.

Armour.

A surname.

Han j ung, "-To contain ; capacity to contain." Used

EL ^Bfkm T*~WXfe&
Mang-lsze yu8, Shcjin k'he puh jin yu ban jin tsae? Shejin

alto to denote An enlarged and liberal mind; patiently bearing

wei kung piih shang jin; han jin wei king shangjin ; woo tseang

wilh-

] Shoo han, " A letter."

ylh jen s koo shiili piih k'ho piih shin yay. " Mencius said, Is

h*' r 3$Ef

I Yaou nan' "

jjjjjj

|tji| | Bwa

Ietter " "PP'ied to

letter ofa correspondent in the language ofcompliment.

] Tsun han, " Y6uc honor's letter."
I P ~p Q

not th e maker, of darts more wanting in benevolence than the

[^6

maker of armour t The dart-maker is only apprehensive that

j]

people should not. be wounded; the armour-maker is particu

K.'how shang yue k'heo, k'how

larly afraid lest they should.

The same holds true of the

7]

Taou.

218

Eighteenth Radical.

CHA.

maker of spells and charms, (intended for people'" good); and

To decorticate.

the coffin maker (who is profited by other men's death).

Therefore people should be particularly attentive to

H K'hew, A mortar, and the representation of a pestle.

From
the oc

cupation on which they enter, as a man's pursuits has a gra

B:]

Ol. Scrib.

Che, The teeth.

dually good or bad effect on his mind. (Mng-tsze.)

*:
l)
T'HAOU, Ancient vessels or utensils.

--

From Seven to Fourteen Srokes.

*- ?

lift
same as # Thoo, seeRad LIHwuy.

Same as

# Ke, see Rad, Af Chh.

Another, but erroneous form of the preceding.

#
)

EIGHTEENTH

J] TAOU.

Chow's mode of

Pelh.

R A DIC A.L.

single edged sword is called Taou, a double edged sword is

Tisc. SA v.2) Rh.

4%
t]# |

called Keen.

A cutting weapon or instrument; a sword; a knife; the

name of a coin, so called from its form, or from its great in

fluence amongst the people; a small vessel or boat.

/l

*J; Nae, see Rad. J

Seaou taou, A small knife, or sword.

Z]

spear.

cutting vegetables.

scissars.

| 4+

a sword.

Taou tsae, A sir"' inife, a pen-knife is commonly so called

Teaou taou, A kind of long

Ts8 tsae taou, A knife for

Tsen taou, A pair of

| # Taou seaou, A leather sheath for

| % Taou k, A wooden sheath. |

Taou k'how, The edge of a knife, or sword.

*>

by natives who have seen it.

# |

Paou taou, A

-*

sword ornamented with gems.

sword to hang at the side.

J# |

Yaou taou, A

H. D E] | DJ

E] #| Tank'how yu taou, shwang k'how yue keen, A

# Taou pei, The back of a knife. | # Taou fung,

The sharp edge or pointofa knife. #| | Le taou, A
sharp knife.

(# | #/\te, taou shjin, To

borrow a sword to kill a man;" i.e. to employ some other per

219
son to accomplish one'i own malicioui purposes.
|

Eighteenth Radical.

Taou ~JJ

^^-^^^

nan le tsang taou, " To hare a (word clandestine!y

concealed f is understood figuratively, as well as literally : to

tseen yay ; e k'he hing joo taou, " Taou, a certain kind of
money, so called from being in the form of a knife."

conceal malicioui purposes under specious language and a fair

TEAOU. Originally the same as the preceding.
exterior.

^^^L j

Woo lung taou peTh, " To

7}

brandish a sword pencil ;" to prostitute literary talents to the

altered in later times to distinguish it

7J

Teaou tow,

injury of others.

A kind ofbrazen vessel used by the soldiers, in the day time to

boil rice, at night struck as a signal in marching.

Ho taou bin puh le;Taou le shang jin che, " He who rubs

Teaou teaou, " The wind ceasing, or dying away; slightly mov

a knife it vexed that it is not sharp;but a sharp knife cuts

ing."

people'! fingers;'' i. e. men Tex themselves in pursuit of some

Dictionaries, denoting Perverse; restless; violent; ungovern

supposed good, which, when obtained, often proves an injury.

able ; wicked ; artful ; encroaching.

We nang ts'haou taou urh she kS yay, k'he shang shlh

It is much used in a bad sense, not noticed by the

Teaou gS.

" Wicked ; bad ; malignant"

| fy^fc Teaou man, " Bar

barous ; boisterous ; unruly."

'^H^ Teaou titng, " In-

to, " If you send one to cut who cannot handle a knife, he

tractable ; stubborn ; perverse."

will inflict many a wound;" i.e. a person incapable of the task

assume in a violent obstinate manner."

assigned him, will do more harm than good.

'j^^ Teaou tswan koo kwae, "A strange mixture of art, ob.

~j^F|]

K8 ke yen yung new taou, " To kill a || stinacy and encroachment"

i|<^r |

She teaou, "To

J

ji-tj jtLW

j^j"

fowl, why use a knife (large enough) to kill a cow I" i. e. why

"st

~f^i T,ze ch n00 J in t0 18,011 ctil' pal1

use means greatly disproportioned to the end to be attained ?

yuen kew keu, " There are a great many perverse and crafty
people in this place, I do not wish to remain long."

taou yay ; e tsan fa taou k'he so yay, " Taou denotes to go to,

J^^^^ pj -J^- Teaou fungpuh k'ho ch'hang, " D-

as a weapon goes to its place to cut down." (Urh-ya.)

praved wicked customs (of the people) must not be allowed to

~p^t.

increase."
^

Shwuy wei ho kwang, tsang puh yung

The manner of writing

Taou by the side of

taou ; shwuy wei Sung yueu, tsang puh tsung chaou, " Who
tails the river wide which has not capacity enough to contain

other component parts, first adopted in te-^jj

a small boat? Who calls the state Sung distant, which may

character.

be reached ere the morning be past" (She-king.)

Le-shoo

JJ

220

Taou. II. Eighteenth Radical.

| #

ate, or distinguish," in language or in letters.

p

#) S. c. 3) R. H.

JIN.

A sharp pointed weapon or knife; sharp, strong,

durable

| 43 # Fun peaou, or |
# Fun san, To disperse; to distribute. #
Fun le, To recede from.

# W] Ping
jin, Military weapons.
### + + I'll 7 l
K
Keae shootsheen new, urh
| #####-F#|
edge or point of a weapon or instrument.

| ;R. Yh tse fun phae, All arranged, each to its, or his,

**
##| | |fi/% ##
Shh shih chay, fun urh how kan shih, In the army,

the com

taou jin j sin f yu hing, It has cut up several thousand

mander must first distribute the cooked provisions amongst

cows, and the knife is still as good as if it had been recently

the men, ere he dares to eat himself. (Tso-chuen.)

sent from the grindstone." Commonly, but erroneously writ

# Fun men, The act of parturition.

ten thus

| +

Fun

show, To separate from an acquaintance or friend."

# Fun yew, To share another's sorrows.

From Two to Five Strokes.

7].

about many things.

CH'HWANG.t

| A.

Fun sin, A divided, or distracted mind;" the heart engaged

-

# = |%

Yih

A wound made by a sharp

chih fun wei urh yuen, A house divided into two parts."
weapon. Afterwards written
monly

| Ch'hwang, and now com

# Ch'hwang.

Shih fun, Ten parts;" that which is complete;

perfect; hence forms the Superlative.

+ | %

Shih fun che yih, One of ten," i.e. a tenth.

Fua is

often

FUN. X s.c. v. R.H.

used for a tenth, and is much used when speaking of the deg

J\ P, To separate, and JJ

From

Taou, A knife.

of a thing.

+: /\

Tshih p fun, Seven or eight

# XS #| || # F5]

E.

(Shw-wn.) To separate; to divide to halve. To confer;

tenths.

to distribute to give; to distinguish; to arrange. Read Fan,

Wo piih kwo che tsaou leang san fun, I merely know two or

A part; the part which any one has to act; the situation he fills.

three tenths.

A certain nominal coin, by Europeans called a Candareen.

Do not desire a large share," be satisfied with what is pro

To rhyme, read Fung.

). # Fun k"hae, or | %|

Fun Pe, To separate from each other, to distinguish."

R

3E fi] ###.

# # Chay keuhwayaou fun

khae keang, This sentence must be separated and explained.

# |

Hih pih fun ming, Black and white

l
clearly
distinguished.
-

per. (Le-king.)

| -#- XR #.

Fun woo kew to,

### | # * * * *

Half of the men died.

# |

Chih fun, Official rank;

situation in the government, either nominal or real.

|
|

Ming fun, The particular relative epithet applicable to

one, A Prince; a minister; a father; a son, &c.

}} |

| # Fun pen, To discrimin

1-.

Shin fun, The real part, or place, which one holds in society,

221
! or ignoble, rich or poor.

] *m 'ull,

" One's proper duties or itation."

Eighteenth Radical.

II.

Taou J]

| J0j: Ts'hee tso, ' To cut and polish ivory."

T.'he jow. " Mince meat"

j ^10w

J^- ^T jfei ^

pun fun, " To maintain one'i proper station ; to adhere to the

nuy

cbe sing, ch6 urh ts'hee1 che wei kwae, " The flesh of cows, sheep,

chesre.or | ffi^j^, tfj ijl Fun - ^ **

and fishes pared thin and minced makeKwae." (Lun-yu-choo.)

telh sze, " The business, or duties of one's office or situation."

^v^j^ljr | ^|J Puh shay tlh ts'hee k, " Unwil

S^T.

Gan fun, " To rest contented in one's situation."

ling to cut up," large joints of meat. Applied to butchers

Jf\^

literally i figuratively, to persons who are unwilling to part witb

duties of one s station."

candareens."
Fun.

-l^t

Ylh tseen pa fun, " One mace eight

a little of their money.

Occurs, but improperly, in the sense of

^v>f>J" Funfoo>"To d'recti to order," occurs,

but they are more generally written \\/^~

into separate parU."

asunder."

Fun f-

Ts'hee' k'hae, " To cut

| jUjj' Ti'hee' twin, "To. cut

| ^S* Ts'hee gae, Ardent love."

Ts' hing ts'hee!, " Vehement!j attached i ardent affection."'

y^|J TEAOU.

To cut or break asunder.

j

TYhio ts'heC, "Most intimate relation; pointed,

dose, home language."

01. Scrib.

| Pei U'hee, or j^l J

Sze, see Rad. A; Jin.

Ts'han ts'hee, " Deep distress of mind."

j /^JJ Ts'he8

wuh, " Don't on any account; be particularly careful not," &c.

E, or Urh.

To pare, or shave off.

^7 lltLl^ T** wtin ,wan shwo, " Don't on any
>eak heedlessly," so as to divulge what ought to be

KEW.

A. large knife.
kept secret, 4c.

| ^ ^ fa g

Ts'hee

wiih e t'ha wei neen, " Yon must not on any account think about
TS'HEE.

-hjj S. C.

R. H.
him.;" said when advising people to forget deceased friends.

To cut ; to carte ; to mince ; to cut to.pieces ; to cut bones ,

Ts'hee yaou, " Extremely important ; most ur

eager; ardent ; near ; urgent ; pressing) vehement ; fervent i sin

gently required.

cere; important ; to feel. To take the initial of one character

at the most important parts."

and the final of another to spell a third ; as from K-e W-ang

presses the highest degree of importunity and earnestness about

to derive Kang. (See the Introduction to this Work.)

Read

a thing."

Ts'he, All i every j the whole. To rhyme read Te.

-{j/J

all things be attentive and remember.'

Ts'hee' suy, " To cut to small pieces in a careless man**'"

i^ffl
VOL. I.:

Set*'ni>*> "To cut int0 J minute parts."

j{

HJil I
j

Lank'heU'hei.-Xook
j Ts'heC ts'he, Ex

j =|^"=^ Ts heets'heekinke," Above

j

Ts'he*

JH !

Ts'hee

shlh, "The utmost truth and sincerity."

ts'he^, " Great earnestness and sincerity."

222

J] Taou. III. Eighteenth Radical

|E}- | '#y" ya

mih, To feel the pulse.

tshche, To gnash the teeth" with rage or indignation.

k}# # R.j\ R | K'he keun,

che chen, Cut down the standards

of Chaou-seen, or

Corea.

|-1

hae

bj

P.

To rend or tear asunder.

minthen heats'hche, Deceived his Prince and oppressed

the people, so that the whole empire gnashed their teeth with

J)

indignation.
Read Ts'he. -

Same as

#|

P.

See below.

#Tsung, see Rad. %

Chih,

Yih tshe, The whole; entirely;

# Ts'h yun, or JK |

Fan ts'h, Express the Chinese

mode of communicating the pronunciation of Characters, noticed

.# Ts'hen keets h, yin

=f-#

#| P.

(Tsze-hwuy.)

) Ke,

see below.

The obsolete form of

all taken collectively. In this sense, often read Tsh.

above.

A duplicate form of

%l
3:)

KUNG. To cut down grass or grain.

+.

KHANs 5 s.c. & J.R.H.

Same as

Ts'h, Syllabic spelling Tsh-en k-88, the sound is Tsh8.

This is the manner in which the pronunciation of the word now

under consideration is given in the Imperial Dictionary.

#####2 |

#ff

To cut; to pare ; to carve; to engrave on wood; to hew;

Twan yun fun yin wei che

ts'h, To decide the final sound and distinguish the initial,

constitutes the Ts'h." (Kang-he.)

sometimes

tion of

The term

X- Fan,

to fell.

fill # Seb choo, To pare off, to

(Lh-shoo.)
+] 5% X#: =}

Defined by

cut away.

or

written:# Fan, was used before the introduc

# Khan khih wantsze, or shootsze, To cut or engra"

Tsh. According to it, they rhyme the syl

characters or letters" on wooden blocks, in the Chinese man"

lables over in the most ridiculous manner; thus, Ts'hen k8,

#|| K'hih, is strictly to carve the letter, and |

tsheen k, k tsheen, and then, if they chance to be right,

cut away the surrounding wood, so as to leave the letter stand

(for it is often a mere guess) out comesTs'h.

ing out.

X]

| R Suy shan khan mh, To go from hill to hill cut

| H.2k Khan ch'hak'he mh,
ting timber.

From

c!" R. H.

E.

X. E, A pair of shears,

and

/J

Taou, A

knife. To cut grass; to mow. To take, to kill; to cut off*

to exterminate.

XIJ

#. Etsaou, To cut down grass.

To cut grain is expressed

used for

E, as

*}{

Hw8.

3% E, occurs

X # # jff

| R

K'han mh, To fell trees.

To cut down the wood or trees.

sometimes expresses

K'han is to

# |||

Ph k'han,

XN HT#| |#th. Ph k'ho sc

choo yay, That it should not be pared off, cast away,

or obliterated.

In the sense of To carve, it is also pro

E Chaou-seen

nounced Kn.

To rhyme, read Kheen.

223

Eighteenth Radical.

IV.

Taou J]

be dishonored, and seizing the double edged ornamented sword,

TS'HEEN.

The preceding ii formed from

that hung against the wall, wished to cut her throat."

Kan and

mpjj

Taou, thii from J~ ' Ts'heen, and Taou.

Bj tome considered an erroneous form of the preceding, unsup

wei, Wan-king-keaou, " Two persons being intimate is (called)

ported by the ancient work, Lfih-shoo. By others, said to de

Wan-king-keaou," which is Verbally a cut-throat connexion.

note To cut into minute parts, like "t^J Ts'hee'. See above.

The expression arose from a particular tale of former times,

when two mortal enemies became the i

^JlJ TElH.

To cut or break asunder.

"jjjljj

YtH.

CH'HE.

To cut things.

To cut or break asunder.

^|j|J Same as'pjlj Kow, see below.

)| K'HWAN. To cut off the branches of trees.

ft]
^TjJ KE, or K'he.
TS'HUN.
^ S. C.
a
To cut i to cut into parti j to cut small i to decide upon.

^ S. C.

To cnt and wound; to cat to "pieces ; to stab ; to pierce.

Hairy animals used in sacrifice.

^^]{l^'^>

Fun ts'hun, " To

EJiiJ mM EW Hin " *

cut into parti; to separate; to distinguish ; to adjust," as the

sze jung sang maou chay ju? k'he; yu chay yuC ne, " In the

lines and tones of an ode or song.

rites of bloody sacrifice, employing animals with hair is called

Ts'hun U'he', or /j^. J

Ke, with feathers, is called Ne."

^ | Pronunciation not known. Used for

Read Kwei, or Kwae. To

K'hlh.
sharpen a knife or weapon.

To smear a knife with blood.

J^jJ

|| WAN.
^S.C. f)R.H.
M
To cut) to cut the neck or throat i to cut crosswise.

|j

cut.

SHAN.

SHA.

|] HING.
|^j ^Jlj Tsie win, " To cut one's own throat"

To pierce ; to stab.

ff^S.C.

"3ft R.H.

-j^From

'fl^C [eJ

To mow, or shear.

TseS ning sze pubjtih; suy che peih keen

Keen, "Even," and a Knife. (Sha-mttb.) To

punish i punishment By some it is made to mean Constant )

che paou keen juh tfze wan, She said, " I had better die than
a constant law or rule; that which is perfect | a perfect mle.

JJTaou

224

IV. Eighteenth Radical.

#| # Hing fi, To punish, punishment.

#l] # Hing fle hae, A severe punishment.

che pth hing, k'he tsze che yew yay, Want of success in

teaching (and exhibiting a good example) arises from these

| ### Hingjinkeang

#( Hing sin, or # Hingwn, To examine by tor

ture jL Kea hing, To inflict punishment.
| #|| Hing poo, The tribunal of punishments, or

jang, Give a rule to the well disposed; exhort the quarrelsome

court of appeals at Peking, which takes cognizance of all cri

of soup spoon." To rhyme read Hwang.

minal cases.

EH.

They were formerly,

to be

yielding."

Occurs in the sense of

#| Hing, A kind

woo hing, The five punishments."

# #|| #| # ##

|| The same as the preceding.

Mih.

e, fei, kung, tapeth, To brand with ink; to cut off the nose ;
to cut off the knee-pan; to castrate; to put to death. They
are now,

causes. (Le-king.)

*####.% Che, chang, thoo, lew,

From Knife and a well. A knife guarding a well. (Shw

wan.) The preceding form is used every where.

TAN.

%ji

TEAOU.

To cut.

sze, To beat with the small bamboo, to beat with the great
bamboo to transport to another district, and subject to hard

To gather in the ears of corn.

labour, for a term of years, to banish perpetually to the con

fines of the empire: to put to death.

Instead of the flattened

bamboo of the present day, round sticks and cudgels, were for
merly used.

#) |

instruments of torture.

Tung hing, To set in motion the

#+!' |

#) KHA, or khes

45s c.

To cut or carve ingeniously. To cut or make a memoran

Keuen tsze

dum on a bamboo, hence, the word

kwae hing, A good man cherishes a dread of the

#7 K'he, A contract,

laws.

a bond. These and knotted strings were in use before paper

# #2% f$45+ H # | * *

or writing were known.

woo, seay shh, pang yew chang hing, For sorcerys and witch
craft, the nation has permanent punishments.

# |

^N

Lan hing, To punish or torture at random, to an excessive

degree.

l]

PIN.

To separate; to divide.

KE. A crooked knife, a kind of hook. To

Kh hing, To punish cruelly.

# # [T] R.H. Hing f tshing urh min fh,

When thepunishments are pure (just) the people will submit.
>E/1

take a thing with a knife. Same as

#|| Ke, see below.

\e

HWA. To push forward a boat or other vessel

| % # Hing ming, tseen kh, The depart.

ments of law and revenue.

with poles.

%2XS #|EzH+1 re

%) + Hwa tsze, A small boat," a local

term. Also read K, A kind of hook or sickle.

225

Eighteenth Radical.
is called Fe."

IV.

Taou J~J

~{~f |^| Yug tsuy woo plh,

1 1 Sameas^j|-Ya, seeRad^J Shth.

" There are fire hundred crimes punished by cutting off the
feet" This is not a modern punishment They still, however,
11

WAN.

7ih S. C
cut the tendons ofthe heel ai a punishincnt.of habitual thieves.

To pare ; to cut even t to cut offthe comeri or angles ; toroond.

yFTjj ^ jsj^j^ [||| Wan fan e wei yuen,

" To cut offthe cornera of a square in order to make it round."

|

Waa keO,"To cat offthe Conors."

J] |

Yin wan pe, " A seal spoilctfby baring-its corners broken."

W\ I S T*tb "f>K'hIhwanjinPi,hnSnEy.

-f* ^p Jf$ 3L M

] .5L p*en-h Kitn y'h

leang yug tsuh, " Peen-ho presented a precious stone (to- the
King of Tsoo, who, through ignorance, received the compli
ment as an insult) for which both (Peen-ho's) feet,were cut off."'
By allusion, the phrase is now applied to ignorant persons
who do not know the value of things.

u Corners being cnt off, cannot think ofgiving it." Understood

LEE.

Si * a

5>R. H.

is a false pretence, being really unwilling to part with the thing

in question.

Syn. with ^| Wan and 'J[>j" Wan.

To separate ; to distinguish ; to arrange in order ; to place

Wan occurs used in the same sense, but apparently improperly.

or be placed in a certain gradation i the ranks of an army ; to

To rhyme read Yuen.

spread out, or state in .order. A surname,

j^jlj

J K'hae

leg, u To separate and arrange ; to make out a list of."

}I

Same as

Ch'han.
j

K'hae leg yu how, " Stated in order as fol

'J
^^"|| KEUE.

lows."

Chin lei!, " To place m order ; to ar.

range in ranks"

*fjjfe |

To separate the bones from each

other, as in case of cutting to- pieces as a punishment.

and

Pae leg, both .denote " To arrange; to put in order."

*|^

y^jj CHUNG.

p nae

Lee Uo k'he tsze, " To sit in order."

To cut or pare a thing.

IIH rfn 'i^ Lie tin& urh ,Mh' To Mt with the "*
arranged in order," denotes a sumptuous set out, in the man

JJJ"^ ^E.

^ surname.
ner ofthe rich.

Shwo-wan does not contain this character, but has

Wit.

^JC. | ^\

T'been leg rauh tso,

" Disgrace the series by taking the last seat;" is the language
ofaffectation, meaning, I am a disgrace to your party.

J^lj YUE.or Wuh.

^fj S. C.
-j!pj? Leg tsuy, ' The 6rst ofthe series ;" i. e. the best compo

To separate entirely.

To cut offthe feet as a punishment.

sition of many others.

Jjl]

Q ^|| Yug tsuh yug fe, " To cut off the feet
ot. I.
oI

4$L Let wei, or

Leg kung, " Constituted persons ;" i. e. You, Gentlemen.

JJ

Taou. W.

226

Eighteenth Radical.

R# T. EX |

Ph koo, pth ching lee, Not

beat the drum, (but advance whilst the enemy) has not yet

formed his ranks. (Tso-chuen.) Also read Le, To compare.

}.

ol. Scrib. Hi Yung.

}}]

Same as

#]
%|

she hea mh, tsew ch'hoo, That time was just the close of

| 2k =

Summer, and the beginning of Autumn.

#|| Ch'hoo lae chataou, Just now come for the first time."
j#E | K'he ch'hoo, or # | Thangch'hoo, In the
| % Ch'hoot'hsze, or |

beginning.
-

Chhoo yih hwuy, The first time."

J. Jin,

To wound.

|
|

E.

Ch'hoo, is applied to the first ten days of every month.

*H | Ch'hooseun, The first decade," or first ten days

Ingenious carving.
of the month. From the tenth to the twentieth, or second de
cade, is called

Ol. Scrib.

X|

H 'H] Chung seuen.

The last decade, or

E, see above.
from the twentieth to the thirtieth, is called

H | J\ E.

scucin.

R 4]

Hea

Shih yuch hoopjih,

*# E. |

The eighth of the tenth moon.

Characters Jormed

Mei yu ch'hoo yih, The first of each moon.

| #] | + Kech'hoo
KOW.

To the Westward. A hook or sickle is called

FH.

taou ch'hoo shih, How

#j S. C.
many days are there to the tenth?"

by Five Strokes.

6||

Yow.

Kin jih shin mo jih ch'hoo, What day of the first

4% (# 7 | $#

decade is to-day?"

# S. C.

#4% |
To strike; to chop, to hew; to cut asunder.

4\ E. H:# E.

->

Netso leadu ch'hoo yih, wo tsew

yaou tso ch"hoo urh leadu, Do you do the first, and I'll do

%)] CH'Hoo!

the second, is the language of threatening.

My conduct will

#s. c. 3% R.H.
be regulated by yours, as you behave to me, I'll behave to you.

From Knife and Clothes.

To begin to cut garments.

/\ | l'%: Jin che

ch'hoo, sing pun

(Sh*-wn.) To use garments to cover the figure, is the com

shen, The nature or disposition of man is originally (at the

mencement of civilization. (seu-keae.)

birth of each individual) virtuous."

To begin ; to

mence; the commencement. A surname.

ch'hoo, The

beginning: at first.

com

%D T1 che

(San-tsze-king.)

HH

+ Yach'hoo ko, A beginner; one quite unexpe

JL # # |
rienced. Also read Thoo.

# Fan *ze chech'hoo nan," Every thing is difficult at first.

###IE}# I jk |

Bl,
Na she ching

TS'HEU.

An instrument of husbandry

Eighteenth Radical. W. Taou

227

"
P"HE.

To cut with a knife, to chop; to hew.

The common form of

# Phe,

..

| HEEN. To cut one's own throat.

(E-wn-pe-lin.)
KWA. To cut. Common form

&

T]

of:

K'hoo.

ol. Scrib. ). Chow.

CHUNG. To cut or pare a thing.

| Ol. Scrib;

# Che.

To cut; to carve; to adjust.

From knife and

# We,

$.

P"HWAN.

From Knife and Half (Shw-wn.) To divide in the midst.

Ripe fruits, proper to be cut to pieces.

as "

#% S. C. 4; R. H.

SHAN: ):5s.c. :#jR. H.

From a knife and a written document. (Shw8-wn.) To

again unite.

To divide; to distinguish; to take asunder and

To judges to decide.

Twe halves fit to be

joined, to be joined in marriage. Occurs in the sense

of '4'

pare of to obliterate; to expunge; to reject; to settle; to

Pwan, To unite two halves;" to join the two sides of two

-**

* what to retain, and what to reject in

#|| Shan set, To pare off.

To reject; to expunge.

any work.

| |#

Shan choo,

| EX Shan kae, To ex

| T Shanting, To expunge and

*** AL-j- #####ff

Punge and alter."

separate bodies.

# 4] Shin p'hwan, To judge, to

| # P"hwan twan, To determine; to de

| #ff # {+ Phwan twangan keen, To
decide a case in law.
. P"hwan yen, or |
# Phwan yu, The sentence given. #. |
decide.

cide.

P"he

R# til Kung-tsze shan she yen, yew so tseu shay

p'hwan, A written decision or sentence of government.

*"Confucius expunged from, and fixed the reading of the

Odes; there was something to be taken, and something to be

=#| | Shoop'hwan, also seems to denote Official decision

#
# Phwan shoo, An impression of
or sentence,

| # {# # Shan k'he weitsze, Ex

a seal divided in two halves, which, by their correspondence,

rejected.

*the erroneous or false expressions.

MiN.

To pare off.

E!

afforded decided proof when joined together."

# EE

| #########|MT | #
Yen-wang phwan ming tth she how, ph che joo hop'hwan

R. fill Min se, To pare or cut off.

#l

fa, when Yen-wang (who in Hades rules over the

destinies

of nortals) decides the fates of men: (1) know not by what rule
LING.
he decides. This is the language of surprize

**plit with a knife to cleave asunder.

mingled with

complaint, on seeing apparently good men suffer, and the con

JJ

Taou. W. Eighteenth Radical.

'# # R.2%

228

Chang wan min che

how speak of being separated by intervening clouds and rain."

phwan, Controls the marriage contracts of all the people."

# | }} }{XS: F# E * * * *

Then te phwan h, The junction,

ph ket, leang yu, Since we shook hands and parted, two

trary.

j\ #1

>

union, or co-operating influence, of the heavens and the earth.

%) PEE.

months have passed away unobserved.

####

Foo foo yew phe, Husband and wife must separate

T. s. c. 3, R. H.
to their respective daties;" one in the family, the other abroad.

To separate; to put asunder; to distinguish. Read Ph,

To recede from each other; to leave; different; other; an

other. In the Peking Colloquial Dialect, used in a prohibitive

sense, as Do not," or less formally Don't." Formed from

| #### Ph yang sze tsing, Another or a

different affair.

senses.

# | X # %). |

Hih pih phnng

l /\ Phkojin, Another man, or other peo

ple, according as the scope may make it singular or plural

|H, Kwa, and Knife. Z}\}| Fun p, To separate

with the hands; or to distinguish by words, or any of the

P"hee urh ko, Another.

A=
|HF | 4E %

don't be angry.

---

4%R | # # Nep'hkwan wo,

(#

Dont you interfere with, or controul me.

fun p, Cannot distinguish black from white."

Z}- |

### Fun pe haou ch'how, To distinguish or se

O-ko!p'h sngkhe, Brother:

Foo ph, A kind of bond.

#|

K'HEE.

To take by violence; to plunder;

parate the good from the bad," said of things or persons.

%j- | #E4% Fun

p seen how, To

distinguish

that which precedes from that which comes after.

Pheen p, To distinguish or discuss the difference of

things."

Le P'h, To recede or go away from.

# Phe letsow, The sorrow of parting.

TE %: AE}# ###E Ching she, sng

to rob.

.#F#| Takh, To rob, to

plunder.

# # | Keang taou tsheang k'h, Robbers,

plunderers.
| % K'he taou, A robber, or to
plunder.

4#) #%
|
5:

Thow ying k'h chae,

***

To attack and plunder a camp.

It also denotes to Restrain.

| Z)), 6%

**hingyu sze phe, The truth is, that separations in life are
Khe chee sze yew, To restrain by a tutor and a friend.
worse than parting at death.

l'

ZG%ufti)

Al.

*#h

Khe.

}}}# Tsze phe, puh che hoshe seang hwuy, Now

Commmon form of the

Parting, we know not when we shall meet again.

Kaou ph, To take leave.

#! (EI HQ:RS
yun yup*

#
E (f ||

{ll

preceding.

PAOU, or Phaou. To pare off, to plane.

E tso kin lank he ho yen

Already on the most intimate possible terms;

A joiner's plane. To cut or dig with a hoe.

6]] #|

229

Eighteenth Radical.

V.

Taou J)

P'baou ieiS, " To pare ; to thin by paring."

ts-k
Fhaou ch'huh kin jib, " To dig up gold and silver.

Chin tang tsin sin c paou kwS, fe too gin le yay, "A public ser
vant ought to spend his heart's (blood) to ssrre his country, and

LEW.

To cut.
not be intriguing to obtain favour and emolument."

|~

m
"f^^c^-iE |
TEEN.

rfn S ^1

Sh">s hcakeaou

The broken edge of a knife ; broken.

ching le urn kwS wei e, " When superiors and inferiors are re

ai an utensil or precious stone having a part broken off. Ac

ciprocally exacting gain, the state of a country is dangerous."

cording to one it denotes To cut, or hew. Al. Scrib. Jrjj

x^w | Kungle," Just gain."unjust gain."

LE.

j^S.C.

/J \

J Sxe le, " Selfish,

J/J^ ^jp

Seaou jin

^R.H.
e shin seun le, u A bad man hazards the ruin of his person for

A sharp edge or point; acute; profit; profitable; the in

the sake ofgain."

Le hae, " Severe ; formidable."

terest on money ; to benefit ; advantageous ; gain ; gainful ; suit

T^F/^

able; smooth; felicitous. To rovet A surname, y

Jj

to men, and do good to all creatures," whether animate or in-

Le taou, " A sharp knife."

Taou

animate

J]

k'how puli le, " The edge of the knife is not sharp."
P Le k'how,

Sharp mouth ;" i. e. great fluency of speech

and smartness of reply.

Tte^ia' ,e wi"b'" Exerci,e beneficence

^l^fjj,]^

\ *-

ts'hae urh how le, tslh min le, When the Prince " is more
intent on wealth and gain, than on the exercise of moral pro
priety, the people will covet what is gainful" to the disregard

Le k'how
i DM
peen tize, " Loquacious and expert at sophistical arguraenta-

of what is correct; (Le-king.)

tion."

venient;" applied to persons, it denotes the same as ^J^t

Le ts'heen, or

Le selb, "Pro-

fit on trade, or interest on money."

j^jjj

Yin pun wan It,. May you gain " ten thousand per cent," is a
new year's compliment amongst trading people.
| f|j Ta *te,n 'e *ne'

Peen le, " Con

Kwae le, " Smart ; expert." Said of a knife, denotes A keen

sharp edge.

To rhyme read Le.

^j^f
CH'HE.

To cut any thing.

KWAE.

To break or cut asunder.

^ou *aye " ^reat n*PPlnes'

and a good market," is a very usual salutation.

Le ylh, "Advantage; gain."

i)^.

le she too, * Scheming after nothing but gain."

Wei
7^
^*|J CH'HUEN.

1 ^J^^Pf

To take off the skin.

Yew j,h ,e> p* yew JIh r*> " wher-

ever there is something to be gained, there is sure to be some

Same as
mean proceeding on the part of some one connected,
VOL. I.

jj^J

K'ne'e", see above.

JJTaou

230

VI. Eighteenth Radical.

LE.

KEW.

To cut.
J. Ye

To be liberated from crime, or the punishment of it

38.
#

JUY.

To touch, to rub.

98.

THEAOU.

SE. To cut.
To pare or scrape off. Read Teaou, To cut asunder.

&]

Ol. Scrib.

#| K, see under

10 str.

#)

KWA.

#.

S. C.

To rub off, to pare off, to scrape. One says, To press for

cibly with the fingers or hand; or, violent attrition.

Kw mo;

}) |

Teih kw;

All express To scrape or pare off.

#||

| 1#|| Kw set,

#2% | #
| 3#

See kw shang, To wash and rub clothes.

TO.

To strike with the hand.

KANG. To cut open.

Characters formed by Six Strokes.

%)
E. |

TAUs Wis c. 3) R. H.

To arrive at; to go or come to; to extend to. A surname.

E.

Defined by

l # If] # #1T- yuen urh cheyay,

J# |X. #|

To come to from a distance.

Me kwo pth taou, No nation to which he had not gone."

(She-king.)

#fff) f. |

J#% Kwakow mo kwang, To scrape off the dirt and

| }: Taou ch'hoo, or I

tending to every place.

rub bright."

For Kow, the second character, some use

Woo so plihtaou, Ex

}. Sze taou ch'hoo,

Every place.

J# |

King, A mirror." The phrase is used by moral writers when

Chow taou, To every part of the circumference;" i. e. every

advising persons to put away from them what is low and base.

where, entire, complete.

###. Kw tseen kan, To scrape the shaft of an

arrow.

Rwtsze, To scrape out letters."

1. ## Kw set kea tsheen,

To pare off

parsimoniously, or deduct from the price agreed on."

K}

Same as

Fi]

the ground.

4% Taoute,

| j:

Taou t, Down to

Taou t, To the very bottom."

Yet; still; after all.

}i Ph taou ch'hoo, Deficiency, defect, failure in one

duty. # #AS | J# Shoo woph taou ch'hoo,
Excuse myy failures in ppolite attention to you.

P, see above.

4ff.

| # HH # }% Z#| Netaou kwo sets hangmh

|

r" 11, 11 :

CH'HA.

yew, Have you been at Thibet?

##| | j#

Grating sound made by cutting.

We yew taou kwo, ..I have not been there.

4||

231
fj^jp |

Thake she taou, " When<Iid he arrive ?"

Eighteenth Radical.

/j|f/
HOO.

^^j* J

leaou, "A ship has arrived.-

To cut asunderj to divide in twos to kills to rip open;

Yew ch'huen toou

J fifi/^.^

Ne taou na le k'heu, " Whither are you going?''

Puh Hh taou show, "Cannot reach the

hand;" i.e. unable to obtain.

to hollow out.

JTj ^-it.^lj^jj^' Keaou too

kungk'hoo pSc'he," A skilful butcherjoined in killing and skin

ning them."

Wo Uou kea k'heu, " I am going home."

j

*s.c.

T ha t,S 1 hSe" t,M taU' " He "rr,Ted

but yesterday."

0^

VI. Taou J]

-^Lj -^fj- K'hoo raiih wei chow,

" To excavate atree and make a boat.' (Ylh-king.) 'j/^J^^

| P'ban puh

taou, " Unable to clime or reach up to."

^jjjj^:

chTh chung leang ; k'hoo telh yin foo, hwang t'heen chin noo,

Pan puh taou, " Unable to execute or carry into effect." To

" Burnt men faithful and virtuous ; and ripped open women

rhyme read Too.

with child, hence the Majesty of .Heaven was filled with awful
indignation," &C (Shoo-king.)

^^|| Original form of

j
f6w.%

K'hoo sin yew yen se sin, " K'hoo-sin expresses .the same

a* Se-sin, to cleanse the heart"

^jlj

Hing.
J ~/^\ "pj* y^^>

^s.c.
I

The handle of a knife or weapon. Read Foo, tame ai ^^ij"

Foo, " The centre part of a bow grasped by the hand."
^^CH'HANG, or Chwang.+

|fJ- S. C.

To make or form at first; original pattern.

-J | Ts'hing

<(vA-^7 Kuen tsze puh k'ho piih k'hoo sin yen,

** The good man ought not to dispense with purity of heart"

(Chwang-tscev)
n TO.

To chop s to cut into minute parts.

1 1 TSEUEN.

To pare; to scrape.

was the original pattern for the division ofland ; in -this sense
Syn. with ^flj Ch'hwang, and occurs also in the sense of
LO.

To lop or cut off branches.

Ch'hwang, " A hurt or wound."

|Q|J YUEN, or Yen. To take.outfrom amongst.
To pare oflf. One says, To stop or fill up.
K'HWEl.

To cut; to cut opens to pierces

n
to stab Applied to killing victims.

|| E,orUrh.

f=$S.C.

From ear and knife- To -cut oflfthe ears.

7m *jr
Woo hwO e urh jin, " Do not (on your own

|j Jjj"|J
7T
account) punish people by cutting off their noses and ears."
(Shoo-king.)

JJ

Taou. VI. Eighteenth Radical.

Prince dies in defence of the gods; the General dies with his

ll CHE.

#s. C.

#, R. H.
army; the inferior officer dies to fulfil the orders of his su

To cut and form; to adjust to regulate; to direct; to rule;

perior. (Le-king.)

Pin che, The laws of

pipi
to make; to invent.

# #|### Z] \%.2%

rank.

x. Che tse,

To cut and divide a victim

J *

#1 Tshae che ch'hang twan, seaou ta che tse yay,

To adjust and bring the long and short, the small and great,
to a level.

| f Che ts, To make ; to do.

# fL}:2 ##
# EHF# j' # Tin heat sing

about to be sacrificed.

che she, keun twan che sng kan, tse shin yu shih, When the

Che too, To form rules; rule; management; direction;

plans of government; laws.
}% H R f

J# Heung chung ta yew che too, In his breast, he possesses,

bloody parts of the sacrifice are to be introduced, the Prince

himself divides the victim's liver, and, in the house, sacrifices

to Deity." (Lexing)

Kin che, Prohibitory

.*.*.*

in a high degree, good rules of management, or of direction i

H che, "To restrict; to con

regulations.

i.e. he is skilful in direction and arrangement.

Che fa, or
lations.

# |
|

| Al-cle ling, Rules; laws; national regu

#EEEZ

fine. The name of a city. To rhyme read Ch.

An erroneous form of the preceding.

Seen wang che che, or

Fche, The regulations of former kings.

By

KEA. To pierce into.

Kw8 che, The rules or government of the country.

AS h:# |

Ph ching teche, Not effect the form

of rule or management. Denotes a mode of doing things

which does not accord with established and approved princi

Ji

shwe.orshwi. His c. 5).R.H.

To scrape; to brush; to trub; to scrub, to cleanse; to put

$% }:

ples or maxims. The phrase is applicable either to great or

away from.

small; to national or to family affairs.

To wash and scrub.

Se shw8, or

| }% Shw8 se,

% | ###

Seshwk

Led \

| # Che tae, or | #. Che keun, Title applied

to the Governor of a Province.

j\-f-2. E.

| ###| | }. 2 ##if:
t"ze che Jen yu Che-shoo, wei wei Che-too

cheming
"e

yay,

The words of the Emperor are called Che-shoo; which ex

Presses their being the dictation of laws."

WEiE'5'5-WE #E%

tshing, To wash and scrub clean.

To brush.

i |

Saou shw,

44; Shwe chow, A scrubbing

brush."

IH

| #" Shwe

pa, A scrubber for cleansing vessels."

| {! Shwe paou, A curry-comb.

shw8, A shoe brush.

:#

Heae

# Shwe heae, To brush

##

"" (#| || ########

Kw8

# Aj Neshwe nach'hangch tszekan kantshing tshing

keun sze shay tseih, ta foo sze chung, sze sze che, The

tih, Scrub that table perfectly clean.

| }|\l'.

Eighteenth Radical.

%f Shwe ch'he kae hing, To put away what is shameful

jR |

and reform one's conduct.

#s. C. # R. H.

CH'H.

Kn shw8, To

scrub to the root;" i.e. to examine or investigate to the bot

2#.

tom; which is otherwise expressed

by
p
y I:5 2.N.
h Tsi
Tsin kew.

J/

Taou

VI.

A kind of flag staff employed at religious temples of the

Sect Fh. Hollow spiral pillars, or steeples, erected over the

graves or general receptacles of the ashes of the priests. In

Orig. form of

#|

P, see above.

the spires are concentrated the relicks of Fh, called

K'HEUEN.5

# S. C. #.R. H.

#|+ Shay letsze.

commonly called

A bond; a deed of contract; written evidence of a trans

action. In ancient times, such bonds consisted of a tablet of

wood, which being split asunder with a knife, had the cdge of
each piece serrated with corresponding teeth, and each con

tracting party retained one half of the tablet, in a way similar

to the mercantile check of Europe: Hence the Character is

#.

formed from Knife.

.# | |f|| 3: Taos

ill): H&

T.

Lt:

ch'h seang wang, The spires of Fhstand facing each other.

Ch'h, also denotes

priests of Fh.

H. |

# .# Sngsze, Temples of the

Fan ch'h, The temples of Fh."

Koo ch'h, An ancient temple, or pagoda.

| THsz.:

#5 s.c. #7 R. H.

k'heuen

scribe with the point of a style; to reprehend; to punish;

to embroider, or decorate with needle-work; to choose from

amongst.

.#########
##El Biff

To wound by a direct thrust; to pierce; to kill. To in

K'he k'heuen, or

#) Kheuen y, A deed or bond; an agreement; written

tvidence,
h
proof."

These steeples, or pagodas, are now

#2 TH+. If]

Fung-keuen show chae yu S,ke hwan, tuy Mang-chang:

keuen yu, Chin his k'heuen, fun che, she e urh fan. "Fung
*en went to receive a debt from the state See; when he re

A sharp point, a prickle; a thorn. Also read

Tsheih, To bore through , to stab; to kill;

to embroider; to

mark the face with ink and a pointed instrument. To spy out:
an oblique hint.

Part of the name of certain officers.

read Ts'h, Erroneously written

Also

#|| thus, and }|

thus.

I######| H%/0%

"ed, he said to his Prince Mng-chang-keuen, I joined the

#% # # Chih ch'hh show k'he

* and burnt them; I brought thereby (for you) the re

chung Tng mow sin wo, fan shin lo ma, He gave a

Putation of #"t liberality

thrust with his arm as he raised it, and stabbed to the heart

and returned. This tale is often

ch'hoo, thsze

"ferred to, with an intention of softening the rigid demands

Tng-mow, who reeled and fell from

of creditors.

Thsze tsze, To inscribe letters with the point of a

To be

distinguished form A.

K'heuen, sce

his horse.

direct

| #:
style,

2%N.
which was the practice before the invention of pencils and ink.

" *al # 14.

Vol. 1.
Q2

234

77 Taou. VI. Eighteenth Radical.

Hence,

:# |

Tow thsze, To present a visiting card

One says, To excite painful feelings. A small portion of time;

}#3% |

with the name inscribed on it. These cards were originally of

the period of fifteen minutes.

| # Ts'helh, or ts'hsze len, To mark the

face as a punishment.
#f | Chin thsze, or |

4.
K'hihtsze, To engrave characters. 4.EH! Z
ASE:2
=H
SE: | ##
###2+/J %
###
#FEE' -> #AE # % }#raria.

wood.

# Thsze sew, To embroider or decorate with the

#H Thsze lh king chung,
l-

needle.

A >

jRAE] }).

To select from the Six Classics.

+] |

carve; to engrave.

Teaou k'hih, Te

Han k'hih, or

low; mhweiche khih, kwhweiche tshee; seang weiche

jff # Then ho ethsze? Ho Shin puh foo?

thso; yhweiche ch; shih weiche mo, To carve or work

Why does heaven afflict (the king)? Why does Deity not bless

metals is expressed by low, wood, by *k'hih, bone, by ts'h,

imr it " " (#}##/\Zk+1.

ivory, by thso; gems, by ch; stone, by mo. (Urh-ya-)

Sin yung foojin che koo yay, Because he yields im

#xml p, To use injuriously and insultingly; avarici

ously.
| ## K'hih p kwei, A selfish avaricious

plicit belief to the representations of women.

| Flit.
# Fung thsze, T
+

+I\.
p/

ung thsze, To reprehen

hend.

(She-king-)

Shw
w

SH:

devil, a person destitute of benevolent feelings.

-*-

ridicule."

H] |

/+*

Ke l'hsze, To

hy.' ##% #. K'hih p ching kea, le woo

Tshelh tshelh, Incessant talking.

kew heang, A family raised by hard-hearted avarice; will not,

thsze, A pointed innuendo.

Sze thsze, A superintendant of certain legal in

##

in the course of Providence, be long enjoyed,"

quiries.

Santhsze, The three investigations

z: | +. Wo kew yun k'hih tsze,

directed by the preceding officer. First, of the higher officers

injure Tsze.

of state ; second, of the inferior officers; and third, of the peo

/\ |

ple.

Thsze she, A certain officer.

Thsze sin, Pointed inquiry."

| EK

.# Thsze than,

To inquire into; to spy out.

#|

#| #

King keih chet'hsze, The thorn of a bramble."

*pace of two hours) contains eight k'hih.

khih, or

#s. C. #) R. H.

Tsank'hih, A short time.

Kir
Zy |

J Shaou khih sew yaou e khen

leadu, In a very short time I shall want to remove.

K'hih jih,
A fixed
J
xed day.
day

To think.on

+
K'HiH.S

|H#}KZH

Yihiko She-shinyewipkhih, One She-shin (the

}#####

Fung thsze, The sting of abee."

| # T*heih chuen, To push forward a boat by poles.

3]

(Shoo-king.)

What I said will

4-Khih
Z.
Khih neen,
neen

uninterruptedly, every moment.

D-N1

# #E
W

#H#H#| | #####4ff.; we
tsaekea, she she k'hih k'hih tookwanen chne, At home my

Steel fit to form a graving-tool. To cut;

carve; to peel; to skin.

To use harshly

to engrave; to

and avariciously.

thoughts were incessantly employed about you.

|#

Khih low, An instrument to measure time by the dripping of

Eighteenth Radical. VII. Taou)]

t

the word K'hih was applied to time.

'4% |

She tiehming k'hih, The footsteps of a pig are talled K'hih.

l THE.

From the marks or notches on the tube

water, a clepsydra."

}#} H# The t'how, To shave the head, in the man

ner of the Chinese; a custom introduced by the reigning fa

ol. Scrib. 3'll L&

j|| # Thsze tsiih, Foul, impure; filthy.
Ol. Scrib. fill Ch'hwang, see below.

The seu, To shave the beard.

+%
2
Zls

7 l The seu taou, A razor." They have larger razors for

the head, which are expressed by the word knife, placed after

$1.

| H# # The thow phoo, A barber's shop."

mily.

Also read Tsh,

To shave off the hair.

the two characters, which express shaving the head.

KEA, or K. To peel the skin from the face.

* -

% | [H] Heuene the meen, To warm garments and

To mark or brand the face is called

Kl K'hing.

shave the face.

Both men and women shave the whole of the

AJN

%)
#|

#|| Khih, see above.

Same as

face. The females sometimes,instead of using a knife, pluck out

the hairs of the face with a knotted thread.

Same as

#|| Ch'h, see above.

face is still called The meen, or

| }#

Thus dressing the

The leen.

J# The mei, To shave the eye brows.

R]

KAN. To pare, or shave off.

It expresses

either dressing them so as to resemble the segment of a circle,

like a new meon; or shaving off entirely the hair of the eyebrow,

AN

and painting a black curve line in its

#!

stead.

CHIN. A knife or weapon.

though in general use, is a vulgar corruption

Ol. Scrib.

FUN.
XR
77

#| K, see below.

*#

The,
The.

KING, or King.

To cut the throat with a knife or sword; to cut off the head.

The nature or disposition of

-

#!

LOW, or Tow. A small orifice, a small lit.

|| Ol. Scrib. #| Shan, see above.

one says To cut. Some write

#. Tow, or #

Tow.

->

"racters formed by Seven strokes,

ll to To strike, to attack.

|| TsIH.
From

H.

#5 s. c.

8, R.H.

Pei, anciently used for material objects gene

_>

rally, and

Taou, A knife.

To draw an outline; to

7/ Taou.

VII.

Eighteenth Radical.

236

mark ; a rule; a patterns a law. To imitate a pattern) to con

puh che yay, " To repress a domineering spirit,

form to a rule or law. Immediately ; then ; in that case s there

sen t men t. and irregular desires is difficult ; whether he who

fore ; coniequentlj ; next Reason ; caue ; wherefore.

proceeds thus far, may be called Jin (perfectly virtuous) or not,

ifjlJixPP

I do not know." (Lun-yu.)

EI S'l Fan the 100 pin ,h1h

Vae jug Ulh, " Every rule or pattern for the forming or di

pattern ; or law."

recting of a thing is called Trill."

erring law." (Ylh-king.)

J&C J^J '

-yu^ fcT pj y^j

Fa k'he k'ho ft chay, yu Ulh, " To imitate

that which is imiUble is called Tslh''

Also, Jjjj|j J|j^!: Tsoo

Fa Ulh, " A rule ;

T'heen Ulh, " Heaven's on.

^

Ming

ch'hfc shTh U8 Ulh, " The virtuous sages endued with fore
knowledge, are real examples to the world." (Shoo-king and

tsze, " An auxiliary particle |" of the force of jljp Tsgjh,

Commenury.)

" Immediately ; then; in that case;" as ^p[|_-|j=5p J

^l|M ^{"Px^

j^fj

-y^- J

sfcft ^
1

ty) ^

Te wei Wan-wang, yu hwae ming tlh

j J^T Keen shen Ulh U'heen ; yew kwo Ulh

shun te che Ulh, " The Majesty (of heaven) said to Wan-wang,

kae, " Seeing virtue, forthwith move towards it: having

I remember with complacency thy goodness(thou) hast

erred, immediately reform." (Ylh-king.)

obeyed the laws of the (divine) Majesty." (She-king.)

Again,

^^t^' jfj1"^" T,neaJ ien cne Uze> " A particle implying

a consequent result;" as ^j\< J
^X^y^ Ke*.

h che ; shay, tslh shlh-che, " Seek (for

yjfe |

Chun tslh. " A carpenter's marking line ;" also

to accord with the line, time, &c. which is previously marked

out ;, punctual conformity to rule."

. j^ffi

the strong feeling of virtuous principles) and you will then

obtain it ; decline the effort, and you will then lose it" (Miing-

Ulh, ncen king, urh tslh, Laou-yny puh heu, son Ulh, yun yun,

tsic.)

" In the first place, she is yet young ; in the next place, your

Again,

^J?}

jjjj^ Jo how che Uxe, " A

particle denoting that which follows nevt in order f as ^~T"

^^fcj]

W ^^ilingj^julclh.hlhe

heu wan, "If after having fulfilled (the relative domestic duties,)

father will not permit it; in the third place, Ax"

| EUTh, Denotes "the seventh moon."

j J;-^TsIhte,

" A district not yet regularly formed into a state or nation."

you still possess remaining strength, then apply to learning and

ijjjjj KHWAE
thearU." (Lun-yu.)

Again, 5^$tft.^l jf)^ J8

che Uze, " A conditional particle;!' as j^j?f

'f-3

To cut or break asunder. A vulgar character.

Kwo, Ulh wiili ton kae, " If wrong, be not afraid to reYUEN.
form." Lun-yu.)

S. C

j>ftffls#tf^T^
To Uke or cut out from the midst of ; to .hollow out. Also

Klh, ft.yucn, yS> pub hirig yen, k'ho e, wei nan e ; jin, Ulb woo

read Kcu.

237

Eighteenth Radical.

VII.

Taou 77

haou che ch'hoo, fan weikae seB, kae se8, " If this composition
IJ TUY.

To pare or scrape off.

have any faults, I'll trouble you to amend and erase."
IjgjjT SeB chlh, " To degrade to a lower situation."

l) TSHO.

jg^ S. C.
2^ >ln)^EJ* ^ " We' rfng' " T ,h*Te *" h<*d <Uld

To lop offshoots or sprouts;.to chop; to wound ; to cut; to

cut to pieces;, a severe mode of putting to death, sometimes

become a prieat."

SeB k'heu, " To subtract, or take

away from.V

KB seB, " To. cut away from."

j^lj J KweseS/'Taacrapeoff." ^|) | y\ |j

had recourse to.

^7

show

leaou to shaou ts'ho chi! " How many are the wounds and

Kwa sea jin kea, " To withhold penuriously what: is fairly

amputations (punishments) which have been undergone!''

due to persons."

Ts'ho she, " To cut to pieces the body after death

^jl^

> SeB pe keen kwuh, .

" Scrape off the skin and you will see the bone.'.'

has been inflicted.!'

15 II
SEO.

^S.C

leIh.

To cut asunder ; to cut or pare off-

%R.H.
Same asu .J^!|j Left. See below.

To cut and form ; to carve; to pare, share; or scrape off.

Ol. Scrib. J||J T'heih, see below,
A slight invasion or usurpation of territory; to plunder, or
seize from by violence. Weak, and liable to spoliation. A

j 01. Scrib.

Che, see abov.e.

tool used before the invention of paper and pencils, for engra
ving characters ; now applied to the -gj^. JJ Shoo taou, or
knife employed to erase characters. Read Seaou, A sheath
j * x 1 Kea shaou, Aceror scabbard. Read Shaou, or ^jj^
tain official situation ; > kind of overseer of a certain portion
of land.

Read Tsheaou,

which is employed to spread a net."

|

TSA, or CM.

The sound of cutting o-

mincing into very small parts. Same as ^jlj Tsa, see below.

LEO\ or Leufe".

To cut or pare off.

Tsheaou kih, " That

To. rhyme, read Seft.

^jL|J Same as ^K'helh, see Rad. ^ Ylh.

Foo se, "To chop off with a hatchet; to correct

a written composition.'

*|^J TS'HIN.

To overcome ; to subdue

Kew ne 'tseang chay wan chang, yu wo

foo see, " 1 beg you lake this composition and correct it for

To overcome; to subdue; to injure; to kill; to obtain the

JJ

Taou.

VII.

Eighteenth Radical.

238

victory; to repress, to insist upon; urgent; to fix; to impress

water with fire; fire with metal. Thus production and de

4TAIE R jill Hoching piihk'hih? In what

| E. K'hih ke,
warfare was victory not obtained?
HAT *H. | Woo hing

struction revolve in a circle.

To subdue one's self.

Cycle, and which are applied to years, months, days, and hours;

sngkhih, The productive and destructive, or the according

hence the materials by which the Fortune-teller calculates

and discording relations of the five elements. That all the

destinies. They have a relation to the five vicera; hence the

parts of the material world have a certain relation to, and pro

Physician ascertains the state of the patients health, when he feels

duce certain effects upon each other, is a natural supposition ;

the pulse. They have a relation to the two cheeks, forehead,

though in many cases, those relations and effects cannot be

chin, and nose; hence the Physiognomist knows the character

traced. The Chinese, however, like many other theorists, are

and future situation in life, of the man whose countenance he

unwilling to acknowledge their ignorance, and indulge their

examines.

fancy in tracing the relations, not only of the parts of the ma

fang, hence the

terial world, but also suppose a relation between the material

house, or the position of a grave. (See under #1. Woo.)

and the moral world, depending for its effects on the same prin

| # K'hih k'he, An appointed time; to appoint

a certain day.
| #4H. # Khimkhekeuche,

upon.

ciples, as those which influence the elements of matter. This

These five elements have a

certain relation to the sixty pairs of characters which form the

And they have a relation to the

JR.

fiji

Fung ken, fixes the site of a

-L--

opens a wide field for theory and quackery, Hence it is said, that

At the appointed time they all arrived.

H #| AS #H.4 IAE | *.

Woo

v -f

E}{ ##

Th shoot'hung k'hih, To read or study with great

# J),

UA: E4H.

ph, sing, seang, piih lewoo hing sng k'hih, Medicine, di

depth of discernment.

vination, astrology, and physiognomy, are all necessarily con

# # Kine k'hih sin, fei tan shoo shin, Be studious to

nected with the according and discording properties of the

impress it upen your heart, and not merely to write it on Jour

five elements.

4- AEzkyk Zk:\ *E
phylactery, or hanging ends of the silken girdle, on which was

JKyk H.-E.-H.AE & Kim's",

inscribed some memorable sentence.

| #*

*ing mh; mhsngho; ho sng thoo, thoo sang kin. Metal

tsih, To choose a propitious day.

Produces, or accords with, water; water with wood; wood with

3%| K'hih, but not |

*ire; fire with earth; earth with metal.

ZN | ++ | 7kyk

4> | ZR

3D Kink'hih muh, mh khih thoo; thoo khih

shwiiy;

LA,

Shw-wn contains

K'hih.

#5 S. C.

Perverse; disobedient; wicked; unsocial, unkind; inh"

"h", khih ho; ho khih kin, Metal is destructive of, or

man.

discords with, wood, wood with earth; earth with water;

44

#. ##|| 2/U.
-

No perversity of disposition.

Woo kwae l che sin,

| }% Lshe, Tola"
~

239

Eighteenth Radical.

VII.

Taou J]

The same is expressed by j yf^i Ts'heen tsin.

She fS paou le woo ts'hin, jaS IS, <; A character for cruelty and
unsocial feelingt bestowed after death, ii called La."

Ts'heen ching, "Advancement; promotion."

Em

^jl

TseanS Ue ''heen ching yuen ta,

perors, Kings, and Statesmen, have had, from ancient times to

" Hereafter you will have great and splendid promotion."

the present, an epithet, supposed to be characteristic of their

\X

virtues or vices, affixed to their names after death. This is

Tso tsze puh U'heen, " To make no progress ; not to get on

called |^ She, or jjjj^y-^ She .

in the world."

Hing puh U'heen, or

^h^f ^ [

\ jjjj^

Koo U'heen puh

PS IS, " The sound of a bow string.**

koo how, " To regard what is before, and neglect what is behind ;

PS II, " The noise made by fish leaping or frisking."

or to regard the present moment and disregard what is future."

|
|

To rhyme read Lie.

Formed fromjj^f Shflh and JJ

Taou, in allusion to the dissevering effects of a knife.

To

j jE Ts'heen neen, " The year before last."

Ts'heen yu, " The moon before last."
jlh, " The day before yesterday "

be distinguished from jjjlj Tsze.

"The last Dynasty."

TS'HEEN.

^S.C.

|
*pj Ts'heen

j j^j Ts'heen chaou,

Yew sbTh neen

^R.H.
U'heen, " Ten years ago."

j .Jtjj 1~' Q Ts'heen

In front ofi before; whether locally, or in respect of time. || k'he shlh jih, " Ten days before the time appointed."
To advance ; to lead forward.

Read Tseen, To cut even ;

now commonly written ffij Tseen.

-fitP |

f Yu t,hiien U chiD' " The &ni

A light blackish color.

officers of State in the Imperial presence."

j-S^

Tae

To rhj me, read Tsin. Formed from | }~ Che, To rest in a

U'heen, " Before a Uble, bar, or altar."

Jj^

Tso

place, and -fy- Chow, A boat.

Because /**|5 pfrj

|fj " -fjj ( Tso urh che chay chow yay, " It is in a boat
you sit and reach the goal." The original Character had not

j U'heen, " Before the chair or throne."

Ts'heen

lae, " To come before, or into the presence of."

J

|jpj -jjj^ Woo we che U'heen wan yay, " I have

knife by the side, that was added to denote cutting with shears or

not heard it before." (Le-king.)

scissars. Since mj' Ts'heen has been used to denote, Before,

Ts'heen choo j in keang, "To lead or conduct down the per

people have added another knife, as J^O Tseen, To denote

son offering the sacrifice " after the rites are finished.

JJ^-

'f^r

cutting. This is considered a departure from the simplicity of

the character.
"jj" J

|j]p^ j

Meen ts'heen, " In one's presence.'

Ts'heen she, or ^
. 1*

Yen ts'heen, "Before one's eyes."

TsungU'heen, "Before; formerly.'

Shang ts'heen k'heu, "To advance forward."

paou kea yin, " Before the eaves a propitious bird announces
goodtidings."

| "^#^^5:^^

j^fj J-j Ts'heen meen k'han keen telh she shin mo te fang,
" What place is that which wr see before us !"

JJ Taou. VIII. Eighteenth Radical.

240

s 4% Ptsheen che how, Equally embarrassed whether

---

see above.
Ol. Scrib. ll
H Yuen,

advancing or receding, in allusion to a certain animal, which

in advancing, is embarrassed by a pouch hanging from its

H||

Same as

Hi] Yuen, see above.

neck, and in receding, it is said to be embarrassed by treading

on its tail.

LANG, or Lan.
-

POO. To cutoff, a knife for cutting and fitting to.

Clean; bright. To be distinguished from

#|

Ol. Scrib.

#|| Hing,

#||

Lo.

--

see above.

Characters formed by Eight Strokes.

&

KAN.

An instrument for reaping grain.

TS'H.

To dress or cut horn.

b|
&]

Common form

To work any vessel or utensil which is yet in its rough state.

of jj Tsze.

P"HE. To cut or pare off. To chop; to strike,

Sometimes denotes To select from.

or rub against; in which sense it is synonymous with

|| KEUEN.

Read P'h, To cut. Al. Scrib.

some animals. (Kang-he.)

Or,

P"he.

#|

P"he.

Read Kee, To dress horns. (Tsze

hwuy.) Read Heuen, The appearance of rising or curling

upwards.

#.

The down or hair on the horns of

altogether an erroneous character. (Ching

#7

LF.

To peel off; to scratch or mark with the

point of a style. Same as

Le.

DT

tsze-thung.)

#l
#.
A#
l-

#)

Ol. Scrib.

#||

YA. To cut the neck or throat; to cut or pare of

Kang, see below.

}}|

PANG. To chop or hew.

Original form of #|| Kw, see above.

}] THEIH.
Ol. Scrib.

% s.c.

T. Kung.
To cut up; to separate the flesh from the bones; to "P"

Seems to be the name of a person, the

7) E

off, to pick from; to reject entirely

H# W.] th.

pronunci

Szekaejow yay, To cut up and lay in order the

ation not known.

mals.

flesh of ani

.#}]+. WJT's theih kwhjow,

241
To separate the
-

flesh from the bones.

.# | XF

Theaou theih yache, To pick the teeth, otherwise

Eighteenth Radical. VIII. Taou JJ

phow, I will now take and lay open my heart to you most
fully.

| J### P"how fh

tshang choo,

j] #. Tsze ya. j\ ### #

To rip open one's belly for the sake of secreting a pearl,"

####| | ######" "

denotes sacrificing every thing, even life itself, for the sake of

thing e leang kheen hing le, theih peteih sze tsing, Let
us all consult about two undertakings; the one to promote

#}#% # #3E | }##.

#k #] J# #U % Tsang mo yew pen ch'hh chay

something advantageous, and the other to reject something

phow fh tshang choo tth pek he lae, Why change all at

Read Shih, To cut; to work up. Read The,

once, and manifest a disposition so sordidly attached to gain?

expressed by

improper.
the same as

}|

The.

gain.

| #| P"how

See above.

| #ff P"how twan, To

p'hwan, or

KO.

decide in judgment, to say which is right and which is wrong."

To cut.

Also read Foo.

#al caul
#|

F.

CH'HEN, or Ch'hn.

To pare off, to

To cut off the feet or legs; to cut off the knee-pan.

make level. To reap or cut down grain.

U!

attack; to reduce; to level; to equalize.

| PHow.5

Read Ch'hn, To

fill

Uh'han

) s.c. #|R. H.
se, To pare off.

H %). #| Chung
Mbb

fun wei p'how, To divide

Choo ch'han, To pare or

l'
}# # }).#

level the ground; to plough.

in the middle is Phow. To cut or tear asunder in the midst.

Hwo kee chooch'han, To till the ground for a livelihood."

**plit asunder, to break or cut open.

| ##

| Rij}#####" urh luy pho

woo

J# Hi P"how foo fungkung chin, To divide the (wooden)

kea, By equalizing and levelling, my family will be ruined.
*l, and commission

a meritorious officer.

The higher

officers of state, during the dynasty

# Han, when appointed,

"half of what is denominated

# Foo, the other half

#||

KHE.

To cut asunder. Sincere; real

to overcome.

"retained at court.

| # *how khae, To cut, rive, or tear

| l UM: }# P"how sin photan, To open the heart

Com. form of

# Ch'hang, see above.

open.

and "plit
spli up the galli
* *
i.e. to tell

mind;

fully whatever occupies the

to open one'

-1-1-

sh

eart to a person.

#.U.
*

}:####

11 TSZE, or Che.

To insert a knife or an in

Tsew pa wo telh sin phow yih

Vol. 1.
s 2

strument, to insert a plough or harrow. To place to stick in

the ground, to stab. Al. Scrib.

4.# Tsze, and #

Tsze.

A.

71

Taou. VIII.

Eighteenth Radical.

242

denotes Unaffected sincerity; an entire absense

NAOU. Same

*}}# Naou, see Rad.

of artifice and

/*

WUlj\ ^ |

intrigue.

Sze ta kin kang, Four

gigantic golden idols, placed in the avenue leading to a tem

KWA.

| j Kin kang shin, Golden

ple at Canton.

IF'N #27 Kaehwa, To scrape off, to scrub."

#:

(or gilt) deities placed in the avenues of temples, guarding the

|*

passage, and waiting the commands of

#S. C. , R. H.

Firm; hard; stiff, unyielding; strength; fortitude; intrepi

An Adverb of time denoting Recently; just

dity; violence.
now.

Defined thus,

JJ # # # th.

|
ts hae, or

(#

Fh.

Kang, or

| |

| # Kang

# |

Tshae kang, All express A circumstance

Kangkang, or

occurring very recently before: the two first refer the event

Taou t& keen

nearer to the given time than the two last.

#1 #

king yay, The hardness and strength of a steel weapon." (Lh

| #| Thatshae kangtaou, He arrived but just now."

| || # Kangjow, Hard, soft; firm, unbending,

and soft, yielding.
JL R. Hi' Z'

shoo.)

T*.

-*

BE Kang che, That very moment arrived.

#% #-F. | # th IE Tatsae keen

Ifjj{ | ######AS|[i]."

hoo, kang khen chung ching, How great are the heavens'

min han woo chang che sing, urh k'he kang, jow, hwan, keih, yin

how firm and regular in their motions! (Yih-king.)

shing, piih thung, All persons naturally possess a sense of the

five constant virtues, (benevolence, justice, decorum, prudence,

and truth) but there is a difference in their voices and dispo

4.

| ZE Kin kang shih, The adamant or diamond."

| El Kangjih, The odd days of the month. #
H

Jowjih, The even days of the month.

sitions: some are firm, others yielding ; some are slow, others

| # Kang che; | IE Kang

hasty. (Shing-yu.)
ching;

]] K'Hoo.

To rip up and divide asunder.

Kang ta, All express An upright and pro

% wAN.

per firmness of character; intrepidity; fortitude."

H.E.

# Kang g;

4R. Kang lang; | #

' S. C.

Kang

To cut or pare; to engrave metal; to pick or cut deep into.

P", *P* Courage and obstinacy that are vicious and in
human.

| #Kur e, A firm endurance

WS | # # Jow shang wan ch'hwang, To cut a

of evil

wound in one's flesh, denotes Making to one's self unnecessary

|

or suffering.

# Kang kheang,

hji Sing tsing kang

s"g: An unbending headstrongg disposition.'
disposition."
| [H

riolent; headstrong.
violent;

| E#

Obstinate and

troubles.

* B.

| #

Y HE

/i/ "Y

# #j/UN

Puh nng wan chhh wo th sin lae, You cannot pick out

my heart i.e. You cannot obtain the thoughts which occupy

Kang chih, Stiff and straight;" applied to the disposition,

my mind. To rhyme read Heun.

243

Eighteenth Radical.

VIII. Taou J]

HWA, OrHwttl. To mark or line with the

01 Scrib.Hjj1 Twan, seeRad. Jj-K'm.

point of a knife or style. Properly

KwS. See below.

s^lj 01. Scrib. ^|| Tsze, see below.

^^^Jj SHE\ To work or dress skins. Al.Scrib. y^^Sh*.
JpJjJ

KEUH.
^jjj KEA.

To enter.

To split or rive asunder; to separate or divide.

^^|| A vulgar form of

PO.

-^jj

Leg

H^S.C.

CH'H A.

Same as^|j Ch'ha. See above.

KB.

JjR.H.

S. C.

ty) R. H.

To split; tear, or rive ; to peel, or scrape off; to flay; to

*
2jj-|J J^|J Ke keu, " A crooked graving tool" used in

put off; to uncover ; to cut up an animal. To let fall ; to cot ;

cutting characters. Some say that the Ke is a crooked chissel ;

to wound. One of (he

Keug, A crooked punch struck with the hammer.

Kwa> or diagrams. Read P'htih,

To strike against with force, to break off the shell. From

CHUB.
J] Taou, " A knife," and
^ J^C/jt^

P P h<> Ch hW kin' " T P"1 ff

skin, and pluck out the sinews."

W Fit

lae, u I'll flay the skin off you."

to engrave; to pierce; to stab. To cut away; to cut off.

Read Tub, To scrape off;, to reject what is bad.

phe hea

j58-Jfei*fe>%fc^"?E Yewkan chueting ft ,ins

J J^L P8 min, " To

chay sze, " He who dares to engrave the law shall die."

'^j/

W TaU 96 M m

flay the people ;" i. e. to oppress aud harass them.

Ch'how po, u To exact with severity and excessively."

JJ

versity pierces and rends the (liver) heart."

y| \

JE3

/^j Jj^jf

Cnu8 Um h che ,iicn' " T CUt

away the curtains of the bed-chamber door."

7|
Filh y"h he' kan u hii* p6> Ad-

i&it^fy' Jj*F" i?/ I

To hold: an instrument with which

Ls> " To cut nd carve."

Tuh k'he twan lelh, " To reject or put away

broken pieces ofearthen ware."
yj^jjjl Same as

KeuS, see below.

yay yu ; tsejow yay yu, " In funeral rites the oblations arc not
uncovered when there is with them the flesh of the sacrifice."
CI 1 1
(Le-king.)

/V

eighth moon shake down the plums."'

K'HING. to brand the face with, ink and a

W ju p Uon, In .the
style; a Chinese punishment. AL Scrib. Sj^K'l"ng, or E^P|J

JJ Taou.

IX.

244

Eighteenth Radical.

# #| fE|| th. Mih hing tsae men yay,

Khing.

To brand with ink on the face.

TUH.

To strike with an axe: to hew or chop.

#]

#
Ol. Scrib. #|| Che, see above.

Same as

Synonymous with

by force. Read Le, To seize by violence.

l
#| YEN5

CHE. To cut off, to rectify. Orig.

#]

Read Leang, To take

#||

Che.

# s.c. #1R. H.
Sharp pointed; to sharpen the point of To cut off. %|

Yen yen, To rise up, or move rapidly; said of a per

son.

Light, splendour. Read Shen, the name of a district.

2%
>k |
>k.
|

Ch.

#Keuen, see Rad. E.

Mh.

# Yuen.

Ol.. Scrib.
Scrl
S

LE.

To cut.

JJ ##| th. Taou tseen le yay, A sharp pointed

weapon.

(Lh-shoo.)

| ### * *

wei she, Pointed wood forms an arrow." (Yih-king.)

+ Plfj/L /\

Yen show ech'hung

#4% | J{|{ Gan y

yen khe hing, Why wish to cut off his legs?"
#. %f
| | #: g Pen hing yen yen k'he keu, Walking
breast of an enemy.

swiftly and moving rapidly the feet." (Le-king.)

TEAOU.

To polish composition.
first sense,

Characters formed by Nine Strokes.

CHE.

Originally written

To cut or mince meat.

}#c".

A knife to cut herbs into

small parts. (Yh-p'heen.)

** {ive. I':# Yen sze, or | #

Jiji

# Twan.

khew jin che heung, Point the hand to thrust against the

Yen sze, A sharp pointed harrow.

Ol. Scrib.

#|

HWA. The noise made by splitting or riving.

CHA. The sound-of cutting or mincing.

SHING

(She-king.)

To work or

Shw-wn take

operate on stones.

Teaou in the

*):
Teaou, or } || Teaou, in the last sense.
DJ-

3. R. H.

#]
%)

Overplus surplus; remainder, not only. According to

LE. To open out.

Ol. Scrib.

|| Ch'hwang, see below.

*}# Ying.
/

Sha-mh, it is

Shing, he denominates

##
shing, That which remains over and above.
|

the vulgar form of Ying. (E-wn-pe-lan.)

Yu

Eighteenth Radical.

245

as yih pwan, One half remains over.

SD

XI. Taou

J]

JH.

JJ

Twan wih keaou taou yay, A transverse knife

jj ] }# is # 4 R.

%:#######ET),
#% 2}: #|{3}: Chay seay ho wh, choo

for cutting things.

kheukwan shwuy wai, hwan kho e shing tih to shaou le seih

a sacrifice) and burn incense, to recompense your kindness.

ne" On these few goods, when the duties are deducted, how

# |

Tsen jow shaou heang paou negn, I'll cut off my flesh (as

Tshae tseen, To cut out a piece of cloth to make

much profit will remain?

a garment, metaphorically to arrange, to manage, to plan.

| # F# 2|= Tsen k'hae leang pwan, To cut into

THOW.

two halves.

#| #| Kow thow, To cut or pick, to cut off.

Or

This Character is, by Kang-he, considered the vulgar form

YING. To cut or pare off, to pierce or stab.

of # Tsen, in the sense just now given.

Hil Tsheen, is properly To cut or clip.

The addition of

JJ

Taou, below Tsheen, is improper; and

# Tseen, or

Tseen, denotes a bird shedding its feathers, and acquiring

that

%|
|

SOW, or Show. To reap or cut grain.

new ones.

TS'HEAOU.

A pike or pointed instrument

"make a hole in the ground to receive the end of a

word used in

##

commonly used is

}:

pole. A

Chaou-seen, (Corea.) The character

Ts'headu.

PEEN, or Phei. To hook; to pare.

YEN. To punish by castration.

Occurs written

Z Yen.
#|

improperly written

H'

Shw-wn writes it

j]
#|

Yen.

JUEN. To pierce or stab,

TE. To split or tear open.

Hl #| Low te, To cut open with a knife; to cut the neck.

l
}]

An erroneous character. (Ching-tsze-thung)

Original form of Hj

TSEEN.

#2 | \ th

Che mhyay, To cut or work wood.

Yen.

}#s. C. 3; R. H.

To cut or clip with scissari.

Sci
wn
issars,

J}} 7)

Thus expressed in Lh-shoo,

Tseen taou,

#f '% 3:

Ts'hen.

T'H, or T.

To divide or separate.

4t

Sha-mh says,

J# T, Occurs in the same

sense. Read Too, To shut, to close.

#1

TWAN.

#) S. C.

if)

To cut even; to cut and form; to direct and arrange. A

Wol, 1.
T.2.

JJ

Taou. IX. Eighteenth Radical.

#|| # Twan e,

regular grave deportment.

246

To de

cide on what is just and equitable.

platted hair for the head, worn by aneient Queens when per

forming funeral ceremonies. Read F5, To split or rive open.

Read Pelh, or Feih, To cut open transversely.

CH'HUNG. To pierce or stab.

IEl

Ching, foo, The principal and the second.

#| #1. Hing choo yay, To

|| UH.

Foo sze, The second person in any regular Imperial commis

sion. The second person in an embassy.

punish with death, in a severe manner. To kill in a house,

}:\] #

or retired place; not in the open market place.

| #F
tseang, A kind of Adjutant-General in the army. }). |
\

}#####2-##

E foo Chin fow

J#. # IH #" chay how hing weichung choo,

stih han min che chee, To assist me (the Emperor) in my

uh, a heavy mode of punishment, expresses a severe mode

utmost wishes to improve the public manners and tranquillize

of

destroying life.

.#

the people.

K'HWEI.

same "#|| K'hwei.

See above.

AiAT - L
S}}| Foo ke liih kea, Six
#F-

foo and ke, The Ke were walnable stones hanging down on

each side of the foo. (She-king.)

'] Kwa.

JR +f | %

s. c.

#. ### |

Wei Then-tsze sea kwachay, fooche,

He who peels a melon for une Emperor, divides it into four

To separate the flesh from, to cut off the flesh and place
parts. (Le-king.)

#### +1 Peih sngheung

# #|| Wn kwa, To punish

the skeleton by itself.

May, To cut open the breast of a victim.

by cutting the flesh from the bones"

=Z: XJL-E

#41 % #

J fanta tsuy, kae sha kae kwa, If

* great crime be committed, the flesh should be separated from

his bones.

up,

Al. Scrib.

Hil,

Ol. Scrib.

Kwa.

Il G.

A sharp sword. Generally considered an

of #| G.
p

erroneous form

#]
#]
}]
# ol. Scrib% Luh, see Rad. j]
KEE. To carve or

H%##%

engrave.

Che, see above.

Leih.

Of this, however, Ching-tsze

A.

4#

thung does not quite approve.

$] Foo,

or Fow.

CHE.

Name of a certain animal.

#A. W. 30 R. H.
\

A second ; an assistant. To assist; to examine; to

No pronunciation given. Defined, Making no progress

an

*unce to, or give information of A kind of ornament of

#!

WAN. To cut or pare.

247

77

Eighteenth Radical.

X. Taou

TSUY, or Chuy.

A slight wound.

}]
Characters formed by Ten Strokes.

NE, or E. To cutoff the nose.

same":

Read Yung, Pointed like a vegetable sprout.

E.

%)

'N

TA.

A sickle or hook.

#)
ANN

SO.

To cut into minute parts: to cut round.

*
#|

T'HUH. The appearance of piercing into.

}:

K0.

#S. C.

.# R. H.

#]
#|
}:
}]

** to cut off to divide to wound, to injure, to ruin.

#|#|| JJ #||

To rhyme, read K.

Lejoo taou

*"A" sharp as a knife that cuts," said of a person's Volubility.

ARE:#H. HX9-####H.
| | ###" sanlaou wookngyu tae heb, Then-tsze,
than urh k sng, When feeding the ancient Sages,
Tae-heo, the *"Peror, himself, makes
the victim."

CHO. To chop or new. Read Tow, A small orifice.

(Le-king.)

%| }| Chhangse, To wound the skin.

KEEN, or Khen. To cut or pare off

S. To dress or cure skins.

THE, or Ch'he. To cut; to pare.

!)

in the hall

TSIH. Same as

# Taih.

barehisarm, and cuts up

) |

% #
#####
H#

AE.

+H-

SE.

#|

########, J-f-%

Tsihtsih, A sharp spiked harrow.

KAE, Ka, or Yae.$

# S. C.

4; # #] Nejpiih sese kaou soowo che, wo tsewna

A large sickle or hook; to rub, or sharpen a knife or other

"outsze laekne *lhjow, If you do not tell me all about it,

"take a knife and

cut you to pieces.

instrument with diligent care; assiduously.

#7k};
7

#) +]

Kae

Le N.

ts'h, Assiduous attention to the point of chief importances

Hung shwuy fang k, The deluge spreads destruction.

(Shoo-king)

5\%. | + # #The keang

full to the point.

#]

Wyu wo kea, Heaven sends down ruin on my family. (Shoo

WOO.

king)
|

# Tsih, is sometimes written.

* under Radical 4%
In this way

Chh.

An instrument of husbandry to hoe up weeds.

un',

The Character

|| Kang occurs written

thus.

JJ Taou. XI. Eighteenth Radical

248

furnishes to his posterity, the means of continuing it.

A.

| PHE

WVY \

|
To cut, hew, or chop.

Same

$|| Phe,

Chhing chwang, To reprehend, or punish."

See above.

LEIH. To cut off;

to cut asunder.

TA.

# | ) Takow, The sound of two things striking together.

CH'HA.

A small spear.

|canwise aise 2, n. #*"

H]

Tsih, see above.

Ol. Scrib.

A wound made by a knife or weapon, in which sense it was

originally written

JR Ch'hwang. }} 3%+. +

|| Shin petshih shih chhwang,

| Ol. Scrib.

#|| P"how, see above,

He received seventy

# olScrib 7 win,seeRad El Khow.

2j

" ###| | |||}|\thovyeva'".

tsih mih, lf the head be wounded then wash it.

Read Ch'hwng, To begin; to make first; to invent; to

KEW. To escape from punishment,

adopt first means to effect a certain end; to lay the foundation
of To reprehend.
wang

#}

In this sense, otherwise written

Or to be acquited from the charge of guilt.

kl

wang de
che, To commence any
| #D chiva's

ckh"r
work.

MWM)

| # Ch'hwang tsaou,

4% T'han, Rest; repose; stillness.

To make at first,

Chihwang n, or y, To lay the foundation of

| #
a family, by the acquisition of property.

Same as

- -

#H

It is said,

KE. To seize, or take by violence.

->

### ### #chhwart n yunge, show

|
CH'HUEN. To lop off the branches of trees.

nec nan, To acquire family property is

easy;

to preserve it,
difficult. The first is
otherwise said,

*y by comparison. It is, however,

| ###### WRXS);

--

Characters formed by Eleven Strokes.

Chhang ne nin; show nes yih ptih e,

To acquire family

Property is difficult; and to preserve it, is also

not easy.

#f
#####H#1.
tsze ch'hwang n shwuy thung wei kho ke

yay, The Prince

by virtuous
virt
(by
deeds)lays the foundation of future prosperity, and
-

#
$

Same as

ME.

#| Ch'hang,

Same as

J#

To divide; to separale; to share with.

see above.

Me.

249

#)

CH'HE, or Tsheh

#]
#|
#|

#]

S. C.

To wound.

Eighteenth Radical.

#
TR.

Taou JJ

TSUNG.

A kind of pick for digging into the ground.

MO. To cut or pare.

Ol. Scrib.
Same as

XI.

3%| Khih,

see above.

# Tsih.
KwAN. To cut or pare off.

T'HWAN, or Chun, or Chun,

To cut into parts; to mutilate.

LOW.

A- j## Z#

To bore into; an orifice.

A *

%# H|#-F# /\,...}{#|##
#|| ##| ZR #j'f') /\ Kunguhuhkhe
SE.

Wounded skin.

Jew Zetsuy, tsih king yu tenjin, k'he hing tsuy, tsih tseen

thwan, yih kaou yu tenjin, Any of the royal kindred being

FOW.

Name of a country place.

5uilty of a capital crime, were hanged by the Ten officers;

"crimes not capital, their bodies were mutilated, which also

l
** announced to the Ten officers.

Chuen, used in the sense of

H.

(Le-king.)

SAN, or Shan.

To cut off, to terminate.

Read

Chuen, which see.

S.

LUH. To cut, to kill same "% Lh.

A middle-sized bell giving an acute light sound.

# #ke.

Read

Read Kew,

lew, The appearance of

P'heou, To prick a wound with a pointed stone. To cut offs

"rning, or revolving round.

too rob;
to plunder. Also Swift;; light;
urgent.
rob; top
Ing
rg

P'headu tseih, or

Ol. Scrib.

% Lh, see Rad. +& Ko.

# |

active, applied to soldiers.

#
#
#

#|| %
JX
#|

King pheaou, Swift; nimble;

| # P'headu tseang,
-1

A missle dart or spear.

| J. Pheaou le, To rob

LE. To mark with a style, to cut open.

or plunder. Read Phaou, The close; the termination of

CH'HEIH, or Seth. To cut asunder.

Vol.
0L.

HAOU.
I.

Strong; robust; violent.

U2

#|
#|

CH'HANG. Wound on the skin.

SE. To

pare; to cut.

~J] Taou.

\\

XII.

Eighteenth Radical.

250

SUH.

KOW, or Gow.

|j

To cut into minute parts ; to mince.

Kowl'how.To pick out with a sharp instrument.

TSEAOU.

To cut oflfi to terminate; to

To cut away the noxious parts of an ulcer.

exterminate,

jJ^JJ

Tseaou me, " To destroy, or

exterminate completely."

B|, /(dti
t> 7?a^
/I xFi~
> '"U
'-Lm T*en
pinB ma' wang

) i i ^^iE I

KwS shil, denotes the same.

H SEAOU.

To cut.

Chuen Ch'hoo ching tseaou Meaou-fe, " Having enrolled the

||

TSEAOU, or Tseaou.

full complement of men and horses, proceeded to Chucn and

Ch'hoo, to reduce and destroy the banditti of Mcaou-tsze."

To cut asunder s to reap ; to mow.

Read Ch'haou, To take with the fingers. Read Ch'hadu,

LEfH.

To cut.

To take a little.
AM
lj KIN.

CHAOU, or Taou, or ChS.

To cut.

Large ; great Large grass s to reap ; to mow. A character,

Characters formed by Twelve Sttolccs.

the genuineness of which is much disputed in Ching-Uzet'hung.

TS'HANG.
f!|

i|fe|J TSAN.
Ti*hang,or

Wely."

Ts hang po, " To cut open

LEANG.

TANG.

or^jj^lj Tsan Chha, " To

j /f^|L Ts'hang shang, "To wound

To take ; to seize.

^iJ^TSngkow.Akindofhook.

shrink or shrivel up." To pierce or stab.

Same as the preceding.

P'HO. A kind of double edged sickle, with a

i
wooden handle for mowing grass.

jl LIN.

1 1 P'hO tsze,

To cut or pare off.

" To tlirust in a sickle."

TSUE.

To cut or break asunder.

Same as

Shing, see above.

251

Eighteenth Radical.

XII.

Taou J~J

P'HEfi.

To cut off, or pare away.

/^^J\ Same as j||J Ch'hwang, see above.

TSUN.

To cut asunder ; to lessen,

JjrJ I Same as -Hjj Pa, see Rad. |$J Wang.

^jj KEUE.

p|s.C.

J^KeuS, or

A Person's name. The Pronunciation not known.

^R-H.

Ke keu, "A graving tool."

HA. To cut or break asunder.

Also read Kwei.

\\
| I
CHEN, or Chan.

01. Scrib. j||J Tslh, see above.

To attack; to cut and

14

arrange. Read Ts'hin, To moderate and govern.

TS HEU. To cut into minute parts.
S'J
!jJhwa.

j|s.C.

jN]R.H.
Same as si I Helh, see above.

A style, or pointed instrument ; to mark with a style or

aving. tooK; to divide or split open with a pointed instru
ct,

j||J

ij|f|} KO\ To cut away fleshy excrescences.

Hwa k'hae, To split open."

11

HEIH.

=\ I
7U4
,J j

YAOU.

Same as J |J] Tseaou, see above.

To cut.

To pare wr cut away.

Characters formed by Thirteen Strokes.

FOO.

SIH.

To mow or cut grass.

CHHUNG.

To pierce or stab.

CHO. To punish by cutting offthe feetand nose.

To pierce or stab.

m
Properly written
|P|jGd.

f^S.C.

Ch.

^A.V.
I CHEN. To cut or pare off. A vulgar character.

The point or edge of a sharp sword.

Original form of

LING.

Ts'hS, see above.

f]

To cut.

JJ

252

Taou. XII. Eighteenth Radical.

leih, The abrupt shock of the noise of thunder. Otherwise

ll LEEN. To prick slightly.

w

written

## P"heih leih: It is under this form alone,

that Kang-he gives this sense of Phelh leih. The other Dic

#
|

SHH. To pierce or stab.

TSHEE.

We

tionaries say, that the first form is the correct one.

| H# Chhoop'helh leih, The first shock;

the first

word uttered.

| W# F# #

P"helh p'ho leang

w

To make a continuation of, to connect together. A local word.

}.

K'HEIH.

#) S. C. #|R.H.

khae, To split or rend in two.

####" 3 k

| /\ # + TS Jy. Nantaou pa wop helh papan

tsze puh ching, It cannot be supposed that he will split my head

An increased quantity of, a great degree; difficult; distress

ing to the mind. To play to trifle; comedy. A surname.

The name of a district.

# # # #|

Le fan che

into eight petals; i. e. I am not afraid of what he may do to

| # ### #) /\ P"helh len woo

me.

tsing tth jin, A man who splits open your face without any

Af

k'heih, A

multiplicity of affairs to attend to, the

arrangement

of which is difficult; said of the affairs of public courts.

H|| |

Tsih k'heth, To play, or take

f: |

He kheih, Stage plays.

feeling;" i.e. a man of harsh, austere, unkind, or shameless

address.

amusement.

Ping

Aff

KWEI's #5 s.c.

k'heih, State of disease which threatens death.

To cut or break asunder.

|
&

LEfh. To pare or cut

*|| + Kweitsze, or |

++ Kwae tsze show, An executioner.

Also read Kw.

off.

Ye

-*-

El

CHEN, or Shen.

LEW.

#s. C. 3|R H.

A certain weapon; to kill. To arrange. A very ancient and

To strike with a spear or other weapon;

to fight. Read

*-i

Than, To cut. The vulgar form

of Chen.

(Sha-mh.)

famous surname.

J.L.--|->|IH k #

# F# It #| #2 & " " " "

A%

fill

wang; ping tsze Thaou-thang, she Lew-luy che how, There

CH'HUY. To cut or break asunder.

were twenty-five famous persons (of this name), who all were

PHEIH.

# s.c. # R. H.

the posterity of Lew-luy of the Dynasty Thaou-t'hang, (B.C.

2200 years). In this sentence,

To strike or break open; to tear; to split; to rend; to cut;

# Wang, To look towards,

# |
"helew, A tree with few branches and open foilage.
|

is used for the Object looked at, or admired.

to divide.

#H# Luy pheih, or

}#Flem

253
.~y Lew tize, or J ^>~^ Lew yTh, A certain fruit from
jjjjj ' Keaou-che, Cochinchina.

Read Lew, Good.

Eighteenth Radical.

XIV.

Taou Jj

of riding and the sword exercise."

J]

J^rj

J]J^

K'how yew meTh, urh fiih yew keen, " Hooey

in the mouth, but a sword in the belly f denotes one whose

,jEL|J TSEAOU.

^jj S. C.
words drop as the honey-comb, but whose heart meditates in
juries fatal as the stab of a two-edged sword.

To cut off i to terminate; to exterminate.

ij^lj

j^/fjjT- T'heen yung tseaou teu k'he rning,

* Heaven employed (me^ to destroy him."

Tieaou. (Shoo-king.)

Al. Scrib. jj^jpj

At a local word, it occurs in the

~^f]^ Seln Ka t'heen-Ioo che shan fa urh ch huh kin, Che-yew

show urh che che, e wei keen kae ; tsie keen che che jay, " In

seme of, Artful, cunning.

ancient times, the mountain of KS-t'heen-loo cast forth metal ;

Jjl] KWEI.

S.C.

%K.H.
Che-jew (B. C. 8600) obtained it, and worked it up into swords
and armour. This was the commencement of swords." As a

Sharp ; to cut ; to wound. A person's name.

JlffiT /fM

-tb- Kcon uze lSen nrh pfih

Verb, To sword i i. e. to kill with the sword.

kwei, e yay, " A good man though sharp, or severe, (like the
|) 01. Scrib. jjl] TsKh, see above.
corners ofa gem) injures none ;he isjust." (Le-king.)
KEEN.

/4gJl. H.

$jj s. C

A double-edged and pointed sword.

KEE\

To kill or dress fish.

JJ ^^j^'J
^jj>jJ Same as JLlj Tseaou, see below.

Taou, ts'heang, keen, kelh, " A single-edged sword, a

spear, a double-edged sword, and a forked halberd."

'i^fe
KEU. To pour out wine; to take out

Jj^ |

Shwang koo keen, " Two swords in one scabbard ;"

orjJj^T^^f j Tszeheungkeen, "Male and female sword,"

jjjjj 01. Scrib.
two swords so denominated.

Hwa, see above.

Shoo keen, A

sword which the literati are allowed to wear, agreeabl) to the

practice of Confucius and his disciples.
|

1-~

^jpj*

Characters formed by Fourteen Strokes.

Ts'hlb sing paou keen, " Seven starred precious sword,"

jjjl^jl JOO.

a certain ornamented sword mentioned in the

Appearance of soft smooth skin or

jp
leather; soft; smooth. Sym. with ^jj' Joe, Read Juen, To

San-kwS-che.
| Hiou che ma, she keen, Fond
11

pierce or stab.

7.

254

Taou. XIV. Eighteenth Radical.

Hk#]

KEEN.

To cut into small parts; to mince meat.

TR =## Hea show shoo;

##

# .## Hw che shoo;

and

K'heuen shoo;

- [E] H thung.

})^{ | ####|| lEEA semi "."

Also read Han and Ln, Abroad sharp knife or sword.

sin, urh che sung, By a written bond ensure belief, and put

3#

H, Hw, or Hw.
a stop to litigations.

_X \
To split or rend asunder. To cut or reap grain.

TSOW, or Tsu.

HWAN.

4:1

Same as

''':
#!

KWA.

The name of a district.

#| Keen,

see above.

To cut into minute parts. Tsw, To cut wood for fuel.

CIIHA, or Chhw.
The grating noise of cutting or mincing. Read Ch'huy, or

U.

ious parts of an ulcer. Originally written

&

Chhan, To cut asunder.

To cut away proud-flesh, or the nox

Kw.

$]

Tseaou.

ll TSEAOU.

\e

Ol. Scrib.

#|| Tsih,

see above.
To cut off; to exterminate.

# Pei, was also formerly writtenthus, see Rad. %

%) TszE.;

Ch'h.

$ S. C. 39 R. H.

To pare or clip even; to adjust; to equallize; to cut and

blend medicines in equal proportions; a dose.

}#

Same as

{{&

) |

The same as the preceding.

#| E.

or Ne.

#5 S. C.

E.

To cut off the nose as a punishment. To cut.

wV_l."

###|#| Ying leang wei theaou tsze, It is proper

/\ R H. #|| Khejin theen tsheay e, Those per

to deliberate and equallize the state of the several districts.

sons shave their heads and cut off their noses. (Yih-king.)

| # Yih tsze y, A dose

of medicine properly mixed.
# | Ch'ih tsze, The

R Then in the text, is by some thought a misprint for

[f]

(Peking Gazette.)

Urh.

-*

two halves of a written agreement or bond," of which each

A:4

CH'HAN, or Ts'han. To cut asunder.

contracting party retains one. In ancient times, great con

tracts were settled by Chih, and smaller ones by Tsze. After

#|

LE.

terwards, the words were joined to denote. A deed or bond

generally. More recently, the same has been expressed by

To prick or stab with a knife. Same as

#|

Le

255

||

HEEN.

To cut or pare off.

|J

TSEEN.

Eighteenth Radical.

j=j^ see; or Ylh.

XIX. Taou JJ

If S. C.
J?

To> cut asunder i to cut off.

CHAOU.

To cut.

To pierce or stab.

^[11 LEjfH. To split open.

i
Read
:ad Los
L To strike with a stick or club.
hw6.

Thii character, the Writer i*

s,me " jljij K'nwB'

"boTe-

unable to find in Kang-.be, or any other Dictionary.

TS HEEN.
t\2\\ Same as

To cut.

Keen, see above.

1 1 VING. To cut down wood on the sides of hiHs.

JlJcHtJH.

J,Jg, Ftth chiih, To chop or hew.

1
LEIH.

From Fifteen to Twenty-four Strokes.

To cut.

ome write-^^|j Le in this manner, see below.

J

13/11 LEE\ To lessen bj paring off. To chooie or telect.

Mi
1 1 LE.
i

j|J 01. Scrib. JjJlJ Ts'heKh, see above.

To split straight down.

TSEIH.

Originalform f^|J Ch'he. To cut.

K'HW6, or Kwang. To rend or lay upon.

pjfe

LING. To split or rive; to split open.

^jQ jl CHfH. A kind of bond or written

CHHAN, or Ts'han.$

Ms. C.

See abore under ^|| Tize. Read Che, To pledge

To cut asunder i to chop; to work with a hammer and chissel.

thing for another.

LE.

J 0W.

To cut.

Soft ; mild ; forbearing.

|| Same as j|j|Me, see Rad.

Fe.

To pare off; to lessen.

Lefli.

256

Nineteenth Radical.

"|| TSAN. To lessen; to cut to pieces. Tosnave

ttfpsSt

WAN.

To cut or pare off.

77
the head. A local term. Read Tseen, To cut
^

^=^J

II CH'HEN, or Ch han. To cut even.

Tecn ft wan shin che mm yay,

" People who cut short their hair and paint their bodies."
1 1 Same as J^JfChuh, " To h ew."
LE. To open out; to cut open. A local word.
|| T HEE.

To pierce or stab.

MO,or Me. To pare offj todivide ; to cut to piece*.

)\ KW6.
II LE.

To lay open.

To divide; to cut uunder; to split straight

II LING. Same as <^j|J Ling, see above.

forward ; to laj open. Read Li, To pierce or stab.

NINETEENTH.

RADICAL.

fluence."
LEiH.

fij S. C.

j ~^|~*^^\ J^- Lelh leang puh tsiih, " A

^) R. H.
deficiency of strength, talents, or power."

Sinew; nerve; strength; spirit; forces power; effort;

K'ne

lelh, " Strength, or the invisible animal influence which sup-

vigour; diligent endeavour ; strenuously; assiduously.; to em

port, strength."

ploy one's strength about a thing. A surname. To rhyme,

"\ '

J% *j&j}C%% |

1^ n Hac urh miih 5<-w k he lelh' lan tIh >ho

t'how, 1, " your child, have no strength; I am quite indisposed

seang jin kin che hing, " Sinew or tendon, (the character) re

to dress."

sembling the human sinews."

/^J

jj-j- J /|^| Shin chwang lelh Veen, "Hale and robust;"

generally addressed to old people as a compliment

(ShwB-win.)

Yew leTh, " Possessing strength."

leTh leaqg,

" Strength of capacity."

Ta yew lelh

leang, "Possessing great strength of body, mind, talents or in

J Shin leTh, " Bodily strength."

Sin lelh, " Strength, or active power of the mind."

/^jj

4H. J

Yew sin >oo lelh,

Have the heart,

257
but want the strength i" i. e. I possess willing mind, but am
r the performance ofwhat it referred to.
Man lelh " The power of vision."

|E|

"T^". j

Nineteenth Radical.

II.

Leth J]

"g" YTh lelh tan tang, " To undertake with all one's mights
to engage or promise fully to carry into effect."

Urh

leTh, " The power of hearing." Then are example* of thi* de-

Jin ping Shin lelh ; Tsaou wang ch'hoo stag, " Man depends

finition. /L^^^f^

on the strength (or support) of Deity i The grass hopes in

Pan

Uing shin to kelh ch'hoo , keae lelh, " All the parti to which the

Spring to grow."

animal spirit extends its influence, are said to hare Lelh ;" i. e.

piih ntag, " That which it above human strength."

strength, power, vigour, &c.

Tj^T j\Qjijpj j

J^l

Tsin sin kelh lelh, " To exert one's

heart and strength to the utmost."

^3 jfa "rffe^~J

^^

/^J

^ | J^^^ Jin lelh to

T* Jlb

jjjjjj

Che 'e,h' " T "d WUh th<!

strength of an arm t" an usual expression when soliciting help

fromanyone.

Jft g fl j | .0 A

Fe keans ,ew lelh ch,J' ftih n*ne

t\^>> Loo yaou che ma lelh; Jlh kew keen jin sin,

hing yay, " None but the robust and strong are capable ofdoing

" By the length of the road is known the strength ofthe hone ;

it." (Le king.)

by length of days a man's heart is teen."

He lelh, " To unite efforts."

Lelh keuen, " Wearied t fatigued."

Chung lelh, or

Ting lelh, " Great strength."

Meen lelh, or
mi
strength; weak." ^
lelh)

f^j

Tung lelh i jj^j

| Ch'huh
jj^J

Ch'hUh lelh yu kw8 kea, ' To exert

one's self for one's country."

spend one's strength."

Fa"

* *hins chl1"0 ke4e

" Whatever in thingt prevails, or gains the ascendency, is Lelh f

Lelh pS, " Deficiency of

ChS lelh, " To exert one's strength."

| jjk

^^"J^r "t=T I

^\J^f\ fijj

J||

Ho lelh, " The power of fire." ypj

Tsew lelh, The

power or strength of wine."

Kung lelh, " The

strength ofa bow.'.'

Fe lelh, " To

~J* =j^p^

Ee

Laou tin chay che jin i Laou lelh chaj che yu jin, " Those

leaou heu to sin lelh, " Expended a great deal of mental ef-

who employ mental labour govern othen i those who labour

fort-

with animal strength are governed by others."

^^iMiTyK I Yn,he8

p'heen hwuy, Uung ptih fe lelh, " To learn at once without any
effort"

JjL^iP j

^ Neenfoo, lelh keang," Rich

jzzj

Tsze shin k'he lelh, "To eat the fruits of one's

own labour, or to subsist on one's Own efforts."

in years, and robust in strength;" rich in yean, denotes being

SSI I ^"ftt^fc^ H*"fanenM

yet young, oaring many years in reserre.

che lelh, piih ntag paou wan jlh, " Though I should serve you

.J^j^^f^" JP^

E shoe min lelh, " To assist the efforts ofthe people

commonly said when taxes are remitted.

YOL.I.

j
Tt

in menial efforts, like a dog or a horse, 1 could never recorapence one of ten thousand of jour favors."

j 'ff^

j/

Leth.

II.

Nineteenth Radical.

Leih ts, To do with earnest endeavour.

Jiff']]

258

| 4T

L Y.

Leih hing so che, Practice sedulously that

which you know.

Leih pen, To argue

# jL Ungy, To bend the strong or violent.

| . Leih he, To learn assiduously;

strenuously.

Ol. Scrib.
differs from

. |

jj Leih, see above.

He leih, which denotes a scholar of

-

comparatively slow parts, but possessing patient, persevering,

From Two to Six Strokes.

f$1.
j\##1.4:
2

and finally, successful, industry.

| #|| Then tsze kaoui heb leih taou, Eminent natu

KEW.

tural ability ; and one by effort thoroughly learned." They

prefer the latter as more solid and abiding, than the transitory
flashes of genius.

]]:

Great strength; to exert strength to the utmost.

Leih ching, To be employed

An erroneous form of

JJ Tsung, see Rad.

7|

| ####1

in laborious government service.

Leih khoochen yay, To fight with great ardour and ob

stinacy.
case.

# | Phing leih, Severe, dangerous dis

# | Peihleih, Strength of pencil," denotes

either writing the characters with a stiff firm stroke; or writ

ing in a nervious style. They admire

# +H. |

JJ KUNG, Tjis c. 3% R. H.
}):## E: E|3}, E laou ting

kw8 yu

kung, By laborious exertion to settle the affairs of a country

is expressed by Kung. Meritorious service; merit; the praise

Seay tsze yew leth, Characters written with a firm stroke.

or consideration in the state arising from meritorious service.

PI ######
4:#AS
XI. J) fif | ## Pinchay puhe hotsae wei

To assume the honor resulting from meritorious service. Ser

vice; affair, or work. Part of a surname. To rhyme, read

j |

le, laou chay pihe kinleihweile, The poor man's politeness,

Kin.

or civility, cannot consist in employing Property, (to give as

months.

presents); nor the old man's politeness consist in strength of

five months.

> t!"

sinew, to rise, bow, kneel, &c.

#| | Hji

well.

Ta kung, Mourning worn for nine

/J. |

Seaou kung, Mourning worn for

| #. Kung laou, Meritorious

A.

#7k # **eleh tsoo-yu sin shwiychelaou,

service.

This my strength yet remains to labour in assisting you to

torious in the sight of God.

procure fuel and water.

bour in the field.

| EH Leih teen, To la

Yew kung, To have deserved

4.#

labour or
-

Kung h, Virtuous deeds, meri

| % Kung ming, Rank

in the state supposed to be the reward of meritorious services,

but often purchased.
To purchase rank.

.# | 4% Keuen kung ming,

| ### * *

259

Nineteenth Radical.

IV.

Lelh ~fl

taou show, " Rank come to hand f i. e. already obtained.

J

^P""!^ Kung "ting been tf, " Illustrious rank

or merit"

^J] | K'huh k'huh, The appearance ofextreme labour.

Haou kung foo, " Good, or

meritorious employment," Lower mechanical service, it exJ^pKEA.J

pressed by T
^^fc.

Kung foo.

From strength and mouth.

Shaou pei, kung foo k3 tsze mang, " Excuse

my 'leaving you our several affairs hurry us all."

|

jjjyS.C.

#~R.H.

/J? ^ | ^

Jin kung, ' Human affairs."

Jij^ JJ "ffll Sjj

j/\

YX P

Yuns le1h urh 1,00 che "

k'how, kea chee yay, " To exert one's strength, and to assist
those efforts by the mouth speaking, gives the sense of Kea."

Ne yay kae heS seay jin kung taou le, pet! ylh we teTh

(Luh-shoo.) To add to; to superadd; to increase; to confer

wan, " You ought to learn a lituV of the principles of the

upon; to inflict To charge; to do to. To rhyme, read Ko

of life, and not set your mind entirely on trifling

and Ke.

Kea, keen, are opposite* " To add to ,

to diminish from."

m Keagan, " To confer favour; to exercise kindness

kung, he woo ylh, " There is merit in diligence, but no

profit from play." (San-Uze-king.)

1/

| Lelh kung,

" To begin a meritorious work, or establish one's merit."

Tsangkea, " To increase."

JjQ ^-j^j Kea hing, " To inflict punishment"

to.

1^

^ Meiyu* kea leselh, "To charge

Jjjf^ | Ching kung, " To effect or perfect any good work."

interest per monm." j^L'f^^Pl

pf^ll^ %t Till jL I ^ Elun to' urh ch1ne

^JCli^ftlLj^i^f 55 chal k"n bo 7*oa kea 10

kung shaou, '*A great deal of deliberation, but very little

seay kea ts'heen, t'ha tsae kang mae, " There must be a little

effected."

addition made to the price of this commodity, and then he will

"^ffF. j

Woo kung piih show

sell it."

will not receive the emoluments of office." Used in i

add hoar frost to snow ;" i. e. to heap calamities on him who

conversation when declining any gift

is already oppressed.

^ffj]

^*

lob, " Without having performed any meritorious work, I

1*116
Kunb P"n n&"g P kw. " Merit cannot make up

f-

Scug shang kea shwang, " To

luh, " Still more uncomfortable."

Yu kea pun
J ^flf

^fc-

for demerit;" is not understood as a general truth, but in the

Kea kwan tsin tseO, " Hay an addition be made to your official

case alluded to, the merit was insufficient to make amends for

rank ; may you be advanced to nobility." A common form of

former faults.

congratulation addressed to officers of government In tVe

place of the last word, Jjj^r Lfih, " The emoluments of office,"

HO. Noisemadeby dragging or tracking a boat.

is sometimes used.

jjj^j

j /^ K'heang fan kea

j/

Leih.

IV.

Nineteenth Radical.

260

e, Force down your rice, and put on more clothes;" i.e. take

KEEN.

Difficult ; distressing; effort.

good care of your self, said to a friend who goes from home.

ZH #|| B%2.3% H|| | %l Yew, tsih kae

# p?" Keen keih, Difficulty of speech or utterance."

che; woo, tsih kea mcen, If it be, then reform; if not, then

l!ANG.

Truth ; belief.

beincreasingly strenuous, ifyou be guilty of what is laid to

your charge, reform, but if innocent, then be still more

stre

# S. C.

LEU#:

% R. H.

nuous in the pursuit of what is good.

+H E ###% AH | #
E|{#2E ###% AEI #
E. # Z Yen-yew yu, ke shoo e, yew ho kea yen :
Yu, Fooche. Yu, ke fooe, yew ho kea yen

Yu, Keaon

che, Yen-yew, said (to Confucius) as the people (of Wei) are

From strength and few, or small.

but just adequate; scarcely sufficient. Mean; vulgar; depraved.

#% Noo leu,

An infirm useless horse.

& M.

1\

j]

Leu8 new wooleih, A feeble c... destitute

of strength." These two expressions are sometimes applied,

by allusion, to human beings.

so mumerous, what more can be done for them?

Infirm; weak; feeble:

}}| | WS$

Wan

Confucius

said, Enrich them. The other said, Being enriched what more

leu piih k'han, Depraved, ignorant, and weak; good for no

can be done for them? It was replied, Teach them N. For,

thing.

# |

Tsen leu, expresses the same.

(it is added by the Commentator) the rich without instruction,

CHIN.

To use effort; to exert strength.

are little better than the brutes, given up entirely to...sensual

": "...###/\%

jih KIN,

Hin, or Lih. Much or great strength.

E3%til #7 Rk # | #/\ wo
ph yjin che kea choowo yay; woo yih y woe kea choojin,

KEIH. Resolution; determination.

What I wish not that others should do to me; I also wish not
to do it to others.
IrN.

(Lun-vu.
(Lun-yu.)

#%

#/$ 3. if E
****

| #1: Tseaou Yukih wei, san kea me tsun, Wine

*** f \###1 x- a " ".

Having strength of will

is given to him in the guest's place, and each of the three cap

(Ching-tsze-thung)

pings make him more honorable. At the marriage of a son

-1-

jih

same as

%h Khh, seeabove.

KHANG.

Strong; robust.

the "y of capping is observed. In ancient time, a bon.

net made of cloth was first placed on his head; next one made

jih # A f jj th rust "-- i.

of leather, and lastly, a nobleman's cap.

the ceremony are yet continued.

The chief parts of

yew leihyay, Khng khwae, denotes a man possessing

strength.

261

Nineteenth Radical.

V.

Lcth
it

cbay, ihunyay ; jin che to tsoo chay, sin yay, "Heaven assists
Si s c
those who are obedient to the principles ofreason and virtue ;
-Sfe-. -xst
rain assists the sincere and faithful." (Yin-king.)
-gg
=J|
bung. he* che e yay, " Three strengths united, which gives the

1^ |

ense of Hit." (Luh-shoo.) United strength or effort ; urgent

" A great assistance to the skilful student"

Shen tiih shoo chay yKh ta tsoov.

Bead Let, Unwearied, ceaseless effort

NOO.

^ R. i..

KWEI. Extreme lassitude; debility.

Strenuous effort; the exertion of strength.
Jf&jffi

J^C Teaou kweVche min, " An enfeebled

weak people."

^^^~^J

^1^7^.

^ Wo we nang noo left bin sew,

" I am unable to exert myself to advance in virtue."

CHE. Firmness; perseverance.

~f]

No ,e,h kea hBn' " Eiert yur,elfl0 take

an additional quantity of foodV said when, advising persons to

be careful of themselves.

Read Noo, A desperate exertion of

FE. Strong; hrave-; martial appearance.

strength; effort that terminates in death.
01. Scrib.iJflijPelh, see Bad.

Rung.
Ml

tso

To assist ; to help ; to aid ; to assist with the hand".

TSOO,orCh6o.$jjj S.C. g&R. H.
JJfr
KEE+

4$ S. C

Secondary strength or effort (Luti-shoo.) To assist ; to

Pan^ tMN>>

From to go and strength. To carry off by force ; to rob ;

j /j^ f^^J T* ne ch'ng

to plunder ; to assail ; unceasing importunity ; hurry. The pre

help ; to aid ; to succour ; assistance.

" To assist, or help."

kung, " Help you to finish your good-work."

' \^

| ijj^

"^1 T* W0 jIh po c^e leln' " Aia me w,tD

sent state of existence, or one of the Kiilpos of the Sect Fiih,

or Budhisb.

^j^J^ A ij] ^ Pe blh jin ki-8

the strength of your arm;" i.e. grant me your assistance.

k'heu, " Was carried, off by robbers."

Ig

" To plunder."

~f~ /^j^

|j jgj He tsoo kung king ylh

^J* ]

T* kiii!'

<^ Keg bou. " A robber."

pih yuen, Such a one. "Is pleased to gire one hundred dollars to
assist in defraying the charges of the workmen," in repairing
yx^k-khfLm * 0s & m$i
such a temple.

^ ffi |

^Jff fa
Z UfcMZ M&.fL K%
t-j^
Yo> Jew we> cne e no tlae > Jen cne e 1* hou,

10Ii.Ii

xt

j,

Leth. VI.

Nineteenth Radical.

262

keen le puh kwei khee, k chee chung, tsoo chee ping,

####| | #4, ###".

keen sze pth kng k'he show. The scholar, though wealth

seih yu kin kheu , m tan foo yih lit, Better habituate one's

should be employed to influence him; though he should be im

self to laborious diligence, and not covet ease and pleasure."

mersed in pleasure,the prospect of gain or pleasure will not

#h shou,

#jS. c. 75% R.H.

ruin his righteous purpose. Though he should be assailed by s

host, or urged at the point of a sword; the prospect of death
will not make him alter his fixed determination. (Le-king.)

/\ + | |

Jin keae kk, All unceasingly im

4# 4# .# XN |

portunate.

Ts'hung

yung tih che puh k, Easy manner and calm self-possession.

Exertion; effort; endeavour, or as they express it,

###1 Tszek'heang yay, To force one's self. Also

Beauty; excellence.
#1 }: Shaou nung, To stimu
late; or exhort husbandmen to diligence. Also read Shaou and
K'headu.

}# | Haou k, Steps leading up to the imperial

SE *=#E*-l.
3.29.14 .#
* {##########

YH. Licentious.

**

%#2
4 #4%#2.
#2}#4###
####
* :

PHE, or Phei. To exert strength.

>k J# Yu kea weiche she,

Shih kea weiche k; Taou

kea weiche ch'hin keuwei Sh-yuen che we to, The learned

CHIH

An imperial document.

CHOO

Strong; violent.

express (the present state) by She, the Sect Fh by K8, the

Sect Taou by Chhin ; all denote not having put off thesulgar
state of mortality. (Yew-hed.) She, is further said to denote,

a period of 30 years, K500, and Ch'hin a period of 1000 years.

Al. Scrib.

##| #| K, k, k8.

M. Diligent; assiduous.

These are the

-

common forms, though, according to Sha-mh, the above is the

From Six to Twelve Strokes.
proper form.

KHEU.

# S. C.

Labour; fatigue; severe labour, distress.

K'HEUEN.

9%) R. H.

fji'.

Original form

*A'

Keuen.

3% #

# i Yuk he kheuen chek'heuen e, Different from

|N.

K'heu laou, Distressing disease, severe labour in child-birth.

Labour; weariness; fatigue.

* N.

-f--F (IE

#-F. H# che tas a

the Kheuen of Khe-kheuen, which significs a deed or "

ching, kheu laou yu yay, We, a wandering scattered people,

and is written with

*re distressed and diseased in the wilderness. (She-king.)

with

jj

Leih.

} | Taou below, whereas this is written

263

K'HOW.

tyffit Pow k"how, " The

Jjjjj K'HWANG.
" In haste , urgent." Al. Scrib.

of exerting strength or effort."

YANG.

Nineteenth Radical.

V.

^f0)] K'hwangjang,
K'hwang, and /jj^Wang

K'HEA, or K'heKh.

To advise; to persuade.

gjj S. C.

Endeavour ; effort ; firm ; determined.

YU Y, or Juy.

LeKh

y^f ^pji]

To urge ; to press.
Jfx Jfv^ & Yu k heS

Yin heen chiI,, " You ,honld u,e

every endeavour to caution the good officers of Yin" to avoid

5/7 HEAOU. To apply one's strength to, in obeintoxication. (Shoo-king.)
dience to lome order, or imitation of some pattern ; to aim at,
LEE. Possessing strength ; strong.
or wish to effect, some work. The proofs of having exerted
7?
strength ; the effect produced; meritorious service.
TSO.

Strong; indefatigable.

JJ T*'ng yuen neaou 'ein' " Voluntarily exerting

one's strength in the sertice of another." Which is also ex
^j^J TUY. To pull or drag with force.
pressed by

Heaou laou.

J Faou heaou.

* To serve, as a recompence for some favor received."

J
HAE,orHih.$

T^jjjS. C. 3#R. H.

Heaou yen, "Proofs of some cause existing; effects.''

|

-y^- Heaou ft, " To act agreeably to some rule."

To examine into; to prosecute a guilty person; to scruti

This character is properly written ^OT^ Heaou, though

nize; to search to the bottom; assiduous effort, to accuse.

having been handed down erroneously, and used for a long time,

Hlh shin , " To scrutinize and obtain the real fact."

| l)i'ijt^ KaouMhk'heshih, To examine fully

it is now common, in the above form.

into the fact"
MOW.

| Ts'han hlh, " To state the faults

To uree Or persuade to diligence,

or crimes of an equal to a superior , to accuse a fellow officer

m
effort, endeavour.
"= pj

^t^b^^^B^T^

j^J] PIb-yeu che wae, seang raeen noo lelh,

wei che mowk " Beyond the state PJh-yen, mutual effort and
exertion is expressed by Mow."
PANG, or P'Wng. Great; greatstrength.

to the Emperor."

g ijg^ |

Tsze t'how k'he hlh chwang urh k'heu, " Himself threw in his
accusation and went off"

Than hlh, or

Gan hlh, " To controul, or keep in order and subjection."

Yin. Same a.

YTh, Ease, self-indulgence.

Leth.

VI.

Nineteenth Radical.

264

countenance from the novelty of the circumstances in which

K'HOW.

Effort; endeavour.
he was placed. (Lun-yu.)

EE

| ###. 6.

wang, phs jen pen hoo sih, The king suddenly changed

{{
Yi H. To move; to shake.

X)

$h

countenance. (Mng-tsze.)

#h
A:

K'HiH.

1: S. C.

Ol. Scrib.

# Mei, see Rad. X Ph.

CH'HiH.

An imperial order, orders or pre

Great effort; to force one's self; to be adequate, or more

than adequate for; to be competent for; to overcome.

jji/> Ch'hih ling, or | r Ch'hih ming,

cepts.

#h KNGs

"is c. 30 R.H.

Strong, unyielding; violent; overbearing.

H}

4% # Chung k'heuen how king, Authority and skill in

the centre (of an army) and strength in the rear. (Tso-chuen.)

#H#H | #.tiff'L# R Hi

#
chhih-hoo, "A written in.
El

denotes the same.

perial order, written credentials, or letter conferring some Pri.

vilege.

Keae ch'hih, Precepts; admonitions;

* + | .-R. H. Eff:#f
#th. Yh ch'hih i Yh-hwang-shang-te fung kaou yay,

Tshelh fung che king tsaou, shih Iwan shih chung chin, In

Yhch'hih, is the seal or instrument of the supreme deity,"by

a violent wind the strong plants are known, in times of anarchy:

which he confers divinity on inferior gods; supposed to be similar

faithful ministers are discovered.

to the letters-patent of a sovereign.

#|

and

HAOU.

j%

An erroneous character. (Chingtsze-thung.)

#S.C. #, R.H.

Sudden ; suddenly ; to arrange hastily; sudden change of

countenance, as when disconcerted by something unusual, A

surname, the name of a place. To rhyme read Ph8.

# $##! P'h

Chhib.

Ch'hih.

To desist from seeing or visiting.

M. Diligent; attentive to duty.

A sense the very raverse of this, is given by M. de Guignes.

'h PHs

Al. Scrib.

#h

#h
#

Common form of}}| Lae,

%;

TSHAN.

To cut and kill.

YUNG.

H' S. C. 2:

KEW: Wiolently; strongly.

see below.

jen hing khe, Arose suddenly.

-

| 2#. P'htsh, Appearing fluttered or disconcerted.

46. | #1 All Sih Ph joo Jay, As if he changed

E.

R. H.

Strong; bold; brave; fearless, resolute; intrepid; daring

265

Nineteenth Radical.

decided ; to employ or exert the whole powers ; to advance im-

to strength and violence."

petuousl y ; courage.

and dignified courage."

Jj9

-j'fj Yung ehay

pub keu jay, " Yung, denotet not being afraid."

j Jj^"

"ML ^un5^'h*nt,'n'*y' "YuDC " to dare to advance."

I

^E^T^?^ Yuns *** "e piih pe' " Yuns' u

Taou -jfj

Tayung," A rational

"^("j"" | Haou yung, " To be fond

of what is bold and daring,' is considered praise-worthy or not

so, according to thejustice and importance ofthe canse.
fttb I ^ftfrljtT.ze,koonagyung!
keen, koo nang kwang, To be merciful will enable a man to be

knowing that death it the consequence, not avoiding it."

The character Yung, is commonly worked very large on
the breast and back of Chinese Soldier's coats.

VII.

j ^Af-

brave ; to be economical will enable him to be liberal." (Laoutsze.)

jpj "j^tj" Yung wang heang ts'heen, " To advance boldly

Original form of the preceding-.
forward."

j^p^JjOJ |

=^ ^ Chen chin woo

yung fe hemou, ' Want of courage in the ranks of battle, is a

"j^jj^ Same as ^jfy P'h8, see above,
breach of filial duty." Because a coward disgraces his parents.
^[5 'fljjjj^^. | ^ Na ko * yanS j',n> " That Ter7
brahman,

It

^tjf^ Same as

E, see below..

*"

wan foo pub tang che yung. " Strength and bravery which ten
LANG.
thousand men cannot resist."

^ff" J

dent courage t brave impetuosity."

Strong.

Fun ypng, " Ar

j
MEEN.

|||S. C.

^R. H.

Yung rnsng tsang seeu, " To struggle forward in battle with

irresistible impetuosity."

[]jJ2.^^ |

Ts'heen

To endeavour ; to use effort ; to force one's self to do ; dili

boo, how yung, " Preceded by shouts, and followed by a brave

gent; tourge to; to persuade to; to stimulate.

ffil// jjj

retinue." Said of the Chinese Mandarins passing along the streets.

j^j-J /^^r Meen k'heang orh tao, " To force one's- self to do,'"
either from dislike to, or from the difficulty of that which is tobe done.

Yungyrewe le, heu k'he che Tan i e leche yung piihk'ho

rjjj|j Meen meen, k'heang k'heang,

" Constant effort ; force."

~^J' ^yj

Meen reih.

woo i heu ke che yung piih k'ho yew, " Courage is distin

urh wci, " To exert one's utmost ability to do."

guishable into a just and rational courage, and a merely animal

Fun meen, " Prompt, ardent effort; or to excite and stir up to-

courage : none should be destitute ofajust and rational courage ;

exertion."

Meen le," Strenuouj effort."

whilst a merely animal courage, is that which none should postess."

/\^ J ^eaonjung, "A hasty and passionate appeal

vol. i.

S*

|*^\ E chung jin wei che, tslh been chay k'heuen.

j,

Nineteenth Radical.

VIII.

Leth.

266

men, pth keth chay kweiche, Constitute as the rule, men

-B

POW, or Fow.

52:
possessing a mediocrity of talents and virtue; thus the good will

#ji Powk'how, To employ strength or effort.

be stimulated, and the defective (convinced of the reasonable

#)

ness of the standard) will feel ashamed.

KEUEN.

Jijiji Khng khwae, Possessing strength ; strongly."

strongly , with diligent effort.

Read K'heuen, Labour; fatigue.

+2####|

KHWAE.

}:

K'HEUH. Great strength in the feet.

Szetsh pakheuen, The soldiers desisted from their labour.

&## AfY |
N-Me. --

He taou ptih k'heuen, To study vir

tue unweariedly.

4#)

#l

MNG.

Violent; fierce; impetuous; stern; in

jurious wicked same"?# Mng.

YAE.

To urge; to force or press upon.

#h

#S. c.

LAk.

LING. To encroach upon; to invade another's

To reward labeur, to encourage; to induce to come by

kind treatment.

rights. Read Ling, To stop a horse.

#h

T#hk HING. Strong; violent. #s. C.

# #h El ###
l

# E. %h Tkke kin yu laou, fook he che yu lae,

-*

To recompense diligence is expressed by laou, to sooth and

$h # K'hing the, A violent

enemy.

encourage to come, is expressed by lae." (E-win-pelan)

IE
LH.

L* ching, To recall or convert to what is right and

proper.

#1jj

Lhleih, United strength or effort.

# # 2. k # |
o

*ou chay, laou che, lae chay, lae che, Those who labour re
Ward them; those who come encourage them." (Mng-tsze)

LEANG.
The word

To urge; to press; to obstruct by force, bodily perturbation.

2.. La, in the text, is used in the above sense.

Read Ch'hih, A precept, an order; a prohibition. Sincere:

right; firm.

2. H#H#| | }k st
#EEE
ZL-L- J.
Pa

PING, Png, or Kng.

wange ming f, ch'hih fi, The ancient king, employed ex

Great strength. Originally written

# Ping.

Plicit laws to shew what was to be avoided, and prohibitions

with penalties, to shew what was to be feared." (Yih-king and

TSZE.

To strive or contend in the service of.

Commentary.)

j\-###E | *

267

Nineteenth Radical.

IX.

Lelli ~J~j

tsze che shoo yui ch'hlh, " Document! framed by Hi Imperial

to require instant performance ; to force to do."

Majesty are called Ch'hlh." Syn. with

P'belh lib, or -jtjp |

TWAN.

Ch'hlh, ch'hlh.

To decide ; determined.

K'hoo llh, To distress ; to molest ;

^^M^P* I ft
T^J^ "e king na shing tsze lae 1th sze wo, " You will finally
take a cord and strangle me."

u
HEA.

ft ^Heaheayunglelhihing/'HeS

he*, the found or noise made in exerting strength."

j

Llh shlh, " To

Diligent exertion.
engrave or cut letters on a stone."

<&/} 1

JJ

Lelh bo he* hea, " Doing with the exertion

^l-f

^jlj J

^tjj^ wtih lm kunS minS. e k'haou k'he ching,

" On things engrave the workman's name, to examine after,

wards his truth " in making it genuine or not. (Le-king.)

of much itrength." Read H8, Diligent.

K'HAE. Diligent effort; to endeavour,
LfH

fjjjS.C

f#RH.
gj^ MEEN.

7f^R.H.

A bridle with a bit to it; to bridle; to restrain ; to conlronl

by Violence ; to force to do ; to strangle.

To. engrave upon.

To endeavour; to encourage; to excite ; to stimulate. A

local term.

ban yu Kh; woo,yni! ke, " A horse's bridle with a bit is called
Lib ; without a bit, it is called Ke,"

^j^f

Saaou meen, " To endeavour i to

excite."

J Ma lib, A
1 1 TSUNG. T o encourage; to rouse ; to'stirctilate

horse's bridle."

JjjJ [pj |5|| Uhma hwUT

" Stopped his horse and looked round." jjjjfr J^jp

^
T'HUNG.

IfflS.C.

3&R.H

Lin yae lib ma, " When you come to the precipice stop the
horse." Used metaphorically for desisting when an affair be

As a Neuter Verb,To move ; to shake ; to issue forth. As

comes dangerous i to be able to do which, is considered as an

an Active Verb,Read T'hung, To excite ; to agitate, either

evidence of superior talent

naturally or morally,

i,n new' '* To *rce

^ ^^j" T'nun6> *'B cne

to stop ; to lay an officer aside from the duties of his station,

toy," Motion, the opposite of rest"

without depriving him of his rank."

m%.% i mmt 1 zsn

Tan wbb tsze t'hung tslh Shang-shing, pub t'hung

Fr Lib. ping, " To

shut up troops in a narrow compass by a superior force."

J

Lft to, "To extort from."

llh, " To seize or detain by force."

u To controuL"

^TJ |

J^tffyj |||

j K'hang

urn wo t'hung che, tslh K'hcu-shing, " Motion caused in any

Ylh lib,

thing by itself (T'hung) is Shang-shing; when not moving of

Llh ling, " To insist upon;

itself, but moved by me, (T'hung) is Keu-shing."

fjj^

Leth.

#/ |

IX.

Nineteenth Radical.

268

#p:# | 2% f:
ZS:##1EIEfj4:#### 7
his heart be virtuous or vicious.

Yen k'han, show wiiht'hung, You may look

4th # ME

at it, but not move it with your hand.

}# # |

Jookeu thung cheken, piihtwan twan, ching ching tih, phen

Th: ten sing tsing haou thung, He is of

a restless disposition.

wei ptih headu leaou, If in your conduct you be irregular,

| ########

Thung show tsew yaou pei tsheen, If he moves his hand, he

you (disgrace your parents and) hence are undutiful.

i|K

# th. Chin-t'hung, paeyay, Chin-t'hung, denotes

is sure to have something to pay for;" i. e. He spoils every

-1. 1 *

thing he puts his hand to.

+E

+## |

saluting by striking the hands againsteach other, said to be the

R Shing Then-tsze, che ching thung theen, Holy Son

present manner of

of heaven (or Emperor), whose supreme integrity moves

heaven to notice and reward it.

E.

$ ''

} ||

7 M M \,

Heang thung, Noise; sound: motion being necessary

|S

{# /\ Wojin, the Japanese. #

to cause sound.

The words

Gangjen piih thung, Alofty motionless air," said of a person.

#h Thung and # Tsing, Motion and

# |

Yaou thung, To shake; to agitate.

rest, enter essentially into the Chinese Cosmogony.

E. F|

Yun thung, To revolve in a circle.

#12. H.H. H.

# |

Jihyu yun thung, The sun and moon revolving

in their orbits.

JEk

#AS E.H3+ #.!!!. 2 #

# It ##.H. W. H. Wi

influencing the mind, or moving the passions.

#
XH## |

King thung, To disturb."

Ph kan king thung, Dare

######

Kant'hung, Internal exci

*\ln\
tation

}} | #2-###| #%
#:# {{1. In nature, there are only the two states of

uot disturb you;" a common ex

Pression in the language of courtesy;

as is also,

motion and rest, revolving in uninterrupted succession: ex

ZH #

clusive of these there is no operation. These (changes) are

|
|

Yew king thung, I am annoying you.

called

Thung ph thung, Moving not moving," i.e. on

*Very occasion, whether in motion or

cause, doing a thing; incessantly

motion and rest, must have a

at rest, with or without

The shaking caused by an earthquake or

jk

Aik Tae-keih, or The first moving cause.We add, this

4T
first moving cause is the Deity, an

But

#! Le, or Principle of order,

which causes motion and rest, this is that which is called

Chin thung,

thunder.

2% Yih, (the subject of the Yih-king Classic.)

*% | Kcu thung, A person's

beliaviour or conduct.
#/s T | j:L

incomprehensibly great,

Hing thung,

wise, good, and powerful Being, whose existence and perfec

tions are declared by his works. The Philosophical Sect of

ATH!'
HAAz####.
she hing thungjoo ho, tsih che

the Chinese scarcely draws this natural inference. The

k'he sin che shen g e, Ob

scrve what a person's conduct is, and it will be known whether

}). Hj. +#:

|

# Principle

Jiff

which ca-ses motion

and rest, does not seem, in their apprehension, what we express

269
by Deity. They say,

If***

Nineteenth Radical.

IX.

Leih Jj

more absurd than some others which the Western World has

un Woo-kelh, " The Extreme limit, or first moving came, origi

produced. To suppose some

nates in Woo-keTb, in that which is illimitable or infinite."

recting the combinations of matter) though denied personality

As the Characters which enter into the Theory are of con.

stint occurrence, I will here briefly slate it.

/fffi f

Le, or Principle oforder (di

and intelligence, is not more senseless than the supposition of a

fortuitous concourse of Atoms.

It is perhaps impossible,

ft) rfn Br.#rfn 1%-tfi, t***p***

however, to free it from the charge of Atheism ; for though,

motion, isdeiiominatedYang; alrest, is denominated Yin." Mo

in it, gods are admitted, they are considered as beginning to

tion and rest blend or operate, and so produce Fire, water, wood,

exist, and as inferior to Nature.

|^jfj HEtJH.*

|jjj S. C.

jfc R. H.

jjjl ^j^jj " From water is wood, from wood fire, from fire

To excite to diligent endeavour i to stimulate to exertion.

earth, from earth metal , and from metal again comes water, thus

j^Jy ||fj^|jL/\^ E heiih kwa jin, "To stimulate the

the elements revolve as in a circle."

man of little virtue," by which the person speaking meant

J^^f

fifa ^l^

himself.
being constituted the female energy, and Heaven the male, all

Heuh tsae foo tsie," Exert

yourselves, ye men." (Shoo-kiag.)

creatures (animal and vegetable, men and spirits) were pro

An erroneous, form of the preceding.
duced," and are continued in uninterrupted succession. From
the infinitely various combinationofcreatures and circumstances
KHAN.
proceed virtue and vice, happiness and misery.

-gjjj S. C.

^fxi.^
To investigate strictly, in order to arrive at absolute cer

A#X#jfe^#- rfn
^j
>^S-^~ Only the Sages obtain (or are formed

tainty ; to judge ; to try a criminal.

of) the most refined and pure materials in nature ; and are,

quate to.

thereby, enabled to remain perfect." Heaven, the gods, men,

vestigate^' i. e. to employ strenuous effort to ascertain the

and sages, are from the purest matter ; earth, brutes, demons,

fact.

To be able for, or ade

jj^jjfc j^J Mok'han, "To rub or grind and in

K'han twan, " To inquire and decide "

and the wicked, are partakers of an undue proportion ofgrosser

ffi^lTi: I ^^^fcochhuh

matter. In the 'J^^jM.^C'd^ Sing-le-ta-tsuen, from

loo, cha k'han sze keen, "I, the Che-foo, am going out of town,

which the above is extracted, there are diagrams representing

to examina into an affair."

the Tae-kelh, the Yin, the Yang, and-so on.

Same as b+i Heiih, see above.
The most that can be said of this system is, that it is not
vol. i,

~j) Lelh.

X.

Nineteenth Radical.

WOO.

f|S.C.

270

JJR.H.

Same as ~r^J K'hing, see above.

To npply the mind or strength to a certain object ; to use

yJt^J^ Same as

YTh, see below,

great and undivided effort; the business or affair which is at

tended to. A surname ; the name of a city. Read Maou, High

f
01 Scrib. iLPing, see Rad. J\ PS.

in front and low behind. To rhyme read Mow. Occurs in the

sense of

Woo.

Jij|lp^^. Sze woo, " Business ; af

Same as ]i/T Heun, see under 14 str.

fair j that about which one is occupied."

J*J

Woo, chuen lelh yu sze yay, " Woo, denotes

K'HEEN. To bear or sustain a thing.
close application to business."

jj=l

| Chuen woo, " In

tense and undivided application to.'*

j ^^J^T Woo
HEA. To employ strength; exertion; effort.

pun nee1, " To attend solely to one's peculiar duty."

J^.

Great ; large ; strongly ; the appearance

#115
cbe yew shin, so e woo pan, lelh teen, yang foo moo, urh ch'htih

of great strength.

tse tsze i tslh keae tang Uze gae, " The people possess bodies
HAN.

Diligent.

by which each attends to his peculiar duty, or labours in the

field, to cherish his parents, and to feed his wife and children i
3||j7 U^G'

^ M* U6 * " To bend the-

hence, all should love themselves," and not carelessly throw away
their lives. (Shing-yn.)
to one's dsity.

j /^K. Woo pun. I. to attend

strong or violent."

)]\J^\ I-Tng hcang, " Great strength."

T | Pun woo. Is, one's peculiar duty

SHING*

itself.

|S.C.

^Rft

| Keawoo-, " Domestic duties." /f^ j

Kung woo," Public duties."

3^jfgjjj|| j

fa le

To be adequate to ; to be worthy of; to sustain ; to raise or

sze woo, " To transact or manage an affair."

elevate ; to carry to the utmost degree. A surname. Orna

Woo e, " What propriety absolutely requires."

ment of a lady's head-dress.

Woo seu, " What is absolutely necessary."

pelh, " Must ; it is indispensable."

jj}/^

pelh yaou telb, " It is positively required."

Read Shing, (To be superior to;

jj^ Woo

to overpass; to overcome; to conquer; to gain the victory

Qj Woo

over ; to win at a game. The name of a district. ~Jj!jjj^jJjlj^L

-^-^ Ne woo pelh cli'liuh k'hcu, " You must go out"

shing, is a certain ornament of a women's head-dress."

271
|

Hwa Aing, or

Jin shing, " Ornaments of

flowers or embroidery ;" used on

jjjj Jin jth, a> the

seventh day of the first moon is called.

" The name of a certain bird."

j Tae shing,

||

^ /tf* N&ng

shing ch'hung jin, "Adequate to an important situation."

| /fi PiSn ,nmSj'D> " Not equal to the duties of
one-station." J^^^^jjgj^ ^
^i^IA^

I MinkinfanE

Nineteenth Radical.

X.

Leih

shing leaou t'ha, shepuhwei jin, " IfI don't conquer him today,
I swear that I'll no longer be a man ;" i. e. I will destroy myself.
JIT | #-tt^S

^t^SMb shing .hen

yay ming shing che yay, " Real superiority or excellence is

good ; unreal nominal superiority is a disgrace."
Tsie shing, " To conquer one's self."

j 'fi^I.'Jj^ Shing

sze wo/' Better than I; superior to me."

J

?|C* | j^lj

Jow shing kang,j8 shing k'heang, " The soft

t'hae, she T'hoen mung mung, ke k'hlh yew ting, me jin fuh

and pliable overcome the stiff and unbending; the weak over

shing, " The people are now under the pressure of calamity ;

come the violent," by enduring perseverance.

and they observe heaven regardless, as if unconcious (of their

M.LKOV.: ^is.e. U.v.
suffering) ; but when the decision is made, there is no (suffering)
man left unsupported," nor any wicked man left unsubdued.
(She-king.) ^\

| Phh shing, " Not to be surpassed; the

highest possible, degree j" as

From j^jji^ Yung, " Burning shining," and "Jj Lclh,.

' Strength." To employ one's strength ; to toil ; to labour ; to
fag; wearied; fatigued; grieved; to give trouble to; service;

|
^jf- Shing,

meritorious-efforts ; worthy deeds ; merit. Head La6u, To take

foo che tuy, " Shing is the opposite of too ;" i. e. of being sub

account of men's services in order to reward them ; to console;

dued, or defeated,

to commend ; to encourage; to reward. A surname ; a name ofa

kin he, Extremely glad."

j -^=^

jfj 'JBfc ||

| Plhchen.plb shing,

" A hundred battles, a hundred victories," in every case suc|

Shing foo we fun, " Victory

chy;afahUUandofa weapon.
labour."

K'hinlaou,"Diligent

Lap" k'hoo, " Severe toilsome labour."

t could not be distinguished ;" it could not be said #ho

gained the victosy i who won or lost

fj^. J

and distress." /0I | -^j^^ J^Jinlaoukhoo

K'he fun shing foo, " See who can win or lose at Chess."

urh puh tsze, " To bear labour and. distress without expressing

*tT"f^ J

reluctance."

3 7

*jf Tachang shing leaou," Gained abattle."

I 2lA ^ leaou

pan haou shing che jin, " To group or associate with a set of

JjB^JI^ {

rfjW F"nS' cnm kou, tun>-

" Wind, dust, labour and subm'iMion," are commonly the lot
ofthose who have, to leave home in search of a livelihood."

persons who are fond of being superior to every body," and

who run into expenses beyondtheir means.

pj ^JjT

y nng.'e k'hin fuh laou, " Be attentive to your person and econo
mical, that you may diligently serve" yourparents,

Leih. X.

27

Nineteenth Radical.

-H} {\ lit. |

Te foomoo tae seay laou, Labour

#}). ERR. G. H. |

Yu e sen min;

jj

min wang k'he laou, If rulers please the people by delight

Laou sin laou leih, To labour and toil with mind and body.

ing to precede them in what is laborious, the people will forget

a little for your father and mother.

| US

| U, ### /\ | #1% ##'

Laou sincbay chejin; laou leih chay che yujin, Those

j,

their toils. (Yih-king.)

|
|

Rung laou, Merit

meritorious.

#1ji E.

Sze kung yu laou,

who labour with the mind, govern others; those who labour

Having performed a service meritoriously, is called Laou.

with bodily strength, are governed by others." (Mng-tsze.)

% | If] 4#

be first meritorious service, and emolument will follow after;"

| 4

Thoo laou, To labour in vain."

Laou kin, Labour gold;" i.e. the money given to recompense

labour.

| EF

performed.
fatigued.

Chow laou, To reward for services

% |

Laou kwn, Wearied by labour;

Yew laou, Anxiety of mind; grief.

# ## | #we" seekleiosks,
Insufficient to dissipate his grief.
| # Laou ping,
or

# L*ou chae, Disease supposed to arise from ex

cessive exertion of mind or body, a spitting of blood, with fever,

weak pulse and cough; a consumption:"

###FT

# Feyd kho choo, Medicines cannot

1)
+ +++
F: J2)
}# hwuy e laou chin, Do not
remove-or cure it.

Woo

conceal any thing for fear of distressing me" the Sovereign.

Seen laou urh how lh, Let there

or, The service must precede the reward." (Le-king.)

| #|| # Keuen laouche, tsih pae, If the Prince

commend his labours, he bows. (Le-king.) Thus expressed
in the Commentary,

#### | E. Z |

#.H.] Eji Keuenj wei laou ke che laou

k'hoo, tsih ke pae che, If the Prince sooth and commend the
individual for his severe toil (on his own account), the indivi

4: |
+1=

dual makes his bow.

Kaou laou, Rewards of

oxen, wine, and so on, given by government to the military, on

particular occasions.

#####Z

}}}# E1%| |

Choo-how seang chaou, yih

chee yunghe yu, K'heaou laou, Governors, of Provinces or

* 2 ##| | 44:###E}}

States, visiting each other, meet the person coming with pre

X. 4' Yewlaelaou fan ne,wo shihtsaekwo ptih tih

*ents of cattle and other provisions, which is called K'heaou

* Again coming to trouble and annoy you, I really cannot get

laou."

(# |

Pihlaou, A certain bird.

over it;" i.e. I feel very uncomfortable on account of giving

# | H5) 44; Wolaou thung

ne, I give you a great deal of annoyance."
f #+

you so much trouble.

+%

KEU.

Appearing as if together in a carriage.

Moo.

#s.c. : R. H.

* kan tsae laou, I will not dare to give you any

% |
-1-1

further trouble.

Headu laou, To labour agree

To call upon to invite to do; a general invitation or re

ably to the wish of another, as an expression of gratitude.
***** when calling upon people to join the army; request:

273

Nineteenth Radical.

XI.

Lelh

ing a public tnbscription for the repair of temples. To give a

bounty to induce to enter tome employment.

GOW.

The sinews or tendons of the feet.

SHE.*

tgJjs.C.

*J^jp

Chaou moo, " An invitation or request addressed to all per

son!."

%R.H.

J JSl Moo ping, "To invite bj proclamation

to join the army."

^j$ g||l jf$> 1 |

| 1 Kin tseang ihwae seven fung, jut Moo-sze, " At present,

generals selecting the men to advance in front if called Moo-

Strength i authority) power ; influence; splendour; the

partf in which the strength of male animals retidea. Figure ;
state or condition of. To rhyme, read Shi!. " j2_j~"
|

jhV j^jj L^- ^7* Koo che heen wang haou

jin jut Koo-moo, " By money to induce people to act, if called

then urh wang she, " The virtuous kings of antiquity loved

Koo-moo.''

goodness, and forgot (or made no account oftheir own) power."

Moo yuen, or

Moo-hwa,

" Begging appealt made to the public by the priests of Ftih and

(Mang-ttze.)

Taou."

" Possessing wealth and power, or influence."

J ^ IpT

Moo hwa chung tew, " A

public invitation to tubtcribe to the repair of a I

yj^j ^^^j" j Yew ts'heen yew she.

/J>^r

5^ 'f^t 1 Th* "he '''"""fr ch bME 'be, " He trusts to

(his own) violence, and depends on hit own influence."

j^jfj YlH.

Labour ; fatigue.
| Ts'hae the, "Wealth and power." ^-4^^^
^ I tfo%L!&tfll$C Chay^ayUheu,

M6. To move ; to shake ; to excite.

fung the tern tvhints'hlh pungyew,"Those relations and friends
who run round persons in warm comfortable circumstances, and
who flatter the powerful."
United strength or effort. Alto read Lew and Lew in the
ame feme.

Liih lelhkung Tf'hin,

' Unite their strength and attack Tf'hin." Al. Scrib.

L oh.

j ^lJ^p|^J She le ho

thang, "Priests who are actuated (unduly in their civilities to

travellers) by the fear of power, and hope of gain."
j K'hcuen the, " Authority, power."

J^jjr

'J^^
J Wei

the, ' Manifcftation ofgreatnett ; pomp ; itate; tplendour ; maHAOU,orGaou.

||j S. C.
jetty."

Strong ; robust i violent ; talents and strength.

jMsjpy^.

of thingf like a conflagation driven by the wind;" important,

sudden, and irrefitible.

PHEAOU*

I Fun6tnownohe." Aftate

J^-

Ttae the, " In actual

gjj) S. C.
authority ; holding an official tituation."

To seize by violence ; to attack and plunder. 3? |j P'heaou,

ocean in the tame tensevol.. i.

j*- ^j^|J j

g ^j^J

Kung hing nan ttze kB the, " Kuug-hing, or

the punishment of the palace, denotes castrating males."

3c

j, Leth.

XI.

274

Nineteenth Radical.

Probably so called, because Eunuchs are employed about the

in es

Hing she, The figure; appearance, or

#1 | # Te she kwn, The figure of

state of.

| +%

wangke, khekhin wang kea, Wana-K", was sedulous

#%
|2

palace.

EE ##

virtue of diligence"

the earth is spacious and suitable, to contain the vast variety

## #

tablishing the royal family. (Shoo-king.)

#. Juv
H #ff
Y2Y
-

| #ff woohwuy wo shih, gin szekhin

N

sze, Destroy not my house (or nest) on this I have bestowed

of creatures on its surface. (Yih-king.)

Hh

much kindness, to this I have paid the most sedulous atten

TSEIH. Meritorious service. Merit.

tion.

(She-king.

(She-king.)

# % # || El |

Laon

laek'he k'hin yuk'hin, To reward diligence, and invite to it,

# S. C. #, R. H.

KHIN.5

is called K'hin.

K'hin min, To pay diligent al

attention to; to excite to diligence. A surname. To rhyme,

%h 7] XR #, E. #h Men leihptih

read K'heen.

taeyuk'hin, To exertone's strength without flagging, is called

| ## K'hin tso sze, Diligent

K'hin. (Lh-shoo.)

in the performance of work, or transaction of business.

Aikkim min, Diligent and active.

|

laou, To labour diligently.

| #
|

=# |

E] | EE wei kw8

%#

tention to the welfare of the people.

kew nan yue khin wang, To

save one's country from impending evils, is

called Diligence

in behalf of the Monarch,loyalty.

K.HEANG, or

K'heang.

# S.C.

|
Khin

Khin kung, To

|
| #khin k'hoo, or

Strenuous effort; to urge; to press upon to Pur" after.

To withstand, or oppose by force.

Khin

work diligently; a diligent workman.

hc, To learn diligently.

**

Diligent; sedulous; laborious, to pay sedulous and kind

Sin khin, Diligent and painful labour."

|# K'hin shin, Diligent and attentive: careful.

#h TSEAou, orch" '

To fatigue; to trouble; to vex.
racters

Light active.

The cha

###)] #h which are all pronounced Tseaou, *

/\ % K'hin keen jin kea, A diligent and econo

X. y. | K'hih keen k'hih khin,

sometimes used erroneously for each other. The first, denotes

Able to practice both economy and diligence."

destroy or exterminate; and the last, as defined above.

mical man.

To assume the language of others as one's own; the second,"

#.
%
F
#
5
#
+%
r"
khin yu pang; k'hih keen Ju kea, Able to be diligent

Tseaou laou, To weary or fatigue.

Tseaou m, To destroy; to exterminate.

in the service of his *ntry, and economical in the affairs of

There i

ere is merit in diligence.

| l Jji K'hin yew kung

| Khin tih, The

| #
AE |

# '#'
'# chiing tseaou pwan thang,To reduce and destro
dest";
*******

his family." (Shoo-king.)

\ \ \

rebellious banditti, are expressions which occur not withstand

A.

ing the preceding rule.

275

Nineteenth Radical.

XIII.

Leth J)

MEEN.

Same as

Meen.

KEUEN. Diligent ; strong ; rohust.

TElH.

Same as

Tefh

FAN.

Strong; firm.

4#TVHUNG, orT'hung.
From Twelve to Twenty-one Strokes.
To arrive at manhood. To act i to do.
LEIH.

Thorns ; prickles. A local term.

CHING.

CHA.

To desire; to wish.

Diligent exertion.
01 Scrib. B Shing, see above.
Yew new, Soft; pliable.

YEW.

YANG.

Effort ; endeavour.

K'HEU.

S. C.

WJ
T'HEEN.

Weak; weakly.

YANG, or Seang.

R. H.

To be employed about, or intent upon; diligent application

to. Fear ; apprehension ; haste. A man's name.

KEUE.

||| S C.
Harmony or union of thought.

Expressed by

To urge ; to preia upon ; to compel to.

E9^
^jUjjlj e' r Sne- us>oaT * tou 1 iuueu- if))) & c-

T'hung sze che ho, " Union of thought or

sentiment." A man's name.

j^Jj^ Mow he*, " To con

spire; to agree in planning."

KE6. To lift the feet high in walking,
MAE.
TSU&.

To cut or break a thing asunder.

|g| S. C.

To exert one's strength ; sedulous endeavour.

K'HEAE.

P'HE.

To take and carry under the arm.

5^jj

One says, Strong ; robust.

Pae k'heae, " Weariness, weakness; inability."

-fj Lelh.

XIV.

TAN.

Nineteenth Radical.

276

1
tsoo, e sin tsoo jut leu, " To assist, not with physical strength .
Strength exhausted; failure of strength.
but, with the heart and mind, is called Leo."

1 1 KIN. To employ strength to make an endeavour.

7f/
SHlH, or Slh.

YANG. Effort; endeavour ; to urge.

Original form of jj^J Tseaou.

To assist ; to aid.

K'HWAN. The threshhold of a door.

Wr> HEUN-

MS-C"

feR-H.

Having deserved well of one's prince t having merit in the

|fjPAE
sight of the sOTereigu; meritorious loyalty.

Wang kung yu* heun, " Royal merit (i. e. merit acquired
in the service of the king) is called Heun."
|

Haek'heae, "Weariness

-| J^J Ij
; debility." One says. Vi(

J|j^ j|^J

K'hae kw8 yuan heun, " Original merit acquired in

To exert one's strength ; to stimulate by admonition ; to

laying the foundations of the monarchy."

%%tl J] ^^t*l]

-jf^fTh.,uk,3ke.

rouse and encourage others.

Syn. with JjUjj Le.

heaou lelh luy choo kung heun, " Havinc exerted himself in

i^'^fl

behalf of the country, he frequently manifested great merit"

implies readorning, or arousing to something new."

Heun laou, " Having deserved well of one's

^ YeW KW ,Mh' Ch'n k<he e' " "

shoo defines it by,

jj ~j||J

Itih-

-jj^ Yuag ]ela

ts'heen mae yay, " Te use effort to advance forward."

fff)tL

Mien le, " To urge to, strenuous exertion."

/^r*

country j honor conferred by one's country."

LUY.

g| S. C.

To urge i to push ; to excite. One says, To cherish t to shelter.

?fl SHIN.
Shin kin, " To employ strength ; effort ; endeavour."

Ne meen le tuh shoo, " Exert your

self and study hard."

jj^h j

and rouse to exertion -

Tseang le, " To praise

]^}jf^ \

Kea gSn e she koo le, " To confer benefits in order to drum
up tfnd arouse to exertion ;" is a phrase which is generally used
when rewards are given by the Sovereign to civil or military

LEU.
officers, or to the army,
To assist by advice or encouragement. To stimulate to.
^ M /; sfi kk'^ ijfi s jftft e i*

tsing

king che, " Slimulute their exertions ; let them reform and
begin again." (Ts'heen-han-ke.)

2? I

Nineteenth Radical.

XXXII.

LeYh "J]

mutate i to encourage by praise. To be advised ; to acquiesce

K'HlH. To act with diligence and assiduity.
chearfully. Occurs in the sense of ~j~J Leth, "Strength."
-^^J^/j^/j^Ne k'heuen t'ha tso, "Advise him to
YANG.

To advise, to admonish.
Ne ching haou she she k'heu k'heuen k'heuen t ha, " You do very

chue.

c
righttogoeonstantljandadvisehim.''

To go; to depart; to issue forth i to pan through.

monly, but erroneously, written

Com

J "jjj^

K'heuen

she wan, "A writing for the admonition ofthe age ; a moral essay."

Ch'h. (frwan-pe-ian.)
k'heuenjin, ping fe gBe, " To advise a man to take wine, by no

- "

K'HEUEN.

The seam of a boat

means shews a bad intention."
advise uia explain to."

LEU.

j
J

K'heuen hwa, " To ad

To assist ; to help.
vise and reform" a vicious man.
" To advise or admonish a superior;"

|9ljf^ Same as

K'heuen kae, " To

K'heuen keen,
J^Sl ijjjc.

Heun. This character was

from stone tablets of the Dynasty y^jf Han.

k'heuen, " Promote the good, and teach the defective, Uen
(the people) will cordially acquiesce." (Lun-yu.)

LOO, or Leu.

To assist ; to aid
CHHAN.

To take.

i|Q kheang' r Khen&

LEEN.
To urge i to force upon i to pursue alter.
|bv T'heen leen, 41 A weak appearance."
01. Scrib. i^p Laou, see abqve.
5*iPAl// Same as
JANG.

Leuen.

^ R. H.
WAN.

The appearance of walking.

A certain surname.

JT-^J Ijjj^j K'hwang jang,

' In haste ; urgent i hurried."

LEU.
K'HEUEN.

To assist ; to guide ; to lead

^fjjj S C. fyftR. H.
Same as the preceding.

Tb advise to ; to exhorts to admonish, to instruct, to

sti.
oi. x.

sn

278

TWENTIETH

RADICAL.

up, the principles, or doctrines, of the ancient fathers."

PAOU.

^t^L

C^>S CWoo chB , " A kind of exercise which consists in brandisb-

To fold about; to inwrap; to envelope.

Mlft

ing weapons, and throwing one's self into various attitudes

.ii-j^^C

ft ^ -tb. Te win khe yu jin

tare k'hetih, paou yay, " This character ii derived from the
letter

Jio (Man) bent, to infold something."

chay keaou t'hung tsze c woo, jow k'be t he yay : shTh san woo

ft

chS, shTh woo e slung woo seang, " In ancient times, boys were
k'hetih, hing jew to paou ko, " Paou resembles the appearance

taught posture-making to supple their bodies; at thirteen

of a roan bending forward, baring something which he would

years of age they practised Woo-chft ; at fifteen, and upwards,

cover and hide."

they practised Woo-seang." The first was further distinguished

by being practised by those devoted to letters; whilst the latter

CHO.

!=) S. C.

^ R. H.
was the exercise of those designed for arms.

To take or pour out, ai with a >poon ; a certain rpoon or

Also read ShfJ, A drinking cup ; a Teasel to contain or pom-

bowl for lifting liquids. To contain a small quantity. Name of an

out wine.

ancient piece of music. A certain exercise ; a surname.

miug, " Ch'hang-shiS, the name of a place in Loo," the birth

Ylh ch8 ,hw{iy ' he t0> " A* luch " *

place of Confucius, and which answers to the modern J j J

/zx tJ^C

Cha (or spoonful) of water."

^jjjj j

Low ch8, " A

^ j^^Ch hang-shB, Loote

Shan-tung.

wooden bowl, or large spoon with holes, to lift the solids and
admit the liquids to flow out" j^f ^Jp"J( l] J Jo woo

Charactersformed by Two Strokes.

tsTh chS, " If the; fence, or make postures, then play the tunc
YUN.ft
ChS."

ChS implies to take or adept, j

(=)S.C.

^)R.H.

llfl

ChS seen tsoo che taou jaj, " To adept, or follow

From To infold and Two. A small number or quantity.

Twentieth Radical.

279
One lays, Equal ; even ; equally blended.

II.

Paou

| Kow yin, " To inveigle; to entice i to

t^j* J^j 'jEj

Ktth jowyun, "Bones and flesh in equal proportions," applies

educe to."

to a human being, denotes a habit of bodj neither fat nor lean.

form a clandestine and illegal connexion with."

Read KesnorYun, Syn. wiih ^/^J Keort. ^^"J

Kow t'bung, " To be illegally connected with ; to give clandes

^ Kcun ebe, yun cbe, "Toequallize; give all an equal

j^j Kowcbuen, " To link on with ; to

tine information to."

j Jj g

Kow che fun, " To

seduce or form illicit connections with painted females."

hare; divide equally amongst"

jjj"^

Chay t&ng keunyun, " So Tery equally divided or arranged,'

Kow leue\ " To mark off the names of persons left to

MIhshv,ujpuh
m
t beaou yun, " Ink and water not equally blended i" ha-ring

be capitally punished." It is equivalent to signing a death war.

an excess of one or the other.

siness or affair. It it also used in a bad sense, Implying illi

said ofaccounts.

J ^unS

how keaou yun, " Take the hand and stir them together."

rant.

Kow tang, is used in Peking, to denote Bu

cit intercourse.

/^j" ^jpj

Yew ho kow tang,

" What business have you ? or, what are you engaged about?"
KEW*

tfj) S. C.
This character is vulgarly used for
adequate to."

To bring together. To assemble.

to."
WAN, or Paou.

Kow, " Enough;

] Mb ning kow, "Inadequate

J' Kow mang, " Name of an idol to which

(fp S. C.
I in Spring."

To coyer; to overspread ; to OTenhadow; to incubate i the

act of incubation.
Represents and denotes a flag or standard, formerly erected
KOW.

1" common use to express rejecting

in districts, to invite together the people ; hence SfJJ

or excluding; marking off, on paper, what is to be rejected;

Wiih with, denotes Baste ; moving in haste.

and also, to hook on with ; to inveigle ; to entice. The cha

In this sense, vulgarly written thus /^(J and read Tsung.

racter is not found in Shwo-wan, and the modern Dictionaries

The form and pronunciation are both grossly erroneous.

give the definition under /pj Kow, for which they say, this

(Kang-he.)

character is vulgarly used. A surname.

having the mind intently set upon.

yfaj

Kow

(Shwo-wkn.)

Wiih wtih, also denotes, Ardently desirous of;

J

jjj^^Jj

ch'hoo, " To put away ; to reject."

^^^^-jj^ wh *n ch0. khe j khe

^=^~ J ^r PuD t"e cnav. JTn Pe'D EX,W cne "Those of

heang che yaj, " How ardently desirous is he, (the dutiful son)

no talents, reject them with a stroke of the pencil." J

wishing that his (parents Manes) may accept it gratefully," ill.

Kow t'heaou, " To remove or throw out of a written docu.

the sacrifice which he offers. (Lc-king.)

AT

Paou. III.

Twentieth Radical.

280

This character was borrowed an account of its sound, and

-

Aber. W /\# J//\|A wer

-1.

Z.

jin weikae; tsung wang, hwuy e, A fugitive becomes a beg

Kin cne che tsze, An expression prohibiting and stop

gar, hence by combination of ideas, the character is formed from

used as a prohibitive particle, defined thus,

ping " Not; do not,

#E I' | }. | # |

A-

**

C.

Wang, a fugitive.

| #ffff:

K'helh kae

Fe le wtih she, with thing, wth yen, with

woo so tih, To beg without obtaining anything.

t!
-

tung, What is contrary to propriety and decency, do not

###F # | # B\, Tsae headu leang

look at it, do not listen to it, do not utter it, do not move to

yutaou kae she phin min, To provide meat and grain upon

-><-

practice it. (Lun-yu.)

+|

->
| =EH
' =
E2
A. H.

the road, to bestow on the poor people. Syn. with

Kae.

Whwei yen che ptih tsaou yay, Do not say, hereafter,

Another form of the preeeding.

that I did not speak about it soon enough "Said when remon
strating with a person.

# 4% Z #% k H.

%l

(#) s c.

PAOU."

3. R. H.

|##4%/\}||1+}}}|< * *
che wtih, pun chihtsze tsze, how jin kea new ep che, The

Represents an embryo in the womb. To enwrap, to in

Wh dew iting substance or thing, was originally this character,

fold; to envelop to contain; to assume to one's self, to under

+ New, to distinguish it from the

take to transact for another person. A surname. The name

people afterwards added

above. This and the

following quotation, shew the manner in

which the Chinese frequently distinguish characters, viz.by their

J .#4lg %

of a hill. To rhyme, read Pw.

Yung poo paou k'he lae, To wrap up in a piece of cloth.

-*

connexion, as Sze wish che wiih, in the above sentence; and

Whptih chewuh,in the following.

| }}| H j#

#-Paouko, To wrap round, to wrap up." |

| 3:
premaste", "r" |

E,

Paou han, To contain in the mouth;" i.e. not to disclose one's

feeli

4' # Whlchow lechek'hey ay, urh weiwith puh chewlih,

# Paou han, To contain or bear with patiently.

tseay thung sin, puhtsea; thunge, Wh, denotes the flag or

# Paou tshang, To be stored up or contained in." |

# UA) Paou ts'hang ho sin, To cherish a malevo
lent spirit under a fair exterior.
| # Paou pan,

standard of a district to constitute the Wh of wuh, not, (i.e.

the negative Wiih,)the sound was borrowed and not the sense.
-

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

\

celings; to say nothing."

-

|"

|
|

#1 (1% XS: | #|T]+AS

****
%N. Paou yung, or

To engage to transact in a wholesale way, taking upon one's

self the detail.

| # Paou

whole to one's self, to monopolize.

P

lan, To assume the

#+

KAE Kei, or Kit (#) s.c.

Paou lanyih tse, To make an entire monopoly of."
To request; to beg; to solicit; to crave; to give; to bestow.

24%.

"E:

2#. |E| Paou kwan lae nwuy, To warrant a thing

-

281
good, and engage to exchange it, should it prove bad."
| ^*jifefP^itf

-j^ *

N Pou kwan ta mun haou

Twentieth Radical.

VI.

Paou S~]

mour and disturbance; also the noise ofvociferous consultation.

||

Kang-he omits, from obvious reasons, the following sentence,

mo i " Can you warrant them good," said of persons or things.

which is found in Dictionaries of the last Dynasty.

CjJ^

^vX *jt. ^ ^3 HeU"8 n' p,h *

Wo paou ne, " I promise you," that it is Rood,

or will be done br such a time.

| jJ-J- Paou chwmng,

" HeuBB-no

(clamorous slaves) is name of foreigners in the north."

'A storehouse or shed, in the fields or hills, for the reception of

M la 'Ck* ^JlMj I

tea or other products of the earth."

shangwei heung, "That part of the body situated above the

| ^| Paonfung,"A

ShinE ""e ,in che

sealed enclosure," as of money deposited by two parties in the

heart, is Heung," the breast. (Luh-shoo.)

hands of a third, to be delivered on the performance of some

chung, " In the breast"

service. A bribe, is sometimes secured in this way, till that,

MnC^p K>he yu keungchung tsang puhtae keae, " He has no

for which it is given, be effected.

fish bones pricking in his breast ;" i. e. he has nothing on his

P"0" foh. " A

cloth wrapper " to enclose a bundle of clothes, or other things,

| jjjkjej Paou kaou, A kind ofsilk bag."

|
j

mind that ^ives him uneasiness.

CO Heung

tjl ^'y^

^jfc

| Wei fan mun ying heung, " Sorrow alone fills his breast"

^N^r^/^ Che paou puh tlh ho, "Paper cannot wrap

up 6re," intimates, that a person or thing is unfit for the pur
pose intended. Occurs in the sense of^i| P'haou,

A kit-

M ^~J~ Keuen-Uie puh wei seaou j in che heung heung

yay, urh chutf k'he hing, " The good and dignified roan does not
desist from what he is engaged in, on account of the clamour

>-" Read Fow, The name ofa place.

.of mean men.*'

Read Keen, in the same sense.

01. Scrib.
43
^^J^ YAOU. The appearance of deep sunk eyes.
01. Scrib. ^/jYew,8eeRad.^/LeIh.
PAOU.
^\Y^

K6.

Clothes, garments.

To solicit.
PHANG.

From Four to Eight Strokes,

fyj HEUNG.

(&QS.C.

The breast, or thorax; commonly written

P'hSng hwing, " Loud noise."

R.H.

01Scrib.^Shwdy,geeRad. -f- T'hoo

Heung,
01. Scrib/j] Seuen, see Rad. J Jih.

or

Heung.
TOU I.

^^jj

Heung heung, denotes Cla3

AjPaou.

VIII.

Twentieth Radical.

282
to go to ; to ftrire to attain."

CHOW.

"iffi/py

(g)S.C.
| '^j Show tsiih ping hing yu* poo-plh, " To go on

To go completely round ; to conta' n ex trnsivol;'

and feet*titbesame time is tailed Poo-plb."

^j^-^^

jjldf:

PoopTh wang tseang shih che, " He crept

^"^J Same as j|J Seun, but erroneous.

on hit hands and feel (through weakness) towards(the tree) and
eat of it" (Mang-tsze;)
^| KEUH.J

gsjfJS.C.
K'H6, orH8.

Formed from the Hand grasping Grain,

hand; the hand filled ; a Handful. Different authorities make

it j>ne or both hands

(^)S .C.

To hold in the

y^F-^E||^ Ttaeshowyu*

kciih, " Being id the hand i ex^essed by Keiih."

p[Jjj

^-[j leang show yayv *' Both hands."

J^J

YJhthow juekefth," One hand it tailed Kettb."

To enriron ; to encircle and unite i to surround.

^jj^j

^^Vj Ta bO, " The tailing into confusion of large, stones or

rocks:"

Ung h6, Luxuriant ; flourishing."

TSHEUN, or Chun.

To stop i to recede: to retreat; to sculk away.

pubying ylh ketth, A whole morning plucking the plant Lfih.
*|jjfj|J K'HWAE.A deep longsigh,fromgriefor relation.
not obtained enough to fill the hand." (Sne-kingl) ^{^J|ijP
1l[ ^fr $1

T,eo,",e'o,l 1,16 ** **
01. Scrib. "^j Seun.

yen ying keub, " The fruit of the Tseaou-leaou spreads enough
to fill both hands." (She-king.) Al.Scrib^^ Keuh.
From Eight to Eighteen Strokes.
s. c.

T'HAOU.

yjSi NGO, or 6.
An earthen tcmcI. Now also read Yaou, in the ene of
V*i

Yaob, " A furnace for burning earthen ware."

SEUN.

'^jlj Ol Scrib. Hp Keun.reeRad- j^'Chay.

POO.

S. C.

cll ho0' " N01"'"""^111 nor tR"

I) R H.

YO.

Anexpiiiouofalarm. J^S.C

To bind.

A bond.

ft
To gn or creep on the hands, like a child ; to crawl.

j
Same as

Poo |> i h , "To go on the hands and knees ; to do one's utmost

Ch'noo.

283

Twentieh Radical.

XIX.

Paoa >^J

gourd, of which a drinking vessel may be made,. of which also,

Same as ^| Keun.
the musical pipes, SSng and Yu, are made."

Paou

ye", " The leaves of the Paou," when young, make soup ; in the

Also, the splendid appearance of military weapons..

eighth month they become bitter.

01. Scrib. jg E.
j^^^^J^ Paou kan che yaou, e too shwiiy, "The
paou is dried and attached to the loins, to enable a person to
Original form of

Chung.
aoatacro-sastream."

~* ^ ffl,

I YX M

Koo chay pei paou, e too, " in ancient times they girded on the

A high mound of earth surrounding a grave.

paou, to cross the water." Children in boats have always a

/(ljpj K'HEU.

Same as jj^ij K heu.

gourd tied round their waist, to prevent their sinking, in case
of falling into the water. When coffins are made for persons

JlJ SHAOU. A suspended hook fastened byitsrteHi.

who have died at the age of seventy, relations and others take
the, cuttings of the coffin, and make siuaH gourds to hang round
K'HELJH.

A crooked spine.
the necks oftheir children, as a charm. Thevulgar name ofthe
Calabash is ^j^j jlj^ Hot' /0-

K'HWAE.

| jJk. PaoU 'tira'

Same as ||)J K'hwae.

The name of a star.

Al. Scrib. J$(jjJ Paou.

A certain plant, said to be a kind of hemp.

'gj
TOO.

PfH.

(] S. C.

$ R. If.

To go on the hands and feet.

To fall prostrate on the ground. (ShwO-wSn.)

Rejected as erroneous by Cbing-tsze-t'hung.

'pjfj

^Sj Poo pVh, " To fall Down on the hands and knees ; to go
on the hands and knees like a child." To press towards v. "Ah

PAOU*

S. C.

R. a
celerity ; to do one's utmost to hasten to relieve.

A containing vessel j a gourd a calabash.

^TJ

jjJeL [ | 'ify Twan king ta fiih yue paou^" With a

T han sMh poo plh, He really crept," &c.

/LKW^tl

I JfcZ

Fan min yew sang, poo plh kew che, " Whoever, of the people,

short neck and wide belly, it is called Paou."

f"* | jje^l^ Ch'hang urh sow shang yu boo, " Long and
lean in the upper part (of the Tessel) it is called Hoo."

(Lc-king,

l^jj-

be in distress and danger, exert every nerve to hasten and save

them." (She-king.) Also read Fiih and Puh.
PEI.

Paou, kwa yay, k'ho wei yin k"he, k'ho tsiS sSng yu, " Paou is a

A man's name.

/] Paou. XVIII. Twentieth Radical.

284

#!
%)
KEUNG, or K'heung. A respectful man. #
)
KWAE. A deep long sigh.

PAOU.

A certain wood.

Same as

Kew, see below.

ner the appearance of profound respect.

# S. C.

FOO, or Fh.

GO.
Iteration, or repetition of , again; to add another.

] #K G*trae, Ornaments of a woman's head-dress.

Ne

PIH. Same 28 f: Pih, see above.

TA.

3]%] Th, Appearance of tumbling one over another.

4|
*]

Ol. Scrib.

4:

written

4#

Now

Fh.

#%

JEN. Dog's flesh.

%#

KEUNG, or K'heung. Respectful, pro

KEW. Same as

Fh, seg below.

found respect.

4% Yu,

see above.

# | #|| # # Keung keungjoo

weijen, Profound respect as under the influence of dread."

LOO.

Loo loo. Prostrate on the ground.

YU, or Kew.

Full; satiated.

J## Yen yu, To sacrifice; a sacrifice, or to recite

Prayers in the time of sacrifice.

# Kew, or Yay,

G's c.

Same

as#

Ol.Scrib.

G, see above.

J#FungseeRad. # Neaou.

Same as # Keung, see above.

Ol. Scrib.

#. Tsu.

Full satiated; to scheme. Name of a sacrifice.

$ K'HEUH, or Keth.
Crooked spine; to bend the back.

(#) s. C.

$: Same as H(sih, seeRad. HChung.

285

Twenty-first Radical.

TWENTY-FIRST

PE.

Pe \*L

RADICAL.

rrsc-

HWA.

JJtrJ S. C.

R. H

Ij $C ^ "ttL Pe' * *eu yay " Pe' denote * cm-

Alteration of the state of any thing; change; mutation;

pare and arrange in uniform order, like ipooni at a table."

transformation ; metamorphosis ; the changes wrought in na

The Seal form is ~J1 Jin, " Man," reversed. A ladle or ipoon ;

ture; to come into being, or to cease to exist; said of animals,

a wooden ladle, with which flesh ii lifted from the pot when

plants, and so on. To change ; to transform i to transmute ; to

performing the rites ofsacrifice : not in common use.

J^J["

digest i to exchange ; to barter. To cause to repent, or produce

W^^X^fRB I Soe JnetseufanjUPe,

a change of mind ; to change from a bad to a good life ; to civi

*' That which ii employed to take up rice is called Pe."

lize ; to reform ; to turn from the world to the priesthood. To

^S'J

have acted contrary to propriety;a local term. The name of

J ~j=f^ Twan keen ming pe-show, " A thort

sword or dagger ii named Pe-show," from its being convenient

a district. Also read Hwa.

to handle, and the head being formed like the handle ofa spoon.

and Go.

JllllOL^JI | ^ Chin king pTh

le, puh sang pe chang, 'The shaking of the thnnder struck

Keaou hwa, " Instruction, and the effects of example; alto the

To rhyme read Hwuy, Ko, He,

Occurs in the tense of

Go.

/^^-|^

change of sentiment and manners produced by instruction."

alarm to the distance of a hundred Ie, but he dropt not the

vessel with the fragrant wine" intended for an oblation. (Ylhjtjr&$l ! ^Seenchoo

keaou $ Wong hing yu thang, fung tung yu hea yuf hwa, " To

fang hlh, shlh pe choo, The late Sovereign, about to eat,

employ the principles of reason, and instruct men, is called

dropped the spoon and sticks," used to convey food to the

Keaou; the personal conduct of superiors, operating on infe

mouth.

riors, like the extensive effects of the wind, is called Hwa."

|

Fung hwa, In allusion to the wind shaking the

forests and the fields of grain, expresses the change produced in

af

b*, Pe. Twenty-first Radical

286

the manners of the people, by the good example and instruc

}) # | R. E; |

tions of superiors.

Etih

hwa min yu hwa, By virtuous conduct, to civilize and

-

reform the people, is called Hwa.

}\; |

-----|3:
#

Jiff # +H. Thente, han shoo, chow yay,

keae tsaou hwa so weiyay, The heavens and the earth, the

FT".

# # , If]

Wowoo wei urh mintsze hwa, I have done

cold and the heat, the day and the night, are all caused by

Tsaou-hwa.

Tsaou-hwa, in common language, is taken for

\

nothing (but exhibited a good example) and the people have

reformed of themselves. (Taou-tih-king)

| BW hy

4' Hwa min, ching stih, To civilize the people and form
EE

their manners.

Wang hwa, The salutary change

effected in the dispositions and the manners of the people, by

AS 7\ EE

virtuous princes.

Phjhwanghwa,

Not entered the royal civilization; expresses, persons or states

Fate, fortune, luck, &c.

Hence the salutation,

#f #

Haou tsaou hwa, Good fortune, or good luck to you.

#54i/\#4); ###

#"

jin she sng ching haou tsaou hwa tih, That person is na
turally fortunate.

#:

Pen hwa, A change from

one state to another; a transformation.

Pen, denotes the

commencement of the change, Hwa, its consummation.

not having submitted to laws and notions of the Chinese Princes.

An uncivilized, barbarous, ungovernable person.

a

Ar

Fij |

# | <}# ###2 #".

hwa chetsen, hwachay, pen che ching," Pen is the gradual

EE 2 Il C Nankwhwa Wn-wang cheching,

=[

approach to change, Hwa is the completion of it."

The Southern nations were civilized by the government of

Ts'hen pen wanhwa, A thousand changes,

No

Jy. Hwa ching, To form completely,

or to civilize thoroughly. j\ #1 |# #, #4T

Wn-wang.

and ten thousand transformations;

*:::::

Pen hwa woo keung, Inexhaustible (infinite) changes and

## j######4% AE

transformations, are phrases employed, when speaking of the

#. | #, |

gods, and of nature.

Thecategin yang, yun hing, tsze yew

urh woo, tszewoo urh yew, wan with sng seihtsih wei hwa,
"The heavens and the earth, the Yin and the Yang, moving as
in a circle, causing that which exists

to cease to be; and that

#. |

K'he hwa, and

Shinhwa, are, aerial spiritual transformations.

ji

#%
A.

Hing hwa, A change or alteration of the figure" which is visi

ble.

|
J||
jff7+H"
ff H #|j#2.

which is not, to exist: the alternate production and ceasing to

che so yun, tselh shin che so tsae, Where transformation

be, of all creatures, is that which is denominated Hwa." Some

moves or acts, there Spirit or Deity is present.
times, however, they express, Beginningg to exist,
SH
b iR
st, by

%#

[W.

Tacha

# * > /|\ } | #, # Z T. "

Tsaou To make; to form; and ceasing to exist, as fading, or

dying, by

Hwa.

SPH

hwa wei seaou, seaou chay hwa wei woo yew, The great

Tsaou hwa, Production

J.E.

change to small, and the small turn to nothing, is a phrase

and destruction; or the Power which operates in nature to

frequently employed when managing unpleasant affairs.

Twenty-first Radical.

287
fi^

^ Kwang t'heen hwa jlh, "Toe splendid heavens

to a quail."

III.

Pe

Hwa sang, " To produce ; or some

and the transforming sun," are epithets applied to the Emperor

times) to produce by a metamorphosis, in contradistinction

of China.

from JJ^J*] t^p. Lwan sang, " Produced from an egg ;" and

^{fj J

Yung hwa, " To blend together, and

change the state of each ingredient % to melt away as snow."

|
^*Hn

Tae sfing, " Formed in the womb."

Seaou hwa, "To melt or consume; to digest"

1

nrh pah hwa' " To e*t> bui not

digest; to read without improvement.'' jj^g J Shaou hwa,

or j/^ | Ho hwa," To consume by fire."

kaou, yu, she jin hwuy sin, yufi hwa, "A proclamation, admo
nition, or edict, causing people to repent, is called Hwa."
| -^j^ Hwa yuen, " To beg that property may. be trans
ferred to the temple of.Fuh."

hwa yay, tsing shin peen hwa, puh ju keB she tung, " The

taxe," A-begging priest."

pjj-

~J". Keaou hwa

^^"^ I ^ SJ

change which takes place in sleep, when the animal soul un

T ha yaou lae bwa wo ch'hub kea, " He would come and

dergoes a change, to a state different from that in which it

bare me leave home and change my state ;" become anun in the

is when a person is awake."

temples of. Fiih. "r^

Jpj*

JJ

| Ho hwuy mow jlh jug hwa, " To exchange or barter goods,

or other property, is called Hwa."

ytfi*

J -jfp] j' Wang hwa kwoleaou,

" Transformed and gone ;" i. e. dead.

J /^f> Hwa ming,

" A- deadly fate ; or it* being one's fate to die " prematurely.

| J^i **ow ^'heen yew woo hwa keu, " Urged them to
jEm paou.j

s. c.

exchange what they had not, and to barter away the goods
which were collected." (Sboo-king.)

cjL fyfyj Fl

From an abbreTiation of

Pe, "To compare and

KTh wtih yug hwa, "A change of creatures is called Hwa;"

arrange,'.' placed above Ten; hence it denotes A tything, or

or, again, 'ffetfc

tyUung-man.

H ** fe >J

"f^g,

jfl ffi Shth

yug hwa, " Capability ofproducing a different species, is called

kea wei paou, kin yung paou, " Ten families make a Paou or.

Hwa." They refer to the change which passes on some insects,

tything :

Paou '* now ate^

thls 1

and according to them^ on birds, and other animals. In some

it is only a change of nature or disposition, whilst the bodily

From Three to Six Strokes:

figure remains;, in others, the bodily shape also is changed.

PlH, or Pet.
jl^l | jffrjjTjro *ew hwa w" ying' " The <"OTe '* tran"
formed to an eagle," is an instance of the first class.
other class, the following is an instance,

Ofthe
I

Shoo hwa wei joo, "The (field) rat is metamorphosed

JJfS.C:

-\-.R.H!

it
From Two men with their, backs turned on each other.
Perverse ; to turn away from ; . to oppose. To retreatt or run
way, Tlie north.

^fiE

w <

288

|Z. Paou. III. Twenty-first Radical.

P is

ph che sin, No disposition to be perverse or oppose.

CHO. High, a lofty appearance. A surname.

#|| ji #23's |

Chen pae urh tsow

-wei che pun-pih, To be defeated in battle and run, is called

YA NG.
Pun-pih.

# I' ~ |

Woo san chen san

pih, I have been in three battles, and thrice defeated.

}% | Pse pm, To be defeated." | %

fang, The north.
H H # | Tung,

b.
Feeling of chearfulness; a chearful satisfaction.

Pth

Ol. Scrib.

J#Kew, See Rad.J." Han.

Ol. Scrib.

Hi Ch. seeRad-F Shih.

se, man,

pih, East, west, south, and north.

#1
| H', Pih-king, The

pih peen, In the north.

northern Metropolis of China, commonly written Pekin.

| Al

| *::

As | [1]

| + Pih tow, Ursa major.

manifest.

Tso pih heang man, Sitting north to

wards the South, expresses a building having its front towards

the South.

(& { NAOU.:

Pih

Pih sing, The north star."

kcih, The north pole.

W.

It's opposite is,

A^ #j f] |

"Tso

nan

(& Chuen,

represents the brain itself.

From

Pe, To

represents the hair, and

l Sin,

# # T'how suy, The mar

row of the head, i.e. the brain. Al. Scrib.

M, or

arrange and

fH woo, H# t:

J#

Naou.

T'how naou, No head nor

* **

heang pih. A house fronting the north.

% |

Fun

brains; denotes, inability to find out the causes of an affair,

pei, To separate the good from the bad." (Shoo-king.)

more from the unaccountableness of the affair itself, than from

deficiency of talent in the person considering it. The MS.

Ol. Scrib.

+: Ch'hang.

Dictionaries say, it denotes, Imprudent, foolish.

Naou low, The rheumatism."

W.

E. Undecided; uncertain.

4
#2

Ol. Scrib.

| TH (Ath, Ez' ',5'-3'

# Ef #7 (#5 H ######

#. She.

J# '###

E.

| #

(MS. Dictionary.)

# S. C.

Naou, ting sin yay, shang che

kwhweitheen ling kae, pih hwuy heutsae yen, chung wei

"uy hae, yu chow shinkwh suy thung, The brain, is the heart

Same as

.# E,
E ..Doubtful, uncertain. (Sha-mh.)
#
-

Same

of the crown; the top bone, is the celestial intellectual cover,

as the following. (King-he)
under which is situated the cave of an hundred assemblages:

la

*#

Ol. Scrib.

# E. see Rad. % She.

in the midst thereof, is a sea of marrow, which communicates

with the marrow of every bone in the body. (Ching-tsze-l'hung)

289

SHE.*

fffs.c.

A small ipoon. A key.

Fang

\^jj^T Same as the preceding.

ia^E Shekang, "A ipoon,"

whether large or tmall. Each character U alio used apart to

denote the same,

Twenty-second Radical.

*^^* OL Scrib. ^Tsze, seeRad.^ Keen,

j Shwtly be, "A water ipoon i"a

i^g JUEN. Soft; mellow; pliable,

tmall ipoon, used by the Chinese, to pour water on the itoneon

which ink ii rubbed.

^j^. |

Ch'ha ihe, "A tea-spoon."

^^^-j Same as

Y8ihe,"Lock'iipoon,,1Le.akey.

Ylh

So the, denotei the same.

TWENTY-SECOND

RADICAL.

^J^/J^Ejf [-|
FANG. *

Q S. C.

Tsae ch'hwang yu8 she, tsae kwan yue

g A. V.
k'hew, A corpse " laid on the bed, is called She ; laid in the coffin,

A vessel to contain things ; a square vessel ; a chest i a vessel

containing the measure
character g[ K'hwang.

Tow. The same at the modern

it is called K'hew." It appears, that the coffin also is included

in the term. The same is expressed by

Ling k'hew

[Z^^^^jjl

"Jf^, Vang show wtth che k'he teang hing " Fang, a vessel to
receive things, it resembles the form" of the ressel denoted by
it. (Shw5-wan.)

E.

S.C.

^ R.H.

A vessel, with a handle-aml spout, to contain water. A vessel

in which to wanh the hands; a pitcher; a hand-basin.

^tfl.

j^Ls4 The ancient form of the preceding.

yfc. E' kwan k'he sze king k'bwei, ping chung yew taou
k'ho e choo shwiiy, " E, is a washing vessel, like a spoon with
From Three to Six Strokes.

a handle; in the middle of it, is a channel to convey water."

| ^7^"^p l^J B> K ,how fae' "E' a TeMel in wnicn

K'HEW. A coffin; or, a coffin with a corpse

to wash the hands."
laid

it. Syn. with ^ K'hew.

VOL. I.

^jf^g/3
3p

JpJ

j Che, e, Vessels, the one to

contain wine, the other water.

(Le-king.)

L Fang.

IV. Twenty-second Radical.

Epwan, A hand-basin; or platter. The original form of the

character was

th. Yay, which having come into common use

as a Particle,

D. Fang was added to it, in the sense of Pitcher

-->

|AS

Ol. Scrib. 25%. Pei, see Rad.

zk Mh.

U TSEANG.

E. s.c. \%. R. H.

or basin.

A mechanic; an artificer; an artisan; a worker in; a maker

Uf

TSX.

\#, R.H.
A surname.

of.

The vulgar form of

T Ts, To go round; to perform

the circuit of, to revolve. See under Radical

If]

Kin.

JF fiff 4E# +1 Muh kungy", trung fans "r

kin, kin so tst, k'he yay, A worker in wood, from fang a
vessel, and kin a hatchet ; a hatchet is that with which vessels

->

ZRT.41)/\ D}\JT

TSEANG:

The original form of

JET-ant

A worker in any material.

man, and

|ff JX-k Z T+1.

are made. (Shw-wn.)

me

From

Kung, A work

L Fang, A square vessel, which imply the

use of the square, compass, marking line, and so on.

Tseang, kung mtih che kung yay, Tseang, is a workman who

attacks the wood." (Lh-shoo.)

| (##III:#

Tseang, tsok he ming chay, Tseang, is a maker of utensils."

| T# T. # # Tseang, pih kung thung ching,

HAN. A vessel to receive or contain things.
Tseang, is a general epithet for all artificers. (E-win-pe-lan.)

####/\#E ' | #
K'HANG.

ning kwo jin chay yu Leang-tseang, Ta-ts'heang, The

*wers for a seat or a bed.

In the north, during the cold,

workman who has genius and abilities superior to other

they are "armed by fire underneath. These couches were

people, is called Leang-tseang, and Ta-tseang.

introduced by the Tartars.

Kung tseang, or

######1

Khang ch'hwang, tso chhwang yay, K'hang-ch'hwang (de

notes) a sitting couch.

| j# f Khans the use,

A couch table. Is a small table placed in the middle of the

Mh tseang, A worker in wood," a joiner; a car

# |

T'hung tseang, A brazier.

each side of it.

smith.

ZH |

# |

# |

Selh

Yin tseang, A silver

Shihtseang, A mason.

# zk

Neshwiytseang, A worker in mud and water;" abrick

A vessel to contain rice.

Read Tsuen, A bamboo or wooden cover, to confine thesteam

ofa a boiler.

Th8 tseang, Asmith."

penter, a cabinet-maker.

tseang, A Plumber.

TSUNG.

|
R

I.

| /\ Tseangjin, A workman.

couch, to receive tea and so on, whilst two persons sit one on

2N.

r"

A large wooden couch, which an

layer.

| 4% Tseang yh Workmen attached to the

"," to large public office." JL #:

X #AS$?! ## E | U.

291

Twenty-second Radical.
|f[]

IV.

Fang \ZL

Fan ti'bae shlh kung win, tree ptih selb kew fa cbay, yog

"iry^ ]

i^jti Te lnwan k'hwang urh hwang lew,

Tseang-sin, " All who discover talenU and knowledge in work

" The tears filled the socket of the eye, and flowed obliquely."

ing up their written compoiitions, in the phraseology of which

Read Wang, in the sense of*$5L Wang.

they do not follow the- old rules, are denominated Tseang-sin ;"

K'he wang ta, Very lame."

i. e. persons of inventive minds.

HWtlJH.
K'HWANG.

i R.H.
An ancient vessel. Same as gf HwHh, see below.

Originally denoted a square Teasel, hence, by allusion, it

01. Scrib.

Foo.

denotes Square i right;, to right; to rectify; to assist; to de

liver. Occurs in the sense of Distorted, or declined from the
S. C.
perpendicular. The name of a place. A surname.
|

A press or wooden case ; a chest, box or trunk.; a case of

|" YTh k'hwang t'heen hea, " To reduce, from

a state of confusion, t order, the whole empire." (Lun-yu.)

I 'fr^^iC K'hwang Ya Sung, " To right and put jn
order, the books Ya and Sung."

g R. H.

11

Ke

wood or pasteboard.
trunk."

jj^j

Seang hea,

A chest or

y]\ j Seaou hea, " A small box," provided it

be square ; round ODes are called ^jj^* H8.

|!pj

k'hwang, ke fchlh, " When your conduct is right or regular :

heang seaou hea nuy, tain ch'huh ke che tsan t'hing lae, " Then,

when you are cautious or guarded." (She-king.)

jE
K'hwang ching, " To right, to put in order."

from a small box, sought out a few Tsan-ting," or large pins,

K'hwang fang, Square, regular."

used, by females, for fastening up their braided hair.

j "^iMl

K'hwang k'hew k'he go, " To rescue from vice."

Chwang hea, ' A lady's dressing box."

;j"J' ^jEj

/" "rtfr. | " jT" Ta k'hae eang tsze ping hea tsze,

J J^J /jr Puh nang seu k'hwang e sing, " Can

not generally deliver (the people) and preserve their lives."

" Open the chest and also the box."

(Shoe-king.)

E tsae he* chung, " The clothes are in the box."

^ | J^^^^ "k1K

chin che puh thae, To assist me (your Prince) in what I

Shoo hea, " A book-case;" a portable cover, made

either of wood or paste-board.

case for. ink."

chung puh k'hwang ken,. " Although there was great dearth
that year, the multitude was not alarmed." (Le-king.) ^j^j

ft}

Keaou lung hea, " A box with dragons painted on it"

^j^-- |
Occurs in the sense of I|*j[E K'hwang, and J^jjX. K'hwang.

/fej^. J

HfK' |

Mlh hea, " A

^^.ijlj^ J Pae t'he hea, " A case to

contain visiting, caads." Read Kea, in the same sense.

L Fang

VIII. Twenty-second Radical.

SEUEN.

292

KHEK.

A kind of bamboo riddle or coarse

A bamboo basket or trunk to con

sieve, in which to wash rice, a bamboo vessel to contain rice,

tain clothes. To store up; to seal or close.

and to be placed withinside a boiler; a bamboo basket.

Same as the preceding.

K'HEIH. A crooked thing.

Ol. Scrib.

# Tsang, seeRad. Chin.

K'HEH. A box or chest.

P"HEEN.

(#

PEI. A cup.

Original form of

Chow's form of

j#

Pei,

A bamboo utensil; a hat box; a

case in which to keep hats or caps. Syn, with

P"heen,

Khwang.

A bamboo vessel to contain plums, or other dried fruit.

f

K H E fH

thing which is crooked.

5 siso HREE::ff

# }{\k her,
= re." |HE S.C.

A coffin containing a corpse.

Same as

|# Thang Woo,

How kae sing tst, sng, The Empress

Woo, of the dynasty Thang, changed Sng, to bear, to (the

form) Sng.
-

A square bamboo basket or box.

From Six to Twelve Strokes.

& R.H.

Not; not right; those

who do what is illegal, vagabonds, banditti. It is a word

l
be:

much used by the Government, and applied to all

YAOU.

associations

A kind of drum.
which it deems of a seditious tendency, and wishes to discredit.

Variegated colours; elegant appearance of horses drawing *

TSUEN.

carriage. Read Fun, To distribute.

A winnowing machine, otherwise called

4# Ke.

Af:#ji E]

# Chh k'he fang yu fe, A square bamboo containing

W#

T'HEAOU.

use

vessel, is called Fe.

| #):

Not an every-day thought.

A certain instrument of husbandry. Al. Scrib.

BH Fe e so me,
U \

A#

| #####

fe

k'how hwn kow, Not seek an illicit intercourse previous to

le's

marriage. (Yih-king.)

R. H# | # Leang yu fe

HAN. A boat or vessel, bottom sunk out of sight.

yaou, A pleasant interview is not remote, said in letters when

293

Twenty-second Radical. X. Fang

hoping to <ee a person won.

but not in a house.

Wk fe, "Many years accumulating illegal acts ;'' i.e. an old

heaven!.

Collected together, but open to the

~/$\. V'f|'

*f2i Shwiiy tsaou ts'hang yay

" A granary on the navigable waters or rivers." This, M. de

Hp- ChowYThyne,pechefejin, ptihyrhshanghoo,"Tbe
YTb-king nji, Ii it not injurious, to associate with vagabonds."
I

^^FelTl or

Guignes mistakes, and renders '* Aqua; receptaculum." Syn.

with Ji-Ja Yu.

Fe rhoo ( ' Vagabonds ,

Same as

Ilwuh, see above.

amine strictly vagrant banditti; or, disorderly vagabond!."

PE.
J

An instrument of husbandry.

Fe fan- " A criminal connected with 10 me banditti."

| Hwuy fe, " Auociated banditti."

J
YU.

Keaou fe, " Religious banditti," the adherents of some peculiar

sect or brotherhood.

r^jj

Meaou fe, ' The Meaou

Tow.

A certain measure containing sixteen

Read T'how, An earthen vessel.

banditti," or mountaineer!, commonly called jjj^ ~J*. Meaou01. Scrib.

taze i who, for many ages, have lived as a people distinct from
the Chinese.

^ *P^j j

Fe lib,'' Variegated colors."

Hwuy, or Wei.

J^j
K'WEI.

| ^T^^ffi ^en m* c^e me' '*

A chest or box. To bind upi to

fe, yTb yIh, " How elegant and stately the appearance of the
put into a box. /^jj ^jjjj,
carriages and horses." (Lc-king.)

J^** Paou kwei tsing maou,

Fun pwan,
" Bind up the Tsing-maou, and put it into a box." The Tsing-

m To distribute to, or confer on,

maou was used to soak op the wine poured out as a libation."
(Shoo-king.)

PE.

TS'HANG.

A kind of bamboo basket placed within a stiM

rear

hwDh.

^jjjj | Thuog kwei, " A copper box."

An ancient Teasel or utensil.

flfS.C.

An ancient containing vessel. 01. Scrib.

K'he, see Ra

dical p| Know.
KE.

Chow's mode ofwriting ~H~ K'he..

T'HEAOU.

YU- A store or granary, on those rivers on which

kind of a bamboo basket

An instrument ot husbandry i a
/jvjj^ P^f

E chang

ho teaou, " With a pole (laid across the shoulder) carrying the
is .transported from place to place, A granary or store,
tou l

so

Tcaou," or basket, (Lun-yu.)

|3 Fang. XIII. Twenty-second Radical.

294
hausted ; terminated ; to fail. A surname.

J/j ^jsj^

T-HAOU. 01. Scrib. ffi K'he.

jy Kinets'hangk'he chetachay wei kwei; tsze wei belt; seaou
YIH.

|JJ Jjj^ Teen khe, " An imtrumcnt

wei t'hiih, " What is now used to store up large things is called

of husbandry."

j^J Ta ting, " A large tripod."

Kwei; the next in size is Hell; and small ones, are T'hiih."
(Liih-shoo.)

HWUY, orHwuy.

IS. G.

Stream! returning and uniting. A vessel or an utensil. (Shwow&n.)

m.

Shoo kwei, "Abookn

Y8 kwei, " A press,to contain medicines."

j j^.j

Kwei wei, "A counter or table with drawers," used in shops.

HI Tuns hWDy wh'

wei pang le, " The streams return eastward, and form the marsh
Pang-le." (Shoo-king?)

Sha hwuy, "The sand

, Ne mun na ko kwei
m
tsze, pe wo mun chay keen fans; Uze hwan ta, hwan kaou, "That
press of yours, is larger and higher than our room."

worked up by eddies or currents."

"J* y^,
TE.

5R

Case for a knife.

Heaou tsze pub kwei, " A dutiful son never

fails " to have dutiful children to honor his memory, as he does

that of his parents.

From Twelve to Titenty-four Strokes.

SEUEN.
TSUEN.

A certain utensil.

Thin. Name of a bamboo utensil.

LEEN.

TAN.

S. C.
A case to contain a mirror,

In temples, a kind of wooden platter, in which the tablets

of the deceased are placed.

j*s

Same as

Row, see Rad. ^ Kung.

LEEN.

A case to contain a mirror, or, ar-

J||j itfc. jfjl

-|- Tse szc tslh kung tan choo, " When about to sacrifice,
then supply the platter containing tablets."

j '^jjj*

-\\] T.in k he ming; ehoo, mfih choo jay,

romatics. Same i

Leen.

Leen, is now <

" Tan, is the name ofa vessel; Choo, is a wooden tablet."

U KWEI.

[J.S.C.

)J R.H.

A kind of press with shelves and door*. A large chest. Ex

or Ng8.

The involuntary noise made by

persons exerting their utmost strength

pip.^^

295
JJ =jjj J/^

Ta hoo yuug lelh wei che 8, " To call

He

p'heen, p'he p'heen, tszepoo kwan, ko y ih swan, " Cup-caps,

skin caps, and black doth caps,for each of them a case."

out aloud in using effort, is called S."

GOW.

Twenty-third Radical.

sc.

tOh.

An earthen vessel.

|Jr.h.

A box, case, or press.

SEUEN.

A vessel or an utensil.
jjl

WOO.

;|| Chow's form of J] K'hew.

A sheath or case for a sword, or knife.

YIH.

Name of a tripod.

j^S PEEN. A certain bamboo utensil used in temples.

K'HEU.
SWAN.

A kind of carriage.

s. c.
KAN.

m S. C.

A Tessel to contain any thing. A box to keep caps in. A

bamboo utensil to contain rice in a boiler. A bamboo platter.

A small cup. A kind of chest. A coyer.

Tseo

TWENTY-THIRD RADICAL,

hing kin ize, urh seang fan, * Fang (the preceding Radical)
HE.

S. C.
denotes a Teasel to receive things i He, the secreting, or drop

[
|

Yin, To conceal, and

^

Ylh, Forming a

He, fow ts'hang che e, " He

ping out, of a thing ; the form of He and Fang are nearly

similar, their meaning contrary."

contains the idea ofcorering and secreting," still being liable to

P'HElH.
From
Fang, show wtih che k'he jay i he, low wuh jay ; he ju fang,

^ S. C.

vA. R. H.

Pa, Eight, id~[^ He, representing a piece

of silk folded up. Eight folds of silk in length.

JJUJ

T. He, WI. Twenty-third Radical.

296

Szech hang, Forty cubits. A piece of silk, to denote which,

said to be thus used in allusion to the first sense, from the length

JE. Pelh is now

of the shadow of horse. WL) | ## Sze phih

commonly used. To correspond to ; to

unite; to pair. Two, or a pair; either, or one, of two who have

HH

wei shing, Four horses make a set for a carriage.

#H

H.3%H H4 F4' E | ##EFl

%| ## Ming tsaou wo yaou ch'hh hing, pe leang

# JD Seiih yew keun phih, Accord with, and act from

phth matsae munwae thing ch, I want to go abroad to-mor

the advice of, the whole body of eminent statesmen, whose

row morning, get ready two horses, and wait withoutside the

A nume

been united; an intimate friend; a husband or wife.

ral of horses. Read Mh, A domesticated duck.

views correspond with his own wishes." (She-king.)

gate.

E. 2/US Phihgow ke che sin, Correspond, or

{### | Ts fung
accord, with his own heart.

From Four to Eight Strokes.

Phih, win-wang building his palace in the city Fung,
A.

made it of a size that corresponded with the extent of the city.

(She-king.)

}# #+ #E+ #. |

LOW.

Wei keun

To avoid; concealed; passed to oblivion; absconded.

* *ng haou khephh, Only the good man can love his

| ###### Zx Phah

friend at all times.

"eiche shih ping yew, Phelh, expressesa well known friend.

b

J). #/\ , | +1 E haoujin wei p'hih yay,

Of a good man, make a friend or companion.

Ol. Scrib.

# Te, see Rad. #. Show.

(#

LOW.

S. C.

#E.
To avoid; to abscond. Same as the preceding.

P"hei p'helh, or

#E. Phth phei, To match, to pair.

gives the sense better than

Kj Bing.

# Nuy,

It is surmised, that th

| %E2% Phelh phei che tre, The time of pair

ing; the period of marriage.
| j Phelh foo, A
married man; a husband.

}|. Yih phih phei,

| f Phelh foo, A married

l ji

H W lH.

+ .

-- **

A pair.

wife. This language is confined to the

woman; a

######, El Vim

ck'hb

poor.

we shin ming yay yuhwh, The sun going forth, not yet
-

| # # Yih phih tsun foo, A

rustic;

shining clearly is called Hwuh.

a villager.
age

on (c.
H3 *h
# =>
2 #
| jL#.
-

heuk'he che yung,

The prowess of an angry individual,

&

GAN.

directed by passion, instead of much cool reflection, can Dever

tery; adulation.
effect much.

To flatter; to fawn; to wheedle; flat

#16-E xe

| #. *ih Phih ma, A horse.

Jing h yugan, By excessive and servile flattery, to meet

Twenty-third Radical.

297

IX.

and accord (with whatever people wiih oriay) ii called Gan."

or globular; flat; aboard or tablet.

"= jJ "^1^ ppj" |

which is considered the orginal and proper form.

Chen yu o gan, " To flatter and cajole."

Woo g8, A kind of cloth napkin,

Read OS.
or cover for the head.

He

Syn. wilhjpj^ pjcn,

|^/^^

Peen gib, " A board or stone tablet, with an inscription placed

over doors, and in the chambers, or halls, of Chinee houses.
The inscription is sometimes a title conferred by thesovereign ;

Same as ^ Yue.
or a sentence appropriate to the situation, or useJf the cham
This Character it taken from a stone monument

ber, written by a friend, or by the owner o*ne house himself.

Titles over doors, placed tranirersejv. * inferior to those

S. C.

YEN, or Yen.

placed perpendicularly.
To conceal) to hide ; to put into a itate of privacy or re

Jj^l J

Pae pe>> "A board with an inscription."

tirement; to lay aside; a privy by the road side. The ancient

Na mu ii low shang h?> cnB ylh krae shlh t'how peen,

form of ^jg. Ten. Alio a surname, (Tstc-hwoy.)

1

jj^f Hing wan yen woo, ' To raise or bring for

ward the civil officers ; and lay aside the military.". (Ts'heenhan-shoo.)

" Above the lodge over fl>Sate, there was inserted a slone
tablet with an inscription *

pj^- J||

m
Kae yuen tswyu^n, kae peen tsew peeu,

j fjtjtf. Jj|ij ^ Yen, loo tsze yay, " Yen,

"What should be round, let hi* w^d , what should be flat,

denotes a privy on the road."

let it be flat;" i.e. decide at once/xttriing to the truth of

E. X

s. c.
thinss."

A case to contain bows and arrows. A quiver. One says,

NElH.

(gj S.C.tgjl.H.

A kind ofwinnowing machine.

To hide; to conceal; to be hidden; ccmctaW;to ab
P^Sameas y^Kan, seeRad.^Shvfdy.
scond ; clandestine,
self."

Ts'hang nelh, " To hide or conceal

j T'haou helh.or

From Eight to Twenty Strokes.

hide one's self."

Com. form of

jzEj ^0 Ttze nclh, ">><W4oBCa

j ^jj^ Ne,h wei' "To run *"*y**4-

^| |

To nelh, or

| jffij^NcA p.e.

T'he, see below.

"To avoid showing one's self; to lie concealed."
NeTh ming, " To conceal one's name ; anonymous."

PEEN.

R. H.
ty^l tl<^1 m'n^

A thin utensil or vessel. Appearing otherwise than round

vol. i.

Sat

tion."

j^Ijj: j

l'n^6' " An anonjmous peti

Yinnelh piih paou, "To con-

298

T. He XX. Twenty-third Radical

R IF
-

**

cell and not give information of

[i] #

know how to arrange and proceed.

Thungt'hungyin nih, General agreement to preserve silence,

}:

A:### # ZR

| }). #| # Pe choo tsaou mtih, k'heu e pe, As

Fh neih, A certain ear

for instance, grasses and trees must be classified and distin

then resel with a narrow mouth, wide middle, and square bot

guished; so scholars must be distinguished by their capacities

respecing some affair.

Red Tih,

tom.

4|| |

Tsih tih, The new moon faintly

| /J- E: K'heu k'heu seaou

kw, Small petty country.
| | 2 /UVN
|

and attainments.

K'heu

seen in thceast."

k'heu che. sin, Little petty heart, is used by the person

TE"
#, Kieu.

# S. C. \3, R. H.
making a present, and denotes, I present this as a small ex

From F1, Pin, denoting may, in the midst of

He,

Fan yen k'Heuchay,

pression of my regard, which I know is of no value.

| /J. #% K'heu k'heu

FLE iff ####

To conceal.

+|

** so tshang yay, When

ever Kheu is used, a place to buse, store up, or conceal

ck or separate; a separating line

| |

or boundary. Ten valuall-times.

Small, trifling;

pey."

K'heu k'heu,

Read Gow, A certain measure;

to conceal, or hidj4mame. Read Kow, Bent; carved to

grow, or sprouteuvna bent or curling manher.

EH

seaou wiih, Little, petty,

trifling thing. It is, by an affected humility, applied to what

is one's own, or a present offered to others.

something, is implied." A plein which to store or lay wp:

A small house or room; to

WU Hij',

Sze tow weigow, Four Tow make a Gow.

P gow, To hide; concealment.

| ##

Kow ming ta, Curling bud forth." (Le-king)

E|3:####, |

#E

Shwang yh yu k, woo

k weikheu, Double stones are called K, five K make

K'heu.

*-*-

E. +

*-

Yew teenyihchen, chihyth kheu,

Possessess-be of land, and a small house.

Ta

THE.

H |# Pen the, Thin, flat.

j\ |

khet "the great abodes, denote heaven and earth.

U THE.

sleeping. One says, A tyger snoring.

}i

| /#:- ch'hoo, A place to dwell in.

Khel-Shao, To separate; distinguish and decide.

aff:// | }. Ph chetst; ho

kheu chloo,

Don't know what to do; to distinguish and decide; don't

E.

Same as

# Gow.

TWENTY-FOURTH

| A. V.

shIh.
Ten.

R. H.
Ch'hoo pa sang, ch'boo kcw sze, puh keen shlh i

J- Te ihlh, " The tenth."

Ylh shlh, "Ten."

~-fj

Ylh woo ylh ihlh, " Fire, ten," and so on.

it used to express a person's being extremely ignorant of the

aflairs of the world.
-J"

Snoo> "8 Ju jTt ehing yu ihlh,

" Numbers begin with one, and are perfect at ten."

" Born

on the eighth, died oa the ninth, never saw the face of ten f

Shlh ylh, "Eleven."

Shlh ihlh, " Ten limes ten."

'

RADICAL.

| ^1^^ Shlh tazekea, "A frame

like the character -j- Shlh," a cross.

-J- ^1 jjjf

Shlh tsze keae, " Streets lying at right angles."

& ^-^r

sMh ,Mh che Tih' peih yew

/^v Shlh fun, " Ten parti, or ten tenths," the whole, complete,

chung sin, " In a town with only ten houses, there must be some

perfect, perfectly, the highest degree i used as an Adverb, ma

true faithful people."

king the Superlative degree.

Shlh neen hing pae ke to jin, " How many are raised and ruined

"ffc^ ^D'D

" Very good ; perfectly good."

ta, " Very large."
fect"
perfect."

s^f~\
|

are incomplete."

n"0D>

j ^^^A^, "n'n 'un

| ^^ffc^jfc^

in the space of ten years 1"

Sblh Uuen, " Complete, per

One, two, three, four, were first expressed by lines, as high

t*uea, " Incomplete; im

as ' Sze, " Four." To prevent increasing the number of

Shlh puh Uoen, " Ten, (i. e. all)

lines, the two middle strokes were- taken and crossed to form

J ^jf*' ^

Sn,n 'un cne OJn>

.3& Woo, " Five." Further, at two fives make ten, the
middle cross lines were taken and turned, the one lying horU
zontally, and the other perpendicularly, denoting its extend

i
sstt. i &
^Jj\^ Shlh ihlh wei plh, hlh plh wei U'heen, shlh; ts heen wei

ing to the two fives, and uniting, them, so making ten.. (LI

wan ; ihlh wan wei ylh, shlh ylh wei chaou, " Ten ten* make a

shoo and Ching-tsze-Chung.)

hundred ; ten thousanda make a wan ; ten ten-thousands make

kew, te shlh, " Heaven nine, earth ten," are the closing words

a ylb, ten hundred-thousands make chaou,. or a million."

of a paragraph in the Ylh-king, in which the

"jRj^j)?^ J

T'n5en

K'ba

+ Shih. II. Twenty-fourth Radical.

300

| #, j%. H Ts'hen wan chin chung, By

shoo, Odd numbers, one, three, five, seven, nine, are called

ever.

j'. Then shoo, Celestial numbers.

#
are called ##

all means pay due attenttion to the pearl; i. e. take care

The odd digits are also de

kin, I beg a thousand times, that you consider it of the ut

Gow shoo, Even numbers,

Te shoo, Terrestial numbers.

nominated

The

# Yang, and the even ones |# Yin.

jff=# #

of your health.

| 4. #, #Tr"

most importance.

By the

Ts'hen ke, che

wan

various combinations of these celestial and terrestial numbers,

tsae, A thousand or ten thousand years, a great length of time.

are effected, all the vast and infinitely various changes in na

| 4 X.# #, 4. j\ Tsheen nen piih

ture, including in that word, the material world, brute and

ch'hang, wannen puhta,In a thousand years, it wo'n't increase;

human beings, as well as invisible spiritual agents, whether

in ten thousand years it wo'n't enlarge, he, or it, will never be

good or bad.

better.

The first principles of these combinations, are

supposed to be contained in the

/\#!, P kwa, of the

Jk | # # Ching tsheen luy wan, Form

thousands and accumulate tens of thousands," expressesstrongly

Yih-king, and by the study of these numbers, changes which

the great increase of things.

have not yet taken place, may be previously known.

Ne pih tsze is'hen sun, May you have a hundred sons and
a thousand grandsons, is a form of congratulation to newly

SIN.

4%; H + | #

S. C.
married persons.

A bird flying swiftly, rapid flight. From the character

JIH.

+}. R. H.

# Fe, To fly," deprived of the external parts or wings,

Two tens united; twenty. Al.

* the wings of birds do not appear in rapid flight.

TSHEEN.

E.

scrib.-H. I. +

Nen yih jih, The twenty-first day." Vulgarly

FE s.c. # R. H.
read Nen.

A thousand. A surname.

+ }: Ts'hen suy, A

thousand years," is a title of kings and Princes; as

Y.

Characters formed by Two Strokes.

h;
Wan suy, Ten thousand years, is a title of the Emperor of

| #)

+h

used to denote the birth-days of persons of Iank.

}}.

l,

% Kung chub tsheen tshew, To congratulate

his bi

one on his birth-day.

# S. C.

From Ten and strength.

LIN.

T*'heca tshew, A thousand autumns;

Talent or ability equal to that of

- -

ten persons.

| # T*'hen wan, A thousand

Highly meritorious.

--

S.A.

Three tens united. Thirty. Considered

times ten thousand;" i.e. on every possible account.

'' 4 * " " puh, Don't on any

account what.

the same as -

+ San shih, Thirty.

301

Twenty-fourth Radical.. II.

SMh -J-

fiwttn thing yu t'heen, " The spirit (of the deceased) ascends
An erroneous form of 2$jS. Tiiih, see bejov.
to heaven "

J^j",/f\ Pj

| -{j^ T'heen been

pQh k'ho shing yay, " The barriers ofheaven cannot be ascended
SHING.

S C. ^ R. H.
to." (Ylh-king.)

^^/^ |

Ta0B Jew ,hinS

ft
A certain measure for grain and liquids. It contain! a hun

kcang, " The affairs of the world rise and tall," i.e. sometimes

dred and twenty thontand grains of millet, and ii shaped like

ascend in glory, sointimes sink in disgrace. The people having

an English pint, without the handle. To accumulate | to rise;

three year's supplies laid up, is called

J |

Shing p'hinj;.

to ascend i to advance; name of one of the Pt-Vwa. Among

WOO.
Weavers, eighty threads make a Shing.

^ S. C

^- R. H.

'^fl*'^*''^F*
The seventh of the j-|j7

Tc-che, or twelve horary

characters. It is.applied to the space oftime betwixt eleven and

ft-f
ts'heen urh plh shoo, ho ihTh vo wei ho -, shlh hS wei thing,

one o'clock, of the day ; and it employed in forming the Cycle

hlh shing wei tow, shlh tow wei hah, "A Y3 contain! one

of 60 years. It occurs on the 7th, 19th. list, 43rd, and 55th

theuiand two hundred graim of millet ; ten Y0 united, make

years.

a HO ; ten HB, make a Shing; ten Shing, make a Tow ; ten Tow,

crosswise.

make a Htih," or /jjp? Tan, a load for one man ; a pecul.

woo, - The point of noon."

|
lurea generally."

Shing tow che luy, " Containing mea

r^
|

eleven to one o'clock ; about noon."

woo, ' Kleven o'clock."

Ching woo

YIh 1 hen m,e *1h *hmg ^ low tdlh mt" To

urh k'hlh, "Half past twelve o'clock."

" buy a Shing or a Tow of rice per day," implies poverty.

j

Me thing, " A measure for rice."

Pelh shing, A stand (like the measure Shing) in which to put

^iU-

%jcMffi9)\$L 1 Nanneu

It sometimes denotes the South; also, transverse;

j |- ^-p- Ching woo, or J-Jj

at noon."

rice, "To dine."

J

separated (to attend to their respective duties) confusion will

atnoo," ^0

" Like the rising of the sun."

J Joojth che shing,

JEj

|Jj| Vu8

f~

^eao"

T'hing

J Shang woo, "The forenoon."

Hea woo, The afternoon."

B^P i^lffil

Woo she, " From

'g," | <^j^ Shlh woo fan, " To eat noon

woo p'hoen, tslh lwan shing, " If the males and females be not

arise." (Le-kii\g.)

j j

Chung

Selh woo, " To rest at noon ; the retting time

woo, or

Jjli Wi

Ne c,lunS wo ,he how kw0 '> " Come

|
t^i Meij,h wo ,he kwo kbcu

che gae pang yew ch'hoo, tan tan ylh hwuy, " Daily, at noon

shing t'heen ting, " The moon rites to the Zenith."

go over to some very intimate friend's to chat a while."

_ Y Shing shang, " To ascend up."

-^^p.^j=j rj^J'Tazewooseangtuy, " Midnight and noon,

J
3l

-J- SMh.

III.

Twenty-fourth Radical.

are opposite to etch other."

303

Twin woo, "The

JljlL PAN.orPwin.

JbplS.C. ^R.H.

fifth day ofthe fifth moon." A Chinese holiday, on which they

run long narrow boats, called
boats."

-|^-Lung-chun, " Dragon

Woo mon wae, "Withoutside the

southern gate."

Keaos woo ban, "A trans-

From

VI, To separate, and J^- New, A cow, because

a cow is large and may be divided. (Shwfi-wln.)

)|t

/ffil-ffy WoB chung fun yay, " A thing dmded in the mid
dle ;" the half of any thing. Read Fhwan, A large fragment of.

tselh the tsung hwang k8, " Woo cut, i. e. to cut lengthwise and

/ff|

crosswise." ^frjl J

dollar and a half." ^^^f^s- j Meiyangkopan, "A

back upon."

Chuen woo, " To oppose i to tarn the

| ^j^vjj^E Woo ping k'be, " To arise up

confusion," like insects flying about crowded together.

|

Pang woo,

Transversely j lengthwise and crosswise)

spread out ; a multiplicity ofaffairs."

|

j^j^^E j

Tae say tsae woo, jm* tuntsang, " When the

jp^ 4" Ke* jm% ,,h Tnen P*"' " Pricey

half of each sort"

largerhalf."

^T^C YTh to pan, ' The

/]\ J

half.

-n Ii Q
h ^ Yew pan jlh heen, Have
halfa day's leisure."
J
rfrj
Pan t'hoo h
fe," To fail half way j" to desist in the middle ofa journey, or

guardian spirit of the year resides in (or when the year happens

ofany pursuit.

iu Woo), Woo is denominated Tun-tsang," the ancient phrase

"A^year.orhalf a year."

for Woo.

palt plh, "Fifty years of age."

| frp. Woo neen, Any year of the Cycle

that falls in Woo.

month.

Jz^ Woo yu, IvsTways the fifth

Q Woo Jib, Every twelfth day is so deno

minated.

Ylh seaou pan, " The smaller

~^P* i

Ylh neen, pan tsae,

|
J

son-in-law, by marriage ofa daughter."

"Midnight."
^Ijjj 1

^Jfj1 J

Neen ke
Pas tsze, * A

J ^ Pan yay

CM pan, To break offthe half."

^ kW

"CooMeni> ob

tained the idea, more than one half." ( Yin-king.)

Oi. Scrib.

Tselh.

From Three to Six Strokes.

kung peit puh shenheS chay.aze kin urb kung pan, " With a
clever scholar, the master is at ease, and has double merit;

^HWUY

W^A&g Plh tsaou

with a dullscholar, the master toils, and has bat halfthe merit."

tsoy m>ng, " A general name for all plants." A multitude.

(Le-king.)

Vulgarly used for Thirty.

piece of ice." To rhyme, read Peen.

1
TS E.

To stop ; to obstruct.

Ylh p'hwan ping, "A large

*J-J* Same as -{{f She.

303

TStfH.

Twenty-fourth Radical

VI.

ShTh-j

Jjj3L PAN.

Haste ; hurry.

An ntenil for throwing ont ordure.

Same ai jjxr Pelh.

THE, or P'hei. targe, great A.

j^jlf

PIH,

Sound ofair rushing out.

Same as ^ She.
yj^jv Vulgar form of ^ Shuh, see Bad. ^ Yew.
Jf^^ Same as

Pan.
PEiH.

jj^j' SElH.

An utensil for throwing out ordure.

A kind of rake to work p i

J^C. Same as ,yf Pe.

Used for |7E] |- Sxe shlh, - Forty."

This character ii taken from a atone tablet
^*|'^"

Threeteo*unitsd<thirt7-

|||,Y11a

sa, By a certain people, Eighty pearl ihelli were to denominated.

^jljL HWUY.

^R.H.

4" KUNG. To fold up with the handi. To in

A general epithrt for grasses and plants. An abbreviated form

f

Hwoy.

From Six to Twenty-four Strokes.

fold t to embrace. AI. Scrib. ^gp* Kung, and jjj^ Kung.

/fifcj'^']' Hwahwny, "Flowert or plants."

jfe PE, or Pei.+

J I | /^J

^ S. C. ^ R. H.

Shan yew kea hwny, " There are

excellent plantr on the hills."

(She-king.}

*g* pEJ

Inferior ; low j mean ; tile; base; humble i those employed in

menial officer A iurname. From ~J^r T,' " Tlle 'ef''" an(*

lfi nuy, yewkehwa ehwny, "In the area before the palace gate,

fp) Kea, " The head or fint i" hence placed below Kea, make*

were uncommon flowert, and extraordinary planta."

Inferior, and so on.

fpf ^z^-"

Yew chung Uo

pei, " The right is important (superior), the left inferior." (SeuSame as J^-Neen, "A year."
kbeae.) ^

| T"heeu tsun te pe, Heayen is

superior, earth inferior." (Yin-king.)

Same as ^Hae, seeRad.

jfe j

Kaon

Tow.
pei, "High and low.!'

g| ^

Jj^ Tsze tsun, tsze kwei ; ttze pei, tize ts'been, " He
who respects himself, makes himself honorable ; be who de-

H Shih.

WI. Twenty-fourth Radical.

304

grades himself, maakes himself base.

| |||Kirile."
| |
low.
vulgar,
vile,
Mean,
| # Peipe,

contained amongst ten thousand;" i.e. the whole mass of the

X. # Peipeiptih tsuhtaou, Very mean, unworthy

| #F #)H$

of being mentioned.

Pei woo kow

tshen, Mean and filthy as a dog, base.

Pei

| J#
# #)#2S
Peikelih,

pei, Inferior, low class of persons.

Mean, servile, cringing.

Hi. /\ % {##Ali # # WU

people.

Woojin wei woo; woo woo wei leang; sze

Wit/

leang wei tsiih, Five men, constitute a Woo; five Woo,

or twenty-five men, make a Leang, four Leang, or one
hundred men, make a Tsh, or company.

###

E ######Z E #.jj WE

}), # #! # /\ keen pei, "a hun, pub elsen

E. |

che seen jin, Humble and meek, not taking precedence of

kwang, Ta-foo sze, yu Tsh, The death of an Emperor is

other men, on account of his virtue and knowledge. Said of

expressed by Png, (to rush down as a mountain); the death of

| H# Pei chih, Inferior, or

a dependant Prince, is expressed by Kwang (to be shaded, or

low office; that is, he who fills one; used by inferior officers,

retire from view); the death of a statesman is expressed by

when addressing their superiors, instead of the Pronoun I.

Tsh. Now used in reference to any person.

# |

| H# Th shootstih she, Finished the allotted time to

#H# | # Sang fh tsh she, Fi
reading.

Confucius. (Lan-yu.)

Seenpei, The name of a certain hill; also, A girdle

or sash for the waist.

in the sense of

Read Pe, The name of a place.

# Pe, and of J Pe.

Occurs

Then-tsze sze, yu pang; Choo-how sze, yu

##

Vulgarly written

: Tshth

nished the period of wearing mourning.

#.

* 1 M \,

# | Tshang tshuh, Hastily; suddenly."

| # # Ts'huhjen wn, Asked suddenly. |
*"
| ## # > #

Pe

jen; or

-*

A^

TSUH.

3.

R. H.

* \ 1 \

*.*.
+H"- a

These who transact, or execute any work or service; lictors

attached to public courts; soldiers; aband of soldiers. To cease,

-.
Ts'huh

H'.

| |

# Tsh, with k

#)# IA- |

Hing fe ho

tshang tshh, How sudden rise and failure!

B, Clothes, as the top,

Occurs in the sense of

in allusion to the coloured dresses of the ancientictors.

"

Mang mang tshh ts'hh, In constant hur

ry and bustle.

Properly written

yu

cheheen, Greatly hurried; not a moment's leisure.

to finish to terminate, to end; te die. Read Ts'hh, haste,

hurry urgent; sudden. Read Tsuy. A second, an assistant.

* Nila -

4% Tsuy, and *% Suy.

To

(E

rhyme, read Ch'hih and Tsuy,

wn-pe-lan.)
officer.

4% 2. Yihtsiih, Alictor, or petty police

J |

Ping tsiih, A soldier.

#,

B' 2. | Afifi') JH Hwuy wan

min che

tsuh woo urh yung che, Assemble and employ the troops

CH.

# S.C.

R. H.

Erected firmly; established; raised high; eminent; lofty

and stable; distant. A surname. From

b. Pe, The head,

305
and IjL Tou, - Early, fir.L-

Twenty-fourth Radical.

VI.

Shth -j-

jj^j^Mjtfl

^V* ^^Ch6 chuy woo techejm,:"A man without land

enough in which to stick an awl."

Chfl lelh pfih yaou, " Established immoveably."

J

Agreement; concord; union i harmony prevailing amongst

y'j
jjffi jp.'

~$f Chaou keun ch lelb, " Bailed luperior to all."

j

Chaou chB, " To give preeminence to i superemi-

nent"

pj~ J JP. Takecha e, " To promote,

many; to yield cordially.

j" Shlh, denotes A whole

number, many; hence the character implies, The united strength

ofmany.

|^

T'hungsin heleih, "With

one heart and united strength."

j^j

He*

at the quinquennial general account of the officeri of govern

howanpang, "Unite in harmony with all nations." (Shoo-king.)

ment, those distinguished by extraordinary abilities."

jf[P{

JpJ J|j|! J ^i?- T nung J'n nS* kung, " Same reverence

Yen k'hoo Khuog che cho, " Yen, de

and united respect ;" i. e. mutual respect, cherished by princeand

djfc- ^ |^

lighted in the lofty and difficult doctrines of Confucius t" or as

ministers; superiors and inferiors. (Shoo-king.)

it U thus explained, $f^J^~tl 'PHl^

jjj^ | Hea min ke heJ , " The people respectful and cordially
submissive,"

^flfe^^ | M

k'hoo, wang to wei k'hoo K'hung-tsze che taou, chOJen kaou

keen jay, "There was nothing else in which Yen delighted,

and bring him forward to join in the management of business."

but the elevated, and hard to be acquired, doctritJi of Confu

Tseang t'ha ting no ch'huhlae, he* Ic sze woo. "Take

| ^j^.-J^

J- H e pan U hefl sze. Title f the fifth

cius; they were his sole delight." In this sentence, K'hoo,

and sixth ministers ofstate in China."

wang, and to, are employed in the modern senses of

Title of a military officer, entrusted with the command of a

fe^Kwae.woO.t'ha.

garrison, and the defence ofa district.

^H^^gE

Hcg chin,

Jijjy* Ol.Scrib. j^Che.

'itL/* ?k ffl ill LL Y0 pa pUh n&ns! ke ke,h
woo ts'hae, joo yew to lelh cbO urh, suy yS tsung che mB yew
Same as

Ne'en, "A year."

yay e, " Wishing to desist, 1 am unable to do so ; when I have

exerted my utmost ability, there yet appears something, lofty

The character is found oa a certain stone monument

and impenetrable, erected before me; though 1 wish to attain

to it, I find not the meaus."

Said by Yen-tsze, expressive of

ft Same as jr. Pi, " A soldier."

-ft

bis delight in, and admiration of, the philosophy of Confucius.

SHOO.
Mfflfi^pjf- ) j6 Keu kea yew ,o cha j-*
"To r.ise the foot, haying something to step or pass over."
vol. n

]i

iftt
Forty together. Also the ancient form of

Shoo.

Shih.

l
|

306

X. Twenty-fourth Radical.

#. |

ern hemisphere.

#EE
From

XR

Chung man, The name of a hill.

2% s. C. %) R. H.

NAN.

Ph, Luxuriant vegetation, and

Jin,

ern hills.

|l show reman","Aged "theses".

#1 #8.5k # Tepihtheen nan, Earth

Giving sound. The region of heat and luxuriant vegetation.

north, heaven south, i.e. remote from each other as the

The region which sustains and cherishes plants and living

heavens are from the earth; a mode of expression used by

creatures. The south. The name of apiece of music; a surname.

friends, when writing to each other.

To rhyme; read Nin or Ning.

F# %

Nan fang, The

Nan keih, The

southern regions; in the south.

# | H. Che nan chay, A compass.

f Chenan chin, The needle of a compass.

4# |

Shwang

nan, Gold.

Same as

TSUH, or Chhh. 5: # S. C.

# Tselh, see below.

south pole.

| |l Nan men, Towards the south; sitting with the face

This

# |

towards the south, which the Emperors of China always do,when

*** +E1%#1 FJ (#

Hl

to assemble or collect together. From

Tszeyu, Yungyayk'ho she nan men, Confucius said, Yung

-

4 t

is worthy of a throne.

[[I] |

Tso pih heang

Tshtsh, Abund-- e, a vast collection of:

H. Shin, Very, and

+ Shih, Ten.

3:

HUH, Hwiih, or Wei.

# S. C.

nan, Sitting north and towards the south, i.e. fronting the
Haste, hastily ; precipitantly.

south, when said of a house.

i

--1

| %| Nan keaou, The hill on which they sacrifice to

TSEIH. An accumulation of words.

heaven,* at the Winter solstice.

-1--

JR

Nan-king,
-

City so called, formerly the seat of government.

The

Gan nan, Cochinchina; in the Classics, called

25 Nan-keaou ; in the time of Han,"2

called XX
che, or |E
| #. Nan ch'hwang, A

state

lying between China and Cochinchina, otherwise called

Keaou

Che.

3: Laou-chwa, probably the same as Tonking. #||

| Honan, To fold the hands and bow in the
| 4HE Nan mo, A term that pre
the Priests of Fh.

Original form of #

The ancient form of

Kwae.

#. Show differs from this, only by

having the perpendicular stroke hooked at the bottom.

# Bo.

#'s. C.

Extensive; universal; all-pervading.

manner of

Having heard much.

To traffic, to trade. To jest, or play. The name of a district.

** a \

cedes the titles of Fh, by some said to imply Respect and ve

neration.

#A |

Hooman, A certain star in the south

A surname.

From

Shih, A complete number,

Hi Foo, To extend or spread out.

and

| ##

307

Twenty-forth Radical. XXIV. Shth -j-

^j?^ PB fhe, tie chung, " Kxtensi vc liberality, to lupplj the

Com. form of-^p Sun^eeRady^Miih.
want! of many."

p0 heB, " Extensive learning."

01. Scrib.

Chay.

Ne man pB koo, t'hung kin, tsae che taoa chaj ize, " Youjnust be
extensively acquainted with antiquity, and thoroughly compre
.J?^ Ol Scrib. gp Sze,seeRad. ffj Kiahend the preaent, and then yon will understand this affair."
f^!| |EEJ |

To wlt,,

p8' " To b*Te heMd mnch

01 Scrib. ^ Kth.

is called PB."

^ -f- P T keun tsze, " A

good man possessing general knowledge and elegant attainments."

WA..

To turn round.

Ne shaou neen kwan t'hung kin koo, pB she" keun shoo, " When
CHOO. The name of a country place.
yon were young, yon were wellacquainted with modern and an
cient literature, and wadcilextensively through vast collection!
01. Scrib. J Tun, see Rad. ^jT PS.
of book*."

| ^fcj ^ J|jjr PB yB che keaou, " Tie

inttrnction which- expands (the mind) and restrains (the pas

^ Ol . Scrib/j|L Lwan.
sions)," viz, that of Confucius. Jj^" J Too pB, " To play,,
to game." ^\ |

Loh p8" To play at chess."

jfpf
Save as the preceding.

tsze pub pB, wei keen hing gS taou koo yay, " The good man
|jjp| OL Scrib^SeiSh, see Rad,^THeun.
does not game, because gaming is connected with bad princi
ples," inch as the desire of superiority and victory.
J5S^ Same as
" J*
thing witty.

" To raise a laugh" by saying i

Yang.

308

TWENTY-FIFTH RADICAL.

is doubted of then lots are cast, to examine into it. (Shoo-king)

N. PUH. *

F s.c. | R. H.

| #!, Phkwa, To divine or foretel by the Sixty-four Kwa."

Represents the longitudinaland transverseveins of the tortoise

shell. To scorch the tortoise shell, to cause the veins to appear,
and from thence to draw prognostics of good or ill; to divine
by means of the tortoise shell; to conjecture; to guess; to confer

" Aamme 'J#}). [*Hi Alth.

Chkwei eptih kelh heung yay, To scorch a tortoise, thereby

# # E] |

to divine good or evil.

Wn kwei

| # Ptiliko, The service of divination. # |

R ji win pth kew shin, To ask by divination; and

DI #. D. Phkeih,hin
to supplicate deity.
|
kung, To divine a lucky day, to commence the work." #

, hing

| A-4: ETH # We puh kin sng khotsae

fung, Cannot divine whether in this life we shall meet again or

# | # HE +

not.

Kaou

yu puh, To ask of the tortoise is called Ph. The present

ph weiwang, tsih she Kaou-king, The king enquired by divi

mode is not by scorching the tortoise shell, but by shaking three

nation, respecting dwelling at Kaou-king.

pieces of copper coin in a box of tortoise shell, and observing

+1. Ph, tsze yu yay, Ph, to confer and give. |

# #, # ##. Ph urh wan show woo keang,

the position of the coin, when thrown out.

J#.

| #f

sin

-*.

=t

# # ' WU '' Lin, fung, kwei, lung, wei

che sze ling, The lin, fung, tortoise and dragon, are

Confer on you unlimited longevity. (She-king.)

+H

KWANG, Ancient form

of #Kwing

called four spiritual or intellectual creatures, hence it is, that

##,

the tortoise is referred to in divination.

Metals unrefined; ore.

- H /\ Kwangjin, A super

** * *

A-A.

T., A-a-

% #, ZIA. Kwei wei puh,

the tortoise is

tsih wei she, To divine with

intendant of mines or quarries. Read Kwn, The tufts of hair,

Ph, with reeds is She. In the first case, figure

bound up like two horns, on the heads of Chinese children.

is referred to ; in the latter, the number.

Hi |

To divine.
-

3.# Pb she,

Chen puh, To cast lots; to observe

(# |

Thungkwan, The tufts of hair on a child's head.

Y.

R P"HEEN.

*... **

thc prognostic.
*

is

R. H.

f| Fif H|| | #}}

Yew so e, tsih puh she, c kaou che, When any thing

The name of a district. A surname. Hurry pertur"

309
bv ~tr 4=%- P'heen kelh. A rule of

hasty i

; a law, ai

Ta p'heen, " Grand system

Twenty-fifth Radical.

III.

Puh

|>

C hen yen, or j ^fjS Chen ying, " The verification of cer

tain prognostic*."

/f'*^^ ^nen P***1 ''nS* " *

prediction from certain signs, which fails of being accom-

t" Read Pwan, Joy, gladness.

pushed."

=A I M'ifc AZV

San jin cben, tslh tsung urh jin che yen, " Three persons cast

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

lots and observe the prognostic ; the opinion of two is fol

KE.J

Hf- S. C.
lowed." If all the three agree in fortelling a propitious event,

From Mouth and Divination. To enquire by divination.

P ji

Ke e, " To aik by divination the tolution of

doubts." Some -write

present copiei of the J^J
Ke e. Sha-muh says,

CHEN.J

opinion of the majority is taken.

Ke, in the fame sense i and the

Shang-shoo, have ^^^^
Ke, denotes, To desist, to stop ;

and should not be confounded with j

JjJ

the oracle is decisive: but if one differs from the other two, the

Ke.

,Jj"S.C.

| 'jj^ Chen bow, " To wait ; to look for ; to expect ;"

in the sense of

Chen.

J ^J-^" Ts hin chen

keae taou, " To usurp or encroach upon the public road."

jjjpj |

Pachen," To usurp; to seize ; to take by violence."

^R. H.
J

From Puh, To divine, and K'how, The mouth.

^\ ~

Tseang k'he kw8 wang moo, ping kin yin loo

To ob

k'heu, t'hs chen k'he ching, " Took and carried away by vio

serve prognostics for the purpose of foretelling good or evil ;

lence, the king 4f that country's mother, together with the

to divine; to cast lots ; to observe; to look towards; to wait.

golden seal ; also seized and took firm possession of the city."

Read Chen, To usurp i to seize ; to possess ; to possess firmly.

j "jjjj Chen seeu, " To assume the precedence," really ; or

in the language of courtesy \ I assume the place which I ought

phj Ke puh, she chaou urh peen lun k'hc kelh heung yu

DOt*

Chen, " Having divined, to observe the prognostic, and dis

sume a place alone on the head of the whale;" i. e. to obtain

cuss its auspicious or inauspicious appearances, is called Chen."

the raiik of

adh.hoo)

terati in the empire.

VzkM1p]% | EPiih'he

<flj |

fij^ Ta chen S30" 1 now' " To **"

/(_, Chwang-yuen, The head of all the li

-^j**

J JTjJ Hl!)')^ T,

chay, sbang k'he chen, " In lots or divination, the part to be

chen Pih-gow sha, " To usurp and sit down on the sands of the

most valued is, observing the appearances."

Plh-sow."

clicn, " Secret study ofthe prognostic"

" To divine ; to cast lots.''

Jljij: j
j

Yin

Vifc

I y\

tew

| ^ Chen piih,

mill tszc chen pS wan yu k'how, " The scattered, or vagrant

Chen niien. " To divine

people, in number upwards of eighty thousand, themselves

what will be the fortune of the current year."

usurped dwellings." (Tseen-han-tseuen-tc-ke.)

SL

| Ph. VI. Twenty-fifth Radical

310

K'how chen, To deliver orally, or to dictate, in order to be com

Ol. Scrib.

Se, The west.

mitted to writing, to deliver verses without any previous theme.

| Z} \# Chen seaou shen, To possess a small portion

of goodness.
# | Echen, A posthumous com
mand or order.

Bh

Same as the preceding.

98

CHAOU.

To scorch a tortoise-shell for the pur

TSA. An important pass, with a military station.

\

poses of divination. Same as

-### Ts loo, An important pass. # | Tuy

ts, A pass formed by art; a kind of barracks.
#. |
Show ts, To defend a pass with a military guard."

Chaou.

# S.C. 1. R.H.

Divination; to divine and mark by lines; a prognostic.

#||

J# Ts fang, A kind of guard-house.

|}}

# > KWA.;

#8.

Ta kwa;

H |

Chen kwa;

Ph kwa,

To divine, or cast lots. There are two modes of doing this,

Same as

#] P, see Rad. J] Taou.

either with three coins cast from a tortoise-shell box; or taking

one from amongst sixty-four slips of wood.

+++-1-#:

From Four to Eight Strokes.

J# ###TT.J.' |
hw; lhhwurh

KING. The remnant of a rotten bone.

Perhaps an erroneous form of

# |f||

San pen urh ching

shing kwa, Three changes of the coin (when

thrown out), make alline or mark; six lines (or six casts) make
a Kwa;" hence,

I'i

#. r Chen kwa, swan ming,

Tae.

To cast lots and calculate fertunes.

4% Y CHAOU, or Shaou.

#S. C.

Kwaming seen sng, A fortuneteller.

### } + T

^% 2#.
#/\#

K'hanjinshwhwa, khan kweita

To enquire by divination.

kwa, Speak to suit the man; cast lots to suit the demon."

CHHIH. A surname.

/\ #|

Phwa, The eight diagrams,"invented by

#*
YEW.

A vessel of a middling size, used, in

sacrificial rites, to contain wine.

1###, E.

## TF Hj # th Tsuneweishang, lay weihea,

Jewkeuchung, Of wine vessels, the E is the superior,or larger

{R

They are these, with their corresponding

names, and points of the compass, to which they are referred.

1-2-3-- 4--. 5 6- 7 -- 8--

# 3. '# # # # H. J
Keen, tuy ;

le;

chin;

sin,

S.

E.

SE.

khan, kn; kwan.

cla", the Luy, the inferior, and the Yew, holds a middle place."
NW.

W.

N.

N.S.

SW.

311
une TO

Twenty-fifth Radical.

VII.

Puh

Chow, during the Dynasty

Original form of |^ Yew, see below.

Sung, profeued great skill in the Pa-kwa. He carried

*
back the lines to a circle thus

or thus (^)> wn,cn ^e

JING.

, he uid, these lines =>= c

3 which he called j^pj

. Leang-e. Placing on each of these, a whole and a di

vided line, thus ~~"

The noise made on feeling alarmed. By Ybh-p'heen de

fined, To go ; to walk.

makes, what he
jjjjjj Ol.Scrib.

denominated

^ S. C.

Tae-kelh. This, when divided, pro-

Sze-seang.

Chuen.seeRad.^j-Ts hun

Placing, as before, on

each of these, a whole and a divided line, makes the Plt-kwa.

Same as the preceding.
These Pa-kwa, carried to six lines, make sixty-four Kwa,
to each of which a name is given.

Carried to twenty-four
Same as ^ Yew, see above.

lines, it is said, they make 16,777,216 changes. The same

may be carried on ad infinitum. They say, the use of this
Same as ^ Kin, " Near."
is not apparent; but it is enough to shew, that the
jj=^ Ylb-taou, "Doctrine of Changes," is infinite.

The
^j>fl 01. Scrib. J1] Nae, see Rad. J Peth.

whole appears to be nothing more than representing, by lines,

a geometrical series, whose constant multiplier is two.

It

"jVJT 01 Scrib- J Le> see Rad-

LQh-

is supposed, that these lines represent the manifold changes

which take place in nature and in the affairs of the world, and

^b HWUY.

$\ S. C.

that when referred to by divination, they give intimations of

^

0 # $J fh 0 Wae kwa yu*

those changes.
hwuy , nuy kwa y u ching, In diagrams, containing six strokes,
" the external Kwa (or upper three lines forming a kwa) is
yjfy Kwa che wei yen kwa yay, kwa wan seang yu shang
called Hwuy ; the internal (or lower) is called Ching." In the
yay, " Kwa, expresses to sustain or hang up ; a hanging up, or
Classics

Hwuy, is used in the above sense, but, according to

exhibiting to view, representations of whatever exists."

Sham uh, improperly.
Same as rjjj Se, see above.
jjjj THEAOU, ^ S. C. ^ A. V.
PlH.

The name of a place.

The appearance offruit banging pendent from a tret or shrub.

| Ph. xxv. Twenty-fifth Radical

The ancient form of

312

Yew, see above. Sometimes im

properly used in the senses of

4:# Teaou and H'

PAN

A: S, see Rad. |#) Yew.

Same as

U.

5.

(Sha-mh.) Also pronounced Teaou.

#.

Yew.

Same as

}: Khen.

Wide extended or staring eyes.

Ol. Scrib.

Xi. K'hih.

Ol. Scrib.

# Sh.

2
From Eight to Twenty-five Strokes,

j\
O]. Scrib.

# Khih, seeRad.JL Jin.

YEW.

(#s. C.

K Same as 4%; Hing.

''

Me

Ol. Scrib.

H Ching.

Manifestation or action of the air, breath, or vivifying

principle, which causes plants and animals to grow, and which

S.
Pervades universal nature. According to Shw8-wn, from

7%

Nae, The air or vivifying principle issuing forth, and

Teaou, giving sound. Sha-muh says, Teaou does not give the
sound of the letter, and he derives the character from
Nae, as above defined; and

7%

The name of an insect, and of a man.

%
'.

Ol. Scrib.

Ol. Scrib.

Wo, I, me.

|l Jing, see above.

Teaou, the fruit hanging from

the tree, which manifests the existence of the vivifying principle;

p')
S. A close hard stone.

--I'r

and that the character belongs to the Class

In history,

A combination of ideas.

&t Hwuy-e,
E! /\\\\

occurs in the sense of

T#

Same

as# Shing, see Rad. J

Pth.

Yew, That which.

$.
%
w;

CHHHH. An animal or brute.

Same as

jill K'hih.

Ol. Scrib.

|Bi Yew, see above.

Same as

# L.

Chow's mode of writing

B;

Yew

313

TWENTY-SIXTH

RADICAL.

ment described above, held by the giver of the commission ; the

TSEE.

S. C.
right side was taken by the person appointed. Others define

v
An instrument by which, in ancient time*, statesmen, or goTernon, were appointed or authorized to act. It was made of

it, as denoting, To restore the credential after having executed

the duty assigned.

atone, of horn, or of the bamboo; and after having letters engra

Characters formed by Ta>o Strokes.

ved upon it, was cut through the middle t one halfwas retained
at court, and the other given to the person appointed. The

NEANG, or Gang,

pj] S. C. yp

|~J Tie* constituted his credentials.

A~= So e she sin, " That which declared (the possessor) was to
IP
be believed."
pj Foo tse6 ; /j==" | Sin te)

Used by females, for the pronoun I.

"ny

Gang

gang, "Greati how great; high; dear in price." Strenuous

effort

and jjjjj |

J^j~] |

Read Yang, Towards; to look up to; to look to

eJtPre*s the same. It is said, that the

idea, of making the two parts to correspond, was taken from the

wards; to hope for; to wait.

joints of a bone. The

the latter sense. Derived from |^ Pe, The head, and J~J

** form, which is now used, is

Tset, To restrict ; to limit .

To be distinguished from

Ylh, the compound form of r*rt^ Ylh.

rn
I~

Yang, is now used in

i ^.a^ i
i
Chaouchaouchow tsze; jin shi! gang fow; jin shi gangfow;

The form of the preceding, when it occurs in the

gang seu wo vew, " The clamorous ferryman called for pas
sengers; other people crossed the stream, 1 would not:others

1 ower part of a Compound Character.

crossed, and I would not. I required ray own friend." (SheSame as the preceding. Also writen thus j-Q s"*~|
king.) Intended, by the Poet, to express that the virtuous
f
female, does not listen to the call ofevery one, but waits for her
TSOW. $

p s. c.

The reverse side of P Tiec. The left side ofthe instruSm

|]

314

III. Twenty-sixth Radical.

Ts.

# E|{# |

j' ,# Yungyungganggang; jookwei, joo chang, ling

San hwang woote, yewkwan kae

*/7].

wn; lingwang, kaete keuntsze, sze fangweikang, How hono

che khe, ming yu Yew-che, The three sovereigns and five

rable and dignified (is the king), pure as the gems Kwei and

emperors (of high antiquity) had an admonitory vessel, which

Chang; he induces fame, he induces admiration; a benevolent

they ordered to be called Yew-che."

# |

A syphon to drain off liquids."

prince, the elevated head, in whom all, in every quarter, are

7k |

# |

Low che,

Tsew che, A

| Tsze gang, To exert

one self" E. # | | T. H. Hs"ruth

wine syphon.

yang, tsih hea k'ho yung, When superiors are worthy to be

low che, Property goes away as easily as liquids by a

looked up to, or depended on, then inferiors may be employed,

syphon.

or directed with authority.

guage daily changes, like a vessel, now full, then empty."

(She-king.)

united.

TSE, or King:
From

|]

Ts, and

J]

Shwy che, A water syphon."

# %) ##### |

Tshae wih ek'heu,j:

| E. H # Cheyen jih ch'hh, Lan

3% R. H.
A horary character, the fourth of the #l #
HF

MAOU."

$k S. C.

S. C.

Te-che,

Tsow, The credentials given to

including the interval from five to seven o'clock in the morn

a public servant, and the corresponding part retained at court;

hence

%| King, denotes a statesman serving his prince, now

written

#||

King; and to be distinguished from

J|]

ing;

Keaou maou, Five o'clock in the

Maou.

# Seuen,

AF | |'' Ph

LE

morning."

Ching maou, Six o'clock in the morning.

BE. CHUBN, or seen.

Two seals of office.

2X
Maou she, 2Q.

d bby
also expresse
pressed

AS:# f

tuy tsze woo naou yew, Midnight

and noon, morning and evening, not corresponding;" i.e. dis

is derived from this,

-* *

E.

see Radical

cordance or

He.

abundant; luxuriant.

From Three to Six Strokes.

Ip

An erroneous form

irregularity in the thing spoken of

Flourishing ;

| J: Maou yu, The second

moon," when the gate of Spring is thrown open," hence, it is

III Keang, see Rad. #.

said,the Seal Character represents an open door. It is

Yih.

HH # //# H +1. Then mun, wan with perh

C.

"h Jay, The gate of Heaven at which all

forth. When the year happens in

quantity of food and drink.

taining four

things issue

CHE. A certain round vessel, for limiting the

#. Shing.

made of stone."

- # =

A syphon; a wine

FE Ri Yh

vessel, con

3, and

che, A cup
\

E+fi'i f{{##2
-

* || #

Maou, are convertible terms.

Maou is used for

a period, time, or term in general.

% |

The day of one's death.

H',
** * *

Shen

Sze maou,

Tcn maou, The

315

Twenty-sixth Radical.

IV. Tsee p

time to take account of; the period of calling over the names

jjpT Thoo chang, or jjjj =|3 Thoo ke.

of soldiers" which is not fixed, in order to keep ill ready at

Kwan yin,

a short notice. - ^fj^[

seal of office, an official credential."

j Chwang maou, " To rush against

the time," i. e. to fail of being present in proper season.

p Foo yin;

/p>* j
Yin sin, "A

| ~^F* ^*'n

pa tsze, " The part ofa seal grasped by the hand."

| ^j^j

Yin seang, "Box of the official seal," which is generally covered

j

K'hae maou, " Commence a series of terms," as in

the payment of duties to government.

V^^^/'n

with yellow cloth.

^~J~ J

Ta yin, ^

Yung

yin.J^ | Kelhy'n'0r^^/fji] | KekJin'"To

ft - + 0 m i mmumyu luh yuf, urh shlh jTh, k'hae maou, ching heang che k'he,

affix a seal." 'jp* j

41 It is determined that the period of commencing the series

keeper of the seal." In provincial courts, the person who does

Chang yin, " To keep the seal ; or the

the manual part of affixing the seal is called

Ts'hcen

of payment' of the duties, commence on the 20th of the 6th

noon."

^f^y^S j T^JUj^L Fun lew m*u n<wan

rj*^"

Fung yin, "To shut up the seal)" i. e. to

desist from the ordinary business of the public courts, in the

keaou, " The whole amount to be paid in. at six terms."

j

y&.

Pe maou, " To examine at the time, previously fixed,

last month of the year.

K'hae yin, " To open out

for effecting a certain duty, and to punish by stripes in case of

the seal ;" or recommence public business, after ending the new

'failure t as is the case of police runners who are often required

year's holidays, which commonly continue about a month from

to apprehend, within a given time, certain persons. Commonly,

the 20th of the 1 2th moon, to the 20th of the 1 st.

Keaou yin,"To deliver over the seal tb a successor,"

but erroneously written ^f|J Maou.

Tse yin, "To receive the seal of office."
YIN %

"Blocks or plates with letters engraved on them for printing."

^S.C. ^|7R. H.

| "lljll Yin shoo, "To print books."

From Jy^ Chaou, The nails of the hand, and

j 7^ Yin pan,

ij^. J La yin,

Tsee,
"To seal, or sear, with a heated iron," for the purpose of

A credential. A credential held by those who exercise govern

recognizing an animal or thing.

^ ^x^.ij=l^|77 '{3

ment ; an official seal ; a stamp ; to seal ; to stamp ; to impress ;

to take an impression on paper from an engraved surface. A

Sml I X Min ping shoo ke; kwan ping yin sin, " The
^ViS IIP
people trust in deeds or bonds; the officers of government trust

sarname. The national seal is called 'feji'f Se, and is made of

in the seal," A saying often ndduced to shew the necessity of
some precious stone j others are made ofgold, silver, or copper:
some written document in the particular case referred to.

some are square, and others oblong, which varieties are intended
Jffe Yin-too," India."
to mark the difference of rank.

j Jf^ Jjjjjj Woo Yin-too

The seal of private indi

kwii, " Five Indian nations," mentioned by Chinese travellers

vidual, or of a magistrate, acting in his private capacity, is

not commonly cilled Yin, but

. T'hoo shoo,

to India.

||

316

Ts8. WI. Twenty-sixth Radical.

%. welt [s.c.A.A. V. # R.H.

combine to seek the ruin (of learned and virtuous instructors

A man on the verge of a precipice, and

of mankind); but though their persons may be endangered, their

Ts, To limit or stop him from falling headlong. To be

determination (to attempt the cure of moral disorders) cannot

From

|l

f* Chen,

che puhk'ho the yay. Slanderous and servile fawning people,

situated on an eminence and feel afraid : unsteady; unsettled;

be extorted from them. (Le-king.)

dangerous; danger; to endanger; to rush down; to ruin. One

The beams of a house.

of the twenty eight constellations: it consists of three stars and

tt

is situated in the northern hemisphere. A surname.

J, St. # /\
-4-

PEIH.

J# |

h wei,

S. C.

#
pp.

Lin
l
wei t koo Jin,
iin. Entering
on

what is dangerous, engage the assistance of an old friend.

| #|| # 9|| Wei joo luylwan, Hazardous as (the

*****
{E_E.A Y WE] [H]
preservation
ot) a pile of eggs

Tse, Implying trust or

To assist; an assistant. From

dependance on. Kang-he considers it the obsoleteform of

Pelh.

WE)

3: S. C.

SEUEN.

[f] AS |

Tsae shang piih keaou, kaou urh pub

wei, When eminence in rank is not accompanied by pride;

there is no danger from the elevation.

EIE

From two seals of office.

J|

YH.

From

To choose; to select.

|| Ts8, A seal reversed. A Par

Wei Jen chinglun, To discourse of righteousness, and point

out the danger of it's opposite.

Weiyen, Verbally,

ticle denoting A transition, or a reversing of the thought; or

++1.

Dangerous words, does not mean, language that is dangerous,

By the framers of the

Le Character, written

#||

Yih.

but language that points out danger, and inspires caution.

|# Weiheen, Danger; dangerous. # #t]

| |# g Ping taou wei hen che keih, The
disease is now most imminently dangerous.
| l

shAoUs

#s c. 32R. H.
-*

High , eminent.

# E. 4##|| Nen kaou, tih

*A. Wei

shaou, Advanced in years, and eminent in virtue.

Ep

TSEiH.

Properly

#|| Tselh, see bolow.

+%:

#:

K'HE.

Properly

#|| K'hc,

*2Rf.
It'I 2+:
T] | +Lifi R'Z' FIA's #1, c.

th, Imminently dangerous;" applied to disease.

Wei wang, Passed to oblivion; dead.
-

| Ut

| W: weitar,

"lo, dangerous or hazardous."

Wei hoo!

chen

chemin, yew pet'hangurh weiche chay; shin kho weiyay, urh

see below.

LwAN. SP GB s.c.

The testicles of animals, the eggs of birds.

Read Kwil,

317
The (pawn of fishes, more commonly called p

Twenty-sixth Radical.

J jp- Lwan tsze, " The

Ke lwan, "A hen's egg."

Neaoui lwan, "A bird'i egg."

M The crotnm."J

&

I^S.C.

To give a seal to, and constitute a ruler or governor ; to give

peTh yew tag lwan, " Every creature that ii produced, u> either

^| J

Tse'g \}

Xr Yu-tsze,
ij^p PEI, or Pe.

i the womb, or an egg."

VI.

authority to. A clean, pure stone, or gem. Read Slh, accord

ing to the old definition.

J jjfj Lwan paou,

Lwan sang, " Produced from

an egg i" in contradiitinction from Jj p]

From Six to Sixteen Strokes.

Tae sang,
SHE,\, or Che.

S. C.
ft

" Formed in the womb."

Large measure ; enlarged ; liberal ; gratulatory

|

-\\]

J "h J'n TU*> 'win J1"1 ' Jen J00 neaou foo lwan
KEUEN.

S. C.

R. H

yay, " To cherish and nourish a person is called Lwan-ylh, in

allusion to a bird hatching its eggs."
"fflj

The bend at the knee. (Shw8-wan.) Bent ; rolled up j a scroll ;

Jj^^P [

-t^ Shing joo lwan, yu ylh urh ch'hang cbe,

a section of a book. Read Keuen, To roll up.

" Shing, is as an egg, which I have sheltered and brought up

Kt

under my wings." (Tso-chuen.) It would be unsuitable to de

of a star. Read Keuen, Crooked ; winding ; small.

tail the application of this word in vulgar abuse.

urh, A certain plant

| Shoo keuen, or

The fragile

^"j -

| ^Ij- Keuen she, Name

JeHT

J^L Ylh keuen che

nature of eggs piled on each other, or suspended, are referred

shoo, "A book,

pffr I

! M

to as illustrative oi what is hazardous or dangerous. The sen

y/f\y^ I j 'J^K'ho shoo keuen chay yu keuen, pi-en,

tence given under ^JJ^ Wei, is thus varied. B^B J

tsze chay y ud cluh, Papers" capable ofbeing unrolled or rolled

Luy lwan cbe wei, " Thedanger ofpiled up eggs."' ' J^f^

up, are called Keuen ; those in leaves are called ChTh." Chines*

41^ | Weijooheuen lwan," Hazardous as (the safety

books were originally scrolls i during the eighth century, they

of) an egg suspended aloft."

p5 Lwan slh, " Egg

coloured," i. e. not bright ; applied to. the sun or the day ; erro
neously changed tOy^|J^5 Lew sTb.

-^j^ ~ |. yj\

were first bound up in leaves.

section."
|

Keuen} lb, "First

" Keuen urh, " Second section."

J^j

/j^j Khae keuen jew ylh, "On opening a book,

3jX (^^, j Ch'hun, sze pah tseu me lwan, "In spring, the

there is benefit derived." There is some advantage derived from

inferior officers (when sporting), do not take the young stag

the slightest reading, how much more from diligent study.

aoreggs." (Le-king.)
Jen i chen keuen hw5 jen, " Shuts thehook and knows nothing i
VOL. I.

|] Ts.

VI.

3.18

Twenty-sixth Radical.

.#

opens the book, and perceives every thing clearly. Applied to

licate term.

Tsih seay, To pull down; to throw

students who possess good sense and discernment, but a bad

into ruins.

memory.

to desist from an undertaking.

| # Seay tan, To lay down a burden;

Po

| # Keuen shoo, like Yen keuen, in the last phrase,

| #E k Keuen k'he
expresses, To close a book.
lae, To roll up."
}# | %R Seih keuen yih

| j' Seay ho, To

rid one's self of a calamity."

SEUH.

k'hung, The mat is rolled up and has left a void;" said of him

# S.

C.

To feel sorry; to commise ate; to compassionate.

who is bereft of every thing. The allusion is to the ancient

fill Foo seiih,

custom of sitting and eating on mats.

#1*

all

To sooth and compassionate. Syn, with

at:

| Ifj|#

Keuen urh hwae che, To roll up and put away." To

retire from public life in troublous times." (Lun-yu.)

Pl##|

y : ***,

setih, wih k'heu, In lashing (a horse) strike with feeling, do

ZH

not drive it violently. (Le-king.)

| # |H| Yew keuen chayo, There are winding passes

amongst the mountains.
| ZE %

keuen shih che to, As much as a small stone. Read Kwan,

-k's

KHE. Same as

%| Khe,see below.

Yih

-*

.#

R. H.

In the sense of 2%. Kwin.

#. sAY.

A vessel to contain wine, used by the bride and bridegroom

#s. C

at marriages. They were in ancient times made of the gourd

}#3; # H E #1:#/\ Hik

RE!

splitinto two; to join these again formed one; hence the allusion

T ekeae ke yu seay; chow jin ch'hh tsae

yih yu seay, To put off garments, or

-to these, when uniting two persons as one, in marriage. The

lay aside armour is

Kin are now made of pewter, silver, and so on, according to

called Seay boatmen, or sailors, putting out what is contained

thewealth of the persons. Two Kin, are sent by the bridegroom
in their vessels, is also called Seay.

J# |

T seay,
to the bride, when she is desired to leave the house of her

To put off.

Seay ho, To deliver cargo.

Parents. The Kin are brought back with her to the bridegroom.

| | 1#. Seay heaho, To deliver, and to take on board,

cargo.
| Seay sze, To give up, or desist from
-

He and she, seated at a table in the bedroom, and in the presence

of all their relations, partake of a little wine poured from these

an affair.

| SPI ##### *, *,"

two vessels. After pouring out the wine, they exchange the

Hen, Liu-fang, Lin-fang who has laid aside (the government

cups and drink. This seems an essential part of the ceremony

of the district Ho-yuen." The probability, in such cases, is,

of " 3: I E' }###

that the person was deposed to express which, Seay, is a de

A-X'.
| J L'. Paou-yish taou lcaou tung fang, kcaou Pei, h kin,

319

Twenty-sixth Radical.

VII.

Tse p

"Paou-ytita proceeded to the bed-chamber, where (with her in

YU.
tended hatband), he exchanged cups and joined theKin." Com.
monlj written

Kin, but properly

Kin. (Sha-mbh.)

To direct, to control ; to advance. Occurs in the books of Fun.

^^^J H E .

^ KHEO. ^ S. C. % R- H.

Space between the joints of bones-

To limit one'i withes; to atop i to refute, to reject; to lead

6p TSEiH.

S. C. 7g R. H.

back; to look towards. - As a particle, Really ; truly ; therefore ;

Now; immediately; forthwith; then; only; near; urgent;

2, >S&j ^T* ^ Khe* ch* wei

" To refute it (a present) shews a want ofrespect," (Mang-tsze.)
!

Hui* wuh kiien k'ne. "I shall be happy

if you do not refuse."

T^ff ^yj

Wan wang

wtih k'heB, I cherish " ten thousand hopes (that you will) not
J

K'heB e, " To refuse to accede to a

n't wishes."

Jfe- J

Tselh ttelh,

"Crammed closely together; abundant and solid" in virtue.

A kind of torch. A surname,
|

LIh tselh;

J ^(J Tselh klh ; \'/

Ting tselh;

Q=J: Tselh

she, All express, " Forthwith, immediately ; instantly."

^=

Shlh k'heB, " To lose." jjjfjjj

| Kbaou k'heB, " To reject, or throw from one."

J Leaou k'heB, "To reject entirely."
k'heB, "To forget"

swift. Occurs in the sense of If.

|* /

Chay fung shoo sin she kin yaoutelh, ne tselh

J*
j

Wang

jf^ ^ ifr fejjfc

J^^lf^ | ^jfc Joo-laelclhfakeaou

klhchSjin k'he k'heu, "This letter is very important, you

must despatch some person with it immediately."
P Tselh jlh, "The same day."

jin yuen we chang le k'hcfl heaou te, " JooJae Fuh, in establishing

"Employed immediately."

rules for the instruction ofmankind, never rejected, or departed

this; only this."

from, filial piety and brotherly affection."

thesameas,

j =^ K'hea

J ^ Tselh yung,
J

Ttelh tsze, " Just ;

TseTh she, "That is; jutt so;

Jf/(@ | ^ J&

^ \=j

shwO, " They say ; or, it is said truly," or, in some cases, K'heB

Chay ko, ttelh she yu na ko t'hung, ",This is just the same as

is a mere expletive.

that"

Tselh she keen, "Supposing itte

be for a moment" 4ffi.'||fji

fl^j Wt)H.

Woo t'ha tseth, " No other

^1^, N6 wuu> "Agitated, un

than."

^ | Feltelh;

stable; at a vessel on the surface of the water, or something

possible speed; with haste; urgently."

agitated in a lofty, dangerous situation. In the explanation of

" Not (thi;), then (that.)"

Die jyfcj

Kw&n-kwa, considered at representing the

agitation ofa penitent mind.

Tseih so, " With all

^|-- |

t*e5n,

j |j= tyj \ ^

I ffeltM I aKiDtilh,h00tahjinfe swan, tselh foo ; fe tac, tselh heu, " The literati of the preseut

|]

Ts. X Twenty-sixth Radical.

320

day, if they are not sour, they are rotten: if they are not silly,

modern Six Boards, called

they are vague and shallow. Sour, denotes a disagreeable,

5 |

singular manner. Rotten, denotes Vicious, depraved.

# If] RFI |

If

K'ho wang urh puh k'hotseih,

Maybelooked at from a distance, but not approached. Said

of persons, whose conduct will not bear a near investigation.

| Aft #Pul tselh piihle, Not near, not distant.

i. e. not very pressing; it may be gone about leisurely,

| Ail. Tselh wei, To ascend the

fi #. #. | Yew show ch'ih tselh, In

but not neglected.

throne.

the right hand held a torch."

#p

Ol. Scrib.

##|| Lh-poo,

Theen-khing, Title of the first of the

originated.

j,

Te-k'hing, Title of the first of the

Le-poo.

H # Hoo-poo. The president of the j'#|| Le-poo

is entitled # | Ch'hunk'hing. Of the ###".
}: | Hea-k'hing. Of the jf. Hil, Hing-poo,
% Tsew-king; and the president of the T#
T##
Kung-poo, is entitled 4. | Tung-k'hing.
poo,

j-f- #4#####1B, # Hi
E] IE | . ; H 4% # ZH EZ\
jL | 2:#x. chay, Then-tsze, Choo-how keae

Yuen, see Rad/UN Sin.

ming chih ching tachin, yu ching k'hing , tsze Chow how che
yew san kung, kew k'hing che haou, In ancient times, the

#I
#||

# with, see above.

Same as

Emperor and dependant princes, both denominated the great

officers, who held the reins of government, by the title Ching

2011 ...
YO, or G. The palate.

k'hing. From the time of Chow, and onwards, the terms, three
Kung and nine K'hing existed.

Zy

Shaou k'hing,

Ll H _E #. K'how chung shangg, The Y, or

A secondary degree of the same rank.

# # }}

palate, which constitutes the upper part of the mouth withinside.

% # Ilf. E }), |

KHING.

% S.C. -2R. H.

Tsin, Han, elae, keun hoo

chine khing, From the time of Tsin and Han, the sovereign
w->

addressed his ministers by the title K'hing, and

From

| %

W]] Maou, To issue forth," the other part giving

Khing kea. This does not seem the practice of the present

sound. Highly intelligent and enlightened; also, an object

ZN | % j

dynasty.
towards which all look. A title conferred, in different periods

Kung, k'hing, Ta-foo,

The nobility, statesmen, and subordinate officers," i.e. all the

of Chinese history, on various of the higher officers of state.

officers of government of every rank.

| + K'hing

Sometimes used by equals to each other, as a term of respect;

tsze, was a term of respect for a gentleman, like the modern term

also by superiors to inferiors. A surname.

J#| >\}|

Chow luh k'hing, Under the dynasty Chow, (which ended B.

C.), were six Khing. From these it

->

/N+ Kung-tsze.
|

#: |

Shang sze yuen khing, A kind

of

appears, the more

*upervisor of the Imperial stables. The commissioner of cur

321

Twenty-seventh Radical.

III.

it* month approaching its knees.

torn* on foreign trade, at the port ofCanton, hat commonly this

Han J

| ^~J"

Tun show selh hing, " Bowing down the bead and walking on
title on hii Patent.
the
Original formuf4;Keuen, see above.
k
II^TSUN. Dangerous.
J^P TSElH.

A long time.
LEAOU.

^^^3 SEIH.

Name of a hill.

The knee. Now commonlj written

SEEN, or Ts'heen.

JJ^ Selh.

^^.^p NeK clh, Name of a hone; so

To go, or remore. (Ts'heen-han-che.)

denominated because a good hone, hangs down the head with

TWENTY-SEVENTF

RADICAL.

of the branches of trees." Erroneously read Glh, in the sense of

J

han.

|~~ s. c.

Gib, " To be distressed to be iD-used."

Kwan glh, "To be in distress."

The overhanging side of a hill) a rocky projecting preci

pice, or bank ofa river, capable ofaffording shelter, or a dwell,

From Three to Six Strokes.

ing for human beings.

keiDh. 11

Gg S. C.

CHE. A syphon for drawing off wine.

if
To seize or take hold of with the left hand t from the reCHEN, or

pS.C;

r
From Han on the top of a precipice. To look up to j

|j

verse side ofi|E^ Ke, "To take witft the right hand." Ac
cordingto one writer, Anxious disquieting attention to business.

(Sha-muh.) Certain of the rafters ofa house.

J"j^ CHfH, or Tsth. To extendi toopen out; also
GO.

(^S.C.

^R.H.
expressed by ^j^J^ CVhang chlh, and ^

Jg^Go, or^J- J Ko go," The joinings or knots

VOL. I.

3o.

chlh..

j K'hae

J- Han.

W. Twenty-seventh Radical.

322
->

J+

JK

HAN.

Chow's form of

J- Han.

}% Chow's mode of writing JN

J#. as #.
2%
J.
}{2. JR

FE, or Fei.

Water branching off and flowing in a slanting direction.

TsIh.

4
S

JR

PAE.

Yu, see Rad.*-* Men.

Same

Ol. Scrib.

Water dividing its streams and flowing onward.

-

)#

Neu, A woman.

CHE.

Leading to a certain end, even, level, a sound or voice.

Shin.

Same as

): CHIH, or Tsih.

J^ ol. Scrib. 54-Yin.

Mean; vile; depraved; inverted.
Also used for

3:Yi. A dangerous precipice

ad

wa

}:

KEUH, or Kh. To size with the him.

Khin, Rocky ground.

Ji-

KAE. To reach to ; to arrive at.

If

KEA.

Large; great.

se

K'HE.

J#.
Jj YA.

To fall to the ground.

CHE, or Te. A kind of son stone, fit for

grinding or rubbing tools on.

PANG. Name of a place.

"certain; to, or at.

J)# Chaya, Not correspond

Leading to a final end; that;

JR #1 Te shih, A whetstone."

| | T Chen yen hwuy, kho

f= # pi
J# -E-> -

che

hing, My words are reasonable, and may be carried into

ing to not agreeing with.

certain effect.

}}< ol. Scrib.4% How.

JF

(Shoo-king.)

CHA.

JEH Chaya, Not correspond

JR Ol. Scrib. R. Shin.

PF
S

ing to each other. Read Tsih, Narrow, confined.

RF

TOO, or Hoo.

S. C.

CH'HIH. To cast or drive out.

Pretty, or valuable stone.

Name of a certain stone.

323

LA. The rattling Bouecfitone*.

Twenty-seventh Radical.

8.C.

VII.

Han J

CHIH. Turnings and windings amongst hills.

Chow chTh, The name of a certain district

J^jL- T'HUNG.

A deeply retired borne.

Same as J^ Ying.

KHEE. Side ofA hill ; the bank of a river.

CHA. Not appearing ; not manifest.
Y6.

A bank.
TE. A certain stone.

S.C

op to view on the back of a rirer.

MANG.

S. C.

From Six to Eight Strokes.

The appearance of a large rock. Large ; great I abundant ;
K'HO.

A hill with hank, and lire

afflu

ride. Read K'hce', tame as

surname.

J^- j-* Jgj^ Jj^ Min shang tun

nwig, "The people populous and affluent"

K'heiS.

j jjfff"

Mang US, Blended and crowded together." |^ j Tseun

YAE.

||S.C.

^R. H.

The precipitous ridel of a hill ; the bank of a rirer or

mang, occurs in the She-king. Some Expositors confess they

do not understand the phrase, others gire the words the tense
of " Great, abundant" Read Mung, j

f| Mung yung,

< [" Jf|jr Slung yae, " To attend the bank." To speak in a confuted manner in raized dialects."
E, or Yae,
J0^E

T drink in-

IM s- c-

To ihade ; to screen | to obscure | to conceal.

)

OL Scrib. ^ Che, see Rad. Q Jtt.

Jfj^f Same as

Ch'htt, "To expel."

NO, or Go. Appearance of stony, rocky, bills.

HEA.

S. C.

Crouching under a precipice or in a cave ; meanly lodged.

Jjj 01. Scrib. Jffi Sett.
CHEN.
f>2^ K'HO. To press down ; to oppress.
A kind of a market place ; shops of a market ptoce.

J- Han. VIII. Twenty-seventh Radical. 324

Ne

FOO, or Poo.

they deserve; a bad man generally errs in treating them worse.

# S.

C.

/\% #. | ### Jin kea

stony, rocky hills or land, rocks jutting out to view; the

ching, A sincere, liberal-minded, faithful man.

F5] /\ ;H |
Leangjin seang how, Two intimate friends.
# 2%:
-

SHAY.

A certain surname.

# |

*-

}. How,

[sc. R&AW. A.R.H.

Thick; large ; great;

The bulkiness of a mountain.

weighty; liberal, generous; kind; intimate.

H. #
} How pt, are opposites,
p

ppo

stingy ; kind, ungracious.

A surname.

Thick, thin ; liberal,

5 < }#}ll

| j

Seang keaou shin how, A very intimate inter

| I' How le, A large liberal present."

course with.

E.

|# |

Tshing how, A kind disposition.

veins of rocks.

EE)

chung how che

How lh, Liberal emolument" derived from the

public service.

| X', How gan, Great kindness."

shown to an inferior.

| Uk How we,

Savoury."

| # How tsew, Generous wine.

*

he

):

YEW. Beams that support the eves of a house.

kaou, te how, High as heaven, and large as the earth.). 1, e.

->

vast as the universe. Applied to the benevolent disposition or

Ol. Scrib.
conduct of an individual, and to the virtues of the Emperor.

F' |
->

Kwang how, Extensive and ample.

| }#

J# Seth, see Rad. If] Kin,

J%
}% oLScrib%:Ming,seeRadj'

Keuen.

How shing, To gain a great advantage over; a great victory.

}#}}: |

Len pehow, Face thick-skinned;" i.e. shame

less, brazen-faced;

| 4#

How tao, or

# How yen, expresses the same.

/\ |

Treating a person liberally and kindly.

##E

Taejin how, express

};

Same as

}#

Fang.

14: /\

# Tha tae jin shih tsae how taou,

treats people extremely well."

) 44 or scrib. J# shing.

He

JH'.

Same

as JH. How,

see above.

| #####

A.

j^4

How yu tsze, urh p yu pe, Kind to this, and

Same as

ungracious to that;" i.e. to shew marked partialities.

Yuen, see below.

|
|

# How chung, Thick and heavy, liberal and steady."

#####|
|y.' I };
# Keuen-tsze chang shih yu how, seaou jin chang shih yu
w

P, A good man generally errs in treating people better than

From Eight to Ten Strokes.

KHIN.

A stony rocky country.

C.

325

TSZE, or Shwny.

Twenty-seventh Radical.

g S. C.

VIII Hanj

01. Scrib.^T'hae, see Rad. ^PS.

Ttzewei, "The rock; summit of a mo

TUY
TS HO.

S. C.
To collect together earth and form a mound or hilloch,

EI
A Urge come stone. The modern copiei of the

jg|

YUEN.

S. C.

4> R. H.

Ti'hO. Read Ts'boo, To place ) to put

High level ground ; a waste ; a common. Origin i source ;
*K'HO, Or K'hS. A hill with banks on each aide.

beginning ; commencement the real natural state of a thing or

ofan affair. To examine into the origin of; to trace back to the

JjjlpC OL Scrib.

Noo, see Rad.^g S Mh.

beginning. Again t an iteration of; a second ; the same as the
first To remit ; to forgive. A surname ; the nameofa district

NAE, Gae, or Ch.h.

JLp- JlyJ P'bing y uen, " A large level unculti vated tract
of country."

A certain itone ; an extended curtain.

|-{-|

Toon yuen, " An extensive culti-

v^ct. /fawtj^ftft m

I %

CHlH, or Tslh.
MingYaj-yu ch'huh hing teen
Thrown on one aide tinder a precipice ; meanly housed ; mean.

wei T'heen-tsze laou nung, His Majesty " ordered the Yay.yn.
to go forth to the cultivated lands, and in behalfofthe Emperor,

[lj TSUY.

Name of a country.
encourage the husbandmen." (Le-king.)
^K9^*^^-^lJ

PE, Fei.

Jpi^yJ^j jjj^j

NonR'Ju.han6.koo

ffi S. C.
sze chay, e shlh che yuen, " The husbandman, the fisherman, the

An obscure, retired, ahadj place, where spirits are supposed

travelling merchant, and resident trader ;these four, are the

sources from whence are obtained raiment and food."
t

}i}

~)\ T'ou che to Juen ch'hoh yu

s. c.
i hcen, " The great source of reason, is derived from Heaven."
Stony bad ground | itone which is difficult to work..

Yuen pun, " The origin i originally."

CP Yuen yew, " The causes from which a thing proceeds ;

SKUN.

Same as jf^S. Shun

the circumstances of an affair."

Spotted or stained, as cloth with damp or water.

vol. a,

| ^',u.v Juen> " To

search into the original causes of; to analyze."

3 r

jg'

I-* Han

X.

Twenty-seventh Radical.

Yuen e, " The original intention ; the first motive.'

-{-'_ Yuen ehoo, " Tbe original lord
prietor.

326

e. the swner ; tbe pro-

Yuen wei, " The origin and end i? all

about a person or thing.

JgJ

^ fta]

|P3

YUEN.

A source or spring from whence

I
water issues. Now written ^jjjj Tsoen.
jj^^ 01 Sctib-

Sh0W-

Yin Jie kwa chit, yaou wan t'ha telh

yuen wei, " In consequence of remembering it with iome
anxiety, I want to enquire all about him."

J^^01.Scrib.|^Kwei, To present a gift to-

Turn, " To tee thoroughly into the muses and circumstances

of an affair." Said by way ot compliment to the discernment

SOW.

A creek ; a bay.

)
T'SHZE. To clean ; to put in order.

ofany other person.

|

Yuen lacjoo tire," Really.orin point

A place vbich require* constant cleansing : filthy ; a bank by

of fact, thus;' Often said when all disguises are laid aside, or
the side of a stream i a privy. Tbe same is expressed by
the troth clearly psrceiTed.

^ Yuen pohkeae,
J

' Strictly, or by rights, ought nof

] ~^"\

Maou t'hsze,

Hwan t'hsze;

2Ten
tbsze, "Ordure."

pub seang, " Originally, or really at bottom, did not m#*tt. &c
I

y Yuen lean*. "To excnse : or put a favorable eofc-

strartioo. on."

Ynen yew, "To forgive."*

J ^ Hwuy chana yuen ehe, fc Istood an order to

fagive the..*

J^^OI. Serib.|gTwan, seeRad.^ Shoo

^ ^^

LE

S C

Ming
To split ; to rend open. A rent or crack in the skin of ripe

shea tsne, ml yew ynen, Ordered Use Cook, not to bring the
fruit From

P3, To strike, andJ

Han, A cleft hill

Mi i jft wei j*
side : tbe other part giving sound.
k- Syn. with jjjjjj Yuen.

To rhyme,
Jjjj^ 01 Scrib- jffc Sho0jseeRad.

Same as Jj^i Shun, seeRad.

Yen.

MOh.
J^^OI.Srcib.^T'baou^eeRad.JlK.Min-

j^j 01 Scrib. ^ITsun, see Rad. ^ Ts*e.

Same

How, see above.

3.7

Twenty-seventh Radical

irrespective of their own conduct

.From Ten to Taoen'y-eight Strokes.

/^j Kew yew, is

the same as ~^\^ ^j'j'J Kew chow> " Nine regions." A phrase
like

JJ-^J^OI.Scrib

X. Han J

|\ T'heen hea, used here, to denote the Empire.

Lessee Rad. g Jth.

Read Ketth, 3^ j

Tlih keuh, A name applied to the

northern barbarians, who were variously designated in different

SIIUY,orTsuy.
periods ofChinese history, they are said to have been skilful in
working iron, and. were called Tuh-keuh, which means a

J^j| Shuy wei, * The lummit of a bill."

helmet, from
KEUE.

| J j Kin-shan, which they inhabited, resem

pp|S.C. ^ R. H.
bling one.

An engine for throwing atone*. Short. To bow. A surname.

aense of Ml K'he. He; the | it ; his ; hen ; its.

SHA, Akindof out-house; a house by the sloVc

J
of another. Sometimes confounded with
Hea.

Keu wei, " A dog with a short stunted bald tail.

"p

A pronoun, commonly uied in rpj ^ Shang-shoo, in the

^ Keu e, " A short Uiled garment."

| ^

~jg KeaS ke8 ke show, " To bow the forehead to the ground."
(Tsheen-han-she.)

^jp ^

Hea-mun, The Port in Fuh-keen, commonly called Amot.

Peen sha, Aroom formed by a continuation of the

priucipal roof.

^ J3 pang keu
H5 sow.

keS, "As (an animal) dashing to the ground its.born."

p^J
Terminable; limited.

mM i ft- 1
J^J^ | ' Yu8, woo hoo, t'heen nan sin, ming me cbang ; chang

Same as

Read Sow, An old

KS.

keo tlh, paou keuii wei ; keuS tlh me chang, kew yew e wang.
KO, Or O, xo'njure- A cave by the side ofa hill
/^J-^J" E-yin the minister of^i^ E|J Tae-kea, when
old and leaving court, in order to warn his Master," Said, Alas 1
TS'HO.

A cragged rocky hill.

Heaven cannot be trusted ; its decrees are inconstant: let bis

virtue be long continued, and his thrpne will be preserved ;
^gf TEEN.

A grave.

but if bis virtup be inconstant, the empire will forthwith be lost."

J
The apparent!; blasphemous sentence, at the beginning, must
GAOU.
be understood in a qualified sense, as if he had saidPrinces
may not presume that the; are ordained bj Heaven to rule,

A public granary ; also called

Tfhsof gaou.

Film.

Twenty-seventh Radical.

HI.

328

J:

Original form of

H How, see above.

pice.

Read Than or Khn, A dangerous hill.

Read Gan,

Hilly and rocky.

}:
J%
J#

LEEN. The corner of a stone.

***

Ol. Scrib.

# Yew, see Rad. IUCN Sin.

SE, E, or Yih.

Asharp stone.

|#sc

/> N
Ol. Scrib.

KEw.
)#

J#

# Noo.

Ol. Scrib.

J# Shoo, see Rad. J"Yen.

}%

Ol. Scrib.

J# Shoo.

Ol. Scrib.

J# Shoo.

Astable.

KHIN.

A small house; few.

KEU

Embarassed.

J#"

#S. c. %#R. H.

To restrict; to restrain; to repress, to subject. Uniformly:

obedient; as one; to unite together. To keep out; to prevent

): K'H,

or Khow. Sound of closing the mouth.

ingress. To injure. To invite, to enter with the motion of the

hands. An inauspicious dream.

J# % Yetsze, The

name of a place. Read Yn, Sufficient; filled, to satisfy:

SEAY.
www.

satisfied; satiated; to put off, to unrobe. Read Yn, To dislike;

Thrown on one side; inverted; subverted.

to hate; to reject. To screen from , to conceal. Composed;

-

}#.

YIN.

Same as the following.

steady, firm. Read Y, Unextended, cramped, to descendto, or

arrive at.

Read Yih,

Yih yih, Damp.

Read

J#. YIN.

5IP

: S. c.

| Gan, To sink in water.

# }). | % Tseang eye

chung, Thereby to depress the spirits of the multitude. (Tso

}% Yinyin, Appearance of a mountanous preci

-

chuen.)

| #

Ynan, To repress those who created

disturlance. (Tshen-han-chuen.)

#TE

Then hea y jen, The whole cmpire according as

#
one."

Water completely evaporated, or dried up, a place which

ZS

Phy, Disobedient.

}# # }} |

generally contained water, left completely dry. The mud or

<

Tung yew eye che, Travelled to the east to withstand,

rotten mould on the banks of a river.

or prevent, its ingress."

| j. Y kwan, A mourning

329

Twenty-seventh Radical. XII. Han J

things may be above your capacity; what is remote may never

showyug ylh; yin sbowyul!ye\ "To beckon from, with the

be attained,then all you r labour and anxiety will go for nothing."

>, it called Ylh; to invite to, with the band, ii called Ye-."

This idea, is often urged by Chinese moralists, and is quite

proverbial with the people.

Yen k'he, " To reject;

yew jt k'he kit. The grain" gradually rie out of the ground;

to cast off."

that which is satiated with the vegetable life, grows forth pre

destroy."

eminent" (She-1ung.)

t'heen yen cbe, " May heaven destroy me ! may heaven destroy

Yen yep, k'he

meaou, " How beautiful the grain !" (She-king.)

f-

^ j\Q K'Mh yen shang te die sin, "Able to

satisfy the mind of the supreme (divine) ruler.".

'fflz^Mj^Z [3

^\

p"ou' pUh ,a m ,Mh' ,u6 Ten'

Yen teeuS, " To exterminate ; to

j

-fc J

T'hecn yen che i

me I" ifI have done any thing wrong, which you surmise. An
imprecation uttered by Confucius, when one of his pupils ex
pressed disapprobation of the Sage's admitting to his presence,
a boy of bad character. (Lun-yu.)

yj \

^pjj^

" Satisfied, and not desiring to eat more, is called Yen-" (Luh-

ZL- r^j J^T |

shoo.)

yen ien, " When the man of low moral principles sees the really

Shlh yen i ^jlj J

ted ; satisfied with food."

Paou yen, " Satia

^ yj^ |

|p j

Haou shoo piih yen ts'he'en hwuy tdh, "Of a good book
feel no dislike to read a thousand sections."

Seaou-jin keen keun-tsze urh'how

good man, ha endeavours to conceal himself and his vices

froin being noticed." (Ta-heO.)

"pij '^/^ j

.Jj^

Jte. ^jjj Yen yen yay yin piih tsuy, woo kwei

T'haou jin yen, " Officiously to bring upon one's selfthe dislike

" Drinking with self enjoyment long at night, and pol return

ofother people.-

ing home till intoxicated." (She-king.)

pj

" To cause people to dislike one."

Ling j in k'ho yen,

|EJ

J^i

Yen yen leang jin, " My husband how calm and steady."

Tfn > iP^W M 13 3ft Tan kuns jTh || does he remain amidst.the dangers of war, to serve his country,
kew urh sBng yen ; shay kew urh t'hoo sin, " I am only appre

sacrificing his domestic comfort. (She-king.)

hensive that length of time will create dislike; that you will
SZE . Persons, who with armies procure fuel and'
leave the old, and seek after new."

j /|\ J^jj
forage.

^Jrjj

"'aOU "'^ W0 ** 1 nwun

urn ''h00 Juen

jl^J Sze t ho ,hIh wan' " Ten

thousand foragers." (She-ke.)

j ^||j;.Zj5. Sze yan

tseang t'hoo laou urh woo kung yay, Do not, " dislike small

tstih, " Men who procure forage and dress food." A servant.

affairs and affect great things i do not despise what is at hand,

To cut and slash, as in the confusion of battle ; in confused

and desire what is remote ;this is to be taken up with useless

manner.

toil, and to neglect what is really meritorious." (She-king.) Great

from each other without again returning." Some reject tbit

vol. L

3e

^zc'ew'" The front and rear separating

y Han. XIII.

Twenty-seventh Radical.

330

character became not contained in Shwo-wSn.

/J N [

Scaon ize, "A servant boy;" my servant.

^^^p

LE.

S. C.

3 /J"* I j3 We che ihe neu urh leaou

; a whetstone. To grind; to rub.

tze urh, " D'on'l know whether they are girls or servant boys."

; 1 stern ; violent i raging ; rapid as flight ; excessive ; ugly ;

cruel ; to act cruelly or tyrannically; wicked ; dangerous ; upon

Chung scaou ze mun e king tsae wae mien tie how, " All the

a high dangerous bank ; disease. To commence ; to stimulate ;

servant boys were already without aide waiting."

to excite to. To ford a stream with one's clothes on. A term

sliii, " To fight and kill in the confuiion of battle."

applied to the ninth moon. A surname. Bead Lae, Ulcers

gj^ Szc jin," To recognize, or be introduced to each other, in

caused by daubing the body with lacker. Read Let, Severe,

a confuseJ manner, from many persons meeting together at the

or, according to one, the ornamental tassel of a purse.

moment"

Ji|r Leaou Ice, " The shrill sound of a song carried over to a
distance by the wind."

TEEN.

^fjjjh

Jp J Jp j^ji Tseo le tsen

To fix ; to settle.
twan, " To take stones and iron." (She-king.)

^^^fc|j7 jfp/0^T heen te teen wei, " Heaven and

earth fix the throne ;" i. e. nature or providence determine! the
rank of men.

Jlj^ j

rT. MB ma le ping, " Feed the horses and sharpen the

weapons." (Tso-chuen.)

^jj

ijfa ^ ^

J ^f^^^^'J r hua kmPi,nt*eai,Btoell"ie,e

jen how le, " Blunt metal must be ground ere it be sharp."

'Same as ^ Tso.
J^y j Mo le, " To grind, to sharpen j to discipline and
reform."
^ WEI, Or E.

J J~rji^ Le fung, "A violent wind."

^S.C. See the following.

Le kwei, "An injurious demon, or ghost," that has no
temple built for its reception after the death of the body, which

jJSHUY.

f J|||:Sriuyc, The summit of a hill.

it had animated i no posterity having been left by the deceased.
Ml~W;^;lS$L

GAOU.

I Keun-Uze,thingkhe

A granary.
yen yay le, " A good man, when bis words are heard, they will
be found sincere and true." (Lun-yu.)

J [ffj

^J^J^. CHfH, OrPeth. Low, mean apartment.

Piih le urh wei, "Dignified without violence;"
K'HAN,. or Lan.

_^jp~

Jjpl S. C.
Uze chung jib keen keen ( selh fhelh jo, le woo khew, "The

The appearance of an empty civc or den in the side ofa hill

good man is all the day vigilent and unceasing in his efforts ;

331

Twenty-seventh Radical. XXVIII. Han J"

thoughtful solicitude | and thus,

in the evening be

YAOU.

A seat ; a place.

,he

though he be in the
mity." (Ylh-king.)

Kelhle, "To
01. Scrib. JK Yuen.

excite."

| Jp^yj"

E ,e hira

J*"'

" To encourage those possessed of virtue and talents."

LEIH.

pe k'he le, "There is a fox alone, and seeking its fellow, stand

J^P^f*

To separate ; to divide.

A small wine vessel or cup.

ing on the stones in yonder fordable stream.'* (She-king.)

I ^ W 1=1 ^$L

in e toze ,,D6 w'

TEEN.

"To tyrannize over the people in order to feed one's self."

| Yen le, " Gravity i dignity."

A grave.

J^^^ j
^^j^ LEfH.

To mow or reap.

^6 j^^J Ten thing le sTh teTh, " A solemn voice and grave
manner."

J Minpuhyaou le, "The

J^^, Same as ^/j Ch'hoo.

people have no diseases which carry them off by premature

death."

^JJ|]

) ^||j^Shint,lh.e,Uee.
YUEN.

tsth k'he, " When the water is deep, then ford with the clothes

Three Springs issuing from below a-

J
hill. Now abbreviated to VIH Yuen. A source ; a fountain

en ; when shallow, lift them up." (She-king.)

A surname. The name ot a district

YEN.
)

M Same as the preceding.

The part commonly opened of the belly of a crab.
II

332

TWENTY-EIGHTH RADICAL.

l\

T. THH +

d S. C.

SZE, or Mow.

/\

Deflected; private; selfish, scheming, fraudulent.

P, To turn the back upon, added to
opposite,

Z\ Kung,

General; just.

#l. Sze, is now commonly used.

...A

Sze, makes its

In the above sense,

Read Mow, in the sense of

The character

3 s.c.

& Tsze, A

child," inverted.

The

posture of the child in a natural and easy parturition. Hence

this character forms part of the character

# Yh, To

ou rish; to bring up a child." Jience, also, the definition, To

j", A certain, person, place, or thing; the proper

issue forth suddenly; to occur abruptly.

name not being known, or purposely concealed.

Thuh joo k'he lae, Uccurring suddenly, coming on one

| #1

Mowte, A certain country. Ablank is sometimes filled up

thus

A A , and read Mow, mow, mow.

expressed, or passages which are

emphatic, are often, in MS,

and sometimes in print, marked with a string

and which are called

Ideas well

| #1#K

unexpectedly." (Yih-king.) Like a disobedient

child, driven

forth head foremost. (Shw-wn.)

% Thh.

Now wirtten

Z s ol.scrib}}, Kwing, see Rad. Willow

of these Mows,

#. 4. Len-mow, answering the pur

Pose which Europeans effect by drawing a line below a word

(A

ol.scrib EKhen,see Radi kung

in MS. or printing it in Capitals. The Len-mow, are vulgarly

:* #

--

Tseen k'heuen.

####T
From Two to Eight Strokes.

*en chuyta mow, To mark with a line of mows.

#H# Teen teen, A string of dots thus

*e inferior emphasis, and # # Leen k'heuen,
\

*ing of circles," thus O

O gives the highest

Za

Orig. form

*}#k": The upper part of the arm.

2 * Ol. Scrib. %] Hwan, seeRad. Z. Yaou

"Phasis to, or intimates the fullest approbation of, a

AA
passage

Ol. Scrib.

#|| Lim, see Rad. #. Yih

333

Twenty-eighth Radical.
^^ft^JI j

Ne wang na

IIJ.

Mow

k'heu, or /j^ j

^JjiK'HEW. Sameas^K'hew.
^P^Nek'hcunale.or^

| /fp[

ho ch'hoo, "Whither are you going!"

^^-^^ K'hew maou, " A three-forked weapon."

J-J-j

Ne k'heu
|

j^-f- Wo ch'huh k'heu kwang kwang, " I am going out to walk

Jfj^^ Same as J^J Jow.
for amusement"

^g^^^J^^l^

Chaou che puh lae, hwuyche puh k'heu, " When beckoned

JL
yy^^ Original form of the following.

to, he does not come ; when waved to, he does not go away
| Tsin k'heu, "To go in i to enter."
K'HEU.
From

^ S. C. ~ R. H.

Ta, Great, and

|~

| Shang ts'heen k'heu, " To go forward i to advanr*" ^jjj>-

Mow, givinj sound. To

Na k'heu, "To take away."

j -J/ K heu she,

leparate; to be distant or distinct from ; to go ; to go away ; to* jj "To leave the world i to depart this life."
go from ; to pais on i n a regular proper course, without impe

k'heu, "To pus, to pass away."

diment from the nature of things, or from circumstances. Fast;

Kwo cpfih k'heu, " Thoughts not pass i" or

J

j Kwo

^,^^f\ j

Sin kwo puh k'heu, " Heart not pass," away from a sub

gone ; former. Read K'heu, To put away from ; to expel ; to .

reject

Le k heu, or

^ | Le k'hae

k'heu, " To separate from each other."

ject, or an occurrence; i. e. unable to get over some unpleasant

circumstance, or some great benefit conferred. Used by persons

j^p^ Seang k'heu pah yuen, " Not very distant from j not very

who cannot forget some injury received: also by those who

different from."

Thien yuen. seang

apologize for being compelled to give trouble to others ; as

k'heu, " As distant, or as different from, as heaven from the

well as by those who profess to be overpowered by favors, a

sense ofwhich quite oppresses them.

abyss."

pj^^J* | ^eanB

j J^j^ K'heu tsew, " To recede from, or to

tlh k'heu, " It may be said," j=^y|^ | Keang puh k'heu,

leave i and to approach to i or to place one's self in i" as

|
" It cannot be said." These expressions apply either to the lan

^* K'heu kwan, " To leave the public service ;"

guageor to the reasoning. What is said, is, 6r is not,agreeable to
*j5J* Tsew kwan, " To enter on the public serrice."
the idiom ofthe language ; or it is not consonant to right reason.
Lae k'heu, ' " To approach and recede j to come and go."
="Jj|^^r -^j^ Keang tlh lae, "Can say ;" and the opposite
^V

Llle lae' k heu k'heu' " Constantly

phrase,

Keang poll lae, " Cannot say," refer to

coming and going ; repeating the same act again and again ;"
the speaker, and denote that he docs, or does not, possess ability
which is expressed also by,

^j^^j^ | Tso lae,

to express his thoughts intelligibly and properly. The same re

tso k'heu, ' Doing oyer and over again."

p^^j^.
mark applies to

| ShwB lae, shwo k'heu, "Endless tautology."

S>

Lae, and ^t- K'heu, when used with the

JA Mow
verbs

WY. Twenty-eighth Radical.

334

4T Hing, To so;" or # Pan, To transact.

#M |

One expositor gives it, as his opinion, that the person spoken

As,

of, eat both the rats and the seeds or fruits.

Panph k'heu, Cannot be carried into effect,

because of some impediment in the nature of the business.

{% |

# 3 S2'" phlae, is, It cannot beeffected, because

driven away.

the agent is wanting in the ability which he ought to possess.

k'heu che yu, After three defeats. (Tso-chuen.)

| R |H| Yih k'heu puh hwuy, Once

| # K'heu nen, Last year; also, former

teturn.

A\ ##$!!. | A###

years."

Neaou shoo yew k'heu, The birds and rats are

(She-king.)

| f'

% : olscrib # K'hung, seeRad K

gone, no

# #.

Kin nen

JL

Same as

San

Keu

, Tuy, An erroneous Character.

hwa sze 'heu nen haou, The flowers this year, are better
than last years.

| #/\#|4-4f.:#

LUY. Earth or mud formed into a wall.

AA

K'heu nenjin taou kin nan laou, The man of last year, is
this year old;" is used to express the rapidity with whicu old

Occurs in the lense of

# Trim.
<>

age overlakes men.

| E. #3. XR H 2).

# K'heu, see above.

Same as
Rheu jih tseen to, lae jih shaou, The days past are gradually

*ing, whilst the days to come are fewer in number."

2->

| #kha gae, To remove an impediment. |%

*##f
| Chhook'heu, or |
-

A.J.

JWL

A.

Ch'h

Chhe khae k'heu, To eject; to put away from; to

# Thoo.

Ol. Scrib.

Ol. Scrib.

# Te, see Rad. If

Kin.

|
|
|

exclude."

# # /\#####U

# S C.

CHUEN.

#. Affi:# 7\ }} | Yu win in to
kweichay, theen so yu, jin so pwan chay, theen so k'heu, I

To be minutely and devotedly attentive to . From

}}| Tsaou, Grain, which is

have heard, that he to whom the people turn, is the prince

Yaou, Minute, abbreviated, and

given by heaven; he from whom the people turn away, is one

wealth, issuing out of the ground, the effort of care and

rejected by heaven." (How-han-chuen.)

#. |

Kih

attention.

Same as

Chuen.

k'hcu, To degrade from office or rank.

K'heu, in the follow

olScrib.:#Tsing,seeRad/\Chaou

ng sentence, is said to denote, To store up or hide

#
j. #! | I'i # |j4$2. Wh

yay

'

k'heu tsaou shih urh shih che, He dug up the seeds of plants,

#
4

\
stored up by the field-rats, and eat them. (Tsheen-han-chuen.)

Same as

> Lh.

337

Twenty-eighth Radical.

IX. Mow^

pearance. Read Ts'han, The name of a song.

A, Same as

Hwa.
Ch'haou ts'han, " To be admitted to the presence of the Sove
reign; inferior spirits admitted to the presence of the majesty

Same as

Yew.
of heaven.'

Ts'han tsow, " To report to the

sovereign.'

=^ Ts'han yi, " To see a superior."

Same as ^ Ts'han.
JJjffi Ts'han Ie, " The ceremony of seeing a superior."'
^EjLTsan pae, "To visit an equal."

Same as ^flf Chae

yj^-j |

San seang ts'han wei ts'han, " Three blended

together, or united, make Ts'han."

From Eight to. Fourteen Strokes.

J^J.

Yu t'heen te ts'han,' United with, or forming one of three, with

the heavens and the earth ;" this is affirmed of the

SHEN.

A surname.

Shing jin, " Holy men, or Sages." It is said,

f1^

01. Scrib. Jp.Neen, see Rad.^p-Kan.

yang jin, shing jin keaou jin, " Heaven produced men ; earth
Same as

_ Sou.

nourishes them, and the Sages teach them." They are consi
dered as co-workers with the heavens and the earth, and hence
the above expression.

Ts'han keun;. j "j^J

Ts'han mow; and

^ Ts'han che ching sze,

YEW.
To c?'l upon and persuade to to entice ; to seduce.

| -tf^]

Are titles of certain officers.

persons in one war chariot"

Ts'han shing, " Three

|
^j*J^

Seang

TSHAN. JrS.C. <*fcA.V &R.H.

ts'han t hing che, " Several persons meeting together to give a .
9The name of a star. To enter in amongst; to blend with,

to.'

Keaou ts'han, "To have inter3t

or form one of; to mix with. To be concerned with; three

course* with

joined. To be admitted to the presence of; to see; to ad

Sovereign against any one."

vise with; to give advice to the Sovereign against inferior

prive an inferior of his office, and at the same lime, ad vis: the

officers, which, of course, is the privilege of the higher

Sovereign of it."

officers of the state. Read Sin, A certain star. The name of

deliberate."

a medicinal plant

examine."

The appearance of being heaped or piled

up. A surname. Read Ch'han, Uneven ; irregular, long ap

Ts'han hlh, " To state facts to the

J
J

j Jq^L Ts'han k lull, " To de

Ts'han cha, "To consult, to

Ts'han knou, " To compare and
/j-j^' Ts'han t'how she tsing,

"To be thoroughly versed in the affairs of life."

A Mow. XIV. Twenty-eighth Radical. 336

| #

Chhan ch'ha Uneven; some long, some short.

Ch'han ts, Mixed, blended.

/\ |

Same as

KWAN, A roller used by weavers.

#Kea.

Jin-sin; The

well known plant called Gin-seng; said to be so named from the

A.

Year

root resembling a man.

3:
Common form of the preceding.

FAN.

# K'hea.

XR

PE, or Pei.

Same as

# Tse.

Same as

# K'heu.

To detain a stranger.

A carriage or chariot.

Common form of

Same as

Same as

# Ch'hh.

$ Fun.
\,

TS'HUN, or Tshin

Name of a very artful cunning hare.

# S.

C.

#.
/

CHIN. To stick into the ground; to dig up.

337

TWENTY-NINTH

RADICAL.

CH'HA, or Ch'hae.
XYEW*

Represents the hand) hence iii usual meaning, Again;

furthert more; moreover still more. In compounds written thai ~f~ , and thu 3-, af in
Yew, To have ' 7^
Saou, ' To broth or scrub ;' ^ Sebh, 1 Hands rained down ;'
i. e. inow i ^ Tun, ' The hand grasping something ; one
who hat the conlroul of ;'
She, ' A hand seizing the
middle; an historian, who h supposed to be impartial.'
These, and several other (character*, are compounded of
yj Tew, and have an allusion to its import
^ | ^
T ha yew lae, ' He came again.'
j ^ Yew lac, or
| 2f5 "e Tew
' Yo ">me *R*m ' e- T0U ,re on
that topic again I you approach that subject again < Expresses
an aversion to enter on the subject in question. j

AS Yew yew ylh keen see, 'There is another rircum"Unce"'

1 Ml ^*^5jlYew ,ne J1" f*n *w"B
king, 'It again assumes a different asprrY
|
Yew yew y ih shwlt, ' There is another thing to be mentioned.'
tfl 7 $ ffi 1B I ^ ffl. ch,} ko "*
M
ko yew pbh nfcng, ' Unable to do this, and still more unable
to do that.'
| ~J^S
Yew piib k ho, ' Still more impro
per.' In the text of Le-king, occurs in Ihe sense of ^ Yew,
To pardon.' = J $ ^ $|J jfl Wang . yew,
jen how che king, The king had three grounds for pardon,
(ignorance, accident, and forgetfulneas), if none of these would
apply, then punishment was inflicted.'
Head Ylh, To restore; or return again to.
j T hern ming piih ylh, The protection of heaven will
aot return ' if lost by drunkenness. (She-king.)
Si

To insert the fingers of one hand between those of the

other, which is the manner of the Chinese when making a bow.
it is expressed by. ^
Ch'ha show, and by
^ Kung
AMtJft-A^HI Jt,hkeun'
yaou chang chi!, fung jin show tsin ch'ha, " Entering the
country, the loins are perpetually bent making bows; and
when people are met, all hands are folded,' so much politeness
prevails. ^ | Yay ch'ha, formerly written ^ | Yay
ch'ha, ' Certain mischievous demons or ghosts.' ^ jjjj
j Kwei mien yay ch'ha, ' A devil's-faced demon,' is an
approbrious epithet applied to a cruel officer in the time
of T hang.
Any thing branching off, or forked. A fork or pin with
two prongs. J] | Taau ch'ha, ' A knife and fork.' ^
| Yu ch'ha, ' A forked instrument for striking fish.'

|
D San chha lo k'how, 'A road branching off in
three directions from one point.'
CHAOU.

=sj S.C.

The nails of the fingers and toes, commonly called ^ ^3

Che kea, 'The mail of the fingers.'
K'HEfH.+
From jj^ Yew, and
Jin, ' To follow and persecute a
man.' Hence, To stretch towards; to extend to; to have a
reference to; concerning; about; to connect with ; and ; at;
to; effected; completed, j?]^"}"^!^)^^^

cvv.

II.

29th Radical.

338

~/j N"J pheyu Chung-kwB, than k'helh kwei fang, 'The

indignatio* *tltin China (against Chow-wang), extendi even to
gions of demont,' i. e. foreigner! alio feel indignation
against him. (She-king.) J^J
| ^ Yew kin k'helh
yuen, ' From that which ii near, it extendi to that which ii
remote/ |j ^ |
Yew ts'bin k'helh iboo, 'From
thoie nearly related, to more distant relations." ^
I is chuns J'" che leu Puh n*nR k'he,b
yuen, ' None of the whole nnmber able to extend their thought!
to what ii distant' ^ j
^Yen k'helh hwang t'heen,
Extend repoK to the Majesty of heaven,' by givng rcpoie
to the people on earth. (She-king.) ^ | K'he k'helh,
Standing on tiptoe to look towardi ; hoping, expecting.' Q J5jj
| ^ ^fe Q P^JThio puh k'helh che teyuiyin,' A
place to which the light of the iuii doei not reach ii called
Yi"'' ?fc | dep. We khelh ylh neen, 'Not extend to'a
year'i time; not to long ai a year-' jjjl^i}- J 1$ Leen
k'ho k'helh te,' Hay you obtain in uninterrupted sufceuion, to
the various literary degreei, till you are tented in the room of
the ^
Tsin-sze," which ii denoted by Te.
jfjj
j Leen luy urh k'helh, ' To combine the several classes and
connect them.' |jjjjg J ^pj^jpf. Lun k'helh ho sze, ' Discouning about what ?'
J j|l
Tan k'helh ihin
raojin, 'Talking about whom?'
^a^A. I 1^1 Uty ^t,
|A Chay jin k'helh t'ha telh heung te, 'Thii man and hii
brother.'
% ffe $ | Heung chung te k'helh, ' When
the elder brother diet, the younger lucceedi.'
^ ij^ 4&
J How hwuy woo k'helh, ' After repentance will be unavail
ing,' it a tentence often employed in government edicts, ad
dressed to the people.
^ ^ -fj oj" j Fe jin che lelh k'ho k'helh, 'Unat
tainable by human effort,.' # fl ffi tit j * 1 $f
A ^ I f fflfli^^ ChunS U1h kiaS "ng. n.a
puh k'helh gan, jin pbb k'helh keS, izeaanpun tsow, 'All
the banditti were dreadfully alarmed ; the horse never reached
it, saddle, nor the man his armour; but were dispersed and
fled in every direction.' ^fjj-jj^ J Pun nan6 chin5
k'helh, 'Cannot carry it inlo effect' >j|j j Tso k'helh,
Effected ; done ; completed.'
| Yew k'helh, 'Again
terminated,' are words which commonly close the postscript
ofa letter. ||
xf>
|& || 1 & Cb bang go puh

ti'huen, Uung tsxe k'helh yay, ' He increased hit vicei and would
not reform, hence involved himself in misery.' (Tso-chuen.)
K'helh, in this sentence, is used in a peculiar sense. To 1
read Meg.
YEW.
8
Ik
From two hands joined. Of the same mind and disposition.
To unite cordially; to blend their influence, said of persons or
things. To love as brothers. An associate ; a companion; a
friend ; friendly ; friendship. To rhyme, read Wei.
^ ^jf T'hung che wei yew, ' To be of the same will or
disposition constitutes the meaning of Yew.'
;|^\ |
J{ Sin yew koojin,' A heart attached to the ancients ;' i. e. fond
of reading the works ofthe ancients.
^Tj^l^rf )
Yu che so yew chay, 'One whom you befriend or associate
with.'
j P'hSng yew, ' A friend ; an acquaintance.'
ffi J
P'hang yew wang lae, 'The intercourse of
friends.'
I Tsaw yew p'hang yew, ' A wine
and flesh friend ;' one who professes friendship for the sak*
of being invito! to one's table.
Yew tscw yewjow to p'hjlng yew; hwan nan che she, ylh ko
woo, ' When a man has wine and flesh to give away, he
has plenty of friends, but in the time of distress and difficulties,
not one.' ^ ] Sun yew, ' An injurious friend.' ^ |
Ylh yew, 'An advantageous friend.'
J Leang yew, 'A
good moral friend.'
| Wang neen yew, 'Forget
year friend ;' i. e. one who pays no regard to the circum
stance of age; in contradistinction from those who form
friendships ffom the circumstance of persons being distinguish
ed by literary rank, or actual office in the government in the
same year. Which is also expressed by jfjjj
j T'hung
neen yew,' A friend ofthe saraeyeor.'
j Leaouyew,'A
fellow officer,' either in the civil or military department ^
J Ch'hwang yew, ' A fellow student.' ^ | Hwuy yew,
'A fellow-member of an association.'
] Seang
haou p'hang yew, ' An acquaintance; one with whom one is on
friendly terms.'
JJj^ JjJ] | Sin fuh p'hang yew, and
2 jjjj J Che ke p'hang yew, express ' An intimate friend,'
in the strongest sense; one to whom one's inmost thoughts

29th Radical.

339
are known. jUjjp^JIJj | B k'he p'hang yew, 'An upright,
tpirited, di.interetted friend.' /Jn A ^ f"J ^ I M
t Seaou jin keaou le, k'he yew woo chang yay, 1 A mean
l is intent on gain, V* friendships are inconstant' | ^JJ
Yew pang, 'A friendly sUte or country.'

II.

Yew ^

The obsolete form of the preceding

From two hands, denoting mutual assistance.

|
FUH.

s. c.

PL
^ 21 ^ jjfl
5ft Keaou Tew *eu t'hing k'he yen, kwan
k'he slh,joo kwo pin hing twan fang, tsae lelh thing wo chay,
yu che keaou, urh yew ylh, ' In forming a friendship, it is
necessary to listen to a person's words, and to obserre his
manner; if it be found that his conduct is indeed regular, and
that bis talents are superior to mine, then there will be advan
tage in holding intercourse with him.' ^tJJjj,^ ]

seang yew, wan hwuy e sang, jib jug seang y>.w, keun Iun e
ming ; fung yu seang yew, tt*ou mtth e yung, keun tsze seang
yew taou tth e ching, ' Heaven and earth blending their influencet, all creatures were produced ; the sun and moon blend
ing their influences, the varied groups of animals and men are
enlightened ; the wind and rain blending their influences, plant*
and trees flour, i ; by good men blending their friendly efforts,
reason and virtue are perfected.' j
Yew gae, ' Fraternal
lore ; the affection ot friends.' J
Yew yu beung
te, ' Affection amongst brothers.' (Shoo-kiug.^ >^jj/K
| Puh heaou pub yew, . Without filial piety, without
brotherly affection.'
P'HEEN.

To lead ; to guide.

01. Scrib. % Kwei.

MUH.

S. C.

31
To take any thing out from amongst water i to dire into
water in order to take out something. From Hand below JpJ
Hwuy, 'Water.' Tbeframers of the Le-cbaractcr changed the
upper part to~J] Taou.

From [9 Ttee", ' A division or portion ofan affair,' and ^

Yew, ' The hand.' To direct; to manage ; to put in order.

^^^^ Vulgar form of ^ Shwang, ' Double ; a pair of.'

KUNG. To join the hands, raise them to one's

breast and depress them again, at an act of reverence. Alto
written ^ Kung.

From Hand, the agent by which things are turned. To turn

contrary to the first direction ; to turn back ; to return ; again
and again; contrary to ; contrarywise ; on the contrary j to act
contrary to ; to rebel. Read Fan, To turn back part of the
deserved punishment of a criminal ; to mitigate punishment
Jj j Fan fan,. ' Decorous ; attentive to propriety of con
duct"
JL I Sz* v woo fan, ' The messenger
returned five timet.' (Ts'heen-han-chuen.)
| JpJ Fan
hwuy, or hwuy fan, ' To return back again to.'
jjjg jjj^
^jjC J Fuh luh lae fan, " When blessings and wealth descend,
he still continues unwearied.' (She-king.) ^ ] Lae fan.
In common usage denotes, ' To come and go.'
j IB
Fan fiih, 'Backwards and forward*; ever and over again;
the same it expressed by repeatimg the words thus, Fan
fan, fuh fuh ; alto by ) ^ ^| ^ Fan lae fiih k'heu, ' Com
ing back, and going away again.' ] |j| ^ ^ Fan fi:fa.
puh ting,' Unsettled ^wavering.' j|, ] j|||/)' J\.lQ
E fan e fuh teaou jin tin, ' It shows the heart of an inferior
mean man, to be easily turned backwards and forwards.' J
^ ~r ^ 7f> a. F*n fun tins nmE ,t>e j' * t 'nsiruct
persons by reiterated explanations or pTecepti." ( Chung-

^ Yew.

IV.

29th Radical.

340

From Three to Six Strokes.

chc ting haou fan haou tung, ' Thit child it by natural dispolition, fond of playing about, and turning every thing upsidedown.'
] J^g^^H -pjptFankewU-bepun,
fiih Uze hea heO, ' To invetligate a lubjcct back to its source ;
and to pursue it up from its first principles:Analysis and
synthesis.' | ^ p[Ki lit Fan wei 60w t'boo, ' His stomach
turned ar.d he vomited.'
j Fan,
J Seang Jan, or
| Taou fan, ' Contrary or opposite to what preceded, to
the original intention,' or to what was expected ; contrary wise.'
1 i^^T*^ Fan wei pub mei, 'Contrary (to what 'I
wished) it turned out unpleasantly.' ^ ^ ^ | Yew
woo seang fan, 'To possess, and to be destitute of, are oppo
site terms. ^JJj ] |K j|| YJh, fan yu tsze, ' Ylh, ia an
expression ofcontrariety,' at, 'Or,' a Disjunctive Particle mark
ing opposition.
|
Fan gnn, ' To go contrary to, or
deny the confession made at an inferior court;' commonly,
on the ground of its being extorted. ^
J gj^ ^
| jp^ Wan yew ching pelh yew fan pelh, ' Composition hat
a direct and a contrary pencil i'i, e. a proposition it argued first
affirmatively, and then negatively, aiming, however, to come
to the same conclusion-: at to induce pe.pie to learn, first
thew, that to learn leads to certain good effects; not to learn,
is followed by certain bad consequence!, j
Fan chaou,
' To row buck.'
I B8 Fan chaou, ' To reflect back light.'
H I Tszefan, 'To turn back one's selft to examine one's
**"' l/l I Mw ftOTo plan rebellion.'
^ J
Tsaou ifan, or ffc ] Tso fan, ' To rebeli overt acts of re"dlion. ]
Fan pwan, ' To desert the service of, and
rebel against' /||| j Pelh fan, 'To force to rebellion by
oppression.'
j Fan, or ] ^/J Fan U'he, The tyllabic
Tnode of spelling , ^ ^ ffi | Saou, too-paou fan, The
pronunciation of|^, it obtained from S-oo p*ou, by going
back to the initial, and joining it to the final.'
jj^ji^ The common mode of-writing jj show.
To receive ; to collect together. See Radical jjj? p'hut .
^j^*- Same 88 A Hwang.

^^^KWAE,OrKeuS. TodivuleitoduAinguisiJkto
decide. Original form of ^J- Keuf.

^^^j^ An erroneous form of ^P'bli, seeRadical^Kheun.

T'HAOU

s. c.
X
Sharp ; slippery. One says, To take. Tbet
tain large headed drum.
J^POO.

in order.

To alter and form.

^ S..C.
Name of a certain tree, said to grow spontaneously toward*
the rising tan. According with what it right and reasonable ;
similarity amongst several in this respect ; union of heart and
virtuous sentiment, denoted by the form of the character,
which is made up of three bauds.
^ ^ ^ ~Jj ^
jjr$
w,|nUD' ,nnS ftngtsze jen the shin miih, 'J8miih, a divine tree which grows spontaneously in the east;'
also called
Foo-sang.

SHE. 01. Scrib. She.

X
Jh X. t*3P *f* *f* 5E
Tiling jew Aung i chung,
ching yay, ' From Hand grasping the middle i the middle de
notes that which is right and impartial.'
p|* ^
^
aj jfc
Ke sze tang chooyuchung ching yay, 'lie
who records events should consider, as of chief importance,
a correct impartiality.

341

P HEAOU.

H3i S. C.

^sniht.

To fell ; to drop a* fruit from s tree.

^

Ol.Scrib.^ Tseun, see Radical%Kwa.

SElH.

Same as

29th Radical VI. Yew

Togo; to walk.

Kwae, see Radical ;i>Sin.

TSHEfi.
Le ts'bee', ' To manage ; to regulate ; to cotitroul.'
Ol.Scrib. JfSze,see Radical J Kwan.

Same as j P'he.

SOW. To support an aged person, by holding his

arms when standing up: hence from Hand. The correct
form of Sow, ' Oae who require* to be supported i an aged
Tenerable person.'

To collect i to gather ; an epithet of respect applied to men

by their juniors. Term by which a wife addresses her hus
band's younger brother i a junior brother of one's father; an
uncle. Occurs in the sense of -^r Shiih, ' Pease, pulse.' A
surname.
Kew yuSshuh tseu,.' In theninth,
moon gather the herb tseu;'
ft>%,1k%&tk% I ft.********foo i how sang wei Shuh-foo, My father's ' seniors are called
She-foo, bis juniors are called Shuh-foo.' /(P ] FTh shuh,
' A senior and junior uncle by the father's side,' otherwise de
nominated- j Shuh-foo.
| -ffy Sbuh moo, ' Uncle'i
wife; aunt.'
j Shhh, or. Shiih shiih, ' Husband's younger
brother ; wife's brotner-in-law.' >
^5. ] S*oa' A-shuh,
1 The youngest amongst several uncles/ ^ [JJi | TaAshob, ' The senior of those denominated Shuh.'
j
^ ^ Saoushiihpbhl'hungwan, ' A wife does not hold free
intercourse with her brother-in-law' according to ancient
usages.
| j^ji Shiih chin, ' An uncle and nephew.
^ | ling shub, ' Your uncle.'
|j | Kealhiib, My
uncle.*
^ j Tae shuh, Title of a certain officer. |||
'%% I Iff^lA^^liKwashwuy.weiihuh
she i tseang wang, wei ke she, ' A nation declining is called
Shbh-she ; about to fall, is called Re-she.' ] jfF Shiih she,
'The last generation of a Dynasty.' ftf] ^ ]
fj|f
She tang shiih ke che she, ' The age was in a period of decline.

01. Scrib. ^jt Haou, see Radical/tH oo.

SHWE, or Shwa.

9k

From a Hand holding a Napkin below a corpse. To wipe;,

to absterge ; to cleanse.

From Six to Txelve Strokes:

01. Scrib.

S. c.

He, see Radical |jj Kin.

CH'HUfi,

^ S. C.

To connect together ; connected ; uninterrupted succession.

01. Scrib. ^ Yew, see above.
n

TSHEU.
01. Scrib. ^jt Fung, see Radical

Ej5j S C.

Ta.
To take j to lay hold on ; to assume ; to seize what is not
Sr.

Yew. VI.

29th Radical.

342

given; to receive what ii offered ; to be taken ; to be applied

to, or sought for j to be promoted.
^ >J^J E .how
U'heu wiih, ' To take with the hand.'
| jfe T.'heu, .hay,
'To take, and to part with.'
| ^ T.'heu chae, ' To
take or exact a debt.'
}|| | Kwo U heu, ' To take too
much.'
| ^ Ti'heu kwo, ' To Uke or bring oyer to '
Vfy A | Osl ^ ^ Keaou j in ^'heu kwo pelh lae, ' TH
a man to bring a pencil hither.'
|
Tt'heu lae, ' To
l>rinR-'
| i Ti'heu k'heu, or |
Ti'heu ch'hoo,
To take away."
| ^ Ti'heu juh, ' To bring in.'
j
T.heu chhiih, ' To Uke out.'
|
Tt'heu ft, ' To
Uke an example' from others. ^jjjj | Ti he ts'heu, To
appropriate lu one't telf ; to take by stealth:
j Sze
tt'heu, ' To take privately, or clandestinely.'
| Kung
Uheu, 'To Uke publicly or justly.'
j Lwan Uheu,
'To Uke at random ' whether jutt or unjust.
JJI |
Chinr tt'heu, * To Uke what it juit and proper.'
| ^
Ti'heu ming, 'To Uke a name;' to be desirous of no
toriety ; to covet fame. ] ;g ^ ^
]
/j^
J|g^ Ti'heu ming puh Woo le, Uheu 1c pbh kon ming,
' He who aspires to fame disregards gains he who -covets gain.
di.reg.rd. fame.'
% ^$ | ^
Kou
ttzc gaeU'hae, U'heu che yew taou, *A good man lore, wealth ;
but in obtaining it, he regardt what is jutt and reasonable.'
j Ching U'heu, 'To levy dutie..' ] /jg TiTien .in,
'To take a letter; or, to induce belief; by good con
duct to caute people to confide in one.' ]
Ti'heu IB,
' To pursue pleaiu re.' ^ |
Ttze U'heu ho, To bring
misery on one1. ielf.' ] 1^=1 Ti'heu hung, ' To .elect the
successful candidate, at literary examination. ; to be .elected.'
ijt^^'pj | K'hejin puh k'ho U'heu, 'That man is
not worthy lo he .elected' on any account whatever ; there i.
nothing estimable about that person. ^ | j=j Mung
ts'heu ho, ' Thank for UVing good.,' i. a phrate with which
trades-people hegin their bill.. j||
%J
| Yu,
leih hing e Ue U'heu, 'The .cholar cxerU himself in the pur
suit of his studies, and waits till he be .ought after to be em
ployed.

AMMMFJHLiftJKifc

seaou yu, to wei kwei yu t'hecn hea che rze chaj, wei jin pae
hwan, ihTh nan, kae fun lwan, urh woo U 'heu yay, ' Loo-leen,
laughing laid, He it called the moit excellent person in the
world, who dissipates people'i distresses, free, tbem from their
difficulties, arranges their disorder.,and will receive nothing
**.. 1#* IMM^nmA I MM
^ |jj= jjjgj Taou chay, seaou U'heu yen, Ulh seaou tilt fuK
ta U'heu yen, Ulh tatlh fiib, 'Of good principle., be"YfH
Uket little, will have a .mall portion of happiness; he-wrHo
take, largely, will have great happiness.' Read Ts'heu, in tree
same tense as ^ Ts'heu.
|
Ts'heu tse, ' T6 marry
a wife.'
| ^ Ts'heu Ue, ' To Uke a concubine.'
SHOW.
m
From ^ Pbcaou, ' To drop down,' and "- Melh, ' To co
ver.' To receive ; lo accept of; to coutinue the succession of;
to conUin; to endure; to bear. Form, the Passive Tense of
Verbi. ^ ^Show,show, To give, and toreceive.' jjjf j
Tize, .how, ' To refuse and to accept' ]
j|t Show
gan .hin chung, 'To receive great kindness and bounty.'
| Piih kan show, * Dare not accept t' in the lan
guage of courtesy, I preiume not to accept of your present.
J ^ /^J ^ show che vew kwe'. ' 1 blush t0 receive it.'
] Puh ying ihow, It i. not proper to receive.'
koo, pih ihow ylh ch'hang tlh k'he, ' Without any cau.e or
reaton, received a gratuitous fit of anger.' J ^ Show k'he,
* To be subject to a person's anger.' ^ J Ling ihow; or
/fi j Ching ihow, ' To receive.' |=J ] Mae ihow, To
purchase.' jfe. | Teen ihow, ' To receive in pledge ; to
give a tarn of money on a house or other property, left ii
pledge.' ^ ] T|fHL
Ch,ng "how Uoo ye1, ' To receive,
or inherit, the patrimony of one'i anceitor..'
| jg
M I
Yi" show Hea, Cliow how Yin, 'The dynasty Yin
succeeded that of Hea, and Chow succeeded Yin.'
| ^
Z. ft !6 % <& A - $ Show j'n c,,e *. peih uns
chung jin die ize, ' He who accepts a commission from a
man, must be faithful in executing hi. business.'
|
^\
-j^ Show luy puh t'haou haou, ' Became involved, (on

343
account of others ) without peeking (personal ) advantage,'
is the sense the words convey ; but the phrase is used to im
ply, that disinterested exertions in behalf of others, have been
rewarded by. their ill-will. |
Show toaon,' To be made |
created.'
j ^r ffi} Fan show tsaou che wuh,
' Every thing created i every creature.'
J ^ Show nan,
o suffer ; to suffer distress.' Also read Show. To rhyme,
.cad Shoo.
Same as ^ Pun, see Radical

T%.

29th Radical.

Yew

to desert from.'
Fan, is properly To rise in immediate
opposition to the government) and J Pwan, To flee from
under Its controul t they seem, however, to be used in com
mon. ^ | Pei pwan, 'To rebel against.' ]
wan
lwan, * Rebellion and anarchy.'
^ Jj^ | ^ Mow fan
pwan ylh, ' To lay plans of insurrection and rebellion.'
^jfj
chehwan PTh-keTh p'hwan hlh he e hwuy hwang, ' Like all
the stars revolving round the north pole, darting forth their
twinkling splendours with radiant effulgence.'
GtFl s. c.

SOW.
K'H WAE.

VIII.

To desist ; to cease.

Com. form of|Seu, seeRad ;P'huh.

To arrange in order; to converse about.

From a Rand supporting ^ Tsae, ' Misfortune.' A term

of respect applied to old men, ^ ^> I>ou sow, ' Old and
enfeebled.' Nototwritten J|2 Sow.

;jjjr jj^
Original form of

w&n,' You and I, when we see each other, will converse a little
about the cold and heat ;' i. e. about passing occurrences.
jffi ] Seang sett) | |j Seu hwa ; J gj< Seu tan, ' To
converse together.'
^ J T'heen seu, ' The celestial
orders;' i. e. the five relationships, husband and wife, father
and son, and so on. (See under 'jj^ Lun.)

Jfl, 1 If, as,' &c. Sec Rad.j))lfrTsaou .

The original form of ffi Tib.

To take ; to obtain.
KAOU.

From a Hand taking a pearl.

To announce with care and deference.

Chow's mode of writing Jjfc Ping.

5^

Same as ^ K'haou, ' To imitate.'

KEA.

S. C.
Jjj^^ WEI, Or Ylih.

To borrow ; to transfer and appropriate to something elseRead Ilea, A surname. Erroneously written for
T'hwan.

A kind of smoothing iron, made so as to contain fire.

Jj?^ CH'HE.

$L PWAN-

To quiet; to tranquilizc.

To bite ; to gnaw.

To separate from ; to revolt ; to depart to another country.

Al. Scrib. [ft^Pwan. Read P'hwan, Light; splendour. Al.
Scrib. %l P'hwan.
|j$
^ ^jj| g| fa Le-pwan,
pun t'ha kwo yay, ' Le-pwan, denotes running off to another
country.' ^ J Pei pwan, 'To renounce allegiance to;

SOW.

An old person. Read Sow, A respectful epithet applied

to' an old man.
J{? | Sdw sow, ' The noise made in
washing rice.' Read Saou, In the sense of ^J? Saou.
]

Yew.

XI.

29th Radical.

] Saou raou, ' The appearance of moving or shaking.'

(Knng-he.) Sha-muh, reads this character Fan, and defines
it, To invert, to cover, to injure. From Hand and a mortar.
Adding.
Zgftfe*** t'hun
laou che sow fe she, ' To use Fan for Sow, the respectful
epithet uf the aged, is erroneous.' (E-w&n-pe-lah.) j|r ]
laou sow, 'Venerable, air.' J }=J | ^Jg^fllfl
Jj|* Wang yuf, sow ptih yuen ts'heen le urh lae, ' The king
said (to Mang-Uze), Sir, You have not considered a thousand
le too great a distance to come to me.' (Mang-tize.) . ^
|
T'hung sow woo k'he, ' Neither child noiv man will be imposed upon,' is a phrase written in large
characters on a board in Chinese shops.

344
lb
= V CHUY, Or Shuy.

To divine; to enquire of

the gods respecting future good or evil. A local word .

E2P^ Same as 555 J8, see above.

Original form of $ P'heen.

Original form, of rfl Shun.

YEN, or NSen: 'Soft leather or skin.

Same as ^2 Kea, see above.
PAOU.

A surname.

i* Ol.Scrib. H Sang, see Radical^MiJh.

01. Scrib. ^Show, see above.

Same as |g K&ng, see Radical 0Yur

Same as f| Sang, see Radical^ MBh.

Same as ^ K'he, see Radical 0 K'how.

CHA.

To take ; to seize.

01. Scrib. if? Sze, see Radical I KwSn.

LE.

To lead ; to guide ; to induce.

^j^OI. Scrib. ^ Tsow, see Radical ^ Ta.

~jjj^)^01 Scrib. |t Kan, seeRadical^tP'huh.

Same as fi] Lew, see Rad. JJ Taou.

TS1NG. A pit in which to entrap animals.

Ol. Scribal Yang,see Radicals-Show.

Same as the preceding.

Ol.Scrib. J^K'hang, seeRadical /*" Han.

01. Scrib. ^ Shun, see Radical^ Teen.

CHUE\

Short j any thing short. A local term-

345

01. Scrib: f| Show, see Radical iSze.

From Twelve to Twenty-two Strokes.

^j^j^ HO-

A ditcl< a fosse-

PE.H.

A rule; ahw.

CHU E.

$5

Kefih chu, 'Appearing short!"

29th Radical.

XXII.

Yew^

blage ; crowded together as trees in a wood ; woody . From ^

Ch8, 'Luxuriant herbage,' hence the idea expressed by the cha
racter. To add j)H|l Tsaou, and write ^ Ts'hung, for
|
tfp Ts'aou U'hung sang, ' Rich luxuriant herbage,' if a
needlessaddition to parts already abundantly significant (Shamuh. )
^ Ts'hung I'm, ' An exteniire wood ; a place
of public concourse as a temple.'
J
Ts'hung ts'ho,
' Multifarious and troublesome.' yjr
J JJjf jj B&
tif ^ Yuen show U'hungts'ho tsae ; koo kwitng to Itae,
1 Wbctl the Head is troublesome with /exatiouily minute scrup -ositj, the Limbs become dissatisfied and idle.' The Head
denotes the Prince ; the limbs, hit Ministers. Name of a cer
tain stage or terrace. A surname.
CHUE.

Noise made bj a chicken ; n<

I^^^^JU Y", or YUy. Folly enlightened; perspicuous ;

peoetrating intelligence. Now commonly written ^ Yu jr.

when bursting from the shell.

CM.Scrib. ^Keiih, see Radical I^KKh.

' Ol. Scrib. || Sze, see Radical 3. Ke<

Ol. Scrib.

Sow, see Rad. ^ Show.

J3 01. Scrib. 35 Woo, seeRad.XKung.

% 01. Scrib.^L Lwan, see Radical L Yth.

Same as ^jf Chae, see Radical

TSHUNG.
Collected together;

Same as Yew, see Radical /ft Sin.

in crowds j a mixed :

Tse.

346

THIRTIETH

R A DICAL.

| Kwaekhow, Aready, coneiliating elocution.'

E.

UT K How:

##| # Khow she le pen. Artful specious loquacity.'

Zij |
(#) /\ Yew k'how tsae tih jin, A man of elo

W7

The mouth of any animal; speech; utterance. An entrance;

* : \\ kit;3| | ###"

a narrow straight or passage into a lake or sea; the mouth of

a riven. The numeral Particle employed when reckoning
houses, persons, draughts of any liquid, and knives or swords.

gan shay tselh, le k'how fh pang kea, A faithful heart

A surname. Also a part of several proper names. The an

utterance, fluency
tsze yen, Mouth's corner character's eye, is a term applied

cien-pronunciation was Khoo, which yet-occurs in the She

king. To rhyme, read Khow. || 3:/\}#} = #

til # # Khow chay, jin so e yen shih yay, seang hing,
Khow, denotes that with which people speak and eat, its form
represented by the character. (Shw-wn.) # %

tranquilizes the gods of the county : * specious artful eloquence

overturns a nation.'

to the

# | # Haou k'how keb, A good

| ; 4. # K'how ke
of speech.'

Faride. which modify and adorn language. |

# K Khow ket, chhun

|

fung, An address Pleasing" the

Ke k'how, To wrangle

with.'

vernal breeze."

is

ity # | Kin sin, sew k'how, An embroidered heart, and

|] }% | # P'hing tsung khowjh; ho tsung

k'how chhh, Disease enters by the mouth, and mischief

decorated mouth; i.e. elegance of sentime" and language.

proceeds from it.'

king k'how tseen hjin tsang, T9 cheapen one's efforts (and

employ them liberally) obtains people's respect to cheapen
one's words (and talk much), procures people's resentment."

| # MN # Khow he, in fe,

The mouth is right, but the heart wrong. L]

## #

Khow theen, sh hw, A sweet mouth, and a slippery ton

| # I'll j# # #| Khow

gue.

meih urh fuh yew

keen, Honey in the mouth, but a sword in the belly.

| # ty Fuh k'how,

shay sin, The mouth of a god,

but the heart of a serpent.

| X # JN Khow puh
tuy sin: or UN | . # Sink'how pub tuy, The mouth
at

: * ". heart.' /\

J.E.

j] # #A # | R&#/\#

'#' | j\.R. | Z]* Kwan k'how

Leih tseen tih jin

ta, min k'how seaou,

A mandarin's mouth is large, the people's small; tode"

4%; | %.3%

any question with a mandarin is fruitless.

| T. Nek'how ta, wo k'how hea, Your mouth is large,
I must succumb."

| # j # K'how thow teih hwa,

D] Wi # }## #

#Jin k'how leang kwae phe; shw hwa wooting

khe, The two bits of skin which form man's mouth, utter
words at random."
#! | # /\ Chhh k'how shang
jin, To utter words which injure others."

words which proceed merely from the mouth: " "

Aliment.
HH % Khow chow keaou, Amere"
quaintance.'

| H. # Kaow urh cheheb,

Learning

of the mouth and ear, i.e. superficial knowledge." well

| # # #||
worked into the mind.

|# l # f] suyk'how foolho,
# | Hwa k'how, Indis
| # Khow k'he, The breath of

K'how choo, peih se, To destroy with the mouth, and cut

To assent to everything said."

off with the pencil. To pronounce censures, and record them

criminate loquacity.'

with the pen of the historian.

the mouth, is understood literally so; it also denot"

the

30th Radical.

347
mode of speaking; the dialect ; dispute; quarrel,
P ijj^
Ttaog k'how k'he, ' To wrangle about words.' ^ | Fung
k'how, To dote up or leal.' *^ | ^| j Fung k'how
shoo han, 'A closed letter.' ^fe ] Hae k'how, An entrance
from the tea.' jpjjj j Hook'how, 'An entrance to a lake.'
^dJ j Ho k'how, ' Entrance of a river.'
ptj j Mun
k'how, ' A door.'
ptj | Ttae tun n k'how , ' At the door.'
~p | Hoo k'how, ' A house ; a separate family.' ^ |
Kea k'how, 'The people of a house.'
| Jin k'how,
' Persons,'
| Sang k'how, ' Living persons.'
|
pj~ ^ Yew sang k'how k'ho tuy, ' There are persons living
who can appear to attest it.' ^ | Sang k'how, ' Domestic
animals.'
| ^ Soo k'how che kea, ' A family con
sisting of several persons.'
| ^ ^ PS k'how'che
kea, 'A family consisting of eight persons.' (Mang-tszc)
/v |p$ "fj; | P wan yu k'how, ' Upwards of eighty thou
sand men.' jj^. j Lop k'how, ' The entrance of a road.'
JJjjjji | Yae k'how, ' An important pass or road.'
J
|^ ^p- Show k'how yuen p'heVn, ' The officers and men who
defend a pass.'
j Kwan k'how, ' A pass where duties
are levied) a custom-house.' Jjjj
^ j Fhh yS san
k'how, ' Three draughts of medicine.' jj^
j ^ Yin
ylh k how thwuy, ' To take a draught of water.' j\\ J] J\
| Seaou taon pi k'how, ' Eight small knives.' ^ j
Ch'hlli k'how, one of six responses obtained from reckoning
on the fingers, the month, the day, and the houri in the hour
on which it falls; -persons are peculiarly liable to litigation
and debate ; bence those who regard the rule, are, during the
given period, careful to keep silence, or to avoid intercourse
with people.
1 jjf Kwanetszekewkhow
thin, 'Observe wVth what a man feeds his mind, and fills his
mouth,' and his happiness or misery may be thence inferred.
(Ylh-kiug.) <jtj | ^{ jp
Wei k'how ch'huhhaou,
lung yung, ' From the mouth proceeds peace or war.' (Sbook'ng0 ~ff] ] Koo k'how, A double surname.
j Hoo
k'how, The name of a hill.
j Kiih k'how, The name
of a country. ^|J j Lei k'how, The name of a district
Occurs read K'hung, A vacant place |.a cave. Read K' hoo.
jjjf Haou yen tsze k'hoo, yew yen tsze k'hoo ) yew sin yu yu,

II.

K'how P

she e yew woo, 'Their words, whether good or bad, proceed

merely from the mouth, (there is no truth in them) i hence the
depth of my sorrow ; hence the insults and slanders which I en
dure.' (She-king)
P/^ YAH.

p 1 Ytttyth, 'Noise, sound.'

OL Scrib. P K'how, see above.

01. Scrib. g Che, see Rad. ft Jih.

YIH. The voice of a bird.

Characters formed by Hoo Strokes.

i*

Koi>

From Ten and Mouth; that which lias passed by tradition

through ten generations. Remote ages ; ancient ; old long ago.
A surname i the Jiame of a plant. Tfj" ^ Koo kin. ' Ancient
and modern.' ji^ j Jgj^ ^ p/h koo, t'hung kin, 'Tho
roughly versed in ancient and modern affairs.' 4j J ^
Wang koo lae kin/The old passesaway and ,tho present comes."
] jjjj Koo she, ' Ancient times.' | S| Koo she, ' Ancient
odes.' | djU Koo tsze, ' Ancient letters.' j
Koo
jin, or -^ | Seen koo,V The ancients.' | ^9
Koo.
shing Jin, 'The ancient Sages." y^.ij^^ | Jiu sin piih
koo, ' Men's hearts are not as in ancient times i' i. c they are
not so good at formerly, ffi ^ J J j|U 0 ~jp Ne
tsae koo le kwo jlh tsze, ' You pass your days (as was done)
in ancient times,' with the same homely simplicity. j /p
Koo kcaou, ' The ancient doctrines;. ancient principles.' ]
fpKo Ju- 'Au old saying; a proverb.' J^yfv^l"^
She piih koo ch'hoo, 'Ah! he trots mc not as the manner of
i iie ancients.' (She-king.) | J ^ Koo koo tells , ' Old,
aucienL' ] g4 Koo yaou, An olJ furuac j ;' i. e. burnt in

Khow.

Il. 30th Radical.

348

| # 3t #Ko tung,
wan khe, Old natural curiosities; antiques: | # #
Koo tung phoo, A shop, where antiques are sold.' # |
Chung koo, Of long duration; permanent.' | # Koo
kwae, Strange; odd; monstrous.' # # | | # '##
$ HT # Seangmaou kookoo kwae kwae shin she kho e,
His visage looks strange and odd : it is very suspicious. #

shwkeuhwa, I would speak a word with you.' # . #

# 4. | # Hwa plih whow ke, Pwan keu to, When

R} = | ## E | X + H | }L 3-N
She leth sankoo; Fh-he shang koo, Wn-wng, chung koo,

seven syllables in each line, and eight lines in a stanza.'

| #
| # % Yih keu hwan yih keu shw8

K'hung-tsze, hea koo, The World has passed through three

lae, To enunciate word after word, or sentence after sen

antiquities: Fh-he's were the times of high antiquity; Wiin

tence leisurely; distinctness of thought or expression.

wng's were the middle antiquity:

| #
# Yih keu she, A line of a verse." | H #
# # # VI K Jh Z. | # Ken, koo weithere",

an old furnace; old China-ware.

and the times of Confucius

were the lower antiquity.

To rhyme, read Ko.

WT

KTEU.

3)

Words marked off by a pause or stop in writing; a period; a

. term; a word; a line of a

##! Low keu, The name of a place. Read Kheu,

sentence ; an expression ; a phrase;

verse.

% |

Seuk'heu, The name of a place.

ing, or budding out in a curling manner.

Read Kow, Sprout.

| #Kow-lang,
Name of the Hiti' sha, thin, God of the land; also called
jit 3E Shay-wang. | # Kow mang, Name of an idol
worshipped in Spring; the god of Spring.
|
woo, The name of a place. Read Kw, A surname.

conversation does not take, half a sentence is too much. | AE + + | AE H. Yih keu sng shih shih keu
-

sing yih puh, One sentence, (spoken in the presence ofa tale
bearer) produces ten; and ten (told to another tattler) becomes

- # J\ |

a hundred.

Tsin, Han, elae nae yew keu ching, Sentence, was in former
times expressed by Yen ; the word Keu, came into use, and has
| Keu, or |
continued since the Dynasties Tsin and Han."
Keu ping, A hooked weapon.' }: | Loo keu, Loo
is to deliver a message from the throne to those below; Keu,
is to announce from below up to the throne.

the sense of

Keu, To restrict ; and of

Enough; sufficient; and of #EKeu, A square.'

# Kow
Alf

4. Kow,

}%

R. H.

Existing separate from ; distinct from ; besides; another per

son, thing, or time.

is commonly used for this character, when read Kow.

Wn tsze che ch'hoo yue

keu, The place of stopping in written language, is called

Keu."

# Kow,

Zij #. J# | # Yew shin

mo kow tang, What business or affair, have you?'

% lb. }: E. |

(She-king)

# | # Kaou-keu-le, Corea. # | Yuen-keu, and

| # Keu-chang, Name of districts. Erroneously used in

LING.
Kow tang, Business or affair."

Tshih yen p keu, Verses of

# HH | # Teen ming keu tuh, To mark clearly

JL4% K# %) E. # Fan wiih leang

fun yu ling, Every thing divided in two is expressed by

Ling.' | }: Ling keu, Dwelling each apart; living separate
from each

other.

# T ||t z & | # chloe

the periods and commas. To point a written document

with full and intermediate stops. XR }%
4] # Ph

leadu t'hsze chewae ling yew, Exclusive of this, there is,

or are, other,' &c.
| H Ling jih, Another day. It is

ching yih keu hwa, Does not form a sentence; what is said

said,

is unintelligible. X.
ten unintelligibly."

}% # |
f |

Ph ching chang keu, Writ

Keakeu, A fine sentence."

| J:

Ling yu, Another moon, or month, is some

| # + Ling yew choo e, At another

| fj # Ling yew che,
time, a decision will be given.'
times used.

is calculated to arouse 1 to awaken.

His Majesty's pleasure will be made known at another time,'

is the answer frequently given to memorials which appear in

hwa, A sentence; a word.

the Peking Gazette.

sentences; a few words.'

Excuse (my) not writing a separate letter.'

King keu, An alarming sentence; means, language which

| # Yih keu
| # Ke keu hwa, A few
# #! # | #wo yu ne

# XS | #L Shoo

puh ling ch,

| # ling

349
met or ] ^ff
Ling waetelb, ' Besides ; exclusive ofi or
over and above.'
|
jf^.
Ling wae yew
yTh keen fie, ' There is another affair besides that.'
KWA.

To separate the flesh from, and place

the bones aDart Same aa

\SJJ THAOU.

Kwa.
tifj

"ft

The deiire of food ; inordinate desire of i addicted to; to in

novate from ambitious motives; to feel disgraced and
ashamed, as having cherished .inordinate desire; an affected
self-humiliating expression, used in the language of courtesy.
A duplicate form of j|| Taou. (Sha-miih.)
VJJ ^ ^
T'haou t'han shih yay, ' Thaou, to desire food.' (Luh-shoo.)
l^Q^ rhaou che jlh k'hin> ' Tho,e addicted to
anger, he (the Prince) daily honored.' (Shoo-king.) -J^ |
jX| Jt hau t haou heung yin, ' To be addicted to cruelty
and debauchery.' ] igjjf T haou t'heen, or |
T'haou
jit, 'lam ashamed of being so covetous^ of your kindness.
| vfit T haon Ian, ' My covetousness is insatiable ; I am inondatad with -your presents.'
j Wf T'haou keaou, 1 1 am
inordinately desirous of your instruction.'
] ^5* T'haou
gae, ' Inordinately desirous of your love and regard.'
|
jfc T'haou kwang, ' Inordinately desirous of your light, or
countenance.' These expressions all imply gratitude and
self-abasement
j Jj^ Thaou mung, and j 'jjj^ T'haou
miih, are used to express thankfulneja for undeserved benefits
conferred.
K HOW, or K'h6w.

II.

K'how p

K'how t'how, and I "j^ K'how show, are the usual ex

pressions for this act of submission. The Tartars usually
express it by
K'hii t'how, and use the term as a salu
tation, without performing the ceremony.
| gj[ ||J Jg,
K'how t'how seay gin, ' Bowed to the ground and gave
thank..'
ijfc g -g ft | %
3jc Pei.ming leen
mang k'how t'how k'he lae, 'Pei-ming, made a hurried pros
tration and rose up.'
|
~f~ K'how show san
ts'heen, I ought to make ' three thousand prostrations.'
j
jj^ K'how keen, or jtL | Pin k'how, 'To see or visit
a superior.'
| ^ K'how Irwin, ' To repair, in person,
to the interior of a public court to complain of some injustice
sustained.'
] ["j K'how mun, ' To rap at the door.'
VX A
JW A fll shen tM wan cha^' jo c|>nnE
chung; t'how che e seaou chay, tslh seaou ming; t'how che
e tachay, tsTh ta ming, ' To be skilled in answering an inquirer,,
is like striking a bell ; strike it lighfly, and it gives 'a light
sound ; strike it hard, and it gives a loud sound,' i e. he, who
would instruct others, should give an appropriate answer to
the question put. (Le-king.1 "J- J( $ | | Jj? T,M
e ch' hang k'how k'he hing, ' Confucius struck him on the legs
with a stick,' because he sat on his knees to receive the Sage.
k'how kwan urh kungTsin, ' With a million of men he knocked
atthegateofTsin.' f ] Jt
2$ flf) i| 3 W
k'how k'he lcang twan, urh k'helh yen, " 1 agitate both ex
tremes of the question, and do my utmost' to satisfy the
enquirer. (Lun-yu.)
] K'how, * To Ask,' is otherwise
w"tten |J1 K'how. To rhyme, read K'hoo.
CHE,orChih*

To strike ; to strike lightly ; to agitate, or discuss a subject ;

to ask ; to raise the hand to the bead ; to kneel down ai d put
the forehead to the ground, as an act of reverence and sub
mission ; performed by children to their parents ; by concubines
and servants to the master and mistress of the house ; by the
people to the mandarins ; and by all persons to His Imperial
Majesty. It is also a posture of divine worship.
PP 5j|
vol. i.

30th Radical.

**

From Mouth, and lines representing the breath falling.

(ShwB-wSn.) A final particle ; a mere tone. In the beginning
of a sentsnce, it forms a connective which may be rendered.
Merely; only; but; but just; then; forthwith ;and so on, as the
scope requires. A surname,
che, k'he yu
tsze, Che, a particle beginning a phrase.' Also, jj^S
^Yu e tsze yay.'A particle closing a phrase."

-jjj^ ^ J

P K'how

II.

30th Radical.

350

J^* n5 /^/R.
'aT>1 neen
P*'1 leang J cne> ' My
mother is as heaven to me ; still she will not believe me.' (SheW"S) ff $j||f
] Choo-howkweiTsinche
tlh chc,' The governors reverted to Tsin, because of its virtue.'
(Tso-chuen.) ^
| J[ K'he loche ts'heay.'Hii delight
was in this.' (She-king.) | ffl. ChTh tlh, ' Only can ; to
be obliged to; having no alternative.' | ^ Chlh keen,
' Only see ;' i.e. to remark; to observe particularly. j
Chlhe, implies, 'This way alone u proper.' ] 1JJ Chlh k'ho,
' This alone may be done.' jg ] -|| ^ g fi* ^ Jfl
~p
Tan chlh she yen miih chung to, woo tsung Ilea
show, ' There was no other reason to prevent his making the
attempt, than the number of eyes that were upon him.' I
ijg^ 'ffE jfc ^ J|, Chlh tang tea we ts&ng keen,' Just affected
not yet to have observed it' | ^BJ Chlh yew, 'Merely have;
will then assuredly be.' | ^ Chlh kwan, denotes Acting
from the spur of the moment; a temporary essay ; also incon
siderately acting according to one's humour; following one's
own humour. May be translated, Just try ; merely for the
present ; inconsiderately permit themselves ; thoughtlessly ;
indiscreetly ; continually ; on every occasion. | fjj^ Chlh
koo, ' Mind nothing but,' heedless of other things.
KEAOU.
A sound or voice coming from a distance. To call to ; to
call upon i to invoke ; to call ; to name ; to cause.
jjj /j^j>
fy Keaou, yuen shing yay, 1 Keaou, a distant sound.' ^
j | Ta yu keaou keaou, 'The distant sound of loud
conversation.' |
^ ^ Keaou ko jin lae, ' Call a man
here' | -fljj ^ Keaou t'ha lae, ' Tell him to come here.'
J
^ ^ Keaou hwan shin mo I ' What is he calling
about.' | -fljfc ^ JB|R Keaou tto shin mo t ' What is he, or
it,cjied.'
A 1 M^^^^Chay y,n keaou
tso shin mo ming tsze, 'What is this man's name ?' 'fjjj
| |Q
T'ha ming keaou Sze-raow, 'His name is Sze-mow.'
J P^- iffi |^ Keaou hoo woo y ing, ' To call to, or to invoke,
but receive no answer.' ] ijjjj Ylh keaou, ylh taou,
'To come as soon as called.' J
Keaou han, ' To cry
out aloud,' from any violent feeling, either anger or distress.
/jf> ffl j ^ Hwfl pith che keaou haou, ' Perhaps not

know the cries' witbou t ;living in the interior oftheir palaces

given upto luxurious indulgence. (She-king.) j -|=Keaou
gaou, 'The appearance of elevation; of being raised high.'
| Slh keaou, 1 Called after the colour,' only nominal ;
merely ; the fact and the name not agreeing. Read Kew, in
the same sense,
|
gj& Q Suy kew Jen haou yog,
' Suy called out aloud, and said.' (Ts'heen-ban.) j ^
~T ^ t Keaou wo t'hing leaou puh gan, '
me uncomfortable when I hear it.'
CHAOU.
-6
To call upon, with authority ; to summon ; to cite to appear ;
applicable only to superiors requiring the attendance of in
feriors. Read Shaou, The name of a city ; a surname.
0 0^ Bihow yue cbaou, e yen yue chaou,
To summon ' with the hand is called Chaou, by words is called
Chaou.' |
^ Chaou t'ha lae, ' Call him here.' |
Chaou keen, ' To summon to one's presence.' It is the
term employed by His Majesty, when he |
Chaou chin.
' Summons his ministers to attend.'
/fi JlJ Chaou puh
taou, ' Not to appear on being summoned. % I *M
j fjj*} Foo chaou tsze, sze chaou te, ' A father commands
his son to come, and a tutor his pupil.' ^ ] 3jE ||}
chaou woo n8, wei urh k'he, 'When a father or master calls
for vou, do not say, I shall come soon , but say, Coming, and
rise directly.' (Le-king.) j*<fo | ^^Igff-*!
Keuo ming chaou, puh sze kea hing e, Confucius, ' when the
Prince ordered his attendance, did not wait for bis carriage.'
(Lun-yu.) ^C^^ | Shing mung chung chaou, I accept
with thanks you kind summons,' i. e. invitation, in the language
of courtesy. To decline an invitation is expressed by ^
| Kung tsze chung chaou, ' I decline with profound
respect your kind summons.'
P'HA, or P'h8.

To open the mouth.

Read P'ha [jjjlj

La-phi, 'A military trumpet,'
monly called M jjfj Haou-t'hung.

30th Radical.

351

YUEN, or Yen.

J& 3 c

From a Mouth or Pass,' and Water. A water; tract of land

situated amongst hills; a manh ; a iwampi appearing at if
ipoiled.
TING.

<] R. H.

[ Ting ning, ' To enjoin repeatedly.'

|
| Ting niogchechiih, To charge with ipecial and repeated
injunctions.' Alao written without Mouth by the aide, thus
te&T
Hfl^HtWeiPe-heating
ning, taae aan lew ihin yu tize, I ' especially charge your Majesty,
over and over again, to keep your mind fixed on this subject'
| Dpi" Tine tan6' ' * j'ngling sound ; to clink.'
fj{j|
t$ Jfe I I
"ifj Yen he* t8,h *** ra* tinS ting tang
tang, 'The iron-horses banging below the eres, made a jingling
sound.' The iron-horses, are certain ornaments suspended
from the roof,and intended toj ingle when agitated by the wind.
K'HO.

"UT

7^

To have liberty to doi to be permitted t to bare the power

of doing. May i can t might ; could t fit ; competent ; proper i
worthy. It forms the Adjectives which terminate with 'Able,' as
Amiable. Sometimes used interrogatively. A surname, flj
^PJ K'ho piih k'ho,' May itbe done ornof | -fjj, Khe.
yay, < It may ; it is permitted ; it will do.' ^ ] Pub k'ho,
'It may not, it must not; it cannot.'
] jjjfit^'jli
Ptib che k'ho Van Hh chfl fow, ' Do not know whether (they)
can overtake him or not' | /fe ^
K no cnaT>
fow cbe tuy, 'K'ho, is the opposite of fow.' | ^ K'ho
fow, 'Is it admissible or not' ^ff^^fC 1 Twanhoopiih
k'ho, 'Must not on any uccount whatever.* |
^
K'ho e she tth, 'It may be done.'
/(pf /? | Yew ho
puh k'ho, 'What is there in it inadmissible, improper, or objectionable.' | \ K'hojin, ' A competent man.' 4$f |
^jfc {p[ Woo k'ho nae ho, ' There is nothing that can be done ;
there is no alternative.' & *f- | Woo boo k'ho, Alas I
what can be done.'

II.

K'how p

taou, ' It may be told to an intimate friend.' | j^J[ K'ho e,

May.' | ^K honSng.'Can.' j J# ^
K ho e
puh pelb, ' It may be dispensed with ; this is not absolutely
necessary; it need not be insisted on.' ^ ^
j
jj^fv =" K'he pe puh k'ho shing yen, ' Its baseness is in
expressible.'
| ^ K'ho gae, ' Amiable ; worthy to be
loved.'
] 5Sl ^
K ho woo che kelh, ' Extremely
detestable.'
j ^| K'ho leen, ' Lamentable.' | ^ ^
K'ho k han llh teth, ' Visible.' | j| K'ho keen, ' Can
tee.' ^J^^ 0 1 D Wtin k'lun ,nlh >u* k'h0"
k'how, ' A thing good to be eaten is called K'ho-k'how.' ]
P j{\ J P K'no k'bow, piih k ho k'how, 'Does it taste
well?'/j\ ] fJ^J
Seaou k'bo teth sxe, -A trifling, unim
portant affair.'
] g||^Nc k ho heaoutlh,' Do you
understand? do you know?' ^ |
Ne k ho lllng, ' Are
you cold?' f|| ] Kin k'ho, 'Scarcely, or but just sufficient'
J $ 1 -f" Yin ,nnS k'Do hoo. 'Ii an insincere and dis
putatious person fit.' (Shoo-king.)
|
^ Tsih yu choo moo, yu k'ho chay, ' Select from amongst the
concubines, one worthy to be a governess to the young Prince.'
(Le-king) ^j^0#ffp^ | 5tKwei shin t'he
wbh urh puh k'ho e, 'Spirits imbody (or produce) material
objects and are present with all things.' (Chung-yung.) In this
sentence j K'ho, is defined by jSfj So.

Tsze-kung yuf, p'hin urh woo chen, foo urh woo keaou bo
joo ? Tsze yu*, K'ho yay ; wejo pin urh In , foo urh haou le chay
yay, 'Tsze-kung said, To be poor without flattery; to be rich
without pride ; how are such characters to be esteemed ?
Confucius replied , they may be admitted as good ; but not
equal to those who, though poor, yet cherish a happy chearful
mind; who though rich, yet delight in correct virtuous
conduct' To rhyme read K'ho and K'hoo.

E.

s.c.

R. H.

I; me. To be pleased ; to be gratified. Read Tbae. A

surname; the name of a district A name of three stars.
p T'heen t'hae, The name ofa hill. ] ^ T'aae ting, An

P K'how.

II.

30th Radical.

352

epithet applied to three of the highest officer! of state. Emi

nent i Malted, in which sense it is used as a term of respect in
epistolary stjle. j
Thae kea,' Eminent sir." ^ |
Laou t'hae, ' Venerable iir.' ^ | Heung t'hae, 1 Exalted
brother.' ]
T'hae foo,' Your honored name,' an expresion used on the addreii of letters before writing the name.
| ^ T'hae pei, * Extreme old age,' a term taken from the
wrinkling ofthe akin, in the manner of the fish (8^J T'hae. (Sheking.) =j|?
J ^qf Kin taun t'hae ming, ' With profound
respect I obey jour exalted order.' j ^ San t'hae
sing, The three t'hae stars ;' they are distinguished by the
terms, J; | tp | ~|7 | Shang t hae, chung t hae, hea
t'hae, 1 The upper, middle, and lower t'hae.' yfj| ^ jZJ jj^J.

^#
Pp ! . T'hanE-'>K
k'Mh urh
chung shoo, sclh t'hing chin yen, fei t'hae a.-aou tszekan ching
lwan, yew Hea to tsuy, t'heen ming kelh che, 'KingT'hang,
a i id , 'Come near all of you and listen to my words, it is by
no means the case, that I, who am but as a little child, would
excite rebellion ; Hea, now in possession of the Empire, is
chargeable with manifold crimes ; Heaven has commanded to
destroy him.' (Shon-king.)
CH'HlH.
"b
To drire with noise and shouts i to bid, in a rough angry
toneitohoot.asatadogi to mention.
it%k ttj $
ptj ^JjCh'hTh woo sze tuy ch huh too mun, tsan show,
'Ordered, in an angry tone, the soldiers to push them out at
the City-gate. and cut off their heads.'
fjfc
j "gy
yf\ | fCj T,un k nln cne Is'heen piih ch'hlh kow, 1 In the
presence of a respected guest, do not hoot angrily (even) at
adog,' lest you should annoy the ears of your guest, or ap
pear to wish him gone.' |mJ | Ho ch'hlh, |
Ch'hlh
ch'ha, ' Loud, angry, boisterous utterance." jjjg ^ | J^J
^ jpjj *'*n we' cnnln m'nR cne B0W I'M 'trouble (you ) to
mention (my) name and make (my) compliments.' Read
Ta'hihJNoise i sound i ttrong breathing.

HWA. Appearance of an open mouth.

From Hand seizing the Middle. An impartial narrator of

events s an historian ; history. A surname.
j|f?
^
She, ke sze chay, ' She. expresses a recorder of occurrences.'
| | Sheke.'H'utory.' ||J | Kwo she; | ^ She
kwan, ' Writers of history, employed by Government.' ^
che lelh She-kwani TV hang-l.ee, Seu-liung keu k'be chf'
*Hwang-te, (B.C. MOC.I 6rst appointed historiographers!
Ts hang-hie' (the Inveutor of letters), and Scu-taurg, held the
situation/ jflj | Tae she, The President of the historiogra
phers. Name of one of the nine rivers. (See the character
ypj Ho. )
J |t She Shoo, An historical work composed
in the time f jpj jjT
Chow-seuen-wang. ( B.C. 770), by
Chow, who held the situation of
] Tae-She, and
who framed the ^
Ta-chuen-wan, ' Large seal cha
racter.' She-shoo, is also used to denote any history, "jij"
jjS" | Koo kin shoo she, 'Ancient and modern books and his
tories.'
] King she, ' The ancient clasaics and his
tory." J^b ^ fffc | LeTh tae keen she, 'A mirror of history
through successive ages.' -j- Aq ] Shlh ts'hlh she. * The
Seventeen Historians ;' or as the work is now augmented,
T
| Urh shlh yih she, ' The twenty-one Histo
rians,' is a complete history of China, in 282 volumes, reaching
from the fabulous agea of antiquity, down to the close of J
ijijj Yuc. -chiou, the Tartar Dynasty Yuen. A scarce and
,,'u.b.e work. ft \ ] M \
Yu-ahe, Ch'hang-she, Tsze-she, ping Han kwan ining, ' Yu-she,
Ch'hnng-ahe, and Tsze-she, were all names of offices diiring
the dynasty of Han. The first of these, viz. the Yu-She,
is s'.ill a situation of great influence in the state. The persons
who hold it, andth<y are numerous, have the privilege of
giving information and advice to the Sovereign or all occa
sions. | |j ^|
^ g} She tsae peih; sze tsae yen,
' The Historiographer (when attending His Majesty), had charge
of the pencils; the Sze, bad charge of the oaths which had been

353

30th Radical.

II.

K'how P

Uken.' (Le-kirg.)
M 2. $
\
jr
Ijf; _L~F Tung, tslh tso she thoo
cbei yen, tTh jew the shoo che; Yukookeshing che shang
hea. When his Majesty ' moved, the left historiographer re
corded it | when he (poke, the historiographer on the right re-orded it i the blind Imperial musician attended to the harooj ofthe music' (Le-king.) In ancient timer., there were

to honor most the civil officers, is called Yew-wan i to give

precedence to the military, is called Yew-vroo." ^ Z|S Jq
PC
|H | ^ Tae p'hing shang wkn, tsaou peen yew
woo, ' Iu times of peace, civil officers are most esteemed ; when
a revolution, or great change occurs, the military obtain the
precedence.'
^
jff- ^ J ^ Shing T heentsze baou koo, yew win, Good Emperors love the sage maxims

| Nen she, who attended to the affairs of the Queen.

| Ta she, who revised the buoks of six principal officers.
j Seaoa she, who narrated the affairs of neighbouring
states.
j^Tj | Nuj she, who controuled the /\ j^j
Pa-ping. (See under j^j Ping. ) And ^ | Wae she.
Who attended to external transactions. ^ '/IS Brf 5^
-jr_
J| j
^ Yin tsew she, hwO Iclh che keen,
aw6 tso che she, ' Men drinking wine, either nppoint a super
visor, or place by the side, a remembrancer,' to keep the guests
on their guard. Jo rhyme, read Soo.

ofantiquity, and give the precedence to literature.'

gj? |pj
4f\ 0 M ti& 1 I MB nang shang chaj.jue', woo ch huh
k he yew, 'Its being impossible to exceed any one, is ex
pressed by, there is no getting to the right of him.'
j
Yew taou, ' The right way j the true doctrine.'
)E} ^

YEW.
The right band ; the right side. In former times it was the
place of honor. What is good and honorable i to honor ; to give
the precedence to. Read Yew, To support the arm j to aid j to
assist. A surname. To rhyme, read E and Yu. Kang-he
affirms, that in every sense, the character should be read
Yew.
j ^.j" Yew lto che tuJ' ' Yew ' lnc
opposite of tso,' the left, /tjj^ j
J Tso jew show
ehj jew, 'The right, of right and. left hands.' j j Tso
jew, 'The left and right i those who attend at the left and
right ; attendantj j assistants.'
"ff | She fung tso
jew, To wait upon a person.' rj/V Jjjjj
j Fun foo
tso jew, ' Ordered the attendants.' | ^g' Yew t'hang, 'An
assistant officer,* inferior to the ~}y ^jg* Tso t'hang, who is
also An assistant officer ; j ^g* Ching t'hang, is the Prin
cipal officer.
J ^ Tso jew jlh, 'The- right and left
wing ofan armj.'
j jj^ ^ Tso peen show i
jew peen show, ' The left-hand side j the right-hand side.' ^
it ft i n i tt#*B i
"j^ 9 ] jj^ 'm taou ,na"B TCW e J** m> ban, koo
tsun wan ju8 Yew-wSn, tsun woo julS Yew-woo, ' Amongst
men the right is cjteemed as bjir.g the flace of honor; hence,
VOL. I,
3r

J 1 M*EfeMtt)iH&&&m
H &.
^3
!? "til Yew yug' ,how
** ycw'
e tso wei p heib, koo fan jue Tso-taou, Tso-tseen ; yu tso ke,
keae t'hsxe e jay, ' It is further said, that the right hand and
foot being most convenient, the left is considered inferior,
bad, or vicious; hence when left occurs, in the expressions,
Left doctrine ;. to remove (him) to the left ; a left plan, this idea
isconveyed ;' and the terms are equivalent to Vicious doctrines ;
to vilipend, or to reprimand a public officer t and a bad plan.
|^>4* | jj^E tso jew rain, 'To assist, or to support the
people.' (Ylh-king.) ^
| ^ fqjl Yu ya to yew
yew min, ' I wish (you) to assist the people whom I have.'
(Shoo-king.)
1
ffij
$i /!"tHi fan Ten 1,0 Jew cne cna^' wc' iu ^ ne
tso yew urh foo tsoo che yay, Whenever it is said, Right and
left him, it expresses Supporting him (or them) on the right
and left.' Yew, To assist, has now commonly man added, thus
^ Yew, Quasi dicat, 'Right hand man.' fjj | Sze yew,
A certain officer. It isjoined with several other words, forming
names of official situations. At different periods of Chinese
history, and on different occasions, as whether an afT. ir of.
mourning or ofjoy, the left and the right have been alternately
the place of honor.. In high antiquity, when officers attended
at Court, precedence was denoted by being ranged on the left;
at entertainments, the right was the place of honor. That
the left originally was the higher place, is inferred also, from
the word left being always first, when associated with right.
The Chines; idiom does not admit of Yew-tso, Kight aud left.

P K'how.

U.

30Lh Radical.

354-

It it always Tso-yew, Left and right. In the Booki of the

Dynasty y^J Han, the term
Tso-tseen, 'Puttingaman
to the Jeft,' denoted Reprehending or degrading him ; from
which it j inferred, the Jeft could not be the place of honor.
During the Dynasty ^ Sung, The left was the thief place,
in the time-of jIq Yuen, it was the right The first Emperor
jofthe Dynasty 0^ Ming, restored it to the left, which stall
continues to be the place of honor. Hence in all cases in
which three officers, or three names are associated, the prin
cipal one is in the middle ; the second, on the left, and the
third on the right.

three blessings, viz. jpg ^

$Q Mb, thow.Uze nan, ' Hap
piness, long life, and male children.'
^r^j Same as $r K'hew, see above.

An abbreviated form of ^ Haou.

The tone of distress. Prom Mouth placed on 7y Ksoil,
' The breath issuing from the mouth.'
SZE.

KEAOU.

To call to. Properly pij- Xeaou.

^LiK HEW. The breath ascending high.

A kind of halberd with throe forks.
^ ;J|j5| K'hew yew,
The name of an aucient district. Same as the modern -yjljj
Sze-cbow, in Gan-hwuy Province.
J ^ K'hew yew, The
name of a foreign country in the north.
P 110.

y^? R. H.

May not; .cannot; incurable; forthwith ; then.

Pj
"tii )k JX.
P ho' pilh k ho
Uunf fan k ho' * *"ho
denotes may not, should not' Ftom ~pj K'ho, ' May or
should,' reversed. ^.Jf-J?^ j|x ) >(g T urh urh, tsuy
p'ho sin, 'That long-eared jellow, (Lew-pe) is utterly .un
worthy ofcredit' (San-kwo.) j jjjj^ Plhonac, 'Insufferable.'
chung puh wei jmng,.p'ho yS t'haou che, ' The Emperor knew
that he would never be of any use, and wished forthwith to
dismiss-him.' (How-ban-CHueu.)
j P'hojo, 1 certain
cup for drinking i
HEE\

01. Scrib. 1$ Hee\

To accord with 4 to unite ; to rhyme wjth ; applied to sounds.

Pj-^gfiitfyun,' Two syllables that rhyme.'
]
San to heS ke'Tb, I wish you 'a union and an abundance of the

A minister of state transacting business at a distance from

the court; hence the character is formed ofJ^j How, ' A prince
or king,' reversed. To hare the controul of; to rule ; to man
age i to direct A surname j the name of a place. To rhyme,
readSze. # ^^fr & # * 3&
-jp/^p 13] Haou sang che tin, heayu min sin, tsze yungpdhfan
yu yew sze, ' The prince possessing the virtue of tender regard
to the lives of his people; bis .goodness will deeply imbue the
people's minds ; and, acting in this way, they will not offend
against those who have the rule over them.' (Shoo-king.)
.. j San sze, 'The three Sze,' viz. ^Jj ^ | Poo-cbinfsze, The officer who is entrusted with the revenue ofa province.
I'ic ^r? j Gan-cha-sze The criminal judge of a province.
Ejflj
J Yen-yun-szc, The inspector of the salt department
T'hung-ching-sze, The officer through whose hands
official documents pass to the Emperor.'
I Semi
kcen-tze, The officer of a village, or of several villages.
J San-fa-sze, A subordinate officer in criminal boards at
Peking. %J
| Ta kwan sze, To go to law.'
| ^
Sze sze, ' To manage, or have the charge of any business or
affair.' jfe- | it ^ KO sze k'he sze, ' Erery one manage
his own affair ; every one mind his own business.'
]
jj^ San keun sze ming, He, who ' controuls the orders of the
three divisions of the Imperial army,' are the words written on
the colours of the^TJ jjjjj Yuen-shwae, or Commander-in-Chief.
J JjjlSzele, ' To rule ; to manage."
j Rung sze, 'To
controul. or manage any public or general concern,' in contra
distinction from that which is an individual concern. It is a

30th Radical.

355
terra applied to European Mercantile Companies, as jj
I Yin6"lte"'e kw6 kung-iie, 'The English
Company .' Instead ofKung-sze, the English word ' Company,'
is generally employed and imitated, by
^ Jjjfy Kung.
pan-ya, ' A public court of constituted authorities.' /j^ j
j^Kungszckwan,' A hall or place of public meeting; the ball
of a company.'.
| ||: Drh sze thing, 'The ear rules
die hearing.' [=j j jjjjjl Muh sze she, 'The eye rules the
4swutg;' phraseology used to express, that every member,
aiutterery person, has a peculiar department The Manu
script Dictionaries define this use of the word, by ' Po
tential and apply it to the memory, understanding, and so
on ; as well as to the senses ; hence the phrase |3a jj| "
| Ling hwan san sze, ' Tres potential animae rationalist
This appears an application of the character not sanctioned by
Chinese usage. Occurs in the sense of/jjjjj Sze.
PAE.

Separate ; distinct from.

A dubious character, of which contradictory accounts are

given in the several Dictionaries.
Same as y\ Che, see above.

>*j^^ Orginal form of ^ Yew, see above.

01. Scrib. ^ Woo, see below.

4l YEW.

III.

K'how p

A low Toicet a slight sound.

An erroneous form of^Khcw. (Chig-tsze-t'hung.)

Same as the preceding.

r ME.

A surname.

HEU.
From Mouth and Kaou, ' The breath issuing forth freely.'
An interjection express) ve of distrust and disapprobation < a
deep lengthened tone, expressive of concern ; also of -ief.
Pf $L
^eu' e 'twae ,n'n8> ' A tone f *
eating doubt, and surprise.'
gjr pjj ^ ^ ^ ^
^ . J Fan e so fow chay, fa shing to heu, ' In all cases in
which the mind disapproves, the tone o'f voire emitted, is ge
nerally Heu.' j
|| pj*-^- Hen yinsungk'hohoo, ' Ah,
no lis an insincere and disputatious person fit V (Seu-kcae.)
1 # $K i& ^ $ 1$ Heu ch'y th*n k'he pah *en
che tsze, 'Heu, a word by which a person sighs out his disap
proval.' "zj fpj | ^Yun ho hsu e, 'Alas ! what shall I say.'
(Shoo-king.) | J|tJ^f-^ Heu.yew t'hanyay,' Heu.asighof
grief By abbrevi -ion written ^ Heu, ^ JJ^^ ^
Heu tseay hoo, Tsow-ya, ' How admirable, the (miW and inno
cent disposition of the animal) Tsow-ya.' (She-king.) ^
] Lew heu, A tribe of foreigners.

|pf^^ HAN. A plant or flower notyet budded forth , still

MANG, Mang, or Mang.
kept back, or suppressed.

Uninformed s old and ignorant To induce a person to ask

a question, and refuse to answer.

Characters formed by Three Strokes.

KElH.

"fa

HUNG. An angry tone of voices loud ; boisterous.

P_ j Hung hung, 'The noise made by people crowded
together in a market place-'

Difficulty ofutterance ; to stammer ; to stutter. Commonly,

but erroneously used for ^ K'heih, ' To eat ; to swallow ;'
figuratively, to be struck or impressed with. p Q ^

P K'how.

III.

30th Radical.

356

"|f -jj^Kelh ; k'how puh peen yen jay, ' Kcih denote*, the
mouth not enunciating with cue and convenience.' ^
fj ] Wei jin k'how kelh, ' He if a penon who itammen.'
MAD |^ttf^l#*#M
jin k'how kelh, puh ,nang Uoo shwB, urh ihcn ch'hoo thoo,
Fe, was a penon who ttammered, and was unable to speak ;
but he excelled ai a writer.' (She-lie.) ^ jj P | ^j"
W-f ft*-M#ft&Jt*A
g-^Jg [ Tseaou-suy k how kern, tuy k'hlh pah ch'hiih
ylh yen, tsuj how ch"h!S eh'how ttjoo choo shay,shejin ymh
wei tsew kelh, 1 Tseaou-suy stammered jo. that he rould not
utter a word to a visitor ; but after he wa drunk, he then an
swered fluently, and with the rapidity of an arrow. The
people of the time denominated him, the wine (relieved) stam
merer tT'hang-she.)
j j^Ki.h fan, 'To eat ricej'
i.e. e taic any meal. j j| ^*/^
*Ci1h
f*n
moh yew, Have you breakfasted ; or dined ?' is often a mere
salutation. | ^ KeTh king, ' To be struck with alarm.
3 *g j& li. T 1 IB Chtaaj-J-^cta keen
leaou.tsaou kelh ylli king,'Ching-yuen-che, as soon as he saw it,
was struck with alarm.' }
Kelh kwei, ' To put up wh h n
injury.'
j
^ ^ Kelh sin show k'hoo, ' To eat the
acid, and receive the bitter ;' to suffer distress. Read K'helh,
J ] K'helh k'helh, ' Laughing appearance.'

and not meddle with the hoar frost on the top of another
man's tiles.'
]
| ^ KB pan kfi se, "Every one
transact his own business.' | jsQ Kfl kwS, * Every nation.'
1 & ^ I & (ft
Ks chho *ew ks ch'~
telh rung siih, ** Every place has its peculiar customs.' jttj
$1 I ^\ 3 Wtlh wi>D kS jeW ,e' ' Etci7 th,ng h*"
own peculiar properties.' J|J pfj ^ | ^^^Cfxntn
chung yew k8 yangshoo miih, 'There is every kind of tret
in the garden.*
| ^K0 slh,' Various colours ;varie d;
various kinds.'
] ^
*|^J Kfl slh ho wiih,' Evary vriet, of merchandise. ' /r-$j$l|E$gif$J$
pang; woo tsung fe e ; woo Uelh t'haou yin i kO show urh teen
e ching t'heen hew ; The- Emperor T hing said, ' all you states
which! have formed, follow nothing which is illegal; make no
approaches to indulgence and excess ; but let each retain its
standard principles, that ye may he the recipients of Heaven's
blessing.' (Shoo-king.) ^ | Thoo kO, An ancient
tribe in the north.
HEUEN, or Seuen. To call to t to call out.
OB
To make a clamorous noise. Some affirm these three,
JJ OP Liu, lin, and this character, are different forms of the
same, and denote what is Contiguous ; neighbouring.
YAOU.

From Mouth and ^ Che, ' To follow.' To follow calling

to, but disregarded by the person before. fShwO-wan.) No
mutual understanding; each apart; each separately ; every;
each one of all ; various. J{ ^ ^ fa Jm k8 yew ,in,
' Each man has his own feelings.' J
j Q Ko jin.kO
keen, 'Each man has his own view of a subject.' |
^
KO ylh jin, ' To each (situation) one man.'
|

KO yew ylh shwB, 'Each has a different tale.'

|
]
KO hwan ko telh, ' Let each take his own apart.'
j
| Kfl ko, 'Each singly.' j
KB jin, ' Every man.' ]

A sound ; a noise.

11^ J Yaou yaou,' A low sound; a slight noise.' ^ j

A^^tfy HL ^ $ fB
T. yaou
hS teih, y.y
puh ching fhe t'hung, Now making a great noise, and thea
a slight clamour, i. not becoming a dignified appearance.'
Same as 8 PS, see below.

TSZE.
1 Tsnetree,' The chirping ofa bird, the voice of birds.'

A6*flMHf-iAaH"*i
tsie saou mun ts'heen seiih ; mfl kwan t'ha jin wa sliang shwang
* Let every man sweep the snow from before hit own dour ;

An erroneous form of | Kwk

357

To close ; to join ; to pair ; to unite i united ; to assemble ; to

agree ; agreeable to ; to accord with ; to harmonize ; to suit ; to
answer; to reply. A certain vesselio contain things, A> surname.
The- name of a gram ; name ofa district Read K0, A certain
measure. (See under ^ Shing.) To rhyme, read Helh. ^
HO yen. ' To close theeyea.' ^ p Hfl k'how, To rhut
them.'uth.'
| ffij HS mun, ' To shut the door.' j^g
J Pei he i or ^ j Gow h5, ' To pair ; to unite in pairs.'
j^fc Tse tsze haou hO, joo koo slh.lun; hcung to ke kelb, ho
lo ti'heay tan, ' The wife who delights -in domestic harmony, ia
pleasing as the concord of the taBouf and kin ; brothers who
lire in cordial agreement, enjoy mutual and perpetual.plea
sure.' (She-king.)
(conjugal) union formed by heaven.' (She-king.) ^J] ]
Ho ho, ' An harmonious union.' ^[ ife ^
^\
J jfe ^.^.Puhnangwooshlhlechay.puhhfl yu fheentaze, Chiefs 'whole domain does not extend to fifty Le,
do not assemble in the courts of the Emperor.' (Le-king.)
^
^ | Keun chin hwuy ho, or ] ^ HB hwuy,
' The prince assembles with his ministers.' /JQ | Seang ho,
' To accord i to agree.'
] E aeang hO, ' Thoughts,
or ideas corresponding.' =="
j Yen aeang hO, ' An agree
ment in what ia said.'
=| ^ | ^
Tsze yen shin
hO wo sin, ' This language agrees very well with my views, or
wishes' JgJW^ 1 /f^^^SKun&P'bPtthh6
ne tei h e sze, 1 1 am afraid it doea not agree with your senti
ments.'
] ^c ntS' ' Agreeing w,tn reason ; reasonable ;
proper.
ylh pae, ' It ia proper that 1 should go and pay him a visit.'
^ | ^PbhbO ft, 'Illegal.' ^ ] ^^JPiihhO
kwei keu, 'Not according to custom.' ^\ ]
Piih ho
le, or ^ ]
Jjg Phh hO taou le, ' Unreasonable.'
J
;Jt HO kung, 'To make out the sura total."
J ^^jj"
^ HO pwan ta swan,' To unite, as in a platter, and reckon the
whole amount; to estimate; to deliberate and lay a plan.'
1 M ^ 3tv 88 IunS knc lae> 'To unile m,nJ ,0gelheri
* ggregate; to bundle up.' ^ J F6o hB, or j |p] HO
oi~ i.
Sz

30th Radical.

III.

K'hoM Q

t'hung. An instrument divided in two, of which each contrac

ting party retains one. (See under
Tse'i.)
| jjjj
Lelh hO t'hung, ' To form, or make out' J ^ H5 yung,
' To answer the purpose intended.'
^ I
T'ha
piih ho yung, 'He, or it, does not answer the purpose
wanted.' g | ffj]
^ K'he ho urh lae pun, ' When he
had replied, he came to (the state) Pun.' ^
|7Ij| ~1j F|
| T'heen te sze fang yui Liib-hO, 'The heaveus, the
earth, and the four quarters of the world, are called Liih-hO,'the
univerle, ^ | ft M. A # M <fi |n3 Li,h-8
che viae, shing j in bun urh piih lun, ' Respecting what existed
beyond the limits of the universe, the Sages were reserved, and
did not discuss.' | fg9 HO-le, The name of a place. JpL
| Tsze-hO, The name ofa country in the West
| ^>
Ho-Uze, shing wiih k'he, ' H3-tsze, is a vessel lo
contain things,' a box. Commonly written
HS.
HWA.
A large mouth ; the large mouth of a fish. A loud noise.
KE1H.
Good ; advantageous ; felicitous ; happy ; fortunate ; lucky
felicity ; happiness. The first day of the moon. A surname.
The name of a district. , Read K'helh, A surname. To rhyme
read Ke. ^ [Xj Kern, heung ; ' Good, evil ; felicitous, infeli
citous ; happiness, misery.' j l|J Kelh sze, ' A happy or for
tunate occurrence ; or affair.' #L >|lfJ| JXJ
^ | ||
/U Kung p'ha heung sze to; k'helh sze shaou, 'I am afraid
much evil and little good ' will result from it | Jjj JXJ J^l
Kelh sing; heung sing, ' A lucky star ; a baneful star.' J
1 Jill ffi*
siug kaou chaou, ' A lucky star directs its influences' to me, or
you. i j |||J j ^ Show ching tsTh kelh yay, He
who holds fast bis integrity will be happy.' | J Keih jlh,
' A lucky day.' p | f-J TsTh kelh jlh, ' To select (from
the Almanack) a lucky day.' Zlf]l$]\ Drh yuJ ch boo
kelh, 'The first day of the second moon.' (She-king.) j
^Ej Keih yuJS, 'The happy (first) day of the moon.' ^ |
Piih kelh, 'To enquire after happiness; to divine.' ^ ^

P K liovr.

III.

358

30th Radical.

j^j | Kung he nS kelh,' I reverently wish you joy and felicity.'

A common salutation, "fa j ^flj Takeih Ule, ' Great
happiness, great prosperity,' to you, to me; or to th'u home,
and so on. | j|| j& ^ Ke"Th king mwan thang, May hapr

my horses are all brought together.' (She-king.)

I Show che so t'hung, ' Where animals herd together.' (Sheking.) J
T'hung keen, ' To hold illicit aezail inter
course.' | |^
A ThunB kwH le">jin, A man ofthe

pinessand joy fill the hall.' | jjjf ^TJ

Kelhtseang.jooe,
or inTerted, Jooe.ke'lh tseang, Happineii. Wit*, and the entire

same nation a countryman.'

| ^jjj ^fc jj^
\
T'hung heang kung ch'hootelh j in,' A person of the same place,
in the same district.' ]
T'hung ylh yang, or |

T'hun6 J,h Pwn' ' >rne nmf *n'on or manner ; just

the same.' j
T'hung luy, Of tbe same species.' J
Jj@ jlL 5?7 ffi ffi T'nunR Paou neunS te ** mei,' Brothers
and sisters by the same mother.' j ^ T'hung raing, ' Of
the same name.'
| Piih t'hung, ' Not the same ; different
from.' | jftt^fx | ^T'hane ingpiih t'hung roing,
' Ofthe same surname, but of a different name.' Jfc.^ fft
^
| Pe tsung ts'heen ta phh seang t'hung, ' Very
different from what it was formerly. ^ | jjQ ^jfj- E t hang
seang tuy, ' Different, and the same are opposite*. -y^ |
/j\
Ta t'hung seaou e. ' In great things the same, in i
matters different;' a general sameness, with some slight i
ence. ^ ] Ta t'bung, A state of universal peace and

fulfilment ofone's wishes.' ^

| Yft k'hi* U kelh,
* Whenever opened great luccew-' Written by shopmen on
the doors of the caset in which their wares are contained.

^ | Ylh keen U kelh, ' Great felicity attend every

look upon it i' written on walls opposite the view from pifticular rooms.
^ j K'hae mun ta kelh,' Great felicity
at Hi the opening of the atari' written on paper and pasted
on people s doors by beggars, during the last night bf the old
year, that it may strike the attention and awaken the fond
hopes of the inhabitants, when first opening the door, on >ew
yearj morning. The beggars expect an alms as the reward of
*"\eir good wishes. J
^ jjQ Kelh jin t'been seang,
1 The good man, heaven aids him.'
The common form of ijj Teaou, see Rad.

T'HOW.

KE.

Kung.

To hoot; to speak angrily.

To speak ; words : even ; level.

T'HUNG.

From Mouth, implying many holding the same language and

agreeing in one. (Sha-miih.) Together; all together i brought
alt together) united ; in the same place; of the same class or
kind i the same ; agreeing : the same as. A certain wine Teasel, a
certain cup i the name ofa district A surname. To rhyme read
T hang. L |pj Kung t'hung, * All together.' | Jj| Jj
^-J-'T'h mi g fang ken cboo, ' Living together in the same house.'
f$L |fl I
ffi Th* mun t h"g t,ae Tlh ' TheT
are together in the same place.' ^ J Hwuy t'hung, 'To
assemble together.' ^ ^ jljjj I Wo ma ke t'hung, ' When

security.' (Le-kiog.) ^j- | Luy t hung, 4 To thunder the

same \ to echo the same in conversation.
j jr|E. T'hung
neen, ' The same year,' denotes what the words obviously ex
press, also ofthe same age ; and having been chosen to literary
honors, or to office, in the tame year. | ^T'nunE Ten>
'The same ink-stone;' and | ^ T'hung ch'hwang, ' The same
window;' i. e. a fellow-student' | jpf T'hung jin, or |
T hung leaou, ' A fellow officer.' j ^ fifo ^ T'hung
taou telhjin, 'A person of the same pursuits.' |
T'hung kwo shTh fan, ' To eat rice at the same kettle :' a
messmate' jj^ Jjc ^j"* | K'he seang pbh t'hung, ' Manner
or appearance ofa person ;' or temperature of the air, different
from what is usual.
|
T'hung Uingtilh, ' Ofthe
same disposition.'
| Jj Jin sing t'hung jen, 'The
nature of man is the same everywhere.' ^ J jjj^
*C* ] jtj^^J'lnt'honBUle'n,'nt'',UDCt,le,e''Tnere
is a sameness in the human mind ; and all minds are influenced
b, similar principles ' ^ j j|g? \
^
j E ke chesin I'bS jin chesin, we changpiib t'hung,
If we measure tn hearts of others hy our own, we shall not
find Jbexn different."

T'hung che, ' To be mutually

359
acquainted with ;' ail assistant officer of the ffi Foo. As ^
1 ^pTng-chow-fooThuog<he,'TberhuDg-che
of Ting-chow-foo.' j
T'hung jin, Name of one of the
^> Kwa. ^ ^ / ^ J Lih leuh Itib t'hung, A union of
reeds and brazen instruments in certain sacred music.
^
| j|| Shang-tsung fung t'hung maou, 'The Shangtsung presented a cup made of the stone maou.' (Shocking.)
jfc | ^J^K hungt hungcbeshang' A void and greatly
extended space.' Al. Scrib.
T'hung.
P'HIN. Even; together ; both together.

HE.

Hj3 S. C.

To breath strongly i'to sigh i to moan.

' To moan j to sigh*

, pp Teen he.

MING.
From ETening and. Month, because in the dusk, in order to
be known, it is necessary to call out one's name. (ShwS-wan.)
To name ; to designate. A name ; a title ; being named much i
famous; meritorious); fame repute ; reputation; nominal. A
surname. Occurs in the tense of ^ Ttze. To rhyme, read
Meen.Mang, and Pin.
^ Tsze ming, ' To name one's self.'
^
^.E lin ming the, 'Named him Lin.' |
j Ming k he ming, To give it itt name.' ] ^ Ming haou,
< Name ; epithet i title.'
j (Jl^ Ming t'heS, 'A card with
.one'* name on it; a visiting card.'
| Jo ming, ' Milk
name ;' i- e. the name gi Ten to an infant at the breast. A month
being completed after the birth of the child, it is brought Out
by the mother, and after having its head shaved, and being
dressed in clean clothes, the mother worships the goddess ||
Kwan-j in, and tbe fatherpronounces its name before all the
friends who are invited to the entertainment. This ceremony
is called jj^j
Mwan-yue. The entertainment -which accomPonie. it, is called | |j| yj| sblh-ke-tiew. The Joo-ming,
is alto calltar
| Seaou-ming.
j|: | Shoo-ming,
' Book name,' it the name given by the Master when a boy first
enters at school. The master pronounces his name kn'eeling

30th Radical.

III.

K'how P

before a paper, on which is written the name of one or other

of the Sages ofantiquity, and supplicates their blessing on the
scholar. The matter it then seated on a throne, or commonly
stands by its side, whilst the scholar worships bim.by kneeling,
rising, and again kneeling, putting hit forehead to the ground
each time. Thit it called J|j| M- K'hae-heo. On thit occa
sion a large party it invited to an entertainment The people
invited, make presents to the young scholar. At the time
of a person's marriage, hit father gives him another name,
called fjj Tsie. On this occasion, friends are again invited,
and the ancestors of the family are worshipped : the occurrence
it announced to them, and their blessing implored. 'J'*"? Cither
on the marriage of his son, aods two characters to his own
name; which are denominated his Jjj^Haou.
ft Pol
#t -k | T'*hine
"*>u '"W ta min*'
1 4 beg to ask your eminent surname and great name.' To ail
a person bis name is not esteemed rude, ^jj ^ Yu- -g.
The Emperor's name. ^ ^ Mae ming, or >jjj | Koo
ming, ' To buy a name;' i. e. to use various arts to procure
notoriety,
jj^f | ffj^Koo ming she yu, ' To buy a
name and go to market to purchase praise;' expresses the arts
used by the vain and ambitious to enhance their reputation,
"jjj | jj^f Haou ming shing, 'A good reputation; a good
name.'
J d^. 'jjj* Shing ming ping chang, ' But an orbinary reputation.' % ^ ^ J j| g
^jf Yew
ta shing ming chuen lew how she, ' Has a great name which
descends to succeeding aget.' J^lfe | ^ Heu ch'hang
ming thing, * To extend a name or reputation which it not
lupported by the reality.' ^jjg J ffy
Tsuy heen
ming tern jin, ' A man extremely well known ; very famous.'
g|t j /fj^jj^j] Shing ming langtselh, ' A very high reputa
tion.' jf] j &g j|l Kungm'ng heen , May your 'merit
and fame be illustrious.' :jg jff jffe j yuen kin che ming,
4 A name that rapidly extends its self far and near.' | ^
)M. i% M'ng pU>1 heU cnuen' ' Fame tnat not unfounded.'
Jtpt ^ ] Y,n * ching ming, ' Once raised to be a
Keu-jin, hit name is confirmed.'
^ ~zj) j Yew kung
ming, ' Possessing merit and fame ;' denotes commonly having
some rank, obtained either by purchase or any other means.'
/ 1 !>"tl ko mlnK' ' To d"reSar<1 one reputation.'
/J^^- | Piih yaou ming, ' Not desirous of tame.' ^ |

P K'how.

III.

30th Radical

360

^ ;J;|J Kew ming kew le, ' Seeking tune and gain.'
j
r?9 }li Mingle leang t'hoo, 'The two paths of honor
orgain.' A ?E M / ?E H Jin sxe lew ming;
hoo ize lew p'he, ' Man dying leave a name, ai the dead tiger
leave* his ikin,' to be examined and be either rallied or disp'ned. ^ | ^ ^ yew mmg woo ,hTh, Haying ' a name,
but not real/ nominal.
| |* ^ ffi Ming shlh piih
ching, ' The name and the reality do not balance in the scale*.'
The name exceeds the reality. ^ | Maou ming, ' To **
fume another's name, or reputation; to forge a name,
gfc J T h8 ming, 'To-assuntt the name or credit .of,
openly and- by violence.' ^ | Nelh ming, 'To conceal
a name; anonymous.'
ffc ] Tba ming, ' To throw off
ones name ( give it up, or desert from where it is enrolled.' ^
| Tseay ming, ' To borrow a name i to make a pretence of.'
y) .^jjj ^ ^ | E Cian k h,h wei ming' ' Unier Pretence
] |J_|
J 1 1 Ming shan ta chuen,
of visiting a stranger.'
Taroous hills, and great rivers.' j iffi Ming \en, Famous
tobacco,' characters common on Chinese sign boards. A
| Jin ylh ming, 'One man.* ^ | Ke ming, Several per,
sons j' or interrogatively, How many persons > ^ j K e ming,
To record the names ofi or make a list of persons.' Stiff
Jfc -f- J p Na hwO fe t'hang, U'hlh shth ming k'how,
Seventy banditti have been taken.'
Jfr Jfi ^
Jp. | Puhylh hoo she; puh ching hoo ming, 'Not altered
by the world, not fashioned by fame;' but happy in conscious
integrity, and influenced only by a sense of right. ^ n6
~F" I ''ftiM E I Fo n*en Uze m'n6i ^eun ts'heen
chin ming, ' A son in the presence of his father pronounces his
name ; a minister also in the presence ofhis sovereign mentions
his name. Not their fyi! Tsze. (Seethe distinction madeabove.)
Jr 1 W *L ^t' "{ft t^T [EJ | Shoo ming, shoo che
tsie yav; koo yu ming, ' Shoo-ming, denotes the letters, or
characters in books ; letters were in ancient times denominated
MinEp] _t M I M"h ,ba"B wei min6> 'The space
between the eye and eye-brow is called Ming.'

HOW, or H6w.

fj!j

From J E, ' To lead ; to induce,' by orders proceeding from

the mouth of one. A hereditary prince j a king ; to succeed

or be next to; after ; behind. A queen; dependant princes,
or governors of states. A surname. To rhyme, read Hoo.
7TJ
Yuen *w or jfj jp Keuen-how, A sovereign
Prince. j | Wang-how, or j|| j Hwang-how, A queen.

be j mmast i mm^m^^x
| "fi
1e
I sltanS> e t'heen, keae yue Fei,
Chow che lelh how; ching telh yu Wang-how; Tsin Han,
yu Hwang-how, Han Tsoo-inoo, ching Tae-hwang-tae-how
moo, ching Hwaog-tae-how, ' During, and before the dynasty
Shang, the ladies of the Imperial palace, were all denomi
nated Fei ; the Dynasty Cbow first introduced the Jterm
Wang-how a* a title of his Majesty's principal wife, or the
Queen ; during the dynasties Tsin and Han, she was called
Hwang-how ; during Han, the Emperor's grand-mother was
styled Tae-hwang-tae-how, and his mother was styled Hwangue-how;
|
How, bow yay ; how yu T'heen-tsze, ylh e kwang how
y in,' How, is after, or succeeding ; the (Queen in rank) is after,
or next to toe Emperor ; and is also to extend, his posterity,
through succeeding generations.'
j jj^ ^T'heen
How neang neang, Her ' Ladyship the Queen of heaven,' a
deified female, formerly of
^ Foo-keen Province. Her
title has, by the reigning family, being altered to ^ |
^jj T'heen how yuen keun, ' The queen of heaven, the Im
perial source of good.' Sea-faring people invoke this goddess,
in times of distress, by calling out aloud, jipj ^jlj A-mat A
fleet of boats being about to sail from Fun-keen, a lady ap
peared in one of them, and gave advice to all not to sail then,
for though appearances were favourable, a storm would cer
tainly arise. All the boats, but one, disregarded the advice,
sailed, and perished. After the storm had spent itself, the
boat in which was the lady, safely reached Macao, and she
having landed, immediately disappeared.
| ^sj T'heen
how kung, ' A temple of the Queen of heaven-' At a ro
mantic spot in Macao, where she is said to have landed, is a
famous pile of rocky temples, called g
^ Neang-mako.'
jj| ^ ]
Hwang t'heen how t'hoo, ' Imperial
heaven, and queen earth ;' heaven and earth, nature.

361
1'J lE I $ W
HMflh tsungshing.tslh thing;
How tsnng keen tslh thing, ' Timber must be cut according
to the marking line, and then it raij be squared ikings mutt
listen to reproof, and then they may attain rectitude/
| Keun bow, ' Assembled' princes or governors.'
j
jj|J| How t how, ' Behind.' jjj^ j Shin how, * Spirit be
hind,' are the words cut on two stones placed in tumuli be
hind Chinese gr vfs.
^ "J* | ) Jfc 3
He
yu how ; how lae k'be soo, ' We have long waited fur our
3nncj hereafter he will come and revivify ut." (Shoo-king.)
jf
^ | jjjj I j Tsae pae ke thow, urh how tuy,
' Again bowt to the ground and then replies.' "(Le-king.)
LE.
One commissioned by i superior to rule others. An emperor
or king; a magistrate of any rank; a,recorder or writer of
official papers in public courts ; one employed in the subor
dinate executive departments. The four seasons. A surname.
Read She, To receive and fulfil the duties of an official situ^on. $
$ikiimz%
I ^tfo^JpW 1T I Soshechayyue- Le,
thowmiugyu t'heeii wci che T'heen-le; show mingyu keun
wei che Kwan-le, 'A person tent, or commissioned, is called Le i
those appointed by Heaven (as Emperors and Kings), are callod
T'heen-le, Ministers of heaven ; those appointed hy the Prince
are cal'ed Kwan-le, Statesmen or magistrates.'
j jip}
Le, c|ie jin chny, ' Le denotes, one who rules or governs
mm.' fff l jgj ^
| Foo she cheshuh ylh yu
le, ' fuch as belong to the class of District recorders, are also
called Le.'
9^ | Shoo le, ' A writer in government
otnees.'
j Ch hang le, ' A superior officer-' /J/ j
Shaou le, ' An inferior officer.'
| ^Le-poo, ' The Board
of magistracy,' which superintends all civil appointments; the
filling up of vacancies; and the punishment of official delin
quents throughout the Empire.
j Seun le, ' Ad ac
tive, upright, good magistrate.' ^ *g* JjE | T'ban
kwSn woo le, ' An avaricious corrupt magistrate.'
J
.'J & J
tK T hien lc- jlh al ' m *u mins h.
The messenger of heaven, by a mistaken virtue, consumes ,
like the raging fire,' without distinguishing the good from the I
vol. i.
I*

30th Radical.

III.

K how ft

bad.' (Shoo-king.)
^
] T'heen-tsze che le,
' A messenger of the Son of Heaven;' an imperial delegate or
viceroy. (Le-king.) G9 0f # X | & 0
^
jt
Sze she chay, fheeu che le yay ; jih
yu8 chay, I'heen che sze yay, ' The four seasons, are the dele
gates of Heaven ; the sun and moon are celestial envoys.'
From ^ She; used to express ' A royal servant;' and One,
implying the unity of purpose in the mind of rulers.' (Seuk'heae.)
T'HOO, or T'hoo.
To put outof the mouth ; to spit out ; to eject from the mouth
the contents of the stomach or of the mind ; to vomit ; to reject ;
to avoid ; to express one't thoughts; to issue or bud forth to
blossom. A surname. The name ofa country hi central Asia.
^jCj^Thun t'hoo, 'To swallow down, and to vomit u\i
^f.^f- | Pwan thun, pwan t'hoo, 'Half twallowedand hah*
vomited,' said either of meat, or of words. [ jj jj* T'hoo
ch'huh lae.'To eject from the stomach; to disclose the thoughts:
to cast forth.' J]|| ] Gow t'hoo, ' To vomit.| P
yfc T'hoo k'bow shwuy, ' To spit the water of the mouth.'
Properly $ Tho. $j &g f JJ J
fa %
~\$L ^f* "fib I ft Mwan "ll y80U ,hw0< cn'n1u ,ne Pwau
ko tsze, yay piih n&ng t'hoo ch'huh, ' The heart full and de
sirous to spenk, but unable to enunciate half a word.' ]
T'hoo hwa, ' To express oneVmind." j jj^JLi ^ T'hoo
loo sin fuh,' To vomit out one's heart and bowels;' to disclose
one's mind very fully.' 7jf| ] j}| "=f Tsew how t'hoo
ching yen. People ' after wine reveal the truth.' J^. '^J
iPjtfe^iH^tffT \ U trfT-ouche
ne joo tsze king pS noo kea , tso yu t'hoo loo chin tsing, ' If I
had known sooner that you would have treated me, a poor fe
male, with such contempt and disregard ; I would not have
erred, in revealing the whole truth.' g \ ]
{fishing jin che t'hoo tszeweiking, 'The expressions giveu
forth by the Sages, constitute sacred-books.' gj: ] =fp;l|^
Tsze t'hoo hwa ch'hang, ' elegant and pleasing language.'
M$fe&\%k%1t I Cha,.ameihwa,chlh
taou suy han fang t'hoo,' This yellow Mei flower, continues till

P K'how.

HI.

30th Radical.

the cold season of the year, and then blossoms.'

T'hoo she, ' To loll out the tongue.' A ^ W

362
J
$'J

jow, tithjoo che; kang, ts'ih t'hoo che: wei Chung-than-poo

jow, ylh ptih jooi kang, ylh piih t'hoo; puh woo kwan kwa,
pub wei keang yu, ' People also hate a saying. What is mild
and gentle, receive it; what is strong and violent, avoid it ; but
with Chung-shac-poo, a person might be mild and gentle without being received; he might be strong and violent without
being avoided : he did not insult the destitute old man, nor
the widow; he did not fear the violent and powerful.' (She-

E fj& A- Cnow-kunB kae pIh-kin yue, wo Wan wang che

tsze. Woo wang che te, Ching-wangchc Shuhfoo.yu T'heen-hea
ylh pub tseen e, jen wo ylh mfih, san tsO fa, ylh fan san t'hoo
poo, k'he e tae sze, yew kungshlh t'heen-hea che been j in;
tsze che loo, shin woo e kwS keaou Jin, The ancient Emperor
1 Chow-kung, warning (his son) Plh-kin, said, I am the son of
king Wan; and the brother of king Woo ; I am the uncle of
king Ching :I am not a mean person in the Empire, yet, during
one ablution, I sometimes thrice roll up my hair, (to go out
and receive visitors); during one meal, I thrice put the meat
from my mouth, that I may attend on learned men ; and am
still apprehensive, lest I should lose the worthies ofthe empire.
My son ! when you go to the sovereignty of the state Loo,
do not treat people proudly, because you have a kingdom.'
(sne-ke.) i#Ji$fr$3E
Too-loo fan, luy t'hOchen Hea-melh, loo k'he wang, ' The Tooloo foreigners, frequently made inroads on Harai, and carried
captive their king.'
HEANG. J

north; the face directed towards; opposite to; directed to an

object ; to ; an object of thought, or study ; time which con
tains events to which the mind can be directed ; time past ; here
tofore. The points of the compass. The name of a place ; of
a city; and of a country. A surname. ^ jjj] jj| p Shlh
heang kin hoo, ' Stop up the window, and daub up the door
with mud.' (She-king.) ^ ;J |p] j$j Tso plh heang nan,
' Sitting to the north, and directed to, or facingthe South,' said
ofhouses which front the South. jjjQ j Seang heang, * Oppo
site to, or fronting each other.' | -fljj =J Heang I* B,
Saidtohim, ff:|e-&fttt!fcttfe;fc
|
| ^ tjQ Peon pa shlh tsae Keo-aing shwo telb,
che mB, heang Lew-tsuen shwS die, ' Then took the circum
stances from first to last, stated to him by KeSaing, and men
tioned them to Lew-tsuen.'
^ ffi ^ yi Q | 8 so chuen choo, yu heang,
' That to which the mind intensely flows, or it particularly
turnei, is called Heang.' Ijj? '/^ J j jfjj |$| Wang
jang, heang jS urh t'han, 'Look wishfully to toe ocean, and
sighed to (the sea-god) JO." An expression used by persona in
deep distress, jjfe j Chung heang, ' The final object' ^jr
^ | flj|Ting ko heang fhow, 'To fix an object; or
point of the compass.' ZL ~j~ ^ | Orh shlh sze heang,
'Twenty-four points of the compass.' jfo | f- Sin heang
hang, ' The heart directed upwards.'
~jT | Sin pbh
heang, ' The mind, or heart, does not apply itself.'
| n|
^ Heang ts'heen k'heu, 'To advance forwards.'
| fl
j^L Heang jib kwei, ' The Sun-flower." ^
j g
Kwei sin heang jlh, ' The heart of the sun flower turns to the
sun ;' to devote to another person, a pure heart. |
Ylh heang, or J jjfe Heang lae, ' Heretofore; a while past'
| 4p. Heang neen, ' Former years.'
J /j= Jg
Ylh heang tsSng mo teih, 'How has it been heretofore.'
| ^ Heang seen, ' Before ; recently.' Jjl ^ "fj;
-J- | Hwang-foo tsO too yu Heang, * Hwang-foo, built a
city in Heang,' a district in the modern Ho-oan.' (She-king.)

[b]

ft
From
Meen, ' A cave or hut,' and fj K'how ' A mouth
or opening.' A medium of communication for the air, hence
frommoath. (Seu-k'heae.) A window opening towards the

CH'HA.

S. C.

Angry speech ; to sputter, rage, and make a noise, but in a

.less degree than is expressed by pj^ Ch'hlh. p
Ch'ha

363
t'ban.' To breathe out anger.' jjH^pfc |
^
^
^^
Tt'hin ttae ch'hlh cb/ha cbe thing, we
chng cbe yu k'buen mm, Id the pretence of my parents I
r uttered an angry sound, eTen to a dog or hone.'
Original form of Wf" Heu.

Same as the preceding.

YING.

A response.

YANG. A response, dame ai the preceding.

30th Radical.

HI.

K'how p

directed. A chief; a lord ; a prince i a king ; a sovereign ; an em

peror; one in a dignified and honorable situation; honorable;
most honorable ; the father or mother of a family ; a virtuous
good man ; a title of respect in very general use, applied to su
periors ; to inferiors i and to equals ; to men and to women ;
to the living and to the dead. As a verb, To rule ; to govern; .
to fulfil the duties of a ruler. A surname. To Rhyme, read
Keuen. % J. ^ f f& - g
T'heen tsze, T'heen hea cbe choo; Choo-how, ylh kwifche
keun, ' The son of heaven, it the sovereign ofthe world, or the
empire ; a Choo-how, is the chief or prince of a state, or nation.' ./t^jt^^g 1 Fan yew te chay, "keae
yuJteun, 'All who possess (or rule over) a country, are
tailed Keun.' j Jj| ^
Keun, ch'hang min chc
ohing, ' Keun.titleoftheiuperioTsofapeople.' ^ j Kw5
keun, 1 The king of a country.' ^ | Ta keun, The Em
peror' ^)fChina. ^ ] Kwakeun, parking, or emberor,'

MANG. To ask, without receiving an aniwer.'

Charactersformed by Four Strokes.

tJ^j* KEAOU. Common form of pf Keaou.

p^jr cow.
JJjfjp Ho gow, ' To accord.' A disputed character.

Assent ; acquiescence. Well ! It may do ! rarely I

Pjjt^HOO, or Hene".
The sound made by propelling the breath. Same a* |ftllea&
KEUN.

/yi

From ^ Yun, ' A hand grasping a line, to preserve rectitade/ and Q K'how,' A mouth,' giving orders. (ShwS-wan.)
One at the bead of a community, to whom all hearts are

in the language -of courtesy.

^ ^ -jjjf
^ J{9
7^ Ml JK. T* I Hwang l'h}iea keaen mias'
,8w "
hae, wei t'heen hea keun, 'Whom the Majesty of Heaven
graciously appoints, and gives to possess til enclosed by sur
rounding teat, it constituted, the Sovereign -of the world,'
or of the empire. ^ | -J- T keun tize, Title applied
to ttatesmen. \ | J| $ A
^ Jin keun chetaoue.jin tin yu-fuh wei pun, 'That peo
ple's hearts submit cheerfully, should be a fundamental object
with those who are the sovereigns of men.'
| Ming
keun, ' An enlightened Prince.' ^ J HwanYeun, ' A ttupid bad Prince.'
J ^JT Keun chin, 'Prince and mi-*ter.' ##l^$|$Seentou Wei
keun; how taou wei chin, ' He who comes first shall be prince;
he who comes next shall be minister/ Proverbial, like, First
come, firtt served.
|
yj\ ^A. Keun ttze, teaou jin,
A prince, and a petty man,' are opposrtesi used chiefly with
respect to morals ; -the firtt denotes a dignified, honorable,
good man; the ether, a mean, shuffling, worthless person. Qtj
Jfj j ^> Sze fang keun ttze,' All good people, everywhere.'
ikM I :F"^^^/tALaech,iy,keun Uze'
puh lae chay, teaou jin, ' He who comet shall be (esteemed)
a gentleman; be who does not come, a mean fellow.' "jij*
Z 1 =f- ^#^S7^1^Koochekeun

P K'how

II.

30th Radical.

364

tsze puh woo kwan kwa, piih wei keang ju, 'The Keun-tize
of ancient times, did nut insult the old man, or widow i nor
did they fear the violent and powerful.'
| ^ ~|C Keun t'heen hea, ' To rule the empire.' '^f
| ^ pi tff- ^f-
KB keun k'he kwo; kB t*ze
k'hc mm, 'Each rule hi. respective state; and earh be a
father to hit own people.' A phrase which originated when
China was composed of separate and contending states.
It is now used to suggest, that every man should confine
himself to his own affairs.
j j J, |[j Keun keun
chin chin, 'To fulfil the duties of a Prince; and to fulfil
theduties of a minister.1 ^ A If 1 ffi'h 1 V\
f$WZifc/&& 1 Fo j,a tu* keun
ching Scaou-keun, e foo tse ylh t he yen che, ylh tlh yu keun,
A. wife (of a prince), before her lord, calls herself Seaoukeun. The expression arises from husband and wife being
ent body ; hence she is also called Keun.' (She-king.) ^*
^f^t -0J; jj ] Tsze ching foo moo, yu keun, 'Chil
dren complimenting t hoi father and mother, call them Keun.'
SjjJ I Kea keun, 'The master or father of a familv.'
H j Te ching foo, yii keun, 'A concubine
addressing her lord calls him Keun.' ^jjj> ^Jfj' -J\^ jjji J_J
| Foo ching foo yTh yui keun, ' A wife addressing her husland also calls him Keun.'
f{$ jfjfj |EJ
] Foo ching
foo ) ue Se-kcun, ' A husband addressing his wife, calls her Sekeun.'
ff? J^TJ 13 I Heung ch'ng te yu keun, 'A
senior brother addressing a junior compliments him by the term
Keun.' _^ fjij "J* /jf* |3 | shang cni"6 hca jl" J'u6
keun, ' Superiors complimenting inferiors also call them Keun.'
^\ ^
| Fung haou > u6 keun, ' Keun is an Imperial
title conferred on deceased persons' who are eunoblcd, or dei
fied ; either men or women.'
"J"
Ht ^ ^ "if
}5J ] Tsz; sun ching seen she, keae yuc keun, Children or

verge of the horizon; to these remote parts.

| Foo
keun,' A husband.'
| -^-y\Keunfoojin, 'Title of a
Queen of a small state.'
| Tsun keun, ' Your honored
father.'
| Leang keun, * Your worthy son.' |
^ Keun ch hang, ' Superiors' in a family or in a nation.
A I X-VZm&^yy"*keun, foo moo che wei yay, ' The individuals of a family have
Yen-keun (strict governors) i an expression which denotes parent..' (Ylh-king.)
| ft ^
JU
Seen,
keun K'bung-Uze sang yu Chow mB, 'The Sage of former
times, Confucius, was born in the close of the Chow dynasty.'
fa | Seen keun, ' Your late father.' ffc | Foo keun,
engraved on a tomb-stone, denotes, the father of a family :
fc | Tae keun, denotes the Mother. ^ | Ching keus.
or Jf^ | P'hing keun, ' A person, who for his worth, is
called into office, by special invitatio'n of the sovereign.' |j|f
| Sze keun, ' An officer despatched on service with Iraperial credential..' | f- &
jgig # %
^ Keun-tsze chung jlh keen keen, selh t'helh jC, le,
woo k'hew,' The virtuous man is firm and diligent the whole
day i in the evening he still cherishes apprehension, hence,
though surrounded with danger, he remains free from crime.'
(Ylh-king.) Under j Keen, in this Dictionary, && Q
Chung-jlh is rendered ' The whole of his days," instead of the
'Whole day.' jjjtj) | Shinkeun, ' A good magistrate beloved
and revered by the people.'
] Tae-shang-laoukeuu, Title of the founder of the Sect Taou.
j} J
Chin keun, A title of several divinities, tf*
] Chung
hoo keun, ' A pencil with which to write.' ^ ] T'heen
keun, 'The heart or mind,' according to a certain writer,
jjjj; | Shay keun, a local terra for ' Rat.'
E- To breathe; to moan. Used for/^E, and ^E.

grand-children (posterity) tpeakin? of those ot'former ages, call

them Keun.'
j}
^ 7^ |E| | Pe tsze t hung
ching ylh yuE keun, ' Keun is also a reciprocal and universal
terra of respect applied to persons.' | -J^^
Keun-lsze ching t h che ching, ' Keuu-tsze is a term applied
to the perfectly virtuous.' ^fj J /jpj J|| ||J ^ jjg Wan
Keun hu sze taou t'heen yae, May 1 'ask you, sir, on what
business iou have come to the coasts of heaven,' I e. the utmost

pJ^CH'HOW.

Sound ; the voice.

P^^TAJ^. The voice of birds; a loud sound.

365

PHANG.
Fan shing, ' A reversed sound.' This is the old de
finition, but it is not perspicuous. (Ching-tsze-thung.)

LIN.
ft
Htm ; niggardly ; sparing; sordidly parsimonious; avaricious.
To regret to part with; to be sorry; to be ashamed and disgraced.
& & *L ^ ftt tiL Lia' h" j,n Dub l'ho yay' ' Lm'
la retaining and not giving forth.' (Luh-shoo.)
| ^
Lin iTh, or ^ j Pe lin, ' Mean and niggardly ; unduly
paring.'
| Keen lin ; or
J Han lin, ' Parsi
monious.'
>j | T"nan lin, ' Covetous ; avaricious.'
2^ | Sew tin, ' To feel shame and disgrace.'
I^fjf. |
Hwuy lin, * The appearance of grief and distress.' J^j ^
tyk E PJC Jrl,
I Yun6Jin wei ke kaekwoptih lin,
* To employ an other person who possesses merit, as if he were
one's self: and to reform one's own errors franUy and un.paring.,.' (Shoo-king.) ^
flt ^ A ^ I J&
g Pfih ke n&ng yu jin; puh lin kwo yu ke, ' Not be
envious oftalent in others ; nor be sparing of one's own faults.'
tin, urh woo keae chuy che tth, ' Perhaps *he rich are two
parsimonious, and are destitute of the virtue of liberality.'
-f~ M ^ ifl
I Keuei, t,ie ke! puh jo
hay ; wang, lin, ' The virtuous man, seeing tbe minute causes
offuture events, deems it better to desist, and not proceed to
incur shame and regret.' (Ylh-king.) Jj^| JJ^ j Keaou
ts'heay lin, ' Boastful and avaricious.' (Lun-yu.)
Obsolete form of the preceding.

T'HUN. %i

>

According to some, from ^ T heen, giving sound, and

Mouth. Others consider it formed from the three characters
P Ylh, ta, k'how, *A large moulh' united. To
wallow; to gdlp down, to swallow up ; to engross ; to seize
4
vol.. I.

30th Radical.

IV.

K'how H

and appropriate; to usurp ; to merge many in one ; to ingulf;

to devour; to destroy. Read T'heen, A surname.
j
Taou k'how peen t'hun, ' To swaHow as soon as it
reaches the mouth.'
P
f| | ~J* 5^ CnaT k'""*
fan nan t'hun Ilea k'hcu, ' This mouthful of rice is difficult to
swallow down.'
^ ffi ]
J]t HSn puh Hh
t'hun ne hea too, ' I regret that I cannot devour you ;' the
language of extreme hatred. ^ 7^" ^ | ^ ~f>
jj$jj"Tsin yew keen t'hun t'heeu-hea che che. 'Tsin had the
intention ofseizing and appropriating the whole empire.' Jj(^
jtp ?|l ] Jfif.~/^ ^ Tsin-che hwang t'hun ping lhh kwtt,
' Ttin-che-hwang usurped, and merged in his own, six different
nations.'
=ji /j | ^ ~J ~ ,Q Yin mow yew
t'hun t'heen.hea che sin, ' An intention of engaging in dark
schemes, in order to usurp the whole empire.' ^SSr^T -^pj
|3 ^ | ^ jg || Woo naelo, chlh Hh t'hun thinf
jin k'he, ' There being no alternative, was obliged to swallow
down the voice and restrain the breath ;' i. e. was obliged to
remain silent, to suppress his feelings.
j | {ft" jl |_
^ m ffii ^ 5fc It T*hun
vho t no'
yen
urh pith kau yen, 1 Half swallowing, half vomiting, (hesitating)
wishing to speak, but yet not daring to say an)thing.' j Bj|g
T'hun p'heen, ' To devour by fraud,' to overreach ; to cheat.'

YIN.

HA

To sigh ; to moan ; to chaunt ; a tuneful pronunciation ; to

reciteverses in a singing tone ; recitative. A surname. Read
Yin. ^ ft^ fjfj ^ K'hin yin urh seaou,' A kind of half
suppressed laugh.' Read Yin, A protracted singing pronunci
ation, ^^^jj j E,hoo urhyhv. leaned agaiast a tree
ndchaunted.' ^ \ fa
^ |J$ | He wei
yin yung; t'hung wei shin yun,'A joyful enunciation is ex
pressed by Yin-yung ; a mournful, by Shin-yin-' (Luh-shoo.)
j
Yin she, ' To recite verses.' j R|J> Yin go, To
recite verses ; to chaunt.' j ^
Yin she ta tuy, ' To
chau nt responding verses.' | =^ Yin ylh ihow she,
' To recite with a modulated pronunciation , a verse of an ode.'
| ^jijjjqj Chin yin pwanheang, ' Sunk in murmuring
contemplation half an hour.'
Jl^ j Jj^; ^ Shin yin

P K'how.

IV.

30th Radical.

chwangjo,' To moan, lyingonabed or couch.'

jio,' Moaning.' Occurs read K'hin.

366
j

J Yin

JtjJ: | Yen yen, ' Appearance of self possession.' Accord

ing to one, The appearance ofchewing.

FEI.
3*
The voice ofa dog i to bark. P/f Jjfa Fet kow, The name
ofacountry. ft $ ft fl| |$ tft ft ft 1
TsB jay t'hing wan kTh I'm telh kow lwan fei, ' Last night
I heard the neighbour"! dogs making a confused barking noise.'
JH| ^
-Jjj | Woo she raSng jay fei, ' Do not cause
ih'e dog. to bark.' (She-king.) |$i H| #J | Mj^il
JjjJ Ke ming kow fei ; taou ch'hoo keae t'hung, ' The cocks
crow and the dogs bark every where alike.'
FANG.

As if hearing.

v-hing-tsze-t'hung yun, Fang, suh fang tsze ( woo keu pub k'ho
tsung, ' Ching-tsze-t'hung says, that Fang is the vulgar form of
Fang, ' to enquire ;' but of this there is no proof, and the opi
nion deserves not to be followed.'
PEfH.
It^Pifc 1 Ming Ptth pelh, ' The chirping ofa bird.' Read
P he, To slander, to defame. | ^ pjj ^ ^ p.he, k'beso puh wei, * To slander is what he will not do.
T'SHIN.

Yen, see below.

A dag vomiting.

Same asJWi.e preceding;

P'HEI.
Vile ( wicked i bad. Read P'he, To obstruct ; to hinder
from proceeding in a proper course ; in which sense, it i 3 th.e
name of one of the Kwa. Read Fdw, A negative particle ; as.
Not; ought not; it often closes an interrogative sentence.
To rhyme, read Foo. ^ ^ ^ ]| & # ft r#
[ ] P'hei puh k'ho che e, keen yu yen, koo tsung k how,
P*hei is the idea of unfitness rendered visible in words, hence
the character it formed from mouth.' |Sj Jjj
'j^. |
jjj^ |)(] Sze cli'hiih e leuh, p'he tsang, heung. An army go
ing forth agreeably to the laws (ofright, will be successful);
but in a bad cause, they will be unfortunate '
j
Tsang p he. ' Good and evil.' (Ylh-king.) ^ff ^ jff j
Chang k'he che phei, (or fow,) ' Try whether they taste well
rnof (She-king.) fJ |g &t
^ # | Ting
teen che le, tsae yu ch'hiih p'he, 'The advantage of turning
up the feet of a vessel consists in ejecting from the vessel it's
impurities.' (Ylh-king.) #
^ If 1 %
^ K'hlh, tslh ching che, yung che, fow, tsTh wei che,
'If he be penitent and reform, then receive him and employ
him; if not, then intimidate him' (by punishment.) (Shooking ) ^ ] She, fow, 'Is it, or is it not; is it right, or
is it not' Jijj- "== ^ ^cj]
J So yen we che she fow,
I ' don't know whether what I say be the fact or not ; or,
whether the sentiment be right or not' -j^ |
^J" She
fow k'ho hing, ' May it be done or not' pT | K'ho fow,
' Is it proper or not: may it be, or not' ^* | Tsang fow,
Has it occurred ; or is it done yet; or not' yj^ jfy 43 j|

*
P'HOW. To draw in the breath ; to inspire.

] We che Uh show fow, ' I don't know whether they are re

ceived yet, or not'
PfiA.

Same as

PE

P h' **> '

mouthed.'

Go, ' False ;: erroneous.'

The same characters pronounced Pa-ya, The angry striving of

367
an infant Jg ] Y. p., ' Dumb.' ^
^
|
Pah chhtth thing ya-p, ' A ilent dumb;.' Pjj | p j
lH IJt ^
Y* Pa ke'h DwanS->iient too 1 k'hoo, ' A dumb
person who eats the Hwang-lien, feeb) the bitterness in hit
bellj." used to express, feeling unpleasantly, what one is not
allowed to express.
Same as p Keth, see above.

THUN.
J Than t'hun, ' Obscure unintelligible language.'
Ml
HWO

The noise of vomiting.

HW6.

S| s. c.

To stop the mouth ; to close up an orifice.

J^^NbvKUNG, or Chung.
The ancient form of

The mouthtof many.

Sang ' To litigate; to contend.'

I^^Samc as Bft P'hun, ' To snort; to rage:'

To route; to be agitated and roused from sleep; to convert

from bad to good. False; untrue. Al.Scrib. |^J/ Go. Read
Hwa, Open mouthed ; gaping. ^ jfc ]!J
jp)
$S
Jjj Fung tsze plh lo.thang mei woo go, ' Meeting with so many
ills in life, I could almost wish to sleep the sleep (ot death)
from which I should never awake.' (She-king.)
^ $E ^ Hi Jak | Chow-kung tung cbing, tze kwo she
go. * Chow-kung, proceeding to the east to reduce the insub
ordinate, the nations all around were reformed.' (She-king;)
| "==~ Go yen ' Falaciout words.'

30th Radical.

IV.

K'how P

At 01. Scrib. it Hwa, see Rad. H Pe.

To hold in the mouth ; to contain i to rettrain ; to endure.

^ | Han. han, ' Wheat growing rank and think.' Thick,
indistinct utterance, or an intentional obscure and partial state
ment. Bead Han, Gemt placed in the mouth of a corpse at
the time of interment, said to have been an ancient custom;
in which sense, AJ. Scrib.
Han. ^ ^ Paou han, ' To.
envelop and contain.'
j j Han Tun' ' To conUm> or
afford room to, withintide of \ to- endure, or put up with,
from generous feelingt.'
J
Han jin, ' To bear with;
to suffer." |
Han noo, ' To restrain one's anger. 1
rj^ Han teaou, 'To repress a laugh; to smile.' j >yt|
Han han, To cberith retentment.'
j ^ Han tew, 'To
feel ashamed.' j ^/fv g Han leaou P&h yen, ' Smiled
and said nothing.'
|
Han luy ch'hang Un,
' Restrained the falling tear and. tighed deeply.' j ^ yj^
g^ Han ch'hiih piih loo, 4 To preserve tecret in the mind, and
not disclose.' To convey a sentiment covertly.
| Ke
han, * To retain in the memory.' ^Qj
I 1
% ^ & h ft ft ft
Tha ,hwa te,h
hM
boo hoo, ptih che the she mo e tze, 'He expressed himself
in an indistinct confuted manner, (1) dont. know what be
meant'
j ^ Han j uh, ' To enter ; or to put withintide,
either literally, or mentally.'
mm i *#it#*
a
U 1k M
Jl % & YIh nSnE h" * e
thclh thwhy, cbung jin ying; k'he jin ch'he ping, urh. pith
keen k'hehing yay,' ThcY'ih, (said to be like a fox, and abound
ing in the waters of
Keang-hwae) can take land into
its mouth, and discharge it with velocity at the human
thadow falling on the water ; the person whose thadow is struck
by it, becomes immediately ill, but the Ylh it invitible.' Thit
legend explains the following sentence,
^ ] y/J?
^ITsze khe han thache t'hfih, 'At random throwt about
hit poitonout sand,' whilst he it invitible; i.e. to injur*
others by clandestine artifice. And hence, also, the common

P K'how.

IV.

368

30th Radical.

'. WLM MM^(, T'ha wei kwei, wei Ylh.-He

acts the devil ; he it the YTh ;' i. e. the unseeu instrument of
...the mischief. M3**EPfg#
E yiih shlh ize chay che k'how wei che han, or ] ban,
' With precious stones to fill the mouth of the dead, it express
ed by Han.' This obferrance was considered an expression
of personal attachment, accompanying the deceased to the
grave. The modern custom is, for some person, nearly related,
to take a few grains of rice, a few leaves of tea, with some
particles of incence, and put them all into the rroulh of the
corpse, which observance is commonly called
p Shlh
k'how. ' To stuff the.rnouth.'
CH'H l.

manner as the lowest of hit men : he shared with the men

their labours and fatigues;a soldier was afflicted with an
ulcer, which the General K'lie himself socked for him.'
(She-ke.)
S. C.

K'HE.

From door and mouth. To open. Bright. The morning

star seen in the east, is called Jp fljj K'he ming ; the evening
sUr in the west, is called yfc j Tae-plh.
HAN. The flowers ofplants before they have

To stop up an aperture; to stuff; to fill.

Y AOU .

Tumultuous noise {licentious airs.

St
YIN, or Yin.

S.C.

Wide mouthed ; gaping and laughing. The an !ent form of

(JjRj Shin, 'To smile or laugV which is also .pressed by Jjjj'
Jjflfc Yin tsie, or re-versed, Tsxe yin. |
\ffl ^ Yin Jen
urh seaou, ' Gaped and laughed.' Vulgarly read T'hing, and
used as a contraction of H T'hing, ' To hear.'

Bj^pt: Yaou tslh, ' Noise made by a crowd ofdogs.'

Vjjfa HWANG.

FOO-

IJjC HI. **> t*ea> ' To cut herb with *

teeth ;' to bite small ; *o taste ; to ruminate ; to deliberate.

HANG, or Kliang.

"j^ R. H.
.tf^CHE.

The nerk or throttleof abird. To swallow; to make a noise.

| Che che,4 Sound, noise.' Head K'he, Panting.
P'HEiH.

PheThp'heih, To spit, spitting out.

CH H1NG

TS'HEEN, or Shun.

Bp| S. C.

To suck as an infant ; to suck a wound ; to lick. j^l ^jTj

M'l Ati tft
Urhch hoo sing, tsTh nang shun joo,
' A new born infant cau suck milk." ffi ^ ^

2pji?ft0.1%LMi I Z. T,eans-keuen Wok'he yu sze tsiih Uuy hea chay t hung e shlh ; jju sze tsuh
fun laou k'hoo ; tsiih yew ping ts'heu chay , k' lie wei shun che,
' The General Woo-k'he, clothed himself, and ate in the same

To declare ; to manifest ; to state to superiors; to petition ;

to present to . To recommend one's self. A surname. !j
Ching loo, ' To make a discovery of t to disclose.' j
Q Ch'hing plh, or | jjJJ Ch'hing ming, ' To state clearly.'
M l* trt M. M 0 ] E he* uins ch'hin y Bt
yu8 ch'hing, ' To stale the affairs of inferiors to superiors is
called Ch'hing.'
j
Ch'hing shang, or | ^ Ch'hing
suy, ' To present up to.* ^ J Jjjj] j^j KuDg ch'hing
yu Ian, ' To present with profound respect to imperial in
spection.'
j -^p Ch'hing uxe, 'A petition; a

369
to government.
] SP Ch'hingpin, or
|
T he
ch'hing tsze, ' To present a petition.'
j j|p Ch'hing thin,
' To recommend one's self.' Syn. with ji Ch'hing, ' To pui
through ;' or according to one, Alert, cheerful.

30tfi Radical.

IV.

K'how p

^^J"|"^^;jfg Ch'huy keen showch'ay,

heu urh e e, ' Blew through the hilt of the sword, and made
a slight sound merely,' as if the wind whistled through it.
IlEIrU

S. C.

P^j SHIN.
To smile or laugh without distorting the features.
j.woo.

<f

To talk loud ; to talk big; to vociferate, in which senses it

is also read Hwa. The name of a kingdom; of a state; of a
district; a surname. ^
T'heen woo, Certain genii or
spirits of the water, described as having eight heads; ten tails ;
a human face ; the body of a tiger, and so on. ^\ J
^jf Pub we>, puh gaou, ' Not clamorous ; not insolent.'
j
i^j Piihwoopuh yang,' Not clamorous; not hasty and
volatile.' (She-king.)

To draw in the breath ; to inspire ; to draw in ; to inhale ; to i

drink. The name of a person.
^ Helh, nuy
seTh yay, 'Helh, denotes an inspiration.' ^| ^JJ jj^
2pt 7K ^ I K ne cn nun wei CD/nuT ; k'he juh wci helh,
' The breath passing out is Ch'huy ; the breath passing in (to
the lungs) is Helh.' An expiration is expressed also by
Ho' J|Ji> ft A-*f9~ 1 Pe selhchhdhjuh.
ylh hoo, y Hi helh, ' One expiration and one inspiration
by the nostrils.' ^ | Hwuy helh, 'The noise made by trees
shaking,' a rustling noise.
] %%.~Z.'$-:fo
chan loo cbe fow leang, ' Inhale the cool and floating dews.
CH'HUY.
4

Common form of the preceding;.

MEAOU.

NO.

The voice of a certain wild fowl.

f*| s. c.

Difficulty of utterance ; an impediment in speech ; slowness

of speech.
jj5j J] No k'how, ' Stammering.'
Same as the preceding.
'M^S^ D M fy\ Han ,ho e k how yu wae> 'The
books ofHan removed mouth to the outside of the character.'
fPrtl$#D.^tHtgP K'beyennOno
jen, joo puh ch'huh choo k'he k'how, ' He stammered in his
speech, as if the words could not get out of his mouth.'
HEUE\

A slight sound or noise.

Read Ch'huS, To drink. Read Kent, The voice of a bird.

Se

To expel the breath from the lungs; to expire; to blow,

applied to the breath, or to the wind ; to play on a wind instru
ment,; to puff off, or assist a person by recommendation.
Read Clfhuy, The wind. ^ j| ^ Jfa Ch'huy, ch'huh
k'he yay, ' Ch'huy, to expel the breath.'
| /jj?
Koo slh ch'huy sSng , ' To play on the Slh and blow the SSng.'
| |j| jfj ^ Ch'huy seaou, ta koo, To play on the
Seaou and beat the drum.'
] Koo ch'huy, 1 Drumming
and blowing ;' i. e. playing on instruments generally. ] ^
^ jfejlj!/ jft, Ch'huy heu, scang tsotsooyay, 'Ch'huy hcu,
to lend assistance to,' by commending to a third person; to re
commend.
| JUj Ch'huy k'hae, ' To blow open.' j
$lj Ch'huy taou, To blow down.'
| yffi ^ $| Ch'huy
mee la chiih, ' To blow out the candle.'
J ^
^
Ch'huy maou kew tsze, ' To blow aside the feathers and search
for the wound ;' not to judge by the external appearance only.
| Jj^ 2^ -jj Ch'huy hwuy che lelb, ' Strength to blow away
the dust;' aslighteffort.
jg ;jg! ^ 1g jg j ^ <|&
| j
^ C hay le kwo t'hang fung taou leang kwae,
ch'huy ylh ch'huy, tsae tsow, 'The wind which panes the hall
here, is rather cool and pleasant ; I'll enjoy a few blows more and

P K'hovr.

IV.

30th Radical.

370

then go.' M,~fc. | Fung ta. ch'huy," The wind blows

Irong.'
jjEji | King ch'huy, /J\ J Seaou ch'huy,
| Se ch'huy, all express, Blowing lightly, gently, and
o on. A ] j^JJJ
Yu ch'huy se laog, ' The fish blow
and cause a slight ripple.'
P51 TOW

s.

$t IS tt| "0 itl TW' kinS ch huh ^ W 'Tow, ut

tering words with levity ;' light discourse ; talkative. |j&
J Che" tow, ' Loquacity ; excessive talking i' which is also exI by
| Tseu tow. ^| | Hwan tow, A man's
Hwan tow.
Al. Scrib.
WAN.

s. c.

ffi^rltr&MrVft Leane 'hin che h8 wei wan- '

closing of the two lips make Wan.' The sides of the mouth.
Pjfc^ | T hoo shin wan, To thrust out the lips.' j
J^^L | Juy hwuy, keug wan, Birds ' with pointed bills
break their food with the sides of the mouth.' |
Win h, ' Concord; agreement."
HOW, or How.

rJt R H

ft
The voice ofany animal ; the lowing ofcattle ; the roaring of a
tiger ; the voice of anger.
4fc 3$ pj J| j ^ A
sze shin, pe Foo-j in choo sze ; Ho-tung sze how, ke nan tsze
wei tie,' The hen (crowing and) being the ruler ofthe morning,
expresses by allusion, a woman's having the controul ; the
roaring of the lion of Ho-tung, is a phrase to ridicule the man
who is afraid of his wife.' Vj^ | JJfjj ^| Ming how yung
yS, ' To roar and leap about' ]
How ping, A certain
' which causes constant and violent breathing.

fighting.' This word is much employed in the imprecations

or prayers of the sect Ftth. To rhyme, read Chung, and Hung.
WOO.
I; me. To guard ; to keep ofi"; to impede ; a certain i
a proper name. ^JWoo tang, or
^ Woo pei,
We, us.' ] ft fa |H ^ Woo, wo tot* ching yay,
' Woo, an expression for myself.'
j J ~ ^ j ^
Woo, jlh san sing woo (hin, ' I daily examine myself on
three topics.'
Vf ^ ] M ^ff} ij K'ho Tn "oo pei
seang ping, ' May rank on equal terms with us.'
gj'
^
| Yen yu shin che woo, 1 Language very con
fused and indistinct' ^ | ~jf ^ Che woo leaou sze,
' To hurry over any service in a careless manner.' ^ ^
I H ^ ffB ^ I *P & Wo ch'hnS w0 n keuen
urh pe woo kel ping, ' I will extend, in formidable array, my
three armies, and fit out my men in their armour and with
weapons.' (TsB-chuen.) ^ ^ [fij |
Yu ping urh
woo keu yay, ' Yu, (which also denotes I or me) is a term of
equality ; Woo, ofprouder assumption.' This does not appear
to be a general rule. ^ j Chlh kin woo, Name of a
certain office. Woo, in this phrase, means to guard, to keep off",
7C
1
YueD *e,h kin"wo Pun k,n> ' Th
first night of the New-year, the Kin-woo, does not prohibit
people from walking about.' -^fc J Kin woo, A certan
bird, that wards offevil, hence the name ofthe above mentioned
office. J|jJ | Kwan woo. The name of a Country. It enters
into the composition of various other names ofplaces; of a
river; of a hill. A surname. ^* | K woo, ' The sound of
rhyming or chaunting ' | ] Woo woo, or as some read,
Yu yu, ' Distant, not daring to approach.'
Uptr. HO.

The tone or voice, great indignation and

ger. [r^^Hopo,

the i

Same as the preceding. Also read Yin.

KAOUt
|ji New minS T**' ' The ,owinS of1 cow-' Read Gow,
^ 1 if % jfi
$ -fe E 8- j cbr.
k'heuen tsing yay,' E-gow-ya, expresses two dogs snarling and

2t
From Cow and Mouth ; hence, To accuse ; to lay open be-

30th Radical.

371
fore ; to announce ; to declare to ; to tell ; to order ; to ask ; to
treat. A surname. Read K8, in the tame tense. To
rhyme, read Keo, Kelh, and Kow
-|r_fc. fEj 1
~f> Q
Kaou shang jug kaou, fS hea yu kaou, ' To an
nounce to a superior is expressed by Kaou ; to deliver down
to inferiors by Kaou.' This distinction is not strictly ad
hered to. |
Kaou she, ' A proclamation ' is from the
magistrates to the people.
| ^ Jfj
Kaou keuS
chin kung, ' Announced his baring finished the work.'
|
Kaou ch'hwang, ' A written accusation laid before a
magistrate.' ^ ^ ] /fjjj
jj^ Wo ynou kaou t ha
ylh ch'hwang, ' I'll lodge an accusation against him.'
|
^ Kaou sung, ' To impeach ; to accuse.'
_ J Shang
kaou,
J K'hung kaou, To lay before a higher tri
bunal.' Jjji | Yuen kaou, ' The accuser; or plaintiff.' ^
| Pe kaou, ' The accused, or defendant.' 1l j Pin kaou,
' To state to a superior.'
| jjjj^ Kaou tsoo, ' To inform one's ancestors,' by prayer.
HI | Taou kaou, 'To pray.'
^ |f $ 1
Wo yew ylh yen seang kaou, ' I hare a word to say to you.'
"^1 1^
fl }lt Nekaou * wo che taou, ' Tell me.'
I ifx "aou keV To request leave to retire from one's duties
for a time,' on account of sickness or any necessary cause.
$ If & 1 7f
P taking, pelh
kaou, chin puh kan'tsze chuen yay, ' Must prefer a request ;
must solicit ; a servant dare not assume the controul ofhimself.'
4kf* n" 0 1 j*J0^Hewkea kelh. yue kaou,
heung, yu ning, 'Soliciting leave of absence, on account of
some felicitous event, is expressed by Kaou ; on account of
some unfortunate occurrence, is expressed by Ning.'
-Ishlb pflh sze chaou ; p& shlh yuS kaou ts'hun ; kew shlh jlh
yew ch'hlh, Old ministers of state ' at seventy cease to attend
at court; at eighty.have a messenger sent monthly *enquire
iftbey still remain in life; at ninety, they have daily supplies
sent them.' (Le-king.)
] J^" Kaou shin, ' A seal con
ferring office.'
| ^ Kaou tsze, ' The words ofa petition ;'
also, used by inferiors, or by equals through courtesy, when
about to quit a room and leave the company of another person,
and denote, 1 shall now take my leave.'

IV.

K'how Q

TSA.
A fish
j Tsa
eating;
ylh to
US,enter
Take
thea mouth;
taste.' to lick; to taste. Jjjp

y
HE\, Ya,orA.
Iff
Wide mouthed ; gaping. Also expressed by Pjlj IJJf Pa ya.
The wrangling of children. (MS. Dictionary.) An interjection
or tone ofalarm : A mere tone ; sometimes used instead ofdis
tinct articulation. To rhyme, read Ho. Ijj^ J Han ya, ' Ap
pearance ofa deep wide Talley.' |^ J Ac-ya, ' Ah ! strange !
Kin jlh k'heu a ? kwan she tang ming ylh Uaou tsaek'heu ne i
' Do you go to-dav ) or stop till to-morrow morning, and then
S ?' | 1 (P^Ya ya,p'hei, Is the language of vulgar con
tention. The two first words are intended to mock the mut
tering enunciation of an opponent; and the last is pronounced
with so much force as to amount very nearly >.o spitting at him.
KEUN. To cast forth ; to eject from the mouth.
To mourn for the living relations of the deceased.
^ Common form of ljff He'en.

LEU,

The back bone; the spine, a portion of which is repre

sented by the character. Certain notes in Chinese music.
Name ofa kingdom ; a surname; the name of a bell, and of a
sword. # ? ft K
t - KlA
J
-y \ ^ 1 LeiSh' kw,n * etUD k hei leuh
yew shTh urh, Yang luh wei leuh ; Yin leuh wei leu, ' Leuh,
the divions of the air, or sound, of a pipe, there are twelve
divisions, or tones; the six Yang sounds are called Leuh; the
six Yin sounds are called Leu.'
j Chung leu, and <||jj
| Chung leu, and f^j ] Nan leu, are certain notes in music.
The unnatural division of twelve tones, is said to be ^ ^
Jf>f^ /fj; Hwang-te so ts8, 'What (the ancient Emperor)

P K'how.

IV.

30th Radical.

372

Whang-te made, this distinction is now generally given up

for the 2 ^ ^ w" *n,nS urn P**"' ' F'Te tone "<
two semitone.' In, f | tyg \ jfa gj Leuh
leu kih pit teang sang che t'hoo, ' A plate of the tones, which,
at the distance of eight, reproduce themselves:' they still
retain the old name* of the notes.
^ j
Yew leu
lelh, ' Having strength of spine : possessing qreat strength.'
| Shin leu,' Long; extended.' A local term.
YAE, Yth, or Glh.

PAOU .

See under ffi. Pa"-

R ad Mow i 01. Scrib.

Mow. Also read Gae. ^
M%%,B$k^&&Siihe
wei che^
tsze, woo yay ,' Commonly employing Gae, for Che-gae(foolish),
is erroneous.' It is however in general use.
|
Gae
jin, ' A foolish doltish person.'
HOW.

A laughing appearance.

An uneven tone of voice ; chirping of a bird ; to cackle like

an hen ; to emit Same as

Glh.

PWAN, or P'hwan.
? Pwan yen, ' To lose composure and propriety ofcoun
tenance ; vulgar looking ; rude and violent'
K 1H.

Same as pj Te, see below.

Same as the preceding.

01. Scrib.

Hwang, and $Kwang.

Possessing great wealth; rich; wealthy.

ytj^t YUNG
ph!j I Yung-yung, ' The voices ofa multitude of persons.'

YEW.

The barking of a dog.

9t
Characters formed by Five Strokes
MEI .

Jj5 tfc Suy mei, ' To contract the mouth.'

Used in the sense of Iffy Wan, see above.

TSEE

To chirp as a bird.

Ij^ |kh ] Ming tse tseC, ' Chirping.'

OlScrib.^t Hwang, seeRad.l||lT8aou.

LIN.

H WO.

Avaricious ; covetous.

To stop or fill the mouth.

Y1H, or Gth.

S. C.

An uneven tone of voice ; the chirping ofbirds ; the cackling

of fowls i also expressed by ttj
Glh g8.
SHEjOr Che. A cow chewing ; chewing the cud.
|nj Pjl; i 0 PP| T ho urh *>man ch, yu she,
' To vomit up (the food) and chew it, is oiled She.'
KEUEN.

The voice ; a sound.

P'HUN.

To spurt ; to sputter.

30th Radical.

373

WAN.

HWANG.

Same as |$J Wan, see aboTe.

V.

K'how P

The voice of a cow.

JjA^LING. Pfrl Ling ling, 'Chitchat

H.

NE.

V
A Colloquial Partide, interrogative; also suppositive, If;
"M>M JS. 4^
T**n8 m0 ,be heaou DC'
fe, then, i. filial piety r
ff\ ^ |f| fljj #j r

To apeak against
slander; to vilify.'
ll E
1^ ^ ^"flfiL N mun
hwae paoo left
the how ; go leaou ne, UzC ie piifa hwuy k'belh fan ; Mag
leaou ne, tsie ke ptih hwuy chuen e ftth, ' During the time
that you were hugged in the boiom (of your parent), if hungry,
yon knew not how to feed younelf if cold, you knew not
how to clothe yourself.'
J |$ ^ | ^ -j| ^
jjij p| Ne-nan, ieaon ihing, to yen yay, t'hnng ne, ' Ne-nan,
much talk in a low voice; the same as Ne ' to chatter.
~Y ] Pj|j
Ten ptth leaou ne-nan vy, ' Talking
and chattering eternally.
j
^ab ^
Nc-nan,
yen yn yay, ' Ne-nan , the chattering ofiwallowi.'
Read Ne, To call to, or direct a person. M. Scrib. gjjj Ne.
An erroneous form of )J@ Hwa,
Under which the Reader is again referred to
call out.'

Hwa, ' To

Of Same as ff Mow. 01. Scrib.f$ Mow.

Pjjj^ YEN.

fJ^J J Yen yen, ' The appearance of

chewing, or ruminating in quiet.'

TE.

S. c.

pj^ JJpJ Te o, ' To reprimand ; to

CH'HAOU.
A guttural sound a noise made from the throat.
Tjj^ P'HEIH.
To spit -, which is also expressed by ^ ^ T'ho p'helh.
CHOW.
M
Fr0m M TBnff' "r0,e>' and P K'how, The mouth.'
To provide for fully ; to supply the wants of; a curve ; a
bend. To perform a circle; to extend to every place; to
complete ; faithful. Close together ; to the extreme degree ;
to the end. Enters into the formation of proper names ; a
surname To rhyme, read Shoo.
^ ^t ^ ifc
ff^ Jvl ific^ Cha-1' e
^eanS lt>zet wa nan chow keft,
' These two words, raiment and food, ten thousand difficulties
attend providing fully for them.'
| |jj Chow pe, * Fully
provided with every thing ; all things ready prepared.'
j
^ Chow tse, ' To supply the wants of a person ; to bestow
charity.- | gj" Chow tsae, ' An abundant store of wealth.'
| ]fQ ^ ^ Chow urh fuh che, ' To go round and begin
again.'
J ||j Chow wei, ' To surround ; all around.'

Pfr^ LEIH.
j

jlfr J Left letb, ' The noise of pushing forward a boat.'

Vfy] yew.
fljfo Yew, or | j Yew. yew, ' The cry or vpice of a itag.'
TOL. I.

D3

Chow seuen, ' To circulate; to go round.'

[||
B if | ^ Tae w *Th J* hins ylb chow
t'heen, ' The sun in one day makes a circuit of the heavens.'
iti. 7j. j& /f 1 T'heen tso seuen, te yew chow,
' The heavens circulate from the left, and the earth from the
right.'
| fjj
Jjj?*Chow tsa me melh, ' All around

Pj K'how.

V.

30th Radical.

374

craramed close together."

J ^ Chow milb, ' Close to
gether; close; compact; crowded together; secret'
j
Chow peen, ' To extend to every place.' ^] | Jp-

oaths.'
^ J Too cbow, 'To utter imprecations.' J
]p| Chow ma, 'To rail and curse.'
j Foo chow,
Charm, or spell..'
=f f- ^
fjg & ^
$

"^JJ Che chow hoo wan wSh, ' Knowledge which extends
to every thing.' (Ylh-king.) #,
^ ^ $ ] $J
T'ha tso sze pflh Uh chow taou, He cannot do any thing com

Ts'heen .how yen ta pei .in chow chan fa, 'A penitential form
of heart-felt prayer to the mo.t merciful (Kwan-yin
thousand hands and eye*;' is, the title of a book o.
published by order" of His Imperial Majesty ^ ^| Y
A. D. 1412.
=j| . j SunS cl>ow- <To r*rute prayer, or spell.
f|$ Chow sung, 'Recitative,' |g
jfc I |fc ^j" 0
^ry J)
Tscu tsiug shwar^ow san chO sze fang wei keae,
' Take clean water, and** list uttering a p'ajer, sprinkle it all
around, forming thcreoy a limit," beyond which, every noxious
influence is expclletf. This iioneof many modes of conse
crating ground, on which an idol or any part of the insignia
of the idol is l)e placed.
^ # ^ ^ /j^ |^ ^

pletely ;' i. e. well.

j J|J Chow taou, ' Every thing com
plete.'
|
Cnow t"0"' ' A royal way or road.' yf^
jjj^j | j^j She wo chow hang, ' Shew me the broad way'of
right principles and conduct' (She-king.) ^ j Taou
chow, ' The windings of a road.- ^ ^ j -^j^[ | Yew telh che too, sang yu taou chow, 1 The lonely
Too grows in the windings of tlie road.' (She-king.) ^
\ ^Jy Fei chow che\ ' Requires winding all around ;' i. e.
a real deal of trouble and attention.
j l|f Chow chang,
' HY'ry ; bustle."
|=| j
Tsze chow yew cliung,
' Faithful from first to last' (Shoo-king.)
^ j
^ Jf* j$ 't
Suy yew chow t, hin' piil1
Jin j'n'
' Although most intimately connected, they are not equal to
good men.' (Shoo-king.)
~f~ ]
Keun-Uze chow
k'hc'Th, ' A good man supplies the necessities of others." (Lun- '
yU.)
| J Chow-chow, The name of a bird.
j
Pub chow, Name of a hilf.
| Jjj^ Chow fung, ' The north
wind."
J'
Chow chaou, ' The Dynasty Chow," which
continued from about 1112 to 215 years B. C. |^
1
| . j=f H 5 Yang-chaw, Ting-chow, P"hingchow keae Heen ming, ' Yang-chow, .Ting-chow, and P hingchow, are all names of districts.

1 EJ^P-^ife^f ft^FanHooylh
yin puh yTh e ; enow, taae Yin-fhoo yu, To-lo-ne- ylh Han
yu yu Ming, yu Chow, yufi Chin yen, keae.she yay ; chin yen
kin che. ' The books of Fan (translated into Chinese) render
the sound but not the sense; Chow, in India, is the word Tolo-ne, which is trans'ttad into Chinese by Ming, (clear, bright);
by Chow, (a prayer, an imprecation) ; and by Chin-yen, (tru
sayings) : These are all intended for the same original word ;
True sayings, is nearly its import' Al. Scrib.
Chow,
' Two mouths and a man."
T'HEE, orCh'hS.

VljJ^ 01. Scrib. P# She, see below.

^yj^ chow

H.

To curse; to imprecate; to rail. Used by the sect Fiih

for prsyers, spells, and other religious papers, in the sense of
True sayings. To recite those prayers or spells. AL Scrib.
jff Chow, which, read Chiih, means 'To bless.'
^
Chow tsoo, ' To curse."
45; jSf.
J
J| Kelh
Uh fit chow too the, 'Provoked to utter curses and squander

To taste ; to drink ; a small appearance. fl^ Pjjj^ Cli n?,

she1, 'The sound of whispering into the ear.' According to
one writer, 'Loquacity.' Jljjj
T'hef heu che
ming, 'To drink the blood of an oath.' | ygj T'hi-g tsew,
'To taste wine."
J ] /Jn ^Thel< t"he seaoujin, J A
little diminutive i
u^h E.

tqjj s. c

Pjjf | Ee, Much talk; loquacity.

Self-indulgence.

375

K'HEW.

oil

A sound ; a noise.

breath, orbrealhing is thus denominated by Foreignerseast - Road Ling, "Ft* nojse made by many persons.

Q *-** K'HE.

toVitnilo' the feet hanging dpwn.

P'HING.

f rhiijgp-hing,' Sound, noise/

ittl TSZE.
To slander; to revile; weak ; injured.
1^ Tsze and'
P.' Sze, are local terms for ^J] Tazef 'This.' f
Tsze
yo, 'Careless and slothful.'
PfjJ^KOO, orWa,

To cry as a Child. | pj^ |

y4 K'he koo koo urh
k'helb, 'Klie cried and wept.' [Jj [fjjg j j Kelh kelh,
wa wa, 'Sobbing and crying." To rhyme, read Hoo.
T^jj^ TSZE, or E. To disrelish food i not to eat.

30th Radical.

V.

K'how p

we, 'An agreeable taste ;.an agreeable pleasing book.' ^ j^g

| Muh tsjea we,'Having no relish ; affording no amusement or
pleasure.'
|
J(J We taou kelh haou, 'A most
excellent Uste.' ||| ^ Q- J Keang kew k'how we, 'To
investigate the subject of tastes.'
^ J
^
K'he we piih seang t'how, 'Flavors not agreeing s a difference of
taste and sentiment' ^fflj^^l^ | SMh uihpflh
che k'he we, ' To eat without perceiving the taste of the food
eaten.' E p|"
| Yu yen woo we, ' Language or con
versation that is tasteless; insipid discourse.' j[=j^
\ ^ne
che we, 'The taste or pleasing allusions of an ode.' jff" J
She we, 'The taste of the world, or a taste for the world,' in
contradistinction tb ^|| | Taou we,' a taste for the co.rret
and moral principles of reason.' ^ J ^^jjjlPiilj ws
t'heen le, ' No relish for heavenly principles.'
J J[
^ CMh we jin yiih,' To relish only what the human d aires
or passions prompt to.'
fjj HEU.

T6 blow with the breath; to warm

with the breath. Repeated, (J^jJ J Heu heu, To sooth with

words.' To eject spittle or slimy matter, as fish da. A sound
in the throat ; to open the mouth and expel the breath ; to call
out ; to hoot at angrily. Read Kow, i The voice of a fowl ; the
crowing of a cock.' Read How, Syn. with [rj^ How, ' The
lowing of a cow.' To rhyme, read ChS..
FA A. kind of leathern Helmet. . Al.Scrib. B^j pa.

MO.

An obscure li&ht.
HO.

Taste; gust; relish ^ pleasing effect ; to relish; to take de

light in; The name of a district
5^ Wo we' 'Tne
five tastes.' (See under ^ Woo, 'Five.') They say,^- ^
f^^K M. 'K ^.i "M" Kin * mm ,wan' thwnJ
been, ho k'hoo, t'hoo kan, 'Metal is acrid, wood is sour,
water is salt, fire is bitter, earth is sweet' j^L J Wo we' '*
also the name of a certain medicine.
j Yew we, 'Sa
voury.' djffi j Woo we,' Tasteless.'
| Haoutsze-

^ R. H.

To speak angrily ; to blame ; to interrogate, to reprehend ;

to eject the breath. Reiterated, The sound of laughter. A lone
of careless reply. pjlf |f| Ho tslh, ' To reprimand.' jjljj
| J ^^Ylh chin ho ho U seaou, 'A C ^f loud
laughter.'
J
Ho k'heen, m
| Ta ho, 'To ya m'
^NAOU.
Clamorous noise. Pj[

Heueo naou, ' Outcry j.vocife-

K'how.

V.

30th Radical.

376

ration clamour.' Alio Mad, Na.

of people'! voices.'
HEA.

| Laos oa, ' Kobe

A hog eating,

ftjj? P'HO.

Sound ; noise.

yf^ s. c.

To inhale ; to (wallow i to gulp. rjfc [fj] fit E3 rT* U*1h

urh yin tu bel, ' To inspire and drink is called He*.'.- Ej3
^WMM'fcfk Ke* *ew han uh*ns 100
tung Wea, ' KeK has the aenie of desiring and laying-up-in,
hence derived from Kelt.'
] HeTh he*, or
J
Hwaiog heS, 'The sound of many person's voices; clamour."
[j^f I
^ Helh het ts'huy ts'hae, The appearance of
farfnenU tucked up.' fj^ 2^ j . |# $ Ne
cfa'hin jijhea ylh t'han ch'ha, 'Do you avail yourself of its
be ig hot and take a draught of tea.'
|3^-^ P'HEI, A tone of insult or defiance ;
The noise of persons wrangling. A vulgar character.
m choo.
A distorted mouth ; the sound made when calling to fowls.
According to some, The bill of a bird ; the voice of a bird.
.p^Choo.
The character Jj? P*he, was formerly written thus.

y!h.

3^^ CHA.

Appearance of cows or sheep grazing.

Hastily. Read Lelh., Sound or noise, as of leaves and

branches shaken by the wind.
HEA0U- P? ^CWeaoujea.'Alarge appear
ance: a large empty appearance. Read Haou, The sound
of the wind, pfj: j How haou, * The noise of anger.'
Same as the preceding.

Pjj} SHIN.

Ufe|^

>y^>

To rehearse; to recite 4 the sodiid of recitative. Itie ti~oa

of acute and painful feeling. To sigh; to lament, which is
expressed also by p^l flA Shm yin.
HOO, or Ho.

Hi*

To breathe out; to call; to invoke. A surname; the name

of a plant & fi? Hoo t'bo, The name of a river. Read
Ho, A tone uttered when beginning to enunciate, Read Hen,
The noise of Mowing with the breath.
I ^l\u!\ "tfi
mMe ''^ W' ' Hoo, breathing outward.'
ft M> m 1 A M> fa tik ch*i1h ***** hooi ji,h
sejh wei helh, ' Breathing out makes hoo ; breathing in, makes
helh.' J
Hoo noo she pei, ' Calling slaves and
sending servant girls.' ] tj^ floe hwan, or pal | Earn
hop, 'To call to; to call for.' | g | jjj/ Hoo tung
saou te, ' Call the bov to sweep the ground." J
Ylh boo plh nS, 4 One rail, a hundred answers.' Said of afflu
ent persons who have numerous attendants to run at their
command. |^ J Chaou hoo, ' To call and beckon to with
the hand.' # f gg
$ ^% ^ * $
j |B TsO wan shang t'hing wan keae wae yew jin ta shing
hoo ban, ' Last evening 1 heard people in the streets calling
out aloud,' ^ I Ta hoo, ' Calling out loudly.' ^J" |
Ta hoo, ' To snore ; to snort.
j^jlj; | Ching hoo, To use
epithets of respect when addressing persons."
^ ^
f^ ff? j /{jjj Yung shin mo tsze ching hoo t'ha, ' By what
term do you compliment him >'
] Woo hoo ! ' Alas f
PJlj I *R W W 1,00 1 ae t,le ! ' A'u how Pa'nful! how
distressing !' This exclamation often denotes a person's
death.

377
M7M 1
1 7.fl)g##"
neen kew shlh ts'hlh jin, chung te'Th, chung leaou ; seuen te'Th,
icuen leaou ; woo hoo teih, woo hoo leaou ; tilh lew Oh wo,
' Of ninety-seven persons (made Sew-tsae) the same year with
me, those who were to obtain (the rank of Keu-jin) have
obtained it; those who were to be chosen (to office) have
been chosen; those who were to breathe their last, have
breathed it ; hence I am left alone.'
A^W^Mi^& 1
fllJ^MM I Wl^U
selhchaou
hoo, UTh Ping-shing, keaou haou urh hoo, talh K'heu-shing,
' Whenever Hoo is used as a sigh or exclamation, it is Pingshing | when it is used to call out or bellow, it is K'heu-shing.'
GAN.

Sound ; noise.

MING. X

/fj^\

4*
From P K'how, ' The mouth,' and
Ling, ' To order.'
Fate t " Fatum est quod dii fantur." ^
g" ^
$
W ifi. rh6en pi,h Jen' *,h e wo
me, chiug tseang, kaou che jay, ' Heaven does not speak, yet
by dreams and extraordinary phenomena, gives intimation
of iti will.'
The fate; the lot; the destiny of individuals in this life.
The life of human beings. An order ; a command ; a decree ;
a precept. ^ ^jj T'heen ming, ' The decree or will of
heaven.'
^ <jijt ^1 fj|
T heen minP cbe wei sing,
' That which Heaven commands (to be inherent in creatures)
is called (their) nature.' (Chung-yung.) ^
ffjl

T'heen chefoo yu wan with chay, yuf t'heen ming ; jin yu wiih
show che yu t'heen chay yuS sing ; ming joo Chaou-ting kaou
ch'hlh, sing joo cMh jin, ' Heaven's conferring (their peculiar
properties) on all creatures, is called the decree of Heaven ;
man and other creatures receiving from Heaven (those pro
perties) is called nature : the decree or fete is like the de
cree or order of the Sovereign, nature is like the office re
ceived ' in virtue of that decree.
] ^jj" j <J Ming
3B

30th Radical.

V.

K'how f]

yew ke'Ih heung, ' There are fates, felicitous and infelicitous.'
ffi ] Haou ming, ' A good destiny.' Ill-fated, is expressed
in various ways: ] ^|
jWj Ming pB joo che, ' Fate
thin i i paper.'
J ^ Ming tuh, ' Poisonous fate.' ^
] ^ Rooming jin, ' A bitter fated man.'
j Szc
ming, ' A deadly fate/
J| | ^ j|| Tsae yu ming
seang leen, ' Wealth and fdte are connected."
| ^
Ch'hang ming foo kwei, ' Long destined to wealth and honor.'
1
] tfft* Jt.9ft4t
Ming le yen lae,chung seu yew ; ming le woo lae, mo keang kew.
* If it be in (your) fate that it is to come, jou will at last
possess it.
' If in the course of your fate it does not come, do not use
violent endeavours to obtain it,'
W | Swan ming, ' To calculate destinies ; to tell fortunes.' IA J Sing ming, or ^ ] Sang ming, Life."
/j^ J Shang ming, ' To wound life ;' i. e. to kill.
J
fjjc Ming gan, Cases of murder.'
^
^ ^>
ffi A 1
Urh wei choo show, puh yaou tach'huh
jin ming lae, ' Do you both cease to strike, and not occasion
a person's death.'
^jjr J Che ming, ' To expose one's life
in a cause; to pursue it till death.'
j Sang ming, or
| Shlh ming, 'To lose one's life.' ^ /g '|4 | Pirn
koo sing ming, ' To disregard life.' J||
] /j^ Hwang
shang ming ling, ' The Imperial order.'
j Ling ming,
I 'receive (your) commaodst' -a civil mode of expression.
7 ^*
1
't''lan wei m>DS> ' 1 *na" not presume
to disobey your commands.' ^ J Flih ming, ' To return an account how orders have been executed.'

jjg | Yin jlh joo ming, ' Every thing has been done accord
ing to order.' Tl| | Pin ming, or |j| j Ts'hing ming,
'To request commands; to ask permission.' =jfe ~p j
Ts'hing wang ming, ' To request the royal order' to inflict im
mediate death, as is the form in certain cases which are not
referred to court previous to capital punishment. The ^j|f
Foo-yuen of a Province, has this power lodged with him.
|
Ming kwei, A tablet about a foot long, and two inches
broad, held in bath hands before the face, by statesmen in
former times, when in the presence of the Emperor, 'pj ]

how. V.

30th Radical.

378

Sze ming. The mm ofa itar. I E Ming fin, Certain garmentt. To rhyme, read Min.

mour.' J jJ^TBhUeay, 'The language of cornultation, r.

of deviling.'

TO, or Ta. Mutual recrimination.

The noue of calling oat to each other
' Indiitinct utterance ; to i
K'HEA, or K'heu.

PJ[ pj^ T8 lb,

To gape | a wide large

TH'OW. I
To ipit out, to reject with icorn. From
Choo, A
placed on g Fow, 'Not,' denoting one who ha.
to diatinguiih between right and wrong, and to reject the
with icorn. (Ching-Ure-fhung.)
Same as the preceding.

mouth. ReadK'helh, Sound of breathing in sleep i

Alto read Y8, Appearance of the mouth open.

P'HAOU.
Pg[ TSEU.

4|

To rece'iTe inte the month and tuck or taite. Pj]_ |p Tieu

hwa, ' To chew flower*.' 1 p|| Tieu tseB, ' To eat herb i
to chew.1
| Footseu, 'To chew medicinal planUi to
ruminate i to deliberate.' j jj^j.
Tieu taet) jew we,
' It baa taite when chewed.'

s. c.

7 he roar of an enraged tiger, or of a wild boar. To roar.

An enraged or angry appearance. The tame ii denoted by M
Pj Haoup'haou, or |
P'haouheaou; or
]
Heaou p'haou. To rhyme, read P'how.
HEiH.

Same as P|j| K'heen, see under 10 str.

ytjj|^ T'S A . T enter the mouth ; to taite. (Ttae-hwuy.)

An erroneoui form. (Ching-tsze-t'hung.)
tffa T HO.
Forms part of the name of a religious book of the Sect Fuh.
1^^^, JAY. Sound of the-Toice- in replying to a perion.

Speaking to mutual!) ) deliberating ; railing at ; laughing at

The name of a ipring or fountain. P}J} | Tuh tdh, 'The voice
of alarm and astonishment ; an exclamation from lurprize.'
flk] Ch-hlh tub, 'Scolding (using opprobrious language; cla

The fragrance ofplants ; fragrance ofthe mouth or of speech;

suavity. Loquacity ; obscure discourse, fj* ppjj P'helh tselb,
' Talkativenett.'
pjj*

fuh.

To oppose ; to act contrary to ; perverse. To give a nega

tive to ; to deny.
^

Fuh, puhjen che Uze,

'Fiih, expresses a thing's not being so ; or forbidding it to be
10.' PJ- | ^HeufiihUael 'O, no ! let it not be r (ShooWng)I ^ j& VX tlt G ft
Plh .iog e
Uuug ke che yiih, ' Opposed the people to follow hit own detires.' Alto read P'helh, in the same sense. Read Pei, To
bridle ; to restrain.- The old definitions say, that perversenett it
denoted by the parts of the character, i.e. a bow and two arrows.

YANG, or Yanff.
it
The sound or tone of replying; the found oi

30th Radical.

379
Yang.yTh, ' The interrupted flowing of water.'
water.
j | Yangyang, 'Interrupted breathing or lobbing from grief.'
01. Scrib. $1 Ho, see below.

TS1H, or CMh.

A loud roice.

A great found or noise. Totaitc; to eat.

|r|| Yaou tslh,
'Tumultuous noise.' Read Tsi, or Chi, For a short space of
time; briefly.

Mild ; kindly j complaisant ; ogreeing ; harmonioiii ; peace

ful. To harmonize; concord; harmony; agreement ; peace.
To accompany ; to join with. ^ fSj|J "/^ ^
^] Piih
kang, f uh jow yuS ho, ' H o expresses neither Tery hard nor very
oft.'
'ffDf^ | Sing tsing wan ho, A mild and kind
disposition.' ^ |
Jin ho ping. ' A mild even-tempered
man.' J'
Ho shun, ' Complaisant ; accommodating. ^
| Seangho, 'Agreeing; harmonizing.' j^j J{ ^
J
Leangjin pfih- seang ho, ' The two men don't agree'
j
^ Poh ho mtth, ' Diaagreeing; at rariance with.' _ j
|]^c Shang ho hea radh, 'Superiors gentle, and inferiori
peaceful.'
{ ^JS"} jtf K6 kea e 00 wei kwei'
Those who dwell together in a family should esteem harmony
the most valuable thing.'
J J jjjj $ ^
j
Foo foo ho, urh how kea taou ching, ' Let husband . and wife
agree, and then the welfare of the family will he secured.' pj|
1 ft& ^ilfc /fc K^en '' n^S ch'hoo chung, .'A humble a.id an
accommodating peaceful.temper can manage every body,' or
'Victoria cratcit Concordia.' *j
Ho k'he, 'A spirit or
feeling of.harmony.' ^J*, J^l -j^ J ^ Puh yaau shang ho
k'bc, ' Do not wound the feeling of concord, or mutual amity
and good-will.* | Jp^ |t jj^J Ho k'he sing tsae ' Harmony
or a friend 1 \ kind temper begets wtalth.' gj^
=jfc Q j
Shing seang heae juC ho, ' Sounds agreeing is called Ho.' |
9f Ho Iwan, Certain hells attached to carriages in former times..
The Ho .were placed near the horse in front of the carriage,
the Lwan were placed, on a cross board on which the rider's

V.

K'how Q

hands rested.
fj Ho-shang, A priest of the sect Ftth.'
/jU jffj T" ho-<hang, 'The first or chief priest in a temple.'
j Tae ho, ' The general prevalence of truth and peace.'
^ | Keang ho, or ||fj j Keuen ho. ' To persuade to mutual agreement'
|ft -|| ^ | flfc ft J Hwan
hwan he he ho t'ha ch'hiih k'heu leaou, ' Quite pleased and
delighted to go out with him.' /j't/jrQ 1 Seaoa ,ttnS
ae ho, ' A small reed is called Ho.' j|| W =J ] Keunmun ju8 ho, ' The gate of the army (the passage by which.they
advance) is called Ho.' Instead of Ho-mun, ||[ ffl Luy-mun,
is now used. f$ J^. ffl |f |EJ ^ \ LenS fceun seang
tuy yuf keaou ho, ' Two armies opposed to each other is canes'.
Keaou-ho.' ijj^jj j He ho, The names of two Officers, said
to have directed the signs of time, or the astronomical depart
ment
|
Hoe, and ^ j Yun bo,. Names of
places.
] ^ ^ ^|
Yang ho kin kaou pei yay,
' Yang-ho is the modern (support. for the back called) Kaou-pei.'
A surname. Read Ho, To respond ; to modify and cause to
mix or blend together. =jg J T'heaou ho, 'To mix and unite
together.:' J^ ^^ J f1" jatseho', 'A hundred me.
dicinesallmixed together.'
jlfc nj| jjj jfc
Q J
Iszech'hangurhpeyingyue' ho, ' Ho expresses one singing and
another responding,' To rhyme, read Hwuy.
J^jj^ H0,

The cry[nS ofa little child ;

This is theolddefinitioB.but it is erroneous. (Ching-tsze-t'hung)

X? HAE.

Uci s. c.

To laugh and be merry : : to laugh and joke together. A local

word. Read T'ha, A.surname. To rhyme, Read E and Ke.

Error ; .fault i crime ; wickedness. The judgments of heaven.

From f^f. KB, ' Opposition to,' and ^Jin, 'Man.' (ShwS-wan.)
Read Kaou, A surname; the name of a country. To rhyme.
Read Ke and Keu. |Sj J| fa $ Wei Kwang-hwuy
chekew, 'Was the fault of Kwang-bwuy '

[|j Jf% j ' '

P K'how.

VI.

30th Radical.

380

Tszc tseu kew le, ' To bring a crime upon one's self.' ^ JJ^j
| T'heen keang che kew, ' The calamities sent down
by heaven.

V^NGO. To abHse and rail at each other.

Same as P0 He, see above.

tt^YUNG.

H^RH

To ling; to chaunt ; to recite.

HUNG.

^ 01. Scrib. |t F"h, see Rad. &Shfiy.

A loud voice.
Characters formed by Six Strokes.

01. Scrib. f| Mow, see Rad. ft Yen.

fl^^ Same as P,Keen, see under 7 strokes.
F00,

To blow as with the breath*

ffj^J Same as @ Hw5, see under 12 strokes.

CH'HU. The sound of calling a person.

TSHEtH.
pf^j* YAN. The cry of a sheep.

Ol. Scrib.

||j

S. C.

From Mouth and Ear. To whisper in the ear.

Jp J
Ta'helh U'helk, 4 The sound of the mouth and tongue the
voice of praise. Sead Tielh and Ylh. in the same sense.

Hoo, see above.

E, OX Urh.

PHflL HAOU. The roar of a wild tiger.

The tidei or corncn of the mouth.

4
The side of the face between the mouth and ear ; the tide
of the head.
^ ^ f 1'J ^ Pfl fffj ^ *ew -
yen, Ulh pelh e urh tuy, When questioned, tb(

P^lj Same as Hjfc G5, see below.

the tide of the head and replied.'
|^*^*The sound of thisCharacter is not known

KWANG.

Ability to speak.

Lac , The name of a place in Japan.

YU.
SHE, or Che.

#f O

fab yay, ' To lore the mouth and belly.'

KA.OU.

Desirous to laugh.

Haou

The name of a country.

6, G8,orNe8.

S. C.

To beat a timbrel or drum. Ching-Uze-t'hung afBrms that it

is neither to ling alone, nor to beat tbe timbrel, but being

30th Radical.

381
composed of two mouths, denotes two persons singing alter,
nately in responsive strains. Luh-ihoo alio defines it, ^
M> $0 M ffc "ffi* Le,n6 j',n yinK ho urh k0 W' ' Tw0
person'! singing in alternate responses.'
To strike with alarm. 5jp ] Gfl gi5, 'Language direct
to the point.' Alto defined, The appearance of a high cap.
Tbe aide of a sword.
TOW.

To speak lightly or softly.

R. H.

CII HA.

Angry speech ; to sputter, rage and make a noise. To dislike

and contemn. To make a noise in the mouth when eating. To '
yearn over ; to companionate. Read Too, or To, To place a
cup or ressel before an idol, p j-Jjj ^ |j (g K'how
keuen hoo ch'hlh ch'ha, 'Mouth wearied with boisterous angry
enunciation.' Jg: pig J*^|> J y;n woo ch'hlh ch'ha, ' To
sputter and rage in a fit of anger.' -flj- j J Woo ch'ha
shlb, ' Do not make a noise with jour mouth in eating,' as if
you were angry with jour host Occurs in the books of Fuh,

K'how Q

TSZE.

To deliberate or cbnsultnbout ; to state in writing the subject

to be deliberated on. Documents which pass between the
higher Officers of government, who are nearly equal in a ProTince, are called Tsze. To sigh i to lament. Used for |
Tsiej ' This.'
^ Tsze wan, ' An official document
from an equal officer.*
j
Tsze tseu, ' To enquire and
deliberate on political questions.'
j E tsze, * To send
an official document to an equal.'
| ^Jj Tsze fang, ' To
write to enquire about' ] Ip. Tsze pin, 'To state to a
superior ;' as | l| fj(L ^ ^ Tsze pin ju kea ch'hang,
'To state and request directions from the head of a family.'
| l||
fan j10 yunE ch'hiih jiih sze, woo ta seaou chung
tsze te keae tang tsze pin yen. ' Whatever is in daily use, the
business which goes out or comes in, without distinguishing
great from small, should be all stated by the children and
younger brothers, to their seniors.'
] |lf| Tsze tseay, or
l^fe J Tseay tsze, 'To sigh, to lament.'
The vulgar form of Lin, Niggardly.

as an untranslated sound.

HE, or E.

VI.

ujj^

ME.

A loud laugh,
| f?J{ He bejen, ' Laughing.' Read
Ch'he, in the same sense. Also to stop. Read Thee', ' To
gnaw ; to bite.'

The voice ofa sheep.

Occurs as an untranslated syllable in the books of Fuh.

|^^^ Same as the preceding.

Hi

s. c.
CHE.

To call out aloud. A local word. The appearance of

laughing.
tt^lj LEE\

LUH.

| Lei-lef, ' The Toice ofbirds.'

The ancient cubit, equal to eight-tenths ofthe present one.

It contained y\
Pit tsun, and is called jjjjfj
Chow
ch'hlh, ' The cubit of the Dynasty Chow.' ^
"^j~\T Wfi
j Chow cne tsun> ch'hlh, che, tsin, kcae e
jio che te wei fit, chung foo j in show ch'hang pit tsun ; wei che
chc.'Chow, in forming the measures (called) Tsun, Ch'hlh, Che,

Sound; voice.
3F

U Know.

VI.

30th Radical.

382

Tain, took the rule from the human bod;. The forearm of a
middle-sized women wai eight Twin long, which meaaure wai
called Che.'
In a imall degree. ]
f*|] Che ch'hlh
che keen, ' Between a Che and a Ch'hlh,' i. e. much the rame.
A KEAOU.
tit

SHOW.
The voice of > bird, or to follow the voice of a bird.

I'&S. C.

JT^ | Keaou keaou, ' The voice of birds.' Read Yaou,

Moaning or crying under the most acute pain or distress. fFjr
1 Wa-yaou, 'Lascivious sounds i lewd songs.' Commonly
used for g^Yaou, 'To bite; to gnaw bonet.' ^ Jf^ ^
/. 1
Yew e ne,ou minS * kc*ou wei
yaou oei, 'There areiome who of Keaou (abird'i singing,)
make Yaou, to bite i" this use of the character it condemned
by the Tte-hwuy and Ching-tsze-t'hung.
j '
Yaou ? Ih than, ' To bite a mouthful,' or at much ai may be
wallowed at once.
j
Pjj|. ^j** Yaou wan UcO tsze,
' To gnaw Letters and chew Characters;' to ruminate or study
the meaning of words. Read Heae, The sound of wind.
HElH, or K'heKh. Tittering ; laughing.
Read K8, The noise made by a moose or rat

K WEI. To promise or permit. Used for all Kwei'

lo.
The noise of wrangling or disputing. Kead KS,. The
cackling ofa. fowl. Coughing and reaching,
se'uh.
To drink ; the appearance of drinking wine. Vulgarly
used for j^jj] Seun, 'To plan, to deliberate.' The character is.
rejected by Ching-tsze-t'hung, as altogether erroneous.
TSA ;. Ta, or Cha.
l,me.
pg ^ Tsa-mun, 'We; us.'
kear ' 1 1 me i myself.' J
T* lao>'

J ^ Tsa' My father.'

fk B
$ ffi fi Ei ^ 1 Silh Chins U"ke
**' ' A common expression for one's self ia Ts.' ^ ^jfc rj | |=J

keen wac t hew heTh bHh wa wa, ylh keua jin seaou bin tae,
'Heard without side a tillering, and a group of people- con
ing in laughing.'
CHOO.

} Plhyiahoowo ynt lat, * In the northern dialect, calling

out I or me, is expressed by Tsi.' The word is confined to
the northern people.

s. c.
Pfci how.

|f P^Chf choo, or^ j T cboo, 'Loquacioustalkative manner.' Read Choo, The xolce ofa bird. Read
Cbow, The bill of a bird. The name of a star.
Jj^ }
Kung choo, 'The name of an ancient stone on which to rob
iuk.'

t)KT s c

The tone or voice of anger. Shame; disgrace; abuse.

tfjj^ SEAOU.
To smile ; to laugh.. Now written

E.

A tittering laughing sound. Same as |r]fr .

pJ/T HAE.

R H.

5J
TOW . Loquacity, levity. The same as^sr Tow.

The laughing of an infant: an infant; a child.

pjjf
IE IF
^ ft1 ^ U H^J""* yl"6

30th Radical.

383
che seaou cbaj, 4 Hae-)ing ezpren an infant that first knows
howtolaugh.' ^=fZ^^\^^Z
Foo chlh tree che yew show bae-urh ming che, ' The father
took bold of the child's Fight hand, and named it Hae, from
the found of its laugh.' Read K'hae, or K'hlh, To cough.

VI.

K'how Q

state Sjjji Tsoo. Where alio, the same two characters were
pronounced Keaou telb, and denoted a Song.
P^fk

SHWE, or ShwS.

To taste ; to drink a little . Properly |Jj Shwi.

Woo tan yew iking wei che k'hae, woo thing yew tan wei che
tow, ' Sound without phlegm ii called K'hae: phlegm with
out aoond is called Sow.' Coughing, or coughing and ipitting
phlegm, are commonly expressed by j |tjij( K'hae low,

Pi*] 1- Scrib- i^C Sin> 'To enquire.'

Of. Scrib. H^So, ' Garments of reeds.'

orK'blhsow. f$ fa ft
| $ # # %
Wan t'ha US yay k'hlh sow haou, rnuh yew? 'Ask bim
whether his lat night's cough be better or not ?'
J jjjjj
Kekae ibtih, 1 Extraordinary and secret arts.' Said to occur
in the enei of these several characters, ^
^
which arc all pronounced Kae. Died for ^ K'hae, ' Toeruct ;
to belch.'
| JH|: K'hae t'ho, 'To belch and. pit"
] Te k'hae,.' To sneeze and belch .'

H YVU Y.

Sound, noise;

K'HWA.

Perverse language.

One tayi, the fame m ^ K'hwa, and j| Kwl, 'Vain

HAN. or Heen jg^

The whole number ; completely ; totally ; all ; all together ;
all around ; extending to every place. Hastily. Name of one of
the. rjj^ Kwa. The name of an instrument of music; the
name of a placet the name ofa star. A surname.
Jf-jf. Heen k'hew, 'A mottntain higher on the left side, than
on the opposite side.' Read Keen, ia the senses of
Keen, and jjj^ Keen.
The. name of a river; a surname.
To rhyme, read Ying.
] Puh been, ' Not according,
or associating with others.' /J/ J|- | ^| Sbaou, ch'hang
been tselb,' Young and old all assembled.'
] 'J] Heen e,
' All suitable, or according with.'

empty boatting.'
O.

The old definitions are, Low small talk; to

HWAE, orHwa.
stop i to desist from issuing sound. To eat. They are all
Breathing through the nostrils. Read Hwa, Words:
speech; language. Read She, 'To taste with. the tongue.'
Pg|| She k'he jt, ' Taite the leaf.'

erroneous, (Ching-tsze-t'buog.)

U^T-HAOU. t y|((

^(j CHOW,,

||; Haou t,haon, ' The noise ol bitter weeping.'

MA%y}i\M&% rhUQS j,n *" hMU t,to0B'
urh how seaou, ' Fi rat wept and bewailed with people, and
afterward laughed.'
j ^eaoa fhaou, 'The incessant
weeping of children." An expression formerly used in tht

YJH. g^P^6ow-ylh, 'To reach and vomit'

P^J

Chow hoo, * The voice offowls t to chuckle.

chDh..

To chuckle. Read Tsuh, Tos;gh; still) quiet.

K'how.

VI.

30th Radical.

YUE, or Keue.

Anger; angry.

YEN. Appearance ofthe mouth moving.

CH'HE.

To laugh, to smile.

V
H^T* LUNG.

A low lone of toicc

HEUEN.

[Jg

Incessant bewailing. In Cores, the inceaaant weeping of

children is expreaaed by Heueo. Eminent and conspicuous
in moral virtue. Authority ; to fear. The name of a person.
Slowly, leisurely. S ^ P|| ^ Hlh he 1 heuen lie ! 'How
glorious! how reaplendent !' waa the blaze of hii moral excel
lence. (She-king.)
HEU, or Heu
*itii
*
To moan from a feeling ofpain or distress, is expressed by
pjjfl
Tu heu ; The tone of disease and of painful thoughts ;
moaning from a diseased mouth. To call to ; a crowd of
persons calling out in a confuted manner.
PING, orH8.
Meaning ii doubtful. Some consider it the name of a car
riage t others the name ofa hone i others the name of a skilful
charioteer. Some consider it the ancient form of^Ho,
' To join or unite.'
TSUN.

A large mouth.

S. G.
ft
A
A distorted mouth. Read Ko, A surname.
K'HWA.

384

YEN.
The throat. Read Yen, ' To swallow.' Read Yih. $g
P[fcj KKng-yth, ' A stoppage of the breath or voice from
grief.' To intercept or obscure, at by clouds. Read
Yin.
| | Yin yin, ' The found of a drum.'
Jj^
] |
^ >f\
Yuen-yuen, yin-yin k'he-bing piiht'hung, ' The sound of Yuen yuenand Yin yin are different;'
the first expresses the distant sound of a dram, and the other
its sound when nearer. tJ" |
San tran yen how,
' Three inches of throat ;' the throat being the passage of the
breath on which life depends, is used to denote that which is
important and essential, of which man has but a mall portion.
1 fffr^
~}j Yen ^0W le ^Jng' ' A ,ery ' mPortan1 part
ofa country.'
|
Yen hea, ' To swallow down.'
TM^Sf^ 1 Uw ,hwttJ min5 ,hiDK *ew T,h.*The
sound of the flowing water intercepted.'
Iji
^J* J
H'J $ 0 f\
H Yun hea chun& Tlh' b1b 10 j"'h Tn*
che ming, 'The clouds and halo intervened and robbed the
sun and moon oftheir splendour.'
LAOU.

P^-E
PJI tfP
laughter.

Sound, noise.

H.
Bh e j ne' "P". forced, or violent

GAE.
Painful feeling; a wounded mind ; compassion i commisera
tion ; pity; grief; lamentation; to lament; lamentable, as the
early death of a parent, brother, or child. To compassionate;
to regret ; to feel a love for, or an interest in. A surname;
the name of a country. To rhyme, read E.
Gae
k'hiih,' To lament and weep.' ^Jji j Pei gae, ' To feel com
passion for.'
| ^JGae-leen, or ] ^ Gae-king, ' To
commiserate; to pity." ^ ffijji J ^ Piih shing gae t'haou,
' The highest feeling of regret and commiseration.'
J

30th Radical.

385
ffil jjp -ft
Gae ,ie urh ,lii'h lt'lie hin^' 1 To feel resret
for the dead, and record their action*.'
|
(jj*
j
Oae tsae, ihun k'ho -gae yay, ' Gae-tiac, expresses
worthy of the deepest regret.' fl|=jj
| ij Woo lioo !
gae Uae ! Alas! now lamentable!' when a person'! death is
narrated or inlended:' ^ ijijj^
| Klie Uing Vho gae,
The affair is lamentable:
||.
J ^^^ ^
f3 "ti f He,noo, gae, 18, gae, woo, y8, yui< ts'hih tsing,
* Feeling-pleased, anger, sorrow, joy, love, hatred,and-desire, are
called se*en passions, gUg^^EH^
Min Vhung che hing yn shing, ya gae thing, ' An actrte feeling
of companion manifested by the-voice, is called Gae-shing.' J
^& Gae haon, ' Loud lamentation.'
| ^ Gae e, Mourn
ing clothes.
] King gae, * Affected commiseration.'
jEj |=j | Puhhea tsze gae, 'Not time to feel .pity for
oae'. self.' ^ ^
^ J| p ^ | Wo tin shang pei,
mB che we gae, ' Mj heart is wounded; none knows my grief.'
(Sbe-king.) |
Gae tsze, A child bereft of its mother.
tt |
Ko Gae .tsze, A child bereft of both parents.
jH ^ ^ Han gae te, ' The Emperor Gae of the Dynasty of
Han,' who lived in the time of our Sariour Jesus Christ.
P'HIN.
pa
Many Mouths or Persons to whom order is dictated by one
presiding | two would wrangle, three gives decision and -order
to deliberation. Hence, A series ; rank ; degree ; class i sort ;
rule t limit; manner; actions; conduct. To arrange; to
classify ; a thing or substance. A surname; the name of a place.
4*^ jjjp Kew p'hin, 'The nine ranks ' into which all persons
possessing any rank are divided in China. They are distin
guished by a small globe of different materials and various co
lours worn on the top of their cap.
] Kwan p'hin, ' The
rank of officers, civil or military.'
j Te yTh p'hin,
The first rank-.' also, 'the best sort.'
|7EJ ] /j!f J|
Sze p'hin kwan yuen, ' An officer of the fourth degree of rank.'
There is a difference in the same degree; a first and a second,
e. g. J
^ Ching urh p'hin, is, ' The first or principal
of the second degree.' ^
j Tiung urh p'hin, is,
' The subordinate of the second degree.'
^ j jj^ Ho
p'hin kclh?' What rank or degree >' ] |f| P'hin luy, ' Sort;
oi. i.
3C

VI.

K'how M

class, specie..' *g fft ^ #} A

\ KWfoo
k'han shangjin wei'te<p'hin, ' Mandarias look on merchants as
a low class.'
^T-"hin wiih, 'Various articles or sub
stances.'
Kung p'hin, 'Articles oftribute."" |
P'hin k'Mh, 'Rule ; manner.' \ j s}^ ^
Jin-p'brn
k'hlh ts'hing kaou, ' A man of pure and exalted manners.'
A 1 ^ i|| Jin-p'hinaewmei, ' A man of elegant manners.'
ifcif ^-kw % mi i
-fpr Ne houtkaou soo wo, t'ha p'hin hingjao ho, ' Whether gJod or bad, do
you tell me what sbis conduct is.'
j j| ^ Win
j>'hin keen yew, ' Excelling both in learning and correct
conduct.'
| jt> {pJ-Ji* J>*in heB win, 'A.person
who ranks amongst 4he learned.'
| -K wo p'hin, 'To
exceed one's rank or proper sphere.' J 2JS p hin p'hing,
'To olassify or determine the place of.'
J
.
P'hin cblh ylh kea che nuy, tsun pe che cha, tselh foo npo
heung te tsze she yay, 'To arrange a family according to their
different degrees of honor, as father, mother, senior brother,
younger brothers and children.' These are called TjF^ J
Woo p'hin, ' Toe five ranks.'
PULLING. J A ltitade*f bir0" voices of many

SHIN.
To iraile^ to lawgh at Some say, To laugh aloud. j^J
^ ^ i^C He wei shin tsun, she hing, ' I hope you will'
smile and retain (the present i send), which will be fortunate.'
It is also said, when offering a present, jgl ^ | jjjjjfj
Kan kew shin na, ' Earnestly beg (you) to smile and receive."
j j Shin ching, ' Smile and correct the writing,' or any
other production of one's own, presented to a friend.
UJV

SE (J H. Appearance of blowing with the mouth.

Read Shoo, Noise made in hooting at a dog. To hoot

V^j^ The same as ($J Hung, ee 5 itrokes.

QK'how.

VI.

30th Radical.

386

*j| T'HUNG. Irregular, unfounded stories,

TE.

The name of a city.

k T'hung t'hang, ' Loud words,'

WA.
III K HUNG, or K'heuh.
To examine a criminal; to investigate rigorously and
thoroughly, in criminal cases.
SA, Or Sae.

A great change of the voice.

JljjJ Yae sae, 'The voice destroyed.' Ching-tszet'hung affirms, that the tiro preceding characters are
altogether wrong.
tfJT HUNG.

Lascivious airs or songs ; a flattering wheedling tone. A.

child's sobbing and weeping pettishly. To reach or vomit
An apparent stoppage in the throat
J jjjj
Wa, fci ching keun, * Wa, is an incorrect, or irvf.'icatesong."

yy^ r. h.

The voice of song ; the noise of a crowd of people as in a

thronged market place.
[tit Chow, or Tsow hung, 1 To
intimidate by an indistinct loud voice.' To deceive; to beguile
and cheat'
| R^g Hung peen, ' To beguile and cheat.'
I
[tj
Hung lna cnun ke, ' Cozen, or beguile him
1 "SI A. ^ ftt %i Hung P ni*n Jin kea tmB
wiih, ' To cheat people out of their property.' JZl
"^f|
Urhjin pei Jin-snn hung k'heu, ' They were
both seduced away ,y Jin-san.'
j
Hung ling, ' By
false pretences to induce to act.'
CH'HE.or Ch'hjty.
Gaping ; the appearance of opening the mouth wide ; large
mouthed ; appearance of the lip hanging down. The wish or
opinion of a multitude. The name of a person.
|^
Ch'hay jin, ' With one consent ; unanimously.' Read Teay, A
fish with its inouth extended. Also read To, and Ch'ha, in
the senses above given. To rhyme, read Ch'hoo.
Pyjl P HE.
The sound of breathing in a short and diseased manner^

tsze pwan yay wa ylh shiog, ta k'huh k'he lae, 1 That child
sobbed and wept half thvjiight, and then burst into a loud cry.'
{ij ffi] ] ^ Cn'n0tl urn wl che* ' Went out ,nd Tom,le<1
it' (MSng-tsze.)
| |$ ||j
*g fjjg Wa, how yen
ke tin maou, ' Wa, the appearance of a stoppage contracted
in the throat'
O, Or G5.

Appearance of the mouths of fish.

Fish moving their mouths. Appearance of many fish.

Noise made in laughing, as Ha ! ha ! Read Sh5 , Fa, Ho, or Ta,
To suck and drink. Noise made in eating or drinking. Read
Hei, A Mohammedan surname. A kingdom of the Toorks.
(De Guignes.) J^Jl D ^ |X E k how ,hS JID' <T ,np
or suck in, with the mouth in drinking; to make a noise with
the mouth when drinking.'
^ ffl ^ ^ f| ffc |
| ^
Na Ho-shang tsow tsin lae, h8 h3 ta seaou, 'The
priest came walking in, ha! ha! laughing aloud.'
^J" J
^ Ta hea scTli, ' To gasp or yawn.* The books of Fub, read
it Hea, or Ah. Luh-hoo, reads it Kea, To' suck in largely.
| -f- Hca-tsze, 'The attendants of the Emperor.' (MS.
Dictionary.)
LUY

To gloss over with words ; to conceal

from by the language used

TSAE
An interrogative exclamation, denoting the sujierlative de-

30th Radical.

387
grce of what is affirmed or implied. Admiration ; grief ; sur
prise; commendation; strong conviction, or doubt. ' In the
middle of a sentence, it is a Particle making a pause between
two members of the same sentence; or, a mere expletive;
also the Preposition To, or On. In the dialect of g& /p|>|
Soo-chow, An interrogative Particle, or tone. Occurs in Shooking, denoting To commence; to begin. Read Tsae. gS
PjEJ Tsae sang ming, ' The third moon beginning to shine.'
^ f ^ %, | $
Ta tsae, Yaou che wei keun
jaw Creat- indeed !' or, '01 how great was the Prince Yaou 1'
/|pj ^
^jj" ] Hoylh che jew Uae, ' What n the ad
vantage which it possesses.' ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ A
j IWei jin jew ke, urh yew jin hoo tsae ?' Is the practice
of virtue from one's self, or is it from others J'
J^ J
Yew she tsae, Is it so J
\ Ke Puh *eln lsae' Is it not most lamentable r ^ li
J 3jf ?fc /jj

VI. K'how j_J

XS^ YUH
To vomit. Noise made in reaching or vomiting.

E, or Urh.

Pjjj^ KElH.

The sides of the mouth.

Sound; noise.

iJJ^l 01. Scrib. % Keun, see under 4 stroke*

X^j^m GO, or 6. To wrangle, or rail at mutual)^

] p|| P^GBgB, hiien been, 'Quarrelling witk

fc|fnJSflfcffij"#;i 1 Tzerilngmin
e lae, we jew k'hcu jin urh hing; tselh jin urh wang chay,
shin tsae ! ' Since men were created, it has never been^that a
nation which put awaj virtue, arose to eminence; nor one that
abounded in virtuous deeds, perished.How important a
truth !' (Urh-shlh-yth-she.)
&B1&m } W BPftf iTrteenjucju
Kwan tsae; Te jut1 heu-fiih tsae, ' Thej all said, behold Kwan ;
the Emperor said, 0 noJ he is not fit.' (Shoo-king.)
'fjf [Jf|j ^ ] Jj!j] Shang-te chin selh tsae Chow, The Su
preme Ruler conferred (the Empire) on Chow.' ^ ^fj ^
| T'hafuhlae tsae? 'Has he not come?' J^" j |e| f
Chin tsae tsze, Po, ' 1, the Emperor, began at P8." (Shoo-king.)
In classical use, occurs in the sense of
Tsae.

and barking at each other.'

Same as the preceding.

01. Scrib. j& Chow, see under 5 strokes.

^jjp^f ^' Scrib.

YUEN.

Keun, seeruiider 4 stroke*.

A small insect or reptile,

Same as ^ Tso, ' To sit.'

An erroneous form of the following-.-

A form of $ Keun,
OL Scrib. ^ Qiung, see Rad. Mfih.

GO, or Ts5.

Pfj ttfc | Tsaoutsaou,.

gSgfi. ' Noise ; sound.' R.-adYu, Mutual wrangling. Read

Rwuj, Sou id nf hooting iu an angry tone.

Framed bj ^5 jJjQ
the Dynasty Tang.'

Tang Woo How, ' Queen Woo, of

Same as HJj Te, see under b strokes.

how.

NA.

Vll.

30th Radical.

388

Moving the mouth.

NUN.

Yuen che,-OT | ^ Yuen yffh, ' A Pdlicetunner.*

|
Wei yuen, ' An officer sent on a special errand ; aa official
matsenger.' Sometimes written
thus.
KING. The -voice of a-species *T monkey.

To -speak ; words.

LUNG. The -voice oTa<bird.

Pj^* Tne pronunciation not known.

^ P|| jfe jj| Gamluug fei taow,' Chirped sod iflew ftvyaj

To shut or close the

'01. Scrib. iHwuy,see Rad. f Yen,

Characters formed by Feven Strokes.
^jPfr "Same^s B|i Yun, see under 9 strokes.
HAOU.

Much talk ; loquacity.

4
* .mg-tsze-t'hung affirms, it il in erroneous form of
Kau; but Kang-he condemai the asjertion of Ching-tszei'hung.

a THOW.
To -spit out in rude rejection of anf *hing.
DO

NEE.

Anger ; abusive language.

Same as m\ Kew, see under 5 strokes.

YUEN.
A numeral of things of nine; hence from
Pei, ' Pearl
shell.' Numeral of officers of the Government, whether civil
or militiry. Round ; to circulate, or to extend to even part.
The name of a place. Read Yun, Beneficial to ; advantageous.
Read Yuo. ^
Woo yun, A man'* name. A surname.
| FOh yuen, A cerUin kind ofcap.
jl If Jt
Wan woo kwan yuen, ' Civil and military officers.' |
$fg* YTh yuen haou kwan, ' A good officer.'
7^
ZZ. ~T | Yew kwan urh shTh yuen, There are twenty
officers.'
-fc /j> 'g" | Ta seaou kwan yuen,
' Officers great and small."
] J^. Yuen p'heen, ' Civil
officers and military.'
^ | Sangyuen, A person possess
ing the literary rank called ^ ^ Scw-tsae.
J ^

WEI.

Calling to ducks.

MANG.

Confusion, from a diversity -of lan

guage or dialect.
"j="
diversity of dialect is called Mang.'
KG.

Tsi yen yuf mang, ' A

7a,

From "nj" Ko, repeated, denoting a lengthened sound. To

sing, in this sense now written
Ko ; and
Ko is used as
the epithet of an elder brother. Used by equals to each other,
though not related. In the dialect of
Ying-chuen,
As fEJ "fif Seaou J"* ko' ' Jun'or. or small children are
called Ko.'
J Ijft Ko shoo, A surname consisting of
two characters.
| "J" Wo tiilh ko ***** ' MI
elder brother.' ffi, fjv| | | Ne teih ko-ko, ' Your elder
brother.'
| j [l.-jNe ko-ko keaou nc lae,
' Your elder brother calls for you.'
flpj | 0 (or ah) ko,
is used in the same tense. The reigning family designates

30lh Radical.

389
the sons of the Emperor by this term.
^ jjpf -j^ Orh o
ko, it, in the language of the court, the Emperor'i second ton.
3 1? j 0 $ 18
Laou k0 kin JIh n& fth y' Venerable brother have you been well and happy of late.'
Persona intimately acquainted, of the higher ranks, adopt this
instead of their proper titles, and precede it by the order which
a person holds amongst his own brother*. Suppose the persons
family name
Ch'hang, and that he was the third brother,
an intimate acquaintance would address him fj^ jgj-'
Ch'hang tan ko, ' Third brother Ch'hang.'

To recite verses; Uie sound of recitative,

she, To recite an ode ; to read verses in a musical tone.'
1 lt*J
tiL Go' 'taou
' Go' to cnaunt or recite
aloud.' (Lfih-shoo.)
\ Yin go, ' To recite or chaunt.'

K'how p

HEAE.
ma j Gae heae, ' Indistinct or stifled articulation.'
Same as Pj| Te, To cry out.
%
P^j^ LEj Or La.

Inserted in colloquial books as

an undefined tone at the close of a sentence or paragraph. pj|

pE. ^ l^fc Le' ya yu *'"nS' ' Lc- '* wora'' overplus voice ;'
i. e. a continuation of the voice after the sentence is enunciated.
Read Miih,
Jp. Muh-che, used by the people of ^ Tsoo,
fori* K'he, ' To deceive or insult.'

Same as J]fj| Shun, Strong breathing or sighing.

01. Scrib. % Wan.

NO.

HEA. . An abbreviation of M Hih.

VII.

% N. n. * Noise made impelling

demons.' A final expletive or tone

Tuh nelh, A man's i

Read Nelh, P{|} |}JJ|j

NOW. The language of imprecation.

TSEAOU.

ryJ?

Small and distorted in the mouth orspout ; verbose ; to men

tion often. Cry of liclorswho precede officers of Government.
Read Seaou, Shaou, or Chaou, Any thing pointed; any place
where guards are stationed as a defence against banditti ; which
application of the word arises from its being used for Jy^
Tseaou, ' To blow a trumpet' in order to give an alarm. Pjjj'
ijfc Seaou paou, a kind of fortress.
j j|| Seaou peen,
Name of a certain song.
^ j ^ Wang she, tseaou
boo, 'A crooked dart, and a wine vessel with a distorted narrow
spout.'
| jjjjj Shaou chuen, War boats with troops em
ployed against pirates.
j ^ Seaou than, ' A spy ; a
scouL'
\ i$& Seaou tsun, and ] -Jg. Seaou ch'hang,
Certain officers in the army.
3 u.

Tsuh-tsze, ' To
compliment; to flatter; to seek to obtain by the arts ofadulation.'
| K'hee k*he, ' Sound, noise."

V^jj K'HEE

TEE.

(}J][

TeC tow, Verbosity.'

%
\X^9 MEEN.

The meaning is not known.

Tsze-hwuy affirms, that it is the same as Pjj Meen, but

there is uo proof of this.

P K'how.

VII.

f^jj" HO.

SOth Radical.

390

The voices of many persons.

LAOU.

Verbosity.

Lan laou leen low, 1 Inexplicable jargon.'

Fome say that it is Intelligible.
Pj||
Lan laou, ' To
seize.'
From J]0 Heuen, ' To make a clamoroui noite," and
Yiih,
A prison,' abbreviated. The loud expression of grief by strong
PUH.
crying.nd tears. ^S^.^^Pft
Ta shing yu k'huh i te shing yew t he, yuf kelh, Weeping ' with
aloud voice is called K'huh ; in a low Toice and shedding tears
is called Keth.'
] ^jSf ^ ffi
P K'huh thing
fan, kootiung urh k'how, ' Weeping with an excessive degree
of noise, hence formed from two mouths." ^ | ^C. ^
Ta k'huh k'he lae, ' Burst into a loud fit of crying.'
|
T hung k'huh,' To cry bitterly.' yfe "| T'he k'hah, ' To
weep and cry.'
] Gae k'hfih, ' Lamentation and
crying.'
1 ?C P^s. Y'W k'nBn Jew Ktou> ' ^otn
cry and laugh '
The ime of a star. One affirms that the character should
be written with
Ta in the lower part, so making by com'
u
bination of ideas, ' A gn .1 outcry.'

instrument.

The sound of blowing, as on a martial

[P^ jfj^ Pah lo. A martial instrument.

Fan ch'huy puh-lo, she yaou chung ping k'he shin, chlh k'hc,
chen le'Ih, ' In all cases when the Puh-lo is sounded, it ii re
quired that all the troops rise up, grasp their weapons, and
stand erect.'
*5^YxH. ngp^
|YIh y ih. The voices of marry persons.

E.

pj| E tsze.To feel ashamed ordisconcerted-

CHE.
HEAOU.

s. c.

Calling out ; a loud cry i the roar of wild animals i the voice
of anger or rage.
fjQ ^ P'haou heaou, ' The cry of en
raged tigers or leopards.' The cry of an alarmed swine. (ShwSwan.) p| Pjj* Heaou ch'huen, Asthma.' Ching-tsze-t'huiig
condemns these two last definitions.
The same as pj Nan, Muttering sound, chattering.

To know ( to have a clear and thorough knowledge of:

possessing great knowledge and keen discernment ; wise ; sage.
To rhyme, read Chlh and Che.
Iffy
g
Che
clie yu ming-che, 1 To know a thing is called Ming-ckeV
5fe
3E Ko ,een cM '""Si ' Tne w'e t'ngs of ancient
times.'
CHA.

^R.H.

C,,aou cha' The Toice r D'rdcha, The tittering or chattering of a bird.

S. C.

HEEN.

To vomit inadvertently without reaching; milk ejected

from the stomach of a child.
K'HE.
w\li>

Chaoa

To eat.

LEANG, or Lang.

Excessive weeping

without causing the voice to be heard ; it is also expressed by

Djj Keang-leang. Read Lang, The incessant weeping
of a child.
[ jjjjj Lang hang, Blowing.

391

NEE.

To eat. The same as M Nee.

SOth Radical.

VII.

K'how Q

HUNG.
Sound i noise ; a loud noise. Syn. with JT Hung.

$| PA
P!=? HANG.
The voice of a bird, which if alio expressed by 0)j|] |]|SJ|J Pa pa.
Vfe Pj[ TsSng hang, Foolish frightened appearance.
MAY, or Me. The bleating of a sheep.
KANG.
ffi |^ Teu may, the name of a cily
LEUE.

The voice of a fowl.

SUY.
To contract the mouth ; a contraction or distortion of the mouth.
MjJ, PEW, or Fow.

An impediment or interruption to speaking, arising from

the tongue ; stoppage of the throat, affecting both the speech
and deglutition, fig pgj Rang yTh, or ] p Kang-ylh,
' A stoppage of the voice from grief; sobbing.'
^
I Pill ^
T'hing keen jin yew kang ylh che shing,
' Hear some persons making a sobbing sound-' jjjj^ | Chuh
kang, " To bless,' or perform some other service to old people
who find a difficulty in swallowing their food; to perform
which service, it is said, two persons were, in former times, al
ways placed near them.

None of blowing ; sound in the throat.

FUH.
tm

poo.

Bgj

^ Yun-nan.

To oppose, perverse.

To feed as a child, by putting food into its mouth.

JJjjj T'hoo poo, ' To put food out of one's own mouth into that
of another person's, as is done by nurses.'
j ^ Poo joo,

Fuh. The religious books of the Buddhites

contain this woTd in some other sense. (Ching-tsxe-t'hung.)
SEUH. The appearance of drinking.

' To give suck to ; to feed with milk.' jfo jfc ^ |^ ^

-^jjS g j Ne we le hwae paou, ke, puh nang tsze
poo, ' Ere you left the bosom embrace (of a mother), when
hungry you could not feed yourself.' lit ^ jp[ ^ -jjfl
^
K ne keuns keun p6 j J'inR urn
ko cnang che
vhang ! tseuik'he poo joo, lelh k'ho go sU, ' His poor army
may be compared to an infant on the knee, or in the arms; cut
off the milk with which it is fed, and you may immediately kill
it with hunger.' (San-kwo-the.) , To rhyme, read Pow.

T'HUN.

A foolish appearance.

Read T'hun, To scatter, to disperse : Both erroneous.

(Ching-tsze-fhung.)
SHWE, orCh'hu?.
X
A vulgar form of ^ ChhuS, ' To drink.'
YEW.

To induce; to seduce.

P K'how.

VII.

30th Radical.

392

KO.

Excellent ; to commend ; may ; can ; might ; could ; ihould.

Oceun u if meaning The ornament! of a female's head dress.
fttfc NEE

^ S. C.

From Q K'how, Mouth, opposed to ^ Sin, Bitter, used

here for a discordant sound. Wrangling, or mutual abuse.
TSUY.
Syn. with

The head or bill of a bird.

Tuj.

] T'heaou sos or j^jf | Keaou so, ' To instigate to what

is bad ; to sow discord amongst neighbours or friends.'
fltt. So hung, ' To seduce by false and artful representations.'
| ^ So sung, ' To dun with false representation!, and inft m m m m m $n m m &
| Ne pe thing na hea ihwo hwa telh, h win ch hang, t'heaou
so, ' Don't yon listen to those who tell you blind stories, who by
their confused accounts stir up strife.' /^f ^jf | gpj
% v\ j]
^ i Ye* ke,u *- ,ubs **
e taou pelh wei sang yae, ' There are those who advise to
enter into and stir up litigation! ; to these, their sword-like
pencils are living coasts ;' i. e. by their mischievous writings
they make their bread.

Read Sow and Shah, To suck ; to

i to imbibe.
CHIN.
P==

YEN.

rjvgj

Tfi moan or grieve for the disasters of the living i or for the
loss of one's country. Also read Neeo. Sjn. with Pj Yen,
Md W Yen- it E f -di # e ^ X Yeehay chlhyu jay ; sang yen pun wan, ' Yen denotes straight
forward speech; the language of mourning it not embellished.'
pjjj^ YUNG.

Alarm i apprehension ; to intimidate. Commonly used for

f^i Shun, The lips. Some say, improperly so, whilst others
defend it
p ^ f ^ p ^
_ fa S how
shun tsxe, tsung k'how tsungjow, ylh yay, 'In the character for
the lips ofthe mouth, it is the same thing whether compounded
of K'how or Jow," mouth or flesh.
]|^ .A*
Pj
^
| ^Jj" Selh-jin taou k'hoshaou fei seay shun she",
;' i. e.
Selh-jin, nevertheless could spend a little lip and
she was rather gifted in telling a plausible story.

Reaching ; a desire to vomit. Alio written ^ Yung.

HAN.

To put into the mouth with the hand ;

to hold or contain in the mouth. A vulgar form of ^?J- Ban.

The voice of a bird ; the sound made by a fowl.
pr| K'HEUN.

To reach ; to vomit.

The same as the preceding,

tg^ HWCH,
hwci or Hwae. To stop ; to close.
f}^^ PAE.

Reciting or praising.

Used in the dialect of^ Fan, which is situated in the West

T^j^ SO.

fjg rjj Kwo so, The chattering of little

i lo each other.1

| ] Keaouso,-^ | She so-.

Ufa YlH, or Ya.

^ fjg Yang ylh, or pi* ] Woo ylh, Snort breathing
from palpitation, or grief'
] Sin jib, ' A palpitating of
the heart'
jgs | Gat ji, To pant'

393

A tone of slow reply; a belching sound arising from reple

tion.
P Sin ae, ' To ask with alarm.'
] ffSj; ^
Ae, ying thing, 'Ae, is the sound of reply.' -l|L Ipf ^ jj^
Q j Yug-tung ying she, yu* Ae, ' In the Province of
Canton, answering in the affirmative is expressed by Ae.' j
'>aOI> '^lnE' ' ^*ae '*
sount' ofrepletion.'
Hood He .An aspiration, expressive of high indignation.
I IK f& f* i If He' t'hn Mn mW"Be!
tire, ' He, is an expression of breathing out indignation ac
companied with sound.'
KE&orKeS.

rj^ S. C.

| Kee Wei, * Verbosity i loquacity.' Irregular, un

true speech. (ShwS-wan.) A man's name. A monkey's man
ner of eating is called Kelt.

SEEN.

To vomit.

Uflj S. C.

Verbosity accompanied by many sighs. Bead T'heen in

the same sense.
Bead Yen, % \ Yen yen. ' Appearance
of dislike', haste, and perturbation.' Occurs Syn.with jjJC Than.
H WAN. A slight laugh ; a smile.

LE.

VII.

K'how Q

T'HANG.

GAE, Ae, or E.

T'HOO.

30th Radical.

Boasting extravagant language. A surname ; name of

a plant; name of a large bow used by learners. \ome of a
District Path in the ball of ancestors. <jj^|| Hwang t'hang,
' Wide, unlimited.' ^
=f Hwang t'hang cheyen,
' Extravagant, exaggerated, inconsiderate language.'
^jE
tfk
H $t 1 Wo k&" che 760 wei hwans
*
' Bootless (unfounded) language is called Hwang-t'hang.'
^ 4* i?r HI 2. ^3 !=* Meaou chun6 100 wei che t'hang
t'hang, ' In temples the middle path is called T'hang-t'hsng.'
J JJ. T'hang tsze, A person attending on the said passage or
gate.
The name of a state the denomination of one of the most
celebrated Dynasties in Chinese history, which com' enced
about A. D. 618, and continued till 92S. The surname aj'fllj
founder was ^> Lc, hence the word is distinguished jrom Its
other applications by connecting it with the word Le. ^
Le t'hang, or ^ jjjf} T'hang chaou, express the Dynast*
now mentioned.
| Taou t'hang, is an epithet applied
to the famous Emperor 3=E Yaou, who is placed about the
year ofthe world, 1600. He is denominated ^ |^jf ^
"g" 3E j ^ -{J, ' The lord or first of all Sages the
senior or superior of all kings.' When the word T'hang occurs
in the following sentence, it refers to him ; | jjjT
T'hang, Yu, Hea, Shang, the four famous; names of Emperors or
Dynasties, which bring down Chinese history to about the year
2800 from the Creation, which was the commencement of the
Dynasty
Chow ; and before which, there is not much dependance to be placed on Chinese records. JjS- T'hang and
j|| Yu, are the same persons, who are otherwise denominated
|g Yaou and ^ Shun.
^ \ T'hang j in, A Chinese .

Sound ; voice ; noise.

#m 1 1 f I m^Azm^
ching T'hang chay, t'hang t'hang taou tlh che la che maou,
' Yaou being denominated T'hang, expressed the exceedingly
extensive ;the greatest possible degree of his wisdom and

HE.
To sigh ; to cry out without weeping. The moan of painful
feeling without shedding tears ; to pant. Syn. with jjjj^ He.
Strong breathing in sleep i snoring. To laugh. This last sense
is disputed.
s l

l|f ffC SuJ KnnS-te ,nen wei T'hang; T'hang wang tselh
Hwang-te wei, ' The Emperor Kung of the Dynasty Suy, re-

p K'how.

VIII.

30th Radical

31,4

the throne to T'hang, and the king of T'hang forthwith

the Imperial throne.'
To rhyme, read T'hung.
Characters formed by Eight Strokes.
-^^j

hi tome, (aid to be the form of

terial; spiritual,' at found on ancient .rases.

is disputed.

Ling. ' Imma

By others, this

X*X Ol. Scrib. ^Tse.

See under 14 str

P^p? KWAN.
Ol. Scrib. P9 Wan, To ask.*
I Kwan kwan,
Original form of

Ne'S, see above.

SHOW.

Original form of Tr Tsae, see above.

HO.

To stop ; to close.

A vulgar form of

D ^ IP P f l& -ffi. K'how ,how- Ue,h k hew

hwuy yu yay, ' K how-show, is with the mouth to pyt instructions to; to instruct' ^ ^ ^
j ^ j|[
Tlh k'he melh haou show choo keun, 'Obtained the secret
signal, and verbally informed the whole army of it' Syn. with
Show.

Lin, ' Niggardly.'

WO.

TE.

An infant or child weeping.

The mouth.
PUNG.

Pjjf* SHE

|^^^ HO.

S. C.

Same as l@ She, 'To eaf

Sound emitted on opening the mouth.

'KEEN. A small piece, or f

t of.

A loud laugh; a great noise, also read Fung, Appearance

of a high mouth.
J
Fung fungjen, occurs in the
She-king, denoting *An abundance of fruil; or a quantity
of melons growing from the same root' Shwfi-wtn gives no
such definition, and it is likely that in this sense, ^ Pung
should be used.
K'HIN.

KEA

To inform of verbally.

Ug s. c.

The sound of sighins-

pf|^n TE. To blow or snort from the nostril.

To close up, as by congealing or freezing ; to shut; to close.

A hurried enunciation. Also read Yin, in the same sense, and
as synonimous with Jl Yin.
j(
jg. (J& Wan wiih

P^, ^ Sze-to, denotes a Lion, in the books of ^ Fuh.

kfi k hin, < All things shut up,' as in winter.

t I I'J $i 7f ' Ueu' uth lew te 1 k h,n u1b yinR h's'
lieu, then it flows through the substance ; Kin, then it is
congealed and assumes shape or figure.'
fjj^
^^

395

30th Radical.

VIII.

K'how Q

"ET 01. Scrib. % Ke. See Rad. f[ Chiih.

fltlIl$.f
Heu hoc W, wei
Yang; kin kelh yay, wei yin. Chun Yang k'he lew yun wan
wtih che te; tung yin taTh ying che ching hing yay I 'A
breathing forth ii Yang 4 a itoppage or repression makes Yin.
In spring the Tang afflatus flows and mollifies the substance
f all things; in winter it is Yin, then the flow congeals or
*ro)usnd.3hape or figure is formed.'
p K'heu k'how,
Jin o^en-mouth.'
J p K'hin k'how, 'A closed or
aku.t mouth/Occurs in the sense of
K'hin.
Pft? HEA, or Haou.
bfll S. C.
J/L
m
Sound made by calling out, or by lamenting. The voice of
a tiger.
A mere tone at the close of a sentence.

K'hc-e, Occur in a passage,

the sense of which i> obscure. The old definition is, Neither
seeing nor hearing. Others say it denotes, Making a noise with
the voice, without distinct articulation. One says, To be
doubtful or embarrassed ; another says, To laugh.
SHOW, or Chow.
**7
To sell i to part with, or deliver up for a prices to give an
equivalent for; to recompence; to respond. Also read Shiih,
in the same sense. W 1 Koo-.how, or <g || Mae-show,
'To sell.'
I || Show kea, or [
Show-cMh, ' The
price or Talue of what mold.'
^} | Seaou show, 'The
consumption or sale of commodities ; to sell off, or diminish by
ale." 'f|' ^ ^jj
I Kwei chay chang nan how, The
dear (commodities) are always difficult to sell.'
tjj^j ^
iben.tsTh k'he show kea kwei ; with go, tsih k'he show kea tsecn,
' If the article be good, then the sale price is high ; if the article
be inferior, then the sale price is low.'

P&WEI.

Uj|

3g

To answer, or issue a sound signifying that one hears what

is said or commanded, as Yes, Sir; Coming, &c. A quick
response. But; only ; only that; particle of intenseneii. The
name of a district; a surname. Repeated, Wei wei, Moving
about without order or rule, as fish swimming together. Read
Shwuy, in the sense of Who I or What f
In the Classics, the thref^charactcrs |tg: Wei, j^jfc Wei,
and 'Jjl Wei, are all uted as Auxiliary Particles, and occur
for each other, vivno hug 'But, only; that;' &c. Writers
however, who distinguish them, consider Wei, with P K'how
by the aide, as denoting But ; only, and the tone of respom e
with ijt Sin by the side, as denoting To consider; and wi,
Sie by the side, as denoting To bind, to tie, or attac.
to.
Wei is now in common used for, But, only, only

^C^JE^.S 1 H
K'he wei shin-jinhoo,
che tsin tuy, bun wang, urh puh shlh k'he ching chay ; k'he
wei shing-jin hoo, ' It is the Sage alone who knows to advance
or to recede ; to preserve or to see destroyed ' (without losing
his tranquillity ; it is only the Sage who can do so.' (Ylh-king.)
if! 1
Yelh chin wei no, ' Must be attentive to
answers.' (Le-king.) ^3^0.^^^^
fi^ I ffS
* cnaou wo n8> Seen-sSng chaou woo ne,
wei urh k'he, 'When your Father calls, do not answer drawlingly ; when your Tutor calls, do not answer drawlingly ;but'
answer smartly, and rise up.'
] ^ ll^ j{f| ffjj Jjf gjj
[f %jk jfil 3> Wei che *n,0S> len urn cn,h> * cne
bwau urh win, 'The sound Wei succeeds 1.the call) immedi
ately, and is plain (or abrupt); the expression No, follows
leisurely, and is elegant.'
==
\ -J^ ^ Nang
yen nan wei, neu yu, ' When children are able to speak, let the
hoys answer (smartly ith) Wei, and the girls (softly with) Tu.'
j=L jS j ^ K ii<- jn wei wei, 'The fish passed out and
in at random.

P K'how.

VIII.

30th Radical.

396

, Or Shw&. A bird arranging its feathert

with iU bill.

A flight taste or trial.

b|j

The song or voice ofa bird, the voice of the stork.

Ht
|fi Low Ic, ' The voice of a bird.' 0k ] Leaou le, The
voice of the crane.'
M ^ ^ 1 FUDg 'bine h*
' The sound of the wind and the voice of the stork.'

Same as the preceding.

TSElH. $

P^LE.rL,

bjj^ S . C.

Quiet; stillness; silence. Read Tidh or Chiih, Tosigh. Read

Ytih, To go evenly and easily. ^ 1^ fjjj $j
||
*jp ^TieThmdh urh woo shing yen.gan tshingyay, ' Silent,
and no voice or speech; tranquil indrtdl A jjjg | Sj!:
|Jj Necn king tselh thing puh ci'hflli, ' Xn read prayers in
ailoice without giving utterance to the Toicf
racib, * Solitude and silence.'

Jg J K'hung

CHHANG.
To precede sto lead ; to induce t to sing,
Ch'hang
jay, ' To bow to each other as a mark of respect.'
j
^ IH1 ]
Cn nanK> *n'nS ^tou ch'hang yay, ' Ch'hang
to emit the voice and sing aloud.' | jjj^' Ch'hang-ko, or Koch'hang, ' To sing." J
Ch'hang keuh ' To sing songs.'
|
Ch'hang. ho, 'To sing, and to respond.' "J "j?J~
Ylh ch'hang plh ho, ' When one leads the song, a hundred
respond.'
E, or Urh.
Appearance of unwilling compliance. IVfuch talk.
j^jl Joo e ' Forced or violent laughter.'
[ijjr |^| ^

K'HEANG.

S. C.

The incessant weeping of a child.

^ pj| /J^
|pi
^ K'heang leang, seaou urh te yay, K'beang leang, denotes
the weeping of a little child.'
^ ^ fgj ji^ ^
A*M7Jt If? 2 I
^* Prl
1 T,in T,,n che k*e0' fan u J'"' *e*ou Drh teIh
urh pub che wei che k'heang i k'hiih kelb yintsue" ylbweiche
k'heang, ' Within the states Tsin and Tsin, the incessant weeping
of either grown persons or little children was expressed by
K'heang < weeping in the extreme, till the voice fail, is also
called K'heang.'
GAN.

To contain in the mouth ; to pat food

into the mouth with the hand. It is much used in the religious
bodks of Fun.
^ PJ ^ ^ p *^ SHh cbow to
yung gan tsze, ' In the prayers or imprecations of Shlh, (i. e.
Fuh or Buddah), the character Qan is much used:' in what
sense it is not
TSEAY.

moan i a tone of aspiration.

J Tslh tseay ; fjjj |
^ 55
t^, $t uh"e j-eke;,ekeang seaou che maou,' iihT'buh tseay, ' Rustic songs.' Also read Tslh, A loud voice.
eJoo-e, all denote forced or violent laughter.' ReadWa, j || |ff ] Hw8 Ulh, Verbose. One says ^ Hw8, denotes A loud
Wa gow, ' The prattle of little children ; to speak to kindly
laugh, and "| Tslh, A loud calL
j | Tslh Ulh, "The
as to a child.'
voice of a bird.'
j [j^ Tslh tslieeo, 1 To suck or lick a
thing, as diseased blood or matter from a wound, which, it is
Common form of ^ T'he, Fluency of speechsaid, was often done for the wounded, by a famous General
under the Han - Dynasty.

397

P*"*^^ Yt^H. The iouud of the voice. The tame at d&

ft
TEEN.

s. c.

0^ PJ> Theen-he, ' To tigh i to moan ;' or the expression

of concern, u Oh ! Alai 1
of laughing; a stealing smiU.

YU. The

YAY.

Birds which -sing at night

K 1 19 * 9
It** P b F" n~ou
; yue Chaou; jajmiDgjug Yay, 'All birds which
ting in the morning are called Chaou; those which ting at
night .re died Y.,.' # j| # $ $ & ^ $
. | Lin neaou e chaou chaou ; shwiij neaou e j ay jay,
'Birds of the foreil ling in the morning; birds of the water

30th Radical.

VIII.

K'how Q

a solemn engagement; said to be an ancient custom. The

grit syllable ii variously written, commonly
Thee1.
One rays it should be j^jjk Thee1, and that the phrase denotes
to walk through blood. The Historical Work called Jj^_ ^
She-ke, writes
SM, 'To suck as ducks do their food;'
so that Pjj| jffl. ^[ Sh heul! ming, probably denoted, ' An
oath ofa covenant formed by drinking blood.' Read T'hei!,
'To traduce; to vilify.'
flff, SEIH.

J S8Ih-elh, 'The voice of birds.'

V^^r^* Same as the preceding.

^T|^W.FUN. Tosnort, to rave in anger. Same as ^ Fun.

HAN.

Pgl^ Han-hoo, ' The voice ofanger ;

rage. Read Han, The chin.

ling at night.'
^pjP TSZE.
food.

Same a<

To fed an avertion to ( or to reject

Tize. Read E, in the tame seme.

wfc T'H ^EN-

To vomit'

O-ELt'HOW. To spit. Same as ^ T'how.

LAE.

THO.

t S

Spittle; to spit.
Pijl
T'ho-jin, 'To spit upon a
man ;' to treat him with contempt
j ^ T'ho-l'he,
' To blow the nose.'
J ^ J=| ^ T'ho meen ttze kan,
'When spilat in the face towipe it off one's self.' P^j ^
t'bo miih ne, tsew she kan, ttew she leaou, ' Ifany one were
to take spittle and *pit at you, jmt -wipe it dry, and to let
there be an end of it'

Sound; voice; the found of tinging;

YAE.

the sound of calling out

' Lo-Ue, the voice of long.'
TSA, Or Sha.

Dogs wishing to bite, dogs fighting.

Lo lae, ko shing,
Tse yae, A laughing appearance.
Pj $g Sha.t'he. 'The

sound ofducki Or geee feeding.'

j ffrl ShS-lieug, 'To
daub (he mouth with blood, when mutually entering into
vpi i i.
St

GOW.

To vomit.

Vulgarly used in the nor-

there provinces for the pronoun I, or Me.

/jj; ^j Gow-muu too the poo hing, ' We all are going ou loot'

P K'hi.w.

VIII.

30th Radical.

398

HWUH. Grieved; mournful ; same ..PjgHwiili

HEAOU.

Sound; noise.

Pjffi Same u W Tsi4- To lick ; to taste,

SHE. Verbosity.

tfj^^ TUNG.

Many words.

CHAOU.
To laugh; to jest; to ridicule; to boast.
jjj^ pj*j
f~* Kwei chaou urh e, ' Nothing but wanton and laugh.'
J
fljjyChaou ch, 'The singing or chirping of birds.' Read Taou,
| Leaou taou, 'Many words; verbose.' Read Chow,
^ Chow Ueaou, 'The chirping of small birds, the sound
made by the swift course of a flight of small birds.' Read
T'heaou.To laugh immoderately.

Q"J? SHfH.

SAOU.

Noise made by the mouth.

Noise mode by a flight Of birds;

thus expressed in Chinese, ^ |i j^Jl Keun neaou shing,

'Group of birds,' sound, voice or noise.

HOO.
cb6

af

&

The pendant part of the chin of a cow. Syn. with ^ Hoo.

X*Wl KEUN.
Appearance of vomiting ; reachiag ; a desire to vomit.

A bird eating ; to pick up food with the beak ; to peck.

Also read Chow, in the same sense.
PS chS, 'To
knock,' as at a door.
j B ChS so, ' To peck grains of
millet.| -ir ^ ifn ^ ^ Fo chS wan m,n*
urh shtb clie, ' Bowed the head ; pecked flies and eat them.'

P^l^^OW. To feed i to feed or suckle a child.

6*1^ T'HO, or ThS.

To backbite.
J*|^ ||
Tsun fh pet toSng, '-To
speak fairly to a person's face, but to speak ill of him, and
to shew hatred behind his back.* (She-king.)
fj^ (Ijh

jj^j Pjjl TO p8 cha cha, yew k'hlh che raun, wo piih ch'huh
ying, k'Mh k'heu urh ch'hin,' A visitor knocking and thumping
came to the door ; I did not go out to answer, and the visitor
went away in anger.'
j
i^- ChS muh neaou, A
wood-pecker. To rhyme, read Tiih.

Oj^^ CHO.
8 fp -ft ] ] If ft M ^ T
'a- y jay,
t'h&t'ha peitsfiog ch huh yay, 'Tsun-lsun, familiar friendly
conversation ; T'hS-fhfi, backbiting and reviling.' Al. Scrib.
^ T hS, and
T'ht

Same as the preceding. Also, the appear

ance of many mouths. Read SB, Many voices.

p]ji | Chaou-chnou, The voices of birds.

YAE.
\ Yae-gow, The prattle of little children.

From |$] No, Difficulty of utterance,' and

Chang,
abbreviated, added to give sound to the character. From with

399
out, to ascertain what is within : (ShwS-nan.) To devise ; to
arrange; to deliberate t to adjust by consultation; to measure.
A travelling merchant; a merchant ; to carry on commerce.
Name of the second Dynasty of Chinese Historians, it com
menced about the year 1750, B. C, and ended about His,
B. C. The latter part of the Dynasty was denominated Jjg
Tin, and is spoken of by some Historians as distinct from
Shang; the Sovereigns of this period are denominated ^Wang. The name of a kingdom founded by ^ Keth. The
name of a state, and a district Applied to a portion of time
before sun-rise and after sun-set One of the notes ofmusic.
A surname. In elegies, to illustrate the meritorious and peace
ful citizen, is called Shang. In the sense of To deliberate,
syn. with gjjjj Shang. To be distinguished fromj^gj Telh, which
is formed by
Koo, with in side, jftj g|| Shang-e ; j
Shang-leang ; j^j
Shang-cho
Seang-shang,
AH express, Consultation or deliberation between two or more
persons.
^
| -j- Hwan hwan shang leang, ' Calm
and deliberate consultation.' j
Shang-tse, A sacrifice
composed of dried fish, so called from the quantity being
regularly measured,
tyj ^ ^ Q j rhung ttae
yuh ho yu shang, ' To make a mutual transfer of property,
and to sell goods, is expressed by Shang.'
Jj-y j Hang,
shang, or W
j Yang-hang-shang, A Chinese mer
chant engaged in European or foreign trade at Canton ; they
are commonly called from the Provincial Pronunciation of the
word
Hang, Hong-merchants. The same character is also
pronounced Hing, hence
J Hing-shang, -A travelling mer<*",t-' ft0 I ^ 0 J|[HingyuSihang.ch'hooyu6
koo, 'To travel about (with commodities) is called Shang; to
remain in a place (and sell) is called Koo.' ffi^lff. | yf
jjJJ ^ J| Yen yun, hing shang pun joo tso koo, ' The Pro
verb says, the travelling merchant is not so well off as the dealer
who sits permanently in the same place.'
j Yen-shang,
< Salt merchant' of whom there are licenced Companies in
China.
^ K'hlh shang, A merchant who has come
from a distance, one who visits a place for mercantile purposes.
| jig ^jf |BF- Shang t'hung yew woo, ' The merchant makes
a transfer of what is possessed for what is not.' JLf}
1 fa ||{[ JpJ -{{i Woo jin, Kung, shang, kea, ch'he.yu,

3:tb Radical.

VIII.

K'how Q

yty, ' The five tones, Kung, shang, keB, yu and ch'he,' Kung
answers to B of the European gamut, but the order in which
they are here inserted, which is that in which the Chinese read
them, does not correspond to the other letters of the scale.
Shang is called the
Kin-yin, Golden sound.
JTh we ch'hiih. jlh mtih how, keae urh klb pwan yun san shang,
' Two kih (about a quarter of an hour) and a half, whether
before sun-rise or after sun-set, are called three shang,' expres.
sive of a regularly adjusted period ; or according to Ching-tsze.
t'hung, from Shang being used for gold or metal, and the
Klh or marks on the Clepsydra, being cut in metal.
teKh.

Tha'.'^lart on which the others rest, the

lower or fundamental part, as the stem or stalk of fruits, of

plants and of flowers ; the roots of trees ; the soles of the
feet of animals. Read ShTh, Concord ; agreement.
HANG.

Astern, terrific sound; angry speech.

Same as =^ Hang, Speech. Read Ylh, the same as Pjfc YTh,

Sound, noise. Read Ts&, in the sense of pj|| TsS, Sound ; noise.
t^LAN
To drink off entirely, or to finish drinking; to desire or covet.
GO, or O.

A tone of love, or of hatred.

P^HEAOU, or K'heKh.
Great; Turbulent; agitated; noisy. Read Ts'hae, Vul
gar style ofdiscourse.
HUNG.

Angry language ; to repress anger

by the voice ; to cough. Read Keang, Something causing an

impediment in the throat

P K'how.

VIII.

H WAN.
Many wordi.

30th Radical.

400

That which is not seen by the eyes.

'To learn and to enquire : learning; knowledge.'

~J\ J
Hea win, ' To ask of inferiors.'
| jfjj
T*"
win urh kin sze, ' To investigate intently, and think closely.'

Reiterated, or verbose statement of. (Sha-

1 if f M&&
Choo koo ieTh che hwin hwin i chuen
tt'heen le che min min, mis joo ihoo, ' To illustrate the unseen
things of ancient times, and to communicate the unconceived
things of remote parts, there is nothing comparable to books.'
TIIUN.

s. c.

The breath of the mouth) mere talk.

|}i|f j T'hunt'hun, The slow dull sound of a large heavy carriage ; the
loud full sound ofa carriage. The appearance of much know
ledge or wisdom. Read Chun, Chun chun, Many words, reite
rated expression of. Read Tuy, The language ofjest and mer
riment.
WOO.
If
To meet with ; to rush against t to oppose \ to rebel against.
Contradictious i refractory ; contumacious. Syn. with 'j^p
Woo.

To ask i to enquire; to investigate ; to examine into j to

try before a judge. To clear up and solve doubts. To con
demn. Formerly used to denote leaving any thing with one.
Occurs in the sense of To order i an order. A surname.
58
$ ^ t Wo yaou w"n ne J1h keu hw- ' 1
wish to ask you a single sentence.'
ygj ^ ijpj
Jjj
Tseay win tsew kea ho ch'hoo yew, ' Give me . leave
to ask where n tnvern is to be found.'
Ip ^| J^.
tlf W
& S Chaj "e *u Jaou wSn uh mio*
ming plh plh, 1 This affair must be enquired into very fully
to ascertain what is clearly and distinctly the fact' fa ^
| Ho lanu in - - wan, ' What occasion to be at the
trouble of exciting enquiry.'
^jj ^ Fang wan, gj^ j
Sin wan, ' To enquire into s to ask about.'
j HcS win,

1
*
tslh laou urh woo kung, ' To enquire superficially (floating on
the surface) and think remotely (loosely), will end in labour
ing without effecting any meritorious work.'
nfjl |p JE| | Sin tsuy yuf win, ' To enquire into a
crime is culled Win.'
^ ^ Win tsuy, ' To convict ; to
1
fP w*" ,ze Uuj' ' To cnTiet f *
condemn.'
capital crime i' to condemn to death.'
j ^jjj^ Win how,
' To make civil enquiries about a person i to pay respects toi
to compliment.'
^ P'hin win, ' To send to a neigh
bouring state, to make enquiries, or to pay compliments.' J
^ | ^fB kung win Tsze-kung, ' Left with, or gave a
bow to Tze-kung.'
^ J Kung win, ' A royal or Im
perial mandate.' Occurs in the sense of K| Win, To hear..
Q^jJ K'HlH.

TS'HUY.

To laugh.

U/fe S C.

To call 'to; to cause alarm or apprehension to ; to taste.

Rend Tsuf, To chew or eat. Read Tsuh, The sound of licking
or suck'mg.
p|j | Tsaou tsiih, The noise of a crowd of
person..' Read Nee,
] ] p| p|j Ne ne, heen heen,
' Wrangling, snarling, quarrelsome.
u
I/O. To laugh .; the voice of a bird

t*a SX, Sha,. or TsS:

To drink.

[f|t | Shi-shS, or ] ^ Shi t he, ' The sound orap

pearance of water birds eating fish.' To slobber like a duck
feeding ; to crack witb the teeth. To talk much.
j
Shi heuS, ' To drink or smear the mouth with blood in con
firmation of an oath of fidelity.'
j jp Shi nae. ' To suck
milk.'
\ j|g Shi foo, ' A skin-bite, or flea-bite.'

401

HWUH, orKwiih.

S. C.

A moan)fat or sorrowful appearance.

JljjjJ ! "M^ $}j
Hwtih hwtth, yew yay, ' Mournful, dispirited.'

30th Radical.

VIII.

K'how Q

I ^ Fhh hwang k'he ch'hoo, ' No leisure at the placejo

kneeling.'
j|[
] BJJ Tung yew k'he ming, 'On
the east is the morning star.'
r^j M It
0 J
Yu, urh chow tsing yui! k'he, ' Clearing up at noon after
rain, is called K'he.' ^ ] Ffih-k'he, Chinese letter paper
with lines.
Same as the preceding.

From 0K'he, To open, and j PBb, ' To itrike,' q. d.

to strike open. To*, eni to open up; to explain; to state;
to make declaration of; to inform ; to instruct; .to separate-,
to distinguish; to engrave nv. The left wing of an amy.
The front of an army. Spring and summer; clearing up of
the heavens. To kneel. A horse with the right forefoot
white is called K'he. A surname; the name -f star; .the
morning sUr.
(^1 K he ch h*' *T "i*"
leelh.'
| p K'he k'how, To open the month.'
j |jj|.K'he
mung, ' To teach- or instruct the young or ignoraut.*
'
|^ K'he, pe, ' to open and to shot.' fi j| {jj K'he keaou
jay, K'he, to teach:' (Shwfl-wan.)
| Jjjj j=J Q K'Be,
k'bae plh yay, ' K'he is to open up clearly.'

jijjjij ^

K'he t'helh k'hae taou, 'To exhort and to persuade.'

j
Jfjj ^#
K'he t'helh.how jin, ' To hand down instructions
and information to posterity.'
J ^ jjjj t=F K'he fS
cbe e, ' A declaration of one's will and .intention.'
-j^ j
J[ T'heen k'he jin, ' Revelation made to man by Heaven ; to
inspire.'
1 ^
jj| K ne JaT che ,aou- To
or give information lo the master of a house, in the higher
ranks of life. Jit; 1 Shoo k'he, 'To inform by letter.'
Letters commonly, begin with, j jj^ K'he chay, I 'would
state or mention.'
King, .' Respectfully}' or some other
word of courtesy, may precede the word K'he.
y ^ |
$f ^ 5s ^ Sgen mE,h k1le> jen huw kunS Uow' 'Fir,t
state secretly or .-privately; and then afterwards report pub
licly.' | ^ Khe Uow, 'To state, to memorialize, or
to report to the Sovereign.'
] ^ K'he-sxe, ' To state
affairs, or the person who does state them.' Jp[ ^ J^jJ |
4& Q JJTj? Keun ts'heen yu k'he, how yu& teen, 'The
van of an army is called K he ; the rear is called Teen.'. 1
J]j| K'he fun, 'A horse with a while fore right foot.1
jf
VOL.1..
S1

THAOU.
Many words; much talk; stories going and coming. The
indistinct prattle of a child. To roar out; to supplicate or im
precate.
g|
^ ^ Ha iu fhaou fhung . k'bfib, .' To
roar out and weep bitterly.'
Lis*
\
P^T'HAN.
To taste ; to eat ; a bait ; to entice with a bait t to swallow.
Wild ; mad-like. Occurs in thi sense of insipid. A surname,
pjjJJs Tseaou t'han," or | |fc T'han shlh. 'To taste; to
eat.' 1 ^
jfjj T'baa t'han, ping t'hun maou,
'T'han t'han, the appearance of swallo wing together.'
piih kan chang t han, ' Though hungry and cold, did not dare
to taste, any drink food.'
& ^ ^ Yu taou t'han
keun, 'The remainder . of a peach gave a prince to eat;'
done by a. favorite to | ^^.Lingjtumj, whilst in favor.
It was afterwards interpreted -as a want of respect, and the
poor wretch f^j ^ Me-tsie, having lost the partiality of
his Prince, was put to death in consequence. Also read,
T'han. Syn. with
T'han, and
T han.
THAN.
To eat; to swallow; to devour ; lo entice with a bait.
?L 1- fcM M %. 1 $ Ku,,s-UM
fshoo, urh. how t'hau t'haou, ' Coufucius first fed on millet,
aud then ate p.aches.'
J<1
$3 A ifr* B 1

Q K'how.

VIII.

30th Radical.

402

E ieurh(or ne) jin, ylli jrufc fhan, 'By gain -or advantage,
to lay a hail for men is alto called T'-han.'
j
Than e le^' To ensnare -or (educe by the hope of gain.* The
Mine asthe preceding.
UTuI Read ChuS, and Ylh. The meaning not known.

^^C. PO.

To feel pteuuire in speaking of others'

Vices, mt in the ages -of

HO.
5&
According and complying with. A little child weeping,
TSEU.

Tee <". Not satisfied

with what one obtains fairly and justly; extortion. Read

Sow, The sound made in urging on a dog; iu which sense it ii
local term. Syn. with pjjj; Sow.

Yen, expressed by fltVo.

YIH.

\jfc* TSZE.
^ IT S. C.
Tex*
Hollow.; emptv.
^
Tsze-yn, 'Careless;
pitate.'
| g fj jfa || $ Tszetwan lelh, yu, jo
ttae, ' Tan, denotes -defect of rtrenfth; and Yu, weak or
inferior ability.' Hence ^ ^ f^/f^ "tit PiihnUng kin
taO yay, ' Unable to act with assiduity.'
PEL

S.C.

From p] Mouth, and jgj Leg, A granary. To

late avariciously, and distribute nothing, Avaricious; meant
sordid. Vulgarly, but erroneously used for |gj T'hoo, ' To
scheme; to aim at.'
TS'HUY.

To taste previously to.

Used in

YTh ; YSh, or Oh, The noise made in laughing; to laugh

-at; to giggle. Read Ya, or Bh, The voice of birds. Read
Vj, fhp sound mode Ij infanta learning to speak. Tube dumb i
dumbness.
^ ^ Ya me, An enigma.j ^
|
ffi
Ylb yih, seaou yu che shing yay, ' Yih-ylh,
the sound of laughing.'
| fl|
0 Hwojio
ylh urn, seaou jut, ' Should any one giggle at you, laughing
say.' In the sense of Dumb, it is also written Ya and Ya.
j
Ya tsze, 'A dumb person.'
J
p Jj
^
l(i> ^JS Ya l"e k he1"1 hwlg-1< k'hoo, tsae sia
le, 'When a drnnb person eats the bitter herb Hwang-leen,
the distress remains in his heart,' he cannot express it
j
Ojnp Ya gow, or reversed, Gow ya, The noise made by chil
dren when learning.
*
Sound < voice. Appearance efloud laugh

common wiIh

Ts'huy.
ing. Also read Kwiih, Heue, and Yuh, in the sac

fsf\^k K'HElH.

The noise made in urging along a

boat, is expressed by Pjft j K'helh k'heih.

j$J.PHLw

The prattle of a little child.

Pg^CHTJE.
Pp^^ T'HO. The langenge of spells or imprecations.
Appearance ofweeping; lo weep and >b, drawing in the
breath. Much and incestaut talking. Read Ch'hug and Ch'huy,
To taate, to drink; to ingurgitate.
g J] L chllc,
* To detain a person ; to puzzle-'

P^jj TAOIL

PjlJ 5$jJ Taou-lS, A name of Veer-

tain kind of Comic singing.

403

^^j^

01. Scrib.

Lin, see under 4 strok8.

30th Radical.

IX.

K'how p

It is also defined Superabundance; excess. Read Te, A

loud sound.
1^ T'HE"

V^t Same as 58J Tseu- or m-

01. Scrib. |jq Pei, see above.

Ol. Scrib. ffij Sze,see Rad. \\) Kin.

To bewail with cries and tears ; the crowing of a cock ;

the note of a bird. Sha-miih says it is erroneously written for
The. Jr^j
T'he k'hiih, ' To bewail and weep.' ^
J^. j | K'hiih k'hiiht'he the,' Weeping and lamentation.'
1 Jl'J Mi
T he ulh wei che yew' ' Wept 8nd
mourned for him, or it' 5E |E
PrS" Wo kSnS ke
t'he, 1 At the fifth watch (between the hours of three and five)
the cock crows.'
^ j Neaou te, The bird sings.

jljj 01. Scrib. g[ Chow, see Rad. f Yen.

SHE. The Toice or note of a bird. Read The,
3me .

Same as

see abov
ove.

Hang, see above.

in the same sense as the preceding.

-J- ^ [f^T
sang hae the, ' A child cries when it is born.'
GAN, or Ngan.

Tsre

Gan raJh,

< To be silent , to say nothing.'

] I'M P| P Gan mlh
wei wet, Express nothing but answer by an inarticulate sound.'
Characters formed by Js'ine Strokes.
01. Scrib. 0 T'hang, see above.

Same as JlJJj Ylh, denoting A stoppage of the throat

SHE, orChhe.
The ancient definitions of this character are acknowledged
to be obicure. It is now used in the lime ene ai jj-^ Che
and -jS. Tan; hence ^ Jtg Punch'he, 'Not only j' same a*

These are the definitions of Tsze-hwuy and Sha-muh. Kanghe defines it, The noise made in sleep.
] |^ Gan e,
' Breathing ttronfly in sleep.'
YlH.J

S. C.

From = Yen, Words, and tfl Chung, in the midst of.

Chearfiil; lively* It is in conversation that persons feel most
so. (Sha-mfih.) The ancient form of ^ E, The intention,
the wish.
L'HEO, or K'helh.

Loud, immoderate, in-

^g, 2, til Pttl1 Un e 7"J> ' Not fin'"ned or concluded ;

cessant langhter. The same as^t Kuh. (ShS-muh.)
still something more ; more than.' jjj,
] ^^
Kan che, puh ch'be foo moo, ' More grateful to him than
to father, and mother.''
King che
puh ch'he shin ming, 4 Respect him more than the gods.'

# TSEW.

Bjjl

The voice or cry of a little child.

fa
Tsew tselh, ' A

P K'how.

IX.

30th Radical.

404

low weak roice ; a alight found or murmur like that of tome

insect*.'
| ] Tiew tsew, ' The voice or note of a bird.'
Syn. with
Tteaou, The noise made in chewing or eating.
To rhyme, read Ts'heaou.

Chay aeay ttae fan t'ha k'helh puh leaou, na k'beu.wei ne teTh
meaou, 1 What he doe* not eat of thote vegetable* (food gene
rally to called) aad rice, take it away and feed your cat with it"
1 ^ We' ma' To

T'HAN.

a horse.

|j|J; ] T hanfhan, The appear.

Original form of nj Kang.

ace of abirndao

or affluence; a great number, or quantity of.

Same as^K*he, To laugh excessively.

PUN.

To vomit forth.

Syn. with ^ Pun, The tound of water ruthing forth.

K HIH.

To cough ; to reach ; toTomit; the

CH.HUN.

noise made in reaching or Tomiting.

Tocogh.ifigS;

Dj^ K'blh tow,

1

1 ffi jff)
Lcnng show kcu tc, urh gow che piih ch huh,
k'Mh k'hlh jen urh tie, ' With both hands fixed on the ground,
he tried effectually to vomit, and thus coughing and reaching
died.'
HIH.

Hlh le, occur, in the bookt of

I'u h. in what sense it it not said.

8g ChJwn.ar
r-jjjjjj NATS'

CK'Ku^eh'hun.
**$p

TLTt

Pjfj =}". ^> ~J Ne-nan, yen piih leaou, ' Ne-nan, it

interminable talking ; incessant chattering.' Hence s^jk ~=3L
PP
Yen yu; The chattering of swallow*. |||
Chen-nan, or
jffi Nan and gjj Yen, repeated, are used in the
PgJ J TVhan nan, To

YUNG.
SHEW.
ft
PjJ' Yung, orPjjJ J Yen yung, The mouth of a fith seen
ont of the water, the gaping appearance of a tun respiring. {^
P f& % I I it Ytf k how k'hae helh J,ung
yay, 1 A fish's mouth opening and respiring". (Liih-thoo.)
^jjj ^|j fa ] Shwuy chOh ilh yu yung, ' When the water
is muddy, then the fith thrust their mouths abore the surface '
Read Yu or Gow, The response of a tong.
pjj ^ rjt^
~f~ $H
^ 1 T"en cha3, ch nang Iu mJ cn!1J ch'hang
yu, Thoie before ting to thote following, who ting in response.
WEI.

To fear; to apprehend.

Syn. with |-|-| Wei. [Coinmonly used to denote. Feeding

brute animals, though not noticed in the Dictionaries.
j=f

From ^ Yang, A sheep, in the midtl of gS King, Mu

tual wrangling. Head aneri. Good ; great; excellent; well
adapted to. Virtuous; moral ; felicitous; gentle ; mild. Oc
curs in the tente of
To, Much or many. Read Sben, To
be avtaohed to that which is good ; to be skilled in : dextrout.
To do a thin"* well. A surname. In several Dictionaries thit
character it never found written Shen.
jjf?, Shen, g<5.
f-i A2.S
'Good and evil; virtue and vice ; moral, wicked.'
j
Shen jeu, ' A good moral man.'
8
* 8 * ft ft M * aJ.
' Virtue will have a good reward ; Vice will have an evil re
commence :

405
' If they be not jet rewarded or recompenced, it is
the time has not yet armed.*

$f!fa Z 0* jjj^Wei shen chay, T'heen paou cbe e fiih ; wei

puh ihen chay, T'heen paou cbe e ho, ' Be who practice! virtue,
Heaven will reward him by happiness ; he who docs what is im
moral, Heaven will recompeoce him with misery.' (Ming-sinpaou-keen.) ft ftlg | . ft
ft ^ jjjfl
f^y Tseih shen fung shen i tseth g fling gO ;
tsxe se leang, t'heen te pdh Uo, ' He who 'heaps p virtuous
deeds shall meet with good i and he who heaps up vicious
actions shall meet with evil t attentively-considcr and- weigh
ilv the heavens and earth (Nature, the ruling powers) err noL'
# m mm * #. k $ amm
Shen gB taou t'how, chung yew paou; Ktm.-tti.yut it tt*vt,yaj
nan taou, 'Virtue and vice when they come to a heaj, wtjl **|
nally be recompenced ; though you- fly. high or wander remote,
it will still be impossible to escape.'
^ ^ |g zfe
W.lrMVJ'^i&W T'hten Uou m -hen'
ho yin, keang tsae yu Hea, e chang keui tsuy, ' The way or
Providence of Heaven confer* blessings on the good, and in
flicts misery on excess or profligacy ; and has sent down cala
mities on the (Dynasty) Hea, to demonstrate its crimes." (ShooShen gS suy seaou, sen peen pee, joo too hlh pTh, ' Though a
virtue or a vice be4mall, it is necessary to distinguish them,
as if viewing black and white.' ] JS ^J*
Shen go fun
too, ' Virtue and vice take different roads.'. J{ ^ ^ |
Jin sing pun shen, The nature or disposition of- man is origioal.y good.'
ffl $ Q Z Jf M 1J 1 & *
^ It ft % iffi ^ # b Ch'hah y jin che' 110
tslh shent'i puh jen ke iiang kew urb puh peen tsael Conduct
' issuing from what the heart delights in, is morally good; if
not so, how can it be persevered in without changing I'
32.
| 8 go, yang shen, ' To repress vice and proclaim virJj^
^ew '",l5 cnaJ chang shen, tan go, e she min how
tslh min pah urh, ' Those who possess nations should illustrate
virtue and cripple vice, to manifest to the people plainness
and fidelity ; thus the people will not become suspicious or
VOL. 1
S JS

30th Radical.

IX.

K'how p

disaffected.'
jgj ]
ijjJ Mien shen, sin go, ' A virtnous face, but a wicked heart.'
j^J | Meen shen, ' On
good terms with a person externally ; acquainted with,'
J Ch'hang shen, and \~ ] Shang shen, ' To exalt ; to esteem;
or diffuse moral virtue bj holding it npto the regard of others.'
$1 I fl*
We' ,hcD Uue '8' ' T *"* virtLJOUsl)' " the
highest pleasure.'
]
Shen tlh, ' Virtue, morality i
virtuous, moral.'
] ^ Sben fil, ' A good plant means
adapted to the end* ffi j|! ^ J Pan le puh shen, To
mismanage.'
] J?
^ Shen kea woo, To ma
nage the affairs of a family well.*
^ jg fflj g
fl} >^ I S
cnaou ang jin; heang-le ching wei shen
leang, 'He who- can bear (or patiently endure ill usuage) a
morning (or for a while) the village denominates him good and
virtuous.' ^ Jj| Shen leang, Mild; gentle.
] Jj^Shen
ma, A gentle horse.
j $A # H 1 $ A
2^ Jin shen pei jin k'he ; ma shen pei jio ke, ' The good and
mild man is liable to, the frauds or insults of others i and the
gentle horse is ridden more than the vicious one.
JJ)^ j
Q ] Tseu shen yu* shen, ' To take or adopt virtuous con
duct is called Shen.' As J \ /, rf| SMo shin che kung,
' The merit of adopting virtuous conduct.* And, j j
2J j^B Shen shin, woo go, To love goodness and hate vice.'
In these sentences, J; ] t^H fj| ^ jjf Shang shen tsze
tilh k'heu-shing, ' The upper or first -Shen character is read
K'heu-shing.' Again as a specimen of this phraseology,
i-3 i m.t \ mi zm
^
Fan shen go che shen, tslh shang-sbing ; keen shen
urh shen che, tslh k'heu-shing, 'Whenever it is the Shen of
Good and evil, then it is Shang-shing ; when it is Seeing virtue,
and choosing or adopting it, then it is K'heu-shing.'
1 Bp| ^| Shen ke ma, < Skilled in riding i to ride well.'
ilk 1 US
$ Th* ,he ,hen ke ma Ufh- ' He " a
good horseman.'
X
I St jfc %\ ^
^ Kung, yuh shen k'he sze ; peTh seen le k'he k'hc, ' The
mechanic who wishes to perfect his work must first sharpen
his tools.'
-r ^- ^ ^ Neu-tsze shen hwae, ' A female
cherishes many anxious thought..' j|b i g|Asbe'
shen lin jin, The war chariot which runs fast, is well adapted to
rush upon and spear men.
|
Shen sze, otherwise ex
pressed
Ming sze, seems to denote An eminent Scholar,

P K'how.

IX.

30th Radical.

406

appointed by authority.
Shea ocean defined bj^jpj: Keae.
tt | Shen-ihen, Name of a nation on the Wot, about the
commencement of the Christian era. To be intimate with
a person is called ^jf | Yew-then.
NEW.

^ % New ne' ,The PulinB or

otherwise explained, ' At the birdt Fung and Hwang res

pond to each other in harmonious atrainti so the people
chearfully submitting to government, break out in songs of
Also read Hsae.
Same as plf Keaou, To call.

whining ofan infant. Read Jow, Vicious, bad wordi.

Same as Pjf Kwan, see above.
XlS yCh, or yn..

s. c.

| | Ytth yuh, or YTh yTh, it an imitation of tound or

: ; At "pj"
| J
Yin thing yiih yuh jen,
The tound came, clatter, clatter. The voice* of a multitude-

how.

S. C.

How, or (| J Yen how, The: trachea, the windpipe.

Commonly TWt rdroor thi gullet the esophagus, which
Wev.r is prsherV txhmei ly J ^ Hl>w.lung.
j

^Js|l Same as if: Ts'heth.see under frstrdkee.

Ho*1i<i,'A Scret^wf. ^ | K. haaS bow, A
^Jf CHE.

Same as

Che\

A high degree of intellectual light and intelligence. ]|P

WP ^1
Shing ch* che che, ' The rule or government of
the enlightened Sages.'
LA.

Jjjj| Ho-la, Precipitate utterance.

| | La la, Loquacity.
^ Jj^ La she. To evacuate the
contents of the intestines.
| Pfjiji La-ma, The Lama of
Thibet, or any of the priettt of that religion.

certain wind instrument.

Pfe-How, sennas applied to an important passage, hence
PB | S5 3] Xt% hW te &ng' 'An important district
or country. See
Yen. Luh-shoo, defines it thus, ^
% fft W A
M U 1k & shig k he
jo, t,hung yu feichay yay, The passage of the voice and of
retpirntion and which communicates with the . lungs.'
S I y\ d^-ChunS k he B0W e ko- ' Pierced or lacerated I
his throat with a spear.'
J "j" Shin sze how shlb,
'Attentively controul the throat and the tongue.'
J -jjj"
"tiL How *hllh cnunS t"6 yJ< ' Tne throat aud
tongue have great influence or power.'
-jj
^^^^f-K^^fi Wa6 che how ,h,h fo

KEAE.
The voiee or tong of a bird. The tong or whittling of
the north wind patting rapidly. <Pjj| ] Keae keae. The har
monious voices of many birds, at in a wood ; harmonious sounds
heard at a distance.
(1^ | | Neaou ming keae keae,
The birdt ting raelodioutly. One says, the responsive tong
of the birdt |(^ ^ Fung and hwang. Jgfe
| j
j]^ | Yung yung keae keae, min net full keae, ' The
people'! cordial union to submit (to proper authority, it
pleating at) the harmonious tongs of birds.' Or at it it

ching yu wae, sze fang yuen fa, ' The king's throat and tongue
send forth government abroad to everv region.' (She-king.)

A loud calling out; to vociferate; to cry out; to call after;

to call to ; to call out angrily. Head K-heen, in the sense of
^ K'heen, An obstinate .refusal to express one's thoughts.'

30th Radical.

407

IX.

K'how Q

| 3ft S Lean ban shoo shing, Called out wren]

timet.'
pB|- | Keiou-han, or reverted Han kcaou, ' To
vociferate; to cry out'
^ ^ pi|. | Ta thing keaou

Pjfe CHAE.
Pj|j JjjJ: Yae-chae, or reversed, Chae-yae, Dogs fighting.

ban, 'To call oat -with a loud voice.'

5| ' 5 jj^ "f"

^B^MM^ 1 % ^^ch'hang
chwang tsze, ttze jlh peen wang cha yucn ya-mun han yuen,
'Wrote an accusation, and the next day, directly went to the
Judge't court and called out, Yuen,' I am suffering under
unjust treatment. Persons who cannot obtain redress in a
more regular manner often-do this. It is farther defined by tjs
jjft Yung shing, A strong bold sound, and by^^j 41^
fn'nS>
.An vrigrp r0 ice, tTKcGin'R)" people use it for simply calling
a. Jiereon to come

Pp

Crime ; guilt.

An erroneous form of pjj Sih, or Chlh. Liih-ihoo

has no such character either under p K'how or J^f Bet.

JUN.

To suck as an infant.

PgjJ TS'HEEN.

pgTHEE
Loquacity, ami fluency -of speech . The
rywee of
Uood flowing ; or according to some, to drink or taste blood
when taking an oath. It refers to an obscure passage in the hit.
torj of the Dynasty Han. And some think it should be written
^ Thee, and expresses jg[ ^ ^ ^ Le th die urh, 'The
feet wading through it.'
] ] T^j P
Thee t hee,
le .k'how yay, ' T he rheS, a sharp mouth,' i. e. a ready
utterance. One tayt, Q
@ | K'how sblh wei fhe,
'Mouth and tongue make t'heeY which seems to denote an
excessive use of those two organs. Bead Cha, p^jp j Tnicha, or jl^ | Sft cha, The noise made by duckt or other
birds in feeding. Head K'hee", denotes, in Keaog-nan Pro
vince, To eat
H1JH.

Y&

To laugh.

To broil fully ; Read Tsecn, Broiled. ffj^lj Same as ^ K'hwa, see above.

"yCT" JAY.

Respectful language.

fl|| PjjgCh'hang

jay, A salutation performed by raising the folded hands as

high as the face, and letting them fall again. It is otherwise
called, ^ ^ Cb'hang ylh. Jay it a tone used in replying
to. Also, read SB, in the same sense. The ancient form of
fN8T'HAE. I^ r^T'ne*,o>e. Incessant talking.

s. c.
Original form of 2 8, see under 6 str.

Prom pp Heuen, ' To call to.' The noise made in cal

ling to fowls by those who lake care of them. The sect Taou
has a person they call jjjij ^ ^ Chuh-ke-ung, The old
fowl-caller.
k- Same as
7T*

pjjjjsEAY.

Sound, noise.

Mow, To contrive ; to plan.

A sound 1 a noise | a gutteral sound. Same as

Yfih

P K'how.

IX.

30th Radical.

408

CHE.

To eat ; to gnaw with the teeth.

SOW.

The noise of expelling birds.

Read Siih, The noiie of laughing.

r^jBst YAOU.

Yaou-yaou, Murmur of insects a-

mongst grass or plant*

|^
JJ^ ^
YaoU, chung
ming shing yay, Yaou, the murmuring sound of insects.
(Lfih-ahoo.)
] j J^f ^ yaou yaou ttaou chung,
' Yaou ysou, the (cry) of insects amongst the grass.'

PjSL K'H6. To eat or gnaw with the teeth.

UH.

YIN.

bsr s. c.

El
To loM one's voice, and be unable to apeak, from grief
or excessive weeping. In the slates yj^ Sung and
Tie,
A child'! weeping incessantly was expressed by Yin.
J
Yin-gae, An accumulation of wind, earning eructation.
Read Yin, | Pjg p D* Yin g8, ch'hTh tslh. The two
firat wordi denote, the feeling of anger, and the two last, the
expression of it. Yin it otherwise read Gan, and it by one
defined, To call aloud.

The crowing of a cock.

^ | ] ^ Shin ke uh ah
ming, ' Early in the morning the cock crows.'.
\ j^r P|j|
fjjjl uh c joo ne, ' Affected ttrerfli loagkttrja conttrsi/vei
giggle or titter, i^iit*w wsmerv' ^& pfi]
e ah,
'Avoid,!, forced laaJV; or lff*crd. gtJjUltJ,
w^^ MEETT "Not speaking ; silent

Qi^^T LE^TH.

To crow j to sing; to low, and soon.

The word is applied to any animal exerting its voice.

YEW.

The voice or cry of a stag.

t>^^j| HOO,

The throat Used for J pg: Yen-how

E-yew, The tone or sound of recitative or tinging.

\
TS AN. Tsan-tsan, Taste, or to Taste.
ttgj^ TSAI
/j^
jjfo
Suh yun wo jay,' Vulgarly ex presses I or Me.'
According to Tsze-hwny, it should be read Ping-thing, but
Kang-he tayt, $ ft % & # =| # ^ ^ $
Gan pth yin, ttan pun tuh Shang-thing, Ttze-hwuy woo.
' According to the northern pronunciation (where alone the
word is used in this tense) Tsan was from the beginning read
with Shang-thing, Ttze-hwuy it mistaken.' It it commonly
pronounced Tta, ] jjJtj Tsa raun, We; ut.
ftj^-l CHdH.

^^j? Same as

Sound; noise.

Tsih, see under 5 strokes.

the usual words to express The throat .

"g^Heaboo.

Yang-tsze uses

YUN.
A large mouth. Mouth large and teeth ugly. Also read Tsun.
Pj^J CH'HUEN.

s. c.

To pant; to breath quick and short as in asthma.

P{fc Heaou ch'huen. -Asthma,'

^ |i % \ jj
Tselh selh wei ch'huen seTh, ' Diseased breathing, makes
shortness of breath, or panting.'
p t-jrj j^T J K'how
chung ft ch'huen, ' Began to pant'
P ^ J Ch'hang
k'how ta ch'huen, ' Gaped and panted exceedingly.'
]
|Jjj |= Ch'huen urh yen. ' To pant and speak.' Sha-miih

409
define* it, jffc
, ^ K'he ylh, nrh selh kelh, The
breath rebelling (rising) and the breathing quick;* and by
H^~7\
Ho ne,n P*"1'1 ,,'i,nB
Tne expiration
or inspiration, not meeting each other.
'Jj' A. 1
iji, "f* fill ife JUojrJin ch'huen \1h k'he piih niing shlh, He
caused people to pant and breathe, to that they could not eat.

30th Radical.

IX.

K'how p

The superintendant of the sacrificial victims, introduces the

mouth of the animal, and the most honorable person takes it
by the ear to lead it lo be sacrificed.
][^ IP ]
Shin miih kea hwuy. Deep eyet and n boar's tnout.
ILj
|S I Pih ma, hlh hwuy, A white horse with a black mouth.
I iu|> HwuJ ""'h- T breathe by the month. In the She
wing, 1^ Hwuy occurs in the seme of Jt|cJ Kwan, Wearied ;

weakened; panting.
%
^ jj$ ^ \ ^ Hwan
e toy e, wei k'he hwuy e, The western foreigners fled and
The teeth broken in the mouth. Said to be the same ai
sculked away, whilst he only felt a little fatigue. ] ^jg ^
GO, and Jjp| Go, under each of which the line sentence
^ Hwny, twan k'he maou, Hwuy, an appearance of shortness
occurs, P t^J r^jj jjCS K how chung twan gO, Mouth
of breath.
|L j Veaou hwuy, A certain star. ^
-midst broken teeth; and it is once added, ^ f'^J {{"/ Che twan
' ^ IS 1 Heang U iou shTh-yuu ylh roing, koo
yny. The teeth broken. Und "ne of the synoniraous words,
hwuy, Another name for the fragrant herb Shlh-yun, is KooTsie-hwtiy says, ^ fTtj _
J"^ {{/ Che rvuy aWn^!*.! hwuy. The fruit of the ^ -Keen, is otherwise called jfj^l
jowyay, The fl sh within the teeth, above emA below.
I Yen-hwuy. The Keen it alto called f-j g| Woo-tow, ami
Jif | Woo-hwuy. By it psople can j< ^/|_ Too-ko, Pats
I
SANG.
over, or through, hunger,' i. e. though the thing tpoken of
be not proper food, it will do to tatitfy hunger partially.
To shut one's mouth i not to speak; to say nothing.
P-t^C K EA . r$S 1^ Ke-tso". F'Mj 'mpnre lnguage.

Q]^^ WAN.

To dote the mouth. Same as

Wan.

P % ^ 1" H ^ $ & K*ow wi1n Pilh7e". e Uing

seang kaou. Their mouths were shut and nothing saiid, (but)
by the soul (or expression of the countenance) they informed
each other.
HWUY.
The mouth, the bill or beak of a bird; the head of a bird ;
the name of attar ; the name of a plant. A certain medic ine,
Alto read Chuy and Tow. lu YTh-king, when describing
t"he mystical properties of the /\
Pa-kwa, it it taid, ^
faSi l R|( ^ Jj KHn ""ei keen hwuy che shiih, Kan (one
of the Kwa) pertains to impeding or stopping, a) birds are
represented to do with their bills. In Le-king it is taid,
"tj ^
\
Scw sbo'" 'baj, tsin hwuy tsc urli,
voi. i.

JH ifij
13
ill Jm che ke *-e puh
'hwuy chay, e-wei tuy tow chuag'fuh, urh yu tzct'hung hwan
yay. The reason why people who are hungry do not eat the
Woo-hwuy, is, that though th.-y steal a belly full, the pains (it
occas'ors) are like 'those of de
'ome write fjjjlj Choo,
for the above character.
HWAN.
To call ; to call to; tn call fort to bid or tell to do ; to
denominate ; lo name,
him
brve.
|
<fjyj[ Shwuy hwan ne tto, Who told you
to do it ?
| She hwa i. To tend and to call back ;
hence a domestic servant is called Jj'jif j ^ ^ She hwan
telhjin, A person who is always at one's call, ^jj J fjf,J
^Jj ^ She hwau te'.h noo pi), A slave who is at one's call.
I ^ ^ Ming hwan A-lin, His name is, or he is called

^ I jfltP^ Mi I 31 ch'hi,ns-kco Un Uua j,n si,ow

rbc.'U shoo sau keuen, l-.caou yay kung tub, nang boo fung

P Know.

IX.

30th Radical.

410

bnn yu, Ch'bang-kea having obtained from an old roan

^ Hung sze, A red occurrence : Red being the emblem
three Ixoks received from heaven, attacked and read them
ofjoy. A mournful event is called
|j| Plh sze, A white
night and day, till he was able to invoke wind and call down
J
#&fg ] ^&Jt^T'h...epaou
rain at his pleasure.
p1 |1^) P_ | Heaou-hea keuen
he, sting kobaou urh-tsze, ' She came to announce the joyful
hwan, A great noise and clamour.
^
Hwan-k'he,
tidings that a fine son was born. j^J
^ ^ Cbaou
The name of a bird aaid to be of a greenish colour, and able
ping lae paou he, The soldiers of the court came to announce
to ipeak. In Keang-nan Province, they are called by ^ ^
the joyful newt. jj^
]
rae'en be
J[ Taae ch'ha jin, The people who pluck the tea, amongst
hing yu slh, Could not avoid joy being manifested in his
the hills , fj$| ^jl ^ Hwan ch'hun neaou, The bird that pro
colour ; i. e. in his countenance.
j Kung he, With
claims the spring. Because in the first or second moon they
veneration (wish) joy; i. e. to congratulate, q. d. 1 wish you
make a sound which expresses
Ch'hun k'he, Spring
joy, a frequent salutation.
*ftlL
A
1 T ba fo
has commenced ; and in the third or fourth moon, they say
jin yew he, ' His wife is in the family way.' ijj^ ^* ^
jf Ch'hun k'heu, Spring is gone.
HWAN.

I^P^ Hwan-hoo, To call to.'

5 I *ftf nfn$gf;&
Tain, Tsin, yu hwan, puh yo ying, urh keang ta cheeyay,
In the two sUteaTsin and Tsin. when Hwan was pronounced,
it denoted a dislike to reply, and that a forced answer was
given.
| Jgf Hwan-gae, Grief; apprehension i sorrow ;
in this sense it is also read Heuen and Yuen. Read Ho,
| T'hau-ho, Appearance of shedding tears.
HE.
From mouth added to jgf Choo, or according to Chingtsze-t'hung, as it ought to be written,
Choo, Pulse-bearing
plants raising their heads; a band of music standing up. To
be pleased; to feel joy, to rejoice ; joyful ; to give joy to.
A surname; the name of a woman; the name of a district.
Read He, To desire ; to like ; the same as ^ jf Hauu and ^
He. ^ ^ Hwan-he, or reversed, He-hwa'n, Jj^ j Hinhe, All express Joy and rejoicing ; taking pleasure in doing.
]
He la, Joy and delight
] |=| ^ ^ Uc tze
t'heen lae, Joy from heaven coming, i. e. unexpected joy ;
apparently by the same allusion that any unexpected good,
is vulgarly called, a God-send. ^ ^ J j^jl Hwan t'heen
hete, Delight heaven and rejoice earth, i. e. great and extra
ordinary joy.
|
He sze, A joyful event is called

^Sjiw t'ou^oyyaou kheu, suy he

wo-mun chlh tae
eK*ji U ue how pa, If you want to go, Sir, you may go whertytr yen like, we will remain here and wait
j
1 g$# I ^Henoocbebe,.hangsbing, yuC haou cbe he, k. heu-shing. The He which denotes joy
in contradistinction from anger (or pleasure and displeasure)
is Shang-shing; that which denotes Delighting in, or liking,
is K'hcu-shing.
j ^f- He-laze, A species of spider. |^|
|=| Wan-he, The name of a Heen district. Occurs in the sense
of jjg Ch'he, An entertainment of wine. | ^ ^ ^
7C ^ SB "fiJs
*twiln
tlaCl yucn-,now k'he tsae,
' When the members of the body (the ministers ofstate) delight
to exert themselves meritoriously; the head (the Sovereign
Prince) rises up for them. (Shoo king.)
^^ j
Seen p'hei, how he. When evil has arrived at its final period,
joy follows. (Ylh-king.)
^ ^ ^' , t & ] 1L
Wo yew ke pin, chung sin he che, 1 have an excellent guest,
in whom I heartily delight.
Han-boo, Sound ; voice; the

HOO.
voice of anger and wrath.
Staring with rage, cried out.

HOW.

Pj ] Ch'h'iD ban hoo,

To vomit.

30th Radical.

411

K'how p

is also read K'hwee and Hwae.

| ^ jjjj J|j K'h
jen urh t'han, Lamented and sighed.

YAE, or H8.
To thirst ; to be third; ; a guttural, gurgling, clamorous
ound; a shout; an angry exclamation, a deep hollow sound ;
a broken interrupted sound; the sound of repletion, belching,
j?^ | Yin-jae, a suppressed guttural sound; as if from a
stoppage in the throat
j ^ ^-j: ^j- Yin yae, puh
tlh tuy, His Toice was stopped be could not reply. ^fj ]
Sze-yae, A broken interrupted sound, as in weeping and sobbine- ft E "H ft f M 1 Pei the kwM J"'
shing yin lew yae, Being pierced through the throat with an
arrow ; the voice flowed with a deep hollow tone. j^jfj
5^^^ 1 PanE j'Qko*'linS ,ew JK< The ound of the
boatmen's song flowed in deep and intermnted toneJ Hoo-h8, To shout or call out in>ngr. ^
Ho taou, k'hae lo, Shouted out, beat the Gong. * jgr
1 $ Yih 1(6 h0 shinS> Shouted altogether in a tone of anger.
'Wi %k ^ 1 T'hunS eheu hB- Disappointed, or unable
to attain one's wish, to storm and rage in Tain. In the sense
of being Loudly angry, one uses (J^ [ How-ho. |
H<j>gae, or Yae. is said to be,Hoarseness or difficulty ofutterance.

CHUNG.

Unable to speak.

Chung yung, A disposition to vomit

Read
Ch'hung or Tsung, Flurried ; appearance of being hurried, or
ngitated ;
jjcf T'HO, or T'hS.
Appearance, or manner of a dog eating.
CHOW, Show, orNe.
A species of wild fowl known in the south. Alias Scrib |||Chow.
Pjjt

WEI.

The sound of calling.

The Dictionary Yuh-peen says,

Shlh shing, ' To
lose one's voice,' as from fright or grief. The noise of a
little child crying.
SH1H, or Slh.

TSEIH.

IX.

Much talk ; verbose.

**Jrq R. H.

The hum or murmur of insects; expressed in Chinese by

Kfc p_| Chung-ming. Sound, noise. f$ J ^ Pg|| J
TselhtseTh, fuh tselh tselh, Tselh-tselh, and again tselh-tselh,
the noise made by the shuttle and loom in weaving. [Jjj/t j

Bead Ch'hK, same as p^jj Ch'hg. See under five strokes.

Read Shf, in the same sense. Read ShS, /|\ ^ Jj="
Seaou jin jen yay, The talk of a mean or worthless person.
Pjp

Klh yuh, The noise of a wild

Tscw tseTh, The clamour of a great many voices. Same as p|jj

Tselh.
fowl For this character some write ^gj Klh.
Ufa 1 Same as the preceding
0l
Pg? K'HWEI.
To lament; to sigh ; to sigh deeply; expressed also by
] ^ K'hwei jen, Otherwise expressed by ^ Jg^ Tae selh
Syn. with |rj| K'hwei, some use jjjjj^ K'hwae. This character

HOO.

TO present or state to superiors.

To blow , to warm as by breath. To sooth ; to smile upon,

and wheedle; to laugh. Originally written
Heu.
g^j
0^
"jOt 1
5|pf ~f" Hoo min che laou, boo ehe jo
tsze, The labour of defending the people, and soothing them
like children.
| 1 jlH its Ho nooru'Deu k'neu, Gig-

P K'how.

IX.

30th Radical.

412

gliog and .topping at interval.. Jj^ $| A ,2 W rjfc !

Fung yew Jin che yew ch'huy boo, The wind if like a man
puffing and blowing.
HE A.

P| fyl Hea-hoo, The throat.

UtB MAN.OfMwan. To deceive; to impose upon.

HWANG.

S. C.

Sound ; noise ; the noise of little children weeping. In

this seme it i. repeated Hwang-hwang, Harmony produced by
metal instrument, and drum.. Clamour, angry noiie.
P^1~~l Hwang hea, The .ound of many penon'a voices, clamowr.
CH'HA, TOO, Or T'h8.

Angry speech.

To .putter t to talk immoderately.

[~| ^ ] -ftS j^r
K'how I'hB t'hfl woo t'l.oo, The mouth chattering without any
or limit
M*H, or MeS.

S.C.

From ppr pin> ManJ 'souths or persons; hence Much talk;

to wrangle i wrangling. The name of a territory in the time
of Ch'hun-Uew. Different from
Gan. which is under the
Radical ||j Shan.

of grief and lamentation in the city cannot be .lopped. The

incessant weeping of children, i. in -jjjjj
Chaou-ieen,
(Corea) called Heuen.
WEI.

s. c.

From i^j K'hwa, A distorted mouth, and -f^ Wan, A "ill.

Abird of prey which eat. it. own vomit ; the down upon its
skin is like pills.
Oj3 Same as rfe Lcang, see above.

To maniffW> r to manifest ; to declare; to instruct!

Qtfiporlaun to (SpiuKtiy metaphor, or comparison. To
tjomprehend the value ofi to be affected by. Originally written
jjgjj Yu. Read Shoo, A surname.
(Hgl)|( Hru-yu.Appearance of cordiality and satisfaction i rotooth and pleasing
language.
| ] ^
H-u-yu show che. Received
him -or it, with cordiality and pleasure. One says jli^. j
Pang-yu is To sing. Luh-slioo explains it,
jlf /Qi
Jj Wan yen sin keae yaj, To cause words to be heard, and
the heart to be expanded.
] Heaou-yu, Adear and
full exposition, or declaration of. ^ | |1 []S Kea-ru,
hoo heaou, Families informed, and houses enlightened, i.e.
made clearly to understand.
'g* jj^i Jj | ^
Te fang kwan ylh ban yu che, The local magistrates too,
nil fully understood, or made it known.
^ |J|J
-J^j.

HEUEN.
m
Loud clamorous noise.

2Heuen hwa, or |

Heuen-naon, High words, clamour, noite.

j^. *|| ^
O J=j^ ^ JjJj! I ^ Tsow tsin yuen nuy, chili keen pin
k'Mh heuen naou. Having walked into the hall, nothing was
observed but the guests making a loud clamorous noise.
jt I f$ Kin rlle neucn hwa, Prohibited and put a stop
to noise and clamour. f{J$
jfe g ] ^ pj j]^
Pei tsow yu jUi, heuen piih k'Uo che he, 'The clamour

jew paou, ch'hiih tslh yew sze, she e keaou yu, urh tih clung
yay, (The young prioco) when entering within, will hare a
guardian-; and wfaen going forth (to the outer apartments)
v, ill hive a master to teach, and by these means instruction
will be exhibited to him, and his virtues formed. (Le-king.)
M#$CJ#-M ] % fig tifeSxe
yay chay, keaou che e sze, urh yu chuo tih chay yay. The
Master is one who te.tchcs him the affairs of life, and illustrates
to him every virtue. (Lc-king.) Oue understands -J}. Sze,
ai a Verb, To serve; and makes the sent:, Teaches him to

413
serve, or perform bis duties to bis parents and seniors.
1 ^ Sn' Ju che. To investigate deeply, and explain perfpieuouslj, to cause him to understand thoroughly.
J3J
1 ^H^A j
Tsze ,ue,Keuntsze yu yu e; seaou-jinyo yu le, Confucius said. The good
man is perfectly instructed in the principles of righteous
ness and justice: the bad man is thoroughly skilled in the
arts of gain. (Lun-yu.) The Paraphrase makes the sense
to be, that The good man neither knows nor affects any thing
but what is right; whereas the bad man, studies only, and
knows nothing but, what conduces to his gains.
]
Keaou-yu, Instruction.
^ | S>hen-yu, A good mode
of instruction. ^ j Tseay-yo, and Jj^ j Pe-yu, A
metaphor, or comparison i c supposition for thrttke of illus
tration.
KING.
Occurs in the books of F8h, in what sense does not appear.

ChB phS jin, To vilify, .or speak unreasonably

against a person.
PS CHAE.

tjf

LEO.

1&
Tlh sMh, express Success and failure.
j{| ^
j| Keung t'bung, tlh sang, Adversity, prosperity, success,
and failure. ^ ~S}] Ta kung, expresses mourning nine
months.
~Sft Seaou-kung, is, mourning worn three
months, and is also called
^ Sze-ma.
J
4^ Sang san neen, To mourn for three years.

To excite ; to provoke

Gain ; profit; ad vantage. A man's name.

^A

^ T,'ln

''*e 1"%

hing, The people of Tsin, altered it and employed Hing. (Shamah.)

From ^ K'hBh, To weep, and Wang, To pass to obli

vion. To pass to obscurity ; to be forgotten to be lost. To
VOL. I.

K'how Q

lose the seat of authority; to fail to attain the chair of power

or the throne. To lose ; to destroy ; to die. A surname. Read
Sang, To mourn for the dead; whatever is connected with
the period of mourning; the dress of the mourners, the
funeral utensils, and the funeral rites.
o|5
g^g ,nIhi
To lose ; to fail of succeeding.
]
Sang wang, or ^J?
| Sie sang, To die.
^ ;0g | ^ Pan le sang sze,
To manage the affairs of a funeral.
J ^jjf Sang kea, To
ruin one's family.
] ^ t(&* |jp S*n& m'"S Pac u"*'
To lose, (or destroy) reputation, and to overthrow the re
straints of virtue. ^
-| j|[ Me sin.sang leang, With
a beclouded or stupid state of heart or mind, lost or cast away
virtuous principles. ^Fj | Keu sang, ' Dwelling in mourn
ing,' is said of those who are in mourning for their parents
or senior members of the family. ^ fl^:
j Foo moo
che sang, The funeral or period of mourning for father and
mother.
"| Jjg Sang fuh, Mourning garments or dress.
] |^ ^
^ Sang k'he kin wei che kcw, The
funeral utensil is dow called Kew,' i. e. the coffin with the
dead body in it.
J Sung sang, To accompany to
the grave; to attend a funeral. ffi j Tlh sang, like

yew king, sung tsang piih pe too leaou, 'A funeral procession
does not pass by bye lanes or short ruts; those who attend a
funeral, do not avoid mire and dirt;' as it shews a degree of
haste and disrespect.

Sound, noise,

IX.

Irregular, unreasonable language- 5]

ph6.
p!&

30th Radical.

3 o

fa lg ]fc ] ^

~f

hwan yu sang hoo ! t'heen hea che woo tauu yay kew e ; t'he'en
tseang e foo tsze wei muh-tuh, ' Why be grieved for his failing
to obtain the Imperial throne? the empire has long been in
an unprincipled state of anarchy ; Heaven has made Confucius
a watchman;' a person to rouse the people and warn them
of their danger. Some understand the phrase as affirming that
Confucius would attain to the throne; others that he hav
ing lost the throne would ffl j$j> ^
>jj >ff j

P K'how.

IX.

30th Radical.

414

|fc ft 1C $ * ft T- l $ & Wder .boot

every where diffusing his doctrines or principles, as a watch
man who pat roles the high way, (beating a wooden clapper
for a S'giial.)
Same as the preceding.

Hi

k-iieKh.

To eat ; to drink ; to receive an impression ; to bear or put

up with.
fef A. O 0
Sh,h wuh Jl,h khow
yug k'helh, To Ml or receive a thing into th: i outh if called
K helh.
] U| K'helh fan, ' To eat rice;' to lake any
meal i to expressed.
|^ | T'han-k'helh, To eat. ^
fit 1 TuJ Uew P"'1 ,AnRk'>e,n> Tne wine before
him he could not drink.
] ^ K'heih kin, Urgent,
highly important or necessary.
J ^jt K'helh k hoo, To
suffer distress.
| ffij K'helh k'hwei. To uffer loss ; to
bear an injury.
| ^ K'helh chae. To fast, or refrain
from anim I f<K>d. Read Khae, ]
^ K.nae
how 1 1- ih tsang, To rail and wrangle keenly.
PLCH'HUY. To blow. The
0I
ft.

. Ch'huy.

Head Ch'huy, To call lo ; to shout after.

yf^f TSE1H'.

of trees bending or contorted, like the feathers of birds'

wings, -fc f
0
Q | Mub hea kow
3 ui k'hew ; shang kow yu? k'heaou, The lower bendings of a
tree are called K'hew ; the higher ones K'heaon.
/J-*
Jl $f 0 J Seaou che shang leaou yu k'heaou. Small
branches winding round high up are called K'heaou.
Jj^
7j\ tyj ] Keiih muh wei k'heaou, The timber there is tall.
"Jk Jt M $R
0 1 Mhh *hanB ,unB *00 che*
yu? k'heaou, Tall trees without branches are called K'heaou.
0 w i ?fc
n N,n
k nra<,u muh puh
k'ho hew selh, In the south are lofty branchles* trees, under
which none should rest,' as they afford no shelter,
f]
5f /f\ pj
^ Han yew yew neo piih k'ho k*w sie. In
'.'lau ate runUuC females, whom none should seek to obtain,
(asthtyar*4e*ncele^ J jfc
jjjjj jjTJ K heaou muh,
luust urhy ang Keaou trees, are lofty and look upwards. In
this lei.i- M * ""N< for j|| K'heaou. A lofty tree, which is
joined with Jj& Tze, A more huml le tree, which seems to
look down diffidently. Hence the two words K'heaou and Ttze,
are used figuratively to denote Father and Son.
^*
r*. 'fjj Q ] *low cne nanK ^ow Jue k'heaou, The
upper hook of a spear or halberd (to which the feathers for
ornament are fastened) is called K'heaou.
j|af J
Urn mow, chung k'heaou, Two spears, with double hooks
for ornaments. (She-king.)
Head Keaou, in the sense of fjjj| Keaou, Proud.
^
R >fe W ]
T,e
S"ou Pr keaou che. The music

Many mouths. The ancient form of

H Luy, Thunder. Read also Cha, Xelh, and Pelh, in the

same sense.
K'HEAOlf.
From ^ Yanu, Pleasing and elegant, with
Kaon,
Uigh, ab'-revialed. High; high and bent back, as if still
looking higher. Curved; bent; booked. A surname; a
man's name. Occurs denoting Proud;, idle and dissipated.
1iU <f|
j Ju k'De::ml- Bent or curved like
curling feathers. Refers to jfc $ jgj | f$ 3 ^
Shoo che kcuh keueu sze neaou nuou yu, The branches

of Yin has a tendency to insolence and depravity.

j jjjj

jjjj Keaou urh yay. Proud dissipated and wild.

K he ou k'heih, The mind disquieted or discontented. ^ "JT

j PP 4^ lit" T hi:en nel c,,e k<sl0u k ne,u chs chc<
1 The empire began to be discontented and rapacious.' K'heaou
further denotes, the Poles of a sedan chair being curved-in
a particular way.
YEN, or Can.

R. H.

Same as pg Yen, To mourn or grieve for the disasters,

ofthe living, or for the distresses of ones country ; coarse and
vulgar. A smiling appearance.
f^J
P^1 Yew yay yen,
Yew ,(oue of lie Pupils of Confucius,) is coarse and iueleganb.

415
Uant, abrupt, the old definition! write it |Jj ( Pwan-yen,
To lose composure and propriety of countenance; vulgar
looking ; rude and violent ^ Yen, A proverbial laving,
occurs in the tame sense.
fjS TAN.

A single garment; alone; one; tingle; simple; an or

phan. Only ; entirely ; to exhaust ; thin ; poor or bad. Sincere ;.
credible ; that whiob is the ground of belief, as a bill or bond:
To make sincere ; to go round or enwrap. Read Tan, Great
(Shwo-wkn.) The name of a district; a double surname. Bead
Than, a* i lurMnu^wl Shad orClwiun the proper Vine
jp. ^ Chen-yu, A gmfral ** | f^Htun^,^
tar* ; Huunorum dux. (De Guignes.) ifctWi.* cmnno\ ***$
he.ay.it denote,,)^ ^ ,fft & f^t^.^
Kwang ta che maou yay, yen k'he seang fheen, Th* ^pjtJarance of vastness and greatness, expressing that he . was likeheaven. Perhaps understood as expressing one only gf thekind, unparalleled.
J ffl Shen-yu, is applied to the year;
when it occurs under the letter
Maou, of the Cycle. Occurs
in the sense of |s|| Than, To breathe or pant AJ. Scnb.
Tan, and |p[ Tan.
| ^ ] ^ Ch huen ylh
keen tanshan, 'To put on a single garment;' i. e. a garment
of a single plait or fold;, not double. ^ ^ J J^f
E shang tan pts, A garment of a single fold and thin.. Mt
^* | ^ Shin tsze tan p8, A body poor and slender, a
feeble constitution.
j ^ Tan po, denotes Thin, poor,
weak, deficient ; either in plain language or metaphorically.
|
Tan han, Thin and cold, poor and distressed. | ffl
Tan-tiih, Alone, single.
^ | Koo-tan, or^jj^ |
'j Koo.koo tan-tan, Orphan-lia.c, isolated.
| | Tan.
tan, Only ; nothing more than.
|
^ Hing tan
ying chTh, The figure one, and the shadow single.
j|g
M f| 3* IS ~% 1 iT reh WO *hwan8 cbc> ho Ph
tan hing. Blessings never come in pairs; calamities happen not
alone.
j Paou-tan, A paper announcing something.
^ Hwuy-tan, A bill on some one to pay money.
H | Ch'hang inuh tan, A bill, as from a shoj man.
| Hoc iih bin, A list of good* bought or sol*.
K'heen ta. Au account of money owing.

30th Radical.

IX,

K'how Q

| K'hae che ch'hang raiih tan To make out a bill for money
due. j^J | K'hae tan, To make out a bill ^ | Pa tan,
To send a bill.
Jj^ j Show-tan, A receipt. *!j J
Ping tan, A paper, drawn up to be referred to for affording
proof on a given subject.
j E-tan, A paper drawn
up after mutual deliberation; an agreement.
J E-tan,
A paper containing an arrangement made from liberal or
charitable motives.
Jjjfc ^ Kwei sh'.n che
tse tan. The sacrifices to the gods are simple. |rj '0^ jjjj^ J^J
Wei wtishay sze tan ch'hiib le,.But in affairs
ofthe gods all (or they entirely) go out of the village. (Lc-king.)
Jtj | ^ jjjfj.
Nae tan wan Uoo Uh, But exhaust (or
carry to the utmost) the virtues of the ancestor Wan-wang.
(Shoo-king.)
^ ^ 1 jf- Pe urh tan how. To cante
you to be entirely faithful or possessed ofconsummate integrity.
(She-king.) _6L
| K'he keun san tan, Their armies
wer* three only, no excess.
j ^ jjjj? j ZJS 7^
Ilea Yu, n&ng tan p'hing shwiiy 1 1100, Yu (the repairer ofthe
Deluge who lived during the Dynasty Hea), was able to reduce
to a level the waters and the land.
j ^ Sheu-foo, The
name ofa city.
The same as ^Pun, see below.

PEEN.
To give aturn to the tongue or mouth and call out
P^r^ The original form of

How.

01. Scrib. fjf? Yen, see Rad. p Yen.

pj)rj* TSE W. Original form of B$ Tsew.

O^^HWUH. Sound; noise.

^
J
Ancient form of ^ ShS, see below.

P K'how.

X.

416

30th Radical.

Ancient form of | Ke,seeRad.JP|lTBaou

Saou, and Pj Sao*. Read alio Ti'haou in the tense of

Ts'haou, To pound the huik off rice. The inrtrument for do
ing it if expretted bj ^ Ch'ba.

Ancient form of ^ Kow.

CHUY. -Appearance of the mouth being filled.

^3 Ancient form of B|j Wei, see above.

KOO. ,

[ K'HEEN.

The diieased demon or apirit ofa little

Al. Scr

DeUght, joy, to take delight in.

1/ K'heen K'heen, The appearance ofjoy and rejoicingPg| I

child. The name of a certain temple.

YTJH Tk.wounA of tW.tKTO.tlo^uUvycol
Pjj^^_ Same as Jj^ 1Keac, A limit or boundary
110, orHBh.

S.C.
|b|"

CH'HE.

R. H.

To jeat; to laugh. Ch'hc ch'he, The sound of paper (earing.

This character ii not inserted in Kang-he.

of ejecting from the mouth, or Tomiting.

The ap
T^fjart.

[jj^ Pjjj) Gow-ylh, To Tomit. Same at

YTh.

Charactersformed by Ten Strokes.

D/fl? TE.

The original form of P$ Te.

The original form of |J| Sang.

To mourn; mourning. From JJJ! R'hilh, To weep, and T*"T
Wang, Lo>t or perished.

To cry out jfe ^* || (jfe $f TtB ttew mei te

chwang, Axumrd sorrowful eye-brows and a crying i
j^j Al. Scrib. $ Twan, To cut asunder,

MV*? FOW.

Breath, vapour or air blown.

and J^L Hwuy, The end of an Axle.

CHIN.

Alarmed; apprehensive.
YAOU.

S. C.

To be joyful ; pleated ; lo rejoice.

SAOU.

s. c.
VUtSZi SUN.

tree. The tinging or chirping of a multitude of birds. The

found of many Toice*. Vulyary. hut erroneously written pj*

W,l'r boiling or bubbling forth.

To tpurt water forth form the mouth, at upon cloth t

damp and aflerwardf smooth it with an i

30th Radical.

417

W A.

A little child crying.

ps. nb.

tip:

K'how Q

voice spoiled i the breath rebelling, or riling; lobbing. In the

tale
Tioo, it ezpreiaed the sound of extreme grief and
weeping without crying aloud, the throat being already dry.

Same as jljjjj Tsze, see above.

To feel ao aversion to, or to reject food.

X.

HEW. To smell; to distinguish odours.

It is rather curiously expressed in Chinese, j^J
jjgj
Pjj| E pe tsew hew, With the nose to approach smells.
J?- W
E pe lKU k he' To teke air* with the now'
YX Jf|L ^ ^ E Pc shin k'he, By the nose to judge, or try,

HS-hiS, Stem, teTere, cruel appearance i hanh, item, lood

voice. Some of the Dictionaries define it mere Sound or noise.
One says, Jo; and rejoicing! distressingly not. Read Heaou,
To call to; the aound of a pipe or reed. Pjgj
Heaon-yu,
To call out aloud I clamour. Read Heaou, Great aQkViUd
clamour.

iraeHs.
JJ
^ || e pe peen k'he. To distinguish
airsb, the no*.
J fll)
A
HH Q
^pv 2. "cw cne' t,ln ahe ji kwan sing san jih urh pub
e, To smell it would cause a person to keep madly awake for
three days incessantly.
-1 ffjjj ^ Saa hew urh tsB,
Swelled thrice and arose. (Lun-ju.)

YANG.

Sound; noise.

OCT
NQ, or Nan.

Pjjpj HAN. Thtfchia. Al. Scrib. |g Han.

. To expel pestilence or demoniacal influence. The same

as |g No; defined by g ^ jfc Choo yrh yay, To put
away a plague or pestilence.
gB yay, To expel malignant evil.

RUNG. The same as ^ Hung.

'V^r
0
TAN.

The common form of fj Chang.

Sound; noise.

%\

TS'HEANG.

Vfg P'HE.

A bird eating; a simple or silly appearance. Read Tsing.

Ts&ng bang, A foolish frightened appearance.

The found of angry reprimand ; booting at angrily.

KOW.

The \ecUing or crowing of a fowl.

The voice broken as by hoarseness.

An alteration of the voice.
% J- $ Q ^ jfjj
IS T Wi fP ^ M
Laon Uze' cbunS Tlh haou nrn
jih piih aha, ho che che yay, 1 Laou-Uze (the founder of the
sect Taou) called alond the whole day witsout his throat
being hoarse; the greatest possible harmony' of all the parti
f bit constitution is hereby manifested. Read Yae. The
vol. I.
SP

A confused noise; aloud voice or sound, p^fj 1^ Tcw-kow,

The cry of a stag.
J]|| j Ch'hang-kow, To sing or call out
SlH,orStrth.

From ^ Lae, To come, and jgj Lin, A granary. What

ever comes or is brought, is stored up in the granary bj

Q K"how.

X.

30th Radical.

418

husbandmen, and therefore they are called ^ ^ Sih-foo.

Jj^f J Show-slh, To gather in the harvest.
Desirous of accumulating; covetous ; avaricious; sparing;
parsimonious ; frugal. A surname.
J ^
Slh-fooshe, Officers who superintended the affairs of seed-time and1
harvest.
1 chejin . thn
raBjooslh, In regulating the affairs of men, heaven esteems
nothing so good as frugality/. (Taou-tlh-king.) ^ |
Lin-slh, or^tf? j K'heen-slh, Sparing, frugal; parsimonious,
avaricious. ' j = Slh-ycn, Sparing of words. Occurs
In the sense of|j Slh. ^ \ ffi !^ J cbo j'n
ch'huh seay sTh, The master went forth to give thanks for the
harvest
j % J| fj jfc jj] Slh ch.y, nunglelh
che ching kung, Harvest is a meritorious work effected by the
exertions of the husbandmen. J] ] LeTh-slh, To exert
one's self in cultivating the ground.

HEfe.

To inspire, and to close the mouth.

Yu k'how ch'hang nrh puh nang

Wit, My mouth is open wide, and I am unable to inspire or
to dose it. To yawn.
| 1$ # P $ A He
hth, e k'how kung plh jin, ' He-hlh, is, by the mouth or
words to intimidate and press people vehemently.'
An erroneous form of Pj3 T'han.

NANG.

^ H fa To yen yay, Much talk.

>^ YUNG.
Pl|j (Kjy Cbu ng-y iing, Desirous ofvomiting. Some writr|)j|| Yung

YUNG. Same as Kg Yung, The voice of a bird.

MYiH

HI

&

"k

TSAOU.
PjpL ^ Tsaou-laou, appearance of solitude; stillness, quiet.
Wfc. TS'HEIH.
fjjjfc

Tsew ts'helh, Sound i voice ; noise.

soo.

The craw or crop of a bird. A certaii

star. The first sense is thus expressed, ^ ^ ^/^l/^

Neaou show sMh che ch'hoo, The place m which a bird
receives its food.

The second form of the Seal Character, issaid to represent the

Mouth and the Veins of the neck. The breath or voice stopped,
by grief; to sob. A conlractionof, or a painin, the throat The
throat
gj(f i$ \ ^f^XL Ch hu* k6en ch''h
ylh puh yung leTh, In swallowing rice conge, the throat would
not admit a single grain.
]s | Hea ylh, To pass down the
throat Pfi jg P|[ Puh slh ylh, ' Not roughen the throat.
| ^ J Yth puh sha, The throat not hoarse. Head
Yiih.and repeated, To imitate the sound of vehement laughter.
$C^s. 1 1 Ts'helh seaou ydh yuh, Vehement laughing,
(with a noise like) Yuh-yiib.
SO.

To suck.

Al.Scrib.|fcS5.

MA'

VuIBr iorm f M Ma- To rail, to scold.

HUNG, or Hung.
IH PJf^ Lo-hung, To sing songs ; the name of a song, or
clas, of songs.
J? A W PJI | ft T hang jin yew
lo-hung keuh, The men of T'bang have Lo-hung songa. The
words also occur applied to a ^ Low, Gallery or upper room.

PJ fl Ma-l,ew.Tthatterortalk much, with wine in one s

nwxlMa, in Canton, in used for the European measure
of length, calltd a Yard. It is also an interrogative termination

30th Radical.

419
ia conversation, and in colloquial booki.
^
H A. fll) ^fe
1 Chay le 'he ne ma
te,B te"fanS
ma, It this a place for you lo rail at, or abuse people, eh?
T^r$V CH'HA. A tone used in speech or song.
Modern songs contain this character ; it is not found in Luh-shoo.

X.

K'how Q

T'HEEN, orCh'hin.
A fulness ofbreath, or sound ; sound ; noise. An angry noise
or sound; in a rage. Originally written ^ Chin. A I. Scrib.
gy| Chin, and Sj. Chin. The pronunciation T'he'en prevailed
till the time of T'hang. It is used in modern times for |
Ching-hecn, Anger, or dislike.

HEA, orHae.
t^oST JO,

Formerly read Niih.

To open the mouth very wide ; to gape. One says Sound, noise.
HO, or K5.

fcjj^

A tribe of the <fjijj

Heung-noo or Tartars, mentioned in the
timeofthe
}H Ts heen Han, (former Han.)
tf|
ChtS-jo; The appearance of commiseration or pity.

Pgr pj[She-ho, Name of one of the^N Jlwt.orioca in the

Jjjt jjg; Ylh-king. RepreseriU, it is said, SmtKnv3omk.l
in the mouth, which being eaten, the mouth c! ret . ZHrc in
miscellaneous lots, She-hO denotes Eating; in tnose of the
regular series or order, HO, denotes, To close or unite.
HC, further signifies Verbosity ; loquacity. "J J . KO-kfi,
or read KeS-kea' , Speech, words, conversation. Read Hei, |
$}i HeS-jen, The noise or sound of laughing.

YAOU.

HUNG.
The peopl in a market, the noise or voices of a multitude.
HO.

1^ T'HO, orT'ha.

To call to ; to call out.

Sound; noise.

pg: ^ T h.-jeD, To
|I^I^SUH, or Shiih. A laughing appearance.

forget; appearanee of freeing one s self from; ridding one's

self of care. Read T, To take with the tongue; lo lick.
Read, Sowi The noise of driving away birds.
SANG.

The throat Vulgarly, A.riinniog at the

P^^l* \V A,

note of a diseased horse it called Sang.

ttf^V HEAOU.

The sound or noise of drinking

n
Vj KE.

P|U Ke-ke, Sound, voice, noise,

The vulgar form of ffi. Heaou, Elegant, harmonious, good.

PAE.
flj^fr SAOU.

The tame as^Saou, Clamour, noise.

To separate, to distinguish. Read Pie, To rive or split asunder.

1*4* CH'HOW.
pang.
^ P "t!L GB k'B0W Jay> A vicious month.

tij^ S. c.

To sing in concord. One say s, To boot, or speak to angrily.

P K'how.

X.

30th Radical.

To backbite or to revile.
j^f &jj |
yu yay, A kind ofsinging and dancing.

420
0 woo, pang

P@L WOO,orW&o.
Js^ ftp. Woc-hoo, To ligh i to lament i Alu I
| 1
If. Q ^ Ko hoo, woo woo kwae urh mtih
cbay, 'Calling out in song, Woo-woo, delighting the ear and
the eye.
Pj^ j -woo, To ihed lean.
P*5, or P ho.
To gnaw j to eat. Jl^
gnawing, or chewing.
TSEU.

S. C.
PB tselh, The appearance of

An angry hooting tone.

the phrase, j jjj^ K'heen jang, Humble, yielding, re.

tiring, ^ K'heen, is generally used.
Jjjjf ^ J
Ta lecn poh k'heen, Where there is great abundance, there
is not room for the manifestation of a yielding temper. This
sentence is taken from jttj 3* Chwang-tsze, A very mysterious
and obcure writer. A sheep with four horns is said to be
denominated | Heen. Read K'hgg, To be filled i satisfied,
delighted i full of self; presuming.
1 "J1 $f
M ^ ^ K'how k'hee' yu tsow kwan, laou-le, cbe
we, The mouth filled, or satisfied with the taste of vegetable
substances, and of generous wine.
| $ ffjj
j^f
3T K'hei Jen urh chungjlh ptih yen. Being satiated or filled.
Ft
and remaining a whole dag without speaking.
~J\
P^T^
1 jufe'"'1*6" he*
m'n we Jew ^ he* cl>e.
The hep.lr of the Empire do not possess presumptuous selffrrffiotnr mnUa. The books written in the time of Han, in
this quotation used IS K'heC

Read NS, pgj t^ChS-n*, The chattering of a mean penen.

X*}h SHE
Pfe

|l

"fe

THANG.

pjpj
T'hung:fhang, Great talking i wide, impertinent,
not to the point
K'HEEN.
A kind of pouch below the chin, in which it is said, a spe
cies ofmonkey stores it's food. Used in the sense of
Keen,
What is inadequate; a deficiency, a failure. B^f j ^
K'heen k'heen che tlh, A very small depree of virtue. Read
Been, The crop or craw of a bird; the first ttomach of an
animal. Having lomething contained In the mouth.
| ^
3^ -t Neaou *"ien J0"*
^ ,D,nE> Tne
birds having flesh in their mouths fly upon it. Some write
[||J Heen. Occuri used for
IU n , To hate, to dislike.
|
Sin been, che. Hated him in his heart |^
|fjj ^ j
Chow che, urh woo keen yu pe. Smelted
it, and shewed no dislike with the nose.
|
Shlh tsiu yu been, To.eatup entirely is called Heen. Read
K'heen in the sense of
KJheen, Humble ; retiring.
I
K'heen 4uy, Humbly withdrew; or stepped back. In

To take high pleasure in ; to have a great relish for ; to

desire ardently. To indulge the animal appetites ; to lust after.
^
rtf 3-. tfis SneJ he cne yy Sne " to <,e',re tod
to take pleasure in a thing. (ShwO-wln.)
| yjjjj ^
She tsew slh. To be addicted to wine and debauchery.
85 1 fi""*0 **ew> yi>i To delight In wine, and be exces
sively atuched to music. (Shoo-king.) ^ ^ |!g
|^
| $f Kwang k'he k'he shlh, kin k'be she haou, To
enlarge his capacity fi.r knowledge, and to regulate bis desires.
ffl I rtfc & ^^|^Shinahe,in.h.h,.hekeun
show k'haou, The divinity delighting in the libations and
oblations, caused the Prince to attain old age. (She-king.)
H PAOU.

To boast ; to talk big.

tfj^fc CHEN.
| Cken-cheo, A silly foolish appearance.
K'HEiH.

To chew, to eat.

30th Radical.

421

PjyT CHA. |l|jj|i|chaoucna,TheToieesofbirds. One

X.

K'how p

KEEN. To eat. To stop speaking. (Tsze-hwuy.)

oji, The confused noise ofchildren's-Toices. To rhyme, read Che.

UNG.
tljl^ HEl^H.

|||pi/i Ung-hwiwg, Noise made by

One says, Hoarse.

a cow ; or by certain insects.

It in defined by
p Pj| {] Ch'huy k'how heiih yay,
Blowing with the mouth (perhaps) hoarsely.
Pq

HAE.

An erroneous form of^Gan, see above.

To Laugh.
TSEAY.

Originally written
KHl.

The crowing of a cock.

m
It seems also used for the Lowing of a cp-

"^^V SHOW,ChoW, or G6w. The name of a place.

|^

j ^fe -fjj^ HT/j^i

^1

yen puh tsiih etsin e,-koo fit tsze shing, e tsze tso yay, ' Tseay,
fo Assist; words being inadequate to express all one's meaning;
this tone is emitted to assist one s self.' j
Tseay
wo hwae jin, ' Alas! 1 cherish thoughts of him,' meaning the
ancient king
"T* Wan-wang. (She-king.)
j
^r^E tseny, ch'hang hel Oh, how abundant! ^| J^. jfo p^J

The tone of sorrow.

Tsze-tseay, A mournful tone. One says, incessant

weeping, j pjj- Tse-yin, Laughing.

V^jl The same as |p Hew, To smell at:

LE1I1.

To sigh i to lament ; painful regret ; a tone or aspiration when

one feels a difficulty in expressing by words, all one's meaning.
Also read Tso and Tseay. Pj| Jjj^ Tseny-tan, or <^ J Tszetseny, To sigh and to lament,

Up An erroneous form of rf^ Nee,see above.

Cm

TSZE.

^ R. H.

Hae, The laughing of a little child.

pg; pjjS Low-leTh, Incessant Ulking.

One Dictionary makes it To take, to seize.

iah
E.-she siu. riuy puh p'hing ; tseay, she k'how che yin ya, keae
shang tan che shing, ' E, is disquietude of mind ; Tseay, is the
(dumbness ofthe mouth) loss of articulate utterance; both are
the tones or sighs of a wounded mind.'
|
|~*^
Tseay ya piih e, Expressed in aspirations ' Unlimited surprise
and admiration.' Read Tseay, same as fjg1 Tseay. P{|{ j
Tfrhtseay, The language of consultation. One $ays is denotes
Pf l$[
^ Ho ke,h che k^"' In the time ' onc
breathing ; or an expiration and an inspiration.
"f^ ^
*f J Ta teth che tso, seem, The moan or sigh of old age.
(Ylh-king.)

LO.

The cream of milk ; which seems expressed

^Y^H, or Wilh.

Hjj|

S. C.

by ^ ^ Joo tseang. The unctuous matter of milk. Origi

nally written
Lo.
YOl. T.

To hem, in order to clear a stoppage of the throat. Jj^ Pj||

SQ

P K'how.

X.

30th Radical.

422

Yuh-yuh, Clearing the throat before playing on an instrument

One says, The appearance of expectorating and drinking.
JHF ft
1 t iffi 3! & T,~n* *ta* ,Een 1<ih
yuh urh le k'he, About to blow (a reed or pipe) firit clear the
throat and adjust the breath. Occursai forming part of a proper

jBj Tize how, puh Uh jing jen joo tsze, Hereafter it must
not continue thus.
CHE.
R^p ^ |Hj|
laughed at him.

PGI WAN.

A laughing appearance.
"ha jin eke ehe, His contemporaries

To vomit.

3t
oil , The original form of@; Hwang.
TSO. The noise made by rats or mice.
|X HUH.
t
**$|tsze.

Jgj}

f\

Noise made in vomiting.

|Q

From jfj] Tslh, A record, and Mouth. A mouth "to read

the record! of the family in the hall of ancestors,
^jTaze,
Merely gives ound to the character. To auccced i to come
after and keep up, or continue a succession. Children ; grand
children i posterity; descendants. Hereafter. To learn; to
practice. 'A surname. To rhyme, read Tsoo. /L
5&
"jrl* Islj
Pan t,ze aun> ^eae we' DO""Uzr> Children
and grand-children, are all called How-Uze. ^ ] ^ ^
How-tsze tsze sun, Descendants, posterity.
it
J
Woo tsze tsze, No ion to succeed.
^ | Ke-tszc, To
adopt a son.
j -jp* Tsze tsze, An adopted ion.
^ j
Wo yew ylh tsze tsze, I hare an adopted
son.
J TseuS tsze, To exterminate a family.
Hi ~f ^ ^ 1 shunj<",eyn Hh fiih tsze, Shun (the an.
cient king) resigned the throne to virtue, because his-own virtue
did not descend to hii posterity. (Shocking.)
During the
ancient kings Yaou and Shun,
i^j ^ ^ ^
jt FH fuh keth tsze ; shang-yen yu she. ' Punish
ments were not extended from fathers to- their children;
but rewards were diffused through the, world;' for,
X $ YukhashUpuhkoo,
ning shlh piih king. Rather than slay the innocent, better
lose what is right (Shoo-kihg.)
ft ^ Q If.
'f* |
Tsung wo puh wang, tsze ning pbh tsze yin,
Should I not go, (the speaker is a female) lie had better not
practice muric (She-king.)
] ^ ^ f| $f
$

Vulgar form of j^Seaou, To laugh.

pa
JJ^jQ^ Ancient form of S Ning, Confusion.

P jr. E. The sound of anger, or indignation.

Hjj^J

or T5- The m01"1011 of the moulh.

P'HE

Pjg P'he-ne, A mouthing appearance.

Ancient form of jJ Shang,

^j^fT Ancient form of

KEUN.

ijji^ POO.

Tsoo, Going to the tomb.

Same as % Keun, A flock

Strong; unwearied.

30th Radical.

423

LE.

XI.

K'how P

Unceasing talk.

ELEVEN STROKES.
Ancient form of jf? Sing, see Rad. |EJ Jffi.
Same as pjb P'helh, see under 5 strokes.

Lien-low, Much talk;

LEEN.
l^j^Erroneous form of^ Ke5, Loud laughter
loquacity. Originally written

Leen.

Same aslUjl Tsuy, see under 12 strokes.

TSUY, orChuy.

GAOU.

S. C.

A general lamentation ; found of sighing and mourning.

gaou ming te, Assembled together in a crowded manner made a
confuted lamentation. Al. Scrib. R|jjj Gaou.^
@t
"tli Gaou ,**ou PUD twaa 8hino 7"7> Gaou-Uaou, an
interminable incessant noise.
^ P ] ] Chung k'how
gaou gaou, Ever) raoutb U clamouring to be supplied. ^
P | Kea k'how gaou, Toe family has nothing to eat
^
1 $f ^ Ga" Ba0U tM P' A" iufaut ' crJ'ngoul> wailing

To pucker or purse up tbe month. An ugly mouth. To

sip and drink.
p|| ^jj ^ 5jij Tsuy tsew cho ko, To
tipple vine and deal out songs. Read Suy, To present or
offer songs. One says, j /^fj Tsuy tuy, denotes The
motion of the mouth. Tsze-hwuy, and some other Diction
aries teem to use it erroneously for ^ Tsuy, The appearance
ofa lofty hill or i
HO.

To eat.

The same as $$U6, or Tho, which is by some written B^- H8

to rjck.*
PffrK CHAY.
Same as the preceding.

MM^MZl^^ 1 HunSJineyfei,gae
ming gaou gaou, The bird* Hung-ying in flying, cry. out
mournfully, Gaou-gaou.
|f^J

TSEO.

m s. c.

R. H.
To screens to hide. The appearance of much talking;
great loquacity.
gfe ^,
^ Lo chay, to yen yay,
Lo-chay denotes Many words. Read Choo, Unimportant,
or impertinent talk. Sha-muh rejects the latter definitions
as erroneous additions - of people in subsequent ages, who
mistook the word, from it's having p K'how, Mouth in it's

To chew, to gnaw.
composition.

Original written A TseS. Syn. with pj| Tieaou.

m s. e.
pi/j HUNG, or T hung.
Much talk; Verbosity. A loud voice or noise. Sound of
ringing. ^
|j| ^ tj Ta ko wei che t'hung, Loud
singing is denominated T'huug,

Stillness i quiet; silence; rest |kj| JgJ Mo-tselh, or

inverted, Tselh mo, Silence; stillness. Read Mlb, in the
same sense, "J 1
'M. |j| Mlh-raTh pah tlh yu, Silent,
having no opportunity to converse.
T^T Jj^p -jjj)- ]

P K'how

XI.

30th Radical.

4^4

|ffi jfj) ^ ^ Ke gae ,lle. minS Mfi-Uelh, mlh urh woo

shing, In the time of mourning, perfect stillness or lilence
: enjoined.

SIN.

The name of a certain star.

An erroneous form of ^ Ts'han, See under the Radical

MOO. Ancient form of^Moo, Toarrange apian.

Mow.
V^fZ* Te.

Same as ^| Te, see under 1 5 str.

R. ti.

SOW.

K' H AN G . tf| |gjf K hang-k-Mh, Sound ;

To cough up phlegm; to cleanse the mouth.

K'hlh-sow, To cough ; coughing.
^j* j \^
Tung ahe yew low ; ihang k'he tselh, In the winter (he)
hai > cough, which il a disease in -which the breath rises up.
Chlh keen, Selh-jin sow Icaou leang shing, 4'hoo ch'hiih yTh
k'how t'han lae, Particularly observed Selh-jin, having coughed
twice, vomited out a mouthful of phlegm. ^ ] ttL ^
K'hlb-sow, t'hoo t'han, To cough and spit out phlegm. Al.
ScribSow' 0r'g,na"j wriUen ^ Sow. Read S8, To

TStH, orChlh.
The tone of angry reprehension, or hooting at:
TSLIH.
Tsuh-tszc, To be ashamed ; to feel ashamed; shame.

suck.

u
TS1H.
SOW.

ft

The noise of haste or hurry.

*
The vulgar form of pjjjjj T*Th. (Sha-rouh.)

^ ^ ^ She keucn s'.iing. The sound of the voice

insetting on a dog. To urge or set on a dog. A local word.
' Sow-tseu, Denotes the same. Al. Scrib. IJji- Sow.

T'HAN.

S. C.

Sound; noise; the noise of mony persons eating and drink

ing.
| % |g Yew t'han khe ylh, All ate and
drank with a confused noise their field provisons. (Shc-kiug.)

P^TSA,

orT*

v^R..

Shame; grief; sorrow.

^ |Jjj Woo-tsuh, What the
heart dislikes; is grieved for, or ashamed of.
] jj^Tsubtsze, To be ashamed ; to feel ashamed.
|^ J Pin-tstih,
A grieved and sorrowful appearance.
KEAOU.

s. c.

SI!
Same as 5$; Sow, see above.

< SHWE, or Tseue\

S. C.

4 small draught; to drink a small quantity ; to sip. Also

read Lciih, and Seiih, Voice or sound. Read Tsuy or Shwuy,
".To taste.

Prom jjj] Tslh, A multitude of mouths, and JJ Kew, To

entwine about. This part if only to give sound. Aloud
voice or noise ; calling out aloud. A certain large kind
of bell.
Q X B
^ Chaou-kung keaou
jen urh k'hiih, ' Chaou:Kung cried out aloud and wept.' In
this quotation modern editions write \^ Keaou. ^ it
kung ke s&ng, peen k'he wuh, yay hoo tan, e keaou .pTh

30th Radical.

4^5
kwan, Those who (at great sacrices) (uperinU'Dd the fowls and
other victims, who distinguish and arrange the various thing!
during the night, cull out for the morning, to arouse or
all the officers. (Chow-le.)

XI.

Know Q

f^ S] ^ '^t1 ^ j Ne ',e **unE ming tcThjin, tsewkran

tszc kc kwan sin keae yew, ho peth tsB, Sze-ma-new che t'han.
You are an intelligent person, and you ought to enlarge your
heart and dispel your sorrows j what occasion is there to imitate
the sighs of Sze-ma-uew ?' Sze-ma-new, is a person mentioned
in the Lun-yu, who seems to have cherished a melancholy

CH'HUNG. The appearance of eating.

s. c.

KEAOU.

To call or roar out ; to make a clamorous noiie. jjjj^

Kcaou-yang, The name ofan animal. Syn. with pJj- Keaou, To
call.
| ] Shing keaou-keaou, The sound was loud and
clamorous,
| f^/j^^ jjj K'hwang-foo keaon
hoo yu tung yap, The madman roared out from the eastern
bank.
fl* |
Shan ch huh keaon yang, The hill
produces (the animal) Keaou-yang.
| ^Keueukeaoujang, To entrap, or take in a net, the Keaou-yang.
r^j]j^aJLlNG.

state of mind.
& Jg
| - D %
Tso sze, yew seang, t'ban ylh k'how k'he taou, On the left
thinking, on the right considering, he sighed out a mouth
ful ofbreath and said. |K it |
K'hae k'he than e.
Sighed out his lamentation. (She-king.) j ^ T'han seen,
Of |^ j Tsan t'han, To utter aspirations of praise.

SHAN.

To hold a thing in the mouth.

P f^l Sfc $9 "ffi* K how hen shan w"h ,sy' The mouth
containing something in H. Otherwise expressed thu:,
|
^ P
Han han wi,h laek'how chun5' ConUining
or holding a thing in the mouth. Read Ts'han, Sound or noise.

A ringing or tinkling sound in the ear.

fslZ K'HO.

To sigh ; to lament. Vffi it [ ^ K'hae k'he t'ban e, To

lament and light or, sighed out his lamentation.
j^j
^ ffi
1 & tfc E k,he Jew 10 ,dh k*h*eJen
The mind and feeling baring something accumulated, (or
dwelling heavily upon tbem) sighed.
THAN.

The same as
T'hun, and
blow with the breath softly.
LO.

3B

'Thun. Read KwB, to

Lo-to, The appearance of a

hanging Hp, the lip hanging down.

TSAOU.

A sighing sound t to sigh. One says, Along breathing.

According to Sha-miih, whether to express grief or admiration
and praise.
Tscay t'han, Lamentation and sighing,
^t 1 f$L
^"""R tnan ,hwis taoa' ^'tn "long 'gh said.
| ' |J ^ T'han yHi k'how k'he, ' Sighed out a mouth
ful of breath.' i. e. to heave a sigh.
J
^
T'ban selh ylh fan, Sighed and lamented awhile. 4jEE
j
Woo yung t'han. Not perpetual (or eternal) sighing, ^"'j; ^

The noise of striking.

Noise ; clamour. %L D ^

^ Chung k'how tsaou tsa, The confused mi xed noise and

clamour of a great many different voices*
A ^ 1 fill
Jin to taaou naou, A great many people making a noise and
clamour. There are several expressions which denote the same,
as [J|jj| | ti ou-tsaou; p"Jf ] Heuen- tsaou ;
\lp
Heuenehaou, j |J^f Tsaou-gB, all express Clamour, noise,
outcry, vociferation.
j ]
J$k Tsaou tsaou tsa tsa,
Noise and confusion.
^
] ^ Tscw t,,h
suy, The din and clatter of troublesome loquacity.

P K'how.

XI.

LAO If.

30th Radical.

426

^ p* Laou-tsaou, Noise; clamour;

vociferation. To clamour i to vociferate.

ie chay che hwlln plh. They all are means by which to felicitate
the souls of those who have died well.
j ||g Kea-king,
The Imperial title, or Kwo^haou of the reigning Emperor of
China, A. D. 1817. To. rhyme, read Ko.
"JJ= Same as 1$ Hoo, To call to.

from
Choo, A band of Music standing up, and ^jp Kea,
To add or -to increase. Good) excellent; to commend { to
praise; to be pleated i to make happy. The name of a fig Been
district, and also ofa ^|>j Cbow. A surname. Some Ancient
Dictionaries read it, K'hea and Ilea.
J]|L f= Kea-yu,
A certain kind of fish, said to be of excellent quality. j jjg
Kea le, The excellent ceremony, nix. the marriage ceremony.
^ | Faou-kea, To commend ; to praise.
Pj" | K'-ho
kea, Worthy of praise.
| ^ Kea p'h'mg, is the name
given to an annual sacrifice offeredto all the gods, after the
Winter Solstice. It is said. ^t.^^H^fl|i^B^
Tung-che how saa seiih. la tte plh shin yay, Three
(portions of time called) Seiih, after the winter solstice, the L&
sacrifice is offered to a hundred (all) the gods. (ShwS-w&n.)
The word LS, was about 200 years B. C. changed to Kea-p'hing.
Yang tie yu wei che kea, koo hwiin.le wei kea-le. The .period of
conjunction of the Yin and the Yang is denominated Kea, hence
the marriage ceremony becomes the Kea Ceremony. (Sha-muh.)
1 ^aTKea e, An excellent thought, a praise-worthy intention.
iTr* fflt 75
1 T] 2 it u mow ne *. ^ >
peitselh, What I encourage is virtue ; what I -praise is great
merit.
;g" ] & .(jf Hing chay, kea che hwuy
yay, HSng (the third character used in the lots of the YTh-king)
denotes a general assemblage of excellencies. (Ylh-king.)
] iM
M H E ke" Ie t,'hin wan min. *J "
excellent ceremony (viz. marriage) to unite in bonds ofrelatioi .hip all the people.
ffi^MMffiM'tf ]
Kaou tsing hnwe shoo sh&k'ho kea, Elevated kind feeling, and
a generous sense of propriety are exceedingly worthy of.praise.
^ j
Chun shing kea Icang, TheJine is ao ex
cellent measure. ^ | ^| ^Ekeahw&nplh.'Toinake
happy departed spirits.' is an expression used in the Le-king,
.when speaking of various offerings. The Commentator says,

YAE.

Pj|| | Yae-yae, A dog snarling and

seeming to wish to bite. Al. Scrib. ^Jj- Yin or Yae.

HEAOU.
To fight or wrangle ; the noise of quarreling.
or Che. To utter opprobrious language.
f P|}| 9hi! tub, To vomit forth angry or virulent speeches.
Read Te, | P[j| TeC-tdh, Incoherent ribaldry , in Chinese
expressed by |S
^ -(flYu woo tse* yay, Talk without
rule, or limit.
UW
ATS

PHEAOU.

s. c.

Having no rule, measure or limits irregular. The appearance

ofbeing blown rapidly. A carriage running with an immoderate
degree of swiftness. || ft ft
$ g^. |g
fijt ffl M 41 & ^ ^ Fei funS P'neu efci chay
p'heaou he ; koo chen Chow taou, chungsin teaou he, The gale
does not agitate; the carriage does not toss and disquiet; but
An attention to the (ruinous) ways of the Chow family, distresses
the inmost soul.
J ^ ^&
ffi P'heaou-yaou,
piih gan che maou, P'heaou-yaou, a disquieted appearance.
| J|j^ P'heaou-chang, Singing loose or licentious songs.
LOW. Loquacity, verbosity. Pjj| B^Leen-Iow,
Appearance of troub lesomness; troublesome.
Low-lee', The voice of a bird.

30th Radical.

427

KEA, or
J KeB keS, The voice of a bird, or of birds,

sound of hounding on a dog. Vulgarly written ^ Sow.

Tpgf YEN, or Yin.

\tfB

A loud laugh.

CHAOU.

K'how Q

it is to be observed with peculiar honors. The Tartar Kings

and Princes present idols of Buddah and pray for the Emperor's
felicity. His Majesty has declined receiving the idols, because
he has so many already ; but desires, that in lieu of giving the
idols, they will repair his temples, which he says, in the
words just quoted, will equally shew their sincere desire to
supplicate the bestowment of happiness upon him. (Peking
Gazette,
jjg j $ * A g ft
*
Chuh kea no kan ylh k'he chang, koo she wei ta kea,
In supplicating blessings do not dare to alter constant usage;
this is denominated a great blessing, or happiness. (Le-king.)
1 H $L A tit Kea' ch'hane W '* W> ' Kea- of ,onE
duration, great and vast,' referring to blessings. (Le-king.)

The noise, or sound of the voices of a maltitude of persons.

HEAE.
A laughing appearance.
PI
The noise of laughing. Read HeTh, denotes the same.

XI.

SE^H.

Pff Selh, or repeated Selh-solh, The

sound of enduring or suffering cold. The cry, or exclamation

of a person who suffers from cold.
KO.

; Hea-kB, The throat

CHWA.
A vicious month ; vicious or opprobrious huigaage.

a
m
^ it KK JU ho e t hune
jin e, e pelh yew woo, The sense of K5 and Hoo is the
4
same, the sound (or pronunciation) is different; there is a
suspicion that there must be some error.

From "jfjj* Koo, Ancient, and ^ Twan, giving sound.

P'HE.

% ,

P*e-e, Appearance oi the

Great; great and remote; firm; stable; happy; blessed; pro

pitious. To rhyme, read Koo.
Jfc ^Jj Jj ^
Fan wiih chwang ta, wei che kea, Every thing of a large
figure is called Kea.
^ J]|^ Kung-chilh, are the prayers,
or incantations offered up before the P She, (effigy of a

departed ancestor or an idol), and

^
|g |J J
Choo jio show fuh yu< kea, The lord or master (of the house)
receiving blessings is called Kea.
$| g f|| ^ ^*
Shun ffih urh chang e, Pure (or great) happiness ;may you
long enjoy it. (She-king.) jfj ] Chuh kea, To supplicate
blessings.
jjl | i
Chilh ke* *he ,hin' The
sincere desire or wish to supplicate blessings. The reigning
Emperor, Kea-king, will reach his 60thyearinA. D. 1819, in
; of that age being the complete round of one Cycle,

Boasting; talking big; alarm or surprise. Read Keaou,

The crowing of a cock. Read Paou, Bombast ; inflated or
flowery talking, without any reality. Paou-paou, Sound, noise.
Read Leaou or Loou, ^
Leaou-taou, Many words;
verbose. Read Mew, Syn. with =p! Mew. ; ^ lg
s ^ Kwang chay che wang yen yay, The irregular coiifused
talk of a madman.
j" 3
| |
Kwang
chay k'he che heaou heaou jen, A madman's ideas and language
are inflated and extravagant. (Mang-tsze.)

mouth, or a mouthing appearance.

HEAOU.

P K'how.

XI.

30th Radical.

4.8
hwuy jen, Concord or harmony ofsound, either from the voice,
or from an instrument. SjB. with |fe Hwuy, and |Hf? Hwuy.

HOO.
4
To cry out aloud ; to call. A surname. Read H6o, To
speak to in an angry intuiting manner, otherwise expressed by
pjlj |$ Tuh-ts'huy. -|^-S|f

K'HIN.

A sore on the lip.

V]&} GOW, or lieu.

^ ^ Ylh tan ahib, yTh tow kSng, tlh che, Kfh sang, fiih tth
tslh sze, hoo urb, urh yu che, hing taou che jin Tub show,
A bowl of rice, a basin of soup, to obtain which is life, and not
to obtain which it death : if they be given in an aogry insulting
manner, a wayfaring man will not receive them. (Ming-tsze.)
For there are feelings, he tayt, which people regard more than
life or death, p I K'how hoo, To roar out with the mouth.
Syn. with [Jji Hoo. Occurs in the sense ofjj^, Hoo, The name
of. rWer. A # \ & J# $ M t
" h
tan. e keaou plh kwan. The fowl-men (keepers of the victims)
at night call out for, or bail the morning to arouse or summons
all the officers.
TSEE\ orTse. Smalltalk.
Conversing in a low voice, or with levity; sound. According
to one, Correct, proper speech. Read Ch'ha, A alight low tound.
VF*lT*l
U
r*|0V| KWO.

p m j K'how kwB kwB, Month

vJ
chattering ; troublesome and incommoding loquacity.
Scrib. Pjj Kwuh.

R. H.

To be pleased; to sing ; the prattle of children. The name of

a river. Rtad Heu, To use pleasing language, to tooth to
commiserate. Read Ch'hoo, An angry voice. Head Gow, To
vomit. Read Heu, To vomit.
ffe Pj| $L ^ % ffl
j|if $f fp til ""-S0" Ju >'in6 urh "^'E J,nS. hoo yu yay,
Ne-gowiswilh children responding in alternate harm mious lan
guage ; hence, PJ ] ^ Ne-gow che, Sooth and soften him.
1 / 111" "ffit Gow-gow he JaJi Gow-gow denote* joy.
$k \
4^ K "w t*a cnunE' t
m tne m'd,t f
the road.
j pjfc Clow fhoo, To vomit.
^ ~f\ PQ
%\ETMM 1 ft ^Wehoay-cW.
t'hoo che i e hea yen chny, gow clrhiih che, That which has
not passed down the throat, spit it oat; that which is already
swallowed, vomit it up.
& jjE ] j Yen yuheu-heu,
Language toothing and condoling, or commiserating. j pjjjj
'fP tffc ^ "" yu 1,0 J"e maou' Heu >u denote*. Concord
and satisfaction; cordiality and being well pleased.
j
Pjj^ *^ ^ Heu-yu show che, Received him, or it, withcordiality and pleature.

Al.
HEAOU.
Same at ^ T'heaou, To call to, and endeavour to seduce.

HWUY.
BEEN.
Small ; delicate i a low soft voice or sound- A rapid, hasty
sound. The harmonious sound of a reed. Clear i bright ; the
name of a star. ^ /J\ P
^ [jj Hwuy, teaou k'how
ming thing yay, * Hwuy, voice or Kuud emitted from a small
mouth, tf.uh-.hoo.)
^flfc^Kffill^ | |
Yuen pe lew sze, rams teaou hwuy hwuy. Amongst yonder
luxuriant willows, the Teaou insect chirps softly. (She-king.)
[ ^ Hwuy-pe, The name of a star,
J | ^ Hwuy

| Heen-heen, Joyful or being

glid; to rejoice i to laugh; laughing. Read K'heen, Same as

Pjfe K'heen, Delight, joy.
TSIH, or Chin.
ir.
3*
To cry out aloud; to roar out ;' a tumultuous mingled noise;
a noise of wrangling.
| Tsih tslh, The inarticulate

429
tones of admiration and surprise. Alio, The noise of quar
relling ; the note of a certain bird. Occurs in a religions
book, in the sense of
Tsing, The natural feelings. ^
'fe "Jj ifii "wa ****
8efermt*) is seated (or must
commence) in the natural feelings. | | Hlh-tslh, To call
out ; to call to.
| f^f ^ g|| Tslh shlh che e, A wrang
ling disputatious consultation. Used in the sense f ^ Tslh,
denoting that which' is Profound nnd obscure. ^ pj ^
1 'fl 1 "ft" ^ *T
& HWDT t'h"nf' naD l*,h' }eW
fan yen, mcVche che jay, When assembled together, the difficult
and abstruse points, after troublesome wrangling and dispu
tation, were not settled, f".fp ffl 1 Yenyu heoenlslh.
Conversation clamorous and disputatious. ] | ^ j||
Tslh tslh ching taou. In a troublesome clamorous manner, said.
THAN.

CHANG.

Gan-t'han, Little taste ; tasteless.

T^T

It is commonly read Chang, and is, in the MS: Diction,

aries, aspirated ; but the Chinese Dictionaries give for the Syl
labic spelling fjj j^She-yang, and
^Shin-yang, which
make. Sh-ang. From ^ Che, The will or intention, and pjjjj
Sbang, giving-joand.
To taste ; to try. Name of an autumnal sacrifice ; a surname.
Forms the past tense of Verbs ; Always; commonly ; applied to
past time. ^ P ^ f|c -f^, Chang k'how she we yay,
Chang, to try the taste with the mouth. ^ <Sjs|
-)f^ Ju*
-J^ Chang, cha we mei g yay, Chang, to examine whether the
taste be good or bad. (Lb h-shoo.) Or more briefly,
K'how wei che. To taste it with the mouth. ^ ith / ^j"
|
Jang k'he tso yew, chang k'he che fow, Took
the food on his right and left, and tried whether it's taste was
good or not. (She-king.) ]
| JL
j Chang
ylh chang k'he we taou; Try it's fciste. ^ | We chang. Not
Jet- iil # lc I 0. M $ $ cb-> * *e
king lelh kwo be, This business is what I have been in the
habit of pulsing through, or being engaged in.
|
yjf^ ^Jj ^ Woo yew chang tsung sze yu ize e, My
friend, always atteuded to affairs iu Ibis way. ^ ||J ^
rot. i.

3s

30th Radical.

XI.

K'how |_j

| ^ E, tslh shaou chang che, Having doubt or suspicion,

then try it a little. "Q" J>^
| Plh kwei.telh chang,
A hundred (all the) spirits tasted the savour of the sacrifices
offered,
^ | ^ Ts'hing she chang che. Pray try it's
taste. | ^fj- |j Chang sin kuh, To offer up in sacrifice the
new (reaped) grain. &
#1 0
Q
^
0 $n
9 Hr T,UI,R me">0 che t*e> h" yu*
Yo, ch'hun yuS Sze, tung yu8 Chin;; tseu yiie1 Chang, In the
hall of ancients, the summer sacrifice is called YS; the spring
sacrifice is called Sze; the winter, Ching; and the autumn,
Chang. Same as Iq. Chang ; some write ^ Chang.
HEU.
To blow; to blow softly with the breath.
^
Cb'huy heu, To blow, with the breath. Figurative y, To

recommend ; to speak in behalf of. These two words are thus

distinguished, ft ^ & fj fX M 9 ^ Ch'hilh k'he
kelh yue ch'huy ; hwan yuehcu, To expel the breath rapidly
is called Ch'huy ; slowly, is called Heu. Again, ^
% 0 pa. j& p tfj % a 1 h h,D 1 ho k>be
yuf ch'huy, heu k'how ch'huh k'he yu8 heu, To purse up the
lips and impel the breath is called Ch'huy ; with an open mouth
to issue forth the breath is railed Heu.
j^j ^ |pj
H H | i(. g P $ 1 Heu heu t hung shing,
tsze pe wei heu, tsze k'how wei heu, ' Heu and Heu, are pro.
nounced the same.; (breath passing) from the nose, is ex
pressed by Heu ; from the mouth, by Heu.'
^ ^ |j
|
j To. wo ch'huy heu, ch'huy heu, 'Employed me
to blow him a little,' i- e. to say a good word for him.
CHA, or Ch'ha.
The appearance of thick lips. The Dictionary Ytth-peen
says, ^ P |^ Hwan k'how maou, Slow mouthed.
FUN.

An angry voice.

AS*
**^J^>T'H0O. Name ofa plantwhich grows in the water.

Q K'how.

Xll.

^"yp^ P'HO.

30th Radical.

A word used in imprecation! or prayers.

01. Scrib. ^ Hoo, see Rad. dr Sze.

430
do carrion.
| ^ Woo ch'hae ch'.h. Do not eat greedily
the roasted meat (Le-kiug.) In the passage from which this is
quoted, there are various rules for behaviour at table, which
indicate great barbarity existing to make such rules necessary.
^^ir4 1 ^Ying-juykoochwae che,' The (flies called)
Ying-juy, together eat them V vix. dead bodies left id the waste
lands before the rites of sepulture were instituted.

T*2EW 01. Scrib. & SIh, see under 10 strokes.

w^jK
CHA.

The same as rift Cha.

The same as I Hwuy, see above.

.US*
Vulgar form of BrJJ P5, To gnaw.

HT 01- Scrib ^ Fow the 170th RadicalPg^ P'HANG.

Py^L. StflH.

Sound; noise.

Sound; noise.
LAOU.

LANG.
Name of a place, occurs in the books of Fiih.

TWELVE STROKES.

f Same as I? Hw&, see Rad. |f Yen.

T^jp^ MAE.

Pj( Pjf Mae-rnae.Thecrjofa.heep.

t^S^NEEN.or Jen.

^ S. C.

The sound of conversation ; which ii alio expressed by [fiji

|^ Ylh neen. One says, To answer i to reply ; to answer in the
affirmative.
~

Noise i clamour. |trjjf

Laou-naou, and | tyj Laoutaou, express the same.
flU A 2Pfc I 1 U# tyj
Na ko jin ban laou laou taou taou, That fellow is very noisy
and clamorous. Read Heaou, In the sense of gjj Heaou, To
call to, or to call out Ching-lsie-t'huug affirms that this is a
vulgar character, to which Sha-muh objects, by saying, that no
other work makes (he same affirmation, and Ching-tsxe-t'hung
produces no proof. Syn. with
Laou.
o
CHA.

CHiH.

The nosse of chewing ; to

To chew; to eat.

vj Hp Po-chlh, The appearance of chewing

One says, To sip or smsnr the mouth with blood in
of a covenant.

CliWAE, or Ch'hae. To eat, to gnaw.

KEIH.

To eat with greediness all at once ; great numbers eating, as flies

Sound; noise.

431

XII.

K'how p

ke tsxe ke, The ancient king ' Chow made Ivory chopsticks,
and Ke-tsze, sighed,' being grieved to witness the introduction'
of luxury. In the sense of Chewing, also read K he.

SEAOU.
The sound of blowing; a hissing, whistling, roaring sound.
To whistle, to roar. Read Seuh, in the same sense, and Syn.
with
SoiSh. Read Ch'hTh, in the sense of fl ChhTh, To
peak in a rough angry tone. ^ p jfjj fj ^ Q *
Tiuh k'how urh ch hiih siting yoe ieaou, To purse up the
month and expel the voice is called Seaou. j j ^
K'he seaou yay ko,' Whistled and sung' to divert the mind from
what vexed it.
5i j Shen seaou, Skilled in whittling.
(She-king.)
J| | j| ^ Ch'hang seaou leang kew,
To whistle aloud for a long time.
J
<^|t
Seaou k 'nanS hwae, neen pe ihlh jin, Whistle
songs and mournfully reflect upon that great personage.
(Sheking.) $ jg ft # |0f ^gA
I** I FISI.fA |BB3l
-J- J3 Ts'heen Han se-fang yew Yin-seaou che kw5, jin
keae shen seaou, ch'hang-foo seaou, win plh le, foo-jinieaou,
wSn woo shlh le. During the former Han, in the western
regions was a state called Yin-seaou, in which all the people
were excellent whistlers; when the men whistled they could
be beard at the distance of a hundred le, and the women at
the distance offifty.

30th Radical.

Vulgar form of J0 Yen.

Same as % Chiih, To bid, to order.

T^^j^HAN. The sound of anger. Al. Scrib. ^ Han.

T'HEE. ' To gnaw; to bite. Same as !* T he*.

HlH, Hw!h, orHw5.

P^'
Hwlh-tslh, To call out, the sound of words, or
conversation.
V?^C YIN.

The meaning is lost.

Tsze-hwtly says, Sound, noise. An erroneous form ofpS Yin.

J" A \H ^ 1 ^ la . ^
CHAOU.

MM % % ? & f- ft Nan-Uie
juh nuy, piih ch'hlh pub che; yay hing e chiih, woo chiih tsth
che, neu-Uze ch'hiih mun, pelh yung-pe k'he me'en ; taou loo
nan-tsze yew yew; neu-tsze yew Uo, A man When he enters
the inner apartment* (where the females are) should not apeak
roughly nor point; at night he should walk with a candle,
if he have no candle he should atop; when a female walks out
be should' veil her face; on the road men take the right side,
and women the left. (Le-king.)
^ tj^
| Lung
yin, hoo seaou. The dragon chaunti tunefully; the tiger roars.

To chew oreat ; to sigh ; to moan. An ugly looking mouth.

# M ik fr I % f" $ Chow wei * cho' nrh

To laugh ; to jest ; to ridicole;

to play and jest with each other

^ Chaon-teaou,

Laughing and joking.

ffc
jj
[ jg |g
Chlh heu yen, urh chaou kwei lung, Took the (insects or
Kurds) Heu and Yen to play with the tortoise and dragon.
1 'ftti $k 'f']
Chaou t'ha ke keu hwa, Ridiculed him
a little. Syn. with ^ Chaou. Some write
Chaou,
*""K'HWEI. To sigh deeply; to ridicule a person.
Read Hwae, To commiserate ; to shew compassion to. In
the first sense, Eyu. with ^ K'hwei. /{, || 4@
5^
''Jl Fa" *en Kan^ '&in"6ie> we' che kwae> I
every case, speaking of compassion or pity to another, it is
expressed by Hwae or Kwei.

P K'how

XII.

TSUY.

432

30th Radical.

The lips.

The beak or bill of a bird ; the mouth ; an aperture. A (pout.

Figuratively, Impudent chattering.
|^ TYhin Uuy.
To join the lips ; to kin.
"J ^> ^j" To Uuy, to
hTh, ' Mnch lip, much tongue,' i.e. to chatter and talk im
pertinently. 4fa
% \ Ne pe'Ih to Uuy, Don't you
be chattering. |g $ f f 1 $
#
y\ ^ Wl SnwUT t*n 10 t,uT. kwan chay heen ne, k'heu
chaou taae, Ian ho. Who dsres to talk much or intermeddle
with this idle affair, and go to pull down judgments, and
draw down calamities on himself. (Haoii-k'hew-c! ueo.)
jjjjj^ | Pwan Uuy, To wrangle or keep np altercation. The
word Pwan ii written variously, jjfa j|t j ^ Pwan k he
Uuy lae, To commence an altercation.
j^j j Tow Uuy,
To fight with the lip i to wrangle, to debate angrily. ^ |
Pang Uuy, To Uke part with one in any altercation. jj |
Haou Uuy, A good lip t or, j g|[ jfc
Tiny t'how lae
tth, ' Li pj head can come,' ex press fluency of speech , loquacity.
1 -Hf* "M~ T,uy Pun hab'u, 1 Lipi not good ;' i.e. a foiil-moutbed
person. ^J" j Ta tiuy, or
]
Ta Uuy p'ha, To
llap the face or mouth with the hand ; or to ttrike the mouth
with a piece of leather like the sole of a shoe, as a puniihment.
This ii inflicted when the presiding magistrate deems that the
prisoner or witness speaks impertinently. It is sometimes hiui
recourse to, to stop evidence which is not acceptable, from going
contrary to the decision which exists in thejudge's mind before
trial.
[jjjjjj
] La-pa tsuy, The mouth of a kind of
martial trumpet.
| Cb/ha koo tsuy, The spont of
a tea-pot.
Al. Strib. ||J[ Tsuy,
Tsuy, and jfe Tsuy.
u
PE I H .

^S^l^rf &f $g& IVu-hThheaou

heaou i fung yu so peaou yaou, yu wei yin heaou heaou. My
house becomes dangerous, battered by the rain and shaken by
the wind, mine are only the uninterrupted tones of grief.
SZE.

^ R. H,

A stoppage of the breath or throat i the neighing ofa horse i

a loud voice or noise i a broken, interrupted, mixed, crashing,
clashing, clattering sound.
Sze shl, Slaughter
or carnage effected with a crashing noise.
J ^ /J^ jjjj
^ ^ Sxe ch'bang abing urb shft yay, Sse denotes a long
sound or noise accompanied with slaughter. It is used iu
much lighter sense for the Slight confusion of a few people'!
voices; as j j^SaeJin, The mixed noise of introducing
a few persons to each other. It, is often used for the noise
made by a few persons crowding together.
y/j; pfi Sha
ming, ' Sandj cry,' is in the Sbe-king, used for | Sze.
EA.

Same as l|Q Hea, To laugh.

ffl"
P Ppii 1 K'how hra he*> Lauen,ne- San>e ^Hes,
A vast, empty, or desolate appearance between two hills. With
the same pronunciation, it is written these several ways,
Hi rfll $J) "PS. Wril,en tbu* $J erroneously.

Same as^Ne, An interrogative particle.

The same as Kj T'hS, The noise ofsomething falling.

The sound of any animal's voice.

HAOU.

^^gj^ G AN.

$3 ^ Gan Un* ,n,'Pid 1 t4,le'e*,>

Tt^jj; HEAOU.

Fear; apprehension.

The uninterrupted tone of grief. (Liih-shoo.)

The roar of a tiger, or of a wild boar i the cry of a fox,

of a rhinoceros, and so on. The voice of a human being Shout.
ing or calling
$ 0 ^ ifij l& f Chun6
jlh haou urh ylh piili sha. Called out the whole day without
feeling hoarse.
j
Haou p'haou, and j [1^- Haou
boo, denote the same. To rhyme, read How.

433

TE.

The name of a country.

same as the preceding.

The same as the two preceding.

30th Radical.

XII.

K'how p

Same as pjjj^ Ch'huen, To pant.

K'HEAOU.

Not to know ; to be ignorant of.

A local word used to affirm, I do not know. The Dictionaries

Tsee'-yun , and Luy-pcen, define it, A distorted mouth.
HE.

R.

TE.
Trifling conversation. /J> ?2j Seaoa yu, Smalt talk.
ffifttf FOO, or Woo. Not distinctly ssis.rl..

$ a* e m BWKMV*'*r*'r.
foo-jen yang ying yu.8 No, All the Qtnmlt mm indistinct
manner went through the external forms ot assent, by crying
No. (Tseen-han-chuen, History of the former Han.)
LEAOU, orLeaou,

V*iflk, R. H.

The cry or voice ofany create re.

^ -jj^ jjjfi gijSC
Leaou leang. ts'hiog ch hlh che shing, ' Leaou.leang, a clear,
distinct sound or voice.}' a voice heard from a distance i a cry.
made at night. ] ^ PJ^
^ ^ -{^Leaou-le, roing
shing kaou leang yay, Leaou-le, a loud clear cry. (Luh-shoo.)
One ancient Dictionary makes it. The cry of disease.

Same as 3&*Keen, To eat.

PWAN'.

Itii thus defined, pj[

E yen nan jin,. By words to distress or involve people in

difficulties.

^ 1
Ifc Wt He"he' ho 10 ,bins* He'he' the
sound or voice of social joy ; the sound of pleasure and merry
making; giggling and playing. Jj \
P^j
>^ itt
j$ A 1 1
M f$
Kcajin h8ha we tm wFoo-tsze he-he shih kea tseS yay, Wheu the persons of the
family are strictly controuled, the principles ofdomestic rule
will not he lost : if the females giggle and play, the family will
become disorderly. (Ylh-king.) j j JljjJ pp]" He-he, ho
ho, Laughing and tittering. jjjjj \ $ ^
j J
Leang jin pwan kwei leen urh heseaou, They both putting
on devil's faces (a seductive expression of countenance) giggled
and laughed, pg | E-hc, A sigh i.an interjection of grief}
of admiration, or desire ; also of fear and of anger. Alas ! oh!
01 The two words commence a prayer in the She-king, for an
abundant harvest, addressed to
^jj Shang-te, the Supreme
Ruler- & 1 ft ffiPAZ^ E-he, yew so to la.
che shing, E-he, is a tone of voice expressive of there being
something very great, " $ ffi $1 % =fc ft \ft %
^ J?Jj
^ Yew so p'how to, mei ti, urh wei shing e tan
che. Having something vasty extensive, or excellently great,
the voice is emitted to admire it. j j 4g jjfiHe he,
heiih heiih, The appearance or expression of having succeeded,
or havir.g obtained something. This Particle also occurs as an
Imperative Interjection. Occurs read E.
Unfl HEEN, or Yen. Dogs snarling with each other _

Same as the preceding;.

An expression of wrangling and disputing. Al. Scrib. iMY'itu
VOL. L

[] K'how.

XII.

30th Radical.

434
jtp )\\ j j^joci,uencbeiew'

YUll. A sound in the throat. Some write

Yiih.
$t UW: ^MeenmeenylhyTh,
1$) ^ ^PahUIh,puhkMb,

HEW.
The ancient form of

S. C.
Chuh, A domestic animal. ^

juC sang, yung che yu hew, The six domestic animals (vis.
horte, cow, theep, hog, dog, fowl) when training up or feeding,
are called Sang i when made use of, they are called Hew. Some
dittinguiihHewandChiih.thui,
LL| JE| ] /fC ^ 0
j|j Tiae ihan yuS bew, tsae kea yuf chuh. Animals on the
hilli (wild) are called Hew i in the house (or tame), they are
called Chuh. ] ^ ^
JJ|J Hew, chiih wei yew pe.
Hew and Chiih, are a little different
The character is laid
t0 * ^ ^ M JS. ft % Z % 8"" urh> t howtstih, jow te che hing, Like the can, the head, and the feet
pawing the ground. (Shwo-wan.)
pa
Pl^ T'HAN.

To breath ; to pant.

A horse panting or broken winded. Read,

| T'han-l'ban,
Many ; a multitude, as of carriagei. Joy i rejoicing; fulness;
abundance, as ofstrength or ability. Read Chin, j |lj | Chcnheuen,Leisurely, slowly. In one part of China, seeming Stoppage
of the throat, which is occasioned by anger, was expressed by
Chen-heuen. One says, J g^T'han-ho, denotes The appearance
ofshedding tears. J {JjjT'han.yen, Ease and leisure. ^
^ jj^t fl j T han t'han li) ma, Numerous ar:u crowded were
the Mack-maned white horses < or according to another inter
pretation, T han t han, expresses their blowing and panting.
(She-king.)
j
K'he IS sin kan chay, k'he shing chen c bwan, When the heart
is affected with pleasure; the voice indicates it by case and
luavity.
3t jljfc P?pi PI| Wang leu t han t han,
% M
$$Joofeijoohan,
#P V iffj $| Jookeangjoohan,

Jgt $E
gJChochingSenkwa.
The royal legions appeared numerous and imposing i
Swift as if they fled upon wings I
Impetuous as a torrent or a cataract i
Firm as the base of a mountain i
Resistless as the course ofa rirer i
Forming a long unbroken line, in matchless order t
Their motions inscrutable i their prnweta invincible ,
Thus thej proceeded to the grand conquest of the state Seu.

Ttfc ^ar into >Ke m o nth ; or, to take into the mouth
fnedi}^. ^
P^Tae kan urh t'han. To relish
mucK,and tuVredilj into the mouth. Syn. with pj^ T'han,
an vulgarly written
T'han. (Ching-t>ce-t'hung.)
f^j^CHHUE\ To drink ; to drink largely.
The vulgar form of^ Ch'hu. Al. Scrib. ^Ch'hufc
and pjj Ch'hui!. Read Tsuy, To eat ; to chew.
R. H.
Quieti still i s<lent- Syn. with
MTh. Occurs denoting
A feeling disquieted ; or discontented. |(|f | ^ rj ^
Mlh-inlhpiih tscegao, Mlh-mih, not self-composed. ^
^ Sw ^
I chinR ,e
cn'ou> Tuen m,n> Tn
Emperor Ching, when he descended to give audience, preserved
profound silence. | -3^ Mlh jen. Silent; silently. |
^8 Mlh seang. To think silently; to meditate. tr "pT
I
ifS -it
Gan k 1,0 mllh Jen urn che 1,00 ' How
can it bethat he maintain silence,and desist or stop) j jjjj
jjfa ^ Mlh urh t'haou k'heu, Preserved silence, and run
away.
Read Muh,
I $ ^.oo
jin wei k'he yui muh-chhe, The people of the state Tsoo
rxpressed To deceive or impose on, by Miih-ch'be. Read Hlh,
the noise of Hawk'og and spitting.

435

SUN.

To ipnrt water or any liquid from

the mouth ; to eject with force from the mouth,

03 l^J Pj ^SYin tKm' ae nan tun che, Drunk (or t. ok
into the mouth) wine, and ipurted it forth toward* the sou th.
WMt- # Hb 1 IS iiSc
Sien MnS $aa fan chin*
fung. The Seen (Genii) can spurt rice from the mouth and
make it become beet.
GO.
angrily. Read Y, J
certain bird.

P^Yin-gJJ, An angry appearance;

K'how Q

The vulgar form of P$ K'heTh, To eat.

pip The ancient form of j| Yin.

Language destitute of reason and truth.
Pit CHE, or Cha.
B^j
Chaon-cU, The tittering ot chattering of a bird i
to chatter and laugh at.
HWUY. A distorted mouth; bad pronunci

Several persona assembled and converting i !o tall, so at

to please in a perion'i pretence.
Pw
Tiun ta, or
J | ^
Ttun Uun, U U, To flatter in each others
pretence, and 'o f el mutual hatred belrnrl each other's hack.
The tame idea is expressed by j ^ "jlj
Tsun ta pei
tsJtng. (She-king.) Tbut defined in the Commentary,.^
% M M rfn It S'J * t(lT^en eie"*
urh pei talh teang tsang. Much talk for the purpose of pleat
ing each other; and when the back it turned, feeling mutual
hatred. Syn. with
Taun.

IEU TSUH.

XII.

| YB-yfl, or 8-8, The voice of a

TSUN.

PAN.

30th Radical.

Sound; noise.

ation; ugly; deformed. One sayt. To revile ; to reprehend

Pj Rh Cn'ne hwny, Distorting the countenance by contrac
ting the forehead ; or at some say, contracting or puckering up
the nose.
HWUH. The breath.
f1
pff |fo Hohwtth, Obscure; to obscure at with the
blown on a transparentsabttaace.
TSHAN, orTsan.

USS S.C.

To contain in the mouth ; to bite; to bite the lip. Jj}[

^ J# 1'J M "it ^ $ & Win mine " fo, a*
t'hung selh pirn roei e, The mosquitoes or gnatt, bite the tkin,
and make the whole night sleepless.
Alto read Tsa.

Occurs in the books of the Buddah

"Pjgjr CHANG.

Sect. In what tense doe* not appear.

To eat; to gormandize* to eat gluttonously.
j==^ The ancient form ofJjHeaou, see below
Pjj^jjf TSUH.

CH HA.
P
To tpeak of minutely, and very particularly.

^ tffc Ming ttub, To carpel llw

voice.
| Woo tsiih, To put moulh to mouth, to
expel the breath on the one tide, and receive itou the others
which it is said it sometimes done by the healthy to the tick

P K'how.

XII.

30th Radical.

and dying. Read TsS, To taste; to lick or daub the tip*, at

with blood. Same as Pj Sha, which aee. Read H3, Soft,
pliable.
T^j^ T'H AN.

436
Toice arising from distress and grief.
^ Woo taeaoo
luy, Having nothing to eat.
j ^ Tseaou shTh, To eat.
j J^f
Tseaou e sha, A doleful mournful voice. (Le-

Same ai p| Than, tee under 8 itr.

4^

Y#H. Dangerous. The voice or note of a bird.

w^^T'HUN.

ThesameasP-^T'hun.

See under 8 ttr. Read K'hO, 1^ pj K ho k'hb, Sound, noise.

Sill, or Shlh. Inability to speak, or to speak

with difficulty. Used in common with jg SIh. 0 i^j |g
|^ Shw hwa keen shlh. Speaks with difficulty, and ha* an
impediment ; or has a bad utterance.
op
"^^js An erroneous form of ^ Nang, see Rad. Jj^Heaou.

Fan yew che che shtt, nit) puh che gac k'he luy ; che y u

yen-tieS yew yew chow tseaou che king yen, jen how tiae nSng
k'heu che, ' Amongst all creatures, possessing the capacity of
knowing, there are none which do not love their own species,
even the smallest birds, chirp mournfully awhile ere they can let
go ' a dead one of the same specie; (Le-king.) This is brought
forward as an argument in favor of mourning three years for
a parent JJjrJ flQ jj^j j Yen yen urh tseaou, Ruminating
ami chewing.
| So tseaou, To chew quickly. Read
Ta*w T fe chirping of a swallow. Read p|| TseS, with which
ehsrserfr, in the sense above given, Tseaou is synonimous.
T*S J CHE, or Ch'he.
A destorted mouthing, and incorrect speaking.
Same as |(4 Koo, To cry as a child.

TSHANG.

R. H.

|Jjjj Ts'h'ang hSng, The noise and clamour of people in

the streets or marketplace; the sound of a bell. (.Ching-tszet'hung.)
^ Wan* U'hang, An enlarged and liberal
feeling of s If-satisfaclion, or perfect conlentmeiit. ^
W <jSl
Wang-ls'hiwg wei yaleang, Wnng-ts'hang deuotes
an elegant liberality of sentiment or feeling.
Same as

Pun, To spurt or expel from the mouth.

HI
ame as

TSEAOU.

P'ho.Unrcasonable language

Original form of jg Sth, see aboTe.

A stoppage of food in the throat; an interruption of breath

ing, as in sobbing from grief. A pain in the throat.
i$ it? /j^T >tt!LYIn'>hlihch','pi,l,beak',n6y"y' Yih
is lood stopping and not passing down the gullet
^
hfc] ^ '''
Yin' '* a &'"ea*- which affects eating. p|]
O jtW 1 Chung sin joo )lh, Like a stoppage at the heart.
(She-king.) Denotes deep sorrow, or as we express it, by A
weight or load upon the mind.
Read Yae, or Gac, in the same tense as |]J Sha, Hoarse.

R. H.

To eat; to chew. An interrupted hurried voice ; the tone of

Same as Pji E, To laugh ; to talk in sleep ; to

437

R. H.
4a)
Same aPJ Heth, To inhale j to suck ; to inspire: to drink ;
to draw the loads I one ; to get her up, or include in.
j
0 ?Jc
T,ianS Ja heUl che> P61" ko cfc*tag
chc, 'Wishing to include, or gather up in,' must purposely
ttretch out that which i tocontain the thing gathered up- j
fit 1
)9lE 3! He,h ,,tins yun 0,16 lew he"' ll,hale
the flowing ether of the pure clouds.
j
j^L
Helh hcit ts'huy ts'hae. The appearance of garments tucked
UP| ^tf'-^l Heih tiih shih, A kind of iron-stone, said
to extract poison.

30th Radical.

CHOW, OT Show.

XIII.

K'how Q

From Mouth, and j

Show, Ploughed land. Who> Syn. with

Chow.

Origitml form of |l| T'ho, To spit.

Original form of HMHaou, see under 12 strokes.

^ TSUY.

LEEN.

See P^Tsuy,under 7 strokes.

Same as 3 T'han, see Rad. ^ Sh8.

The vulgar form of ^ Ke, A utenoil

From
Kung, To work, because utensils are midL Vnj
mechanics f from ^ Keaen, A dog, became dogs are set to
watch them, when many of them are placed together.

QyfX PHO.

Sound; noise.

THIRTEEN STROKES.
An old form of fj Shang, A merchant.
YEN, or Neen.

5^
An old form of

S. C.

Shen, Good.

An old form ofjE Yaou ; To want, to require.

<1P

Pjft Tpf) Yen-JunE Tne mouth of a fish seen out ofthe

water; the gaping appearance of a fish respiring. j 13
Yen, yu belli shwiiy yaj, Yen, is a fish drinking in
water, tkuh-sbod.) Otherwise written fii& Yen.

LE.
&(||Lheae.
Occurs in the books ofBuddah. In what sense it is not said.
Like the preeeding, is undefined.

The sound or voice of anger. Same as

YING.

He.

To answer; to respond.

Same as fl^ Ying. Some write ^ Yin^.

Pj^fr- Same as jjfj. Yew, To ramble, to saunter. -||| p#
TA.
1^* ^ Yew jew 18 nee, To saunter about in the luxurious
enjoyment ofone's possessions.
vol.
3c

^Jp(^YS-t&, Name of a country on the

Q K'how.

XIII.

30th Radical.

438

kwS p;ng keen ibe chaou kung, The Ya-tk, and other nations,
sent envoies together to court withtribnte. Jfi | T'hn-ti,
Incorrect bad (peaking.
JyL TSOW, or Chow. The voice of a little
As
child; a child crying. Read Chaou, the tame as |h Tstw.
CHEN. Conversation ; talk ; loquacity.
Read Tan.
] Tan-tan, Tronbleiome verboseness ; fatiguing
loquacity. Originally written || Chen, p ^
I ftt R'l ffi K bow ,M rhe keLJn chen wei< tslh
When the mouth and tongue are unitedly loquacious, tbey
hould be restricted.
KO, orKwo.
pj^j

Ko so, The prattling of little children with each other.

KE.

Sound; noise.

}5* K'HEfH.

YjH.

See

K'helh, above.

fflfjL !^ YUh-e, inward feeling, of pity,

ofcommiseration, or grief.
j Jr^ Yuh-heu, The tone of
disease ; the moaning of a sick person.
YUE.

To speak ; to say ; speech.

CHOW, or Ch'how.

tfjj^TEEN.

!$^Te<mJ.e,To

KIN, or K'hin.

to sigh.

s. c.

7t top the mouth i to impose silence on one's self; to

rf/Vainwom uttering angry or "vengeful feelings j to be unabk
to spefk Itom disease t to be prohibited bv authority from
speaking. A locked jaw. (Luh-shoo.)
^ ^^ P
X\ fj
Ch'hang jen kin k'how ptih nKng yen. Grieved
at, so as to be unable to speak .
^ (tj" [J ~)f* ^ jfjj
|f ^
Kin hae k'how piih yen, urh sin hae cbe yay.
To restrain the mouth from speaking injuriously, but har
bouring in the mind injurious thoughts.
J p j|jsjj Jjg
Kin k'how le ching, A severe flux with an unconquerable
aversion to food.
] |l| |f|j P ^ Kiiin, >>> urh
k'how pe, ' K'hin, denotes the mouth shut from cold.' Occurs
S,n.with#Kio. - >Xg *5 g f t
Chlh tue ylh etseeui keaou she ts'heeu keae kin, By
merely one word offered up (to the sovereign) a thousand artful
tongues were instantly stopped. Said of^ ^ ^Haa-win.
kung, ofthe T hang Dynasty.
J2L*
P^lJ TSEEN.

U4&U YAOU.
Joy and merriment. Commonly written

bill. The name of a atar. Read CM, To peck aj a young

chicken ; in this sense, commonly written |ff ChS. ^ \^
&
j|| ^ Shay chow neaou yu tung hac, Shout the
great hook-billed bird on the eastern tea The Bird is used
metaphorically for the state jjSf Tae.
ffi ] ffj ^[
Foo chS plh lelh, Bowed the head and picked up the whins
grain*.
/jr | ^ SKng chS tseu. Produced a self feeding
chick.
flj* ^ ] San sin woo ch'how, c^rtuii,
group of small nameless stars. Also read Tow.

Yaoti.
S. C.

The mouth, beak or bill of a bird ; a bird with a booked

Oyjj Tsew-tseen, Two mouths approaching, each other.

|3jjpMWAN, or Man.

To spoil or ruin.

The vulgar form of =E Man, To neglect or treat unpolitely.

30th Radical.

439

XIII.

K'how Q

NUNG.

Much talk, but not to the point;

tpacioui and light. ^ ^ j j Lwan ahiag ying ying,

Thejingling sound of the approaching carriage.

ntelligible jargon.

J Nung-nung, Mattering in a

Same as Pl| Yae, or H8, see under 9 str.

Vowtone.

M ftf
K'how le too too nung nung teih, ma t'ha jlh shiug, Abated
bira a while in a muttering indistinct tone.

pf|^ HEAE, T&, or He.

s. C.

Much talk ; much talk in a roud voice i the sound of breathing.

HAN.

The Voice or cry of any animal.

SO, or SI

Read Kan, The to!cb of a bird. Read Gan,My( can.

Read Khan, Tbeaame a nj^ Hao, To cry out to caij ^
Sa-sK, Ugly ; deformed. The appearance of eating.
YE.

The appearance of ike mu*H. nic-un.^

HEANG. The sound ofanswerio,orrr}i.lr ing h>

> YUE.
Th brealh riling. To belch i to rift. Read Hwuy, The
voire of a bird. Wide, spacious and light said ofa house. The
found of the gradual approach of a carriage with bells. The
ancient Dictionary Yun-hwuy says, The beard on the chin.
One says, Tbejaw bone,

1j* Jfc
ffi. 7^

g| ^ Tsae foo moo, kew koo, che so, j ew ming che ying wei
king tuy.; tsin tuy chow seuen thin tse; shing keang, ch'hiihjuh,
ylh yew, piih kan hwuy yae, te k'hae, k'heen shin, pe e, In the
place where one's own father and mother, or a husband s father
and mother are, iftbey give any commands they must be answered
with respect ; when advancing, receding, or going about, (the
son and dioghter) mu<t be uniformly attentive; in going up
and down the s'eps of the hall, and in going out and in at the
door, the hands and feet must move gracefully i they must not
dare to belch or to sneeze, to yawn or to lounge. (Le-king.)
To the first ofthe last four vires, the Chinese are much addicted.
| ] It ^ Hwiy hwuy k'he ming. The deepest and
Boat obscure recces (or innermost apartment of the house) was

formed from the mouths of several vessels, and a dog,

guarding them. Some say the inner part should be ^ Ta,
Great, and not Dog; thereby denoting the capacity of vessels.
A vessel ofcrockery ware t an instrument, or any utcmil t
a thing formed by moulding or cutting. Talent ; ability. A
surname.
/{, Jjf? ffl Z
^ 0 $ F* 10
che wtih keae yue k'he. Whatever is used (in the domestic or
other arts -oHife) is called K'he.
] JJj K'he yung, Any
kind of utensil or instrument
j Jffl. K'he ming, A vessel,
utensil, instrument.
jfa j Ching k'he, or jj j JJ|
Cb'hing k'be ming, Being made into a vessel or utensil, fit
for some useful purpose, in which sense it is metaphorically
applied to men.
jj: ^\

^ J$ ^ Ttih phh chB put) ching k'he;

~Xs $P l! Jin P"h heO piih che le.

Ifthe stone be not cut, no vessel will be formed :

If man does not learn, he will not know the principles of
right reason.
(San-tJie-kiog.)
| Ta k'he, A person of great talent or ability.
/]\ j Seaou k'he, A person of little abil ty ; weak, narrow
minded, irritable, impatient
^ | ^ ffc Ta k'he was
ch'hing, 'Great taleuts wW in the evening (of life) perfect"
the fame or honor of the possessor.
] Ts'harg k'he,
To hide one's taleuts, or keep back from public life, till a fit

P K'how

XIII.

30th Radical.

opportunity occur..
$ J 1$j|f
P"h ching k'hp
te'Ih tung-se, ' A good for nothing thing r laid of a person contcmptuously, from his want of ability, or his incorrect immoral
conduct. Ji | Pingk'he.or j ^ K'he keae, Military
weapons; arms,
flj ] Le k'he, A sharp weapon, fa
y^l it | ^
Ko e w he k'lie ,ze che' Feed (or srsnt
the meana of support to) them all, according to their several
abilities, employing them in such things as they are competent
for. (Le-king.)
%ffH&]&ftnZ.
| Keen nae wei che senng; hing nae wei che k'he, The
appearances (of the sun. moon and stars) arc called Seang; body
or figure (on earth) is called K"he. (Ylh-king.)

440
frightened by a dream, which seems inexplicable. Jsjir
j
] $^ "jtf ^ )jg[ Hwari bwan gO gfl, hwang koo che fung,
Simple, pure and sincere were the manners of the sovereigns of
high antiquity,
ijjj:- j j ^ Chow shoo go gB urb.
The books of Chow are dear and contain correct principle*.
(Yangtze.)
P^5^_ HWUY.

An extreme degree- offatigue.

Otherwise written ^ Hwuy, and ^ Hwuj.

KEAOU.

*k&! Keaou gaou; Higb| dis^

quieted tntn uneasy or discomposed state or posture; walking

with h|ire t onensin
m a tt it it 7 a sir & ft
fi A
^ tili Si Keun-t,ze e ,ze> url1 nan yu* y^yue che piih elaou, piih yue yny; keTh k'hesze jin fay ;.k'heche.
Seaou-jin, nan szeurh e yuS yay tjut che suy piih e taou, uiyay ; keih k'hesze jin yay.kewpci yen.'Thegood man is easily
served, but pleased or flattered with difficulty ; if you try
to plensc him with what is unreasonable or vicious, he will
not be pleased ( but in employing people, he requires only
what Iheir talents. fit them for. The inferior or bad man, is
served with, difficulty, but is easily pleased or flaltered i ifyou
try to please him, though it be with what is unreasonable or
vicious, he is pleased ; but in employing people, he requires
every fliinsr from them," whether their talents fit them or not.
(llln.y,,)
1 /^Tszeyue.
Kwan-chung chek'he seaou tiae, Confucius said, Kwan-chnng's
talents are very small. The Commentary makes it, He was
destitute of knowledge, virtue, and liberal thiuking. 4^ j
Tse k'lie, The vessels used in sacrifice.
To rhyme, read K'hclh, jjjjjj j Shin k'heTh, ' The divine
vessel,' applied to a tripod, said to have been cast by the ancient
Emperor^ ^ Hwang-te.

Qlpf ^OjOrYB,

P SAOD.

*\rroed ot a number of mouths on the

top of a tree, and denoting the voices ofbirds in a grove or

wood. (LiiK-shoo.) Properly J*Saou. The addition of
another Mouth, is thought improper.
P^S* E.
AS?
Breathing strong, as in uttering a sigh. The sound of
severe pain : the tone of indignation i the tone of sighing. Oh I
alas I Read Yae, The sound of repletion; to belch.
[jj^
I PSr^8^ >,b 't n1n Tobe,cn nd cough or sneeze.
I
Jf>
8f E' Dtin pins ,hiDg- 'E.
lne of
disquietude of mind.
]
E-he, Oh! alas! atone
of admiration. A$[K(lt^$t>
ta-kwaee-k'he.k'he ming wei fung. The breathing of immaterial
energy in nature is called Wind. (Chwang-tsze.) The literati
use
ijjj Ta-kwae, for Heaven and Earth. Chwang-tsze,
is a very mystic Writer.

Alarm;fright;aweandreverential

stillness, simple ; sivrcre. The year i sometimes denoted ^

ftHf Tso-gO. | ^ GO mung, Alarmed io a dream, or

To eat; to gnaw; to devour.

|^ p|[ She ho, One of
thePa-kwa; see under Pjk Ho. A toue of voice issued On.
beginning to speak ; extending or reaching to a given point,

441

30th Radical.

XIII.

K'how P

Grief, lorrow. Alio read E. To rhyme, read She.

]
jpf
She ue ho kelh, Wishing to gnaw the urnbilical cord, how can you reach it. Often used in proclamation!
to intimidate and warn the people by assuring them that
after they hare violated the lawi, a wiib to undo what they
bare done, will be impracticable. ^ ^ J|L
^ ^
^ jjj^ JS piih tiaou too how keun she be, if you do not
speedily destroy him, afterwards you will (find it impracticable
a* an attempt to) eat your own bowels. (Tso-chuen.) ^ ilil

To cry and weep. Read Kelh, The sound of some instrument ;

and, according to-one old Dictionary, To eat. -ffj: ^\ jj^j

AfrftcJL***,***!!. I
jiu joo yang hoo; tang paou k'he jow, plih paou, tilh she,
Supporting a bad man is like ft-cding a tiger ; you must satiate
bis appetite ; ifhe be not satiati d, be'll devour you. ] jpf
Sbe-tse, Expresses the slate of any person who has lost
irrecoverably an opp< rtunity of doing a thing. ^|] ^ (
Seang t'hun she, Mutually to devour each other.

ouu 51 I Z U $ ii ^ Keiou ke,h ch

shing hing, urn sze fun, When the sound of the instruments

# 1 B>
% &fc<">w "
keaou ying; woo yin she) woo tae hwang, Do not bend the
bead sideways to listen ; do nut answer in a loud vehement
tone i do not stare about ; do not carry yourself in a careless
lounging manner. (Le.king.)
J %k (["jj ^ Keaou jen
urn k huh, Cried and wept
keaou, Two thousand horses.

] Maurhts'heen^ Jf^T Keaou-hoo, To call

strike up, the men rush forward.

LO(X
| Loo-loo, A vulgar cry after pigs, used in the state ^Woo.

PEW. The spotted colours of a tiger.

HWA> A large mouthed earthen vessel.

SiH.

An angry tone of reprehension.

CH'HOO:
To speak to a person in the tone of reprehension or abuse.

HEUE.
GAE,. or Ae. Warm air or breath. A belching
The sound made by expelling the breath; or clearing the throat.
PT3E. TSU Y.

The beak of a bird ; to peck.

P'H AOU. The same asBjjl T

o.see under-5 stf.

forth disapprobation, or reprobation ; to belch, jf^ l^jj Ae-yB,

is a vulgar exclamation expressive of surprixe or anger.
ft ft \ T-aftfe^tB^*^4*''
gae leaou ylh shing, shwB ptih cb'huh hwa Ue, In a passion
cried out Gae, but could not articulate any thing distinctly.
Pj^g^ HE A, or Ho.

The sound of laughter loud

pjjjj^The vulgar form of tt^T'heg, see lOstr,

laughter ; the toue of reprehension.
KEAOU.

YUNG.

The mouth, used as a numeral of horses. To call out

loudly and vehemently. To weep excessively without noise,
was expressed by I^T
Keaou-teaou, in the state ^ Tsoo.
VOL. I.

Sx

The voice or note of a bird.

| Yung yung, Tha
harmonious notes of birds. The sound of musical instruments,
A kind of stoppage or interruption of the breath. To rhyme.

K'how.

XII I

30th Radical.

442

read Wang. |^ jjip ] ^ SB yung bo ming, Solemn and

harmonious sounds of muiic. (She-king.) gj]. Ying, ii nied
in the text
SHEN.
To observe the colour of the

changing.

Jl^ | TsS-tsS, Sound, noite; the voice of any animal.

Y^, or 6.

TSElH.

A boasting tone of voice.

To declare or make known.

HWAE, or Hwae.

To drink; a constriction, or stoppage of the tjiroat.

^ ] ^ IE K'hwaek'hwae k'he ching, 'Chearful and
lightsome-, applied to a bouse, in the She-king. Some define
K'hwae, The human voice; and say the phrase quoted denotes,
The bustle and noise of many persons, jjfa j Tsan-kwae,
Clamour, vociferation. A surname. A person's name. Read
Kwae, The name of a place. Read Kwa or Kwae, Meager
thin countenance.
) ^ J $ Jj-& $
|| fg
11 )
JL % jJ^Tsang-tsze ken wei, wan paou
woo peaou, yen ilh chung kwS, show tsuh ping che, When
Tsang-tsze (a pupil of Confucius) lived at Wei, he had ragged
garments, without any outside fold; his countenance was
bleated and meager by turns ; the skin of his hands and feet was
thick and hard. (Chwang-tszc.)

Some uie it for jljfH*- See above under 8 strokes.

TO^orCh'hflh.
The mouth full of food.
SEEN.

Syn. with

j^I Seen, or Yen, The

mouth watering from desire; anil with

to desire.
tJ^jl^ K'HEO.

Loud laughter. |g Vfc Yuh khco,

Immoderate uninterrupted laughter.

senou ta WheS, Talking and laughing.
^"JST TSZE

E.

li^P^ KO,

Seen, To covet,

] T'han

P$ E-tsze, Bashful, ashamed like.

Sound ; noise.

Noise made by the mouth.

ffi ] Yu.yu, The appearance of a numerous group of

stags and other animals ; bucks, does, and so on. Also a laughing
appearance. ]| Jf^f | J Yew luh yu yu, Numerous were
the herds of docs and bucks. (She-king.)
P'HUN.
To expel forcibly the breath from the mouth ; to spurt out ;
to snort ; to hoot as at a. dog ; hurried enunciation.
/}C
P 'him shwtiy. To spurt water from the mouth.
|
P'hun k'he. To rave furiously in anger ; to snort. ]]\\
kojin.jin seaou piih choo, pa ylh k'how ch'ha, too p'hun ch'hiih
he. That person unable to refrain from laughing, took the
mouthful of tea and spurted it all out. ^ fj)| |
ff 2. P Han neu6 P ""11 J'' *"a w0 ke L''M>*'' He
who sups blood to spurt at another person, first defiles his own
mouth.
| Ts p'huen, or j f^L P'hunUe, To
sneeze. j J P J$J @ ^ P'hnn p'hun k'how fei
niih chlh, Talked in a hurried manner, mouth sputtered and
eyes reddened. Read Fun, The sound of blowing.

443

30th Radical.

HAN.

Original form ofP|j K'hwei.

XIV.

K'how p

Sound ; noise ; the voice;

An old form of g Yin, The ound of eonveriatiou.

t?i|^jjK'HAE,orGae. Sound, noise; to hoot at.

An old form of ^ Shang.

^^CHE. Slow; dilatory. Same as

TAOU. The tame at ^ Taou, Reason, way, &c

tF%^* Same as Pq Yin, see under 9 strokes.

TSUY.

Che.

%j |^ Neaou-tfuy, The beak of a

The sound is not konwn.

bird . One says, The voice of a bird.
Occurs in connexion with pjj? he, forming the
something which it not known.

of
P^ffL NING.

FOURTEEN STROKES.

YAE, or Gae.
The aame at Pjg H8, To cry out, to urge on to. Same as
fj[- Ylh, A (toppage of the throat. Sjn. with
US.

W|* R. H

jf}"
Ting-ning, To direct; to caution ; to give a charge
to, as Parents to children, or servants; seniors to juniors. To
state fully to, amongst equals. ^ J?f PT \ Fan fuh
ting ning, 'Over and oyer again, .charged' (him or her.)
PJ 1 ^ /Inf T,n5 nin" che chiin' To ^'Te Partlcu'*r 4"tions respecting several circumstances.
2 TElH.

Quick, rapid sound. ^ ^

rfn

GO. The voices or noise of a multitude.

)^ Sb,D5 ke,B teTn nrh ta'hing le, Sound rapid and thrill.
LEU.
Pj|J 1 Leu leu, The tone of calling to a dog. A local word.
r
"* Same as

'he, Great.

The name ofa perqn of the Dynasty Eg Chow.

PS" SHlH, or Tsih.
%
Deep ; dark receu ; where it if difficult to tee.

Q t*^l LAN. To desire.it food; to cause to desire, or

jflL
to induce appetite. Read K han, To call out clamorously
or angrily. Read Han, To spread unfounded reports. ^
& B g P &
to L kit.
mtih; Ian k'he k'how; yin k'he urn ; ying k'he tin. Confuse
(or dazzle) their ejes ; excite a vitiated taste in their mouths;
debauch their ears ; and seduce their hearts. (Hwae-nan-tsze.)
$H A 1 P
% Hwang jin han k'how le ke, Irre
gular people, widely diffused unfounded stories, about the ad
vantage of some plant.

how

XIV.

30th Radical.

444

OSc* Same as Pf| Yilh, see under 12 strokes.

HAN, or Hecn.

if"

To contain in the mouth bridle ; to sustain or receire, I^J

& Han mingv To receire. an. order from the sovereign ; or bj
courtesy, said to a friend, q. d I receire jour order*, and will
attend to them. Used either in conversation or epistolary
writing.
^ Han, if more commonly used..

IP ] I^^vfia^]|T.in.peH-6.Wh.bh
tseang wang, kutig pub t'hing. If Tsio-pe command in a bois
terous lone, an old general, I fear he will not listen to it (Sheko jfT^H i *w%zn
|)/ Te hea chay k'helh yuC, bwO ta-tsze, ho ts'bang che shun
yaj. The Emperor alighted from his chariot and said. Ah !
my elder sister, why do you conceal yourself so closely.
(She-ke) Alarmed by the messengers who came for net, aba
run and hid herself beneath a bed.
Qtzt* T'HAE. fj| IJg,TbaeUe, Incessant Ulkio*;,

TH&, or T'ha.

To Jobber up greedily.
erroneous or incorrect chattering.

To swallow down in a hurried noiiy manner, without properly

chewing, (jg J^j[ PJjjjfc ;f $ T'ha, e k'how tsow shlh
jay, ThB, to apply, the mouth to food, instead of lifting the food
totbemoulh,
flr ) H.#^|^.# MM

Vulgar form of
ye*
^{Sft LE6.

ft 1$ A It 151 ft WoothaMng.woochooMng,
woo ta'.blh chei woo.chiie bae i k'hlh choo king choo.jin ttxe,
puh n&ng p'hang ; k'hlh, chug hae, rhoo-jin tize e k'heu, When
dining with another person, ']do not in a hurry slobber up the
soup ; do not add seasoning to the soup, (and thereby insinuate
that it is bad), do not pick your teeth i do not eat greedily sailed
(nicebitV'eeauie you thereby insinuatethose that arequite plain.)
When the guest does season the soup, let the hint apologize by
saying we are unable to boil good soup ; if the guest eats freely
the salted pieces, let the host apologize by saying, I am poor
and cannot afford salt' (Le-king ) The making affected, absurd
apologies, such as are.here inserted, is descriptive of the present
race of Chinese ; hut as to slobbering, teeth-picking, hawking,
spitting, and so on, they seem to read the text without the
prohibilire particle.
] ] [}q ^ T'bi t'ha urn, shlh,
Ate in a slobbering hasty manner.
w*135

Hl'H, Hwfc, Qr W5.

To call out to,loudlj.

To call out alarmed or frightened, Oh ! ah I One says,

p*j-"
Hwfl-tseay, (or Tslh) denotes Tp say much to ; to speak to in a
boisterous tone ; and one says, with Laughter or ridicule. ^

Tsan, see 19 strokes.

The vulgar form of j$. Le.

Pljl P^Cho-leS, Ability to distinguish clearly r to discriminate.

joo.

NSB-joo, Much talk (chattering.

Another definition is, To recall one's self when about to

speak. Chiug-tsze-t'hung affirms that one definition contradicts,
the other. P ffi || |frj A j K how tseang yen, urh
nec-joo. The mouth about to speak, and stopping itself. Or
thus,|^ g "|Jjj
fg YSyen urh fiih shuh. Desiring to
speak, and agaiu drawing in-

denominated || ^ fl Chuen |M ^ Ar6eaMBg

enunciating, with a turn (,f the tongue ; such as the
Lo.and
Pg Loo, i.e. Ro and Roo, of the Buddists and TarUrs, by
which it would appear that the sound referred to u that of
the letter R.
FAN. To vomit. Formerly read Pan^
Both wrong. A rulgar character. (Ching-taze-t'hung.)

44j

u^ HEAOU.

Calling out.

30th Radical.

K'how p

CHxH.

The round ofan arrow. p|j

^ flft ^ He"U
she, he che ming chay, Heaou-fhe, the ound of an arrow.

R|f | Chlh-chlh, The Yoice of any animal ; sound.

WAN.

HlH, or Hea.

XIV.

[Jig p|f Wan-ytin, A small mouth.

R. H.
Yua, is by it self defined, a Large mouth.

Anger t the toe of anger; to threatens to oppose or

intimidate by threatening. p #J
f|f j
K how
ken jin, wei che hea (or hlh), To oppose a person with the
mouth is called Hlh.
| 0^ HTh-hoo, To threaten.
j||
j King-hib, or J ~J\ HIbrhea, To alarm, to frighten. [
^ J jjj|c Hlh wo ylh teaou, Alarmed or threatened me,
till I started or leaped up.
]
~J* Hlh me leaou, To
frighten to stupefaction.

PHEI.

The sound of breathing through the

nose; panting. Head He,, same as |]Q He. JJ/ H||. HcThhe, Gaping and panting.

J ^ ^ "j* Hlh sze wo leaou,

Frightened me to death. & ^jf # ffi f| *|f & |

&J Yay yew Uo UB yaou yen, kung blh telh, There were alio
some raited false 'ports to frighten and intimidate. j ^
Sfc
Pit (3 Hln t1h hw*n p"h fo te> Wm frightened
so that the spirit left the body.
jj^ Q ] she che
yu blh, Seeing it, cried Ah ! "fti a fright, fy. ^
^g
|!fl ] ^ ^KinyBeLeangkwO urhhlb wo yay ? Do you
bow want to frighten me by the (power or grandeur of) the
state Leang ? (Chwang-tsze.) ^ Hlh, occurs in the same
sense.
YUNG.

Same as P{1} Tun, see under 5 strokes.

t%

-{ft, Te yung; yay, (Perhaps)

To cry; to weep. Ching-tsze-fhung says, the definition is

erroneous.

^^j^^ W^A.

Sound made by an apparent stoppage of

the throat, a kind of hiccough.

tfjfei* HiH, Glh, or E.
A little child finely formed and possessing extraordinary
knowledge. Sound; noise. In the She-king, written ^ Ylh.
JlL
/T^
K'hlh che, k'hlhe,' Full fine figure,' sjieaking
of a child. (She-king.)
J| \ | ^- #J
|
-J" Tsan jin hae tsze haou yun, Che-e-che-tsze,
Praising the person of a man's child it is said, Che-e che tsze;
i. e. he is a perfect, fine comely figure, jjj^ j K'he-e, Noi
having heard or seen; not possessing knowledge. One says, A
laughing appearance. One defines it by jjj^j T'hae, Doubt,
suspicion ; to unravel.
CHOW.

m> Speech- Read Ch'how. Dtj|

j Ying jing, The voice of any brute animal.

YS-ta, Name of a
country on the west, from whence at one period Embassadors
came to China.
vol. i.
3 x.

^ Ch'how-ch'hang, Wild, incoherent, unfounded stories, by

which the simple are deceived.
ff^^An erroneous form oflffc K'hae,see 14 Btr.

p K'how.

XIV.

30th Radical.

446
sacrifices performed twenty-five months after interment, the
master may take of the libation in his mouth, and the guests
and brothers all drink of it. (Le-king )

P^^y^ YU. The tone occasioned by using effort

Jg $ %M if 1$M
>in
chung keuen lelh chay che ko, Song of those who draw any thing
heavy, to induce the exertion of strength, as the various songs
ofwatermen, seamen, and others.
t^l 7$
^
Pjft J K;ien ,h1h 18 chow Pellh ko ne"-3fU> Tho,e who
drag stones and track boats, must sing Heu-yu. In the
interior of China the watermen's song varies much.

PA Another form of EgYTIh.

Same as Pjf Hea, see 13 strokes.

"JpL Sttme M ^ Khe1!h' 8ee 9 8troke8'

MUNG.

Language which is obscure.

PaJ^L TSIN.
JDsU

S. C.

Expression of anger, or indignation.

| Tsin-tsin, denotes the same in a higher degree.

To taste; to pot a Teasel to the lipsi to wet the lips as far

as the teeth, to sip. |$ |ft f ^ ^ ^ & Tte<
yin chen shin che che yay, Tse, to drink and wet the lips as
far as the teeth. (Luh-shoo.) A plaintive sound. Read
Keae, j | Keae-keae, The sound or noise ofmany persons.
Read Cbae, j ^ Chae-sh8, A laughing appearance.
^

LEll

1$ |^L8-Ueu, Much talk; wordy.

Pjjcjj^ TSING.

^ Tae-paou show t'hung tse; tse; tilh, show Tsung-jin t'hung

pae, wang U pae, The Tae-paou, (or minister ofstate) received
the vessel and poured out an oblation; sipped the wine, returned
to his place, delivered the vessel to the Tsung-jin, and
bowed ; the king returned the bow. (Sbang-shoo.)
j
itlHii. 1 M
P A D Tteta-hu, keae chang
yay; tse, che che-; ts'huy jiih k'bow, Tse and Ts'huy,
are both To taste ; Tse, denotes (the wine) passing to the
teeth ; Ts'huy, its entering the month. (Lc-ke-choo.) /J\

P*Sr^HAOU.

Occurs in the books of the sect Fun.

The meaning does not appear.

3 TSA. Pj| Bg TsU-t'hee, To scheme or calculate

Che heu-woo, shun-ylh ; urh pah tsa-t'hcg ho sea yay. Aim at

a state of the highest abstraction, and unmixed unity of thought,
and do not engage in deep scheming, or calculating ofmulti
farious and troublesome affairs. (Hwae-nan-tsze.) This is said
'to be the way of attaining high degrees of virtue.

m % v$ z> * m. a $ z. *?< i x $
-j^p
^
Seaou tseang che tse, choo-jin che tsfl
yay, tse che; chung pin heung te tsTh keae ts'huy che, ta
tseang, choo jin ts'huy che, chung pin, heung te, keae yin che
k'ho yay, At the annual funeral sacrifices, the master in
tasting the oblation may sip it with his lips, the guests and
.brothers may all then take ofit into the mouth. In the funcr.il

VljjP^ Original form of gj| Yth.

30th Radical.

447

XV.

people have colds. (Le-ke.)

tslh te, 1 think with anxiety, till indisposition i

K'how Q
^ Yuen yen

FIFTEEN STROKES.
(She-king.)
j^f A. VX 1 f^J pf P9 Ko J'n e te cb kelh heung.
K2b LEE.

Tbe noise made by the grinding of the

teeth against each other t gnawing.

V pp TSiH, or Tselh.
ftp PjSp Phelh-tslh, Wordj | verboie; sound of many
voices ; sound of the voice when beginning to chaunt or to sing.

Vulgar form of jjf Tsan, see 19 strokes.

The ancients divined by sneezing. During Han there was a

work containing sixty sections on this subject of p]| "J Jf.
Ulry P'hun te, urh ming, Sneezing, and a ringing in the ears.
When a person sneezes he now says, ^
^ Jin taou
wo, There is somebody talking about me. jfj^ "jtf
jjj
Tsze koo che keg e yu, This is a spying banded down from
ancient times. In the common Almanac rules are given bow
to divine fromP^ | Phun-te, Sneezing;
Urh
ming, A ringing of the ear; ^ ^ Mecn j, Heat on the
cheek ;
jfj Sin-teaou, Palpitation of the heart ; Jj^ ^
Yen-teaou, A twinkling of the eyes, and so on. Sneezing,
is by some considered lucky, and a man will say after sneezing

Same as B$i Pwan, see 12 strokes.

kin ke. Great luck and a prosperous market ; nothing now

Yay jin che yen woo wan sMh, The words or speech
of a rustic, having no elegance or polish. From Mouth and

is to be feared.
Head Che, A stoppage, an interruption. Occurs -written
without mouth by the side.

Plain, unadorned.

LOO.

Speech ; to flatter. A foreign word, used

El
Vj^j^ SH1h. To command, to order, to direct.

S. C.
To sneeze. ^ jfJS; ^
breath or wind by starts. ^

Woo kae k'he yay, To emit

by the Tartars and Buddhists for the syllable Roo.

pE
Pi fl $S lp W
fa K y' Too |o yew h"a jb
k'ho selh, In foreign phraseology Too-loo, is the same as the
Chinese expression K'ho-aelh, Worthy of pity 1 Alas!
Pifi. YfH.

Same as US Yth, see 9 strokes.

-J^ K'he p'hun pe yay,

To expel the breath thrqugh the nose. p|| Te

] P'hun-

teior^J*^ ] Tap'hun-te, To sneeze.

| K'hew-

te, To sneeze, from disease or cold.

3^ jpj^ |g j^k
\ ^ W
M D K'hew ch8J' k he chTh
l* te
chay, shing ft yu k'how, K'hew denotes a stoppage of the
nose; Te, the sound that it issued from llie mouth. (She-king.)
1^1 1 1^ Ml ^ K'hew te keae fei tselh, The stoppage
and the sneezing are both diseases of the lungs.
^ '/^l 1 Tun' mlD to k'hew-te, In winter many of the

Read Helb, |
Helh-aeJh, Tbe hurried vociferating
noise of a crowd of persons.
f^O& Same as ^ Tsa, see 1 1 strokes.

P^-HEEN.
Difficulty; distress; sound t noise. The same u ^ Heen.

P K'how.

XV.

LAOU.

448

30th Radical.

P^gf}3flt^g|pToQ.Uoa

woo j in, Uelh tsing, 'Tsaou-laou, Solitude and silence.'

LAE. Sound, noise.

which express uncertainty.' Iff

^ p^r | Choo left
kew e-yew, Stood erect and sighed for a loug time.
E yew, To sigh, as Oh! alasl Occurs in the senie of
Sha,
Hoarse from much speaking.
V^J^Jr CHE. Speaking in a slow leisure tone.

Thei

Read Thi, Same at pj^j Hwae.

Or GaOU. To bite j to gnaw ; to
j|J KEIH.

He-kelh, Play, trilling ainpieY1NG, or Gang. The noise of a dog barking.

ment ; merriment.

j Yuh-kelb, Incessant laughter.

WEI, OrTsuy. Wishbg to repress, or to conceal.

HW'UY.

sne "KHwuj. * 11 trokea.

tseIh.

t=jf YIN, or Yen.

S. C.

The sound ofconversation ; simple I stupid ; silly ; false. A

proper name of a man. ^
-JiJ'
Foo wan, moo yint
Father morally stupid and mother silly. (Shang-ahoo.) J jf\
ill
&
1 Khow pbh 130,1 chong eb
yen wei y in, Yin expresses the mouth, not affirming what it
faithful and true.

The noiie made by insects ; by a mouie or rat.

PHH T'HOW.

Much talk.

P6, P'h8, or P'haou.

The noite of anger; of laughing; of throwing down a atick.
tikfoMfemfflUkfon^ Yung chang xh
k'he, p'hS-jcn fang chang urh aeaou, Grasping hit itaffhe arose,
and throwing it down .again with a smart noise, he burst into a
laugh. (Chwang-ttse.)
j
P'haou saou, Much noise
and clamour.

CH'HUE.

A distorted mouth.

m
P|ZS> TOW.

To recite; to read in achannting

Same as rf| E, To laugh.

PHAOU.
Sound ; the voice of any animal. Same as

P'haou.

YEW.
A tone of sighing, or of breathing out admiration ; a tone
implying doubt or uncertainty.
fJ^ % ffi jfc
% E yew ya chay, tsze we ting yay, ' E yew ya, are words

HWtiH, or 118.

S. C.

To eat what is bitter. A great draught.

jffl ^ ^ Swan
urh pub hwuh, Being sour did not drink largely.
PAOU. To till or plough. To stick into the ground.

449

ME, or Mei.

Fallacious speech.

30th Radical. XVI.

Khowp

rtt^ A ncient form of $| Sang, see 9 str.

||g ^ Me-ne. Artful ; crafty. Read Mlh, the same as ^

Same as
Mlh, Silent.

Yin, see above.

j Mih-mlh, A want of success i discontent.

HCr- HWANG.

The sound of hooting or uttering

Pij^fT LEE.

L"e-tseu, Mnch talk i Terbosily.

inarticulate sounds, expressive of surprise, admiration, and to

on. The sound of a bell.
An ancient form of j Che, see 7 str

SIXTEEN STROKES.

PI*
YEN.
TSEE.

W%lh R. H.

Conversation in an under ?one.

/j\
Seaou yu yay. Small talk. Vulgar form of
flj Ttee. Sec under 1 1 strokes.
P^^TSHOO, orSoo. Thenoiseofhoundingonadog.

To swallow down.
^ "pT
Yen puh hea too,
Unable to swallow.
| J ^fC ^en k ',ow shwiiy. To drink
a mouthful of water.
^ ^ || jg
^
J})y | {Von chin sew che ming,tsTb wang yew so yen, Oa
hearing rVe uan:cs of dainty dishes, absurdly imagining that
One W swaltowttI* them.

t^^p The same as [it . Koaon, see above.

LEIH.

IjH 1 I-elh-lelh, Sound, noise, such

as is expn-M-d by this word.

CHIH.

The sound or voire of any animnl.

P^^j^ P'MAOU. A loud sound, a great noise.

LE.

Part of the nrme or title of the 'ting of

r^j Jjjf Jgjjj Chen-ch;ng-kw8, The state r nation called

Chen-ching. (See a View of China.)

LOO iSt 1 ,'()0-|"' Nol,e <>f "yins to pi-s.

/jh2l
One sajs,' {1^ ^ Hoo-loo, Laughing) laughter. In
Buddh's phraseology, |(pj
] O-kea-loo, is in Chinese,
i^C
Chin-heang, A certain kind of incense.

OT|P Ancient form of i$| Sang, see 9 str.

LE,

A word which ocenrs in the prayers of Ffih.

Ancient form of !$| Tan, see 1 1 str.

t Ancient form of ^ Shang, see 8 str.

OL. 1.

Sz

^ LUNG.
31
A great sound or noise.

Read He, Sound, noise.

P K'how,

XVI.

30th Radical.

LUNG.

450

S. C.

The throat.
|^| How lung, The throat ; the gullet.
[ %S.} How lung heang, Sound or noise iu the throat.

persuade and lead to the happy land, is also called Tl-ta'hil.'

In the language of the sect, the happy laud denotes a virtuous
late of the heart. The Priests receiving a gift with the right
hand, will procure happiness to the giver.
PIN.

CHEN.

To attack, or

with

fight. The fame as tgf Chen.

LAE.

F6.

R. H.

! U)

Same ai Pj^ Lac, tee above.

A lyllaule employed by the Buddhists, in

prayers or imprecations.

To contract the eyebrows, as in sailing or laughing.

^ Pinseaou, To smile ; to smirk i ' :- laugh said chiefly
of women.
|
Yih pin, ylh seaou, A smirk
and a nmile.
^ frjj ^ | "-eeii c,ou. tung wei
pin. To repress a laugh, and indulge a slight smile. Used
ailso for jjj^ Pin, To contract the eyebrows from sorrow,
for || Pin, To stare with auger or indignation.
K WE 1 .

To call to ; to call out.

Original furm of P-ft T'hun, see 8 str.

HEANG.
LIN.

The voice of a bird.

^Htj TAN' or T han>

Same as Jj Than, To taste, and pj T'han, To eat.
HEU.
Same asf^ Heu, To breath or blow softly, general lamentation.
Same as

He, Sound o. social joy.

TS'HIN, or Ch'hin.

To confer , to bestow

upon ; particularly on the priests ofFull, for religious purposes.

In the phraseology of the Buddhists, the mode of recompeoce
employed by the religious to those who liesiow upon them
property is expressed, by ^| ^ Ta-tahin.
Jg
j& lj$ %1 jilt 1 Ta0U *aa fi,h te Jlh min**TIM hin'Tu

Over against; towards.

The same as |p] Being.

JU* $U 0 Kwei ,in ,ieang-fl".
The heart of the helianthus it directed towards the sun. j
^ Heang seen, Toward the front ; forwards, j ^ Heang
pei, Towards the back ; backwards.
^ ffi ^p.
MT>^ 1 M & m *T j i$Js h-he'">
yuyuen, puh k'ho heang urh k'heyew k'hopiih melh. Though
there be the flame of a fire, rising in front which may not be
approached, (I) can still extinguish it. (Shoo-kiog.) This
language was used by an ancient king to his ministers, referring
to the splendor of their power.
|t|| ^ -jp J( j J&
A -C iU> Su} keun"Ulee hcanS hwuy juhgan selh, In proper
season, the virtuous man, towards evening, enters within and
enjoys rest.
j jjj^ jj ] Woo fuh yu heang, Of the
five blessings it is said, Heang j' i. e. press forward to them.
The five are, Long life, riches, peace, the love of virtue,
contentment with one s fate.
| ^ fjjj ^ Heang ming
urh che, ' To rule in the full blaze of day." Said of the Sages,
who do not affect the works of darkness.
Original form of ij| Kwei

451

KING.

j|K s. c.
fcdt)

f% P HOW.

Oth Radical.

XVII

K how Q

A long sound.

Great; large. A man's name.

SEE\

To break or spoil ; the noise of breaking.

T=fcnl Original form of ^ Yen.

One says, An harmonious sound.
Ancient form of j) Shang, see 8 str.

TO.

Wide ; extensive.

The appearance of hanging down; thick.

faSame as IJ5( Ko, A song ; to sing.
K'HLfH, or Kwuh.

rcP} S. C.

A hurried annunciation of, or information given to. A

proper name. % % ^ ^ &
Te-k'hiih-kaou-sin-shc, Hwang-te che ts&ng-sun, ' Te-k'hiihkaou-sin-she, (an ancient king who lived about 2300 years
B. C.) was the Great-great grandson of Hwang-te.' This
character occurs written <|jt K'huh.

**|=f=^ Ancient form of ff| Ch'how.

Ancient form of Jjf T'hang.

SEVENTEEN STROKES.
Same as Rjf Yin, To answer.
HE.

$X

P ^ CMmy.be, Www shing,

Pm LAN.

Cb'huy he, The sound of the raouth ; i. e. the voice.

| Woo-he, The. tone of sighing, or of admiration.
J He-he, Sound; noise.

pfe
J

Lan laou chay na,

Unintelligible jargon. The same as |^ Lan.

YEN.

TSEEN.

' Tscen-tseu, Avaricious;

covetous. It Is vulgarly said,

] pjjjf jjS gj| Ne tseentse.u kwo t"how,You are avaricious over-bend* L e. Uo much.
T'HAOU.

A term which denotes 90 years

of agei 70 years of age is expressed by :&T'haou.

O^EE. KEEN.
To eat ; the same as these two, ||u Keen, and l Keen.

Cold ; severe; rigorous (commanding. Grave; solemn ; stern

dignified; majestic. Inducing respect; reverence; awe. To
respect; to stand in awe of. An epithet applied to parents. A
night watch; a military guard; a surname. The name of a,
Heen district; of a Chow district; of a country; of a tree.
3%
i^J
Han-U he I'm leg vug yen, Cold air
freezing, is called Yen; hence '
Yen han. Intense cold,
fri6id] ffc {ft J& & Y<,p'
mi"K kd J"J.
Yen i to instruct or give order* with intenseneis or severity.
Hfc 7 1
fit Keaou puh JCT* ,ie c^e to' Not
to leacb with due severity is (a proof of) the slotb of a master.

Q K'how

XVII.

30th Radical.

452

(San-tsze-king.)
^ | || Jjj3 Tsung yen pin le,
To manage with strictness or severity,
y^j
S j
Pi leiih sin yen, Lawj, strictly and rigorously referring to
every supposeahle case. ] ^ Yen-fa, Severe punishments.
] 1|i Yen-chungs ^ ] Chwangyen; j ^ Yen-siih ;
] W;i yen, All express with little modification of the
meinin;;, Gravity, sedalencss, stately solemnity ot demeanour.
3^ j Tsun-yen, Honorable and stately; a dignified gravity.
^ ( Kea yen, The father ot a family. ]
Yen-Uie,
The mother of family. $g || | jf ' M. Ye*
ching lie yen siih che kwei, Customs or manner of doing
things well ordered, regular and strict ; strict discipline.
tikH I $1 f H T *B %
yen-chung, sze-hoo nan yuseangyu, Formal and grave ns if
difficult of access,
| pj" ^JJ Wei-yen Who wei,
Awfully stately and solemn.
j ^ tfc jjj- Yen-foo, Use
moo, A severe father and an indulgent mother. |
jjjjjjr
Yen che king, Great respect apd veneration for (certain virtues.)
(Shoo-king.)

~p

^ Jg- Hea min yew yen i

and listens, must not to be despised. A nother says, ^

ffi ^ j!| 6! The **,r ^ HeaTen eoniiiU in the fear of the
People. These early sentiments have tended in every subsequent
age, to moderate considerably the despotisms of China. In
the above quotation, some rc-d J Yen, as Gang.
J
Yen T'heen-Uasc, A majestic son of Heaven, i. e. Emperor.
Used as a Verb, | | ^ Yen chUng che, Res
pected and venerated him.
^ J
] Hwaa
koo yue\ Yny-yen, The evening drum is called Yay-yen.
| Yth-jen, The first drum.
^ J Crh-yen, The
second d, urn, and so on.
Jj | Kae-yen, Troops placed
against an expected enemy.
J Yu-yen, Troops that
occupy a place after the enemy retires.
^ ^j>| ^ 1
^ Heung-chow yew yen-shoo, taou p'heyg, tain sbwily,
ho e yang; soo jlhchingtsew nang tsuyjin. In Hae-nan. there
is a tree called Yen-shoo, the bark and leaves of which being
steeped in water, and mixed with a fermenting substance,
in a few davs become a liquor which is capable of intoxicating,
a person.
Same as

Paou, sec above.

^ ^htseenpuhl.n,
yfi M Ait

Phkantehw.ng,

Vulgar form of

Tsan, see below.

$t ^ ~F ^ Ming yu hea kwB,

It i W M Funs kic kel,h f"h0 Princel " Heaven descends to view your conduct.
The people placed beneath you, are yet to be respected.
Do not reward the unworthy ; do not be cruel in punishment ;
Dare not to be remiss and id It i
Thus the decree (of Heaven) will secure the empire to you,
And abundantly build up your happiness.''
(She-king.)

YlNG, or Yang,
The voice ofa bird ; the harmonious songs of birds.
^ ~J* "J* Fl ratih chang chkng,
J5 1i ^ 1 Neaou minB yllnE j*"*{il fa ^ ti- Ch'hoh Uze 7ev Mh

Composed in reference to
~J~ Woo-ting, who lived
B. C. 12*8- One Commentator says, ^ |j j^j j^j

^ ~f Hj)

'r'^ea Ja k'heaou mfflh,

1 ^Wl ^Ykngk-heminge,
^
g|C Kew k'he yew shing,
$t yx u n nt ^ pi
He*ven iboush i,iKi,,y
exalted, really descends (or comes down), and the survey, or
inspection thereof, is greatly to be feared, the people though,
they are in base circumstances, as Heaven really looks

ffl L % %S"''RI*~ue'
^^Yewkewyewshiog,
%\

A^Ch',nejine*

R. H.

453

30th Radical.

XVIII.

K'how Q

EIGHTEEN STROKES.
jf$ i shin che tinB chejjjjfc. %\ Q 2p Chung ho ts'heay ping.
Ita felling: a tree, the axes of man; resound ;
The birdi of I he wood jmp in reiterated notes to their fellows j
Thej issue forth from shady retreats in the v allies :
They remove to the groves, and perch in groups on the loftj trees,
Tu each other they chirp in responses.
These are the sounds by which friends are in tited t
Observe those birds!
Even they have a voice to invoke friendship;
Shall it then be that men
Desire not the society of living friends!
The gads listen with pleasure to those
Who continue to the end in harmony and peace. (She-king.)
: consider the last two lines as expressing, that the
Gods assist those who live in friendship ; and that the influence
ofcordial friendship will gradually exert itself, and spread, till
finally harmony and peace, universally prevail in the world.
They say, In the smallest affair, as felling a tree, a union of will
and of effort is required i the social feeling pervades animated
nature. A selfish human being is an unnatural anomaly.
From the Prince to the peasant there is none who requires
not the assistance of friendship to effect bis wishes.
' E.

To eat ; to gnaw.

Ancient form of

ChTh, or Tslb.

HEAOU.

Same as j H eaou.

{jgp ZjC Heaou jen, Being at leisure. The name of a place.

The name ofan officer in ancieut times.
Same as ^ Tsuh, see 11 strokes.

pc& tseo", or Tseaou.

To bite i to chew; to gnaw; to rnminate. To drink^w"*h
U also expressed by
fig She-tseo.
j |g f< jf1
M IP IK m ffi $ % ^Tseo; fu> Ueo rh.y,
king too j in tsew seang keang cbetsze yay, ' J"nk and drink
again, is an expression used in Peking, urging people to
take wine.' It is vulgarly expressed bJ
ES^ flfe Cho
tsuy t ha, ' Dominate him drunk, exercise the power of a
master over him.
pj ^ 1 ^ Yaou wan. tseo tsze,
'To bite letters and chew charters,' denotes a pedantic
introduction of learned erases;
fjjj j \)^ Joo
t'hung tseB la, 'JustliW chewing wax;' applied either to
disagreeable food, osv^o a<l 'ty'e of writing.
pjj, J
Tseu tseB, To che-. to craunch.
^
Jj
|
New yang v-w too, nangtseB; yu who too pub nang tseo ;
18 keu yu J-w too, koo nang tseB, Cows and sheep have
stonvchs, and can chew or ruminate i fish have no stomachs,
apt cannot chew ; the fish called Chug, alone hiis a slomnch, and
therefore it can chew.
^ j Ta tseS, To chew with
large mouthful*.

Ancient form of ^ K'he.

P^v" Same as ^ Lan, see 14 strokes.
JgflL.
g Another form of j?sj Shang.
JOO.

Name of an animal aid to hive a red I

nose, azure coloured tail, and to devour tigers.

VOL I.

4a

P K'how.

^ SA,

XVIII.

3<;th Radical.

454

Occurt much in the books of Buddah.

TE.

The name of a city.

The name of a tribe in tbe weft

CHUEN.
P^s. HfH, Hwtth, or Hwa.
j Hwiih hwiih, A boasting self-glorying manner, of
acting or peaking.
|=j
^Jg Tne the maou. Self,
complacency. One Dictionary says, The appearuce ofrapid
enunciation.
rfi rw K beu> To CP" ,nd hog0-

The chirping or rang ofn bird; modulationi of the voice,

whether in birds or in men.
P^jjj Shing chuen, Modulation*
or inflection* of the voice.
4 ^ fgjt
|j| j
Sin ne'en nenou thing tt'heen chung chuen, At the new year
the voicct if birdt are modulated in a thomand different
wsyt.
J?ft ^ W 1 Lew J'DK P,tr cnuen> T"e birds
Ying, hop from tree to tree, tinging with numeroui modula
tion! of the voice. ^
] Shing keaou chuen, A voice
delicate and finely modulated.

CHUE\ To take into the mouth ai if tucking ,

CHE, or Nee".
o riobba. up. ^
ft Chut ,hah yi UvQy<
Sldbber up pu.e tnd drink water.
Slme
chu&
Pkhl YEN..
] ^m ye0> *' Tangling appearance, alrife.
T'HP '

A mouth without any rule

or law to ittelf. The mouth moving or chattering and talking;

vilifying, backbiting. fljj| jljj^ Cbe-joo, Loquacious i wordy,
indittinct murmuring. JJjjj j Ch'he-nee, Indittinct whitpering.
PQ
HEAOU, or Gaou.
{g S. C.

To '"e^ or snort from the noie.

or Hw3h.

To,rlg , to D0t

H WAN, or Twan. Te caH to, to

clamournuily ( to clamour in disputation

out

Pj| | ^ ^"

Hwan hwan jen, piih che k'he so fei

Tbe vulgar profettor. of ,etter, ia M, ^ .^^^ J
wrangle in deputation, ignorant oftheir error, and misconduct.'
(Seun-t.ze.)
| j| Hwan heaou. To make a noise and
clamour.
ft t ft & + ~ & %
| |lf Y.n t.S Fang-.eangyu ,hlh rh thowwoo hwanhoo, Therefore the F.ng-seang. with twelve (men dretsed up
like) animal,, throw themtelve. into variou. posture, and make
a clamorou, unite, to expel evil .pirit.. See under fjfc No.

From Four Hootht and Head. The breath or voice

atcending above the head. To make a noise; to vociferate;
noite; vociferation i noite ofa market place. j j Beaouheaou, Self-satisfaction; telf-cumplacency. A complaining
tone; sighing; reviling, vilifying othert. Pitt or hollow placet
in hillt are called 3aou. The name of a quadruped, of a bird
taid to have four wingt; of a river, of a hill, and of a country
or district. A surname ; a man's name.
^ -J" -J~ ^jj Che tare yu meaou.
^Jt 1

1 ^"lcn ' Deaou heaou.

The royal attendant, in going forth to the chace.

In numbering the followers make a clamorous noite.
| Yew thwO, jin rheche ylh heaou beaou ; jin piih che ylh.
heaou-heaou. Travelling to instruct othert, if inttruction be
known, (i.e. received), feel self-satisfaction ; if it be not received

30th Radical.

+55
till fed self-satisfaction.

0 -j^

Pf 1^ I

XIX.

K'how Q

1
TS- HA.

ho-jon ne k ho e heaou-heaou e ; yut tsun Uh la e, tilh k'ho

e heaou-heaou c. It wan said, How can one thui feel selflatisfaction ? (Mang-tixe) replied. Honor virtue and delight in
righteousness, then yon maj feel self-satisfaction. (.Hea-mang.)

Noise made by a crowd m ap

and encouraging poslure-makers.

pSj |jjs|| Tsaou-tsa, Jh>ij
made by a crowd of persons; tumultuous noise.
"<r-*^ LWAN.

Confused, incoherent discourse.

*ii %k f$ V Ml"B m8en Uaae

^ Jj jg. ^ Piih kan kaou laou;
$E

ij ^ Woo

ff| 0

pf^Original form of P|? P'heaou, see 1 1 str.

wo ko 1

| Tsan k'how gaou-gaou >

4: \ E.
,A

The tone ofr severe pain.

l^P Hea roin che nee-!

^ ii^- ||] ^ Fei keangtszetheem

^ ^ 1fl T,uu U Pei 1,01)61
fl&IS
ACMhkinsyewj',nWith reluctant and over-strained efforts attending to business,
Not daring to mention the labour and toil i
Without any crime, without any fault,
Assailed by the clamours of the slanderous month, [service!.
Such misery is the lot of the people (.forced into the'public
It is not the visitation of Heaven I
It is from adulating parasites, who detest and slander each other ;
Every evil comes from the malicious eflorts of these men.
(She-king.)
This is a specimen of that unpoetical verse, which is
denominated ^ Foo. (See Chinese Grammar, page 275.)
Sk $C ) ] T ninS wo beaou-heaou, You bear me with
supercilious indifference. (She-king.)
| j jja ^f> j
Heaou heaon jo piih tsiih. The people grumbled or complained
from distress, not having sufficient.
^kfe j^J | ^ |J|
7$ Q /Z,
Hl,e nay neaou"Jen> nnS V*16 'a *ng
che sin, All lauds surrounded by the ocean, uttered mournful
cries, and lost entirely the love of life. (Vide, Han-shoo.) jp
^
1 MGanUiechechIhkin
she tseaou yae heaou chin, Gan-tsze's house was near the
market place, was low, cou fined, noisy and dusty. (Tso-chuen.)

NINETEEN STROKES.

tgftfc CH'HEN, or CM.

Chen jen, A laughing clearance, loud laughter.

Pfih CH'HAE, A man's- name

i
In Tso-chuen, it is written without Mouth by the side.
Same as M Shlh, Alarmed as by a tiger. Occurs
in the bonks ofTaou-izefi&& Same a* [gl Le, A syllable in the prayers of Buddh.

^fcM^ E. The tone of laughing; noise made in sleep; (noring ; talking in sleep.
t|j ^ P|| |1$
Meen cn0nE
gan e shin hoo, Snoring and calling oUI in sleep.
v^jjjjj-^ LO.

A tone employed in song | the prattle of

YUNG. The voice of birds.

a 1-ttle child. ^

to-so, or

^ Low-lo, Troublespme.

P K'how.

XIX. SOth Radical.

456

-d, l>j minute and petty rcqueitt or statements.

^7
* Hfc ~f" St 1 ^ ffc Wo Jaj p"h k,n ,Mh fun
lo-^u lie, However 1 would not venture to be very troublesome
to,o. 9$U.l%%ife
a-,..
ne char ko jin shlh tiae lo-so. Ah 1 you are a very troublewme
man.
Read Say, j PJffe >> -ehay, Many words ; erbose.
Ii a ay liable which occurs often in the books of Buddh.
LA.

The sound of gnawing a bone.

j Me-nang, Name of a flower.

j Yin-nang, A kisat
of cushion that one could lean against. In the time of Han, ffa
^ ^ "{jif !5ji |
^B- Fin Peaou <*aog keae taaou
nang fung sze, All statements to the Emperor were sealed up
in a black b^;.
ft ^ | ^^^.^^^B
ts'hing nang chung shoo kew kenen yu che. Gave him nine
volumes of a book contained in a blue bag.
JJIJ ^jjf
| Sze hae kung nang. Four seas empty sack ; i.e. extreme
poverty all over the empire.
TS'HX, or Tsilh.

YUN.

Noise, clamour.

The voice of a bird.

m
NANG.
A bug i a lack ; a large bag or sack. To hold iu a bag. A
aurname. $ f# |f$ P 3| Nang, siih ching k'how-tae,
A sack is commonly called K'how-tae. djji
jjjji p]
I M ^ El ^ T" T"w J"* nang, woo te yuc kfl, A
bag with a bottom to.v is called Nang ; without a bottom it is
called KB The Xt it bed round the body, and contains a y
thing Taluab'l.It.u oommpnly called jjjgi ] Chen-tae. Ko
also denotes a st.sII bag in contradistinction from Nang, A large
"CfcM \ ffi ftn Keae n"Be="'B l*ng. To open
a sack and bestow of its contents on another person i a phrase
made use of when soliciting assistance, on taking a journey, or
on any other particular occasion.
] Keae keae
kin nang, Open, open the variegated silken bag; is said when
requesting a person to open his mind and tell his opinion.
1 'H ^ ljt N*"B
ko l"b- BJ the 1'gl't of ' a glow,
worm in a gauze bag distressed yet studying.' ify J Hing
nang, Travelling bag, expresses whatever one takes wi:h him
on a journey.

The sound of a drum. Read Ts'han, To sneer at j or ri

dicule ; to swallow i to devour. Occurs in the
Tsan, to reiterate unnecessarily.
P1^' | Tnaqu-ts&, Noise i
sound , the sound of a drum.
^
jfj) ^ jjg ftfc
PdI jfo -ft- n Hi 1 Puh
nrh kou- "
che gaou ; wan ylh urn kaou urh, wei cbe tsan. To teach him
who does not enquire is trifling i to teach two things to him who
enquires ouly about one, is unnecessary talking. (Seun-tsze.)
X3t*

An old form of eg Yin.

TSAN, Or Chan.

To peck; to taste; a slight

repast i to aip. To speak for others, or to imitate others.

Same as

Pan, see Radical ~% Yen.

Ancient form of

Yen.

M H #M Nae ko how
Same as
-p^-J1 | Yu- kfi yu nang.
Also put Sour and grain,
Some in bags and some is sacks,
(She-king.)
W 1 Chwang-nang'1 Chwang-tze, fory)^ |j|
Ts'heang-nang, To snatch, to disturb, to throw into disorder.

Yen, see above.

An ancient form of jfjj Shang.

SOth Radical.

457

TWENTY to TWENTY-TWO Strokes.

up* SElH, or ChTh.

XXIII.

K how Q

(firj JMelh-seih.Thenoisa

of nianv persons in a hurry; tociferation.

TOW YEN' or Gan.

MB
s c.
UM s. c.
b(Va

HWAN.
To breathe; to sigh | to moan i to hum ; to recite.

To fill out; to call to; the Toice of any animal.

Ancient form of |^ Keen, Distress.
NElH. To chew ; to gnaw ; to craunch ; to corrode
j^q
^
J3j[3 Seuh minche keeogTh, Compassionate
the distresses of the people.
1 jj!^ Keen-nan, Difficulty i
distress.

like insects.

Nclh kwtih, To gnaw a bone.

Pt^rj^. Same as

Wan, see 14 strokes.

xn$* tsX, or Tso . Confused noise ; clamour ; sound.

Hart Same as |f Hwan, see above.
^
^.^a ^ Tsow yen ko che Uaou
Strike
up the commanding clattering sound of drums.
| (b^
Tsi-ta, The name of a country. Syn. with tH*f Tso, and |f||
T.S.
Read YC, Syn. with ^ Y6. To deliberate respecting
any crime.

An old form of Jg? Yen, see above.

V&+ Same as P|? T'han, see under 12 str.

Original form of pf Tsaou.

Same as

Hwan, To call upon:

TWENTY THREE STROKES.

Pytajf CHEN.

To speak with difficulty.

t^j^^ CHUH.

To tell; to direct; to give orders to;

LO.

To split or rend.

A syllable which occurs in the books of Buddah.

KEEN, or Gan.
to engage another person to do. f pj|
^ 'J^ ^
Ifa ^ Wo chuh foo ne kwae k'heu, kwe lac, I order you to
make haste in going, and make haste in coming back.
j
^ Chuh-shoo, or^ j E-chiih, A parent's will, left at
death. "J"
$t | Ting ning che chuh, or ~f | Tirigchiih,' Arain and ag*in to give directions to nail it safe, as the
characters imply. Vulgarly written flj^ Chiih. }
Chiih
fb.8, To t-l; to do, to request to do fur one.
VOL. I.
4B

i Keen-gan, A hill.

n
The name of a barbarous song. The same as -j^ K'hecn.
Ptea Same as Nsfi T'how, To buast.

jg'E?. Another form of ^ Keen, Difficult.

Hwuy.

II.

31th Radical.

458

YEN, or Gan.

^ ^ Paou chow, To rerenge.

pay the price of. Thii word i*
below. See Radical "= Yen.

j j^Chowchlh, To
uied without Mouth

To sigh i to moan ; to hnra ; to recite.

l^tm Ancient form of |J| Keen.
CH'HOW, or Chow.
The Tulgar form of ^ Chow, A pair of birdi. To wrangle {
to fight; to hate; hatred; an enemy. To pay ; retribution.

Ancient form of j|i Ch'how, Wild.

THIRTY-FIRST

HWUY.

s. c.
0
Q
Represent! encircling ; ta enclose and protect The ancient
form of jjgj Wei, To surround and guard; also of Kw5, A
nation, a country; an enclosure with a spear and a mouth, and
a smaller enclosure in the middle. Tsze-hwuy affirms that this
character denoted square; but Cbing-tsze-fhung and Kang-he,
both deny it.
jfH.

Same as J Jlh, The sun; a circle and

a
one, Denoting tbe unity of the sun.
Ancient form of jj K'he.To rise, to raise.

RADICAL.

Vulgar form of M Yin, in the

a
before ; because.
NE1H.

S. C.

To take any thing clandestinely with the hand, draw it ia

and secret it. To take with the hands to hide.
TSEW, or Chuw.
A man enclosed. To confine; to imprison; to shackle;
to fetter; to handcuff. A prison; a criminal. The reasons
of condemnation,
large cage into
which a criminal is put, sometimes with his head out of the
upper surface. ^ j || f^J jg jjj] Tso taew-lung telh
chung fan, A great offender confined in a cage.
^j"

TWO STROKES.

The original form of JHJ Hwuy, Representing turning

round in the centre. To turn round ; to return.

4fc "7* Ke yew tsze ke-hwny, ho piih tscang t'ha urh jin,
yung tsew kwan buy, tsew kin leaou, As we hare this
opportunity (to rerenge an uncle's cause), why should we not
take these two men, fill them drunk, and then confine them

31th Radical.

459
in a cage.
^ ] Chang-tsew, A kind ofjailer ; one who
has the charge of criminal! ; to superintend criminals.
1 tiP^M.* If T
Fan t*ew cn*J' nang tsuy kiih kung, urh chlh ;
chung tsuy chlh kuh; hea tiuy kiih. All those who arc
imprisoned for great crimes, both hands are shackled together,
and the feet arc fettered ; for a middle clan of crimes, one foot
and one hand are fettered ; for a lower class of crimes one hand
only is shackled. j J| j ^jf j
Ting chung
tew, ylh k'he shTh, To mitigate the rigour of a crimi
nal's confinement, and increase the quantity of his food.
^1 | Yaou-tsew, The determination respecting a criminal,
or the reasons of that determination.
!/JT jjj^ ^ ]
P'bei pe yaou tsew, A final decision respecting the preceding
determination. (Shoo-king.) J[ Jj UJxi ^ i. 7a H
"J" ^] |J^F 3l 1
1 ^aou tscw>
n*en wo
luh jTh, che yn seun she, p'bei pe yaou tsew, The King,
(B. C. 11 OS) said, The reasons of a capital sentence must
be considered fire or six days ; after a decade has elapsed, then
pronounce the great and irrevocable decision.
jpf J^
^5; T'hang Tae-tsung yui, <ze chay piih ko fiih sang, keu
tsew e urh jlh woo fuh tsow, ' Tae-tsung, of T'hang dynasty, (A.
D. 769) said, The dead cannot be restored to life again; you
must take two days to report capital cases five times, before
the filial decision be given.
J ^jJ Tsew-fan, An incar
cerated criminal.
] Jiih Uew, To imprison.
TE1H, or Ne.

To move ; to shake.

From Q Hwuy, Pour square; and /\_ PS, To divide or

separate ; denoting that the square is to be separated i hence
Four. A surname. ^ J7[] Te sze, The fourth. \}Jj jfj
Sze-fang, Foursquare; the four points of the compass.
J
i^E Sze-ke, The four seasons.
J ^Sre-ch'hoo, j ~J\
Sze-hea; J Jj Sze-fang; |
Sze-meen, express, All
around ; every where.
^ ~Jn
^jj
5ze hea le fang
tsiu, To search all around, every where, or in every direction.

HI.

Hwuy M

| j|q J\ ~Jj Sze meen pa fang, Four surfaces and eight

regions; express the four sides of a square, and then those
four, with the four corners, which make eight
j
-J- Sze fang keun tsze, Good people all around. j jg^
J\ ^| Se t'hung pit ta,* A passage or thoroughfare in every
direction;' it metnporically denotes a man of clear perceptions,
who sees the nature and reason of whatever comes hef .re bim.
ft ~~ % 1ar ^ % l Chung J,h wei urh>
urli wei sze, To double one makes two; two and two make
four.
-j- J Shlh-sze, Fourteen.
] -j- Sze shlh,
Forty. -cHb | "j- yLTs'hcihts'helh, sze shlh kew,
Seven times seven make forty-nine. In the centre of tbc Empire,
1 Sxe, was read Selb.
/ ^ TSj
] ft ||
Hilt^l I/Kin kwan sze wan e sze tsO sze, fang
cha wei ts'huen ylh, The officers of Government in their writings
have now changed Sze to Sze, to guard against false and clan
destine alterations.

THREE STROKES.
.. /
KEEN.
jjj KEE

A son ; a child.

A If
0 HJ Min jin 1,00 ufh yu* k8en* The
people of Fuh-keen Province, use Keen to denominate a child.
They pronounce it Tsae. Also read Yu2.
|
Gae
tsae she. An ode lamenting (the fate of) children. Composed in
consequence of an Emperor of the T'hang Dynasty, taking the
children of Fuh-keen Province to be eunuchs.
j
i^P
Tiae pec lang-pa, The boys are separated from their
fathers. Lang-pa, is a Provincial word for father.
CHWANG.

s. c.

09
The ancient form of
Chwang. A window. Or as it is
expressed, Jg
g j|g jJ j fl^ "h <* miih, heu e
t'hung ming, The eye of a house; an open spice to admit light.
The seal character represents the lattice work, which is yet
placed in windows in the north of China. The middle part of
J^Tsang .(> Hwuy, andsimilar characters, are derived from this.

Q Hwuy.

III.

fj HWUY.

31th Radical.

(3

(0)

460

(VD

Designed to represent fomelhiog revolving within a circle.

To revolve; to turn round; to return. Curved i deflected ;
reverting to i bent down or oppretied v to turn aside and
avoid. A surname; the name of a citj; and repeated, [5]
JgJ Hwuy-hwuy, The religion and country of the Moham
medans. The section of a book. A time or turn. ijn| |
Chuen -hwuy, or reversed, Hwuy-chuen, To turn round, jjj^
1 Wi ^} Chuea hwuy thow k'han, Turned round the head
to look.
| ajjf- Chuen hwuy lae, Turned round and
came back again.
i ^ "| Ylh k'heu pfih hwuy,
Once gone not lo return.
B)] ^ % '
T ***
ming neen yaou hwuy lae. He will return next year.
|
jjf( |=
Hwuy t how the gan, But turn round the head,
the shore ii there i
[
^ Hwuy t how she taou,
Turn round the head, the path of reason and virtue is there.
These two expressions are addressed as a stimulus and encour
agement to the profligate, intimating, ihal if they will but turn
from vice, virtue is attainable.
] *i Hwuy sin, To turn
round the heart; to repent and reform; also expressed by
1
l> Hwu7 ,in chuen e' ' Turn|ng the heart and
changing the intention.
j jM| Hwuy-seang; 1 JB
Hwuy-sze, To revolve in the Ihuughts; to reflect ; to reconsider.
j ^ Hwuy ylh, To recollect.
| Chuj hwuy. To
run after, to re-call. ^ 1
Tseu hwuy ylh ch'hoo,
To return and assemble at one place; said of those who had
run from an enemy.
/^j |
^
Yew hwuy
t'heen chelelh, Having strength adequate to cause the heavens
to revolve.
]
Hwuy seay, Deflected; depraved.
i fflg ^ j K'he tin puh hwuy, His virtue was not
deflected, or turned aside from the straight path. (She-king.)
2 3fc ]
TseuS k'he hwuy loo, To cut off u person or
an army's retreat.
jj| ^ j he seTh hwuy, The prin
ciples of decorum, remove what is depraved or vicious. (Lekiug.)
~p j Hea hwuy, The next time. ^
~J
^ j T ha lae leaou k he hwuy, He has come several times.
7^ j Te ke hwuy, Which time or turn?
j
^ Hwuy-pe, To turn aside, to retire from view; it is

also used imperatively. Apart of the usual insignia of lb*

officers of Government I when they pass through the streets, an
two boards on which are written, '
: Suh-Uing,
I
hwuy-pe. Be respectful and silent; turn aside and make way.
Those boards are called jjJ ^
Kaon keo pae, A tall
footed tablet
ijjk | Pae-hwuy, Irresolute; undetermined; flying about
from thing to thing; loose flowing garments. j jfc -W"
Hwuy-sang-tan, A revivifying pill ; a kind ofmedicine.
"J Yen-hwuy, The fnvorite disciple of Confucius.
J ^
Hwuy-yin, or | ^ Hwuy-sin, A written reply; a letter
sent in answer to one received. ]
Hwuy-U, To reply i
to answer to.
] ^ Hwuy-hwa; J
Hwuy-paou,
An answer brought by a messenger; or a spy. |
Hwuyle, Denotes either obeisance paid in return, or a present sent
in return for one received-. | 1^. Hwuy-pae, To return a
visit, jjijj^ | Lun-hwuy, The doctrine of the metempsy
chosis, or transmigration ofsouls; some apply the phrase to
the changes from riches to poverty ; and from poverty to riches,
which take place m life.
j
Hwuy-hwuy keaou,
The Mohammedan religion.
|
Hwuy-tsze, A Moham
medan- JjjX ijlp I j- Hung maou hwuy tsze, Read capped
Mohammedan. ^
j
p,h maou hwuy tsze, White
capped Mohammedan,
j _J1 Chen t'how hwuyUze, Turban Mohammedan.
|
Jjj^ 0 ^ g
Hwuy-tsze fungsuh, kit Uze tsaou fan. The Mohammedan
custom is for every one to prepare his own rice.
1 I IS
Hwuy-hwuy kw8 ming, Is the name ofa
country otherwise called in Chinese history, ^ ^ l!^Ta
kwS ; and in a Statistical work, it is called ^ pjg ffi Mlbchug-na, which seems a corruption of Medina.
A tft % H
2 # - * 9f 1
king t'heen, le pae cbe wae, ylh woo so tsung, ' The people of
that country worship Heaven,, beside the rites of which
worship, there is no other being or thing to which they pay
divine honors.' The rich, it is said, are liberal to tbe poor, and
persons from other parts of the country are received as friends.
! (- i'^- 4'^. Ke pS tsang, ' Their funeral rites are bare.' In
Canton they are buried without coffins. The shell in which
the deceased is carried to the place of interment, has a bottom
which draws out, and lets tbe corpse fail into the grave. Ifit

461
fall wilh its face toward* the heavens, they bunt out in
expressions of joy, regarding the circumstance aj an omen of
future felicity ; if the corpse turn round with its face to the
earth, the; tried tears, considering it as an unhappy omen.
! ii further added, under the word Hwuy, that they
|J|
/f^ ^
P" chae l,uh nl[n
I*. Keep their fatta,
refusing to eat even to death. They jjjg
^ @
Sze T'heen puh wci seang, Worship, or sacrifice to, Heaven
but do not make idols. In M jgg fgj ^ ^ B Chin Suy,
keen jiih Chung-kwo, The time of Chin and Suy, (about the 7th
century) they first entered China. Afterwards,
ygj ^| Kang hae che Kwang-chow, They came by tea to
Canton.
&jtyX%.&1tyM*i" Yuene
how, man yen Chnng-kwS, After the Dynasties Kin and Yuen,
they spread widely through China.
/Q*
/Qfc

Kin tsae Isae yew che, Now they are in every place.
One Writer define! Hwuy thus, j^r ^ jjj, ^
F^J ^ Hwan t'heen che k'he t t'heen te leang rhingt t'beenchow te wae; yin yang woo hing hwuy chuen k'he chung yay,
The yet fluid ethereal celestial influence, being received by
heaven and earth, the heavens revolve without side the
earth i the Yin and the Yang, with the five elements, revolve in
the midst thereof. ^ ] Te hwuy. To keep the mind
lingering and dwelling upon what is pleasant or desirable,
jj^ J jj P^Tc hwuy chin yin, To dwell upon with pleasure,
nd in deep thought recite what is agreeable in any literary
composition.
f^i ^ | Jf^ Shen yew hwuy wang, To
clear up the case of, and deliver from punishment one who has
been oppressed and falsely accused. yj | jfify jj^ Yew hwuy
mei than, Towards the right made a circuit round the Mei hill.
| ^ Hwny-yuen, or ^ J Heu-hwuy, Said of passes
or roads that are long, winding, and waste. Yulgarly written

3 1st Radical.

111.

Hwuy

open space between the ossa temporalia, which in young subjects

it filled up with cartilaginous substance, in Chinese called H|
|] Sin-mun, or )g fHJ Ting-mun. flf

f- ffi

MWiH 1 W&tftfolti&tif
Jjj^ <jp Ylh she shin show, tseang tsew wan, tslh tsae Ch'hangsan sin-mun, p'he p'ho, heue" ch hiih, yu she yun ming, All at
once slipped his hand, and threw it at the tup of Ch'hang-san's
head, and broke the skini the blood flowed, and after awhile he
died. Most of the Dictionaries quote the following passage,

&
nz
i
When a child is in its mother's womb, all the passages are
stopped, it receiva the breath (or living influence) only by
the umbilical cords the temporal aperture makes a com
munication for the living influence, hence the bones are not yet
closed) afterbirth the passages are opened, the mouth and note
receive the air, and the bowels become a backward passage for
iti the temporal bones gradually dose. It is addeJ,
|^
4^ KK ^ j|| These are the principles of the ascent and
descent of the Yin and Yang. For Yin and Yang, two of Um
Dictionaries use
fjjj which seems to denote Spiritual
intelligence i bat what is intended by the ascent and descent
thereof, is not easy to conceive or express. ~JB t^t
j^g

"g -d- p|[

j pEj In the centre of the top of
the bead, in the middle of the round tuft of hair, is the hundred
assemblage, (perhaps the sensorium, and they refer to the
collection of the nerves there), an inch and a half before the
hundred assemblage, it the front vertex ; and three inches before
the hundred assemblage, is the Sin-mun (the temporal aperture).
An old form of Jsl Leang.

Hwuy.
s. c.
Also read Sin and Seth. The calvaria. (ShwU-wan.) They
express it by & j^j ^ T'how hwuy naou kae, The cover
of the brains assembled in the head. The temporal suture, or
voi> i.
4e

YIN.
From pj Hwuy, and ^ Ta, That which is great within a
circle, because | ^ ^ ft* Jg |f NSng ta chay,
chung wei tsew che, He who can do great things draws many

pjHwuy.

111.

31st Radical.

462

around him; hence its usual meaning. That which induces

effect! or consequences. A cause; because; for Ibe sake of; on
account of; the circumstance from which; to influence or
engage to do; to rest or lean upon; to continue as before, to
conform to what exists. A surname- To rhyme, read Yen.
Occurs denoting, To disperse. l|[
4pj j^J Sze fei
woo fin, The affair is not without a cause.
^ 'jpj" ]
Wei ho jin, For what cause? ] j|
Yin shin sze,
Because of what affair? ] , flj] $ ^
fft #
<fj|j Yin wei t ha lae tlh eke, so-e ma t'ha, Because he came
late, therefore gave him a scolding. This mode of expression
is usual, | Yin, Because, in the first member of the
sentence ; and jj}^ j So-e, or ^ Koo, Therefore, in the
beginning of the next member.
| "flli 7 ^ ^ jifc
Yin
f<ii> 'ac' 1100
w"
l,eJlwan'
Because he did not come, (therefore) 1 was displeased.
|
jjj Yin ho yucn yew. For what reason? because of
what original circumstances.
] j| ^ jjjj^ Yin tszc che
koo, For this reason ; for this cause.
-jjjj1 Q ^
jjj jjB Fan naou, keaeyin keang ch*hiih t'how, Trouble and
vexation all arise from violently pushing out one"s head; i. e.
from being too forward to interfere or attract notice.
j
YX ^ flj Yin e wei le' For ,he "ke fg>n.
| ]
ffl 3 ll Yin ?m y Hca
The a>n,uly Yin continued
>o the great principles of propriety observed by the dynasty
Hea. JfJ | jft | If* Chow yin yn Yin le, The dynasty
Chow, continued in the observances of Yin.
$|^T J
^^f^ Wtaeseangke, keaeyin
she urn pjh nSng peen, The three Dynasties succeeded each
othaw,. and all continued (the le or moral principles) unable to
change them. (Lun-yu.) "| ^ I 05. j jft fifc
5rl til Yin seuii, Yin-jing, yin k'he koo che wei yay,. The
phrases Yin-scun and Ym-j'mg, express continuing the old
state of things. (Luh-shoo.) Yin-seun, often occurs in the
Peking Gazettes denoting remissness, negligence, letting
things go on in any way without paying attention to them.

1 ft
If
*"o would
taise anything high, must avail himself of existing hills and
mountains ; he who descends low, must avail himself ofexisting

low lands and beds of rWers,and can he be called wise wbs>

wonM rule the Empire without availing himself of the existing
principles of the ancient kings. (Mang-tsze.) By thus,
| ^/^ Yin che, Availing one's self of what previously existed;
it is added, fft
& \f\\ $ tfl %
One effecU much
with little labour. Jjj ^ J Keu8 min yin, The people
were more and more dispersed. (Shoo-king.)
|
^ ^ }
^ $Q Yin t'heen sze t'heen ; yin te sze te,
Conformably to the height of Heaven, worship (or sacrifice
to) it on a higher place or altar : conformably to earth, being
lower, sacrifice to it on a lower place. (Le-king.) j
& ^ Mft Pf ifi. Yin' Duh hlhk'het'hin,y.h
k'ho. tsung yay, In depending on any one, do not miss in
respect of a person worthy of being nearly related to, and who
also may be worthy of being regarded as a master.
|}^
H* 1 l^-fifii^-S"^.^ She-Uic *in Chintsze urh e kaou Mkng-lsze ; Sbe-tsze engaged (or employed)
Chin-tsze te mention these circumstances to Mftng-Uze. 3JE
| Woo yin, No apparent source; place or cause from
which a thing proceeds. ^ p ffi "Jfr J ^
^
1
tseen she yin, kin s&ng show chay she; y8 che how she yin,
kin sling Uo chay she, He who desires to know what he was in
a formec state of existence, may infer it from what be receives
now; he who wishes to know what he will be in a future
state, may ascertain it from his present actions. Occurs in the
sense of
Yin, Marriage.

jj^jQ YAOU.

The name of a divinity.

|^ |-^ CH W A N G. An open aperture, like a window.

Same as P?) NeKh, see ahove.

31st Radical.

IV.

WAN, Yin, or, Yuen.

Hwuy I

S. C

FOUR STROKES.

|vj->| TH'HUN. A bamboo round basket to contaia

The appearance of revolving oi circulating. A portion of

land containing twelve
King.
CH'HWANG- An aperture for the admission-

rice. A small granary.

^ [[Q Me t'hun, A wooden
receptacle for grain.
[ ^| Th'hun-tselh, To forestall and
hoard up grain.
0 #H
#f | %
| ^ ^
Kin jib me kea kaou gang, keen min
hay le th'hun tselh keu.ke, Of late the price of rice hav
ing become 10 high, arise? from bad subjects, aiming at the
acquisition of gain forestalling, hoarding up, and monopo
lizing. (Government Proclamation.) Considered a vulgar
form of

T'hun.

|^| KHANG.

To lay by ; to store up.

~f$'. {Sjj Ti'hang kang, To hide i to lav up.

YUEN.

Deep water. The hum as ^ Yuen.

$9 W
ffl Wlih miDS y 7Uen' P'ant' 5rowin6
out of deep water.
J^a
j
Hwang k'hwang yuen
heuen An appearance of vastnets and profundity.

of light; a^dow.
#jf0l#,l[El^
Tsae tei>n. yuS yews tsae iih yu8 ch'hwang, A widow in a
wall is called Yew i in a house, it is called Ch'hwang. Also read
Ts'hung, The door or mouth ofa furnace.
| J^Jj
3^ Ch'hwang tsuo hoo wei ming, The window assists the
dhor in affording light. Commonly written J^Ch'hwang.
^ j T'heen ch'hwang, A sky light, or aperture in the roof
ofa house.
u
HWUH.

A thing being whole ; complete or

round, is called |gj jjj Hwuh lun. The same as ^

Hwan-lun, Any thing complete or whole ^undivided. | Jgj
^ ^rC Hwuh lun t'hun tsaou, To swailow down a fig entire.
NEE, or. Na, To move the hand.

The vulgar form of JjjJ Hwuy, To retHrn. It if.

KEUNG.

improperly used, being the ancient form of jgj Meen, The face.
A window. A man's name. Light and ornamented.

Jgj,

ltJM#iflWll$ Keung ch'hwangJew|e ioo

k'hae- ming seang hing, Keung w a window ofa house, or
aperture in a wall, ornamented, open and lightsome, the
character resembles it.. (Shwb-wan.) Syn. with ij^jj Keung.
& P,l L &
R rtt M\ I I Chung mingshTh
yew-yew; yue t'hoo ch'hwang keung keung, The insectschjrp in the deep recesses ofthe mansion .the moon sheds forth
on the window a feeble light
P'HEEN.

The sound ofspitting forcibly.

l^j^j WAN. Hound; rounded; to rub off the corners,.

or make round; to remove knotty facts, and the' stubborn,
corners oftruth for the purpose of carrying through a given
affair.
j 3?"
{jjj Wan, kwei keo min cho, Wan,
is to melt off the corners of a square stone. This is also used
metaphorically for softening down the rugged austerity ofa
man's manners. ^
] ^M~H W>^&
/t K'heyew yuen wan wei keuh, k'ho e mei k'he sang, How
could he submit to soften down the ill-usage in the hope of'
saving his life.

|H Hvvuy.

IV.

31st Radical.

46*

GO, or Yew.
To interpret; to explain the language of men or of birds and
brutes. To induce ; to teduce, at birdi that are taught to
inveigle others- To convert or change from bad to good ; thu t
which it nourished by a root which improves its stale.
|JQ
Go, or ||L j^jt Neaou mei, A bird like the hawk, used to catch
other birds ; Neaou mei, if the common term.
^ j
Tso go, To be a seducer.
A vulgar form of [tU Kw8, A nation.
Being compoied of a king within an enclosure.
KHWAN.
SI
An old bouse. Fatigued ; wearied ; exhausted ; poor i diseased i
weak i bed-ridden i lassitude. The name ofone ofthe ^ Kwa.
To be confused i disordered, at hy wine. Sorrj i moarnful i to
labour as in studjing what is not yet perceived. Used as an
active Verb, To exercise superiority of strength or of talent, so
as to cripple ; to repress; to weary; to fatigue one who opposes
ineffectual effort, as animals that are bunted. To rhyme, read
K'beuen. ] jj j
K'hwiin lelh fa yay, K'hwan de
notes a failure of strength. j
K'hwan ft, A failure of
strength or of pecuniary resources.
f
K'hwan keuen,
Wearied; fatigued.
"j Kenng k'hwKn, Wearied or ex
hausted by ineffectual efforts in pursuit of honor or of gain.
i <2 Hln^ 'e k "wan * w,nt *i or inadequate
supply of, travelling necessaries. ^ ] Tse k'hwan. To
supply the wants of the necessitous.
sS^j Tjf I /G FmS nae K*hwan wei, By disease is ren
dered dangerously weak.
j
K'hwlin yiih. Grieved ;
vexed; anxious. ^ j Pe k'hwan, To be wearied or
exhausted. j ffi K'hwan choo, To weaken; to disable ;
to incapacitate from acting, and to keep under a kind of con'ul- % flf A t 1 & # U Th~n ,he u je
k'hwan keun Hh han, The weather being extremely hot, feel
excessively fatigued. ^ ^ | |
"J King pa wo
k'hwan choo leaou, At last took me and completely disabled

me from acting.
$ jfc $P jffi $ J . ^

j ^lWo we "on. urh P f k'hwan, pah

keih urh neen k'ho tso k'hlh yay, Kre, I haTe (with my army)
exerted any effort, he will be exhausted i and in less than two
years I s!,all sitting still overcome,
j lj JjjjjJ Keung
k'hwan woo leaou. Poor and exhausted without any thing on
which to depend.
$ -g i| ft j j # ^
j^J Wo yay sbe kwan hing tse k'hwan, foo wei telb, I also
am in the habit of supplying the wants of the destitute and of
supporting the falling.
% =7^ 1 3d ^ ^ |fc
^ft jii life T,,tl wo ,hwuy, k'bwan, keun-tsze eeheming
suy che, Water having been imbibed and left the surface
parched, is expressed by K'hwan< a virtuous man in the midst
of difficulties, will adhere to his virtuous purpose even to lots
of life. (Ylh-king.) inrMS^^^A-ifc
Ch'hoo k'hwan urh keuh k^he -che chay* seaoujinyay, Ha
who in the midst of difficulties suffers his virtuous purpose to
stoop or yield, i a mean man.
^ ff J^m ^
Mfc^lSt 1 l^ti^^^^yke. tsung
jin ; piih yo woo kaou; pbh fei k'hwan keung, wei te she k'hfh.
To put away self (in matters of opinion or property) and to
accord with others (views or necessities}! to refrain from
slighting or insulting, the orphan and friendless, who have no
one to appeal to ; and not to reject or lay aside poor scholars;
these were virtues, to the exercise ofwhich, only the Emperor
Yaou was always adequate. ,(Shoo-king.) Jp. J|J jj? g|J
^ J Sxe ts'heen t'hing tslh pflh k'hwan, The principles of
conducting an affair must be previously settled; and then it
will not be embarrassed or ful.
^
^
* Ijp.
] J U Hi ffi Fan-" heu
* *.
pfih k'hwan-glh woo nSng keih hoo, The two eminent men
Fan-ts'heu and Tsae-tslh, (who lived B. C. 200), had they not
been in poor and embarrassed circumstances, how could they
have been excited to the exertions which they made ? (She-lte.)
/f* Jf J3 'C> $C 1 Yu Puh J*" chin sin che yew
k'hwan, The king Pwan-kang, said, ' You, the people, do not
grieve for the anxieties which fill my mind, on your account'
(Shoo-king.)
^ ^ jf| } Piih wei
k'hwan, Be not
confused by wine. (Ln-yu.)
pj | jfjj
^ HwB
k'hwan urh che che, Some obtain knowledge by fatiguingeffort.

3 1 Kt Radical. V.

463

Hwuy p

(Chung.,,,) &ffifti2.%L&&mtoz
T'HANG. The noi.e ofbreaking .toe
t * & 1 ffn $ X n ft & I ffn
^^ ^
^ ~f ^ Confucius .aid, ' Those who
possess innate knowledge, arc of the highest class; those who
have to learn in order to know, rank next; and those who have
to exert fatiguing effort in order to Irani, rank lower still ;
those who cannot learn, even by the most fatiguing efforts are
the lowest das. ofthe people. A "fS jj ^ ^ ft ^

M/>| PEiH. To shut ; to close.

POO. A Tegetable garden. Tbc same as yftlPoo.

jjgj
rfiij 1^? Pj|{ Some 1 men inu,t '>ave 'on erre<* t'"re
they can reform ; when things come to extremes, when their
heart, are grieved and their thoughts crossed, then they begin
to rouse to action ; when the disapprobation of other, i.
manifested in look, and word., they then understand their
error..' It is added, more careful attention would have made
them perceive their error, sooner, before matter, came to
extreme.. (MSng-l.zi.)
|
|^ Khwan .how
yew tow, A beast .ore pressed will .till fight. (T.S-chucn.)
Same a. IS K'hwSn, Threshold of a door.
61
Same as^ Moo, see Radical ^ Muh.

Same n. ^ Hwiih, A kind of twilight.

An old form of fj Jih' The sun.

-es.

YA,orKea.

A kind of cage or railing to confine anirmls.

gj K'HEUN, or R'hiun.
A round granary i place in which to collect grain, and
afterward, disperse it. The name ofa .tar.
[J|
|f Lin che yuen chny tsung ho t.ae hwuy el'ung; yuen wei
che k'heun, fang wei che king, A round granary, (the character
is) derived from Grain placed within an Enclosure ; round
granaries arc called K'heun, and square one'., King.
fit
% % H B* 1 ^ P"hkea ptth alb.
hoo tie'u ho .an pTh k'heun he t Unless you >ow and reap, how
are three hundred granaries to be filled with corn I (She-king.)
H u further said, that | K'heun i. a Round granary ; ^
T.'hang, i. Squares and jjjjj' Keaou, i. A granary dug in theground.
jjjjjj ^ Lun-k'heun, A spiral, curled, or twitted
appearance, like a worm or snake.
LING1

S. C.

B
FIVE STROKES.

An old form of Hi KwS, A nation.

A place of confinement formed by rails; a prison,

^ ^ trj ^ [J Lnou yay, T.in yue ling-yii, A prison
wa, under the Dynasty Tain, culled Ling-ju.
KOO.

l^jl HWl'H,

Same as |g Hwiih.

A piece of flat ivory or wood, in former time, carried in

the hands of Statesmen in the Imperial presence.
vol. i.
*

Derived from 1 Hwuy, Surrounded on all ;de.. Shut

up on every side; iinpervioui; hard; .olid; atony; firm;

pj Hwny.

V.

31st Radical.

ttab'' ' with fixed intention; obstinate. Chronic disease.

Ru
Originally ; constant i reiterated. Used as an Adverb,
for Certainly ; assuredly. A surname. Name ofan ancient state,
and ofa district.
|g
Koo, sxe tTh jaj. Koo,
is, stopped up on four sides. (Liih-ahoo.) ^? J Keen-koo;
ijl ] Laou-koo, Strong; firm; stable i sure.

Km.

e, With fixed intention ; purposely.

| ^ ^
Koo
chill tlb ban, Excessively obstinate; extreme!) pertinaeio.t.
j Choo koo, denotes what is Surely, safely, well done ;
the allusion seems to be. Certain, safe, or well, as ifa master
did it.
d^- | <J?
Choo koo keaou jlh. Safe trading
or dealing ; safe commercial intercourse.
^ j^E jlj^
j^-* ]
<^ Ching pan ho wlih, choo koo piih woo,
Orders received (here) for goods, and executed with safety and
certainty.
[7IJ
ttj j Sze wei laou koo. Strongly
shut or guarded nil around.

j Ye koo, Closely shut up

a* by the cold of winter. ^ ]

Trst
koo e piihkanglae. He possitively refutes to come. In this
connexion some use
Koo.
jjj^
PjX | Sew ching
keen-koo, Repair it and make it strong.
j jjj^Q Kuo
Isr ill, A cl.roiiic disorder.
J ?A Koo jen, Certainly ;
unquettiouabj.
^ $ PI I '(fe
<fr
HeB keaou chr lung, koo tsae aze keaou chay, The flourishing
stale of the college, unquestionably depends on the teachers.
1 |S5 IP % T> & *l -4, Koo low- P'he W. Ph '* '
jay,Keo-low, rustic, rude.ignorant of the rules ofgood breeding.
$C 1 $ iM ^an 't e n'"B> ' " nture ugain to request
you.

Kan koo tsze, I would presume again to

decline. $ |{5 ^ ^ 0 $ | ChinS- ko.chowcbe,

e wei koo, Walls of towns, out-works, moats and ditches, are
to afford strength and defence. J
Koo show, To n*flin>
tain firmly; to strengthen defence.

>^

3|jl jjjjj He who would keep the people within their own
country, will not do it by shutting the froMier; he who would
strengthen his country against attacks, will not derive strength
from dangerous puses amongst bills and rivers ; he who would

cause his dignity to be acknowledged throughout the empire,

willnotdo it by soldiers nnd armour: but if he maintain the
principtesand practice of a benevolent government, be will have
many to assist him ; if he desert those principles, he will have
few to help him. (MUng-tze.) ^ ^ ^ ]g JJl] ^ ^
^t- H'l
1 Kcun Uzc Puh cnunS> Ulb Pu" wei' neB t,lln
piih koo, If a good man be wanting in gravity, he will also be
wanting in dignity ; and what he learnt will not be abiding, or
fixed in hit memory and judgment (Lun-yu.)
J
|[R) j( tj^~ /yS jjtjL Shlh koo urn yew; hwae e liuh hwfi, By
ascertaining certainly the plans of their army, the foreigners
of Hwae will inevitably be taken. (Sbe-king.)
^
%
% | /^Tae y*ou to *nanB' kwB to ko t,elb
Many die in the womb, and in the country many have obstinate
disease,.
j$ jj| 3jt JI/r ] Tti-ang thlh shay, kew
woo koo. When falling in with a house in travelling, you mutt
not be importunate in your requests, but be eatily satisfied with,
whatever the house affords. (Lc-king.) jjig jjifj jfjj
%a ~f~ 01
| Chug chaou urn koo, keu n-tsxe wei che
koo, When at a rojal audience, do not gaze about, the
Sovereign will denominate it rusticity. (Le-ke.) jjj^ j
^ j ^ JO koo yew rhe, As if he had always possessed them;
referring to the calmness of ^ Shun, (the ancient king, when
raited from the plough to the throne) hit temper and manner
appeared the tame; he did nut feel the prurient titrations of
sudden elevation; but possessed the calmness which it induced
by long possession or enjoyment.
^."f- |E] )fc ffc ^
'f? "tfei
1 "tfa Co,lfuc'u>
'to 8 P1"r*'1 wnu insinuated
that lie was a flatterer), I dare not be a flatterer; and I hate
impenetrable obstinacy (like yourt). Luu-ju.
"I* 1

7E 0 7
%L
"til ManS-u*e "'< lo tne Wng of
Tse, 'the whole (eastern) world is undoubtedly afraid of the
power of Tse ; but if instead of ruling for the good of the people,
you attach to yourself another territory, (vix. the state Yen),
you will cause the whole world to rite in arras against you.'
(M&ng-tsze.) This sentiment wat delivered more than two
thousand yeart ago. How exactly verified when applied to
similar case in the wettern world, in the beginning of the
nineteenth century.

3ist Radical.

467

VI.

Hwiry

& % H Wi PIh neaou hs hiS 1

An old form of 0 J.h, The sun.

3:

51 70 Wang Uae lins ch8 1

SIX STROKES.
UNG.

ME.

A round cave or pit in the grornid.

The name of a place.

CHiH, or Tefli.

To enter below.

YEW.
A garden encloied with a wall ; according to nme, a Park,
or piece of ground enclosed and stored with wild beasts. An
aviary or managerie. One defines it merely by what the
composition of the. character imports, An enclosure having
something withinside. A superficial degree of knowledge is
expressed by Yew. Also read Yiih. To rhyme, read Wei.
|. 3i T It B M # % Z Tie Seuen

jot. Wan wang che yew, fang ts'hih shTh le. yew choo ? Mangtsze tuy yu8, yu chuen yew che, Seueh, the king ofTse, asking
said, Was the park of king Wan seventy le square? Mrncius
replied, it Ts so banded down.
| k^J ^ j||
JSv <ul
cnuDS cne t,aou mun' Pun 't'n mm tseaou
Uae, The people were uot prohibited from cutting down
the brushwood and trees in the park. (Mang-tsie.) WSnwang.B. C. 1100, built a kind of terrace, which he called i|j|t
jff Ling-tae,. Around- it was a park, and a winding pond for
Hah. The following Stania expresses the security and delight
which all creatures fo'und in his virtuous presence.
3E ^ H 1 Wang t,ae

5,6,1 ;

$ 'M Yew luh cho chB t

The king is in the park;

The deer crouch secure;
The deer fat and sleek;
The birds purely white ;
The king is by the pond ;
See the thronged fish gambal. (She-king.)
U l "h yew, A deer park, g ] >j$ flf ^
pjf ^ Woo yew, yew k'ho; woo min k'ho hoof 'For the
king to be without a park, he may si ill do well; but can be do
without a people?' This question was put by one who nppossed
the precipitate laying out of a park, which bore heavily on the
p~p,e# Irf Z 1 $i 11 Z % Ku
che yew; han wei che yuen, In ancient times the (parks)
were called Yew; the Han Dynasty called them Yuen.
26 1 61 JUL f E# {Si
che, ling min tin teen che, The parks, gardens, and ponds of
the Tsin Dynasty, were ordered to be given to the people to
turn them into cultivated fields. (Tscen-ban-ke.)
J
Yew han, To contain ; to circumscribe.
j ^ 3^ ^
Yew yu k'he selh, To restrain or keep in the bad spirit or
disposition of a neighbourhood.
] Kew,yew, Acertain division of territory into nine regions.

An ancient form of ?|- Loo, or Low.

An ancient form of JH KwS, A nation.

The same as the preceding.

Queen 3^ Woo, was fond of altering characters, she laid,
that PJ KwB, having within it JJ^ II wo, 'Doubt, suspicion,
or treachery,' conveyed an unpleasant idea. She therefor*
requested that it might be repressed by a military force, and

j~~J Hwny.

VII.

31st Radical.

468

the- ' re changed the character to JgJ Kw3, in which the

w.
"J Woo, Military, it put. She next thought that the
character thus altered represented the military surrounded, and
implied their being J^cj K'hwan, 'Crippled ; weakened,' which
was as bad as what she had 6rst altered it from, and therefore
again charged it lo the character above given, At present,
however, it is not followed.
|t*^^ CHIN.

A character used in the time of Sung

Dynasty, to mark the Essays of the uccessful literary candidates.

Same as g Jin, The sun.

Same as

Yaou, see above.

SEVFN STROKES.

91

CHfH.

A vegetable garden ; an orchard.

^ [S| I'oo-yncn.A
garden (or fruits and vegetables.
^ Laou-po,>, An old
gardener. ft ft} B 1& >)\\ & U ^ R I ffl
Ho-nan yui! Yu-chow, khetslh sow yue Poo-teen, (The Pro
vince) ofHo-nan is called Yu-ehow ; the marshes or fens are
called Poo-teen.
Jgfj ^ ] |j ^ Chung
mow heen yew Poo-teen-tslh, In the district of Chung-mow
there are frns. The same is expressed in the She-king by
Foo-tsaou. Poo, forms a part of the names of places;
of a certain hill ; and of an Imperial palace. ||j fj '/^
If! ^ ?{f 1 Wei hW Wel
JU T,elnPo0, Tne
nobles of Wei made tents ornamented with tigers at Tsclh-poo.
(Tso-chuen.) ^Hft.f 0^7^

^ [ ChTh chlh. Stiff appearance.

IP J An ancient form of
si

Mah, The eye.

ICS
jl SEUEN.orTseuen.

s. c.
2.
Round; a circle; the instrument with which a circle is
made; a pnir of compasses. Same as J^J Yuen, and jg[J llwan.
Also read Heuen.
YIN.

under a covert; a titly place; a rrivj. Read Hwan, in the

sense of |^ Hwan. Dogs; swine, ard other animals which leed
on grain.
# -f ^ ] jjft Keun-tsze puh *lh
hwan yu, The correct man docs not cat the entrails of dogs
and twine. (Le-king.) Because of their having contained
excrementilious matter.

Name of a place.

The original form of [|j Me'en.Tlie face.

1 EJ^-**p 1 "-he
ts'hing hcBkea; Tsre-yue\ woo puh joolaounung; tt'hing
hc8 wei poo, yuiS, woo puh joo laou poo, Fan-che, (one of
Confucius' disciples) requeued to be taught agriculture,
Confucius replied, (to teach that) 1 am not equal to an old
husbandman ; he then requested to be instructed in horticul
ture ; Confucius said, I am not equal to an old gardener.
1 Z $ '/ft -J* J # f Y"-POo che sze
wei laou yu poo chay tsing che, The afTairs of gardens,it is
only those who have grown old in gardens, understand them
perfe^ly
gg I ft 1 $ Ut ^ f
SL ] H^n-poo tsac kwSnlun shan ; t heen te so keu,
jfhUB heuenpoo, Hcen-poo, (Paradise?) is situated on the
Kw8n-lun mountain, v here the Sovereign of Heaven resides.
It is also written Heuen-poo. Otherwise written ^ Foo, and
Poo.

From A hog in an enclosure; lyin"

KOO.

An ancient form of f Koo.

469

YU.

CHUEN.

To detain i to hold fast ; to keep possession of ; to imprison;

that by which a criminal is detained. ^| Ling yu, A prison.
H] f$ & 1 % -rl LinK' linS W y. ju yay, Ling,
is to receive ; and Yu, is to oppose an impediment to escape.
|il '1*9 jp" ill Y1h J"18' ''"S1
yy ju> wo yy- ,ms
tiuyjin juh k*he chang tsze hway woo yay, 'One says, that
Ling denotes to order, and Yu, to arouse or awaken to a
proper sense of things;' expressing that the criminal is ordered
to enter the prison, to the end that he may repent himself, and
awaken to a proper sense of things.
^ /^J Jjjjj|
jjS^j
Wl/ \fH
Yu pln-ymS y Leaou-yang nrh shii chc,
Imprisoned Pth-ying in Leaou-yang, and killod him. (Tsochuen.) Syn. with
Yu. The old definition is g| j
*?t 0^
UlE Lin5'yu chunS Sen che hau. Ling-yu is a
general epithet applied to all (those dem'h-gods called) Seen.
S. C.
The original form of j Han, see Radical J_J K han.
Shwfi-wan says, The tongue, which the character represents.
P EJ Sft P T 0 ^K'l"""">gyui',hea.
k'how hea yu< han, The upper part of the mouth is called
K'heS, the lower part is called Han.
P1NG
jjjij

31st Radical.

| Ping-ping, A famous charioteer of antiquity.

EIGHT STROKES.

VIII.

Hwuy Q

The punishment of imprisv

KEUEN, orK'heuen.
Crooked wood of which wine cups are made. X coop or
pen in which to confine domestic animals; a prison; to
encircle; a small circle, or Chinese point in writing. A sur
name; the name of a place.
J||j ^ K'heuen-t'haou, A
snare. ^ -|[?
| ^ Pull nSng fho t'ha kheiren
t'haou, Unable to escape his snare.
^^
|
J K'han keen t'ha yen kcucn urh yew hung
leaou, Saw that his eyes also became red.
|Q ]
Ta ko yucn kcuen, To draw a circle ; to draw a Hoe around ;
to insert a period. The officers draw a red circle over im
portant passages of their proclamations, to draw or to requira
the attention of the people to them, j^j j Plh-kcucn.'
is a point thus O
| HTh kcueu, a point thus
-^2 ffft Tseen-tecn, is a point thus
The Chinese place
these points or marks by the side of characters as stops, and
also in rows to give emphasis to the passage, as we draw a line
below a word, or print it in Italics, or in Capital letters. The
Schoolmaster also marks his approbation of a boys writing by
marking it with one or other of the above points.
^jb

Tuh she, yu she urh tlh chay, yung plh keucn ; fei urh shfh
chay, yung hlh kcuen; che yew kwan-chaou tsze-yen, tslh
kea tseen teen, teen ch'huh, In reading history, when you
meet with what is right and successful, mark it with a white
(or open circle); what is wrong, and which has been unsuccessful,
|| mark it with a black circle. As to important phrases, mark
them out by inserting a sharp pointed dot. JS, ^) f|5 T
1 HP M$ Chaykeu lrwa k ho kcucn' k ho tSen' ShouW
sentence be marked with a round period or a sharp pointed dot.

LUN.
m
| K'HE^
1^ [!) Hwuh-lun, Round ; compete. See under ^ Hwiih.
lot. i.
4t

The noise or sound of a whip.

Q Hwuy.

Vlll

31st Radical.

470

Ancient form of ijffli Nae, The female breast.

they gave that name to the place which required to be

constantly cleansed.
L^Ct HO.

1X1 HWANG.

To meet or assemble together.

Empty ; vacant.
K WO, or Kwe\

Yb.
A hone-keeper; one who feeds and attends a horse. The
appellation given to the month in a certain season. A
surname. The name of a mud-gate in ancient history. The
name of a place : the name ofa hill i and of a city. The name
of a musical instrument. A dignified martial appearance is
expressed by Yu. The limiti of a territory. To oppose; to with,
land, the same as jjjjj Y. Occurs in the sense of J|Jj Yu.
|H ^ ^
jgj Yu-jin, chang ma chay, Yu-jin, one
whncontrouls a horse, -j^ II ^
Jjrjj |/1]J j Shing ma,
yTh sze, szc yu, A set (of four horses) has one master and four
horse-keepers.
j
Yu sze, One who teaches the care
and breeding of horses.
/^jT j MS, yu, A cow-herd, and
a horse-keeper. (Tso-chucn).

| Yu-yu, A wearied

embarrassed appearance.
^ j Show-yu, To defend the
limits or boundary of a country.
Jjjjj jJJ} j E
koo woo yu, To strengthen my frontier.
j^jj j Ling-yu,
A prison.
^ ^ fjj | Wuh lae piih koo yu, and
it ^ ^ pj jt,K'he k'heu piih k'ho che, Things (such as
wealth and honors) their coming cannot be prevented, and
their departure cannot be stopped. (Chwang-tsze.)
TANG.

p g) P hang tang, The noise

of stui, es striking against each other.

I^R Ancient form of M T'hoo.

Ka

TS'IllNG.

A privy; mixed; impure. It is

said, that the character denotes Clean, pure; and anciently

From Q Hwuy, To surround, and pj^HwS, giving sound,

or according to some, the same as Jjj^ Ylh, A boundary; the
surrounding frontier. A general term for a state or a nation;
a kingdom ; an empire. ^ Jj^-j
ifflj P"nK kwS t'hung
ching. The general denomination ofstates or kingdoms.
pEJ ^(J /|\ Q | Ta yu pang, seaou yue kwo, 'The larger
states arc called Pang; the smaller are called Kw5;' thus it
stands in Kang-he, Tsze-hwuy reverses it.
^ | Wan
kwfl, Ten thousand (i.e. all) nations.
tjl j Chung-kwo,
The middle empire, or fcp ^ ] Chung-hwa kw8. The
middle and flourishing empire, expresses China. The Tartars
call their empire ^
j Ta ts'hing kwO, The great
and pure empire.
At j
Chung-kwd-jin, A Chinese.
|
KwS-choo, The Lord or Sovereign of a country.
]
Kwfl-hwang, and j ^ KwS keun, are also ex
pressions which denote much the same. |
KwS wang.
The king of a country;often denotes a dependant prince.
]
KwS kea. The royal or imperial family ; the
government; the country.
\ ] |EJ
| Melh jin che kwS, j ui shing kwO, To destroy other peoples'
state or government is called Shing-kwiS; i.e. to conquer a
country.
$ ] # X # ft # &
jjj^ Shing kwO chay tscui k he shay twill, yew k'he too te yay.
To conquer a country is to cut off the district gods, and the
gods of the grain, and then take possession of the land.
| Wae kv.6, A foreign nation.
f^> j ^ |Jj|
yue shiih-kwO, A
foreign nation that comes and declares its dependence is called
Shiih-kwO, i. e. a dependant nation.
jfjjj j |p|
Wan kwo t hoo, A map of the world.
jjjjjij j
jj pjj
|j ] Leang kwO scang keu, yue Telh-kwu, Two ualions
mutually opposing each other are called Telh-kwS, cations at
war, or enemies. It is said, that the famous ^ Yu, B. C.

471
SlOO) when he cssen.bled the chiefs of the surrounding stales,
found them to amount to ten thousand. The stales in
the time of ji^Ej Shang, were upwards of three thousand ; and
in the time of j^j Chow, under which dynasty Coiifuciui lived,
they amounted to one thousand eight hundred.
n * Z 1 H'J M W
Z 1 * - tee
che kwB, tsih Tsin e how the been yny. The nations <>r
kingdoms during the three ages (viz. the dynnslies Hea,
Shang, and Chow) and onward, were the Heen districts of
Tsin (B. C. S00) dynasty, and the subsequent period. Of
the Hcen districts, there are seventy-two in the province
ofCanton.
^ ] ^ g ^ ] j&jj^
~\" M. >h I Mb >^ S "t* M Ta kw0 tc-fan6Plln |e'
tsze kwo tefang ts'hlh shTh le; seaou kwi) te fang woo shlh le.
The territory of a large kingdom was a hundred le (about 25
or 30 English miles); the territory of the next class of kingdoms
wan seventy Ic; and the territory ofa small kingdom was fiftyfe.
~~|~ ' J Van sze hae che nuy, kew chow; fan kew chow
ts'heen ts'hlh plh ts'hih shlh san kw5, All within the four seas, is
divided into Nine-chow, and in those nine chow, are one
thousand seven hundred and seventy-three nations.
*||>|
$\ |EJ 9\ \ jffi [EJ |g | Kew chow che waeyui
wae kwO, yTh yuS tseuS kwB, States beyond the nine regions
are called Wae-kwB (exterior nations), and they are also
called TseuiS-kwB (nations cut off)
j& ^& j Yueo
ch'hoo tseug kwo. Remote places, and foreign countries. (Leking.) ^j|J ] Lee" kwB, The constituted states, and j| j.
Chen-kwB, The contending nations, are terms applied to the
nations of China about three centuries before the Christian era.
~9\ 1 j^l
k"8 c'100 now' "'"ne cn'e'5 or princes of
the constituted states. ffi j E kwO, A different nation from
one's own ; a foreign country.
^ | Shan kw8, A hilly
country.
j Too kwB, A champaign country.
J TsTh kwB, A marshy country; a country that abounds with
water.
^J | Hing kwB, Wandering nations.
^
jffc
J3|
] -jjjl Puh lclh ching, e ma shang wei
kwB yay, They do not erect cities, but being mounted on horse
back form a nation.
jlll j^j | |[J |^ fji | |j
^ Teen shuh kw, tsclh chang shuh kwo che sze yay, To

31st Radical.

VIII.

Hwuy J^j

Teen dependant nations, is to rule or manage the affairs #f the

dependant country.
f ^ |
J| #f fft
f'irl^^^^f *
]
fS: $t ^ -f M %
1 he Emperor) have a failing
which is, a strong partiality to obstinate resistance. When I meet
with a small nation that does not shew profound respect, I
never can suffer them. And when I meet with a great nation
that is encroaching and insulting, I cannot bear it patiently.
M, In}
1 T'nunE "bang yu kwB, The intercourse of
merchants enricnes the country. This is written upon the flags
of custom-houses, and the stations of the supcrintendants of
the salt department in the interior of China.
]
Kw3
fei, The expences of the country.
| &j KwB t'hang,
The national treasury.
^ j ^ Tse kwB yung, To aid
the wants of the country.
j ^ j!-^ KwB tsze keen, A
kind ofcollege at Peking, the students arc obliged to remain six
years.
j
KwB heB, or
|; Keen-sang, Expresses
the purchased rank of the person who is admissible ; the fee is
about 100 tacls, equal to thirty or forty pounds sterling. They
are entitled to wear a silver knob or button or their caps, but
as in other cases, those who by law are entitled to wear a silver
button, now wear a gold one, or burnished copper to represent
gold. The president of the college is of the first rank. He is
called ^
Tse-tsew. The Emperor visits the college
annually, which is expressed by jj^j
Lio-yung.
J
Kwo fa, The laws of the country.
% m

m Fung teau ,u ,hun'

ffl M K 3*T Kwa Ue- ,,,in EDMar the breezes be gentle, and the showers seasonable.
The nation at peace and the people happy.
These two sentences, at the new year, are very generally
suspended at the gates of public officers and others.
j
ffl
/ 1 IS i)| ^KwB yung chung tsuh; kwB
woo yew inin, The country possessing abundant supplies for
its daily use ; the country without any vagrant people.

j>5?J THAE.

A man's name.

Q Hwny.

IX

472

a 1st Radical.

NINE STROKES.

or Kee.

The cry of a camel.

Z % El # g Z fll
H
che shing
yui mow s to chc rning yue heS, The lowing of cow ii called
Mow, the cry of a camel is called Hell.
CllUEN, Chuy, or Chen.
The name of a hill. Round ; to turround ; a kind of
bamboo basket to contain corn.
YEN.

Smoke, or as they express it ^ ^

Ho-k'he, The raponr or breath of fire.

WEI.
06
To surround ; to guard i to besiege; to surround and take
wHd animals; to limit, as a mould does that which is cast into
it. A Chinese measure equal to five-tenths of a cubit. The
name ot a district. Syn. with {pT Wei, and ^ Wei.
jjg
Wci-tseang, A wall which surrounds or encloses. jljlj |
Ke-wei, Banks thrown up to prevent a river from overflowing
the adjacent country.
Jf. j J^kJ Pei ping wei kwfin,
Was surrounded and disabled by troops. | Jg
Wei, hwan jaou kung ching, Wei is to surround and attack
f^jj YTh jlh tae tie ihlh wan ta keun, tseang ching che wei
kwiin. In one day led at once a large army of a hundred thous
and men, and closely besieged the city. /As. j Ho wei
To enclose on all sides.
jjjjj j Chow wei, All around
^ j lM 1 7C fS) K'he fa"g !' chow wei wan koo
The house is perfectly strong on all sides.
j Kewwei, Nine circles ; like
i|>|>| Kcw chow. Denotes nine
regions into which the Chinese divided the world as known
*othe frTlTk%%& 1 fc**

t'heen-hea Wii kew ch'hoo, jo kwei weijin. Divided all under

hcavt-n iuto nine regions, as if a line had been drawn around
them with a compass.
"J* Ej ] ' flj H 1
Woo Uun yuf wei, j h paouyue wei. Five tsun (or tenths of
a cubit) are callrd Wei i a bundle is also called Wei.
^jJJ
joo clioo kin he yew moo fan; wei, kwang ko yay, * Fan-wei
is similar to the mould in which metals arc casts Wei is the
external shell or case,' which prevents the metal from running
over. This is applied to those ancient Sages whom the Chinese
en
A shis-j"'
$b I TiS& Z 4t ffii
J^J Fan wei, t'heen te che hwa urh piih kwo, The Shing.jin,
limit the infinite transformations of Heaven and Earth, and
prevent their exceeding the proper medium.
(Yih king.)

IJj( l.^j
Kwo keun ch'hun teen puh wei tslh ; ta foo piih
yen keun; sxe piih tseu me lwan, The Sovereign of the cc intry
does not in the spring chacc, surround the game, and take it;
the great officers do not shut up the flocks or herds of animals
and take them; the lower officers do not take the young of
deer or other game, nor the eggs ibecause Spring is the time
of procreation. (Le-king.)
^
^
j T'heen
tsze piih hS wei, The son of heaven does not surround closely
and take the game entirely. (Le-king.) ^J" ^ Ta wei.
To hunt and shoot game.
^ Z, @ J Keih che plh
wei, Restricted it to a hundred (measures of length called .
Wei. (Chwang-lsze.)

Ancient form of pj Mapu, see Radical [~J Keung.

WAN.
The appearance of the windings and turnings of a riverKEUH.

A kind of granary.

31st Radical.

473

TEN STROKES.

J^LI poo.
An orchard or kitchen garden. A vulgar form of JjjJ| Poo.
chIh.
A horse in an enclosure. It also implies to bridle; to restrain.
i|R YUEN.
A place where trees, tegctables, or flowers are planted ; a
garden. A garden hedge. |j|J |gj Poo-yucn, An orcliard.
^ | Tsac-yuen, A vegetable garden.
| Hwayuen,
A flower gardeo. A Gardener is sometimes called
^
Hwa-kung, A flower workman.
0j | jjjj^ J||l Teen,
juen, loo, moo, Fields, gardens, mat-slieds and tombs.
| ~J.
Le yuen tsze te, The sous and brothers of the
pear orchard, denotes Play actors.
| He-yuen, A
pi.i j ho. ise, a garden appropriated to theatrical exhibitions. Such
places exist in Peking. One was opened about ten years ngo in
Canton, but in consequence of disturbances occurring from the
crowds of people collected, the government -ordered it to be
shut up.
^ijjtj^ | -jp f jffi Tm hcviren-lsze thing
he, To go to the theatre to hear a play.
JJ^
j Yew
hwa-yuen, To saunter or ramble in a garden.
^ Q Q
# tfc I # j$|
4* Eh 1 "ha Jih J1h lsae hwa yea
chung, yew wan tso go, He every day sauntered about, sat
down or slept in the garden. ^ | Yu yuen, An Im
perial garden. ||j fjjij J Yuen-ming-yuen,' The round and
splendid garden ;' some suppose in allusion to the encircling
eavens, and the orb of day j a well known Summer's residence
of the Tartar Emperors of China. ^jFT 5$j
1 Wo >'u
wp yuen, Do not climb oyer my garden hedges said to her
lover. (She-king.)
] ^
jj^jf Yuen chay poo
che fan, Yuen, denotes the hedge of a garden or an orchard.
J j Zl -j- ffjj ^ ' Yuen le urh shih urh shwiij
VOS.. I.
4*

X.

Hwuy Q

)Ih, Gardens and places occupied in selling things, pay a''$(of

one twentieth.
The word Yuen is appl:ed to burial grounds, because1 they
I |Mj '^aaS Ju yu-n poo, Buried in gardens.
Hi &
1 WSn te Iing wei wan ,ucn' Tht
burial place of the Emperor Wij, (B. H. 151), was called the
garden of Wan.
j Le yuen, The burial ph,ce of a prince
about the same period.
J Taou-yuen, The name of
a place mentioned in the history- of Han.
| Cheyuen, or jjf^ jj^ji | Che shoo yuen, A dwelling place of Fiili =
temples are now so denominated. Further, ^ ^j\J Jjj
Fjjj- Jjij ji Q ^| | Ta chung ch huh kca so keu sze
yuS ke-yuen. The religious houses, where large numbers of
persons who have left home (and the world) reside, are called
Ke-yuen. (Ching-tsze-t'hung.)
Jj j K'hew yuen, A
garden or an elevated hill near a city. In the Yih-king, made
to represent a virtuous person.
J^f j
Tung yuenkung, The name of one of four famous old gray-headed men.
To rhyme, read Wan.

YUEN.
Round; a circle ; a sphere, or globular figure; a dollar.
To make round. [Jj
^ Yuen, fang che tuy, Hound
is the opposite of square.
~jj j Fang yuen, Square and
round.
|
/jjjj
Yuen teTh, peen lelh, Globular;
flat.

| i| -f- Yuen chC tsze, A round table.

ch'hang hwa-le yuen kang ch3 tsze, fang tsae kang shang,
Take that Hwa-le. wood round couch-table, and put it on the
couch. $g ^- "j- ] Yin tsze shih yuen. Ten round
pieces of silver; ten dollars.
t|3 J Chung yuen, or
| Pwan yuen, Half a dollar. A quarter of a dollar is
expressed by jj|
Ylh tseen pa, One mace right
(candareeus), which are equal to a quarter ofa dollar.

"jjj + ] Yih pth ta yuen, 1 One hundred dollars ;' the word
Ta, Great, does not add any thing to the meaning.
j
Yuen mung, Round dream; the same as ^ J^t Chen-iuung,
Dreams of divination. There was a T'bang or temple so

P Hwpuy.

XI.

31st Radical.

<caliv in the time of Tsin, (B. C. 800.)

^ jtfc Yuen
kwai ^ A round light, expresses a round mirror, by which
it ii siid, lorae persona can find out stolen goods, and so forth.
jrjj j Twin yuen, A complete circle, the full moon i
altogether; the whole of.
Yuen, is often used in the
sense of the above character. Occurs in the seme of J^JU Lwan,
An e. To rhyme, read Yun.
YIH.

A descending sound ; the noise of

something falling or rushing down.

^ Ylh w, or
| m.
Wa, yTb, che, nan, all express The sound of
descending.
KWAN, or K'hwan.
A retired walk in a female palace.
I RSI I
called

MAOU.

To cover ; a table napkin ; or as it it

Shlh kin, Ao eating cloth.

An ancient form of

Ling, fee Radical pfi Yu.

jfY^J * rerl,'n moa<e * wiling 0 YIn> Toe *un I which

is

^ ^Yang cn i"g The essence of the principle Yang

l^jjZ^l H I N.

Bad pernicious air or vapour.

ELEVEN STROKES.

Pjjjj

WAN.

The appearance of water circulating; a kind of eddy.

|^| K'HEUEN.

The name of a city.

474

A vulgar form of || T'hoo.

1 TH0-

11

From Q Hwuy, To describe a circle, and jjg Pci,

Avaricious ; sordid ; distressed. To lay plans in difficult or
distressing circumstances ; to delineate ; to draw out on paper;
to estimate; to calculate or conjecture ; to scheme; to plan;
to plot; to intrigue. To wish; to aim at; to manage or
regulate. A map or drawing.
f|S j|| JB Wan kw t'hoo,
A map of all nations,
ffa ^ | Te le t hoo, Any
geographical map.
| ^ T'hoo bwS, To delineate.
^Jj j Pan-t'hoo, A deacription of the Chinese empire. The
first word refers to a lilt of the population, and the last to
maps of the country.
/\ JjR ] Jlh pan t'hoo, To enter
into the account of the population, and to be included in the
map of the country I denotes being attached to the empire, as
was the case with Kan-siih province, and other regions of the
west, since the commencement of the present Dynasty.
/fjS
jjfa | Tseuen ching t'hoo, A map of the whole city.
H
*ul 3$ 1 Wan kw8 kinR wei kewthoo,
A terrestrial globe with the circles, meridians, and all nations
delineated upon it.
] ^jt T hoo shoo, or j J=| T'hoo
chang, The seal of a private individual.
j^JE
] fif
tfa$$&%Ai(tf*'em l'h0
shoo, kew ne to yin ke fang, she jin haou sin, Since you have
a seal, 1 beg you to impress it several times, and make people
believe the readier.
J ^ T'hoo ts'heen, To plot or
intrigue for the arquisition of money ; to aim at gain.
^3
@ I ^ "0 fJ] Chlh jia 1 ho ea>' wei le> MerelJ' on
account of wishing to obtain a l.ttle p.lty gain.
|
T'boo mow, To scheme; to intrigue; to plot.
J
^jl T'han t'hoo piih tsiih, Covetous and dissatisfied.
jj^
/& 1 |x ^lnS J'a ''no '8> To plan and devise, to scheme
! and conjecture. ^ | |||
He t'hoo keaou hing, To
hope for and eagerly expect, some fortuitous illegitimate gain.
i&
i$i M M 4 1
Wo ,he Uze wan' wan ,,iu,
t'hoo yay, Do not permit the spreading weeds to grow, the
spreading weeds are difficult to manage. This was said to a king

31st Radical.

475
to induce him to murder a younger brother, who was tenderly
beloved by hi. mother.

^J-^E^f

Confucius being at the state Tsc. listening to their music, was

three months without ever perceiving the relish offood, and said,
I did notconceive that music could attain such perfection as this.
(Lun-yu.) |g| Jtj fa ^ J
j | Shin nae keen
tlh, wci hwae yung t'hoo, Be particularly attentive to the
virtue of economy _d cherish perpetual forecast. (Shoo-king.)
^
King Mo, (B. C. 936) said to his officers, ]|, ^j-

J=^.
Jlji In the scorching heal and rains of sum
mer, the poor people complain bitterly ; and in the severe
cold of winter, the poor people complain bitterly : great
indeed are their sufferings; do you consider well their sufferings;
to the end that you may lay plant to ease them, then the people
will enjoy repose. (Shoo-king.)
JfjJ" j Ho t'hoo, The
figure obtained by Fuh-he from the back ofa tortoise. (See
A View of China, page 188.)
^ E urh tMh kea s

XI.

Hwuy J

dedicated to Buddha- | ^ Thoo-tsin, A book co?& siidg

the answers to be accomplished in divinations.
T'hoo-seang, A representation of a person or thing.
T'HWAN.

S. C.

Collected together; forming a roundness; amass f;

a conglomerated portion of; a round body as the moon ; a
T'hwan-tseaou ; j
dwelling together as one body. [Ml
j|E T'hwan-peaou ; j SjJ T'hwan-peaou, are terms applied
to a kind of thatched cottage. ] ]
^ ^ Thwan
t'hwan sze mm; yuji, Conglomerated like the bright (full)
moon.
^ j [jjj YuS t'hwan yuen, The moon full and
round.

tltiJ l in
Ch'hoo tan, ch'hoo sze go mei yuf;
Shlh tze, shlh woo. yu6 t'hwan yuen.
On the third and fourth of the month, there is a silk-worm's
eye-brow moon ;
On the fourteenth and sixteenth, the moon form* a con
glomerated round mass.

LS urh te noo;

I Ml T ''an lseT ''' To accumulate ; to hoard up i to

forestall as in the case of grain; which it severely prohibited
by the government
j ^tjj- T'hwan keg, Connected; all
jg^ It ffi ^ Tan k he jen hoo.
Brothers preserve becoming harmony in your families; | theparts blending; a neatness and union in awrilten paper.
JE %% % % 1 II $ ^hi,>s kae u kea t'h,'n,
Then delight will you find in your wives' society j
yuen tteu lo, 11 is the very season for us all to unite together,
Seek for domestic peace ; aim at it ;
and take pleasure. ]
^ Yih t'hwan ho k'hc, AH
Believe it, this if the truth !
(She-king.)
harmonious principle of union, blended together in one com
mon feeling of harmony. ^ ^ ] |J|| Foo Ise t'hwan
yuen, The affectionate union of husband and wife. J
2.61 1 2#WrlTf8
>?|J jj{ Yth t'iiwan lei! ho, A collection of intense fires
yen, tlh yew joo maou t min seen k'hlh keu che; wo e t'hoo
| Shiih tso yfh t'hwan, Contracted altogether;
che ) wei Chung-shan-poo keu che. There are men who say,
shrunk
up into one mast.
^ | Hwang t'hwan, A certain
that virtue is as light as a feather s few of the people, however,
medicinal plant.
^
T'hwan j u, A kind of shell fish.
are able to elevate and take possession of it ; I reckon that
(M.
S.
Dictionary.)
Occurs
in the sense of Chueu ; of
Chung-shan-poo, alone is adequate to do so. (She-king.) yf^
Tun;
of
jjjj[jCliuen
;
of
ih!^
Twau. The tame at ^ Yuen.
| Fow-t'hoo, Buddha; his religion, or Spins colled
^

^ 1 Shc kew ,be 1 1,00 ;

Ta, by the Chinese, aud pagodas by Europeans, which arc

To rhyme, read Teen.

Q Hwuy.

XIII.

31st Radical.

476

circulate; to surround; to conglomerate; to look round with

apprehension.
[gj
JgJ [pi] Yuen yu yuen t'hung, Yueo
is the same as Yuen, round ; and ] ^ ||gr Yuen, t'heen
te, Yuen, the form or body of the heavens.
^
^
Ancient form of
Ch'hang, Me Rad. |~] Keung.
1^
j T'heen tung yun chuen, koo wei yuen,
Heaven moves in a circulating manner, and therefore it is
round. (Ylh-kiug.)
$ g ^% ]
Same as [ig Go, see above.
Keen wei t'heen, wei yuen, wei keun, wei foo, ' Keen, (a ki.id
of undefined principle) is (or constitutes) heaven, is round, is
a prince, is a father,' and so on, enumerating all that is superior
Ancient form of |p Tsuy, Crime.
and excellent, in contradistinction from ^ ^ j^J} ^
fH; KwSn, wei te, wei moo, ' Kwan, which is earth, which
is a mother,' and so on. (Vide, Ylh-king.)
Ify (g|
^ ~Jj ^ Q | Fan wuh yuen, urh piih fang chay, yul
yuen,
Whatever is round and not square,' is called Yuen.
TWELVE TO THIRTEEN STROKES.
-fa f^- ] T"ng keen jO chuen yuen, or wan, To
be influenced by remon.trance, as easily as that which is
|| round, circulates i said in praise of a prince.
J ^ Yuen
HWUY. A door next the street.
chung, A certain kind ol bell; which Is < thcrwise called ^ j||
Kea chung. They sacrifice on ]
Yuen k hew, A round
'"' 10 ItH 7C ] til YinS l'heen yen jay, Correspond to
t| The same as ffl Keun, see below.
the round figure of the heavens, and sacrifice to the earth oo
~Jj ^CFang k'hew, A square hill, lo^ ^jf
Seang te
SEUEN. A round face.
fang, Represent the square figure of the earth.
j ^
ife

An ancient form of U T'hoo.

YIH.

S. C.

To revolve; to return to;"the vapours of theearth ascending

to heaven, in unconnected portions; obscure. J||J ] 4^ ^
j&
^
Ylh ylh shing yun, pwan yew pawn woo. In a
unconnected manner the clouds ascend to heaven, appear to
exist in one half of the expanse, and not in the other half;
seen obscurely. (Shoo king.) This is introduced in reference to
certain omens thence derived. In the textof the pres.-ut copies,
HI Ylh, is inserted instead of the above character.

s. c.
Round; globular; complete; perfect. Read Hwan, To

Yuen-fa1, The Chinese copper coin. It is said ^ ~Jj jfU j

Nuy fang, wae yuen, Square within (referring to the hole made
to string the coin) and round without. This represents the
internal rectitude of the persons who constitute the govern
ment; and their external suavity and accommodation, they
present no rugged corners lo annoy those with whom Ihey come
in contact
j "fr* Yuen t hoo, Surrounding earth; a place
of confinement ; a prison.
j
^ yen
t'hoo na chc, Put him in prison. ^ j
^ jj 'ftj
[A] (Vj- (3r
ju|, yuen t'hoo keen show, she yin k'hoo kac
hwuy. To put into prison and retain in confinement, to induce
the offender, from the pain he suffers, to repent and reform
This is called jjjjf Sjj Show keaou. To confine and instruct.
It was the practice to deal thus with rulers under the Chow
Dynasty (B. C. 500); and it was recently inflicted by Kea-king,
on the Viceroy of Peking. He was told to gg [*J
jgj

477
Pe mun, sze kwo, Shut his door and reflect on hit errors.
j [|fj Yuen-hwny, The gate of a market place.
j
Hwan-she, To look round with alarm.
~J\ ] ||
[f[J j|E T'heen hea hwan she urh k'he, All under heaven will
look round with alarm and rise up.
j
pij Hwan
keaou mun. Surrounded the bridge gate. j
Hwan-yaj,
Name of a Heen district.
MO.

32nd Radical.

T'hoo

K'HEUN, or K'hwan,
To >ind; to restrict ; to accomplish
531 j YEW.
lay

The same as Go.

Same as the preceding.

The meaning not known.

m
Ancient form of jfj Mwan, Full.

Chow's mode of writing ED Yew,

I
A park; hence the four trees in the enclosure.
FOURTEEN to NINETEEN Strokes.

Ancient form of

YC, A prison.

LWAN.

f j Twan-lwan, Put all together

..ifformedintoaball. ^ |^ ^ | |fj Ta tea t".

lwant'how, 'All put their heads together- toconYer*.

THIRTY-SECOND RADICAL

T'HOO.

Earth ; one of the fire elements as they are considered by

the Chinese. The upper horizontal line represents the surface
of the earth, and the lower Due an inferior strata; the perpen
dicular line represents trees and plants taking root downward
and growing up into the air. The ground; the soil; apiece
of ground ; a patrimony ; a kingdom ; the bark of the roots of
trees; a place, a district The name of a country; name of
a star. A surname. ShwB-wan says, the character expresses
% Z Ftt ^ ID # Ht Te che Vho *Sn& wan
whh chny yay, The earth's vomiting or propelling and
producing all thing,.
-gl
ZT%^
J

$\ fft "tJi Urll ,eans le che hea' ta the chuns*

VOL. I.
o

kwa wish ch'hfih hing yay, The two lines represent, the
car tli below, and the midst of the earth ; the upright line, is the
appearance of things growing out.
3lC
~~"
T'hoo, woo hing che jlh, Thoo, one of the five elements.
(See udder j Woo.) ] fljJ
$J # || A T'ho
te sang wuh e yang jiu, The earth produces things for the
support of man.
J
J[
T'hoo e woo koh, The
earth is suitable for the five kinds ofgrain.
j | Woo
t'hoo, The five earths, are
^ ^ 7jjj ^ Pih, Mh,
tsing, cMh, hwang. White, black, azure, red, yellow.
j
|
T'hoo sang t'hoo yang, The earth produced man,
and the earth will support hiin. ^jl^ |
^ Shwiiy
t'hoo p(ih hb, Water and earth (climate) not agreeing (with
a person). To express the disagreeing, ^ yjJ^Puh-fuli, is also

-\* Thoo.

I.

3Vnd Radical.

478

Uze-t hung and Tsze-hwti v, for the white bark of the mulberry
usci. fpf ^ | Ho shwiiy t'hoo, 'To harmonise the
clim-ite,' i. e. to use a dirt to prevent the iniioence of climate,
root. Kang-be .ays,
our preparations are laid to be beneficial. Jjjj^ j J\
ifi |f<, |zj !2l Tne ea,lern ,tale T*f> expressed root by the
Fung t'hoo lip tsing. The spirit and disposition- of a people.
word T'hoo, but it did not point particularly to tbe white
/|5 f ^ Pun t'hoo jir, A native of a place.
|
bark of he mulberry root
Q j=J g|
^ "g" ^
Pun t'hoo hwa, The dialect peculiar to a place.
jlfj -^f|
^
^ i Tne ,ua and nioon are attached to, or
| ^ Meen joo t'hoo slh, ' Face th,e colour of the ground ;'
depend ontlic heavens; the hundred sorts ofgrain, the vegetables
like . dead per.on.
J\^% \
Sm 'V
and iron re attached to the soil.
j Sing t'hoo,
t'hoo vtei gan, Wlien a m <'.- ' is dcai and return* tU>' dft
express. a d' vision of the land from a reference to tbe stars.
0- e. interred) he ii then at real. The Chinese often defer | I
T ho kwei' A kl"d * *un dial'
El I Yuen
burying their dead, from a superstitious idea 1 l-al some pln<-e of
t%.
lace of confinement i a prison.
] q T'hoo
interment affect the living, either favorably or the 'verse.
<eu, A mix:d commodity like any sediment; mortar. Tbe
Brothers will quarrel about the iulerrnent of a *" 1> r
MS give Pfi-ti\, probably
| P'hih t'hoo, for mortar.
supposing that one place will be lucky to one brother
1 F" Thoo-mun, A certain gate of the tribes in the north,
nlucky to another. 3 ^ ||. ^ [ J| Wo kwan
p '.ibl a mud gate. ^ j T han fhoo. To examine
pe wci t'hoo sing, The nose is the earth-star >>f tic five senses.
tbtgrou. {previously to interring, for the purpose ofascerAmA;
laning wl.< ther below the surface it be watery or swampy;
l .tl
WltM J^goodpriiuc
if it ue so, it is deemed unfit for a burial ground.
is in the first<place particularly attentive to virtu- . if he y ssess
virtue, he will have men attached to him , if he have men, ht
Y A. Earth y particles closely adhesive ;
will have territory; if he have territory, he will have v *\lth ;
ii
and having wealth, he will have enough te use, in I lie service of
or thick dust flying. jtjUtJ^L ^anE"vli< Inscrutable ; no trace
the country. J j^jl t ]fj| T'hoo te poo sa, The divinities
of; foggy; obscure appeareucc of being unlimited. The old
oftheiand; the gods of the distric'. t .e penaUr.
4| 7?
defi 'lion i , Intrii -te windings amongst hills.
Jp j Hwang T heen, How T'boo, Imperial llcav<-n and Queen
Earth; Nature.
j How t'hoo, A little mound of
THING.
S. C.
earth behind a grave, with a tablet having J^J j jjf^H wi
t'hoo shin, inscribed upon it; this divinity is consider
Arpreaenti a man standing firm on the top of the earth,
a guardian of the tomb.
^ j Chung t'hoo, An altar of
onaccc-ding to-jthers, ny thing grr**ing up out of the earth.
earth to the protecting gods called jjjiShay.
^ JJ
t: 'o-wan says it denote Good, virtuous; from Man and
| Fun maou tsoo t'hoo, To appoint great officers of
is
7 hoo, the earth denoting the business of life. Shw6-wan
thus expressed, in allusion loan aucient story. ^jjj
J
co,
,ed it a different Radical, but isze-hwuy, and other
subsequent Dictionaries, inserted it u, ler
T'hoo Radical,
and Kang-hc deemed it right to continue it.
T'hing
j^fc ^ j In the times of Chow, an individual had a
jen, To issue forth, ' he characters^ ;T i.ing, j^T'hing, and
hundred mow of land nllotted him for a possession ; an officer
*K Wang, and such like, are derived from rjfis. Also read
of rank had a hundred le of land; a governor had a whole
Ch'hing. Considered the original form of Thing, to start
state ; the Son of Heaven had all the world ; and Confucius had
or push forth ; the stem of a plant. One ays, The beam ofa
ten thousand ages.
v^t j Sang t'hoo, is given in Chinghouse.

413

TWO STROKES

T'HING.

Even; levci.

' 0 EH S^t l^|Y'h ye< lSen uen cl'';,. One*r,

place troddeu in afield; a foot path, or uch like placj.
K'HWUH.

S. C.

j|p | K'hwiib-k hwiih, The appearance of one's havi.

exerted one's utmost possible eSbrts. Judging from the parU
of the character, it if a hand seizing the earth; it <t a'o
writt n thm
Tsze-hwuy reads it Kwae, for 'Jvj? vae,
Strange, odd ; which is vulgarly written ^ Kwae. The ab< re
character is vulgarly written for ^ Shing, Holy, sacred

32nd Radical.

II.

T'hoo jfc

dwell; to reside ; to be still preserved ; to be alive. To rest in, to

depend upon ; to belong to; to consist in ; is in. A place. To
examine. A surname. To rhyme, read Tsze and Sht.
ffc ^ Prij f& # Dfi ^1 * k'heu * t ha 1188 na le '
Go and ask where he is ? |
ijjC T"e kea- PDn
tsaekea? Is he at home or not! ^ j ^^T hatsae
l ea le. He is at home; or in his own house.
^ |
ij-j , ^ Tha tsaehangle, He is in his factory, or counting house,
ftll 1 *|pf
T 1,1 lMe J" raut> He 'n tne public office.
^< | ^pf
Ne ch .o tsae bo ch'hoo ? Where do you
live.
^> J 1| Puh tiae kca, He is not at home.
^
Jfc Q ^\ ^ Jin sze yuf puh tsie, A person's being dead
'u expressed by Puh-tsae, his not being present; or not being
re.
| ^ jjj] Tsae tang raeen, Being in the pretence
of a person.
| jEj "jjy Tsae muh ts'heen. Before one's
own eyes; that which it present
^ | p Seen foo

tsae she, When my father wat alive.

| ^
1 Ne ling-tsun ttae puh tsae > Is your father alive ^Jj- ^
CHUN. The name of an ancient nation.
J Seen foo piih tsae, No, my fithv-r it dead. ^ JjJ;
it
| T> ^ M
^
Fo mo Uae' Pi,h ym
jrf
.
yew,
pelii
yew
fang,
Confucius
said,
' baring parents alive,
K'HIN. An earthen or mud wall, which is
do not travel to a d -lance; if you travel to a distance yon
must fix the place,' that your parents may not be at a lost where
otherwise expressed by j~ ^ T'boo-peih.
to Pad you. Lun-yu.)
j ijjj Piih ttae wo, It doe*
not
rest
with
me;
it
is
not
my
duty;
I have not the coutroal
P'HO, or P'hiih,
A clod of earth.
of it.
J
* ^ Ttae yu jrlta jiu, It devolves on me
an individual ; the One Man, the Monarch. _fc ^ | ^
B| % 0 ft g ft T'hoo shing Away, fei
Ping puh tsae to, Armies do not depend upon (mere) numbers.
jib p'hd slh keang.Earth overcomes water, bin one cloutjitl lift
i 9& ^ I & shing m U:ie u?8"s' piih ,,ae
stop the (Yang-tsze)-keang ; one of tlie i.tigebt rivers in China. * W
ping. Victory or defeat depends on the general, not on the men.
|j|
j ^ ))% ^ J ^ Mow sze tsae jin;chingsze
tsae i heen, To plan rests with man, to efijet rests with heaven.
TliREE STROKES.
This saying is attributed to
^ ^ {Jfj Chno-kB kungmin, O.h of principal leaders in the period of the |^
San-kwB, (A. li. 2S0)
TSAE. -he common fe -m of th>- following.
^ | ^ ^ Sze ttaejin wei, Affairs devolve on men to
carry them into effect; and they must manage them, is implied |
they must not deel >c tteeautc ot the difficulty. jp| ^ |
TSAE, or Tsae.
^-JI^Tsny piih tsae ne, The fault is not yours.
| ^
From the hand fixed upon the earth. To be in a place; to
^
Too uue wo shin chaug, It all devolves on me I

T'hoo.

11.

fond Uadical.

480

undertake the whole affair. J(

j l Chin cw tine
bSng, ' The true practice of v irtue comiiti in perseverance ;' the
last word is otherwise expressed in the same sentence by ^
J Pun selh. Not desisting.
^ ]
Pub tae sin
hang, It does not rest on his mind ; he does not care about it.
1 ^ ^ Tszc tsae tsaou wan, 'Death hangs on morning
sjr evening.' death is near; he is in imminent danger of dying.
| Tsre tsae, To be one's self, in respect ofcomfort or composurcof mind.
/f> 1 Pun tsze Uae, Discomposed ;
uncomfortable in mind or body; not one's self; deranged.
<fa j?J | Haou tsze tiae, Quite easy, comfortable.
^
gaj ^ | Gan lo tire tine, Happy and comfortable. ^
| So-Uae, A place ; a place in which something exists. ^jjjf
|
Fang Uae cha shang, Put it on the table.
j^J
1 'Ei* Hwae hSn tsae sin, To cherish resentment in one s
heart.
Ill * ft M -% ft 9& %
*
# $ ^ H fl'J M
hing piihUa'e kaou.yew seen tilh ming;
Shwiiy pub tsae shun, yew lung tslh ling.
A hill's being high is nothing, it must have demi-gods to
make it famous |
Water's being deep is nothing, it muit hare a dragon to
make it divinely efficacious.
This saying is introduced to shew that the fame or value
of a place depends on its producing good and great men.
<fjjj ] ^j[5 ^T ha tiae na le? Where is he ? ^
] Jjf
Puh tsae chay le, He is not here.
jfo ^
|J|3 ^ |f $ | fa $f Ne pa na yTh pun ihoo,
fang tine ho ch'hoo ? Where have you put that book ?
I iff
-t Sbc tue ho'kea ihang, It is on the book
^ Itll^l
She tsae.e
thow, hwanshc Uae wac pcen ? It is wilhinside, or without
side ?
^ ^ Tsae-hoo, To consist in; and its opposite ^
j =^-Piih tsae hoo, otten occur in the middle ofa sentence ;
the same is also often expressed by the single word Tsae. as
has appeared in the above examples.
j -Sp- ^ Jpk;
Tiae hoo sliin-mo Jie ? What does it consist in, eh ? ^ ^

I
^ ^ ^frln wnat <' tne principles of the Tahect, (the learning for grown persons) consist ? One consists
in understanding clearly illustrious virtue; one, in renovating
a people; and one, in remaining fixed in habits of supreme
goodness. (Vide, Ta-heO-ahoo-te.) ^ j
^t^/ Jft
| T'heen chc sfing wo, wo shin gan Uze ! When Heaven
caused me to be born, where was my natal hour!or the
iirducnces which preside over the period of birth, that my
misfortunes have reached this height. The language of bitter
complaint, uttered by /jg[ |j E-kcw, An heir apparent, who
was set aside by his father at the suggestion of a concubine.
(she-king.)
jg
jfo^^fej fajfii
<^tb Ken shang wei urh puh keaou ; tsae hea wei urh piih
yew, A good man can be in a high situation without feeling
pride, or be in a low place without feeling vexation and sorrow.
(Ylh-king.) The famous Wai,.wang, | _t Jj&i ] ^
')$C ^ W Sh,h ,h!,ng" pe'h
"he h*" "an Chc Uie'
When handing up food (to his father) made a point ofexamining
and .observing the states of the food, whether cold or hot.
1 Jt M 3 $T J# ^ -b j^TsaeSeuen keyuh hang
c Uc U'hlh ching, Observe the gem-ornamented astronomical
instruments, to.regulate the sun moon and planets. (Shoo-king.)
| Hing Uae, A place to walk in; an abode when travel| Fjjj T'heen-tsze e sze hae wei kea ; wei to keu, wei hing
so tsae, ' The Son of Heaven considers all included by the four
seas as his house ; the particular place in which he dwells, is
called Hing tsae-so,' a place to receive him on his walks
through this vast house.
j Chang tsae, Name given
to n supposed divinity that presides over toe lungs.
YU.

A bank.

A dyke raised against the water, as on the Yang-tsze-keang,

and other large rivers. Islets in that river being sometimes
lower than the surface of the water, are thus preserved from
inundation : seasons occur, however, when they are entirely
overflown. A hollow place with banks around; that which
appears as such.

481
Kung-tsze ting urh yu-ting, koo ming k'hew, ' Confucius when
he was born had a hollow place on the top of his head, and
hence his name K'hew,' which denotes a hollow place on the top
ofa hill. (Seethe character K'hew, under the first Radical.)
J ^p. Yu-gan, A bank i a dyke.
^ jjj Yu teen, Fields
that are diked in.
| Yu, or ] ||E Yu chang, ' A public
market place,' where sheds are constructed and let out by the
day to any person who chooses to lake thither any commodity
for tale. The ground belongs to government, but it becomes
kind of private property to the person who pays a
rent for it This person is called the j
Yu-choo,
The landlord or owner of the market place ; he gives nothing
but the ground to those who go to tell things, their stool and
mat umbrella, must be provided by themselves. For the
ground room he receives a small per centage. Those who tell
the same kind of commodity arrange themselves together
for the convenience of purchasers. jj< j Chin yu, To
repair to the Yu market place, either to sell or buy. The
northern people express this by
2^ Kan tsS, Going after
miscellaneous articles.

32nd Radical.

111.

T'hoo

and VjJ Che, The ornaments on the lop ofthe tent. Che it
the same as
Che; the character is erroneously put under
thit Radical.
^
jfiji jjit % Ch'how ch liang
fan ke che seang, A representation of lenls'and their streamers.
KWEI
i
A kind of sceptre made of fine stone, carried in the hands
by ancient governors or princes of states *> the signal of
authority; the Emperor gave them as the badge or teal of his
appointment. A certain measure. ^ Jj^
_t @J
~|\ JjKwei, suy yiih yay, thang yuen, heafang; Kwci, '
felicitous stone, round above and flat below.
^ J/J J^ij
^
*E i Kwei e fu" Cno-now' ko bun5
chnng t'hoo. The Kwei was employed to confer the authority
on governors of states, and hence the character it formed of the
word Earth repeated (at if it were said, that land was given
to them. There was a slight variety in the fount, which are
thut represented iu Chinese books.
3
t
1
1 called jje ^ Hwan-Vwei

NEIH, orYTh.

s. c.

it
I <|= ] Sin.kwei.
A high appearance ; the appearance of a high wall, or earth
raised high.
Ancient form ofj^Gaou, see under 13 strokes.

WOO.

To plaster ; to white wash, and so on ; to

ornament a walk Ji^ ^Woo-jin, A person -who plasters

or adorns houses; a brick-layer.
J|JJ ffiffij
Woo jin e the meTh kwan kung ihlh, T)ie Plasterers
in proper season embellished the palaces which were to be in.
habited. (Tso-chuen.)
KHEANG, or K'he5.

S. C.

The representation ofa tent. From

Maou, A covering,
vol. i.
4 a.

. J|ij J Kung-kwei.

The Five Ranks of Nobility each had an appropriate stone,

which was carried in the hand on state occasions. The highest
rank called
Kung, held the first one given above. The
second rank, viz. the ^ How Noble, held N' 8. The third,
viz. The | Plh Noble, held N*. 3. The fourth, viz. the ^
Tsze Noble, held what is called j| f|| Kuh-pelh, (N* 4). Aud
the lowest rank, viz. the JjfJ Nan Noble, held a || Jjj| P'hoopelh, (N* 5). The two last are thus represented,
4
5

T'hoo.

III.

32nd Radical.

The kings
^
j Wang cl.Ih chin-kwei, Held
in their hand the Chin-kwei; a form probably different from
the preceding. A general term for them is ^ | Keae-kwei.
H HI it 1 VJ> f M Jf 8*rh "rh keae*kwei' 8 W
urh paon, ' I confer upon you a sceptre to be to jou the
precious emblem,' b_? which you hold jour kingdom. (Sheking.) There were io ancient times emblamatic stones which
were called j Kwei, and which were used iii sacrificing to
the Godi, and to Heaven. The "jl^-jr Tsing kwei, thin,

c
Sze-kwei, thus,

The ffi

I.eang-kwei.thus,

482
Kwei-Uan, was a enp on the back ofan imaginary animal.

j HeuenJtwei, was held in the hand of^ Yu, who

removed the waters of the Deluge, emblematic of the work
which he had effected.
-J-^ J Thoo-kwei, A certain
instrument applied to the sun, and to find, it is said, the middle
or centre ofthe earth. ^
^ ^ fa ) ^ ] Q
^ Lu'h shTh sze shoo wei kwei ; sze kwei yui tseu, Sixtyfour grains of millet make a Kwei t four Kwei make a Tseuf ;
which is about as much as three fingers can take up. -j" |
^ - ^ Shlh kwei wei ylh ho, Ten kwei make a H8. J
0 Kwei-teen, expresses Fifty mow of land, given in ancient
limes to the higher officers, the proceeds of which were to
be applied to sepulchral sacrifices. Kwei is, in that con
nection, said to denote Purity.
^
j ^ Piih loo
kwei ke8, He does not expose a corner of his Kwei, is used to
express admiration of the unassuming modesty of men who
possess superior talents, but do not wish to exhibit them,
^r* PI 1 ^ PeTh mun kwei Jn> A door made of bamboos
interwoven; a small door dug through a wall by the side of a
large door; said in reference to the poverty of men devoted to
letters, (Le-king.) One says, that J Kwei is the original
form of
Fung, and tint it denotes An altar ofearth ; which
is implied bv the word + T'hoo, Earth, being placed upon
itself.

.And the ^ |jf Kwei-pelh.thus,

P'HE, or Sze.

S. C.

To throw down ; to subvert i to east in ruins; to destroy ; to

ruin.
-jj -jfj)^ Fang ming p he tsiih, He (jjf
K wan) opposes the orders of superiors, and injures or destroys,
his fellow creatures.
^ j King-p'he, To cast down.

In the state Tsoo, a bridge was expressed by this word.

These were of different colours.

48?
^
llf le,n6' c*l',,anS h** *>unp yung J" bea Pci e
hang, yjO ylh laon foo thow e shoo, Leang, having in an easy
sauntering manner wandered down to the bridge at Pei, met
an old father who gave a book to him. (Tseen-han.) Some
think it does not denote a bridge, but the bank near a bridge,
for a famous Poet, ^ j Lt-pTh, has said. ^
| ^
J- Wo lae e keaou .hang, which J| |* ^ ^ ^ jjgj
h Wo lae kcaou keaoo shang, is saying, I came the bridge
the bridge upon ; a tautology, it is argued, that so good a Writer
could not he guilty of, and therefore it should be, I came upon
the bridge which extends to the bank.
T HE, or Te.
The earth ; a place* the ground or seat of.
jj^j T'heen te wan'wjh, Heaven, earth, and all things.

j|jr

Yuen k'be cli'hoo fan, chung, cbiih, yin wei te, wan wuh so
chin leg jay , When the original vapours were at first divided,
the heavy, the foul, and the opaque, became the earth, in which
all other creatures are arranged.
^ ^ j Hwang
T'heen How Te, Imperial Heaven and Queen Earth.
^1
shang e t'heen -wei foo, e te wei moo, koo ching t'heen-tjze.
The Emperor regards heaven as his father, and the earth as his
Toother, and therefore he is denominated the Son of Heaven.
moo te, ke she tsac suy sze yuen, Ask father heaven and
mother earth, when compliance with this wish will be granted.
Jul & # #

She ,be> fei fei te'

B|J BJ) g ^ Ming ming-plhplh t'heen.

Hight and wrong, truth and falsehood are blended on earth;
But all is most clearly distinguished in heaven.
These lines are written in large characters at the gale of
tte
1^
Ching-hwang meaou, or temple, in the city of
Canton. To this temple is appointed a superintendant, * ho pays
aum equal to j 1,000 for the situation, which money, with
a profit is obtained again in the space of two or three years , by
the sale of candles, Sc. used by the worshippers] pfr

32nd Radical. 111.

Thoo

Te kew, A globe representing the world the terrestrial globe.

fft ] InsW te l***! A kind ofball, at which soldiers shoot
an arrow when at full gallop.
[ I^Teyuh, The prison of the earth i the place of
future suffering; hell.
j\j || ] jjjpj Kew chung te yuh.
The ninth (the lowest) hell. They say in the language of anger
and imprecation, ^f^^f/L | j
Pon
yew ne Is kew chung te-yiih, May the gods help you down to
the ninth hell !
^ "= % ^ Kew che wei yen,
to yay, Nine, expresses (not an absolute number) but many.
The Emperor dwells within the -f^ ptj Kew-mun, Nine gates.
Hades is denominated the
& Kew tsuen. Nine springs of
water; perhaps, like the phrase given above, the prison of
the earth, denoting, Downward, deeper and deeper, nine degrees
] Jj TejfanS- A phce ; territory ; country ; a space, tj)
IH HJ J ^7 CbunK kw8 tcIh te-fang, A place belonging
to China ; Chinese territory.
/pf j ^ We yew tcfang. No place, no room.
| Jj) Te-le, Geography. j
J|H [^Te le t hoo, A map.
J @| gj Te-yu t'hoo.
Properly denotes a Map of the world ; hut it is also applied to
a Map of Chin, alone. $g J| ^1 |j ^ ) ^
Chay she Kwang-tung Sang-ching te-fang. This is a place be
longing to the metropolis of the Province Canton. ^ |
Pun le, Native place, or district; in contradistinction from
Waekeang/Snother province.
ynjjj ] ^Punte
jin, A native of a place.
| 'p^Pun te hwa, The
dialect of a place
j Teen te, Fields, cultivated land.
M\ ffl Hi 1 KS,,g l"n chung te' To plough ,he ficld 81111
plant the ground.
^fc fj fl ] We khae k han te.
Uncultivated ground.
| "J" Te ting. Expresses all who
pay a land-tax; whether much dr litde. The Sovereign is
considered the Lord of the land, and the land-tax aki..dof
rent- Hence it is .aid,
=fc
|jL % ^P hoo
t heen che hea, moo fei wang fhoo, There is no place under
heaven which i. not the king's land. (She-king.) For the first
character, M.ng-Uze use. || P'boo.
] ^ Te ping. An
area before a door; a court yard or pavement. ] ^Te wei.
The place or state in which a person is, the place he holds on
earth. fa j& $ \ ^lt T *> joo ho te TPrei, What
is hw situation in life ) Otherwise expressed by
JjL

hoo. 111.

3;nd Radical.

^ J=p Ffr T'ha she shin-mo thin fun, In what

department if hii person placed.
j jfj;
Te poo wan,
Footing is firm ; holding a defensible station, or side of the
question.
^ j Sxete; jJ3 j Gan te, In the dark ;
underhand; clandestinely.
jJ^ j /jj, Chen te poo. To
usurp or seize the better place, or the roost advantageous station
in mutual conflict Jjjj]
|$ | Keo fha wan te, His
foot standi in a firm place.
^ ^ jj^] j Jin te seang
e, The person and the place suit each other.
^ | ^
Jin tc seang seu, The person and the place require each
other. This language is often used by the higher officers, when
recommending inferiors to certain places. Their disapproba
tion is expressed by saying, J[ J
Jin te sang shoo,
A rawness and distance between the man and the place ; he is
nnacq'iainted with their dispositions and habits, and therefore
unfit to govern them.
j^f 1 ffii 50 T<1h te urh Uou' Se,ect a place and trea<!
upon it; choose a proper place to live in. 5|jjj Jjj^ 1^
Heen yung, fa U, tso ch'hiih sze nisei, tsze jen tung t'he, king
t'heen, lew ming ts'heen tsae, Illuitrious and successful he
performed various works; doubtless earth will be agitated and
heaven astonished, and his name will flow down for thousands
of years.

484
>tk I
3d $1 sin te yay ,hin uuns ming' Heirt
ground (mind) after all very clever and enlightened, y^rjj
j "J^ Fang tsae te hea, Place it down on the ground.
Heaven and earth, in the Ylh-king, are expressed by
Keen,
andjff Kwan.
Jlfl ^ ) ^ ^ Kwiln wei te wei
moo, Kwan is earth, is a mother and o on. (Ylh-king.) The
words are a part of that absurd philosophy of the universe, with
which the Chinese amuse and perplex themselves. They say,
"til ^3
1 Te chay' *1n J,T' Earth o>nole change
perpetual ; transmutation. And again, | j|
Te te yay,
Earth denotes low: its place is low, and it contains all creatures;
and so on. To rhyme, read ["hoo.
Jjj Woo-how, The
pedantic Queen of the house of T'hang, wrote Earth, The
terraqueous globe, of Earth and water, thus ?J ; and of Hill,
water, and earth, thus
TS'HEEN.
Three le tif land is denominated Ts'heen.
formerly written thus. See Radical ^ Jin.
^^"|" Same as the preceding.

y^J^. Same as

CHOW.
Ping kung k'he sze, wei che p'hing te fung po;
Tiih leTh piih e, wei che chung lew te choo.
Leaning on vacuum and raising a business, is called winds
and waves on a level plain ;'
To stand alone unmoved, is called a stone pillar in the
midst of the stream.

sub, \

Ke, A foundation.

About the YangUze-keang, Alow

dike or foot path, with a ditch on each side for the division of
fields or different estates, were formerly called Chow.
JJJ
j Teen chow, The' dike which divides fields from each other,
a land-mark. These be come subjects of very frequent affrays
and litigations with the Chinese.

The first metaphor alludes to the efforts of men fond of

litigation, when they have mere trifles or nothing to litigate
abput ; the next expresses the firmness of a good man, who
remains unmoved by every attempt of worthless men to molest
or impeach him. (Ching-yu-keaou.)
j j^- Sin te
uaou, The ground of the heart good, jjgf
j
^ Chay ko jiu sin te haou, This is a good-hearted

W CHO. A mark left by mud or earth.

T'HANG.

High land.

it
To be distinguised from ^ PIb, The nortk.

485

K'HEA.

The name of a place.

32nd Radical.

J^KHE.

T'hoo T*.

in building up virtue; he still further ingratiated himself, and

took indulgence even to the day of his death. (She-ke.)

Y^H, or Keith.
FOUR STROKES.

j\

Same as ^ Keth.

Dangerous; hazardous ; perilous.

^ ^ j^. ^
~f\ Tae tsae! kelh hoo t'heen hea, Perilous indeed! dan
gerous to all under heaven. (Chwang-tsre.)

{{Jr. h.
KEX, or Kee.

A limit or boundary. A thousand le around the royal abode.

~jr
^fe if rhSen l*" che te j ih k he' The Und
ofthe ton of heaven, one thousand le. ] 4 Khe-foo, ' The
father of the K he,' a military officer who had the command of
the troops on the Royal or Imperial domain. Syn. with Jt^ Yin.
| ^ K'he yin, A limit, a shore, a boundary. ^ j Woo
k'he. Illimitable, having no boundary. "jT
Woo-wang,
(B.C. 1100) when he gave his brother
jj^ Kang-shiih,
a princedom, cautioned him against the abuse of wine, in which
J@ jJp Tsew-kou, Admonition against wine, this passage
occurs.
^561 #c Wi M T~ M K'he-fo p"* nuns-foj8
paou; hang-foo tingpeth; chin yu kang che yu tsew, If the
general of the royal domain expel such as oppose the king's
command i if the father of agriculture secure the liyesofall
the people; if the superintendent of the division of lands, fix
laws respecting them ; bow much more should you possess
unbending regulations respecting wine. (Shoo king.)

Same as if? Nee", To stop or fill up.

^J^^Md.

Accumulated earth , dirt, or filth.

/JJ PjJ"
jft Se shlh, k'ho e k'he kow kea, Washing stone can
remove an accumulation of dirt or filth.
3Jj -J^
| Tow k he ching yae kea, Formed moundsofearth spinngup.

CHE.
it

% R. H.

A foundation ; that which is fundamental,

rhe, A foundation, as ofa house or a family ;
also used
metaphorically.
J Yew e che, Possessing a foun
dation which has descended down.
j^jj J jpj ^ Koo
che shang tsun, The old foundation yet remains.

May the foundation of general peace be perpetuated thousands

of years;
(And may) the nations blended in one, retain the build of their
carriages, and forms of their books the suae, to tea
thousands of ages.

To die. The same as >g Mt$

s. c.
To stop; a bank; a small stream which is banked in.

$ & It
W-H*" Tsin tseang, e Liih-kwS, jen pub naa foo Tsin keen Uh, t'how
ho tseu yung, e che mO shin, Wang-tse'en was the general of
(the Emperor) Tsin (B. C. 200) i for Tsin be reduced to
subjection six nations, but he was inadequate to assist Tsin
voi.. i.
*

01. Scrib.

[ Keuen, A certain musical instrument

4". T hoo.

IV. 32nd Radical.

486
can 1 do without bim.

FAN, or Pwan.

The declivity of a hill.

A bank; a dyke, j^g ^P'hB-fan.The ride ofa hilli a bank f

a mound raited to flop water.
J
^
Fan.t'hoo
p'hfi kaou, Fan if a high bank; precipice or declivity. To
rhyme, rend Peen and K'heueu.
jf YIH.

The door of a furnace.

The hole in a imall earthen furnace, luch ai are common

with the Chioeie. They call it the window of the furnace.
K'HIN. A kind of cave, or pit.
A well, otherwiie expressed by
J^K hink han. /^jj ^
1 ^Tiienjmcnun't'n'n't,DJ,n> TheTeen-jin (officer!
who had charge of the moon or com mom) built a well.

1
# # ^ ting hing be thine
ping, hew yang ting aeih, keune aeun fun ahow le, You (people)
have the gocd fortune to live in prosperous and peaceable timet;
your life and breath are nourished in the raott excellent manner;
you are all equally bound to follow your own department!,
and maintain the rule! of propriety. (Government Pro
clamation.)
^ ^ ^ J Ta foo pun keun, The great
officer! arc not impartial. (She-king.)
|
Wang puh keun p'hing, The king il not impartial. (She-kingchoo.) tftf yh. | 2J1 Tae jin keun p'hing, To treat
person, with impartiality.
\ M, W"
loo yew puh keun e. Slightly ditcovcring a partial feeling.
C ft JH 1
&rl W
Uui ,he kcuQ P'hin
teih, My heart (or mind) it mott impartial.

~/\
fife Sfe

^J^^^ Ancient form of

Mei, The name of a tree.

Kang-he, reaaoning from the component parta of the cha

racter, deniei this, and conaidcri it a vulgar form of
Fun.
KEUN.
Equal) equally; in equal parta oraharei; all equally ; to
equalliae or blend; an instrument for making brirka, tilea, or
other earthen ware. A muaical instrument) the name of a
place. Alao read Yuen. To rhyme, read Kwan.
^ ^?
jjj^j Ffy> Ta Chung keun fun, All divided equally.
^
^ /jfa Yew le keun fun, What profit! may ariae, ihall be
equally divided.
% _j@ gg
il | % J
Teen ahang yth ko, taac kung taou keun yun leaou, Add one
and then the divition will be juatly and equally made. ^jjt
ffi ^\ ] K'hoo 18 piih keun, The pain and tlie pleaaure
are not eqaal.
|
j Keun tae fang ching, All
even, tquare and regular.
^ ^i|J |
-ffjj jj^ /J?
*#
# & 9 T> # # Ye"'le keun fun'
t'ha yay ibaoo pifh HI) wo; wo yay ahaou ptih tlh t'ba, The
advantage ia equally divided? he cannot do without roe, nor

|g ^ ^ jEg g If fa ^

$t 1 Ltth f ke keun
Wi Tne ,he Um k'hea 1

M ^k. $ 1$ chow 3,uea u"

My hortet are white and are freckled i
When the tix rt ins are adjusted ;
The carriaget hasten, they are quickly propelled;
They make a circuit of the empire to ditcover itt itit*.
(She.Icing.)
-f* |
J^jj T'hoo keun che fi, Rule for an equable
divition of the land, throughout the country.
^ ]
Hfc 5i
*F 1 til Kwlln wei keun ' te Uloa wei p h'ng
keun yay, KwSn (the terrestrial principle) it even i i. e. the
Nature of the earth it to be even or level. (YTh-king.) ^
| T'heen keun, it an expression uted by Chwang-te, to
exprett something like the equable operation of nature in
production and destruction; it it taid to denote the tame at
the ^ ^ Theen-ne, of the Joo-keaou.
^ |
jjjf|
Ta keun che le, It an ancient military phraie, expreuive of
tome impartial rule for the benefit of the whole. jjjfc J
Ching-keuu, An epithet applied to a certain school or college
appointed by an ancient Emperor, and hence the literary title
jfc J jj| Ching-keun-t.in-.ze.
|
ffi ^
Keun fuh chin chin, AH in the lame attire, how itrikingly

487
magnificent i applied to soldiers in uniform. (Tto-chuen.)
t & fg 1 IP
tilK W0
Uzei
keun tselh j un yay. In ancient timet the character Yun did
not exist, Keun was the Yun character.

Ancient form of jjj" Fung, tee Rad.

Tiun.

Same aa |j* Scu, A wall on the eastand the wed: to

be aeated on the east and weat sides, in the Chinese manner i and
hence the Ulna] sense of the character, viz. Order; arrangement.
Ancient form of |2 K'he, see below.

JUNG, or Yung.

KHWAE.
3fl
Deep i profound ; still | ailent.

The name of a place.

Alio read Net!.

T'HUN. Stagnant water; a bank railed against

4&
water, and composed of reeds and mud. To fill or stop up a
dike which divides fields from each other.
^jjj
T'hun
tsze, The name of a place on the Grand Canal.

32nd Radical.
of the same lane,

IV.

T'hoo -j-

-f- ] Kew-tsze faug, A part of the

palace of Han. ^jpj j ^ Ho fang jin, What place

does he belong to ?
3fc ] Mow fang, A certain alley,
or place.
^ [Ej ^ | Tae-tsze kung yu ch hunfang, The palace of princes of the blood, is called Ch'hun-fang.
Si # I T* ch'hu fng: "nd ^ ^ ] Yew ch hun
fang, ezpreas certain degrees of ijmk of the ^
Han-lin-yuen. To attain the rank is expressed by j^j j
K'hae fang. jj^l j P'hae-fang, An ornamented gate-way,
generally built of stone, to honor the living, or commemorate
the dead. In European's books, commonly called triumphal
arches. ^ fij Jj!| ] Tsing tscg pae-fang, An ornamented
gateway, to honor chaste widowhood. These are granted to
old widows who have declined to marry after the- death of
their husbands. They are given on the application of the
local officers, and on paying certain fees. The Pae-fang of
^ jjifjj Hae-suy, A famous statesman of the Ming Dynasty, a
native of Canton has written on it, Jjjfe jt
{5 Slung
the chlh ching, An upright Minister in flourishing times.
# j 3fc #J T W I rhi k'hin
taou leaou p*6
fang, ' He has recently thrown down his Pae-fang,' expresses a
man who was in honor, having disgraced himself. These
triumphal arches are otherwise called jj!^ ^ Pae-low. ^
J H^jf$ih,Tll! fanE > nwuj Jung, sie yay,
Sacrifice to the (spirits of the) dikes and of the dams, for the
services performed by them. (Le-king.)
g
"j"

\&fit'B I ^T,zeyenche;keun-l.
Che
taou,
pe
tslh
fang yu ; fang min che so piih tsiih chay'yay ;
An inhabited lane or alley i a street ; applied to parts of
ta wei che fang ; min yew yu che ; koo keun tsze Ic e fang t'ih,
palaces | to the temples of Fuh; to shops; to taverns ; to
hinge fang} in, mingefangyuh, A Sage (who is not known) says,
oruamenUl gateways. The name of a place ; a surname. To
guard against; to impede; to be opposed to ; an obstacle; an || or expresses it; the principles of the good man may bp compared
impediment. ^ ^ Jgj ^
^ ^ Ne wo t'bung
to guarding against, or puling an impediment in the way of;
tsae yth fang choo chO, You and I live together in the same
to guard against the defects or errors of the people. The great
aUey.
$ ] A 3 f Heu ch8
thing is to guard against (crimes as dikes are raised against the
ingress or egress of water) that the people may not pass over;
jiu seaou hwa, Dun't make the people of the street (or
therefore the good man, he guards their virtue by, rules of pro
neighbourhood) laugh and ridicule.
tJtJ j ^ ^3
Puu fang, pun le telh jin, People of the same street and
priety ; he guards their excesses by punishments; and he guards

ET hoo. iv. 32nd Radical

488
*** ***.

their desires by injunctions, or commands laid upon them.

(Le-king.)

#! Mil. J# j |

# |

3%

Shing jin paou chow

thair.

his way through difficulties; that man certainly cannot possess

RO red

high intelligence.

Tsew fang, A tavern.

FUN, or Pun.

khan kho chung

lae chay; khejin peth puh hwuy, A man who has not worked

*hin che fang,The defence which sages throw round their persons.
# | Shoo fang, A bookseller's shop. # | King fang,
Shop for religious books.

3k ## /\ My X. #Jin ph yew

A luxurious lounger they call

# #^

Gan l kung, Squire ease-and-pleasure.

S. C.

time

ki
pente,

Khan khan f than he, With a chopping noise fell the tree of

indiffel

which carriages are made.

You a

'han k'he heih

| ### Khan khe :

| ##

koo, The drum struck emits the sound Khan.

Dust: dnst or earth raised.

One says, A great barrier or

# Khan khe keih fow, The earthen

vessel struck emits the

Do 10

mound. To eject; to throw in, or to mix.

sound Khan.
tonfus

V.

PH.U.N.

+!
...
i- Ancient form of # Fung.

Dust; dust raised, or collected.

wing,

#
formall

THAN.

$f.

The banks of a canal or river thrown

PEI.

littitt

+3.

Verent

down, which is also expressed by

the pre

# # Than t'h, and

To re-erect a mound or raise a hill, to stop, to fill up.

by

# l

Pang than.

The name of a hill, earthen ware not burnt; a will behind a

#.

house; the name of a god.

PE.

To add to or increase.

The same as H: Pe, see below.

to bel

# w:

Tso.
##

+* ...

KHAN.

Originally
Tso, from # Lew, To detain ab
breviated, and + Thoo, The earth. To detain upon the

"W) no

ground; to sit; sitting, to hold; to maintain. Anciently To

kneel, or to bend down; sitting upon the heels; to sit as a

about

written Will

criminal; to be involved in or charged with crime. A surname.

effort; the name of a star, the name of a place. A surname. A

dangerous precipice, a small earthen vessel. To rhyme, read

4% J% Z # T, leih che tuy, Tso is the opposite of to

stand.
# /\ # | + -E Leang jin tuy tso thoo

Kheen. Syn. with # Khan, and otherwise written # #

Khan, kan, khan. #}(Kang khan, A pit or deep cavern.

ity ] # Sin khanle, The pit of the stomach; the heart.

I' | # ###
1|| # EE Sin khan le, tsung
-

hng ch yih ko, Tae-yh, 'He had placed across his heart
nothing but Tae-yh,' *"ame of a person on whom his

E. T.

# | Shang hea keae k'han,

Above and below are both Khan (one of the Kwa). (Vide, Yih
king).

Jen, S.

hind

A pit; a dangerous place, to fall into a pit, snare or some

danger. Name of one of the Kwa. To dig a pit; to dig a hole
in order to sacrifice, The noise of striking a thing: of using

affections were placed.

#
%).

# | # ZS # + # Khe khan shin, puh

che yu tseuen, The pit (or grave was deep) but not so as to
bring water. | # Khan kho, Uneven, walking or getting
along the road with difficulty.
/\ X H] ] #j H

Jourct

Towe
"ant
allowe

Them

shang, They two sat down on the ground opposite each other.

# |

in m

Tshing tso, Pray sit down.

X. # |

Ph kan

fj {j XR | Z # Yew

|#

hoph tso chele, What reason can there be for your not sitting?

north,

# |

Kaou tso, I announce (or beg leave to) sit. Superiors

and inferiors go through these formalities. (## 4: #

the to

# ### #| @- T. |

Ne j tih heen suy pen

Milon,

tshing taou shay hea tsotso, If you have leisure, whenever you
please, I beg you to come to my cottage and sit awhile. IE

lost

tso, I do not presume to sit.

-

Ching tso, To sit at the head with row of chairs on each

hand.
| Pang tso, To sit on one side.
|

4%

| + Tso keaou tsze,

| #m
to it,
"wn,

To sit (and be carried or travail) in a

489
eh'"-

| M

fKf T'h* Uo cbBen Ue telh> He

erne in boat
]' [|> ^\ ^ Tio go puh Ran, Having
o rett or composure whether lilting or lying.
] 2|
-J^ 3JZ. Tio heang Ue piling; Sitting and enjoying universal
peace.
j j|jjjf Tio he, ' To sit and look on' calamities with
indifference.
^ /j> ^ 1
Ne ptih jung Uo ihe,
You are not allowed to lit and look on with indifference.
#f 1 II flU
^ K Ne
,he l* ,hin m0 fanDo you >it and look on whiltt they are making to much
confuiion! ^
| |g ^
Piih Jin Uo ihe k'he
wang, Cannot bear to tit still and atd liii ruin.
|
j-*
\f ^JP ^ Tso joo she, lelh joo chae, Sit (steadily and
formally) ai (he who personates) the corpse (of a departed
ancestor), when sacrifices are offered; and stand with re
Terence and gravity at worshippers before an idol. Such are
the precepts of the Le-king to persons generally.
jjp J
m&.% i mn- 1 #.*iia.ft*
J {if: f||
Heu 1,0 t*m how; h'"1 * t,,n Uee"!
tso pelh gan; chin urh yen, chaag chay piih kelh, woo chan
yen, Sitting at leisure, go to ttie extreme part (of the mat) be
hind; when eating, go to the farthest part before (that you
rajty not soil the mat). You must ait composedly ; maintain
your countenance grave and at ten live ; ifauperiors do not speak
about a thing, you must not introduce it. (Linking.) j /^Jr
Tso wei, A seat.
y^j" j
Yew tso wei, Having a seat ;
or a right to sit.
]
wo Uo wei, Having no teat
allowedin the pretence of superiors. j Jp] Tso heang,
The part or quarter to which a house, or grave, or hill fronts.
$#^f#^jf 1 ft",u- fan-tee f
thin mo Uo heang i What does that house front'
^
1 -it IpJ H'j },e ts" P,b hi*DS naD> 1U back '* to the
north and fronts the south.
|
Tso t'hang, Sitting in
the court ; tilting in judgement, as a magistrate or judge.
] jjS Tw>
or j f^* Tto laou, To be confined in
Pr'n. ^ j Tuh Uo, To tit alone. JJjfc | pei Uo,
To tit with a person. /fig | Peen Uo, To tit informally ;
to tit at one pleases.
j ^ Tso Uuy, To be found guilty
ofsome crime. tj j ^
|| T'ha tso shin-mo Uuy ?
What crime it he found guilty of. ^
jp *
|^ jjl I Y1h kea ,hyh lse' kew ke ,L'ca Uo> ^ one family
I.
4 K.

32nd Radical.

IV.

T'hoo

commit an offence, (the other) nine families are involved in the

guilt. Such ii the law of the tything tyttem. ^
Jj
J Yuen heu fan Uo, If the caute (of accusation) be unreal,
the guilt shall be fixed on the accuser,he shall suffer what the
law decrees for that crime with which he falsely charged
another person. |J ^Jj j% ]'"Vfoo kaou fan Uo, The
false accuser brings the guilt back on himself.
]
^ Tso leii ling, or
^ ] Yew Uuy tso, To be deemed
guilty by the law. ^
^ ^ | Chin-chwang-Uie
wei Uo, Chin-chwang-Uze, (volunUrily) sat down in the place
of the criminalthe prince his master, and with another person
was punished in bit stead ; one of them capitally. (Tso-chuen.)
Ttoo jin tio k'he pTh man, urh fiih choo than hea, U pae che,
The men of Ttoo, kept possession of the northern gate (and so
cut off the enemy's retreat), and placed ambushes at the foot of
all the hills, by which means they greatly defeated him. (Tiorhoeu)
^ | Ke kea foo Uo, Sitting crpitlegged in the manner of the priests of Buddah. It it otherwise
expressed by
jjjjp jft j Ttan ihan U Uo, Sitting crosilegged in the poiture of meditation.
j jfj] j|| ^ Tto
urh Ueen che, Stoop down, or kneel down, and remove them.
Occurs in the tense of jj? Tto, A teat, a throne ; hence j
Tto chuen, A kind of state barge, employed by the officers
of Government. j -fl^- ^ Tio woo k'he. Do not lit with
the legs sprawling out
%k J ^
J^T Ping tto puh
hwang kwang. Sitting with other persons do not put your arms
across
j^f ffjj | Ts1h selh urh tto, To sit upon the
edge of the mat (as in ancient times), or chair (in modern limes.)
Inferiors do this to shew that they presume not to sit down
boldly, as if they had a right to a chair; and superiors do it at
a mark of condescension when inferiors stand or pats by. The
rules for sitting are tiresome and absurdly minute.
J^KHANG.

^R.H.

An empty plane; a pit; a cave ; a den ; to put into a pit or

cave.
j
K'hang k'han, A den, a pit, a valley or ditch.
Asurname. $g $ Hj # ft - E Jgg Jft &
"'' | Wo Uae kaog kan keen ylh pelh ma telh lis thun
k'htng, I just now saw a hone fall into a deep pit

T'hoo.

V.

32nd Radical.

| Teton bo k'hang, To leap over a pit of fire; expram a

daring resolution either good or bad. Q ^jlj "J^ ^ ffi
n * % % # n % m i Yin h -he *
io-e kin ihe 18 tsze wan chang shun k'h&ng, Became of my
criraci in a former life, I now fall into this ten thousand
fathomed deep pit.
^ ^ | j-^j Fun shoo k'hang joo,
Burned the books and thrust the literati into a pit (B. C. 200).
Mm W 1 ^PlHf^A Heang ,n cha
k'hingTsin keang san ihih wan j in i Hcang-ju (a famoui states
man) by the stratagem of a pit or pits, caused three hundred
thousand of Tsin's troops to submit. (Sbe-ke.) |1| |
^ Shim k'hang t'hung k'hwuh, Caves and dens of the
mountains. B ustic country people, are (by the self-conceited
citizens of Canton) said to come from thence i they are
otherwise called Jj
Shin-man, Barbarous mountaineers.
To rhyme, read K'hang.
fed PE.

tf.rt s. c.

Steps. To be paired with- One says, the step on the

shoulder. A man's name.
jfa $ 7^
^$ ^
Te seaug tsae yew ting keJh pe yay, The ground in
regular gradation, having steps, is Pa. Used for
Pe
A Mjtt* !; $ E j&P I Jin keunjoot hangikeun
chin joo pe, The sovereign is like a hall or temple, his states
men are like the steps up to it. The common phrase J5^ ~|t
Pe-hea, Your Majesty, is in allusion to this.

Original form of J NeS, gee above.

CHIN.

The same as ty- Chin, ^ Chin, and

ijj^ Tsm. The name of an ancient country ; and of a city. The

ancient form of ^ Hing, A pattern.
- J p An ancient form of 3a- Ke, A foundation.

490

3*^^ Same as JpfcHaou, see Radical^: Lu y

An ancient form of

King, see Radical >& Helh

Jt^1 Ancient form of

Ke, see Rad. tli Sin.

FIVE STROKES.

A bank ; a declivity ; a hill; rubbish thrown up so as to

form a hill. ffi
p ho-fan, A bank or dike.
^
f$ IS 1^1 $5 3 ^ | T"n ,uh chinS ,han lin5 >u*
chang-p'ho, At teen (,Yun-nan) hills or mountains are vulgarly
called Chang-p'ho.
^ j Seang-keen p'ho, Mutually
viewing-hills' is a phrase applied to high pointed hills. ^
|gjjt | Kin lwan p'ho, The golden belled-hill, Lwan refers to
various trappings attached to carriages for trie purpose of
making a jingling noise. The hill spoken of. was the seat of a
college in the time of the Emperor -j2& ^1 Tlh-tsung (A. D.
T95.) ^ ] Fei-pho, The flying hill. In the time of^
Yuen-te (A. D. 380), it is affirmed that the west side of
a hill, in broad day-light, removed to about the distance of an
English mile and a half, where it filled up a lake or river.
Mulberry trees and grain grew upon it afterwards. ^ jKj
^ Ting kaou p'ho, To ascend a high hill ; or a high mound of
earth.
^ ^ "J\ | Tseun ma hea p'ho, A fine horse
going down a bill. This phrase is used to express A nervons
flowing style; free and majesticno labouring, blowing or
halting, as is the case of a weak infirm horse in the circum
stances refered to. jjjjj j Lang-p'ho, A raised paisca
on the side of a court yard.
P'HWAN.

Level ground.

' ^ The same as Jffi Te, The earth.

One says, To turn np the ground ; to move or level it

491

J^* Ancient farm of ^ T'hang.

J^j} K'HWAN.

EE ^

The Earth i the name ofone of the

Kwai the ideal mean
ing ii Compliance or obedience ; hence the word is applied
symbolically to statesmen who are servants, and ought to he
obedient to the Sovereign ; to wives ; to the moon ; and to thing)
generally, which are inferior and ought to yield, or to be
obedient Its oppoiite ii j Keen.
j| ^ Keen kwan,
heaven and earth, the nun and moon, the superior and inferior.
l % iF^jP felt^Te.b.Wwan,
Keun-lsze e bow tihtsae wiih, The property of the Earth (at
containing or bearing all things) is Kwan. The good man
by the extent or solidity of his virtue contains or bears all
things. (Yih-king.) The affected snbtilties of the material
system, contained in the Ylh-king, are insufferably absurd.
^ ^ M It ; W\ Nan-Uze

kSen cl,e **.

jfc ~f @E 1 Iff New-tsze pei kwan che shun.

Van corresponds to the firmness of heaven ;
Woman corresponds to the obedience of earth.
To rhyme, read Keuen.

T'SHEU.

3 fnd Radical.

V.

T'hoo

of one's daughter. -"p* ] Ling-fhan, Your Son-in-law.

| Jj|| ^ ^ T han fuh che che, A most excellent Son-inlaw ; siid to persons by way of compliment. The phraseology
arose form an occurrence in the fourth century. A man of
wealth and power sent to select a husband for his daughter;
one youth, instead ofshewing any wish to be chosen, threw him
self carelessly upon a couch, and affected not to hear what was
going on, which independant spirit was admired, and
the reason of his being pitched apon. (Yew-beS.)
chIh.
A foundation
fou
; the basis or lower parts of an edifice.
E.

The name of a place.

K'HAN.

An earthen utensil or vessel.

it
Name of a certain stone.
^ f|[ ^ S ^
K han woo show woo shing k'he, K'hau-woo, is a vessel that
contains live (ofthe measuras called) Shing.
P'HlNG.

j^y S. C.

Level ground a flat level place.

Jjjl ^Ji jj| Te
p'hiug ch'hoo, A place where the ground is even or level.
1 s. c.
The ancient form of f\ T'han.

A place that abounds with worms; a nest or retreat rfvermin.

THAN.
0
Level plain; wide; composed) lightsome.

3a

Broken down banks.

?JC
^ H F3 j$ Shwuy
chung gan hwae yue1 t'han, The water rushing, and the banks
destroyed, is called T'han.

A surname.

?LHj!ifl 1 H| A^^Kew-rhletaou,
t'ban t'han, yew jin ching kelh, The numbers nine and two,
denote treading on an even path, where are retired men, pure
and happy. (Ylh-king.) ^ j ^
P'hing than the
tt'hoo, or Jj^j. Loo, A plain level road i a beaten path, jji
| jj|f Tung-chwang t han fuh, Ou the eastern couch, with
Ijelly tzposed ; expresses a good Son-in-law by the marriage

TEEN.

S. C.
6

A kind of earthen stand, placed between two pillars, on which

cups were inverted at drinking pirties in ancient times. A kind
of screen, commonly called ^|
P'hing fung, much used
by the Chinese, at a little distance from door-ways. They in
tercept the view, whilst they admit a free passage round the
two extreme edges of them. A kind ofearthen stand iu rooms

4" T'hoo.

V.

32nd Radical.

492

for placing food on i standi placed in the corner of rooms

were al.o to called,
] fijf
|j j
T'hoo teen
octane shlh wiib, Thoo-teen, a place in which tola; up
eatable*, a kind of cupboard.
| ^ j| ^ j^. Tim,
lan tseo che keu,Teen, a utensil or stand on which to invert
P- J* 1
1 Jt^ F" teench-hbh
tsun ; tsung teen kang kwei, InTerted the cups on the earthen
stacd. which was placed withoutside the more honorable parti
and put the Kwei (.the symbol of authority) on a high dignified
stand. (Le-king.) ]fc ^ T* iffi 'fr IB M
J
. Ta foo ts'hTb shih urh yew k* sze yu leen ylh, Great
officers at seventy years of age had a wooden table (to place
their provisions on), inferior officers had theirs placed on one
earthen table. (Le-king.)
K WA.
3&<
NE.

An earthen dike or boundary.

The name of a place.

Water mixed with earth. Syn with J/j/ Ne, and J| Ne.

YANG.

S. C.

Dust; small earthy particles lying about; sand blown by

the wind.
FUH.

Ftth-pMi, The

dust raised by the wind; a cloud of dust ^

~fff
| Ya t'hiih ti'heen fan fiih, The dust flying before the banness.
YAOU, or Gaou.
A furrow; a ditch i a hollow place or pit ; uneven ground.
M ft A M
Z FKh
,hwfiy i- y,on
t'hang che shang, To pour a cup of water into a hollow spot
in the path before the hall. As children do to float a leaf or
other representation ofa boat (Chwang-tsxe.)
j
JJ^
Yaou t'heC bing, An uneven appearance , a hollow and a rising,
like an ants hill.
^jjj j Te yaou, A hollow place iu the
ground. |X| ] Shan yaou, A cavern in a hill. Syn. with
rUJ Yaou.

The same as ^ ^ae' A" a,tal* 0r tab,eLUH.

P'HEI.

A hill or mound formed again, or

added to. Same as iK P'hci.

See above.

KEUNG.
m
Desert ; waste country beyond a wood or forest The name
f. place.
mz%ftmz&.
m\mz m. mft m z #. tixmz
Jjjlj Ylh vrae wei che keaoui keaou wae wei rhe mOh j rniih wae
wei che yay ; yay wae wei che lin ; lin wae wei che keung. The
region beyond the city is called Keaou (or suburb); beyond
the suburb it is called Muh (or pasture); beyond the pasture it
is called Yay (or wilderness); beyond the wilderness it is called
Lin (or forest) ; beyond the forest it is called Keung (a waste),
tji ^
|
] Mow ma ,,ae keung che yay, The
stallions are in the' wastes of the wilderness. (She-king.)

A high dry mound or dike; hence the common word f'^S

Luh, applied to jj^ Loo, A road, denoting land travelling in
constradistinction from ^
Shwny-loo, Going by water.
A surname. | '^t Luh leang, The dry and woody regions of
thesouth.

M^'UAn^mm^

I ^ ZT*'n ,he ke,'jin chuT *elBi Mn Jag Ico

tseu luh lang chete, Tsin (B. C. 200) sent Kea-jin to procure
husbands for his daughters; to subjugate the southern regions
and take possession of the high woody lands. (She-ke.) It is
said, still to lie the usage in the middle provinces for wealthy
families to seek for personable men, and those endowed with
natural talents, as husbands to their daughters, irrespective of
their poverty. This is expressed by, |fl jM ^ ^ Chaou
lang jiih shay, Inviting a bridegroom to enter the cottage.
vij iuiL 4^ -^f Ho ,lh k"0 'h' The r'Ter<,Terfl,,wea' lhe hieh
banks.
_L
] | ill Tno kwae lDD 1Uh J'aI. Karth
piled up high and dry.

32nd Radical.

493

V.

j^j^ Vulgar form of fj K'bew. See Had. YTb, 4 itr.

Same as $j Kovr, see below.

MJ*

HEUE.

KEUH. A winding bank withoutticle the water.

Appearance of a deep void cavern.

Deep; a deep place. Ancient form of

or fill up an aperture.

>b, Syn. with 39 Keub.

T'hoo

Sib, To stop

s. c.
* PA, PS, or Ptih.
The name of a place. Thought the tame ai JOT Muh, A
shepherd , the Und of shepherds. j 3E H
^ :f*
tfy !Sf Woo wang yu Cbow cben yu muh jay, Woo-wang
(B. C 1105) fought with Chow, in the wilderneai of the
aWinhrrdi Some affirm that the character wai originally
written thus g|. and that it wa, ^ j J| J| ft
Chtih yang new ma che te wae, Bejond the region where they
fed their cowi and horset.

Uneven i rugged ; progressing with difficulty.

^ j
^
0 $C M Fan Jin hins pi,h Ie Jue k'han k,ho'
Any man's walking forward without ease and smartness is
expressed by' K'han-k'ho. Unforl
?; unsuccessful; alwajs
meeting with difficulties or misfbr
and losses. ij|f|
^ | T'ha ptth king kwo k'han-k'ho, He has never
pasted through any difficulties;and therefore^ M] ^ d
Puh che been k'hoo, Does not know salt and bitter ;docs not
know the affairs of life. This it said of those who hare been
brought up in affluence and indulgence.
^ |
~)t $ll ffi '* jJSI A jjC Kins kwo k'han k 1,0
,ien
ch'huh yJb. ko jin lae, To pass through some difficulties it
necessary to form a man.
PUN.

S. C.

To sweep away ; to put away filth and dirt.

Same as the preceding.

s. c.

The name of a place. To regulate ; to ttick in the ground ;

to till the ground.
^ CH-HE.

L f!

&

An island in the midst of a stream ; or Other collection of

water; a shallow dace, the bottom of which is vissible, and
on which a person can stand. To impede; to stop. Read Te,
A bank or dike to keep in water. A nest of reptiles.

^ ,MTue,hwBycbenM"

M IS ^

800 hwu7 Uung che'

M PJI EL H Taou 1100 u,he,j t,e '

19

$ /. 500 J" """S c".

^

^ Jfi W,n ethway chnng ch'he.

While the autumnal reeds were yet green,

Ere the hoar frost was dried ;
The man ofwhom- 1 speak,
Was on the rushy bank ofthe stream.
Up the stream 1 -sought him,
But the path was rough and inaccessible ;
After him down the stream I wandered ;
He appeared thereon a shallow, in the midst ofthe water
(still beyond my reach).
(Sbe-king.)
Of whom this it said, it it not known. It it now employed

VOL. I.

4*

T'hoo.

V.

32nd Radical.

49 i

as referring to jj
Kew-shen, a desire to meet with*
virtuous pergm, or
^ Kew-yew, seeking for a friend.
1t
2. $
1 #P 3iC T*ne ,un ehe Ju j ch'he.
joo keang. The matter .'of the ucrifice possesses grain in
iticlu, large at islands, or as mountains. (She-king.)
H W @ #P } # #1 #D 1 Muh-tsze said, we have
nine abundant as the river Hwae, and flesh in quantities as
larj^ us the islands. (Tso-chuen.)
j
Che fiih, To
stop and fall, or go into a hiding place. (Tso-chuen.) ^ [
Fan te, A bank or. dikethe word was' thus read and under
stood by the men of^ Tsin.

jfe ] Chung tung che yue, ping ylh ehwang, te che ts hlh,
In the middle months of winter, the ice being more severely
frozen, the earth begins to crack and open. (Le-king.)
EJ
Jlh nan te ts'hlb, ch'hang plh pa shTh urh le ; kwang, woo shlh
lub le, When the sun was in the south, tK rt> rent to the
length of one hundred and eighly-two le i.
if
fifty-six le. (Howhan Gan-te, A. D. 131.)
]p (3
jffi Q |g ] T hcen han teen lee, ylh jaS kwei tshlh,
From the drought of heave'1, the fields rending or cracking,
is also called Kwei-ts"hlh.
Ej3 j Kek-ts'hTh, The opening
of buds and of fruit, as in Spring.
^ ^ fy ^jj

The samf. as j Ch'be, see abore.

Same as the preceding.

An erroneous form of the preceding;.

MO. Du,t > ma& * l'me. Syn, with

TS'HfH, or Ch hth.

MS.

^ ^1

To split i to rivet to rend asunder; to crock i to open.

Also written ^ Trtlb. j% g|J || |g ^ Ts'hlh p helh,
nan chanyay, 'Diflicult labour in the birth of children' is
expressed by Ts'hlh-phelh.
Jj| 4 ^ y^C A 1
p'J iTS jla <t Neu-kwei sing laze, liili jin, ts hlh p'how
urh ch'han yen, New-kwei bore siz sons who were all delivered
by the parts being cut or rent open. (She-ke.) This is thought
incredible by several Historians, and the Annotator of the She-ke
quotes ancient and modern instances more strange in confirma
tion of this passage.
[3 ^ j fjfjj^fe j||Sew-ke pei
ts'hlh urh siing Yd, Sew ke's back was opened to deliver (the
famous) YMB.C. 2.69) )fc
$
Wang-she sang nan urh tsung yew k8, ' Wang-shi was delivered
of a son by being cnt open lulow the right arm-pit,' and re
covered in a few months,
Z. H
ft

m i u z $ * $ rhsen *
*
luy yu tsSi luy yu tsS, urh plh kwo, tsaou mtih, keae
kek ts'lilh; kae che she taets.ie! When heaven and earth
open and shed forth (their >:.Juenre) thunder and rain are
formed; when thunder and rain are formed, all fru:ts plants
and trees bud forth or open ; so gr?at or extensive is the
period of opening and shedding forth (the influences of nature).
(Ylh-king.) ffi Kac, To open or to shed forth, is the name
of one ofthe Kwa.
Of ^ ^ Keang-yuen, $ A 0f 4 El
jjk -jf^ Chow jin so yew ( skng che che yay, ' From whom the
people ofthe dynasty Ch. sprung,' the following story is told in
one of the Odes of the She-king. Keang-yuen, was the Af> Fei
or Concubine of jfj
Kaou-siiwbe, (B. C. X350.)
There are eight llamas in the ode the first
^fX 'fSfl 4

Keu* ch'hoo sang min,

li 3^ W, sbe wei Keans-Juen

fe ^

IhJ SlnS min J"0 ho '

^@^iEK'hihyin' khlhe
J$ % $t if1 K f"h "0" t.
M^"^^^tetowo meihin'
fjC/hf!^ it. Yew k*e jew che,
Wi ^
4

T,a8 chin Uae *e"b*

5^ Tsae sang, tsae yTb,

49j
The First-born of the people,
Wu from Keang-yuen of that period ;
The birth of that prnon, how wu it
From being able, with a pure mind, to offer np sacrifice.
Designed to remOTe the ct'iI of a destitution of children t
Having trod in the imprinted footstep of the Supreme
Sovereign..
She was greatly excited on the place where sbettood ;
She was pregnant ; the retired in silence I
She bore a font she nursed him ;
He wu the How-tsclh (the Ceres) of that period.
IS

lUc ft T han me keu* ,uii'

4 $0 ^ Seen sang joo ta,

3 I 3*81 WUi ta*h1h,PlpeTlv,

$H

pf ^o0 U*8' wo h" 1

Jt ^ ^ l| sh"K te Puh n^C

fctf&^L^ Keu j **ne '"*

When her months were completed.
Her first born was brought forth with the ease of a lamb ;
No rending or tearing in the delivery,
No calamity; no injury:
To manifest, illustriously his (god's) spiritual energy.
Does not the Supreme Sovereign grant repose !
Hu he not given ease to me his sincere worshipper I
In granting me, dwelling a part from natural means, to bear
a son !
(She-king.)
The Ode next represents Keang-ynen, apprehensive ofsome
thing ii felicitous, from the miraculous birth ofher son ; and
Under this apprehension, -he exposed him to be trodden to death
by sheep and oxen, these however, nursed him ; she next cut
him to pr'nh in a wood, but the woodmen sustained him ; she
finally threw him upon the ice, but the birds fed him and wanned
him beneath their wings. They add.noth'ng c-.n destroy
what Heaven wills to preserve; the birds left hin.t the infant
cried aloud, so as to arouse lb-.- attention of travellers passing
at a duuuea. Be wu Uken Lome, nursed,^, seovered extra

32nd Radical.

V.

T'hooj^

ordinary comeliness of person, and talents ; 'his boyish play was

planting, and sowing ; he taught the art to others ; abundance
waa produced ; wine for the use of man in pouring forth
libations, and grateful offerings to Godj
j^l - ^(pj
ft M W if. & IS % Z K-beKeangch.
thing, urh shang-te e gan urh heang che. As soon as the
incense arose, the. Supreme Sovereign with complacency
accepted it.. (She-king Chuen-shwS.) The speculations of the
Chinese', on the possibility of this miraculous conception are
curious.
-Jjj |H
^ Seen joo hwB'po e cbe,
Of former scholars some have rather doubted it.
-J" JjfJ,
H ** A H'j A
IS ^ ft Ifij $L
% Ch hang-tsze said, But in the
beginning of the heavena and earth, doubtless man did not
previously exist; therefore man must surely have been,
supernatural^ formed and born. jnj JJ^
Q Soo-she
also said, that as there is a variety in the mode of the birth pf
living creatures, so j|
_ jfjj ^ JeJ J|
\
The birth of di vine personages is different from that of other
men. >^
'j^ ^ Where is there sufficient ground to
drcva tnch events incredibly strange I
It *W
-fe-Pt Ho flS
^ It it alto said in the She-king, that See", the ancestor
of the Shang Dynasty, (and one of the ministers of
Shun, B. C. SI 69), wu born by the descent from heaven
of a black coloured bird. I shall close this digression with
one more quotation.
&.ffr #T f| jj $ @

itlflJUl
tuhseouent
ages, events which have been called felicitously miraculous,
have many of them certainly been false and incoherent tales;
but, in consequence ot the false and incoherent tales of subse
quent ages, are real facts to be rejected together with them, and
the whole reckoned nugatory ! (She-kiug-choo). Syn with
Tt'hlh, and )fe Tshlh.
LING.

A high bank or shore.

j^J^ CHOO, or Che. To heap upon, and press down, .

T'hoo.

V.

32nd Radical.

496
ch'huy keen,Lew-pei's (a famous person who lived A. D. 230)
two ears hung down to his shoulders.
"jij ^ ^

A kind of raft consisting of spars joined together in order

to cross a riTer.
|
Plh-foo, A certain stone; other
wise called rj^yf] j Plh-shlh-ying. ShwS-wkn define! it,
Advantage; benefit. Syo. with BfJ Foo.
HOO.

A imall limit or bank to keep in water.

n
The name of a place. Minute and multifarious. ||| ^
W iSl In: ^jf J^J YinS-n. Je>> een jaou fan so, Yinghoo, expresses affairs or operations circuitous, minute, and
multifarious. ^j" ^-j" ft
^ ^ Kae yew woo che
tsingte,'Are all treated with Tarious abstruse speculations,
respecting tbeir existence or non existence ' in the -^j ^
Sbub-chin, of Hwae-nan-tsze.
CHE.

Three battlements or embrasure! of a

city wall are called Che. Tso-chuen writes the character

JfI ( Tiung ineaou chung yew hwang che kin tslh yay, yen
keun tih ching koo, In the lull of ancestors are yellow battle
ments and golden staffs; this expresses, the purity and strength
of the prince's virtue.
CH'HUY.
To hang down from aboTe ; suspended from a higher place ;
reaching to. Nearly ; near to. A boundary ; territory on the
frontier. The name ot a place; the name of a person. To
bow down ; tu condescend to ; to extend from ancient times to
the present; or from the present times to subsequent ages.
Occurs in the sense of [iljf Chuy, The outer part of a hall near
the steps. Also read Shwuy. 3|E Jri|
~|> Ch'huy
tsze shang ch'huy hea,Cb'buy, is trom above to hang or reach
down to a place below.
| 7^
Ch'huy ch show, To
let the hands hang down.
]
jffl $ Ch'huy show
arh tih, 'To hang down the hands and obtain' expresses acquiring with ease, gj] j$ fjjjj Ijl | /| Lew-pei leang urh

.HlA*ft# 1 *ifii^T
Shang koo we yew e shang; sanshing jin, Bwang-te, Yaou,
Shun, ch'huy e shang urh t'heen-hea che, In high antiquity they
had not garments for the upper and lower parts of the body.
When once the three holy Sages, Hwang-te, Yaou and Shun,
bung the upper and inferior garments on their persons, the
whole empire was forthwith subjected to order and decorum.
1 TpJ ffi)
^n naJ 'hang urh che. Is now used to express
The ease with which a sovereign rules in prosperous times.
$$PA 1
|gP= too jin.ze, chhuy tw
urh le. The men of the royal domain, appeared with the cods
of their sub hanging dowo in a flowing manner. (She-kin,;.)
A $f 1 H KT,lM ch'huy san ch'hlh. Large sashes
hung down three cubits. J$ (ft jfij ft ] Jj| ft J|
Jjj! Lejen urh hea ch'huy, fiih ho mci yayl In a flowing
manner they hung down; how elegant were their garments.
/H JS1: 1 ~%L fflt
,be cn'buT De non, Le expresses
the appearance of hanging down.
j ^
Ch'huy te
t'how, To bang down the head.
]
j|J* fjjf Ch'huy
t'how sang k he, To hang down the head in a spiritless manner.
| -Jj Ch'huy she, To descend to subsequent ages. ^
] tyfc tit Ming ch'huy how she, Name decent! to future
ages
^PL 9" i ^ ^ Ifc KunS t,xe ch buT B *
she, Confucius left a rule to ten thousand ages.
J ^Sg
^ 3^ Ch'huy fan how lae, To leave a pattern or example
for those who come hereafter. ^ J ^ j^j Yung ch'huy
puh hew, To descend down forever without rotting. j ^
f Ch'huy yu how kwln, To cause blessings to descend to
posterity.
J /jff ^ Ming ch'huy chub plh, To
hand down one's name on bamboo and silk ;tbe materials
used for writing on before the invention of paper.
Jj^ jfc
] *^ Mung ne ch'huy gae, I thai.k yon for your condes
cending regard.
J ^ Ch'huy leen. Condescending com
passion ; like the preceding expression, cannot be affirmed of
one's self, but of the kindness and compassion of another person.
j|t ] j5 | Tuug ch'huy, e ch'huy, The eastern and
western extremities of a hall, near to the steps by which one
descends.
jj| ^5] ^ ^ | Keen lew wo peen ch'huy,

497

32nd Radical.

VI.

T'hoo ~f

Killed the people on my fontier (Tso-chuen.)

| Jj^
Ch'huy wei, In imminent danger) near to death.
J
Ch'huj laou, To approach to old age.
-J- J Titih
yu ch'huj, Died at Ch'huj. (Chun-tiew.)

then the country villagers will obserre their example.

"| ~}j Heon suh hing fang, To teach (good) usages and
be an example to all around i
Fang, is used for
~Jj
Sze-fang, The four quarters; all around.

^Jjy The same as

^>jg}| TUNG. A large earthen ware Teuel. A surname.

see above.

T^T^^Same as ^ Fung, see Rad. "jJ'Tb'hun.

j^J KHE.

f^J S. C.

Hard earth or day. One says, An earthen utensil.

Ancient form of j5l K'hew.

J^VSameastkT'hae, see Rad.

ShwQy.
Water dried up; dry and stiOTearth or clay i to distrain madly.

SHUH.

High ; lofty.

LUH. A kind of pit with a dike around.

The original form of ^ Tso.

Ancient form of

Ancient form of 3? Che.

JUNG.

Yin, see below.

The name of a place.

i^j^TSZE.

S. C.

SIX STROKES.
To put additional earth on a large road. Otherwise written
J^Tsze.
HING.

#5

A mould ; an earthen mould or pattern i made of wood,

a mould is called ^ Moo ; made of iron it is called jpjl Fan.
H
i 0 M Fans cho ,hIh e l'ho }ue hinsAll patterna or moulds made of earth for casting metals in,
are called Uing.
itli ] ^[j
Teen hing wan tsae,
The example which he left remains entire;said and written
in praise of those who hare departed this life.
| ^
Hing-ft, An example.
^H^M^kf^MU
^ <J||e | See aelb twan, urh how heang t'hang she wei e hing.
Let the literati habituate thcinieWei to correct conduct, aud
vol. i.
4m

CHHE.

S. C.

To lean or rest upon t to rest or depand upon land; to

work or cultivate the land.
LUY.

A
s. c.

To form a wall by heaping up unburnt bricks, is expressed

bj ^ fg Lu, keTh, or by || g jj|
^ ^ TkI.
keih wei tseang pelh jay.

T'hoo

VI.

498

3nd Radical.

^ kae-

A bank ; a boundary ; a circuit. A character denoting One

hundred million*. Read Keae, The name of a placi-4 a alep ; a
reiteration of the ame. To rhyme, read Kc.
j\
$3? Jt& "l&L Kec,,-kae. P5 kiilh JaJ' Kecn-kae, denotes the
eight points of the compass itretched to the extremity of the
earth i the whole earth ; the florid.
5^
l.Hj
T'hcen-tsze chc teen kew kae. The field or landi of the
Ion of Heaten includes the whole world.
|frj ^
"f* % 0 % + ^ H 1 Shih y,h yui rhaou' ,Mh
ehaou yuC king; shih king yu kae, Ten Ylh (or 100,000) are
called chaou; ten chaou are called king; ten king are culled
Kae- M % 1 \$S&^ chuns hen- lu-T
kae e fang paou tsiih, To double the fences, and increase the
number of banks in order to keep ofT rapacious soldiery.
Z~ 31 .EE 1 Taj'h t"han san keae, At the Ta-yTh altar
were three steps.
"(If ^ | ~|* Keae hwuj Kcae-hea, All
assembled at Keae-hea, a place in Hoo-kwang Province, the
name is derived from the town being situated on a certain bank.
YIN.

CHAOU, or T'haou.

xf>

S. C.

To stop or dam up water, or to cause it to flow in a dif

ferent channel from what is natural lo it; to cause it to flow to
the west ; hence tbc character is formed from west and earth.
7.K
M \ i 35 PI ~Z_ s,,wi|y ,ins 1u,,r c 11,00
shih chang che, The water flowing nalur.illy to the eastward,
by earth and stones lo slop it.
t&fy !J| jdL ^ KnSn )in
hung shwuy, Kw&o erected a dam against the great waters.
(She-king.) Also read Shoo and T'hnw. Written also these
several ways,
jg |5jjj "Well
U pro
nounced Yin.
Ancient form ofjpj How, Thick; generous.

Any dike, limit, or boundary, is called Chaou. The i

of a certain sacrifice.
^ J^((J Tsih-chaou, The dike drawn
round a grave, in the Chinese manner, to mark the limits of it
| 5. ^ Chaou woo te, Sacrificed to the five Emperors, or
drew a bound round the altar on which sacrifice was offered to
them. (See View of China, pa^c 56.)
FUH, orPih.

To stop or dam np a stream;

to rush down, as a mountain falling. One says, To flow.

ill
$p
Cnoxn
k'"e fun Tne streams stopped and
the ponds filleo up.
KWANG.

A dike which divides fields, and

forms at the same time a foot path.

Y AOU. Earth raised or piled up high, which
thee character represents.
^ ^ || || jtft JL ^
|p) Jff ^*unS l'h" tse- h luy urh shang, seang kaou hing,
Compounded of the character Earth piled upon itself, repejcnW
iug what is high . The same as
Yaou.
J^T'HO, or To.

JJjr S. C.

A target or wall to shoot at A side apartment or hall,

commonly used as a school room fur the family. The name of
a lul . jfe jjj'j To t'how. The right and left side apartments.
at i iijtflAit i ^jttss^-
shan ; selh yew leTh shaj-lO yu tsze, yin iniiig, Target hill,
in fur n t times there was a target (or shooting ground
established there) and hence its namj.
^i^L TO.

The same as the preceding.

Original form of Jf Tiiy.

ify

t.i.in^-to, A path along the outside wall of a city.

499

VI.

T'hoo -fc

cannot be inculcated (by words), they are so small as to have

no interior, and so large as to have no limit. To rhyme, read
Yen.

Ancient form ofo|K'heS.

KHWEI.

3^ Radical.

S. C.
FA.

To till or plough the ground : otherwise

To ruin or demolish ; a wall in mini ; mini nf any building ;

expressed by ^ jfjE i ^ Rang k'he t'hoo yay. To plough
and raise the earth. Some write Jj^jc Fa, aud others
Fa.
j uen, e wang Fiih-kwan, Aacended that ruinous wall lo look
towards Fiih-kwan. (She-king.) Said by a female when
(peaking of her former amours.
CH'HA. The nmrae of a certain hill ofa country.

Chow's mode of writing ^ Me.

YANG.

A kind of demon, fairy or elf of the

earth. The Chinese express it by

kwae.

jj^J

T'hoo tsing

Derived from
T'hoo, and
K;in, An earthen bound
r limit i resting in its own place. A bank s a limit; a boundary.
'Jl

(=1 ^L^Kewl'hSenc,,eeO"l'ewjin,
The limits or boundary of the nine heavens are called Nine Yin.
' H?
1 Yin wan6 wo<> J1"' No ',m'' to lhe prospect
jl^jilS 1 ^&HY
^
j'"
h< o han mun, To wander extremely remote, till limited by the
g,.le of intense cold;' i. e. ^ ^
|!lj Pfl, keih die mun.
The gate of the north pole.
#f | |g ^ |g
Yie yin, chung gnn che mnou yay, Yac-yin denotes the
appearance of a ponderous settledness or rest. Same as ^Jfj"
Khe. Kang-hc refers for definition to
Chi!, or Te.
|jE
] Woo yin, Unlimited; infinite. jig fj sj ^ ffjj /f
hr, urh piih k'ho chuen ; k'he seaou woo nuy he; k'he ta woo
yin, The principles of Taou may be received by the mind, but

KOW.
Dual with damporwel; scurf i filth, dirt: mire; mud.
The name of a country. Read Ki.h. Dirty or impure within.
To rhyme, read Koo, A .tain or disgrace, cause of reproach||| jjjfi Cliin-kow, Dust and dirt.
Kwa kow mokwang, To scrape ofl the dirt and rubbright
>/h i 1 Se woo kheu kow. To wash off dirt
/7L IV
I
, 4- i Yushink'heu
and put away the filth.
)^ Jl 7 |
kow, To wash the bod, and put awa, impuritie.,-^ither
liter.il, or figuratively, for putting awa, vicious conduct

bt**>jii ********
cfihe^te iun^b^ attacked by Tsoo), sent L-Ue to an
nounce the pressure of their circumstance, to T.in. The noble,
of Tain were desirous ofW.ng them- Fft-twog.
'"
must not be done , the ancient, said, although a whip be long, it
wil| not reach to the her*, bell,/ The power of Tsoo i,
granted to it b, Heaven, we must notconteml with them.
Although (our State) T.in be powerful, it cannot oppose Heaven.
The Proverb says, 'The heart of man must determine whether
a high or low tone is to be wumed.* RWer. and lake, receive
both clear and foul water ; the mountain forest, and the mar.h
filled with luxurient herbage, conceal noxiou. animal.. In the
mo.t excellent .tone., flaw, lie concealed ,-the Sovereign of a
.Ute must bear the foul .tain (of not relieving an oppressed

T'hoo.

VI.

500

32nd Radical.

neighbour, when it if imprudent to attempt it.)

This is

agreeable to heavenly principles. (Tio-chuen.)

Those who are Sovereigns ofnations, and can understand this
principle, will see, that there are times wen they must bear
with th" occasion of some foul reproach. (Tso-chuen Choo.)
l'iili ch'huy maou urh kew seaou tsze ; piih sckow urh cha nan
chc. Do not blow aside the hair to search for a trifling scar ; do
not wash away the scurf and search for what, is hard to be
known.Be satisfied with general excellence. (Han-fei-tsze.)
18 U 1 5fe J$ h
Kw8 minS' woo'kow 1 lew-le
wei te, The name of the country is Woo-kow, ' no impurity;' the
land ofthat region is crystal. (Hwa-yen-king). Lew-le, is not
strictly crystal, but a certain transparent substance; it is not
applied to glass, jjj^ j Kae-kow, False distorted phraseology.

% iZM. # X M. fiE H + 1 T (^
suy ; yew kung ta kiili ; wei tize leangjin ; tsS wei ihlh kuh;
wei pe piih shun; ching e chung kow, Gales of wind hare a
path; they rush forth from the space in great Tallies ; when
good men are employed they excite the people to virtue : when
the opposcrs of virtue are employed, their actions in secret are
filthy,and the people learn from them, (She-king with the
Commentary).
YUEN.
A wall of a lower class. The name of a star; (he name of
an ancient city; the name of a stone. A surname. Also read
Hwan. To rhyme, read Yen.
jp. g J&3 ffi
1-3
Tseang, pei yulS yuen ; kaou yuC yung, A wall when
low, is called Yuen; when high, it is called Yung.
^"_t
ify
JttS J|| Yew shang, ehung, hea, san yuen sing.
There are the superior, middle, and inferior, three Yuen stars.
1 ft-AAfff ftRg &g ^iiVuen,
hwan yay ; jin o e Uoo, e wei hwan wei yay, Yuen is, To
rescue or save, that on which people depend as an impediment
intended for their rescue and defence. (Ching-tsze-t'hung.)
"When the state ^ Ching, sent
j|| Tszech'han, on an

Embassy to ^p* Tsin, The Prince of Tsin, being in mourning,

did not go out to receive him.
f$! fjtf l=ff jt
^jg ^ j Tsze-ch'han she tsin hwae k'he kwan che yuen, Tsze
ch hansent people who laid in ruins the wall of the (Prince's)
residence,and afterwards led his horses and carriages in
at the breach. This spirited conducted extorted an apology
and better treatment (Tso-chuen.)
^ ^J" ^ j Tso
yew ylli yuen, Left and right arm pit walls; the walls on
each side at the gate of a public court. Used metaphorically
for the Assistants of the Sovereign. (T'hang-shoo.) ^gjj ]
8fc ~Z.^u yuen urn P* cne' '>aMe<' or lenpedover the
wall and avoided him ;said of a person who was solicited to
accept of office. (MSng-tsze.)
^ ^ |jE
^ =f
j J^jjj
1 Keun-tsze woo e yew yen, urh shiihyu yuen,
'The good man does not easily allow himself to talk; there is
an ear attached to the wall' in order to listen. (She-king.)
THEE.

S. C.

High land. Read TJh, or Ch'blh, An ant's hill.

^ \lj

K
US ifc Tae-shan die yu kew t'hef, ho hae
che yu hing laou luy yay ; shing jin cheyu rain, ylh luy yay, As
the mountain Tae-shau is of the same species as other moun
tains; and rivers and seas may be classed with tbe stream
which runs along the path ; so the Holy Sages are of the same
species as common people,but vastly different from tlicns
(Mang.tsze.)
3 IS. M |J4 Wotseutungshan,
'\'fl '10 ^ Su" Ta" 6,011 pilh kwC' 1
^ ^ J^Wolaetszetung,
^ jfj J ^Liugyuk'hemung.
$| V$k IT

1 -

1^ ~~f~ ^e? ^00 0,0 *u *'i1">'

1 went to the eastern hill,
Long, long did I remain without returning ;
I came again from the east,
Whilst the falling raius drenched tbe earth.

01
The bird Kvran chirped on the ant hill,
And the wife wai sighing at home.
(She-king.)
The bird rejoicing that the rain induced the ants to come
forth ; and the wife sighing for the hardships of the soldier.

wei che ch'he, j'Th wei che ch, tsung clie, e e che wei urh nang
wei chf:, yusig k'he che, jay, An ant's arena (er hill) is called
Ch'he. and it is also called Che*. The character is derived from
Che, The eitreme degree; inconsequence ofan insect so
small as an ant being able to make a hill by employing its
utmost efforts.

32nd Radical.

NEE'.

To stop or fill up ; to put dow*.

SING.

Black, hard earth or mould.

HEEN.

S. C.

Mud; mire; a large bank or dike.

HWAN.

A bank or dike raised to keep off water.

T'hoo jl

SEVEN STROKES.

S. C.

Same as $t Gac, see Rad. fty Tsaou.

The name of a plant of which pills are made.

VII.

The name of a measure or weight. To rub lacker after

it is dry in order to make it plain. To apply a kind
of lacker ; which one expresses by Jj^j ^ Poo-hwan.
LEW.

To plough up the ground.

|| LEE.
To plough within the dikes which separate the fields.
A piece ofground laid out to plant the grain called |g Taou.
PEL

A surname.

JT* K'HUNG. A rock in the midst of water.

An ancient form of j|| Gaou.
An ancient form of ^ Fung.

j^j^ PANG.

what they denominate J; ^ T'ho*

The same as ^ Tsth, or Chih.

Ancient form of ^ Tso, To sit,

tsing, A monster; an elf; a creature having hands like a

child, but without fingers.- One says, that when eaten, il imparts great strength.
pDh.
Dust. One says, The appearance of dust riling.

tOi. I.

-j^T'hoo.

VII.

502

32nd Radical.

FOO. The suburbs of a town or city.

^^^m. gFU

To invert cups on the top of a kind of

A hill on the top ofwhich there is water ; Foo denolei to escape,

in allusion to the water escaping and runing down the hill.

earthen stand, used in ancient limes.

Read Fow, or Pow, Great ( abundant.

/J\
^jjjf -jj),
iji
"til T,ing> *eaou che wci yay ; fow, ta che
Tin yay, Tiing, is the minute of the (mall; Fow, is the rust of

^^/(i^ TSIN.
vulgar form of

Earth, or a mound of earth. The

T.iin, A small bat high hill.

the great. (Chwang-tae.)

J^ltj KANG.

A pit, or hole in the ground ; used by

An ancient form of f| Yaou.

the dynasties ^ Tsin, and 3| Tsin, for
PA.

A bank raised against the stream, to fend it

off, or regulate its course. -f^ Ej|| Pa-t'how, A kind of land

ing place.
J>k ]
Chiih pa t'how, To raise a bank.
>^>^ Same as

Y!h, see above.

IflA^^^Pjij'T T"n-jin wei y!h y" ,e

Ueang hca, The officers called Teen jin, made a furnace below
the western wall.
Y1Kr

slime} mire raud-

:fiL

Rang.

YAE, or Gae.

k'he urh yang sha keae yu gae, All sand (or minute particles)
raised and spread by the wind, is expressed by Gae. To rhyme,
*d E.
1 % $
<|$ $ & Keun gae we
paou, kan kwei shoo shun, ' 1 have not made the least particle
of return for favors done ine ; 1 am affected with the deepest
shame.' This language is frequent in the mouths of Chinese
statesmen when addressing the Sovereign.
j Chin-gae,.
Dust or sandy particles carried iuto the air.

Yi"
PUNG, or Fung.

ne tsze, The slime of mud; viscous mire.

| Kow ying >ut- y in. Oust coagulated by moisture is called
yin- ^
jfij ^ if
1 Shwuy 13 urh fhoo cifl
wei > in, Water falling and forming mire, constitutes Yin.
HAN.

A small dike or bank.

The appearance of dust rising. Same as

FANG..

Fung.

The same as pjj Fang, To impede;

an impediment. An ancient form of j^jj Te, The earth.

LUNG.
if MEI.

Dust. The name of a Place. Pasture,

To dig a cave,;' Jto work a hole in the ground or in a w;ili.

expressed by ^ j^l Miih chang, An arena of Shepherds.

[ Mei it erroneously written for
Miih, A shepherd.

& The vulgar form of^Ch'huy, see above.

HO.

Hills; numerous

and large rocks

abounding ; poor bad land ; uneven irregular ground. It is also

expressed by ^
K'l.aou k'hB. 5nt Stl ^ ] The

503

32nd Radical. VII.

T'hoo

region of Yen (the province of Chlh-le and northward) is poor

barren land. Read KeS, A prison ; the propriety of this
sense is doubled.
y&^i^^ Same as

Scun, or Tseun, Loft)-, dangerous,

Hi a7)ir 0 iiM^^A
# it 9-73 4I# ft &f WM'B

^jj^jj^^ KEA. The bank or the land by the side of water.

An ancient form of j)-jf) Te, Earth.

ti ^ M Fel 'aou che te' Fat rich carth"
MAE.

R H

To inter ; to bur; ; to put any thing into the ground ; to

secret; to conceal ; to harbour; to lay up. The Canton people
use it for annexing to; connecting with ; which is expressed
elsewhere by ^ Leen, or j^Q ^ Seang-leen.
^ Mae
Uang, To inter; to bury.
^
| E| I T'an5
piih joo le yui mae, To inter differently from the prescribed
ceremonies is expressed by Mae.
j^Z ^ ^JJ
Q
I S 1 J31I Cha us pi',l c'1e, 8"'1 yuS mac t'*low mae
naou.'To affect not to know (and not to interfere, whatever may
occur) is vulgarly called Burying the head, and burying the
br?ins.' It is understood in a good sense. The extreme is
expressed by ^jj "fj"'p< ^ Wei show, wei wei, Afraid of the
head and afraid of the tail, without courage to advance or re
tire. J ^ Mac mO, To conceal, to hide. j yj jft: ^
Mac mt! sing ming, To conceal one's name and surname. j
^ Mae ts'hang. To horde or lay up in secret.
j
Yen mae, To
Show mae, To lay up ; to put away.
cover over; to close, or shut.
] ^JjMae yuen, To
harbour resentful feelings. ^ ^ ] 'f^Ko ch'hoo m-~t
fuh, To lie in ambush in various places.
| ^| Mae tuy,
To heap up.
J Mae mae, To buy and lay up till
wanted. The Canton people say,
| Seang mae, To
think on all the particulars with one's self, so as to be ready pre
pared.

To rhyme, read Le.

71 m 1 ft
B.XA%m
^ A
' Ch'hoo-ling-wang (B. C. 6501. when performing
divination, said, ' desire to obtain possession ofthe Empire. The
result of the divination was unluck'v. He threw the tortoise
shell to the ground (and in anger} curwrd Heaven, saying, The
empire is but a very petty thing; and it you will not give it
tome, I must take it myself. The people were greiously
offended at the king's insatiable ambition, and forthwith
followed the leaders ef rebellion, with the same pleasure that
a man returns to his home- Ch'hoo-kung-wang, had five
beloved sons, and had nothing whereby to determine which
to appoint to the throne. He prayed, and requested the Gods
to select one of the five tu be Lord ofthe Land and of the Grain,
and then held up the signet, and exhibited it to the view ofthe
assembled Gods, saying, Let him who kneels on .the signet when
lie worships, be the person whom the Gods appoint; and who
will dare to oppose him ! He then secretly dried the signet
in the large hall of the temple; ordered his five sons to fast,
and afterwards led in the eldest to worship.'The others fol
lowed in succession, and all missed it, but the youngest, who
was a child carried in and caused to kneel upon it. (Tso-chucn.)

LANG.
jj| Lang, or J|| ] Fan-lang, A grave.
| Kwang
lang, Waste; wild extensive region.
jit I /. 39
Kwang lang che jay, A wild extensive wilderness.

HEUEN, or Keuen.
A place for inferior retainers about public courts to live in.
One says, a prison for women. Another says, A pavilion or shed-

-J^T'hU. VII. 32nd Radical.

504
which the united determination of many persons is opposed,
-j- J|i ^ | Ts'heen le ch'hang ch'hing. The city wall *
thousand le in length ; is the famous Chinese Great wall,

CHHING.
The wall of a town j a walled town or city. From

T ho0'

Earth, and
Ching, Formed ; perfected i implying that
ff^ ^ Rj x(l "tli Yh chinSPfih k1>0 hwuy yay. When once
formed it cannot be laid in ruim.
JQ
^
jpl
KwO ylh che t'ho yuen yay, The walli of the towns which
compose the cities uf a state or nation.
j^J |3 | $Y H
Nuy yu4 ch'hing-, wac yuf k, Withinside is called Ch'hing;
without side is cilled KO;the city and the suburbs.
Q
1%
& iM S
J Yh y" Hwang.teche lelh,
ehihg ylh c keu. One *. , that Hwang-te (B. C. 8700) began to
erect cities in which to lite. ^
fj| ^ | T heentsze yuf tsung-rh'hing, The dwelling of the Son of Heaven is
called Tsung-cbing,;the most honorable city.
^
Hwang-ching, The imperial city ; denotes that space which is
enclosed within the city of Peking, around the Imperial palace.
^ j S&ng ch'hing, The metropolis of a province,
jj^
^ | Kwang-tung s&ug ch'hing, The city of Canton.
|
Ch'hing jin, The battlements on the wall of a city.
3^ IE ] ^ Yuen wang keen ch'hing j in, Saw the battle
ments of the city at a distance.
j ^ Ch'hing kSn, or ]
jjjjj Ch'hing keo.The foot of the wall of a city. j .^Ch'hing
che, The ditch or moat which surrounds the wall of a city.
kelh che yu, When a lire breaks out at the gate of a city s the
calamity extends to the fish in the moat This saying is used
to express persons not at all concerned being involved.
^f1
-t
JSj; '(S X T,ae cn'hing low 'hang, kan ma
seang ta, ' Remain in the lofty rooms over the gate ofa city and
look at the horses fighting together ; expresses looking with
indifference and contempt at the contests of other people.'
|
Jj] Ch'hing U wan koo. The city and suburlis
perfectly strong.
JjJ^ j Chung che ch'hing ching.
The will of many forms a city ; expresses the difficulty with

(i^
^ Sf pp|
Che-hwang-te so wei, sze sze kea
go; tan chiih ch'hang ch'hing e been hwa e k'ho wei kung,
Chc-hwang-te's (B. C. 800) conduct was in every thing vicious
and bad; but his building the long wall to form a barrier
between Chinese and Foreigners may be denominated a me
ritorious act.
The lollowing quotation from the She-king, refers to tbe king
Mtj 21 Yew-wang's queen, who lived, (B. C. 760 years.)
"izT

che fo cllmg ch'hln

$ M 1M 1 Che fod kins chhins'

^ % M St Weikaou.weiche.
M ^ k W Fo jew chhang ,M'

fjL |l

1=1 Ji. Lwanfei keangtsze t'hoea,

|| ^ ^ Sang Uze foo jin.

L%kiM. Feikeaoufcibwuy.
She wei foo sze.
Talents and knowledge in man builds up a city or state;
(Masculine) talents and knowledge iu women * throws the
city in ruins.
A beautiful and clever woman (should be regarded)
As the hoarse and hateful bird Kaou-shc.
Women with long tongues.
Are stepping stones to misery.
Stale commotions come not from heaven,
They are born by, and come forth from, woman.
The tongues which do no good, cither in teaching or instructing
Arc especially those of women and eunuchs.

* The Queen Jgg

PItou-sze is particularly alluded to. (She-king-choo.) The two first lines have become proverbial;
a wise husband build, up a cily, a wise wife throws it in ruins. They explain it by saying, that a simple and unaffected attention to
domestic duties, constitutes the virtue of woman. This does not require great talents. When she steps out of her sphere aud
meddles with the affairs of cities or states, she invariably does mischief.

32nd Radical.

505
^
Ch handling, A growing city, is a phrase applied
to IhfH" p-inccs <.fancient times. Mho by assumption aggrandized
the limits assigned them, by the Emperor. The expression
alludes to a child's gradually increasing in sire.
>J{ ]
Ho cliing, ' Fire city ,' denotes a vast collection of lights.

ch'hing, A certain mountain.

j$ {EJ ^ 1 Motcyuc Kea-ch'hing, ' The pl.;ce of a tmnli is called Kea ch'hing,'
a happy city. ^v
|^
] Ne chaou tlh kea-ch'h'rag
You have (I hear; discovered a happy city.Is said to persons
by wnj of compliment, after they huve fixed on a burial place
for a parent. The expression aros" from an inscription on a
s'or e coffin found accidentally in the time of Han (B. C. 189).
The inscription was prophetic ; it mentioned Hit- name of the
person,
^ ^tlea-how-ying, who was then to.be interred
in it, and for whom,, by the inscription, it professed to have
been prepared ai d hid from tht lij;ht of the sun, two thousand
years. The horses which drew his hearse, when they came to
the spot where it was hid, stopped, kneeled down, and made a
mournful cry. On digging, they foui.d the yj jj^! Shih-kiS,
Stone coffin, ai.d in it interred Hca-huw-yieg.
Asurname. To rhyme, read Chang. ^J^ | Hwa-ch'hing,
Converted to a city.Occurs in the books of Uuddah.
peeii; yu hcon taou chung, hwa tso ch'hing. He having done
many acts of kiudness and benevolence ; in the midst of a dan.
gcrons road, he miraculously, and at once formed a city.
(Chinz-lsze-l'hung.)
The same as

T'hoo

the path to a Chinese grave. Read Shen, Water and earth

blended. To rhyme, "e.ad Than. To ascend ; an octagon. (Tsiehwuy.) /K i&M.
J\WP& Jen' U che p8 tse' ' The
eight yen are the eight limits of the earth,' the whole world.
TSIN.

i jt'm 4 ri<. % m Z
ch'hing Isae Kwan-lun shan shang; T'lieen Te che keu yay,
Ts'sng-ching (the city of elevated flights or stories) is on the
top of the Kw'au-luii mountains, where is the residence of
Heaven's Sovereign. (Chirg-lsze-t'hurg.) pj ] Sze-ctaing,
A certain officer.
?ff, ] Chih ch hing, and ^ ] Chih-

VII.

The name of a place

*3C
S. C.

LEUE.
if

A low dike or wall to fence in a field, a iond, or a path, and

to separate them linm others. To ma-lfor dnw the limits pf a'
field or road; water contained by a natural indentation on the
top of a hill. To class, rank,' or sort with. Bjj
Ma leu,
A path, or other place, fenced in by a low wall for horses.
& 111 El 1 FunK :',0,l *uiS 'eug' A ,tvut up' or ,eala<1 r0'"1
is called Leu*.
ji|
^ ^ | Shan shang yew shwiiy
leuS, On the top of the hill is water surrounded by rising
ground. ^
] TfCfJ ^^ Yew keacleug, shwiiy
hwan jaou che, There is a dike as a boundary, and the water
flows round it. ^ ft. ^ JJCJ | Yfh yuen fun
wei sze leuS, One spring dividing and forming four branches.
j\_ -fij
] Kcw vay che ning leu, The figure and
divisions of the nine regions (or the world)may lie known
without stirring abroad. (Hwae-mm-tsfe.)
jjjjj jpj
Jc^^^JS^F 1 Shfih-heanp, Tsze-ch'han, Yenying, Che-tsae seang tang leue, The talents of Shiih-hcang, Tszechang, and Ycr.ying, were of the same class. Vulgarly and
erroneously written
Leu.

-^m The original form of

Yin, see above.

Same as ftfc Tseun, see Rad. ]l\ Shan.

Tso, see above.

^^^^ The same as ^ Ke, see above.

YEN.
A limit or boundary to a piece of ground, or of the earth ;
V0. I.
4o

HAN,

A surname.

T'hoo. VIII.

32nd Radical.

505

The same as ^ Che1, Greats talents and knowledge.

The same as $ Sha, Sand.

TUY.

A wall falling.

PANG.

The mouth of a grave or cavern.

Ancient form of ^ Gaou.

EIGHT STROKES.

An ancient form of ^ Yay.

A wilderness or unculfiTated tract of country. A surname.
|^
^ KwB wae wei yay, Beyond the limits of the
state is called Yay.
| J{ Yay-jin, A clown ; a rustic
| ^ Yay ke, A pheasant. ^ j Kaou-yay, The
country at a distance from a town.
FEI.

Dust

TEEN. To put down; to place or pay. Other

wise written gji Teen. Read Nei, To benefit; advantageous;
to bring down or involve.

the universe.
ffi ^ Mun yTh, The threshold of a door.
^
0 j Mo heen vuS vln' Tne '"nit or ri<1Se
around a grave is called YTh. ^ | 5^; ~jj E yTh, shoo
fang, Different regions and divers states.
"jflj ] Se jih,
The western regions; central Asia is so denominated by the
Chinese and Mauchow Tartars,
g | TszeyTh, To Iimil
one-, self.
|=| 1 M T'Ze Jll> k'be kten' T ''m'1
one's self by one's own views;,to be narrow minded, bigoted, and
se.f-sufficenl.
$ j & & |? ^ j
Yew yew shing she, kung tse jin show che yTh, To ramble with
delight in an abundant age; to ascend together the region <.f
benevolence and long life.
Jjjp | K'heu yTh, To divid;
or draw limits to; to separate.
iffi ^ ^ [fl
^
Jjlf -it ^1 1 '$L
l^h Pan!> ^e l, n*en 'e> wei lnin ,0
che; shao'i yTh |<e sze hae, 'A thousand le around the royal
domain is the place where the people dwell; but the limits
(of.thc empire) extend to the four seas;' includes all the world.
(Shc-king.)
'/H % J Kew cllow fhe le J,h'
The limits ofthe nine regionsexpresses in ancient phraseology
the whole worJd.
^
Q | tjj Yu nuy yai ylh
chung,Yu-nuy (in the world ; in the universe) is also ex
pressed by YTh-rhung.
0
] Wae kwB yu6
tseue" yTh,' Foreign countries are called Tseug-ylh,' regions cut
oc
m- j Chin yTh, A limit or boundary; as in fields or
land.
| Moo yTh, The boundary or limits of a grave.
The same is ei pressed by ^ j Chaou yTh; ^ | Yinj
yTh; and
[ Ying moo keae yTh. ^ ^ ]
LeTh chaou }Th, To establish or fix the limits of a tomb. Shamiih says, the original form is this
which ShwiS-wan defines
tsung k'bnw, tsung ko, e show ylh; yTh, te yay, A state or
country, from Mouth and Spear defending one;one denotes
territory.
HwS, is the vulgar reading, and the word is
employed to express Doubt or uncertainly.

The same as ij| Te, A bank or dike.

CH'HUH, or Yuh.
A path trodden by cows or horses.

yKh.
PEI, or Fow.
A limit j a boundary ; a state; anation; a region; the world;
4

The bank of a river; a bar-

32nd Radical.

i>07
bour for merchant ships.; a mart where trading people collect
and transact their mercantile concerns; it is also commonly
called^ Bfj Fow-t how.
ft % ft 1 $k
Fbh-ihan she tifuwt'hnw, A great mart for goods is Fiihahan,in the neighbourhood of Canton. ^
^ jlfjQ | Ch l.ueu hue1 che so yuc fow, A place where ships rest
(or a,,, l,or)i, called Fow.
j fg !^ $
~J/ j'lfj' Fow lung ho wiih tselh fan shang pfl che so, Fow, is
a place where goods are accumulated, and where traders settle
for ;. wiiile, \tM I Yen-fow, A salt merchant's place of
-rendezvous for salt.
^Jp ] Sin-fow, The new mart, is
applied by the Chinese to Pcuang, as its name.
The same as

VIII.

T'hoo -ft

Alow wall: a low damp place; marshy land.

3E ^f* jjS
^ j ijj
J ^ ^ WanS 2e sMh wo> cn'mg sze
yih pei yTh wo, On the king's business was Iscnl; and the
afflira of government entirely devolved on me.
/ft j
Chiih pei, A bamboo fence or wall. j JJjjl Pei shlb, Damp
marshy low land.
jjfj ^ ^ j Sung plh puh sang
pei, Firs will not grow in low marshy land.
[Jj J?J pjjjj
=j| ^ | Teen plh mow wei che pei, A hundred Mow of
laud, Is called Pei. Read Pe, A certain part ofthe battlements
of 3 city wall, called -jg jj^ Neu-tseang, The woman's wall.
TS'HING.

Compact adhesive earth.

Yu, Mire, mud.

YUEN.

Expressed also by
J/ Chuh-ne, Thick mire. ^JrJ j=
Yu-slh, To stop up with mire.

The same as

Wan.

A vessel to contain rice. AI. scrib. ^ Wan, and i^ji Wan.

j^fL KEU

H EA.

The name of a place.

A bank to confine water.

YU.

By some deemed erroneous.

A small bank; alow wall.

A collection or assemblage in a heath or common. Also written

Jfi Woo. Same as iQl G8.

LUN.
A dike or bank ; a high place in *
5k
field. A ditch; to fall or sink into.
TSANG.

KEUEN.

To form ; to controul ; to manage.

The earth of a grave; a winding

or crooked limit; acircular wall; which is also expressed by

^
Kenen-yuen ; and
KeuS-tseang.

The north gate of the principal city of the state ^ Loo.

(B. C. 1105.)
V, -y

K HUNG.

A cave; a cavern; i receptacle.

The same as M T'heen.

|JJ CirilUNG.
SUY.

Earth not adhesive) loose earth.

:|p) i^i Ch'hung-yung, Disquieted, disturbed appearance-

Read Suh, Earth loosened and fallen apart.

TUNG.
PE, or Pei.

S. C.

To be attached to; to devolve upon; thick; abundant.

ifjj Shang.tunj, The name of a place.

508

-ET hoo. VIII, 32nd Radical.

tolore
called Ts hae.

PE.

The same as # Pe, see above.

Hi ##| |\ k # 1 }ll Koo chay

King-ta foo yew tshae-te. In ancient times the officers called

King-ta-foo had land granted them.

[0mm

WE # 2 #4%

Sze tsang che ying ming, It was employed is a pl.ce of inter

TA.

The sound of something falling t earth

ment for them when dead, and hence its name.

Y. |
heaped up, as appears when a wall, or other building falls into

% ##

Chung, hwo weiche tshae, A grave is by some called

Tshat.

ruins.

+ X- CHANG.
+:

THAE.

The vulgar form of # Chang.

Akind of lock or bar on a river. . A

An area dedicated to offering sacrifice to the gods. One says,

rapid caused by water straitened in its course. There is a kind

It denotes ground not ploughed or broken up. Another says,

of windla" on the bank of the river to draw boat.

vessels up the lock or rapid. Sometimes

or other

# ###

To level or dress land which has born grain.

Sand accu

mulated into a kind of hillock.

# Leang gan

shoo chuen chh,. On each "bank is erected a

turning wheel or windlass.

R] % H. # Hw

Ek J% 4- # # # 2.

CH'HUH.

S. C.

e new jaou chuh, wan che, yin ming

new thae, Sometimes the wheel is turned by kine to draw the

Vapour or effluvia issuing from the earth. One says, To begin.

vessel; and hence it is named New-thae, A cow-windlass or
lock. One is situated on the left bank of the Hwae-ho, which

run into the Yellow River from the southward, to draw up

"el" which cross the Yellow itiver in the course of their
journey from the north. JL | 4.E # Z }}| Fan

FUNG. The appearance of dustrising.

..Q.

Same as

3% K'han. # # Z # Khan

tsing

thae ching shwuy che so, Wherever there is a Thae, it is a

place for exacting duties.

| # Thae-kih,

A table or

Tint
chewa, A species of frog, said to be found in wells.

list of the duties to be levied at those places.

##

!,

* yen thae, The locks or windlasses on the river Hwae,

#"

Thae is also the name of a place, from its resemblance to what

*ture

suffiti

has been described.

Clayey, adhesive earth.

3.%.
T'll AN.

# # Lan-than, A long level space

Thwan-chih.
-

Vulgarly

written]'Than.

##

--

j | ####fff;

E. % Chih chih st; thoo, ming hing urh e, Feeling one's way
by poking in the mud is not better than walking in the dark.

T:

YEN.

-B

T.
f| up

# /\ j} + # 1 inj R ####| f || #
# # 11 Mang jin e

To cover any thing with earth. A pit formed.

#
#Tsar

the P.

To poke or feclone's way as a blind inan, is

called # 1 chih chih,

"#". A kind of earthen vessel.

Work in clay is called

%R #! E! # Tchaete was

the

yung pih jih woo e yay hing, A blind man poking in the
ground with a staff, and trying to find his way, although it be
in day-light, it is not different from walking in the dark. (Yang

th.

#####| || Krue thos

''.

chih chih fun, tsaou muh tsen paou, That earth was carnation

t'.

tre)
*hae, Tshaete (or land granted to officers of government) is

Sin."
chang chih chih urh kew taou, suy

W =E jR

th

509
colored clayey and fertile, herbs and trees were gradually ac
commodated to it. Syn. with ^ Chlh.
TO.

Stiff mould or earth.

KWAE.

E.

Great; large.

Frornl^Kee, To scire. Abbreviated thus

To plant; to grasp with the hand and plant. ^ ^

Tsae-e, The arts which result from human talent.
J
Liih-e, The six arts. See under ^ E. Read She, in the sense
of ^ She, Strength ; authority ; power. $J] ^
^
H ^ /^E ]
i Jo<> yew Puh yew Ju le chav> lne
she chay k'heu, Ifthere be conduct which does not proceed from
a regard to propriety, put away those in authority. ^ j
J 9
"til Tsae-she keu tsun wei yay, Tsac-she denotes
being in a place of honor. (Le-king.) jjflfc j j^l
Teshc peen le, A country by nature affording facilities to defend ;
as was the cane with the territory ofTsin, who first reduced all
the nations ofChina under one Monarchy. 1 1 is said,
jjj)
Tsin te been koo, urh wan jiu tsiih tang Choo-how plh wan jin
yay, The territory of Tsin was dangerous to enemies, and
secure for its own inhabitants; twenty thousand men were
sufficient to oppose successfully a million of men brought by
the Princes of other states.
chIh.
To take with the baud, to grasp, to lay hold of; to stop or
fill up; to pursue and apprehend; to persecute. A
surname.
Syn. with 2^ chlh, To fear. Otherwise written \& Chih,
also written ^ Chlh.
^ ^1
Chlh show t'hung
hing, To take by the hand and walk together.
] ^jp
Chlh-show, To seize and hold fast.
j Poo-chlh, To
apprehend, as by the officers of the police.
jjjjj | Koochlh, To be obstinate and inflexible.
| " ^ lH
Chlh ylhpiih t'hung, To seize hold of one view of a subject
vol. i,
* r

3,'nd Radical.

VIII.

T'hoo -f-

or sentiment, and be impervious to the reasons assigned for

any change. ^jjj: j j3 ^ T'hoo chlh ke keen, A useless
and absurd adherence to one's own perception of any
opinion or circumstance.
J
Chlh ganu, Obstinate
and perverse; a pertinacious wrangling maimer,
j jjj
\ty f't
^ 8ean mngi To grasp the la ,-, and measure
with a line ;a pertinacious adherence to rule.
I ^
49 J^L Chlh che e seang keen. To take presents in 'toots hand
when going to see a person.
^ jj ^ Q J ^
Foo che yew, yue" chin-yew, ' A father's friend is called .Chbjew,' a friend who has been taken by the hand.
^ |
Foo-chlh, A father's friend : It is taught that he should be heK 1.
in great reverence.
|[ j $ J| %
Keen foo chlh, joo keen foo ylh,ang, To sec a (departed)
father's friend, is the same as seeing one's father.
S
Z 1 *MZm*M &*MzfL
Keen foo che chlh, puh wei che tsin, puh kan tsin ; puh wei
che tuy, puh kan tuy ; puh wSn puh kan tuy, tsze heaou tsxe
che hing yay, On seeing a father's friend, unless he tell you to
advance, you must not advance; unless he tell you to retire,
you must not retire; unless he ask a question, you must
not reply to him I this is the behaviour of a dutiful son.
Z 1
H z%
#z
IrJ jfc ^ Foo che chlh, foo t'hung che che yew yay ; king
che t'hung yu foo, A father's grasp, is a father's friend of the
same mind as himself; and who must be respected the same
a. a father. (Le-king-choo.) 3 ;$ gjf; g& ^ ^
ft $C ^ & $t 1 S
laou ,eo-anS
ke shwfi puh tsae tsze, wo heo-sXng tsang kan chlh yen tsae
tsze, As you, venerable teacher affirm that he is not here, how
shall 1 a learner pertinaciously affirm that he is here. A
1^ Jin sin wei wei ; taou sin wei wei ; wei tsing wei yih ; yun
chlh kcue1 chung, The heart of man is dangerous (and selfish) ;
the heart (or principles) of reason are minute (and refined!,)
they must be analyzed with the utmost care and singleness of
intention ; and an honest grasp be taken of the true medium.
(Shoo-king.) . The sixteen words which compose the above
sentence in the original, are said to have been inculcated by
Hj Yaou, (B. C. 2250), on his successor & Shun, and by

-J-T'Iko.

VIII.

S2nd Radical.

510

him dilivercd to ^ Yu, The remover of the -wateri of the

oeiuge.
wLBum^m^^u 1
Szc-ylh yui ts'hiug.tsung 10 wan, woo Tize tsze chlh yen,
Szc-ylh (a Music matter in the state Loo", B. C. 1000), said (to
ZJ> ^Tizc-iur"> wno enquired of him whatmutic he ought
to adopl)-i bjtrg to recite that which 1 hare heard, and my
(friend, T'<s, may (elect for himself. (Lc-king.)
I M ^'M / P Yl,e" e iLien Chl11 Ua" 1 llIh che k^0*' 1
*th tr > stop his reproachful mouth. (Tto-ehuen.)
2l ^rl
Kc un che chin piih mccn.yu tsuy.tslh tscang szc choo she chaou,
Jrhtsetsej! chlh, If his Majesty's servant (my husband) were
guilty ofa crime, then it would have been right to execute him,
either.in the market -pt.ee or in the palace, and also t* appre
hend his wife and concubine*. 1 'jfchih i/e. To grasp an
affair ; to be a -manager of affairs great or small. JJjf ^ j
3|jE ^ Tteeo yay, ehlh txe chay, The ignoble or meaner, are
those who manage the affair..
gg
0 |^ ^
Taou-ying wSn yui!, Shun wci Theen-Uzc, ' Taou-ying
(the pupil of M&ng-tszc) put this question, Shun was the ton
of Heaven, had hit father 3j| ^ ^ ./^ |jj #p j ^
Koo-saou shS jiii, tslhjoo che ho, Koo-taou killed a man,
what should have been done ! j^L "f- |EJ j
fffl tL
^ Mang Uzc yui, chlh che urh ee, Mang-tscc replied, take
and punish him according to law. (MSng-tsze.)
A dike which separates fields from each
other ;.a boundary, a limit i the border or frontier.
JjjJj^
p^j
/|\
Q
Ta ke.se yu keang; scaou keae yuS
ylh, A large or extensive boundary is called Keang; a small
ene is called Ylh.
|| ] J| H Keang ylh, ylh ylh,
^ m ^ Shoo tselh jth ylh,
The fields adjusted in the nicest order;
The various species of grain in luxuriant plenty.
(She-king.)
f l 1 ch5n yu keaBS jlh' planied upn ti,e cDerating dike, and so forming a hedge.
^ |g ^
S | Ching j in loe kcun che keang-ylh. The people of the
state Ching, were enraged against the frontier of His Majesty,

(the sovereign of Tsi"). Tso-chuen.

tinguished from jM Ch'hang.

j Ylh, is to be dis

PEL
To add earlh to ; to add mould or maaure to the roots of
plants. To assist ; to benefit ; to nourish ; to stop up with earth,
as a channel for water. Read Pow.
J
Pow-Iow, A
small rising ground or hillock.
j t^ ~\~ Q
fil )\\ "iiL Snw-wan> pei-tun, t'hoo, teen, than, ehuen yay,
ShwB-wanays, Pei-tun denotes, earlh, fields, hills and rivers.

1
>8 ~ffL- T ll"B che ,ang
Pelh J'n k'be
tsae urh tiih yen, koe tsae chay pei che, king chay fuh che,
Heaven in respect to the things which it causes to grow,
must deal with them according to their properties! those that
remain planted, nourish them ; those that fall to the ground,
destroy them. (Chung-yung.) This is applied to the great
progenitor ^ Shun ; his prosperity all arose from his own
virtues. The Commentator exclaims, ^ ^ ^ ^e5? -fk'hc keen tsael keaewiih che tsze Ueu urh, How can it be
thought that Heaven hat any will in the occurrence! all that
occurs is what crcaluret take to themselves.
>tfc Ha
fl 1s vc itij I ft lc Y'w ,ans e chay> P"en Uunc
urh pei yang che, That which hat a disposition to grow, it is
accorded with, supplied with earlh and nourished. The same
phraseology is applied to the human body ; thut, j }(jP
yang ke jih, pcen tseen tsecu haou leaou, Further, add an in
creased degree of neurishment and care for a few dayt, and
then you will gradually get better. |
^ Pel P00
yuen k'hc. To ttrengthen the constitution.
j j
^ -fa Pei yuen, koo pun wan, Pills to strengthen and coofirm the original constitution.
|||
^ ] LuJ no
Uae pei, 'Often have I had occasion to be thankful for your
planting and adding mould;' i. e. for your liberal and essential
assistance. This expression occurs often in letters. /*
Dl ^ 1^ I 'tfti sSng ,ze keu wai,e ne pei chllh' whether
life or death, all depend on your assistance.
j JH^ Peifung, A heavy gale of wind. (Chwang-tsze.) One reads it

32nd Radical.

511
Plh.
ffi j iuy-plh, A small mound or hillock. Occun
io the tense f ^[ Pei, Earthen ware not burnt. Read Fow,
A man's name. Occurs as a local word denoting A Twine.

VIII.

T'hoo

A mound of earth. Read T'ho, A path or walk appropriated

to archery. Read Tuy, Earth or clay raised up so as to "form
a mound. Read KwS.
j jj^ KwS-twan, The name of
country. (Shan-hae-king.)

KE.
An ancient form of <gj Tae, see Rad. ^jj; Ghe, tr.
That on -which somethingTests or depends ; the commence
ment of a wall ; a foundation ; that on which a family or nation
.depends; a possession; a patrimony^; the throne; to begin,
4 commence, to round; side apartments or piazzas. The name
of au instrument of music ; the name of a hill. Forms part of
the name of an instrument of husbandry. Rend K'he, Syn.
with 3| Ke. Also written ^Ke.
$%
^ Z jk_ Tseang wei kung-shih, seen wei ke-che, Going to
"build a place, must first lay a foundation, f T. ih shoo.)
|
Tseang -ke, The foundation of a wall. mj^ J
Kew ke
che.' Old' foundation ;' the two last words denote tin- same. |
^fj Ke te haou, 'A good foundation;' and metaphorically,
person of good origin ; or of good conduct heretofore ; a safe
person. jM,
iff~W< I Cit*J ke ttze haou kin
ke, ' This child ha* agood root and foundation,' i, c. a strong
constitution. jjfj]
|
Too tsung ke nee1, ' A
. patrimony.orpossession handed down from ancestors ;' Ke-neC,
denotes alo a possession handed down to posterity, jfe j
Che-ke, The origin ; the foundation of.
J||j ^ ^
K'hae ke t'heen-tsze.The first Emperor of a "Dynasty, successors
are said
^ ^ ^ Ke te show ching. To continue his
person and maintain what they have Teceived.
jffi J
Ting ke, To ascend the throne. J|j | K'hae ke, and |||
iShaou "ke. express To commence, to lay the foundation of.
[
3t Che-ke nae 'e' HaT,ng aettled here and divided
fte land. (She-king.) ^ j Tse-ke, Certain instruments
of husbandry. (Mangttze.)
f@. | Sze t'hangtsoo
ke, Wall from the hall to the side piazzas. (She-king.)
H HL f= 0
I Fiih"he che J8 Ja* toh-Vt, The
music (or instruments) of Fub-he (B. C. 2300), was called
Lelh-ke.
+Ef CHAN.

iM S. C.

A mark to be shot at with an arrow. Also written j^jk Chan.

'-S , An abbreviated, form of Tae, immediately preceding.

K'HE.

The head of a winding bank or shore.

Otherwise written those -several ways, ^

which are-pronounced K'he.

all of

To eject or put away to sweep the ground ; a bank or dike

made of bamboo reeds and earth blended, such as are used on
the banks of the Yellow River. To rhyme, read Sow. jgj
Ta saou, To sweep ; to brush.
^
j ^jjj Fun
heang, saou te, To light up incense and sweep the ground ;
before worshipping. ^ ^ j Jjjl Sze wan saou te, 'An
elegant gentleman Sweeping the ground ;' i. e. a man of re
spectability doing or involving hi msclf in what is disgraceful,
"j ^ Saou -pa, A broom.
j|| ] Sha saou, To sprinkle
the ground and-sweep it with water.
# m * t m

m w * # % % i
Hwaking ptth tt&ngyuenkih saou,
Fung mu n kin chc weikeun k'he.
The -flower-girt path has not till now been swept on aeedsn't
of a guest ;
The wicker-made gate it now first opened for the reception
of a Prince.
A couplet called |^ ^ Tuy-tsze, written up on the
reception of a visitor, as a compliment to him.
NE,

Mire |"clay ;Wiry, clayey.

amc at Jtjjl Pan, and ^ Naou.

Read Pan, The

T'hoo.

VIII.

512

32nd Radical.

able, illustrious. A wide lerel place on a mountain. The

name of a country. A surname. To rhymb, read T'hung.
*Q
j^ | Tsung ke wci t'hang, An eminent and honor

TflANG.
A dignified honorable mansion ; a palace ; a temple ; a court,
or chamber ofjuitice ; a hall, or public room ; principal chamber
of a college or school. The person who fills a principal place
In apalace or court ofjustice. High, dignified, splendid, honor

able foundation constitutes T'hang. j ^ jrj } Ching

tsin yuS t'hang, A middle and principal apartment is called
T'hang.
BJJ | Ming t'hang, A royal or imperial chamber
of audiance. The Chinese represent the ground floor thus :

GROUND PLAN.

513
1 g JE l*J % Z 3* til T ba8' "* ching
heang yang che ju yay. T'bang, denote* an edifice in
Ihe middle place (not on one aide-) and towards the light
and daynot a retired or iccret chamber.
^ fjj jjljj
^ ^ jE| Wang chay chaou choo how che kung, A
palace where the king gives audience to the governors or
priocesof states.
|f 0^fifr|3^i

S8 if h as $ ^ a x
h",ir
audience was in the time of Bwang-te (B. C. 2700) called Ba
ku ng and alio Ming-ting ; in the time of Yaou (B. C. 2800) it
was called Keu-shih; in the time of Shun (B.C. 2U0)itwas
called Tsung-chang ; during the dynasty Hac (B. C. 2000) it
was called Sheshih, during the Dynasty Shang (B. C. 1700) it
was called Chung-uh, and alio Yang-kwan, during the Dynasty
Chow (B. C. 1100) U was called Ming-t'hangi Tsin united the
regulations of four dynasties (the three preceding and his own).
The eastern ball he called Yang-kwan; the sooth, Ming-t'hangi
the centre one Tae-chaou ; the western hall Tsung-chang; the
northern one Yuen-t'hang.
fjjj jjjj^ J Ming lun t'bang,
a hall in the temple of Confucius, where the relations of social
life are illustrated. ^ J Hefl t'hang, A school or college,
the principal chamber is called jj^* J T'hing-t'hang.
J| Shang t'hang, To ascend or enter the hall,
J Tafhang,
The great, first or principal hall of justice.
^ J Tang
t'hang, In open court.
jj^ j Ching t'hang. The principal
officer in a district.
^ ] Tso t'hang. The left hall, and
^ | Yew t'hang, The right ball, express two assistant
officers t the left-hand man is the superior, the left side being
the place of honor.
*f[
^ j Kwan-foo tso t'hang,
The magistrate is in court.
j ^ T'hang ung, A term of
respect used by inferior magistrates to their immediately
superior local officer.
^ ] ^ !jp T'heen-t'hang teyuh, The palace of heaven, and the prison of earth ;heaven
and hell.
J- ^ J f g jjj Shang yew
t'heen t'hang ; hea yew Soo-chew, Above is the palace of
heaven, and below is (what is nearly as good) the district of
Soo-chow,in the province ofKeang-nao.
J K'hlh
VOt. I.
4<J

32nd Radical.

VIII.

T'hoo -fc

t'hang, A hall for the reception of visitors.

yj^j J
^ Mwan t'bang jin k'hlh, The hall is full of visitors.
jjjg
| ^ Mwan t'hang hung* .'The whole ball is red (' with the
glare oflight.
4^ 3E ^ 1
J,(ln mwan t'bang, ,,laT
gold and gems fill the hall i' a wish written on a scroll of paper
and hung up at the New year.
]
T'hang k'hlh, Denotes the female inhabitants of
a house.
jgj ^ j ^ Le meen yew t'hang k'hlh,
There are females within. ^
fff tfi ] Ttae ieang
ching chnng-t'hang, A minister of state is called Chung-t'hang.
A governor of a Province instead of the Pronoun 1, says
^JJ | Puo-poo-t'hang. Your mother, or your honored mother
is expressed by
J Tsun-t'hang,
| Kaou -t'hang, and
^ ^ I ling-A.w-t'hang.

P<j A ^ $ ^

ft
A
jin piih king Tsze-loo, Tize yue, yew jay, shing t'hang e, w*
jtih yn shlh yay, The pupils (in consequence of what Confu
cius had said) did not respect Tsze-loo. Confucius said, As to
Yew (otherwise called Tsze-loo,) he has ascended the hall (of
knowledge) but not yet entered the inner appartmenti the
should not be despised, ft | ~\ ^ tffo A iM ~Z-

&
i 1L & H5 $ & 2 & T eend lhe hu
and enter the inner apartments, is a metaphor representing
the different degrees of progress in science; and expressing'
that Tsze-loo's learning had already attained the limits of what
was correct, great, eminent and splendid; only he had not yet
entered the profound and abstruse recesses of refined discrim
ination; but he ought not, because of failing in one point, to
be treated slightingly. (Lun-ju.)
^ jjjj |g ^
J San ylb urh how shing t'hang, 'Makes three bows and then
ascends the hall.' The successful marksman in archery does
so, to those who have missed the mark. They are required
to drink as a forfeit* three cups ofwine. ^ j Y"h t'hang,
or $L. H| 3 1 Kin M J"11 t han5. A golden horse and
a palaceV>f genu, is said to be possessed by a person who has
attained the literary rank called
/jyj;
Han.lin-yuen.
'Will 1 jff Ycwtaou, t'hang leen, There is reason and
justice with purity in the palace; expresses a period of good

T hoo.

VIII.

32nd Radical.

514

and equitable government with purity; in contradistinction

fom pecuniary corruption.
] ^JjjJ ^ T'hang heung te,
Soni of uncles by the father'i side; cousins generally.
1 ^2.
Te,h l'nang heung te, First cousins, uncle's son's
by the father's side. As the term Heung-tc, Brother, is applied
so generally, those who are so by the same father are distin
guished by the term Jjj?l^i^| Paou heung-te, Brothers of the
same womb ; this phraseology is used, although the brothers
were by different mothers.
^ | Jjj^
Tsung t hang
heung te, Cousin's sons. Cousins by the mother's side being of
a -lifferent surname, are not included in this expression.
t-p i i
m&.mn&$lp%
Fsang tire yul!, Thang-lTiang hoo, ch'hang yy, nan yu
pingweijine, Tsing-tsze said, (my pupil) Ch'hang is very
pompous and shewy i it is difficult to unite with it the virtue
of benevolence. (Lun-yu.)
] ] ^ $
|f
^H" YX Hi A "Z.
til T'han6-t hang, denotes an af
fluence (pompousncss) of external appearance, and expresses
that he made a business of what was external for the exaltation
ofhimself ; which could not be cfany assistance to his improve
ment in virtue ; nor yet aid the virtues ofother men. (Lonyu-choo.) Another Commentator adds,
^ ffi
^
W Jx!) 'F*
Ch'hang, of external accomplishment had an
excess ; but of internal furniture, a deficiency t better have a
deficiency of external accomplishments, and an overplus of
internal attainments; then there is a great probability of being
virtuous. $ 3g
] |g fa% % % Ns* woo,
tung t hang, tsSng woo fang, woo swan, The male sorcerers, or
wizzards, in the winter offer sacrifices or oblations, which
begin at the temple, and are directed to different quarters of
the heavens and different distances, without any fixed rule.
These were to cxpcll diseases or pestilence. (Chow-le.) J-

the time of Hwang-te. (Tseen-han.)

JJJJ |
fl|j
P ^ /l -H^
ifc Ming t'hang yay chay ; ming choo
how che tsun pei yay, Ming-t'hang (the ball of illumination)
was for discriminating clearly the different ranks of governors
or Princes. (Le-king.)
JtH: J Hung t'hang, General
laughter.
$ g ffi ^ ^ |g
] Chuilg.Ban
ho yew ? yew ke yew t'hang, What does the hill chung-nan
possess? it has abrupt precipices and level plats of ground.
(She-king.)
|g 3g J| j Wang tsoo yu t'hang, (As
cended the city wall) to take a survey of the hill Tsoo, and thr
city T'hang (built on its side.)

TSEU.

s. c.

An accumulation of earth: a mound or hillock. One says,

To beat down earth, as when building a mud wall. From fl>
Tseu, To collect together, abbreviated.

K'HWtJH, or K'huh.
A hollow cavern ; a den ; a cave. A hillock or mound of
earth. From T'hoo, earth and
Keae, To dig or hollow
out; a mound being raised by digging a pit (ShwS-wan.)
ik T ^ ^ ffij
i. F6b ke*' k'hwiihhl[h
urh heang wang, * Secreted soldiers in caverns, and gave an
entertainment to the king1 his father, with an intention to kill
him at the banquet. (Tso-chuen.) -f^ ^ J X j|| ||
^ r^l Fuh szc k'hwuh heulS yen sow che chung. Hiding
themselves, died in dens and caves, in rocky caverns of the
mountains, and in thick jungles.
|
^J^ |3j| K'hwuh
k'ho, yangchin, To raise particles of earth and spread dust.
The propriety of using K'hwuh in this sense, is disputed.
K'HO, Of Kwae.

Dust; the appearance of

dust rising. One says, A utensil made of grass.

1$
) |jH s,,ang yiih che ming t'hang, wei hcaou
k'hc chc t'noo ; jewjin tae shang hwang-te she ming t'hang
t'huo, The Emperor (Woo-le) wished to erect a Ming t'hang
hall of Hiidicnce, but did not know its construction; a person
brought up a drawing of the Hall of audience which existed in

E.

^ P'hc e, A turret; parapet on a city

wall, with a hole through which to shoot arrows and observe

what is done below. Otherwise called
Neu-tscaug, A

32nd Radical.

515
i's wall. Alio written

<jj Pe-e, and

Pe-e.

Thus expressed in Chinese,

]fc $|
jft ^
~F (51 $
^ Ching *hans neu l,eang k hae
tseen yen, e kwei wang ching hca; yin e wei ming, A woman's
wall on the top of a city wall, and in which is opened an arrow's
eye, through which to peep, and observe what Is done below ;
and hence the name (woman's wall) which is given to it.
The same as

Kwan, see above.

KEEN.
To establish; to confirm; to strengthen ; to be confirmed
in a purpose or opinion. Solid, hard, sound, firm, stout,
strong, robust. Determined ; constant ; durable. A surname.
|j|J Keen-koo, and j ^ Keen loo, Strong, firm,
durable, are applied to any production of human labour.
j! M M J- ffl ff I S Cha> ch'hanS cha *" 1,0
t:h keen-koo, This table is made strong and durable
^
Tfi | [] KSn Pun keen I"'0' rne rot firmly established ;
is understood either literally of a tree, or of a person's bodily
constitution; or of his family circumstances and conduct i of
all which the expression affirm* that they are Good and dur
able. | ['!' Kecn-shih, Hard, solid ; appl'ed to things : strong
and well made, applied to work: correct, safe, and proper;
applied to conduct; not easily assailable, or thwarted.
j
J^ Keen-chwang, ' Strong and robust,' applied to a person;
commonly to hale old men.
-3j|
1
Chay ko laou t'how-lszc keen chwang, This old headed boy is
hale and strong.' This is a free manner of speaking about a
man ; addressing an old person it would be said,
J
|JJ2
Laou j in kcakeen chwang keTh.Old gentleman, jou are
extremely hale and stout. jf |j? ]fj&
1^ Haou keen
gXng tcth sing, A fine firm unbending disposition; taken'in
a good sense, in opposition to beir.g weak and timorous. jj^
Wi 1 % ^ ill 7lc *M sin cl,ang ken UB ,h*n thu"g
tseuen hac, With the heart and bowels (the mind) firm in its
purpose, a passage may be cut through a mountain to obtain a
spring of water from the sea.

Vlll.

T'hoo-J^

m iij m ^ j/ t,s ,,,an t,huns u hae$i?

Jit

li W 7^LSen ,h,hpoiinRt'nn
$Bfe
J^E She shang woo nan sze,
'll* |t|

ft? Jin "n lsze Puh keen.

Mountains have been cut through to make a passage te

the ocean,
Stones have been melted to repair the pure heavens 1
In the world there is nothing impossible;
Man's hearts are themselves wanting in firmness.
'fife 1 M. sfc "Iff T ha kSen e pBh kSng' He wiUl ?L
firm intention will not assent.
-^jj
Kaou laou che neen yih keen, His thoughts of reporting himself
superannuated were more confirmed.
j J={=J Keen che,
Fixed purpose.
$
*W$MZM
Keung, ts'heay yih keen, piih chuy tsing yun che che, Failure
(in obtaining a literary degree) should make you more deter
mined not to let fall the purpose, of passing the azure-cloud
bridge to the temple of learning and fame.
j
^ |^ Chlh meen keen sin taug how, Only for the present
timt, strengthen your heart and wait.
J)^| j J^'fjl'^fi
E keen k'be.sin tth, To confirm the virtue of faith. jjf. ;j
1
y fj3 j Tseang tsae Chuug-keun jug Chung-keen,
A general in the centre of the army is called Chung-keen.
ft $ & y u 1 ft i 1 t,u^ t,un keu chuDC'
e keen yiiy tsze foo, The highest honor is given to him who
is stationed in the centre, to confirm his purpose to press
forward, and to support him. The Chung-keen, or General in
the centre, is also called tj^l j^f Chung-kcun.
0 1 cha,e. yen kwo'yut
In Epitaphs, 2 life
keen, To publish virtues and screen faults is expressed by Keen.
% 1 3f M sh,h wien ,m 1,aou' The grain was sound,
the grain was good. (She-king.)
^
^ yjp
Bl 1 .
$ H A pinsftng hi"g- .hwT
tslhfiihkeen; ming tscu ping, pingejiih, When the ice was
abundant, and the bosom of the fluent water was h ard, an order
was given to take the ice and put it into ^ ^ Ling-shlh,
An ice house. (Le-king.) j ^Keen-shwiiy, A lixmum or
lye; ^ Keen is used on some signboards iu this sense.
To rhyme, read Kin.

T'hoo.

VIII.

32nd Radical.

516

TUY.
A hep of earth; a pile to heap up i to accumulate i to
crowd together ; a multitude promiscuously presied together ;
to incumber by multitude*. To push from one. The name of
a place. The name of a bird.
Toy hlh,Toheap
up tone*.
J Shlh toy, A heap of (tones,
j
Tuy t*e, To heap or pile up.
J
3E TuJ kin'
Uelb yiih, To heap up goM and accumulate gem*. Shopmen
write Uiee word on the door* of their shelve* at the new year.
. ] Ai1h tuy jin, A crowd ofpeople. A % ] M
*y Jin to tuy lh leaou, A great many people crowded together
o M to *top the parage of a itreet.
^ ||fj jf \
Jt 'j!> 2j5 T'Deen t*ow w*n ***< tuJ shangsinlae.A thousand
lorrow* and ten thousand minute care*, all crowded upon the
^ ^ | 4* ^ fspl Ta ke* tfap ,eao" sea) hwa l,aou lae tow
ch, Uo t*ae hwa tsaou tuy cbung t*aou tow, ' The whole party
(ofchildren) having plucked flower* and gra**,came and squatted
themselves down in the midst of the pile of flower* and grass,
to fight gra**es.' Each child double* the grass or item of the
flower, and taking the two end* in hi* fingers, forms a hook
which is linked to the grass of hi* opponent, hooked in the same
manner. They both pull, and the child whose grass breaks
first, loses ; sometimes it is mere play, at other times they stake
a cash, about one fourth of a halfpenny on each chance.
This early gambling is discountenanced by correct parents.
j -|r Tuy-tM, or 'jjjf j Kwan tuy, A kind of guard house
at the ends of streets or other passes, where a watch is kept.
1 ^ Tu^
T '' a,'^e
1 * cerUin musical in.
trument.
j Ta hwuy tuy, ' To beat the heap of
ashes or rubbish,- swept together by servant* on the evening
of the 24th of the 12th moon, which i* called j[ ^ Ch'hooyay, and is observed by the Chinese as the close of the year;
or the /J"\ 4jL ^ Seaou neen yay, The evening of the lesser
year. On this ceremony they ^ jj^j
jjj Sze ke le she,
Pray audibly (but indistinctly) for a profitable market, which
last expression denotes general prosperity.
^ ]
O-lan-tuy, The name of a bird. She-ke writes the above cha

racter ^jj Tuy. The Book* of Han

written
Tuy.

Tuy. It is vulgarly

KHIN.
t

From jjjjj KTh, Untannec? leather, and

T'hoo, Earth.
Tenacious, adhesive earth ; loam; yellow clay; mud. To daub or
smear. The name of a plant Timt. The name of a nation. Syn.
with fH Kin, and ]g/ Kin, A small quantity.
^ ffc jg[
ffiftWfctyMMM^ I-w^wAwmr wel t.hangchow, ch'hing chnng tsa shlh k'hin kwae, During the five
dynasties (A. D. 900) ' Lew-show-kwang beseiged Ts'bangchow ; in the city the peopl eindiscriminately ate lumps of loam.'
(Woo-tae-she.) ffi ^ ^ j Tae hoo t'heen k'hin, Wait for
the times of Heaven (Kwan-t*re). He is a very obscure Writer,
and this sense i* disputed. |g j= ^Jj ^ j ^ j
ch'huh hwang king, jen k'hin k'hin with cbe so yew, tseu che
puh tstih e king fei, Yu-chang (in the Province of Keang-*e)
produces yellow gold, but in syrh small quantities as to be in
sufficient to pay for the expence ofprocuring it.
|
kw& Uae ning po tung king, nuy yew chlh-k'hin shan, K'hiug-tsze
nation was situated on the east of Ning-po (in the Province of
Che-keang) it included the bill called Chlb-k'hin; which &
^ Ch'huh selh, Produce* tin i It i* the modern j
K'hin te.
j Jtjl K'hin tsaou, A certain plant, otherwise
called fkj ^ Woo t'how. Crow'* head; because tf^J^
$k Jn? % ~fiL ?S K"n h'DS "C W ne,ou
t,now' The
figure of the root is similar to a crow's head. It is said there
are two species, one edible and the other poisonous; the latter
is used to cure poisonous stings ; according to a received prin
ciple with the Chinese, of ^
jfc
E tiih kung thh.
Attacking one poison by another. The plant is otherwise
called pfjj jr Foo-tsae. It is considered that the character is
improperly inserted here; it should be written 1|| Kin, and
inserted under the Rad.
Tsaou. The printed copies ofthe
Classics, however retain this form, as ^ ^ijfc
^ K'hin
t'hoo jooe. The plants K'hin and T'hoo, (although naturally
bitler.when produced in that fertile land are sweet) as the

517
preparation E.

(She-king.)

Yet, ^ 7^ |3

$ $p

e the k'hin, ju k'hin, keen bS, fei the, Sha-miih says, that ai ii
-vulgarly done, to drag the K'hin of Joo-e (in the preceding
quotation) into a union with the K'hin (now under definition),
if not right (E-wan-pe-lan.) Thi ii given as a ipecimen of
Chinese criticism.
KANG.

An earthen tcikI to contain water.

The name of a place.

^ Jjjjjj ^Takang loo, The
great Kang road ; travelled by the Emperor Tsin-che H wangle,
(E. C. 200) when on hit eastern tour. There is a Poem entitled
Ta-kang-loo, by ^2
W'*,,g-San"*n,h> A famous scholar
and minister of state, during the ^ Sung Dynasty.
Yl)H.

Fat fertile earth.

aang sang cb bang wan with, koo tsung yiih, tsung t'hoo, Which
from its capability to produce and bring to maturity every
species of plant and creature, is composed of Ytth, To nourish,
and T'hoo, The earth. 'he Chinese speak of the earth pro
ducing animated creatures, as well at, plants and minerals.
G6, or Ng8.

s. c.

Earth of various colours; white earth fitted, it is said, to

make porcelain of; whitewash or plaster for walls ; a wall, a
house; an unplastered house. To whitewash; to plaster or
smear.
^ ^ |J3 |j| j|[ j PTh g, hlh tsing hwang
g5, White earth ; black, blue and yellow earth.
| ^
-tit Ik & 3fe M Z %
to z

Khzc jay, seen neche, e bwuy shlh che, G8 denotes, next, in
the second place, first mud it (or plaster the wall) and then
beautify it with a whitewash.
^ i ^'J ^ ^ ^
| K'he t'hoo tslh tan, tsing, chay gB, That earth is of red,
blue, and carnation colouring matter.
j
Tseang wei che go, A wall is called G8.

rj J- ^

Mi M
@ ff
1 E p,h t,ho' 11,00 ueang h
chay, yin wei che gB, The wall or house being plastered with
-vol. i.
4|

3ind Radical.

VIII.

T'hoo -fc

white earth, they are therefore called G8. (Lub-shoo.) yjf

R
1 Z Snow *'>">" Tew 6 che. Tne deeper oTth
temple or mausoleum, colours it black and white. (Cbow-le.)
X
^ H ^ 0 | Yew Pah t,ho ke Jth J"8 88'
Further, (a wall or house) not plastered with any colours is
alsocalled OS.
= ^ ^ 5^ I 1 f ^
San ne'en cbe sang leu gB sbfh cbe chong, In a triennial mourn
ing (for one's parents, it is required) to live in an unplastered
uncoloured cottage. (Le-king.)
| ^^ ^
]jr
GB-shlh, Iny keTb wei che, A cottage called GB-shlh, is made of
unburnt bricks piled on each ether; and is not plastered.
/L |[k
{Ii Wi I Fan 1 ho ,hIh keme yen s8' WnBteTer
is ornamented by smearing, or plastering is expressed by GB.
] Jfc .||_ Ying jin gB k'he pe, ' The people of Ying
smear their nose,' with /J-\
||^? Seaou fei ne, A mi
nute volatile mud, which enables them to bear without injury,
or even changing countenance, the reiterated blows of a Mason
with his chissel and mallet, &c. This ridiculous story occurs in
Chwang-tsze.
PHING, or P'hang.
To put the earth into, or cover over a grave"; to inter. A path
or walk, for the purposes ofarchery. To stop a stream of water
for the purposes ofirrigation. To shake, to tremble ; the noise
of earth rushing down from a wall from which it is loosened.
%r m
mzw
Tsang bea kwan wei che p'heen ; sang tsang hea t'hoo wei che
p'hang, To put down the coffin into the grave is called P'heen ;
to put. the earth down into the grave (upon the coffin) it
expressed b, P'hang. gg glj |Q jfjj J % gg g|j
Q fjj "|f|j | Hwuyche, tslhchaou urh p'hangj/uh hwuy
islh jlh chung urh p'hang. If a (temple) be thrown down
(the road being straight) the interment may take place in the
morning; if it be not thrown down, it will be noon ere the
interment can take place. (Tso-chuen.) j|. jj^ fy] rgj
^ ^ Fj
g|[ | Chuen U'heen ch'hoo teaou ko
hangkung seen wang p'hang, Having brought round the arrow,
first adjust it to the string, then laying it across, direct the eye
along the path (to where the target is placed.) Otherwise
written ^ P'hang, and
PhSng.

T'hoo.

IX.

32nd Radical.

518

KOO. The name of place, which gave a name to

NINE STROKES.
a canal opened by the Tartan of the Dynasty y Yuen.
MMffitflftWFilX. Mi"S Wan-,e,h PinS-'>>in.
Hwang koo ho miih, In the year of the cycle Ping-thin, under
the reign of Wan-lelh of the Dynasty Ming, the canal Hwang.
koo dried up.
koo, In Shan-tung there it a grave of Yen ; which tome
moderns consider the grave of jlj. Yy jfjl Yen-kung-chung,
one of the most eminent ditciplet of Confuciut i othen think
this a mistake.

T0H .

The door ; or as tbe Chinese express it,

the window of a stove or furnace. The booki of the Has

Dynasty, write it
Tiih.
Same as M Nee, see above.

SHING, orChing. The dike or raised foot.

-5*5T F&H.

The name of a person.

^jjj^ Original form ofJfj Pei, gee above.

YAY.

Soft deep mud ; mire.

Vulgar form of ^ Ne.

path which divides fields of grain. These three characters

(l
)$ are Pronouncc<1, and denote, the tame as the
word under definition.
CHAE.

A fence encircling a piece of ground.

The original form of ||| Chae, An encampment or station,

either of regular troops, or of banditti,
YIN.

R. H.

An ancient form of ife Gaou.

^jrpj KE.

To split, rend or rive asunder.

ij^^ Same as J$tj Ylh, see above.

Same as Jjf| Chlh, The name of a person.

Same as 1|? Yin. To stop, close, or fill up i to raise a

mound. An earthen mound or hill. To rhyme, read Yen.
~f"
ffff Ipl
^ T,zc fan iSceoiei a raouni
of earth to obtain a clandestine view of the state Ming. jfji
1 ^M
M: -(fi, Kcu-y in, tng ch'hing che keu jay,
Keu-yin, is an engine for mounting the walls of towns. Syn.
with |5|j Yen |j|
^ Kwan dammed up the waters
oflhe Deluge, instead of carrying them off to tea.
Same as the following.

Hi li T$ SclJ chTh 'how' A nephe* of ^0

)p
Ho-tae how, Queen Ho-lae, of the Dynasty Sung.
|fjj
^Fung Tsef-too-sze, He ' was appointed (Commanderin-Chief, which was then expressed by) TseS-too-sze.

HWAN, or Hwan.
Earth, loam; the name of a lane( it was called ^ ^ J|
Ta-hwSn-Ic.

32nd Radical.

519

*^BJ PHE*H- A clod of earth-

|| CH'HJH.

IX.

T'hoo

ij^ s. c.

To screen or shade off; to stop or close up.

Same as i% P5, see above.
J^^^^CHUEN.

the plough i to mix or blend by ploughing.

TOO.
To stop i to close; to fill up. Otherwise written
LEEN.

HOW.

Too.

$t jt| leentang, The name ofa

market place ; where situated, is not certainly known.

1<A- Same as #f ChKh, or Tsth.

KO.

The earth which is turned over by

A crucible.

#r J# ^ $ & ^8 So e pSnff V6en kin yin' Thal in

which gold and silver are boiled and purified.
T'HEE.
ft
A parapet ; to fortifj with a parapet; the parapet with its
aperture. The Chinese denominated it a woman's wall.

1=3 M l^fr 0 ^ [ loo-poo-p'he8 kung Tsuy-she; Tsujshc the k'he kung urh show che fheS e plh gu, koo yu8 fun
t'heS, Loo-poo-p'hee', attacked Tsuy-she; Tsuy-she fortified his
palace and defended it. He whitewashed the parapet, and hence
it was called, the coloured parapet
^ j ^ -^rp
1 Ke fheS fun joo yin, The parapet was coloured like silver.

H^R. H.

Earth piled up, so as to form a village tower or altar ; or an

altar for the lane or district, and on which the name of the
village or district is inscribed.
-p |j ^ j/^ j J|3
^fe J Shin le shwang how; woo le chlh how, Tenle's dis
tance has a double altar ; the distance of five le, a single altar*
Otherwise written ijjfc How and jjj^ How. How also denotes
To look for or watch. A mound to stand on and look for the
signals made by ascending smoke on the approach of an enemy.
Jf^
^gWang fung ho che tae,A tower or eminence,
to look out for the ascending smoke or firesused as signals.
l> P AOU.
4*

A station for defence ; a small citidal,

or post defended by military. The same is expressed by jgf. jiip

Paou-chang. Otherwise written
Paou, ^ Paou, and Jj*^
Paou. Village districts or lane* are differently denominated
Too, | Paou, ^ Kelt, and || Pe.
Same as the preceding.

PU H .

A ita or cavern that is habitable ; a deft

2t
prepared to retire to in times of anarchy and confusion.

WEI.. To break down the bank of a pond.

YU.
CH'HIH.
Ch'hih chih, Earth heaped or piled up. ,

Name of a foreign place on the east.

^ / Jgl '))) Yu e tsae ke chow, 1 The Yu foreigners

resided in Ke-chow ;' said to correspond to tha modern pro
vince of Chlh-le.

T'hoo.

IX.

32nd Radical.

Ancient form of I

520

Hiih, See Rad. Q Muh.

TE, or She.

J^-

To (top or fill np with eartb ; a bank or dike raised against

water, to guard or raise a barrier against. To divide land by
dikes. A thing fixed or placed steadily on its base. The name
of a place. Syn. with |^| Te, which is more frequently used.
Jg|
Te gan, The bank ofa stream, river or canal.
^
J Ch'hang te, A long bank.
| ^ Te te, The bottom
of a dike or bank.
ffi j Yang lew te, A willow
bank; i. e. a bank with willows growing on it.
j
Ta te, The name of a place. Read Kwei.
ffi | Miihkwei, The name of a state.
ffjj^ | Kwan te, The name
of place in the Province of
jj^jj Chth-le, where it is said a
beginning was made to draw off the waters of the Deluge.
tj || J|l s^jj |5
H "*'en 'ow P le choo. Compare
with this the definition of Te, under the Radical Fow.
MOW, or Woo.

An earthen vessel to con

tain grain. A boiler with a cover to decoct medicines.

S
A?C Hwang mow, An earthen boiler made of Yellow clay, used
for decocting certain medicines, employed to beal ulcers.
# 2 n &. g>j e i* a* t m * aj *- *
e choo ehwang, go jow, po kwuh tslh bin ch'hiih, Taking (this
medicine) and applying it to the ulcer, vicious flesh and shat
tered bones forthwith came out entirely. (Chon-le.)
TO.

To move. One says, The appearance of

4
hanging down, suspended. This latter sense is disputed. In
Ylh-king, Zj^ TO, is used instead of this character.
jjjj
Teen to, A kiud of a stand in the corner of a hall.

JUEN.

Land by the side of a ri ver ; the grou nd

withoutside a city wallf an open space for walking between

two walls, within the principal and external wall, but without-

side a low inner wall. Read No. Sandy ground. Also read
Nwan, The land adjacent to a bank or river. Otherwise
written
Juen, and J^Juen.
ijjB Jtg Meaoujuen
yuen, The space between the outer and iuner walls of the
temple.
Same as

Keae, A step ; steps ; stairs.

(5, or G8. An aperture or slit in a wall.

K'heu k'be.
Read Yae, Blue earth. Read K'he'e-. |j
To make a great breach upon an enemy, or a set of banditti.
j^i J Yung ti, To oppose water by a earthen mound or
dike.
J Shlh o, The name of a place.
RANG.

A road or path leading to a grave.

Also written Jfg Rang.

^ Cj\ g ^ Jjg Tsang yin
cheyuknng, Is the furneral yelled out to the road. (Le-ke.)
it |2k ~J~" 1 ^e ^eW ^U ^a' "r ,toP
co on
road.
K'HAN.
To sustain, to bear, to be able for, or adequate to j to be
worthy of. Tolerable. A hill exhibiting a romantic odd
appearance. A surname. A protuberance or jutting out of the
earth, extending over a cavity below. Read Tsin, Earth, earthy.
One says, not clear or pure. Otherwise written ^}) K'han, and
^ K'han. ^ ^
Shin pith k'han, Extremely unworthy.
| ^ jj[j Puh k'han tung se, A worthless good-for
nothing tl>ing, used when uttering personal abuse. ^\ |
^f- f\. Q P"n k han ling jinke'en, Not worth looking at.
f*J
^f* 1 Wo wei Pun k oan> Intolerably filthy. J
Ji '(l ^ K'han ejin tsac, Adequate to sustain) or to con
tain and bear the burden of. ^ j ^ ^ Pub k'han kaou
jin, Not worthy to bring any accusation against a person,
jjjf ^ K'hlh k'han, Adequate to, able or competent for.
3$ fpj | Wo ho k han' How am 1 ,ble f" 'L >j |3f|
| Piih ndng k'han, Inadequate for.
^ jj- J ^

521
0] ^
-Jj^ Ylh foo che k'han show teen plh mow yay, One
man it competent to receive only one hundred How ofland.
A man's capabilities are limited.
j jg
^
Nan k'han chay mo koo tsoo, It ii hard to bear such distress,
p^f I Shwiiy k'han, Who it fit for, or able to bear ?
jpj
1 tuff i"J1 Shang k'han keen yung, Still seems worthy of
being selected and employed; a qualified degree of recom
mendation.
J $f ] Wo fei 10 k'nan> 11 '* not *
thing that I am fit for, or worthy of. ^ J Ylh teaou

32nd Radical.

YU.

IX.

T'hooJ^

A grave.

Fan fun, yu, pei, low, leut, yin, ying, lung, keae chung pe
ming, All these words, Fun, yu, pei, low, leufi, yin, ying, lung,
are different terms for graves or tombs.
HWANG.

k'han, Worthy of a laugh t laughable. /j\ ] ^ @ Puh

k'han che k'hlh, Extremely unworthy.
^ j jfe
Pub k'han t'ha yung. Not fit for any thing else.
| J^l
K'han yu, it ^ jjQ ttB ^ T'he'en te Uung ming, A general
term for the heaven* and earth i it it alto
^ Shin ming,
The name of a god, to whom a work on the sites of tombi it
attributed. The phrase it alto applied to the superstitious
o!*ervanccs of the Chinese respecting tombs. (MS. Dictionary.)
] J|| 5|f K'han yu k'han, A person skilled in surveying
the ground for graves ; it otherwise called
^jC Jp /J:
Pung-shwfiy teen-tang, Wind and water matter. This it one
of the most idle and useless supersti lions of the Chinese. They
themselves tay, that if ten Fung-shwuy Seen-sang be called
in to give their opinion! respecting the lite of a grave, or a
house, they have ten different tales to tell; no two of them agree.
^I^Affilf
JWoowangwei
Jin mang paou keun chin puh k'han. The king ofWoo wat
a violent and cruel man, all the ministers found it an into
lerable service.
| M >jpf if] of
[ ~ Chin
yew ho kung k'ho e C'han che, What merit have I that I
hould be deemed worthy of this.
TSUNG.

To sow or plant.

One says, To sow or plant without being ploughed.

*
3 jftj ^ f|5 ^Jj Yih yu nuy k'he chung yay, One sayt, To
put into the midst of. Otherwise written ^ Tsung.

The original form of f K'han.

Kxtrtion in forming a thing, or dressing land.
TOi. I.

T'hang-nwang, h8 teen yay, T'hangbwnng denotes, A united palace itwo joined in one. The
ditch or moat outside a city wall, without water in it, is
also called Hwang. Tn the books of Han Dynasty, it is written
jfr Hwang. It is further defined, a house or apartment
without the surrounding four walls. The open space before a
house or grave.
-J- jj^i J or J| Tsang yu t'he*
hwang, Interred in the open space before the tomb,
-p- | Ch'hing fuh yu hwang, The city wall fell in ruins
the ditch.
Al. Scrib. j^l Hwang.
GO, or O.
jff $p K'ne g8, The bank ofa stream or river ; an earthen
bank having steps. Also written these different ways, )|
Go, }jfS GO, and
Go.

^4
TO
High ; eminent. From ^ Yaou, Earth heaped up, and y
Wish, A high and level base. High and remotely seen, as a
mountain. The famous Chinese Sovereign Yaou, who began
his reign. B. C. S3S0. A surname; a name. In epitaphs, Yaou
expresses Great eminence in justice and virtue. Thename of
a hill. Some write the character thus ^jf Originally written
without the lower part: in the Seal Character, was added to
heighten the idea by association.
Q
^J* j|
Wa \fa Jb Ml M %
Jue uan* na t,ho ue,h ta*
urli tliang, teang kaou hing, One says, it is derived from
three earth-characters, piled on each other and placed high, to

Thoo. IX.

32nd Radical.

represent the figure of heighth or eminence.

522
^ ^ ^jfe

yaou-yaou, che kaou raaou, koo T'hang (e, Yaou is similar

in meaning to Yaou (a lofty mountain), the appearance ofthe
higheit possible towering mountain; (hence the name of) the
ancient emperor of (I he first) T'hang Dynasty. ^
l^T 'iff ] Yue^A ke koo te Yaou, On examining (into the
character of) the ancient emperor Yaou.
j
3fj
ffj] ft jVf /f> ^ "j^, Yaou che kung ta, urh woo so pith
che j ay, The meritorious deeds of Yaou were great ; there was
nothing, (either affair, place or time) to which they did not
extend. & ? &
] % Z
Kung-tszeyug, wei t'heen wei la; wei Yaou tsih che, Confucius
laid, only Heaven is great ; and only- Yaou imitated it. In
reference to this expression, it is said, -Jj- ^jf ifc ~\Shoo seu te wang che tih, mS shingj yu Yaou ; urh k'he
tsan \aou che Ufa | mS pe yu tsze, Of emperors and kings
mentioned in books, there never was any whose virtues were
more abundant than those of Yaou ; and of all the praises
bestowed on the virtues of Yaou, there never was any more
complete than this. (Shoo king-te-ehoo.) ^ |(|> ] Shun
ke Yaou, Shun succeeded Yaou. ^ ^ j ^ Che tsin
Yaou Shun. The art of government was carried to its highest
perfection by Yaou and Shun. This person is distinguished
by the term jE=jf j T'hang-yaou, ^ j Te-yaou, and jjjljl
' ] Shin-yaou, The divine Yaou.

J j ]

Sung she Chin, Yaou-sow i Yaou-tsze; Yaou-tso heung-te,

keae yew shing ; she wei Chin she san Yaou, The historians
of Sung dynasty, mention a family of the name of Chin, in
which there were three brothers, all famous ; they were
denominated in that age, the three Yaous of the family Chin.
J Tsung Yaou, To meditate on Yaou, and to recite to
one s icif his sayings. <j|| J Te-yaou, To imitate Yaou. He
ascended the throne before the first Emperor of the HanDynasty.
jjjjjj ^ Kwact'hung, advised his master^
Han-sin, to
oppose the aspiring monarch, forseeing that when he obtained
the entire dominion, he would destroy Hamin, who had bceu

the instrument of raising him to the sovereignty. The n

obtained nniversal empire, and exterminated Hsu-sin, sad all
his kindred. Kwae-t'bung was next calledfor, charged withthe
advice which he had given ; be scknowleged it, but added,
% X
H
k
feiy,M'*
fei k'he choo,' When a dog ofthe state Shuh btrked atthedivine
Yaou, he did not bark at his own Master,' and consequent!) vai
innocent. The successful monarch was so pleased bj the
concealed flattery of being compared to the famooi Yaou,
whilst Kwae-t'bung took to himself the epithet ofdog, that
he dismissed him unhurt. This anecdi'le is much admired hj
the Chinese. PJ" |^ [ K'ho t'hung Yaou, Maj be deemed
the same as Yaou.
J Seuen yaou, To narrate the K
of Yaou.
|
Yaou shan, A bill ia the Provisee of
Chlh-Ie, which first obtained its Dame in the time of Yaou.

An ancient form of-&E Chuy, see ander 6 stroka.

YEN, or Yen. To stop or dam op

A dike or dam.
in Ho-nan Province.

^ ] Ts'be'en kin yen, A certain pbee

PAOU.
ft
To make a return according to what has been received or
done ; to recompense ; to repay ; to requite. Reeompemei
requital. To announce to ; to give information of, either
verbally or by letter; to report or state to.
**
g&n, To make a return for some favor or benefit receded ;
an act of gratitude. j
Paou <-h how, To revenge. |j"
M 1 -Yew 6*''PaoBgs^Ht who has received a favour
must make a recompense for it jj || j| Jj, % $
jilj' ^ "TtJ' | Tszellh, Iszegin, puhcheboneenli'bopon,
This virtue, this kindness, I know not what year it canbe
recompensed.
Jjg ^>
J Sbc-piih wang paoo, T
confer without hqpc of recompense; or thus,
jjj? | She g&n ma wang paou, Todoaaactofkiodnomot
hoping for any recompense.

32nd Radical.

523
|H

IX. . T'hoo

& Fei paou yaj,

S * J # M ?
%. V\ M
t ft * 1 & A
Che gin piih paou fei keun.tsze;
Yew ch'liow jiiih paou wang we! jin.
He who is sensible of an act of kindness, and does not
recompense ii , is not a good man ;
Be who feels a resentment, aud docs not take revenge, has
erroneously been made a man,he does not deserve
the name of mm.
P
% I
frf #P H'a y*' e lih paoa
yuen ho juo, A certain person said to Confucius, to recom
pense ill-will by kind acts, How do you deem respecting it ?
PI
J* 1 |l^T,zeyue, ho ePaou lin' Confucius
aid (in reply) How will ynu recompense kindness done to you
ifyou recompense ill-will by benevolent acts ? He further added,
KJl it 1 & U 1 H E ch,h ou
e uh
paou Uh, Recompense ill-will by straight forward (upright,
equitable,) conduct ; recompense kind actions, by kind actions.
(Lun-yu.) The dilemma vthirh Commentators represent Con
fucius as avoiding, was that of behaving the same, whether
to friends or enemies ; but there are different decrees of good
will and beneficence; to do good to those who hateus, agreeably
to the precepts of a Greater than Confucius, does not necessarily
imply the same degree of kindness towards all indiscriminately.
H ifl$r 1 Kw8 cb how tlh P"0". The enemJ of the
country was revenged.
# m m % m

H 9 * H m 1
ShengS taou t'how, chung yew paou j
Chlh tsang lae tsaou yu lae che.
Virtue and vice when they arrive at a head will finally
receive retribution.
The only difference is in its coming sooner or later.
(Ming-siu-paou-keen.)

ifc Yu"s e *ei haou W-

He threw to me a melon ;
I returned him a precious stone,
It was not designed as a recompense i
But to make him forever love me.

(She-king.)

^| i^p Yen, jin yew tsang wo e wei with, wo tang paou che
e chung paou, This expresses, that if a person confer upou me
a trifling thing, I ought to recompense him by what is important and valuable.
fftj ^ J \f\ g ] fa
# ft g %%%i3>m *
7-w we
tsuh e wei paou yay, tan yiih k'he cb'bang e wei haou urh
piih wang urh, Still not deeming it a sufficient recompense, but
desiring that he should long be induced to love, and not forget.
(Sheking-choo.) $j
^
^
^
ffi
^ Wan wiih pun boo T'heen, jin pun hoo tsoo, tsze so e pei
shang-te yay, Keaou che tse ta paou pun, fan che yay, All
creatures originate from heaven) man originates with his
first progenitor ; this is the reason why in offering sacrifices,
the ancestor is coupled with the most High Ruler (Shang-te.)
The sacrifices, to heaven and ancestors, are a thank-offering
to the source (of all things), and a reverting again to the begin
ning (.of human existence). (Lc-king.) In these great sacrifices,
they used, in ancient times, and still use, cows, calves, and the
blood of the victim. How the killing innocent victims could be
an expression of gratitude, must ever be a difficulty, with those
who do not admit that sacrifices originated, in a recognition of
guilt, and substitution of the innocent for the guilty. And
how man should ever think that killing the innocent brute
creature in room of guilty man, would be acceptable to the
Deity, is not conceivable, had it not been commanded from
ccven, as pointing to the Divine Saviour, who " Once in the
end of the world, appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of
himself." (Heb. ix. 26.)

H V\ yfc JR. Tow wo e m(ih kw.

1

i IS Paou che e keunS keUi

I Fau tseu ylh fau che Uh pclh chaug, yac tsze che yuen

T'hoo.

IX. 32nd Radical.

5*^4

pelb paou, Fan-tseu (a general of Tsia) made a point of re

turning (the (lighted favor, eTen) a dinner ; and of revenging
the offence given by a side glance. (She-ke.)
J
[flit
Paou yae tsze ynen, To revenge a wrong look.
| ^
Paou U, and ] ^ Paou ying, To make a return, or to
recompenseJ Wang paou, Is to hope for a recom
pense from others. [Hj | T'hoo paou, Is to hope to be able,
and to be desirous of making a return to others.
Jp[ J@,
|jj | How pan t'hoo paou, I hope to make a return for
your great kindness.
^ ^Jj. j^jj J How lae t'hoo paou,
I hope to make some return hereafter.
^ ^/
^
Fun meen t'hoo paou, To use great effort in the hope of
making some return. ^ ^ J Kit tsaou paou, The
recompense of binding together straw ; and
] Has
hwan paou, The recompense of taking in the mouth precious
stone rings. These two expressions refer to ancient Chinese
tales. A son agreeably to the commands of a dying father, gave
out in marriage, the beloved concubine of his deceased parent,
instead of retaining her to serve at home. The concubine's
father, returned from hades to assist this son in the day ofbattle,
by binding straw together to oppose the passage of the enemy,
as a recompense for the son's kindness to his daughter. The
other story refers to a boy who saved a young bird "from a
vulture, and fed itforahuodred days. It became domesticated,
and finally brought him in its bill four precious stone rings as
The four following are established phrases for
gratitude.
g jfo H ^ Ming sin low kwfih.

paou, A recompense of evil.

^ jj&i
u | Go pelh
yew g8 paou, Vice or the vicious shall be recompensed with
evil.
3!$! 1 SS paou, A sudden recompense, or a quick
notification.
| |p Paou sin, Information or intelligence
j| j Tscg paou, To angiven; to report or state to.
i to with haste.
$E 3<C ^ P ] Wo w5n ,no
k'how paou, Having no written document, to announce to, or
report, orally.
jjg g j & ^ ffr

ching paou wan woo ya-mun. Already announced by writing

to the civil and military offices.
Jj ] T hung paou, To
notify every where; or a general information given to all the
officers of a city or province.
^ | King paou. The
Peking Gazette. In the Provinces it is in manuscript, and
hence is called |T
King.chaou.
^ |j g | ]
Fung che, e Is paou, His Majesty's will has beou leverently
received; 'announced to all concerned.'This kind of reply
indicates the approbation of statement sent.
j jjQ
chuen. To report a ship's arrival at the appointed
This is done at Canton by the persons calKd Linguists; natives
who are the medium of ordinary custom-house transactions
between the government and European foreigners,
j
TS paou, To add to and announce, expresses a local transaction
respecting duties at Canton. Shopmen, not included in the
Chinese Company of Merchants, sell small articles to foreigners,
and pay the export duties to a member of the said Company or
Hong. This person adds these sums to his own duties and
pays the whole to government.
j|| ]&. M H

j&*iNi^Pftjfc * ffl i &m

^ Y Sin Tsin-tsze-krih-te e ne-kin shoo tet tsze, foo kea
i $i $ 2 K,n uh n,n wu,shoo chung, yung ting-ko che he, A new made graduate of the
|tp
3f{ Keg tsaou, ban hwan.
Tsin-tsze-keTh-te class, puts a card of a deep gold colour into
$P %
1 Che s*" I*1"1 P*ou'
the letter be was sending home, to announce the joyful tidings
It is engraved on my heart and embossed on my bones.
of his promotion.
I am impressed with kindness which it is impossible to forgetPaou, occurs in the sense of /A>. H8, To .unite.
pjjjj |Jj
I will bind together straw for you, and bring you precious
j J j Lun tsew yuf paou. To discuss, or try the case of
rings in my mouth.
' prisoners is called Paou.
^jig J- |TJ j Hea yin shang
One who is sensible of kindness as 1 am, must recompense it
yu paou. For inferiors in natural rank to debauch superiors,
is called Paou. Occurs Syn. wit h jjfe Foo, To hasten. Origi.
| Yang paou, An open or manifest recompense.
nally written ^ Paou.
] Fa. e paou che.
Yin paou, A secret or bidden recompense.
jjjM ]
Turned it back to unite it
7?' )fc J ^ IJI j ^TJ
Fub paou, A happy or blessed recompense. Si j G3
Wln-kung paou ching tsze cbe fei, Wan-kung

525
the wife of his uncle, the prince of the slate Chiug. (Tio-chuen.)
| i^ji ^j" j
Pju l""B chay, paou yu, Poor
people ' who are obliged to inter soon ; must hasten to perform
the' rites expressed by Yu. (Le-king.)
An ancient form of

Tsze.

Also read Tseih. To form bricks of earth i the snuff of

a candle i what is left when the fire has consumed the combus
tible p rt i to snuffat, or dislike ; to hate. Jj? Q |^ Jj
IE ft It gMT.lt
SB. fr ft ft
t H ft W & R fr 'Ifc
To ^ni!- ^ <hin
tseih tsau thwO, teen hing, shin king chin sze. MingjutiSnS
yen, sS yay rh'hiih na chin ming wei yun, The Emperor
(Shun, B. C. S2S6) said to Lung (one of his ministers) I hate
slai.der, and a perverse ingenuity, which misrepresents the con
duct of good men, and which strike* terror into my people.
I command you, who are the receiver of my words, morning
and evening to issue my orders and receive an account of how
tbey are executed; let all be conformable to truth. (Shoo"->
& 1 M.f.
A Tt tf. ffl A $S 3 M Yew J ,be w-kwan. He.
how she tseih chow i Yin jin kwan kS ; Chow jin tseang che s8,
In the time* of Yu,(B.C 2200) they had earthenware coffins i
in the time of Hea, (B. C. 1800) they surrounded the coffin
with burnt bricks; in the time of Yin, (B. C. 1200) tbey had
wooden coffins and shells | in the time of Chow, (B.C. 800)
they surrounded the coffin with curtains like a wall, and
adorned the wood with cloth. (Lc-king.) ^ ^
43j).
/j ^
J Tso show ping chfl; yew show ch tseYh,
With the left hand hold the candle; and with the right hand
break off the snuff >J\
j$ ^ f] | Hoo che yu tsin
yui tseih, The remnantofwhat fire has consumed is called Tseih
CH'HANG.
Ground dedicated to offering sacrifice to the gods; ground
appropriated to the ingathering of grain. An arena for literary
or military contests, or exercises. An arena, or appropriated
space of ground for any special purpose; as a place of public
4I
VOL. I.

32nd Radical

IX.

T'hoo-J-^

execution; the place of consecrating the priests and priestesses

of Buddah ; the place where insects or reptiles collect together ;
a place for gaming, and so on. Ch'hang is further used as a
numeral of affairs, circumstances, or particular concerns. A
particular period of life; time, state, or class of persons.
%k %tS.yfe$L%^CM th0 wei Un Mh0
te wet ch'hang. Raised earth mnkes (the kind of altar called)
Tan ; earth removed (to level or excavate the place) makes
Ch'hang.
jj^ jjc jjjjj Q 1 SD0,' no P00 J"8 cn'na"g
An enclosure to receive grain is called Ch'hang.
j
Ch'hang poo, Ex presses the same generally.
^jj j Jjjjj^
IB
4 'Mi 1 "tfi Chun' Hea' wei p00; Uew tunS wei
ch'hang yay, The place designed for Spring and Summer is
called Poo; that for Autumn and Winter is called Ch'hang.
H I l Kew ,u*' c'll> cn'nanK P00' In *"* nmln
moon an enclosure for grain is made. The word Ch8 expresses
the beating down of mud as in forming a mud wall.
|
Ho ch'hang, A place for the reception of grain.
J
jj |^
| ||j Ch'hang jin, ch'hang kw5 che ch'hangpoo, The Ch'hang-jin controul the national receptacles for grain.
^B|. ] K'ho ch'hang, The arena, or place of assemblage for
literary and military exercises; the exercise it self.
4|1
j& 1 Ming neen yew k'ho ch'hang, There is a general
probational exercise next year.
^jj jjjpj- j Kaou k'ho
ch'hang, To examine, or to be examined, at the arena or place
of general assemblage. These examinations are generally trien
nial. The present reigning family on the occurrence of every
decade of the monarch's age, have what they call a
;JJGan k'ho, An examination of special favor; when various
extraordinary rewards are distributed. <j ] Wan ch'hang,
The literary arena. ^ | Woo ch'hang, The place for military exercises.
$j \ M ch'hang, The place of public
execution.
\ Too ch'hang, A place appropriated to
gaming.
$j | He chhang, A place for theatrical repre
sentations- }^ ^
f|fj 1 ^ Lun 18 t,ae t0 cn'hang
chung, To sink down into the midst of a gaming house,
expresses a low degree of moral degradation. ^| Jp^
Ik WC J$i 0 'M
1 ShThshek'hae t'hangshe kae yu*
seuen fuh ch'hang, Where the sect of Buddah opens a temple,
and establish prohibitive rules, it is called A select arena of Fuh,
Read Shang. jjj^ j Ch'he shang, Place of assemblage,

T'hoo.

IX.

3*id Radical.

526

or a nest of certain reptiles. J^J| | Liih ch'hang, A kind

of deer park.
=pj j Tsze ch'hang, A place of assemblage
for words or phrases ; a place where the Literati assemble. A
like idea is expressed by ^ |j| | Han-mlh ch'hang. The
pencil and ink arena.
^ |
J[ fify || ^

Yew hci' ch'hang, To ramble amongst chivalrous worthies.

Vulgarly written j^t. Ch'hang. To be distinguished from
I Ylh. Otherwise written Jjj| Ch'hang, and ^ Ch'hang.

J Wo jay kae tso jin teih sze, piih tso ua kin show teth sze,
fang piih foo t'heen te sang wo ylh ch'hang, 1 also ought to do
what is proper for human kind, and not what is brutish ; then
1 thall not ungratefully render nugatory the goodness of nature
in producing me. j jjj Ylh ch'hang sze, An affair.
] T'how ch'hang, The head (the first) arena;the first
examination, or occurrence of the kind. \ j Urh ch'hang,
The second affair.
~^ j San ch'hang. The third. This
phraseology arises from the examinations being divided into
three principal divisions of subjects. It is a standing rule to
commence ou the 8th day of the 8lh moon. Two days arc
spent on each division of subjects. The first two days are
pent on the Four-books of Confucius i three themes are given.
A second from the Ta-heii and Chung-yung, which are united
under the term ^1
HeS-chung. The first theme is from
the
j^J Lun-yu; and the third from ^
MSng-Uze.
The next two days are spent on the j< |^ Woo-king, five
themes are given. The last two days arc spent on general sub
jects. The whole time occupied in giving in the names, issuing
themes, and writing the exercises, is nine days.
^| | tff- J3L Fung ch'hang ts8 hing, To be elevated
on falling in with the arena: i. e. to suit one's selfto the
company one meets with.
^ j King kelh ch'hang,
A thorny arena;a place of danger and trouble. JJp j

A kind of mound or altar ofearth, or its surrounding wall.

Telh ch'hang, To cleanse and dress a field after cutting down

the grain.
j Sha ch'hang, A sandy desart- ^jf- J
Tang ch'hang, To ascend the arena.
J Pih suy
ch'hang, The place where men attain a hundred years of age:
used in reference to an assemblage of old peoplejtji j
Shaou neen ch'hang, The society of the young,
<f j
Taou le ch'hang, The place of peaches and plumbs; said in
reference to a certain place of education, where these were
numerous. ^0. j Mung ylh ch'hang, A dream ; the
region of dreams, or visionary schemes.
jj|g:
j

MEI.

TOO.
A low wall; to fend off; to shut ; to close; to guard against.
A suspended bell or sonorous stone. Settled, tranquil. A >ur
name. Read Chay. The name of a district; of a hill, and of a
certain river. Occurs used as a Local cant word for
Ko.
% Wl s. US % Yih ch hins wci piD' wo
pan wci too. One ch'nang (or ten cubits) of wall make (what is
called) pan; five pan make Too.
H0Dg,iy0fci,
^ -^p tfj ^} Tseih yu chung tselh.
JjV ^J- JSf Tsze che yu yuen,
"g" J -jjjS
Pih too keae ts8.
As the wild geese fly in groups,
And assemble in the midst of a marsh,
So the scattered people collected to build the wall,
Thus a hundred Too were speedily fioishd,and the people
at down in repose.
(She-king.)
The Ode was composed Q%{2qM$ Yin ylh urh
sze laou, in consequence of enjoying ease, and recollecting for
mer toils.
keu hwan too che shlh tsze e'pung haou, Yuen-heen (one of the
disciples of Confucius, was so poor that he) dwelt in an
apartment surrounded by bare walls, and thatched with wild
reeds.
|{ jfc, jf^f
Sh ping fang too, To appoint
soldiers to a certain station as a defence.
j |^Tooyu,
To ward off, or guard against.
] |^ Too slh, To slop
up, or close against.
ft ^
\
Wae JS
seun loo c ch'huen, To cruize on the coast, in order to ward off
foreign ship,
^^RIT^^T^^
jvJou
'u mun to 'eaou> J*ou to'lie'en t'how kwo

32nd Radical.

527
k'h'ii, Al the door is now shut, it is necessary to advance and
go round.
jj$ \ Kwan joo too. The lookers on
were like a wall thick); crowded together, when Confucius
practised the bow and arrow. j
^ ^ j $P &
Le min keac gan too jco koo, The officers and people were all
tranquilly settled a. before. g {$ |7E] ^
jf{ |j{J
| Ching she szc hae kcw chow leu yen gan too,
Really set the whole world at rest.
jj|j |Ej |JpJ |
Chayko yuE-too, Chay-ko (this or that) is expressed by O-too.
This expression refers to a trifling tale of 35 ^ W ^"S-6"
poo, a person in the fourth century, who affected so much
aversion to covctousness, that he would never pronounce the
word ^j! Tseen, Money. His wife in order to put a trick on
him, surrounded his bed with it, but when he arose, instead of
being caught unawares, and induced to utter the hatred word,
^frif B W M J
pei- ueu Olao
Willi k hen. Ordered the female servant in these wordsTake
away that stuff. (Chin-yu-kaou.) ^ Chungand j|! K'hing,
Bells and sonorous stones were suspended, sixteen together) the
whole nombir was called ^ Sze; half the number was called
J Too. (Chow-lc.) Occ urs in the sense of ||j Too, The
terrace over a city gate.
t'h6.

A certain child's play, otherwise called

j Fei wa lelh he, The play of flying tiles and

brick-bats, which is also expressed by ^ ^ Fei-to. There
is a game of this kind, which consists iu throwing from one
forcibly .heavy substances attached by a string, and drawing them
suddenly back again. The obsolete play referred to, consisted
probably only in pelting each other, her.ee the phrase
j
P haou-to, To throw or pelt. ^
j
J Ja kin
che ta wa, Like the present ta-wa, striking with brick-bats.

GAN,

IX.

T'hoo -f".

A burying place in a moor or common.

To bury or intert it is also expressed by '^j ^ E-gan,it

was pointed out to the poor to induce them to attend to the
interment of their relatives. (Kwan-tsze.)
The same as jjjjr Pa, To stick in the ground, to till.
*
One turn of ploughing. ^ ^ ^ Wang kang yth
pa, The king ploughed a turn.
jjjj^ The same as ] Tsang.
To contain, or receive in store. From
T'hoo, The eartb,
as the earth tontains all creatures, and as the bowels receive
and contain. ||)|]l Tsaou, Grass or herbage, was subsequently
added, from the idea of its covering and concealing what lay
amongst it; hence the modern phrase jjjjjr )Jj|jPe-tsang, To
secret or conceal.
FUNG. The nest or dwelling of an insect is
9L
called Fung. The Chinese express it by
^ Chung-shin,
The house of an insect.
jjjg J E-fung, An ant's nest.
j^fcj^ CHUNG.

The sides of a pond, as a fish-pond

other ca
cavity which contains water,
or omcr
u
TA, or T5.

The spot where a division of

tit
land takes placet > boundary or limit.
The same as ^ Keae, see Rad. .EQTeen.

The Seal Character form of^Yin, The ancient form

of
Yen, Smoke, which it is said to represent, curling out of
window.
The same as ^ Yu, The side ofa house.

The same as lj Yay, A moor, or common.

"jB^Q An ancient form of Hi Ke, see 11 str.

4- T'hoo.

X.

TSIN.

32nd Radical.

528

Damp, wet, marshy.

An ancient form of 1|i Chung, ee Rad.

H1NG, or Fung.

Le.

Ta-k'hwae, When the heaven and earth were first opened, the}
were in a chaotic state ; there were no creatures, hence the
whole was called Ta-k'hwae,a great clod.
j T'hoo
k'hwae, A clod of earth.
71
n n m *.
* i n n n % .
Yang chun chaou wo e jen king;
Ta k'hwae kea wo e win chang.

The name of a place;

SEUN, or Tseun.

High, perilous.

The opening spring 'myites me bj its appropriate clouds

and mists i
[traits.
The great material system lends me its various beauteous

These three character! |1^ ||; ^ are all the lame.

rant.

| 4^ M
|

K'hwae yen woo che, Doltish and igno

K'hwae yen ylh woh, A doltish stupid

CHE.
To pat or add to ; to make op a certain amount
Jtrn
ESJ Same a,!M]Kangl * ama" iUt or the ridge of a hill.

TEN STROKES.

TSEIH.
[1|

Poor ground; the ridge of a hill.

Shan tselh kang, The back of a hill is called Kang.

^^liLUNG.

KHWAE.

To smear, or daub.

fo

||

|j

A clod of earth; a segment, fragment, or portion of; a

piece. Doltish, unintelligent aa a clod. Occurs used for the
pronoun L Sjn. with g Kwei.
jo f|"
EJ A
Tsaou wuh che ming yuli Ta-kwae, The name of that
which create* (namely heaven and earth, nature) is called Takw
jmrngiw
A | T'heen te ch'hoo k'hae, kwaujen woo wub, koo ming

chwang ihang, che shih leaou ylh k'hwae, Observed the paper
of the window damped in a place.
^
jjj J
Yang tseen ylh plh k'hwae, A hundred piece* of foreign money.
I Pft I T,h k hwie- eaig k'hwae, One piece, two
pieces, etc.
J jfe Ylh k'hwae te, A portion of land.
H i ^ ^| 1 Chio t ho0 wei PUDS k'hwe, Dusty, or
loose earth is (called) Pung k'hwae.
j|| J J
if A. & A
/ 1 Chu,,S nrh keJn 'Mo J TT
jin; yayjin yu che k'hwae, Chung-urh begged of the country
people something to eat ; the country people gave him a clod
of earth.Chung-urh deemed it an insult and was about to
chastise the people, when his rather suggested, that is wa
JX.
r'hiien t"e Taj' The gifl of hen " n omen
of his obtaining territory and a kingdom, which was afterwards
re.li.ed. (Tsc-chuen.)
%Z
ffi $g ^
Ife Hit t
1 Fo rao che '"nB' keu e leu Pk I'hoo,
tsin chen, chin k'hwae, On the death of father and mother,
children must live in an uplastered thatched hut; sleep upon
straw, and have a clod for their pillow.
5 | ffi ffi
/f*
tfel
k'hwae heung chung pith p'hing yay, Euy
k'hwae, expresses matters heaped up (disquietude) in the
breast
| | ft ^ }g | n*
chung luy k'hwae, koo seu tsew jaou cbe, There is an ac
cumulation of clods in my breast, it is necessary to raoJifr
|j
wine poured around.
j P'ho k'hwae,

529
To break the clod ; as plants sprout up through it.
j& ^
$E ^ 1 fit" ?E Yan" kwe' **' nan 11 nwae> ts'hing ze>
Yang-kwei-fei (an Imperial concubine famoui in history) put
a clod of earth in her mouth and begged to die. (Thang-t'hoo.)
| Tselh-k'hwae, and Jjjl | Luy-khwae, Clodt of
earth heaped up.
Y1NG.

s. c.

A grave or tomb. ^
^ j-jjj Jj Ying jlh Uang
tc jay,Ying-y ih, the limits or place of interment.
| yn^
Ying heuS, The pit or grave into which the coffin it put.

32nd Radical.

Red stiff claj.

7j TA, or T'h&. Below the lurface ofthe ground.

To fall down. |g jpj
|| Chuy t'how t* ylh, To
hang down the head and let fall thcwingi. From^ Maou,
and not from Q Jlh,
]
% flfc jfj] % ^ TS,
chwang chbte, urh gan jay, Setting a couch dow-a oq the
ground and settling it.
jjj j||
| Fang uh taou til,
The house was completely subverted, or thrown down.
] Tsaou tS, To knock or throw about; to annoy or distress ;
is sometimes written thus. ^ flS) ^ >|^
P
#. & ik % 51 & & ft it I cl*
suy jen ne keTh tlh, yay rnuh yew chay to ch'ha kelh ne tsaou
tk, Although you may drink this tea, still there is not so much
tea as to give it to you to throw about.
[Jtj jjfe
^f|J
J f% M
~- H It fa] Yin te chin taou tAfang
uh yih ts'hcen ylh plh yu keen, By an earthquake there were
thrown down, one thousand, one hundred (eleven hundred)
and more bouses, (on the borders of fze-chuen, April, 1817).

T'hoo

K'HAE.
High and dr, land. |w M p| H ^1 ^" T,'bing
choo shwang k'hae chny, I request you to move (your dwell
ing) to a more elevated and chearful situation. Otherways
expressed thus, $ ft f ^
&
}& KM
keu yu shwang mingkaou tsaou che te, Remove and dwell in
a chearful lightsome elevated dry place. (Tso-chuen.)
|| -Jj|*
^ ^ J Ch'hoo kan tseuen-che shwang k'hae.
To reside in chearful elevated place with a sweet spring of water.
SOO.

SING.

X.

To mould earth or clay into the forra of

something ; to make an image; an idol.

^ iJJj!

5ti 1^ Hiv ^ 9 ^ Kin ,i'h "'^ t ho *ea0U kwei <h'n

seang maou jue too, The present vulgar mode offorming with
the fingers clay into the resemblance of a demon or god, it
called Soo.
^ Soo is used in the same tense.

i5f

<fa

A kind of hen roost formed in a wall.

l|g jtg ^ ^
f ^gfl^TsS yuen wei ke US Ue yu the, To cut
hole in the wall for fowls to rest in, is called She.

>P

ft ^ Puh che k he ke.

^ ^1 jKj H8 chetsaer
ffcfe^ | Ketteyuthe,
0 7C.fi ^ Jihcheseihe,
^

T* 2fc Yai,6 new hea Ue-

^" ? ^ fjt Keun-t 7" jft.

j\S joche h wuh

Jyfc? SUING.

A hank or d;ko wh.rh dWides fields.

SEE, or SGh.

Small dust.
t, T

'j=jN

The princely man i. gone on public service,

The period ofhis return is unknown.
Whither has he gone !
The fowls have their times to parch upon the root.

+. Thoo. x, 32nd Radical

530
Wn-t'h,

Aptre

Shaou fan t'h,

files

And in the evening of the day,

omen, if a red appearance, a good omen.

The sheep and the kine come down from the mountains.

expresses the modern low pagoda.

The princely man is gone on service,

To burn the foreign pagodas, refers to a ceremony observed on

## |

folio sh

How refrain from thinking on him :

(She-king.)

3#yosa
# # Chung yung,
Z-R

A disquieted appearance.

MEIH.

To plaster, as a wall; to smear; to

the fifteenth of the eighth moon. A hollow pagoda made of tiles

name,

or bricks is reared and filled with fuel; it is then set fire to,

third y

and amidst the blaze, salt is thrown in, which is done for the

presto

amusement of old men and children.

11t, (l

#7, ## |

Tanta thun fant, Bold enough to swallow the burning pagoda.

| # Th ting, The Pagoda's lamps. In, I' }: K;
Shaou-king Foo, in the province of Canton, there is a pagoda
situated on ' # |ll Ting-hoo hill, to this, many people

India a

repair and give a sum of money from six to a hundred dollars in

digital

order to illuminate it. In doing this, there is said to be great

mrtted

h # Kung-tih,

!turne

wouple
kmple

-> \
daub.

# # # }: t! T'hoo poo tseang peihyay, To

plaster and repair a wall.

}: |

Meritorious virtue. There is, they add,

Wit.

tseih, The footsteps or traces of what is holy

books,

or sacred about the pagoda and temple, at its foot; by which

followi

they mean, that there is a supernatural blessing attends it. The

priests are always supplied without going forth to beg. At

fed on

Ig # Shing
An ancient form

of # Hwae.

-]:\}

#Tus

the temple called

# #: # Kaouming ste,

over t

not far from

wites:

The sound of something falling , earth piled up; a tall spire,

the Yang-tsze-keang, where the British Embassy in 1816 changed

lung m

consisting of three, five, seven, nine and even thirteen stories,

boats, there is a very elegant and lofty pagoda, which was a

thirt,

residence of the late Emperor on his tour to the South of China.

tfBud:

commonly called a pagoda ; a temple of Buddah. A surname. To

rhyme, read F. The Th, or Pagodas, are very common in the
interior of China, they are generally placed on some eminence,

yih Fow-too yay, The Fow-too, (Buddah) of the western region".

and often on the tops of high hills. Withinside, they are hollow,
have windows in each story, and often a winding staircase lead

####|
H 1 ###| ##2 #
Moo keen kung-yu yu th, kin ching ch'hayu, weiche

ing to the top contained in the wall of the building, like the

yuen, Temples built by solicited subscriptions are called T'h;

monument at London Bridge, which is indeed a kind of

recently the abodes of the Buddah priests are called."

T'h.

The Chinese define the word by

y # # # th. Sc.

t'h

They were introduced with the religion of Buddah, and were

suen

monuments dedicated to him. There are sometimes idols placed

in the severals tories. The modern ones are generally low, and

# HI # ###2 ### Thi h" thin kell,

have a reference to the Chinese superstition, called the

R 7k

] = + # fi : -H = #iffilt
-

kew keih, che shihsan keih urh che; k'he woo keih chay suh wei

che chung-tsze, Pagodas are either seven, nine, or as

far as

Fung-shwiy, which also entered into the idea of the former

ones. They are supposed to expel evil spirits, pestilence, and

other misfortunes; and at the same time to have an influence in

inducing prosperity in one form or other. They are commonly

called

# Paou-t'h, A precious

Pagoda.

thirteen stories, where they stop ; those of five stories are

vulgarly called Awls;-denoting like the word spire, some
thing which ends in a sharp point. The porcelain tower
Keang-nan, and which is mentioned in account" of

situated in

3. |

China, i, called ## | Lewletha. Lewie waki"

called # # Paou-gn-sze, The temple of gratitude.

Shay-le-tha, A pagoda raised over certain relics or pearly ashes

of Buddah. These, it is said, are contained in a gold box, if on

glaze, such as is put on earthen ware. This pagoda is als"

being opened they exhibita dingy appearance, it is deemedabad

The time and money spent in building it were very considerable.

500k

53 i
A piece of solid gold many pounds weight surmounted the top
of the spire. In the suburbs of Nanking, there are to this day
folio sheet prints of it, with a minute description; the builders
name, and so on i to satisfy the curiosity of travellers. In the
third year of ^ ^Ching-kwan, (A. D. 1657,) a celebrated
priest ofBuddah, whose name was ~ ^ jjjjj Heuen-chwangze, (the latter word is his title of master or doctor) went to
India and procured various of the books of Buddah. He
relumed sixteen years afterwards, and was three years more
occupied in translating them. There was built for him a
temple called ^ ^&
^ Ta-tsze-ganne, The temple
of great mercy and kindness. And three years afterwards, the
succeeding Emperor built a pagoda, called Jj^ j Yen-t'hS, The
Wild-goose Pagoda, in order to lay up the above mentioned
books. The Wild-goose pagoda took its name from the
following legend. At this place, in fomer times, were priests who
fed on geese, calves and deer. One day a wild goose flew
over the place where they were sitting, and with au audible
voicesaid, 5$
|^ #t Jf
HI ^ Chung sang keug
knng roo-o-sa-ehuy, All you priests omit to serve the cause of
charity and benevolence. The four last words in the language
f Buddah denotes fyjjfe Haou-she, Delighting to impart. The
goose hating uttered these words, fell dead amongst the priests.

S2nd Radical:

X.

T'hoo

They were greatly alarmed, ceased to eat animal food, and built
a T'hS over the place where they interred the goose. It occurred
during the dynasty T'hang, that a person who had attained the
literary rank of
^ Jfc Jj3f Tsin sze kelh te, was at this
pagoda, when he first put up a tablet with his name, as is still
the custom, and from this circumstance, persons of the rank
just mentioned, are in the present day, called
j J|g ^
Yen t'ha tc ming, Men whose names are inscribed on the Wild
goose pagoda. Many phrases in the Chinese language are of
a similar derivation to that just given, which is tedious to
narrate, and omited, leave the sense obscure.
There were no T'ha in China before the time of the Han
Dynasty, and therefore ShnB-wan does not contain the word.
In the town of Canton there is a Mahoramodan mosque, with
a plain spire, which is called
J Kang t'hfi, The unor.
namented pagoda. There is another, which in contradistinc
tion is called jfc j Hwa t'ha, The flowered pagoda. The
pagoda half way to Hwang-poo, where European ships moor,
is called ^ (Jjj | Chili kang-t'hS. The Second-bar pagoda
(a spire known to all who have visited Canton) is called Jjj^j
^J- "j^ | Sze-tsze-yang t'hS, or
^ j Shlh-Ie t'ha.
jjjj | Pa-chow U, is a famous pagoda in the province
of Canton, built about A. D. 1600. Occurs written
T'ha.

PA-CHOW-TK-C'HOO PAGODA-

T'hoo.

X.

Same as

32nd Radical.

532

Soo, see above.

]f0
/j^ Soo shin seang, An earthen or clay image of a
god ; a day idol.
JfjJ j ^ Jfjj^ (^|| Ne 100 iniili teaou
leTh, Formed of clay or carved in wood. ^
|
Ne teaou muh soo, Formed of day or wood. Theie two
expressions are applied to persons as terms of abuse for their
.
^0 ^ Ming taou joo ne soo jin, kelh tseiS jin kwan
she j ill twan ho k'he, Ming-taou was (as inanimate) as a clay
figure, till he received another person, and then he was all
cordiality.
^ j([J j Tso joo soo, To sit like a clay
figure.
J Mnou joo soo, A countenance like
a clay image.
f Hwuy soo, To draw a likeness with
the pencil.
' l\KI

UNG.

The appearance of dust rising.

Sound of wind, or metaphorically, the fame ofusages or customs.

Same as $| Che, see below.

1^1^ Same as J}|j Shing.

POO.
:i's name, To I)* distinguished from j.^! T'hwan.
T'HOO

Clay, mud, mire. To plaster, to ornament as the colouring

of a wall ; to smear, to daub ; to blot out or efface ; to defile i
to fill up an interstice. Thick. A surname! the name of a hill.
4i tfc l^a? Jfc.
Ja ' hoo tan, To sit amongst mire and
ashes ; is applied to sitting down, or associating with vicious
people.
ZM&.AZ$\&&Atfr&
|rj
'}) M 1^ ^ 1 Tjk Le5l> JU K" jin che ch^,ou
yu gO jin yen, jj c chaou "., chaou kwan tso yu t'hoo tan, To

stand in the court of a vicious man (a prince) or to speak to a

vicious man, is like being clothed ir^ court dress, and court
cap, and then sitting down amongst the mire and ashes. (MingllM.)
J j/fH Thoo-ne, Soft mire. |}JJ | Hoo-t'hoo,
Dull, stupid, muddy intellect ; to manage affairs without order
aud.y.tem.
-^
| ^ ^ ^ tf) A
ko hoo-fhoo ta puh ming plh telh jin, A very dull stupid fellow.
jP| | T ifj Hoo t'hoo Icaoii sze. To finish, or put things
off one's hand in a confused indistinct manner.
4fa ^
wo yu ne shw3 ching-king hwa, Don't you be confused and
carelessly misapprehend, I am speaking to you seriously.
iSf js&aih 1 1 a***** i
^ | HwS yen Twan weijiu hoo-t hoo; Te yu?,
Twan scaou sxe hoo-t'hoo, ta sze piih hoo-t'hoo, One said,
that Twan was a stupid man ; the Emperor replied, Twan s
dull in petty matters, but not dull in great affairs. (Sung-she.)
1 ?|hj T'hoo tseang, To plaster a wall; or a plastered wall .
I
T'hoo shlh. To apply any coloured wash to walls.
| ^ T'hoo yTh, or J ^Jj[ T'hoo mo. To blot out and alter
a written document.
]
T?en choo, lno
kae, To add illustrations or comments ; to blot out and alter.
Iyt 1 ^'
Tu"5 vi">< ,e me< '0n lhe
D'ot out, on
the west efface ;' i. e. to make many alterations.
^ |
Leu-t'hoo, The path trodden by travellers. |
J/g JSjJ;
-{J^ T'hoo-ke, ne shlh yay, T'hoo-ke is to plaster wilh mud : te
fill up the interstices of the wall.
ijfj. J GS-l'hoo, Denotes
the same. (Shoo-king.) # ^ ^ ff ^
] \
|lf^ Woo kcaou jow shing muh ; joo t'hoo t'hoo foo, Do not
teach a monkey to climb a tree; it is plastering above plaster
unnecessarily. f /hAf ^tl^|

Yen seaou jin kwiih jow che gan pun pS, wang yew haou tsan
ning c lae che, she yew keaou jow shing muh, jew joo yu ne
t'hoo che shang kca e nc t hoo foo che yay. It (the above
sentence) expresses, that the natural affection for their kindred
of mean time serving men, is originally very slight; if the king
likes to hear specious slanders and thereby encourages (tale
bearers) to come, it is like teaching a monkn to ascend a tree.

533
and as adding miry plaster above miry plaster.The figures being
low, a monkey and utr, terra veil chosen for the subject.

32nd Radical.

X.

T'hoo T

An ancient form of M Tae.

Chow's mode of writing ^ T'hang. The first part of the
definition is disputed.

^ # * *p m Z & M W ft
*M
^ t F ^ & IK S5
1 In
when the age was in a well governed state, the learned did not
decline offices, and when confusion (from the tyranny of the
reigning prince) prevailed, they did not aim at any rate to keep
their places. The two eminent men (king's sons) Plh-e and
Shuh-tse, said respecting Chow, contact with him would defile
our pure conduct. They forthwith travailed north to the
Show-yang mountain, where they died of hunger. (Chwangtsxe.)
] Woo-t'hoo, To defile. J|| | Chin-t'hoo,
Dust and mire, expresses the age, the world, the present state
ofhuman beings,
] Tseaou t'hoo, Pepper-plaster, refers
to the Empress's private rooms, which it is said, were in the
time of Han thus plastered, to give them warmth and fragrancc.
J J Thoo-t'hoo, occurs applied to J^I-oo,
The dew, expressing its being thick.
j jjj T'hoo chay,
or, as some read it, Keu, An earthen chariot
J ijf
J^f | ^ lif'W ^T 1,00 cha>"cl,'n"olingt"ekoo jew
ehe, Clay carriages and straw men (lo inter with the dead)
have existed from ancient limes,and the usage is still attend
ed to. The usage is at present to make a number of utensils of
paper, and by consuming them in fire, pass them into the invi
sible state for the use of the departed person. The general
term for them is,
^ Ming-k'lie. A house, sedan-chairs,
a boat, boatmen, attendants, clothes, and so on, are made and
burnt. They burn the actual clothes which the persou wore,
which of course, in the case of poor people are not worth
much, but expensive wardrobes of the rich are thus consumed.
They denominate the practice,
^^Shaoukwo
hoe, To burn clothes for the passage of the river. The river
to be pissed, is called
yfjT Hwang-ho, The Yellow river.
| |Jj T'hoo-shan, The name of an ancient state.
' j San
t'hoo. Three places are so denominated when spoken ofgenerally.
An ancient form of H Yen.
4l

THANG,
An artificial pond t a pool of water ; a fish pond . It is the
usage in China to hare a pond of stagnant water attached to
the house of every gentleman.
Ch'he t'hang, or
|
T'hang ch'he, or J& ] Yu t hang, All express a
fish pond. H | Leen thang, A pond for the growth of
the water-lily.
fj| it jl ?K 0 1 Chtt t ho S
shwiiy yu t'hang, Earth diked up and stopping water, is
called T hang.
^
] King yin t'hang, The gold and
silver ponda pond mentioned in history.
j Tseent'hang, The Tseen (Chinese copper cash or money) pool ; so
called from a fraud praticed at the building of it. A notice
was issued inviting, persons to. bring clay and stones, promising
a thousand ^ Tseen, for half the quantity which one man
could carry. The poor people came ^J] #F J00 yUn, Like
clouds for number, with loads of clay and stone. The builder
then affirmed that they had brought much more than hewantedi
and the people had no resouce but to throw down their bur
dens and go away, leaving the materials for building in the
possession of the man who had imposed ob them. Jffi ] Keu
fhang, is the name of another famous pond. ,] ^ T'hanghaou, Celery.
T hang, is used in the same sense.
There are a great many epithets applied to ponds, as ^jf; || j
Ch'hun tsaou t'hang, The vernal grass pond, jjy ^ | Chefun thang. The pool of female cosmeticsBowing from the
apartments of the royal palace, and so on.
j Yay t'hang,
A pool in a wilderness.
-fe= K HEO.
High earth- One says, Hard adhesive earth or clay, which
cannot be separated. Read Keaou, Poor stony land. These
three characters^
J|| are the same.

+. Thoo.

X.

32nd Radical.

534

the entrance to the cavern,figuratively, a man's bringing some

The vulgar form of # Chung.

calamity on himself.
-

A #### 1 ###-18

2# #Jin to tse yung sih teih, woo yih seay kung te, Agreat

%
#||
lite, we

A grave or sepulchre.

# |

Hwang-chung, A deserted

grave; a tomb at which no descendants worship.

many people crowded together and choked up the space, so that

there was not the least unoccupied ground.
| II sh

LEIH. To stop or fill up.

k'how, To stop a person's mouth; either by not affolding him

any reason to talk, or reasoning so that he is unable to reply:
it may also denote the stoppage of any aperture, which word is
-D-

generally expressed by mouth.

2, NEH. Earth and water mixed.

# |

T'heen-sih,
'hen-sih, or

1.

when th

by the
itemolf

| H Sih tsih, To stop or pre

vent censure;to endeavour to slur over an affair, or perform

any work in a careless manner, designed merely to preserve

Chinese
appearances.

Dust blown by the wind. To be distinguished from # Chung.

\in Rut

tow the

# Sih mwan, To fill up.

Same as # Pung, see below.

the uth

j\ }|| R H E J } %. Thiente

##

ph thung pe sih ching tung, Heaven and earth's reciprocal

Janu in

communication obstructed, forms or causes winter.

KUNG.

I]

# Kung.

kittee

Khae thung taou loo, woo yew chang sih, Opened

tioned

Sih look how, To stop up a road.

% |# |
The name of a place. Some write it

| #
# # ###

leli'

a road which was perfectly free without any barrier to intercept

tfthew

PANG.

The boundary of a piece of ground,

or stop passengers.

#. # # % |

Shun wan, kung,

yun, sih. Shun (B.C. 2100) was a cordial, respectful, sincere,

the dike which forms the limit of a field. In some of the
ancient Chinese states, a level topped eminet ce was called Pang;

and solidplain character. (Shoo-king.)

## 1 #
Keih k'he sih shih, To carry solidity of character to its highest
degree.

and also the banks or sides of a ditch.

tirthd

illum

#|| # %. | f: # Seay shw chung sih jin

Wille

e.vicious discourse is an obstruction to benevolence and just".

(Mng-tsze.) # J | # Ping sin sih yuen, To grasp the
mind, be solid and deep,expresses great care and attention,
w

+:

The vulgar form of # Chae.

|
tf

up the

with solidity and profoundness of character. (She-king.)

# WU ] Z # # th # # Tsim " sih che kw8,

Tie w"

peishan tae wei,-Tsin (who

+}

SiLI.

F
'''

{{

first united China under one

To fill; to fill up to close, to stop an aperture; to obstruct;

monarchy) possessed a kingdom defended by dangerous passes

to hinder or prevent. A solid, sincere character. An important

and dangerous pass to a country. Epithet, applied to the moon

on every side. It was surrounded by hills, and by the river

under certain circumstances.

| # Sih-sih, A disquieted;

untranquil appearance. Read Sae. A boundary; a limit on the

border. A surname.
piling earth over.

# # Tuy sih, To stop up, as by

# | Pe-sih, To close or shut.

# + | XR f Petsze sih puh choo, The nose not com

Pletely stopped, or unable to stop the nose.
# fit #
*-

# # E] | }|| HH Laou-shoo

to ching chuy tsze sih

tung mun, The rat pulled down the weight, and itself filled up

wei, as with a girdle. (She-ke.) Tsin was hence

called

jR

# Theen foo, The district of Heaven,especially favored of

heaven. #}|| H R #E | # | Chhing che pei ch'hih,
gih sih yaousae, A ditch and wall a hundred cubits high to
obstruct the approach of serious injuries. }% | Khe, sih,
K'he expresses gates, roads and bridges; Sih, walls

means of obstructing the approach of an enemy.

% | Khe wo maou sih, Open or expand my jungle
choked mind;instruct me.

####, f HH

535

32nd Radical.

Ytii, or Nelh.
tsze, wei kaou-lsze yu6 shan king che ke keen, keajenyung
che urh ching loo; wei keen piih yung, tsih maou sTh che e;
kin maou Th ttze che sin e, Mencius said to Knou-tsze,
when the paths amongst the hills are used, a road is formed
by the constant footsteps of passengers, hulas soon as they
are not frequented, the weeds choke them up; the weeds have
now choked up your heart,remove them by daily study.
$f ] F.-poo-sih, and "f|| ^ | Yew-po sih, are two
phrases applied by the Buddists to eminent persons, who in
Chinese are called ^ -J^ Shen-S7e. Virtuous scholars. ^
Hfl lie
yC ^ I Mii"s tunS V Peen king, wan
yaou sae, In the first month of winter make preparations for
defence on the border ; and strengthen the important passes.
(Le-kirig )
] Kew-sae, Nine important passes mentioned in history.
] Tsze-sae, The red limit. A name
of the well know great wall of China.
^
-j-^
ffi "^j" ^ (A]
Tsiii ch changch'hing t'hoo sih keaetize
jin ming, When Tsin (B. C. 200J built the long city wall, the
earth of which it was made, was all of a red colour, and hence
its name,asgiven above. Its usual name is
||1
Wan-le-chang-ch'hing, The city wall ten thousaud le long. <|>j^
J Fit-sae, Certain utensils for gaming. Occurs in tlie sense
of ^ Sae.
[
jjfjj" Tung sae taou ke, To offer
up the winter prayers and sacrifices. ^ sjjj aj^j ]
Tse wei paou sae yay, To sacrifice is called Paou-sae.
A vulgar form of gjp Tsang, To inter or bury.

"^jb^ K'HLE.

A bank or dam raised to obstruct water.

. The same as 0 E, To inter, to bury.

Jj^j^TU Y. To fall, as from a higher place.

ftcad Ts'liuy, To reprehend ; to censure.

X.

T'hoo

A small hill.

T'HEEN. t
From
T'hoo, Earth, and ^ Chin, giving sound.
Also written ^ thus, from ^rjj HcuS, A cavern or hollow
place ; a. pit. T'heen denotes M
||[ ^
E t'hoo
sih kungyay, To till up a vacant place with earth.
^
|EJ M|
,n,n c',ung cn;1T J'm 3'uS t'heen.
All filling up, or making solid an empty place in the middle,
is in consequence expressed by T'heen.
To fill up a vacant place i to make up a deficiency; to add
to i to pay a debt ; to give a life forfeited to the hiws ; to yield
or flow onward; the sound of a drum; a man's name. Also
read Teen. Head T'hcin, Entirely, completely, fully, abundantly. Severe disease. Read Chin, Fixed; settled;
soothed ; repressed ; a long time. J ^ T'licen-sTh, To close
or shut up. | jj^j T'hcen-mwan.To fill up; to fill entirely.
| j^f jjjrlj 2j? T'heen hwan kwei k'hung, To make up a
loss or deficiency.
| ^ T'heen-chae, To pay a debt,
| ^ T'heen ming, To pay with one's life, the Violation ofthe
laws.
^ 5^ | ^ Teaou chucn t'heen Uing, To carry
bricks and fill up a well.
Wp ^ %h 1 " nc"n'S e t n*en
A & Hi I Jin "" nan mwanLakes and ditches arc easily filled ;
But the heart of man,it is impossible to satisfy.
It is said, that i& ijjlp Yen-tc's daughter (B. C. 5200) was
drowned in the eastern sea, and that she was afterwards trans*
formed into a bird called ^jjjj- |&j Tsing-wei, and which
gradually has ever si nee been carrying away in its bill, the
wood and stones of the western mountains.
j Tjl^
jflj; E t'heen tung hae, To fill up the eastern sea. In
allusion to this tale, it is said, ^ ||j 7jv jfjj ] '/fjfc
Neaou han muh urh t'heen hae, The birds carry in their bills
ivood, and fill up the ocean. $| ^ P$i
AZ.
^ ij^ Tsing-wei han slnh, pc jin die t'hoo laou, The bird

~\- T'hoo.

X.

32nd Radical.

536

Timg-wei carrying i ones in its bill, ii a companion to represent

the uieleia and ineffectual labours of roan.
j ^^
T'heen lew Ueuen, Confluent atreama, or apringa.
|
5$
T'been-jea ^O0 cne> ^ " excl'e by 'be sound of drums.
llC ] 1
F^I ^ ^ 'iU' l''''*n ''be*" be; ju roing
ming, The thunder resounds, and the rain obscures.
Pj^
|^ Chen yang haou t'heen tslh ptih wo hwuy, kung chin
puh ning, keang tsze U le, (There must be a cause for human
calamity) we look up to the splendid heavens which refuse
to us their favors ; which have long taken from us tranquility ;
and sent down this great confusion which prevails in the
King's court (She-king.) j| ?Jj j
Tsang hwang
t'heen he,. Long grieved dejected. (She-king.) In this quotation
Che sense of T'heen is doubted.
tji
jfc jfc ff
| J Che, Uh die she, k'he hing t'heen t'heen, In an age of
supreme virtue, is. a perfect satisfaction within and nothing
sought from withoutsidc. (Chwang-tsze.) )p ^ ] ^1
Gae wo t'iieen kwa, Alas fur my diseased and desolate state
refering to the troubles of the age. (She-king.)
j >jfc
T'heen che.occur in Le-king for ^ ^ Tcen-chf, To remove
the utensils or offerings used in sacrifice.
j Jm|]
T'heen kw kca, Occurs for Settling the state of the country.
In the sentence, ^ Jjjf ft jjr
j $
To tseu haon neu, e t'heen how kung, Took a great many
beautiful women to place in the back apartments of the palace.
T'heen is considered the same
Che, To place.
^
I 1 ^Hfi^bh ke'b t'heen t'heen che ke, Do not attack
those whose standards are in regular order ; but those who are
in a state of conf'ision.

Woo-pelh, an encampment, or station where troops settle down.

p[j | Kin mun woo, The M.to of certain barracks.
|H ] Clio woo, To build barracks.
t& % # tt & s fit
% & m h a. # i
Ts'hcenyew tuh.shay how mSng hoo;
Ke hing ts'm Jib woo turn woo
Before were poisonous snakes, behind were ravening tigers;.
Amongst lakes, travelled the whole day, where a village
did not exist.
Originally written ^f* Woo ; also
/f^S* CHING.

Woo, and jjjji Woo.

Pervious ; passable.

Same as H Kin, The name of a plant.

HEUEN.
Same as ^ Heuen, An instrument ofmusic, made ofearth.

The original form of J^Tsia.

Kltt.
JL j$f\ Woo-kih, Strata of and heaped upon each other.
^jj^w TSlJ H. To stop or fill up, to close.

K'HUH.

Unburnt bricks or

CHEN, p j
WOO.

- Chen i

i tseu, The name

A small bank or dike, or as one affiants,

a low wall i a place where a detachment of troops reside;

barracks, cantonments s hills, or windings amongst hills, which
are habitable ; a village; a collection of people on a moor or
3f H
it! & Wo peib> keBn tun w>

of a place of concourse; probably for the purposes oftrade, i

ancient times situated about the centre of the empire.
Same as ^ Chin, see Rad. Jfl Fow..

537

32nd Radical.

XI.

T'hoo

Same as |*i Kae, sec Rad. # Fow.

To put into a grave. Same as jBJj Fling, The name ofa place.
ancient form of ffj Foo, Suburbs.
CH'HIN.

a*
PANG.

NE.

A local word for a pool or pond.

A hollow place on the top of a hill, which

receive! and retains water.

CHIH.

To add to i to increase. One iaj, The

appearance of descending and entering.

LV" HWUY.

A landscape in which are windings and 'turnings.

Same as |j| Chen, see Rad.

Yen.

In ancient times the ground allotted to one person.

Same as

E, Obscurcd/as if with dust.

ELEVEN STROKES.

The same as ;!J| Ch'hang, An arena. See under

nine strokes. This it more frequently used than the other
referred lo, but K3iig-he gives the definition under ^ Ch'hang.
^^PUNG. Dust. One says, Dust raised by the wind.
One considers it the vulgar form of jqf Fung.
vol. i-

4T

Form J^; Liih, A stig, and j T'hoo, Earth, raised 1 j the

stag when running. Dust; small particles of earth or sand ;
Effluvia. Traces of a person. A surname. To rhyme, read
Ch'hen. Occurs in the sense of
Kew, A longtime.
jfth
Ch'b'ui she. The world i the present state of existence.
| Siih-ch'hin, expresses the same.
| jfifi ^
-(jj,
Ch'hin kow ke kew yay, Dust and dirt remaining long.
u
1 IP"
Jin *'h
Ch h'n *'ie he chunS'
Man daily lives amidst the contaminating affairs of this world.
] "{ttf K he ch'hin she, To cast off Ihe world by retirinR
to some monastery, or by departing this life at death. ^
Ch'hin yae. Dust
j Yew chin. Dusty. ^ j tjl
ilffi "^-Fung chhin chimg l..ou k'h.io, To labour and toil
amidst wind and dustsan expression applied to themselves,
by those who have to engage actively in the affi'rs of life.
y/J; ] y|
Sha ch'hin kwSn kwan, Sand and dust
boiling up; sand and dust in motion.
^jj: jftjr"' J
03
ffc PJl X Sh& Hh ,h' ch hin "c the' chen ko
heuen t'heen, Slaughtered and raised the sand and dust all
around, whilst the battle and drums resounded to heaven.
j Hwuy ch'hin. The dust of ashes.
> ^ |
Ylh teen ch'hin, A particle of dust; an atom.
- |
Woo ylh ch'hin, Not a particle of dust |^ not an atom.
*
| /^s ^ YTh ch'hin piih yen. Not soiled by a particle of
dust. jj^sj ] Yen ch'hin, Smoke and dust.
4ffi ^
~j\
jjR; |=j | ^ Woo tseaug ta keu.che tszech'hio
be. Do not attempt to move a large carriage, jou will
only defile yourself with dust, and he unable to effect your
purpose. (She-king.)
j
Ch'hin woo. To defile with
dust.
^jfo | Full ch'iiin. To wipe or brush away the dust.
jj| | Ts'liing ch'hin, To cleanse from dust.
^ ]
Heaou-ch'hin, Noise and dust,
j Yang ch'hin, To raise a
dust.
j^j | Sao'i ch'hin. To sw ep away the dust. )|]^
| Sin ch'hin, The dust of lue bean ; used iu a bad sense fur

J^T-hoo.

XI.

32nd Radical.

538

vicious propensities.
^ j How ch'hin, The straces of a
person, left to posterity. /Jj ^ ] Poo how ch'hin,
To walk in the footsteps of an eminent person gone before.
|g |g | Ylb how ch'hin, To view with reverence the
dust (the virtues or works) of ancestors.
j ^
Tew ch'hin keen, A wandering atom glance;expresses
lascivious looks i ogling, side glancs.
\]J^
* Ming
chwang ch'hin, Name ofa certain medicine. jjjffc j
Kan ch'hin heu wang, The root of dust (the senses and
thoughts of the heart) are vain and fallacious ; is the phraseologv of the Buddhist*
^ $ | || BR ^1
M
Jg, Liih kSn che ch'hin, wei yen urh pe, sh8 sin
c, The six roots of dust ; expresses, the eyes, ears, nose, tongue,
heart, and intentions.
^fc 7^
^ | Ho k'he
kwang t'hung k'he ch'hin, Expresses, in the language ofthe sect
Taou, Conformity with the world in its virious manners.
^"F^SIP ^ 1 T'b*ei,-Uze p
yu6 n,uiis
ch'hin, The removal or flight of nn Emperor, is called Mungch'hin.
^ j Yung-ch'hin, Whirling-dust, the name of a
{? S $5 Wo neu te ,mn '"nf>' nincmB S'r'
(who exhibited for the amusement of an ancient king, and)
whose person was extremely light.
jgfc j Hung-ch'hin,
Is a name applied to the wdI known fruit called ^ ^^Lc-che.

A salt land, in the west.

Dirt ; particles of earth or dirt.

An accumulation, or hillock of sand. One says, A tomk.

TS'HEEN.

A ditch 1 to form a ditch by excavating theeartn; the

ditch around a city.
^^l^^^/V^II
Ts'heen shan yin ktih ts'heen pa plh le, (Tsin the builder of
the great wall on another occasion) cut away the hills and filled,
up the vallies (to make a passage for water) to the extent of,
one thousand eight hundred le- (She-kc.) Otherwise written^
Tseen.
j jpj 2^ Tseen ho pans, To deepen the side
of a river. Alio written jfy Tseen. tyfj ^ Jg| |, T'huy
tseang t'heen Ueen, To throw down a wall and fill upad.|tcb
TSUNG.

] Yen-yuen yue", Foo-Uze poo ylh poo, tseu yTh Iseu, pun
vTh tseoi! ch'hin, Yen-yuen (a disciple of Confucius) said,
when Confucius moves a step (in learning or science) I also
move a slept when he quickens his pace, I also quicken my
pace 1 when he runs, I suddenly lose sight of the dust raised by
Lis tread.
ffjj ^ Tseu* ch'hin urh pun, You
run away from me, so that I cannot even see the dustofyour
footsteps, said when complimenting a person on his rapid
progress.
LOH.

^ P^Luhkhowchhing, The name

S. C.

called

A kind of mushroom, Properly

T'hoo-k'hwau. Vulgarly called ^| J^Ke-Uuug.

jM. MEI.

S. C.

j||J ^ Sc-t'hoo, Minute particles of earth. Dust; weak 1

unstable; wanting hardihood and intellectual courage to advance.
|H
Mei l hoo.Dust; or jj^j || j Yen ch'hin chemei, Smoke and dust; seem to express stupidity and weakness
MO.

Dust, mud.

To dust.

of a place mentioned in History.

^Jjjlj M WAN. To cover, or be covered with earth.
KE/VOU. To work earth up into the form ofegjs.
One says, The roting of iron, rust. Alto written j| Mwan.

LOW.
T'HWAN.
Sound, conglomerated. Red Chuen, To bum brick.. A brick.
S H W AN G .

Read either Liw or L6w. Dust; an accumulation of'

dust ; a little grave; a hillock without stones.

Elevated ground, and lightsome.

CHE.

SHfcH, or Chrjrr.
A kind of lodge or hall by the door; in ancient times the
room appropriated to the education of children in a family,
A domestic school. An outer apartment in the palace where
ministers meet to arrange and make each other acquainted
with the business with which they are about to advise the
Sovereign ; hence !^L Shuh has always been said to imply ^jjft
Shiih, Being matured, or fully acquainted with. These ante
chambers, lodges, or halls, are on each side of the gate, and are
referred to by the terms east or west, right or left Occurs
once in the sense of ^ Tseih, Disease.
j^f ^ ^ ^
jjjjl /j^j" f$j*
^ | Koo che keaou chay ; t'hang yew
tseang; kea yew shiih, To communicate education in ancient
limes, large collections of people (in villages or country towns)
had schools called Tseang: families had apartments called Shiih.
| T'hang shiih, A public school, also occurs. p^f ^
|
S| ~jl ^ sh kea shiih e ko tsze te, To establish
a family school in order to instruct the sous and brothers (the
children of the family.) It seems also applied to a village school.

A raised path leading to the hall or principal apartment;

the vestibule, or open landing place in front of a hall, to which
there is an ascent by one flight of steps ; the name of a country.
x j- n n w m &mn%T~*'*
tseih te koo ching tan-che, The Emperor varnishes the ground
with a red colour, and hence the path or vestibule is called
Tan-che. The landing place is commonly called ^
T'lieen keae. That of the Emperor is otherwise denominated
^ | Chlh che, and ^ j Yiih che. The first of whick
terra denotes that the vestibule is of carnation colour ; and th*
last, that it is of gems. A great variety of epithets are applied
to this vestibule open to the heavens, as ^ ] T'heen-cbe t
(5^ | Kcac-che ; ^ j Kin-che, The golden vestibule or
porch. | ^ J Yiih lung che, The precious stone dragon
vestibule, and so on. ^jp
J Pae yu6 che. The ves.
tibule on which the moon is worshipped.
J Chiih
saou che, The bamboos brush the vestibule.
j^!
J
too j ing che, The vestibule covered with dew. Though the
word Vestibule is not strictly applicable to an uncovered
porch, it is here used to avoid circumlocution. Same as Che.
The same as tffc Mwar.

luh ti'hlh suy, pcen sung tsac heang shiih tiih shoo, When
(children) reach six or seven years of age, they arc then sent
to the village school to read. 3t j Shoo shiih, A school or
academy. Places. intentcd to be let out at the public exam
ination times, fur the convenience of strangers, are so de
nominated. JL ^1 -J" [JEj | Keu chan yu se shiih,
Prepared a repast at the western lodge.
ZJi
Q^ffc j
Jl 4 =f
] Le-eu p-hing-tan
to ju yew shiih ; lin ch'hang tso yu tso shiih, The Lc-seu
officer, early in the morning sits in the lodge on the ri^ht nide
of the gate, and the head of the village or neighbourhood sits
on the left side lodge. (Tseen-ban-che.)

The corering of a wall'.

Q^^^^Hwuyw*
hwa in wan, To break bricks, daub and scratch a wall ; to injure
instead of to repair and adorn.

(Mang-lsze.)

CHAOU.
^ Chaou-yang,. The name of a place.
PAE
m

A small dike or bank.

^ T'hoo.

XI.

32nd Radical.

540

-T PEAOU.
A hillock raited as a mark. It ought to be written iJ~ Peaou.

tso yew j
tso jew che jin hing che ; yew tslh phing che. The ascent to the
Imperial palace had nine steps ; they were divided in the mid
dle into left and right, the left side had the teeth of the steps,
the right side was made a plain surface.

KING.
T CHANG.
A boundary or limit; the fruitier; the utmost verge of
anj territory) Ihe border; the pine: where one livet; the state
>r cor.dition oflife in which one is. From j^Thoo, The ground,
and
King, The final or extreme part.
3t ittl |f0 ^ -tS. Keang fhoo, che Uze urh k>n yay. The
border ground ; arriving at this a person finds his utmost bound.
^ King-keae, is the common phrase for boundary. ^
] ffi ^ Juji king wan kin. Entering the limits (ofanother
tate or province) ask what its prohibitions are;that you
may avoid them.
j Kwei-king, Your honorable
boundary, or place of residence. My place, or province is
expressed by
^ Pe-king, Vile borders.
j ^ King
yu, The borders fallen in with; the stale or condition in
which one's lot is cast. ] :J|| ^ pjj King yu pah t hung,
The lot (or condition of men by birth) is different. jff. j
5j Haou king >u, or J j jjfi King yu haou, Placed in
ood circumstance.. f ffl ^ f ] *g Wo
ch'hoo tlh piih haou king yu, 1 am placi d in an unfavorable
or bad condition. ft gi || ^ jg ] Waechin
che yen piih yui! king. The words of statesmen, away from
court, do not pass over the borders,of the district or pro
vince in which they are placed.; i. e. there authority does not
extend to other districts. ^ ] Pe king, or ||J] |
Lin-king, Boundaries which are adjacent to each oilier.
Jjjj
$h ^JT | Khae le, ch'hlb king, To divide territory aud
arrange or fix limits.

The rising appearance of a hillock or hank of sand

SHOO, or Choo

r
R. H.

A cottage in a field ; a garden, or house in a garden ; a villa ;

a village; a separate apartment. Read Yay, in the sense
"fj^Yay, Th= country beyond the limits of a town, iflp
j Heu-thoo, The name of a place on the wett tide of
&h*... n 3. jc m g $g
_ Yu
heung tsze yuen, wei ketoo peSshou, With Yuen Ills Urottwr'a
son, played at chest in a separate cottage. jjj ^ .;[}
^ | fijt $L
frf Yu heu"S te Jen
*" k<MnS
king che shoo, With the brother! in a retired apartment
(or cottage belonging to the bouse) discoursed on the Clii.ict
and illustrated books.
FUN.

To sweep or brush awaj.

heIh.

To store up ; to stop, or place per-

manantly in. Read Te, Obtcure. A high or lofty appearance.

fij- Thelh-tsae, To lay up wealth; to store up
property.
^ jj || ] $j fa f Foo .hang koo
t'hclh ttae yiihpin, The rich merchant by hit trading, lays
up wealth by which he employs the poor in his service,
j
rjjjjj T'helh chiih, To lay up for the purpose oftelling. f^L

|tsh,.
ofa stair it expressed by |{^*
Kcae che. The teeth of the
stair.
^^
3p Tso U'h h yew p'hing. The left
tide (of the ascent) had steps, the right side was plain.

rain-bow variegated banners, which form an obscuring canopy.

T'helh-ne, The lofty variegated clouds.
Same as 'i% Ilea, and

Hea.

541

CHANG.

S. C.

T<i stop up; to separate by something inlerTeningi tocloe.

LO.

A kind of basket or other utensil for con

taining earth or plants; expressed in Chinese by

^fL
^ Shing t hoo tiaou k'he ;
|| Shing t'hoo lung.

32nd Radical.

A dangerous sh. re or bank ofa river,

or other stream ; a sudden, brnpt or precipitous rising uf

ground, is vulgarly expressed by K'han.

T'hoo

<p | Tae teen, To pay for another person.

^ 3||
Teen chang, To pay a bill for goods pur< hnsed.
| ^
Teen chae, To pay a sum of money formerly borrowed. Read
Teg, Below, upon the ground.
tffr /| & ] $1 Pi)
J^jt ^ So yew tseay leg yin leang heuen kwan
we kwei chay. Whatever monies there be which have beei
put or lent out, and which yet remain unsettled.
cii HiN.

KHAN.

XI.

Sandy soil ; muddy, perturbed, ob.

scure, foul, dirty.

|| Ch'hin tfih, should always be
written
Cll nin-lun. Dull, foul, muddy. Applied to the
manners of the age.
[ ~J>
Shang ch'hin, hea
tiih, Superiors corrupt, and inferiors foul.

YUNG.
chIh.
A wall for defence or shelter; a little city; alow wall;
the northern wall ofa hall. To form a mud wall by tying planks
together a;id beating down the earth between them. A palace
of the Genii called A)j Seen. To rhyme, read Yang.
J^J
Seaou cli'hingyuS yung, A little city or wall for
defence, is called Yung.
3pl Mi J Shing k'he yung, To
ascend the city wall. (Yih-king.)
f ^ [Eft
tsung yung, To attack the city Tiling. (She-king.) 3|t j^ ^ 0 1 Chti 11,00
1>eth 3 Uii 3,Ut'S' T beat <,own
earth, and raise a wall is expressed by Yung.
| ^jjj ^
hing yung y;iy, Yung expresses to contain ; that mhich shelters,
shades, or conceals the external appearance.
TEEN.
To put down; to sink. To pay down, or make up a sum of
money. Read Thei, The name of a river ; an
a Been dis
trict in the Province of Fzr-chuen.
~J>
flea
min hwwn tiltn, Tl.e people sunk in confusion amidst the waters
of the Deluge. (Shoo-king )
j E-lccn, A cushion
or kind of portable mattress for sitting on, which the Chinese
carry about with them. J
Teen-tscen.To pay money.
vol. i.

4z

A fouudation. The name of a place

Read Cha, To beat down earth in order to form a foun.

dation, is expressed by Chii.
K'HE.
To plaster a wall. To receive, take, or collect. To rut; to
depend upon. Read He, in the same sense,
j/J^ >|j?
S El 1^ E nc ,n'n u' Ju* ^'he, To, adorn a house with
mud;that is, to plaster a house, is expressed by K'he. The
same is expressed by |^ j T lioo-k'he. ^
jfe J||
jg |
Pcaou yew mei, kingTiwang k'he che. Fallen from
the tree is the Mei fruit, the little basket has received them.
^5 I E yu lae k'he, The rest or happiness I enjoyed
when I went to you. (She-king ) Uttered by a repudiated
wife.
j
J Min che yew k'he, That which the
people rest or depend upon.
Same as the preceding.

To measure or mark out a place to dwell

in ; as is done by the people in newly occupied territory.

T'hoo. XI.

32nd Radical.

TS'HEANG.

542

A foundation; tolevel ground

in order to form or lay a foundation.

K'HIN.
Argillaceous earths clay. To plaster, to top up with rand
or mortar; to inter; to bury ; to cover oyer with clay. A
passage above a drain or sewer. ^ jpj ;Jj| p Sih heang
k'hin hoo, To stop up (the crevices of the northern aspect)
and plaster up the door. (She-king.)
%fr^(t $k
ffi /fE
^ J $t p Ke
cnih chl,nS nan too tsae
uuy keac, k'hin k'hc hoo, The insects all in Autumn crouch
in holes and plaster up the door hy which Ihey enter. J^j
fa L A TP]
1
Hi"S yew "c J'n' ,hanS nw0
k'hin chc, Those who die upon the road, still have some who
(pity and) bury them. (She-king.) Occurs in the name sense as
the following.

moo fei koo yay. In ancient times they did not repair graves ;
and a^ain the removal of graves (removing the coffin from ont
grave to another) was not an ancient usage. (Le-king.) ^jj.
j
Tsang moo te, To contend about the place of in
terment The great preference given to certain situations
leads to frequent litigations about graves.
j
Moo-le,
The limits of a grave. The present law is th.it the limits
shall extend
Tf'hlh ch'hlh. Seven cubits, within which
space no other person has a right to bury.
jj ^ ^j"
p-j
j^j ^ jj^ P'hing yuS mooj fung yue chungi kaou
yuS fun, A level grave is called Moo; the cavity in which
the coffin is enclosed is called Chung; and a high hillock or
mound is called Fun. A northern valley is said to be called
Moo.
^ jjffr | Tse saou fun moo, To sacriflcc at,
and sweep the lombs.
^ it ^ j] ^ $
^[[^^j^^Yu k'he ch'huy new Ue moo ; piih jo
ke t'huo che tae laun, To sacrifice at the tombs with a
slaughtered ox, is not so good, as to give a fowl or a pig to pre
serve a parent alive.

The original form of ^ Kin.

An ancient form of JR Yin.

a*^j'jj^J TElH.

Steps by which to ascend. Syo. with

LEE.

Hard stiff earth.

J^j TcTh, A mark to shoot at.

TSUY.
SHANG.

A hill with a cavity at top; the

Tcwly ploughed ground. One says.

appearance of an accumulation of earth.

An erroneous form of the preceding.

AnancientformofgFun, A grave.
MOO.
N.
A hillock ; a grave; a tomb.
^ ^ Fun-moo, ' Is the
common term for a tomb or grave.
^
M %
ffi JS B M M' chuns-yingch.
tc, hcaou tsze so szc moo che rb'hoo, Moo is the ground
where the grave (of a parent) is, the place which a dutiful
child reflects on wi'.h affectionate regard.
'^J ^
f> I %
\
& -{jJ, Koo pah lew moo, yew jJb

The name of a place.

TP
An ancient form of 'H' Che, see Rad J^Sin, IS str.

KWAN.

An earthy appearance.

543

TWELVE STROKES.

pee.

32nd Radical.

XII.

T'hoo-J^

1 $i $ HE H ffl He shun kUs Le1h jhn>

chiy tsang ch'hoo K'henou-k'heS efeijaou seangjang, (Such
were the virtues of the great Chinese progenitor) Shun, whea
he cultivated the Lelh hills, the husbandmen strove to obtaia
the poor stony land, and resigned the rich and fertile to thaii
neighbours. These three characters^ jj^
are the Sam*

The name of a great JjL, Fow, or mart in China,

LOW. An earthen vessel to contain rice.
CH'HUY.
To slide down; to fall down i to fall oyer ; to fall down as
a heart of rubbish.
|^ ~Js7 Ch'huy-hea, To fall down. j
Jjjjj Ch'huy t'hae, Falling Womb; an abortion.
^2
I HQ $L WSu wo cl,e laou' we eh'huy ju te,
Tlie doctrines of (the ancient kings) WSn and Woo, have not
yet fallen to the ground. (Lun-yu.) ^ ) ^ Pj| [|]
A "r^l Ai* SmR cWby muh ,,,inS- kwSjinkeae kung, The
stars fell, the trees spoke, and all the people of the country
were affrighted.
j I.uy ch'huy, Fallen in confusion ;
i. *. an affair difficult to arrange or to manage.
g{ ^ij
ft # it 1 ^ & # AH ?^sh-B t,h lh"'n
hwa lwan ch'huy, piih yew tth fha piih kang. My speech has
been like celestial flowers showering down in confusion, it will
rompel him to assent.
* Hi ft ft ft J3.*fl&*S
kwan
kaou yac, ho e che teen-ch'huy chc hwan ; piih lin shin yuen
ho e chc miili neTh che hwan. If a person never looks at a
lofty precipice, how is the evil of falling headlong to be known j
if a person never approaches deep waters, how is the evil of
sinking under water to be known ? (Kca-yu.) ^(f, A
[ Ke jin yew yew t'heeu ch'huy, Thrr* was a man of
the stale Ke under an apprehension that the heavens yvwld fall
down. These four ^ JJ|^ |^ JJjS characters wsri formerly
all used for each other.
j J& Ch'huy mfl, To' Fall from
a horse. Read Shiih or Chuh, in the same sense.
K'HEAOU.

Irregular, uneven, poor ground.

EE) (r| J^PoteenyuKk'heaon, Thin (that is poor bad)

.'and is called K'heaou.
^j

Same as |lf K'he. One writes it Jf[ K'he.

TSANG.
To add earth to. (Liih-shoo.) To add to j to increase ; to
double i many. j(jp
Kca-ts&ng, To increase the quantity
or number of. Read TsAng, or Tsang, To add abundance.
Residue, having some remaining.
j
jyl
Tsang keen ylh tsze piih tlh, Cannot add to or deduct from, a
single Ictterj said of the Classical books, or in praise of a friend's
composition.
j jjg ^ Kea tsang k'he lae, The
price has risen ; or ^ |j J]fl | Kea tseen kea tsang, The
price is increased.
J
Tsang mae, To add to, or throw
into the bargain ; to give to another one's own share.
^
kea keang lin, kin jlh shay hea, shih fun Using kwang Mi kan,
You, honorable. Sir, in descending this day to my cottage, have
in the highest possible degree incrc ised my glory; have done
me infinite honor.

R ffi^: ft ft M ft K fa

$ It
tt*fttt j*
2**j|T.ft.*if*>*afto
3 '14. 1
jft T fil- T'hen
keans u
jin yu she jin yay, pelh seen k'hoo k'he sin che ; laou k'he kin
kwiih; go k'he te foo, k'hung fa k'he shin hing ; fuh lwan
k'he so we, so e tung sin,jin sing, tsang ylh k'he so piih nltng,
When Heaven is about to confer great duties on such men, it
is necessary first to embitter their hearts and minds ; to subject
their sinews and bones to severe toil, to subject their bodies to
lunger and to poverty, and to throw whatever they do into
c.i TjsioD.it is by these meins their hc.irts are roused.and

T'hoo.

XII. 32nd Radical.

their natural passions are taught forbearance, and ability iithui

added, to perform works for which they would otherwise be
inadequate. (Mang-lsze.) Occurs in the seme ofjjs!h Tsang,
and of ^ Tsang,

tc, Bottomless, in the islands between Formosa and the con

tinent, which arc called ^ jfy Po-hae. The same term is
applied to the Milky-way. ^ j T'heen-k hcu, 7f ~n also,
the name of a place.
] J^= K'hrumon, A grave or sepulchre.
g M$S&J % Z

Same as 3j? Gaou, see 13 strokes.

LEAOU.

s. c.

A surrounding wall; to surround with a wall. ^ Jj)^

^ jfl Lcaou c ch.iw yucn. To surround with an enclosure.
K'HEU, or Heu.
A great hill or mountain i. o moor or common ; a |ilacc of
resort; nn old town or city ; a place of resort for the purposes
of commercial traffic. A deep valley. To rhyme, read Yu,
S tyM. Kew.k'heu, An old place of resort ; a place former);
frequented but now deserted.
| j^L K'hcu ch'hang, An
arena ; a market place. 2 0 * | Woo jlh jlh k'hcu,
A market held every fifth day. =j@L ) @ jj| Chin k'heu
mae ho, To go to market to buy goods.
J^i J}j ij| -j^?
uh-tang sang Shun yu yaou-k'heu, koo tin singjaou she, U|j_
tfing, the wife of Koo-sow, bore (the famous) Shim, at Yaouk'heu, from which circumst-inee his family name was Yaou.
*+*.*K** \&mzm i m
1^1 $F
P^j
P*-;en ''ten tunS "*n yew fhaouh'heu; she wci chc taou-k'heu, scaiig churn Shun so I'haou
ch'hoo, On the south cast side of the d strict Pccn, in the stale
Loo (Shan-tung), there is a spot called Thaou-k'hcu ; the pre
sent generation call it Thaou-k'hcu, and tradition says, it is the
place where (the ancient king) Shun, worked at a pottery,
previously to his obtaining the Sovereignty. 11 is affirmed of
biro, that he $t ^ Jljjj 'jig Kang, kca, I'haou yu. Ploughed
and sowed ; made puts and fished; and by undergoing the toil
attendant on each of these professions, was fitted fur the throne.
| Yin k'hcu, The name of a place where /jjS J^Pwanka.g, held his court, (B. C. 1363.)
j Kwei-k'heu, The
aanv of a deep valley or pit, which is said lobe jlffc jjlj Woo-

1 # in Z M m Z t Kin "iih ^ k,>0 1,0

wiih fiih tsow ch'hoo, wei chc k*iieu ; ylh wet eke tselh; koo
wei chc woo, The place to which carts and men resort for
trafficking in various commodities, is now vu'garly called
K'heu ; it is also called Tselh ; in ancient times it was called
Woo.
SHEN, or Shen.
A level place at the foot of an altar ; a place for sacrifice i
where the earth is removed to level it or excavate it slightly;
ground which is wild or common. Read Than, Broad, wide.
To rhyme, read Yuen.
% ^ \\%
^
Clio t'hoo wei t'han ; ch'hoo te wci shen, To build up es
makes (an altar called) T'han i. to remove the earth makes She.
1
Jfe 3j l&t She"' ch'll<"> te l'c cl>'hoo, Shen it m
place for sacrifice, where the earth is removed.
Z J*j
|pj ] Wei saa t'han t'hung shen, Made three altars in the same
plain. (Shoo-Wing.) ^ % = g g$ jfc fffj f^j
1 Kl ft
Hi 2
{S IE S is
t'hoo wei san t'han; cl.'hoo te urh t'hung wei ylh shen, e wei
tse shin che so ; keae ching nan heang, Raised the earth and
formed three altars; removed the earth and made one plain
(around them), to be a place for fixing (the tablets) of the
(departed) spirits; they all fcced due south. The above Thaa
and el>n, _-" "metiraes used for each other.

An obscure atmosphere; expres-ed in Chinese by

[J^)M iil T'lli;en J'"1 chin yy> The heavens opaque and dusty^
She-king writes it flirp E.
"Itjr SHEN.
3i3
J

A white kind of earth; white clay

545

K'HWEI.
The part of a fhield which is grasped by the hand.
jR^^Vulgar form of J$ Tae, see under 8 str.

Same as 3 Fa, To till.

s. c.

ph6.
Same as

Fh8. A clod of earth.

^ |jj Jgf

-A. |>/fc
WanS ch'huh wang yay j'm chin chee
p'hS, The king went forth a fugitive, and the country people
gave him a clod for a pillow.
eh,
~ Same as

K'hwae, A clod of earth.

Read T'huy, To fall ; to fall in ruins. (Tsze-hwuy.)

TUNG, or T'hung.
i Ting tung, A hillock or mound of earth; an ant
hill. Read Twan, A place trodden by animals. These three
characters ffli
JjjH ar synonimous.
FAN, or Pan.

A grave ; a sepulchre.

iFan-lang, A grave.
^ |j{ ] fg] %L
^jj Tung ks fan keen che tse chay. Those who were sacrificing
amongst the tombs on the eastern suburb of the city. (Mangtsze.) Otherwise written
thus.
Same as }jg K'heS, High land.

Bag*

mIh.

From Earth nnd Biack. Black, is from two fires and an

vol. i.

32nd Radical.

XII. T'hoo J~

opening where the black smoke issues forth. Black ink ; a dark
colour; black u ink. One ofthe five Chinese punishments con
sisting in marking the face of a criminal. A measure of five
cubiu. Darkness of countenance. A dark visage. Obscure.
The name of place. A surname. Read Mei, A weak frail ap
pearance. H| J/^MIh hwuy, An ink-like or black kind ofashes
or dust. In the belly of old horses a substance is found which
is called MIh, like a substance called ffij ^ Kow-paoj, doggem; which fable says, is extracted from the moon by dogs which
sleep under moon light. jj|
] ^[p jj^ Yu sze, mlhjoo-ke'en, The tutor of (the famous) Yu, was cnlled Mlh-jookiien.
j jj^ Mlh-tclh, A certain leader of a sect in the
time ofMcncius.
J j|$ Mlh-lin, A person of note during
the Dynasty Ming.
%^ | ^%
Yang-she wei wo, MTh-she keen gae, (The leader Yaou-she,
(or Yang-choo) was only for scl f ; Mth-she for including all
(equally) in his affections.Mcncius considered these as two
extremes. The first he said was, 4jE ^ Woo keun, without
a lord or master; the latter,
^ Woo foo, without a
father ; and hence, he affirmed, their opposite systems put there
equally on a level with the brutes. (M&ng-tsze.)
|
Wan-mTh che jin, A man of letters and ink; a literary
man.
[ Man mlh, Pencils and ink. Han is a poetical
word for pencil.
j Mo m'th, To rub (Chinese) ink.
j 7^ % If
1 # M Ki" ch0 ^ ch,h ' kin
mlh chay Mil, That which approaches rouge is made red;
that which approaches ink, is made blackthis expresses that
men's characters and sentiments are affected by the company
they keep.
Jpt jjjft ] ^ Pelh ko, mlh woo, The pencil
sings, and the ink dances: express the facility with which a
person writes. ^ J Shun mlh, To suck ink; i. e. to wet
the point of the pencil with the tongue.
j LO-mlh,
To' drop ink, i.e. to write.
^
j Liu le m:h, To
shed forth ink as in watering plants; to write with grca t
freedom ; a flow of words.
j P8 mlh, Scattering in u
and ^ j Yew nith; Rambling ink ; are poetical terms (or
sketching pictures more than for writing. ^ Jf)) j |J|J
'g?
Woo hing, mlh, e, fe, kung, ta pelh, The gre
punishments, To brand with ink ; cut off the nose ; to cu( onr

T'hoo.

XII.

3^nd Radical.

546

the knee pan or feet ; to castrate ; to put to death.

]
fa Mlh, k'hing glh jay, Mlh denotet, to brand the
forehead with ink.
^ | T han mlh, To covet ink;
denote! a magistrate s being corrupted by bribes. j
%
Bit
ffi S
T hsn' ulh wo 8311 pi,h kcTh plh yay' He
who covets is defiled and blackened ; he id not pure and white.
an *i#wja5Pft#*tt**
^ ^ ^ Shing-mlh, Mtih-kungto yunge tan hwh'chny tsze
c yu chang cliing fa-t'hoo, String-ink (marking line) that which
a worker in wood uses to strike lines, this if by allusion used to
express regulations or laws.
| jj^J Tan mth seen.
To strike a line with a string.
^Pi [ Hlh mTh, Black ink,
may be used, but the word Mlh alone denotes black ink. Red
ink is called
Choo, not Mlh. (Tsie-hwuy.)
=|| '*p
^ ] Kin show thing mlh, To adhere with respectful
assiduity to the marking line;, is to observe scrupulously rules
which are laid down.
|x A 5t ll
5 1 Mh
Jin ting kwei; she ting mlh, The diviner determines what
tortoise (is to be used in divination), the attending officer
de:ermines the lines drawn upon it with ink.
(Le-king.)
They mark the shell with ink (JJ ^ fjjj jj{c, E kew kclh
chaou,) to supplicate felicitous omens. If the rent afterwards
made in the shell was wide, and followed the line drawn upon
it, the omen was deemed favorable; if it split in diverging
angles from the line, it was infelicitous; there were five sorts
of omens indicated in this way. The application of the word
Mlh to ink, is fixed by the phrase Sj^ j Shoo mlh. Book mlh,
i. e. ink.
Kcaou mei wei che' G,ue a,ld
charcoal soot make it. (Tszc-hwuy.) Hence ink is called
J 'j Mlh mei. In the time of the Han Dynasty, (B. C. I)Pfft f^jt 1 Yu"mc m,h' ' e" thc lnk ^ Yu-m". (Ihe name
of the place where it was made) was supplied to the court
monthly. About A. D. 400, it was made of the soot obtained
from the
Show-, Grain and fir. In the commencement
of the T'hang Dynasty, (A. D. 550,) ink was annually brought
from Corea at an article of tribute, and vr.it called jjQ. ^ ]
Sung yen mlh, The pine or fir tmoke-ir.k. In Ibc reign of He'ing; of the Djnasly Sung (A. D. 1085), one jj^ ^ ChhangkSl Yen, jiih tbay wei che lung tse, Began to use oil imoke,

and put musk into it, which he denominated the dragon com
position. It was otherwise called |jj^J j Yn-mlh, Imperial
ink. In old timet,
j Le-ting-qwei't ink was th
best. The person just now mentioned, Ch'hang-yu't ink, was
the next in quality ; and inferior to that again, was the ink of
Chin-lang.
Kwti yew mlh-mlh urh pilh wei chay, we che yew yay, It it
never the case, that the (Sovereign of) a nation it immersed
in thc darkness and stpidity (of sensual indulgence) without
danger. Occurs in thc sense of
Mlh, Silent.

M
P. $ 1 j
Tshfcen jin chenS n, pub
joo ylh szechegBgii, woo wang g8 g8 e hing. Chow, mlh
mlh e wang, A thousand men's obsequious tones of assent,
are not equal to one good man's straight forward declaration
of the truth. The king Woo (B.C. 1100) by plain (peaking
rose to dominion, whilst Chow by the obsequious silence (of
those about him) perished. (She-kc.)
] | ^
jjj-jj
Mlh mlh pub tlh che, Moping silently, unable to obtain one's
will|
Mill yu, Name of a certain fish. In its vis
cera is a substance of which ink may be made, which at first
(it is said) hat the appearance of common ink; but which in.
two or three months becomes illegible- To prevent imposition
from this cause, when framing contracts, each man occasionally
provides hit own ink1 (1| Mlh than, The name of a
hill, jj^jljj | Koo-mTh, Thc name ofa country. On epitaphs,
the use of the word Mih, implies the censure of corruption
in a magistrate ; and of slander, injurious to virtue and the
virtuous.
TUN.

A hillock in the midst of a level space.

Ilk *-IX ^a"a"tull> The place, on the river of Canton, denominated by Europeans, The Second-bar. jjlj' | YS tun,
Duck-hillock, is the name ofa place in the same neighbourhood,
at which salt is made. jJQ ] Yen tun, Smoke hillocks;
are hollow brick pyramids, about three or four feet high, placed
all over China at military stations, intended to make signals by
an ascent of smoke.
j Sew tun, The embroidered

547
hillock, is a cushion, a few inches thick, placed on the ground,
on which persons are allowed occasional!/ to sit in the Imperial

Same as the preceding.

TSUN.

A vessel for wine ; a bottle.

|/& 2ffj if Po lo Uan' A E1"* botlle- 70 1 T,ew UunA wineboltle. Considered Ibe satv.e as these three characters ^
^ ^ Tsze-hwuy distinguishes between having -j-T'hoo or
Sze by the side, but the other Dictionaries disapprove of
the remark.

32nd Radical.

Xl7

T'hoo -fc

the ruin of a family; to destroy, a city. To rhyme, read Ch'hoo.

Occurs in the sense of |J>*| To. Lazy; idle. Read TsB.
fJ
[j|f Pin t'ho, A certain kind of wine or spirituous liquor.
J^j. ] Wci-t'ho, A female's hair bound up, not on the top of
the head, but falling down on the neck; that mode of head
dress is otherwise called ] B| 4^ T'ho- ma-kelh.
j
Twan-t'ho, expresses The priests of Buddah receiving or
putting their food into a platter or dish peculiar to the sect;
the dish is called ^ Po. They generally beg with it in their
hands.
] ^ T'ho IB, To fall down.
J ^ p T'ho
ID hoo, A fallen gate; i. e. a family reduced from affluence to
poverty.
Jtt) jj| J[
ix I C1,ow Uou ,hwae fa
t hoo t'ho. When the cause of Chow dynasty declined, the laws
fell into disuse.
| Jjjfe Tho tac, An abortion.
J ^
JJjjJ T'ho ming ch'hing, To ruin a famous city. J||

1^ Occurs for the character j^jl Te, The earth.

SHING.
A vessel to contain something. The same as^ Shing.
The same as ife Fun, Exxrementitious matter.

fIjii.

A den or eave in the arth for the habU

tation of man. Occurs variously written. Some define it an

interior cavern ; a second den formed with bricks; expressed in
Chinese by ^ jtjjj ^ Fiih l haou heu i and by jg jg
Chung yaou.
K'HEft.

A boundary or limit.

SO, or Sa.
| Sa ii. The noise of something falling,
T'HO.

R. H.

To fall ; to fall in ruins; used cither literally, or figuratively of

Han kaou-tsoo tsze wang kelh che, hwuy t'heeu ban sze
tsuh t'bo che chay, shS urh san, The first ancestor of the Uan
dynasty (B. C. 189), went in person to attack those (who had
risen in rebellion in the north) where he was overtaken by the
cold weather; which caused the fingers to fall off from two or
three-tenths of his men. (Shc-ke )
^ jflj 1 ^ ^
Che urh t'ho chay pin, The extravagant nod idle will be poor,
^f*
^ 1 ^>"'1 k Ban 'ac ' no> ' ^are not oe ren>iss and
**
i^iMKIK l li
Ch'hun ling, tslb nwau fung lae che, mill kite keae t'ho, In
spring the warm winds arise, and the people feel remiss and
% 1 Tuy t'h0' SlUp'd
idle. Modern copies use frf To'
and idle; weak, feeble.
] Tuy t'ho, To push down.
H|] | Teen-l'ho, To fall over, to push over, to subvert.
jjj^ j ^ Luy keaou t'ho, Tears intermixed fell down.
^ 1 Tsuy t'ho, To be drunk and fall down. ^ |
Yuu t'ho, The clouds descending. ^ J Hwa t'ho, Flowers
falling,
U| ] Tsth t'ho, The cap fell off.
j Yu
t'ho, The moon descending to the horizon.
J Tsth .
t ho, To let fall reprehension. ^ J Sun t'ho, To break
and let fall, or to break by falling.
j Jl| T'ho ma, T or
frll I'rom a horse.
Jj- ^ j T'heen hwa t'ho, Celest liar.
Bowers falling; is said to denote a persuasive eloquence. .n. tse
| Lew jing t'ho, The floating glow worms fail.

J^T'hoo.

XII

32nd Radical.

Same as the preceding.

U
j3 The same as the two preceding.
iH 3E Ht ffli 'M ^
Han wans kdh tuy 1 ho urh
t*e, The king of Han precipitately pushed over, or knocked
down, hit two icni.
] l^i Lean? wanS , l10 Bw'
The king of Leang fell from hi. horse.
u
TSE1H.

A spring iuuing from the earth.

T HAN.
The name of a place. Alio a kind of earthen tciscI.
^^^iV, TANG.

A steps steps by which to ascend.

A small channel by which waters branch off.

IP
Fci pe wci chc tang, Flying steps arc called Tang : It is
Hfr] M
Ks taoa yay' Thc palh to an uppcr ,tory}
TSng-taou, An ascending path j a pair ofstairs.
j
~\~ ~ |pj JjjjJ .91 P Tang lew sMh urh; tung yuen, e
k'how, Twelve streams all issuing from the same source, but
having different mouths, by which they disembogue themselves,
-p Zl. J Sn"> "rh tang- Twelve streams. Tang, denotes the
noise made in beating down a mud wall. Syn. with ]5| Tang.
1-iTTP
MOO.

To measure or lay out ground for a

548
bank i to fend off water. Great; vast. Rend Fun, Fat loamy
oil.
Jt /. 0 1^ |=J [ Tho fne k'ou chaT jat
fun. High spots of earth are called fun.
JiJ^ j5|
-^Jt|^j" |EJ | Fan kaou ta chay keae vu fun. Whatever is lofty
and great is called fun.

f J||ij Fun ch, A great light

2
|E| |g M i % H 9 1 YinS
J" oo;
fung t'hoo wei lung jot fun, The mark or boundary thrown
round a grave is called Moo ; earth reared to form a ridge, is
called Fun.
^| ffij
| K chay moo urh
puh fun, In ancient times there were Moo, but not Fun.
j
^ Fun-moo, A grave, a tomb, a sepulchre. ^ J p4<fun. To worship at tombs, in the Chinese manner.
J
Saou fun, To sweep or repair them.
^ | Hwang fun,
A deserted grave. The same is expressed by |^ j Koo-fun,
An orphan grave ;
J Soo chTh fun, A grave or
mound raised several cubits high ; J|r | Hwang fun, Aa
Imperial grave; 'jfjj* j Koo-fun, An ancient grave. S
^ j Pih neen fun, A grave a hundred years old. Read
Pun, The starting forth or rending of the earth ; the rising like
a blister.
Q %L
jflj ] Kung tsc che le, te fun.
Kung, poured out as an oblation (the poison) on the ground,
and the ground was rent
~_ | San fun, denoting To divide, to separate, or discriminatc, is applied ^Z^^^^MA^^!
San tsae chc fun; t'heen, te, jiu che che. The separation of
the three powers, the commencement of heaven, earth, and
man s which arc the three Tsaepowers or energies. - \
San fun, Also denotes the books of the three Antedcluviaa
king*,
H jjft f| H ^ Fhh-he,|Shin-nung, and
Hwang-le; in this connection, the two words are said to denote,
~J^. jH Ta taOU' Greal principle* or doctrines. ^
J^r

tomb. Read Woo, A tomb or grave. Read Poo, The limits

of a grave.
An ancient form of JtfJ Yin, see under 6 Strokes.

FUN.
A to">; a grave; a hillock; the bank of a stream. A great

tuh san-fun; woo-leen; pi s3; kew k'hew, The Historio

grapher) E-seang(B. C. 600) could read the three great works
of Fuh-he, Shin-nung, Hwang-le, the five records (of the
succeeding Sovereigns), the ciRht illustrations of the Kwa or
Diagrams, and the accounts of the nine regions of the globe.
(T chuen.) $A ) Tcen-fun, Expresses those book, col
lectively. (She-ling.)
\ ^ Fun-yang, "
or

549
fairy of Ihe earth, like a sheep; in which sense it it the same as
|j| Fun.
fJ ] Pth-fuu, While loamy soil.
M ]
Hlh fun, Black loamy soil, ^j";
j Cblh cMh fun. Bed
clayey soil. "^f | Joo fun, The bauk of a certain stream.
An ancient form of !f Yay.

An ancient form of ^ Shun.

Ah
^ame M^HwangiA palace, a foundation

32nd Radical.

An ancient form of

Xlll.

T'hoo

Lelli. Read Keih, Bricks or

earthen ware not bornt.

^ T'hoo ketb, Express the same.
The name of a particular vessel with handles, or as the Chineseexpress it, /^j
Yew urh, Having ears.
| ThankeTh, A vessel into which burning charcoal and ashes are closely
crammed, and which the Chinese carry in their hands or place
at their fett to obtain warmth in cold weather. A similar vesrelt
with basket work round it, iit; Canton, called i^L
Sbowhcun, Hand-warmcr.
^ K'MEAOU.

s. c.

An ancient form of ^ Chin, Dust.

An ancient form of ^ Tsze, A child.

'THIRTEEN STROKES.

:j||ga6u.

Poor land. Same as J|| K'heaou. ^

1 If? ~F
^BL Cna 1,n= " ,nwiiy ^ fei' k'heaou, kaoa
hca che e, To examine into the suitabilities of dry land and of
marshes; tracts, rich or poor, high or low.
J^Jj J
K Pis it T A EH ^ [hI Han tek heaou' min biea
keae yu ta kwO che keen, The territory of the state Han, was
unfertile; the people exposed to imminent danger, being
situated in the midst of larger states.

ijg)
K'HAN.

Land near to a shore or coast ; land habitable on all sides,

r a square piece ofland which is habitable. A bay. Read Yuh,
in the same sense.
A common form ofthe preceding.
Some write the Chinese name of Macao, viz.
ffi
Gann-mun, with this letter. ^Lt
Ke-gaou, Kee-ow Poiut.
(Ross's Chart.)
^ ] Ta-gaou, The island ofLan-tao, or
Tyho. (Ross's chart.)
fiaou, and^t Gaou, occurs iu
the sense of the preceding.
A vulgar form of fff Tseang, A wall.

Same as |$f Sny, The path to a tomb.

5E

To use effort in making or doing ary thing, as is required

in first ploughing or turning tip hitherto uncultivated land.
To wound, injure, or damage a thing,, as the plough breaks the
ground. To rhyme, read K'heuen.
j^j |J1
)Q K'hae
k'han t'hoo tc, To break up fallow ground; to commence cultivalion.
]
K'han tc shwuy, The tax on newly culti
vated landis much lower than that on other land. fjj ^(J
IU)
I
B$ Ch'1,ilh t0 cha k'h'"' k*llae k nan te
mow, Went out of the city to examine carefully newly cul.
tivatcd land in order to determine the amount of taxes to be
levied.
]
JjA ^ K'han, leih che jky, K'hiin denotes
Strength exerted in making or putting right
J^J jj^
X ^ # 1 M Ifr ^ A ?fl Fan
^e sze,
kwS, k'han, pe'ih, paou, piih jiih she, 'n all pottery or earthen
ware work, whatever vessel is loo thin, distorted, damaged,
rent, or blistered, does not enter the market. (Chow-le.)

T'hoo.

XIII.

32nd Radical.

'^fift Same af^aj Wo, A not or lurking place for banditti.

y3(h.

A road with ruts, or a carriage road.

Read T'hoo, A road [ a public road for IraYellen.

Same as $Q Pe, see under 8 strokes.

HEAE.

The name of place.

Same as ijfjCMh, see under 8 strokes.

HAOU. An earthen read for dressing food.

^g^p PEIH.
A wall ; a mud wall i or other military erection for the
purposes of defence ; a rocky precipice. The name of a contcllation. The name of a country.
^
Tteang pelh,
A wall generally.
| iih-peTh, The wall of a house.
j Chaou-pclh, A wall placed opposite the gate of
Ijc Id 1 A Kea th0 p*1"1 le,h"
goTcrnment offices.
A family which possesses nothing but the bare walls ofa house j
a poor family.
Bjj | Keen-pcTh, or JSj|j J KTh-pelh,
A parlition wall.

550
woo, It must have required ten years abstraction from the
world to originate such high intellectual discernment,as
appears in this composition.
^ J Ne pelh, or
^
T'hoo peTh, A mud wall.
fj" j Chiib peTh, A wall or
Tence made of bamboos, jjffl | Chfh pelh, The name of
a place in Keang-nan, where <^ j| Tsaou-tsaou, a famous
general in the third century was defeated.
~Jfa ^
f$
EJ | F,n ,1,lh J*e c^e l"''1.eilou kS ke,e yuS P*1"'
All rocky banks which are abrupt and precipitous, Bre called
Peth.
|g ] Fiih pelh, A double wall. Jjg j Tleilji
peth, and |& ] Yun peTh, A lofty wall.
ffi j
jjg
Po pelh fei t&ng, The wall rent and flew up into the air,refers
to a lale of Jj|
Ch'hang-sang-yaou, who painted four
dragons on the walls of a temple, but did not
Teen
tsing) add the life-giving dot to the eyes, affirming, that if he
were to do to, they would instantly fly away. People thought it
nonsense, he therefore did dot the eye of one, and in a moment
thunder and lightning burst lo'fth, in the midst of which the
wall and dragon ascended to heaven. jjjtj j Tseaou-pelh,
A pepper wall, refering to a room said to have been made by a
certain queen.
j Fun ptlh, A white-washed wall.
"j Ts'heaou pclh, and Jj|b j Yae.peih, A lofty precipitou*
wall, or a wall-like precipice.
J Seen-pelh, A moss
grswn waH.
j|| | Chin-pelh, A dusty wall. ^ jf| Sun ch'huen pelh, A wall pierced through with the
speading roots of the young bambooj]^L J Tang
yang peih, A lamp-illumined wall.
4* zj^fj ] Ts'heenjin
pelh, A wall a thousand times seven cubits high. ^ ]
Tung-pelh, The name ofone of the Chinese 28 Constellations,

"J ^J^KIh pclh lin hay, A

next door neighbour.

j fj'j Keen peth telh, or
Prfl 1 $J KTh peTh le'h' NciEhl)0urs between whom there is
only a partition wall. IjX ^
Keen pelh piih chen,
Strengthened the entrenchments, and declined to fight. j)L]
1 W[
SZC P61'' ,eaU 'en' The four walls silcntia,,d
fading ; i. e. a poor deserted house.
] Kvra peTh, To
tang against the wall.
| jjj
Mceii pcih kung
,'iin, Face to the wall attainments profoundexpresses the
', efit of undivided attention to literary pursuits, shutting out
,world and attending only to study,
j^J ]
i^.
JJ$]' fp"
P^'1 snlh "<*n, cuc Jcw tszc !"n

T'HEEN.

A hall or palace. The foundation

of a place- Sediment; that which settles at the bottom of a

liquid. From
T'hoo, Earth, and Jjjt^ Teen, in the sense
of Afterwards; or that which is behind.
HWAN.

The same as Jjg Hwan.

H wan-too, A wall before one's face; a surrounding

or enclosing wall.
1
j?jt| J^f Hwan too seaou jin.
Bare walls all around, a slate of poverty.

551

Same as

^^^L The same u

Sameas

tain

see above.

Keng, A limit or boundary.

K'hcuiS, nl^ K'heue', A den or tavern.

An ancient form of $| Lo, Naked.

32nd Radical.

XII I.

T'hoo

right to give orders without referring ,when he acts by him

self even in what is right ;when he plants his own people it
office. Jj^f | P'hei-yung, or "J Yung, alone, is a local
term in Kcang-nan for applying mould to the roots, or watering
plants and flowers. Some affirm that it is used metaphorically
for acts of kindness to a person.
"j^ ^ ,j\ pj"
j
M. 4$ ^ pJ" 1^
Ho keug> p"h k'ho ruh ?uns' y
Ian, puli k'ho fuh tscuen, A river which has bunt its banks
cannot again be stopped in its career; fish which is n tten and
broken, cannot be again lifted as a whole;some evils are
irremediable.

The propriety ofthe character is disputed.

Same as the preceding.
An erroneous form of

Yay, G round that is waste'

pW The same as

YUNG, or Yung.

K'han. Originally written J^K'haa.

R. H.
K'han-k'ho, VeTy irregular, ill-managed, unprosperous.

To stop or close up, as the channel in which water runs;

to prevent information reaching a person. To add to, as mould
and water to plants. The name of a medicinal plant or fruit.
^ jlf Tsze shlh, The fruit of the Tsze, otherwise called
f{pt j|P Ke-yu"g> an& ^ jj Kc-t'how, Fowl's-head. "JC

KEO.

Mark of a irent in any vessel. Head HeS,

Sti ft hard soil, ne says, Hills abounding in great rocks.

fit} THAN.

1 ^5 ",ca 'ew ?unS ,ln> The channel by which the

water flows up is stopped,
JpJ" jj^ J Ho shwiiy yung,
The waters of the river are stopped,
j||
J Taou loo
yung. The road stopped upby the crowd of passengers, or
other cause.
^ ]^ J Heen loo yung, The road (to
court) is stopped against virtuous men. J|j| j E-yung,
and
J Fe-yung, express To screen from; to obscure or
put between, to prevent a person seeing. jjj^j Keen
chin yung, A bad minister conceals occurrences from his sove
reign ;which is also expressed by | ^> _t
Yu"g yu
shang wSn, To prevent the person above hearing,
^
Tso yew yung. Concealed by those on the right and leftby
attendants. ^ ^ /^f
1 Jin keun Jew 1X00 >'unS.
A sovereign is liable to 'fiTe species of concealment.
J^|j
jj* -j- pj | Chin pc k"he choti yu yung, When a minister
shuts the door of information against his master,when he
frames laws for his private emolument ;when he assumes the

ff^

jfiQ

An altar at which to offer up sacrifice, pronounce oaths, or

perform other religious services; a temporary erection, or
appropriation of a place for a sovereign to meet the princes
of other states ; for priests to perform religious services; an
arena or place appropriated to some special purpose. Occurs
in history denoting a centre hall. Read Shen, To put aside
earth, or level the ground. Common or waste land. To rhyme,
read Ch'hang. Occurs read Teen. T'han denotes ^
Tse
chang, Aii arena or level space on which to sacrifice. (ShwiS"")
a zvtt ft b# m i
T'han chc yen t'han yay ; yTh yufc'fung t'hoo wei t'han, T hat
expresses a level space; one says, Earth piled up makes T'han.
MM ! I^jll! 0 ilfiK he t'hoo wei t'han; ch'ho.
te yuC shen, Earth raised makes t'han ; the earth removed or
levelled is called Shen.
] Shlh t'han, A stone altar.
M % M $ 1 ^ % Fan

*u uc i'han' *

-J- T'hoo.

XIII.

32nd Radical.

552

fbeen jay, Lit up the wood upon the great altar to sacrifice

WSn fhan, A place of meeting for literary men.

toHeaven.

She fhan, A place lo meet and compose verses.

J
\ in fhan, A place for reciting verses, /jjjf- j RSngfhan.
The place where Confucius taught.
^ | Yaou-fhaa,
or ^jU ] Seen- fban, The region of those genii called Seen.
|. Saou fhan, A place of concourse for music and
amusement,
j
T'han man, Wide extensive appear-

[ $ # | _fc. ft #56^^

jj^ Tselh chae yu Than shang; kea sang juh yu chae shang ;
ae leaou chc, ree k'he ta yu fbeen ; tsze tie t heen che le
jay, Pile wood upon the altar, on the wood lay victims and
precious lionet, then put fire ti ereto, and cauie the
moke to aiccnd to heaven ; this constitutes the rile of sacrificing to Heaven.
| Tae-tan, ii a round hillock or
altar ; the word Tae, Great, is applied to skew respect to it.
(Le-king.) The altar on which they sacrificed to the earth
was square.
^ ^ K'han-fhan, Was an altar on which
they sacrificed to the four points of the compass-; the sun and
moon, heat and cold ; the stars, clouds, hills, groves; all spirits
and princes;those who had lost their territory had no sacri
fices off red to them.
\h )\\ \ Slian chuen t han, The
altars of the hills and rivers. jgt ^ j Shay tselh fhan,
Altars to the gods of the land and of the grain.
^
1 K'heu fhcaou wci fhan, When ancestors arc remote, they
are not worshipped at their appropriate hall or temple, but an
altar i. erected to them.
A 1^ jj& JjlJ
31 | ^
&k Yuen ineaou p* she tsoo, tslh tseen
yu t han, yew taou ts^h tse, The service at the temples of
ancestors so remote as eight generations, are removed to an
altar; when prayers.arc to be made, sacrifices also are offered.
(Le-king.) gjgJtfS jjltL I iKhekwangUang
choosze t'han chang, He increased the size of all the altars
for sacrifice. ^ =ff glj jfe ] Ming she tslh klh fhan,
When oaths or vows.are taken, an altar is erected,
4yt |
Chuh-l han, To erect an altar.
jg |* |f] ^ jfc ^
j -KwB keun chaou hwuy ylh she fhan. The sovereign of
a country assembling with other princes at hi* court, also
appoints, or erects an arena or appropriate place. When
the more powerful goes to the inferior prince, a fhan was
prepared ; when the inferior went to the greater, he was receiv
ed.
^
Kow shay, In any sort ofordinary apartment.
When great commanders of armies and ministers ofstate were
appointed, and made their prostrations, a T'han was creeled ;
hence, ^ ] ^ jjg Tang t han pae seang, A minister
who has ascended the arena ;been fully installed. pj^ j

j^f^f The original form

LAN.

sf^p |

K'heufi, A cave, a burrow-

$ J|l K l.an-lan, Expr,esses the state

and feeling arising from being unable to obtain one's wish ; an

expression of disappointment.
] ^
-j- iji
|HJ li^ yfN I " K han-Ian he ! pin szc shih chlh urh che |.uh
n'hing, Alas. how disappointed ! a poor achoUr whl> hai missed
the obtaining an official appointment, and whose mind is
rendered uutraiicjuil. One writes the characters thus
Same as ^ Mwan, Mire, plaster; to daub or plaster.

s. c.
The escape of a prisoner ; a prisoner's making his escape.
K'HEU.

The name of a place.

^jHj An ancient form of /|| Tae, see Rad. ^ Cbe.

An ancient form ofy* T'lng,see under 8 strokes.

32nd Radical.

553

FOURTEEN STROKES.

Same as ji^T Ts'heeh, see under 1 1 str.

CHIH.

s. c.

To descend into ; to sink down. One says, To add to ; to

pile up earth. Also read Che", in the first sense.

XIV.

T'hoo

Ta heuen wei che keaou, The large heuen is (also) called

Kcaou. When as large as a goose's egg, they are called
J
Ya-heuen; when the size of a hen's egg, they are called fj^ ]
Sung-hcuen.
]
"p
'Hi Ueucn cbe yen hcucn
yay, Heuen's import is the ascending of -vapour or smoke.
f& j Che, henen, The names of two instruments which are
played together, the first is made ofbamboo, the other has been
described above. \ ft P ] ft j r fjg **
shcch'huy heuen; Chung-she ch'huy che, The elder brother
sounds the heuen, and the younger brother sounds the Che to
accord with it. (She-king.) This is said in allusion to
statesmen seconding the intentions of their Prince.
J

The mode in which Chow wrote Jjjj Tsang.

HEL EN, orHeun.

2$
An ancient instrument of music, made of burnt earth. There
is a more modern one which is similar to that in former use.
Also written thus ij| and thus
^^^
^Tp
^* Heuen, t'hoo wci chc,ta joo go tsze, Thchcuen
was made of earth, and was as large as a goose's egg. It had
six holes, according to some. ^ ^ ] /\ ^ ~ jjjfj
^7 /f^
^
J _t Kin 13 heuen I1* kunS urh tseeu
woo how, yfh hew shlh k'hc shang, Now the great heuen has
eight holes, two before and five behind, one lackered adorns
the top. They arc thus differently represented by the Chinese.

n
m
&L W A
M 'M ^ 0
1 Gan benen nae 1 ho k he> p"h Wie*
che wiih, koo she suh che jin kwan lung heu keaou chay, ju6
lung heuen, As the heuen is an earthen utensil, and not a strong
material; hence in familiar language, when pointing to a man
who is in the habit of playing hollow brittle tricks, it is said, he
plays the Heuen. Read Heun, A certain vessel for containing
rice.
YU. A high and level space. An erroneous character.

A vulgar form of ^ P'ho, A clod ofearth.

jV3^jt> Same as

tE> HAN.

K'heaou, see under 13 str.

Stiff hard soil.

dl. ^m. Woo-han, Yellow clayey soil.

tan, A long level space of ground. Syn. with
m]
The first represents the large Heuen on a stand. No 2, is the
back of the modern one. N 3, is the front of the same; and No.
*, is a form which compares them to^ ^ Chingchuy, A
suspended weight, used in weighing.
J^ [ |j=|
[?|p

he.

J
Lan.

Haa-

A royal or imperial seal ; the great seal of

a nation; commonly written thus jfi. See under -fc YKh.

3E
p Wa"s cl,a5r J|n> The ,cal f him who rule,>
1 0rlftA^i^S^-

tol. i.

T'hoo.

XIV.

32nd Radical.

554

cho fhoo, koo tsung t'hoo ; Chow wSn Uung yuh, The signet
it that which gives sovereignty over territory, and hence com
pounded of the character Earth i in Chow's mode of writing, it
was derived from Yuh, A precious stone.
| Tae-se,
A man's name.
"Tie K'HEEN.

A small mound or heap of earth.

The bed of a torrent from the mountains ; a valley ; a small

rreek from a river i a ditch ; a fosse ; a pit.
K he-ha.
The streams that run in valleys amongst hills.
^ J Taktf.tor J |5 K'hcu-hti, The tea, the ocean.
] Kow
h8, A ditch or moat ; as around a city wall.
j
than, The name of a hill.
Jj| jff ] Sle ,he
t'heen kow-hii, Dead corpses filled the moats.
^
^
j SMh yung, thlh ho. Build higher the walls of the city, and
deepen the ditches. (She-king.) Vulgarly and erroneously
written
thus.
YAE, or Gae.

S. C.

Dust. ^ : g
Y,h
che hwan
rhiih. The foul obscurity occasioned by the dust of carriages
rushing forth.
|^J jjjg if jjjg | Yew ne hwa king gae,
The dark mud was converted into light dust. "JT j
Piih gae shwfiy, Pure water. Also read K'hae, abbreviated
thus Jj&. Vulgarly written thus
Same as ^ Tseu, see under 8 strokes.

YA.
14
To throw down, as a wall ; to crush j to suppress; to keep
steady and settled ; to oppress ; to goad ; to depress ; to humble ;
to keep downj to subject. To stop or fill up by supplying
what is deficient. Read YiS, To subject; to cause to unite.
Read Nee, To feel with one finger, as wheu feeling the pulse.

Read Yen. To he satiated and disgusted with. By

written thus Iglj and thus J||,
|g Jg Fiih-va. or ]
^jYa-taou, To overthrow.
| ^ YS-hwae. To crush to
ruin.
\ % X Ya
To ""'h a man to death.
] ^Ya lo, To fall and crush.
^Jg j Ki(,K yS> To
tuhvert.
| ffi. ya
To subject.
j jji yg 5noWj
To .aaintain possession of, to prevent passing from one. ^&
"j Chin-yl,
| Thnn-ya;
j
Ya-choo, all
express, Keeping down; suppressing any evil, tuch as insur
rection of the people, or any other calamity.
J
Yil hae plh tins, To oppress and injure the people.
j
^ Y* king, To keep down alarm.
^ j chin ya. To
keep down b) fear, as if terrified by thunder.
|j j Tsze
yll. To tubject or humble one s self.
JfL -j^ j~ j^j ^3
ft k. ^ $b if & IP ' . tfe 7 Laou Ue-,ae ,rth
fiih k'he ta; piih tun she-mo too ya choo leaou, The old Lady's
blissful influences are great ; no matter what (evil.) they be, she
keeps them all down prevents their rising to serious consequencet. jf fa jj& &
fj $ft *f, fig ft
if* 1
m $ Hwan yaou lie fei sin' fei le,h; uans
wae fhow te'ih tze ya choo, tsac haou, Still want you to
expend your heart and expend your tlrength, in order to
tupprest the affair without tide, and then it will be well.
ft ft KQMBM 1 $tm$M%
M Jfc SB 5* 3- ^AIf pv-t.
chin taou tS fang iih, J& pc Han Fan, ta seaou, nanfoo, keth
Lama tang, urh U'hcen pa plh yu niii:g khow. In conse
quence of an earthquake, houses were overthrown, and crushed
to death, of Chinese and Foreigners, great and small, :nen and
women, also the priests of Lama, two thousand eight hundred
persons and upwards. (Peking Gazette, A. D. 1816.) |g[ |
Fin-ya, To throw down or reject.
||| ^ Yangya, By
superstitious riles to suppress any rising pestilence or other
calamity in a neighbourhood. J^g j Tsuy-ya, To push
down.
^ ] Chin-yi, To sink down. |g? | Kungya, To hold down, or repress.
^ j Shan-\ a, Pressed
down by a mountain.
^ ] ^ ~j Chin shin ya
khoo che, I the Eroperor exceedingly dislike, aud am
imbittered against it.

555
I

LEE.

S. C.

TAOU.

of
A high-mound of earth ; earth raised up as a defence.
Sypommoui with .these three characters
^ ffi^
HAOU.

32nd Radical.

XV.

T'hoo -J^

Earthy ; resembling earth.

An ancient form of JPj| Che, see Rad:

Sin, J 5 str

The ditch outside a city wall. ,TheA surname. The pronunciation of which is not known.

name of a place.

-^3^ " ch'hing haou, To

defend the ditches of a city.

)f \j $g pjf "jFT ^ |
Yeniniug ban yu hea k'hung hnou, The wild geese cackled on
the cold rain falling into the vacant ditch,
j j Qtl
^
Hi Sn,n-naou chin tsne kin Shen-chow, Stoned
ditch ilation, was situated at the modern Shen-chow, on the
western border of the Province of Ho-nan.
i JUEN.

Same as

^p/p An old form of |& Shuh, Ripe, mature.

The carcase of a domestic animal.
HAN.

Stiff, hard earth.

Jucn. Land by the side

FIFTEEN STROKES.

of a river; the gro nd outside a city wall. Ground between

two wal s. A 'ower wall beyoi.d the principal one.
[Jj J}.
^ ^ T'en ll'',e kungjucn te, Cultivated the ground
between the two walls of the palace.
|| ^ J
Km bio I o jucn, Purposely occupied the whole of the land
by.the tide ofthe river. |% J|fj ] ^ ^ Tsin meaou
juen wei kung, Usurped the outer wall of the temple to makea house.

M^SL ^ vulgar form of Jg| Chen.

Same as l|| Te, The earth.

jgg* LLJY.
bame as ^ T'hoo, A road.

itit

T'hoo loo shTh nan, The road or path was rough and difficult.
MUNG.

Marshy -, swampy. A bog ; a fen.

|=| WEI. Nine or many, thoroughfares.

Read Kwci, Earth piled up. Same as -jijf Kwei, A basket
for carrying earth.
% |i| jfg J, ffe $ f ]
Wei shan urh piih cliung yu hoo yih wei, To make a hill
and not finish it fur lack of one basket of earth.

A military wall; a rampart or fence; piled or heaped up.

The name of a star. The name of a public officer. A surname.
A hilly appearance ; the name of a hill. Reiterated, External
form, figure or shape, strong and robust. Graves near to each
other, and in a certain order. Occurs in the sense of jpj Luy,
To involve. The same as ^ Luy, A pile of Stones; a pile of
stones rushing down. Read Leiih, The name of a demon
5lJc 'M lift 5lt Shun kow k3" 1,,J' Deep dllche* and
high ramparts.
j yjp Luy shlh, Stones piled up to form
a wall or hill.
] ^ jjj Luy shlh shan, A hill formed
by artificial rocks piled up, in the Chinese mode of mimicking
the wild scenes of nature, the rocks are sometimes fastened
together with lead.
| JjjJiJ Wei joo luy Iwan, Dan

-J^T'hoo.

XVI. 32nd Radical.

gerous as a pile of eggs, i. e. in the tame imminent danger of

falling and breaking. jp[ J Keun-luy ; and
^ Kcunp'hcih, or jy [ P'hclh-luy, A military wall ; a breast work.
| til ^ti ^ y^l ^ LuJ JaJ> tlln keun che Phe'n> Luy'
is a wall within which to intrench an army.
] Wei3 | Ynh-lny, The names of hills. ^ /|
S ^ ] -{{f, Puh yew k'Uc he luy yay, Be not grieved at
the consequences which it involves.!
~J\ ]
Hca luy
shTh, Caused a pile of stones or rocks to descend. jjjlj] ^
Shiu-too, or Shoo, j^j j Leuh-yuh, The names of two
brothers, said to have lived in high antiquity. They resided at
the ^ j^JJ |J_| Too-sO-shan, The mountain Too sa, in the
eastern ocean. There they lived beneath a peach tree
~|-\) and exercised a superintendance over all spirits. Those
which deviated from reason and propriety, were seized by them,
bound and given to feed the tigers. The peach tree extended
its shady branches several thousand miles. The lower branches
were towards the north, by which was formed an entrance called
Kwei-mun, The gate of spirits. Here the two brothers
sat and kept watch. |f @i||^t^f JXJ ^ Hwan-te yiu lclh t'haou pan inun, bwi
urh shin, e yu heung kwei, The ancient king Hwang-te, (B. C.
SfiOO) in consequence of this, erected a gate made of peachtree boards; on the gate he drew (the above mentioned) two
gods or demons, in order to ward off evil spirits.This
usage continues in China to the present time. The figures,
or the characters Shin-loo and Yiih-lciih, are annually pasted
up, or written a fresh on people's doors at the new year.
Kence also the peach tree is affirmed to have the properly of
expelling demons. And a peach tree stick is employed to
beat those, who under disease rave about ghosts and spectres.
In some of the Provinces, branches of the peach tree arc stuck
up at the door in allusion to the same legend.
^
l& tsc solh. In the close of the year, sacrifices arc offered in
the eveningto these two demons. And ^f^-^^lj
fij
T'haou foo che che yew tsze, The rules respecting
peach-tree spells are derived from this.
Joj^TElU.

A rampart; a parapet.

556

KHWANG.

S. C.

A cave; a cavern. The grave or pit in which the dead are

deposited. A desolate wilderness; an extensive region.
jfjj
Teaou yu Isang ehay pelh chTh yin; jfi tsung kew keih kwang,
keaechlh fuh, The mourners going to the interment, musttake
hold of the cords of the hearse, (some go only half way, but) if
they accompany the coffin to the grave, they must all lay hold of
the cords by which it is drawn- | Jj|
|J ^?
|^
K'hwang-lang, yuen yay, kung k'hO maou ;K'hwang-lang, a
wide waste, the appearance ofan extensive, unoccupied region.
^ ~P 1 1 ' A,
T h*en hea k'nw,nS k'hwang,
yTh jin yew che, Wide and extensive is the region over which
the heavens are spread, and One Man (the Emperor of China)
possesses it
jjj-J j Yew k'liwang, A dark wide region or
cavernjlfc
4g I 55f ^ ~)j T" h'h0 he
k'liwang yay te fang, This is a desert place.
| Show che tsow k'liwang, The beasts roam in the desert
Same as 0 Chin, Dust.

MEEN.

That by which ground is levelled.

SIXTEEN STROKES.

Black stiff-earth ; earth not yet broken up by cultivation,

rfj
PJj \% T M M M Kaou teUIhjang; heate
tsih loo, High land is of course soft; land being low is therefore
$5 ^an 'lanS cne taou Pe"> cne yu '00> wei kwa t,",) urh
how k'hoo, According to every principle of agriculture, it is
requisite to commence with the low stiff land, and make it a
little marshy, after which it will rol.
j Tscw loo, A
place in which to sell wine or spiritous liijuors.

32nd Radical.

557

YEN-

The same as $3 Yen, The inner door of

laav or passage,
jp Jj@j Poo-yen, Long (light of steps.
$\ Jl ^ 1 Keiihuh poo yen, Winding or intricate rooms
and a long flight of steps.
T'HAN.

XVI.

1 Sun hwae, and .g^P j P'ho hwae, Express Injured, torn,

rent, broken, spoiled in any way. The ktler is the stronger ex
pression, ffi xf t*r iii ] Ne piih k'10 "um nwae* You
must not injure, or spoil it.
^
^ | Yew k'he wuh
hwae, That which has a foundation must not be destroyed;
applied to persons or to things; probably in allusion to a tree or
plant which tilt lives at the root; it must be manured and
watered, not destroyed. /J?^ J Hew hwae, A rotten tree;

Tan chc wac meen p'hing te wei tan, tselh ch'hang yay ;
tan peen te juen wei jaou chay, wei wei, The level ground
outside the altar, is the shen (that is a level area); by the side
of the altar, a low wall or dike surrounding it, is the Wei.
^ f^fc ] Wang che shay wei, The wall surrounding
the king's altars, to the gods of the land.
j ^ TVi kunt,
A house or mansion made of such an earthen wall at fins been

a thing entirely spoiled.

j ^| ~J f^J /Jn ^ ^
Hwae t'how Icaou telli seaou hae tsre, An entirely spoiled
child.
| "J ^
Hwae lcaou to shaou kwan,
Ruined (I know not) how many officers,by causing their
degradation or dismissal.
"jf Yen slh hwae
leaou, The colour is spoiled. Jj^
Jl?
Pae Dwae
fung suh, To injure or corrupt the public manners.
J
Tsuy hwae, To push, or persecute and destroy. ^jj j
PSng hwae, To rush down as a mountain and destroy.
I
^ '[^\Hwae jin sin, To injure men'c minds,as by vicious
books.
1 'ft^^i Loo kungwang kwae
Kung-tsze tsih, Kung, the king of Loo, destroyed the house of
Confucius. j|j ;Jjj ptj | Loo ch'hing mun hwae, The
city gate of Loo, went to ruin.
| |Jjj| Hwae-fhuy, The

described.

name of a-nill.

A vessel to contain wine. The same as ^ T'han.

Vjfe
WEI .

A low earthen wan or dike ; a low earthen

dike surrounding an elevated altar.

jg j* jlj

1 cast off by my royal father,$t 1 jfc Pe P* hwae miin'

HWAE.
To spoil; to injure; to go to ruin of its own accord, o.J 8
Verb Intransitive. Read Kwae, To spoil; to injure ; to break;
to ruin ; to destroy, as a Verb Active. The name of a hill.
Faded, as a disc ~A tree, or to cast off, as it drops its branches.
To rhyme, read Hj Tne first, sense, the Chinese express by
ijijjj
T ho pae, BrsKrn ondL ruined, or by j|j
Tsze
hwuy, Self ruined. The Transit"** w Miv s*ni.they express
b?lx^lHwuych:'ToruiniL
H&ifrJ
Jt H'J "i^f
Fan wah p"h Ui"
arh hwu* che
tsih koo hwae tscS, Every thing which is not self spoiled, and
another thing destroys it, then the syllablic spelling is K-oo
H wae, i. e. Kwac. Ufa g j ||j ^ <j*
Willi Iste
pae, tsih hoo-kwae tslS, If i e ih ng is e.f ^ icd, i .en it is
Hoo-kwae in the < nW c i; I n? , H a -? is <li. .ctiuii
is not i.lw.> H ired to, .Ch itg UiC-ili'iiig. rejects iU
vol I.

^ |

5^ ffl

^TseTbyungw.oche;

LJ>

^| sin chc yew e,

^

Nin5 m" clle c,lc

And like that faded tree,

Diseased and branchless;
The griefs of my heart,
No man knows them.

(She-king!)

LUNG.
A grave ; a high place in the midst of a field. In
some of the Province -, the husbandman inter in their own fields.
R.-ad also Lung.
j
j ^ Te kan che k hew
lung, The rrave (or b.Ibik over the gravs) of Pe-kan,a
person lamous iu Cu MM l.is'.ory. (S Y.cw ofC.inj, page 54.)

T'hoo.

XVII.

32nd Radical.

558

The use of this word for ^ Chung, A grave, prevailed in the

ancient Chinese nations & Tsin, and | Tsin.

LIN. Tilled ground ; garden ground.

The original form of the preceding.

J;lf jaNg,
^.^ Same as ^ G8, see under 10 strokes.

"pjyjf Original form of

Chan, see 8 sir.

Read KwH.
Kwb-twan, and ^ ^fjf Lew-sha,
ffl ^ Chung-kw3-ming,) were names of China; the
last one in the time of the Chinese Deluge.
An ancieut form of |^ Juy, see llad. ^ Yew.

LAE.

K'HEd.

To add to, or increase.

Numerous hills with great rocks.

An ancient form of

LEIH.

Yin, see above

A pit; a deep trench.

The same as ^ Lan, see above.

SEVENTEEN to THIRTY-SIX STROKES

HE, or Kwci.

To spoil; to ruin; to destroy.

One affirms it is an erroneous form of llfitlJc.

Soft, fat, loamy soil ; not in clods. Earth; a mound ; a boun

dary ; a place; that which is reared by culture, in contradistinc
tion from what is spontaneous. Good and amiable, applied
to children. Abundant; rich, applied to the year. Confused,
in a state of disorder. The name of au ancient plaything for
children. The name of a place. A surname. jj^jp gjj
-U M & H IN 1 nt & U
A^il mM a ]
| $i jg#
Jang, chTh t'hoo, e wan wiih tsze siing, tslh yen t'hoo, t'hoo
t'hoo yay, ejin so k&ngchung e, tslh yu jang, jang ho hwan
maou, Jang denotes a redish earth : In cases where all things
grow spontaneously ; it is expressed by T'hoo.T'hoo
denotes vomiting forth. Incises where there ill ploughing
planting, and human art, it is expressed by Jang; jang denotes
the appearance of concord and slow progression.
_ |
San jang, refers to three classes of soil, by which the govern
ment fixed the land tax, or ground rent, to the people, .fl j
Scih^fn-*, The name of a place, a hillock of dust; abankta
obstruct water.
|?J | Pihjang, White soil. jT^ ]
Hwang jang, Yellow earth. j|| ] Kclhjcng, An ancient
play. The Jang was a piece of wood like a shoe, a cubit and
four tenths long, and three tenths wide. One end was wide
and the other pointed. The boys -who nlayei!,ir i! ;n the close
of the year, divided themtlr .info Cw parties, and laying
one Jang on th ground., wntVut t*itn another in the hand to
the distance ii thirty or io rly paces, from whence throwing
the one Jan at rtiailymg on the ground, he who inserted the
one within t lie other, won the game. This is brought' in l
explain the following sentence in Woo-te-kc, an ancient book.
ffiMH^ AH ffiffcf ^Tevewkew
kang keujaou jiu keihjang urhko yu loo, The Emperor (Yaou
B. C. 2200) rambled on the high ways, and the old men played
at the Jang, and sung upon the road.This shews, j|*r
^ J^i ||j ^ Yaou tc lc min che tsze tlh, The self

559
enjoyment of the black haired people, under the Emperor
Yaou. Their song is said to have been,
"j $j fjjj ff: Jlh ch'buh urh tso,

32nd Radical.

XX.

T'hoo

ritory on the borders. ^ j Tse jang, Adjoining boun.

daries. ^ j Lin jang, Neighbouring boundaries.
J3i j E janS. Different or separate places. Jfjj J T'hung
jang, Of the same place or country.

BAH J&jja-.
li $ iTn

T,s bia8 urh Jin

TS AN.

The name of a dike, or whatever forms

ffl [fij J^KSng teen urh shlb;

a limit or boundary, as around a tomb, or elsewhere.
% j] itf W M $t

Tc Ielh ho yew y" wo be !

The aun comes forth, and ire work,

The sun goes down, and we r \;
We dig a'well and can drink,
We plough a field and can eat,
'What'* the emperor's power to us !

Same as H| Yung, To stop or fill up. See 13 str.

T'HA.

To descend or rush down.

They felt the benefits offcooAgovcrnment, without seeming

lo know that a power ruieu over them. Hence, jjpfc j jjjj
^[Keth jangurh ko, To play at jang and sing, denotes a
period of general national prosperity ; it cannot be used on any
family or individual occasion ofjoy.
j -J"

One says, Low down on the ground. Some consider it

the same as i| T'hS.

gae tsze,Jang- ze, is equivalent to (\ae-t te,

a uclovcd child.
^|r~ J Kae jang, denotes Heaven and
earth.
| Fanjarig, What remains after filtbiM- ex
crements are imperfectly swept away.
I fun Jang,

A certain earthen-ware vessel to contain wine or water.

Filth or excremenlitious matter.

j Ejang, An ant
hill.
J
Jang t'heen, A present of the produv -if any
particular place.
j Wae jang, and j^J ^ Nuyjang,
The first denotes, a obscuration of the edge of the sun in an
eclipse; the lasta central .eclipse. The sense is obscure, being
an allusion to their ridiculous jargon, about |f T'hoo, Vomit
ing; and
Shlh, Eating, applied to eclinssi,

CHE, or S'he.

An-ancie.it form ofjfj Heuen, see 14 str.

Same as ^5 Pun, To put away filth.

An ancient form of |f? Yin. See Rad.

Mcen.

pt^P An ancient form of Yin.

^ ~f* 1

\ T'heen hen yxrejang,

The World was all in confusion,

Every one runing after gain.
As a local word, Earth that is thrown np bj digging, or by
rats and other animals that burrow in the ground, is expressed
by Jang.
j| | King jang, A boundary or territory.
2p ] P hing jang, Level ground. jS J Pccn jang, Ter

J^l^ Original form of l Sth, To stop up.

YEN.

A den or cave in the earth.

ftju |^ jjgj Yen cb-hoojting ting, To bend the head

aud listen at a cave.

T'hoo.

XXXVI.

32nd Radical.

Original form of

560

Shun, see 11 str.

Original form of ^ Tun, see 13 str.

nun
EBB) LUY. Thunder issuing from the earth.
One says, An old form of

Liiy.
High, eminent.

PA. a., artificial embankment raised on opposite

To stop, or fill up.

shores of a river, and extending considerably into 'tl*c stream,

so as to narrow the passage for the w-ler, and to impede its
course. In the course cil thi j ~ \al, on the southern

K'HEAOU.

YUNG.

Yuen shing keen, urh tszc she he ,

King yin e, urh taou yung.
Far from home ' mournful are the tones which I utl;'. whilst
musing or my elevated mountains.
With accumulated sorrows, 1 think on my former abode ;
My desire is to seize an opportunity, and once more assert lelfcontroul.
But the road is enveloped in darkness, and entirely slopped
up is the path.'

These three |||

are synonimoui.
Taou yung, The road stopped up

bank of the Yellow River, there is a remarkable abutment of

i
this kind, formed of ropes, reeds, and the alluvial soil of that
neighbourhood. Otherwise v., i ^ Pa.
-Jjgj^ NANGL

m & us n
1%
m % u m i
Shing gae gac, urh hwae kaou k'hew he!
Tow.tsow urh sze kew fung j

Yangnang, Dust. One says', A cave in the earth.

CHIN.

Dust,

END OF THE THIRTY-SECOND RADICAL

l he same as H Chin.

561

THIRTY-THIRD

- | SZE, or Shi
From Tin, one, the commencement of numbers, and Shlh
ten, a perfect number. A learned man , a scholar, one who
devotes hit mind to the study <>f moral duties chiefly ; one
who it complete ; an appellative of men generally, and of
aoldiert ; a general term for officer! of the government.
Name of a district. Chiug sze |=gjf ^ a scholar or man of
talent, had in request by the Sovereign; the e|itnph ofTaou
t,ing tteiS JJjjJ jj*
an arecnnplished and independant
tcholar of the fifth century. He5 sze J|l ^ a learned man,
a title of office at court He* pan ta hc8 sze "j^ |J| ^
^ | title of the fifth and sixth ministers of state: the
four first are called Ta-hcB-ne. Kef tie
j or Tseun tie
^* j eminent and virli'out scholars.
Tsac tze ^' j
a man of geniut and learning, commonly without virtue.
Ttaou tze J^r ^ or Scuen sze jljSj } or Tteu tze JJjJ
j to make or tefocf a tcholar, expresses the act of confering degrees by the Emperor.
Shoo kelh sze ff jij j
a graduate of the Ha-lin rank, but without office.
Sew sze
^ same at Sew tiae ~<fij
lowest title of literary gra
duates. Sheri sze
^ a good man.
They divide the occupations of mankind into four classes;
lit. Sze, nnng, kung, shang, J j|J j j&j the learned,
hutbandmeu, mechanics, and merchants ; and hence the say
ing, Sze, wci sze min che show ] ^
Jjfi
the learned profession is the head-most (or the first) of the
four occupations of men Taou sze
^ a priest ofthe sect
Taou. Joo sze
| or Sze ttze j
men of the learned
professions generally. Sze lin ] fy\ a forest of scholars,
vol. i.

It

RADICAL.

| the learned generally.

Sze foo | ^ n able clever man
in private life. Ylh tsze^
a retired tcholar.
(For
further illustration, tee under Sze, Part II.)
^ $ A ~% % Sie ch,nS y,a ?ew
/J\
^
Seaou ttze yew tsaou.
T^f \ $jE g Koo che jin woo ylh.
^ iff J^" tfc

Yu "ou *ze '"

J Win-wang, by hit example)

Thus perfected the virtues of men.
And formed the manners of the young ;
The ancient (monarch) wat indefatigable,
And hence that Sage't name became illustrious. (She-king.)

^ JIN.

An atlronomical chirac'er used in divination. That influence

in nature which nourishes or Buttaint. To sustain; to bear;
to he pregnant with ; adulatory ; great. Shlh teen kan che ylh
-j^ one of the ten astronomical characters.

CHWANG.
Yft
ij
at
Large; great; strong ; robntt ; to strengthen. Affluent;
abundant. An epithet of the eighth moon. The age of
thirty ; manhood ; strong hairs upon the forehead. To woundTo cauterize a place, is, in medical language, called Chwang.
A surname.
Win chwang
J a kind of armed police
or militia. Xe chwang ^ j boldness, fortitude, firm,
undaunted. Klh chwang jjjjf ^ over-powering force.
Chwang ft 1 Jj{^ fat and strong. Chwang che \ ^

tfcsze.

IX.

33rd Radical.

562

or Chwang sin ^
firmness and itrength of mind. Chwang
keen |
strong, robust. Chwang ne'en |
the yean
of manhood. Chwang pei j Jj^ one of five sorts of pearl
hell. Chwang sze j
strong able bodied men or sol
dier!. Chwang shing 1
the exuberance of itrength ,
high health ; vigorous strength. Chwang ting j "J* young
men above sixteen years of age.

Vulgar form of ^ Shing.

Ping yih lioo cha

^ ^jfc boil a pot of teamake
a tea pot full of tea. Tea pots are now in China much disused,
and the infusion mads merely by pouring the boiling water
on the leaves in a tea-cup, which is covered over with its lid.
Shin yen teTh shwBy hoo ^ (Jg fa fa | a vessel to
contain water, through which smoke is inhaled i a hooka
botlom. This mode of smoking is now much the fashion
on the western side of China. Peen hoo 'jt[J | a chamber
pot. Yth hoo shwang leaou Uew * j 4^
^jflj a pot
of double distilled spirits.
To rhyme, read Yu.

7
Ancient form of

King.

"^V* YIH.

SIX STROKES.

CHOO.
From tjl Che, fa budforth, and a center, or other sacred
vessel; implying that the thing contained in the vessel reaches
above its top, and is apparent i hence the sense of this charac
ter ; a band of music standing up and shewing themielvei.
This definition is denied by Ching-tsze-tung, which affirms
that | Choo, ii an erroneous form of jgf Ke, How.

From the preceding rliaracter, A bottle or close covered

vessel; that which is close shut up, and not suffered to dis
perse or be dissipated. One ; nt once; when once; as soon
as ; the whole. Used as a verb. To unite in one. Sometimes
answers to the article A. Used with words denoting fashion
or manner, it denotes The same as i all one. Te yih Jj^ j
order one; the first. H : yth ^ j to draw one line, to
act by one rule, to treat all in the same manner. Che yih, tsTh.
tung ke, ke jTh, tslh tung che yay jj-k \ JJ|J |ft ^ ^
1 H!i W)
ill whcn
" i'recten' 10 <"> object,
the animal spirits arc influenced to follow it ; when the animal
spirits are addicted to one course t>- ly influence the will anddraw
it after them. (Mlr,g-te.) This character is synonimous
with Yih which see.

SEVEN to SEVENTEEN STROKES.

Ancient form of

So. A garment made of leave*

KLE.
Same as
The head leaning on one .de ; or the head inverted.
This sense is controverted y Ching-tsze-tung.

HOO. *
Designed to represent the form of the vessel intended with
its lid or cover. A bottle, or pot, as for wine, lea, and so on.
Name of an office j name of a place j and of a hill. A surname.

from

Hoo, see above, and to be distinguished

KwSn.

YUN.
From bottle, and |^| Heung, something falling i to the
midst of a pit.
Confined vapour i steam nut permitted
to expand.

563
/
SE.
From a $cho!ar and a man o/" talent. A superior;, the
person who is one's daughter's superior; daughter's- husband
is called Se by her father ; a wife also uses the same appellation
for her husband. In reference to this and similar appellations,
different usnges prevail in different parts of Chins. Ncu se san
chaou hwuy rnun
\
$f\ I?l i"j a dauShter wi,h
her newly married husband on the third morning after mar
riage, returns (from her husband's house) to visit her parents.
Ne tclh neu se lian haou
fyh
| /Jf^^ your daugh
ter's husband is a Tery excellent person.
Cngse|pj ]
a father and his son-in-law. Ko seuen tsth ta wei long
chwang^pT^Jf
1 he is worthy to
be selected as a son-in-law. Fan shdh tung chwang,. keu
wei pwan tsac
J|
jfe -jl ^ 1J2 ^ all who are
good sons-in-law, are considered half tout. He'en se yug
kw. e se J| j rj ^ J a virtuous son-in-law is called
a pleasant son.

KWAN.
A path in the ladies apartments of the palace. Kwei kwln
^ ^ a virluoui accnipn'-'hed woman.

Same as the preceding.

MANG.
A pcrsou's name mentioned in the San-kwS

narrative-

jaJ SHOW.

Longevity; great age; long life; used as a delicate term

where death is re-illy meant. Nan;e of a star , and of a place;
of a hill; and of a woi"'. A surname. Show cbing ^ |^
a district in Chf-kca.^ province. Shuwchang ^ ^ a dis

33rd Radical XI.

Sze. -j^

trict in Shan-tung. Show chun hwa ^

Jj^j name of a
flower. Show chow ^ jjijij a district in Keang-nan province.
Show kwang ^
a district in Shan-tung. Show miih ^
wood of which coffins are made ; a coffin. Show ning ^
a district in FQh-keen Province. Show shan sMh ^ |J_|
a species of marble with flesh coloured veins, on which seals
and stamps are cut by the Chinese. Show yu j ^ name of
a fish. Show yung tsaou j
Jfcpf name of a herb. Show
she leang e ^ |Jf ^ ||t is an appellation applied to eminent
physicians. Wan show ting j|| j ^ sort of vine
stem, of which old men's staves are made.
Filh luh. show, san sing kung chaou
jjji^ Sp
Jjl
^Jfc fj|| may the three stars, happiness, affluence, and lon
gevity, shed down their united influence.
Wan show woo
keanS p|j 1 $S 58 "a ""limiti-d long life.
Pae show
^1 y to visit a person on his birth day.
Pae wan show/I r^l 1 * Per'orm hornage on the Emperor's birth
day. Wan show kung ^ ^ ^jj a hall dedicated to the
Emperor in every Province, in which annually the officersof government and principal inhabitants do homage
three days before, and three days after the Emperor's birth
day. The walls and all appendages are yellow. There are no
eat*. Every person who repairs thither, takes with him
a cushion on which, he sets cross-legged on the ground.
Chflh show
j and Ho show Jj^ j express congratulat
ing persons on their birth day anniversaries.
Shang show
j". ^ to offer birth day presents. Wang kung ta chin
Uing tsaou show fiih wan tsun 3* ^ ^ \& Ipj1 JS1 1
^[JJj ^ 1j=^ the kings, nobles and. great officers, requested
(the Emperor's) permission to make (of the willow tree) birth
d^y Budh idols, ten thousand. Henng show pishlh yew tselh
suy i ] A "j" /jtj "fc j& e"j"Jed lne lonS life,,f8LT
years.
Sung keaou che show jj^ ^
j a life as
long as the pine.
Laou hO che show tseen neen ^ |^ ^
| ^ 4^- long lived as the slork, one thousand yearntha
stork ard the pine are considered emblems ofloog life.
Tsing klh shlh show Isew =j| ^ j j
to invite
gue ts to a birth day enteriaiument. Kaoushow |Sj j
lofty age ? is a phrase by which old persons are asked their
age. Also read Show.

^ Che.

III.

34th Radical.

Ancient form of

Hea, Summer.

554

Vff^" Ancient form of ^ Yih.

HWAN.

Same as j Tae.

Ancient name of a city near the Yellow river.

P Ancient form of j Yih.
Ancient form of ^ Yih.

TSUN, orTs'hun.
Ancient form of

Yih.

Joy I the expression of joy by 'external gestures.

THIRTY-FOURTH

CHE.
The lower part of the character it intended to represent a
man's legt pacing along with a alow ttep. To drag onc'a
legs after one sluggishly ; to walk in a composed steady manner.
To approach from behind ; supposed to resemble the two
legs of a man, with something pushing onward from behind ;
to walk slowly. Distinguished from the following Radical by
the transverse line commencing outside on the left hand.

RADICAL.

% K0-

From ~J Nne, To tui> hit and ScTh

the evening; or
according to others, frosri Chc^to come to market to buy and
sell i now, though impre|irly written yjfj- Kon, ohichisthe
name of a piece of water. "Yiug /""> ' dcr'ned from this
character, which expresses ^hat as the approach of man} per.
tons Gilt a market, so by numerous additions, . estel it filled-

^js. HEANG, or Keang.

K'HWA.
Formed from the reversed side of fhe preceding. To
pace ; to straddle ; the space between the legs. Ko jjjji^ an ear
then vessel if derived from this.

Ancient form of Heangjn^ to detcend to a lower place,

said of superiors} to submit, taid of enemies. From
Che, To approach to from behind, and ij- Kwa, To stand
apart.: not daring to claim equality*

35lh Radical.

563

Same as

FUNG.

LUNG.

HeS, To learn.

From Che, to approach to, and -f^ to

V.

Shwuy ^

Abundant; plenty.

Same as Jj KeS, To notice, or advert to.

hoot forth branches and roots. To oppose; to push against, ||

as horned ctllcj also to draw; to drag along. Used in the
sense of ^ '"u"c. To orcur .or meet with. Bead locally
Mang, d. noting Thick ; abundant , and also a surname.

Ancient form of j| Hwang, Yellow.

HAE, or Kee.

Ancient form of jijj Kefih, To crouch under.

From herbs growing in confusion, and lo approach to. To

creeni to rover or conceal from with an iuliit to injure.
Name of a pa vilion.
Fnng.hae, heang,
^
a. though distingui.hed as
above, are often confounded in common writing.

Ancient form of ^ Se..

To remove to another place.

THIRTY-FIFTH

RADICAL.

ene'f legs after one sluggishly. To walk in a slow easy mannerj

appearing to make little progress , a proud gait. A name of
an ancient Emperor.

SUY, Shuy, or Shwae.

The lower part is intended to represent a m in's legs pacing
along with a slow step. To drag one's legi after one sluggishly ;
to walk in a composed steady manner. Ancient form of
Suj.
V^ijM Anct. form of MpiSh, The appearance of walking.

jgC PUH.
Reileratrd PiSh P8h, The appearance of walking.
^^-^ Ancient form of
From ^ Che, Te walk and
and pass ovit.

FOUR STROKES.

Ling, High; eminent

Lflh, High.

TSEUN, or Tsun.
From
Yun, To trust or rely on, and
vol.. i.
5k

Siiy, To drag

The calvaria, or superior portion of the cranium.

To ascend

^ Shwfiy.

VIII.

35th Radical.

Ancient form of ^ Chang, Long.

SIX and SEVEN STROKES.

FUH.
To walk in the old road ; to purine the former path.

TSUNG, orTsung.
To draw up the feet as bird in flying ; certain ornnmfnt.il
trapping Tor a Wie'f head. The name of an ancient stale.

TSO.
To kneel awkwardly when performing obeisance. One
yi, To kneel, but not to the ground. A perton'i clothes
pread out in an awkward manner.

HEA.
Summer, the second of the four MMoni ; the lime when
nature expands freely. Name of an ancient Chinese dynasty.
Name of a lake. The nine Hea, are nine times played at
court on great rejoicing!. A large hoosc. A large vessel
used in temples, variegated with the five colours. Read Kea,
The name of a place, and ofa wood. Alio rend Ho. Le h hea
1p* ] a term. May 7th, or when the nun eu'.ers the IS' of y
Taurus. Hwa hea ip | a name of China. Heache \ ^
the summer solstice. Hea chaou j ^ the dyna>ty Hea.
Hea teen j
summer season. Hea jlh ko wei ^ ^
pj |Ji ' a summer's day is to tie dreaded ' on account of it< heat
Wo gae hea jib chang ^ ti^t ] Q
' I love a long sum
mer'! day * Theie two stutences are applied to holding office!
in the lUte, tbey are at once deairable and to be dreaded.

566
Hea ^ and Tioo
were two imtruments ofcorrec
tion uird in ichools in ancient times ; the first of a round, and
the other of a square figure. Hea e kTh j
cji occurs
in the She-king, the sense is not clear to the Chinese, they
suppose it meansnet to yield to selfish feelings. Hea oh
| jf|l a large eating vessel. (Shoo-king.) Luy hea ^ j
the name of a place. (Shoo-king.) Hea telh J ^ name of
a variegated species of pheasant. Wo keu hea ^ ^ j
my little China. (Shoo-king.)
Hea koo tsaou j
J?^l ' summer rotten grass , * a
sm II herbaceous plant, with a chaff) hairy spike of laMate
flowers.
Hea tiaou tung chung j ^jS
rjj ' in suin>
mer plant, in winter a worm.' Also culled Tung chung
hea Isaou
j ipf ' a winter worm and summer plant 4"
a caterpillar with an elongation at the head, altogether
about two inches lorg.
(Tide Rees' Cyclopedia, under
IliastualomichOHi and Planlc Per.) Hea poo j
' summer ttotl' a species of white linen cloth worn by the
Chinese in summer. Hea keiih ] j name of a plant.
Hea hern '| Jjlji a district in Sbau-se, N. I ... t. 4b' T.
Heaylhhccu j S /If* a district m Ho-nan Province, V.
Lat. SI' to
Hei tsin heen 'j ^j? J| a district in Shan-lung, N. Lat.
Si*. 51 Ilea how-tun |
'jiy a person who lived during
thc&n-tieo When a hoy of fourteen, some one issuited his preceptor, for which he killed the offender. He
became a general in the army, and was remarkable for his
munificence.
Hen-how-ying ^
^ name of a person
wl.o lived during the Hail Dynasty.

EIGHT STROKES.

To carry the bead erect in a proud haughty

Same as

Heen,

567

35th Radical.

XVII.

Shwuy ^

Ancient form of Itf: Shins:.

FUH.
To walk in the old path or road ; to go the tame way
as before ; to do over again. Now written
Pah. Synominoui with ja< Ftth, and ff Fob.

To overcome; to surpass.
TSEUN.
Leather breeches for hunting in ; ioft leather.

CHOW.
Ancient form of JB Hear Summer.
Name of an instrument uied in husbandry.
at
Original form of $ Nafin.
To walk away ; to go off.

HEUEN.
To endeaTnur, or to seek to obtain. Alio read Hing,
To scheme to plot. Distant i remote. A surname.
Hwia, Relating to marriage.

Same as the preceding.

ft

A species of monkey, called an BTaricioua brute; aUo

called a female monkey , having tome reiemblance to a
human being.

KWEI.
The appearance of respect and awe ; strange
niacal appearances, laid to resemble a dragon with one
foot i monstrosities from wood or atone ; name of an
ancient nation, of a plant, and ol a stall sman. In the Se
cond part of this Dictionary, the character' ^ Kwci is incor
rectly formed.

56S

THIRTY-SIXTH

RADICAL.

WAE.
9 *'
?
f
O
Half of the moon appearing al luniet ; the evening. The
evening of Ihe day; of the month, or of the year, lo each
there Is a peculiar epithet The name ..fun office , of a place,
nd of a hill. A mrname. Inclined, tt right angle*. Selh
"h,h 1 fr? " hou,e not nt riBht *nSleChaou telh j^j
j morning and evening.
Ting kcun yTh eth hwa, shing tnh ihTh neen hon
jf*
-* I nit 3 II: "t*
to li,ten to lhe con"
venation of a wise and good man for me evening, ii better
than rearing books for lea years. Tan selh Ej^ ] ' morning
evening'denotes being near at hand ; imminent ; impendent,
as, f3^/ff3 j Ming tsae tan sell), Life in in miaeot danger.
Tielh eth
1 the seventh evening of the seventh
moon,a Chinese holiday. It is said tint Chik-neu ^{j
the semst.es*, (a Lyras, Wegn) was the grandchild of liente
?C "fj)* tne Emperor ofheaven, and he promised her in marriage
to New-lang -4- ^[J a >tnr in the constellation of Capri
corn. After Ihe marriage of these two divine stars, New.
lung repudiated Chlk-neu, and the Ruler of heaven in anger
recalled his grandchild to her former place on the east side
of the river of heiven (the milky way), forever after permit,
ing Ihem to meet only on the 7th evening of the 7th moon.
About A. D. 745, the ladies of the palace in China, introduc.d
the wurahip of the semstress, tod iriei to thread a needle
behind their bucks; she who was successful, obtained Ihe
happy influences of the star, and increased in skill in needle
work. Now, on the 7th evening, Kea kea chuen kelh keaou
che chin ^ ^ ^
the female* of every
house (in China) thus thread the needle, and pray for skill in
sewing.

From eoening and to divine. To ascertain what is beyond one's

knowledge. Outside; Input outside ; to exclude ; foreign;
bejond ; nol included in. ChooEj in the beginning of a
sentence, and Wae j at the close of it, denote Exclu
sive uf; beside, Fung wae ~Jj j dispersed people. Liug wae
| something besides ; something els !. Tsze wae j^J j
to exclude one's self. Nuy wae
| iusidr, outside ; within,
without; natives and foreigners. E wae ms ^ beyond what
one thought of. Toowaejjjjf j lo put out of one's estimate,
to lay aside. Wuc kwS J
a foreign nation. Wae meen
\ ]) "r
toW 1
l'le "'er ,urfJCC; out side.
Wae tsae j
external talents,expresses a general know
ledge of letters, and mankind, mere extensive than the routine
of school learning. Wae wei ^ j^J an inferiur military of
ficer about the rank of a corporal or sergeant. Wae jang
J -jj^ abroad ; far off
K5 fun nuy wae ^ ft r/j |
in every place a diviiion made between the inner aad cuter.
Choo jin sung yit urh mun wae
^ Jjk
jilj j
the host accompanies (his guest) to the ouiide of Ihe second door.
Tsae wae ^ ] (he, she or) it is outside. PSh waeyu shee
1 Jfe Jl: Ok not *"J th'n ^J"""1 ("r more than)
tin*.

From evening and a knot. A knot making a person

uneasy on his couch, and causing him to turn i lo turn one's
self over when lying dovru ; to turn round; tojieldor give
way.

Radical.

569

V.

Seth

Original form

Same as the preceding.

4H,

Same as ^ Wae, see above.

~3y somesoidM* tne ancient .form of jjjs YTh,

arte! by oWiers sons' Mie obsolete form of ^ Y1h,
To Jtt/^ortHiMUM.

THREE to FIVE STROKES.

ffl^

fit

)%

Early in Ihe morning; respect and diligence shown in

the morning. A nrn.ime. Sdh tsnou J _tjJ. the morning.
Si h jay | ^jjF morning and night.

TO.
The character evening repealed. Evening after evening,
hence the id Many ; much. Used also in a comparative sense.
Wore i to crave fur more ; to add more. A term of commen
dation. A surname. KetoJ^ ^ how much ? how many .'
0 to Jfjjf j a familiar term for father. Tae to y^. ^ or
Kwo to
^ an excessive quantity or number. To che
1 kO. ' mucn '1'mi *" lo Praise anc' "a,ler him. To
chung j . i|j heavier. To keen j Jjjf to have seen
much. To ta neen ke |
4T.
what is your age ?
To sze |
busy, officious, meddlesome. To shaou J y/
or To kwa j l^j- many or few ; i. e. how many? To yen
^ TH" much talk; loquacity,one of the seven reasons
which justify divorce.
Heu to g^p ^ a great many j or a
great deal. To sang sze twan j /J: |p ijjjjj productive of
a great many troublesome circumstances, Haou sze to wei
"fjfr ipe \
fond of interfering and being busy. To to
jTh shen ^ | -nfl ^ yerv advantageous to virtue. Yew
to ta pn n been /^J ^ "Jv^
what quantity of capital )
Fun shaou le to ^ Ajf jfl] j a small capital and large
profit Pith die teen jew to kaou, te yew to how
^jj]
J^j 1 IrlJ fife -fi 1 /P kDOW not ,h; height of heaven
nor the width of the earth j ignorant, inexperienced.
ht i.

YAY.
ft
The tun gone rfoit n frelotc iAe horizon. Night. Name'of
a kingdom. A surname. Kin yay ^ ^ lo night, TsS yay
Ij^ j last night. Ming jay P^j | to-morrow night.
Pwan yay 4- ^ midnight.
Woo fun jTh yay fa tsin ^ ^ H 1 f 3
proceeded on the journey whether by night or day. Yay kcu
ming lae ^ ^ fjjij /jjj as night goes day comes. Hlh yay
!?! ] dark night. Yay tsing. ] jjjy the stillness of night.
Yin keun sing yay lae tj| j|f ^ ^ ^ led the army by
the stars of night ; i. e. by starlight; during the night. Yay
hing too chuen |
jjjjif jffe a passage boat that keeps on
her course during the night. Chang jaj shwfiy p8h cho ^
I R'ii
/jjf llnaulc to sleep all the livelong night.
Show yuy ^jl j to watch at night. Y.iy how yaou fang tslh
\ $i ^ $3 $M ''fter "'stlt comes 0" il '* necessary lo
guard against thieves. Yay hing pa fan jay j ^j
| in walking ubout at night, there is danger of violating
the patrol regulations.
Kung US die jin Iso jay kung
T. jfe ~y A {j^ I Tj mechanics do night work. Mei
yayjootsze^r \ j^p
every night thus. Yay tan suy
| fifp
'evening conversations, recorded at dif
ferent times;'Ihe title of a story book, sometimes in six, also
in eifht, and id twelve volumes. The second character occurs
written jjj^ Tan.
Yay Is tung ^ J[pJ the grotto of noc
turnal delight, the name of a place on the Lo-fow-shan
'fi'- jlj ' the province of Canton.
Naturalproducliont mentioned in the
Yay kwaug miJh |

tpSj Pun-tiaou.

^ ' the night shining tree

Selh. .XI.

36th Radical

name of a tree. Yay ming sha

pebbles,a drug mid ftjif Hit dung-/rt. YjfKrfri*ig
1 ^5
n'n'i' rominjj/nijffwice,iamcf$ a irug izy
thaou ^
the night shiner. Ya/ hf J-^
closing at
niRht Yay hoo | rj^ihenihfcaUr>Yo.y hwang | ^
night shining. Yay yen ^ Jrtt tftenttht swallow Yay kern
new ^ 1^2 ^j-" the night -dragging cow. J{*y jn Uifg
keU0 1 jjj
j]i the "'Knt rov'ng geneml.

570
fatigably diligent during the evening aod night.
original form of

Suh.

^jl* TAN.

Many, much.

The

EIGHT to ELEVEN STROKES.

Scui-n >a> , j' j an instrument forohsefvinfHU bwLvtn*

Ching yay ^ | or Yay Ue j i|| the gr v#. Yar
he ] Ej^ * *rt f night school. Yay heang (an ^
Polyanthus Tuberosum, or Tuberose. Yay hing c ho
| -ff J[^Jl
to go at ni-ht with a liKhL
Yay kwang

Common form of

No, see above.

J2|^ K HOW.
1 2fc 0r Y,J n,i"f cho 1 ^
the Carbuncle. Yay
lao heang |
Jt- Pcrgularia Oduratissima.
Yay shin
] ffc Ute at night

Much collected together ; the desire satisfied; enough;

sufficient. Kow
>> commonly us A.

^a^fj Same as the preceding.

TSING.
From /renin* and to frtJnee; also written evening and
Ur, thus
Tsing. A clear sUrlight evening; clear

CHEN.

Much, abundant.

I sky. The original form of fl* Tsing.

Same as

An erroneous form of ~J%] Kou

Jfa YIN.

To citeod to every part equally.

K'HE,

Le.

Much, or many.

a
Ancient form of

NO.

Yay, Night

Many, numerous, much.

^j^j^ ^AE.

Much, or many.

V
SUB. Much, or many.

MUNG.
to gray Mi f; to continue inde-

The moon amoagtt clonds j oosrarc; to see obscurely.

57 I
# TV

to see appearances in one's sleep; to dream; a dream.

Dreams, by diviners of their import, are divided into six

sorts. The name of a marsh. Mung yih chang |

j#
a dream; any thing that is like a dream; the present world.
-*

Mung chaou

| *
'k.

dream. Mung keen

--

86th Radical.

XI.

seh 27

female child. Yun too mung ts& gae # +. | # %

drained off the waters of Yun-mung lake. (Shoo-king.)

To speak of dreams before breakfast is thought unlucky.

Dreans are divided into these six kinds; 1st, Ching mung

some intimation or prognostic in a

}. to sce in a dream. Mung ken

TE | a regular, correct, perhaps, quiet dream, 2d, G8

mung # | an alarm", irightful dream. Sze mung):

l #

in a dream. Mung mei | # dreaming in one's

Mung seang | }: dreaming thoughts: reveric"
Mung yen l M: unpleasant dreams, occasioned itsey say

a thinking dream one that resembles rational thoughts.

sleep.
(ES.

4th, "to miung

# |

a waking dream, a dream in which

conversation is represented.

by laying one's hand upon one's heart; the nightmare.

chary.al dream.
abilt

Yih chang chun mung -

## l

5th, He

#|

a happy

a fearful dream.

u (rese six divisions of dreams this expression applies.

E jih yu sing shin, chen lah mung che keth heung y)

a foolish n an telling his dreams, expresses the

highest contempt for what a person says, implying that
his discourse is not only the language of a fool, but of a
fool dreaming. Shw8 teih she mung hwa # # # |

stars, and hours, divine the felicitous, or infelicitous import

/\ # |

E. J) JB R& 15 7's | Z # |X| by the sun, moon,

of the six dreams.

They also speak of Ta pth chang san mung che fi

what he says, is the raving of a dream. Yay keen f

mung # # # | to dream during night. Tseang mung

| a felicitous dream. Le-pih mung peth sang hwa

| # H. }% Lenih (a famous poet) dreamt that

j- R # . | }}: the

his pencil produced flowers.

mung

three are denominated; 1st, Che mung

that which

is

Ke kwae che mung

dreams.

thought of by day, is dreamt of by night.

| # H R W] # a visionary

$ j{ # # Chung fei hung hung.

# # + |E] | Kan Yu isze lung

*j # Z | strange, odd, monstrous

}. | dreams that rise superior

3d, Han mung

to anything previously thought of

There is a play in Chinese, formed on a tale of
Chwang-chow mung wei hoo t # J# | #
Charang-chow having dreamt that he was a butterfly.

mung.

parts of a human being which have figure, are closed,

The insects fly and buzz about;

and t e invisible anima circulates, and he adds, they refer

Shall 1 longer willingly dream with you ? (She-king.)

to what the mind is accustomed to think of and

Ke mung tseu paou mung yu

who is hungry dreams of taking :

of giving.

It is replied that to dream of the

In the Shoo-king, the ancient monarch Wn-wang is

represented saying, Kung mih sze taou, "ung te lae yu

# Heung and # Pei,

leans peth # # 9 # | # # J R #

# -f Z

whilst reverently and silently meditating on virtue, 1 dreamt

that the supreme Ruler conferred upon me good minister"

(animals of the sus tribe) is Nan tsze che tseang

male child.

To dream of the

Shay, (animals of the serpent species)

is Neutsze che tseang #

he

he who is full dreams

mung weiho.

What dream is felicitous? (She-king.)

further,

). | Hy #! | fil

chen wo mung;

Divine then my dream;

Hwuy, and the

According to an ancient Chinese writer, in dreams, the

(As the sun rises in the east)

# a prognostic of a

or

Mung mei

affair that should not be believed.

J', l'i # | Nae

# ] ##| Keih

#% | drcams that
mung # ]

2d, Ke

Jih yew so sze, yay yew so

H # pff #. % %] f |

che sze Itih ko sin

chief diviner, directing

the usages respecting the three (sorts) of dreams, which

arise from some apparent cause.

mung

mung # |

a vernal dream, a

visionary state or representation. Che jin shw8 mung

;:

6th, Keu

+ X. j# a prognostic of a

to assist me.

Seth.

XV.

36th Radical^

Common form of the preceding.

Still ; quiet; silent.

YIN.
Respect; reverence ; veneration. To advance ;con..nued
,_jccession i remote; distant Name of a stream. Ta kan Ms
^J" ffi !$ or Yin vuen ]
to '"" t promotion bj
every pof>,e means; to intrigue. Yin yuen ^ jfe the
influence produced by bribery. Tseang tseen chBh 18 yui!
Yin-yuen 7$
% ft |EJ 1 ^ to bribe people to do
what one direct* them, is expressed by Yin-yuen. In the Royal
Society's Manuscript Dictionary, Yin-yuen is defined thus, Per
fas, et nefa, sibi superiores gradus procurare. Tung yin
^ orYinte ] ^ fellow officers.
In the Ylh-king, occurs denoting the Loins or back.

572
any thine;. Many persons forming a group ; a party ; a banditti,
persons of the same origin and of the same pursuits , partners
in the same mercantile concern. Ke ho ^& j how many r
Hoke I Sj- a partner i a comrade; a companion ; a person,
who enters into the same schemes or plans. Ho tang j 2[
a junta ; a cabal ; men combined for some secret design. Ho
taou ^
banditti of robbers or pirates. HS ho tso singe
1
'*fc /f> lo Decome Part,iers in Iride. Rung
c[|u* show ho sing ming |lfc jjj ^ ] jfll
to tell in
evidence the name and surname of the head, accomplice, or
ringleader- Ta ho ^J" j to join in some partnership ; to
form into a society , to form a party.
Ho pwan j ^Ji
a partner 1 a comrade. Ho cha ig j ^ the head partner ,the leading associate,applied lo the mates of merchant vessels.
Tso sing e telh ho ke ^ ^ |f tft
gf- trading
partner; a fellow workman. Tung kae teen teih ho ke JgJ
)|Jf
1 ^if" a Prlner "w^itla whom one opens shop.
Tso tsih telh ho ke jj^jj^ fy \ g^ to be a partner with
thieves.

Same as the preceding.

Same as the preceding.

Same as the preceding.
TEAOU.

Many, much.
f LOW.

Many, much.

^Jsjp^ KWE1. Many; numerous appearance.

Many 1 numerous ; a band ; a company ; a crew. Many of

573

THIRTY-SEVENTH

Lnrge; great; to enlarge; lo grealen; much ; very. Flump;

fat; extensive ; long. Also read Tae. Forma a part of several
proper names. Ta leaou tan j ~T ^ or Ta ch8 tan tsze ^
^t" )jH 3" e"'arKr^ bis liver i i. e. assumed courage. Ta
Chang foo ^
great man ; a man of eminent talents
and disinti rested mind. Te |
' great idea'of one's self,
d. notes (he cnlil ungntcfnl indifference with which some perOi/i receive benefits. Ta he;ii | jjj^ the great limit ; death
'Vort ultima tinea reiinn eaL' Uornce. Ta heB sze j f^- -fministers of stale. Tajin J
Magnatet, a title applicable
to persons of the Island 2nd decrees of rank: Used by
Ct urtesy lo inferior p.rinns, and amongst the people to each
olh.-r in private letters. Ta ke:i ^
'a gre t family,'
according to its connexion denotes cither an opulentJami'y :
the same as Ta nin hoo j p|j p or the trltolc number
ofpertom eincerned: Thus, Wo inuii ta kea ^
j
0^ we all ofui. Ta laou yny ^
jfjjj- title applicable
to persons of the fourth and third degree* of rank. Ta
leB searg kin J ^ ^ j^T generally speaking, nearly the
lame. Ta seaou j /J^ gr at and small j old and young.
Pah ta r.uh scrou ^ }
"either very large nor
very small. Ta tins \ jfgf 1 chop boa!. Ta ting ] ||smalls Ta Ising kwS | ffi |j f*i under the Maucllow
dynasty. Talsi:ig|iig ] yrfry Jl\ the army of the Mancliuw
Tartars, is so denominated by the historian of Ming.
Tn'aou ^ E a large victim for sacrifices a bulloik. Ta
te ] J-||i * ':l "e 'e-'ritory; an extensive region; or in the
la g oife of Chi. es- genm.incy, a lucky site for u grave. Ta
fuug shwSy | jjjj^
a spot of ground, and an adjoining
Mil I.
bo

RADICAL.

land*. eVwhich the geomincer pronounces indicative of prosP'-ivity, Tn tnze ^ ~~f~* a great scholar; an en inent man.
Ta hwang te ^ ^ ijg! the great Emperor ; viz. the Em
peror of China. Hwang te ling ta
"Jj^ J the ".nv
pcror is the greatestpersonage on earth. KeTh ta S j
and Che ta
J the grease.t
Ta sze j J|j great
affair; generally used as an expression of admiration- or alarm.
Ta fangjin wuh |
^ t^J a man ofessla ged and liberal
principles; the opposite of ^ Jj Ta fang, applied to persons
is /J^ 5jj Seaou ke, a tmaU veuel , a narrow minded petulant
man T.i wei jin ching ta jfa |S, \ j | be is a truly
correct and a^ood man. Mae Uih heoc tsze, maou tsze too
* H
tS -f
^ I lhe ,boe,,,,d
cap which were bought are all too large. Tsae miih ta kwo
ta tilh^lj. -/^ |
(j^ fj<J there is no other greater
than it, or his.
Ta tseen Jlh ^ "gj1 | the day preceding that before yes
terday, or three daysago. Ta how jlh ] ^ ^ !<* day*
hence. Ta pae cha> g | ^ ^ or Ta pae la chang ^ ^
^
v" pl -ndil; showy or pomfous. Haou ta leen
meenflj | ffifc ^ a very gre t fire, very respectable;
sometime* used ironical'*, meaning its opposite. Leaeg ta
seaou ^ | /j\ ' two, a gre t and a sma'l ;' i. e. a wife and a
concubine. Ta i e'en |
'great years,' i. e far advanced in
life, aged. Ta p5h seang tu g | /^n /|^J |fij very dissimi
lar; vi-ry different ; very iinKke ; this expression often imp'i.s
in comcariaou uarte , a , Ki . i.e'rn sing e pe warg i.e'eu ta
pdb aemg lung ^ % /.f g ^ ^ ^ | ^ ffi
fpj this year trade is much worse than in former yean,
Kw e kaou chaeg tu
] 'make haste and grow
tall and become a man', s :id lo children, as a wish from parents.
Ta taou | jj| a great road, a bijjli v.ay ; a wide pain; or, ia

Ta.

37th Radical.

the moral sense ofTaou, Grand principles; important doc

trines. Ta ha j J||falaige mansion; used in complimenting
a person respecting his house. Kcaou che tse yay, ying chang
jlh che che yay, ta paou tecnurh choo jlh yay j^J j ^
ill M-%BZ& 1 #7tifoH&
the sacrifice ofllred in the wilderness, occurs on the longest
day in the summer solstice ; in the .great rccompence (nr thanks
giving) offered up to Heaven, the chief regard is had to the
sun. (Le-ke.)
Tu tsae keen yuen, wan wish tsze che, no r',*tJ' teen
great the originating principle (or power) oi heaven ! it gave
'"inning to all creatures (animate and inanimate) and pervades
all the operations of heaven ! (YTh-king.) On this passage one
comn.en.ator .a, ^ jft |^ ft } % % $ jft ft
whatever ii great on earth and under heaven, is that which is at
the beginning (or first of the scries) ; hence the first of all must
of course he great by self necessity ; thus it is with the origin of
whatever is born (or produced) the sclf-cxistent principle ; and
creatures are produced, the proper order is also thus ; viz. that
the first should be considered the greatest. (Yih-king.)

Teen tung ruS ta hoo sze the ;

Beuen seang choo ming inS ta hoo jth yui.
There are no greater changes than those of the four seasons ;
Amongst the pendant signs of heaven, there are none brighter
than the sun and moon. (Yih-king.)
Ta fuh pin lang ] J]J3 ^ ^ ,bc large bellied betel
nut. Ta fuh pe | Jjg j the husk of the nut. Ta fung
**ze 1 iHl ~jF" ,ee<^s somewhat similar to those of the large
fir. Ta hwang ] -^rhubarb. Ta hwuy ] j* star ,_
eed i otherwise called PS ke j\ ^ eight angled seed. To
keIh ] ffi aD arlicle in 'he Chinese Materia Mcdica, that
looks like raspings of wood; also cut in slices ; used in
swellings of the abdomen. T.i tsaou ] tji a name of li

574
quorice root Tatsaon ^ ^ fruit ofaRhamnuts looks like
a prune or french plum ;well tasted.
Ta yuen j Jj^}
black root of a tree; a drug.
Ta tnng j pjj a trumpet, with a cylindrical end. about
18 inches long; and a sliding tube at the small end, applied
to the mouth. Ta pt ^ jgg large cymbals. Ta tow tsae
1 Sft 3|v or Chin tsae j
a species of turnip with
the stem and leaves preserved in salt. Ta tsing lung 1
~j- ^ a species of libellula of a large size. Ta tsing lKh j
pf"
a ',1rSe Sre-"
Peir'j ,nai' ,ne"Plants described in the Kwan Itemfang poo jjj^
a Chinese Botanical mark.

yj Ft

Ta ma j Jjjjj^ hemp.
Ta ma jin j J|j|i ^zl hemp
seed. Tafiihtsze ^ ^
the large bellied seed. Ta ling
tow
4~| 2 tne 'arSe efficacious pea. Ta ihlh kwj shoo
j IM M the In,,ian tree.
The following are names of articles in the Materia Medico,
takenfromJhe tJtJ
^ g /"an ttaoukang mUh.
Tachung chang |
^ large insect staff. Ta hoo tang
1 tft ffy- lilrSe S"r<1 tendrils. Ta hwang fung | jj^
large wa.pi. Ta ke j jjlijj the large kc plant. Ta
keiih ^ 3^ the large chrysanthemum indienm. Ta koo j
|* the large bitter. Ta kung ] 2j? the large hollow.
Ta Un ^
a species of Ependendrum Ta le .ou j
the large acrid plant. Ta lcih tsze j
^ ihs large
strong seed. Ta Ifih j fjr^ the deep green. Ta mTh j
^ large wheat (barley.)
Ta mTh mei '| ^
the
large barley moss. Ta ne j
great mud. Tu pe'eu j
the great convenience; to ease nature by stool ; excre
ments. Ta shih ] ^? a large mansion. Ta shTh ^ ijgj
the great occurrence. Ta swan ^ ^ large leeks. Tatow
\ $3* 'Jrgc Plse- Ta tow hwang kcuen | jva^ yjj"
large pulse yellow curl. Ta tow she J t~j g the large
pulse condiment. Ta tseth ^
the large spear plant. Ta
lsew j tjC^T the great approach. Ta tseaou ^
large
pepper. Ta tsih j
large marsh. Ta Ise j ^ the
large tse plant. Ta tsze woo j ^
the large rough
headed crow. Ta yi lclh |
the large leaved leth

575
wood. Ta yen lung J |j|
curcat.

the large eyed Jatropha-

Names ofplacet.
Ta ching he'en ] ^
in the province of Chih-le
N. Lat 36. 44. Ta chiih been ] /jvj ^ in tlie province
of Szc-chuen, N. Lat. 30. 44. west ofPeking 9. Ta ylh he'en ]
pa
near the last mentioned place. Ta hing he'en j
one of the district* in which Peking is situated. Ta
le heen ]
districts in Se-gan province. Ta le foe
1 S Jfl" ',n Yun-nan province, N. Lat. S5. 44. W. of
Peking, 11.13. Ta ming foo 1
jfy in CMh-lc province.
N. Lat. 36, SI; W. 1. 7. Ta ming heen J ^.^in
the last mentioned Foo district. Ta-ning-he'en 1 ^
in Shan-se province, N. Lat. 36. 30.
There is
another place of the same name in Sze-rhuen province, N.
Lat 31. 40 W. of Peking 7. Ta pno heen | j^j ^ in
the province of Kwang tnng, N. 84. 40. Ta jay heen
1
Wi ln """"P1" P">'"e. N. Lat. 30. S ; W. of
Peking, 1. 30. Ta teen heen | ffj
in FBh keen
province, N. Lat. 85. 38. -Ta yu heen | J ffi near the
Mci-ling mountain (which is otherwise called Ta-yu) on
the side of Keang-se province, in the district Nan-gan-foo.
Ta ting chow | jjr yjj] in Kwei-chow province, N. Lat.
27. 4. W. of Peking. 10. 56. Ta tsoh heen ] Jjj? )g|
in Sze chuen province, N. Lat. 29. 51. Ta tung he'en ^
in Kan-siih province. Ta-tnng-foo j |p] Jj^p in
Shan-se province, N. Lat. 40. 6. W. 3. 12. Included in
this district is a Heen of the same name j i. c. Ta-tung-he'en.
Ta yaou heen j 'J^|c
in Yun-nan province, N. Lat. 25
48.
The following are names nf places in J|j^ ij^ Kwang-tung
(Canton) provinee.
Ta teen j
the grand palace.
Ta shth low J ~Jf
J^jjt the large rock-made upper room. Taszefung | ^||i]f|
the great lion peak. These four are all on the Lo-fow
mountain.
Ta ling jth | [^
the great mountiin post house.
Ta leih shan ^
J_[j the powerful hill. Ta kwan kcang
1 ?IB, ffe "le "trealn "{ "tensive prospect. Ta ching so
1 $C
,ne P'ace ofSreat doings. Ta chow kcang j

37th Radical.

Ta

^)f| 7^
'arle "'and stream. Ta lae gaou shan j
yf|l |1| the great lae plant, and ravine mountain. Ta king shan
j fj?f LL| ,ne n'" f congratulation.
Titles of Emperors ant dynasties.
Tashun j ^ the KwJ-haou. or Imperial title, A. D. 879.
Tahing | |S title of Yuen-te
A D. 313. Ta chung
| 1^1 title in A. D. 8S7. Ta leTh | J*^ title of Tae-tsung
^ ^ A. D. 752. Ta ming |
the dynasty which
reijue" rom A. D. 1397, to 1643. Ta nee" | ^ title
in
608. Ta paou ] J|| title in A. D. 548. Ta tang
1 J\=t
dynasty which reigned from A. D. 631, to 897.
Tatung | fpj title in 496. Ta tung ]
title in 4^6.
Ta chung tscang foo j tfi jj^s
title in 989. Ta !-
| 5f^. ,ne dynasty which reigned over China from A. D.
950, to the year 1281. Ta ting *| ^ imperial title, A. D.
1)57. Ta kwan ^
title in 1100. Ta tin j ^
title in 1296. Ta sung j -yj^ the dynasty which reigned
from A D. 967 to 1281.
Anatomy.
Ta ling ^
the region of the wrist on the inside above
the palm of Ihe hand.
Ta Mh j ^jjj; the region on each
side, at the lower part of the abdomen.
Ta yuen ^
the top of the thumb inside.
Ta paou 18 ^ ^j]
the
region in front near the armpit.
Ta chang ^ JJJ|| the re
gion about the loins, by the side of the 16th vertebrse. Ta
shoo j .j }' the lower part of the neck near the clavicle.
Ta koo kfih hwny ^ ^
^ at the top of the vertebra;.
Tachuy ^ ^ the highest vertebras of the back bone. Ta
too heu ] ^ Jrj ' 'h root t,f lhc greal loeTa y,ns
urh heue | j^jj ^ /C ne,r t,le j01"-1' of the lower jaw
on each side.
Books.
Ta he j
instruction for adult persons; or great
men in power. Ta he8 yen e poo j ^ fiff ^
suplemcntal notes to the paraphrase on the Ta-heH, by Keaseun
^ of the present dynasty. Ta pei chow | ^
rj^ most merciful prayers s I. vol. contains promises of
mercy and unconnected prayerspublished by Imperial autho
rity ; and referring to the goddess Kwan-yin. Ta pei tsan

^ Ta.

37th Radical.

i>76

ft ] fill 'lfij
ru'e' ' Praver t0 the most merciful
goddess Kwao-yin. I vol. Ta pei shin choir sin kins; j
fiB W 5
sacre(*
*r '* nearl' olaining
divine prefers to the most merciful. 1 vol. Ta ffih tire;
Hng yen chow ^ 0|j ]|| ^ Jg- ^ 16 vol. * religious
book of the Budh sect.
Ta o roe to king | [JpJ" Jjj^j
Pt n"tE a Praycr DHok tne f-real -Arnida Buddha. Ta
kin ehe ^
j^r; memoirs of tt (Tartar) dynast;. Kin,
which reigned over the northern part of China >' ; the
Ulh century. Ta tsing lefih le ] ffi ^ j^jj laps uf JUTatsing dynasty, or Penal Code of China, (translated by t w.orge
Thoirns Staunton), 40 vols. Tu tsing hwtiy teen I Jft
Jfc. the statu let or ordinances of the Ta-tsing dynast),
not exclusively nfa penal nature like the preceding. Ta Ising
Jih turg che | ^
$i J&t 210 ,o1* * "niplete ''ticnl trrouct f tie hole empire of the Ta-lsing dynasty,
or M.inrhow Tartar sovereigns of China. Ta lQh jin 1
j 13 vo!s. a hook on fortune telling.

The head hanging down inverted.

T'HEEN.
From a line placed above great t thA r hich is tbnve and
is greW. The highest; lhat which is resident above to rule
and keep in subjection the cre riires below. Heavkk is us.'d
for TnK material HEiviNi, the tly, and fi.r j Srrnr and
intelHfent Power which views human actions and thoughts
and which rewards or punishes individuals or nations: for na
ture, as that word is often used in Europe, and seemingly tu
the exclusion of nature's Cod. N.itoial. Nan e of a star; of a
particular divinity ; of a public court ; of certain music ; and of
a plant A surname. Teen is used as a Verb, To consider or
regard as Heaven. Min nac war g so teen
"yj ^- pjj ]
the people are considered as heaven hy the king. Teen la
}
as great as heaven. They s;'y, le-ntisxr, wo pan
Hh lae \ + ^} ^ ffi ffi
I can manage the affair
if it were great as heaven. Teen ta, te how ] ^

great as heaven and bulky as the earth ; denotes, Vast as th*

universe. Slrng che san sMh san teen i hea eh: shth pi t-Ing
up as high us the thirty-third heavens, and down as Iowa*
the eighteenth hell.
Yew hwuy teen che leTh ^ |p| ij
~fj has power
capable of revenins; t!ie course of the heavens, said of a
nerion who by his t l-ots recovers some apparently des|ierate
vTjnccrn. K?8 e rain wei pun, min e sh'ih wei teen Jpjjj
H! ife.
V), "f
\ t"a gver,,,nellt ,,r '>*
the profit arc fundamentally important, and to the people/soti
is their heaven. Teen f.iw te tsae j ^
^ heaveo
overspr ads, and earth contains
T?e often answers to the word oaf, as Kin teen
J
today. Tso teen fife | yesterday. Mi ig teen Bjj | to
morrow. TSt.i te.-n \ ] dnily. Ten tean laie hc5 tans;
le tuh shoo ] ] ip 'j || |g "
' >
school or college studying.
Mwan teen sing tow ^ | J| Sj* the whole heavens
shining with stars. Tee.i ne lew loo j j| ^ g|f a dovelop: ment of natural principles or dispositions ; referring
to those sentiments iu favor of virtue which are inip'autcd
by H aven iu the human breast i lieucc, a se.ne of shame
discovered by some perso.is when detected in vice, is called
Jem nc lew loo ; the workiugs of natural conscience iu favor
of wh it is good.
Teen yae |
the horizon. Ching te.-n keing ^ |
|^ or Kang teen hwa =|| j
to talk I igj vain empty
boasting; lof.y but tying pretensions. Tcen-lsze che tsun
woo urh |
^ ^ ^
heaven's Son (Hie Emperor)
is supremely honorable and has no second or equal.
j
r | Heaven makes the mind of mankind it- mind i io
most ;incient discussions respecting heaven, its mind or will was
divined from vvlut was ll.c will of mankind , vox populi ; vol
Dei,
Te'enwnn ^
the day drawing toward., a close ; tow r!|
evening. Teen leaug ^ ^ braik of day ; day light. Te.it 1
J5J" the river of heaven; the miUy way. Tsing teou pb

577
i'b ifl 1 1=1 EJ clear heni and bright day fis
often used to denote a well regulated government a period
in which justice it purely administered ; and hence, a good
local magialrata ii called
j
Tsing teeu tae
yay. Tsaog teen mef leaou wo.^g ^ ^ "J" ^ may
heaven annihilate me Ia Chinese imprecation j used by
people asserting their innocence of an alleged crime.
TeWngU-Th ) |# -produced by heaven, a naWalpro.^ion. Tnng.eenf: j ^
^
^ J ...mmer. Min le, jj*. | autumn. Shangteen
X | *iter.
Teen hwa j ^ the small pox
Tfeo
juvouchw.ag ]
a disease of children resembling;^
}.} Shwfl, paou, the water, pustule, or blister , perhaps a.sort of
chicken pox, the ski., ofthe pi,pJe iaer, thin and uuc,uont
Teen ping j ^ a balance , the scales are called M 4
copper dishes. Teen wan j gastronomy. Teen win sing
I X ^fe "fonomer.
Kin teen keen |Jj ] Bitin astronomer appointed by the Emperor of China. Teen
win too | y |Hj a map of Ihe stars.
Teen laon j $|| ' the way. of heaven denote the principle oftrier in iU operation on nature. Teen min J ^
its operation on roan and other creatnres, arcording to the
properties given by nature. Teen le, leang sin j Jg[ J|
\ 'heivenly prh cipU and good heart,' i, . express^
much nsed by persons protesting the purity ftheir molivea,
or calling, on ethers to act conscientiously.
1 Ye jew Uang, teen,
ftMA^ T,e b J*" Uae ?
O ye azure distant heavens ,
Who is this man I (who has caused the bouse ofXhoW. ruin.)
(She-king.)
Teen yew e. ATh nn teen. yHh hwang t. te cnoo lne
mhj*. v^= -j-H 1 Jl^ft
JflE
I there are Ihirty-three heavens, the perfect Imperial great ruler, dwells in the azure heavens.
Tkefallowing are afew of the morel and mel.phj,cal lieu
of the Chinese respecting Heaven.
E.chnen sha, teen e choo Isac vei che te ^ j||
wi r.

W E ckuen M, heaven is tilled Ruler

k

37th Radical.

I.

Ta^

or sovereign from the idea of supreme cantroul. A Chinese

writer thus nrgues against chance, and in favor of an intelligent
and designing First Cause. ] 4$ & ||J ^ ^ Jjj ^
$ Hi" t ^ ?t^/ b1- HeaTeQ nod""'gnnd,
then it must Int. n that the cow might bring forth a horse)
and on tire peach tree boVroduced the blossoms of the pear.
Another CVorae author thus describes the Mahomedan
rCigion J!] 0 ft & g \ jfD2H

- f * i
e
a)Ibouh tarcountry of the Mahomedans borders upon India,
their customs are different ; thty do not worship Budh ; th-y
do not sacrifice to the gods ; they do not worship the roans,
of their ancestors ; that which thry honor and reverence,- is only
the one word Heaven , besides Heaven they respect only the
ancient teacher Confucius
The Mahomedans in China themselves however use the
word Choo j Lord, to express the Deity, and not the word
Teen. According to the Sing le la tsuen *jVj: J|
/^
1 vol. 5 page, Heaven does not appear the sii| r.-mc intelligence.
1

i na

&W.?f i4Pt#RM T""<,h> Ulh8

Principle of order pervading heaven, earth, and all creatures ;
before heaven and earth were in existence, this principle of
order must have previously existed ;by motion it produced
the Yang principle ; and bj re. fit produced the Yin principle.
In th's quotation, the Tac-krih U represented as antecedent
to Heaven; and heaven and earth, or nature, as hiving had a be
ginning. The word Tae-kefh denotes the extreme bound or limiti
the highest point of analysis j the first link of the chain ; and
in reference to the afore-mentioned Principle of order, they
use the term ffoo-keih Jjt Jjj^t without an extreme, or utmost
limit) i.e. iufinite; .eternal. Thus in the same page of the
above work, fcft K JS tffc t 1 31 ftfa
7C& - ^. & Ufc Ifij tL

fVoo keih, expresses thut ihi-. reason or principle of order, was

at the beginning, when nothing else existed.There w-s only
this principle of order alone, and nothing else.
That by Le
3[ ot a principle iforder, they mean something different from.

Ta

I.

37th Radical.

578

an intelligent icing, appear* from

^ ^ the com.
plete works of the Philosopher Chao-Jot-tsze, vol. SO, page 4.
It if there auk** "hat is to be understood by such expr rssions
as thii ^
^ heaven helps the people;
||E ^ |{^>
]^jr?^^^IP$T!f$i onthf r^eout, heaven
end* down all blessings ; on the unmhteous it tenia down
every infelicity. Is it, says the ei.quiirr, ^^^/(E_l^
i 3%. j$l fit lbat lhe "ure heaven* >.* in
truth exercise a supreme intelligent-controul? orthrv>ven
has no designing mind, onlj when the subject it\i>>*Vl up
* 'a origin, it is inferred that the principle of order, or -eturte
i, Mng$, is thus.
Choo-foo-lrzc elsewhere says very oddly, that to affirm ^
# H A jEW$tn% & B * *T th"
heaven has a man there to judge and determine cr imes, should
not by any means be said ; nor on the other hand, must it
be affirmed
ffi
ijg- that there is nothing at all
to exercise a supreme controul over these things.
Again, f$ | ^J/ |>
^ ^ Que'"n, It
the heart of Heaven and earth (the minrf of nature) intellectual
(and intelligent) or not f jg j3 -|. ^ $ ^ ^
or it it merely a vast inert inactive expante I
Q J Jjjj
/ppjfM^^ii A",wer- u mu',t not be
aid, that the mind of nature is unintelligent.
^Jjj ^
J(v| JS J; Dut 'l <*oe* not re*ernD'e ,ne cogitationt of man.
No Chinese definition of Teen ^ raises the idea of it superior
to mere matter i their definition! commonly run thus j|
*"F
fl5 >^
^ t'le '"P0" ^ Chaot, the lighter
and purer ascended and became heaven ; the heavier and
grosser descended, and forming a concrete matt became earth.
A certain Aiiatic writer, when addressing by letter the
Greeks and Romans of Europe, expresses himself to this
effect," That the invisible things of God may be clearly
discerned from the things which are made i but man, not
liking to retain God in his knowledge, has lost a sure know
ledge of the sublime subject j and by his own wisdom comes to
no satisfactory conclusions respecting Him, whose greatness
it unsearchable, and whose nature is incomprehensible."

However, aa the same writer remarked elsewhere, when

addreating orally the same learned, but idolatrous Greeks,
< God hat not left himaelf without witness amongst the
nation! i but hat done them good, and given them rain from
heaven and fruitful seasons to the end <bat they should teek
the Lord, if haply they might feel after him and find him."
The above quotations thew how the philosophers of
China have groped aa men in the dark, in their reasonings
rePeclinB the Deity , but they can scarcely be said to
have found Him. They have come to this conclusion, that
every chain mutt have a firtt link ; every consecutive series
must have a beginning . every produced being, teemi to
imply one original and unproduced ; but of that Self-exiitent
Canse or Being, they have attained to a very imperfect
knowledge.
The Teen ^ of China, it used nearly at the Heaven
of the western nations; and denotes "The regions above |
the expanse of the ky ; the habitation of God, good
angels, and pure souls departed ; it it alto used for the supreme
power; the sovereign of heaven." (Johnton.) Such it the
popular use of the word i although several of the Chinese
philotopkert evidentjy iili into a iort of JthcMical materialitm.
1 shall close these quotation* from the Chinese, respecting
Nature, or the Syttem of the Universe, with the following
paragraphs from Choo.fo,.tne. (g^ g gg gg
$ ;g
4 ?fc H %
ft G M # fa
Since
the opening out of the present ytem of nature up to this
time doe* not extend to ten thontand yearswhat w* the
state of thing* antecedent to that period ? Q p fljj jffj
$| #P jtfc #r$32j$. An,wer' I' 'appear* plain
that the antecedent system must have been the same at this.
9^.
1 ^! ^
Another .uert'on, Is heaven
and earth susceptible of being destroyed ?
|J ^J ^ jljj^.

They are indestructible ; but when man arrive* at the highest

pitch of wickedness, the whole will be struck into a chaotic
mats ; and men and things be all annihilated ; after which Ihcy
will again be raised up anew. .From these passages, it would

579
appear, that Choo-foo-tsze bad imbibed the Buddha idea of
a Kulpa.
The Chinese alio theorize concerning the formation of the
world , their Coshocohy run. thus; ^ ^ j& ^fj J|g Jf

ISt 0 MH 11 think tht'hen

Heaven and Earth were yet in a choatic itate, previously to
their being aeparated, there existed only two elements, the
matter of heat or fire, and water; and that the sediment at the
bottom of the water, became the earth. Even now, when one
ascends an eminence, and looks round to a distance, the groups
Of hills have all the appearance of waves, which arose from
the water being agitated thus ; onlj at what time the concre
tion' took place, is not known. At first the mass was soft, and
afterwards by cohesion it became hard. Query. I suppose
there was some resemblance to the way iu which the tides drive
up the sand. Answer. No doubt. The more impure parts of
water, became earth; and the most pure parts-of the matter
-of heat became the wind, and fleet halo, and thunder, and light
ning-, and "the son, and stars, and such like. ' (Choo-foo-tsze.)
They imagine that the earth is kept in its place by the con
stant rotary motion of the Heavens, and hence the saying.
She teen che yun yew ylh seTh tin;:, tsTh te seu been
suppose the revolving heavens were to stop for a -moment,
the earth, would inevitably sink down.
Another idea of the same writer is thrt, which -refers to a
subsequent step in the creation, j Jjjj
^ ^ jjg

[ij M <l& ^ $W Tbe creati" roU,rJ motion of

heaven and earth, resembles the upper stone of a mill, which
incessantly revolves without intermission; and the production
ofcreatures resembles the middle part of the mill, from whence
are thrown out both coarser and finer materials.

37th Radical.

1.

There is in China, a popular idea of a successive creation

in days, or periods, which they express thus, 1 i{k
fj

JE M %l
7% A B '"t the creation of heaven and
earth, on the first day ionrbr were produced; on the second,
dog,; on the third, swine; on the fourth, sheep; on the
fifth,corral on the sixth, horses ; on the seventh, man; and
on the eifTfifh, grain;' hence people now consider the seventh
otrof the rirst month of the year man'$ dag. And on that
day; as well as the following, no Chinese will tveep the
bouse; being desirous to avoid the allusion of tweeyitg
man and his food to destruction.
Mythology.
Teen wang j ^ 'celestial king;' or a king in heaven, is a
title given to many deified persons of the Rudh sect. Sha-mun
Teen-wang ^ ptj j ^ was worshipped by the emperor
Tae-lsung ^ ^ju about A. D. 50. This Sha-mun Teenwang, was represented with the head of a swine, and the nose
of an elephant Tbe Emperor Tae-tsing attributed success in
his wars to this god, and issued edicts commanding him to be
worshipped by sacrifices. The idol is often placed at the gates
of Budb temples.
Teen mo j jj^ 'bad heavenly spirits,' wicked angels
are often spoken of; they arc said
^ to have been
subjugated when Shih-kea, Buddha, attained divinity. Teentsun-woo-shang j
i^fc
the honorable in heaven who
has no superior, is a phras used by the Taou-scct.
Tern how | JjJ the queen of heaven; or Teen-how
neang - neang \ )fi $| j$ ' her ladyship the queen of
heaven,' was a young woman who lived in the province of
Fuh keen, about the year, A. D. 811. Her name was Lin ^
at five years of age she learnt to recite the prayers addressed
to the goddess Kwan-yin, and she early made a vow never
to marry. She belonged to a seafaring family, and is said to
have fallen into a sort of trance, or to have left the body
during a gale of wind, for tbe purpose of saving her two bro
thers ; but her parents hastily called her back and awoke her,
from which cause she failed in saving her elder brother, who

^Ta.

37th Radical.

580

was drowned. She died, or as they express it

^ ascended
and was translated in A. r> gjl. She afterwards often op.
pearcd to deliver people, and became the patroness of pregnant
women. The Imperial family, during Die SunjDynnstj, con
ferred the posthumous title || flj jfc ^ / /p $| jjjf
her ladyship, the queen of drawn defender of Hie country
and protector of the people.
Such are the gods whom the wisr Chinese worship, nen
and women whom they themselves Ka-ve afi\ cied to deify and
Ihe more magnificent and striking parts of the material smotU;
but to The Great First Cause; the OmMpoleh/ and JUam't*
G*d they off>:r no worship.
Book:
Teen chnng pTh tow koo fdh seaon tsae yen show meson
A super. excellent tarred bok to melt away calamities and
lengthen life by an ancient Budh, causing life durable as Ursa
Major, heaven's centre. 1 vol. Teen yen shun Ie8 | 3^5
|J|| ^ I toI. containing rules for the priests of Budh. Teen
wang king | f]E 1$r nne *'* To1, of "** Blldl,n:, ,ectTeen how, chueu j J~
I toI. with cuts containing
memoirs of the queen df Heaven. Teen hwa tsing yen ^
ji^jjj ~= a perspicuous account of the small pox, 4 Toll.
Medical book. Teen wan taching ^ j ^ fjfc complete
system of Cninese Astronomy.or rjther astrology, 40. voL
Title of Emperort and dgniuliet.
Teen ching J Jj^ Imperial title, about A. D 916. Te'cn
fah 1 'In) li,,c A D 926- T8en 171 h ] f| lil,e * D
879> Teen fung j
Imperial title, about A. D. S8.
Teen han | ^ title, B. C. I3S. Teen he ]
title,
A. 0. 989. Teen hing | |gL title, A. D. I8S4: Tien,
hwong-ohe j J| JJ^ title of twelve brothers, whose reigns
amounted to 45,000 years, which dosed ab.:ut 44,000 years
B. C. (Fabulous age of China.) Teen hwuy j
title, A.
D. 1125. Teen kang j j| title, A. D. 545. Teei ke
^
title, A. D. 16J4. Teeu kea ^ ^lit,p A- *
555. Teen keen j ^ title, A. D. 498. Teen krucn |
^ title, A. D. II SI. Teen leTh j Jg title, A. D. ISSS.
Teen ming ^ ^ title, A D. 1814. Teen paou ] ^
Imperial title,, A. D. 70. Teen shun |
title,. A, D.

1455. Teen thing ^ ^ title, A. D. 1014. Te'cn Hh ^

|jw title, A. D. 1145. TeenUung | j|| title, A. D. 1630.
Teen yew J ^ Imperial title, A. D. 195.
In Anatomy.
Teen-choo | ffi 'the hinge of heaven,' denotes the
region ahout the navel. Teen-choo ^ ^ ' the pillars of
heaven, ' refers to each tide of the back part of the neck
near the mastoid process of the temporal hone. Teen chung
j
the pirt behind the top pirt of the ears. Teen
chung | sfj) Ihe region about the ossa parietalU. Teen
chwang^ ^
region at the lower part of the neck
behind. Teen ke j j^y region on each side, upon the
scapula. Teen kecou j |jjf near the preceding; more
inward. Teen foo j Jj^ the front of the head of the
os humeri. Teeu ting j ^J- the lower part of the neck
the front
in front near the clavicle. Teen Ueuen j
just ahove the arm pit. Teen tsing h
the intern I condyle. Teen tsung | ^ at the external
part of the scapula. Teen tiSh j ^ the upper part of
the thorax in the middle. Teen yew |
the lower
part of.the neck on each side. Teeu yong ^ ^ imme
diately below the esr on each side.
These terms refer to the blood vessels in the several part*
above mentioned ; and are of uae chiefly in tase of the acu
punctural and burning.
NaluTtl production*.
Teen chfih hwang j
-jj^ ' natural bamboo yellow,'
a white substance in small hits, procured from the iuside
of bamboosQu. Tabasheer? See Dr Russel's account, under
the word Tdbatheer. (Ency. Brit.) The old books called it
Teen chBh hwang j dj ^ the Indian yellow, which
seems to confirm the idea that it is Tabasheer. In prescrip
tions it is called simply Chtih hwang ^* -p=j the bamboo
yellow substance. D. scribed in the Pun Uoou as
^
^[j". sweet, refrigerating, and not deleterious. Used
cln fly in diseases of children to allay the effect of frights,
convulsions, and lots of utterance. Found in the larger elm
of bamboos in the southern parts of China, and supposed
to be a modified concretion of di st and sand in three, tre
of the bamboo. (See Fun-ttaou kang-iuiib, SB vol. 37 \,

581
page 25.) Teen tung ^ ^ or Teen mun tung ^
J^s- seems to denote a winter plant; it b 'a plant with a large
root which ii preserved as a sweat-meat, and its tnbera
Died in medicine. Teen kwei |
name of a plant,
the leaves of which are used in medicine ; thej are of a
crimson or purple colour, and produce a beautifully coloured
infusion. Teen ma ]
a drug which appears to hp
the dried fleshy part of a large fruit. In the Pun-ttaou,
Tecn m* is given as a synonyme of CMh tseen ^
' rtu
flesh coloured arrow,' from all the stalks resembling arrows,
and being of a flesh colour i of a pungent and warming
property j removes a sensation of heat and paint' 'in (he
head; and relieves the pains nna< convulsive fits of
children. Teen heunjr 1 jjjfc a plant used in the Materia
Medica; of a pungent heating taste, nnd highly deleterious i
to its name Tsaou
herbaceous plant, is sometimes added.
Teen hwa fun ^ ^
a synonyme of HwS low jjj^ jK
a creeping plant that bears its. fruit on the ground like the
melon tribe i described as bitter, and cooling; not deleterious |
refrigerating.
Teen hwa sin ^ ^ Jjj| called also j
3j Teen hwa toe, A medicinal plant, said to destroy insects.
Teen ling tsaou j ^ J^r a medicinal plant. Teen nan
sing J
J|j the southern star of heaven, a synonyme
of the plant Hoo-chang
^ 'the tiger's paw,' named
from having on the root prominences like a tiger's claws.
Described as bitter and warm ( highly deleterious. Teen seen
kwo j
i ' angel's fruit,' a species of ficus, described in
the Pun ttaou, under Woo hwa kwo ^tt ^ ^ the fig. The
angel's fruit grows on a tree eight' or nine cubits high, and
whose leaf resembles the Dimocarpus
Le-che, but
smaller i bears fruit without any apparent blossom. It resem
bles the cherry, and grows in clutters. Teen show kin j
j|J^ the natural root of life,a medicinal-plant of a cooling
property. Teen sze lelh | #jj Jjp|(a<7nff)thedivine teach
er's chesnut, named after a renowned Chinese philosopher.
Teen seen ling j
angel's creeper \a plant that
grows in Keaag-nan.
Teen ts-on j ^ the divine date. A particular species
of cannariiim referred to in poetry. Teen yu shwiiy j p^J
^ pure r-in v.a!er. Tetu mii>g ttiug j j ^ called
VAST I.

6I

57th Radical.

I.

also Teen woo tsing j

jjyf Teen man tsing | ^
^ and Teen mun tsing j ptj ^ a plant that grows .
on plains and marshy places i in Canton pro *Ke is planted
on poor land, which it enriches, and from its teed an inferior
oil it expressed ^cd used with food. Teen chub kwei ^
h*7
'Indian Cassis., an aromatic, called by the Budtaa,
priests, TuK kwei
the -moon cassia.
>*> "'placet.
Twn-tKangheen *|^|. jfijfa district in Keang-w
prtrtnet, Jt lat 32. 44. Tcen-chin-heen j H jWl
district- in Sban-se. Ta-choo-heen J /|v Jjj|i in Kweichttv Juntr-nice, N. Lat. 27. Teen-ho-heen J J|J j^'in
Kwang-se province. Teen-mun-heen j f"j ti^ in Hoe-pVk
N. Lat. 30. 40. Tee-paou-heeu ] ffi $| in Kwang-se.
Teen-tae-heen ] ^ ^ in Chf-keang province, N. Lat.
25. 7. Teen-ltruen-heen ]
^ in Sze-chuen province,
N. Lat- SO. 7. W. 13. 46. Teen-tsin-foo ] ^|\ ffit or
|jijWei, on the river leading to Peking from the gulph of
Chthle, commonly spelled by the English Teen-ting. N. Lat.
30. 10. E. 46.
Thefollowing are nemet of placet in Canton province:
Teeo-ban-keaou J y|| ^jS < the Galaxy bridge, ' on the Lofow-shan hill. 1 cen-ying-fung ^
the eagle's peak.
Teen-cbo fung j ^
the pillar of heaven peak. Teen
ma than ^
\1| heaveu horse hill. Teen yin shaa J
CP |1| heaven seal hill.

T'HA 15.
Large-; great. Very great; excessive; broad and extensive;
Used as a term of respect and honor. Formt a part of several
proper names of hills, winds, districts, divinities, and so on.
Slippery. A surname. Tae yang
the sun. Tae yin
1 Pi*
Ir,oun' Tac *rwo j jjS 'n 8 TerJ excessive
degree. Tae Uxe | Hp the prince or heir apparent,SMhkea Badh, whilst at his father's court it so called. (For
further illustration, tee Part II. under Tae.)
Tae-Mh ^
' inter eutia supremum, immateriale, et
eternum ; cceliim e=t idem alque Le.' (M. S. Diet, and Des

a.

I.

37th Radical.

582

Guigna.) The Tae-ktlh of the Chinese is a Metaphysical term,

improperly defined in the above quotation, as Inter entia suprcmuro.' I* a Firtt cause or Principle universally diffused
through matter) and operating necessarily, not a distinct sepa
rate Mug, endued with either will, liberty, or choice, nor
clothed, according to the conceptistia.if the Chinese, with any
natural or moral perfection! Cho(oo-tsze opens his re
mark, on the 7We-fceWtthus ]
R ^ fj *1
j ' Tae-keTb, is merely the,. VH/,e,' which wrd tttm* *o
mean, Principle of Order. And on the' next pa{, h sys.
1 % # & fflffit $5
if^"*'^rat*
thing, existence, or beingbut as he goes on ti say.is Jiffua.
ed. through the various forms of matter j hence f^4$j!ft
^
- | jjjj^ every separate existence is individually
possessed of a Toe-keih.
It it objected, that according to this way of talking
|||J ^
^ it must be the case, that the Taekelh is divided and torn asunder. The reply to which
b, ihatTft g
} faitii to %ifr%M
|| originally it i.
one Tat kcVi, from which every existence i a recipient ,
and every existence is possessed of a complete entire Tae-keVt.
These extracts will ahow the reader that the term Supreme
Being, cannot with any justice be applied lo the Metaphysical
firtt cause of Ihe Chinese. They, as Dryden expresses it,
"have certainly been led from cause to cause, to nature's
secret head ; and found that one firtt principle mutl be.''
But that First Principle has not the most distant resem
blance to what the Almighty and evet-blessed God revealed,
concerning himself to mankind, through the medium of
the Jewish nation. Nor is Hooker's remark respecting the
wise and learned heathen, who acknowledged a Supreme
Cause, true of the Chinese heathen j he snys, " They never
otherwise spoke of that cause, than as an agent knowing
what and why it worketh." The Chinese often speak of it
a a sort of necessary order, destitute of any intelligent or
designing mind.
The philosopher Chow.tsze Jjlj
expressed by 4JT 1f$fe ffoo-keik the same notions, as the
other writers did, by Tae-kelh.
Tae-shang-Iaou-keun J

jjj=j ' the supreme vene

rable prince,' a title given to Laeu-lanle-urh ^ Jjjj: fj ^1

a teacher who lived in China at the same time as Confucius;
usually called Laou-tsze ^ -TJL and his followers Taiu-kea
j| '4^ the Taou sect.
Choo.foo-lsie describes him as
rather an ascetic, and sums up his doctrines in these four
words,
^jl ^ ^ humility, uprightness, economy, and
a%sparing use both of mind and property. He Uught and
practiced a weak inactivity and neglect of the world and its
c -:orns, expecting to reform men simply by example. The
si me writer affirms of him, that he went beyond the principles
which govern mankind, and
jkf'
j- ft
>p ggr 'g neither lo^ed fume, nor pleasure, nor entered the
public service ; and he sums up the paragraph by calling him.
j&t 31
1& % A an is"0'1
manIn popular books, the account given of him is that be was
an incarnation of some superior being, and adds Jj Jff ^ J{J
there is no age in which he does not come forth amonpt
men in a human shape ; and they tell the various names under
which he appeared from the highest period of fabulous anti
quity, down as late as the s ixth century, making in all seven
periods.
The language of this sect is very peculiar, as wei: -s are
the titles they give to their founder j besides that mentioned
above, he is culled ^
Tae-shung-snn-yuen,' The
supreme infold source.'
Tae shang-yueu-che Tecn-lsun
^
yr^ jfy ^ "f^* the Supreme, the source or begin
ning ; the most honored in heaven. Wei san shing j in nae
yth taekelh |l| H ^ A
* ]
bul the lhree
holy men are one Tae-kiih.
The ^Tf/j three sources; or originators, they explain
to be, three presiding persons;
7^ 'he highest, ^
jjj|f
'g* the ruler in he;iven conferring happiness.
The next *^ j the ruler 011 earth pardoning sin ;
j
the third; the ruler of the- seas, or w.tersi delivering
from natural calamities.
This H. 7C -t
,rifold
source and Supreme Ruler, is represented as presiding
in heaven amongst the assembled gods and kings, the sun, the
moon, stars, and constellations ; and at the request of /j}, Jjtp
the barefooted gre.it angel, delivering his ^
precious name, accompanied by many epithets ot magnificence

j58^
and mercy, to be, by the said angel "J^ "JHt
pron^'ged
in the lover world, that amongst men, all who fee and recite
that name may attain infinite happiness and complete deliver: from all evil.
Imperial Tillct.
Tae he j JPB imperial title, A. D. 860. Tae-che ]
A. D. 860, and B. C. 135.
Tae-haou ffih-he-ibe j
4fc H ft B" c: 3369' Tae ho 1
A. D. if.,
and in 812. Tae kang ] ffi A. D. 860, and B. C. 8lw.
Taeking ]
B. C. ISal.
Tae-kei, ] ^ B. C.
1743. Tae keen \ ^ A. D. 564. Tae-kelh* j ^
A. D. 699. Tae-ming ] fl/J A. D. 450. Tae-ning ]
jfr A. D. 319. Tae.ping j ZJi A. D. 549. Tapping
hing-kwO } ^ j. |1|<J A. D- 9"7- Tae-ting *j ~p
B. C. 1181. Tae-tsing j
A. D. 496. Tactsoo '
^| B. C. 135. Tac-Uoo |
B. C. 200 t thi. title TacUoo, is often given to the founder ofa dyna ty i see again in
A D. 950, and lS6. Taetsung | ^ A. D. 631, and 967.
Tae-woo | rj B. C. 1687 , Taeyuen ] ^ title, A.
D. 367.
Bvoht.
Tae-.hangUn ying peen \ _fc $ ]$& jj| the influence of human conduct on the ruling powers of nature ; by
Tae sitting,' The supreme i ' a title of the founder of the Taou
aect, I. vol. Contains many excellent precepts. Though
attributed to the founder of the sect, it was not known in
the world till A. D. 1866, which was seventeen hundred
years after his time.
The emperor te-tsung JjjJ ^
sent it forth, and gave a million pieces of brass coin to pay
for the first edition.
Tae shai-g san yuen king j
_ pr jj^ij? a form of
prayer to the god of the Taou se. t, described stove. Tae ping
kwang ke ^ ^p- jj^ p the general peace extensive mis.
ccllauy, 58. vols. Duud. First published about A. D. 970.
Jnalomy.
Tae cbung ^ 5ljl pulse at the instep. Tae chung 18 j
$F
Pu'as at the t,a<c f 'he heel. Tae keyuen yu IS
1 ^ JJjl Mi
P",,e at
beel> near lhe tendon
Achilles. Tae pih | fj at the great toe. Tae tun j ^

S7th Radical. I.

Ta^

about the root of the great toe. Tae-ylh *| / about the

region of the diaphrara on each side. Tae yang king ping
1 Hi j$ $f medical Phnte to denle P<* in the head ,
stiffness of the loins i fever; a dread of cold ; a general sensa
tion of pain, without perspiration and a large hard pulse. Tae
yin king ping ] ^|jjj^ja medical phrase to denote a
seusation of fulness
he abdomen i vomiting i loss of
appetite i dryness of tb- throat ( warmth in the hands and feet)
no ta ;it, with a still small puU
Natural production!.
Tmc-cAtn "j jpL. the great true metal ! a synonyme of
Ktn^k gold; it, is described as poisonous when taken into
the stomach in its native state; anciently, in the form
gold leaf, it was blended with other medicines. Tae plh shlh
| f-J
the very white stone : a synonyme of Yu Mk
J^;
a white calcareous stone: very poisonous; applied
to ulcers. Tae ping suy shing hwa J 2|S jJJj
^
name of a plant that blossoms like the peach. Tae yang
loo *j ^ it an arl'c1e of the Materia Medica, composed
of earth or mud, much exposed to the sun. Tae yTh yu
leang *| t^ ^ considered the ancient name of Yu
,}U leang j'-fi] f^ $^ which looks like an iron ore; de
scribed as styptic ; found in the province of ChiS-keang, and
in the lakes and islands of the eastern ocean; said to
resemble ij^
New-hwang, or Bezoar. Tae yin neuen
Uing Mkik J
- ^ Jft or Tae ylh heuen Uing shlh
1
^^
al, ca"ed ,irap,y Heuen ,,inE *hTh ^*
^
,ma" regularly formed flattened pieces, apparently
like fragments of flint, but breaking lengthwajs; with a
smooth glossy fracture; this medicine is not found in
the ancient pharmacopeia, but recently \vu been much
employed as a strengthening medicine. Tae kelh Uing ^ ^
^ the azure Tae-kelh, (referring to the figure by which
the Chiee represent their metaphysical Firtt Cause Taekelh :) the name of a papilionaceous insect, of beautiful
appearance, with a spot on iU wing reseml.ling the Tae-kelh
figure, under the wings the colour is azure blue.
Jfamet of Placet.
Tae ping shlh shan ^
^ |lj ' the rocky hill of
peace,' nanie of a place in Canton. Tae ping foo | Z^. fff

^ Ta.

I. 37th Radical.

name of a district in Keang-nan, N. Lat. SI. 4; east of Pe

king, 1. *. There il another district of the fame name in
Kwang-se province. Tae-ping-chow | 2p
in Kwange province, N. Lat. ft. S9. Tae-ping-heen *| 3*2
a
district in Keang-nan ; there are two other districts of the same
, one in Cbf-keang province, and the oiner in Shan-te.

POO.
A general designation of men i porters or chair beomrs are
called Foo. A man of eminent virtue and talent, on whom
Men ma; depend for support is called
^ Chang-foe
Hfien men and women are married, they are called Foo foo
^ Jjfjj husband and wife. Eminent teachers are called ^
Foo tsze : A wife calls her husband bj Ihisterm. Name of
an office, of a bill, and ofa city, A man's name. Prih-foo
"JJlJ ] a poor person of mean talent. Yih pelh tsun foo
"** 13 $ \ * T'l,agn rustic.
Kang foot]? *j
a watch man who strikes the hours at qight. Foo ma j
or Foo yth ^ ^ a carrier of burdens i a porter. Ma foo
| a groom. Taow te foo -jj|r
^ a courier ; a carrier of
despatches. Tseaou foo ffil "| a wood cutter for fuel*
Chae me foo tse; tsew jow heung te ijjjj ^ ^ Jr. 7f|
$1
*"e' *n<^ r"e' nu,Dan<^ *""' "
w'ne BIK'
flesh broth* ,a saying designed to ridicule those whose
friendship rests solely on personal gratification and convenience.
Foo cbang foo suy j |]|^
j5jjg the husband sings and
wife follows,expresses domestic harmony. Foo peen tsze
1 jPlfl "J" name ^ 1 P'ant or,B,"a"y frora Cochinchina i used
in fowl and other soups. At an interjection, it is said zj^ j
Pei foo! 0 how afflictive! bow much to be commiserated.
Tseay foo [JjS| *| O alas ! YTh foo pdh king bwS show die
ke "~! 1 ^ Ift jit
/ Ifl" 'f De mm 0miU agri"
culture, it is possible that be may suffer hunger,is an ex
pression used when inculcating the importance of husbandry.
The following quotation shews the Chinese ideas of the
tale of women and illustrates the word husband. Jtjlf
A A

584
A
Woman has ever to follow the will of man ; in
childhood, she must submit to the will of her father and
elder brothers ; when married, she must submit to her husband ;
when her husband is dead, she must submit to her eldest son.
Husband denotes eminent man ; eminent man means, one
who by his knowledge can lead and direct other men. (Leking.)
From this passage is derived the common saying ^gjj ^
^ a woman has three periods of submission, \
at home to her father and elder brothers ; afterwards to her
husband i and in case of widow-hood, to her eldest son.
The following example from the 11h king is a striking
instance of the siine word being verb and noun,
Hp*
1 1.ftftffi*ftlE.iE
ffi] ^ 1
^ w'len * 'llner peffofms a father's
duty j a son, a son's | older and younger brother's perform
their duty to each other ; a husband does his duty, and a
wife her's, family principles will be correct, and when family
principles are correct, the whole world will be in a settled
state. Tsing-tize jui!, wo kwo e, wo kwo e, /o# foe she
Tilng-ttze said, lam wrong; lam wrong; the gentleman
is right. (Le-king.)

K'HWAE.
To pull or stretch out different waysi that with which
the strings of an iustrament or bow are stretched. Diffluent
streams) soft; flowing; parting; dividing; to divide. Also
read KeuS. Kwae | in the Tlk Jtbtf, destotes Unbending;
stiff; decisive; determined ; yet united with the mild and
cordial
Same as the preceding.

YAOU, Yaou, or Gaou.

Feeble as a new horn infant, or to die as soon as horn.

Bent. or crushed down; deflected; broken; calamitous. A

37th Radical.

5S5
tender, exuberant foliage. A man's name. Yaou, show
| ijp untimely death, and long life.
Seaou urh ize
wei .how yaou ^\ %
^ | ] a little child'*
dying is called Skou-yaou.
Kent Uaou wei yaou
Ijjlf fft } their J*"** "e
chiefly low. (Shoo-king)
jj^C ^ |

II.

Ta 4^

H t ^jt & Kicn ke* t5,n5 l*Mf

6 m % % pit wei ,hw,nsJft II

A SoweJi

?iC jf Tu*

yti> fe .

M 10 tit So h1 t"nS<*
i hB E- ^ T,|^K,
t*e*.' rh*"t '

J Taou che gam yatm

$ jit ijl ChJf ch ke hwa.

The peach tree how delicate and tender;
How luxuriant and splendid iti blossom !

(She-king.)

Woo full chaoui woo tbl haechungj tae yaou fe neaou j

woo me, woo lwan flj- g ^
$
j] ]
^
.jjj. J|^-jn. J^JJ do not overthrow a bird's nest; do
not kill an embryo insect ; nor a pregnant, nor an unfledged
bird ; nor a young deer ; nor eggs. (Le-king.) " Ye shall
not kill an ewe and her young in one day." (Lor. xxii. 28.)
" If a bird's nest chance to be before thee, thou shalt not
take the dam with the young." (Deut. xxii. 8.)

M
^ 500
Uun6 cne'
$5
rf* 1 Wan tsae sbwSy eviumf f*y .
The reeds and rushes are yet green j
Though the white dews descend in hoar frost ,
The man of whom I apeak,
Is on the water's farther shore ;
Up the stream have I followed him ;
The royags) waa long and impeded)
Down the stream have I (ought him ;
Add seemed to see him in the water's miitl. (She- king.)
tjT Xjj^ || jijl Wang ming nan chung,
Q ^ ^ ~)) W,DS ChmS yU hnS
ChUh chay pang pang,

The original form of iL Lelh.

II STROKE?

YANG.

W(1$L\ 1 Ke chaou t/anfyaisff.

To Nan-ehamg is issued the royal mandate,
Forthwith to proceed to the northern city i
Out go the chariots rumbling along ;
The colours and standards are bright and iplendU.

HANG, or Heang.
ft

From ^ Ta, great, in the midst of f~| Keung, A wide

tpaee. In the midst of( separated in the midst ; the half of;
to terminate i to finish. Wide j ex tensive , fine fresh appearance. Commonly used to express making a request Chungyang t^J ^ in the middle ofj in the centre. Yang mei
1
to rc1ut''t * to solicit The half of, as the night.
Extensive, entirely, is expressed bj | | Yang-yang. We
yang ^ j the name of a palace under the dynasty Han.
Read Yinr; and Yang, The appearance of standards, and of
white banners spread out and producing a glittering effect.
Yay we yang ^ ^ ] not yet mid-night,or the night
is not yet speut (She-king)
IX ST 1.
il

From great mi tlrength. Using great effort to raise any

thing t or the cry made .when exerting great effort. T
yew l.n>, yew hang ling tsie, yew' pdh haou, yew man yung
is both idle, and efan obetinate disposition i and vicious and
useless.
Hoo too hang Uee ftS Ml 1 T" * rt"PM
obtllnaU blockhead.

Original form of iff Yth.

Frcra great, with the appearance of lo mpptrt*.

Ta.

III.

37th Radical.

KAOU.
From greet, and two lines intimating putting asunder.
To lay or put down. Occurs read ai J^- Haou, and in tbe
KMe of that chararte, s luraindui.

586

TAOU. J

From (cis and mm. Advancing,

or entering with celerity i the appearance of going and

coming.

TAE.
From two and great t alluding to tbe two greatest powers,
Heaven and earth. Ancient form of
Tae, Great.
Witrtautroatroul ; remits ; to err i to leave behind one.
To loft; to fall. Failure ; to flip ; to miss i to neglec'.
Teen king yu mio ; rain che 10 yo, teen pelb tsung che;
urh shang pelb yu ylh jin yung Uing e hae she tsae fiih

jf^sw An erroneous form of eff- Kaon, se above.

^YEN
1 ' heaven companionate* the people, and what the .people
deiire, heaven will assuredly grant; you must assist mc,
the chief man, to bring the world to a state of pure tran
quility This is the time! and it must not be tost,-' said by
Woo icang, when about to subjugate SA Chow, B. C. 1100.
(Shoo. king.) The doctrine taught by the commentators
On this passage is, that princes are appointed by heaven for
the sake of the people ; and what the people generally wish,
must be regarded as an .intimation of the will of heaven.
Shlh heu8 j jf[L in medical language, a lots of Uaod,
from the lungs or otherwise. Shlh tsze sun ^ r|fl] |^ tbe
name of a plant. K<> keen le jang che yew ah urh woo sain
be seen that complaisant politeness, is a gainer aud not a
laser. TTh
to obtain, to succeed ; is often used thus
in contradistinction from ShTh
to lose, to fail. Na
poo shoo pah che Mh ke ho fang
*jl ^ ^ p
1 3$ ^$
l">ow not whece that book is mislaid,or
soil.
Shlh keu e wdh ] f "fo
toroe clolhes
and things. Shlh aze j 7^. to err in some transaction.
Ts shlh ^ | to mistake or err. Jtwo shlh ^ |
crrorj fault. Pub ko Mh teaosi jin tting /f\ Pj j
"T *,Ainot'fifbe ma,t
ungrateful.
not E" shlh
return
jjj*"j *clto ^mislay.
'""dness,

From great at top, and smttU at bottom ; which ia said ta

be the meaning of the character. Also to advance or enter in.

^j^^ Ancient form of Jfc Pe, To -compare.

To wound; to .hurt j to destroy; to exterminate , to

eradicate. To change i to level i to equalize i to class i to
arrange. Arranged or classed in order. Great; good and
long lived ; easy ; comfortable ; pleased. Thenaroe ofa place ;
the name of a hill ; and of* river. A surname. A man's name.
Foreigners on the east; foreigners generally. Employed as a
syllable in some of the translations of the Buddha sect B yew
} 1^ or Yew Jjjjj the same as Woo shoo ^ Jj^ flying
squarrel, found on Lofow-shan hill. E-tne j -jp a pre
paration used as .a soap iu Keang-nan province; it is also used
as a Cosmetic to cause a gloss on the skin, which is admired
by the Chinese. Ming* le keen ching fl^j ]
$||
in the .time of evident danger, the most advantageous course
is to bear difficulties with unyielding rectitude. (YTh-king).
In this sentence, which refers to the j|r Kwa, E ] has the
sense of.Wound, injury, danger. Yu-e[^jj ^ ancieut i

37th Radical.

587
of Cores. He-e
^ minute ; ubtle ; obscure. , In the
Lunyu =f^ |^ the word E occun in the sense of titling
iquatted cross-legged. Yueh-yang sze, tsxe yug, yew urh
p8h suiite; chang urh woo shiih yen ; iaou urh pHh sze ; she
wei UTii, e chang kpw ke king J|l ||| | ^ -J. j]

III.

Ta ^

HE.
The print of a beast's foot. The name ofa city,
Ancient form of j^j Nuy, Inside.

down waiting for Confucius (and did not rise as he approach

ed) which caused Confucius to say, ' In youth you were a
disobedient brother) in manhood you did nothing worth
recording: and now yon are old and won't die; you are a
nuisance to mankind 1and with that he thumped him on
iiis legs with his stick.' ' (Lun-yu.)
Heang fflh kung e
j|g ^ J send down abundant
happiness. Fan wei jin tsze che le, tung wan, urh hea tsing ;
bwifl ting, urh sbi' >ing; tsae Ckow-e piih tsing Ji^

>^|^ AncioMform of Tsing, Azure.

^/^j*^. Same as ^ Kwa, see above.

/>fe. YUN.
IP

|
the rules of propriety for all children require that
in winter they should render their parents warm, and in summer,
ool; that in the evening they should compose their minds;
and in the morning ask kind quotient \ and that when flatted
together they should not wrangle. (Le-king.)
E cha ^
Bohea tea; E being an abbreviated expres
sion for fTt-t than, the hill where the black tea conies from.
KWA.
From great and o Sow. Originally denoted the men of the
ast; foreigners to the Chinese, hence the original form of ^
E, A foreigner.
K7HWA, and K'hoo.

^1

4
Striding and strutting; big; self conceited ; extravagant.
A surname. Also read Kew and Ko. Hwa yen woo shth yug
kwa ^ 1=
W S 1 language all flower's and no
fruitis expressed by K'hwa.

-^^S- The same as

Keae, To assist.

From great and cloud, large ; lofty ; high.

SHUN.

KEA.

Great.

To take under each arm ; double, or laid one on another.

To carry secretly ; to hold fast as with nippers or pincers. Near
to, connected or joined. Read Keg, By the side; to grasp
A certain kind of sword. Keen kei ^ J to grasp with nip
pers ; a specious artful statement, which leaves no room for
suspicion or escape. Kei tae ^ ^ to carry secretly about
one's person i to smuggle.
Kei pan ] ^ and Kei chin j ^ are red spots that'
sometimes suddenly appear after the second or third day's
fever, with the small pox ; probably the red spots in malignant
fevers, called in Europe Petechia!, from the Italian Petechia ;
A flea bite, to which indeed the Chinese also compare them.
there break out on the body red spots, close and small,
like the spots bit by a fleaor j^jc j)^ the leaping insect;
which shews the allusion to be the same as the Swedish Lappa,

Ta.

V.

37th Radical.

588

or English lop. Kei che ]

to take hold on and tupport on each tide.
Kei kung \ J^to stack on both tidet.
Used both u a military and a medical phrase j in the tatter
lense, it roeani to apply both internal and external remedies.
Kei foo | jjijjj if an epithet applied to minsters of itate.
Ho keen km Up ^
]
to take hold of charcoal with
the fire U>ngi.
Ket Ul pfih Uing ^ 2^ ^ ^ mimtd
blended ao* impnre.
Koo jin chiojr J<cen wei kei jtf ^
?f$ M Jjfa ] thc *nci<-nU c 'ied * mori A>"KeS
l rrim I
on inatrument of torturctDr compressing the
anru> iri* made of lAree piece* of wood, and hence the
v" H^fc^iTify^
$ uDder u,e Mr"
bsuUarbire, what evidence roaj you not procure? Urh
nil puh kei, keae, gae wo chow wang, heang teen che
why do you not aid, assist, and support me the king of Chow,
who enjoy the command of heaven to rule the world 1 (Shooking.) Pa show kit ch mi
^
w,lh
the hand ares* it a little deter. Tan *ej che kei
|
j ^ the *#i which ii the opposite of ainflr. Tan kit e
fBh
| sfo f\fc 'og'e nd V>nWf garmenti.

A man'i name.

TE.

Large ; great.

YEN, or Gait.
From
Ta, Large, and jfo Shin, To extend. An
overplus; an excess t. something due. Something spread out
as a covering. To cover over or shelter. One says, With,
haste; precipitately. A man's name. To detain for a long
time ; name of a state ; the name of a village. Wang ae
tsze yen che yu tsung chow 3 jj U ) ^ ~Y~ Tfk
the king ( fFoo-teang) came from Ten to Tsung-chow.
(Shoo-king ) Yen yew sxe fang ]
JJtJ ~Jj extend to
every {Kiint of the compass,said of the illustrious virtues
of certain ancient kings. (She-king.) Ten kwan chTh gae
] Hi iS. 3t "U aome to ,ee lhe ,ickle lbru,t into the
grain. (She-king.) Ten lew j g to detain a Img
time. Ke telb yen yen ^
j j SUU having a littlebreath, 'aaid of a person approaching death.

Ancient form, of j|? Keun* An armju

^j^* P HAOU.
FIVE STROKES.

WA.

CHA.

Large; great.

From great and a period of tiinei the approach of theimportant period ; viz. harvest To offend or insult person*
by talking in a pompous or domineering manner.

Largai big; ostentatious! boustfur.

\
PWAN.
Largei great One says, Pwan denotes one night's
liquor i the meaning of which it probably liquor distilled
OTer night.

That by which people are alarmed or frightened j unisv

terrupted acts of robbery.

PEIH.
fa
Large j great. To contradict < to oppose ; to remonstrate.

589

Same as the preceding.

KEUEN.
Very large; exceedingly great A man's name.

37lh Radical.

V.

Ta ^

splendor, applied to the fine appearance of landscapes . Ke tae

heen j p?j|y$ 8 district in Kan-sflh province. KechTh j
^ single ; one only. Ke gow ^ ^ single and double, or
an even number. Keling j ^ a remainder , an odd num
ber, Ke seay ^ 2jJJ strange, out of the way ; in a bad sense,
applied either to conduct or to garments. KwB keun pull
thing ke chay J|| jg" ^ ^ j ^ the sovere!. n of the
country must not ride in a distorted carriage, rectitude
must appear in every things connected with hip- " e king.)

KAOU.
From wWe and larpe i very while i glossy; shining; a
-smooth rich lustre. Read Chlh, in the same sense.

TSEAY.
Appearance of a large month; wide; great

PWAN.
To go ; to progress : a fellow or companion.

yfe^NAE.

&me as ^ Nat

Under the Radical Miih

a certain fruit; al <(! ftng
To do something to ; commonly used with /jpT Ho. "MuU
nae ho
] <fpj not any thing can be done , the case is des
perate. Nae ho tsaou j jjlj t^F ' the doing for him plant'
(Pun-tsaou.) Sze yew nae ho ; yew woo nae ho ^
^
SB; ] fpf there are affairs which are remediable ; and there
are affairs which are irremediable. Joo pflh nlng Hoe ta ho;
wonlngna, Uto^r^ll ] ^ ^ $g g | flfc
-fpjyou can " nothing to him ; but I can etoforhim.

FUNG.
Different from the common itate of things; unusual;
extraordinary; strange; wonderful; surprizing; mysterious;
marvellous. Name of a divinity. When applied to num
bers, it denotes Single; odd, as San shlh yew ke ^ -r*
/f^ ] thirty and odd. YTh, sun, woo, tselh, kew kae ke
iy > Hi-fclt 1
three'
seven, nine, are all odd numbers. Shwdy kea yew ke ho
pt^ i^C W 1 ft wn0 nas a"7 re commodities? Lew
chflh ke ke y"^ j^j \
'x ^met produced extraor
dinary stratagems. Sze pflh ke pith chuen 3j| ^ j
/f
unless an affair be extraordinary it is not trans
mitted to posterity. Ke kwae sing tsing woo so pfih ke j
jl*f $S 0f Hf* 1 ,lrtn& 0<^ disposition; there
is nothing that he does which is not strange.
Chay ynng
chflh ke
^| Jjj | so very extraordinary, le ke kwang
kwae ffifc ]
*n extraordinary brightness and lingular
ran i.
5i

To receive or offer with both hands in a formal respectful

manner; to receive or to present to with profound respect ;
to give or offer up to. A surname. Read Fung, Emoluments
received by the officers of government, for their support.
Fung heen j j|p^ to offer op ; to present to a superior, or to
the gods. She fung ^3 ^ to stand and wait upon.
Fung shin keaou ^ ^ ^| the bridge of retirement i or
that receives the rising sun ; name of a place on Lo/ow-than.
Fung yang j
to support and comfort one's parents. Fung
see | j| or Sze fung
^ to serve or wnit on a superior;
Fnog heen j Tf to receive the orders of the higher officer!
of government Fung keaou ^ ^ to receive instruction ;
to adopt certain doctrines. Fung teen ming ^ ^ ^
to receive vith reverence the command of heaven ; used by
Chinese Emperors to declare their divine right i and since the
officers of government deem the Emperor their god, (as

Ta.

VI.

37th Radical.

V|fgil did the Roman Emperor, Deus neMi hrc otia fecit) they
by Maiphemouj adulation, apply this phrase to the Imperial

590

Fung e chow ] |j| jjj district in Kwang-se Fung

heen ^ ^ a hien district in Keang-nan province. Fang
h" I $ *<* district in Chg-keang province. Fung tin
\ jfe/)" '**"* diitrict in Keang-se province. Fuog tse
1 &pmA#n district in Sze-chuen nija*ince.

consists of sixteen stars, and looks like a person striding.

Rwei keo j J|| the- appearance of raising the feet and
walking. Rung chung kwei peth hwuy kwang ^ tfa ^
fHi^
'> thc >dt of the palace, the stars uf Andro
meda and Fegasus shed their lustre.
Se fang shTh lew
sing, seang leang pe, koo ylh jut kwei jjj
-J- ^ Jj^
^ pfj ^ j jjf* |EJ 1 in 108 wert re '*teen. stars
resembling the two legs of a human body, and therefore they
also are called Kwei; or Kwei sing J j|| in the neigh
bourhood of Andromeda.

j/Cueae.

J^KOO.

Names of Placet.

A large great appearance.

read out large and wide to open the eyes and stare.
NAOU.
^ "EE.

^
From fraav and fswtt A soft, delicate, and elegant

To lean the head on one aide in an affected

bashful ; wanting in resolution.
An ancient form of }|l Keun, An army.

K'HWANG.
From great and i

Large, great.

An ancient form of $. Woo.

^jj^^ Same as the preceding.

SIX STROKES.

HWAN, and Han.

Large; exlraTagant j wide mouthed.

K'HWEI.
The ipace enclosed by a penon'i striding ( between the legs.
The name ofa star ; one of the twenty-eight constellations which

To introduce and fftr up to. To cause the Emperor to.

hear or to know ; any representation made to the Emperor,
either verbally or by writing, is expressed by TsoWj music
striking up in his- hearing, is also expressed by Tsow. YS
ken juh Ijow ^
^ the" music entered and tlruck
up in the retired npirtmeuts. of the temple. (She-king.) The
rites of sacrifice were performed in the Tseen meaou j^j J^jj
r front part of the temple, which was chosen out of respect
for the gods ; the feast upon the sacrifice was in the How
tsin ^
or Dack parts of the building; where also the
sacred vestments were placed. Ip the ode from which the
quotation is taken, the whole party Fj^j- ^ Qffc ^ after
being drunk and satiated , are represented as congratulating
tbe host on jjgj] S|| ^ ^ the gods having relished his
meat and his drink, and anticipating that tbej would in.

591
confer long life and happiness. Tbe poet even
that
Q
j-the gods had all retired drunk ;
which language the Commentator! say intimated the highest
feneration for the invisible gods { in as much as it speaks of
them as if they had been actually seen present at the sacri
ficial feast.
E tsow foo kung Ji3( | jff /ft to elect and state
(to the throne) great military exploits. (She-king.) Foo
tsow e yen Jpjjf j
"=| state in order to the monarch
whatever had been done. (Shno-king.) Tsow teih le |
the presented Tartar plant,name of a plant in the
Pun-tiaou.
Tsow chang ^
and Tsow ch8 ^ ^ orTsow pun
f1
denote an official document to be laid before the Em
peror. Tsze ate chrnig ta, ying tang pat pun Ism ming hwang
'this is a weighty and important aflairj it is requisite
to da obettante to a document, and state the matter
clearly to His Majesty.'
When an officer of state
writes to the Emperor from any of the provinces, the
document is laid in state in the great hull of the court*
a salute of three guns is fired | the gates are thrown open;
and the courier stands in waiting, till' the person address
ing the Emperor, kneels thrire and puts his forehead
to the ground nine times t which act of homage being
finished, the- document i immediately despatched:- This
ceremony is what*, in the preceding phrase, is denominated
Ke tsow
| to begin to speak to the Erapcror.
Keen tsow rjrj j to speak face to face, or Terbally, to
the Emperor. Some say Kam-Uem p j may be used, in
this sense. Tsow y8 j ^ to strike up music. Tsei tsow
|\rj \ to tune instruments, or tune and modulate the
several parts. Chang taow ]|r ^ and To taow ^ ]
and Tsow win shoo ^ ^ ifc all denote Addressing tbe
Emperor by a written document.

HWAN.
Large; an easy slow deportment} variegated ; coloured |
bright gay, A surname.

37th Radical.
ffi 1 HI

VI.

Ta^

Pwan hwn ur^ 7e*ei

# $t ft Yew yew orh hew

pe urb me urh sing;
tyX "ffc $i H=t
Sre *een kuns taem eO thou who eojoyest a chearful mini ;
0 thou who art prosperous in all thy ways ;
Happy and indulgent Prince, may lontbe given th-e,
And as with thy^rajal) predecessors, may it close in peace I
(She-king.

K'HE.

A bond i that form of bond which succeeded knotted cords rin nncient times, consisting of two parts, corresponding to the
modern check of Europe; it was used also in the government;
one half being retained by the prince, and the other hnlf given
to the person serving; close union of friends. An utensil for
scorching tortoise shells, in reference to divination. Timid.
Read Se'S, A. surname. Read Keg, Enduring suffering; se
parated- from, friends; wide open place. To carve ; to cut off.to terminate. Read KeTh, Name ofa northern tribe. To play.
Shang koo kef shing urh.che, how she shing jin ylh che e
'h00 ke 1 # teM US ftlt-9 A# z u
I in .high antiquity knotted cords were employed by
government ; but in subsequent ages the Sages exchanged them
for mriten document*, or books. (Ylh-king.) Teen ke {JJ j
a deed conveying a piece of land. Fang ke
j the deed
ofa house. Ke y8 |
and Ke shoo 1 St deuote a writ
ten agreement between two parties. lelh win ke
^ j
to draw up a written agreement r bond.
Yin ke
j
and- Hung ke i> J a- deed or bond stamped or sealed by
government, which requires a stamp duly on all deeds of houses
and lands, not only when sold, but also when mortgaged for a
certain- number of years. Faying the stamp, duty, is called
| Shwfiy-ke. The law runs thus, /^^^ 09 ^
i-atom i-w.**ij^ ^ *0* whoever mortgages any land or houses, without

^ Ta.

VI.

37th Radical.

592

paying the tax on the deed shall receive fifty blows, and forfeit
to government half the value of the lands or houses so mort
gaged. (Ta-tsing.leBh-le.) Ke foo j ^a bond father i
Ke moo ^ -f^r a bond mother; Ke tsze j -J- a bond son,
and Ke neu ^ ^fj a bond daughter,are terms applied to
adopted parents and children : and parents thus designate the
children they would have adapted or taken under the special pro
tection of some divinity. The act of adopting is called
'
Pit ke, and is accompanied by various presents, and feasting
between the parties, and their friend* The adopted parents
are called
^ Kan-teay, and the adopted child ^
Kan urh.
When parents cast their children on the care
of some idol, or some old tree (which ii also done), they
write on a slip of red paper the child's name with the words
j IJj Ke nan or 1 J}- Ke nru, as it happens to be male
or female, and pasle the paper on the idol's body, or the tree's
trunk i and priests or diviners attend to perform certain rites,
Chlh yew ke ^ jfc j took hold of the right hand part
of the bond,to give to another person. The bond consists nf
two parts, like the checks of Europe, and contrary to modern
usage in China, the right hand was the place of honor. jf,""
t.ja i
i
1 in ancient times the ke was to induce mutual trust between
two parties i he who remained at home took the left side Are,
and he whowentfrom home took the right hand ke. (Le-king.)
Tsuy senngketelh ping yew
]
J$ friends
bound by the closest tiesof congenial dispositions and senti
ments. Read Ke'iS, in the phrase, Ke kw ] ^ far
removed from; widely separated ; diligent and painful con
cerns of life. Sze sing kef kwif ^j?
j
dying, or
living, or far removed from each other, -we shall still cherish
mutual remembrance. (She-king.)
Read Sit, The name of an ancient statesman.

ffc M% the kinS S*"" id to ' Mini

ster Set, when the people are wanting in natural affection to
their kindred ; and submit not to the duties of the five soci .1
relations(subsisting between father and son, prince and minister,
husband and wife, brothers, and friends), and you act as their
guide and teacher j to be able to make yourself respected, and

to diffuse the five precepts, (applicable to the above-named

five relations) depends on kindness and clemency, (Shoo-king.)

K'H AE.

A big, large appearance.

SHE, and Met?. Full, gross, fat, large.

PUN.
From three cs in a fright. To wnlk or run on the high
way , to run about in haste ; precipitation ; hurry. To rnn
away with fear of what is coming after. To contract a mar
riage in an irregular hurried manner, without the necessary
presents.
Pun, signifying locomotion, may be affirmed of
any creature i birds, brutes, or human beings. Pun ttan
|
run-away and dispersed ; said of banditti, &c. Suns;
keun ting she ta Iwan j tuy woo pfih rhing ; sze hea pun
7
ft n* * & W &T*& f
]
the .army of Sung was immediately thrown into
great confusion ; the ranks were broken, and (the soldiers)
fled in all directions. Kew yew tslh kelh ke tsoi kew tso,
tslh kelh ke yew ( she teTh pe yu pun jjjr ;j J|iJ J|| ^
;MfcM|t&$.tttt&Jt1 whea,he
enemy endeavours io save his right wing, then attack .the
left; when he endeavours to save the left, then attack the
right ; and so weary him by running backward! and forwordi.
Jin che seang pun ^
j people running amongst
-each other,often applied to illicit intercourse of men and
women. Sze pun ^ j illicit iutrigues between the sexes.
JTh yay pun tsow woo hew J ^ \ ^ 4Sl ^ running
abonl incessantly day ai,d night Pun lae pun net. j ^JjC ^
^ running hither and thither. Pun chBh wae kw5 ] Jfj
$\* 1^1 runn'"S abroad to a foreign country. Pun chuh k(
"'S ]
^T* ^ running from home to every province.
Wei kow pun she
fj ^
' running about for the
sake of the mouth ;' i. e. for food to eat Chung jth pun
mU>^
0 1 ft ruoD'nS bustling about the whole

593
day. Pun ma tsaou |
^ Hie run away-horse plant,
a lynonym of Tan an ^Ij- ^ a medicinal plant said to
produce iU effect on the heart ; and to strengthen the mus
cles of the legs, so as to enable a man to overtake a run-away
horse i from which circumstance it derives one of its names.
Made into a powder, it is employed in complaints of the
uterus, and of pregnant women. The roots sliced are used
as a substitute for Ginseng.
j

^ Sun che pun pun,

5B ?fi T,cS che keanS keang,

-A <2l $S
Jin cne wo '*ns?
#c X % 5i Wo e wei hfunsThe quails fly together,
The magpies sort in pairs ;
When man is dissolute,
Shall I yet call him brother !

Ta

YIH.
From great and the sound ylh. Large i extensive , of long
continuance, applied to families; following in consecutive
order. Elegant; beautiful; used in the sense of
Yth,
Chess. Part of the name of a divinity, denoting To ramble
from place to place. Mournful s sorry.
The following quotatior (rom the works of Ming,
tsze who lived about 300 years, B. C. illustrates one use
of to . rd ) Ui, and proves Hie existence of a chess game
at that perio. In China.
\ ffi
fa |jjr
%&
an
& i &a n
1 t^ft 1 i#-A ].&A*-Q3**.4i 1 ft&-Aai

(She-king )

Tscun pun tsow tsae meaou ^ ^ ^fj? /g Jjji| with the

utmost speed repair to the- temple,to sacrifice. (She-king.)
Mei tsae hwan yen
^
elegant and splendid.
(Lc-king )
T

VI.

2.- JO 81 36 tft ft M S.JB 1 ^

The poet pointed at a man who cohabited with his mother j

and whom he represented as worse than irrational creatures.

-^Jf

37th Radical.

szc c'ic pnn''

U J i $ Wei l,ah ke keThe deer run together,

With their feet wide expanded. (She-king)
The commentators remark that deer are by ^
' natural instinct' attached much to their own species; nnd
when about to feed, have a cry to invite the companions of
their herd.

i * i % % & s. * $ 4L
art, but only a petty art , yet, unless a man'* attention be
solely directed to it, and the will be brought to dwell upon it,
none can succeed , (the man named) efcss-autumn, is the
best chess, player in all the country: suppose chess autumn
were to teach two men cheti, and one man devoted his
attention, and brought his will to it, and listened to nothing
but cAss-autumn : whereas the other man, although he
heard him also, suffered his attention to he drawn off by a
bird that approached, and his thoughts run upon stringing
his bow to shoot it-; although both these people learnt, yet
not in an equal degree ;was it because their rapacity to
acquire knowledge was different? by no means so; (but
arose from different degrees of attention.) Ming tsxe (or
Mencius) was in this passage preaching to a kinff, the impor
tance of close and unremitted application.

The Chinese have two games ofcAess, the Wei ke Jfj?J /ftt
H the enclosed chess, invented (they say) by Yaou H B. C. 2<?00
years, with a view of fixing the attention of his dissipated son
CHA. To stretch out; to extendi to open or
Tan choo ^j- jij^ the other game (which is that refern d -to in
spread out. Cha-hoo | j3 to open a door. Cha-jen |
the Ency. Britannica, under the word Chess,) is called Seang ke
stretched out words j ostentatious speech.
Jj^ |j the iuory chess, invented by Woo-wang
|i the martial king, B. C. 1U0 years. It was called the ivory
!MST I.
iB

Ta.

VII.

37lh Radical.

594

...*as, from the pieces being made of that material, and was
intended to teach his army the military art, or as they express
it jH
^fe tJ1 $J lhe rule* b* which t0 dvanceto retire, to attack, and (o defend. (Koo-ize-keung-lin.)
The San-tsae-too-hwuy (or Chinese Encyclopedia) states that
the ancient chess and the modern, though called by the
same name, are really different : the chess inTented by
Woowang, employed the sun, moon, and stars, as names
of the piecea ; whereas that in modern use, and which
employs military terms, was suggested in a dream to Tsinbun ^ ||[f[ "bom A. D. 745.
Leang jin hea ke wei ft yTh jj^j
~[ $ | j^. J
two persons playing at chess, is expressed by PS-yTh. Shin
ming yew jew yTh shin fjfjji fa ^jj" ^ ] j|l| amongst
the names of divinities there is one called the rambling god.
Ching jin kca she, wei yTh she yun heang ^ A ^ 1fr ^
| "{t lay 1* when complimenting a person's family, it
is saidIt has extended through distant and successive aget, with
the odour of frankincense.
ffi fjft ]

plications offered to the manes to come and partake of it YTh

yTh leang-shan ^ 1 ^ Uj great and lofty is the Leang
mountain. (She-king.)

SEVEN STROKES.

T'HAOU.
From ureal and long. Large and wide) that which is
put outside over something else, aa a case or external cover
ing ; any thing superadded. A snares particles or phrases
of general application. Name of a place. Hwl taou ^ "j
or Tung taou jjjj ] of general application; what will fit
anything. TiS t iou
j to throw off* the trappings of cus
tom, and the general usage of worldly people.to regulate
one's conduct more by reason than the usage of the day or
the fashion. Taou e ^
or Wae taou f|> ^ large gar
ments that are put on over others.

] Sin meaou yTh yTh.

^
$T fr He ,zc ,0 1*5,
The new temple, how magnificent,
Which Be-szc(lhc master builder) hath reared! (She-king.)

HWAN.
From ! large and bound together. A large bundle ofthings
tied together.

MWi^%k Ynng ko yew JThi

jH M-

1 Wan wo ycw yTh'

f M H % Wo yew ke* k1hi

Pervade every part, does the drums full sound,

Ten thousand varied sports in due order past ;
I have worthy guests ;
Should I not rejoice 1 (She-king.)
This language does not Tefer to common convivial entertainments, but to feasts and various amusements, both
martial and civil, which succeeded to sacrifices offered to the
manes of deceased mon.irchs, they supposed that jjj^
ftj]
J~* /jF 't^ ' the spirit descended and ate' of the victim sacri
ficed. In ancient times a living person represented the deceas
ed, a tablet, with the name engraved on it, is now substituted
for the living representation , the feast is yet laid out, and sup

CHWANG.
ir
Full ( large; strong; robust i stout; an able bodied roan.

An erroneous form of ^ Pun, see below.

A waiter, servant, or attendant. The name of a place.

Name of a hill. A particle of interrogation implying uncer
tainty or doubt. How? why ? A surname. A large belly. Hw5
wei Kung tsze yuiS ; tsze he piih wei ching j|J jjp| ^
] xf\ ^
some body said to Confucius,
Confucius, why are you not in the government' The

595
Philosopher, deemed it inexpedient to give a direct answer ;
and having argued that the fulfilment of relative duties in
a family was a species of government ; asked in his turn,
He ke wei wei ching } ^ jjjjij ^ jjjjjf mkf should a
person act in the public government, ere it can be said of
him that he rules. (Lun-yu.)

37th Radical. VIII.

Ta^C

TAOU.
Large; great; much; many.

A man's

SUM ani Siry.

PUN.

A kind of basket used by bricklayers

From large and the tail of a bird ; to spread the wings and
fly away.

and builders of mud walls ; a basket for carrying earth or

YIH.
Original form of ^ Hwan, see above.

The appearance of great strength.

Read Heul, Square, large.

Same as ^ Taou. They are both vulgar characters.

An ancient form of * Laou.
From a eow encloied, and great, placed before. Closely and
securely confined.

KEEN.

A small bundle; a faggot or sheaf.

EIGHT STROKES.
Original form of ^ Yen.
H E EN.

From great and bright. Splendid.

Same as jgj. Chlh, To take and keep hold of.

. . .
PEE.

ft
Large, great.
KANG.

Ancient form of F Yih, One.

From large and a pair of wine caps.

of great strength.

The appearance

This character was introduced during the dynasty HanJ^^^An ancient fprm of$f Hang, A balance.
Same as ^ Tsow, see above.

PE.

Large; great.

A surname.

ipplied also to a sort of leopard; vulgar form of MJf Fe.

K'HWEI.

Name of a star and constellation

in the region of Andromeda ; now written

Kwei.

-fc Ta-

Ix

37 th Radical

ancient form of

Sih. A stringed instrument.

NINE STROKES.

595
(the woman) shall take it up \ nil in reference to certain
vessels in the temple during sacrificial riles, (le-king.) Tie
teen
j to sacrifice and to pour out libationt. Teen
e 1
the ceremonial of libationt.

CH'HO.

Name of an animal resembling a

rabbit, but larger of a green color; also a man's narce

From wine placed on n itand. Filed ; setlL 1 1 lofty rooun1iin and large rivers,- to aeparale and discriminate ; to present
before, to offer up to,said in reference to sacrifices and the
godij to pour out a libation . to place in a certain position.
Read Ting, .A petty writer of annals.
Fan heS chun hca
sMh lien yu kc seen ize, tiew lung yth joo she
^ ^jl

GAOU.
Lofty, high headed ; assuming j remiss , negligent; inatten
tive; proud; haughty. A man's name.

KEUE.
colleges, oblations of food and libations of wine, aie offered to
ancient masters at the spring and summer terms, inthesame
manner also at the autumnal and winter terms. (Lc-king) In
modern use, fowls, geese, and pigs are sacrificed to Confucius;
and the students who attend, after the ceremony is over, feast
upon the sacrifice.
Beside these regular periods, the rule is
j
% <j& $ 1 # k 3! # M
che leTb heS ^
peTh shlh teen yu seen shing, seen sxc,. 'Whenever a college is
newly established, oblations and libations must be offered to
the ancient sages and masters.' (Lc.king.) These sages and
marten have been different pcrsonsat different periods ofChincse
history. One Commentator says, that these sacrifices,
^ ff f'ii ffi ffi-ffi "{fe are cnieflJ ceremonial and not
eucharistic.
Prfan kSng ke tse'en, teen keuc yew kcu
j^. yfc j^i
1 jj^ fj^C jH w'len PKankanS removed (his royal seat)
and fixed the place of his abode. Yu fon too, soy sl-.an kan
muh, teen kaou shan la chiien fi^ $^ i |fl [ij 7']
1 [pij (Xl A J I) (after the deluge) divided the land;
and accordingly as the hills required it, cut down the forests
and fixed the lofty mountains and deep riveisas boundaries.
Teen chc, urh how tscu die ^ ^ |[]| Jfi JjjJ
(the man) shall put it down on the ground,, and afterwards

Same as

Keue.

Chipped off; broken; injured ,- dishonored.

CHAY, or Shay.
Affluent ; widespread; extravagant; prodigal ; wasteful.
Name of an ancient beauty. A surname ; the name ofadivi.
nily. Following O Jfpj" it denotes a person who marries an old'
woman. Following Lan
to praise ; to flatter. WSh chay
urh fei haou ke Uzc tsae tyj ] fjjj
^^^^
be not extravagant, and waste the property. Chay che fan
hwa ^ ^ ^ ?p extravagant and prodigal expenditure,
for mere pomp and show. Chay hwa tsae choo new, tso tsew
.eTh yay | fp ^ % \ ffc ?j
& an extrvagant
sacrifice of pigs and cows, for an entertainment. Jin tsing yew
keen, )Th ehay, e ; yew chay yih keen nun ^
fjj ^
1 Pr- rt? 1 H&il ,he l,un,an di,P'ilion
such, that man easily changes from economy to extravagance ;
but it is difficult for him to change from extravagance to
economy.

PAOU.
Original form of Paou

to announce or render to.

597

HECNGc. 0T-KvVtU1

from heuven and

bright. A clear bright sty; (flirting , luminous. TWit fa

bridge at Soo-chow ; name of a diuniry rfthc Tmou sect
An ancient form of

Hang.A inlance

An ancient form of J&L Chin,

HE I II.

True.

Fat ; lusty.

P'HWAN.

From lerge and/ace. A large

face. Read'Tae, Big jam, a term of abuse applied by. the

people of. the touth of China to those born in the north.

TEN STROKES.

37th Radical.

XI.

Ta

ther. Five sacrifices to four paints of the compass, and to

the centre place. Name of a hill. To blend together by
boiling. Read Yuh, A bank under water. Read Tswsn,
The spirit which presides over the fumance where food is
prepaid i alto the sacrifice oiTjred, which is called the eld
Xsou Jeshm^ujg J|j

j very prj/eiwrf reasoning,

flroUftVine. VVan tszeshin (v.iil^ =^ ^ ] a style of

writing e nj a'hityuir &r er'iile. E le gaou mt-aou ^
profound ten:-, or meaning : a subject
of thought remarkably recondite.
Jin tsing e wri teen, koo jin e wei gnowyay, }\ ^ \\
g IB $ A X % 1 til ' ,he h"ra", ro,nd my
considered a -field i and hence it must he cultivated by other
men,'viz the Sages who are ill lords or proprietors.
Wei :.o Isze chay, ken pfiji chuo gaou
"jF*^ If*
^ those "ho are the sons of men, mull not sit it
the touth well earner of the house in which they dwell,because
it is the retired and moil honorable part of the bouse.

A long time ago I went forth ;

The sun and moon basing just become rm,vil.
the spring of the year. (.She-king.)

KEAOU.
Original form of $ T'h8, see below.
From large and tkeep. Fati strong-smelling | large.

SZE.

WOO.

An ancient form rift Wei, Leather.

Large ; great.

Big; large,- an affair or business.

ELEVEN

STROKES.

LAN.
GAOU, and Yaou.
4
From a void ipace and vegetable: Dwelling in a retired
corner j the smith west corner! a corner, or deep bay. Re
condite; abstruse. T'.ie name of an office; accumulated togctoi. i.
5 a

lap
A box to contain perfumes, a ladj'.s toilet. Chwang le'en
^ a bride's portion ; a toilet ai d nhalevrr else her parents
may give her. King le'en ^ ^ or King k<S ^ Jgf a
dressing case, used by females. Kealecnj^ ^ marriage

Ta.

XII.

37th Radical.

98

frrteaa'S,given bj pirenU with their dangliters. Krs neu

nge by rewarda. Paou fsean^ } t praise j it
yaoo pe chwang lent jffi
jgj ffe
\ when giving a | mni m<.ri cjrc^atyf oi.goc^KvYbt<nt^ ^ ro boast
daughter in marriage it ii neee-ssary to add a toiUt and other 'I a.n.4. praise iu srtfy .rroYratw ethers h,much Jin yew
*^k'^'^"*"^aoui.wvgji. J\_ Tfi 3 1 ffi
presents.
jfc InJ^- I ^ mtn
{,,er friteA me ; but I do not
overfinusr sut^rKatwmV/ speak the realsei.limeatsof mind.
TOW. To graa/i Josnze totaVte
CI11H.
TSUY.

Large, full, abundant.

Large; great
YUN.

Yun wan j ^ a deep wide sheet of

T'MO
water , the appearance which it presents.
To take by violence; to grasp; to seize; to criticise, lop off,
and deride upon ; to deprive of rank or emolument , a narrow
path. Also read Keue1, Pelh, or Telh. H8 win Kwangehungi jug, jin yay 15 Pill the ping jlh tan pTb, fan soo ahlh,
ro8h che woo yuen yen ^ ffl -|P ffb. j=J^ \ { > \
somebody asked about Kuanchuvg (Confucius) said, that ii a
man indeedhe deprived Fik-tke of the revenue of three
hundred families and reduced him thereby to live on the
coarsest food, yet to the elate of his life PVt-$he never uttered
the language of resentmentbeing convinced of the justice
of wh it Kwan-chung h id done. (Lun-yu.)
TSjinsogae | ^ $f 3 lo lilllB """J *''ent'r mJ
thing on which people's affections are set. Keun-tsze woo
lilngwoo '<> jja -f* ft IjJ\ 8 Sooi m;m ao<', not
wrangle, nor usurp what belongs to others. TO tssu jin wBh
pflh haou jin y.y | Jfc A #J fA & he bo
robs another person of his property is a bad man.

TWELVE STROKES.

SH1H.
Full ; plentiful ; carnation colour ; anger. Name of
ancient statesman. A surname. loo keu yew shth 0 j|L
7pj ] or Heih, The military carriages are of a red colour.

YEN.
Big ; large, ugly j a good 6sl ; valiant with the fist.
An ancient form of ^ Ti5, see above.

An ancient form of

Tsow, see above.

TSEANG.
Ancient form of f Tsae, To contain.
From to lake and large.to take a liberal view .of a person's
conduct. To assist ; to praise i to encourage , to laud < to
commend. Tseang keuen ^ ||Jj to eucuurage by commen
dations. Tasaug Ic ^ || to encourage and stimulate eierlion by rewards or promises. Tseang shang ^ jj to encour-

Has the sense of

Woo, A negation.

599

FUN.
From to extend (he wings, and fly off a field: alluding
to a bird rising from ihe ground. Impetuous vehement
motion or action; to excite; to rouse, as by an earthquake,
or by thunder; lo extend; to press forward lo. To dash or
brush away dual. A surname. Fun e jew yew shang, tseu
rh ., kwei shmg } % ^ , ^ ^ g>
%
(the charioteer) having shaken the dutt from his clothes ascends
on the right hand side ; taking hold of Ihr second strap to mount
and kneels in the carriage,waiting for the Prince. (Le-king )
0 ffi
frfa J'h ke" vuS cho0'
$H \% ffij f$ Ho lS
"
<t> i. H

sin c,u- Jew >

#p HE i# # J,, fe ,,wan "

Iff ! aSi

T,i"s yen "e che.

The siin dwells constant, whilst the moon

Alternate wanes and waxes.
My heart, alas, how dejixlefl,
tike one amidst sackcloth and ashes,
I mutter in solitude and muse;
O that 1 could skake myself from the dust and fly away.
(She-king )

37th Radical.

XIII.

Ta

and effecting it we and expeditiously. Fun fi ^ ^

to rush or burst forth. Fnn chin ] ^ to quake; to lhake;
to bound with a stibsi >ry motion ; to skip or dance. Luj
chfih le fun, yn seen v r e ItS j8, tsung tTh, yin tieen che
Shang.tc, e pei tsoo kac f| |jj
] ^ ^- \%
ft m % & ^ O SE ffl # ^en
the thunder's voice issues forth, the -\fxlh bounds in respon
sive dance', which suggested to ancient king*, the inventior
of music, for the honor of virtue; to offer u,. the full
chorus to the most High Ruler, joining in concert ith
the manes of ancestors. (Ylh-king.1 The thunder's ror
and Ihe tremulous motion of the earth, by mankind deemea
so awful, is in this passage represented as the singing and
dancing of nature; intimating (as they say) the most complete
h.iriitony pervading every part of the grand system ; as ^
m h f & n z $ # z ' when
feeu
the highest joy, his hands desire to drum to it, and his feet
to dance to it ;* so the thunder's voice and the accompanying
snhsullive motion shew ^ j^l ^
the harmony of
heaven and earth. (Yih-king-choo.)

HO.
Vacant and large; the motion or rolling of the eyes.

The same as 3j& KeuS, see above.

Ban piih nSng fun ke, urh fei ken yay '|>$ ^ fj|/ 1
^ 'tlJ
i tl' anS'y bet""56 'nal,le 1,1 mount "|> and
fly away. Joo naou fun jth urh fei keu yay jfi} Jl j
PI fifi J, ^ & a* * bird
"* winss ond flio" aw*y'
(She-king-choo.)
Jin sang kc wei fun ke A
$t % \ % a man'!'
becoming angry is expressed by Fun ke, ex'ruding breath.
Fun yung | Jp rousing courage. Fun lelh ^ ~f] exe^'.
ing strength. Fun mean ^
energizing. FS fun ^
^ sending forth effortare all phrases which apply either
to active bodily public service; or to the studies of the closet.
Fun me'eu keth kung pan le to s8 | ^ ^
J$ jjj?
3c
W't'1 euerf>J ""^ ardour PP'j',D6 10 Pl,W'c l>u*incss,

m
&

YEN.

Large and ugly. Same as 11a Yen.

An ancient form of 1ft Wei, Leather.

SI II.
An ancient form of |^ Sib, A stringed instrument.

jfc Neu.

38th Radical.

600

Formerly written Hius ^ three eyei and tkrice tig. L.-.rje

and robust , to i.r.e and tyrannize over , to be angry without
the inflnence of liquor.

An erroneous form of ^ K3.

LUY.

To flutter ai a bird escaping.

Great placed about tarlh, thrice repeated. Large, great.

CH'HAY, or Ch hen
An ancient form off^JShlh. See under 12 itrokei.

Wideilirge; extensile; an epithet of an ancient king.

Read To, Thick.

THIRTY-EIGHTH

Name of a alar j of a river i and ofaatate. 1 be female of the

human species j a woman ; a d -ughter. Bead Neu, To give a
daughter in marriage. A married woman ia called j^f Foo, an
unmarried woman, Ncu. Foo-ncu
| wive* and dauglitera
Choo-neu /J^ | a young 'JI,J
introduced to society.
Ching neu
J or Tung neu ^ j a virgin. Neu chin
1 |^a niece. Neu kung j j women's work. Neu
ng ^ ^ a priestess or nun. Neu ae | iijE daughter's
husband ( a ion- in-law. Ncu tsze |
a woman ; n girl.
Neu urh j ^ or Hae neu ^ ^ a female child i a girl i
i airman.
Neu lacang j j|| no embrasure, on the tup ofa wall.
Xeneu^J j or ^Jj ^ Tse! ueo, a woman who. maiutaina
perpetual virginity ; thene s c terms, Let and Tei, Jii'ned
with ^jjj dcuute a woman who refuses ever to marry after the

RADICAL.

death of her husband. Heuen neu ~ ] a queen in the

ninth heaven. Kin neu ^ ^ a royal mother in the west.
Taing neu "jr^ j the goddesa of hoar frost. TB neu j^Q j
a red oxide nf mercury. E neu J J name of a shell JUk
of the cardium species. Seiih e neu |!^ ^ | the snow
clad girl,a name of the parrot tribe. Jung neu ^ ^
name of a small insect, otherwise called
j Ming ling ; of
which the popular belief is, that it has not the power f pro
pagating ils own species, but having enclosed in clay a some
thing that it finds in the fields, or other places, it remains by the
cell seven days, crjing
Jj^ Ltiy wo, give n.euf my own
species,finally an insect conies forth of its own ki..d.
Ncu sing | J a star in Aquarius , a general named Jjjh
King tan, who lived ui der the Han ("ynnsty ; M that |H rii d
there were lwentf rtf.kt persons who materially aiiled the
d_u>;s't, rndnho were benre caled au incarnation of the
traily eiBht constellations.
Tsze tang nan tsze, the boo yu mun tso, neu tsze, she1

33th Radical.

601
snwrjy yu mun yrw; nan jTh che too tsze, nan shay, neu fow

child is born,if a n> B0W set ittlie left tide of the

door - if a g'r'- a nl,P''m '* p'"ce<^ on U>e right side of the
door- after three days, the child ii carried about; the boy
ihoots the bow, the girl not. (Lc-king.) Thij usage, the
Chinese say, does not exist at present, for, notwithstanding
the pertinacity of European writers, in affirming that Chinese
customs never change, the modern manners in this case
ffl f&" ful
'T* IPJ are aU"geth,:, <l'flerent from
ancient usage. The Commentators add, that
^^
j ^ ^j|J the ancients laid much stress on distinguishing
the men from the women,or boys from girls, by positive
marks of superiority and inferiority, as hi the above case ;
and also bj causing the boys
Jji^ ^
to have the
honor of sleeping on a bed ; but the girls
j-^t ^ J||L
to be degraded by sleeping on the ground. The dignity of the
one, and the abject state of the other, they endeavoured to
mark also by the dress and the toys of the children.
The same doctrine is taught in the following quotation
from the Sheking, by which woman is scarcely allowed the rank
of a moral agent ; it begins by slating the dignity of man.
T^j ^fe. t9 ~J~ ^ae
nan tjze'
4 ?i Z. )\k Tsae i"n c^e c'iwans
sfc Z

Tsae e chc shang,

$ji 1+ /. ^ T"e lu"S che c,,i,nS'

^ ]i

P?jt Ke kelh hwanff hwang,

fc fH W ll cl,o fah sze hwans'

^

3E

'tea 'tcun wan5-

When a ton is born.

He sleeps on a bed ,
He is clothed in robes |
He plays with gems;
His cry is princely loud;
This Emperor's knees are clad with purple.
For he is to be the domestic prince and king.
Then follows in the next Terse a description of the abject
state of woman.
rill I.
So

Neu-^

Tjf^l 1 ^Naesing neu tsre;

Mi lit Z

TMe uln che te'

Mfe

Tsae e che te5

l| ^ Z

Tsae lung che wa ;

M# &Sif Woofeiwooe;
Pf )|j j 7; Ift Wei Uew ,Hh ,he e;
3 ^ Ib *p Wo fo mo0 e uBut when a daughter is bora.
She sleeps on the ground,
She is clothed with a wrapper,
She plays with a tile,
She is incapable either of evil or good;
It is hers only to think of preparing wine and food,
And not giving any occasion of grief to her parents.
The strange assertion in the 6fth line is explained in a
manner equally strange, J( fa ^ $ff A "til. 'fl H
$P iffiii
ill s'ic *'<>e* '" *'ie '* not a wornan ^
does well, she is not a woman;a slavish submission is her duty
and her highest praise, f ^^iA2^|'?
virtue or vice cannot belong to woman ;though her action!
may be virtuous or vicious, she is not allowed by these ancient
saga, the rank of a moral agent.
Nan ching wei hoo wae; neu ching wei hoo nuy; nan
neu ching teen te che ta e 1$ ]
#|
iE
ft H H & 3E X *& Z * -It
proper place is abroad in the affairs of the world ; women's
proper place is at home; that men and women should keep
their proper places, is nature's great principle of righteousness.
Yih neu piili chili, hw show che han ^ /J^ ^ jjj^
L ~Z 5^
one woman neg'ect* to weave, she may
happen to suffer coldfor want of raiment. Koo she neu
tsze urh ihlli, urh kea
R^f | ^ ~ -f\ ftfl
in ancient times a women married at the age of
twenty.

Mzm^iM^^m^CK t

is bora to serve man with her person, aud therefore she

602

+ Neu. 38th Radical

ought either to

live or to die with him; hence when a

The abject condition of women in China, and the con

husband dies, she calls herself A person not yet dead

tempt thrown on them by the doctrines of her atheistical

expressing that she waits only for death; and ought not

philosophers, probably tend to harden the hearts of wives

to have the purpose of re-marrying.

and mothers, so as to induce them to acquiesce in the murder

of their female infants; against which practice some of the

The abject condition of woman in China is supported by

the doctrines of materialism maintained by her Philosophers.

In the Yihking it is taught, that # # Jy. } #

# | the celestial principle becomes the male, and the

#
ter

restrial principle, the female. Choo-foo-tsze, a much later

philosopher expresses his fullest conviction that heaven is

more benevolent religionists thus argue, in an essay called

# # | # a discourse against drowning female children.

# | -# # K. # %

is a most wicked thing.

the drowning of daughters

Z #7) /\ z

#1.

male and carth female; and that the existence of male and

#2 # R N Z 1 til # # 1 ###

female pervades not only all animated creatures; but every

j {} you mothers, are the daughters of men you wives

material existence in the universe.

# Z}. BH #

#! it

He says,

X. #! %

is most manifest, that heaven and

are also the daughters of men, were there no daughters, there

# #.}# A # 70 %

could be no mothers.

earth, father and mother, are one and the same principle.

####1% #ff AE.Mi. A ####

From these premises it is inferred that man is as much more

# }: % X. # % the proverb

honorable than woman, has heaven is higher than the earth.

The following quotation exhibits an instance of a departure.
from the opinion of Confucius; and a change of ancient usage,

says,The savage
tiger does not eat its whelp the cruel brute yet knows to
love its own offspring, but men who murder their daughters,

for all marriages in China are now accompanied by music

## |
# =E }}; jff 7. # # the law says, to drown daughter*

and feasting.

is what the royal law will not excuse, &c. (Wide, 4,

3L + H #

2%. E4% (.

A: ' ' 'H #4, ## Z # = H A,

# # # # #. t!!

Confucius said, the family which

gives a daughter in marriage, must not extinguish the can
dles for three nights, in token of their thinking on the se
Paration from their child , and the family which receives a

son's wife into the house, must not strike up music for the
space of three days, in token of thinking of the implied de
cease of parents, when they would raise up posterity.

are truly worse than wolves or tigers s and

# # the whole duty of man, 4 vols.)

Neu wo she | # B: a fabled persen placed in the
Chinese annals, B. C. 3254 years; who is said to have repair.
ed the heavens, the name Neu tro is not intended to express

the sex of the person, but the sound of the name which tradition.
as handed down.

of Wu, as a verb, To give a daughter in marriage.

Mencius

intends to shew the respect kings in former times had for emi

# Z # # {{!.
# # * jL} + Z = + # (the king)

nently good men.

See, says Mencius,

Eve *

virgin.

| # the
| UE the

female wine-making plant.

Neutsang
Neu hng

| # the female stem.

Neu

fh

Neu kelih

lan

Neu

lo

his nine sons to wait upon him, and his two daughters in

Neu

wei

marriage to him,'and finally he resigned to him the empire,

Neu

is

entirely from a veneration for his character.

Nen tsing

Modern Chinese

T NIT

| # the
| # the

Neu

n \,

Yaou's behaviour to shun (whilst yet a husbandman) he gave

Qu.

Names of plants in the Pun-tsaou,

Neu ching

The following passage from the Four Books, shews the use

/\

say, they would not believe this case ever occurred, but for

Neu

wci

the authority of the book in which it is narrated.

Neu

hwa

returning female.

female mechanic.

the female Epindendium.

| # the female net.

| # the female drooping

plant.

| ff
+.

the chaste female.

|#

the female luxuriance.

+ the female azure.

the female flower.

603
Names ef Bookt.
Neu hcS yen hing tiwan ]
=" ^ ^ a compeudium of anecdotes essays on female studies, and dutiei,
8 vols, large print.
Neu seen wae she J
^ the external historians
of female angels,a novel with a double meaning; colloquial
style, in SO and in 12 vols, price 9 mace.
Neu tsae tsze chuen J
jj^j narrative of a female
genius, 4 vols, price 1 mace. A novel, rather colloquial,
middling print.
Neu ko king lun J ^J- !0 jfjjjjj' 4 vols, a medical work
on female complaints. Price 2 mare, 3 cand.
Neu ko tseg yanu ^ ^ij.
8 vols, the most impor
tant parts of medical practice in female complaints. Price 1
mace, 6 cand.
Neu sze she chaou \ -J^ |j^p ^j/ odes transcribed from
lady poets s 4 vols. Price 1 mace, 5 cand.
Neu heun e kwei j J=)]| JjjJ jjjjj legacy of rules and
advices to females, 2 vols. Price, 1 mace.
Neu sze shoo j JJQ ^ft the female's four-books, 3 vols.
Price, 1 mace, 8 cand.
Neu heaou king j
j^Jp the classic on filial duties,
for females ; 1 vol. Price 2 cand.

A form of $C Pe, A deceased mother.

lj~ I

CH'HIH.

A woman inattentive to female

duties. To be distinguished from the preceding character.

NOO.
A salve ; anciently persons who had committed some crime ;
it now denotes persons bought with money. The reigning
family sentences miny light offenders to slavery. Applying the
the word tlavc to those bought is not now sanctioned by law.

38th Radical.

II

Neu

Noo pit ] ^ a slave man. Noopei J M) a slave woman.

Noo tsae ]
a slave ; or one possessing abilities not supe
rior to a slave. Used by Tartar statesmen for / or me, when
addressing the Emperor.
NSen noo
^ name of an officer appointed to controul
prostitutes. Yung noo
^ name of a place. Fci noo
^ the flying slave,a name of i species of Columba,
said to carry letters through the air. LS noo fi|J ^ the
cream slavea name given to cream, because
^^
\ it '* 5U',s'^'ary to lel' or a"enQ* upon it * a slave.
Muh noo ^ ^ an epithet given to a certain species of
orange.
Noo hwuy ^
and Noo hwuy tsze ^ ^ -^p.
or Noo chay 1 ^ and Noo ko sa urh | |J. ^jr |jl
are names of natural productions mentioned in the Pun-tiaou
and Kvnng-kewifang poo. The Noo-chay is a plant said to
resemble the mulberry ; to have thorns, and to be an ever
green ; on its leaves the silkworm can feed ; produced in Keangnan province. The JVoo-ko-sU-urh is a plaut brought from
the western territories of China; said to resemble a Mandarin
orange ; it is chewed and applied to certain ulcers, and rup
tures of the tendons, in healing which, it is very efficacious.
Chuh noo /ft | or Tsing noo |jj ] a sort of bamboo
pillow, used by Chinese to lounge upon in the hot weather,
otherwise called ^ ^ A Choh-foo-jin. Seth noo ^ j
a sort of warming pan for the feet; heated by enclosing in
it boiling water. Lechenoo^^)^ ^ a name of the Dimocarpus Lungan. Le noo
j name given lo the otter.
Noo pei chay, nan wei noo, neu wei pei j jjfy ^* ^
jS} j -jj- fSy
amongst slaves, the men are called Noo,
the women Pei.
She yung chejin wei no o. thing kea noo ^ ^
^1 $5 JfO lhe Pto^e wn0 aenl anA employed (.Bbout
personal and household affairs) are slaves, they are called
dnnetlic tlaves. Neu tsze tsze thing wei m a kea j Jj. ^jj
IS
1
a woman calls hersell Aoo-fceu, A slave.
Pae pa tsze too she noo tsae, pa la
^jj^
1 A~ fH ^'J ,w"r.n fonlr;u,c fe all slaves,be it so.
The last word La, is a mere tone, which is intimated by the
addition of Aou>, or moulb to it.

-^-Neu.

111.

38th Radical.

604

Noo p* Ue che kwan ihoo | A |^ ^ | ft* slavesT To express the condition of the society in timet of public
and servants,treat them with a liberal indulgence. Wives
commotion the Chinese say,
re exhorted jj^f
^ jj^ to treat with clemency slaves,
it Hit j
3l ^ne Pae> n0 ^e ehi
both men and women ; and in the Chinese scale of virtues and
1$ ^ $L W sllin *hwae' kwci lu"B Uns'ces, ffi | ^ l|5f
^ M| to uke lhe ,lnves and
When the world is revolutionized, slaves insult their lords;
on ever; turn to scold them vehemently, is rated at one fault
The gods decline, aud devils play with the lampbefore de
for ever, scolding fit, and || $ ^ |jr $ ^ #p ^
dicated to sacred uses.
to see them ill, and not rescue them, but require severe labour
as usualis rated at ten faults,
j jjfy- ^ ^ ^
to disallow slaves marryingis rated at one hundred faults.
NEW.
s. c.
JJ ^ J to refuse assent to men aud women
slaves being ransomedis rated atfifty faults.
Au ancient form of the preceding.
Chinese writers consider crime as the origin of slaver,, it
being both in ancient and modern limes inflicted as a punish
TING. A woman's name.
ment. The existing government in China frequcntl, sentences
offenders against the laws to be given as slaves to the soldiery.
The poor often sell themselves, or their children to be slaves.
In times of scarcity a l.id ma, be bought for the value of half
THREE STROKES.
> *>
I W 2 # A the '">"
of the present da, were the criminals of antiquity. (ChowTSEEN. A female name; some think it an
times, men and women who committed crimes became the
erroneous form of the following character.
property of government, and were made slaves. Kelszc wei
che noo
^ yfej ^ ^ Ki-tsze was made a slave.
@
E ifi) ^ ijj he naving affected madness
(as Israel's king did, about the same period, and for the same
purpose j vit. to save his life) was therefore thus degraded.
The laws against salves are severe ; they run thus,
j
jfy ^
^
''" ","la feina|c slaves who use abuive language to Hue head of the family, shall he strangled.
/LI #g.82 1.1
$L E3 $ff"" ,laVe* "h *,rlketne nea<l "{ the family,
(n hethcr the slaves vrho do so are the principals or accomplices)
shall every one be decapitated.
j ^ )($\ OL \
& % -k # # # # It $ n" s,ave>
hir<:d
'labourers who debauch their master's wife or daughters shall
every one be decapitated without respite. (Ta-tsingleflh-lc.)
Chub noo .j^i] | randle slave, a sort of candlestick
of wood, with carved figures ou it

Read Kan and Keen. A violation of decorum and moral

propriety , to introduce confusion and anarchy into tha
moral or civil relations of life, applied both to the adulterer
and to the corrupt statesman; clandestine; fraudulent;
vicious; villainous; traitorous.
Keen cha j
false ; deceitful. Ke>n keaou ] "Pj
crafty; cunning. Keen ning j f'^' :1 specious fradulent
loquacity. Keen tslh ^ j-jjj a fraudulent thief; a villain.
Keenhaejin j jtj
to injure people by fraudulent prac
tices. Tsokwan keaou gS telh wei keen chin jjjjjr
J|| ilH
\ |5 a k'Sh decree of wickedness in a statesman,
constitutes him keen chin, a corrupt bad public servant; or a
traitor to his sovereign.

605
$ fH $ /k 1 ^ 'ifi, in former limes
Tsinkaae, Yensung, ffanghinjd, and Lclinpoo, were all
corrupt bad statesmen.
Keen kwae jin che tse neu, he liny hwae che jin |
A ^$
ifi S ^ ^ A he is a ,nl "bandoned man, who deceives and kidnaps men's wives and daughters.
Shvioy kan tse keen, fan ko ^ ^ j j ^JJ
who dares act the villain and violate the laws, this implies
that the higher departments of the government are tilled by
able and good men.
Kan tseuS wo haon j ^j? ^ ^J iArffvn info entire
confusion, those with whom I was on good terms. ^jjS jjfl|
A^#
fffl ^ 4@ 1 that gods and men
may all attain their proper places, and there be no confusion.
Occurs in the sense of Kan -p to rescue or save. E
kan chay, tseth shih urh kcun \?\ ^ /ft -fc -fS
by savioursseventy two princes. (Chwang-tsze.) jpj
I$>
1 jSl S*"n|r by fi*,linS "seaed ""- (She-ke.)
SAan^ was an eminent person in ancient story, who in
troublous times betook himself to fishing; but was usef.il
in establishing the Chow dynasty, Chinese self constituted
attornics (for none arc permitted by law) are described as, J

38th Radical.

Neu

TSEAY.
An ancient form of Tseay jjfl. an elder sister. Ia the
stale Shfih -t^j a mother was called Tseay , in Hwae-nan
'}i ft? Calle<1 Itt Shay- A,, writ,en T**J ] or Shay,
and otherwise ^ Chay. Read Tso, A mother. Read Che,
A woman's name.

KEAOU.
to another.

From one woman placed superior

An ancient form of Keaou jj^ beautiful.

From long endurance and woman. A female name i one

says, A woman who maintains modesty and propriety of
conduct in a state of virginity or widowhood. Also written
651 Kew.

NAN,
-f: villainous and perverse vagahonds, who are fond of making
a slir, and who either by fraudulent crafty schemes excite
discord j or by disorderly illegal proceedings intimidate and
impose upon people.

HI.

or Nwan.

From two women placed on an equality. To altercate,

to wrangle, to bicker, to brawl, to quarrel clamorously,
to scold.

11 A -55 Mx
CH'HA, and Too.
m t * a n &
ft *r 4m # sfc is
Keen heen che jin, tse'8 mo keaou ;
Yu chung chin tsze seaou chung taoa i
MS yen e kc, tse'en joo melh,
Shaou yew tsati tsze, e kae tsaou.
With crafty dangerous men, resolve to have no intercourse.
In their words there is a sharp spear, and in their smiles a sword.
Say not their tempers and disposition are sweet as houey,
On the slightest difference they are easily changed to enemies,
and will grasp hold of j ou.
TART I.
br

From woman and bending down the head like an ear of

grain. A young unmarried woman, a beauty.

Y1H.
A female officer appointed by government i referring to
an ancient Empress who took in her train certain ladies of
the palace, to perform the rites of sacrifice to the silk-worm
spirit.

-fc Neu.

HI. 38th Radical.

HAOU.
Good; a general term applicable to whatever ii good of
itt kind. Read Ha6u, To esteem good; to like ; to take
pleasure in ; to answer the purpose well ; to enable one to
do; that one may have it in one's power. Kind j salutary ;
useful ; valuable. Well ; right I very j in a good or consider
able degree. As an interjection, Well ! right! having moral
qualities, virtuous. Proper i fit ; convenient, skilful. Haou
woo e
jj^
to hefond of martial pursuits. Haou win
chang ^ p jjp; attached lo literature. Keen paou y Oh
Jlh jTh, haou ylh jlh % j| fJi - g \ P
a precious gem seen a d:iy, is loved a day; i. e. it is admired as
long as it is seen. H aou he5 j ^ to be drooled to Laming.
Tow ke so haou
| Jjjt-' j throw in what he likei ; hit
his liking or his withes. . Haou tsew j
addicted to wine.
Haou slh j
dissolute ; debauched t a slave lo sexual
gratifications.
Haou le j
fond of gain ; covetous.
Haou ming j ^ a lover of fame : ambitious. Haou tsew
Th che too |
{35 ~jf /^rjr a drunkard and a debauchee.
Haou seay ^ J*fc a good many; rather much. Haou ke tsre
"J ^ ^ a good many times. Haou shth fan ^
good or fit to cat rice ; i. e. cither so toell as to be able to
eat j or it is the proper lime to eat; or when ridiculing a person,
it implies that he is good fur no'hing else but to eat Tso
haou jin, hing haou sze j^jr ] A
1 ^* 8 g00(1
man and do what is right. Haou haou seen sing ^ j
/p a very good tutor. Haou pflh je1 naou ^ ^ afjjl
a very warm bustle ; a great concourse ; heat and cl mour ;
a file that goes off well. PBh tf Is seang hwuy haou s5ng
mun mun ^ ^
^ >]
^ ^ being unable to
have a meeting (with the person alluded to) I have become
very sorrowful and melancholy. Pflh rhe haou tae ^ ^Jj
|
does not know good and evilis ignorant of what is
proper and fitting. Haou Hh hin j ^ ^ very good.
Haou shwang kwae ] ^ jj^J very well in health and chcarful ; very pleasant.
Ping haou leaou ^| j "J recovered
from sickness. Haou joo mei yflh ^ ^Jj| Jj|? j as good
(or very like) a beautiful gem. Heaou scang yu j ^

606
easy of access ; agreeable ; amiable. Haou pe k ^ ^ ^
' a good spleen aura,'good tempered. Haou sing tsing J 1^
fjjf a good natural disposition.
Haou san tsun ^ ~ -jj"
the aperture three inches.
JH #
Fci ,aou ?aj^Rjl. ^

"tii YunSe*eihaoue.

Not as a recompense,
But that we may forever love.

(She-king.)

The simplicity of ancient manners is shewn by the following

verse, in which a wife awakes her husband to proceed at
dawn of day and procure game, whilst she prepares the feast
at home.
"ft 2lP Y,h ,en kM Che'
||i

JJ. J^i Y" *e e cl>e-

3it H IK ill E yen y'm Ucwj^l ^- ^ ^ Yu tsze keae laou.

^ ^ $E |fi}{ Kin slh tsae yu,
^ 7{\

j M* P"

To bend the bow and shoot it,

Is may husband's proper duty ;
'Til mine to prepare the banquet ;
Till we grow old together.
The harp and viol shill ever be before us;
And never shall we cease to cherish tranquility and lotrc.
The people address a favorite prince thus,
flfj A KewooUjin;
Ifft^^] Wei ,sze che Sae>
There are others we could serve,
Bui for our love of you. (Slic king.)

^ ] ^ ijf/ our not departing, and going over lo some

other person, arises from our consideration of you, and affection
for you.
The ^ ^ITiou been, or ' love of virtuous and eminent
meu,' much referred lo by r.ll Chinese moral writers, isexemplified in the foil, wing verae ; in v.hich the Foci laments his
own defects iu being unable lo draw good meu about him ; and

607
compare! himself to a solitary tree by the way side, that is in
adequate to afford either shelter or shade to the passing
traveller.
W
i Yew te che lo

38th Radical.

III.

Neu

suiting about the union of two persons of different surnames.

Mei chS tung yen foo moo ting ming, jen how nan neu ko
t,e hwlo yin che I. y.y #| ] g -=f ^ fl} ^ ftf
communicates with the parents of each party, and they deter
mine i after which the marriage presents from the man, may
be accepted by the woman.

-f- }f! 'jfc Sang yu taou tso,

Pekouo Wehe,
M3% SieUngduhwo,
t^t jjj^ J j Chung sin haou chc,

Same as jjjjjt Hoo, Good and beautiful.

U IK

H8 J>che.
ft

There's a solitary too tree.

Grows on the road's left side ;
Ah ! yonder worthy good man ;
How deign to come to me.
I love him in my heart ;
Would that I could entertain him !

-tM- YU.

persons. This character is dubious.

(She-king.)

jatk*tte#-S#.ftA 1 ft 2 II
g^J the Poet, by using the solitary loo tree, represented his
own loneliness and weakness, and humbly expressed his being
unworthy of the friendship of good and eminent men, whom
he loved.
SEEN.

PAN.

A woman's name.

From woman and a round ball. Various

jlp o.
As; according to; like, seeming as if; manner, in these senses
it sometimes follows two or more Adjectives. To go towards ;
the second lunar month. Used for
Urh, in Joo kin ^
now. Forms a part of sevenl proper names.
Joo tsze
1 jtfc "* thisthus. Joo ho j 'jpTmwhathow. Joo
6 sze I Hi ? whlt is :l8rec:,',,c lo onu' "'"bes. Wan
sze joo e ^ ^ ^ ^ all affiirs, and every occurrence
agreeable lo one's wishes.
A# 1

knowledge and talent, capable of being turned or applied to

many purposes ; a clever woman.

KE.

Decorous intercourse between different

A woman's name.

Uf CEO.
to
A go-between in making marriage alliances; lo consult
about uniting two families. t hs, cliS urh s'ng chc hs ch >y

f t* 1

1-8* 1 ft 1 t **21-Jt#
amongst men there are both agreeable and disjgreeabte;
and amongst affairs or things, there are also agreeable and
disagreeable.; by agreeable is meant things ih t go according
to one's wi-hes. Pfih joo/^ | not as ; and Mflh joo
^
not so, not as, answer to the word belter, referring to two ways
of acting, the first mentioned is not so good as the last, or the
last named is be.ier than the other.
^ Jf\ | "
once seeing for ore's self, is beIter than a hundred hearsays.
Joo tsze fang haou ^ Jljj ~jj jfl. it must be Ihtu, and
then it will be well. Sze tsing joo ho pan le Ipf
^ 'jlij
|||:
hotv is the affair to be managed ? Ne yaou joo ho

Neu. III. 38th Radical.

1 ^T*"" <' yu ""hit?

60S
Yew pdh ko joo ho

che sze
p]" j
^ jjj there ii an nffair in
which not any thing can he done. Sang pfih joo sze chc wei
g*n fi jfi \ Tfci
lhere '* "10re rcl,0,e in
death than in life ;this is either the language of personal
discontent or, abuse of other people t meaning that they are
troublesome and useless, and haj better lie dead. San yu? te
joo shang loo
J *r|? ^ _t
lne lllir(1 ""><> the
Emperor repairs to the higher Imperial residence.
Joo yay | .J-jf as if; appearing as if, seemingly. Oc
curs sometimes, placed after the circumstance of which it
peak,, for example, J[ ^ t$ #P M '1^ T^J 1
jji,. ^ ^\ ffb i5
Confucius amongst the village as
semblies of his kindred, appeared at n plain honest person,
and seemed as one unable to speak ,'but it is added, that in
the legislative ass mhlics, he <jj|i jljjt j debated and argued
questions,yet in a respectful manner. (lun-yu.)
1 mil
j2 ^ $P rl^ | "t!l Mcncius said, under an active
despot, the people have seeming rejoicings and gladness , but
under a legitimate king, they seem to have a more free, and
quieter enjoyment of themselves. (MSng-lsze)
abruptly so is its coining ; like a flame bursting forth > like
death, like complete rejection. (YYS king.)
Joo yu Chang slie j j^>
and Joo kwei Le she
^ :ljr 2j5
two eminent scholars of the Sung Dynasty,
and commentators on the five ancient l ooks, called Wooking.
Joo-lae fflh ^ ^ji ^ the As-if-coming Budh; which
phrase the Chinese consider a translation of the Indian word,
or words, which they express by the sounds j [JoJ 'jjjjl jfrTo-o-kea-too. Joa lac Buuh, is that divinity whose rule
over the world is represented as past.
Joo rueen tan | j|[J ^ as if conversing face to face ;
name of a novel, 5 vol. Price, I mace. 8 cand.
Joo she wo win J
J^j thus I have heard. A
novel, 4 vol. Price I mace, * cand.
Joo tsaou ^
the name of a plant.
Joo kaou heen j Jjl ]Jf^ A Aeen district in Keang-nan
Province.

FE, or Fei.
Royal or Imperial concubines. The
Tse, Wife or
Queen, is called
How ; those next in rank, viz. the ^
Tse? or Concubines, are called Fei. The term is also applied
to the wife of the heir apparent.
Hwang tc yew san shTh IBh kiing- fei neu jp E5 jf
i | j|L . .
IM IJ
T y\ Q j -t" the Emperor has thirty six apart
ments, containing concubines. Tung kung fei ^ ^ |
tbc concubines in the eastern apartments. jjj ^gf ^ the
concubines in the western apartments; according to Chinese
usage, those on the west side, are .inferior to those on the east;
the 'middle space is the most honorable, hence Ching-kung J
'>rj the middle apartment or palace, denotes the person who re
sides in it, viz. the Emperor's Tse
wife, the Queen. Teen
tszc che tse yiiif how , yew yu? k8 moo ^ -J*
Q
Jfi ^ J^jj Jg|| J; the son of heaven's wife is called Unw,
and also called the nation's mother Tae8 Tll8 fei 3^ p*j J
the concubines arc called Fe, or Fei.
Tae tsze che fei
^ -J- JJ^ ^ "the wife of the heir apparent. Kwei fei
^ honorable ladyis now the title given to the Imperial
concubines. Teen fei nenng neang kin kea fung teen shang
.hing moo %\
M&lKl^ft
her ladyship the Queen of heaven, has keen promoted by
an act of the Imperial government, to the title. In heaven
above, Ihe holy mother. Ching fc | J is used in the
Le-king to denote the first in rank of the two wives of Ihe
ancient monarch ^ Shun, and Chang fei ^ j is used in
the same sense. Sang ke fei gow Jjj^ t | ^ lost his (or
her) partnerin this expression Fei j has the sense ofPei
j^[J a fellow i a comrade; a partner.
The ancient distinction of titles or terms for wives of
different ranks, as given in the Lc-king, is this ^ -J"- ~
Q ^ J{.jf _/\ {E|
the Emperor's wile is- called
How; princes of stale,' wives ore called Foo j in ; governor's
wives, Joo jin ; scholar's wives, are called Foo jii and the
cummon people's wives are called Tse,by this, it appears that
the terms
and how, were anciently applied to the same

609
person. The reigning Tartar dynasty in China will not now
admit the word flow being applied to European Queens but em
ploys the word Fei, which it the subject of the above example.

WANG.
From fugitive or abandoned and teaman.
Confised f
incoherent; irregular; disorderly; untrue; immoral; wild;
extnvagnnt. A negative; not existing; to cease to exist;
Occurs in the sense of Ji^ Fan, All.
The expression Woo wang ^ | not disorderly, in the
Yfhking, is differently understood by commentators ; insteadof the sense above given, some think it means not falsely ; and
that it corresponds to the term Che cn'n&f5Ij|J utmost
sincerity ; in the second of the four books, vix. tjj J^'
Chung-yungj
ffil W ilsf $R whe" un(1cr the l,e',Ten' the thunders act,
all things are kept in order ; the ancient kings imitated this,
and in proper season affordednourishment to every creature.
They consider thunder, not as symptom of disorder, but the
contrary, and say ^ ft % ^ J |$|
^ jfa
^ ifil J$ ^ when it thunders, the negative and positive
powers (Yin and Yang) h;irmoni', and their coming in contact
makes the sound. Jfc ]
Q ffi jjt ^ proceding
without confusion, obtains the accomplishment of its wishes
or success. (Ylh-kiog.)
j ^ J^f the principles of
ordtr or of perfect sincerity ; the natural, and true course of
nature vshich is imitated by every good man.
.(wang wang che j'n, piSh ko seang keaou^J 1 "* ^
^T* Rr
a crazT l'*ort'erl person it is improper
to have any intercourse. Wang IsS wang wei che too ^ -j^j;
| Wi yc?S i^E a disorderly '"-behaved blackguard. Woo
che wang US flit
|
ignorant and irregular conduct;
Che sin wang seang
;q\ |
a foolish heart and din
derly thoughts. ShTh shiib tan ta wang wei ^ J|| ^ ^
| jgj really shows great audacity, and disorderly behaviour.
M 1 * n 0 ITS If i f ftJZ
whenever disorderly thoughts arise in the mind, correct
them ly the sayings of the sages and worthies contained in
vol. i.
6 o

38th Radical.

Ill

Neu Jj

sacred books. |g | ^ ^j$ jj| ^ j in ha.Uly

acknowledging an incoherent late to be true; should it even
prove to be true, such conduct is irregular. Wang ching ^
jfjf; to give false evidence. Wang tsea | TO to take what
does not belong -to one. Kin cbung jin che ming joo yay
wanS ^ $ A fit fit "ife 1 nowadays to the
multitude called literati, the- term is misapplied. (Le-king.)
The Joo, or learned of ancient times, were students of moral
propriety, as well as of letters: and the appellation was
nearer the western- designation of a stoic philosopher, than
merely a learned man; the Le-king thus describe- the
feeling of a joo, ftft$l!llfg#ftJ&*
m n * t. * i # 3E * i & _t * ga
/j 'pj
Q
the philosopher is not broken spirited
under poverty, and a mean condition ; lie is not elated by
riches and honors ; kings and princes cannot by any tyranny
make him disgrace himself; nor can the oppression of
inferior rulers cause him to abandon his priciples. They go
on to say, that the Joo, or philosophers, falsely so called
4X A $H H ffn #f | 'u<ly for merefavke or interest;
and in- pursuit of these ends, they J^* f^J ^ ^
|f
^
point out a white colour, and call it black as ink;
they calumniate virtue, and call it vice.
The phrase j
Wang jin, occurs in the writings of
Mencius, denoting K brutish person, who is lost to all feeling!
of moral propriety; and whom the kindest, most meak, and
reasonable behaviour, fails to influence The passage is known
by the appellation
|il /X the <Amr 8e'^ cxara,nal'on,:
brcnuse Mencius recommends the
good man, when he
meets with
Hum; neth, Uurcsonnble opposil i from
other persons, to ^ Jj turn back his thoughts on himself,
and examine wl.elhcr or not he has been
^^Ainrf and
cie.7, and faithful, which are the three things referred to
above: if he can answer to himself ill the affirmative, he then
determines to consider the other n n a beast, and not vex,
himself further about him.. (MIng-tsze.) $t.jff* ] A
^
^* this is a disorderly brutish person with whom,
nothing can be done.
HUNG.

A woman's name.

Neu.

IV.

38th Radical.

610

An ancient form of$5 Ke, A concubine.

*Tf|

YEN.

WAN.

A woman's name; to bearj to lilt

A wife with her drew adjusted, and all

^^^a HAOU.

Open; vacant; coarse.

thing! placed in order. Smart, active.

^ CHUNG.
ln
*
designation of a husband's elder brother; and in the
part of China, if applied to A hutband's father.

FOUR STROKES.

TAN.

Delight, joy.
"EE
~PA.

a JIN.
From teaman and to sustain.
with child.

FOO.

fa
Pregnant wilh young i to be

To covet. One says, The appearance of

a woman. Read Yew, To look with indignation or resentment.

Same

Yen, Flattering) pleasing.

TSING.

Still; retired , quiet; the disposition

which constitutes the.chief excellence in

man.

HEAE.
Dislikes; jealousies i envy. Ho fcr Tf J petty jealosies.

J EN.

Tall elegant figure; slender and flexible.

Jen-jfi ^ jj^jj tall and delicate.

A woman's name ; or according to others,

Pa low ] J/J{ denote* the single tuft of bair braided up

lo form a woman's head-dress.

From moman and additional apartment , or from tiont,

implting barren. A wife who envies or is jealous of her
husband. Envy; envious; je.ilousy and ill-will appearing
in the countenance ; when by actions, it is expressed l y Ke
(ft a selfish mind. Sing too sin
^ (Q\ -to become
jealous, TseHi too f^fc ^ envy; jealousy and ill will
generally. Too foo ^
an envious woman,peculiarly
applicable to families in which po'y .amy exists, where envy
and ill-will prevail much.
Too foo ^ ^jjj the envious
wife; name of a plant in the Pun-lsaoii.
Foo jin hi-en tin, piih sang too sin jjjp \ B ^
^ } J&l <>f F> heen woo too ke ffi j| $E | B
if a wife possess the virtues proper to her sex, she dors not
cherish envy nor ill-will (against the other females of the
family). Foo jin keen foo tscu IseiS, tseih sing too sin
If A & * Ic^c $ ] <tt *hen -ife ~
.her husband marry a concubine, she immediately becomes
envious Hwac neu jin ching wei too foo ^ -A^
f}./ ] $jf a spoiled bad woman, is called Toojao, an
envious wife.

611
The tjrants of the female sex in China are ii.duccd
bj their system of polygamy, to write and talk much against
the vice of enTj in wives, who see concubines preferred
to themselve., bj their husbands. Grave moral writers
adopt the nine strain ithn. a wife who lees ^ ^
^
Jft ^
ij /f> J^t Zl
j/j her husband's affections
set upon a dave girl, or a concubine, without cvry or illtreating the parties, has merit to be rated at luo hundred, in
the scale of virtues and vices. However, on the other hand,
to avoid giving unnccessiry cause for envy, Ihej sy to the
husband., that he who j $
^ jfe %
J H 1
improper seasons
admits the presence of the servant maids, and talks and
laughs with them, so as to cause h s wife to become suspicious
and envious, and to disagree with the servants, commits a
f in It to he rated at three, every time such conduct is repeated.
(Tseuen-jin-kcu-hw8.)
That the prosperous man is often envied, is thus taught by
an ancient writer, A W H
. ff ftl # A 1
there are three circumslaiucs for which u mail is hated of his
neighbour,He who attains high rank amongst the nobles is
envied by others; he who holds a place of high authority in
the state, is hated by his prince i and he whose emoluments
are great, has the dislike ofevery body who come with it. funthHh-gauu |ft j|j ^ to whom this was addressed, said in
rep'y, that he hoped to avoid imsp resentments by this means,

the higher I rise

amongst the nobles, I try to shew a more lovrly temper ; the
greater my authority in the state, I study to be lest ambitious;
the richer my emoluments becun I extend more widely my
charities. (Lefrtszc.)
An ancient historian says, that ewjy is a constant attendan
in the harems of despots, and in the courts of princes His
words are
& ||
A
1 ^*
rT A 5fPJ Ivj,
a w0l"an> whether fair or ugly, when she
enters the harem it sure to be envied ; and a s hular whether
virtuous or vicious, when he enters the court, is equally liable
to the same bad passion.
(Urh-shlh yih-she.)

38th Radical.

IV.

Neu

From woman and branch ; a base woman. Women of

pleasure; singing girls ; players on musical instruments;
whore* t prostitutes. Professed prostitutes were first intro
duced in the armies of the Han dynasty.
Since no one can innocently hire another person to com
mit a crime, the Chinese moralists reject the absurd pretext
made by dissolute men, that as ^ ^
$f ^
|f
ftf y5r ^? $!> its' Prosl'tutes receive a pecuniary cum.
pensalion there is no barm in a lewd intercourse with them.
And the penalty they threaten consists in a sort of retribution,
which falls on those connected with the offender. They call
upon abandoned husbands and fathers to reflect that if jfj ^
ft'S A* -kW
A ^ 1 lo n'8nl debauch the daughters of other parents ;
it is likely that other men may this night debauch my daugh
ters; but should this immediate retribution not tike place,
they then teach, that Such men 3^/J& ^
" treasure up
the wrath (of heaven) against the day of wrath, " and it will
fail upon them more heavily at a future period ; and
jjf^
^
"T" ~k v) 1
41 '" ",cceedinS generation,
their wive., concubines, or daughters will become whores and
. prostitutes.
(Tteuen-jin keu hw(5 . )
Ke ylh yu chaug foo ; neu ji i yin foo laou keu J jjfl
***** * "
called a singing woman ; female musician ; lewd woman, and an
old go astray. The last word keu i. an example ofsevering
the parts ofa character and giving the whole a meaning *hich
it does not in its jsual acceptation possess; thus they say, Keu
is made of /{fjj Chuen, To err or go astray, and
Yu, With,
and ao make Keu mean, a woman who goes astray with a man.
Ke neu tseg k h tso sing le yay
jjh ^ ^ jfc f
JJ| jjf^ a whore receives visitors for a livelihood. Jin suh ke
neu wei penou kih
j -^r
^ men who pass
the night with whores are called Peaou-klh, wnoremongera.
Ke kea yew kwan yiiS hwa-lin ; kea choo chueo, JulS hwa
ting; ke kea choo shwfiy pcen,yui shwtiy leaou | sf<f ^|
&0ft f*#*&B## 1 SCftric

+ New

IV.

38th Radical.

# El wk # when

612

prostitutes have houses they are called

forest, of flowers, when they live in vessels on the water, they are :
called flower boats, when they live by the water side, these pros
titutes habitations are called water tents.

##z

#########.-:

#r. }}| wk # # # Hil whores

of the blue loft, are

otherwise called Tsen-shootsze, the money-making trees;

Yih-teen-hung, specks of red, Yew-shwy-soo, the perfume
combs, and persons devoid of shameThese names with the
eption of the last, were assumed by notorious courtezans
of former times.

#r #

red

loft, in contradistincticn from blue or azure loft, denotes the

apartments of virtuous women.

sin yang ke
on the

##

tion being the result.

Yaou-tsing, of the Chinese, like the Nymphs and demons
of Theocritus, often appear on the mountains and in caves,

## l

Chines:

0! 3

mke fi

The M #

##

fox sprite, or fairy, sometimes appears as a most

be utiful nymph; and sometimes as a venerable old man.
There is a romanc. in 16 duod. vols. called Leaou chae

that he

having the resemblance of heautiful women.

# the

che e

Hill }# # * the

fortuitous narration of strange

occurences, which is the Faery Queene of China. The writer's

object is said to be an exhibition of the visionary fleeting

The Tsing-low, blue or azure loft, is a

term applied to bawdy houses : Hung low

In th

intercourse ; a sort of yellow jaundice and extreme emacia

#/.
them up

#||
Fire!
Heul

nature of all terrestrial things.

There is another small
romance of a similar kind, in 5 thin vols. called Luy fung ti

of Chin

# |# # thunder peak

#
##

pagoda.

Paneta pan tih sze yih kolaou yaou tsing teth yang tre

a famed prostitute and player

Pepa (a sort of guitar) who lived about

having

#! (######4 - || # 1 ####

top of a

take you and dress you up in the fashion of an old de"

1800 years ago, on the banks of the great river. Yang-tsze

the ho

Tapan tih yaou teadu fe chang #T #} # | #

# dressed like a most extraordinary and fascinating

fairy.
keang. Ke neu | + name of a plant, Quaedam species lilii
rubri. (MS. Dictionary.)

#E

thereaf

sprite.
Yaou kwae

KANG. A beautiful woman.

YAOU.

1. |# strange

| #
ominous, portents are mentioned # # # # #
HE a cock biting off its own tail, and |# # 4% # #

mise the

a hen being changed into a cock. (Urh shih-yih she.) There

j# | Fh yaou, Monstrosities in dress, either of form

A woman's name.

or colour, which portend something bad, such as the conceit

of the dandies in England, which as the Chinese say of similar

Balf

fancies, indicates an innovating revolutionizing spirit. The

present fashion of wearing yellow in China is thought very omi

A woman laughing or smiling.

nous of a change of dynasty.

| #

|#

are

A strange, unaccountable, supernealan appearance or

sound, faries, elfs, &c. Unusu. strang dress.
Yaou tsing

flowen

unnatural appearances, refers

to portents, omens, and prodigies; amongst the Yaou e

Read Hang, A woman's name , a perverse disposition.

CHUNG.

non, I

She yaou

# |

monstrosities, such as Lord Byron's Poetry.

# |

(he

html.

poetical

T"J"

vegetable monstrosities, which arise from cuting down

a supernatural essence; a spirit, elf

*

trees in an improper season.

Koo 3"

# l

strange

or fairy , an imagii

genius, conversant on the earth, and

distinguished by a variety of fantastical actions, either good
or bad, often appearing among mountains, caverns, and
grottos; sometimes imagined to be women, who, (as Jervaise

drumming sounds, which are heard without being alle to

account from whence they come. Yay yaou% | night
Fro

omens, such as of the clouds and winds.

A brief enumeration of yaou kwae prodig" be scen

Tilleberry, Marshal of Arles, said of fairies in the 13th

in the 101st vol.

# #

Yuen-ken-luy-han,

Thg

bush

century) choose themselves gallants from among men, who

the:

are generally made to smart severely for such unnatural

occan mirror classificd.

tilt it

613
In (he account called Tso-chuen, of the wars amongst the
Chinese lUlcl (B. C. S50\ there is mentioned ^ |f?j "j/
J or as it is othrrwise culled [ji'^ ^ a portentous omen of
snake< fighting. They t;ach in the same work, that j jfi
^ these portentous omens do not make themselvesand
that heaven due? not send them without cause, but that ^
fij
S -ijj porlentousonions arise from man,he draws
them upon himself by his extravagant crimes. ^ ^
J||J j Jffi. when man abandons the ordinary course of moral
propriety, these portentous omens arise. (Tso chuen.)
Heuen-tTh ^
n famous general during the civil wars
of Chinn, in the 3rd century, said of his opponent, that as
tl$ ffl 1 ^
ml,Sir P<;1I, he purposed to
ij^^ ^f&J jfO. t ke the b!ood of slain pigs sheep and dogs, and
l4 M l,e i,,,,busb at lhe
having caund his men to
top of a hill, till the enemy came up, he would then spurt down
the hloi'd upon them, and so loosen the spell. Yew kin show
yaou, yew bwa raSh jaou ^j"
^ \ ^ 4 ^ I
there are tpriltt of birds and lieastsi and there are sprites of
flowers and trees.
Hing yaou Is8 kwae jf[L ^ j"^ 'j^?
raise the faries and do strange tilings. Yaou liing roe jin
1 *Tfl 3^ ,A- *Prile5 aud far,es ,luP'1,Jr men-

38lh Radical.

IV.

Neu

Chung jin kan leaou, too ching ke mcaou

^
T
fi "*?f 1 w'ien
"" ",w *'* cTcri nB pre"
nounced it extraordinarily admir ible. Tsing wr gaou meaou
\'h $k 95" 1 ,unl,'r minute, profound, and admirable.
Mcaou show | iji a most admirably skilful handin
any department! whether as a writer, or in the medical
profession, 4c.
Sze e wang, pilh chuy tseu meaou ^
>j-J;
^
j when an affair is past and gone, to relinguish the
pursuit of it, is (he very best thing that can he done.
Shaou yen chin mlh tsny mcaou A} "pj" ^ Sa ^jx I
to say litt'e, and to (hink deeply, is (he very best line of
conduct. We we, menou meaou |^
j | sublile and
ah - trine in the highest decree. Joo wci jin keth meaou
^ A 'Si 1 J0J nre 8 ,no,' a<'rnirahle person. Ke jin
shin mcaou ^
^ ^ that man is very extraordinary.
Win chang kelh meaou
^ ^ 1 a most admirable
piece of writing. She tso tlh meaou jj^p |^ !^ j the
poetry is admirably composed. Kcaou yen meaou yu J*j
1 |?J c'eTer language and admirable conversation, witty.
Rung ting yew ho meaou ke ko too che ^ 3* ^
ffi 1 i\
SI
genl'emen "hat good plan have
you, that may induce the hope of success. j^-jj {Js

CHEN, or Keen,
ft r
Chen keen ^
a pleasing laugh. Read Been or Han,
Beautiful i some say, A woman of a light and flippant deport
ment. Read Kin, Applied to an uncle's wife.

YUN.

A surname.

MEAOU.
From woman and small ; woman is the most fascinating- and
divine part of the creation. Spiritual, and incomprehensible
transmutations j delicate, minute, fine; subtile. Spiritual; abtruse | wonderful | good in a high degree; excellent. A delicate and attractive smile i a flattering winning t
rial l
6

f\
1 SramW* 'aughing laid, although on the hill
the moon shine is good, it is not at all to be compared to
the moon shine by the side of water,that is more admirable.
They say, on the hill there is but one moon; near the water,
many moons appear reflected.
The Yin-king thus speaks of Spin*,
-fj^ ^ |
$i? nfn M It % ^ ,pirit ' c",led from iu beins
the most inscrutable of all things ;they explain spirit so as
to denote, not an independant, intelligent being, but an
invisible intangible essence, that pervar" s every thing, and
is always present with material forms.
jjjj" ^ <^ pj*

1^
^ 13 1 *" raa,er'a' ex',lenc'e have traces
which may be teen; but the spiritual essence which is in
thcin, has no traces that can be seen; yet spirit is never

+ Neu. IV. 38th Radical.

614
filing

absent from matter; thus that admirable (or subtile,) and

if her

KEUE.

inscrutable something which is in all material existencies is

A handsome appearance; beautiful.

indira

spirit; which is from this circumstance called subtile, (inscru.

table or admirable.) They add, it is spirit which in the

affecti

Read Yu, Beautiful eye brows.

One says, A vexed and

theeks

thunder shakes ; in the wind agitates, in the fire scorches,

envious appearance.
dress,

in the water, mollifies; which terminates and recommences

single

the existence of things, and works all the varied changes

CHWANG.

###

#k)

which take place in nature. Some affirm that

considered as heaven and earth, or nature,

# spirit is to be

others speak of it as something different from, but pervading

From a couch, or the petal of flowers and woman. Dressed;

ornamented; the face painted or daubed in the manner of

animating nature.

... In the stoical philosophy

that

Chinese females,

of #

# # $k }% # H. |

Laou-tsze, it is said
he who constantly divests.

himself of all desires will be able to see the admirable nature,

or as they explain it, the unity of the # eternal reason.
Yen ching tsze yew

ii }% + #

writings of the philosopher Chwang-tsze

i. introduced

in the

# + saying,

from the time he heard Tung-k-tsze-ke's

that

Chwang pan

ornamented;

| #} dress,

generally, dressed, either well or ill. Chwang leen | t;

or # |
Kea chwang, A lady's toilet, etcetera; the portion
of furniture and household necessaries given with a daughter
as a marriage present.
Tapan soo chwang
Nan tsze pan neu

fil j\

#k # dressed,

adorned ; painted, glossed over.

}{ # + #

doctrine", /\4# j K #| W: K #145, ju, Af.

Chwang shih

#T #) # | to dress and conib,

chwang } # #} # | a man dressed

Jin kea neupe panchwang leen /\ #

| a man who marries his daughter, provides

in womans clothes.

in eight years he knew not death nor life, and in

# #}
nine years he attained a great and admirable degree of perfcc
tion in virtue.

By his not knowing death nor life, it is said

he meant, that he had attained a happy stoical indifference or

apathy, which rendered him equally easy under cvery possible
Meaou yh

oCCurence.

| SE the admirable gem, name

of one of the female characters in the novel called

# the dreams

%r 3:

of the red chamber.

for her a toilet. Chang ke chwang pan seaou tan I' # |

#} /]> H. in a play dressed as a female, persons so dressed
are said to he generally employed by some of their auditors

for unnatural purposes, and, when personable, to receive from

the managers a large income ; or a sum equal to a thousand
spanish dollars annually.

Soo tow cha fun weichwang pan

+k.

}} to comb
SA, or Se. A woman's name, the countenance.

##### |

the head and paint the face constitutes dressing.

{# | R; a letter to urge to dress, denotes

a note sent by the bridegroom on the morning of the marriage

Tsuychwang ke

day, requesting the bride to hasten and come to his parent's

\ Same as

# Pei, One month's pregnancy.

house : the expression is framed by the Tartars; the Chinese call

the same thing Ying shoo #!

# a letter to meet the bride.

In the L. -#: twenty one historians, 44th vol.

# the wife of general Ke # who lived about (A. D.
-

Same as

39%

She or Che, An enithet applied to de

Show

**) is thus described & ########

ceased parents.

Same as

#
# Che, Ugly, foolish, dissolute

######### she "

beautiful, and excelled in adopting a fascinating fairy-like

manner, she made melancholy eye-brows, and affected to
shed tears; her hair was braided on one side, like a "

|
Wit.
appe.

615
falling off a horse; and she walked with mincing steps, as
if her waist were broken ; her simpering smile seemed to
indicate that her teeth ached. The commentary says, her
affecting to weep was shewn by her
Q "J* wiping (her
cheeks) below the eyes. The account of her manners and
dress, closes by observing jjjjj
jp, ^ the train of her
single garment trailed on the ground like a fox's tail. She
and her husband after varied scenes of dissipation, extra
vagance, aod cruelty, both committed suicide on the same day.

An ancient form of <5jj- Haou, Good.

Same as the preceding. Read Neu, A Corean name.

YEN.

N A.

Rest; repose, quiet.

38th Radical.

IV

The epithet of a deceased mother.

Tsoo pe
j
a female ancestor. Kaou pe p|j J Kaou, denotes A deceas
ed father ; and Pe, A deceased mother,deceased parents.
Sang yu? foo ; yui moo; yu tse: sze yuS kaou; yuS pe,
yufi pin ; show yue UShj twau ch yuS piih 10 h
J ^

^fi $fj EJ /f>

durinS lhe,r 'ives
terms for fa Jr,
mother, and wife, are Foo, Moo, and Tse ; after death they
nre called Kaou, Fe, and Pin. When a father dies in a good
old age, the term Tsuh is used ; when his life is cut short,
lhe phrase Puh-luh is employed lo express his dying. By the
term Pin, applied to a wife after her decease, it is intended
to praise her for the correctness of her conduct. The terms
Tstih and Piih lah, express that the- deceased had virtue and
talents to fit him for high offices in the service of his country,
although he did not actually fill Ihcm. (Le-king.)

N*-o ^ ^ to take or collect together.

W1U
| the appearance of a fat littlethild ; a handsome
appearance.

IZj KEUN.
From woman and to adjust. A female beginning to dress.

HIN.

A woman's name.

M
THO.
FUN.

Fun hoojj^ ^ the name of an ancient

state in China Yen che keS ; King die kan j Fun hoo che
ko ; Woo yii S che kin scth ; tsze tsae che mei chay yay
Ui. Jtt: +t 1L % % til lhe hor,ls of Ycn ilhe mulberry
timber of Kings the arrow-liamhoos o(Funhoo; the metals
of Woo-yu?,these are all excellent commodities. (Chow-le.)
*I# 1^ YU.
good. Tsci! yu

An appellation of what is excellent aud

j a certain female officer.

From a claxi placed above woman. Kept down ; tr? juil t

steady ; safe; secure.
Occurs denoting .To fill. Uan to
^ j coropoi. steady. Ting to
j fixed ,tfc]y,
KeTh lo jj^i ^ extremely well settled and safe.
To ^ occurs in the She In in reference to placing in
a steady quiet posture the cffijry o. ^ceased parent, which
it was usual lo worship, and offer libations to, in ancient times.
Tacyflh tsaoii e se;. > lib ting ling to t." ^
-"jl
>tS ^
1 ] TaeJiin ha<1 a,ready contrived it
in a manner that was perfectly safe. Fun foo pae lo tang
jin knn show hcang ho, piih she ta e tih teih P^- (t^ Jfj ]

+ Neu.

W.

33th Radical.

616

safe person to take care of the insense and the fire; it must

P,

or P.

not be done in a loose inattentive manner.

A beautiful woman.

FUNG.

#
In local use, denotes Simply the

Every sort of intrigue and levity of

word Woman.

Occurs in the sease of

P, The demon of

drought; in reference to which it is said, that wherever a

conduct, is expressed by Fung. An ancient local word.

bald-headed woman lives, it is sure not to rain.
*

->

WAN.

Al-

A good appearanee.

CHOO. Beautiful and exellent.

t NE.
| +

A slave girl in a

family is called Ne, or

Some use this word for Nekoo

Ne-tsze.

priestess of the Budh sect, or rather, a Nun.

ker, sefa weine

| #

a.

Neu jin chh

koo # /\ ||| % f] # # | #

a female who leaves home (and repairs to some temple) having

shaved the hair off her head, becomes a Ne-kos or Nun.

+jrse # XI

Kang he sanctions

JB

Ne, in this sense.

To impede; to injure; an impediment, hindrance ; objec

tion, injury.

Yew ho fang gae # 4|

| # what objec

tion is there? what is there to be apprehended.

mae, ph fang shih

YAOU.

| # a beautiful ap

Chay hoko

punj1% ET '' | !k k

pearance; or according to others, Yaou laou

these goods may be bought, there in no danger of losing the

prime cost.

Yaou neaou

| # disobe

dient; perverse.

Chay sze tsing pth fang, tae wo ming jth yu ne

Hten

# CH'HUH, orchhow. # Wh

# ## R | 4# # j] H
! # # # }# + T there is nothing to be appre
pan to tsew she leadu

Chow le

hended from this business stop till to-morrow and I'll settle
it all for you-let it be so; or let it rest there.

| # the

wives of the eldest and second son,

are denominated by these two words, they address each other

by them : the junior calls the senior Chow, and the senior calls

the junior Le. Read Lh, and Theih, Agitated.

The heart

"noved or affected by grief, di-Quietude of mind.

F1WE STRC KES.

CHO.

v Same as #Pet A

Quiet; still; effeminate.

pregnant woman.

# CHAOU.
TOO.

From woman and 1:2ne, implying barren.

3B TA, or Tw, and Tan. #8

*** who envies or is jealous of her husband. Envy;envious,

jealousy and Il-will *Ppearing in the countenance. A vulgar
form of

A female name.

Too. (Sha-mh) Sce above, page 610.

->
|
|

Ta-ke

#1 E. a vicious queen, famous in history, B.C. 1100.

617

NAE.

The vulgar form of #g Nae.

*
The female breast) milk ; to suckle. Tang jin hoo chow
shwf.y wei hw.ng nae |& J\
M $fe ^ ^ |
the men of Tang call sleeping in the day time, the yellow milk.

YUEN, or Wan.
Supple; yielding. The name of an animal having a deer's
figure and fishes eyes.

38th Radical.

V.

Neu

of sisters; the senior is called Tscay ^ and ^jj; Tsze, hence

Tsze-mei Jjrj|j ^ sisters, generally. Mei, is a very general
epithet applied to women, with considerable latitude of mean
ing. Name of a flower. Kwei mei
j denotes the set
tling or marriage of a woman. Waemei^J\ ^ sisters by the
same mother, but a different father.
Seaou mei /J> ] my sister, or my youngest sister. Ling
tr.ei ^f- ^ your sister. Heung mei ^ | an elder brother
and younger sister.
The following verse refers to the mar
riage of
2 fVan-viang with a princess of
Sin.
^ ~" Ta pang yew tsze'
^ ^ I Keen teen che mei ;

Same as J|l] Hoo, A woman's name.

}C 5

ffl Win lin keu8 t!eans'

IB $ -T" il Tsin yis yu vei>

3a M"
THOW.

Tsaou chow wei leang;

From woman and a ihining taper.

/H ^ ft piih hien ke kwane-

An elegant ligure ; beautiful. A man's name.

HEUEN.

Of a great nation, there is a daughter,

Comparable to the angelic sisters of heaven:
The elegant presents have determined his bliss ;
In person he meets her, on the banks Aiie Wei,
Build the boats ; make a bridge ;
Spare nought to illustrate his glory ! (She-king.)

A woman's name. Same as -

Heen, a woman and a ecrd. A woman who restrains herself

by the rules of propriety.

CHIH, and Yih.

From vtman and to lose. Used for CMh^jji a cousin.
Read Yih, Licentious ; lascivious i lewd.

K'HEW.

A woman's name.

The original form of IS? 0, Undecided.

Of Chwangkeang
^ a beautiful and virtuous Princess,it 'is said, Tung kung che mei j|j ^ ^ a sister of
the eastern haremwhere tho heir apparent resided. (Sha
king.)
Urh kea ke wae mei yu SheheaoushUh jfjj
^
! ~f~ fife
and niarr'ed his ,i,ter bJ the
mother to Shebeao^nlh. (Tso-chucn.)
As the name of plare, once the residence of the wicked
king M chow> lhe SW-king thus speaks,
^Q
W A 4fy -f* 1 ^Jl Wang jS yuK >ing ta ming yu mei
pang, The king (Woo^ ang) thus spoke, make known the
great decree to Meipnnj,

I
MEI.
The name of a state i the name of a territory ; the younger
**AT 5.
68

MO.
times.

Ke m8

The name of a female, fame < in ancient

J to reject or despise mechani

+ Neu.

618

W. 38th Radical.

ko is yay suy tsae Luysche chung, fe ketsuyyay, e ke

according to some, To reject or throw away fragments of food.

and

+ # ^% R. HT l {!. # f: #
# Z H.j}: j{ # th. J% # + | Z Confucius

reject the backward studentswhich shews a want of benevo

said concerning Kungyaychang, it is proper to give a wife

M he

| 4 the mechanical arts.

Urh ke in, ptih jin yay

tims

tsze tse che

|f|| # | X. 4 t!

and
and
tot!

to him, although he be in bonds and

lence. (Chwang-tsze.)

imprisonment; it is
(Tal

TSHE.

not his crime,and he gave his daughter to him to wife.

In this example it is observable that Tsze + is used to
denote Confucius, and also his daughter in the compass of

#,

one sentence. The commentators remark that the man'

being bound with black cords, (which was the ancient usage,

A person equal to one's self, a wife. Read Tsh, To

: one's daughter as a wife to a man. The leading distinc

to il

in (

of to

|l # # # Ef | t!, was assuredly no impediment

to wifing himfor nothing # 4] # # % # R# that

tion between a wife and a concubine, is the acknowledged

equality of the one, and the complete subordination of the

ol'.er.

comes upon a person

sometimes means a wife and a son,

Tse tsze

(independantly of his own merits or

demerits) can either be to him "an honor or a disgrace.

husband and wife.
sometimes only a wife. Footse -K
Tse neu
a wife and and a daughter. Tse is | #

Mencius said, there were in his days five ways in

which

| +

children shewed a want of duty to their parents; first, by

a wife and a concubine.

Foo Ise leang kow ho haou kwo jih

## H

slothfulness, second, by gaming and drinking ; third, Haou

j | F' [] #l

house, sze tie tsze #4't # $l. 1 + 1, *

husband and wife, two persons, in harmony

and love passing their days.

wifea term applied by Chinese -husbands to their wives;

love of gain, and an appropriation of it to their own wives

and childrenwhilst they neglected their " fourth,
by # H. E. < 4% gratifying their ears and eye": and

there are in the lin: "ge few or no expressions of endearment.

Jin woo tse yu k 'n JN #
E] # a man without

fifth, by wrangling and fighting:

Heen tse

}: |

virtuous

(Mng-tsze.)
the

There is a clause in the laws of China to provide against

a wife is called Kiran

whether an oid bachelor or a widower.

Ten beatae ping, pih sing gn ke tse shih

H #: # H. | # when

mad

what, under such a despotism, one would scarcely suppo"

possible ever to occur : viz.
# j: wives or

jR. T. X

the world is at peace, the

| #

uth,

concubines beating their husbands.

"

is enacted that Fan

people enjoy in repose the society of their wives,said in

contrad stinction to times of anarchy and civil discord, when

famili
amilies are scattered and every one compelled to seek their
individual safety.

-a P.

a-

Tse tsae tsze lh, keae isen ting

| Hi

H| RE whether a wife shall

**

mir

tse gow foo chay, chang yih pih JU # # # # }%

H. all wives who beat their husbands shall receive

ther

j ## # # if the husband

one hundred blows, and

titl

wish to separate from her. he shall be permitted to do ".

reasure, and

Only, as in many other cases, the persons aggrieved

must
the

Pusly settledhy
themselves apply to government; so in this case

fate. (A proverb.)

j: # #

JJ 4. the husband himself must accuse, ereconvict" take

Chaou chung tachin tan ting th heu woo

| Z at

":

great officers of state having hear that Heu-a-oo had not.

yet married, many of them wished a wife him by one of their
daughters.

pupil of

Confucius who was unjustly imprisoned, is

this mentioned in the Lun-yu. Tsze wei

shang we hwan

: to y e neu ise the # j A Hi##

witt

children a source of emolument, is all

##### % # 9 k.

twof

Kungyaychang :

place. If the husband receive any sever" and permanent hurt

in consequence of his wife's beating him, she is to be strangled.

3 till
mae

The inequality of condition is strongly marked by the

case being reversed, for Ke foo gow tse, feich shang, with
-- tri/L =H.

#A .;

%.
ht

Ian H. J. &#####% # * *"

put

beat the wife, but does not break her limbs or maim her,

tim

the law shall not take any notice of it.

619
There ii a clause to provide against Tie tsee- ya foo
tsinshuhscanggow ] ^ g., ^ ffi J||
| wive,
and concubines fighting with the relations of their husband,
and against | ^ ^ ^ ^
wives and
concubines beating- the parent! of their deceased husband.
(Ta-tsing-leilh-le.) From these provisions one would be led
to suppose that domestic broils frequently came to blows
in China.
Wild geese hare in erery age, been in China, an emblem
of conjugal fidelity ; thus in the She king.
gl H Pt?i ^ Yung yung ming yen,

38th Radical.

V.

Neu

kwo-kTh -fc ] ^ nD*'*nd and wife's error scale, or

rule. The first named is, for the husband, Wei tse so che,
meijlhyThkwo^ ] j5jf
0
}g lo be ruled
by bis wifefor every day, rated at one fault. The wife's
disagreeing with her husband, is rated at one ; not rejecting
food and drink, in order to r mons'rate with her husband,
is one fault. The husband's, Yung tse kwo kea, kelh jflh szc
(haou heang, kenou He* ne koo 'fe ]
^< i5l ^
^ 1? tt ^ &
"ffering h'
B o"11 f
the house ; and enter temples to burn incense and have inter
course with nunsis for etch a fault rated at one.
keth luy ming hing ; fang foo tse mei tsze sMh kwo ji

jjH [3 $p M HeBh j1h che Unit #P M I &e jo fo Ue;

% ffl Tae pi"B we
Cackle in reponse do the wild geese;
Day breaks, and morning commences;
The bride h:is gone to bring home his mife;
Ere approaching spring shall have melted the ice.
The Roman goose carried in slate was of silver; that of
the Chinese, which precedes their marriage processions, is
made of woi d or tin. The commentators say the allusion is
twofold, ^^^~^X'^|lIY1h' ,,CU ke ,in
urh, tseu ke ho. The first, is to the fidelity of geese which
pair ; and the second is, the circumstance of wild gi ese in
winter pissing south, and in summer going north; thereby
shewing a spirit of harmony, and accordance with what nature
dictates.
'By detailing the various ceremonies observed in marriages,
the Poet, in the ode from which this is taken Tszeyinl wan
}|<'J jf^J
satirized the lewd disorder, and precipitancy of
the then monarch. Ling tse show moo
^
-f
a virtuo.is wife and an aged mother. (Jhe-king) Kea pin
mae tse. e p5h yinj chung, foo jin ying kwei now
he who t.om poverty sells his wife, should not be heavily
punished ; let the woman revert to the last husband (Tatsing-lah-le.)
The scale of vices in the married slate is called Foo-tse-

# if $ if M
\ % h + M n M%***
and on the new moon, or in the time of thunder, to have
conjugal intercourse, is for each time, in the case of both
husband and wife, a fault rated at ten. And for the wife
Hecn foo maou chow, tseen kwo
^ j^J
to dislike her husband on account of his ugly face, is fault,
rated at one thousand! (KeS she peen
|U' if.}^ a collec
tion of Awakening lessons to the world. 1 vol )
Peaou-tse-yang-she
j ^
Yang-she, the wife of
Peaou : a person who lived about A. D. 608, famous for her
attachment to her husband ; a bandit, who saved her, in times
of civil commotion, which obliged her to forsake her first hus
band. Peaou, and his brother, were both murdered by those
who wished to obtain Yangshe : but she and Peaou's dog called
gyl ^r- fVang tsang, were equally faithful to him ; the dog
seized one of his murderers by the throat and tore him to
pieces, then rolled himself in the dust, shewing marks of the
utmost anguish, and never left his dead body. The
first
cut off her hair;. and mangled her face by cutting inlt deep
ga. hes with a km. after wh'ch she was made a nun hy the king,
who desired to possess her ; she next threw herselfinto a well
to drown herself, from which being rescued, and recovered by
the heat ofa fire, she finally cast hertrlf into it, and was burnt
to death. (Nan-she.) Foh ting foo jin yen
|g jfifi \
"5s never listen to what a wife says,is a proverbial saying ;
to which it is replied, gj \ |f
/j
|| |J "jff
Ay Yin tse yen urh ching ke mei chayylh pSh shaou
There are not a few instances ofaffairs having bwvVought

eu. V.

38th Radical.

620

to an excellent conclusion from having attended to what a

person's wife said.
^j^^^ PE^ and Peth. From woman and necettary.
A woman who preserves what is indispensable to her sex,
a decorous behaviour.
Same as j$j Naou, Vexed and angry.

SHIN.

TE.

A woman's name.

A woman's name.

J^t^ Same as ^ Tsan, Beautiful ; excellent.

CH'HE, and Ch'hen.

Small and weak or delicate. A woman of genteel gait ; who
trips lightly along; clever, well educated and accomplished.

TS'HEE.
Frore crime and a woman. A woman who has committed
some crime. A woman placed in a family abave the rank of
an ordinary servant, but inferior to the mistress of the house;
a kind of handmaid ; a wife inferior lo the first; a concubine.
Chinese moral sts do not allow a concubine to be taken till
the age of forty, and wbi> there is no hope of having male
issue by the wife. The name of a nation, it surname.
YTh tse jTh uuX
j one wife and one con
cubine. Jin chir tseu wei tsc ; mac leth wei tseS K jj
55 % S 1l Hft U 1 ,he "hom 8 man correclly
marries, isgntfe; she who is bought is a concubine. Fuojin
wei ta rhay wei tse ; tso seaou cbay wei tse
^^

M%
$L
4f" iS 1 awon",n who tho greater
(in a family) is wife ; sho who is the les s, is concubine. Foo
che ching shlh yu!S tse; tslh sMh jut tscS
j ^
|5j ^.ijjl ^$ ("3 J sne wno occllP,e a husband's middle
chamber (in his house) is called Tse'8. She who occupies a side
chamber is called 7>ec.
Chang tse*. bee" che yew tsze yny J| I . I 2i
jjlt the *eD'or concubine, is the concubine wbo has born
a son.
Tseu tse pfih tseu tung sing ; koo niae te puh che ke sing
Wh puh che ^ ^ ^ fpj $ $ j| ^ ^0
JC" it ('J h
wnen marrying a wife, one of the same
surname is not taken; when buying a concubine, not kuow ng
her surname; a divination takes place respecting hernot to
know her surname, hut whether the connexion will be lucky
or not. (Le-king.) Those who had jj^ Sing, or surnames,
in ancient limes were persons of family ; the mean taken as
concubines were people whom nobody knew. The same sur
name was avoided because such alliances
^ Jpj
approximated the state ofbrutes. Tsee-, Ise'en yay ] j|
the Tse? were mean low persons. (Le-ke.choo.)
Although concubinage is allowed by the laws of China ;
bigamy is condemned t Thus, under the clause Tse tse'S shlk
seu
|
Jji wife and concubine losing the order
which, by law belongs to them; it is said that,
^ 1 ^ ^ ""** M Fan C lse We' U*i! Chny ch*"B J'h
plh, In every case in which a man makes his wife take the
place of a concubine ; he shall he punished with one hundred
blows.And Tse tsae, e tse? wei tse chay, chang kew shlh ;
ping kaeching ^ $ 1 % g f # jl + $
^ j he wno> whilst his wife is alive, puU his concubine
in the place of his wife, shall receive ninety blows, and both
parlies be again put into the rank which belongs to them.
Then follows the passage here referred to, J5 yew tse, king
tse tse chay, ylh chang kew shlli, le e
/pj
^
^ # ^ i 1l "t* M H lf he who bas a w'fe marries another wife, he also shall receive ninety blows; and the
last wife be separated from him. (Ta tsing Leilh-lc, 6 vol.)
In the notes on this law, it is said, that the meaning of
the word 7Vr, or wife, is bcii g on nn equality with her hus
band. Tie use yu foo, tie te che jin ^ J fJ j&i. ^ ^

621
is one whose person ii equal in rank to
that of her husband , 'but, Tsef ehaj ju foo tseiS keen urh e
=^H^$clLftnti Concubine '* one who
merely admitted to a tight of the husband , hence to invert
the place of each, is Y5 kwei wei tse'en urh shing tseen wei
kwei #m$fffi#$$I;to
*
honorable to a mean place , and to raise the mean to a place
of honor, which it ii added, overthrows all the. laws ofmoral
propriety and decorum.
Other cues are provided against, which shew the depravity
of human nature i at, all who ^
j
ft.
S& /v
I ren' ou' 'ora ,um ^,ame3< 'ne'r mnt*
and concubine*, to other men, ac wives and concubinesshall
be punished with eighty blows ; and all who
^ | 7i
jflt ^
J{ ^ falsely call their wives and concu
bines sisters, and marry them to other men, shall receive eighty
blows.
Agamst Neen laou tseu lse'8 4j ^ ^ | old men
marrying concubines, the mora, writers are tcr<- dftviXed
A lf f
for.oW me" t he ctnru,u UMt
only destructive of personal virtue, but is AtcsuUng o-cvu-se
on posterity,most decidedly it ought not to be done,the
curse arises from fht bad example to the whole family which
such folly exhibits. (Tteuen-jiii-kfu-liwt).)
PiSh king cbe tseel san slilh kung ^ ^
^ ^
-| * J^J to refrain from lightly taking concubines, is merit
rated at thirty. Tse c' sing tsze fill) che cbung tseg ) ih
jin woo .Mh ^^Bi^MWM 1 ~A
~}~~
8 ^lan', *' living already b'orn to him a son,
if he afterwards take beloved concubines, for every one such
person, be commits a fault rated at fifty. (Kung-kwo-kib.)

38th Radical.

HO.

V.

Neu

* woman's name ; a fine countenance.

&
HEU.
Handsome j pretty ; pleating ; affording pleasure ; joy.
Read Keu, A common epithet tor a woman in Ho nan province.
An old woman.
Heu \ occnts yn. with these four Jjj| ^ Pfil'fg
all of which are pronounced, Heu. A case occurs in
the 1 1th 1. of the history She-ke ^
where it is said
of a famous person, at the commencement of the Han dynasty,
Heang wang keen jin kung king, tsze gae, yen yu heu heu
when he taw any person behaved with reverence unt nect,
with kindness and love; hit speech vo mild and toothing.
Other copies for the last two characters write j j Heu heu.

PA
An effeminate appearance tvtman LiKr ; good or wefl-looking.

CHING.
A woman's name.

One aays, A correct decorous behaviour.

M1N.

A woman's name.

POO.

A beautiful woman.

O, and Ko.
From to aid and woman. To give additional knowledge
to females. A female teacher ; school-mietrcis or governess.
Same as the preceding.
VOL. 1.

5T

PWAN.

From tuomfn and half. A woman

during Yu!! sze

the period of her monthly courses;
under such circumtlances, it was anciently the usage, E tan
choo irieen W ^JjJ
jjjj to mark the face with red
pigment.

Neu.

V.

38th Radical.

TUNG.

62:1

A woman's name.

^|^MOO, and Mow.

From woman and mother. A miitreji or governess in
a family j an old lady of fifty who trachea young women.
A term by which the wife of a younger brother addressee
her husband's sister-in-law. The name of a hilt. A widow
of the age of fifty, who becomes a kind of schot.l-mistrcss.
The wife of a younger brother calls her husband's ssister Moo.

An ancient form of jflU E

TSZE.

From woman and a sort of apron,

or dress covering for the knees, worn by the kings in ancient

times. Tsie tsrlh yav, yew jlh che chflh tseth she to urh ming
Tize. denotes accumulation, as the sun after its going forth
by an accession of time becomes brighter.

Used to denote a midwife, vulgarly called 'r^ {: Show sing,

and ^ ^ Tsee sing.
Tsc tseoi sing Isle, foo she moo c fiSh urh tuy ^ J|^>k -t* ^ $1 1 >fe W* iffi SI- whe ihe wife "ab,,al
to bear a child (the is removed to a side apartment) and the
husband sends the midife (or elderly governess) to a*jr
her raiment and withdraw. (L--king.)
Moo tung moo | JbJ
mo (from mmm an<t
mother) is the same as Mo, from woman and old, An old.
woman; an aged motKMy vman. Moo, neu sze jay ^
"^C ^ tit m00' " toferaa,e te,lcher' Moo, foojin wooshth
woo tszcch&h, ph fun kea, e foo taou keaou.iin chay |

The usual form of the preceding, under which Kang-he

gives the definition. A bride reflertiug on her deceased
parents and her former home, says, in the She-king, /,

1\

becnyuNe,

"B^ ^2, ^ Yuen fo mo heuns 'f*

v^j^/jQ j Suy kelh plh tsze.

^
moo denotes a woman of fifty years of age, who
has had no children, and leaving her home docs not again
marry, but teaches others the duties of women.

>r poo.
Beautiful,
Beauti pleasing, pleased. A gem with variegated veins.
Same as M Nae, The breast ; milk.

LI NG.
m-.n's uame.

From woman and commanding. A wo-

One ayi, An ingenious clever woman.

Vfcnl forth and passed a night on the Tte,

And ate of the road-sacrifice at the Ne ;
Then I a female proceeded forlorn,
Far removed from my parents and brothers:
0 to make kind enquiries of my sisters i
And to obtain the society of my aunts.
Accord!) g to ancient usage, in China, princeiess married
to the kings of neighbouring slates, could never return to their
parents housei and the late Emperor Keen-lung made it a
law, that those females who were received into the palace as
imperial concubines, should never return to their parcutV
home.
Peaou hcung te, yu peaou tsze mei chang ching pdli pe
lfitcou,iMf
with their ixiccs, even when grown up, do not retire from

623
each other's company,but continue to associate in some
farniliei. which ends in illicit connexions and scandals.
(Tseuen-jin-li cu-hwb\)

CHE, or She.
From women and eminent; the beginning of woman.
(Shw8-wSn.) The beginning i the commencement ; the origin.
Read ( I ), To begin , to originate. Answers to (hen, when
introducing the second member of a sentence, which expresses
a ci.cu instance that must be preceded by something else. En
ters into several proper names. Name of a hill, and of a
district. Puuche^ejc \ the origin. Fang chc nei
^
and then it may be done,something else having preceded.
Sze chc J7IJ jfy the four beginnings, refers to the origin of
material existences. San che ^ j the three beginnings,
lefers to the year, the sun, and the moon. Tslhche-{^ ^
the seven beginnings. The name .f a medicine, applied also
to Heaven, earth, man, and the four seasons.
An eclipse,
that was deemed very ominous during the Han dynasty, is
mentioned thus, Jib shlh yu san che Q rbS
j an eclipse of the sun on the first day of the first moon in the morn
ing.These three coincidcncies are here called the three begin
nings, viz., Suy che chanu, yu che chaou, jTh che chaou ;
che yew chaou yay jjg $) J 0 2 $3
1 $ ^) til ">e EBrT1'D^ l'le ^ear 1 lne rnorn'"S ' tne
month; the morning of the day ; CA, Beginning, is the same
as Chaou, Mi.ruing. (Tscen-han.)
One of his statesmen, Paou seuen
^gf thus addressed
Gae tc
the mournful monarch, on the occasion. Pe
hea fon sze teen ; moo sze te i tsze, yang le min Jfjjj; "In
$ 7c # ill! -f # ^ ft il b } our Mi,j^,s
duty to serve heaven asyour father; the earth as your mother,
and to nourish, as your children, the black-haired people ,
bnt he adds, since you came to the throne, your father heaven
has been eclipsed of his brightness; your mother earth has
trembled with convulsions (referring to an e .rthqurkei, and
your children the people spread a general panic, by stunge
reports circui ted amongst t: em.
The writer, who had
made up his mini!, to meet death lather than hold his peace,

38th Radical.

V.

Neu

then calls on the Emperor to reform himself and his govern

ment.
Confucius thus expresses; himself respecting the order
which ought to he preserved in what concerns virtue and
knowledge. WSh yew pun mg, sze yew chung chc; che so
se-n how, t,Th kin t.ou e
^^^ #$ |
P #r ft H M Mrii %ihin&s have a root and "
tnp^; affairs have an end and a beginning ; to know what cornea
first, and what should follow after, is a near approach to
wisdom. It is added in the commentary that a clear understanding of what is goodness and personal virtue, must precede
renovating a people; and that Chc chc weiche; nlng t!h
chung ffl Jh ^ Ht # ^ ^ ' kn""ed6e
of one's duty must precede an ability to perform it. Che
yucn heen- |
a Been district ii. . province of
Canton. Che yuen j
an Imperial title df'ing the
Han Dynasty, B. C. 81. Che hwang te ^ Jjl ^ thejir<
Emperor; a title assumed by the founder of the
Tsin
dy , the infamous monarch who burnt the books and
the great wall in China, B. C. 220.

JEN.

nxx S. C.

Same as 4ft Jen, A tall elegant figure--

PIN.

A concubine.

SHAN, or San.
From woman and a reeord, or an abbreviation of Jjjj)J Shan,
To pare or icrape off. Good or beautiful ; to speak against and
ridicule. Read Pwan, Ugly. Read Seen, A person's gait
or manner of walking. Read S5, The appearae.ee of a lady'i
garments trailing on the ground as she walks. Shan seaou
^
to speak against and laugh at.
This word occurs in some verses composed by Woo Te
jj^ i^j* the martial emperor, B. C. 81, on his seeing un
apparition of Lcfoojin ^ ^ A his deceased and beloved

Neu.

V.

38th Radical.

624

it
queen. During the Emperor's mourning, a Fang sze 1j I
:d to be
or magician, named Shaouung /J* |pj professed
able to Che ke shin ^ ^
bring back the spirit of
the queen. Accordingly a tent was filled up, and at night
illuminated with lamps: wine and a repast was spread out
where the shade of the deceased was to comet and the )|
Emperor placed in an adjoining tent, that he might have
a distant view of the ghost of the queen, which actually
(it is said) made its appearance, sat down in the tent, and
walked about in it. The likeness of the apparition, to the
queen was striking; yet the Emperor seemed to doubt the
reality, and says. She yay? fei yay ? lelh urh waug che, peen
ho shan ahan ke lae .he jjfl # $# jfij |*
ttj "flij I \ 3^
jjl was it she ? or was it Dot ?
as I stood and t *.<' upon her, how she walked about and
slowly adv.-nced ! (Tseen-han.)
'Of the great Captain Ying j^jj. who subjected all the
'Chinese states to his own sway, and called himself The First
Emperor, (B. C. 245,) it is said, that in consequence of his
success, Yin king ke so seTh ttze jin sze cfle, shan scaou
he boasted of the course In- had run ; lire umed cm his
individual knowledge , and vilified and laughed at the three
geiwhich preceded him, viz. the dynasties, Hca, Shang, and
Chow.
(Tseen-han.)

YANG, or Yang.
A term by which i woman designates herself instead i
nog the pronoun* ,1 and Me.

TSEAY.

seaou tseay g| ^
^
$f ^ J rjch men's
daughters are called Seaou-l$cay. little, or delicate elder
sister. Ta fan ching neu tsze wei tstay-iseay ^ ^
~f" J^r 1 1 * common appellation of females, is,
Tteay-ltcay, elder sister. Wo tseay
^ or Kea tseay
^ my elder sister. Ling tseay
j your sister.
Ta seaou tseay ^ /J\ ^ the senior yonng lady. Urh
seaou tseay *. /J\ ^ the second young lady. The name
sometimes precedes, as Yew san tseuy
- j jew the
third sister and sometimes an epithet is prefixed, at Keaon
tseay X?J \ the clever young lady. .
Chung tseay
| beloved sister, appellation of a notorious royal cour
tezan under the Tang dynasty, A. D. 70?. A renowned Poet
in China, Le-plh jfe j when intoxiealed (to which vice he
was addicted) rallied the king for not bringing forward Chungttcty to entertain the company. Ning wang
J the king
therefore or'dere I 'her to ting behind the screens; on which
the drunken pocl rose and returning thanks said, Suy pfih heu
kren mecn, win thing ylh hinge
^ fJf J| jgj
^
^?
although we are not allowed to see her face ;
Hill it isn happiness to hear hcrvoice. (Plh-mei-sin-yung.)
Read Tsze. Shan tsze ^ j -the name of a place on
the N. TV. of China, B.'C 200.

KAN, or Man, and Tan.

w
From snomnn and a tweet. An epithet by which an old woman
designates herself. Thus denned in Kang-he j =|jr ^
ft VX U* If
A Fo *b*:Uon chaj, ning e kan yen
jut jin, A woman who is old and who is able by sweet words
to please people.

^^j^ YUE.

Xight; opposite of heavy and of grave.

rta.

An elder sister. The term was formcrly:api/]ird to mothers.

Read Tsze, Name of a place. Used to denote Proud and
disrespectful. Tsze and Tscay -jjjjjj j are both epithets of
senior sisters. Seaou tsay /J\ j an appellation of 'the
daughters of rich people; Miss. Tseay tseay ^ ^ a gene
ral appellation of women.
Foo kwei jin teTb neu, ching

An epithet of respect, used by a wife to her husband's

mother. A father's sisters are also called Koo ; a wife calls
her husband sisters Seaou koo
^ the sisters of a grand

625
father ire called 2 | Wang *o. Uied at a Particle imply
ing Temporary indulgence. The name of a liar, of a state,
and of a hill. TsS koo
j a cross or diverging road.
The section called Tsew-kaou
royal commands
forbidding wine or drunkenness, contained in the Shoo .king,
has these words respecting those who assembled to drink and
carouse at nights, Wdh yung sha che ; koo wei keaou che
'fl M $ 1 'It $t il * """"J "> km
them, bear with and teach them better. The vice of drunk
enness it represented as prevailing to an extreme degree
amongst both the rulers and people, about 1 100 years, B. C.
and admonitions against it, are the subject ofa whole book
in the Shoo-king. Commentators are at a loss to conceive
why death as a punishment for drunkenness should have
been thought of ; they imagine that those midnight carousalswere of a seditious audi traitorous tendency; and resembled
the severity of an existing law, which declares,. Yay tseu beaoir
.an chay, kae sze tsuy
those who hold midnight assemblies which disperse in the
dav time,, arc all oguiltyj of a capital
r - offence
in the Lo-king, the death of TtSng Uze ^ J a disciple
of Confucius, is mentioned with a circumstance which
attended his death ; the whole is related by Tanknng
thus, The mat on which the philosopher lay had been given
to him by a person of superior rank ; and when he adverted
to it from overhearing the- conversation of his servant boy
and his son, who sat at his bed side, he insisted on having
it changed' immediately, that he might not die under the
charge of assuming rank not his due. His son remonstrated
in Tain, and the mat was changed-; but ere he was put to
rights on another mat; he expired; the words he used on
the occasion, are a favorite Chinese quotation, Keun tsze die
gae jin yay e Hh ; se jin che gae jin yay e koo tefh Jjljr

S a good man lovct olhert in conformity with strict .virtue

and propriety; petty men love others with a weak indul
genceand from tender feeling violate the tlrict rulet of
etiquette and of virtue. This latter feeling the Chinese call
Foo jin che jin
^
^ ' an effeminate benevolence ;
and they admire the stoicism of the ancients, which Pub e
iASLT i.

5u

38th Radical.

V.

Neu

sze sang che peen yTh ke to show ^ JJ ^j?

jjf
J| ^ ffi tJ1 does not alter the principles it hat main
tained, for tuch a change of circumstances at life or death
can make.

SZE.

A woman's name.

KEA.

A woman's name.

TSZE, or Sze.
A term by which brothers' wives designate each other;
the senior sister is commonly called Sze; and the junior
Te. Tae Uze
| is the name of the wife of
:
Win-wang. In one of the passagciof the She-king, where her
name occurs, the change of style it obtervable ( the modern

""^ S" * lo U,i,k' there considered an expletive.

Jt ^ ^ li s j.
">C EE j ^ wia W"S the moo.
^> ^

^ Sze mei chow kK>nf.

& Is*

M Kinf ,hIh che fooi

^ 1

^ ^

Tae tsze tsze me yin,

BU. W M M T,Th pTh "e nBnThink on the accomplished Tae jin.

The mother ' the king Win-wang,
Think on the jeauliful Chowkeangi
A lady of Chow's royal house t
Tae-ttze perpetuated the fame ofthe family,
And bore a hundred sons.
Plh nan, ken ching si lrh yen ke to yay ^
^ Jj^
jt ftTj ~$i
%
a nun<'red onssuggests, a whole
number, to express- that they were many. (She-king.)
Paou tszc yew wang che pe tse'8 ^ ]
1
^
^ Paoutsze, the favorite concubine of Yew-uimg, (B. C, 760.

fc* eu.

V.

38th Radical.

626

which case, they are also called t^j- j Shwang sing, double
surnames. Tung sing |pj j of the same surname.
SING.
PTh kea sing "g" ^ ] tbe hundred family names or
surnames.
This is the title of a small tract which contains
'From woman and -to be burn. The family name or
the
most
of
Chinese surnames. It is one of the first
lurname. The Chinese express the whole of iheir surnames
books
committed
to memory by children, when learning the
by Plh sing "g" ^ the hundred Sing, which is a general
sounds
of
the
characters.
There is an edition called
term for the people or subjects.
S gfc 1 % B$ m kca "n" kaou ,ei> An
The
Lin, is an imaginary animal of the deer species,
inquiry
into the hundred family names ;it contains a
that is, having the body of a deer, the tail of a cort. and the
short
account
of the origin of each family. The first name
n"f of a horse i it is in Chinese poetry the emblem of the
inserted
is
Chaou or jjj^ Chaou, who being promoted by
i. " .-t innoxious and benevolent qualities; it Puh tseen sing
the King MCh-wang
to the govenrment of the town
tsaou , poh le sing chung ?x j $
0&
^fjf
Chaou,
(B.
C.
fl"0,i
his
descendants
took the name of the
treads not on the living plant) it steps not on living insects.
town
as
their
family
distinction.
This
little
tract was compiled
Sing | in the following quotation means grand children who
by.
an
aged
scholar,
about
the
commencement
of the Sung
continue the surname.
dynasty (the era of William the Conqueror) and had the
^ ~2L % Lin che
surname Chaou placed first in compliment to the Sung
M
^s 1 Chm Chi kung
family, wbnscs..rnamc was Chaou.
The Chinese iffe Sing, corrcponds to the Ifomen of the
t i^c
/ry Yu t'e!', ''" kei
Romans,
and to the elan of the Scotch. If surnames did not
The forehead of the Lin (how inoffensive) !
exist in England till the time of William the Conqueror, it
How substantially virtuous, Sir, arc your grandsons.
would appear that they prevailed in China at least 2000 years
Ah l see in thejr "* Lin itself. (She-king.)
before they were introduced into Britain. In some parts of
The following pompous phraseology i< in China merelyci il ;
which, \h. Wales and Ireland, they are yet hut partially used.
Tsing win turn sing ta ming =j| Jj ^ \
^ beg to
The etymology of Chinese surnames is in many instances
ask your honorable lurname, and great name ;this is the
borrowed from the names of places j some from incidents in
language of all ranks ithe poorest and most obscure. Answer,
the lives of the, founder* of the family; and some from the
Tsecn sing hwang ^ ^ jj^ my mean surn"e is Hwang.
character of the person. The surname Chaou, given above,
Without ceremony it may be said, Sing chang, ming king
is an example of the fiut. The surname I.c zj a pear, is
1 iMj ^ fjj^ surname Chang, and name King.
taken from the founder of the family having dwelt beneath
another person it may be said, Hosing^ j what
a pear tree, when avoiding the malice of king Chow ^rjr (B. C.
surname? or j
j^i p|| surname tv J name who ? i. e. || HIS). The turn*me Ma Jl|j ahorse, is taken from a title
what is his name and surname ; or in direct address from a
of distinction given to the founder of the family, in allusion
superior to an inferior! or amongst equals in unceremonious
to the martial qualities of the war-horse.
phrase, it meanswhat is your nunc and surname. Joo sing
In the Chinese laws, under the clnusc Tung sing wei hwiu
shin mo ,jfg j ^ J^E what is jour surname? They ask
i^j J jiu\i fj l,lson '
,alr'e surname marrying, it is
the same question, with prefixing ar ronouu, thus, jjj^ j
decreed that Fan tung king wei hwin chay, kS chang lew shih
'^j Kaou sing ta miug, Lofty surname, and great name ?
jipri
all cases, when those of the same surname intermarry, each
Win yew tan sing, fun sing ^
j^. | ^ ] iu
person shall le punished with sixty blows, and the parties
writings there are single surnames, and reiterated surnames ;
be
separated. The Foo neu kwci 'tSDOg, tsac le jiili kwsa
i. c. consiting of a single character, or of two characters ; in

627
^
^^
|f \ |f the female, shall be returned
to their kindred and the property and presents be confiscated
to govenment.
If it be a mark of the savage, state to he, (as Pliny says,
of the savages of mount Atlas) Anovymi, nameless ; and
civilization be in proportion to the number of names, the
Chinese arc the most civilized nation on earlli. Originally
every person had but one name, as Adam i Romulus;
Hengist ; and so on. The Romans had three names, viza Prenomen ; Noroen, and Cognomen. The Chinese have
generally four, sometimes sir names.
1. jjj: Sing, The family name; the name of ihe.
clan, or surnair-; thenwnen c-f tl\..- Roma.
2. I^j Ming, The name, or Roman Prrcnomen, or the
Europeans' Christian name ; of Ihese the Chinese
have threci viz. the
3.

^ Joo ming, The breast namethe name

given to a child as loon as it sucks its mother's
breast.

^\ Shoo ming, Book name,the name givr-n

to a boy when he goes to school ; and lastly, the
6. 'JE}* ^jj Kwan ming, Oflfici I name, a name givc.i
in to government by literary graduates ;
members of mercantile companies (Hong mer
chants); or other persons who have concerns
with government.
B. ^ Tsze, is the character, or name taken by men
when they marry.
7. ^jji Haou, Titles taken by old men of fifty.

38th Radical.

V.

Neu -fc

The names imposed by Chinese parents and friends, as

well as those they take themselves, are always intended to
be Kelh tseang
jjj^ " fausla nomina, or noniina bona ; "
hoping that the Latin proverb will prove true," bonuimiomen
bonum omen."' It does not however appear, that they
practice onamanlia, or fortel a man's good or bad fortune
from the letters in his name ; although they do it from his
natal hour, his hands, his face, and the structure of
hit bones ; and hence say, there are Kwei k*h
^* nohk
bones; and Tseen kiih ^ ^* igoble bones; which explains
,'i>e abusive saying * J=jj
your whole body is
-omposed of mean hontit.
The word j Sing is, in the following quotation a proper
name. Hen, Tsae tha Ua la loo, Kung sun sing, Kung sun hi
mcr, the people of the state Tsae killed their governors Sang
sun-ting, and Kug-tun-hS. (Chun-tsew.)
In the Sb.ixv.kiog, the virtuous example of
ancient
KinS ^ Yaoii, (B. C. S230) is thus stated, ^jf (J/j ^ t&

'*

m
WttMft' % E M- W. Hf % Hew*
able by the influence of his great and illustrious virtues, to
unite all his numerous kindred "within the nine degrees
of consanguinity ; these being all united in mutual harmony,
he tranquilized and promoted the lusture of the people's vir.
tues ; and his own people being rendered illustrious by their
virtues; he joined in the bands of amity all nations. 0 how
great then, the change to goodness ; and how peaceful the
state of the black-haired people !
Fdli e sing che tsin JJfj :f| ] %*^fL ,UDjccteo' (lo a
willing union) relations of a different surname,

The Chinese do not like that the Pranomen, or Ming ^fj

'to be mentioned or written without some qualified epithet of
respect attached to it. Hence the Ming ^ name is called
Pth sing ke nuy min shoo yay "jEj" < *| fftj Jiji jtjc ^
the Hwuy =^ meaning that which is to be mentioned with
Pih-ting denotes the common people within the royal domain.
reverence, or avoided altogether ; on this account, even in
The disconsolate s e of a person deprived of the aid of
Dictionaries of the Linguage, the Prenomen of an Emperor || his own kindred, is
lamented by an ancient poet, in theis not inserted, but with some line or lines omitted to make
She-king.
>t appear different from his name; and from this piece of
^'
/Z
Ye" te che To0'
superstitious -etiquette, of avoiding the common use, or
Jt M %f H Ke jfS UinS uiDK'
profanation of an Imperial name, some characters have been
permanently altered in the manner of writing them.
$3 'fi'
] Tuh hinS keungkeung;

Neu.

V.

38th Radical.

j= 42 ftjj, J\. Kewootajin;

/f>^JJ^I^ 1 Puhj"owotunSsinS'
jL ^j -j

Tseay hing che jin,

A ^ /I sfe Jin w0 heuns le*

Even the solitary Ttfo tree.

Has le*et to form an umbrageoot shade :
But alone muit I andcr forlorn and difconaolate ;
I sn v not beside me there are no human being*,
But none are to me as my kindred,
Ah ! ye men who pats by.
Will none of you to me lie attached;
A mau bereft of his brother! ;
How is it, that none will assist him !
The solitary Too tree, is thrice introduced in the She-king,
and it ir oJwayt a metaphor of being alone, destitute, forsaken,
andrtmfnrtlesa.. (Commentary on the She-king.)
S'"S P" |
or sinS ci* th poo |
|j |H
A biography of eminent men and women. ISO vol, arranged
according to the surnames under the different dynasties; the
style is not good; the book altogether is deficient in anima
tion ; it is a dull compilation. Sing she te win j
p a lm ill work on the surnames. 5 vols.

PE.

A woman's name.

MAOU.

Good; excellent.

WEI, and Wei.

From grain placed above woman
The ears of grain
hanging down. To bend down as with a heavy burden. To
sustain a burden, or office; to belong to; to put down; to
reject; to send away ; to send ; to depute a person to perform
tome official dutjj to collect together.

Pun yuS yuen, mo Jfwi^Q^^3 ] the

origin it called Yuen ; the end is called Wei. Yuen wet Jjjjl
1 or reiterated, Yuen yuen, wei wet. From first to fat;
all the circumttances from begirning to end. Wei yuen
keBh thi ^
$J ^Jj turning and winding, crooked and
broken; applied to landscapes, it denotes romantic and
diversified scenery . applied to style and speech, it denotes
A varied and soothing manner, in contradistinction from
Abruptness and harshness.
Wei | is used at a strong affirmation, thus, Wei woo
pe'S koo j 4ff ^|J
indeed there is no- other cause.
Wei shth muh yew tszesze | ^ f ^ jfc |j| indeed,
really there is no such occurrence as this you refer to. Tsze
wuh wei he wo tclh jj fyj j ^ f f$ >h"
doet
indeed belong to me. Wei ta kcu j /j^jj
send him
away. Wei yuen j ^ an official messenger; an officer
deputed to any particular service for the time being; hence
Wei yuen is not a permanent title of office. At Chinese
custom houses, there is generally an officer deputed to take
cognizance of any affair or occurrence that may require
that authority over the people which it not in China entrusted
to the revenue offircrt.
Ming tsze j|
in the Four Books, inculcates the neces
sity of governors preserving the good will and attachment
of the people, by stating the absolute inutility of abundant
resource*, where this is wanting ; his words are |fij^ jO: ^
ft tug 7 *t &tWT>mm&
1 ilB * 2 Jfe #>J *
jttl A
"lii let the
of lhe cily be eTer ,0 hi8* '
the ditches around ever to deep ; weapons and armour ever to
strong, and in the bett order; the supplies ofgrain ever so abun
dant. If- the men of the city desert it and go away, it shews that
all these earthly advantages are not so good at an union of
the people. For, it is added, by the Commentator, PiSh tTb
min sin ; min ph. wei thow yay ^
]pL
^ ^
^
" tne heart* of tlie people be not obtained ; tbe
people will not defend the city. This obvious truth has been
much insisted on in every period of Chinese history ; and
being more or less acted on, has ameliorated the condition
of the people, who though not formally represented iu any

629
legislative assembly, have always found other meant to
came their voice to be heard. Wei yang j |J|t in ana.
tomy, refen to the parti about the bend of the knee.
ffei-keHh in the sense of Hardship ; grievance ; oppression
and ill-usage, are used thus, Nuy chuiig yew wan tseen *'
kt&h, yung tsuy min se shuh pq t|j ^j" ^
^
^ K $W ^ 'n"<'e lnere ore ten thousand thousands
ofgrievance'suffer an offending subject to stale them parti
cularly. Ne yew shin mo wei keflh, fan nan, chih kwan
kaou soo wo, wo ning keac teih jfo ^ ^
] ^

38th Radical.

VI.

Neu -fa

j^* TSZE.
Ft
From (Us and woman. A low immoral woman ; one who
dances and plays to gain her livelihood. Ts.eke | j a
plain ill-looking woman.
Collected together in regular orden

YUH.

regular features; a handsome countenance.

grievencci, vexatious, and troubles jou may have; freely
state them to me i I shall be able to redress them.
A sort of forced marriage is thus noticed in the Tio chuti,
Kungsun Hth yew she kaug wei kin yen Q ^ JjS
5S '1 $9
Kung-nm, whose name was Hlh, again
sent and by force imposed upon the spouse a bird; i. e. a
goose, in ancient times the token of espousal. Woo yu tsze
jtiicn miicn twan wei
|^
| I and you,
will putou our caps and robes of ceremony.
(Tso-chuen.)
Wei e, wei e j jjl^r j fyfe or otherwise rcud Wei to,
wei to; occurs in the She-king denoting Tsze Uh che maou

l'HEU
also of the

Wei mnou ^ ^ or ~
Heuen kwan, A high cap,
tied with ribbons under the chin, worn by graduates and men
of rank in ancient times.
Hw yuen yy hw wei yay
^ ^fj
J ^
both the beginuing and the end. (Le-king.)

A vulgar form of 7j> Ying, Pregnant.

of a hill.

KE.

From the word man altered b* adding

woman. The unnatural crime of Sodom. Letib yew ke keen

tsny leaou ; tseang nan tso neu ffi ^ | ^ |f| ^ J)^^7 11^
l'lc '1W' co"ta'n a ection on the Ke /ormcalion, which consists in turning man into woman.

[=1
IK, an PPear*nce of self complacency and satis
faction. (She- king.)
The same idea, in the same ancient |
work is expressed by ^ j t& jfe Wei wei to to.
) Jfc Wei hing, ] ff4 Wti ho, ] |m Wei shun,
1 $L
'"-y' * conferred figurr, harmony, obedience,
and relinquishment alluding to the birth, life, and death of
man, are expressions which occurs in the writings of the an
cient philosopher^
Chmang-trce. 10th vol page 88.

Forms part of a man's name i and

SIX STROKES.

PIN . An ancient form of

Pin.

A woman ; a bride; a deceased wife.

JIN.

Pregnant.

Yttou
1

n.

One of the posterity of the famous ancient king

Shun.
Beautiful j elegant. Read Yaou, Name of an official situation.
Read Teaou, Light; lightsome: read Keaou, in a similar
tense. Recovering from disease.

Neu.

V.

38th Radical.

Yuize yu the, tie che e urh yaou

J^jft
^
j,)^ ^ | under thete cirrumslancel, Tune gave him two
beautiful daughteis in marriage (Tin chuen.)
Til peen ping hwuy J thing yum yaou 2^ ^ ^ ^
^ ^ ^ I (the music! win mixed and changed and
thrown together, so that tweet lound fled far away. (Tte'enHan)
MS piih mei le yaou yay J^L
J|| ^jjf j
there
are none nho do not dress in the moil gay and fairy. like man
ner. (Seun-lsxe.) Yaou yui |
elegant and plcising.
Kwang woo urh ililh pi tieang yaou *ej)^
_ -JJ\
1 J$| lhe Emperor Kuangvoo, (A. D. SO ) had
twenty ei^hl generalt, one of whom w.ii named Vacu Ice.
Thii general ii the lubjecl of a Chineic play.

jjl TUNG. A straight well formed neck.

KEANG.
From shrrp and voman. Name of a river at whirh the
ancient jjjfj)
Shin nung lived, from which circuimtance
Keang became hit iurname. POh krang
j the name
of a river. Keang how j
the Queen of ^
Win,
wang. Keang tae kung |
ffe a f.moui general of
antiquity, who wai eighty years of age before he wat in office.
Kearg.ibe tac | r^r^ the wife >f Kenng-the I thii
penon lived during the Hang dynasty, and ii oae of those
extraordinary instances of filial piety and devotion lo the
will of parents, held up as examples by the Chinese. Keang
>!><'' wife, shewed the utmost duty to her own mother,
afterwards to her husbnrd's mother, who in her old age would
eat only the carp, and drink of the water which was brought from
the Yang-tsxe-keang -. thitl er the obedient <ius;Vtte,'irflo.w will
ing repaired daily to briag asupplv. Oritur failing once to do
i", her husband, influenced by that cilrjra^aiit devoted.u-si
to his mother's wishes, which the Chinese admire, divorced
his wife. Thus driven from her home, she worked night
and day at weaving, and not only supported her self, but
bought delicacies for her husbands mother, and sent them

630
by the band of an unknown penon j which
being discovered, the huiband relented, and took her again
to his own house i and from that time, a son she bor*_
became the bearer of water from the river for the mother's
use. When performing this duty, the boy fell in and was
drowned, and Keang-the's wife, instead of upbraiding her
husband and his mother, concealed the occurrence from
the aged parent, that her feelings might not be wounded. Finally
heaven, moved by such heroic telf-controul, and respect for
an aged mo' her, caused a spring to break forth by the aid*
of Krang-the't cottage, which supplied both the water and
the carp of the river, without any effort lo proture them.
(Wan seaou tang hwa chuen fj^
'i J|t j{Jj[ prints
with notes to afford an evening's amusement, 3 volt )
Keang tae kung | ^ Q a person, whose name was
Shang
celebrated in ancient history, for being a principal
meant of overthrowing the wicked prince Chow wang ^
TJ^ (B. C. 1103). He is said lo have possessed tome super
natural arts called Woo hiy chang keu jf
^
the
fi\e thunder hand-palm secrets, by which he kept off all
noxious influences i hence, the prevailing custom of writing
on a wall to drive away d< mons, these five words, Keang tae
kung ttae tsxe 1
Jf Kemg Ue kung is here.
Keang yu4 kwang ^ Q
a minister of stale during
the reign of ^ )* Wanlelh, (A. D. 1619.) Keangycekwang perished amidst the distresses of the house of Ming.
He was one of a large number who preferred death to submis
sion to the Man-chow Tartars, he drowned himself in a pool
of water; in opposition to him it placed Hwang tie tsin "gj
-)who was also a minister of the Ming dynasty; aud
who at the age of 80 years submitted to the tonsure, in
consequence of which, he is the scorn of his countrymen to
this day. Keang wei |
whose marriage name was Plh yS
\ti nfy ' "ne ',ne leading characters during the civil wart of
lhe .El HI tl,ree kingdoms, (A. D. SSO )
Keang kwang j jjj^ the name he assumed on marrying
wa*^|
Plh kwae, he lived B. C. I5S years. Hewasreremarkable for hit classical learning and a tronoruiral science.
He had 3700 pupils, many of whom came from a great distance
to attend his lectures and instructions. According to lhe

631

38th Radical.

VI.

Neu

^ that good man ;what shall be given him ? (She-king.)

custom of thoe times, he wai repeatedly invited to court, but
The following verse from the She- king is thought to refer
would never accept of an appointment, and finally to avoid the
to
a
licentious assignation.
importunitj of the reigning monarch, he left his own house
and lired in obscurity as a fortune-teller. He returned however
|gt
JL ^ Tsing neu ke choo,
before his death, which took place in the 11th year of his age.
$ $ tk ^ 1^ S" W
ch,Dfi ,U '
He and his brother were remarkably attached to each
f ffij /f M* Gae urh p8b kiieD'
other, which proved an occasion of saving both their lives
t$ "i" Hp M s*ou
the choon an occasion of being attacked by highway robbers, who
threatened to murder them both. Each pleaded the other
The retired damsel how beautiful,
should lie spared, and himself put to death, which so affected ||
She awaited me at the corner.
the banditti that they spared them both, robbing them only
But not seeing her, whom I loved,
of their property and clothes.
I scratched may bead, and embarrassed went, I know not
Keangkwing in return, when required to inform who
whither.
had robbed him, refused to tell, and indeed made some excuse
It is curious to observe the similarity which exists amongst
to save the robbers ; which being told to them, they restored
men of every clime and every age ;how, Jin fan kelh Ulh
him bis property, and knelt down to return him thauks for
show pa ke show yay \ jg f; J||J
gg g ^ &
his generosity and clemency. (LeTh-taeming-chin.)
man when vexed and embarrassed scratches his head w.'th his
Keang tsae ^
a general who fought bravely, but
hind, in China as in Europe, both in ancient and mcdern times.
ineffectually against the Tartars, during the falling fortunes
So wei nwan choo chay, heS yfh seen sing che yen, tsTh
of the house of .Sung, (A. D. 1277.) After much obitiuate
nwan nwan, choo choo, urh szc laze yui yay, tsze e wei tsfih e
resistance, and performing many exploits, he was taken by the
TarLars, and as their manner was, put to death after the battle.
Keang kung yu j /J^ &j Keangkung's fish, a sort- of
called warm to/t sprites, are people who getting hold of the
synguathus or pipe fish ; popular tradition says, that Keanglaewords of a master, feel their imaginations heated, and give
kung, mentioned above, who, in retirement, spent his time
themselves fairy airs, being full of self complacency, and
in fishing, having dropped his hook, it became the pointed
judging themselves fully accomplished. (Chwang-tsxe.)
protuberance of the pipe fish, the proper name of which is
Chin yu ^ 45 or Chin yu ^ j needle fish.
Keang hwang ^
Curcuma or Turmeric, the first
HEIH.
character is otherwise written
and ^ and in every case
ft
the pronunciation is the same.
A surname ; a personal appellation. Occurs as the name
of an ancient royal concubine and queen, and, also as the
nornf of a prince.
IMS
SSt % ?L
Kwei f kunB 1,110<
Fiom women and vermilion. Handsome features) beautiful
^ j$) ^
Mekwopuhtaou;
countenance; ddicate. Choo sTh ty^jj- ^5 a pretty woman.
| ||
Vei han krih seang yew (
Neu tsze mei ch:y chiug choo slh -jj^
|^
^ fB beautiful women are complimented by the expression
Chao -i)h. Choo is also applied to eminently good men, thus
Pc choo chay tsze, ho e pe che ^ | ^* -jp. /Jpf Ify

^ W $|

M8johanl5-

Kwei-foo the martial hero.

Visited every nation;

^-Neu.

VI.

38th Radical.

632

To obtain a match worthy hit daughter Ketk,

And (bund no place that delighted hiro like Han.
Tsoo, Ching-vtSnkung yew tseen Ise? yu? Yenketh, mung
^ ^ f$
E Elfl al first Cn,nSwinkunS h,ul ,n
ferior concubine named yen-fret*, who dreimt that heaven
ent an angel and gave her a fragrant Lan flower. (Tto-chuen.)

KAE.

Ten Cliaou ^ i. e. ten million!

are called King ^ ten of these, or a hundred million!,

are called foj Kae. (Kang-he.)

HEANG, Of Sheang.

A woman'i name.

Meeting together ; occurring or coming in contact;

junction of the productive elements in nature. Keaou-kow
S | junction of the material heavens and the earth in
order to the generation of creatures, union of sexes. Name
of one of tbe Kwa diagrams.
In reference to the Pi kwa diagrams, it is said Kow, yn
yay, jow yu kang yay ] _
|
|^|]
Kow. to
meet or occur , the soft meeting with the hard. (YTh-king.)
Nan neu seang 15 wei keaou kow , teen te ylh yew keaou
the union of male and female is called A'eaou feast; bclwut
heaven and earth there is also a similar union.

4fa
MOO.
GO.

From woman and old ; an old

woman; a matron; a school -mistress; a governess. Tee

moo
a certain hill.

Delicate) slender; handsome. Woo go Jj^l j^jjj beautiful ;

shining accomplishments.
KEEN.

-3?

H WO. An ugly face ; false, deceitful.

Same ai Jjj| Yuen, A faicinating woman.

in

KEAOU.
rtft
Beautiful woman : handsome ; pretty ; clever frlful
crafty; intriguing. Read Hcaou, Lewd. lftinouw>
Pub ko ke wei urh keaou ^
JTTj 1 mu,t
not reject the dignity of man, and Sink vnTo effeminate dissuluteneu. ( Ito-chuen.) Nan tsxe i.ivi maou wei keiou tung
^
H ^
^ ]|| a male with a beautiful face ii
called a handsome I id. Neu tsae mei maou wei keaou nieaou
i ^- i|
% \ jfy* female with a beautiful face
is called admirably handsome.

Vrom three or many -woman. Illicit amours and intrigues

with women. Fornication ; adultery . unprincipled intrigues
or plots of any kind , cabals, plots, and court intrigues. In
Corea the tenses of Keen j and Haou ^ good, are re
versed.
Tutig keen
J Illicit intercourse ; criminal conversa
tion. Ho keen ^ J adultery or fornication by the content of both parlies. Keaug keen ^jj) | fornication or
adultery committed by violence ; a rape. Keen tan che pei
|
an intriguing sordid avaricious set ofpeople.
Keen kin slil j ^ ^ adultery or lewdness is allied to
murder. Keen scay ]
intriguing and unprincipled.
Yin jin foo neg wei keen
J\ ^jj
^ j to
debauch men's wives and daughters it expiessed by Keen.
Keang keen yew tung yew neu he ta tun yin lUi jay fjvj5 ^
f # -k ft * H Ml ft * 10 tommit a ^
on young boyt or youug girls is highly ruinous to secret

633
virtue. Ming, taoo, keen kwae, sze ta pn
^ | ^
PP ^ ^ murder, robbery, a rape or adultery, and stealing
children or women, are four great law cases.
Keen tfing gan keen j
^ jjj: a law er of
adultery. Fan cliBh keen Uing ^[J |Jj ^ F committed
a crime of adultery or fornicatioo. Keen jin tse Isee | ^
to debauch men'a wive* and concubinei. Fan keen
ihow king 3[J7 ^ ^ jfl] t commit adultery and receive
the punishment.
Keen tang j jp? a pnlitic.il cabal ; n corrnpt treasonable
party : a herd of men in power who intrigue lo promote
ther parly interests at the expense of their prince and their
conntry. Chinese history abounds with complaints of such
parties in the state.
2$ A 0 jS? Kdh jin *ue kow'
^ A 0 M Shl i

#|' 0 1 Te y teen,
/ft J^J El $1 T"e nU' JU* kwei'
To rob or plunder in hands is expressed by Row;
To murder as well as roh is expre ssed by Tth ;
Traitorous parties outside the palace are called Keen;
When inside the palace they are called Kwei. (Shoo-king.)
The ancient Chinese thus speak ofthefnur means of legislatic, viz. Etiquette, Music, Laws, and Penalties,
j^j
* & m fL n * *f. flj a
t ] lhe rules of decorum and etquette are to rationa
lize Ibe peop'e's minds; music is to hirmnnize their voices;
laws to give uniformity to their conduct ; pCii.ilties are to "tiard
against their cruel and vicious excenei. The commentary
defines the last word by Heuug keen |XJ j rruel excesses,'
for the vicious indulgent e of the more lender passions general
ly end in the most hard-hearted cm Ity to some one or other
of the parties concerned. (Le-king.)
The Chiuese not only differ from some European legislators,
who would permit the adulterer and adulteress to marry, but
they also differ from what, it is Slid, ft. Austin allowed, viz.
for a woman to commit adultery with the consent of her husbnd,for they enact, that JLfflL $ & AM, \
FART 1.
6T

38th Radical.

VI.

Neu -4^

1 jfe 1 iH
"7 case
when a man shall allow his wife or concubines to have an
adulterous intercourse with another man, the husband, adul
terer, and adulteress shall each receive ninety blows. When a
husband or father ^r\^)^^}^tL^'kMA.
^Jg | forces a wife, concubine, or adopted daughter, to
yield their persons to another man, the husband is beaten with
a hundred Hows, and the adulterer or fornicator with eighty
blows.
Ai d if to evade this law, a man Jfj
^ $C |f $Z
/^P ]|J J{ ^ employ money and buy a divorce, which
divorce another man sells him, and he with the consent of
all parties, marries this other man's wife, each pirty is to be
punished with a hundred blows , the wife to he forced to separate
from both the men , and the property be confiscated.
The argument used to justify these laws is, that though
all lhe parties net volnntary, their conduct, Pae hwae fung hva
ISl Mi, tyC ien^t 10 ru'n tne Pu0*'c n,rals, and their
individual consent does not extenuate the offence against
society.
To preserve the superior character of the government, the
s ine crime is punished mere severely in them, and ^
t 1 tt#t 1 ft I
kwan keen chlh kwnn tse-chay ; keen foo, keen foo ping
keaou, In every case when an officer of government shall
commit adultery viith another officer's wife, both adulterer
and adulteress shall be strangled.
Unnatural crimes are called ^'f? ^ Ke keen, in the law
hooks, and are thus spoken of. Ho tung ke keen chay, kea
haou ,Th ko yui chang >Th pih $ |^J |jg \ ft ^ jj
'
'fci * @" mea *no niu,,|ii"> *srce i,: c'"imit au in natural crime shall wear the wooden cu'lar one
month and receive a hundred blows.
Vi< lence offered to the person of a boy belonging to repu
table parents, unuvw>3T*laC of 12 years, is a capital crime.
Lun keen ijjjjjj | is ouv txpression which denotes a party
of mm all forcing one woman ;.v 'luh -eems to have been a
practice with banditti in Sze-chuen pin ince, a* there is a
I erinl clause against it.
With respect to the illegitimate offsping of fornication or
adultery, it is declared by law, that j ^ $ ~Jfc M. ffi

+ Neu.

W1. 38th Radical.

634.

| j !: # Ken sng nan neu, tsih foo keen foo show

yang, Boys or girls born of fornication, shall be delivered to
the father, who shall be required to support them.
Of the adulteress it is said, Ken footsung foo kea mae

| # # j: # *

conniving at a wife or concubine committing adultery with

other men.

2, Tsin shtih seang ken #

another man,or retain her if he likes.

3, Woo chih ung ken

falsely charging

a husband's father with the crime of incest.

If however he

j
-

4, Noo keih koo kungjin ken kea chang tse #y X #

A l n-i% ## slaves and hired servants commit

shall be beaten with eighty blows;-the wife be forced to sepa

ting adultery with the master's wife.

5, Ken pco mintse neu |

then return to her rela

# R. # %. debauching

the wives or daughters of those under ones government.

tions, and the property be confiscated.

It is enacted, that

insta

again

## # l

j: % # /\ + both the adulterer and the husband

rat,from both husband and adulterer;

persons related

having incestuous commerce.

that the husband may sell her to

}% | j # sell her to the adulterer i-then l

}: # |

JL #! | # /\ +Fan

ho keen

chang p shih, In every case of fornication by mutual consent

the parties shall be punished with eighty blows. Yew foo ch"y

# # # # jL + if the woman have a

husband, ninety blows shall be inflicted, and Z] | $f Teaou
chang kew shih

ken chay, if the woman be seduced by artifice, to yield herself

to illicit intercourse (whether she be marred or unmarried)
the punishment shall be one hundred blows.

He who

# 1

# # Keang ken chay keaou, by violence forces a woman,

shall be strangled, if he attempts to do so, but # h' +
# H # F. + H1 we ching chay, changyih pih

}% #

6, Keu sang keih sng taou fan ken Fi 3:

people in mourning, and priests or prieslesses

# 1U. |

of the Budh and Taou sects, having illicit intercourse.

7, Leang tsen seang ken

R; # # |

the superior

and respectable classes of society, and the mean, immoral and

degraded classes, having illiet intercourse with each other.
8, Kwan le sh chang

'' }: # # officers of govern

Mit,
Out

fion
Kal

agi

ment passing the night with whores.

9, Mae leang wei chang

'' R # # buying

the

daughters of virtuous parents to employ them as whores.

To encourage resistance on the part of poor wome",

Tit
Wol

it

lew san tseen le, does not effect his purpose, he shall he punish

is enacted, that besides punishing with death those who

ed with one hundred blows, and be transported to 3000 le's

attempt to violate their persons, there shall be in honor of

distance.

To, Ken yew neu, shih urh suye hea

+ # J). T. deflower a girl of twelve

under,-although

by

her own

:# ###
#'
###
F# If k W.###
H. servant' wive'
|H] # # #####
girls and nuns, who shall resist violence offered to "

consent, shall

their

Tung keang lun, be considered the same as committing a rape,

persons, and preserve themselves undefiled, even

and punished with death.

tablets and arches erected to their memory at the expen" "

till death

In the penal code of China, it is said, that Tsen tae fan keen
sze, keae tsnets leth chung

#j {{: %U. | ## %E

# #. th during former dynasties

the laws respecting for

nication and adultery, were amongst the miscellaneous laws

the local government.

Under the law entitled Keen tang

| # it is

enacted

that, any statesman who under the influence of Keen *

| #

party and wicked principles, shall Tsin tsan Je"

of the land -and that the Ming dynastv first formed them

# Fi introduce to his Majesty's hearing calumnies against

into a regular series, which the present dynasty has centinued.

any one, so as to provoke the Emperor to put the individual

th

The section under which these laws are crawained in the 19th
vol. of the Leh-le, is nulled Fan keen AE

*:

'i # # combine
illicit inter

* of the sexes. Under this general head are included

in parties of friends, and disorder the

affirs of government, shall suffer decollation : have their

property confiscated; and their wives and children

foruication and adultery.

" **ung yung tsets fan keen # #

to death-shah be decapitated, and those who Ke Pu": tang

# # 40. |

to slavery.

doomed

Further, guilt shall not only be attributed to

635
the Keen chin ] |J wicked minister, who enter into tuch
cabals, but also to thots who submit to hit powerful influence,
instead of doing their duly in opposing him and informing
against him.
The notes say that. Keen jin ^ ^ wicked intriguing
men, who disturb Ihe affairs of government,
jn ke sie
^
aCC"mm^ate lne'r
t'|fi,a ieW'i
begin by forming parties of friendt. Those whom Keen
seij j 8 shi | jjfj ^ <PX y,lcM al d intriguing statesmen
wish to kill ; are eilh. r persons on whom they desire to
gratify revenge, or whose worth or favorable reception at
court they envy ; or whose Strict principles and just dis
pleasure tliey dread. (Ta-tsing Leah le, 4 vols.)
On the surjerl of lewdnes-, in all its forms, the Chinese
moral writers are copious to excess, and endeavour to point
out in the strongest possible Lnguage, Ihe evils resulting
from it. The title of their esjayt are expressed in this wa\,
Keae kei ke keen pei shw jfo ^
] jfe
warnings
against going with prostitutes, ami debauching female slaves.
(Tseuen-jin-keu-kwo.) This essay Ojieus by affirming that
Woo kelh kwa foo, choo Iszc rhay, tsuy yu shijin ting
& m 1 f t W M M A f " d<fil
a widow, or a virgin, commits a crime as great as murder.
And notwithstanding the distinctions which the laws of
man make, it is affirmed, Keen che, urh tsze, yin leith woo
fun kwei tseen ] ~ |g $ g g ft
that the two words, lo fornicate, are not, by the laws of the
invisible slate, varied in their criminality, according to the
respectability of the persons.
A Chinese books on Ethics, called King sin luh ^
^
a record of things respected and believed; or a confession
of faith; contains a decalogue, in which the first command
ment is, Keae yin hing jfo
against lewdness.
In the absence of the awful sanctions of Christianity,
the Chinese have recourse to various legendary tales, shewing
the interposition of Superior Powers, in favor of Virtue, and
against vice.
The afore named works, contain many examples, briefly
related. One is Ihe c^se of a literary candidate who having
attained Ihe ae ol 54 years, without success in obtaining
degrees, applied to the angel H8-e.lung-Uze jjj^^ ^ ~f-

38th Radical.

VI.

Neu -jfr

desiring from him a reponse, to explain the cause of his want

of success. His mode of application was by the ^ ,Kc (See
under that word, page 40, Fart I ) The answer was in these
words, Tsze ping slug haou Ke-kcen, kin Shang-te ke tS
joo p*.
Tiff
lnro"rn0111
naTe ^ecn adicted to fowl
(unnatural) lewdness ; now the Most High, will takeaway your
life. The man, whose name was Le 35 felt a temporary shame,
but did not believe; and afterwards, though be published a
tract ^ -IJJ rJ5 IpL against unnatural pleasures; did not
entirely r form his lewd practices, and the same year, during
the eight moon, ^ jfe || D]| jjjj ^
^ at

fowl crowed, and he died sutidenl}, w thout leaving a son to

weep at his grave, or to continue his name to posterity.
Mi ''Mi tfc |y T,in" kw,ns ki'5 ,he pien' pase
Under the Ping leBh JL ^ or m irtial l.iwt of China,
there is a clause concerning Pwan kit kien te ^ jp
the seizure and interrogation ofspiet. It is enaKiug nuy keen te, tlow tow sraou sclh yu viae jin ^ tf
) 0 % %t $ & & ft A /' -ilhin lhe"froBtier who shall go over and reveal secrets to people outside;at
well as Keen se j Oh i.uy tan ting tte tsing chay, keae tsan
i $ a m m s#$# % Dr
-bo
come inside the frontier, to luUn, and fiud out aff ft, thall
all be decapitated. In the notes, the word iRy it expressed
by Keen te ^fp ffl^ the character Keen, in '~ich case having
the tame sense. The person who Tse'lS yi' ^ J-j | reeeivei
and conducts the spy that .comes from / nttide ; and he who
Ke mow ^
originates the schf mc of a spy going over
the frontier, are both implicated ' i the capital offence.
These laws although origindly applicable only in ca .j
of actual hostilities; have se -Tal clauses under them -ihich
enable the government to ' ring the charge of bein a spy
against any person, who >ay enter within or go heyond the
frontiers; and they ar* applicable also to the frontier between
China proper and theTcu>tur dominions of Ihe present TartarChines'..' dynasty. These laws a|j>ly alt* te the mountaineers
called Meaou tsze ej?)
and to the people in Cautoii, who
reside amongst the hills to cut fuel. They are all registered
by government, and must report themselves when they, go
aud come.

+ Neu.

WI. 38th Radical.

The clause containing the tything act,

law.

It requires that every

a superior called

# # Pae-tow,

636
|

is under the same

ten houses shall have

and every ten of these

shall have a superior called

Ke tow; and again,
every ten of these shall have a Paou chang # # or
constable of a hundred.

Any man not properly accounted

for by these, comes under the law concerning spies ; and to the
same regulations and penalties the priests and their temples
are subject.

frontier, are by the reigning family called

#F

mother's sisters, aunts of

E ma tsze mei

: *#

a different

of course t

The

father's side, from whom

children receive their name.

E Po

a grandmother's sisters by the mother's side

E meang

to th

| #
|#

a mother's sister, an aunt by the nother's side.

The spies who have unauthorized intercourse

with the mountaineers in China, or with foreigners on the

or

jk l great , the younger are called /|\ | Senou e; A

mother's sisters are also called E. Tang-e '# | a mother's
sisters. Shih p e + /\ | spirit or god of the wind.

# |

#I)

Chinese traitors: and this is the charge which the

Canton government always brings against any natives (ex

clusive of the authorized Hong merchants and linguists)

who may have intercourse with foreigners, and this indictment
being proved, subjects a native either to capital punishment,
or to transport. ion to remote parts of the empire, as the
cast may require: the capital offences are going over a
barrier
eyond the frontier , taking people or arms abroad,

or selling nitre and sulphur, and such like offences.

tsing Leuhle, 11th vols

KEE. Gae k% # pure, clean.

Han keen,

HOO.
Hoo loo

3%

From woman and filthy.

# . sordidly avaricious.
E.

A woman's name.

(Ta

page 20.

The two last clauses u.der this spy law enact, that any

JOO.

forcigne going cland stinely over the frontier, Woo lun she
fow tsih fi

# % * # HE

Spoiled or rotten fish.

without any regard to

whether he iu. v be a baudit or not;he shall be immediately

seized and his case reported to the heads of government, if it

appear that the gua is have accepted money to let him pass,
they shall be instantly put to death. Natives shall not be

NEEN.

From woman and a year. A beauti.

ful woman; a woman's name.

allowed to build huts on any islands on the coast, if they do so,

the naval officers who go to sea to cruize are commanded to
bura them all to the ground.

Chih, or Tes.

# }%

and

te
bro

From woman and to go. The sons or daughters of brother",

KEEN.

From two we men ar to offend.

Used

->

in the same sense as the preceding.

these accompanied the daughters of the rich when married.

A husband also cal's his wife's nephews and neices Chih, or
Waechth

%|

| external, his own are called Nuy

chih

it.

#!
th

\%

| # a nephew, wife. Chih neu |

+ a neice. Chih se | # a neice's husband. Chih sun
| # a nephews children. Chih tsze | j- a nephew.
internal.

Chih foo

k
*

The sisters of a wife, the elder sisters are designated Tae

Under this word Kang he quotes part of a speech

made

637
by a fciriOW and bold sta'i sman Tet jin-kee ^ -fn ffi to
tbe no leu famous queen Woohow
(A. r>. 7o \
The queen had nn illicit nmour with her nephew Woo-aan-17^.
ffli
aS an(' ProPn,e<' 'he "linirteri to make him heir
to the throne, to tbe excliis'on of her owa son
|5||f j
Loo-ling-wang. In this nroject the was opposed strenuously
by Tee'-jin-keiS ; who -far his opposition was dismissed in
anger from the Queen's presence. After a considerable lapse
of time, the ministers were again called for by the queen,
who said, she had often dreamt that she, Shwang luh pflh
shins
^ jj\ ^ had made the Swang-lSh move in
che s, ODd had lostj she then fore called them to interpret
to her this drearn. Jinkel, as Ihe above name is abbreviated,
replied, that her losing the game was from
-jf- -{ft having
no tonsor pieces to support the moves nd thut, Teen ke
e cbay e king pe he. ^ % g %
-il
was an ii jim .tiou of I He will of Heaven, and a warning to
her majestyrespecting her project of setting aside her own
on, to put her nephew on the throne: he then rehearsed
the toils and dingers gone through by the founder of the
dynasty, with the design of handing down the throne to his
own posterity; said exclaimed, Koo chTh yu moo tszc shfih
tsin jjfe ^ Jjj^ Q ^jp- ^ ^ is your nephew or your
own son the nearer relation ! If jour r,ephe be placed on
the throne, the temples he erects will not be dedicated to
you, but to another name.The desire of immortality on
earth, , and the rites of sacrifice to her manes, prevailed with
the queen, and . she immediately fixed the succession in favor
of her son. (Urh-shTh-yTh-she, SSw vol:)
ChTh urh | ^ a nephew. Shift) chlh
] an uncle
and a nephew. Laou heen chTh
Jjj^ j venernhle worthy
nephi a complimentary address. Tclh chTh ^jjj | an elder
brother's son or daughter Tang chTb ^ | i maternal
nephew or neice. Chth ma chiih kea koo tsze e ta kun^ tsun
huh lun , Chang tseTh .bib | || ft ^ jfc g jfa
jttfi'&Mmbk'k.ir ne^'hc', who ,hM u,e
abusive language to his elder brother's sister, who is already
married cut, should no doubt be judged of according to the
law respecting superiors of ne .rly related kindred, and punished
with seventy blows. (Tk-taing Leflh le.)
VOL. J.

38lh Radical.

VI.

Neu

Same as ^ See", Excessive familiarity.

Same as $g Leu, Ugly.

CHIN.

Careful: attentive.

KE.
A famous surname of antiquity. Re? I E, An epithet of
handsome women j a king's wife , a general term for concubines. Ke sing che kwB ^ jfi. 9 nations possessed by
Ihe family Ke there were forty brothers. (B. C. 1110.)
Ke J the surname of Hwang-te ^ ^ was nssumeaMn
reference to Ke-shwity ^ fa the stream Ke where bo-reniaed.
Jin che UeiS ching ke tie* A ie?I
$f }
men's
concubines are complimented by the appellation Ke-tiil. la
this use of the character Kangke requires it to be read %.
Ke pun Chow sing ke neu kwei yu leg kwg che neu,so e foo
jiu mei haou, keae ching e ^ ^ ^ jt J
^
Ke, was originally the surname of the Chow family who adopted
it from Hwang-te (B. C. 1110.)
He .princesses- of this
family .were more honor b|e than those of the olher. princi
palities i< and hence, womrfPw'ho have complimentary appella
tions given them are all c died Ke.
About 500 ve.irs B. C. it is said, i, the Tsn-chucn. that
Ke sing che kw chay, sze shlh jin ^ jfe j?j ^ ffi [JLj
J"
there were forty princes of tbe surname Ke, who
ruled separate principalities, which number YTh yfl yen (he
pflh pelh keang ,h* ^ $ ~g ^ $ ^ %% however was only an av r am'ounj, and must not be strictly
interpreted:there
more or fewer.

BEEN.

A good appearance.

+ Neu.

VI.

38th Radical.

63S

E.

to

HANG.

7A

an

GO, or O.

A womans name.

|->

Good; excellent; a clever woman ; a woman's name. A.

A/

surname.

KWANG.

From woman and spl;ndid. A

a brid

*male name; a slining handsome woman.

YEW.

duk:
eveni

From woman and to have. A couple; a pair.

] sees

Mad; a period of ten days; a bride's first arriving. Read Keun, The marriage of man and woman. Read Sin, The name

mitri

HING. Appearance of a tall woman.

matt

A.

of a district.

An ancient form of # Tse, A wife.

KWA.

From twomen and to strut.

Good ;

elegant; vain; conceited; boatful. . Read Heu, An elegant

Xu TOO.

From woman and to smear or paint.

appearance. Read Keu, Extravagant. Also read Iloo, and Ko.

S. me as

YEN.

# Too,

To speak about, or against.

A woman's name.

YES
MING.

yi
tor

Good.

Elegant, handsome, pretty wall versed or skilled in. Used

locally for the common word Good.

Yen

and (he

are of posites, Beautiful and ugly, to like and to dislike. Yen

sih haou teih wei seen yen # {4. jj. # 4: # | *
good colour is expressed by Senyen.

Some as # Ketih.

Same as

# both

# Cha,

A young girl, and as

9: and

of which are pronounced Cha, To fume and sputter

From well arranged and woman. Excellent, goodly.

in anger.

3.H."

From "owan and ear. An appellation of

#*

X%

woman. One

The name of an ancient state : in the same sense, it is read

says, A female, a woman.
Se, Sun, and Sen, and under the last pronunciation it also

denotes, The appearance of walking. Shang yew sin pe #

PAE, and Pei. A woman's

Iname.

% | M.

under the dynasty Shang, were the states Sin ind

Pe. (Tso-chuen.)

639

YIN.
From woman and because of. The person made for man ;
a bride; the bridegroom is culled jjj^ Hwan, from woman and
dusk: became he came, according to ancient jsage, ' in the
evening of the day to receive his bride. The fiimilies of bride
and bridegroom. Hwan yin
j marriage; a weeding;
matrimony ; nuptial riles and cercmoaies.
Hwin yin tu sze ^ ^ ^ 4pf the great concerns of
matrimony. Hwin yin keTh she jj^ j ^ [jij. to be mar
ried at the proper age.
In the Leking, the simple word
Hivin, the evening is
employed for the first character in the above phrase; and its
use is accounted for thus ; Q A ^ ^'J
^^
3 i=f* J^C 3 1 ^n jun ',ow urn kih pwan wei hnan,
se yiiiS hwin, tse yue ) in, 'Two quarters of an hour and a half
after sun set is c. 1 It d hwin ; i e. dusk or twilight ; the bride
groom is called hwin, ai:d bride Tin} which is composed ol
woman and cnusr, intimating that the bridegroom's coming in
the evening- is the cautc of the brMv't going with him to
become his wife. 1 . c housing the evening, tl.e Chinese usage,
corresponds with that ol the Greeks According to the ancient
ai.thirrily above referred to, the words Hn'Sn yin (givcu above)
are also applied to the relations of the wife. The word Hwim
is ap, lied to the wife's father, and theword j Yin to the
husband's father. The hu-band's kindred nrc called J
1^1 Yin hcung te ; and the wife's kindred ^ jjj^ ^ Hwan
heung te. (Leking, 7* ^ entitled
Hwiu-e.)
Yin ya ] iSfli females who become related by the mar
riage of sisters, and so on.
Yiu tsin | ^ Yin tseTh ]
and Yin kea j ^
all denote being related by marriage ; the last phrase refers
chiefly to the heads of the two families. Yiu kea wan sing
\ ?jr\. HfJi ^t* junior pupil related by marriage,is a
mode of signature proper on some occasions when writing to a
father-in-law : under different circumstance to style himself
Wan-sing, would be thought ridiculous. The Chinese distinc
tions in many of these cases arc exceedingly minute, and
uninteresting to people of other countries and differeut usages.

3Slh Radical.

VI.

Neu

-k
The Chinese teach that there is a Providence of Superior
Towers which predetermines what two persons shall be united
in marriage; and this predi termination they call Yin yuen
1 ^ the cause of marriage; hence the standard maxim,
Leang yuen yew sflh te; kea gow tsze teen ching Jj^
fj^
Mr
'(PI ^ ^ )$L iVI'icstous predeterminations
are fixed in the morning ; happy unions are made in
heaven. (Koo-sze-keung-lin.)
In allusion to the same idea is the proverb, Tsze koc
taon ; tse'en le yin yuen ; ylh seen keen kwan
"jj'
=f S 1 B 18 ^ H' from ,,f old 11 h" becn
said, marriage destiny unites those a thousand miles apart ;
and a thread will draw, and keep them together. The last
part of the proverb refers to the thread by which the wine
cups of the bride and bridegroom are united at the marriage
ceremony.
In China a marriage that would not be considered informal
must observe the ^ jjjjjjf Lull le, Six ceremonies; whirWare
these.
1, When the father, and (if he have any) the elder brothei
of a young man, have determined to esp> use a wife forahiro,
tl'ey must send a Jt \ Mei yin, or go-between, to tlie father
ai d brother of the young woman whom they desire to espouse,
and enquire of them, her name, and the day and hour of her
birth. These arc submitted to (a j-*
PiSh chay,) a divin
er, who, by his ai t ascertains jj^ jfc ^
Kc keih puh
krlh, Whether the Union of the p irties will be (Uicilous or not;
if it he determined in the affirmative,
iSJ" Jj jJJ^ T|
TsTli ko ching tsze Be, then the affair may be carried into
effect ; if in the negative, the intended alliance is broken off
2, The young man's friends, [#){ J> jfQ
-jg
^
Ke pah tih tsze neu Isze shin keTh, having divined that
an alliance with this young woman will be felicitous, the
go-between is sent to announce it to the parents of the young
woman, and to rrque. n promise of marriage, this form is
called 4fy
Hakeih, Arlivering the happy tidings.
S, Thenexf <jtp'k*for the -Crioids of the intended bride
groom to send aud request from the young woman's parents
a written promise of marriage,this is called ijjtj 7^;
Ni tsae. Next,

Ncu.

VI.

38th Radical.

4, On the man's tide, are sent pieces of Iilk, silver, or

gold ; sheep, wine, fi uit, and so on, to the espoused wife's
friends ; which ceremony is called j^fcj
Nl pe. Then,
5, From the roan's friends a messenger is sent to request
that the woman's parents will fix a day for the marriage ;
which form is called Tsing ke jjjpj j[[J requesting to appoint
a time; and,
6, Filially the bridegroom goes in person to receive his
bride, and bring her home to be his wife ; which is called
Tsin ying ^ j|J or Ying lieu
||5 to go and meet
the bride.
These rix forms are commonly reduced to Uree, called
Win ting p^" jjj? a written marriage settlement, Kwo le
jj^j
sending marriage presents ; and Tseu ^ actually
marrying.
The Tartar usage in China is different from the above
named rules, the ceremony of fixing the espousal with them,
consists in a matron from the bridegroom, Chi tsan ^tjj ^
braiding w.th a pin the young lady's head dress.
With the Chinese, preparatory lo the marriage day, the
young man is Kwan tsze jjj Cjl formally rapped with a
dressed bonnet, and takes another name, called ^ Tszei the
young woman changes the manner of braiding op her hair,
at which her young friends assist, and shave her face ( which
ceremony is called
^ Kelh-ke.
Che tseu tse che jth
^* J on the day of
marriage, relations and friends seid congratulations and
presents; tablets.; geese, (sec page 6 mi wine; and so forth
to the bridegroom's house; they stick flowers in his hair;
and bind scarlet about him.in token of joy. The bride's
relations and friends tend her pins, bracelets, garments,
cosmelirs, rouge, and other things suitable to her circum
stances.
All her young female friends come and weep
with her night and da), till she enters the chair which takes
her from her parent's home, which 'issge is called
Sung kea, and is explained on Itu ground ft Her leavin"
their society to go ai d serv-i a husband.. On rtuaday, Hie
bridegroom's friends send an ornamented tfiair ; lanterns,
music, an artificial pavilion, &c. forming a procession accom
panied by the young man, and his youug frieuds, who go

to the bride's and bring her home. When she arrives at the
gate.lhe music strikes up i and the nrsniihe take the bride
on their shoulders, Ke kwo ho pun
^ if^ ^ to carry
her over the dish of fire, which is placed inside the
door; having entered, they immediately carry her into the bride's
chamber and require her to sit down.
The bride has next lo acompany the promise, bearing
arm, or Belle nut, out to the hall, requesting the guests to
partake of it; and having with the bridegroom worshipped
the goose, sbe again enters her chamber.
The pronuhv then request the bridegroom to enter, Taou
keu sin neang che tow shang hung pa ^ ^ ffi
~
|g
to pluck off from the bride's head her red
vail, and to Sung lung ^ ^ open the trunk which contains
her r.imenl, at the top of which is placed some mouej for
Lc,he P\ f|? R,,od luck'
After Ihtse ceremonies have been gone through, a table
ith wine, is spread in the bedroom, at which ibe bride and
bridegroom alone sit down (and which is called Tso ko tang
$i "V
'" tDe n" ut,on&* and here the Hi kiu le
'FJ
jjSst crcll,ony pf joining CUP it-gone through i which
is otherwise called Hwa <liuh tsew ^
ydjj the flower
caudle wine; the bridegroom drinks a liale; and the bride
screens her face with her hands, and goes through the form
of drinking.
The Kea po
"J^ or pronubsr next send in a matron,
of many children, the wife of one husband, and oue who has
been successful through lile, to pronounce a benediction, and
to Poo chwang ^jjjj jj^ make the bed. The party outside
drink aud make merry till the hoi.r of retirement arrives,
when they accompany the bridgrnom to the chamber door
and disperse. On the next morning, the husbind and wife
come out to the hall, Pac kea thin ^ ^ /jjjj) to worship the
household gods ; and to pay their respects to their parents,
uncles and aunts. They then return to their chamber, and
receive the visits of their young friends who are permited
to lauh and joke at their expense; which usage is called
Fan sin lang
^
aud Ta fang r ^ an attack on
the bridegroom.
The bride [jjj |Tj Hwuy mun, visits ber parents on the

641
~
San chaou, third morning after the marriage ; in an
ornamented chair prepared by her husband, who gives the Q
PTIi jor, White fitthfeatU on the occasion. Alter the
expiration of one month, the wife's friends send a head-dress
to their daughter < which is called
^ Hwan ke, exehagfng heai-drtu, and on this occurrence a feast is given to the
relations of the new married pair, which entertainment closes
the nuptual ceremonies.
In the Ta-lsing Leflhle, under the law entitled, Nan ncn
hwin jin ^ -fc jfijf J i. e. The marriage of men and
women,are inserted several enactments respecting the dis
putes which occur between the contracting parties; breach
of a promise of marriage, or as they express it, Hwuy hwan
the tsze
^
repenting of the intended marriage;
the being prosecuted for fornication, adultery, or robbery,
after the contract of marriage has heen arranged ; some imposi
tion on the part f the go-between, and such like cases.
It was the dynasty Ming, which reigned during the 14th,
and 15th centuries, that LeTh hwin yin ylh pe'en jT jj^
\ " jj^ established the section concerning marriage, as
it now stands, with some slight alti rations.
The fundamental principle-is, that as Hwin yin shTh lenng
kea che haou jjjj^ ^
ppj ^ j $J marriage is for
the mutual advantage of both families ; it PeTh tsung so yuen
ffi jfjt musl Proceed flom ulontary consent, or
what it desirable for both parties ; and therefore, Woo yaou
leang kca ming plh tung che
j^J ^{ (pj
j|j p
insists upon both parties clearly and explicitly informing each
other, whether the man or womau have any bodily defect or
not; what their age is, and whether born of wives or con
cubines ; of the first wife, or some subsequent connexion ;
or be one's own, or an adopted child.
If these things have all been previously explained and
understood, Urh chi! hwuy chay, che woo shth jjjj
i|X
~L 5. "| an<1 e,ther Par,J suddenly repent of the
arrangement (or violate the promise of marriage) the person
with whom the controul is, shall be punished with fifty blows.
If in the mean time, Tsae heu ta jin we ching hwin chay
faffi 4fa K'fc ffc$% anolher promise of mar
riage has be; n made to some other person, and We ching tsin
^
Wi t'le ,narr'!,ge not haTe been consummated, the
I'SRI. I.
Oa

38th Radical.

VI.

Neu^

offender ihair receive seventy blows; if E chin(, hwin chay

r^S jfi t "le marr'aKe 'ball have been consummated
the offender shall be beaten with eighty blows.
If there be any Wang maon3gp |j| deception practiced
on the woman's side, and it be found that shehas, Tsan tseTh
ij^. some bodily defect ; and that a sister has been shewn
instead of the real person, the Choo hwan jin ^ jj^f
the conductor of the marriage contract, shall be beaten with
eighty blows ; if Nan kea wang maou
|ij the
man's family pr ictir* any deception ; such as the real person
having some bodily defect, and a brother having been shewn
to the go-between ; or the young man's being an adopted son,
instead of one's own son, the crime shall Kea ylh ting j|jp
be one degree greater, than in the woman's cue.
The Chinese subjects on the southwest frontier are not
allowed to intermarry with the foreigners on the border ; nor
may Chinese of the plains jjji ^ K'it tsin, bind themse' es
in marriage alliances with the
IJ. Meaou tsze moun
taineers in the interior of China. The holders of domestic
slaves, who do not procure husbands for their female slaves,
hut leave them |JJ^
Koo kwa, in a lonely celibacy, are to
be prosecuted >p Jf^i j|! ^ PBh ying chung leub, for one
of the strongest cases of misdemeanour.
At the same time that the laws forbid a forced celibacy on
the part of slaves, it provides the honorary tablet or banner
called
Tsing pcaou, for ^
Heaou neu, dutiful
daughters, who voluntarily <j Jjj> ^ |g ^
Chung
shin fung tsin puh kea, Spend their whole lives in attendance
on their parents, and never choose to mrrry. The same honor
is awarded for
jj^jji j|| -^rj We hwin ching neu, females
who maintain a perpetual virginity. But to those who are
espoused to each other, and ^
^
We tsing kwo
mun, have not yet passed over the threshhold ; that is, not been
actually married ; if they have illicit intercourse, the law
applies to them the stnivg term of jj^
Tung keen, fornica
tion or adultery, and rnmslwt them accordingly.
The lasting fidelity of some Ch.jesn i>oused in childhood
by their parents, was exemplified in the 4Snd year of the late
Emperor Keenlung, Ching yun yuen
at two
years of age, was, by his father, Ke* tsin jjtfc ^ r
to a friend's daughter, named 2jj
Lew-she.

Neu.

WI,

642

38th Radical.

lived in the south of China, and the other family in the north,
at the far famed

%#

Teen tsin, or heavenly spot, as some

Wan tset,

of a son.

# : expresses Nan hwn # # the marriage

Taken from the same authority as the preceding,

## to promise to put on the sash; expresses

call it; but more correctly, the Celestial Stream. The boy's
father died; and his family was dispersed; and neither the

a young lady's accepting of the espousal presents. The sash

intended bridegroom nor his espoused wife ever heard of each

intimates that she is now bound to another.

other for upwards of fifty year".

l * % t; X. |il Ken

Yet both parties

show tseen ming ; she che

ph hwuy, firmly maintained th ir former oath; unrepentingly

stead, to their purpose, as an arrow

flies from the bow to the

target, and returns not. The once young" finally was re

duced to the situation of a pedagogue in a Peking grain boat;
and accidentally heard, as he passed Tentsin, that a maiden
lady, Lewshe, had secluded herself from the world, in a J.

# Negan, or nunnery.

On enquiry, he found that the nun,

was his betrothed wife. The circumstance was noised abroad:
the local officer invited them to his public hall; had the
marriage there celebrated, obtained for them a # # Tsing

Heu ying

Meacu kten

}}| J to

see the temple of her ancestor's

natics.

Leaou tsze ping che yuen

T J. 2's K'i to complete

Trzeping's desire is a phrase which denotes, the marrying

all one's sons and daughters. This has an allusion to Heang chang

[[:] # whose

nuptial name was Tsze-ping , and who

lived

during the Han dynasty. The story is thus relatel,

In the Yih-king, under the diagram called # #
Sun yih kwa, The hurtful and beneficial Kua, this sentence
occurs, Yih le yew yew wang : le sh ta chuen

% 4% # #| }} % J]] the

% #|

advantageous kwa gives

success wherever one goes; it is beneficial in Pa"g

peanu, an imperial banner in honor of their fidelity ; and

great rivers,its advantages, as the commentator" "),

is

furnished them with money to carry Ching yunyuen, with his

bride to the village of his father. (Ta-tsing Letih-le, 6 vol.

$ 10, page 4.)

present chiefly in distress and difficulties.

on reading this passage, the enthusiast laid down the
book, and fetching a deep sight said, Woo eche, foo pilhjoo

The word # Yin, is in some books written | Yin,

without any variation of the sense. In Koo-sze keung-lin

pin, kwei p'ih joo tseen # E. #|| # X #|| #

# I now know that it is better to be poor than rich :

ZR #1

# H# # $k

the coral forest of ancient lore, 2 vols.

$ 2, page 18, this word is used at the head of a chapter in

which are contained a number of classical phrases applicable

to marriage; and a brief explanation subjoined in a smaller

to be in mean, than in respectable condition. Having taken

this view of life, he forthwith married out his sons and daugh
ter; broke up his house, and saying woo yuen perhe # #
H. # My desires are now finished, he forthwith set off to

character, shewing the origin of the classical term, and the

travel amongst the mountains of China, and was never heard
allusi

*ion to some eminent person, or extraordinary occurrence

" *cient story. , is there set down as a maxim that

Hwin yin lun tsae, e loo che taou

-

# | #

Le

-i.

marriage, to have regard to gain,

only of forcign and "Pacious barbarians,and adds
*

I' the forms or ceremonies, when marriage is the

#:

# 'n

of more.

that

##### #yen,6-4
##
in ar" times the friends of

subject spoken of implies the six le or ceremonies mentioned

above , and which, according to the authority before u"
are thus named; 1st,

N tae; 2nd,

# ,

Wn ming,

Koo chay nan neu

che tsh, k tsih tih

*

young man or woman all select

uous person, as a
*

match for a son or daughte

% # and did

Pahe use weile X.

not consider Property a necessary 6, esent.

Some of the phrases are these, Yukwei -F#

kea -b-

J% #
-

denotes Neu

# ""rriage of a daughter. Taken from an ancient

I

e She-king.

3d, # # * keih, th:## N. ching, or # # N:

pih; 5th, Fi }}] Tsing ke; and 6th, ##! Tsin ying ;
% TE Wnting, or # # N tsae, are both expressions,
denoting Af # Hing ping, The act of espousing: these
phrases are taken from the She-king , and Yen pe

J: #

conveys the same idea.

Fung chen

'l Hi

denotes

|. # Pth tse,

To divine

38th Radical.

6+3
for a wife i. e. to divine whether marriage with such a person
will be felicitous or cot : this phrase has an allusion to a
person named Ring chung |j^T
mentioned in ancient
story, who divined respecting a wife bj the flight and the
Toice of the ^ ^ Fung hwang birds.

Neu

foreigners; and this difficulty can be removed only by *

rather copious account, not only of words, but also of persons,
places, and things.
FOW.

Sing ke |j |pj the star-light meeting, this expression is

taken from a Terse in the She-king, part of an epilbalamium ;
written in times of cival war > it reads thus,

A beautiful woman a woman of

correct and elegant manners.

Also read Pae and Paou.

SHE, orCh'he.

^ jj^j, ^ $f Chow meaou shah sin

^

VI.

3>

";ln *'n5 t,ae t'ien'

A pretty woman. Read Che and Ke, A worthless woman ; a
prostitute. Elegant; good. Occurs as A local word applied to

^ ^ fa 9 Kin **1h ho ,e1|h ?

^jU; g A K"" 481(1 leans j',n
Jj. <^ _J1

deceased parents.
Foo she ^ | a deceased father. Moo she ^ j a
deceased mother. Koo che ^jij ^ light and dissipated.
Che che kung cboo j J /J^
a beautiful princess.

Tsze he ! Tsze he !

jfll it H. A f^T J" 1,18 leanS j',n 1,01

Bind together the bundles of sticks
Antnrcs and Scorpio appear in the heavens
What evening is thsji evening ?
Who is this worthy m m that I suddenly see t
Oh, my h'isband ! my husband !
What shall I do for this good man i (She-king.)

Read Te, Repose; quiet.

KWEI.
A good-looking appearance ; handsome ; a genteel gait

YuiS Iaou
the moon-light old man, denotes the
person who carries messages in forming marriage contracts :
it alludes to a person named Wei koo tp" |j| during the
Tang dynasty, who being in search of a wife, saw an old man
leaning on a bag and reading a book by moon-light. On
enquiring what the bonk was, he was told in reply that it
was Hwin tiih jjf^
the book of fate concerning mar
riage*. When asked what was in the bag, the old roan
replied, Chill shing tsze
^
red strings to bind the
feel of man and wife together; when bound with this string
added he, even though their respective families cherish a
mortal enmity to each other; and though they live in regions
widely separated, still they never can escape the connubial
tie. It is from a desire in parents (hat this fabled conjugal
fidelity may be verified in their children ; they have named
the Go-between, from the circumstances of the old man
to whom the tale is attributed.
It is the frequent occurrence of slight allusions tj the tali s
of other limes, that makes the Chinese language so difficult lo

TSEUEN.

A female name.

MANG, or Hwang.

A woman's name.

TSZE.
From sorted and woman. Manner; gait; gesture; car
riage ; flattering ; aduljtory , elegant. Sing tsze (j^
disposition , cast of \r
Teen tsze ^ ^ disposition
conferred by nature.
isf ^5. j a fine full figure.
Neu tsze mci maou ching tsze s.'h -v
^?
j
ffi a wi an with a handsome countenance is said to bare
Ttze slh, a beautiful colour. Teen tszekwSslh ^ ] |?j
a heavenly fair one; a nation's beauty. Fung tsze'-* >n
sew
^ <j^j?
a plump, handsome, and ta\
II

Neu.

VI.

3Rth Radical.

644

elegant person,said either of men or woman. Tieuf the

ehe tsze ^
^ | beauty unequalled in the world.
Teen tsze ke kaou, he8 win yew chah jin tow te ^ ^

is mentioned thus, Sung fang tsrang, te leTh tsze sang shang

1 ~)f $f ^ # ^ 4 PI * then becarae 6*
and the Emperor Yaou established her son who produce the
Shang dynasty. (She-king.)

superior romelineu; and his learning surpassing that of other

^
J )S||Jj ^ | even at for me, who am a
a poor slave j my countenance, although I would not venture
lo call it pretty, yet it it not an ugly countenance.
Of Stmg-pien e-ko ^
^ ^j) a political character
of considerable notoriety during the seventh century, it is
said, that when Neen shaou kwan we, tsze hea urh tuy 4ptf ^ tl 7 jfq J he wa j,,une and fil,ed a p"*
office; in addressing his superiors, his Shing iszc tsing leang
flf 1 |H ^ Toice wa* Plea"'"E' *n(i ni* articulation dis
tinct and clear.
CJf Taetsung ^
the second Emperor of the Tang
dynasty, (A. D. 654,1 it is said, that at Sze suy yew lung fung
che tsze |jg J| ^ g| Jjj[ ^ four years of age he
had the visage of (those emblems of greatness and glory)
the dragon and the fung bird.
The Shoo sing
schnlar, who gave this character
of the young prince to his father Kaou-tsoo |Bj jM added
other expressions foretelling Tactsung's greatness, and then
retired from the Emperor's presence. He, Kcu ke yu seg
j p2j jjtj; fearing what had been said should tsanspire
$1 A Jill %X ^1 *ent a Inan ,0 Purue &e scholar and
kill him ; but he could not be found,
JJ[ ^
for it was thought he w is a god. (Urh-shih-yTh-shc, S05 vol.)

SUNG.
Tl
The ancient Ruler JJg ^> Te-kiih's second concubine;
the mother of
Si-fS; the ministf f i^g Yaou, (B. C.
8230,) and the ancestor of the subs'
% Shang dynasty.
A surname.
It is said, that Sung tun yen Iwan urh sang sec ^
^|ifc
$P ffij ^
swallowed the egg of a species of
biruu/ and became pregnant of Sei. (Tsee-hwuy.)
de entitled Chang fa
in the Sheking, Sung

WEI.
)fff

Filling a place of honor with solemn sternness. Dignity;

majesty ; graceful pomp ; intimidating power. A term of
respect in families. Name of a famous beauty. B wei
ffi y the name of an insect.
Wei tsung yen yay, mang yay ^ ^ j|| til . ifi,
Wei, denotes a sternness or severity commanding respect;
and al<o a ferocious fierceness. Hoou piih wei fung
/f\
1 j$L Ter^ rnojestic and pompous ; stately and showy,
said even of birds. Wei fung lin lin ^ SL ^ 'm ,tCrn'
pompous and forbidding frigidness,inspiring awe and
distance.
Yaou woo yang wei
jj j^j | splendid
military exploits, diffusing grandeur and inspiring awe. Jin
yew wei yen ko wei ^
^
pj" p^- a man of stately
severity, to be feared or dreaded. Wei woo tsenng keun
1 3^ T^'
* 6eIlcra' ^ strict discipline, and grand
martial exploits.
In epitaphs or eulogies on deceased statesmen or heroes,
astern adherence to rectitude ofconduct, and an unyielding
fortitude are expressed by Wei ; a violence of temper and
conduct compelling others, is expressed by J I9H Wei keang.
E chih ching yui wei e ^ ^ J] Q ^
righteousness
gras|ied and held fast, in the true medium, is expressed by
fVei-e. Wei j to inspire awe, and Wei ^ a feeling of awe,
were formerly used for each other ; hence Teen wei ^ j
occurs meaning The majesty of heaven which inspires awe;
now written
J|| Teen srei. Wei keuen j ^ authority ;
or the respect and awe inspired by authority. Tso wei tsj
severe to the bad, and kind to
the good ; to inspired dread in the one, and love in the
other.

fc^Hf^^lrl^T^ TaetninS """ceded to the

dominion, and reigned twenty-two autumns; the grandeur

645
of his militiry exploits, hi* benrvolence, and his wisdom
were not inferior to his great ancestors.
E wei ^p' ^ a many-footed insect found in unswent
earthen floors, in damp places, and under stones and pots, pro
bably the Oniscus Asellus, or Millepede : used by the Chinese
in their Materia Medica to remove a stoppage of urine, of the
menses, and other obstructions : it is liable to cause abortion,
aid also to possess aphrodisiac properties. lis more usual
name is Shoo foo ^
culled also Te slh
|jL an earth
louse, with several other synonyms.
One of their prescriptions runs thus; for, Tsanfooncaou
V j iff JjC $k a stoppage of urine in lying-in womeo,
take E wei tscm mei gaou yen mB tsew fHh ^jjr ^
$f ^ 7@ fk ,CTen of the E"wei '"'eels, boil them,
and reduce them to powder ; then drink the powder in a
little wine. (Fun-tsaou, SI vol. ^41, page.)
In the Yin-king it is said of a prince or monarch, Keu fow
keaou joo wei joo kelh ^ j j p ] ^rp his intercourse with the people is in sincerity and. truth {and ia
proportion as it is dignified, it is happy.
Keuu taou kwei kang, tac jow Is-ih fei ; tang e wei Uc che

B'l
tlle conduct of a prince firmness is estimable;
too much softness will cause failure; it is therefore proper
to aid clemency with the addition of severe dignity, and then
happiness will be the result.
In the Shoo-king, the impropriety in absolute monarchies
of transferring the prince's power to- ministers, is pointed
out in the following quotation, Wei pelb tsS fall ;wei pcih ts5
wei; wei pcth yiih shth: chin woo yew tsS.f-Sh, tsS weiyuh sMh
^ In 11^ 1 3l ^ ,ne vere'on alone should
make others happy (by rewarding them ; the sovereign alone
should exercise august severity ; the sovereign alone should
have precious fond sent him as tribute : the ministers shuuld
not hive the power of blessing with rewards; of awing by
punishment ; nor of inducing precious food to be sent them.
It is added, that the Jin choo ^ t^T lord or sovereign of
men, n.ust Taung ming kang twan JJ| [|J
^
minatc clearly ; aud decide firmly ; and theu he will be
7ART I.
6

38th Radical.

VI. Neu -j

able, Show wei foh che ping jj ] |g

to receive
the homage given to authority that awes by severity, and
blesses by clemency. They insist, that Wei fSh tsae ke ]
^
the power to make miserable or happy roust
be kept to himself; and Wei fdh pflh hea e ^
^ "J?
this august power to curse or bless, not be sent down
to any inferior.
Wei J occurs used as a Verb, thus, Wei che ] ^
intimidate him; awe him.
Wei ling seen j
the powerful spiritual angel ;
name ofa medicinal plant, found on the N. W. corner ofChina,
The first word of the name is intended to express the vehe
mence of its action ; the two last syllables of the name convey
an idea of its efficacy : it flowers in the seventh moon other
wise called the ^ Jjj^J ^ ^ fdi the iron footed power
ful spiritual angel. (Kwang-kcun-fang-poo, 35 vols, and the
Pun-tsaou-kang-mfih, SO vols. \ 86, page 17.)
Wei lef wang ^ ^[)
the august splendid monarch,
one of the kings under the Chow dynasty; (B. C. 425.) Hing
hang e yu ke wei ffiJ J|* J(
it ] punishments and
rewards exhibit his august severity, (jpij jjjUpi j^jj, ChowIc-choo-shoo, 78 vol.)
In the 5lh vol. of Chwang-tszc ^
*here a mos'
tercstiiig chapter, narrating a conversation between, Kung tsze
^Jj^ -j"- Confucius, and Yu-foo Jr5^
fatherly fisherman,
In the close of the conversation, Kung tsze tsew yen yui tsing
win ho wei ehing ft^
B B M ^ ft M M
Confucius said, with a troubled anxiety I beg to ask, what
U truth ? The fisherman replied, Tsing ching che che yay
fp]
~r^L ^ "tfe llle roo,t purc ,incerity, a something
which cannot be feigned ; and which he goes on to exemplify
in grief, anger, joy, nnd so on ; Keang noo chay, suy yen puh wei
54
"fl 5^
1 forced anSer though severe is
undignified, and inspires no awe; whereas Chin uoo we fi
urh wei jL ^ ^ f| fj^ ] true anger, without break
ing -forth, inspires dread.
The old fisherman found Confucius playing on the harp ;
and the Philosopher having overheard some of his remarks
made to his pupils was struck with his wisdom, laid aside his
music, and followed him down to the boat, where the conver
sation recorded took place. When the fisherman pushed

+ Neu.

WI.

646

38th Radical.

off his boat, rnd left the Erquirer after truth, Confucius would

35 il WAE,

not ascend his carriage till the sound of the oar was no longer
heard.

and Wa.

# &#

His disciples were astonished at the behaviour of

. A handsome beautiful woman,

their master; and said, that they had never seen him, Jootsze
ke wei yay #1 |# #
{{1, filled with such awe

# # |l] H #
El+ 1 at F ke" hill, there is a bird called Me",

veneration, for even in the presence of chief and princes, Foo

tsze yew yew keu gaou che yung

F kew shan yew neaou yu new wa

j: + # # # #

2% Confucius still

the beauty. This name is said to be taken from a fabled

metamorphosis of a princess into this bird.

preserved an air of pride and haugh

tiness. Confucius in explanation of his conduct, expressed
great admiration for the Yu foo # % patriarchal fisherman,

Shan-hae-king.)
Wa

and said to his pupils, I have always told you, Keen hen ph
tsun, ptih jin yay

J. # R$ R f: til

that he who

sense of

meets with a wise and virtuous man, and does not venerate

in the

sense of A grave, and serious deportment : his words are

#+

was used in some ancient Chinese states, in the

# good; and

according to Shw-wan, also

denoted

round deep sunken eyes. Ching-tsze-tung contradicts this,

and says, the last idea belongs to the word # Hwuy or He.

him, is himself vicious.

In the Lunyu, Confucius seems to use, Wei

Name of a palace. Name a

of bird.

An ancient form of Tse

a wife.

ZR Hi #|| X. | H|| R Ri

a philosopher without
gravity cannot command respect; nor can his learning be

firm and durable. They affirm that King hoo wae chay peth
or

#. F:

# F. %| # My X. +N2,
HE #
/

ptih nng ken hoo nuy

he who shews external levity, cannot possibly be

inwardly stable: nor can he who is Woo wei yen #:

TSZE.

From women and self. A selfish envious feeling.

| #

****

destitute of a sedate gravity, in his external demeanour, have

much fixedness, or stability in learning. (Shan-lun, 1st,

An ancient form of T.

page 4.)
In

the She-king, the desolate state of a mansion, unin

To seize; to deprive of by force; to decide.

habited and unswept, is thus expressed,

# l %#
# # %E F

E wei tsae shih

SEVEN STROKES.

Seaou seaou tsae hoo.

The millepeda is in the rooms;

A common form of #E

Go, Beautiful.

The spiders climb on the doors.

\

K'HEE.

TO.

When reiterated it

From woman and a flower or posy. A woman who appears

like a pendant flower; a beauty.

#
expresses

Satisfaction; being pleased

with success. Read H, To breathe, a defect of

%:

breath.

Same as #r Hung, A woman's name.

\

LEU.

An ugly appearance, a bad countenance.

647

PHING.

38th Radical.

VI.

Neu

CHING, or Shing.

ft
To ask j to enquire of; the same as Jpjl Ping.
^ ^ elegant greaceful carrifge.

Ping ting

"Ping win J ffl cWil enquiries accompanied with

-presents.
Tseu tse ysou ping le ^ ^jfc j| 1 fa on
marrying a wife, espousal presents arc required. The word
Ping Jf^ is more generally used in this sense, and is sanc
tioned by Kang-he. Ping kin J ^ a salary g'lYen to

From woman and accomplished. A n aecomphised beautiful

woman. A woman's name.

MANG. Shin neu ming

-^jh ^ name of

a divine woman, or goddess.

FOO, and Fow. A woman's name.

HEEN.

A woman's name.
SHOW.

SEAOU, and Seo, or TseS.

Same as jj& Saou, An elder brother's wife.

From woman and a specious resemblance. A slight invasion

or encroachment on ; to steal, or by stealth; to impose on.

+flW KHEW.

From woman and to search.

To

search for a wife. A nnnti .1 r.arr.e.

CHE.

Chf-chi

so.
To dance to music; appearance of the garments tucked
up; to sit at rest. Name of an ancient palace. Po so
y to dance j in the language of the Budh sect, To bear ;
to endure Lo so
j name of a rhief city on the western
frontier of China. KeTh so JjjJ^ ^ a fleet horse. So po
she keae j ^ jll ^j. an idle, dissipated, negligent world.

the appearance of a
Fun rhesosoJJU ^ j

a vicious woman, or an ill-looking woman.

LE. *Ch8h le jjfa j an expression lty which

j garments properly adjusted.

Heu yu po so ^ ^ ^ j expresses the varied tones of

the Air harp.
j|4 P'J 2!

Tuno mun che fun'

%L El* ~Z. "f$Wan keW che hcWi

brother's wives designate each other. Compare with ChSh,
the first character in the phrase.

"J* ity ~td ~f" ^",ze cnuns cne i,ze'

^ ]

HEE.
From lo break or bend and woman. Self satisfaction occa
sioned by success in one's wishes. Pleased ; gratified. Other
wise wrille.i j(J/j He*.

y P >o ke hea.

On the east of the gate stands the Fun tree,

At Wan-kew is the tree heu ;
The daughters of the chief Tsze-chung,
Thither repaired and danced beneath their shade.
(She-king.)
The commentary says, there were Nan neu tseu hwuy ko woo

Neu.

VI. 38th Radical.

648

A Jjj- |j| ^ ^ |gr Mcrobliet of men and women to

ling aud dance, and HwS po mi ju fun che hea pj^
' Jj^
jjJ^ ~ ~|> sometimes the; ianced under Ihe/iui tree, and some
time* under the tree heu, which Ming ke fei ylh he, fei vlh
choo yay Bfl % # Q # H # clearly .hew.
it wa. not confined to one time or place ; but for Ta.foo c ' neu -J^ ^ 2^ ^ the daughter, of chieftains to auemble
to dunce, Fei k> e ^j; ffif j wai an impropriety ; and for
J^J -Jj^ ^ [5l Nan neu eang JU, men aud women to meet
promi.cuou.ljwas much more i
An ancient form of ^ Loo, or Low, The
between material form, and inviiible spirit..

MOO.
Same a. ^ Moo, A gOTernew. Man moo ^ J occur
in the cne of impo.ing on, bj concealment from i

TOW.

A surname.
ring inability to

Yu tow *1
SUH.
M.
From
character.

m
rettricL. Original form of the following

TSO, or ChS.

From woman and/oof.

cautious, careful stop ; heedful; attentive. Repeated ChSch8, Di creet, respectful, correct manner. Ching tsS
^ and Show tsS
^ are military terms denoting a watch
ful attention. Tt6 ts leen king ^ j ^ =|| a very cautinu. and attentive manner.
Plh jin ching US teen hing "gf A SI 1 fit ff
a hundred men in regular order advance forwards (How Han.)

THING.
From woman and tail. To follow at the tail of a woman ;
obtequiou.. Beautiful , that which draw, obsequious admirer.,
effort j endeavour.

From woman and a ennl. Repeated Ting ting, denote.

A good-looking courtly countenance. Tall and elegant ;
negligent and disdainful. Read T'heen, A rude negligence of
peech. Teteenggj j rmperviomj inexplicable.

w^^jj^ Same a. jj^jlj Klh. From woman and to overcome.

A woman depreued by old age, and a mean condition.

TS'HAN.

Beautiful or according to dome,

three women. In modern copies of the She king, Tun and

Tun, are used for each other ; according to >ome, 1
Tun, mean. Yth tse urh te' yny
^
^ -^Jj one
wife and two concubine.! according to other., 11 means Mei
wdh yay
^ -j^ any thing beautiful. Kin elh ho elh,
keen tne Uan. chay
^pT
JjJ |J ] % thi.
evening it what evening 1 that I Ke thi. beautiful person !

NEANG.
A designation of young female., Also a vulgar term for
mother. Yay neang Jjjf ^ or Yay neang JjjJ ^ father
and mother.
Neang tsze j
or Koo neang -jjr^" ^
respectful epithet for a young female, cither married or not.
Ma tow neang J3|
^ the horse-head lady ; name of
a female of whom it is fabled that she was metamorphosed
into a silk worm. Seflh e neang 5?
j the snow clad
lady ja name of a parrot. Seuh meen neang
jj^j ^
a name of a horse. Foo mei neang ^jjff; jjjjg | the soothing
eye-browed lady ;name of an ancient song.

649
The common takings of the Chinese always imply the
iiflence of separate spirits; thus Ne sze leaoo telh neang
yin ling urb, yay poh yungne ffiffi'J
\
f|
PlL HL ^ ^
nor wi" your ieaa motner' oul
kadei, suffer or bear -with, jou.
Neang 1 if a cant word, without any definite meaning
amongst the Tartar troops; thus they fay, Tsow ta neang
?3E Ail 1 E that waJ1 m S',ng>or be off with you i
and again, they say of their allowances, Slrfh ta neang ; yin
ta neang; tsoo urh shlh Idh, yew kwan leang ^ fjjj ^
ftfa 1 l^^+A^li we eat of that
and we drink of that; on the 2nd and 16th, again comes
our regular allowances.
Neang, shaou neu che ching, kin sdh wei moo ching J
& & H $ ^ i$ M # ffl
re,peetful
term for a young lady ; the present custom is to make it the
complimentary term formolher. Teay neang
j father
and mother. Hwang te neang ||| /jj^ 1 the empress.
Neu tseang hiug ping, wei neang tsze keun y Jj^ ^j^ ^ 1 "if ^ female generals who conduct troops
are called M'eang-lne-keun, lady army leaders. Ching jiti
che neu jug koo neang, ke neu jih ching koo neang

3Sth Radical.

Joy; delight) extacy; to exult

and delight Keung hwan kelh yu
tible joy and extreme delight.

K'HE.

VII.

Neu

Hwan yu ^ ^ joy
^ j inexhaus

From woman and envy. To be angry

with, or enraged against | anger; displeasure.

Same as ffi Fung. Gay, lightsome.

NO
Easy, leisurely deportment of an elegant female ; beautiful ;
Ijf'^ j Neaou no. Long and flexible, like reeds bound together
to cross a stream ; slender and tall.
Neu tsze mei haou hing loo wei neaou go -Jj
jj^
iT jf?T 1$}
1 a wo,nen preserring a beautiful genteel
gait in walking, is expressed by Neaou-go.

ten are complimented hy the term Koo-nemg, Miss or lady;

wbores also are complimented by Ibe term Miss or lady.
Ancient form of jfe G8, Good-looking.
HING, or Ying.

IN
SO.

A woman's name.

A tall elegant female figure. Name of a female officer under

the Han dynasty. Hing go jj^ jjfe name of a lady connected
with the Emperor j i^- Woo-te, (B. C. 81.)
KAOU.
NAN.

A woman's name.

From teaman and man. The humming

-sound of conversation between two persons. By some written

Nan, from mouth and touth.

> PEI, or
I
A surname. Read Foo, Degenerate.
SO.

CH'HOW, or He.

A woman's name.
From wtman and to sit. A woman's name. Beau

nni i.

'nd

Neu.

VII.

38th Radical.

To, Vehement altercalioo. Read Ts'ho, Delicate, beautiful,

lightsome. The companion of the charucter, it is said, is
intended to convey a caution, that woman snould not $u ...
mixed company.

650
divinely wonderful. (Plh mei stn yung
hundred beauties, new verics.)

SHIN, or Chin,
(NUY.

From woman and steady, or safe.

=^ the

j^ffi

tt rom woman and motion. To be pregnant. The motion

of a child in the womb of it's moiner.

Beautiful i pleasing. Read Suy, Repose, quiet,

u
PUH. An appellation of a wet nurse.

Same as the preceding.

Joo ptSh JH ^ appearance of a fat woman.

YEW.
SIN.

A woman's name.

A woman's name.
JfJr CHE.
From woman and tvill.

T'HUNG.

Neu che

jft^ a woman's

A woman's name.

Read Yung, The name of a woman, or according to one

authority, A regul. r even appearance.

^j^fj YEW.

From woman and

Dgyt

deformed ; offensive to the sight

YUEN, and Keuen.
HAN.
From woman and to excite, one who excites admiration i
beautiful ; elegant ; delicate ; slender, pleasing ; excellent ; u.uia(omc; sprightly i delicately bent. A woman's name.
Peen yuen
^ a light airy appearance. Leen yuen
J^jl j a delicate curve, like the new moon. Lcenyueu jfji
| delicate, slender. Shenyuenjjip 1 a beautiful female.
Yuen yuen j j sombre, deep, remote.
Le yuen
j a fimous beauty and charming singer
in the palace of >^
Han-won-tc <B. C. fit). At the
age of 14 she attracted particular, -ujuce by her naturally
delicate and beautiful person, and* . sing voice, as welI as
by her studied arts ; for it is said, she wore below her dress,
a Hoo plh pei J^ti
;JJ|^ girdle of amber, and pretended
that its electric cracking noise was, Kfih isc? tsre ming
'fi-l J ?y "le na'ural and spontaneous cracking oi ner
joe> wei shin kwae ^ fijfo jjj^J
to be esteemed

A woman's name.

*^|^ Sameas^NS, From woman and to take intid*.

To marry a woman.
TE, or Te.
fit
The younger of sisters. Te foo jj<jfi
wife.

#
a younger brother'*

GO.
Good. Used under the Tsin dynasty tor the word Hai
j0- good. Names of several females. A surname.

6bi
Ta pan yuenjoo Cbansr-eo hea keae $J ffl
$[] $jj
^ "j>
dressed . eur'v*dly like the moon lady Chang-no
descended to the world1. Yut le Chang-go gae shaou neu
M IS Jf$ 1 ^ ^
ihe l,,v<,|y yUBS lady CkMHgm
go, resident in the moon. Kwa go
j a celestial female.
Han go jg|> \ a certain notorious Ko ke
singing
courtezan.
Go hwang ^
and Neu ying
the two queens
of. the "'Emperor Shun ^ (8. C. SI69). These two ladies
were with him when on a hunting tour to the south of his
dominions. Be died in Tsang-woo-che-jay
^
the wilderness of Tsang-woo. They wept lor tbnr deceastrd
lord till their lean oecame imprinted on the Pan chfih JAf
spotted and streaked bamboo, which to this day is called in
in allusion to tbem.Seang fci chHh jj>j| ^ ^ the lady bam
boo of the biil Scgng. (Pth mei-sin-yuug.)
Chang-go
^ the wife or concubine of F.
an
ancient chieftain ; he requested Yu se wang moo ~Jjh jJL] ^
-0J- the royal western mother, to give him Pub sze che y8
PjTJ ^ ^
the medicine ot immortality. Chang-go,
TseS urb shlb che ^ jjfj ^ ^ stole it and ate it; and
forthwith. Pun yue" kung^ ^ 'gj' was hurried to the
palace of the moon, where she was Suy hwa wei chen choo
^^^t J^ ^^ immediately changed into a toad.

Same as jj^Chwang, Dressed, ornamented.

Same as

38th Radical.

VII.

Neu

Foojin heunggjyay ching hanfoo ^ A j^i ^

] jfi 8 crue' T'c'ou* oman is also called Hanfm,

POO.

A woman's name.

WAN, or Meen.
From woman and to void- To bring forth offspring; to
bear a child. Slow; sauntering; flattering female deport
ment ; effeminate . used in a good sense. Fun mcen Fjf* \
the act of parturition.
In the Le-king under the book entitled, Nuy tsTh fX]
internal or domestic rules, is contained the following ancient
precept respecting females, Neu tsze sMh neen pBh chtSh; moo .
keanu hwan wan, ting tsung ; chih ma sze ; che sze keen ~t)
to&m\ .m
?rc Vr^ f$\ $$j 8t lon
of ?Se> a >"eml,,e cn'll<, snopia
not go nut ; she should then be taught by her goverues.
soft sp<erh ; to wear a pleasing countenance ; and to listen
and obey: to work flax and to dress the silk cocoou.
WOO.

From woman and / myself. An appel

lation of woman, denoting beautiful on some occasions, probably

when used by themselves ; but dislike when used by others, ;
as if it were said, 'A hated thing* because the birth of a daugh
ter whin a son is expected, causes displeasure.

Pin, Beautiful woman.

YEN.
A woman's name. A good-looking appearance.
WOO. .JTrjom woman and marliflf. A woman

From woman and change, or abundance, a relaxed easy

manner; cheurful.

who couquers by ber flattering arts.

same sense.

Woo |*|[E is used in the

MAN, and Han.

Same as ^^HwB, from woman and tongue. Deceitful.
From woman aud drought. Proud and contemptuous manner.

652

+ Neu. VIII, 38th Radical

}))

HE, and Gae.

From woman and the sound TM. Thrown down ; prostrate.

A slave woman; a female servant. A mean epithet applied

to women. Play or amusement as in comedy, licentious

TSll EU.

dalling. To trifle or play with.

From to take and woman.

Ti

!!!

THA, or T.

-->

To marry a woman. Tsen

we

YEN.

From woman and words.

woman's name.

# is, Wiro nubere. Tseu tse

| #ar Tseu neu | + or Tseutsin

is exorem ducere. Kea

| # or Tseu foo
1 # are all expressions
Tseu tsin kwo mun

PEI.

From woman and pearl. A woman's name.

which denote To marry a-wife.

l # # # or Ying iseu sin meang

#41 | # # to bring home the bride to her husband"

house.

The laws of China, as is well known, are divided into six de

An ancient form of #

Pin.

partments, expressed in the language of the country by six words

is H is ##1 *, *, '

i. e.

Laws respecting the officers of the state, domeslie affairs,(* the

A beautiful woman ; a lady of rank.
word demestic is understood in a national sense) including

#. An ancientform of: Leu, Repeatedly.

the laws respecting service, landed property, marriage,

public granaries, taxes, or revenue. debts and so forth the
ceremonics, civil and religious;
martial laws , penal code, and public works.
are these

->

EIGHT STROKES.

remaining four classes

Under the second head, the law pro" against | #

tsin shtih tse taf, marrying one "

# ## Ten

kindred, either to be a wife or concub'ne.

E.

Same as

#. Fei, An

imperial concubine; the wife

It

next forbids,

| # R # # ## # Tseu

poo min foo neu weitse tsg, Magistrates to marry

widows or daughters of the people

of a king or prince.

under their govern

the

ment,

whether to be wives or concubines.

Same as #Nen, A beautiful woman.

In the third place, it prohibits any person's l # # #

tsow foo neu, marrying wive"" daughters who

+ Tseu taou

have run away,meaning people who stand charged with

some crime, and who have made their escape; in such a case, he
TSEU.

The name of a beantiful woman.

#] l an eminent beauty in Chinese history.

| # a handsome woman , tseu tsze | #

Leu tseu
Tseu wa

who marries the woman is chargeable with *

crime laid

against her.

The laws forbid any officer of the Imperial governme"

who by law inherits the rank pos
or his son or grandson,

certain stars in the neighbourhood of Andromeda ; the queen

of Te-kh if
(B. C. 2330,) and mother
Che.

#
of #
of
Tseu yu | # a name for fish, amongst certain barbarians.

| # A ##"

sessed, Tseu y 6 jin wei tsets:

marry an opera courtezan, either as wife or concubine:-"
penalty is sixty blows, and separating the parties.

653

38th Radical.

VIII.

Neu

Celibacy is required of Uw Buddha bonzei. and teackm

of the Taou sect; hence it ia enacted, that Fan -sang taon
Ueu te tt'eS chay chang p* UuU, hwan >fih
J

Urh shth tseih- bo -jnt ~ -j|Jg ^ twenty seven

months, during which the mourning dress must he worn. And
it is contrary to law, Fob moo tsew kin kea Ueu ^
|JJ
^%
A "f* M 0 411 p""" of u,e *udh a,id
i^t
^ ie marry whilst a parent is imprisoned (for a
Taou sects, who marry wives or -concubines, shall receive
capiul offence or for transportation) the penalty ir eighty blows.
eighty Uom, and be compelled to return to the vulgar Jj
Ming ne'en ta tseu leaou tse, peth jen shlh tlh she woo
concerns of life ; i. e. to relinquish the priesthood.
If to evade the law any priest shall induce a relation or
when he marries he will necessarily know the affairs of the
servant lad, Wei ming kew taeu | [ ^< \ to give forth
world. Keaou kea tseu nae she Ffih-he ^ j^fi ^ J?J ^
their names and solicit a marriage, with the ultimate intention
^ s|jg it was Ffih-he who taught the usage of marriage.
ofTsiechen |=j jJ^ himself usurping a-right to the woman
Tsae tseu |1J. B a second marriage after the ueath ot the
his case shall, E keen lun JJ ^ |^ be considered as -one
first wife.
For some account of "the tuaget observed in marriage, or
of fornication or adu'Aery , and a .priest, Fan keen jj|J
marriage -ceremmict, seconder the word Mfl Yin.
committing adultery. Kea fanjiu ho keen tsuy, urh itug'luB
degrees greater th..n the crime of fornication or adultery,
by' -mutual consent between common persons. (Ta-tsing
XeSh-le, 6th vol.)
The (Tseuen jin keu TiwS) Whole Unty of Man, contains
-a chapter inculcating Tsaou kea tseu
jjjj^ 1 early
marriages, as most conducive to the .good order and happiness
of mankind. -Tbe,y say, Koo le, nan laze san shlh urh tseu ;-neu
tee * Mh > ^ jjii % 3- H t rfri 1 . -k
^Jjj j^' the ancient usage -was for men to marry
at the age of thirty ; and the women to be married at twenty
years of age; but eminent writers, Sze ma win kung
^
Q and others affirm, that Kin j!h fang ke fow p5
W JSl |H 7^
*Plr'1 oT lne P"5""11 'daJ ' I'ght and
-superficial ; and I'uh tfh keu koo le ^
ij^jj ^j"
an
cient usage cannot be strictly adhereu to. lie return menus
that, young lads at sixteen years of age, Hcu Ueu ~rgive a promise of marriage, and females Ueu kea g^p ^jjj
promise marriage at fourteen. The rich iu Chiua practice
what is here taught: the poor defer marriage to a later period.
It is illegal for Keu sang kea tseu J ^ Jgj? | those
in mourning (for a parent or husband; to marryduring the
appointed period of mourning. The penally is one hundred
blows. Fooinoo keTh fuo che sang keu san nteu lull cue
mourning for a father, mother, or husband, is three years; or
rAKT. 1.
c

P HANG, or Phing.
m
From woman and together with. To exclude or put
away. (Shw *win.) Illicit intercourse with women, as with
the slaves or female servanU in the house. A fine of four
taels imposed for indulging in sexual interrourse durin* a fast.Nan neu sze h yu pang JjEJ -j^ ^ A. Q j men tDa
women having illicit connexion is cxpressed'bv Pane.
K'HE.
A surname; ugly; deformed-; a disagreeable vicious look.
Asa Veih, To represent a person or toing as bad. Tekej^jj ^
to vilify.
HEEN.
From woman and a tiring. To bet;
or maintain propriety of conduct;aw
from virtue.

restraint; tojio'td'.
awerves not.

TA, or Chuy.
Vehemently cruel and vicious. One says, KwaK
denotes A good appearance.

4j Neu.

VIII.

38th Radical.

654

LUH.

CHUY.
From woman and hanging pendant down. To implicate
others ; to invoWe i to connect by implication.

To follow in compliance with t name of an ancient queen.

An erroneous form of

Tse, A wife.

Same at ^ We, A local term for Mother.

YAE.
Same as the preceding.
and precipice: Bleated; gratified'; ugly.
O.
An erroneous form of

From woman and' the exclamation 01 On*

Tee", Ghittoiious.
] j$|J a weak, delicate, haiidiome appearance. Gan, or An
| undetermined j

TUNG.
Same as the preceding.
The name of an ancient state; a woman's name.

CH'HANG.

LOO, Leu, and Low.

From woman and $hining. A (trumpet; a prostitute ; a

whore. In Kanghe, called the vulgar form of
Chang.
Chaj (he wei taou, wei chang telh tne leaou leaou
to make a robber or a prostitute. Ke net] jay wei chang ke
i$i~Jk$L%to 1
a pro,l'tu, ' cB,led
n<l
alio Chang-ke. Peaou taze tselh keaou chang foo ^ -pjj[J P;| | jjjjj a whore it the tame as what ii called
Chang-foo.
JJJ.
LAN
From woman irt afortoL

A good._atywarance.

MA*.
Nanvat a village in Shan-ac ^lj

province.

The exertion of effort or of strength ; to lead a cow or to

fallen it to something. A number that is troublesome ; annoy
ing from the number. The name of a place, aud of a river;
a man's name; the name of an animal ; to trail as long gar
ments; a curved appearance; dull; stupid.
In the Drh shlh yTh she ZL ~\
* jjj (twenty ne
historians), SOth voL 58 \ page &, Loo J occurs in the
sense of Leu jtfj. repeated to a troublesome and annoying
degree ; often , the words are, Leu keu been leang J Jf^ ^
J^J often raised the worthy aud virtuous.
'I bis sentence occurs in the memoirs of Kung-sun-hung
|/^ who, in early life acted a a jailer, but uu con.
mitling some offence, was dismissed, and Kea pin miih she
^
"fe ^ *>'* '"""'j being poor he became a swine-herd.
Neen sze shlh yu nae he chun tsew
PJJ -j- ^ Jtj ,{&.
-J^^ ij?^ he was more than forty years ofage, before he learned
the (standard Chinese book) Chun tsrw.
It has, in various periods of Chinese history, been a usage

38th Radical.

655
to summons around the throne-, from every part of the
empire, men esteemed in their own districts, eminently
virtuous. On one of these occasions,, under Woo-te
(B. C. 81),. the swine-herd of Tsze-chuen ^ jjj was called
to court, at the age of sixty, and- E heen leang ching wei
p sze ^ 1;
ft J ] i was employed by the
overeiju. on account of his virtues, and made a PS-sze, a
universal scholar,as the title ran in those days*
Kung-tunhung gave umbrage to the monarch by. a
statement respecting the ffcung-noo -^jjj -^Tartars, who werethen the enemifij, though now the rulers of China; and
because of this.statement lie was- dismissed for a timet- but on
being a second time called to court, was raised to the highest
place but one, amount Hie nobles oi tne land. Some of his
official opinions iven in- writing, as- has long. heen the custom
in China, remain-on record, and abound with the old-fashioned
notion, that virtue and clemency are the best supports of the
throne. His words-to the Emperor were, Cbin win shang kooYaou Shun che she, piih Itwei tseo urh min keuen shen ; pSh
chung hing fi urh min pSh fan ; hung sefih e ching,.urh yu
-i- * w e ffl $
z w^ tn

VI II

Laou ta chaj, keuh luh how,

Tlh shingchay, hw8 tseS tsun.
According to moral worth, arrange the seat of honorr
Measure a man's talents, to confer on him office.
Let him who labours much, have large emoluments,.
Let the man eminently virtuous, obtain the dignities of rank.
The old swine-herd, in one of his last tetters to the Em
peror, gave it as his opinion, that We yew pdh nang tsze che
urh nane; che jin chay yay ^ ^ ^ f1? g
ffjj |&
Jp A 'fif,
a0 man wno * "n"b'e to govern himself,
will ever be able to govern well the conduct of others.
(Tse'en two
>^ 68 \, page 5.)
Low | in the She-king, occurs denoting to trail'or pull'
about one's garments; the verse in which it occurs expresses
the grief of the writer at being unable to enjoy what he poa(1^ ^ $1 shan

-J*

choo<

/fe H T,ie ,ew * ,hansi

% h $ l FBh e fah ,eo'

fm % W>
Tv 1 M 1 iffi IE M ft ^
^ jE fin *i H \p ill u jaur ,erT",t hwe heard*
that in high antiquity, during the reigns of Yaou and Shun,
great value was not set on the reward of noble rank, and
the people were persuaded to be virtuous; stress was not
laid on punishments, and the people never offended^ the
prince was correct in his own person, and met with the
confidence of the people:But he added, the reverse ot each
of these is now the fact.
The Emperor affected the same regard to ancient principles,
and professed to make worth and talent his only reaiions for
conferring office ; the original expresses it thus,.

ft ffi & & 1*

Jin heen urh seu wei,

Leang niog e show kwan;

^ ^ if Wi T,ie Jew chy mi

%ijt ^HFt,b he-fBh ke'
$,&7EWan ke

The hill enjoys iU Choo tree,

The marsh har its Yui
I possess robes and dresses,
Never worn, never trailed;
I. have carriages and horses,,
Never propelled, never run;.
Ah ! when finished this state has death,.
Of other men these well be the joy.
(She-King.)
The rhyming 3ylUiSn.es Choo, Leu, &c. are by some read
Chow, and' Low..
In the writings of jJ
Chwang-tsze, Keuen loo^ j
curved decrepitudeor tome such sense, is applied to the anciant Shun ^ in his old age, when his Tsung min". shwae .
^ clear intellectual discernment fai'

Neu.

VIII.

38th Radical.

656

Low sBb j
certain stars in the head of Aries. JTh tsae
woo neu ; hwio low chung Q 'fE^^tf^ ] f the iuu
ill in fVeo-nru (the virgin or chaste widow) and in Htean low.
The commentary iay, that at the term called ^\ *ffZ Q
^A,.f 1 +-jf^^n
(rather cold) the fun is in the 8th degree of IVoo-neu, and the
1 1th degree -of flwin-low. (She- king.) The Seaou-hau term
sow .commences, when the sun enters the 1 3th degree of Capri
corn.
In the 4th year of the period called Yung kwang ^ ^
'Eternal glory,'the Emperor Yuen le j ^ (B. C. *7),
expressed himself thus, Chiu cbing che tsun cbe chung,. puh
nan ch8h le plh sing, leu tsaou heung kew s sluing shin ke
taou uth shing hea, e shin hing, chin shin lung cbe

I have received the weighty trust connected th supreme

honors, and bare been unable to rule luroinousl} the people.
I have o/lem met with cruel error* Supcriojs have deserted
right principles ; aid plummet inferiors with the line of
severe punishments I am grievously paiucd thereby. (Tseen
Ban, 1 6th vol.)
Vulgar form of the preceding.

T/tA ML EN. From inn and tCk. A woman name.

TSUNG.

A woman's name.

P'HOYV.
Pow joo Jffr ^ a kt nji;,, op 0f 2 woman, ooltish obesity.

KEUH.
From jawsasi and hatful ofgrain. A woanau's

PHO.
An appellative of woman, particularly ofold mothers, muckused in the books of the Budh sect, in various senses- The
name of a state. The name of a eily. Used also in the names
of some divinities.
Po is from the rippled turfere of water and wtman ; an
old woman whose face is wrinkled with age; or Laon moo
ching
-{JJ; HH the epithet given lo an old mother.
Knng po
| or repeated Kung-kung, po-po. commonly
means, husband and wife: in Kwang -as province, there is*
Irihe of the
Yaou mountaineers, vbo invert the use of the
words, and call an old woman Kuag, and an old man, Po.
Foo jio ching foo che moo yu po jjjjjj A. Jf8 5^
^
|~j ] a wife adressing her husband's mother, says Po. Keaou
jin che tse ching, ne telh po neang fify /\ ~ ^
t(i \ jfil< ,Pea!"*6 f man's wife itis*aid, your Po-neaoe.
Mae hwa tc-Ih bwa po ^
]^ *| a slower wife or
wench, who sells flowers. Po so j ^cto a*nce nnd sing.
See under So. Hwang poo pff j the spirit supposed to pre
side over the spleen. Ming po
| a spirit ofthe wind.
He po tsae ]|| ]
an actress. Pin po
] a name
of the
Pe-pa, stringed instrnment.
The Budh sect use the word Po | to express Eternal life,
possess >d hj the gods in heaven.
| Pin po, A forest of
trees ;
j ^| Yew po sTb, a virtuous priest. Tso po
|
to sit in silence. Too po kw3 jyj ] ^ is an
other name for Kwa wa kw6 jj^ [J^r jgj probably Ava, the
Yuen dynasty sent a person to conquer it, and gave him the
title Kwa-wa Wang, or king of Ava.
Pung po ching
j
name ofa city among the Toofan Jj- ^ on tbc western frontier of China.
San koo lew po
j
^ the three nuns, and
the sir old wives; the nnns are these; 1st, Ne koo
jfe
nuns of the Budh sect. 2nd, Taou koo jjjj jfe nuns of the
Taou sect. 3d, Hctb koo IJjiJJ
sorceresses, who pretend
Song hin tny kwei
jfj ^ to ling hymns to th*
gods, and drive away demons.
The lis old wives are,
1st, Sie po
| a sort of witches; who Ttuh kwei

657
teaon .hi. chelny
Jg fa {$< ||| ^
catch devils, dance to goils, and to on.
Sod, Mci po
^ the pronubae, or go-betweens, whr
Mae mae jin kow, ping thn8 h8 hwin Tin yay
1 A P #tfc
^trad. in
human beings, and explain matters to bring about
marriagei.
3d, Yew po j^JS ^ actresaei, Neo he tize rhe luy fay
M. "5* ^1
tit felDal<" players, and luch like.
4th, Mae hwa po ||| ^ ^ women who'aell flowera.
*th, E y po ^

] female docton.

6th, Show ling po Jjf /{: ] midwivea.

Same as

TSAE.

See", To treat with indecent familiarity.

The same ai $|[ Yew, a term by which

the wives of brothers address each other.

LING.

VIII. Neu--

ffls
M IS S? 1 ifn W dec',,ion, (of cen,ure or
prai'fi are delicate, but manifest ; the langurge it toft, but
discriminating. By the perusal of it, Shen jin keuen yen
j^L \
Tirtupns men are admonished; Yin Jin ken
yen
'J^ i@| vicious men are alarmed, and She e
keun tsze kwei che
VJi W>
therefore ,Be
moral philosopher highly values it
Yen Uie wei yuen
^ -^ji ^ language that is soft
and insinuating. Wei yuen keuen jin ching sic ^jj j }j|f|
^ jj^ jjj with toft and winning speech advise people, and
the work will be accomplished.
The ancient ball.id beginning with the words, Sin tnefj^
the new tcrr.ee, and from which words the ballad is named,
contains in each verse this ezpretaion, Yen yuen che kew
^ijfc ]
j)^ the blissful desire of being married to Keih
fill the ton of the chieftain Seuen kung jgf
which wa
defeated, by the father himself usurping the beautiful princess.
Kw jin woo che ; urh ts8 tsze she e Use che
J\ ^

A female name.

K'HEANG. A confuted disordered appearance.

YEW.

38th Radical.

A woman's name.

mTJ f^- iJfc llf W J$'l /Z '"eP^P16 "f ' "Ule ***** hi,u'
and wrute this ballad to satirize him. They represent him aa
ugly and incurably afflicted with a disease they call Keu choo
a high protuberant breast, which prevented his bend
ing his head downwards ; and with Ttelh she
jjjjj a hunch
back, which disabled him from looking upwards. The commentator.
that J ^ ^
||
^ || jg
ffy almost every man who commits a vicious act, has atill
a sense of shame about him, and tries to conceal it, but
Scuen-kung was an exception, for he built a lofty terrace by the
side of an extensive piece of water, to usurp the' priuceis in
tended for his own son.
(She-king.)
Lung che yuen yi.eii j|| 1 ^ the tortuous Bight
of a dragon.

"|7 WAN, and Yuen.

From woman anil to bend. A yielding complaisant woman.
Wan wan ^ ^| or re .d Yuen wan, Trying to please and
gratify ; yielding f submissive , flattering.
The Tso-chuen ^ & in the 9th volume, praises the style
of t! e annals of Ci'iitjous' own times, which he called J^. ^
Chuu Ucw. The Ching wc, urh hceuj tazeyuen, urb jafi-l
PART I.
tI

PEAOU.

'Jj^ HEAOU.

A woman's name.

From *oi Md l/fer. A

artful woman ; a woman of an inle;.iie..t mind.

-^Neo. VIII. 38th Radical.

6iS

NO W.

from mcmtn and mOk, or the brrtto.

A fat, Urge looking

Milk.

an , or according to one authority.

A n ancient form of ^ Loo.

YAOU.
SHUH.

From women and tmcfe. A female

An original form of

Yaoo, . A sprite or fairy,

officer for the coatroul of the Imperial household.

'HE.

From woman and eslraoriinary. Good.

FE, or Fei.
-sir
From wrong and women. A woman who wandera aboutRepealed Fe fe. The appearance of going backwards and for
wards) sauntering ; roving Keang-fe yj' ^ a certain divine
female, said to rove about the banks of.lbe Yang-tse-keaiig.

IIWUY.
Ugly | deformed.
went of self-controul.

HI
Read Hwae, DUaolute appearance)

WEI.
0
Understood in the

as the preceding.

FAN.
HI
An animal of the rabbit or hare ipeciea.

TS'iiiik.

fiS

Tse8- yu
| a female officer of government; an
elegant appearance.
WO.
Hi
HEEN.

From woman and fruit. Wo go

j|j2 or Wo to ^
ii slt-mlcr delicate woman i beautiful. A. wailing woman.

From women and to add. A bashful countenance:

JUY, and Wo.

E.
rt!

From noma* nnd brnding down. Delicate j elegant j beautiful .

THAN.

A woman's name.

HE.
From to rule or Tfrcu, placed over i

From women and a ck/U; the scull of which is not yet

completely ossified. A new born infant; the cry of an infant.
One says,. An ugly woman. E-woo j j^jjt the
of the eye brows. One says. Doubt) undecided.

K'HEUEN.
Cruel ;

From women and to

Good; well affected to; having regard for relations.

659

YEN.

#4=

From woman and <o inciter. One sheltered m the house i

a servant or slave woman : effeminate ; to seize falsely.

A vulgar form of jtpjTsing, A pure virgin.

HWAN.
From woman and evening. A bride's repairing to the house of
Ber husband in the evening ; Marriage. A bride's connexions
are expressed" by Hwin ; a son iu-law's connexions are.
expressed by
Yin.
Nan-neu kit. tsio, ching hwin le
$a1$l file 1
when men and women bind themselves to a relationship,
it is completed by marriage forms or ceremonies.
In the YTb-king? this expression occurs, .ftew< hwin kow,
wan- kelh woo puh le $ ] jg Q ^ ^ ||j
in soliciting a marriage alliance, to descend to a virtuous in
ferior will be felicitous and always prosperous. The S4th vol. of the twenty onehistorians, contains the life
of Wang shang-tsze-wei J
^ a general and states
man (A D. 27). In that memoir this sen tence occurs, Leen hwin
chay hwin kea che hwin tsin yay
^ j ^^
I
"6L ^en l>m*in denotes, relations by marriage on the
wife's side. One of these relations was the innocent cause
ofa quarrel between. Wang-thang, and another general Fung
which brought both parties eventually, after much malici
ous intrigue, to an untimely end.
The laws concerning marriage, in the Ta-Uing LeUh-le, are
placed under a general head expressed by 4 her two words, Hstin
yin jj^f j(Q marriage. It is enacted that Noo pfltsze neu yew
ke, choo hwin pei & JL ft ^ j
the sons and daughters of slaves shall be married according
to the will of their master.
It was in former times the practice that when, Nan neu ting
bwan.how tselh lelh hwin shoo JjEJ jg
j ^ |||J jfc
J ^ after m man and woman had determined on marriage,

38th Radical

VIII.

Neu -fa

they immediately made out a marriage contract ; and*Paou yu

so sze ^ -J- pff (5j reported it to the magistrate under
whose controul they were. Without litis form, the alliance
was deemed Sze 58
tt^ a clandestine agreement.
That form is now abolished, and a -writ ten agreement drawn
out by the Go-between is reckoned sufficiently in form. Al
though the H wan shoo j ^ marriage contract be emitted,
the acceptance of presents is equally binding. If, after doing
so, the -jjr ^
j
the controuling person on the
woman's side, rmrrj- her to some oilier man, then We
chins hwin
f) | if the marringe be not consummated
he shall he beaten' with seventy blows; but if E ching hwin
tl Mt 1 the marriage be already consummated, he sha|I
be beaten with eighty blows.
The Choo hwin j ^ power of controuling or directing
a marriage, rests first with the grandfather and grandmother ;
next with the father and mother; and incase of their death,
it rests with the nearest kindred, or with the mother alone.
Fan lung sing wei hwin chay ^
j j5j , ^ ^
all who being oftthe same surname intermarry, shall be beaten
with sixty blows, and be separated.
In case of second marriages, -if Tseen foo tsze neu, yuhow
foe tsze gen, kow ha ching hwin jjjj ^ J|l -Jjr- ^ ^
^
Jjjtj
Jjj^ J the suns and daughters of the
former husband shall not have clandestine intercourse, nor
contract marriages witlt the sons and daughters of the last husbands: it is punishable by law.
There is a law forbidding, Leang tseen wei hwin yin
c $1
1 j@ >ne reP"t,Dle ana disreputable classes of
society marrying i for- example Noo Iscu leang jin neu
-jg a slave marrying a free mill's daughter ; for
Hwin yin pei gow, e tseu telh te | jjQ jj|J
j| JjjJ
^ ^ in marriages and connubial matches, the light prin
ciple requires personal equality.
The last section in the laws declares, Kea tseu wei lefih,
choo hwin meijin t.y0gjg^^ ] j$! ^ ||
when marriages arc contracted contrary to law, the crime shall
be charged . on the relation who bas the controul, and on tb
go-between. See further rumisu on marriage under the
words 4n Yin.

Neu.

V!ll. 38th Radical.

660

Same as the preceding.

KING.

A woman's name.

K'HEEN.
Beautiful and excellent of it's kind. Read Kin, A woman's

T'HEEN.

A woman's name.

H1NG.
Anger i vexation ; rage diicorered in (he cntintcnanre ;
violent displeasure. An-;er destructive to one's self ; very j
exceedingly. Some ny, Near lo.
i
HOO.
Koo, or Hoe. Excessive nltacl.ment to. Name ofa bird.

WAN.
1$
Fnira woman and an officer. A genteel, elegant person i
manner. Kead Kwau, Guod-louking j in the lame cine, r
Wi, and Hi.

>9?
mP
Trom woman and / or mean. A slave woman, either
one w ho hin been bought with money, or one who has been
made such, an a punishment Applied to the name of a fiih, and
of a bird. Kwan pe ^ Jh slave womer, who are made to
by the government.
She hwan rlienen wei pe -j>f JJ^
-^r
| servant
women arc called Pe. Nta> pe
j a slave woman. Fe
yu Uei lung led j jff ijjji ]gj
servant women rank
with concubines. Jin fan la Ue i.eu jih k*an, wei kwan pe
mit crimes for which their wives ai d daughters are forfeited
to governir.eul> they nccmne the officer's (lave women. Jin
yew ihow pe U6 Met chay \ jfa j| | fjr
there are tome men who take their servant women" to be
concubine*.
Theancienlbookssay.thal j "fti '
"[C ^ |f Q
^ -jp Te she foo c hea krae ehing yue* pe laze ; all below
noblemen's second wiies, are called Petszc. The term Pettzi
is also ued hy wives, who have con,milted some offence, t
express themselves by. TI.e Tso-chuen s.-.ys J
"5?
-jj] Pe-lsxe foo jin che pe.cbing yay, is an epithet
to women in a menn condition.
The expression She-loo [{ ^ is thus explained in the
Le-king. Kung how jew foo jin, yew she loo, yew tae yew
& & w % a % t tik # & m
noblemen have wives and con ubines .denominated Frojinj
She-loo; Tse ; and Tse'S; all below the second of these terms
are called ] -J- Pe ine.

LAE.
1 roin women and come. A woman's name j agoodappearar.es-

CH'HEN.
A chearful laughing : appearance ; following Chen jjk they
both together deiiute the i.me. Also lead Sheu and Leeb.

Harriage.

38th Radical.

661

VIII.

Neu

for a wife ; and the work a wife should do ; after which sht
offered sacrifices of fish, with water plants, intended to imply

CH'HOW.
A surname.

Foo tTb, ching shun yay ; foo yen tsze ling yay ; foo yung
yuen wan yay ; foo kung sze ma yay j
Jjfj^ ^

iff
n
ChS j'8 Tffi jjfij ' handsome and delicate appearance.
Read Telh aud Neaou, Female disease.

a wife's virtue is chastity and obedience ; a wife's speech, should

rhe soothing: a wife's look should be mild and winning; a wife's

A woman'i
CH'HO.

jjtft F0.

fife

From" ataman and a brmm. A housewife. To submit; a

married woman; a wife; one whose duty it is to submit to
fcer husband ; the female in nature ; a son's wife. Beautiful.
Used in connection with a great many words
Neu tsze eiea chi.ng too
^ g, j$t $$ ] "ried woman is called Foo. Tse foo ffi j a chaste wife.
lei foo ^"1 1 woman who resists to death a second marim '
Tiage, or any forte offered to her person.
Heaoufoo;^ ^ a wife dutiful to her parents- Hern foo
J*^ ^ an eminently virtuous wifegeneral expression of repect and affection used by busbaods to their wives. Keajin
foo tsze tgj^
^ -J- all the persons of.the family ; wife
and children. ' Keaou foo pflh ning m*\ woo me che chuy
*5 1 f
it #
hoer cle"r i!ie
wife 'manv be, she cannot boil the pot without rice:a pro
verbial saying to' express the duty of the husband to procure
the means of support for his family, and not to klaine his wife
OL'cause she does not perform impossibilities.
In the Le kio'.', under the section Hine
^ the pro
prieties of marriage, there arc numerous rules concerning
Thing foo le yay Jjfc j gg ^ the observances requisie
on becoming a wife. Kou chay foo Jin seen kea san yuf
keaou e foo tth ; foo yen ; fooyung; Too kung ^tj" ^ j
Am-nmn i & 1 n. 1 & i
Jj\ the wives of indent times, three mouths before they were
married, (were conducted to a temple or altar dedicated to
dec sued mentors) and taught the virtues of a wife ,- the mode
of speaking becoming a wife ; the cast of countenance proper

work, should consist in dressing silk and flax.

As in China, it is not the mage for a son who marries to
s.-t up a separate estahliihme.it, and live apart from hia
parents; but to bring home his br'de to ha father's house;
Chinese mural writers dwell rouc'i on the duties of wives to
their husaahd's pareitls< and amongst the poor, it seems
sometimes an ohject with the parents to obtain the domestic
services of a sou's wife; their own daughters hating been
married out. For a wife; Heou shun kew koo, king sze
foo tsze ^ m |e2 jfo
iff. ^
to be dutiful and
obedient to her husband's father and mother, and respectfully
serve her husbandId rated atone degree of merit for every
day she behnves so.
It is enjoined, Fan sze peTh tsing ming J{ j jj& fj|
that in every concern, she must request the commandsof
her father and mother-in. I .w, nnd of her husband. If she can
Kenen foo tsze te n shen kar kwo -fH ^
^ a ^
^ persuade her husband to correct any error or vicefor
every such case, her merit is rated at one degree.
One degree- of merit is attributed to a wife for every day
she wails on her husband or his parents in their sickness,
fflii IPt f*
Wo 5e" kei,en ,in' wilhoul feeli"8
weariness or dislike. She is commended at the same rate, if
when her fjther and mother in-law ^ j^j JJJ -fj^ jjjji
^ Yew kefh, chlih leen ying junp, are pressed fur want of
mouej, she parts with her toilet to meet the exigence.
Three degrees of merit arc assigned her when her father and
mother- in l.iW ij
^
Paou noo. ho kcw, with fierce
violent* Mid anger make vexatious requirements of her ; She
hi
u % & $ it Ni,,s ,hun ,how' w,,8fun
sfh vuen yen, is able to suffer it obediently, without an augry
look or a resentful word.
If

rui i.

Foo choo Uoo paou, Her butband and

+ Neu. viii. 38th Ra".

662

and laugh but little-She who, Chung shin ph jh meaou

lord, be a coarse violent man, and she # # # # }:
Nn wei kctih shen choo, is able to *P and bend things so
as to manage all wellfor every such occurence, she has three
degrees of merit. And hence the ancient saying #71

# #: # #| # Kea

ho,

yew heen tse foo woo "e

life (exposes herself) by going to the temples to burn incense

has merit equal to one hundred degrees, and if she Pih"
he ZR # # never looked at a play-Kung kea Pei Jji

to th!

time

only three degrees of demerit are attributed to her, if *

l X. ##

Foo

yen tsing kew, and the wife does not refuse to draw water or
to pound ricerather than #j Kow tih, obtain any thing

love wine even to

but

pae

The same praise is awarded them, when they assist each

other in virtue, and bear their lot when it is hard,the husband

flow

# # 3: #

drunkenness, but fine degrees for every time that Yujin tow

tung sin, to kea kih kin, kih ken, Husband and wife with one

desires not ill-gotten gain ; and

merit is double.

Haou tsew che tsuy

heart, raise the family by fortitude in diligence and economy

for every day so spent, they have one degree of merit.

audi

#! M. #. '#. she

plays at cards with any body.

A want of cleanliness, and going to * sights on Chine"

holidays, are reckoned at, from three to ten degrees of demerit;

and

rising late and going to bed early ; and a want of skill in needle
who

work are censured.

poor woman

to

For a Pin foogan ming # ! # fit

be satisfied with her lot,instead of complaining to her
husband, for a whole year, is a meritorious course rated at

The catalogue of merits closes by awarding them one degree

fiftyIndegrees.
the last volume of Tseuen jinkeu h"*** some verses
entitled Tsih pei chin yen

# 14ft X ###ifj# Pih neth wing urh bes,

on selecting a husband or wife.

ph chih le urh guou, without sinking into the extreme famili

case, M wn foo yu pin

arities of mere passion; and without a contumacious adherence

should not be the question asked Meikeen

even to right principles.

chb tsze han tsin

": above named

are a few of the

Ph Kung, or Merits;

X.

It

j=5

valuable remarks

is advised that in such a

# #| #

% rich or poor
tih mun, footo

# #| || |||| l % # # ##

come forth from the streams of poverty, where" the daugh

ters of the rich are often light, dissipated, and proud.

If the husband desire

to retain a reputable friend to dinner, and the wife

# #! #

it is always observed, that of virtuous wives, very many h"

or demerits are, of course the opposites, with

some varied circumstances and cases.

# # Ph

It is said, that Foo ph headu shun, keae tsze

so che

kng keu chan, will not provide the food and

| T. # |# # + ff when the wives of sous ar"

lay the table, -for every such case her demerit is rated at

disobedient and undutiful, it is all induced by the conduct of

three degrees.

the son for the daughter-in-law imitate" the example which

For every word she utters,

|H j # # Tsoo

her husband sets her. And it is added, there are some sons and
foo wei

shen, to impede her husband in what is virtuous; or

their wives, who indulge themselves in every

# # So

luxury, whilst their poor aged parents are suffering hunger

comfort and

foo wei g, to excite him to what is viciousher

demerit is one degree.

and cold.

: she has born a son, who is worthless, and she will not
# #]
: * a concubine, in order to have
suffer her
Heehusb

to

Many of the moral writers in China, wind "P their works

with a book or two on domestic medicine,
Foojin hwaetae

in wives, Kwa yen seaou

-

The terms, Foo jin yu shwy

# Hi % to talk
-

l /\ # # pregnant women and lying:

in-women, are much attended to by the"

entirely, her demerit is rated at one thousand

-

and the cases of

n tsze, a virtuous posterityher demerit is rated

at one hundred degrees, if she cause him to fail of posterity
it is a viirtue

me!

bet
(ho

of praise for every ten days that they live in harmony X. #

# Kwo,

Mul

dirt

by immoral means.

the

Medi

the [

when a house possesses a wise and virtuous wife, the husband

when j 1 || RA ($3. $### Foo "

:
Alth,

j|| # her
meets with no external calamity.

# AS X. # # # never

in all her

shaou heang

| M. J} 7k woman's

monthly water. Yuking J: # the monthly course," kwei

G63
the natural flow; and in the language of quacks and
Alchymists, Hung yuen
the red metal, are all applied
to the Catamenii, and fortni an article in the Chinese Materia
Medica, deprecated, but yet retained in their books.
At the age of Urh tseTh
-J* two sevens, or fourteen,
the fatamcnia appears; at Ihe ngeofTseHi tselh
-R seventimes seven, or forty nine, it disappears. Its continuing to
flow during pregnancy without injury, is a case which occurs
but seldom. Cases of pregnancy at the age of twelve years,
and at sixty have occurred, but they are extraordinary.
Contact with Calamcnia is deemed noxious; and a- sword
smeared with it, is positively affirmed to give adeadly wound;
and various diseases have been induced by a set of impostors
who pretended to produce wonderful effects by imbibing, com
pounded with various drugs, the virgin Citameuia. The Puntsaou-kang-muh omits, Hwang yuen fang &J ^
the red
metal prescriptions, but he retains many of the others. One
directs that clothes saturated with virgin catamenia should
be burnt, and the ashes mixed with wine taken as a cure for
Cholera morbus.
The Chinese supposed that a relation exists between the
moon, the tides, and the menses.
Tsan foo j|g j a lying-in-woman. Che foo jin chTh pTh
cure Menorrhagia and Leucorrhoaa.
Foo jin leang fang ] A
cffi< receipts for
female complaints. 6 vols, price 3 mace, 4 candareens.
In the laws of China, there is a section containing peculiar
regulation, for Foo jin fan tsuy | \ Jjf) |p womcn ,fc<J
commit crimes. Except in cases of adultery and capitj crimes,
which require detention and imprisonment, they are liberated
on a sort of bail, and committed to the care of their husband",
parents, or respectable neighbours. Foo jin yu pe jew tung
1 A 01
ty] |pj ""me"
w'cs are in the same
predicament as inferiors and children; their superiors are
responsible for them.
Ja foo jiu hwac jin fan tsuy ^
^
7j> ^Jl j^L
if a woman who is pregnant commit a crime, which requires
blows or torture to be inflicted,die is to be delivered to
Paoukwan ^ ^ sureties, and brought forward a. hun
dred days after ljing-in. If she be immediately subjected to
torture, and miscarry or die under it, the magistrates are

38th Radical.

VIII.

Neu

punishable ; in the last case with a hundred blows, and three

years transportation.
If a woman commits a crime which requires decapitation,
and the public exposure of the criminals head, the last part
of the sentenu is in her case to be dispensed with.

TS'HING.
in
From woman and azure. A chaste woman; delicate 1
slender; upright; possessed of talent; firm-.

LUN.

GAN.

A woman's name.

From woman and a bank or shore.

Good; amiable; even; regular.

LAN.
Covetous , fraud, practiced in divination ; greedy extortion.
Tan Inn
| avaricious and greedy. Lin tsang ^
the hoards arising from greedy extortion ; to lay up hoards
by those means. Lan sS j
to extort with avaricious
greediness.

*^^^ KWAN.

A woman's name.

As a local word, denotes A sort ofwreath rolled about the head.

A woman's name;

YIN.
From woman and familiar approaches. Luxurious eases
lounging ; stage amusements ; lewd ; obsceue.

Ncu.

IX.

yi

38th Radical.

664

Two sislers-io-law call each other Ta,

T'SHUH, or Ts hew. Old and ugly.

at an expression of courtesy Ya, implies the taking of a

second place, or being junior.
YAOU.

Slender and delicate.

4
LUH.

A woman's name.
WOO.

4*>j^Ek KELT.

A woman's name.
1 he name of a star, and of a district Woo fou ^ j

J^j^sl Same as gg Le, Elegant.

TEEN.

SE1H.

A woman's name.

A woman's name.

NINE STROKES.

a widow who does not marry egnia. Woo ncu ^fc

a star
about the 15 of Capricorn. Foojinbow kwa, wei.che woo
foojjjp ^ t?j~
J5j ^ | jjjj a woman who maintains
her widow state, is called ff'oofoo.
Shlh urn jut jlh shth woo nru che fun -|^ Q
^
^7 ^ on the 6rl day of the twelfth moos
the sun was eclipsed, in the region of Woo neu. (Tieeii-hsn.)
This eclipse took place Keen che sail neen ^ jfe ^
the Sd year of Keen- che (about [10 years B. C.) *
earthquake occurred on the same day.

NAN. From woman and teulK Elegant, rather bt

THING.
CH'HO.
Ping ting ]^jt 'jfj, beautiful i elegant, applied to women.

T'HANG. Dissolute! dissipated ; a term by

which some people designate Ihemselses. Jin tsie hoo o lang
,A f=^
] people call themselves O-Ung, worthless.
Read Yang, A woman's name.

Disobedient i uncomplying. A man's name. ChS kemg

jffit
name or tll'e * '""'
we>t> un''er ^ ^"
dynasty.

CHAN.

From iceman and rfforl. Toplooji

in p^irs. Kead Meen, The act of parturition.

SAOU.
Same as J|$ Hwan.
An elder brother's wife. Kewsaou fi^ ^ a senior sisterin-law. Kew, means Greater or Senior.

Marriage j ceremonies pertaining to marriage.

38th Radical.

665

KEA.

Good.

FA.

IX.

Neu

From woman and head. The hair

of the head. Some say it ii an erroneous character.

WEI.
TE.
From woman and awe.
elegant

A woman's name.

From woman placed by the side of a ruler.

Delicate i
A woman's name. Name of a divinity ; effeminate. Te, denotes
Tsing sMh shin raing ] ^ jfA ^ cloacina, or the spirit
that presides over the cloacca.

YU.
4k
From woman or heart and to atient. Born of rich parents;
delicately brought up ; effeminale ; luxurious ; addicted to
pleasure; specious and artful; irrational ; illicit behaviour;
artful; pleasing. Bead Tow, To steal repose , to act carelessly.
Yu slh | f5L a happy, pleasing countenance. To rhyme,
read Yaou.
Tsin wc ko yu yay
^ Pp ^ .j^ Ttin is not to be
dispised. (Tso-chuen.)

E.
From to rule placed above woman. A disease of the uterus,-

JOW.
A woman's name. A soft fascinating woman.

MEL
Same as

Se, A Bon-in-law.

From tchelar and a man oftalenio. A superior ; the person

who is one's daughter's superior; a daughter's husband is
called Se by her father ; a wife also uses the same appellation
for her husband. In reference to this and similar appellations,
different usages- prevail in different parts of China..

From woman and beautiful. A woman of elegant figure

and pleasing countenance.

TAN.
From woman and excest. Pleasure.

YU.

A. woman's name.

Envious, said of
7|Xl NAOU.

women in reference to men.-

Same as ^ Tan.

From woman, the brain, and the halt-

Also read Gow and Yung.

bristling up. Intense resentment and indiguation.

FA.
GHING.
An erroneous form of

A woman's name,

Fi, The hair of the head.

MUN.

WEI.

Richly elegant ; abundant j displeased.

Weak; delicate) tender j young; small.

TtXJ. I.

Bead Juen,

+ Neu.

666

38th Radical.

1X.

Good appearance. Shin tszejuenj

+. | # a weak
TSEAY.

constitution.

An epithet applied to a mother. The same as

# Tseny.

TSIN. Same as # Tsin.

TWAN.

A woman's name.

Related to ; a relation in one's own person.

# 3. Hwan, or Hwuy.

alp THAN. From woman and coal.

-,

A woman's name. |

To be in a disordered dirty state, without the decorum of

u

UH.

genteel etiquette, is expressed by

From woman and a house. Good, elegant.

|

th:# |

Bl

costume; manner; general appearance.

T'SHEEN.

PWAN.

# # Tan-pwan.

From rebellious and woman.

A state of confusion. Used only with the preceding character.

The name of a star. Tae pih shang kung tse yu neu tseen

#E.

E, and He.

jk l E. AS # E. # |

the wife of Tae-pih shang

kung is called JWeu-tsen, she Keu Nan-tow
# dwells
amongst the Nan-tow stars; and to her sacrifices are offered

J:

>}.

throughout the whole empire, it is said, in times of pestilence.

From delight and woman. Joy and delight.

#E

Used also for

Fei, A royal wife or concubine.

#
\

HOO.

Avaricious.

CHUN. A woman's name. A beautiful Woman.

An erroneous form of

MEAOU, or Maou.

Hoo. From filth and woman.

CHUNG. A woman's name.

From woman and a plant budding Jorth. Pretty eyes,

having vivacity; sprightly. In different parts of the empire
MEI.
the use of this word varies: in Fh-keen province, it denotes

No

SING.

*#

From woman and a certain person. One who goes between

A prostitute.

To lessen, to diminish.

certain persons not yet fully known to each other, in order

to arrange marriages or family alliances, a go-between.

Nan neu fei yew hing mei, ph seang cheming

#E %j 4T | XR # #1 ,

J} #

without the assistance of a

go-between, men and women would not know each other's

FOO.

Same as Foo #

a wife.
Ilannes.

(Le-king)

Tseu tse yaou meijin, maets yih yaou meijin

From woman and to bear.

A married women.

##

38th Radical.

667
^ | ,A
^1* 5 1 A in ""'J'H wi,e> "e
requires a go-between* in buying a concubine, one also re
quire* a go-between.

IX.

Neu -j

HEUEN.
From woman and to proclaim. A woman's name.

KEE, or HeS. Tickled and pleased by success.

HAN.
From complete and woman. A strong health; appearance.
HWANG. From teaman and emperor. Name
WEI.
of an ancient queen. Neu hwang Yaou fei
j^ |fc ^
Neu-hwang, was the wife or concubine of yaou.

MEEN.

From woman andface. A beautiful

woman with nneeyes; envious.

K'HIH. From woman and carced with the

wrinkles of age. An old woman of a mean condition.

KE.

A woman's name.

An erroneous form of flU Shoo, A woman's name.

YEN.
ft
From woman and to hide. Tfen fen, A woman cherishing a
concealed attachment. Bead Gan, Gan o ^ ]fgl undeter
mined; undecided. Read H8. A woman's name.

YING.

From woman and a flourishing plant.

From woman and majetly.

lady; a handsome woman. One says, A vulgar character.

Same as

Chuen. From woman and the mind

4
directed to one object. A pretty woman who attracts attention.
MEL
From woman and eyebrowt. To speak to ; to accord with i
smirking ; smiling; wheedling ; flattering; adulation ; looks of
lovfi and seduction ; adulation from men. Name of a place.
Hoo mei
j artful and seducing. Chen mei |Q ^
flattery ; flattering. Foo mei Jjjjf ] soothing ; flattering.
Keaou mei
\ elegant ; fascinating appearance. Mei
keuen j ^ to flatter power. Mei tae |
the mincing
gait of a Chinese woman. Mei tsze yih jin
^
love this mansaid of Win-wang. (She-king.)
Hwang kin jth tso yew che jin, keu she chen mei keen
chin woo ning che P
j 0 &
1L A H 3k
1@ I $f 15 $8 "ili ^ and
more' of late the,e
in attendance are all flattering villainous statesmen, a set of
people without talent.
Mei jin neih gac, wci hoo mei ^ A SI ^ ^ IK 1
to flatter people into a passionate fondness, is what is called
fox-like flattery. Mei tae ^ "ffy a flattering seductive man-

A complimentary term applied to woman.

K E A E. From womalt and all. A woman's name.

A dignified

HOW.

A woman's name.

-fc Neu.

IX.

668

38th Radica .

KWA.
KEUING.

From woman and the stars about

Solitary ; orphan-like i alone ; no

brothers; desolate; none to tell one's tale to. Keung or

Keung keang W W mournful, sorry, melancholy.

Andron.tia, which form a Chinese constellation.

appearance.

A beautiful

SEE.
YUEN.
From woman and to lead. A beautiful woman who draws
admirers after her. Tseang yuen
iffi^ the appearance of
standing and wailing upon. Shen yuen j^j JrJ? the appearance
of drawing or pulling towards; to draw the affections after.
PEEN.

From woman and con venirnt. Peeil

| beautiful; handsome.

TSUNG.

A woman's name.

CHING.
From woman and chatte. A woman's name.

GAN.

Se woo

Jt^ to trea. with indecent familiarity.

THO.
From woman and to fall. Beautiful; pretty ; remiss; idle;
disrespectful. Same as the following. To manjffSr_-/"on
careless ; neglig"
Kuh yung le )u.. v& -7^
^ a statesman of
eminence during the reign of Keen-che ^ j/j^ (B. C. SI.)
on occasion of an eclipse and an earthquake occurring on
the same day, he wrote a long remonstrance to the sovereign,
which is preserved in the SHh vol. of the Twenty-one
historians. He advises the monarch, Chucn sin fan laou I&
Jj
to study only a return to right principles; and
Seth pa chay ma to chBh che keu ^ ^ ^J. ]S| \ fj
~ _H. to lay aside entirely his carriages and horses, and
every implement of idle lours.

From woman and sound. A woman

CH'HA, and Ch'hc.

of au impure mind. Gan tsang

said of any thing.

dirty, filthy, impure,

From woman and to pound. Precipitate and confused
enunciation. Read Shi, An effeminate appearance.

TSEW.
MAOU.
From autumn and woman.

THE, and Te.

A woman's name.
a

ft
From woman and right. Te te jj({ ^ rCpose , quiet;
elegant or good-looking. Also read Che and She, As a local
word, used for Mothe r. The name of a plant.

Envious ; ill-will, occasioned by the happiness or eminence

of others , to look at with hatred and dislike.
Too foo iino u fi)o
| ^tj|> a jealous husband, and
an envious wife. Pfih seang tsin yay ^
^ ^ who
cannot look on each other with complacency.
1 'j^ envy and dislike.

669

LEE.

A woman's name.

SZE.
From woman and thought. A woman't

JEN.
From woman and to itoin. Beautiful ; elegant ; slated
reatonably and right; -or perhaps, to give a colour to; to
lander.

PEEN.
From woman and a board or tablet. Lightness ofmanner.

WEI.
From woman and stomach. A younger -sitter.

KWA, and Ko.

The Canton people read Wa. An ancient divine person
who operated at the creation of all creatures. Commonly
called
| Ncu kvra. The chancier woman is for sound
only, and docs not denote that the person was a woman. JVe*j
kwa, also invented a mutVcal instrument of the reed kind.
The name of a bill i a surname.
The Shn-S-Ktn affirms the person was a female, thus, Koo
thin thing neu hwa wan wuh chay yay
^J/
Wl fyfl
$L an "ncient gdd<' <cred female, who
formed all things.
Ncu kwa she, lien sMh poo teen -fyr j
Neu- kwa melted rocks and repaired the heavens.
Ncu kwa tsfl ting chung che hwang -jg j ^p,
t|j
^jj^ Neu-kwa, made the reed of the Sing instrument,
(le-king )
F4RT I.
6

38th Radical.

XI.

N*u

ficu kwa-the -Jj- ^ J^- according to the San-ttac-toohwuy, 30th vol. page 14, Yu tae haou tung mo
JffJ
was horn of the tame mother at Tae-haou or FiSh-he.
He, or she, (for it is uncertain whether this pertonage was male
or female,) Sing urh thin ling f?
jjjjjj ||| was horn in
possession of divine intelligence. When Fnh-he arranged the
riles of marriage, she, Wei shin mei ^ jjjfjj ^jjt acted at a
divine prouubae, or go-between.
On the death of Fahhe, Kung-kung-ihe Jfc
or TsS Iwan ^
spread anarchy *or revolutionized the
world ; and Chin taou hung shwiiy
Jdt
raited the
deluge, E ho teen hea
ajj^ ^ "J\ to caute misery over
the earth; in contequence of which, Neu-kwa-she destroyed
Kung-kung-she, and reigned and kept her court at Chunghwang-chc-shan t|j ^
\lf the central imperial hill. It
was then she made the reeds and the stringed instruments
to harmonize the winds; to assist the gods at solemn rites,
and to soften the dispositions of men- Neu-kwa-she, died
after a reign of an hundred and thirty years.
Some European writers have ventured to call Fuh-he, tht
same person as Noah, of the west; but at the tradition is,
that he had n f.ilher ; that he, Ke teen urhwang ^ ^
jfjj T eeded heaven and reigned; i. e. that he was the
first to whom mort al reign Was given ; that his name wat
Jj|[ Fung rm Rush, H ind, spirit, or breath , pcrhnps im
plying that he derived hit life from the breath of the Almighty;
that Yew thing tfh Maj jlh yu che ming ^j" ^ ^ ^
^ J=l ~j/ 0^ he possessed perfect holiness and virtue,
resplendant as the glorious lights of the sun and moon, from
which h's name Tae-haou ^ ^ the great heavenly light,
is taken ;that he taught the various useful artt, and the
riles of sacrifice, from which circumstance is taken his name
Paou-he
tht mcrifcer, afterwards corrupted to fuhhe
and that hit posterity reigned fifteen genera
tions, during a period which amounted to 17,78? yean ;
according to this tradition, Fuh-he may probably be consi
dered the first of humankind) the Adam of the west, rather
than Noah.
.>
An ancient form of jjfc Sung.

-^Neu.

X. 38th Radical.

670

ME.

An ancient form of Shan.

From w*mn and ttupid.

The stupid

old woman. A local vu'gar word for Mother.

Same as $5 Yun, see above.
E, Shwuy, and Y*.

*
FUH.

A woman's name.

Displeased: looking out of temper.

PHE.
NAE.

A woman's name.

*8
To pair ; to couple with ; to equal. A woman's name. S
pe C 1 " ,nl*'1 8PPean,nc,:- Pe m<:' 1
equally
beautiful or excellent.

TEE.
From toman and perverse. To gormandize ; gluttonous.
TSUH.

Good.

Read Yew, Ugly.

MUH.
From the mind intent on, and woman. A handsome appearance.

SE1H.
E.

An old woman.

TEN STROKES.

TSOW.
Tsoo or Ttow. A widow womao ; a fine looking person ;
a pregnant woman. A woman's name. A surname.

HEUH, and Chtfh.

Female gracefulness and elegant.

From toman and to produce. A woman taken into (be

family for the purpose of producing posterity. Urh stih
J^jl | a son and his wife ; a daughter-in-law. Sclh ho
hcaou shun ung koo J ^jjj fjp
^ jWj a son's wife
who is dutiful and obedient h> her father and mother-in-law.
Shih foo j ^jj^ a daugher-in-law, by the marriage of a son.
To express that a penon who has been guilty of same
fault must jet shew themselves, they say, Chow selh foo
jay juwmi keen kung po .irncen
j jjjjj -jj^
J|
fj^
an ugly daughter-in-law must yet sec the face of
her husband's fither and mother, or thus. Chow foo shaou
poh tin. keen kea ung || Jgf j? ^ g ^ jfc .
wife cannot avoid seeing her husband's father. Fo selh
leangjin
] j^j ^ the two folksmother and daughterin-law.

YAOU
To walk with drooping shoulders : to play seductively ;
elegant and good appearance. The name of a hill.

YUEN.

A woman's name.

38th Radical.

671

YING.
From jW ami cmlorled or wound about woman.
accompany for the purpose of honouring, or of guarding ;. If
in rase ofa bride's being conducted to the house of her husband.
In ancient times the chieftain's . daughters were escorted by
the whole clan. To accompany or escort on any occasion, is
expressed by the same word ; to send any thing. To drink of
a cup on festive or ritual occasions. Originally written with
a boat by the side, thus
Ying; sometimes with man by the
side, thus j^. Ying, and vulgarly wilh moon by the side, thus
j^Ying.
Ying tseo chny ^ |f|
he who drinks of the cup.
Shin-ke, ta-paou, keae yen teweiifci piri ng-tseang tsung
f^fc ft $ 1
^fj
'erm* divine utentil aud great gem,
both denote the Imperial throne; the attending pronuba} of
the Imperial ladies, are all damsels of the palace.
(Koo-szekeung-lin.)
Koo chny lung sing tseu foo jin, tslh tung sing urh kw5
,-.ngche^ ^ ni&%$:X%njfc~m
|
in ancient times wheu a name-sake chieftain married
a wife (from another state), the females of the fifth degree of
rank, of the same name, from both slates, accompanied the
bride.
In the She-kirg, a bride and her pronuba-, are compared
to the river Yang-ltze-ltcang, and the streams which run
parallel will) it, having first parted from its own stream, and
at a distance again joining their currents. Kcang shwiiy ta
szc tcTh; sze shwdy seaou sxe ying fajfr A
^
7Ktyfy* 1 l'ie waler* ^ l'ie Yang-ize-keang are great,
and represent the bride; the branching off and returning
streams arc small, and repreteut the attending pronuha.The British Embassy in 1816, when passing up the Yangttze-keang, several limes mistook these branches of that magni
ficent river, for the principal stream | as the boatmen naviga.
ted Ihese in preference to encountering the more powerful cur
rent which runs perpetually down the main channel of.the
river.

JUNG. Fung jung

X. Neu

jj^ handsome, beautiful.

SHEN. Not flattering ; not using arts to

JUH.
From woman- and disgraceful. Lazy ; indolent;
CHE. Worthless woman ; ugly and lewd ; foolish.
By Kang-he. Che j and Che jjj are considered synonimouj, and Ming che che die ^ ^ ^ ^ an ignorant
looking plebeianis quoted from the She-king, as a proof

LEW.
From woman and to detain.

YUNG.

MEI.

A woman's name,

An effeminate appearance or manner.

From teaman and tmatt. A young girl

or young. woman. A .small delicate woman; elegant i hand

some; good, said of palaces; and also u ed in a moral
sense, Mei kung sMh | 'g? ^jf beautiful palaces. E mei
chaou wang
|
to inculcate virtuous principles
on the king or prince.
The Mei j or virtues taught to the sons of ancient kings,
were included in the phrase, Saa tlh, san hing ^
^ ^"J
the three virtuous principles, and the three practical virtues ;
of the principles or mental virtues, the first was called Che-tlh,
which denoted something like a notion of perfect
virtue in the abstract. Urh yui min flh ~ Q $jjjf
the second was called Min-llb ; which implied an extensive)

Neu. X. 38th Radical.

672

moral discernment of practical virtue ; Q ^

ther near the PB-yarg lake, where a man ofsome rank frequent
the li>rf wai called Heaou-tlh, which included the theory of
ly passed ; and to entertain this person, and bring her aon to
obedience in social life ; chiefly to parents. The Arte practical
his notice, the mother cut off her hair and sold it to procure
virtues were, active duties to parents, friendly and respectful . the necessary provisions and wiue for the repast. This cirbehaviour to worthy persons, generally s dutiful obedience to ; cumOwcc brought Han, into notice, and he rose to eminence
teachers and iuferiun. (Chow-le Choo-soo Jg |! |t
in the state.
loth, vol.)
The village dame is commended fur her discrimination,
and hospitality. When Han Woo-te ^|
the Emperor
(B. C. 81,) strolled alone in the country, and was about to be
PWAN. From manner and woman. Pwan
seized by the villagers as a bandit; she saved I lie Emperor,
and
the villagers also from his vengeance, by interfering, and
pwan
the appearance of going backwards nd for
saying,
KTh fei changjin
^ ^ /\. the visitor U no
wards, extravagant ; an old woman.
common person, and instead of permitting liim to be seized she
killed her own scanty supply of poultry and entertained him.
SEE.
Win che e j ^^lhe '*Te or affection of an old
mother.
This expression occurs in the history of the civil
From woman and enrm. Small ; petty ; minute.
wars ofChina, B. C. MO, when ^ ^ Chaou-wang, a minor
kii g, was hard pressed by the conqueror
Tsin. The young
SZE.
monarch's mother presided during his minority, and the
ministers
advised that Chang-gan keun
^jr
the prince
From woman and a leather. A sort of sorcereia.
of Chang-gnn should he given as a hot'nge to the state Tse ^
for the purpose ofprocuriig auxiliary troops, the old lady
KUNG
however vehemently opposed the measure, and said publicly,
if any body Fflh yen Chang-gan keun v.ei chlhehay, laou foo
From woman and tribute. A woman's name.
pe,h to ke melon $|
#^-f#f
ijl} t
jJ "peaks again about giving the prince ol CtongGAOU, and WSn.
gan as an hostage ; (I) the old woman will ccrtamly spit in his
Aft
face. (She-ke, 8lh vol.)
From woman and benevolent. An old woman) a mother (
Wan, moo che pel! ching \
*5u " anmother-earth ; a divinity. Win se ]
the man who
other term for mother.
Wang win ]j | a royal mtlber
marries an old woman. WBh ni ^ ^jjj a fut child. Win pS
who suffered much distress. (B. C. 43.)
Also read Wuh.
] ^ Win neang ^
aa old woman.
In the Kco-sze-keung-lin, 2nd vol. is the following sentence,
Han moo tse'e" fi e yen pin ; tsun win shi ke urh seay klh i tsxe
MEE.
neu che been ehay fa % $ % % # }
Occurs used for
Met. To consume; to destroy ; sod
MMmM'&
Jf #Han',mo,hercut
for
Met,
To
rub
with
the hand < as when rubbing the
off" her hair to entertain a guest; the village old woman killed
eyes, which is much recommended by the ancient writer
a fowl to make acknowledgements to a visitor, these were wise
-f- Chwnng-tsze. He says, Tsze mef ko e hew laon
nd virtuous women. The story is thus; Han or Taou-kan
^ 1 Pi
fa
rulb'D8 the J
*00lhe old f
|$3 ^1 was the son of a general who died when Han was
And he adds, Gan tccc chow v.iu, ko e uifih yu laou yun{
young, about A. D. 350. Han lived in poverty with his mo

673

wrinkles, Trill smooth like a balh an old man'* face.

38th Radical.

X.

Neu k

social harmony ; conjugal union ; sexual intercourse- Kow hi

1 -j^ or Keaou kow
J the union of the sexes.
Na le Tew nan neu bin tszetuy yen hwin kow che le |jp

MA, and Moo.

From female and hor$e. A marc, the epithet by which
children designate their mothers ; mamma. Servant women
and nurses arc alio called Lou-ma
j and |>pj J O-uia.
Wei jin moo yu8 ma i tsze ke.iou ynS ma J^j ^
Jj^J
j
J-j^j j n mother it called Ma ; a child railing
out tto its mother) snj s Ma. Wo pfih to henou shun .'/-/ ma,
tiew leen ko chfih tin; y^y ni5h joo Icaou ^
^^
1 1 M 1 fI f 4 -Hi ^ #P T if 1 be nl
very dutiful und obedient to my mother, I shall even be worse
than a brute.
CHAE.

From woman and tlow.

Wa-chae

jj^. j^. a soothing flattering manner.

A vulgar form of ^ He, Joy ; delight.

CHEN. Chen ting jjj^ jjj* beautiful , handsome

there any reason in a miu and woman speaking to each other

personally about marrying.
In the work Tio-chuen, Chwang-kung ^ Q tn* chieftain
of the ancient state Ching
addresses another person whom
he wished to attack the stale Hcu ^ in these words. Teen
ho hcu kwO
jjijp'j g^p Jj^j heaveu is sending judgements
on the stale Heu ; Kviei shin shih ptih ching yu heu keun
% # % X il $ ft a" the
are 111 wralh
opposed to the prince of Hen's success; Urh kea show yu
wo kwa j'n fffj
^ ^ ^r; ^ ^ and theT boTro"
my armto inflict their vengeance. JS kwa jin llh mtib yu
tu
% A f
% % if 1 co,ne 10 a limely end
and am buried j Tecu ke e le hwuy ho yu Hcu ^ tL J^Jf
fffi \% jSS ~f~
al,d 1,eaven fcpen> of- fe ev" ll wa*
about to bring on Heu, and does it good ; then We wo
Ching kwg die jew tsing yif yen JJt^ ^
^
!| should my country Ching, have any request to
make of you ; Joo kew bwftn kow ^TJ ^ ^1 j let us be
as an old married pair ;let there be nothing of distance or
of an unkind feeling between us.
In the She-king, this sentence occurs, Pe ke che tsze pfih
uij ke kow ^ ^ -jfg. ] the worthless
man, does not deserve bis love Kuw heun chung j jjp|J
^ Kow, is explained to mean love or "affection.

Same as jjjfj Chi, or Ch, In disorder.

erroneous form of $ij Seun, Ma<l.
YUEN.
*^ YUl. From woman ^advantage, A woman's name.
l-ri in woman and a ratbit crouching under shelter. Ease i
self enjoyment Yuen pe $| ^ elegant; beautiful.
KWEI.

From woman and to conned together, as the beams of a

house. A marriage ; a second marriage j luve to ; affection for;
TAKT I.
6I

From woman and devil. Bashful; ashamed, the passion

felt when reputation is supposed to be lost; an internal sense
of disgrace or confusion : sometimes expressed by a suffusion of

-Jj- Neu.

X. . 38th Radical.

674

colour on the cheek, to which itomen are most liable Cora,

monly written with heart and devil or demon, thili |tj| Jtwei.

GAN.

A woman's name.

TSIN, and Shin. A woman's name.

KEA.
From woman and house, or home. To go from home to
the house of a husband. To marry, or to be married, applied
to the woman ; to .tend a bride to the house of her husband (
to take a wife is expressed bj
Tseu, with which compare i
and for an account of marriage ceremonies, sec under j|JJ Yin.
Kea chwang ] ^ a marriage portiongiven with a
daughter, of whatever it may consist , a toilet , .furniture ;
money , houses or lands ; it is not the usage to bargain fur it.
Kea leen j |^ portion given with the wife. Kea tscu
J
giving and receiving,in marriage,marriage generally.
Neu kwei foo }u kea
jgjjjj ^ Q J a woman reverting to a husband is called Kea.
Neu urh wc chfih kea, she ko woo kea paou choo -jf ^
^ ffl 1 & 1
1 S %'d
<*
yet married out, is a pearl of unascertained, price. Neu tsze urh
bib urh kea
^f* Z2. "|~ [ffj 1 * S'rl should be married
at twenty. Neu tsze hcu kea, ke urh tsze che -j^
Jjfr: "j
^ jfjj r~fwnen a g,rl is promised in marriage,.or ex
posed, she should have her hair braided up, and another name
given her. This should be done at fifteen years ofagejbul
We hcu kea, urh shlh Ulh kc ^ |^ ] ~ -j- ^(J &
if she be not promised in marriage, let her hair be braided up
at twenty. Neu tsze hcu kea ying -jjr
^ |^| when
a young woman is betrothed, she wears a sash to intimate
that she is bound to another. (iLe-king.)
Foo jin chung hwin yui kac kea
A
jffi Q
fj^ j a woman's marrying again, is expressed by Kae kea,
changing the marriage relation, or Chuh se kae kea
i^j
^ expeJling a son.iu.law and remarrying a daughter to

some other person. Parents are induced to attempt this w hen

a better match offers than the person to whom the first proraise has been made, this proceeding, however, the law disal
lows, and punishes with one hundred blows ; and the man whs
knowing that a girl is promised to any person, and accepts of
the alteration in hit own favor, is punished in the same wax
as the parents or guardians of the young woman.
Pei foo kae kea1^
^ to leave or desert ont'i
husband, and be married to another person. Tsaou kea tscu
Jjjl j
l marry early.
Tuy g8 yu jin yu kea ho, kea yiien ^ jg; ^ A 0
1 jflfil 1 $i Pu,ninS evil .on others, is called marrying
calamity and marrying resentment ; i. e. fastening or entailing
on them some evil.
SAOU.

From woman and eW. It U said, Saou

shh piSh tsin show "j

^ ^ ^ a brother's wifeacd
her husband's brother do not give and receive any thing into
each other's hands. An elder brother's wife. Saou ahfih pith
tung win j
JjJ ^ brother's wife and her brotherinJaw should not convene together. Mow saou
j
a certain man's wife.

CHIN.
From woman and true. A woman's name.
HAE, and He.
From woman and sn/Krioiu. Discontented; envious.

YUNG.
From woman and .countenance. A woman's name.

YUEN.
IT(
From woman and origin or tourcc.
Kcangyuen ^
| a female famous in ancient story, and whose name w

675
mentioned in the She-king in connexion with Te i^j* and
Shang-tc
/Jg" as expressive of the Moil high God.
$fc Ifc ic 1 H,h Mh Kean5-Juen '
i |g ^ jp] Ke h pilh hwuy;
-fc.

"iic 'fife Shang-te she e,

M 'A M if Wo Uae wo haeThe illustrious Keang-juen,

Was of undeflected virtue,
The "Most High was her defence,
And no calamity befel her.
This is said in reference to her miraculous conception,
and child-birth. She is called a descendant of Yen-te ijf*
jjjjjp and Kaon sin tszc sun che fci j^J -ip;
the wife of a son or grandson of Kaou-tin ; and the mother
of Hbw-Ueih
^ the inventor of agriculture subse.
quently to the Chinese deluge, (B. C. 2169). Ihu- tsclh
is considered the first ancestor of the Chow dynasty, which
commenced upwards of a thousand years after his day , viz.
B. C. I IIS) soon after the age of Moses.
MING, From woman and tilenl neat. Clear;
pure; bright appearance. Ying ming ^ Jig a young woman.
Ming ting J ^"J" t0 controul one's self; a plain even face.

TSEAY.

A woman's name.

Read So, An effeminate appearance.

YING.

Careful; attentive manner; good-

looking cleanly appearance. A woman's name; name of an

ancient state. Ying ming ] JjfijJ a young woman. Ying
moo j
the appearance of a poor rustic wench.
Ying ^ or as some write her name Yung ^Jj& was the
sister of NeiS-ching jp jjj^ a famous asasin who lived in
the seventh century. He was a country butcher, who had
a great reputation for spirit and courage. By his industry
he supported a mother, and his sister j Ying.

38th Radical.

X.

N eu

Yenyehung-tsze j||r \ -J- a courtier of one of the

the* principalities in China, conceived an enmity against
Kea-lijr nC HP a minister at the same court. Yen-chungKat rsnicAscended to visit the butcher, flattered him,
Ulffered him a large sura of money for the support
of fJeS-ching's mother, before he opened his revengeful
project: the butcher, however, declined it, as he would Dot
leave -his mother during her life time. Soon after, death
relieved him from that care, and having interred his parent ;
he under a sort of feeling of gratitude, for the civility and
bounty of the courtier ; went and ottered to revenge his
quarrel. Yen-chung-tsze wished him to strengthen himself
by numerous accomplices; but the Ivutcher shewed that
such a step would cause a disclosure, and defeat the project.
He therefore went alone, and found Kea-lny seated in a hall
surrounded by guards, through whom he forced his way,
killed the object of revenge, and many other persons ; then
mangled his own face, flayed off the skin, tore out his eyes,
and ripped open his bowels. His design in doing so was to
save his sister Ying ^ who would have been implicated
by his being known. His body was afterwards thrown into the
streets, and a large reward offered to any person who would
tell who he was ; however, none knew the secret, but his
wicked employer; till the sister, from circumstances, was led
to conclude that the assassin was her brother. She went
to the spot, threw herself on the putrid corpse, wept
bitterly, and acknowledged her relation to Ml-ehing, the
butcher of Che shun-tsing ^ ^ ^ village.
When reproached for sacrificing herself by recognising
her brother, she defended his conduct as an act of grateful
friendship ; and her own, from its being ber duty to preserve
his name from perishingand having said so, she thrice
called out Teen chay
^ 0 Heaven! or, 0 God land
in the deepest anguish, immediately died. (Vide, Twentyone historians, lllh vol. under jjilj ^ ^jf)J
nemoirs of
assassins
Leaou ying how ^ ^ ^ a title of nobility, created by
the Han dynasty (B C. 100), to reward one of the generals
of the kingdom of Canton, who when hard pressed by Han's
superior army,conspired against their own king Yu-shen
and having murdered him, surrendered to their country's foe.

+ Neu. x. 38th Radical.

6
In the Ta-heo

The forces of Han came round the coast under the con

decks. These Popwan-yu

/\ ZZH # # D. f Z one who

% # # attackid awd

took Pwan-yu (the modern Wham-poa.)

The Emperor, who then reigned over the northern parts
Canton was a
of China, said, that Tung yu hea #

":

seeing others possessing superior talents, as if he himself pos.

this!

both to the throne and the country is he, who seeing Jin che

10th

/\ Z ## # | WI

do

# other men possessing superior talents envies and hute"

# # H& 1: }# }I. # |#
the

thtri

yew ke, maou tseih e woo che

region of narrow passes, and many obstructions to military

JR # #|| # # took

feels as happy on

sessed them ; whereas he who is likely to prove a curse

# k

operations, and therefore

good statesman, who will be a

blessing both to the royal family and to the people, is repre

sented as sincere and liberal, and Jin che yew kej keyew che

##

# # an admiral
duct of Low-chuen Tseang-keun
of storied ships, i. e. vessels which had rooms, built upon
their

j\ # a

(the

and transported them

them.

to the region between the Yang-tsze-keang and the river Hwae,

by which measure Canton, was forthwith emptied of inhabitants

dis

MOW, or Kow. To suckle a child. Ignorant.

(She-ke, 13 vol.)
f

SOO.

A woman's name.

TSH E] [H. From woman and disease. Jealousy ;

"Y Ye

envy dislike; hatred to a competitor. Tseih

the same sense.
tion to

Maou tseth

Tseih too

# |

| #Mi or

}% is used in

sm

dislike , aversion, opposi

Tscih too

| #

NEKou, and is

# %

die

envious;
inlit

envy, jealous dislike.

Jin woo heen ptih seaou, jiih chaou keen tseth

X. X #] J. |

From woman and weak, or small. Long and small, slender.

Delicate, feeble as a woman, moved by the wind, reed,

/\ 4H. }{

whether a man be wise and

waving in the wind ; pleasant vibrations of sound, as are made

by trees shaken by the wind.

or degenerate, as soon as he enters a court he is envied.

Neaou no

| #|| wriggling
tith

mincing walk, wriggling motion, like a worm.

|H| # # # 2: Tung taou chay seang gae;

|il # # # | Tung echny seang tseih.
|

Same as

ki

tal

Tow, see above.

Men who pursue the same virtuous course, love each other.
Those who follow the same arts, envy and dislike each other.
Yuen jin yew shih, ke kn yu tseth too

# # h' | #1 to
in a spirit of envy.

# /\ # jk
T'HANG.

It is added, although

I may desire the

->

A.

2: HE.

conscience.

The second commandment in the Chinese decalogue, is

**
Keae g8 e Ji' # .# to guard against wicked thoughts; and
under the same head is this precept, Wh keen tsae urh tseih

% #. . |f|| |

A woman's name.

desire the failure of others is rooted

failure of others, Jin we peth shih /\ # MA !k it does not

necessarily follow that they will fail, but if I harbour such a
desire # z R. L. % k % I have already lost a good

when you see the exhibition of superior

talents, do not envy the possessor.

$ft.

A sort of official female attendants. Fearful; envious.

HEEN.

W$

From woman and a hand holding things together. Disdain.

The heart drawn different ways, forming or having p"

677
and antipathies : disquieted . jealousy i suspicions ; to dislike i to
have an aversion to ( tomething of ill vill ; a prejudice against.
Seanu heen yj> | a petty dislike. Tief he'en ffi ] to
cherish a dislike to; to have an ill-will,this invalidates ac
cusations. He'en e 1
dislike and suspicion. Been ke
1 ^ to dislike and reject or refuse, applied lo presents and
to the person who offers them. Heen shaou ^
lo reject
a donation because it is too small.
Tle'en phh ping yu sin yay | ^
]jk
Hern
denotes unevennettdisquietude of mind. Puh he'en ^>
J not to dislike or disdain. Chin heen
j anger and
dislike. Neu tsze to heen e, koo ttung neu -J] ^
j
f^ j/' ~h\ women ^en harbour dislikes and suspicious,
and therefore the character is derived from woman.
JS shaou jew heen keth pfih tanrj che choo, ta pilh tan
pul) wei fuh, nrh Ueay hwan yew hen to bin noo
^j"

H ft
1$
,f he haTe
,riflinS dislike
disagreement, or impropriety, he not only does not become
intimidated and submit ; but on the other hand, shews a
great deal of indignation and anger.
HnS she ke e paou sfih heen; hw8 c ho e seay ke Isuy
either lay plans to revenge some sleeping overnight (old)
-dislike; or transferring some calamity to rid one's self of
blame. E tsze keen, pe.wei heen JTJ |f ^ fa jgfr j
when this person it taken or accepted ; that person hurboun
jealousy and dislike.
Piih pe heen e ^ ^ j yjfi not to shun suspicion ;
i. e. to do what exposes one's self to suspicion: they teach
that in an affair of indifference it is wrong to do so ; but an
act of justice or mercy must not be omitted, although it may
make one's character appear suspicious; as for instance, if
young woman protect a young man from some calamity,
however pure her intentions and conduct, she is thereby placed
in circumstances that render her suspected of bad motives ;
they allow her to brave the danger of loss of character, and
trust that the truth will appear another day.
The Chinese state the utility of forms and ceremonies, thus,
Foo le chay, o e ting tsio too i kcufi heene; pe lunge;

38th Radical.

X.

Neu

mingshefei yay ft g % ft $ & $ \

II. M fp) M #J 7E It & ,he ^ule, of decorum (ot
the ritual of etiquette) are the means by which to determine
the nearer and more distant seats ; to decide jealous doubts
and prevent dislikes ; to separate persons and things that rauk
the tame, from those that arc ranked differently ; and to dittin^uish clearly, right from wrong.
(Le king.)
The right from wrong, refers to extraordinary cases when
it is proper to dispense with ordinary forms. As for example,
the ordinary rulet of Chinese decorum think it too familiar
for a man to take hold of his brother's wife't hand, or even lo
touch it, when giving or receiving any thing; but if Saou nee
tslh yucn che e show ^j|J ^ J||j ^ j
^ his sisterin-law full into the water, he must seize hold of her hand to
pull her out. (Le-king-choo.)
Le piih wei heen ming
^ E^f |
the ritual
ceremonies do not admit a suspicious name to be avoided.
(Le-king.) A suspicious name, here meant a name however
respectable, the sound of which is the tame at tome mean or
vicious word, a predicament to which the Chinese language
it very liable: the example given is that of Yu ppj Rain,
and Yu 0^ an ancient monarch : in performing the service
in the templet, the proper word must be enunciated, although
it calls up mean associations, from the tamcnest of pro
nunciation.
The Emperor Kwang woo jjfc J^(the illustrious warrior)
who reigned, A. D. 30, when suspicions were excited against
his successful general Fung-e-kung-sun ^ ^
^ and
Ihe general expressed tome fears, said to him, Tteang keun
yu kwO kea, e wei keun chin, gin yew foo tsze, ho heen hoe,
urhyewkeue^^^iJ^^ 3 g
$C f ft 1 M| fffl W . M
- 'hi.
coii: I you and 1 are related by the sound principles of
prince and minister , feelings of kindness subsist between
us, like those of father and sonwhat jealousy, what sus
picion is there, that you are afraid r
(.Urh-shih-yih She,
41 vol.)
Another form of

Yun, A surname.

eu.

XI.

SHOO.

38th Radical.

678

A woman's name.

E, or jfa | Yuen e. Yielding-, complying!

according with ; complaisaut.

^ TAOU, and Yaou. A woman's name.

; the name of a place.

woman s name.

PANG.

A woman's name.

LANG.

Forms part of the name of the k in? of

heaven's library, where a certain writer dreamt that he took

ulounge.
NEAOU.

From man placed between two

women. Women endeavouring to seduce a man. To pull

about, and play with, in a lascivious manner; lewd gambols ;
light, seductive speech and behaviour. In Canton read Haou,
and is used as a term of abuse when speaking of women ; they
say Haou ko w na j jjjj
lewd bitch I
Chay ko yin foo ft neaou jjjf
^ ^ ^ j this lewd
worn in is giving herself lascivious airs.

E.

An old dame.

ELEVEN STROKES.

St HAOU.

A woman's name.

P'HEAOU. From teaman and flying with the

i
velocity of fire. Levity ; lightness of character and conduct ;
given up to prostitution ; a whore, to go a whoring ; to follow
after loose women. A woman's name.
Haou peaou $f ^ addicted to lewdness, or whoredom.
Peaou chae J |J| or Peaou shay ^ /^S a bagnio or bawdyhouse. Peaou keaou j
to put away disease. Peaon
tsze |
a prostitute. Peaou too yin J Jj^j ^ whor.
ing, gaming, and drinking.
SSh ching kea wei peaou ^ jj^ ^
j to. pass the
night with prostitutes is called peaou.
Peaou klh j '^y
a whoremonger. Chang foo ying sung peaou klh jjpj
jjfjl
j
prostitutes meet on entering, and accompany to
the door when leaving, their debauched visitors. Peaou lae
teth ping j ^ j^J ^ disease occasioned by intercourse
with whore., the venereal disease.
Chinese moralists lament that prostitution Kin keu she
.elh, wei pSh kwae 4> Js$ 1i f >^ ^ <g now
throughout the whole of Ihcir world, from the influence of
habit, is not viewed as a moral deformity ; and though it, Ko
wei lin tung pj" yE^ ,fj ^ ought to pain acutely the hu
man heart (.because of its pernicious consequences), there arc
those who Wei fung lew ya sze
^ j^J ^gj
call it
gaiety and an elegant, or gentlemanly pursuit
The arguments used against this vice are taken from the
cruelty and injustice of taking advantage of the wants of the
poor to vitiate their morals ; from the disorder which in
Chinese families is caused when children are born of fornica
tion , the father denies his son ; his daughter is left with her
mother to become a prostitute in her turn; if the mother be
taken into the family, the father treats his own son as a servant
or slave { or if the daughter born of whoredom be handsome,
the father again subjects her to hi. lust; or as she is not
acknowledged for a daughter , bis own sons or nephews
debauch beri and brothers and sisters thus live in incest;

679
or like the brutesj fathers, sons, and nephews, Tseu yewseueo jin
; crowd- around the same female-and debauch
her by turns. And, Leen che jth sang j| fe fit", "hen
a sense of shame is once lost, the descent in brutality is in
terminable; children learn of their fathers, and domestics imi
tate their masters, and general confusion ensues ; Kc puh
shang tsae! ke puh ko pa j=
gt ^ ^
Pj" '|#
is it not an afflictive vice ! should it not be dreaded !
Their next argument is from the loathsome and Blsgusting diseases which are occasioned by irregular intercourse ;
and finally, Pelh showyin keen (j> ^
^ the certainty
of being punished in a future state. (Tseucn-jinkeuhwa,
2 vol. 28 page.)

A vulgar form of Che ^! which is the same as Che

38th Radical.

XI.

Neu

SEUEN.
From woman and to circulate. Good-looking ; beautiful.

MAN.

CCD

From woman and extended like a creeping plant. Remiss ;

inattentive ; disrespectful ; contemptuous ; to insult ; to
disgrace ) to defile j impious. Woo nun |^ ^ or See man
| disrespectful, contemptuous,
In the 9lh vol. S 29, and 7 page of the Tsfi-chuen ^ ^
Tse how, the Chieftain of Tsc is represented as a very impious
man. Ke yen tseen man yu kwei shin fil "j= ji^ ^ -^p.
^ jjjljj his language was presumptuous and disrespectful to
the gods i or as the same idea is otherwise expressed, Ke so
kaou yu kwei shin chay, keae man tseen che yen yay

^ > an offering or present. To reach or extend to.

j* YU, and Heu.

From woman and a ttorchouse, where' things are classed
and lnid apart. A mother ; an old woman i to nourish,
applied to nature, under the idea of a mother. A man's
namej the name of a hilL . Teen heu fun urh te jru yih
?C iiPi
[fO "Hlj \ fif l'eilveQ overspread* with a genial
influence, and earth uourishes natural productions. Heu yu
| the genial fructifying influences of nature. Wan
skill ju
^) | name ofan ancient mother offive brothers,
all eminent statesmen.
Heu yu fow yu wan wSh
j |||
^ /J^j the
genial influences brood over and nourish all things.
Yu
thay yu fiih ^
j jj^ the spreading wings diffuse
genial warmth and hatch. (Le-king.)

Y.

addressed to the gods, was all disrespctful and presumptuous

language.
Ke puh king kwei shiu ^ ^ ^
jjjlp
he venerated not the gods , and be Puh tan kwei shin /\-. l|fp
^ feared not the gods. She e shin noo
J fjtjl ^
therefore the gods were angry i and Kwei shin piih heang ke
tw8 %, f$ 7f>
^ 1] lho Sod* did not acccPl lhe
sacrifice of his country.

"ITS? YANG.

T'HUNG.

TSAOU.

A woman's name.

A woman's name.

Good;, well.

From woman and to involve. A surname.

Luy tsoo wri Hwang-te ching fei ^ |@. ^ H 'Sf IE

$P Luy-tsno was the principal wife of Hwang-te, (,B. C. 8622).
(She-ke, 1st vol)

From woman and sound or echo. A new born infant; or

as they express it, Jin che sing Jul e ^ J[A /j: Q >j

Neu.

XI.

680

38th Radical.

a human being when firt born is called E or E-e jjjjf j

TE1H.

from iti first cries.

CHANG.

Tne eP'lDet J which a wife

designates the father or mother of her husband. Pa koo

chang Jp. -j^ j Koo-chang denotes a husband's mother.
To make obeisance to the parents of a husband. Heung chang
^ ^ a husband's brother.
SeTh fori ching koo rhan?; wae j in pfih Hh thing koo
k son's wife calls (her mother-in-law) Koo-chang i a person not
belonging to the family cannot use the term Koo-chang.
CHUNG, or Jung. A woman's name.

K'HANG. A woman's name.

From woman and equml.

The wife

strictly so called, expressed by Ching shih j 5g? the correct,

middle, or principal apartment ; i. e. the person who inhabits
iL Teih moo | ^ the mother of the people j the Queen
Ttlh tsze |
the children of the principal wife.
Jin che ytieo pci telh yay
JjjjJ j|(J ^
a man's
first female partner is called TehS ; hence, TeTh Ise j ^
the iirst wife, nnd Shoo tie jjO?
wives subsequently married.
Ching tse sang Lsze wei telh tsze; Tse'S sing tsze wei shoo
the children born by the first -wife are call Teih-tsze ; lhu
born by secondary wives are called Shoo tsze.
Chang tsze, telh sun ^ ^f- j ^ a principal wife's el
dest son i and his eldest son, the last is called a Telh grandson.
The necessity of preserving subordinate distinctions is
courts, is thus expressed in the 2nd -vol. of the Tio-chuen.

Rest; repose.
f% fl ilti )B N"7 chunS Ping how'
yf*

NEIH.

From and concealed.

Wae Thong nrh ching;

-f* W 51 Pe*"wpeitrth,
ft tP f$ IH TatoogowkwS;

woman's name, or according to some, lewd fimiliaritiea.

Fan seang hcS kin chay yu fin nelk j\ jjjQ ^[p
^jjp|
j all who approach each other with familiar levities
are called Yin-neih, Lewd or lascivious.

TSHAN.
From teaman and blended. Greedy appetite ; lust; lasciviouiaesa.

Wl 2c

iH Lwan tbe pud yaJ-

Inside, if a favorite concifbine become a second queen;

Outside, if a favorite minister become a second king;
If a concubine's son be put on an equal footing with the wife's;
If a chieftain assumes the rule of two states ;
Anarchy will spring up from these as from a root.

cha.
A woman's name. Read Tseu, Haughty; envious.

A woman without a husband , a widow. Lc denotes Foo

woo (oo yay J^J iffi ^
a wife without a husband. Kwa
foo yue le J| ij^j
\ a widow woman is railed Le.
Under this word, Des -Guignes has improperly placed this
expression " Lung ly
^ draconis saliva," it should come
under ^ Le.

TSZE, Chuy, or Tsuy.

Head Kwei, A small delicate waist. Read Tsze and Chuy,
in a similar sense.
Handsome; elegant figure; slender;
delicate; the appearance of a woman spying c
examining.

681

YEN.
Handsome, pretty, smil'inf, pleasing. A man's name. Yen
jen jlh seaou ^ ^ *
an arc* seducing smile ! the
mile or laugh of a fascinating female. Neu t ie mei chay,
seaou yen jen, ling jin seaou hwin -tfc Jj. Jj^ ^jj- ^ |
^ ^ A 'it] $L when * l>e:,,11'ful woman paU on a
fasci.aling mil', it makes a man') mul melt away.
Han-tra
| a person mentioned in the memoirs of
?j?> J^E j& j^jj gem r..l Le-kirang, a famous warrior during the
Han dynasty (.B. C. lil). I>e kwang fought much against the
Tartars with great merit; in consequence of which, it is
recorded, that Shang kelh yuiS, Le-kwnng tsae ke teen hea

38th Radical.

battles with the Tartars, but now Heaven had forsaken him ;
and Kwang (said he, mentioning his own name) an old man
of sixty, will not now be able
JJ J||
^ to with
stand the gentlemen who wield the penetf wordsat court;
wn-ist uttering these words, he j J] j^J ?j?|J drew hi
sword, and cut his own throat. (She-ke, IS vol.)

KHIN.
A woman's name. A good appearance.

PEIH.
From woman and finithti.

the Emperor shedding tears saiJ, Le-kwnng for talent and

spirit has no equal in the world. Whatever rewarrls were
given to Kvran/; (ns L" kwang was called) he CbS fun ke
hwuy hea jjjljL
it ||| f\ iininrdiat ly d strilmted them
amongst his men ; and Yin sMh yu sze kung che
^ ftil
f?
food and drink he partook of in common with
the soliliers. Although during forty years he ei joyed large
emoluments, his family possessed no properly.
Ke ahen .hay ylh teen sing yay J ^ Jtjj- ^ ^
his skill in archery was the gift of heavennone of his
own sons or grandsons could ever equal the old man. Kwang
nX kow shaou yen j||
P A/ =" Kwang had an im
pediment in his mouth, and seldom spoke. Archery was his
business and his amusement. He did not however attain
the same noMr rank that some others of his fellow crptains
acquired, which was attributed to Heaven thwarting him,
bee-use of his having killed hOO men whom he induced to
surreder . for it was then lelicved, Ho ma la vu shX Cheung
ffe ^ ~K M l& |^ no,hil S cnn in<lu greaur
judgements than killing men who have surrendered. When
Kwang had alreadj lived upwards of sixty jears, he was called
npon to go against his old opponents, the Heung noo
-jjj^
Tartars , he was second in command, and the expedition was
unsuccessful. Kwang was broken hearted ; he dnw out his
men, told them of his having fought ouare thau sevculy
piai i.
I i

XI. Neu -jfr

A mother.

CHHUEN From teaman and tllftj ievolei to.

One; uniform, lovely; to accord with. Chuen wan jg^ ^jjJ
to accommodate, and endeavour to induce harmony and
conrord amongst many persons. Chuen hwin kang joW
} ^
^ to hlend harmoniously the rigid and the
flexible. (Hwae-nan-Uze
f^J -J" S3 vol.)

CH'MANG.
Chang-go
a celebrated goddess in the palace of the
moon. Hang ^jf| is also used for the first sj liable in the
name. Eee under Go.

TSUI, and Tseth,

From woman nnd axvre. Fresh and good looking. Tsib.
regular, orderly and alleulive.

HAN.

An old.womanish appearance ; anger.

Read Jen, Respect j respectful.

Neu.

XI. 38th Radical.

682

it

The common form of jjjjj N6n : Weak, small, fine, delicate :

toft; imall and good i young. Shaou nun
^ young.
Keaou nun ^ | delicate and handsomesaid of wome*. md
of colour*.

LiUH. From woman and stag. A woman's name.

LAOU.

A hankering, excessive, itupifjing af

fection for, or lore to. A surname. Lwan laou

1
the affections hankering nfler, or inteniely set on an object.
Ko lauu jjJ ^ a hankering regard for; the mind set on pros
titutes i a whoremonger Laou hoo |
to envy. Laou yae
^ f]j lewd i profligate , lascivious.
Chang ke wci jew >e yui koo laou -f|| ^ =j|
J.^
j^j
j prostitutes speaking of profligate men, call them
Koo-laou, fond lovers. Sze ma yin yui l.iou yae
Jjjt|
j J^. writers reprobating lewdness use the words
Laou yae.
YTh yu laou sing jay Q ^
one says thr.t Laou is a surname.
Laou yae ^ -[j^- is a name notorious in the history of
China, about SiO years B C. when the principalities of China
were as yt I unsubdued by the conqueror Ttin che Haangle.
Laou yae was the creature of Lcupflhwei ^
who was Yung leih ta koo jin jay B|!
^ ^ ^
a great trader in Yang lM. He Wang I re f.m tseen inae kwei
j^t ^
^ j$ C we,lt *rom p'act" lo p'ace uu)'inS
cheap and silling de ar j and thereby Kea luy leeu kin
p"
at home he amassed a thousand pieces of
gold. In the course of his peregrinations he came lo the state
Chaoii
where Tze-lfoo ^f- 2?jja prince of the kingdom
Tsin ^ wei che ^ ^ was a hostage. The .king of Tsin,
notwithstanding his own son was given to Chaou as a hostage,
still made frequent attacks on the territories of Chaou, which
caused the prince Tsze-Uoo to suffer various deprivations.

The trader on finding this, took a lodging near the prince,

and said to himself, Tsze ke ho ko keu Jjj^ ^ ^ pj" jg
here's a rare commodity, and I'll lake up my ahodff here .for
it immediately entered into his speculating mind, that he rould
by means of the prince advance his fortune. He accord'uglj
wailed on the hostage prince, and aaid to him, ^J- |jjf
^jj*- jl'J I shall be able to enlarge your gale; which means,
I shall be able to advance your interests and greatness in the
world; the prince laughing slid to him, you must first enlarge
your own gale, before you enlarge mine. Leu-pBh.vei replied,
iP J> fcP ill ^ M # ? ["] 1 k > ' ' derstaud; my rale's enlargement depends on the enlargement of
yours. The prince Ihen
A^]
=jj| mentally understood
what he said The trader's plan was to loruish the prince with
money to raise himself lo his father's throne, in the place of
the heir apparent, ud in opposition lo twenty other brothers.
In order In i Red th it. he pr posed that in behalf oflbe
prince, lie shnu Id go ai.d attach himself to the household of
the heir apparent, Gan-kwS-krun ^
and his favorite
concubine, Ha Jang foo jin ijJE
J{ who had sup
planted his wife, and who hid no children; by the trjdet'i
curiosities, and the arts of Insinuation, it was hoped the barren
princess would procure the appointment of Ttze ttot lo the
throne. The prince entered folly into the plot, and promised
the trader half his kingdom, in the event of succeeding.
rithvrci
whose name implies, Compl linnt, or dis
solute as to principle, gave the prince five hundred of bis
thousand pieces of gold ; and with the other fire hundred
bought -f5j- !^JJ
j^j*. curiosili.i and pretty play Ihinjs,
and set off for the wed, where Tsi,.'s court was relatively
situated.
He first obtained an introduction to the favorite con
cubine's sister, and by her, sent his curiosities to theqneeo
elect, together with some encomium* on the goodness fod
wisdom of the hostage prince, who was, he said on terms of
friendship with all the nobles of the empire; and who ]^\^
A
Ifc. ,oo,<c'<, n ,ier 'atlJ,n,p h,s su> nd 0 $
i& & & ^ 1$.
A dy 8,,d ni8hl ,hed
whenever he thought of the prince and princess. This tale
highly gratified Hwa.yang Foo jin. Ffih wei, having gained

683
this footing, next employed the same female advocate to
propose to the princess, to appoint a successor from amongst
some of the wise and virtuous princes of her husband's
brothers; intimating, that if she had no stronger hold of the
prince, but her personal charms, when these failed the heir
apparent might cease lo lo ve her, and of all others the hostage
prince was the fitest person to be her heir.
This suggestion met with her fullest approbation, and she
waited for an opportunity lo propose it to her husband, which
she did by shedding tears, and lamenting on the one hand the
hard f.iteofthe virtuous hostage prince; and on the oilier,
ber own hard (ate in being childless. Her arts availed, and
Gan k8-keun, having given his word, also ^jf|J | 'jS- jjjjvj
engraved a gnu signet, in confirmation of bis promise. To
convey this news to the hostage fi ll to the s. homing trader's
lot. who carried with him valuable pr scuts, and raised the
reputation of the captive prince amongst all the nobles. The
trader, and the hostage prime, were now put companions.
riih uei collected troops of beautiful women and il incog
girls. The prince became enamoured of one of these, and
desired to possess her, which enraged the trader very much /
but he hadalieady wasted his fortune, and must go through
with his schemes. He therefore yielded his ulrea u pregnant
concubine to the prince, and her first son, the oll'spii g of
this trader, was Ching l$ze jjjjj
who became the famous
Tsin-chc-hwaug jjj^ ^ 3 the first universal monarch of
Chinas the burner of the books ; the burier alive of the
literati; and the builder of the great wall I
This b slard prince named Ching, was born during the first
moon of the year, and from him it is still ca|led jp ji|
the Ching mouth.
In consequence of an attack being made by Tsin, on the
slate Chaou, the chieftain of Chaou determined to kill ibc
hostage; but the trader and bis money again came to his aid.
Six hundred catties of gold nere given to the prince's keepers,
and they lei him escape lo the army of his father. Vcngcai re
was next meditated against his wife, but she was a native of
Ckaou, and was in consequence spared.
Tsin chaou wang ^ J{j3
thj fa.her of these princes,
and the aged monarch of Tsin, now closed his life in the 56lh
year of his reign. The late heir apparent, Gan-kwO-keuu,

38th Radical.

XI.

Neu

mounted the throne; his favorite concubine was made -p

queen, and Tsze-tsoo. the late hostage jS^ -Jj^ IJL was
appointed heir, to the exclusion of all his twenty brothers, one
"alf of whom were older than himself
ifhe state Chaou was pleased on this occasion to send home
the 'trader's late concubine, now called Tsoo-foo Jiu j^- ^
^\ 2& "J" anA mr ("Pur'ous) s" jf Ching.
The new king lived but one year in the enjoyment of Ibe
royal dignity, and the lale hostage ascended the throne under the
title Cliwang teang wang ^ A ^ the powerfully assisted
monarch ; perhaps referring lo his friend the trader, who pro
mised to enlarge his gate. His barren patroness, the favorite
concubine, he created ^
queen dowager; his own mother
also received a higher title ; and the trader Puhttei was made
prime minister ; with the title ofWin-sin-how
j|?
the
polished and faithful earl, with an earldom in Ho-oau contain
ing a hundred thousand families.
But royalty cannot prolong life, in three ye rs after as
cending the throne, the powerfully assisted monarch, died;
a;.d ^ j" jfJ^ pri ice Ching, the trader's real son, was made
king at twelve years of age. Wh vei was now made ,j>j
a partner in the government, ilh the title of Hj1 ^ second
father to the young king , a rather unwise alius on to the real
circumstance! of the case.
id-fin me', the regent, with his son on the throne, was now
at the highest pitch of greatness; and during the young king's
minority, commenced a secret adultery wilh the queen, the
young king's mother. In his household, he had ten thousand
servants ;. and as it was the fashion of the times throughout
the principalities of China, to invite men of learning to court,
and all vied wilh each other in their liberality lo the sludious
rah wei felt ashamed that Tsin should be inferior to any of
ti e olher slates ; he therefore |Q
-J^ called men of letters
around him, till there were fed at but table, three thousand
of such guests.
From this it would appear, that the learned in China, at
that remote period, like the learned in Europe, of modern
times, notwithstanding their contempt of trade, were rather
partial to princely traders dinners.
And the singular man,
who e memoirs we are abridging, not only fed these three
thousand poor authors, but he employed them also.
For

~j Neu. XI. 36th Radical.

ft a* m \% % $ # ^ $ < ^
time the princes of stales, or chicflians, kept a great many
wrangling doctors, such as Seun-king, and his disciples, who
s ftj" ^Jf ?C ~P Pub'"bcd books and spread Hie;n over
the world ; accordingly, CewpShwei set them to work, . jjjjj
^^fe^^T^^^I^ l>r',|>,,re an 0CC0unt of what"
ever concerned the heavens, and universal nalur , both in
ancient and modern limes, to be called by his own natnei mid
in allusion to the grest work of Confucius, j*j ^ ^ ^
Leushe'j Spring an! Autumn Collectjnca.
In reference to this work, he hung up in the market place,
a thousand pieces of go'd to be givea to any of the jjjjf
J|f
wirtliy I Pirelli g scholars, who were guests in his
dominions, /^j" fjf
ffi * ^who could shew ability
to add or diminish a single letter.

684
earldom, where he received a letter from the king, his son, in
terrogating him on the subject of his claims lo such a rich earl
dom, as his services were entirely unknown to the country ; and
further, how he was related tothe monarch, in thai he had taken
the title of second father ? Leu-pBhwei, instead of answering
these q ic. lions, removed his f mils to another slate ; and still
3&fjt 75 ft St rfli Rearing Ht he should be pit
to a violent death, drunk poison and died. (Sbe-ke, 1 1 Tul.)

SUII.
From teamen and night. A stupid person, ignorant, uneoquiring.
HWAN.

From woman and calamity. Com-

moii lorin ol Nan Ijjj^ two women wrangling.

The young king was now coming lothe years of manhood ;
and the queen's lust was insatiable; PfiA-rcei began lodre;id that
some calamity would come home to him, and he therrforj
wished to break off his connexion with the queen. He there
fore fX >j< A 1^ A i|l ^ P""tely sought for a
person of largs genitals, whom he found in Laouyae, the
wretch with whose name this memoir is connected. He
joined Laouyae with some players and musici ns, and took
occasion by some indecencies, such as the Histriones of every
country are charged with indulging in, during tbeir entertain
ments, to fix the attention of the queen on Laouyac, and
excited her desire lo have him admitted. This was effected by
suborning people lo charge him with a crime, which the
laws punished l>y making him an eunuch, and then bribing the
executors of the law, to forbear inflicting the sentence. By
this device; and plucking away the hair of his be.ird and hi*
eyebrows; he passed for awhile as an eunuch, nnd in thai cha
racter waited on the queen at all limes ; and by this man the
queen bore two children. t He thus became great at court ; and
had several thousand servants attached lo him, but his triumph
was short. He wa. impeached of thai which was supposed to be
a secret) and he hin self, wilh .." his kindred to the third degree
of consanguinity were exterminated ; and his whole household
banished. The two children also were murdered. The regent,
the trader of Yang-leih, was implicated, aud retired to his

MOO.

From woman and obscurely

name of an ancient royal concubine. Moo

fourth wife of ^ ifft Hwang-te.

The
I #*e

MOO.
The original form of the preceding. Some say. the nsmfr
under the preceding word, means Very ugly ; others say, it
means Pictly and fond of one's self. Riad MTh, Still, quiet.

CHAY.

A woman's name.

A common form of -Iffi Nun, Soft aud delicate.

An erroneous form of ^Kwei, see abote

FOO.

A woman's name.

685

HOO.

Handsome, elegant, beautiful, good,

excellent, to boast of beauty.

phrase.

Hoo pa j ^J^good, a local

38th Radical.

XII.

Neu-^-

j||J Original form of ffift Tseen.

Neu-tseen -r | the wife of ^ fj
shang-kung.
LUH.

Same as the preceding.

Tae-puh-

From jlying about and woman. An an

4?
Chij ke, keae le so tize, tseTh e hoo pe seaou hern '
W 1ft SS I* 8 1 * H the carriage, and
colours are all conferred by tbe Emperor for the very pur
pose of illustrating my poor frontier district. (Tseen Ban.)

GAOU.

cient form of ^ Liih, To kill ; to slay.

PHE1H.
1
From tattered raiment upon woman. Easily made angry ;
irritable; lightness of deportment. A woman's name.

Proud haughty behaviour to j to slight or behave rudely

to, to trifle or take liberties with.

The same as the preceding.

GAN, Han, and Yen

From woman and ionr wine. Suppressed anger ; hard to
know ; a vicious disposition ; a woman j a woman who cherishes
a love or affection for. Large and abundant.

HOO.

becomes surety for a woman guilty of some slight offence,

fur which government does not think it necessary to imprison
her, but Paou jine tac tsuy /JJji ^
^ ^ delivers her
to securities, to wait a decision on her offence. In the mo
dern practice, government delivers slight female offenders to
the custody of a female police officer, called Kwan mei 'jjf Jjj^fc
1 JljJjKooyu.
WOO.
ttab

CHUH.

From woman and belonging to. Re-

spectj veneration; the obedient and respectful deportment of

a wife j more. Properly written jffik Chub.

From woman and guilty. A person who

From woman and denying. Careless ; inconsiderate. Flat

tering, trying to win the affections. Woo mei j jjjjg a
delicate fascinating woman,

j^sf SHAOU, or Seaou.

Same as jjljlf Tang, A woman's name.
From small and woman. A senior sister.

'^fc JEN, Neen, and Shen. ryj

TS'IIAN.

From to decollate and woman. A

woman's name. Yen tsan |gi ^ good looking, beautiful.

raT i.
6m

n
From woman and indeed. A surname. Read Shen, An
effeminate gait and manner ; also a surname.

-fc Neu.

XII.

686

38th Radical.

NEEN, Shin, T'han, and T'heen.

From woman and reaching or extending to. A greedy
hankering for; perverse; obstinate longing for. A woman's
name; a tall slender woman.
TSEAOU.

From woman and t burning

anilely- Grief and sorrow visible in the countenance. Tseaon

suy \ tfB Tscaou yen ] jjff and Tseaou ming ] ^p?
are all expressive of grief; lorroWi and an afflicted mind.

TO.

From woman and to hang Uote. Loitering)

lazy; trifling gaiety, want of seriousness; unsteadiness Yen to

il't | and King to jjSjj ' are bath expressive of Unsteadi
ness; levity and neglect of serious pursuits.
\
CHEN.

observed with various usages that have a reference to this

person. He very early in his career began Tsxe yuen sin*
1=1 ^ ^fc ' '"'e
own '""e *' an '"^u'Kilnce *a "
mclaiichnlj humour, madu him at last s>y Ning foo chang lev,
urh tsang hoo keang yu fish rhunj nrh
^ ^ jj^ jflj
fp
)X. ffa |]J? tf*
1 hi,<1 bel,er a>l myself into the
eternal stream, and make my grave in the belly of some river
fishmeaning that most noted of all rivers in China, the
}'ang-tsze-kcang ! on forming this resolution, he composed
some farewel verses, and Hwae shTh suy tsze tow meih lo e
"C $ V 5 & M 1 ft ^"aving enb^crd,
or put in his bosom a stone, lie threw himself into the
Meih-lo stream, and died. Krfih-ping yuen, was a natite
of Teoo ^ which was obliterated from the list of inde.
pendant stales not long after his de th. Kung ma shiih heeo;
oo e chflh chung ly | |fe ] it H ft #! ,h'roughly skilled marcher) and horsemanship, iu martial
excelling all.

Same as the preceding.

From woman and gooi or skilled.

Fond of criticizing people's language ; ilingy.

HIH, or Mth.
From woman and yellow.

handnmie, beautiful appearance.

From woman and Hack. Anger; rage.

'% PUH.

The wife of Chang-e

' one of

the son. f Hwang-te | ^ wa. called g | Chang.poh,

or otherwise ||
Chang-puh and -fc ;fjg Neu choo.
From toom/in and leisure. Tranquil; easy; genteel;
accustomed to; accomplished. Heen ya J ;JJj| elegant,
genteel.
Heen yu tszc ling | ^ ^
accustomed to convers..ti.hi ; skilled in ditcu<* Mir, or iu the use of words generally,
whether in writing or speaking: this expression occurs in the
1 llh vol. of the She-He fP jjj^ and i affirmed of Keiih-yuenping J||j Jj^J 2Ji (B. C. about 250) who after acquiring very
high reputation, drowned himself in a fit of disgust, on I he 5th
day of the Sib month j a great Chinese holiday, whicn ii still

TSANG.

SZE.

A woman's name.

A woman's name.

MAE.
From woman and to bury. Cunning f crafty j wily.

687

LEAOU.
0
From woman and firf lit up. Corruscation of pleasantry i
seductive, wanton play and trifling. Seang leaou /j^j |
playing or toeing with each other) to dally amorously. A
woman's name.
The people in the north rail a mother Lcaou -leaou ; or, as
some read it, Laou-laou. Fung leaou )tf^ j or
^
a Chinese court servant who became the wife of VVoo-iun
Mj 1$ 1 Tarlar Pe ieral- who fought against the Chinese about
A. D. 564. Fung-leinu, was well versed in hislory, and was
a skilful political mgocialor ; and Choo. kwo king sin che
Iff H3 P$( jj5 a" the natious respected and. confided
in her.

LEEN.

A woman's name.

H1H, Hwe, or HwL

From woman and a line. Marking a limit. Tranquil i quiet.
Airy, light, pleasing, haughty, self-coufidcut, fleet, swift.
KWEI.
From woman and to act or to do. Artful , crafty. A surname.
Name of a rivulet in Shan-se ||| |Ej which, running south,
enters the Yellow river. Kwei-chow | ^"J ancient name of
a district in the north. Kwrijuy ^ yjfy two streams which
rise from springs in the
[lj Lelh hills of Shan-sf. It
was formerly said the Kwei run south into the Yellow
river, and the Juy run north ; but it is now aid both streams
run south.
In the province of Shan-je, amongst L-ll> han yew Shun
tsing kwei hU. chilli yen Jg
^
^ ] 7.K tf{
the Lelh hills is situated the well of ((he anient monarch)
Shun (B. C. 2169) out of which flows the Kwei rivulet.
The rivulets, Kwei juy e vnrn lung kwei hwSn lew nan jBh

38th Radical.

XII.

Neu -j

Kwei and Juy arise from different sources, but afterwards

join their streams, and blended, rolling southward, enter the
river iviz. the yellow river.
It was on the LeTh hills that Shun, in the first part of hit
life cultivated the land ; whilst, influenced by his virtues, the
elephants tilled the ground for him ; and the birds of heaven
plucked up for him the weeds , and it was on the banks of the
Kwei, that Yaou
in the 70th year of his reign, and the
86th of his age, Heang urh neu pin yu Yu
~ ~]
~f" J^l gave his two daughters in marriage to Yu, as Shun
is otherwise named.
Shun was Koo t*ze ^ -f- the son of a blind man ; his
Foo wan, moo yin ; seang g;.ou ^
-j^
J|j>
father
was stupid, his step mother a scold, and his younger brother
insolent , but, he Kill keae c keaou J^T |j|
^ was able
to h .nnonize them by his filial piety.
y .ion, reasoning from small ti i v;< to gr.at, was of opinion,
that the principles of government were developed in families ;
and that he w>>o could not rule well a fimily, could not
govern well a nation , and since Shun had, when holding*
lower place in a family, preserved peace amongst the proud,
the stupid, and i tractable, he determined to try him how he
would act as a husband and a fitber, and it was to this end
yaou gave his own two daughters in marriage to Shun. The
experiment proved that Shun was wise and virtuous ; and
Yaou reigi'el to him the throne. (Shang shoo yaou teen
f) M l(| IB} last section.)
In the Ttochuen, Kwei ^ occurs as a proper name; thus
Pa ne;n, Ching-knng tszs hwBh, jmi ching nelh foo kwei
A ^ fp & -f & i)\ B
1
year, prince Ching-kw3h. went to the fttte Chin to meet
his wife Kwei, and E kwei she kwei W j $ ^ with lady
Kwei returned.
The slate Chin sent Kcen-tsze ^
a minister with the lady , and he found that Ching-hwBh had
deferred the announcement of his marriage, at the mnnei of
his ancestors tiil it had .dually taken plac; whereas Le tseu
foo pi lh seen kaon tsoo meaon |^
J0j if/ji -^Q ^ jjjjj
Jj^ propriety requires, that on marrying a wife, the intended
transaction must he first annont carl in the temple of ancestors.
This usage is still attended to iu China, and the poor who

Neu.

XII.

38th Radical.

6S8

bare no templet, dedicate a spot oterhcad, immediately after

entering the door, where they place a tablet, inscribed with the
name or names of some deceased ancestor. On the occasion
just referred to, Keen-tsze, Ke che jut, tsze pelh pfih ning
chun, wei foo foo |g Q ft
^ $ % fa
^ satirized them saying, this pair will not eventually become
husband and wife; for Woo ke Isoo c, fei le yay "jjjfk
4)f flta "tfc ni* dece'T'DS hi* ancest"" '* a brtach ot
moral etiquette.

SIN.

A woman's name.

HE1H. From teaman and to uilhilrcn

it
woman of a retired disposition and pure mind.

HWUY, or Kwae. A woman's name.

JANG.
From u oman and to ascend. An erainentlj beautiful womanu
CH1H.

m
From woman and placed on an eminence. Pleasing, flatter,
ing, fascinating, slender, delicate. To play and make fun,
to jrst and laugh. A troubled mind , feeling an aversion to.
Malignant. Head Neauu or Yaou, To make an uproar and
disturbance, as ghosts are sometimes represented to do , trou
blesome, disagreeable.
She koo shang sie chay i kc kwei jaou
js^J ^ y
^
^ | therefore those who are murdered, tbeii
ghosts are troublesome.
In reference to sounds, it is said, Yaou yaou e po po j
1 VX ^
""r'' dt''ica,e nni diffused in portions.

A name of women.

SEU.
A woman's name.

A local word fur Sister

Same as the preceding.

TSUY.

A woman's nama.

YIH. YThyue^ ^ a woman like appearance.

YUE.
sense there given.

Compounded with the preceding in the

VuiS ni | ^(jjj fat ; corpulent

TSAN.

HWA.

A woman's name.

From woman and flower.

JAOU.

A blooming

countenance , a beautiful woman. A womau'i name.

Ying ts8 ^
of the Han dynasty, (B. C. 15ll,tPo
the ancient classics had been burnt by Tsin-chehwang, rereiv C
Hie Shon-kii'g from the lips of blind
Fitt.si'g,
had already reached the 90th year of his age. Allhatliroe
the ^jj
Heuug-noo Trrtars annoyed China from without,
nd
Eg i" ffn & ^ '-k % chu"s ^ pio
koo urh mm puh gan e, China b:iug pour and distressed 'vbj bet
foreign wars) the penple were discontented. IVd-.-r tb<*
circumstances Ying. 1*6 addressed the reigning monarch ^j"
Win te. The Literary Emperor ; and stated tin I, for..cr
hills, and diseendii.g declivities; for defendiog dangerum
passes, now running and anon fighting! for horsemanship sai
enduring wind, rai.i, hunger, and thirst, the Chinese could out
equal the Tartars, hut they had the (Letter of them in num
bers, arms, aud discipline, wi.en they came to fair figbliag
on an open plain j h,s advice therefore was to meet them only

689
under inch circumstances ; as to the people, his advice was
^ Rung tsin pun sze; fei keu jin mS , Choo ho Kcar
yaou j kwan ta gae jin, 'That the Emperor should attend
personally to things of radical importance; that an excessive
attention to the branch tops of the political tree, should be
abandoned ; that petty circumstantial enquiries should be
excluded ; that -vexatious, minute legislation should lie abolish
ed j and that the lore of man should be made wide and grenl ,'
i. e. benevolence and benefienee should be widely diffused ;
and that the aim should lie to make all ranks [p] ^ Tung 1,
rejoice together.
The most esteemed men in China have, during every period
of their history, maintained the doctrine* of Ying-tsS, and
have reprobated (hat hard hearted political economy of some
metaphysicians, which recognises no other principles of govern
ment but those that emanate Irom the unfeeling deductions
of pecuniary profit and loss.

LWAN.
From woman and to unravel. Troublesome ; confusion ;
disorder.
HE, H, and He.
From woman and pleased. To play ; to frolic. To ramble (
to take an excursion for pleasure.
Handsome ; a pretty
face.
Shwdy he
j a boating party of pleasure. Yew he
y/f. .vi. an excursion for amusement. Mei he Jjjjz j a famous
ancient beauty, who caused the ruin of the Hea Dynasty.
He he ^
childish play , the play aud foolish pranks of
children. He seaou j
to make fun ; to giggle ; to twit
ter and laugh. He wan ^
^r0'lc > to seek amusement
in playing pranks.
Mei-he
j or, as it is sometimes written, Mei-he
l|L was Hea Kee fei J3
the queen of Keg, the last
monarch of the Hea dynasty (B. C. 1759.) Mei-hc, is classed
with those eminent females who hive induced the ruin of
tart. I.
6 ir

38th Radical. XII.

Neu

-k
their respective dynasties. In the Koo-ne-keung-lin, is this
sentence. Chow kea moo e j Tae wang yew Chow-keang ;
wang Ke yew Taejin ; Win wang yewTaesze Jj|j ^ -0J;
in the Chow family, the mothers were patterns of virtue;
(the grandfather of WSn-wang) Tae-wang possessed (the
virtuous queen) Chow-keang; (his son) IVang-ke possessed,
Tae jin, and WSn.wang, possessed Toe me. These three
queens are considered as Hing-kw8 p| ^ raising their
country to prosperity ; the three following, Wang kwS
jjijJJ
ruined their country ; Hea Kef e Mei-he i Shang Chow e Ti-ke;
chow yew e Peaou sze jg ^
fa |^ ffi #f $ jfg
, M ^ $1 3ls
k,ng Kgi oflhe HeB dJna,tJ'wM
ruined by Mei-he i Chow of the Shang dynasty, by Take;
and king Yew, of the Chow dynasty, by Faou-sze.
The fVRn-viang of China was nearly cotemporary with
the kings David and Solomon, of Israel ; and he is regarded
as the wisest and most virtuous of princes, although he never
ascended the Imperial throne; his eminence is attributed to
his mother Tae-jin, who, Ning e tae keaou .jjjjj ^ JjJjJ
^ was able to teach him while yet in the womb. For they
believe that the temper and behaviour of a mother, influences
her offsping from the period of conception.
Mei-he's extravagance and folly is exemplified by her
persuading kiug Kee to make Tiew-che ^jjjj jf^ a lake of
wine, and bringing together three thousand guests at the
sound of a drum; New yin
' drink out of it like
oxen tE wei 15
^ ^ considering this (imitation of
the brutes) to be pleasure.
Tn-ke, king Chow's queen, was notorious for her cruel
invention of tortures : and Paou-tze, for refusing to laugh,
till king Jew, Keu fung ho l^L ^ fa lit p the fire signals,
as a mere frolic, and brought all the nobles breathless running,
under a false alarm. Not long after, Keuen-yung ^ ^
attacked the king to murder him, and on the fire signals being
made, nobody came to his assistance, the nobles supposing
they were again played with ; and thus left alone, the king
perished.
Kung tss;e wei urh he he, chang chin tsoo tow, she1 le yung

Neu.

XIII.

38th Radical.

Coufuciui, when a boy and occupied in child's play, was con

stantly arranging the Tioo and Tow vessels, and placing them
in the order which the rites required. (See the life of Confu
cius in the She-ke | |8'h yo1)
.Seaou urh he saou ^ ^_ | ^ a little child playing
and laughing.
*\L YEN.
c
Same as jj^jt Yen, From teaman and a turunda. Beautiful.
CHEN, or Shen.

jS^p

From woman and a tingle garment. Beautiful , elegant j

beauty in colours) elegance and gracefulness of manner.
Chen yuen
a handsome elegant appearance ; the
pleasing beautiful appearance of trees, or plants, or flowers.

^ KEAOU.

fifj

From woman and bending back with a lofty look. Delicate,

tender, to bring up delicately as the children of the rich;
elegant form and manner ) a woman's name, famou* in history j
a certain kind of wine. Yaou keaou jjfc | fairies , sprites.
Keaou kih ^ ^gp term of respect to a daughter's husbandKeaou ji w neu tsze ^ gj^? -Jj
a delicate female. Keaou
tsze |
delicate and handsome. Keaou Jang J
to nurse tenderlysaid alio morally of abetting a person's -rices.
Jin sing tsze, ching keaou tsze \ king neu wei keaou neu
A4?i 1
1 jfwhen..n
is born the compliment is to call him a fine bog ; if a girl be
born, she is called afint girl.
Ta sze yew she, she keaou sing kwan yang telh ^
& *Jl
] if #^fhefrm..bi.d
was delicately burn and brought up.
Keaou yang ne telh pun the J 3||
$J
^
delicately brought up in your errors, nursed into faults, a
spoiled child.
OAraou|{pJ' j the name of a Chinese princess. Han Woo

690
te toy King-te lun foo y5 tseang Win ah choo keaou 'ji
martial Emperor) of the II in dyn.uty, when conversing witb
the Emperor King-te, respecting a wife, espressed a desire
to make a golden house, in which to lodge the princess 0kf mi. At this time, Woo-tc was a bo> , and the old Emperor
King-te said to him jokingly, Y4 tTh foo fow ^'
^
would you like to hare a wife? YuiyS ^
he replied, I
should like it.
Then the Emperor's sister pointing to ber daughter. Vol
0-keaou haou fow |j ^pj | jj ^ said, would O kejon be
good enough or not? or, would you like 0 keaou t to which
question the boy made the answer which is given above ; v 2.
that he would build a golden house for her. (Koo-sxe-kcunglin, S vol. ^ S page 19.)

CHE, and ChTh.

Occurs in ancient books in the sense of the more rnodera
words Che ^ and Che ^ to take and convey to ; to offer to.

Mei, Beautiful or excellent

TO.
*
Same as

To, Idle 1 remiss.

MEI.

Also the 1

An ancient form of

: of a bird.

Mei.

1 and eyebrow. To try to please with the eyes ;

From
to smirk 1 to ogle 1 a winning glance.

THIRTEEN STROKES.

CHUH.

A short-faced appearance.

691

38th Radical.

XIII.

Neil

On this occasion the memoirs of General Teen tan JJJ Jj^

exhibit
a specimen of the stratagems employed in those days.
GAOU. Envious ; envy.
When his country was overrun, and the king murdered, he
escaped with his life, by cau sing his own kindred to take the
wheels off his carriage, and to confine him in an iron cage ;
seen,
fffy
wbich moderated the rage of the enemy, and lulled them into
a fallacious security, respecting him. His stratagems were
From aoman and all united. Prompt; quick; clever.
chiefly what his memoirs call jjjjfe Jj
Tsung fan keen,
Spcading reports the contrary of what he wished , by which
E. A woman's name.
he made the enemy believe he dreaded, what in fact he desired,
and contrariwise. By a scheme of this kind, he procured the
dismissal of the ablest general opposed to him, and made th
KWAE, Wae, or W5.
enemy's soldiers dissatisfied with their own government: he ait
vailed himself ofsuperstitious fears and hopes, when beseiged in
A black-looking woman, who excites disgust Tflh-Uwae
j|P j|| Tselh mih. Being closely shut up, be commanded
^ [ name of an animal, said to have streaks on its skin,
his men at every meal to sacrifice or offer meat to the manes
and to laugh prettily.
of their ancestors ; and to leave the offals, which soon drew
numerous flocks of birds to hover over the city, and alight to
KEAOU. A man's name.
pick up the food; at the same time hesaid, jjjtj]
f Jf ^
Shin lae hea keaou we, The gods have come down to teach
Toe the keaou ^ ^ ] the Per>n with "nora> the | me; and to carry on the imposture, he got one of the soldiers
capacity of gardener, Fi-chang y^j J|| the son of Min-waug
to assume the character of jjfljj
Shin sze, A divine teacher.
the king Min, found an asylum, after the murder of
By this device he inspirited bis own people, and damped the
his royal father. (3d century, B. C.)
courage of the beieigers.
The prince concealed his real circumstances, and toiled
To rouse the hatred of his own men against the enemy,
hard in watering plants, till Keaou neu le'en che ^
he first spread a rumour, that the only thiug he dreaded was ,
Kcaou's daughter compassionated him, and treated him
that Yen keun che e so till Tse tsoh, che che tseen king yu wo
with kindness. The prince then told her his real circum
Chen ffi$ZMft%%jiZ#ft%
stances, and they became lovers, which ended in the house
the army of Yen would cut off the noses of the sol
of Keaou being induced to influence Keu jin kung leih
diers they took belonging to Tse; and then placing them in
/a chang wei tse wang ^ K & it
1jt
$H
the front line, attack the city. If they do this added he, Tselh
the people of Keu to unite and set Fi-chang on the throne
mih pae e IP M f& $C lbe cily T,e,h-mlh wi" certainlj
of Tte, from which he had been driven, at the time of his
fall >
father's death. Thus, Tae she she neu suy wei how
^
On hearing this rumour, the enemy actually did so, and
^
the da"Sh,cr of Tae-she forthwith
made the beseiged Keae noo keen show ^ jZ^
J^S
became queen.
all enraged and invincible, fearing they should be treated in
The seat of the kingdom
Tse, was the modern |^ jl^
the same manner if they surrendered.
Tsing-chow, in Shan-tung province. The enemy who
General Teen-tan, attempted the saro* sort of stratagtm
contended with it, at that period, was fit Yen, a kingdom
once more, and pretended to fear that tbe enemy would 'dig
situated on the north side of Tte, about the region of the
up the graves around the city, and burn the dead. The army
province Chih-le,
of Yen actually did this in sight of the beseiged, standing upca

XIII.

38th Radical.

692

^ ^ ^ ~t* "fp Tiw'ing froni the wa,u' f ihe cuj (tb

remains of their friends thin treated, the; all wept aloud, and
desired to be led out to battle, with rage worked bp to a
tenfold degree. The General now belieTcd that "j^
^
"pj
hit troop* were fit to be employed, he armed himvtf in order to shaie with the common men the dangers of
actual conflict! he brought forward the wives and concubines
into the ranks , dispersed provisions amongst the peasantry,
and sent the old women and children to the top of the walls.
Having made these arrangements, he caused his men in armour
to hide themselves, whilst he sent a proposal to the enemy to
surrender ; accompanied by a sum of money to buy the safety
of the females, when the city should be given up. The enemy
accepted the proposals, and Kcac hoo wan suy
&
all shouted, live forever !
The day was spent in making these arrangements; the
enemy feared nothing ; and that night he purposed to attack
them. A thousand bullocks were provided, and to them he
fastened various coloured silks and garments , to their hnms
he tied swords and spears ; and to their tails he fastened
faggots of reeds greased nilh fat : and having opened passages
for them through the walls, he lit the faggots; drove them
forth furious with pain, and followed by the bravest of his
men ; Ihe ferocious bullocks surprized the unprepared
beseigers, five thousand were at once killed by them , old
and young in the city with drums, and cymbals, and every
lounding instrument raised a noise, which ij^J ^ ^ shook
both heaven and earth; whilst the ^ jj^rj gagged and silent
troops fell upon Ihe enemy and cut them to pieces.
The beseigers were completely routed ; Teentan'i charac
ter was raised; many joined his standard ; the invaders were
driven norlh, and quitted Tse; the sevent) towns which had
been taken, again submitted, and the prince was brought
from wateriug planls in Keaou'i j garden, to the throne of his
murdered father: bringing with him, as his queen, the kind
female who had pitied him in adversity. (She-ke, 11th vol.)

SHIH

FAN.
An

A hare or rabbit.
forth suddenly from its hiding place.

Jvfh pe.
A mean person, under the influence of success and prosperitj;
partiality for, bliod affection for; depraved; concupiscence;
lechery . name of an office. Fe Iscf | QiJ; a favorite con
cubine. Pe hing ] f^t or Pe tung ^ ^orPejin j
J\ person abused for unnatural purposes.
Wae pe
1 and Pe la foo ] ^ ^ were names of
inferior officers during the period that China was composed
of separate principalities. Yew yin wae pe, pe shiih
|SJ*
j |
and further gave drink to the fFie-pe, aiwt
the Pe M1*. (Tso-chuen, 6th vol.) <Jj ^ ] -fc ^
She tsung pe ta Too, made him a secondary Petafoo.

SHEN.
it
From woman and lit trutl to. To resign to another
sovereign; to change the dynasty ; used in this sense in couv
mon with jjjjj Slicn. Read Tan, Slow ; remiss ; a female slave.
Shen e teen hca ^ JJ[ ^
resigned the empire.
In stating the rapidity with which the dynasty Ban procured
the ascendency over Tsin, it is said, that Woo neen che keeo
haou ling tan then J. ^
[j^ ^ fi* jEl | that in lte
space of five years the title was thrice transferred ; and further,
it is subjoined, Tsze sing minclae we chc yew show minj
joszechekelhya, g
% ft % % jfa ^
ft
/|j -^/f /. ErS
'rom <ne l'me lnnl m*n waa treated
upon the earth, heaven's destiny in favor of a Supreme Ruler
was never conferred with such promptness as in this ease.
SUY.

A woman'6 name.

A woman's name.
p> TSEU.

A woman's name.

693

HX Another form of

38th Radical.

Kwa, see above.

HIN.

XIV. Neu

To like; lo love; to desire; to covet.

t
YING.

YING.

From woman and an abundance or overplu: The first

printing forth of; to expand ; an ancient imperial surname.
A1J
wonu'i HUM. Name of a famous archer. Keen vine" 3!^
uul
name of a creating or transforming divinity.

From woman and a toad. A big bellied

insect; pregnant) the mind filled with greedy desires of filthy

lucre.

NEAOU.
TSEANG, and SIh.

ftL,

Long and slender.

Same as fljiS Neaou. From woman and weak.

,|5J
'([23
Certain female officers about the palace, during the dynasty
Han. A woman's name. Maou tseang, koo mei neu
J
^fj*
Maou-ttcnng, an ancient beauty.

Same as jfj^. Hoo, see above.

From teoman and to tigh. Handsome ; pretty.

HWUY.

MAN.

^ surname.

i
To dislike; to flander; to ilify. A person's countenance.
LWAN.
LiliEN.

From teaman and pure.

A woman's
An ancient form of Lwan |& a beautiful appearance.

name ; pure and beautiful.

SIN.

From new and woman.

Name of a
FOURTEEN STROKES.

woman; and of an ancient state.

I ITT^ N1NG.'
HWAN, Yuen, and King.
From teoman and alarmed. Without prosperity ; sorrowful;
mournful. Peen hwan <fj|i ] light and gay appearance.

From woman and tetter, or rather.

AT
T
A woman's name; an easy, graceful carriage.
jjj'j1 | a weak delicate woman.

uy erroneous tarm of Kwei

Fing ning

from woman and

.KE, Or Keae. Difficult; hard to do; distressing.

custom or rule. A regular beauty.
An ancient form of j Yaou, To want, to require.
Same as ^ E, Tran quil ; quiet.
TART I.

Neu. XIV. 38th Radical.

MO.
|

694

S8h boo moo wei mo mo j^p JJ^. -{ij-

J it u a volgar (or common) usage to call a

Hi
WOO.

concubines ; certain female genii. Fei pin

j anciently
denoted often royal wives and queens ; subsequently the viordi
denoted Imperial concubines, fur whom a more modern term
is -j^ ^ Kei jin. Pin jen ^ ^ numerous.
Pin yn yu ^ -Jae Ibem in marriage to Tts.
(Shoo-king). The expression refers to Yaou's two daughter!,
who were given in marriage to Shun. (See under
^Bei

From woman and to dance. A vulgar

form of j^jj Woo, -To flatter and try to please.

$ THEAOU, and T'haou.

From mm and a lug-tailed pketuant. A straight goodlooking appearance. Teaou-teaou ^ | Going backwards
and forewards ; hither and thither. Teauujaon |
not
malignant or vicious. Read Teaou, A
Read Chfi, and TeTb, i

Tse e yu pin ^ J|> Q j a wife after death 11

called Pin. (Le-king.) Pin eliay, foo jin che mi ching j
"f-f j$ y\
?r%
1>'n' " * complimentary appellation
of a woman. Fei pin, foo kwan yay
j ^ 'jj"
the Fei-pio in ancient times were female rulers ; that is, thrj
controuled the concerns of the females in king's palace*. Ke*
pin chang foo heS che fa jj^ j ^
^ j the
nine Pin directed the rules of female education. Yuh-pia
^ | appellation of a certain Setm-ntu fjlj -jfc angelic

SHOO.

A woman's name.

CHOW.
Vft.

A
YING.
tplendid. A

From
SEU.
TSZE.

From

and afcclion.

A kind

From woman and want. Weak ; feeble.

A concubine; an inferior wife, in which sense it is read

Joo. Read Now, A woman's name.
LAN.

milk or t give.

From
gluttonous.

and to oversee. Error ; excess ; greedy ;

NAE.
From smbmsi and a garsf. A married woman; to give
a woman in marriage,- a handsome or beautiful woman, the
appellation of wives deceased ; a term applied to Imperial

The female breast; milk; to suckle

New-nae
J cow's milk. Nae laze cha ] "J" ^
a preparation of milk, which the Tartars drink as tea.
] | a term of respect i

695
Nae ma ^
or Nae po ^ ^ a nurse to give suck to a
child i a wet nurse. Nae pe j
the skin of milk j the
icum or cream. The Tartars congeal it and carry it on journies. Nae tow j
the nipple of the breast.
M
^jp^ ^VEI.
Te fung

From tending down and awe : it denotes

j|3 a low wind, a wind that Wows along the ground.

YEN.
From to subject and woman.
and good-looking.

HAN.

^^j^J^ TAE.

Tranquil and still ; mild

An injurious malignant disposition.

from woman nnd a stage, or elevated

terrace. Slow, dull, stupid, sill t, foolish appearance.

YING.

li
ra

From two pearlt and woman. An infant at tho breast ; a

sucking child ; a female infant. Hae
is a male child. To
add to j to rush against; to surround as with a cord ; to bind ;
certain ornaments of a woman's head dress ; name of a hill.
A certain pitcher. A surname. Ying hae ^ ^ or Yiog
urn | |J a child ; an infaut. Ying paou ^ jj'Q an infant
in its parent's embrace.
Ying \ in the Seun-tsze
^ denotes He yu king yay
-^t ^lli being suspended from the neck. He says,
that to hope to escape being plundered by Sze keang paou
che kw5 j:Jjl ^
^ ^ serving a tyrranical and rapa
cious government, is Yew she choo neu ying paou choo ; pei
paou ySh ; foo tae hwang kin, urh yu chung shan che taou vay

illl M

f^i j2 3u?

lil"!i,Tunglady,witli precious

38th

Radical.

XIV.

Neu

pearls suspended from her neck, and valuable gems attached

to her girdle, and carrying about her person quantities of
yellow gold ; being sent amongst hills to meet with robbers,
and' yet hope that she will escape being plundered.
(Vide, Seun-tsze
7th vol. under Foo kwS peen
|H1 jUj *ne ,ecl'on on enriching a country ;
his argument seems to be, that this is not to be
effected by complying with the tyrannical demands
of more powerful states, but by virtuous conduct.)
InHwaenanUzey^f^ ^orKewying-^ ] denotes
watcr and fire
certain Shwiiy ho che kwae ?K iK Zmonsters.
Tsoo chfih she wci ying urh
tyr
\
when first born into the world a child is called Ying-urh, or
infant. Ying nan j JJJ an infaut boy ; Ying neu j
an infant girl.
Ying han she J J^jji
or expressed by the two first
syllables, Han-ying, one of the commentators on the Fi ve Books,
who lived under the reign of King-te
Jjjj* (B. C. 13R).
He was a native of Yen ^nt the northern region, which in now
called ChTh-le province. In consideration of his skill in explain
ing the She-king and Ylh-king, he received the title of PS-are
|^ -jr universal scholar, from the Emperor Win-te ^ /jjlp
His character is thus given, Han sing tsing han, choo tsze
fun ming $| $ ^ || ^1 # $J the scholar Han
was acute and severe ; and in managing business, discriminated
with great perspicacity. (Sing-poo ^ ^ 1 1 vol. $ 48 p. 1 1.)

PEAOU.
A woman's name. Name of a princess of the Han dynasty.
Same as

Tsan, A woman's name.

HO, Y8, and O.

From woman and a tingle plant. A Shan-tung term for
Handsome ; graceful. To be attached to ; to have affection for.,
Read Hoo, To regret.

Neu.

XIV. 38th

Radical.

696

M t to ft M ffl T,in -s"oy8h j i"

NEAOU, or Naou.
From two males with a female between them. Wanton ;
to pull about, and |,lay with, in a lascivious manner i lewd
gambols j light, scductirc ipeech and behaviour.

s|^* SIN

Yew-sin

"j Jp^ ^ l^f Jfjij Ying she che heung tsan.

At the close of the Chow dynasty, there were no cold seasooj,
For eastern Chow was feeble and vieak.
When Tsin perished the fields felt not the genial warmth of
the year j
For the Ying family was cruel and devastating.

j name of an ancient
(Koo-sze-keung-lin, 1 vol. article ^ Jj the seasons,)

state j and of an ancient monarch.

YING. The first springing forth of; to expand j

an ancient imperial surname. Name of a famous archer.
Keen ying ''jV? ^ name of a creating or transforming di
vinity.
Che j5 Paou Tsin e Leu ylh ying; she ying wang yu
Chwang-seang che sbow
^3 H
W S H 1
^ ] "t^^SE^,^-"10 t.vrannical Tsin, it
by Leu's house supplanted Ying, for Ying's house perished
in the hands of the kin; Chwang-seang. Ying j was the
name of the royal house of Tsin, when it was one of seven
kingdoms, immediately before the conquest of the other
Chinese stales. (Compare with J| Laou.)
A similar case of spurious descent is mentioned in conneiion
with the preceding one, Js Tsin e new ylh ma , she ma meg
yo hwae min cho she g f ft j % B= % ^ jg
^ |^ J| j $f feeble Tsin, by the name Com
supplanted horse i and the horse family became extinct in the
reigns of Hwae and Mm. This hap|eucd by Fei yu seaou Ic
new kin seen* tung
#1 /J\ j ^ ^ $ |j| Ibe
qr?cen having intercourse with a petty officer called New-king,
Osf-gvW. The simple word Tung j3 intercourse, when
speaking of persons not joined in the conjugal relation, means,
an illicit intercourse.
In allusion to the short continuance of the Tsin djnasty, it
is said,
JjaJ ^ M. ' $z
13 M>

Chow mB w0 han n"n '

rZ Jl M Yin tung Chow cbe juen jS 1

The notes say, Chow shTh che shoo , tsin shfh cbe keTh
M &
%kZ% Chow ty*
*
dominion gradually i Tsin lost it all at once. (Compare wit'
M Sho0

3x Same ai j^f Chen, see above.

^ TSAN. To desire intensely ; greedy.

MEEN.
From MM and Jlos lilk.

A woman's

T'HAOU.
Same as jjjjiJk T'haou, A small drum.

HE.

From woman and splendour. Joy; delist'

One says, A mean or degrading appellation ofwoman.

PIN.
From woman, to finish and a ft'd
ft
An ancient form of jfg Pin, A royal wife or concubine , to
jjve in marriage.

Same as j& TsS, Careful ; attentive.

697

38th Radical.

XV.

Neu -j

TSAE.

A woman's name.

TSEE.

Good.

FIFTEEN STROKES.
V
SH I H.

From woman and to meet, or go with.

To go with a husband to hit home.

T'HUH.
SHIN.
From woman and to judge. An aunt. An appellation 0f
one'i fither'i youngrr hrolher's wife, and of one's owu younger
brothei's wife: a sister-in-law.

HING.

From woman and < muddy ditch. Indelicate familiarities;

gross lewdness.
w
CH1H.

A woman'8 name.

f^ELtJlJ
LEW.
i
A widow woman; a sprite or fa':ryi handsome.

Pleased; joyful ; joy. A woman's name.

Same as 4|R Ntih, A woman's

Wanton.
#Same as tm Tseang, A sort ofgoverness.

YO.
"7/"j~>* Original form of ttg Keung. From woman and
From woman and delight- Handsome; beautiful.

affrighted. Solitary; orphan-like.

From >*** and ink. Same as 45 Hlh.

A vulgar form of Sf Yiog, To conquer; to overcome.

I TEL?
YUEN, and Wan.

YEN.

From woman and

Yuen, two eyet giving side glance*.
The original form of ^jjp| Yuef, to desire. Pretty eyes ; soft ;
flexible; bending; a handsome countenance.

IjEU.

From woman and anxiout.

3g I1WAE.

A woman's name.

Tranquil; peaceful.

Leu-leu
L\N.

/as*
\ | the heart averse to set
I.

From woman and to lounge. A woman of an idle Uzy

+ Neu. XVI, 38th Radical

disposition , sleepy, remiss; idle, lazy. Lan to
lazy. Lan foo choo

l ##" certain

# Y&N.

delic:

##

/www.

Elegant, beautiful.

From woman and the bird hirundo.

Yen yuen | # tranquil, yielding.

XS

\ # idle ;

wild sow.

A woman's name.

SEAOU.

3'

698

Vulgar form of

* Mung,

Dullness of sight.

An ancient form of # Seang.

To disrobe one's self and plough.

some

or M

An ancient form of #3 Yun, A surname.

**
An ancient form of

# Pin.

SHWANG.
H

weal

From roman and hoarfrast. A widow.

Koo shwang #A
artfu

1 or Shwang foo ! # a widow woman.

J# to dwell alone as a widow.

Shwang keu

anci
s
vine

MAN. A pair; some; rabbits.

his d

yin

*#e LING.
#

A woman's name.
pron
draw
each

ME. A local word for mother, otherwise express

him.

cd by

|| # O-me.

they
Read Seen, A woman's name.

699
felicitous omen! He Fung f8h ta jcaou ^
^ ^ hiving
bolh hit hands on hit stomach, laughed aloud at their commisscration i and having defended, in a very piquant style, his art,
from the aspersions commonly thrown out against it, and
declared that the principles by which he regulated his life made
his feelings indepcodant of external circumstances) he gave
them a brief statement of what he considered a good man in
the following word,, J( Zfi
& VA iE &

38th Radical.

XIX.

E, Wei, and Shwuy.

Neu

I^jfjj

Very simple and foolisb-like.

.. u
NEE.

From woman and to litlen. Ne'e'-ne'e', A

beautiful appearance.
Same as

Keuen, Good ; well-affected to.

1 A ft 7* ft.H m$$i * ft t&

tit. I. A 7 IE SH*7*ft.

A^rf
KEU.

sn
r
a ft * ft
P -til- $t j^. IP ifn
H
lhe good man (in my
estimation) is he who pursues the straight road, he remonstrates
in support of correct principles, and having remonstrated
thrice, if not attended to, he retires; when he praises, he does
not hope for reward ;as for bad men, he disregards their resent
ment j convenience of the government, and the benefit of the
multitude, are his study ;therefore, an office for which he
feels himself incompetent, he will not occupy , emoluments
which he has not deserved, he will not accept; a depraved man,
though noble in rank, he will not respect; and to a polluted man,
though honorable in place or years, he will not submit. The
two officers Sung-chung yjj^ Jjtj, and Kea-e Jj^j
who
listened to Sze-ina-ke's lecture, probably without reducing his
doctrine to practice, came both of them, it is said, to an
untimely end. (She-ke, 14lb vol.)

From voman and an affrighted bird.

A barbarian song.

Original form of ^ Peaou, To whore.

CHUEN.
From woman and to turn. A woman * name.

NINETEEN

Same as

STROKES.

Keuen, Well-affected to.

EIGHTEEN STROKES.
TSAN.
A vulgar form of$0 Nae, The breast; milk.

From woman, and to advance with pearls in the hand.

White and beautiful ; a good countenance. One says, Careless j
heedless.

SHWANG.
LO. From moman and tilk. A woman's name.
From woman and double. A woman"* name.

Neu.

XIX.

ME.
ancient quean.
Han dynasty.

LE

38th Radical.

700

From teaman and lo tcaUer. Name of an

Sew me

W> a female officer of the

From soman and luminous.

Beautiful i

elegant. Name of an ancient stale. A mrname.

Le-ke ] j|5 otherwise written Le-ke j| ] a princess
or royal concubine who lived during the Chow dynasty;. She
was Lejung che neu ^
-jfc one of the daughters of
Lc-jung, a frontier stale in the north of Chinn, and was taken
captive by Hcen kung
of the house of ^ Tsin; this
woman bore a son culled He-tse^^
to Hceu-kung, who
was aow far advanced in life. The old man, in his dotage
proposed lo her, lo put the son of his old age on the Ibrouc,
and to Fei tae tsze
set aside the heir apparent,
by his first wife, ho had already paid the debt of nature.
The captive concubine, shedding tears remarked, that. the
intended succession of the heir apparent was well known to
all the nobles; and l^al the prince had both the army and the
people on hia side, s flf ft Jjg ^ jjfc J Jft
JJ^f jj^ why should you, on account of me, (who am a mean
concubine) put audi, jour wife's son ; and set up a concubines}
if you persist in this, added Le-kc,^ ^
tfi< 1
kl"
myself.
This disinterested speech was scarcely out of her lips, when
she employed, in an underhand manner, various persons to
vilify the prince, and lo do him an injury ; still preserving fair
appearances. She herself told the prince that his father had
dreamed a dream respecting him, how he had gone to the grave
of his mother, at Kciih jfih
ffi to offer sacrifice to her
manes ; and therefore advised him to go. The prince think
ing the story true, went to the place, performed the rites,
and brought a part of the sacrifice lo his father as a feast.
The father was on a hunting excursion, (he feast was laid
up in the hall till his return. Le-ke introduced poison previously
o the old king's return. When that took place, after the
fepse of a few days, the king was about to partake of the sacri

ficial feast, when Le-ke, who waited on him, interrupted him

saying. Sire, j] fft
% jg J[ ^ the sacrificial
meat has come from a distance, it seems proper that it should
be essayed. Sum.' of it was then placed formally on the ground,
and the very earth pilpitated by iti emit, c t ; it was given
to n dog, and the dog died , it was given to a servant, and
the servant died. Tears now streaming from the eyes of Le-ke,
she exclaimed
J- ft g ^ ft g jffi
ft .
^ff fill /\,
'
cruc' ' ,ne |*<a*el his nwii father
he wishes to murder;and what then will he do to others !
Further (said she to the old dotard king) your venerable years
exclod. s the idea of his having long to wait ere he ascends the
thronewhat he is now doing must be levelled against me
and mj son Re-Ue ; O let me, mother aud chile", Bee to tosne
other state, that I may find an early grave, and
({Jj
? Si-f fit M re,ider wrfalMJ lhu Pla"
if the prince to muke both muthcr and sun, thefish anilficsh nj
hii lahle.
The king was enraged, the prince's tutor f.-ll ie.to his h^nds
and he slew him. The prince meditated s If deduction.
Some s lid to him, why don't you clear yourself! He replied,
My fa<h"r is an old man, without Le-ke, his sleep is not sound,
his food is not pleasant . lo vex him by clearing myself, must
not be done. Others said, pj" ^ Ab
you nij fl.e to
some other stale; he replied if 1 Lee with such au ir.f.niotii
imputation resting on me, who will receive me ? _^J |^| ^jjj
Xf- I'll kill mysjlf and end it. Accordingly the prince l|l
Shin-sing j | -^A |Jj }fy killed himself in the new
town. (She-ke, Tth vol.S^S )
The fish and flesh ol his tabic, is a phrase still preserved
to denote any one's being completely sacrificed to the ambition
or avarice of other men.

LEUEN.
From attached lo, and noma*. Yleldi g, complying!,
attached to; warm affection for; longing after. Sxe leuen
f&& I affectionate remembrance of. Yuen leuen jj/^J j
elegance and beauty of person.
In the She-king, Sae-leucn-ke-neu BJ | pj
think

701

39th Radical.

king affectionately on the young daughterdenotes, Nan che

ne,, kea, aril tsin ,i..g
^ jflj
#J ^
the man going to the woman'* house, and in person meeting
his bride.
The Kin ting maoti she
^^
imperial edition
ofthe She-king, 7 th vol contains, the same words in the text thus,

XXIII.

Neu Jj

KEA.
Ya kea ^Jj? j a woman affecting pretty airs.

HO.

A term used in Shan-tung for Handsome ;

^ ffy ^ ^ Hwuy he, wei he!

graceful, applied to women. Read Hoo, To feel affection
or regret for.

fj |J_I Jjjfj ^ Nan shan chuou tsei

jHfo^ ] ^ Wan he! Iwan he!
^
|H Ke neu sze ke.
There, see the reeds! see the forests!
On the southern hills see the clouds!
Here, see delicate youth ! see lovely beauty !
There tender females thus starving!
This vers? is metaphorical, and "=J /j\

TWENTY-ONE to TWENTY-THREE
STROKES.

'Jfo ^ j^jj

Hi! $-tiI#M Jk Mmpresses that of petty bad men there were great multitudes,
who rose to eminence; whilst the virtuous, who maintained
their integrity, were contrariwise, poor and in a mean
condition. (Sticking.)

CHO, Tso, and Chito,

If

From woman and pertaining to. Careful ; attentive ; obedient

'

Same as j$| Lan, Lazy.

Same as the preceding.

Original form of j|f Chen.

Same as
From woman and medicine.

Luy, A surname.

To melt; to fuse.
Same as jgj Lwan, Beautiful; handsome.

TWENTY STROKES.

YEN.
still | tranquil.

From wm and item. Stout; robust;

A woman's

Same as jj Chili, Nephews or neices.

702

THIRTY-NINTH

A honry character, lhat denotes Midnight, from II till

ore in the morning. On the eleventh new moon at midnight,
thry say, the powers uf nature are agitated, and the material
universe receive* an impulse.
Froducc , teed ; prngci y ; children ; the people. A child ;
son; an hrir ; applied also to funics. An appellation of
persons possessing rank and virtue. Sagi s, worthies. The fourth
degree of nobility. A surname.
Tsze is often added to the names of thing, as a formative
of the Noun, or as an Euphonic particle. Occurs in the sense
of Love or affection, as for a child. Tsze is used for a tpot,
ami a die, wilh which to play
Mia
r * at dice. Hih Uzu n\\
I black
tpot. Pili tsze =j | a while tpot. Urh tszt ^jj, ]
a boy j a lad. Teen tsze ^ | the Emperor of China. Yuen
Uze 7H 1 llle En'M^r"'*! son. KwS tsze
j the na
tion's sons, means the eldesl sous oflhe Emperor and magnates.
Tac tsze
j the heir apparent to the throne. KwS tsze
keen
J ^ a national college at Peking. Chung tsze
^ ^ or Tsung tsze ^ j or Pe'S tsze ^j|J ^ or Che tsze
| the Queen's eldest son. Shoo tsze JjjCt j the sons of
concubines. Pei tsze jjj^ ] slave girl, term by which a lady
calls herself. Nuy tsze |AJ J epilhcl assumed by a courtier's
wife. Fang tsze
^ a house or room. Footsie^- j
a sage or teacher. Scaou tsze /J\ 'j I, the Emperor, a pupil ,
a boy. Seen tsze
j or Seen keun -^Q ^ my late father.
Tso shoo tsze "fj- jj J or Yew shoo tsze /jp ^fiF j
certain doctors of the Han I'm college. Kung tsze
|
a nobleman's sod. Nan tsze
j a boy ; a youth. Neu

RADICAL.

tsze -jfc ^ a girl i a young woman. Tsze sun j ^ chil

dren and grandchildren, posterity. Tsze tsze j jjjj^] a son
and heir. Chingtsze
J the eldest ion, Tsae tsze |
the second ton. Tsze te |
or
j^Jj denotes dicrimination and care. Ho pcth tae tsze se yay U (j^
1 /('PI ili M'lnt nrcas',,n '* there to be so over careful,
Tsze kung ^
the female vagina.
The following it said of an absent husband, for which Tsze
^p is used.
Jfc

fM SzesingkeSkwo.

| ^ ^ Chlh Isze cbe show,

1 fit
Yu l,IC keiie l,ou'

$ g Yu tszeching shw;

In death, in life, nor however distantI will never

forget you.
To you 1 have already sworn t
I have once gratped your hand,
.And will be constant to you till we grow old together.
Heaou tsze been sun
j ^| /Jjp dutiful tons or
children ; and virtuous graud children. Keaou tsze elm.;
ming ffi \ ffc
teach a t in that he may become famous.
Ta kea tsze te ^ ^ | ^ the children of great families.
Keun chin foo Isze
|g ^ j a prince and minister,
a father and ton. Neu tsze -jg j a womana colloquiil
term. Pwau tsze ijz ^ half a too, a son-in-law. Moo din
jay yow pwan tsze che kaou $ g|
/fj '-f- J
mother still hat a son-in-law lo depend on. Chih tsze
|
an infant. Kin jib che tsze te yew wei Iscang lae che fo

703
those who lo day are sons and younger brothers, will becomo
the fathers and elder brothers- of a future period.
Yen yun, Yen tow lelh shwiiy tsung kaou heri; nelli tsze
hwan sing woo neTh urh | ^ ^ gj
^
jgj
T. M ] M W ik % the proverb
The
cvesdrop descends from a higher to a lower place; and a
rebellious son will again beget contumacious and rebellious
children. They otherwise express the same idea thus, Yen
tseen yu lelh shwiiy ; lelh teih fan lae chaou kew bin ^
1 ?K $ M
M
wl,en in fr<inl uf
the eves the rain drop fulls ; drop after drop comes again on
the mark of that which preceded it. NeTh yu tsin chay, tsze
yth keaou jeu jftf ^ |g, ^ ] jffi ^ ^ he who is
disobedient to his parents, will have his own children imitate
him. (Tseuen-jin-keu-hw5.)
Jin tsze che taou, m8 chung yu see sSng ^ ^
j^J, ^ ~Jjf\
^jb of all the duties of the sons of men,
there are none more important than serving one's parents
during their life time;tl.e other duties referred to, are those
of sepulture, mournings sacrificing to their manes, and so on.
Tsze sun wei fan keaou I'ng ] ^ ^
^^
ions or grandsons opposing and ofT-nding against the instruc
tions and commands of their parent! j is the title of a section
in the laws of China i then follows this law, Fan tsze sun wei
fan tsoo foo moo, foo moo keaou ling ; kefh.fung yang yew
keu chiy, ehang yTh plh J\ \ ^ . jg ^ jjg
^
on or grandson who shall oppose and violate a grandfather
or grandmother, a father or a mother's instructions and com
mands; or shall be deficient in affording them support, shall
be punished by a hundred blows. (Lefih-le, lllh. vol.) It is
stipulated that the commands shall be lawful and just, nnd
that ability to afford support is possessed ; and it is rcqttir d
that the parent! themselves prosecute.
Tsze pin piih ni 'g ying sing yang chen foo moo
^
^ fi 'ti' tr. ^ Blii 3 ^ ira,on bepoor n<1 unable
to follow any occupation to afford support to his father and
mother. Che foo moo tsze c sze
4JJ;
|j ^
10 that his father and mother hang themselves, he shall receive
a hundred blows, and be transported three thousand Le.

39th Radical.

Tsze -J-

Tsze tsze luy ] ff3 $1 0n the ,ubiecl of UI1<and

begetting posterity, is the head of a section in the medical
work, eutilled King yS tseuen shoo
JjJ ^ ^ the
complete works of Kmg-y8, an eminent medical writer
of the 15th century. To die without acknowledged
posterity, is deemed by the Chinese, as almost the greatest
possible curse; he who has no children to sacrifice at
his tomb, and to weep over his grave, feels himself a
most disconsolate wretch , a being to whom death is an
entire cutting off of his name from the eartha sort of
annihilation ; hence, their grave medical and moral writer!
commonly occupy a few page! of their woiks with Chung tsze
leang fang ^J} j ^ /f efficacious receipts for planting
sons, by which they mean prescriptions to aid the generative
powers of the impotent and the barren. These essays,
notwithstanding the importance they attach to the subject,
sometimes border upon the indecent. King.yS. says, Chung
tsze che fa, koo jin yen che pdh shaou }|ij|f j ^ ^ "j^p .
/\. jjjf
A/ of the means of begetting children
(sun!, are always meant) the ancients have spoken not a little,
but he adds, ^ ^ j| ^- not alwnj s satisfactory. They
maintained that conception took place soon after the period
of menstruation ; mid never after the middle of the month :
to-ridirul: this he brings forward a Ch foo ^ ^jjp knowing
woman as alledging, that if this saying were true, then h
might safely indul-e in irregular amours after that period.
King.,*, .ubjoin. ^#-$&&-T%*f
very well said I but m .y this assertion, be confidently believed
or not .'
In the Yih-king, under the chapter called Sell kwa chuen
Jl* i^t "(^ 'he successive steps from the origin of things up
to the formalities of civilized society, are enumerated thus,
Yew teen tc jen how yew wan wiih ^j" ^ J^tt jfa
^
^ ^JJ heaven and earth being in existence, next existed all
creatures; after these,
-PJ
mold and female existed t
after these ^ ^ jj^j were husband and wife; then ^j"
were father a d sun inext, /^J jja ^ c ,,ne master
and servant,or prince and minister ,then
~Js fol
lowed, superior and inferior;and then, Le e yew so tsoo
|*
'fj Pf\
eliqette and justice had materiali on
which to act. (,Kia-tiiig Cliow-yih, 40 vol.)

+ Tize 39th Radical

704

A great deal of this etiquette is detailed in the same work ||

"r the section, called Kethle #

the following i.,

specimen,-the Foo-jin # /\ or principal wives of nobles

are directed to call themselves, in the presence of the Emperor,
Laou fo % # old women; * other nobles, they must
call themselves Kwa seaou keun

# N. H poor petty ladies,

and to their own husband, they must call themselves seaou

tung

/|\

irls.
Q
class of
of concu
concu
HB. little girls;
the She
foo filli
fil # a Class
# | slave girls, and Tsze yu

++. 1.

bines, must call themselves

foo moo, tsih tsze ming yay

| j\ % # H|| l 4% th.

a child before his parents must speak of himself by his specific

name; he is not allowed to use *ny pronoun, or periphrase for

his name." (Kin-ting Le-ke, 40 vol.)

Again, Che tsze pith tse , tse, Peth kaou yu tsung tsze

# 1 A MA ### 1 the "...

cubines may not sacrifice, if they would sacrifice, they must
*k permission of the Tsung tsze, or the son who has descended
in a "raight line of primogeniture.
The monarch Ching-wan

lik HE (B.

C. 1068) when dying

"mended his son to the ministers in these words, Yung king

Paou Yuen tsze Chaou, hung tse yu keen nan
/* H
n
-

H] # 4:
Y.

JL. | | #/. # + # # "a respectful manner pro

tect the prince Chaoti, and render him substantial aid in the
midst of difficulties and distress. (Kin-ting Shang-shoo, 29 vol.)
Clih Isze

# |

-sometimes cousins.

brothers sons, uncles and nephews

Sang fh, heung teche tsze,

yew tsze

" ' 'R X # 2 1 # 1 #1 in wer:

mourning, the sons of elder and younger brothers are con
sidered as sons,

(Kin-ting Le-ke, 48 vol.)

In the 22nd vol. of the tweuty-one historians, there is an

": " numbers and music entitled Letih leth che # J#

#.

in it is contained a theory of the changes which take place

" ", four hours, or in the shih urb shin + - R&

twelve hours of the Chinese.

They set out with a notion that

Tae keih yuen ke han sun wei yih

% # jL. # I' E.

% - the first principle, the

original afflatus, contains

three in one(the

three according to the commentary, are

heaven, earth, and

"an.) These Che tung yu tsze,

j$ |
af Unity.

# #)

begin to move, or operate at midnight, in the form

% Z ji' H. # 5. at Chow, (which is the

705
d(?m, and goodness. The opposite character lo Keun-Uze, is
Seaou jin /}\ ,\ petty man, which means a dishonorable
craftyfool, a tad man.
These two expression! occur also meaning by Keun-tsze
those persons who fill the higher places in associated communi
ties as rulers or teachers; and by Seaou-jin, the poor, who
perform the necessary manual operations of life. Thin, ^
Mang-tsze's commentator says, ^f" 1 4ffi /j\ ^ J||J
f& 'J* A $fc J$ 1 |l] fl Keun tsze woo seaou jin
tsth ke; seaou jin woo keun (sze, tMh Iwan, Rulers and
scholars without the labouring pnor, would famish ; and the
labouring poor without rulers and scholars would fall into
confusion. The text which gnve occasion to this remark
observes, that it was an old saying in Mang-tsze's days, Hw8
lion sin, hw8 laou Itlh JfJ^ ^>
^ ~fj some must
toil wilh the mind, and others must toil with bodily strength.
The first class, Che jin y^J
rule others ; the second are
Che jn jin
jjjk J\ ruled by others. But, the second
class, Sze jin ^
feeds others ; whereas the first and
higher orders must depend on Sze yu jin
^Jf4,
being
fed by othen,and so none can bout of independence. This
mutual dependence between the high and the low, the rich
and the poor, is Teen hca che lung c jay ^ ~JT j j|| ^
an universally applicable principle throughout the world.
(Sce-fhoo Choo f/y ^ ^ 4 to!. 3, 10 and 1 1 pages.) In
the She-king poetry, wives call their husbands Keun-tsze.
(Compare with Keun ^* under the Radical p Row.
The use of the term Keun-ltze, is very ancient, and is much
employed in the Four Books of the Confucian school. It
denotes those who sincerely adopt and reso'ulely practice the
principles of personal and social duties, there inculcated and
recognized, as derived from Heaven by the inspiration of
that Power which gave existence to human beings ; hence, called
Teen le
jJ| Heaven's Principles, in opposition to which are
placed Jin \ S ^
human passions. Were it not for the
godless character of the Confucian Ethics, the Keun-tsze
might be considered as parallel to the righteous man in Sacred
Scripture i the Teen Le, to the spiritual mind; and the
Jin yl, to the carnal mind. 1 mean this comparison only
at an illustration of Chinese modes of thinking. The 7een,
taut. I,
6 n

39th Radical.

Tsze

or Heaven, must be considered the unknown god of Con

fucius.
Kung tsze yuf, Keun-tsze jew fan wei; Wei teen mi ng;
wei ta jin i wei shing jin che yen ^ J Q
j ^j* ~
S. H % tit. % A A.H S A Z 1 Confucius said, the Keun-Uze stands in awe of three things, he stands
in awe of henvenly-in|ired principles; he stands in awe of
dignities; he stands in aw* of the words of the innately-wise
sages.
The opposite character is thus given in the same page,
Seaou/jin pBh che teen ming urh p8h wei yay ; hei ta j in i
woo shing jin che yen ^A^^PX^iT^
W A AM ^ A Z f the
neiiher
knows nor stands in awe of Heavenly-inspired principles; he
despises dignities ; and he scofls at the sayings of the innatelywise sages.
It follows on the next page, in the Lun-yu, that
1 'fj
/Sx
Keucn-lsze has nine objects of studious
care : He studies to tee. clearly ; to hear distinctly ; lo look
benignantly ; to be grave in his demeanour ; to speakfaithfully ;
to act respectfully s to enquire in doubtful cases; to remember
the danger of indulged angers and when he may acquire
property, he studies to be perfectly just. (Sze-shoo Choo,
3 vol. 8 s) 1 4 page.)
They make the Keun-tsze despise gain,rejoice in poveny,find a complete happiness in virtue,be content in
obscuritybut regret being unknown after death. By some
representations of the Keun-tsze, or wise and good man, there
is a large portion of pride ; self-sufficiency, and disdain
attached lo his character. Keun laze mow taou, pith mow shlh
~fp 1 IS iS
t$ 1 lhe Keun-t,ze eml,1(>J his
mind about virtue and goodness, and does nol lay schemes
for bodily provision;he, Yew taon p8h yew pin ^
"T* 'Jc W grieves for virtue's cause, and not ou account
of poverty.
Keun tsze peih ching ke e
J ^
^
lhe Keun tsze must be sincere in his intentions. Keun tsze
pelhshinketuhya, % ] $ | ^ j
the Keuntsze must be particularly heedful in solitude, and in Ihinga
known only to himself. (Ta-heo.) Chung-ne yulS, Keun tsze

Tsze.

39th Radical.

chung yung ; seaou jin fan chung yung <fr)l J[J, 0 fl" ]
ll
/J\ A
4* Hf c<mr"c',u!,
">e Kcun-fze
devintcs not from the standard medium ; the Seaou-jin ii just
the reverse, he it alwa\s in some extreme; but the Kcun-tsze
Woo kwo piih ke'h 4tt ^ ^ Jf^ neither passes over, nor
tops shnrl of the middle line. Keun tsze che szc p8h peen
| ^?
/f>
lne Kcun-'sze wi" rather die than change
his principles. (Chung-yung.)
When a Philosopher, Jin piih che urh pah win; piSh yili
keun tsze hoo A ^ P ffij ^ fS ^ 7^ ^" ] f~
is unknown to the world and jet feels no vexation, is he not
a Keun-tszc ! Yin-she
said in allusion to this passage,
^ # a. & * $ # a. ft ia 2 ing is one's own concern , whether known or not to the world
depends on other people, what occasion is their for anger or
vexation ? The Keung-trae, Jpt^g.^A^fftA
seeks from himself , the Seaou-jin seeks from others; this
expression originally had a reference to a good man's seeking
fame from other people by flattering them ; it is now employed
to express generally that a good man seeks to find every
resource in himself, instead of applying to others,
Again, the Kcun-tsze, King urh piih tsang, keun urh
piih tang^ ifj] /f
^ fjfjj
conUouli himself
and will not wrangle , he lives in a general harmony with
every body, but he will not join a party, or a cabal. (I.un-yu.)
This last expression is often quoted in the histories of China
by political men, who designate those they deem possessed
of talents and virtue, Kcun-tsze: and the time-serving, scllsceking servants of government, they call Seaou-jin.
Keun-tsze pin; wo ning yen, piih ping jin che piih ke
<he^ 1
AZXZ
^JJ
the Keun-tsze regrets his own inability i and does nut
regret his being unknown to others. Yet it is added, he,
Tselh mfih she, urh ining piih ching yen ^ ^
j^jj
/fi Jjlj
is pained at the thought of his name not being
mentioned after he leaves the world. (Lun-yu.) The poorest
and most obscure man in China will quote this, and deprecate
the idea that his name shall perish.
Foo yaou yu
afe <j|j- an intrepid statesmen of the
Sung dynasty, is called by way of eminence, Kin yiih Keun-tsze

106
^
j the wise and rirtaoai man, valuable as gold
anil gems ; or the golden Keun-tszc. It is said figuratively/.
$ M if *D ft ft
it a ft * X # &
Yen tse4 kc che bung kwiih che ;
Hoo paou ke show kcucn yang kc!
How should lhe petty swallow know the mind of the large
and noble Uung-kwfih bird j
How can the tiger and leopard ever receive an insult
from a dog or a sheep !
This expresses, that /]\ A ^ $ % \
4jk
petty men cannot comprehend the motives and principles of
lhe wise and virtuous, and that
j /fj
/J, A
it is impossible for a wise and virtuous man ever to be
affected by the scoffs or insults of a poor petty bad principled
wretch. (Koo sze-keung-lin, 4 vol. SO page )
Chay tsecn tsze t|J j^j J tce/s of Plantago Major. (Mr
Livingstone.) This plant is very common in China, and grows
often by the way side j and spring* up in the foot-steps of horses
and cattle, and in the ruti of cart wheels, to which the name
Chaylseen, has au allusion. The seeds are used in China as a
diuretic, in various complaints of the urethra; stoppage of
urine; passing blood; gravel, and so on ; in eomphinls of
prcgnar.t women ; and in diseases of the eyes. (Pun-tsaou, 18th
vol. y 16, pa^c 54.) One of the synonyms is, Ma-seth EE|
a horse shoe, which is not remote frnm the word Plantago.
Mali pee? tsze ^ ^ j seeds of a species of gourd, flit
and having a curious wrinkled skin ; emetic.
Kin ying tsze ^ ^ j wild rose sped, cooling and corrugatingailslrinjent ; given in an involuntary emission ofsemen.
Lo pTh tsze |j| ^) | Chinese turnip radish seed. Sy.
wither
] Lae-fah-tze.
Kcw tsze iJji ^ seeds apparently of the leek or onion,
afford warmth lo lhe bloodSing che tsze /{r
] fresh seeds of Gardenia.
Shan che tsze |ii ^ ] eeds of wild Gardenia, refriger
ating.
She keun tsze jjjB ^ | seeds of the Quisqualis Indira ;
said, Shi chuog choo tssib
jj
to beaatheW

707
mintic, and to remove obstructions. (Mr Reeves, and ^
M
Jt. Tun tsaou kew chin.)
The eminent writers mid teachers of antiquity, who have
philosophized about Physical, Moral, and Political Sciei ce, I
know not by what allusion, are called
Tsze, a KungfooItze ; Laou Itze, 4c. Thus j=|j| ] Choo tsze, alt lAe sons,
denotes all the eminent writers.
Shih tsze -J- | the ten Ttze or eminent writers of anti
quity, begin with ^ j Laou-tsze, and end with $J| j$ ]
IJS kwan tsze. These writers' Works are printed uniform in SO
vols. Their style is vi-ry obscure, and their opi lioi.s are oflea
wild and eccentric, they have at some periods been much
esleein -d in China, but the use of ihem now, in literary essays
presented to tbe national professors, is prohibited by law.
Tsze she tsing ha ^ ^ ^pf ^ e,eKallt essences (ex
tracted) from eminent writers a d historians, 50 vols. duod.
The extracts are merely sentences and short paragraphs ; it
was compile I- and printed by order of the Emp Tor Kang-he,
but like some other of his literary undertakings, was not
published till the reign of hisiucccjir Yung.ching.
Seen l.sn Ttze-mel-ltze 5^
j
] lne a"c'ent
wortliy Tsze-iree lsze, elder brother of Confucius : he is
spoken of as a lame man. Seen joo Ttze ktrti ttze yj^
1 |H| 1
oncicnl Philosopher, Tsze-kwS-tize, a des
cendant of Confucius, or as they express it, -p : "Jttf ^
SMh-yih she-sun, a grandson of the I lth generation : he attained
noble rank. Prints represent him with a book in his right
hand, and a sword by his side.
Shah shing re-se.iise jj[ Ig ^ JEB ] Ttzesze-ltze
(the grandson of Confucius) who recorded the doctrines of the
Sage. Tsze-szc-tsze was a native of jjjjj
Ke8h fow
hern, in
j|J ffi Yen-chow-foo , of |i| ^ Shin lung
province. He was the son of <fj ^ PTh-yu, and the writer
of the second of the Four Books, viz. the t|l
(jhung-yung.
Tsze-sze-lsze $ || =f f" } $ j| ^ % ^
Show net yu Ling tsze; chuen taou yu inXng tsze, received
his education from TsSng-tszc (the writer of the
Ta-heo) and transmitted the doctrines of the sect to MSng-tsze.
The author of the two last of the Four Books, and which are
designated by bit name.

39th Radical.

Tsze

TheShfh tsze tsnng mtlh 4* |

g general Index
of the ten authors called Tsze
referred to above, places
them in this order, 1st, Laou-tsze ^ | a native of the state
^ Tsoo, the founder of the Taou kea
^ or sect of
Taou. There are many fabulous stories respecting his birth
and origin, such as, that his mother ^ ^ jjjj ^jl ffjj
ueca,ne pregnant from the influence of a large filling
star, which she saw above the house of Le
and from thence
took the surname Le. Some say,, that Laou-tsze ^ ^
J^jj /jt was produced before the heavens and earth existed i
some say, that he is
^ jEB ^| the essence or nniina of
heaven j and that he jjjfjj ^SS ^ J||j is allied to divinity ;
some say, that his mother carried him in the womb 72 years,
and that 3Ajj i^' 4
fl5 t*+ *" CUt Ut f h'" m"
Ihers left side; and that
jfjj
|j he was born with
grey hairs on his head; from which he was named Laou-tsze,
The old boy. It is also said, that he appeared in the world
repeatedly, both before nnd after the period referred to, and
under different names which are inserted in accounts of him.
There are writers who consider the whole account as fabulous,
and originating with people who
^ jpjj | ore fond of
the marvellous, and value the wonderful. Laou-tsze said to
Confucius, ]/^
j|| S^- have you found the eternal reason ?
Confucius replied, $ ~-\- . tf- ftj} ^
%
1 have sought it twenty-seven years, and have not yet found
il(ik, 3s M. IE Srd vo1- Srd page)
Laou-tsze was contemporary with Confucius. 1st vol.
contains his writings, (which are called ^
^ Taou-Uhking.
2nd, Chwang tsze ij ^ also of the Taou sect writines contained in vols 2nd to the 5th. He wrote two pieces
which are yet extant called Yufoo jj^ ^ the fishing patriarch
and Taou chlh ^ tffo the robber CMh, with the design of
pS, t$L ^fL 1 >21 $E r',u",cll'',ng ani vilifying the Confucian
sect, and to given eclat to the notions of Laou-tsze.
Sd, Seun tszc/^jj j an eminent writer of the /|^= ^2
Joo kea, the philosophic sect of Confucius.
^ ^'j ^-jj
^ ^ ^ Ming tsze and Seun-tsze were long mentioned
together ; the last named, lived subsequently to the other, dur
ing the civil wars, or period called
|i9 Chen-kw, about

-J-Tsve, 39th Radical.

230 years, B. C. Some think

7(

that Scuntszeji # # #

stands highest, like a crown or diadem over all the learned

of the Confucian school; next to the four writers of thc
Four Books; both

for # # TE the rich unction and

correctness of his knowledge, and for the

X Z. ##

variety and perspicuity of his style. He differed from Mng

tsze in a material point. The latter always maintained that

man's # # nature

or disposition is virtuous: Seun-tsze

contended

# # nature

that man's

is vicious or wicked.

Some undertake to moderate between them, and say that

Mng-tsze

j' # considered

virtuous than it is ; and Scun-tsze

man's disposition more

# # considered it

more vicious than it is,that it is neither wholly virtuous,

nor wholly vicious. His writings are partly political and partly
moral: He opens the essay on human nature with these words,

A. # # # # # # All man's nature is wicked;

his virtues are counterfeit.

The word

# Wei

counterfeit,

is composed of man and to make; and the original says, that

it imports that man's virtues are
R not from natural
disposition; but

#:
N # %2

of man's making;-not

genuine, but counterfeit. He confirms his doctrine by contend

###]

ing that men naturally

are covetous; and fight
for gain; %# are envious, and cherish ill-will;
H. El

6% have

passions which are inflamed by the ears and

eyes,and which lead to lewdness and moral anarchy. From
these, and other reinarks, he affims that the wickedness of
human nature is

HH # very manifest.

4th, L8-tsze

%| |

an eminent writer of the Taou sect.

Works contained in the 10th vol. lived about the same time
as Laou-tsze, the founder of the sect.

(B.C. 585.)

5th, Kwan-tsze # | a writer of what is called the

# Ping kea, the military school. There are extant 8 vols. of
his work; and from 11 to 18 in the collection from which

these notices are taken. He wrote 389 essays,those preserved

are on government and war. He flourished in the state # Tse,

whilst the empire was yet composed of many principalities.
About the 3rd century, B. C.
6th,

Han-fei-tsze

# |

or Han-tsze,

# #| %

# % Zy :

was fond of studying penal forms,

laws.

}}: %

By F kca

and the

seems intended those who study

709
10th, H8-kwan-tsze ^ ^ ^ a writer of the Taou
sett; hit works are contained in the 30th and la;t volume of
the Ten ancient authors. He was a native of
Tsoo, and
spent much of his time amongst the mountains and deep ra
vines; carrying or wearing the bird H5- jjll on his head, as a
crest, from which circumstance he was called HS-kwau-tsze ,
the Ha cres'.cd sage.
The works of these ancient writers, have either in whole or
in part, exi<led ahout two thousand years. There were two
other philosophers of the same period, called ^Bj
Yangehoo, and |^ | Mih-tszc, who oppo-ed the Confucian
sect, and whose doctrines are called
^ E twan,. The
heterodox opinions of that day.
K E E, and Keth.

The appearance of a man

without his right,. Smgle; one only , remnant; short,

behind or last. A spear or halberd with a transverse pike.
KeS keg \ ] standing or jutting out ,- alone ; a great
mosquito. A surname.
Ke jen jih shin J
Jj, quile aioue Ka ^
kanmaou \ ] ^^|,tart bristling up do the tasselcd
spears,the tassel was made of $f
cow's tail. (She-king.)
In one of the odes of the She-king, each verse ofwhich begins
with Han ke ta shin |j| gflg the drought having come
to an extreme degree;it is said, Chow yu le min, me jew
e ft U t K II W 1 it 0' <he remnant ot
the black-haiied people of Chow, not half an individual is
left. Haou teen Sharg te, tsTh piSh wo e^ ^
|J|J
%
therefore let not the glorious heavens, the most
high ruler, spare me! Show szc kef ven ^
j Jt?
gave lance, to the militarjyT-these lances were also railed Kow
ke'i<^ ] booked spears; having both a point and a hook.
(Tso-chuen, ? vol ^ 3, page 1.)
if
KETJE, and Keiih.

Wanting the left arm.

Kekeu^ ] short; these two characters are otherwise read KeiS-kung, and defined Tsing chung seaou chunjjj^ small insects in a well..
PART I.
6S

39th Radical.

1.

Tsze

iUfWti
From bird and its young onet. An ancient designation of
excellent; a spacious vacuum. An. orifice; an aperture ; the
hole of a musical instrument ; the passages of an animal body ;
the name of a bird. A surname. Pe^kungj^ j the nostrils.
Shan kung ij; j interstices in the mountains. Kung heuS
^
an open place ; a hole ; a cavern. Kung-foo-tsze j
^ -y- Confucius. Kuug tsze pHh yu kwae |
^ =5
'1$ Confucius did not speak of the strange or marvellous.
Kung slung ^ ^ Kung (Confucius) the sage. Kung taou
^ Jj| a throughfare; a road not stopped at either end^ a
highway. Kung tsc9 j ^ the peacock .
Kung shwiiy tung J
jjpj the aqueduct cavename
of a romantic spot on the
j^jf jjj Tac fang-shan, the
large chamber mountain. On the N. E. side of it, there is
an overhanging precipice more than a thousand cubits high.
At the foot of this precipice there is, in the rock, a basin 20
cubits wide, from which a spring of water gushes up. The
depth of this spring 7J> 5j" J^lj 'S unfathomable. There
arc various legends about dragons issuing from the spring,
and being immediately transformed to fish , and sweet musical
sounds being heard to rise up from it. During the Tang
dynasty (A: D. 745,) people in boats, with lanterns, endea
voured to ascend to the head of the cavern, but failed after
proceeding up it five or six days. In times of drought, the
court at that time sent special commissioners to throw a
dragon and stone sceptre into the cavern, as a sort of offering ;
after which, it is affirmed, most beautiful peach blossoms flow
ed out of it. (San-tsae Too hwuy, 13 vol. J^J^6th sec
tion, 18 page.)
Wo yew kea pin, lib jin kung chaou ^ ^ ^
^
^ J^J I have a worthy guest of virtuous fame most
illustrious. ( She-kiug.)
Kung j meaning in a great degree, is exemplified in the
account of Yu-kung j|g jjf the works of the ancient Yu, when
draining offthe waters of the deluge. Kew keang kungyin
1
'he waters of the nine rivers are most regular.
(Shoo-king.) There have been various opinions about the
situation of these ancient Kew-keang, or nine rivers; and dif

+ Time

I. 39th Radical.

ferent names in nines have been supplied by commentators.

They are now supposed to be nine streams running into

# # Tung-ting

lake, situated in Pa-ling E.

in the province of Hoo-nan.

# Hen,

The modern Kew.keang foo

ju }I. #f is in Keang-se province.

The Kung-tse | or Peacock,

is so called from its

being large; quasi dicit, the large bird; it is otherwise

Yu-neaou

# F:

called

and though but rarely used, is inserted

as an article of the Materia Medica, being an antidote for

poisonous drugs and an anthelmintic. Kung-kei | H a.

KI dynasty. (B. C. 1821.)

Tahes kung she chee shoo j # | # Z ##

king of the Hea

the Ta-hed, is a posthumous work of Confucius, or Kung foo

| #: Hg A Confucius the sage. Kung tih che

yung | # Z # an open and liberal feeling and conduct.
Kung-ken |
an aperture; an interstice. Maou-kung
# | the pores of the skin. Kung-taou | j a thorough
fare; an opcn road. Ta kung taou j | # the prima:
viae. Kea yen kung chang # # | 5% excellent speech;
highly adorned. Tih yin kung chaou # # | #!
shing jin

virtuous fame, eminently illustrious. (She-king.) Kung kung

ne

| /N # and Kung

shih

# H a medicinal mineral mentioned in the Pun-tsaou,

kung shih

| AS Zi or Tung

12 vol. $ 9, page 58, said to be Kung keaou kung tung

| # Zg # porous and hollow quite through, and to hang
like a stalactite or sprout, in the shape of a sheep's horn.
Said to remove obstructions, to heal sores on the genitals,
to clear the voice, and so on.

Kung tsuy

| # the

region

about two inches below the bend of the arm, at the elbow, in
the front of the cubitus.

Kung tsze

| +

or Kung-foo-tsze

| j *

which

latinized by Europeans, has become Confucius, was a bastard

son of Shh-leang-hih #

}##. and

Yen-she nett

# }\.

-l a daughter of the family of Yen ; these Yay h urh sng

Kung tsze

# [f] AE | + cohabited

in the wilder

ness and brought forth Confucius. (Urh-shih-yih She, 8 vol.)

The Hng tan shing tsee

# j# HE # sacred vestiges of

the Confucian school of Hng-tan, which is entirely laudatory,

affirms that the father of Kung-tsze, Tsow yib ta foo

t: jk j: a magistrate

of the city Tsow, in the state Loo

711
3?g intelligences. He stood like Ihe Fung Jj|J^ bird perched ;
and he sat like Lang tsun
jj^ the couchant dragon. Pre
vious to the birlh of this extraordinary person jjj^ p-J^
licj. the lin bird cast up from its stomach precious writing,
containing an incription. thus ^
^ |jff ^ Jp]
fffl Ml ^ 3E a *D lhe l,ure e,,ence of water ; a successor
to the falling fortunes of Chow ; a plain robed king, one who
shall rule without ever ascending a throne. On the evening
of his birlh, two dragons winded round the house, and heavenly
music sounded in the ears of his mother; and when he was
born an inscription appeared on his breast, with these words,
Che ts8 ting she foo ^jjj jfe Jj: -jjf ffi the maker of a seal
(or rule) for settling the world. (Hlng-lan-shing-tscih.)
The pedigree of Confucius is traced back, with rapid strides
to the ancient monarch ^ 7^ Hwang-te, B. C. 2622: but
notwithstanding this high descent, the morality of his family
is not deemed reputable; and it is said to their disgrace, that
| p^j ~~
Kung's house in three succeeding genera
tions divorced their wives; first Confucius himself, next his
son, PTh-ju
and again his grandson
BJ% Tsze-sze.
HisanccstorKung-foo-kea ^ 4
was killed by Hwa-tilh
3^. ^ of the state Sung ^ and his children fled to Loo J^j,
where Confucius was born.
The life of Confucius, is a good deal blended with the history
of his own times, and Ihe names of the several states or princi
palities, over which the kings of the
Chow dynasty held
a nominal controul ; the Choo-how =^
or princes appear
ed occasionally at the ^f- Wang, or king's court, to acknow
ledge his supremacy.
The Lelh tie tung ke peaou
^ ^ which
is a chronological work with historical notes, gives the follow
ing thirteen names as the most powerful nations or stales of
that period.
1st, Loo ijjj, the state in which Confucius was born, but
not the country of his ancestors: situated on the
site of Yen-chow, ^* jfj>| in the province of Shan
tung jjy jj^ the eastern mountains.
nd, Wei ||j to the S. W. of Loo, in the region of Honan.
3d, Tsin ^
the province of Shan-se ^Lj jfEj the
western hilly.

39th Radical.

I.

Tsze ^J*

4th, Tsae ^ near the modern capital of Honan, called

Kae-fung-foo
^j" fff this was a proverbially
small state.
5th, Tsaou
to the WJth.wesi 'of Loo.
iSlh, Ching |j}|J was in Honan province.
7th, Woo Jj^ near the modern Soo-chow
Keang-nan.
8th, Yen :jrjfc near the site of the modern Peking.

in

9th, Chin [Jjj^ near the borders of Kcang-se, on the north

side of the river Yang-tsze Keang.
lOlh, Sung
in Honan, about the site of the modern
Kwei-tlh || ^ N. L. 34. 29.
1 1 lb, Tse ^ to the N. E. of Loo, on the coast of the
gulph of ChTh-le, near the modern Tsing-chow ^
jjft N. L. 36 42.
13th, Tsoo Zjjjjj in the province of Hoo-kwang ^jjj
near the Tung-ting jf|p| |gj lake.
1 4th, Tsin ^ in the province of Shen-se
jJEj at Funglseims Ml $0 N- L 3*- *8- 11 was lhis kingdom
which evc.itually conquered all the other states.
There were many other still smaller states which arc men
tioned in the Chun tsew ^jjp;
such as Kwei 3j$ and Pa
^ aud Shfih |qj in the province of [7EJ )\\ Sxe-chueu.
Confucius was but three years old when his father died,
and in his youth, Kung tsze pin tscay tscen J
^
Kung-lsze was both poor, and in a mean condition. His
first employment was Lcaou leang ^-J. \y to act as a sort of
clerk, or accountant; and his next occupation was, Chiih fan
,eTh -j^j j^f.
to breed cattle in the parks belonging to the
government. He held this office in the 21st year of his age.
This was two years after his marriage to a daughter ofKekwau-she jj~
JJ^ who lived in the state Tsoo.
Iu his twentieth year a son was born to him, on which
occasion Chaou kung ^ /fe the governor of the state Loo,
sent Urh le yu
^ jfi^ two carp fish to him ; and Confu
cius flattered Ihe governor, by catling his son Pih yu i^J ^
in allusion to the fish, with which he had been complimented.
In the twenty-fourth year of his age, his mother died, and he
interred her iu the same grave with his father, at Fang-shan

^Tsze.

I.

39th Radical.

|^ lL| bill. Confucius about this time left Loo, and became
an adventurer amongst some of the other slate*.
He visited Tli>< and-Sung, and Wei. and ^ ^ |Jj| ^
j2
ROt
* *craPe on lne roa<' uetweeu Chin and Tsae.
The stale Woo attacked Chin ; Tsoo came forward in defence
of the latter, and sent an invitation to Confucius, which he
-was about to comply with, when Chin and Tsae fearing that
lie would do them a dis-service, sent people to cut him off
They surrounded him in a wilderness seven dajs, and had
nearly straved him to death, which would soon have occurred,
had not Tsoo scut a military force to rescue him. After this
narrow escape, he returned to his native country, where the
governor or prince of Loo gave him a carriage, two horses, and
a servant j with these, he set off for Chow wang ke JJjJ ^ ^e$t
the royal domain of Chow, which was the Imperial court, and
which was at first in the region of Kingyang j|
in Kanilh province, N. L. 36; 8 degrees W. of Peking.
The object of his visit to Chow, was to see Lnou-lsxe
^
the founder of the Taou sect, and to jjj^
ask his
opinions about propriety, decorum, ceremony, and etiquette.
Their conversation is not narrated in the Ske-ke, but the
speech that Laou lszc made to Confucius on parting, it inserted. Laou-tsze said, ^ g j| % % ^ ft ft
/j^. J\ ^
^ ^ == 1 have heard that the rich send
away their friends with valuable presents , and the virtuous
end away people with a word of advice. I am not rich, added
he, but I humbly deem myself entitled to the character, vir
tuous His advice seemed directed against a too inquisitive
philosophy j and against making loo free in discussing the
characters of men, chiefly from the danger brought upon u
roan's self by 90 doing; but in serving one's parents or one's
prince, he commended
^ P the not at all consi
dering one's self.
After the visit, Kung-tsze returned again to Loo, and Te
Uze shaou ylh tsin yen ^ -f- ^ ^
jE| disciples or
scholars gradually began to come in to him in greater numbers.
These things look place before Kung-tsze's thirtieth year ;
after he had, according to his own account, directed his mind
closely to study during the space of fifteen years, he says
in the Lun yu
|f fffl ^ ^ || 1 at Bflcen

712
resolved on applying to philosophy, -J- [fjj jjV and t
thirty my resolution was iramoveably fixed. The year before
this, at Urh shlh kew suy win Szc-senng shen kin suy shib
tsin heo che ~ -f fa % ^ gjfi ^ f| ^ *g jg
^ |J 2 tne a?c of twenty-nine he heard that Sze-tcng
played skilfully on the kin harp, and be forthwith, set off
to Tsin to learn it
The remaining part of the life of Confucius was very far
from tranquil; he was either employed or implicated during
the quarrels of the petty stales of his day,. Haiv-ckeou-pik
J^[i 11$ 16 e tow ke ko Hh topy L"0 cllQOU kunS V)\ P
|| j$ ffi P ^ |jg
by some trivial cockfightiag
squabble offended the prince of Loo, Chaou kuog, who had
recourse to arms, and was defeated, which obliged Confucius
to flee to Tse. Between his fiftieth and seventieth year, he wu
absent from Loo fourteen j ears at once. In his sixty-sir jesr,
his wife died, and for her, his only son Fih yu wept a whole
year, till he overheard his father say, E ke shin e fl^". it ^
^* ah ! it is carried too far,when he immcdiatelj dried up
his tears. Shing-tsze Plh yu Udh ^
fa fa 2^. Plhja
the jagr's son died in his father's sixty-ninth year.
At the age of seventy, the prince of Loo. Jj^ ffe Gae-kung,
and others, allowed Confucius to sit in their presence, whil-t
they ^ jf^J asked his opinions about government.
In the same year, a favorite pupil
Jpj 2^5 Yen hwaj
died. Kung-tsze was now much concerned for the propagation
and continuance of his doctrines, and had great hopes from
Yen-hwuy, and therefore on this occasion, the aged philosopher
^ ^ 10 wept for him most bitterly, and said,
^
"{^ J* Heave" na* destroyed (or slays) me ! Heaven has
destroyed ine ! In his 73rd year, about seven days before his
death,leaning on his staff. Confucius tottered about the
door, and
jfjj jjj^ sighing sung.
1^1 Ht
^

Ta 5nan hwae ho !

$1 -J" Leans mih t,uJ 1,00 !

A j Jp-Chejinweihool

The great mountain is broken !

The strong beams nre thrown down !
The wise man, is a dying plant !

713
He then with lean running down his aged checks, address
ed himself to Tsze-kung ^1 J= laying,
~J\ if!& ^
^jj*. the world has long been in a state of anarch;,and to
went on to mention a dream the had dreamt the preceding
evening ; and which he considered ^ "JL -jj^ a presage of
his death. And ^ <^
0 ft]
" '*
came to pass; that after being seven days confined to bed by
ticknesi, he died. The 18th day of the Hud moon is considered
the anniversary of Kung-tsze's death. He was interred on
the 9th of the 6th moon of the same year ; and put in the
same grave as his wife. His disciple jp
| jff S
\ ^ ^ |L Tsze-kung mourned, in a shed reared by the
side of his master's grave, three years twice over, in all six
years,
^ ^ and then returned to his home.
As Confucius taught nothing about the existence of the soul
after death, during his life lime, he does not appear at the
approach of death to have expressed either hope or apprehen
sion. To his mind *' life and immortality" do not seem to have
been revealed. Nor does it appear that he prayed to Heaven or lo
any God, when death drew near. On a former occasion when
he was sick, Tsze-loo
one of his pupils, proposed lo
pray for him; but he declined it, saying Jr j
^ ^
Kew, (or as they now read it Mow, meaning himself) has long
prayed.
Posthumous honors and titles in great variety have been
conferred on Ihc rather uninteresting character, whose life has
been slightly reviewed. Soon after his death, the prince of
Loo, entitled him
father Ne. In the Han dynasty, he
was made |f? Q duke Ne i the Tang dynasty first styled
him ^
ltie ancient sage. He was next styled j> ^pf
the royal preacher, and bis effigy was clad in king's robes, and
a crown pat on it's head. The Ming dynasty called him
^> jft?
Jjjjj j
the most holy wise and virtuous an
cient teacher, ATting-fsze; which title, the Tartar family now
on the Imperial throne, has continued.
Conf;iciui dabbled in politics all his life, and his ethics
dwell chiefly on those social duties which are of a political
kind. A family is the prototype of his nation, or empire, and
he layi at the foundation of his system, not the visionary
notions which have no existence in nature, of independence and
r.iRi i.
8t

39th Radical.

I.

Tsze

equality; br' the principles of dependance and subordination,

as of children to parents ; the younger to the elder, and so on.
Thcie principles are perpetunlly inculcated in the Confucian
writings, and are embodied in solemn ceremonials, and in ap
parently trivial forms of mere etiquette. And probably it'll
this feature of Kung-tsze's ethics which has made him such a
favorite with all the governments of China for many centuries
past, and at this day. These principles and these forms, are
early instiled into young minds, and form their conscience i
the elucidation and enforcement of these principles and forms,
is the business of students who aspire to be magistrates, or
statesmen j and of the wealthy who desire nominal rank in
the state; and it is in all likelihood owing in great part to
the force of these principles, on the national mind and con
science, th it China holds together the largest associated popu
lation in the world.
At his death he left only one grandson Tne-ne keSh ^
and from him the lucceision has been continued to
the present day, through sixty-seven generations, with various
honors and privileges, in the very district where Kung-tsze
was born. The heads of the family have enjoyed the rank of
nobility, and are now called Yen-shing-kung ^Jj ^ fa
at the lime of the fiftieth generation, there were twenty Kung
/j^ or Dukes, and in the reign of Kaug-he, their descendants
amounted to 11,000 males.
In every He'en district of the empire, there is a temple
dedicated to Kung-tsze. The Emperor, kings, nobles, and
the learned of the land do him service,pay a sort of athe
istical whorship, for as the led believei in no future state,
neither in any God, angel, or spirit, their service can scarcely
be called religious worship. The life of Confucius has in it
no very striking incidents; and his doctrines are what Euro
peans call common-place truisms ; justice, benevolence, and
social.order, are three termi which nearly comprehend the
whole of what he taught. They contain two of Ihe three
duties inculcated by a IIeaven-tauht writer of the west : " Do
justly, love mercy, and walk humbly with thy God."
(Micah, vi. 8.)
Confucius sometimes spoke in a manner that shewed his
own impression to be, that Heaven had conferred on him a

Tsze.

T.

3:th Kadical.

714

spec;ul cnmrnwrion to i trie Ike word. Wba aa attempt

was made oa bis life ; he '*, Teen sing Ilk jn yn, kwaa ray

by which conduct they brought oa Ike raia of their familt.

A person named Taag-ckd J| ^. who pasammd ^ ^ ^
^
nuilU" talents aad personal strength seldom

** Heaven has pri;gwct : wh 1 Wr;r e of virtue in ae, wkat

da I* me 1 f>> conceiving I
to Wl
as 7 fr .rbrr of nghlesusiiem m Ike world, he

eaoalled, aad A? fj- ft rather fond of kaight errantry, was

5 JtP J M ,f ::"'CT means wt to obliterate this docthe men ofKwang can <
The dhwipies of Cowfurius inspected his private character
M two orcasiiis . once when he paid his respects to a womaw
of doubtf . I (.kncW, ow which occurrence he imprecated
li e venpearre of hrairn, if an; guilt attached to him.
The other was, whea ia a i t m nc"n.hBoarhood. where the
tea weaid not haten to his teaching ^
p*j A
he admitted a bo; to see him, which made his nwpib saspect
htm af that vice, which was so ciniimua amongst the n aad
sages of Greece and Borne.
The hooks referred tooa this hrief memoir say aotbing of
the cater of Coofacias, bat ike elegies of iia. seen ky the
writer of this .a tie aothern parts of China, represent kirn as
nf a dark swarthy colonr.
Knsu-wiac [ j^j or Ckoo-ko-leaag ^ ^
fixed
ir. Ike do--- of Ike re.?-, af Beea-te ^
4. D tti the
last Emperrr of the Baa djwastj ; aad he took a
part ia Ikecivil wars ofthe Sua-kwl
H
overthrow of that family, after 1waving the sceptre of t
was a native of the 1
moontniM, oa the sea canst of ShaaUnag province. The
@ ft Bfl Kaag^a&h (1 miag asserts l hat from Ike peraaw
afIke original three dynasties called Snatae "|-f Wei ban tth
tee. bra wei chr*r ^^^^"^g^jftheHan
dynasty alone obtained the empire m n correct rammer, and
held it
JJQ
:fjE more than fear honderd yean. CbTb te
jlk qua, m fa Baa yew ft flj,
|| ^ ^ ^ ^
net a 1
by the Baa family.

on* of the ant who g

^ jS| ^ | ianned the lame
and raised in a tack nl Ike heroes of the day. The eunuchs
obtained and trifled with the Imperial aathority , and it is
said, that about this time * eclipses of the ton are recorded .
T overthrows or reading of mountains . 1 1 earUkiatkes ; 4
exteutsive laandations, t famines, ia which the people ate
each other : aad 80 distarhaaces or wars on the frontier - the
ewart irvi--* dissipated, aad taxes were increased, (lelh taetwwg ke-penow, i vol. > 4, page 54.)
a high oSee ia which he abased his
aad at aa carry period af the then cornlost his life. Of his conduct, this is. a specimen.
Bating |Jf |j| p by a feast inveigled a few hundred inwrgents to surrender, be had
at the table, and of
of some
JJ_he cnt of the hands and feetof others
V eg
rhimclhrd oat their eyes 1 aad some ^ |
he boiled m chaldrons; aad the poor victims ^ ^ half dead
flf $f
^ fg\ y or rotted about amongst the dishes
on the tabic. The aErigktedgaentsdropt the spoons and chopirom their hands ; hot ^. |^ ^ g ^ M, CU
met his tale in aa early stage of thebaninns. lea-poo ^ ^
mnrdered htm ia a gate-way of the palace, and, as was the
horrid custom of the times
_
citerminated all hi)
kindred within three degrees of conaaagninily. (Crh-shihylk She, ] vol. tT g ^ 5 page.)
Abos.tlhi.li-e ^ f|j ^ 5H ^
l*evello.
capped rebek, Chaag-keo and his associates arose. This nan
pretended to care diseases by Pv
imprecations and
water charms, and nnder this pretext, associated with hinv
thousands of follower?, whom be orguover them. The troubles ofthis

The Emperor Hwan^and Ling g first ^ ^ ftifcd i

priest, who had read
the duties, and
tie authority of, great monarch*, J Uw Bc^atarte of Chimu

715
On the sideofthc Imperial family, were, I it Lew-pe g?|| i^j'
descended from royal ancestors, but reduced to be
^
a selle r of mnt or of straw sandals. 2nd, Kwan-vu
who rose from being *g jgf ^ a seller of sowins, to such
eminence at that time, ai to be now worshipped as the Mara
of China, under the name of Kwan-foo-tsze. 3rd, Chang,
fei tjj^ ^ who was originally ^ |^ a teller of flesh, or a
butcher.
These three men united themselves by- a solemn oath to
retrieve the fortunes of Han : and they had attached to them,
the person whose name is at the head of this article. Kung-ming
1
,he 11 db or % Sli $f M Kcnt"y at war- who
accompanied the armies. They had- also Yuen-shaouT^ jjSiJ]
len poo JEJ
and others.. This party finally formed
P| the kingdom Shflh.
Tsaou tsaou
headed the party who established
%\
the kingdom Weii and Sun-keuen Jji ^ was he
who raised himself to the throne of
||{J the kingdom
Woo. The secretary, Kung-ming, was eight cubits in stature;
and deemed very highly of himself; always comparing himself
to Kwang-chung -^j* jVJ) and ^
YS-e, persons famous in
their day.
Kung-ming was sincerely devoted to ^|] ^ Leu-pe, who
became the Chaou lee te
|)
of the ^
latter
Ban. Be excelled greatly in what was much valued at that
time, and has been much admired in China ever since, strata
gems in war. Be was an astrologer and versed iu the doc
trines ofthe
^\ fight diagramt-of Ftlk-hc; to correspond
to these, he, invented a form-- of encamping an army in a sort
of battle array, called PS chin too /\ [{tp j|| the eight, regiment figure. (San-tsae Too-hwuy, 9?tli vol.) Be began with
Jive men whom he called
Woo; he formed ten woo into a
company, which he called j^Tuy ; eight tuy he formed in a
J|jj Chin, or regiment, consisting of 440 men. Eight Chin
constituted a Poo ^consisting of 3,520 men. These he call
ed a /j\ jjjj small div ision ; eight of these Poo, or 28,160 men
had a Tseang
or general t eight of these divisions formed a
K eun Epf or army 225,280 men, which he called ^ ^
a large division. (For a full detail accompauied by a print, tee
the above refereuce to.the Chinese Encyclopedia.)

39th Radical.

1.

Tsze

1In allusion to the far-famed Pa-ckin-too of Kung-ming,

some medical writers in China, arrange their remedies by the
same phraseology, when they profess to attack disease.
The San-kwSche, an historical novel of that period, at
tributes to Kung-ming an ability to procure the aid of tpiritual beings, and always sends him into battle with a fan in one
hand, and an hankcrchief in the other. The grave histories
do not. notice this circumstance. Some ofhis letters, essays,
on different subjects j orders to the army, and so forth, are
preserved; and are thought to add greatly to his reputation;
they are in twenty-four pieces of composition, containing .
140,1 12 characters.
The serious accounts of Kung-ming, several limes repre
sent him as deeply affected, even to tears, with the state of
the couutry and the fortune* of that party which he espoused.
A little before his death, be was much irritated that his op
ponent r^ e-ma-e
would not bring his army out
of the
jng holds to fight , and. with a view of provoking
him to do it, he sent a suit of woman's apparel to him as a
present, and desired him either to accept the woman's attire
with shame, or to come forth like a man. Sie-ma-e, however,
persisted in acting on the defensive. In his 54th year he
anticipated, from existing indisposition, and an astrological
prognostic, that he was about to die. But for the sake ( Han's
house, he still wished to live; and he was induced to ^ fljjf
H ~Z 8C
^ ^- employ forms of prayer and.
supplication, to bring back his life,that is, to have the term
of1 hit life protracted. Bit prayer was addressed to Heaven,
and the stars; to correspond to which, he lit up lamps in a
certain number, and order, within his tent; and prottrating
hM prayed, thus, ife & jfe
$ t % fa
(I) Leang, being born into the world in times of anarchy,
would glady have remained till old age, secluded amongst
forests and fountains ofwater ; but having been called forth by
the reiterated visits of the Emperor ; having been entrusted with
the care of his son, ^jJfc^Jg^H^ljM dared
not to decline my utmost exertions, and to labour as a dog or
horse in his serviceI now apprehend my life is drawing to a
close, and therefore j=||f ^it Jt^ jjj^ I have revereutly written
a thort prayer
^ ^ t announce these things to

#-

Tsze.

I,

39th Radical,

716

heaven's azure canopy; and prostrate hope that Heaven will

## ## #

graciously bow down, look and listen R

and
#if
circumstances to lengthen the

Hil

# bend

number of my days; that I may recompense my sovereign,

and rescue his people, and render the house of Han perpetual:

### # if # H # ty)

presume not to offer

irreverent unreasonable prayersI am impelled by the most

acute and sincere feelings.

Having finished his prayerj. R. he remained prostrate

on the earth till morning , when

th fill X lb a constant

spitting of blood came on, of which he died in the 54th year

of his age.

Notwithstanding Kung-ming's ill success in

praying to have his days protracted ; and its being the popular
%
number of days

%: # the

belief of Chinese, that

which shall precede death, is a fixed number; the arrangement of

lamps corresponding to the stars of heaven, and spells, and

incantations, in imitation of Kung-ming, are still practiced

in China.

Kung-ming is famous for having invented %

#
wooden bullocks and go-horses which were a sort of ve
hicle # # # # for transporting provisions, and for
age; with these two advantages /\ R j\ # H. # R

f: that the men were not

much fatigued, and such bullocks

and horses did not eat.

The son of Lew-pe who was committed to Kung-mings care,

and who succeeded his father on the throne of the How han,

||| S}. O-tow

H. # # th

which ended with his life was, as a child, called

# + # Chaou-tsze-lung,
# | || 3}. when millions of men were fighting, still carried
the general

in his bosom the boy O-tour, who often slept amidst the crash

of arms, and all the din of battle: hence the saying

-

Af }: #. # ZR #

|| S}.

it was O-tow's fate never to

awake all his life; he proved a besotted debauchee; and the

name 0-tow applied in raillery or anger to any boy, is still

equivalent, to stupid blockhead.

Kuso-cases w83L## a commentator

on the Woo

king.
RUNG-BE

| #

named Chung-ho

| #l a descendant

of Confucius, of the 19th generation, who lived in the time

of ching te: * (b. c. 100) Kung he having given hi.

opinions freely respecting Woo-te $ # a former emperor

71?
Kung-yung |
also named Shuou-win ^ p a
native of Changchow ^ *(>]j in Keang-nan province. He
distinguished himself much as n magistrate in Kwang sc by his
benevolence to the people, and his intrepidity in opposing or
winning over the handilli, who, about A. D. 1504, infested that
part of China. He wis called to court to be promoted after 30
years service in unhealthy situations, but Taou tstih
/y^
he died on the road. (Lcih-tae-mingchin, 29 vol. p. 21.)

HI.

Tsze^f-

An

conceived in a similar manner : She, ChSh yay keen keu jin

tselh, been che urh shin tung joo ying fj
J=f^ |5f
W IS?
ffi j tk Wl ty? 1 WCnt 0,lt 10,4,10 wil<,ernets
and saw a large human footstep, and trod in it, whoa instantly
she felt a motion in her body like that of pregnancy, (UrhshTh-ylh she, I vol.) The son born was deemed, from the
above circumstance, Pdh tseang ^ jjj^p unlucky, and was
3|F Ke, eatt out upon the ire by his mother; but the birds
sheltered him and brooded over him with their wings, in allu
sion to this, he took the name Ke j|| cail-eu/.

From a child standing supported in its dress. An

Another inttai.ee recorded is that of KeentcTh

ij/jj^
"ho # %l P jfi] *fe ^iwHowed the Yin bird's egg,
and hore a son named See*.
The Chinese believe the influence of the mother's imagina

SUN.

From ton and two. A son's son.

ancient form of^ Sun, A grandson, a descendant.

~ >ff\

39th Radical.

ancient form of Paou ^ or rather Paou ^ a child's dress

or swaddling clothes.
Y1NG.
Pregnant ; with child ; applied also to brute animals. 5Xng
ying
| a pregnant victim is not eaten. Ying foo j j^j
a pregnant woman.
Tae ying che ying jjA ^
j the Ying character which
denotes a pregnant wonb. Foo jin hwae Itzcyue' ying^jjy
~" E3 1 a woml"1 De'"S w'ln child is called Ying.
Foo ying plih yojjjjj ]
^ a wom;:n conceiving, hut not
bringing forth. (YTh-king.) Foo jin pCli ying jj^
j
a woman's not contrivingthe causes of are detailed at consi
derable length in the 1st vol. of a Medical work called Ncu ko
kirg lun -^r
jjifR
discourses on female mcdic.;l practice.
The inedicl writers use Ying j for the first period of concep
tion j and Jin shin
for the subsequent stages ofpregnancy,
UDder which they place all the diseases peculiar to that state.
What may be called miraculous conceptions are frequent
in Chinese tory.
The mother of FOh-he jj^ ^ is said
Le Wcu jin tselh urh che shin ][ ]5 A |^ fffl #q jjll
to have trod in a large footstep, and iu resequence, became
pregnant. (San-lsac-too-hwuy, SO vol.) The mother ol Jj^J
^ Chow how tseTh, viz. Keang-yuen ^ jj^j is said to have
r*aT I,
6 17

tion on the child, if disagree.ble or frightful objects are

presented to her view j and within a certain distance, included
in a supposed sphere of influence on all sides of the pregnant
womb j if in the presence of the mother, in her chamber, a
nail be driven into the wall, the child will have the mark of
a nail on its head; if inadvertanily her gurment he stitched
to the vindow curtain; the child will he bum with its mouth
grown together, 4c. O.i account of this belief, they will not
permit women during pregnancy to be present at plays,
puppe.t shews, and such like tighls. They do not seem to
have a term corresponding t.i the longing of a pregnant woman,
but remark, that she has generally a voracious appetite.

An ancient form of Tsze IT. a child or ton.

^^^w TSZE.

Two children born at the tame time.

Twint; to grow and increase. Canton people read it Ma.

l^TSZE.

FromacAiVrf under a cover or theller. A female, able to

bear; to bear. To produce) to cherish; to lovei to promise
a woman in marriage. The signs of ideat produced ad iufini-

-^-Tsze.

111.

39th Radical.

718

turn. Letters ; a teller ur written character of any kind, origi

nally called ^ Ming. A lurname, or designation. The name
conferred on .youths at twenty, and on females when presented
iu marriage. Ming tsze
^ a name. Pin tsze
j
a female. Tsze Uze paou han e Ic | | ^jj "jSj- ^ J3j|
every word contains important principles of equity. Tsze kih
^ jfa bla k letters put below the paper, as a pattern to be
copied. Tsze che j Jj deal tenderly with them. Tsze
haou | J| a mark or dcr.ominnlion given to thing. Yth
ko tsze haon * jgj | ^ a number of chests of tea,
varying from two to six hundred, in irked in the sinie manner i
in the jargon of Canton called a chop of tea.
Tiih shoo seay tsze |J| ^ ^ j to read and write.
Yfh tsze cMh tscen kin \ jjjj
jfc one letter, or
character, is worth a thousand pieces of gold. Ta haon tsze
bwa fife M \ m l,e writ nnd draw' we"- Y,h ras
Uze 1 |J|g | a scroll of characters. Haou win tsze jp ^
j good composition. Lin tsze le [ ^ ijlrj to imitate
a good copy head ; or the hand of some eminent master.
Tsze te twan ching | ^ j& jfc the body of the
character square and regular. Scang leen tsze jjj^
|
connected cbaracltrsthose that are used together, to make
one idea. Jin t!h haou to ko tsze, pull hwuy seay tsze
# if # B 1 ^ # 1^ 1 know' a ere:,t man>
characters, but docs not know how to write characters.
Tsze ml!) che jin ^ H
A " maD o{ l*lXe" "<
ink ; a literary man.
For the sense of j Tsze, as denoting a name given at tho
time of Marriage, see under
s'nS- (Pnge
)
Tsze heu kea yay ^
^Jj Tsze means a woman's
promising marriage. Neu tsze ching pith tsze; shlh ncen nae
l"e "jf if" ]H ^ 1 ~Y^fF} \ acorrect female will
not (hastily) promise marriage i ten years will elapse before she
promise marriage. (YTh-king.) Neu tsze heu kea, ke urh tsze
"J" ~f}f
JZT] when a woman promises mar
riage, she braids up her hair and receives a new name. Tsze
e tsun ming j JM
she is named with an honorable
epithet Nan kwan, neu ke, keae ching jin urh tsze IJJ
/t" f=f'
A jfj] | 'he min is capped and the w..mai.'s
head dressed and braided; and arc both named on account of

coming to years of maturity. (Le-ke ) Wae-s1ie chang ta shoo

Uxe yu sze fang
r gfc *g ^ \ -J- ^ J} the
Wae-the manage despatches which arc sent with information
in every direction.
Chow-le, f'Oth vol.)
Keun foo che tscen ching ming; ta jin tsih ching: tsze
or magistrate, and before one's father, a man calls himself
by his Ming name; other people address him by bis Ttze name.
Chfih che pin chay uing ying tsze; koo wei pin yu8 tsze
male of domestic animals, possess the power of conceiving
and rearing offspring; and hence the female is called Tsze.
Tsze pin J
a female animal. Yew ma ching keun, urh
shing tsze pin cba, ft ^ $ |T ffij ^ | /ft jghorses collect in herds and mount the mares. (, She-ke. ) Ke
king tsze wo boo
to cherish kind feelings to me ; his
J^. ^ ^
1
^ J - *iearl dota not *rcor<' ,,'t'1 n,'"enow
he consent to cherish and love me. (Ts5 ehuen, 5 vol. 22 p igt.)
Foo piih ning tsze keu* t,ze ^7[\ ^ ] jjjfc ^
a father is unaMe to nurture bis child. Seaou kn S kung king,
Isze che yay /J>
^
| ^
"kea a small
stale sends tribute of little value, deal tenderly with it. Tsze
tsze kern jin ; tsze yew kefh chwang
j jj^
Q
4$) Ji. {jjt ^cnm conception till the formation ol the fcetus ;
frnra childhood till mature years. ( *f
^ Siu-sin-liih,
4 vol.)
Tsze leen j jjlt. the name of the Chinese Dictionary,
which is the foundation of the present work, in 32 vols. (See
the Introduction, page 8.) Tsze-hwuy ] ^ a Chinese Dic
tionary, in 14 vols, published during the MingQfj dynasty.
Tsze lin e tung lung kaou | ^
a forest
of letters, containing a thorough examination of then differences
and samenesses, 2 vols.
If a letter, Lat. iiVrro.be from Lege and tier qti ; legiler* ; rd
quod legentibus iter prevent ; or from linealura, ut CtfJ^-KI
and y e, fX(j,Ll7| , Hue drawn) the allusions are different
from the Chinese ^ Tsze. The Hebrew
to tell, count,
or number ; which the LXX translate by y JO,^|sMlTr' and the
vulgate by Uterus, is tlso different from the Chinese allusion ;
nor docs the Greek. XttfttXl1]^ * mark, come nearer to it.

719
The Chinese (ij^Tsze, composed of a child sheltered by a
covering, is, when applied to letters, intended to convey the
idea of offspring, which Ihey express thus, Tsze chay neif yny
y
i^L "(Ij, Tsze denotes springing from, or being pro
duced in uninterrupted succession, as with plants and animals ;
for ^ j letters or characters are by the LiSh-e seang
sing woo keung e
j|g Jj^ ^ 4ffi
^ six principles
of composition, reripr-ically produced to an inexhaustible
extent. (See the six principles of composition, in the 2nd page
of the introduction to this work.)
Some European writers seem to thii.k that each Chinese
character is an arbitriry mirk for an i.lei, instead ofits bein^,
as is really the case, a written medium founded on principles
of combination or the competition of the few simple arbitrary
characters, which, to express ideas, though not to convey
sound, are like the letters of an Alphibet, capable of infinite
combination. The word ^ Tsze, introduced above, is not a
bad example of composition, it is formed of luxuriant herbage
and a young animated creature ; thus leading the mind to the
productiveness of both the vegetable and anim.l kingdom ,
as an illustration of the never-ending compound characters
which may be produced from a few Radicals, under the
guidance of the six principles or combination.
The origin of the character, is stated in the following
sentence, ^ Jff g
|g ft flg ^ g ^
to$]tot6k$L] zm 16 in
cM,
Tseu-sung, TSang-he, te kwa hw, moo neaou Uelh, yin shin
chilh luy tsze che hing t he ie)h, Hwang-te's (B. C. 2622 )
historiographers, Tseu-sung and Tung-hee*. imilaM the
lines of the Kwa diagrams, and copied the imprinted foot-steps
of birds, then introduced explanations, and divided them into
classes, and from this time the r.inns of characters originated.
Tsze moo ^ -J}j- character mother, or moth, r charac
ters, is an expression introduce d by those who first adopt d
t"-e syllabic spelling imported from the west ; it means those
characters by the union of which the sound of ai y given
character is produced. E san tl.Th liih tze wci moo ^ ~
( ?\ ] ^ "S- t'"r,J-,il characters were constituted
mothers.
Fan Mung-koo, se jlh, vang wae, choo kviH, to tsung tsze

39th Radical.

111.

Tsie

all the Mogul tribes ; the occidental regions , and most of the
countries beyond seas, follow the alphabetic system. Han
joo pflh shlh tsze moo
fjff /(\
j fi the literati
of the Han dynasty, (which continued till A. D.*229,) were
unacquainted with the syll.ibic alphabet. Their system was
that of ^
Tsze yin, the character's sound, being as
certained by giving the sound of a well known character, for
that which was not known. (See the Introduction to this
Dictionary, for more on the same subject, and for the different
forms of the characters.)
TheTszc-haou ^ ^ or marks on goods of various sorts, ai
silks, teas, &c. are all intended to be significant, and to convey
some agreeable idea to the imagination. The following are a
few examples of Tea ehopt, as they are called) Ho yuen
^TJ -jjjji springs of concord. King hing j|r JL chearing
prospects. Kwang thingj
extensive abundauce. Yuen
ke -yjjji pj^ memorial of the fountain. Hing chang ^ j j
perpetual splendour. Tung chanp JpJ ^ together illus
trious.
In Chinese, as in the Hebrew language, where proper names
of persons and things ire significant, the spirit and beauty of
the composition is lost when the sound only of the name ii
given, and its meaning 1 ft untranslated.
The Chinese, as the Jews did, count the number of letters
or characters in esteemed writings; hence it is said, jf ^.tjl
^ ^ !+ 21. \~ jj^ ] llul lne five (ancient books)
called King, there are 200,000 characters ; and it is added, that
Choo e keen yu sze shoo chay, cliung cliQh chiy tlh urh tseen
szepth t.ze
JtftWM
. -J~ [Jl^
| exelutive of what have appeared in the
Four Books, and those which are reiterated, an ajuount ii
obtained of 2,400 characters.
In a m inner s'mil.ir to this, the number of characters or
words contained in the Shing-yu
are enumerated ; and
in several nth r standard moral essns, the sum total of the
characters are inserted, at the beginning, or the end of the paper.

^jl TSHUN.

From a child and hand, or talent.

To watch over , to Uke

+-Tsze.

ll I.

39th Radical.

720

care of, to preserve to examine and enquire about ; heedful

# | with the intention or purpose

# l to make kind enquiries about. Tsun
choo
| # to lay or store up. Tsun lew | # to detain
or keep in charge. Tsun wang l t". are oppositesto pre

attention to.

of

E. tsun

Kenou-tsun

serve and to perish

Tsun sin

to continue the dominion and to lose it.

l'A to preserve the heart to keep the mind

from evil or vice,

Leih tszetseay y 5 yth che tsunken

I'. |# # #)

''

| #

make out this paper containing a borrowing bond,

in order to preserve a proof of the Iransaction. Tsun lew tsae
tsze
#
}% preserved here. Tsun gan |

{E

preserved on the recordsof some public office. Shin tsun

Wit. | smile and retain it,-said to persons to whom some
present is made.
Pih chung win tsun

#! # # |

in a hundred ways

warm and attentive,kind, mild, tender. J8 lunta jin pin

sew mei, siag kih tscw keae win tsun

### # # #% # |

# # (l J\ # #

since it is contended that that

m in's personal appearance was elegant and beautiful, his dispo

sition then ought to have been mild and gentle. Fei hing, tsun
-

wang, hng tsze che yew

J% |

W.

1-

-*.

|H ll. Z H

decline and rise, preservation or ruin (of states) have always

accrued from these causes.

| t ##

Kw8 che tsun wang he yen

|#

(this) is what the preservation, or

ruin of the country depends on. Headu tsze keih ke tsin gae

# + # }{ } #
RA # #! % | # | tl" dutiful son who carries
che sin, suytsin sze urhj tsun yay

his love for his parents to the utmost degree, although his
parents be dead, he yet regards them as alive.

Ten te she wei urh yth hing hooke chunge; cling shing

R #1 # f'. ill 3% 4] 4.
-1-. # |
*| ##
NM4 -Y 2 || heaven and
Ik

tsun tsun, taou eche mun

jt Hi

+*
#:

earth being fixed in their places, all the varied transmutations

in nature go on in their midst. Thus man's preserving ur
interruptedly the disposition with which he is formed, is the
gate from which emanates reason and justice. (Yih-king.)
Tsun tsun wei tsun nrh yew tsun ptih eche eyay
:ht

| |

# j if X 1 R E. 2 ##, Tun tsun ex

pressess the idea of preserving and again preserving in ceaseless
succession.

721
he be jet preserved i at ninety he shall daily have a constant
supply of provisions sent him from the prince-

Same as ffi Haou, Good ; to like.

An ancient form of jft Haou, Good.

J^FOO.

<^

|.

From a birft elate placed over a -child. To hatch eggs ;

in allusion to the faithfulness and the regularity of the bird,
it denotes Belief, trust, confidence, mutual affiance. Read
F6", To hatch, to nourish, to breed up. The colours of a
lone. Chung foo t^J \ one of the
Kwa. Foo kei
^ [3p the outer coat of a bud, which it bursts at the time
of blossoming. Sin foo
^ trust; dependance or reliance on.
Neaou che foo Iwan, keae joo Ice ke s pSh shth sin yay |2
ing eggs, all observe the appointed time, and do not break
faith.
Sze shnng, sze hea chay, keac peTh thing e keaou foo rjj.
superiors, and those who send inferiors, ought all to be sincere
and observe mutual fidelity.
Ching-wang che foo ^ l [ the truth or faith
fulness of Ching-wang, the 2nd king of the ^ Chow dynasty,
(B. C 1068.) This expression occurs in one of those plain
unmetaphorical verses of the She-king, which are called jjjj^
Foo. In the next verse it is said in praise of the same monarch,
Ching-wang che foo, hea too che shlh
J ~ j ~J\
2^ jf the truth of Ching-wang was a pattern to inferior
placesmeaning that he who filled the throne set an example
to the people ; and adds, that She tlh t8 kew "Jfl' WL jfe jfc
be sought to imitate the virtues of his ancestors, viz.
^
Tae-wang, ^JT
Wang-ke, aiid^^ -\~ Wan-wang, these are
called San how, three princes ; and of them it is affirmed
in the lest of the She-king, that they Tsae teen ^ ^ are in
rnr i.
6I

39th Radical. IV.

Tsze

heaven. To an European reader, to say that persons dead were

in heaven, would convey the idea of the soul's separate ex
istence, and immortality ; but the Chinese commentators
I endeavour to explain it as meaning something different,
although they do not perceive clearly what it can mean.
The older explanations say, that these three persons
Mfi#f#J&^--liI havins died>
spiritual essence ascended and united with heaven, which seems
to imply something like the Indian idea of absorption. The
philosopher Choo tsze jj^is quite in doubt about the
meaning of the passage ; but determines not to admit the indi tiduality of these person's souls in a separate state. He thinks
that it is the Jj|
fe. ^ ^ Jf. he principle ascends
and unites with heaven ; and he allows again, that it is the
^ Jh ^ ^ ^ Ke aura that ascends and unites with hea
ven. (Compare with Le and Ke.) But all ptrimality he denies,
that Win-wang ascends and descends, and that he attends or
waits upon the king or rulerof heaven ; he adds, y^-

#P Ifr ^ ffi M Z. Hl'f ,l be,:,", that wil,-wane trulJ

or in reality waits upon the most high ruler ; or that there is
in reality any most high ruler, such as the figure, which is
moulded in the world (amongst men, to represent the most
high.)
^\ Pj" assuredly it ought not to be so. (King-tingwoo-king, lilh vol.) That it is not the idol alone which he
objects to, hut also the idea of individuality which is implied
by an idol, will I think appear to those who read Choo-tsze's
writings.
In the Shoo king, there is a section called Lcu-hing ^ Jji]
on the ancient penal code, where this expression occurs,
/'X ifl] 1
ill j ] *DC" sentence is past, the contending
parties, or the criminal submits, believing it< justice) when
reported to the prince, he belWvcs its j ustice and acquiesces
such will be the case, when magistrates or judges acquire
the confidence which they ought.
In the Le-king, Foo j occurs read Ftm, when speaking
figuratively of stones; Fow yin pang tl, sin yay ^
^
^jjf ^3"
the varied colours of the stone, exhibited on its
sides, denotes truth or fidelity. ( Kin-ting-le-ke, 80 vol.)

+Tsze.

f-

IV,

39th Radical.

P"HEI, and Phh.

72

(#

Plants shooting up luxuriantly and widely , a sudden change

of countenance; disobedient , opposed to just controul.

surname. Sih peijoo yay

ful demeanour ; full of veneration and respect.

l }: a comet,

6. | #1 til assumed a respect

Pei sing

in allusion to the new changes in the affairs

|
|

of mankind, which it is supposed to introduce.

Tung yew sing, ptih yu ta

shin & # #! l + % #

in winter a star brushed as a comet through Tashin-(Chun

tsew.)

To the question, Tashin chay ho

% JR # fa]

what is Ta-shin 3 it is replied.

piled, Ta hova
yay /\ d

g reat

3% JK JR # % R

the northern

fire; and it is added,

shin, is also called the great shin. The place of the comet is
by no means clear. But the comet itself, being ominous of
revolutions, is, they say, implied in its name

Hwuy-sing#

a broom star, it sweeps away the old and makes all things new.
(Kin-ting-chun-tsew, 97th vol.)

The original form of the preceding.

TSZE.

From to jut out, or from a child and 10

strike. Strenuous; sincere attachment to; diligent; unwea

ried effort. Syn. with the two preceding. Tsze tsze

| |

indefatigable attention to , completely denied to ease and

indulgence.
The Shang-shoo

#] # contains a section or # Pen, as

such divisions of books are there called, which is named

#Yih-tseth, after - N # # f Jh Urh jin to yu

yew kung, Two men who assisted meritoriously (the Chinese
Noah) Yu. This section is disjoined from the preceding by a
circumstance which was not intended to mark any division of
a subject, but only for convenience,for HT # # ||| J%.
f # in ancient times records were made of bamboos
but as not much matter could be written on a bundle of them

tied together

they hence came to be divided in

places where no division of subject was intended. In the first

paragraph of the Yih-tseih section, Yu

in reply to

723
the late king (Woo-wang ^ | ) was enabled tn practice-the
utmost filial pictj all kit life ;Ihuj some define Yung he
7^ fff which literally means, eternal ages ; but otheri, in
stead of understanding the expression as merely implying that
Woo-wang
fjfc ^ w!" aD'e lo eiercl,e
P'e'J
all hit life i they concede it denote* that the Virtue of filial
piety, which was in his predecessor WSn-wang /j^
was also
in him, and 'would be continued in their posterity forever.
(She-king.)
j
^ HI 1 . ^ B M ^
win
heaou; Tszc j"*1, woo wei, Ming-e-tsze asked ti e import of
filial duly, or the word heaou ; Coufueiut answered, it means
an absence of all oppotition. This however they explain by
these words ^ yfr ^4
no opposition to (or turning the
back on) right principles. And Confucius told Pan-che
^jl that, he meant thai, in reference lo parent*- /|r r^? j
m%KW Z9>m%ZMfe "fthey
(hould be served with the decorum which good principle*
prescribe; when dead they should be interred with decorum ;
and sacrifices should afterwards be offered to their manes with
decorum. (Lun-yu.)
Confucius gave different answers to the same question,
when put by different people, according to what he conceived
to be the moral defects of the enquirers, thus when
<Jjj Ming-wooplh asked the meaning of j Heaou. Confucius
expressed himself in these words ;
Foo moo, we ke tselh che yew ^ -}]];t ^
^Jr as to father and mothermake a return for their anxiety
in time of sickness. This sentence, the more recent commen
tators say, means that a person ought to tike much care of
that body which cost his parents *o much anxiety. The
older commentators thought
We, meant mil), and that
the whole sentence implied, that a son should be careful not
to grieve his parents by his vicious conduct , and that hit sick,
ness alone should ev< r cause them grief ; and consequently, as
health or sickness were not in hi* power, he would not have lo
reproach himself for undutifulnes*, if his sickness should grieve
his parents.
When ^J] Tsze-yew enquired about Heaou,
Confucius replied,.^ j
J| gg g ^ ^ |

39th Radical.

IV.

Tsze ^J*

the filial piety of the present day, is defined as an ability to

nurture; but even dogs and horses posies* thia ability; and
ifreverence and respect be wanting, in whal doe* man differ
from the brute* ?
When ^ 1^ ^JJ | Tsze-hea asked about filial duty,
Coaftcio. replied, &
*r m * ft fk t vm i f
tenance is difficultwhen any thing is to be done, and the
younger brothers and sons submit to the labour ; when wine
or food n re taken, and the fathers and brothers are first served;
is thia enough to constitute filial duty INo , unless these ser
vices be accompanied with a chearful countenance. Such i*
the modern acceptation of the passage ; -f^i
the old explanation of the text was, that ^ | -flj- g %, ||
to receive obediently the expression of. a parent's (will from
his) countenance was difficult ; which idea of it, Choo-fno-tsze
says ^ Jg| is also intelligible. ([JU| ^ ^ 8 vol. 1 \
page 11.)
On a saying of Tsing-Uze
Jf. that Shin yay chay, foo
moo che e te yay %
%
Vg ^ ^
a man's body is the body of his parents descended lo him
much of the Chinese reasoning on filial duty is built ; and not
only disobedience to his parent* is called a breach of filial duty,
but every failure in attention to hi* own person; every failure
in social and relative life; whatever may bring upon himself
any blame or any disgrace, is ./J: j a want of filial duty,
although Ihese things may occur long after his parent* are
deadbecame in disgracing himself, he disgraces that body
which his parents transmitted to him; and on that account
chiefly he ought to act so, a* to reflect honor on hi* parent*.
In unison with thit idea it is said, ^ ^ J|| ^| ^ ^
# ^ jft Wl& 1 Z # tii
hodJ' hair
and skin, he derives from bis parents; imd not to dare to detroy or injure Ihese, is the beginning of filial duly. This idea
is very fully amplified in the Kiii-ting-le ke ^ ^
^
72 vol, 1 1 ^ page 29.
Keuen heaou tselh *hw5 W) ]
h% a colleclion of
essays exhorting to the practice of filial duty. This i* the
^ ^ rf ^ ^
coUection of
u lb. ^

^J- Tsze.

IV. 39th Radical.

724

jfii ^ Tseuen jin keu hw, detailing at great length,

how parent! are to be nerved during their life time , at their
interment; dnring the period of mourning and subsequently
by annual sacrifice! al their tombs, or toa tablet dedicated to
their memory , for -j^
Jjjl^
jj^S Moo te pfjh keen
y u king, Tomb-sacrifices do not appear in the ancient classics.
Kcun heaou vtm^J]
^ admonitioni to the practice
of filial piety ; is the title of a tract given away at the temple*
of Buddha in China. The head-line i fEj H^f. ] jfig-fc
hen hcaou wei seen, of all virtues filial piety is the fint. And
the essay begins with this sentence, Keanu wei pih hingchekan
1
W fT
'HI filial dut* " lhe root of enoi
actions. It winds up by urging children to beware of procras
tination in performing their duty to their parents, for /fi"
'nc
an|l shade is but for a limited term; i. e.
'mc is short.
Hcuou-king ^ ^! the classic on filial dutyis n small
essay attributed to Confucius; it begins thusj |fjj I|f
^^P^j^Q when father Chung-nc (see under 3^
Kung) was sitting at leisure, and Tsing-tsze sitting by him,
Confucius said, ^IfMtlH^I^
the former kings possessed supreme virtue, and import int
principles of righteousness, by the use of which they made
obedient the people of the world, and kept in peace aud
harmony superiors and inferiors, without resentments Do
you know these things? $ -J- j||
0 |fc ^ *J[
^jjj"
JJ
^ Tsing-tsze rose from his sent and replied ;
I, Tsan, am not clever, how should 1 he competent to understand
these things? After which, J- JEJ ^ ] % ~%_
&
Confucius said, Behold! filial duty is the fundamental part of
virtue, &c. (Vide, /J> ^ flf f 1st vol.)
lTrh shlh szc heaou ^ +
\ twenty-four (remarkable) cases of filial duty. The twenty-four cases are commented
on in various popular tract* ; and to illustrate them there are
drawings cut in stone, from which fuc-similes are t.'ken for the
use of schools.
The First is entitled,
7K
Heaou kan tung teen, filial piety influences ahd novis

under \

This tale refers to Yn-shun Jj|| ^ who is noticed

Kwei, page 687, and immediately above.

2nd.
Tsin chang tang y, IE HIMSELr TASTED EVF.RT MEDICINE.
This is said of the Emperor Han-win-te j|| ^ J^(B. C. lit)
during his mother's illness,
4p.
^^ ^ ^
P?\ jfc ^ for three years, the Emperor never closed his
eyes ; nor ever loosened the girdle of his raiment. The
Mraou-haou, or posthumous title of honor, is Hcaou '
ed of filial piety.
Snd, 3L
mi
Kelhche tung sin, biting her finger mined his hurt.
This is a fable to shew the invisible influence that subsists
between a mother and a dutiful sou. Tun ^ a disciple of
Confucius was amongst the hills cutting fuel, when a friend
called, his mother hit her finger to rouse his attention,
and bring him home, at th it moment he felt a pain in his heart,
and hastening home fell down on his knees to ask his mother
the causei when she statod it as above. Tsan, or as he is
otherwise called ^* -J* Tsang-tsze, is the person who divor
ced his wife because she gave a pear insufficiently boiled t
bis mother.
*.
* m #
Tan c shun moo, clad in a single carmint, be obeted
his mother. This refers to Min katen J^J ^ also called
Tsze-ke'en -j^ ^ whose mother died early, and had her
place filled by a step-mother, who bore two sons. This woman
during the winter mouths, in the northern parts of China,
clothed her step-son
^ ^ with a tsiogle) rush
flower garment, whilst she clad her two own sons in cotton.
Purr Min-tsze, was driving his father's carriage, and being so
pinched with cold, he let the reins fall from his hand, on which
account his father chastised him. ^ ^ ^ Jj) Kcun
would not vindicate himselfbut bore the injury patiently.
At last however his father found out what was the fact, and
was about to divorce his wife, when the sun remonstrated in
the following couplet;

725
flj" ^ *

Mo tsa<'" y'h lsze

-W
^E. -J- J|l Moo ken, san tsze tan.
Whilst mother remains, one son is cold j
If mother leaves, three sons mill tie destitute.
His father was persuaded to retain his wife, by which. How
moo kan hwuy ; ylh ching been moo ^ -JfJ^ ^ "t^" ,nc step-molher was excited to repentance, and
also became an excellent mother.
51b,
Wei tsin foo me, for a parent he carried rice on hi
shoulder.This is said of Chung-yew Ml pj otherwise
called Tszc-loo -J- jj-^ a disciple of Confucius. His family was
poor, and to sjve for his mother's comfort, he himself ule Ihc
coarsest l;erbs, and carried rice for her to eat, from the dis
tance of a hundred le ; about thirty Engli-h miles. Alter
his parent's death, Tsze-loo became rich, and whilst taking
a tour through the country, attended hy a hundred carriages,
and every luxury of that age, he sat down, and Tanyuf, suy
j8 shih lo ho, wci tsin foo me, puh ko till yay Pjp| Jj^j tjj|

39th Radical.

IV.

Tsze

were on the point of shooting him with an arrow, which risk

raised the reputation of his filial piety.
Stb,
a
m x
Mae shin tsang foo, he sold himself to bury his father.
This is affirmed of Tung-yung j|j ^ who lived during the
Han dynasly. When his father died, his family was so poor that
they could not defray the expense of interring him. Tung-yung
therefore sold himself to obtain the means of conducting the
funeral. When going to the house ofhis master, a female ap
peared and begged that she might become his wife, and accord
ingly, accompanied him to his master's house, where, in a short
time she wove 300 pieces of silk, which redeemed Tung-yung,
and they both left to return to his home. When they came
to a resting place, beneath the shade of cassia trees, the female
took her leave of Tung-yung, and disappeared; from which
it is believed that his f^I ^ j|Jj ^ filial piety moved
heaven to permit
jpjj ^jjij
an angel to appear as a
female, and weave the silk to JJ Jjj j tfo K procure
the redemption of a man of a truly filial heart.
9th,

said, although 1 should now desire to eat coarse herbs and

carry rice for my mother, it cannot be I
6th,
He tsae woo tsin, flay and embroidered garments wkrb
employed to amuse ins parents. This is affirmed of Laou-lactS2e ^jjr ^
a person of the Chow
dynasty, who nt
the age of 70, endeavoured by boyish tricks and play, to
amuse his parents and make them forget their old age.
7th,
A ?C
*
LiShjoo furg tsin, with deer's milk he svpflied his parents.
This is said of Yen-tszo
-jp who lived under the Chow
dynasly. Both his parents became blind, and look a childish
longing for deer's milk. Yen-tsze clothed himelf with the
skin of a deer, and went amongst the ravines where deer
herded together j and being concealed beneath the deer's skin,
procured milk for his parents. The hunters on one occasion
TAHT I.
6 Y

77
Hing yung kungmoo, he hired himself to labour, that ue
might supply every convenience to his mother.This
is said of Keang-klh ^ g^? who lived in the time of the Han
dynasty. His father died when he was very young: and he
and his mother often fell in the way of banditti, who were
numerous and frequent in that age. On one occasion, when
he stated to them with tears his circumstances, as being the
only stiy of his aged mother, even the robbers felt compassion
for him, and spared him. He then removed (Lo-seen ^ji
naked and bare footed) to another region, where ho hired
himself to labour ; and from the fruits ofhis labour he supplied
his mother with every requisite comfort.
10th,
m &
Shcn chin wSn kin, he fanned the tillow, and warmed the
coverlet. This is said of ^ ^ Hwang-heang, who lived
under the Hau dynasty. When he was but nine years of age
his mother died, and he cherished the utmost degree of filial
affection for his father, whose pillow he fanned in summer,

Tsxe.

IV.

726

39th Radical.

anil whose coverlet JJJ ffy

bv lhe heal of h" own Dody
he warmed in winter. He obtained from the Emperor a jfy
Tsin-peaou, or honorary banner, and every body Jp| ^
considered him uncommon.
llth, Tj7^
Tung tseueo y5 le, tai cushikg fountain, and the ieaurg
,ish. This tale refer, to || |^ Keangshe. See the story
under Keang, page 638.
12th, y$

^c.

ifl-

Kill mdh ize bin, he carved the wood and served hi*
tarexts. This refers to "J" j|fj Ting-Ian, who lived under
the Han dynasty, and whose parents both died in hi* childhood.
He carved wooden images to represent his diseased parents,
and served them, as if they had been alive. His wife ridiculed
him, and with her needle, in his absence, pricked the finger of
the image, on which blood issued from it , and when the son
Lan appeared, the image shed tears. Lan found out the cause,
and divorced his wife.
13th, ^

it

ft

Wei moo mae urh, for his huther's sake he buried his
child. This is said of KS-keu Jpfl
who had a c,,ild of
three years, and an aged mother ;from the poverty of the
family his mother often suffered want of food. Kcu snid to
bis wife, in the midst of our deep poverty, it is impossible
for us to feed both our mother and our child. We must for
our mother's sake, bury this child. We may obtain another
child, but -{JJ: ^ Pf H| lf*j 't o'her
be
replaced. The wife consented to the death of her child, and
Keu forthwith digged a grave three cubits deep, when he
suddenly saw a mats of yellow gold, on which was this [inscriP,ion.^ft$E \ 1-%-*'$%
^ 7fc JjjJ Heaven confers this yellow gold on KS-kcu
the dutiful son: the government must not seize it, nor may
any of the people take it from him.
In the Ency. Britannica, under the word parent, a query, which
first appeared in the Gentleman's Magazine for 1760, is insert
ed.TUe query is, Whether in cases of extreme distress, such |

at that of Ku -kcu. a parent or a child shall have the preference i

We have seen that Kb-keu adopted the decision of the first
answer given to the query, in the work referred to, I choose
to save the life 1 cannot give."
gH
L X
Gib hoo kew foo, he grasped a tiger and rescued his
FATnrcR. This refers to Yang-heang & ^ under the Han
dynasty. As a boy of fourteen years of a;e, Yang-heang
accompanied his father to labour in the fields. On one
occasion, a tiger seized his father, and was dragging him away,
when the lad .) ft ft
jjg ^ j gj, gg
IPJ
iS
fit H
on,J his father, and
forgetting himself, sprung forward and grasped the tiger bv
the neck. The tiger let go his hold and ran off, by which means
dutiful Yang-heang saved his father's life.
4* & a
Shlh shin kung tsin, he gathered huz-berries to feed hii
mother. This refers to ^5Tsae-shun, who lived under
the Han dynasty. When a f ithcrless boy, he and bis widowed
mother, fell in with times of anarchy and famine, the boy
found a resource in gathering the mulberry fruit, and whilst
separating the black from thr.t/e//t>trthe ripe from the unripe
he was seen by the
jj^J Jjfjjr red eyebrowed robbers . and
was interrogated About niiat he was doing. The lad replied
f^^ nj-sa;^ i% ft the ri,'e (mulberrie*> 1 v
sent to my mother; the unripe I eat myself. The robbers
compassionated the fatherless boy, and admired his filial piety,
and gave him three measures of white rice, and J^- Jjjf *
-4=fi a cow's foot.
16th, lis?
UjHwae kedh e tsin, he put in his breast the keBh orange,
to KEr.p it for his mother. This is said of !' J i^j
Ldh-tsclh, who lived under the Han dynasty, about A. D. 820.
When six years of age, he happened to be brought into the
pretence of a great captain ofthat age T^T ^jjj Yuen-shflh, who
was at yj^ y the nine streams on the Yang-tsze-keang. The
general gave the boy some of the Kedh fruit, and he contrived
to conceal two of them in hit bosom. When he performed

727
the ceremony of obeisance, on taking his leave, the fruit fell
on the ground, and the general rallied him saying, What ! do
you who are a guest, pocket the fruit ! The child knelt down
and -*M.ffi#ft2]5fr$ft$iSj5!
the keiSh fruit is what my mother is naturally fond of ;
it was my desire to keep them in my bosom, to go home and give
them to my mother. ^ ^ -j-jjjgeneral Shflh was very
much surprised at this instance of filial piety in a child.

ifr
M
mm
r-JJL
as
Wan luy kcTh moo, ok hearing thunder he wett at the
tomb. This is said of
Wang-fow, who lived in the
time of ^j|Wei, about A. D. 600. He |p ^
^ served
his mother with the utmost filial affection. During her life
time his mother shewed a dread of thunder, and after her death,
Wang-fow whenever he heard the noise of thunder, immedi
ately ran to the grave of his deceased parent, knelt down, and
with tear, ^Q^^Httf^^ll *-iJ!
her said, Fow is here, mother, don't be afraid ! Alas, what
ignorance of" life and immortality" is implied in this tale!
nth,

18th,
& "It 3t 9Kfih chSh sang sun, tie weft to the bamboo, and shoots
sprung op. This refers to MSns-tsun"
n
p "3r
mi. ^
/j\ "ho lived
under the Tsin -^p dynasty, in the beginning of the 4th century.
Mlng-tsung's father died when he was young j and in wintrr
his sick mother took a fancy to have bamboo sprouts boiled
in her soup. Her son, however, was unable to procure any
by ordinary means ; and at last in despair ~p] ^ ^ ^ tjj
^j) (ft fj|j ftL wenl lo a plantation of bamboos, threw his
arms around them and wept. ^ ^ ^
his filial piety
influenced heaven and earthor nature ; and immediately, a
fissure in the ground opened, and several bamboo shoots sprung
up. He took them home, made the soup and presented it to
bis mother, who j ^ ^
as soon as she ate it,
recovered from her sickness.
i9th, Jj\

7JC

39th Radical

IV.

Tsze -J*

bis step-mother ; as is often the case, she had no affection for

her step-son, but endeavoured to set his father against him,
in which she finally succeeded. It happened that in winter,
when fish were not to be procured, Wang-tseang's step-mother
expressed a great desire to obtain some : he therefore went,
put off his clothes, and laid himself down upon the ice, to watch
the fish, and catch one. Suddenly the ice opened, and two carp
leapt up, which he caught and took home to his mother. The
whole neighbourhood W, |$| j( % \ ^ f)\ ^ was
astonished, and with admiration said, the occurrence was
induced by the influence of filial piety ! This story is dated
about the same period as the preceding one.
80th,
Woo-m&ng szc wSn, woo-mang fed the mosquitos.This
tale also is placed under the Tsin dynasty. Woo-ming's father
was so poor that he could not afford curtains to his bed, and
in summer nights \hey suffered much from mosquitos. The
boy in his eighth year, had such a dutiful feeling for his aged
father, that he would not drive the mosquitos off himself, even
when his skin was all-over blistered, lest they should alight
upon his parent and render him uncomfortable.
31st,
Chang fun, yew sin, he tasted ordure and his heart was
grieved. This refers to Yu-kecn-low
35^ jj| who lived
under the Tse dynasty, in the 5th century. He enjoyed
a civil appointment under government, but ere he bad been
ten days at his station, he suddenly felt a degree of alarm which
threw him into a violent perspiration. He immediately gave
up his office, returned home, and found his father at the point
of death. The physicians said, if the patient's stools were
bitter, all would go well. Yu-kecn-low tried the experiment,
and they were sweet j filled with grief ^? ^ jj^j
JH'^R J$ & ffi, ^
thc eveninS hc pm'trated him
self, and put his forehead in the dust, praying to the north star,
that hc might die instead of his father.

Go ping kew le, he lay on the ice, being desirous to

procure a pish. This is said of Wang-tseang ^ jpj^ 'whose
mother died when he was a child ; and another woman became

22nd ?C & WJoo koo pub tac, suckled her husband's grandmother r/jrweariedlt. This is an iustance of what in Europe is called

^J- Tsze.

IV.

39th Radical.

7.28

the Roman charily. During the Tung dj nasty, the grand

mother of )^ jlj
Ttuy-than-nan, whuie name was j&
^
Taagfjojm, suckled her great-grandmother, and
thereby supported her life for several jearf. At last, when
about to die, the called all her ion* and grandsons around her,
and commanded them to serve Tang-foo-jin, as dutifully as she
had served their great-grandmother ; this added she, is all the
reward I can give her.
23rd, 31
^
9 #
Kc kwan sin moo, us renounced his ilici in the GOVERN
MENT, AND WENT IN SEARCH OF HIS MOTHER. TIl'lS is Said
of Clioo.sliowchang ^ 3|* ^ who lived under the Sung
dynasty. He was the sou of a concubine who was expelled
from the house in his seventh year, by the principal wife
who envied her. Mother und son did not tee each other for
fifty years. At last he renounced his place in the government,
and having determined that he would go in quest of his mother,
took an oath that, till he found her, he would never return.
At Inst he found her in her old age, being arrived at her
seventieth year.
S4th #

Telh tsin neaoti ke, he wished his mother's chamuer tot.

This is attributed to jff |gj
Hwang.ting-kccn, who held
the office of Tae she jjfj jjj under one of the Emperor's of
the Sung ^ dynasty.
ff "jtf |$j although his station
was noble and illustrioushe stooped to menial offices for an
aged parent.
(Neen-szehcaou-too-tsan -|J* |J0 ^ j|| ^ a pamphlet
in praise of the Twenly.four examples of Filial Piety.)
To apologize for the trivial, and rather ridiculous ap
pearance of some i.f these Twenty-four examples of filial piety,
the Chinese say, that the parties concerned were mostly ri'j j^j
simple people,the poor and uneducated, and that with all
their frivolity and extravagance, they were most sincere : they
were the children of nature.
The extent to which filial
duly is carried by the Chinese, is certainly a very leading
feature iu their Character, and influences much all their
reasonings about relative social duties. We have seen in
the beginning of this article, that they call it, the finl of all

virtues: the Romans called it "prima nature lex , " and St.
Paul calls it, the " firtt commandment with promise." " The
promise of long life to obedient children, careful observers of
mankind have noted as remarkably fulfilled. "
The laws of China provide punishments for disobedience to
parents, and for neglect of them.
^\
| ^ -{IJ
H # M W $S l$5 tip when children or gran-ildrcn are undutifnl to their parents, so that their father or mother
commit suicide, a distinction is made (by law) according as they
have, or have not, irritated them by some gross ofTence.
Heaou tsze san J
^ a dutiful son's garments,
which has been made of hemp, in as article in the obsolete
Chinese materia medio. Heaou neaou j (l the dutiful
bird ; a species of corvus, which when young, is fed by its paTcnt 60 days ; and in return feeds its parent 60 days. Syn. with
Tsze naon l ]fj^ the compassionate bird ; Tsze ya ^ *K|
and Han ya ^ "H they abound in the north of China, and art
called Ya, in allusion to the cry they utter when flying in flocks.
This is a different bird from the Woo ya
fgj which is also
a species of corvus. The dutiful bird is probably the glandarius Or jay, the young of which keep with the old ones till
the next pairing time in spring. (Pun-tsaou, 34 vol, 49 10 p )
Heaou ^ forms the Meaou-haou, or temple designation,
of most of the emperors of the Han dynasty.
Heaou-woo-te j
A. D. 367, and
Heaou-wan-te j
Heaou-ming-te ^

j ijjj imperial title, B. C. 1J5, ia

in A. D. 450.
^ 5^ emperor, B. C. 174.
BJ^ i^f emperor, A. D. 63.

Heaou-ho te
Heaou-chang te
Heaou-ching te
Hcaou-gae te

ffl ijft
^
jfc ^
J^. ^

\
j
^
]

A. D. 94.
A. D. 81.
B. C. S7.
B. C. I.

Hcaou ping te \ 5ji ^ A. D. 5.

Heaou-yuen te
Heaou-scuen te
Heaou chaou te
Hcaou-king te
Heaou-wang
Heaou-tsung

\
|
|
]
j
]

^ ^*
j|
|[g ^
-^r ^
:j
^

B. C. 43.
B. C. 68.
B. C. 81.
B. C. 151.
B. C. S99.
A. D. 1 163 and I486.

39th Radical.

729

^2Sw KEAOU.
From to imiiale and a child. To imitate as a child ; to accord
with precedent

Same as ^ Hae, A child.

KEAOU.

To induce; to lead.

Sameai^I

Ileum, Duly to parents.

SEU.

Name of a fish.

FIVE

STROKES.

MANG.
From a child placed in a platler ; probably alluding to the
firstborn. A senior or superior ; the beginning of; Urge; great.
The senior of certain relations ; a woman's elder brother. The
first month of any of the four quarters of the year. The namei
of a district. A surname. To use effort. Ming choo ^ ^jpfc
the name of a lake. Ming rhun ^ ^jj Ihe first month of
spring quarter. Ming hea j
tho first month of summer.
Ming tsew j ^^the first mouth of autumn. Ming tung
^
the first month of winter quarter. Ming how | ^|
the son of the Emperor at the age of eighteen. Ming lung
1 '/^C Krc'>l "nc',,iit',C"ni ungrateful and discourteous
Ming tsze j
Mcnciia, a disciple of Confucius; writer
of that portion of the Four-Books which goes by his name,
IS C. about 350; contemporary with X'enophon, Herodotus,
and Socrates.
Tclh chnng y1; p\h shco thnng yni! ming ^jjjj Jj| Q
principal wife is called
Flh i a senior child hy a concubine is called Ming. Tcen-tsze
chc tsze uceu shTh pX ihing Afnng-hitw, yew neu Isze che
heung, yTh yv.i Ming ^ ^F\ ^ ^ + A f 1
TART I.
0Z

V.

the age of 18 is called Ming, a daughter's elder brother is also

called Ming. Tsze she che show yuf yux. ming yuS JJlJ (J^p
H 0 1 j the first month of each of the four
quarters of the year is called Mang month. The 1st, Snd, and
3rd months of e ch season are called Ming chung ke j 'j'tjl
and the order of things that are sorted by threes Is marked
by the same words being applied to them.
Kang-shuh ^ jjjjj the son of Win-wang
^f- was
thus addressed by his elder brother jj^
Woo-wang. Ming
how chin ke te, seaou Isze fung |
j^ji ;f
Hp jfef senior of all Ihe nobles!you are my younger
brother, and (to be such) little child, I this day appoint JOO,
(Shoo-kingJ The expression little child has puzzled some
commentators, but they now agree in considering it ^
^
lne 'angu*Sc of familiarity and endearment, for even.
jri ^
now the custom on the right hand side
f She..-e province is, that J^^ft^f^^^lflfe
31 & Jit jff &i fa ~W
whenever superiors
order inferiors, or people of rank order plebeians, although
tbey be seniors and even old men, they are yet hailed little boy.
The same absurd.custom of calling an old person, in an inferior
station, boy, is found in other places beside Shen-sc province.
Of Yu jfjj it is said, Taou ho tsih pain ming choo 3$
)%. |& \ ^ he lca the Ho 1:1 ke
Miug.choo.The
scene of this is supposed to h ive been in the neighbourhood of
^fi lji|>| 7iaii-cA(i, in Shan-tung province. ( Shoo. king. )
Kao-.i yen-, ming hing j^J
| ^ loud talking and
violent action, ( ^
Kwan-tsze. ) Ming lang che yea
1
W ,iolent an<l incoherent unmeaning talk, the
allusion is to the roaring of waves. ( lj ^p- Chwang-lsze.)
Ming-ihow ^ jiji) MSng-tsin ^
and Ming-heeu
the names of places in Ho i an, about N. L. 34, 45.
Mi; g t-in ^ ^g- occurs in the sense of Meen-tsin (fjj^ jj
advancing with strenuous effort. Ming neang tsar j fyQ j^S
lady Maug's vegetable, a table vegetable eaten with meal in
Keang-nan.
Mong-the j
the name Ming was taken by Chung sun
$f ^ ^ 'he posterity of jjjjji Ke. Chung-sun having in some
other person's quarrel committed ^ ^ J||| Ihe crime
1

Tsze.

V.

39th Radical.

of murdering his prince, J|3

^ Jjf changed his name to
.Ming.
M/lng-ktme ehS j ffe Jr^l was
^
a magistrate
in the trite Loo, under the Chow dynasty. He was Leen tsing
kwa y(S, urh twan yn tune rhav yy
j|y ^ ^ jffj
^
^ uneorrupled by ambition or avarice, but
deficient in talents and hence ^ J|
Q Confucius, the
sage, always said of him % ^ f| ^ |lj ff,
Pf
W $J
I?=
i0 be " <1"ln<:lic "Hk" lhe ,arSc
stales Chaou or Wei, he ii more than sufficient ; but he ii not
fit lo be a magistrate in lhe small states Ting or Set. (J7[|
jsvol p. page 82)
Mingtsze |
alio called Tsze chay
||l or Tneyu -J" SI on^ Tzc-ko j ^5a descendant of Ming-sun
1 Jj related to a noble family in the stale
Loo. He is
commonly called
^ a native of Tsow, and is entitled
15.
1 ~jP 'ne *ec0I,d ro,e ,aRc' Ming-laze i or in Latin,
Menciut. This person wai the writer of the last two of the
Sze -shoo J7[]
which are called from him Shang-ming
Y J and Hea tiling ~J\ | meaning the first and the
second books of Mencius.
At the time of Ming-tsze's birth, his mother Chang-she
^ Jp^ dreamt lhat fhe saw
a divine person mount
ed on the cloud and leading a dragon nnd the Fung jj^ bird
from the Tae-shan^ lL} mountain to|||p the Vih hill, where
she lived. Having gazed at .it a long ,imc^/jj^
^
a portion of the cloud seemed to fall suddenly, and she instantly
awoke ; and the neighbours all saw a variegated .cloud |^ j
f?3 nOTeroTe'' Ming-she's house, when. the boy Ming-tsze
f -^p was born.
The father of Ming-tsze died, when the hoy was.only three
years old, but flj- 7^ j|| ^ his mother was eminently vir
tuous, and by her care of the young ph losof her, she rendered
herself famousas a pattern for all mothers in the Chinese world.
It is to her the child's book jfclf< refers in these lines,
gjt Sefh Ming moo,
ik T>i,niinchoi
rf"

rj^ Tsze p8h he,

KfH# Twan kechoo.

730
In olden times Ming's mother,
Selected n proper abode j
The boy's neglect to learr,
Made her rend asunder the web.
The slory is this, She at first on being left a widow, hired
a cottage near a burying ground, and the child made digging
and mock mourning his play; on perceiving which, widow
MJng-she said, |f ^ fft J/J Jg- ^f. ^ this is lot a
proper place for a child to live in. She according'y removed
to another neighbourhood; here there was a butcher's shop;
and the boy made mnck slaughter hi play, which was just :>
little to his mother's lasle. She next moved lo |fj a market
place, and the boy ^ {It; ^
$j made mo<:lt BUJinS
and selling his play ; which was still abhorrent to the wido'i
wishes i and she moved ngni i.and '0"
^ f^j* housed
herself by the side of a public school j then the boy made =j
M. SL
M ll% }|L arranging the vessels of the temple;
bowing and yielding the path ; advancing aud retiringin
limitation of the scholars and roasters, his play ; on seeing
wbivh, mother Ming said, Jl^ jf. "Pj j^X^ f
indeed is Ihrt proper phce for a boy lo live inand according
she here took up her stay, and seut the hoy to school ; whilst
she, a poor widow, remained at home lo spiu ai.d weave for
a subsistence. Like a good mother, he not only sent thJ lad
to school, but examined him as to his progress in learning;
and on being told by young Ming |j ^ ^ that he did
as he liked at school, she violently rent her web asunder,
partly from anger, and partly as a figurative explanation of
her opinion': for when the affrighted boy asked the reuon
of her conduct, she made him understand, that, wilhont
diligence and effort, his attending school would lie as use'et)
to his fame and comfort, as her beginning a web and destroying
it when half finished, would be to the procurement of fowl
for them. Young Ming-tsze took the hint ; set too with
diligence; made great progress; became a philosopher,
second only to Confucius, and lived an eminent man to the age
of eighty-four years.
There is a good anecdote of mother Ming, when she lived
near the butcher's, lhe boy on seeing them kill lhe pip, said
to his mother^ ^ /fpjhat are they going to do with

731
them > She in jest said, ffi
they are going to
feed yon with them,but on recollccling herself, she repented
of what she had said, because
^\ ifg ^ ^ il
teaching the boy to lie ; and therefore she immediately went
and bought some pork and gave it to him, that her conduct
might gree with what she had uttered j the Chinese add,
31"
ili ,his 'h; Wt'11 her * ,,lolDer of <-J[Ce"cnl vlrlueKonrms one put this question to the grandson of Con
fucius, Tszc-lszelsze ^ jg, ^ Yaou, Shun, Win, Woo
che I on, ko lelh chc hoo ^
ft
J?- m y the science of the kii gs Yaou and Shun, and
WSn and Woo, be by effort alt lined ? To wh:eh question he
received this repk, ^ A ^ ^ A t.
# fj |g
&ffftJB;*fr2ift* I i H
Sll^iflJi^^If
hey were
men, and wc are men i if we speak their hin^unte, trend in
their steps, meditate o:i these things hy night, and practice
them by day, indef tigahly as drawing water from a will;
like the husbandman's availing himself of the seasons ; and
like the merchant's pur-nit : flcr gain, why should we not
attain their science? But further, -aid he, j^j ^ j^jj

Jjff JjJ
^ S ^ the man who conceives himself
great, and docs not cultivate the means of being so, will never
begreit; he who conceives him elf an extraordinary pcrsniij
but does not even know the means of I ecoming so, will never
be extraordinary. A file paraphrast on the Four Books adds
.o .hi,, ^ f ^ # <i g A >MP I iffi
% ft 0r ft A % n U %
# *
now a days all conceive themselves to be great men, and also
think themselves extraordinary men; but when it is enquired,
what constitutes their greatness ? and what is it lint makes
them extraordinary ?where are lurb things to be found ! He
finishes b, exclaiming, P| fitfc |g
fflj &
ah! there is no misapprehension in the insults poured on us
by the common multitudewe deserve them.
Ming.lsze remained without any particular marks of
honor till Shin-tsung
^ an Emperor of the Sung ^
dynasty, about A. D. 1085, jM" funged him,gave him a
patent constituting him ftjR
/j Duke of the kingdom

39th Radical.

V.

Tsze

Ttnw j and jj[ jijifj reared a temple to him on the south side of
Tsow been ijJJ
in Shang-tung province, where the re
mains of Mang-l$ze were interred. He then got for his effigy
a niche in the temple of Confucius ; next in place, to Yen-lsze
who was the first or favorite disciple of the sage.
Win-tsung ^
an emperor of the Tartar dynasty Yuen
j A. D. 1SS8, jjk tj{j l
conferred the title Duke,
the second-rate sage ; sacrifices also were appointed to him.
Hnng-woo
'be founder of the Ming f|JJ dynasty
jjjrj abolished the sacrifices. The occasiou of his doing
so is thus related; Mingtsjc, who, lika Confucius, dibbled
much in political ethics ft ffi jg -ftold Seuen-wang
the king of Tse,

n z m *j # m m t kv
&
If the prince views his minister, as hands and feet, then the
minister will view his prince as his mind and heart.
If the prince view his minister as a dog or a horse, then the ministtr will view his prince as a common man.
If the prince view his minister as the stubble on the ground,
then the minister will view h's prince as a bandit and an
enemy.
(R3 ^ t^l
5lh *"L Ulh P->
The mention of bandit roused the anger of the Emperor
Hong-woo, for, from being such he rose to_thc throne ; and
he was resolved to degrade tile ancient Sage, and took one
step in his plans by ordering the sacrifice to be discontinued.
However, the next year, when he was belter read, he found a
passige which he thought applied lo himself, and which made
him better pleased with himself, in consequence of which he
restored the temple service to Ming-tszt's effigythis is the
passage :

j& $. itis n m . z %
a . n a sl * to & n * <t> s t
Q fn /f*
when heaven is about to confer a great
trust on any man, it is sure first to embitter his heart and mind,
toil his sinews and hones ; starve his body , make him de
stitute ; thwart and throw into disorder what he docs, and

^J-Tsze.

V.

39th Radical.

by these means route hit mind ; inure his nature to suffer

ing, and help his incapabilities.
(|J[J jjjf j ^ 5th vol.
60th page.)
Hung-woo, thought this description applicable to the career
he had rum and therefore his divine right to the throne was
fairly made good, Mcncius himself being judge t and hence
his change of opinion respecting him.
Kca-tsing Jg|. jj| a subsquent Emperor of the same dynasty,
changed the philosopher's designation to Ya shing Mang-tsze
j
1
"n":n '* eI!ula'"e,J 8t tne heginning of this
article ; and Mang-tsze's descendant He-wln ifo y of the
56th generation, was mnde $jjf
ffi 3L 0, "ftf jfc
a member of the Hau-liu college, and a classical doctor j which
title was to be hereditary in his family
^ ^ jjjjS to offer
the sacrificesto Mingtsze's manes.
If the persons who now profess to be the posterity of Con
fucius and Mencius be really so, their families arc probably
the most ancient in the world.
The first book of Mcncius opens with a conversation be
tween him and
ing Hwuy of the state Leang. His
Majesty had usurped the title of Wing and
^ invited the
worthies, or philosophers of the day to his court, amongst the
rest, weut Ming-lsze, and on his entering, the king accosting him
said, I suppose you are come
2E
t increase the
gains of my country ? To which Mencius replied, fpf fo
0 M ft ^
f| ffD S & whl "^""y t
speak of gain: benevulence and justice arc all in all, which
he illustrated by shewing that if a spirit of selfish avarice went
abroad amongst all ranks (the king, the nobles, and the peo
ple), then mutual strife and anarchy would be the result j
after saying which, the king, as if convinced, reiterated his
words, and said, Jin e, urh e e /Jzl ^
^ ^ benevelence and justice are all in all !
Mang-che-fatt ^ ^ Jfj called also Tsih ^|) a person
mentioned in the Lun-ju =fo =5 by Confucius, with appro
bation, because, Pclh fi ^ ^ he did not biast of his merits,
Mang-che-fan was an officer in the army, and on one occasion
when it was defeated, he covered their retreat, and was the
last man to run. However, when they were out of danger
and
Hfj were about to enter their own territory, he

732

his horse and saidI was afraid to be last, but I could not
get my horse on faster. This speech was ^ J F^J {f to
conceal his real merit. Such behaviour, the paraphrast says
is very rare in the Jr.
military department : for ^ J^J
^
|=] ^ ^ most of those that have any merit, boa t
themselves of it. ( [JLJ if j[ 2 vol. \ 8, IS page, aod ^
2 vol. <, S, 15 page.)
Mingchaou-tiw j ^ JgJ a statesman who lived dur
ing the reign of He-ttnng ^ ^ (A. D. 864) of the Tang
dynasty. H wrote a spirited paper which reflected on the
ministers, and it fell into the hinds of one of them, Teen ling
tsze jj] ^ ~%(jr who h -vinj removed Ckaou-loo to a situation
on the Yang-tsze keang ^ /y,
jjk )Z ""l rnaa
who sunk him in the river.
J-tjj ^ j5 =
^
16th vol \ 12, 30 page.)
Ming-kvang ^ ^ whose Ttze name was Heaou-yu
^ a native of LS yang J^J. |J|J in Ho-nan province. He lived
in the time of Ycn-he Jit JSC the last remnant of the house
of Han. % 1$ & Wit
~
extensively acquainted with natural history, and had a great
knowledge ofantiquity, there was no book which he had not read.
the history Chun-tsew by Kuug-yang, but ridiculed and laughed
at the TsiSchuen. 4^
-j- ^L2^at upwards of 90
years of age he died .
Maug-ltutig-ching

| ^ ffi also called Tlh-foo ^ji

was a native of Keang-chow ^ >Jiji| in Shan-se province.

He lived under the Emperor Ning-tsung
^ when his
f|U
|t
(about
A. D. 1200)
national designation was Kac-he
Mnns-ltung thing was of a bold and daring spirit in his child
hood, and he subsequently became a very eSisient military
officer, in acting against the Kin ^ Tartars, who nt that lime
occupied the northern part of China, and endeavoured to
possess themselves of the whole. In his life there is a
rather detailed account uf several battles fought at Seang ying
=j| f$f and at ^ f^y ^ the '<""' Tsaou-yaiig, in II .o pTb.
jjjjj) ;]{^ province. He was generally su cev fnl, aiul fi >allj
oliligcd the Tartars to retire. ManB' was a Strict disci

733
plin.rU.. - ^ft^^^jt#^ "eloTcd
lave violated a new order, and Ming immediately beheaded
him. When (he general himself died, the whole city where
he was ^ |jj 10) IJ stopped all business and wept bitterly.
Mdngfun \
a native of the ancient state Tse
He was a ^ ~jj
remarkably strong niao. He gjg
^ -^J- ^ could pluck out the horns from the head of a
living bullock .
Mangchangkeun ^ ^ jg- a nobleman of the stale Tsr,
who was remarkable for his
love of eminently good
men ; and ^ ~J\ J; ^ J^f ^ a great many of ihe schol
ars of the empire flocked to him. Munhca yew sm tseen kTh
PI T* ^3 ^ ^ ^* lncre were at
g*'6 3000 guests,
all of whom
J[J ornamented their shoes with
pearls, from which circumstance they are called -j^
*^
the pearl shoe gticsls.
This h spitalily was loo great for his income, and the
people of Sei j^l were not punctu il in paying the interns! of
money lent them. The nobleman sent one of his guests
Fung-keuen ijj^
to receive lh.' internet, and gave him all
the bonds. Fin:g-keueii repaired to the spot, bought rich wine
and fat oxen, and made a greit f ast, both fur those who could
pay, and for those who could not ; and after getting all the
money procurable, he took the bonds of the poor and burnt them
JJj( it jffit f|jj j^jl ^ His host was at first much enraged
at this proceeding, but on finding that it won him the hearts
of the people, and secured payment frum those that were
really able to pay, he acquiesced in the propriety of so eccen
tric a measure.
Hang kauu jen j Jjjy
a native of Seang-chow
2^?
in Hou-pTh province. In his youth, he showed a
virtuous and liberal disposilon ; and
|HJ jjj lived
retired amount the deer-gate hills, till he was 40 years of age,
when he went amongst the poets at court, and surprised them
.11 by his poetry. The minister Chang-kew-ling J|
^
who cut the passage through the Mei-ling mountain, was a
poet, and at court in the time of Mang haou-jen. Wang-wei
31 $ft W,1S "kewise a statesman and a poet, at the same
court, and invited our country bard to hit house; whilst there,
the Emperor Yueo-tiung y ^ (A. D. 745) invited
FART I.
7A

39th Radical. V.

Tsze^

himself to the minister's, and the poet from the deer-gate hill,
crept under the bed to hide himself from the Emperor.
His host informed against him, and the emperor desired
him to come forth and recite some of his poetry, which he
did. This procured him an invitation to the palace, at an
appointed time. In the interim he got with a merry party,
and played and drank till ^ ^ he was very happy t when
some one put him in mind of his engagement with the
emperor , on hearing which he |l EJ |j| Q | jj<| ij^jj
hooted and saidI have already had my drinks 1 have
no time to compassionate him !and he did not keep his
appointment; which vexed the emperor, and he would have
nothing more to do with the rude bard. It is said, Hanu-jin
^\ ^ )Q never repented it He seems to have died in deep
poverty, and to have left his family in much distress. Hif
name, however was esteemed, and a splendid tomb built over
him, and his friend the ministr Wang-wei ^
coming into
the neighbourhood, had a likeness of the deceased poet painted, and hung up in . place, which he called ^
^
Haou-jin's pavilion ; or as it was afterwards named j 3|
Ming's pavilion.
The poetry of Ming haou jcn, consists, like much of the
Chinese poetry, of a few lines, referring to some particular
incident: the following is a specimen. It was written on ^
^Iflr^Jf^^^^jg pawing (he night la
the hill chamber of the priest Ke, waiting for Ting-kunf,
who did not arrive.
9 IH M H -pf Se*h J** 0'e KS
W- ^ itft IK Keun ks *hiih e minS'
^

^ 3? Sune vu6 $nK Jar leans.

M. I< 'M ^ SI Funs l,eueo mwan ,,iDs ,in*The evening sun has already passed yonder hills in the west.
The groups of valleys all at once are bej; loomed (
The pine-shaded moon, makes the night season cool,
The wind and the fountain! fill the ear amidst stillness.
W> A I $fc HI T,eaoa iin kwei J ">.
$9 Mi iHf

/e Yen neaou t,e ,to iing*

J' M ffi $ che b" ke nh iae

Tszc.

V. 39th Radical.

731

The wood-cutters from the hills have nearly all returned home,
The birds from the mist, arc fixed on the roost ;
The time for the bride to retire, has arrived,
But with a solitary harp, in this ivy avenue I must wait.

It is said M&ng-haou-jen, was in the habit of mounting an

is in the midst of snow storms, and going in quest of pear
blossoms, saying 3 || Jg,
/j| f| ffj gg ^\*L my poetical musings are most active in the midst of
wind and snow, and on the back of an ass.
Mdng-ttae-jin ^
a lady in the court of the
Emperor Woo-tsung jj^ ^ (A. 0. 837) who ^ 2g
^6
by her plaj ing on the SXng instrument and singing,
was a favorite with the monarch. When the Emperor became
very ill, he Q ^ looked at her earnestly, and said 3j- 'gj
/f*

l^f

$1 R^C before me you need conceal nothing,

what do you mean to do ? ^ ffi

|| j] Q
ljjj jjjjjr
M5ng pointing at the Sing bap, weeping said, I
request permission to hang myself with this.
^jjjj ^
the Emperor seemed Tcry sorry ; on observing which, she proposed to sing him a song, to amuse him ; and immediately began
to sing, btit was choalicd by the effort.
^ ||
~
the Emperor ordered medical assistance to attend her, but
she was beyond recovery. Chang-hoo
jjjjlj composed some
verses i.i I er praise. ( jjj
^ |prjj Plh inei tsin yung.)
.Mhngttmtg | -pjp- a person famous for his filial piety.
See under
Heaou. Ming-kung j Jjj; a geucral under
the Si.ng dynasty, about 1 65, who was famous for his strenuous
efforts against the Tartars.
Manglte j ijj-lf a person who aided with his advice tbe
Yuen ^T_3 Tartars, on their -J^ ^jj^ conquering the house of
Sung. (A. D. 1296.)
Brief memoirs of many other persons of the surname Ming
1 and some notices of eminent women of the same name, are
contained in the 102 vol. of the
^ Sing poo.

HAE.
From child inA elevated. Big with child. Same as jj^ Tac.
P'HAOU.
From child and to embrace.

Pregnant.

A doignatioo
of youth
-.
lender- thelast
7 ,
yUn'
'.the
last
0f.
,eriej
MJ
fir". "cond, and lhird-m()nthj of I nkc^./.
M W ,'
*rds forSprine ,llm
3
"hen P"cedmS U*
P""S, summer, autumn, or winter K,
^'a.tmon,hof,heqarlcr.
'
^
Che 1 f&theli,,, ^
'ZekeJ2H
"'efour^

< / m. la< age (a, on the decline r

called Ke..ne. Te ke she . Tc ,

Tse family. (Ttf-choen, eth

*fo. of*

re all tbe last month, | thf f

* 01 'he four seasons

ir.

ke

persons of eminnni
.
C 2330.) had cJUnLZ.
^ i****
arranged in four,jbv thc lerm, Prh
" ^*
-'Reorder of those word, ^ ^1 1^"^
'he people of tlle world
^ft J ZA
( XT Ab ...
' L,ure u,e Chinee ddu.
V -OC 7^5 <th vol. ^ 10, page 23.)
/A
, ...When, King.kung
8 A'.
Jr?
"2,V .,h
lhe prince
of Tse 3 wil
del.berat.ng
with hi,
office
.k.

TSZE.
Tbe small intestine*. The name of a district.

^ve t0 Confucius ; i e
u
& 1LT
receive him,,. a vi|i.or . ' " "hat e,!''*tte lh'7 *
,'l0rfr0lathe^'-aheMid,^

735
1
%zm$z
Ke-she (who was an officer of high rank) then I cannot do
it; treat him with a degree of honor, between that shewn to
Kc and Mnng (who was an inferior officer).
The prince added, |f ^ % ^
#J & I old
and cannot adopt (the Confucian principles) and "mj
Knng-tsze immediately went awayback again lo his own
state: not, the commentators say, because ffi
^ ify
they treated him with too little respect j but because they
would not study his philosophy : for Confucius' going to
Tsc Tjt
/fj
WIS with the original intention of
propagating his principles. (JJ[J ^ft ^ 2nd vol. ^ 9, page I.)
Ke.the j
also called Ming tlh
^ a commen
tator on the ancient classicshe lived during the Ming dynasty.
Ke-poo | ^ a native of Seu-chow |^ jJ>|<J in Keang nan
province. Ke-poo lived during the civil wars which took
place on the overthrow of Urh she liwang te ~ "{ft jg ffi
the last of the house of Tsin
<B. C. S00.) There were no
less than eight kings started up in China on the ruin of that
dynasty ; the,
# | ^ & ^ $ 3E ^ Pro"
fessed reliance on principles of justice, and called themselves
kings, or were called kings by each other. The tyranny of
Urh-shc-hwang-te was so insupportable, that the whole empire
lose under these eight different leaders, to throw off his
dominion, and set up their own. These ^
'built up na
tions' founded by the nation buiUert referred to, were called
I, ^Tsooj 2;
Heaiig; 3, ^Chaoui 4, ^ Tse ;
5_ yj|llan; 6, ^Yenj 7, ^gWei; 8, ^ Han, and
before the final settlement of the country under the sole
dominion of the Han family (No 5), these eight were split into
twenty different kingdoms.
Kcpoo
f ffi ^ ^3 hal the reputation of
disinterested hcroisiin, an acted as a general under Heang ,
the Snd of the above-named eight leaders, he jjjijjr
3
had often embarrassed in bis military operations the king of
Han, who on his gaining the ascendency, and the ruin of his
rivals ||| ^ ^ =f- ^jS offered a reward of a thousand
pieces of gold, for the seizure of Ke-poo, and threatened to
exterminate the whole kindred to three generations of any
person who should dure to harbour him.

39th Radical.

V.

Tsze -^p-

At that time, ^fj g|

||
j Pvo was concealed
in the house of one Chow, at P&.yang, in Sban-tung province.
When Chow-she heard the news from court, he t old the
ex general how anxious the new monarch was to find him
out, and also that his discovery would implicate his family
and cause their entire destruction. I have a scheme added
he to preserve your life, which I wish you will submit to,
W ^ tl fk it H y'J bnt if ju *. ii t
desire in the first place to cut my own throatto avert the
murder of my kindred, ^[j gO! ^ Poo promised biro
that he would comply.
Chow forthwith
| m

-Jshaved Poo's head, and put an iron collar

round his neck, and having clothed him with coarse
hempen garments, placed him in a large hearse together
with his servants, amounting to twenty or thirty per
sons, and drove them off to another part of the country
as slaves, ^ ^ ^ and sold him to the Choo family.
jj^
J1] f|

Choo knew in his town mind it was Poo j

\\\\ Wl^. ^P^^'^^ 1a>>wttMahbk<Mi>^Bnd

placed him on his farm ; and having

ij^ ^ J^J |JJ ~0.
S|F
IpI & "t'one<1 h" M> ,ai<l> in the
business of the field listen to this slave ; and besides, you must
eat with him. Choo-kea immediately set off for LS-yang ^
jlJJ in Honan province, to use his influence in favour of his
slave. He waited on Ting-kung
Q who was a nobleman
in the new order of things, and in the course of conversation
.aid, l7fifaAPffij^;#. & "hat great
crime has Ke-poo committed, that the Emperor seeks him so
vehemently )
The nobleman replied, Poo often embarrassed the em
peror in the I. te wars, and the emperor hates him, and if
resolved to find him. To which Choo-kea answered ^
] /f]] /fpf $|] A, $L wllat ,ort of man do yu look
on Ke-poo to be f
|* ^ ^ it was responded, an
eminently good man. The friend of Ke-poo then argued that
{5
^ i ff, Punl>c servants were employed
each by their own master;and Ke-poo had done nothing
more than his duty lo his ; that it would he absurd to think
of destroying all who had served the fallen leader Heang,

-j- Tsze. v. 39th Radical.

736

that the emperor on coming first to the throne should not

/\ simply on account of
his private resentment, seek the life of an individual; that it

# J% D. 2 #l. % 3R
was

-*

R # T. X- }: th.

shewing an example of

narrow mindedness to the whole empire; that as Ke-poo

was a good man, if persecuted thus he would go over

to some

enemy, either on the north or south of China ; and

j R

# + # # |#

indeed this hatred of an able soldier

would confer a benefit on the enemy, who should receive

him ; and finally such petty spite was as ridiculous as the

h + # who 3k # HE
desiring to seize king Chaou #% S # Jij # # #
SE # H H # +E H when he could not

conduct of Woo-tsze-seu

succeed, digged up the dead king Ping, of the state Tsoo,

took his corpse out of the grave, and flogged it with three
hundred lashes. Having reasoned thus he added, # || ZR
&

~a

## E. # || Sir, why don't you persuade his majesty

to forbearance.

Tng-kung

#|| % # j\ k

knew that Choo-kea was

* Very hublespitited uran, and he .# | Aff B: H. #

wn ccacelled on his state,

J% E| #im fined that Ke-pno

and he therefore said very well.

Accordingly he took the

#1 }k % #
}% his Majesty

first opportunity to speak to the Emperor

as Choo-kea had pointed out; and _E

forgave him. The slave was thus frced from danger, and many
of the nobles

% | %ii muched

Ke-poo,i.e. spoke much

of his talents, and his fricnd Choo-kea likewise spread abroad

a high character of him, so that the Emperor who lately sought
his life, summoned him to court and gave him an office of high
rank in the army.
At this time, Shen-yu

# h constantly

}. HF a Tartar ### #

wrote letters, treating with contempt queen

#! #

Leu, the wife of the Emperor Hwuy-te

(B. C. 182.)
She was an abandoned woman, and on succeeding to the throne,

during the minority of her son, she summoned the generals,

and wished them to revenge her cause on the proud Tartar.
The general Fan-kwae

## aid, Hi # # + #

# Af #x 2 p

I desire but a hundred thousand

men, and I'll march through and through the length and
hreadth of the Tartar territories. # # # E] & all
as Mb

737
proverb with ths people of Tioo, The acquisition of a
hundred catties of yellow gold, is not 10 good a one word
of a promise from Ke-poo.
His younger brother also Ke-sin ^
was very much
famed in the north-west corner of China, which they call
}j Kwan-chung.
A # ft
# |fc when he Inet
with any person he was exceedingly respectful and attentive,
and full of disinterested knight errantry.
Jjr
<^^!'Z.^t^^X K\L%'m P,ac" disUnt *eTeral
thousand Ic, when scholars had any quarrel he would die for
them ; and was consequently always killing people, which
caused him to become a fugitive in the state Jj^ Woo.
* 1 CKM.ftVLBXnm*
at that period Ke-sin for his haven , and Poo for his 6delity,
were famous inside the barrier ;i. e. in the province of
Shen-se, and the adjoining country, (ffj^ /f^j ^ ^
ft & 2 vo1- S . Pg'-)
Other memoirs of persons named ^ Ke, are contained
in the 1 nth vol. of the
|^ Sing-poo.

SZE.

From to manage and ton. An ancient

form of Ifflp] Sze, An heir ; to succeed,

KOO.

From child and a cucumber. Fatherless:

a child without a father to look tip to. Alone ; destitute ; an

orphan ; a distilute poor person. A humble term by which
kii.gsand princes dtsignate themseUes, t ille of office. Koo
chow ^
a single boat, not attended by any other. Koo
disconsolate, and orphan spirits, who have no
relatives to pay honors to their manes, or intercede for them.
Kuo kwa j
an orphan and a. widow. Koo sing ttth sze
1 ^fc ^
10 live anl1 die "'0,>eKo u'n ] J|f
person alone ; a solitary individual. Koo lelh woo tsoo
j jf Jjlt. jJ^J standing alone without assistance. Koo tfih
j Jj^i-lone, single,without brothers oi sisters. Koo tsze
| J- an fatherless boy when deserving transportation, is alriBi i.
7 b

39th Radical.

V.

lowed to remain with his mother. Koo low kwa win j |jgf
a scholar without learned society, and whose know
ledge is confined.
Koo | denotes ^
being fatherless. Yewurh
woo foo yu koo
j^jj tyfc ^ |=J | he who is young
and without a father is called Koo. Koo, koo yay, koo wang
woo so chen keen yay | |g ^ |g g Jjjj. g| ,
-Jgj Koo, denotes looking about) looking about wishfully ,
being destitute ofany object to look to for support. Foo moo
sze yui< koo gae tsze -flj- g |=J j ^
he whose
father and mother are both dead, is called Koo-gae-tsze, An
orphan and distressed child. Ta wei jin koo pelh, pbh hi) she
e, wan jin piih ho ta lelh muh -flj j
j ^ ^
iff JC. & A ^ 6 Hb
solitary and costive habits, and is
and there is no-body to suit his eye.
jin so king, shing jin so chung ^

W i he - " of
not suited to the times ;
King koo min kwa, fan
] ^ ^ /L A ^

$S 5& A ffi S
comPtMi,uta the orphan, and feel
for the widow, is a subject lightly treated by common men ;
but one that sages pay much regnrd to. T8h beS urh woo yew
Ulh koo low urh kwa wan
^ [jjj $| JJ|J j |ljjf
j^jt 'j^. j^|J to study alone and without a friend, makes a man
an orphan rustic, and one who has heard little. (Le-ke,)
Kwan kwakootuh {5^
| ^ the widower, the widow,
the fatherless, and the orphan or destitute person.
Seaou kwo che keun tsze ching yuf koo
(j^ j ^
j-jj ^Jjjj JJ ^ the prince or sovereign of a small nation
designates himself by the term Koo, an orphan. Keun tsze
e koo puli king mingj e koo paon kwei, p8h wei foo tsS she
a 1 *jMs.e. i
* gnod man does not, after being fatherless change
his name, nor, if after being fatherless, he become illustrious
and rich, does he compose an eulogy on his deceased father,
because in the first cote, he seems to renounce his origin;
and in the second case, he seems to insinuate that his father's
once mean Condition does not comport with the elevated
rank of his posterity, and he:,ce the wish to praise his virtues
in a posthuirous eulogy. (Le-ke, 4t)th vol.)
Ke tsae heuug fab yue telh Uze kuo ^
fXj
Q.

Tsze.

V.

39th Radical.

738

?S "F" 1 when in mourning he calls himself Telh tize-keo .

San-koo ~ | denotes the three offices called Shaou-sze .
Sbaou-foo / ^ and 4/ ^ Shaon-paou.
(Shoo-king) Koo tung, Oh aang che lung j ^jp] |rjf
^
the orphan Tung, is a tung tree that grows ulone.
The Chinese say the wood of this tree mnkrs the best harps.
It is procured at the
jjj Tlh hills, in Shan-tung.
Chaou she koo urh ta paou chow ^
J ^1
\be orphan of the house of Chaou's great revenge. This
is the name of the Chinese play given by Dn Haldc, said to have
been translated by Padre Premere. ( JtQ \
Jlf 36 vol.)
The play is founded on the history of Chaou-tun ^ jj^ a
principal minister of state in Tsin
about a hundred years
before the birth of Confucius. The principality Tsin, was
situated in Shan-sc |_[) jTEj province.
In the 8lh voUf the fc | She kc, |r J|h
-the memoirs of the house of Chaou are given at considerable length,
Chaou-tun acted ct regent under Ling-kung Jjp? /fe* who, on
arriving at mature years,
J^j became still prouder, and
more cruel. The minister remonstrated, but in vain. The
prince happening fc$jl$j]jfi*$&A#
^ J* Jjj to eat wild boar's feet, found them insufficiently
boiled, for which cause he murdered the cook, and dragged his
body outside, where Chaou-tun saw it. The prince, more than
ever, now dreaded Chaou-tun, and endeavoured to have him
murdered ; but as ^
he had been in the habit of
shewing kindness and beneficence to people, 'gi jSJ^ ^ '^k
~F f$ A ,ome hungrv men, whom he had commonly fed
beneath a mulberry tree, rescued him. He fled to anoincr
part of the same country, and a namesake j|^f 3j?
^55"
IT-I Chaou-rhuen murdered the prince Ling-wang, after which
Chaou-tun ^ jj^ ^J- ^
returned and assumed the
direction of the government, which caused
pjj| Jjjj
good men to ridicule Tun, saying, he fled, but did not go
beyond the frontier; he returned, and did not punish Ihe
regicide,and history has pronounced that it was Chaou-tun
J=jl j^f who murdered his master. Chaou-tun before
his death set Ching-kung
Q on the throne. The old man
appear* to have died a natural death ; his ion Chaou->5

married the sister of the new made king, and these two were
the parents of the Orphan.
officer, whose name was Too-gan-koo, desired to exterminate
the family of Chaou : and he proposed it to the other military
men, on the ground of Chaou-tun's having murdered Ike
late king. One only was averse to the measure, and hega
notice of the conspiracy to Chaou sS, persuading him to fly.
He, however declined, and expressed his conviction that hit
informer Han-kcug
Jj^ would not exterminate the home
of Chaou. Hankcug gave hi promise that he would not,
and accordingly
~7[\ |Jhj professed sickness, aad did
not go out, when Too-gan-koo, and his brother officers,
massacred the family of Chaou ; which took place under Ibe
reign of King-kung J^^T but without the king'a knowledge
or consent. The pregnant princess, Chauu-sS's wife, alone
escaped by flyng and concealing herself in the royal harem.
It happened that Fo (as they abbreviate Chaou-si's name).
h;,d
(3 (h; M. fa G two gues" c*Ued Kaamn
and Choo-kew, who addressing SB's ^
^ ^8 friend,
Ching-ying, asked him, (according lo the chivalrous ideal of
that period,) why he did not die for his friend s to which be
replied, SS's wife is pregnant,if happily, she b.ariaton
I'll receive him ; if a daughter, I'll then die. A boy was burn
of which Too-gan koo heard, and searched Ihe palace, but
infant in her drawers,
=">d m s mi ft ? $ v
i
4BL g1^ praying laid, if Chaou's family is to become extinct,
then cry ; but if not, then be silent ;the child was silent, n il
escaped. Ching-ying anticipated another search fur the infant,
in which case it might not again evcape; and therefore be
addressed himself to Kung-sun aud Choo-kew for advice;
they said to him jjf j J|l Tfc lj^ ^ which is easier, to
raise up the orphan or to die? Ching-ying said
^
| *|f ^Ej> to die is easy ; to raise up the orphan is difficult.
They then added, as you were kindly treated by the orphan's
father, do yon perform the more difficult part ^we will peruana
the more easy let us die first.
~ A
WL % A
E these two then laid a plot to take some other person''
child, and pretend to conceal it, and call it the orphan.

739
Ching-ying then spread a report that he would for a thou
sand pieces of gold, tell where the orphan was hid. The ene
mies of the child readilj complied, and Ching-ying led them
to his friend's retreat, and pointed out Kung-sun with Chookcw, as the concealers of the orphan. Choo-kew afire led to
abuse Ching-ying as a /]\
mean wretch, and |Q l |J^.

39th Radical. V.

NOO.

Tsze

From a tlave and a child, or from a

tlaoe and a napkin. The wife's children ; children and grandchildren. The tail of a bird ; blandishment ; delicate. Read
Tang, A place to store' up treasure ; national treasury. Tie
noo
| a wife and children. Luy tse noo ^
^
to involve one's wife and children. Noo Iflh joo |
'jjX <'c*lro.v
an(' 3,nur children.
Noo lung ts noo ] jfjj fjj ^jj" No ] ' wr'lten Noo,
and used in common with it. Neaou wei yue uoo j|l J^?
|j ^ a bird's tail is called Noo. Noo chay se jS che ming yu
jin tslh tse tsie wei noo yu neaou tslh wei yTh yu* noo ^ ^

m
0 T "til embr,cinS the infant, he called aloud,
0 heaven ! O heaven ! what crime has the orphan child of
Chaou's house committed,pray spare it alive, and kill me.
The military officers however would not spare either, hut
jjjj ^ forthwith murdered both Choo-kew and the (suppo
sed) orphan child. The real orphan remained with Ching-ying,
who succeeded in the the course of years.to raise him to the rank
his father held, and having procured the massacre of Too-gankoo, with all his kindred; and the restoration of the lands
usurped by Too-gan koo, he addressed the orphan, named
Chaou-woo
and now arrived at the years of manhood

13 1 Noo expresses small and weakj when man

is referred to, it denotes his wife and children i when a bird
is referred to, it's tail is called Noo. HwS pi-en ting lie noo
che .seen .hlh j f $g
]
or perhaps
listen entirely to the shallow knowledge of a wife.

in these word, =g J%
*
"fit
^ormer'-v "hen distress fell upon the palace, and all
were ready to die (for your father's akc) I loo was not un
willing to die i but it was my desire to establish the posterity
nfChaou, and as I have now succeeded. ^jl ] ^^Jf.^
1 am about to go rfiitrn to announce it to (jour grand father)
Chao-scun-m3ng,and my two friends, Kung-sun and Choo-kew.
The young man p"^
^ with tears and prostrations
remonstrated against Ching-ying'l purpose of committing sui
cide, but in vain. They, said he, believed I could perfect
the work I had undertaken, and therefore chose to die before
me; till I have announced the issue of the affair,
^
Zfi
my work is not finished, ^ ^ ^ ana he im
mediately killed himself!
Han heu ine lun kefih
Jjg
|^ |gj Han-heutsze in a discourse on pla\s. divides them into -j-* '
|3J- twelve classes ;
j ^ fil ] "f" ,1,e eventh of
which is those in which expelled statesmen and orphan children
form the subject or plot. These of course are chiefly tragic i
and the tenth class seems to be so also,it represents iW| jjt'
/V
^ commiseration, sighing, parting and meeting. * ****

^ W ^ % E urh ,Mh kea '

^ |pj ^ ] L8 urh tse noo.
Right your house and family ;
Delight your wife and children.
(Chung yung tjj Jjjj* quoteJ from the |^ jjgf She-king.
Scun-plh turn sung ke noo, keTh ke ke yung Isae hwuy yu
Seun-pTh sent entirely his wife and children, and all his utensilt
and property to Tsin. (Ts8-chuen.)

Same as ^5 PBh, or Pei, Disobedient ( rebellious.

An ancient form of ||J She, To send, to employ.

CHUEN, or Juen.
Attentive, respectful. Orphans exposed and deserving
ympathy. Otherwise written Cbnen
,nd Chuen J|
II

Tsze.

VI. 39th Radical.

740

a parcel of children striving in play to be first ; their infantile

efforts suggested the idea f weakness.

Hae urh hwa j

name of a plant. Ha urh ya
1 L $, Sj,n- with Ji" y A $t and Te y Hi 1
a fish named from its making a noite like the cry of a child.

Same as ^ Tae,
An ancient form of -J- Tsze.

SIX STROKES,

KEEN, or Keung.
Solitary; alone; to bow with respect; lustful.

r^/j^ Same as

Shoo, or Choo.
TSZE.

HAE.

From child and Hat, denoting the cry

or laugh of a child. A child that may be taken up into the

arms ; children generally ; bojs and girls ; a child laughing.
The insect species. To take in the arms and hold below the
chin, as when a father names a child. Uae chTh j jj^X, an
infant i a child. Haechung ^ | the insect species i insects.
Hae urh keen sMh |
^ f|| the knowledge of a child ;
knowledge which does not exceed that of a child. Hae te che
*un" 1 i)h ~t/ (1i 0 c''''(' "'at cam(''' or '"' " :1C ls7c
^ -J"- or Seaou bae tsze /J\ j -Jp a child ; used for
children generally.
Neu hae tsze
J
a little girl. Paoo hae tsze jj^
^ Jj- to carry a child in the arms. Ying hae J^L j an in
fant) a child. Wo yew piSh she leang tan suy teTh scaou hae
1 a child oftwo or three years old. Hae tsze, hae che tslh seaou
1 "J" ^ rZ. IB 7^ ihe cl,ilda" lo Bnd il
lauShWoo sha hae chung Jfy ffi ] ^ do not kill the young of
animals. (Le-ke ),
Hae te che lung woo pith che gae ke tsin yay t keth ke
changjaj, woo pun che king ke heung yay j
^ f

^pjfc
^jj,
a child taken up into the arms alwayi knows
its parent; and when a li I t!e older, it nc?er fj.ls to respect its
ieuior brother. Hae urh cln ^
^ Terra Jjj ouka ; or
Mimosa Catechu.

An ancient form of ^ Tsze. See under 10 strokes.

KE.
An ancient form of ^ Ke. Same as ^ Pirn.
From children and the tun.

To ad ranee, to

progress, to increase. A mode of writing

3f Ke.

Tsin. Some say

T'HE.
From child and younger brother.
CHE.

A little child.

A certain insect; a specie* of locust, said

to detour the ears of corn.

From a ion and thread. Denoting continuance in a Hue of

succession ; a son's son ; a grandchild , humble. Any thing that
grow* a trend time. A surname. Tsze sun -+* | posterity.
Nan sun JjjJ | a grandson. Neu sun -Jf j a grand
daughter. Urh sun J^. j a remote descendant Tsing sub

741
^ j a great grandson. Heuen sun
] a grandson's
child. Wae sun #J ^ a daughter's child. Teen sun ^ j
a fabled goddess, otherwise called ^ 4^ CMh neu. PiSh seaou
sun
y a degenerale grandsona mode of speaking
used by grandchildren, when referring to themselves in the
presence of their grandfather. Sun kcuen j |^ a name of a
sovereign who lived during the civil wars of the third century,
and who with Lcw-pc, king of the state ShiSh, opposed the
growing power of the slate Wei.
Tsze ehe Isze wci sun yay
~^f~
] '{j^ a son's,
son, constitutes a grandson. Sun, kung sun che sun J
| ^ j the character Sun, is that used in the expression
Kung, sun, grandfather and grandchild. Tsze tsze, sun sun
-J- -J- \ \ children and grandchildren. How she tsze
sun ^
j future generation of children nnd grand
childrenposterity. The emperor of China speaks lhus,
^ jtt
| iy posterity for ten thousand generations..
Urh sun mwan te
j ^ j^jl children and grandchildren
fill the ground or floor of the house, a complimentary expres
sion used on birth. days, and addressed to parents.
The dictionary Tsze-hwuy -J- '_|jr gives the following de
finition of the terms joined with Sun, a grandchild j j "jj/^
=fMt].GYZ*&> 1.* 1 Z
^A*..* 1 Z*ft% t.JB 1 Z
z^tm \.m i z
a grandson's child is called Tsang-sun ; a Tsang-sun's child
is called Heuen.sun i a Heuen-sun's child is called Kwin-sun i
a KwSn-sun's child is called Jing-sun j a Jing-sun's child is
called Yun-sun; a Yun-sun's child is colled Urh-sun ; Le.au
ear-grandson, meaning that the person is of so high and distant
a descent, his name is known only by the hearing of the ear.
Heaou sun jew king, paouc keae fdh, wan show woo kcang
# 1 i Jj| $ $ ^
M W & II a duliful
grandson (who sacrifices decorously to the maues of his
ancestors) will be blessed, and recompensed with great
bappi; ess, and never-ending longevity. (She-king.)
Fan lin tse sze, nuy sze yu8 heaou sun, wae sze yufi tsang
"/LBjjiEfll*EI# 1 ^Ht
t*et i..
7c

39th Radical.

VI.

Tsze

^ whenever persons enter upon the rites of sacrifice, he who

attends to the internal parts is called Heaou-sun \ he who
attends to the external affiirs, is called Tsing-sun.
WHh tsae sing yulS sun

^ jjfi g | the

re-growth of any thing is called Sun, as |

^ tubes
or reeds from the new shoots of old bamboos;
Sun | is used in the sense of Going off, or absconding
from. San yulS foo jtnsun yu Tse
H
^ ^ ~f fffi
in the 3rd month, her ladyship
Keangrshe) run-away
to Tse. The name is not here mentioned because of an
alleged crime of murdering the prince, and it was considered
right that ^ |g ^ ^
$ = g the person
whom heaven had rejected, had better not be named j or as
they otherwise express it, that it was better, ^ dt
^
not to live under the same canopy of heaven ; i. e. that
one s-hould remove to some other place. It is elsewhere
said, Sun yew kung shun yny ^ ^ ^ J||j| ^ Sun is
similar to respectful and obedient.
Sun-she ] Jjf the name Sun was derived from the Ke jjj
family ; one of the most ancient in China.
||| Yl' *">-*)
Sun-woo | ^ a native of the state Tse ^> in the
empire of the Chow dynasty. Sun-voo
^^
EE fM M llad
inlerview wilh KS4eu; king of
Woo, on the subject of military tactics. The king said, he
had read the thirteen essays on the military art, which Sun woo
had written, and. wished to see an exemplification of his rules |
nnd enquired whether he could shew him a specimen with
the women of the palace iustead of troops. Being answered
in the affirmative, ISO females were ordered out, and were by
Sun-woo formed into two companies ; at the head of which
were placed, as officers, two of the king's favorite concubines.
Whilst Sun-woo was endeavouring with the utmost gravity
to exhibit the rules of his art, the favorite concubines burst
out a laughing.
In this instance he laid down the law,
and took the blame to himself for not having previously
published his orders; however, the ladies laughed again, when
Sun-woo said, that by martial I iw, disobedience was punished
with death ; and be must decapitate them. The king remon
strated. Sun-woo rejoined, I having been by you constituted
general, cannot, in the interior regulations of this army,

^J-Tsze.

VI.

39th Radical.

receive your order*, &c. (as the memoir narrates) he

immediately ijjjf ^ decapitated the king's favorite con
cubines.
Sung-ching-tiung ^
a statesman and general un
der the Ming dynaity, who exerted himself much against the
Manchow Tartars, and when he lost all hope of success, he
turned his face towards the palace (of his master'), bowed his
head to the ground, threw himself into a uoosc, and so died
in his 70th ye ir.
Sung-kaang j ^jjj^ called alio WSn-yung <j
a com
mentator on the classics, who lived under the Ming ||JJ dynasty.
Sunih&lrgaou j
an eminent person mentioned
by Ming-tsse, in the Four Books, together with some others
who were raised to high offices from a private station. Sunhilh-gaou jj^ Jj^
yjfc dwelt in retirement by the sen
aide, till he was brought i.ilo political life by the king of
Tsoo.
Sun-pin j Jjg an eminent warrior under the Han !!
dynasty. He was a descendant of Sun- woo, mentioned above.
He studied the art of war with Pang-keuen
'jpj
W ^ EL ^ ^2 "l,l",,inn Sin-pin more eminent
than himself, envied hinii and by treachery having got him
into his power, cut both his feet nfl", and scared his face
with black marks. Sun-pin afterwards succeeded by stra
tagem to reduce Pang-keuen to such a dilemma that he cut
his own throat.
Sm-sze-tnti j
otherwise called Sun chin Jin ^
jjj ^ Sun the ' true man,' a person who lived in the lime of
Win tc^^ (A D SSI), ofthe Tang j* dynasty. <A^
K
^now-a-davs men of the m.dicaJ pro.
fessiou all worship Imu. lie was ofthe sthoolof Laou-tsxe
-j^ (see under
Tsic,) mid
jEj j|s- =j was tho
roughly versed in all the minceJ menus writers of his day;
besides being eminently skilled in n edicine. He acted on the
theory of man's being a /J>
J^Jj microcosm, and was guid
ed in his practice by the analogies of nature. He inculcated,
that to preserve health, a man
^ ^JJ JEJ 'J)D must first
know how to take care of himselfi and ailded^
^/ -JJJ Jjjj^
/Jv a liecdful care is founded on awe or dreadol some evil ;

742
which sentiment he illustrated by running through a number
of cases in the various departments of life, where a constant
fear of evil is necessary to induce that caution which is the
best preservative against it. His predicting occurrences 40
or JO years before they happened, is twice attributed to him.
The popular legend respecting him affirms, tint dragon ap
plied to Doctor Sun-sze-mS, to have some of its scales righted ;
and a tiger sought his aid to extract a Urge pin which it bad
swallowed.
Sun ,hlh \ |jfc| called also Tsung-kuo ^
was i
native of PS-ping
in Shan tung province. As
professor of classical literature, he lectured to the emperor
Tac-tsung ^ ^ of the Sung dynasty (A. D. 890). Sis,
yx B. if it
$i i w" ,nirod,,c"1 1 cnDri
in consequence of his knowledge of the classics, sad
maintained right principles, and conducted himself .th
propriety,
'^T jipj |jf;J jj^ <J>^ he never flattered in
order to plena'.
Somebody pretended f^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
lo h*"
obtained a celestial book, at the ' celestial recipient gale
ofthe palace;' the emperor accepted the hook in stale, and
summoned h s ministers on the occasion.
(3 ^
Wang-tau and others flf J fjlf jt jj^ bowed again and
again, calling out Jen tliotnand yean!0 king live forever!
SUk was afterwards culled, and his opinion aked. He said,
E ft ft P 0 n f^T f $ 1 M t & r J
that 1, your servant, a simpleton have beard when did
heaven ever speak > and lo w could a book come frura
thence!
3^ 4 the empcr ir remained silent.
His master was fond of J(K
biasing the coun'rj
with his presence on a lour, through his dominions : a prac
tice which Chinese statesmen have generally opposed, became
of the annoyance and expense it occasioned to the peopleSun-shlh, in his papers addressed to the emperor, buh ..re oa
record, appears to have reprobated iucli blessings; and to hue
been an austere disc plinarian throughout life; when dying, in
more limn his 10th year, he desired his son to take him out
of his wife's room, into the hall ; saying ^ff. ^
Jjj
Jjflj^ don 1 v_ause one to die in wtmen't hands.
Sun foa-jin j
sister of Sun-keuen j ij^oneof
the principal leaders during the coutests ofthe 1^1 thref

743

39th Radical.

VI.

Tsze
=f-

nations (A. D. 820.) Snn-kcuen j| ^ i|* ^l]

j
gave his younger sister in marriage wife to l.nr-pc, who in || heard, that when an emperor has ministers who will contest
the course of the civil win wan his political enemy. The lady
with him, although he should be without right principles,
Sun.foo-jin jj-^g $\) tl^fft RZM, PnMe"ed
he will not lose the empire. Your predecessor added he,
Ulenti nnd vivacity ; was firm and impetuous and had the
the last emperor of the Sut, |Jj dynasty, Jjf- ^ ~J\ ^ ^
temper or spirit of all her brothers. She was commonly armed
"(^ lost the empire without ever hearing of his
herself, and had a hundred female servants
^jjjf ~JJ Jj'
error,,but contrariwise, ^ ^
%
% $f 3$|
\*/ all standing round her in a circle with swords in their
^ flnltered himself that his merits and virtues were
hands. Lew.pe was not very sure of the good intention of
more abundant than those of the five ancient emperors, and
his brother-in-law, nnd his rather martial v.ifc, nnd ^jj
exceeded those of the (Aree eminent kings. Yet, amidst all
S }1|L
whenever he went in tto her) his heart was in a con
this self-ignorance, end self-sufficiency! ^ ^ ^ flfc
stant trcmour.
^
FFl1 Ofij
Wl, e*tr!,J?Wi avarice, and lust,
There is a long life of her bro'her Svnkeuen, in the 64 vol.
were carried to the utmost pitch ; causing the people's lives
of the Twenty-one historians ; which volume coi t ins likewise
and brains to smear the earth , ^ D $P ^6
'he
a memoir of Sun-keen j
a military hero of the same age,
number of families to waste awiy. Sun-fdh-kea then pointed
out to his master a better course.
Siin-kruen, was only 13 years of age, when the civil war
Such Jp' wrangling ministers' have in China been
broke out, and he lived to ascend a throne, and reigned as
very numerous, and their opinions having been delivered
king till the nje of7l, when he died in consrquence of n cold
in writing, are still preserved and read with much iulerest
eau;ht in fc? p^j
offering sacrifices in the southern com
mon. Sun keuen was a man of great talents; rather cruel,
by the people.
Punching | ^ was a native of Mclh chow Jj^? ^J-| in
and yet he could ]jj5 ^
^ "loop and hear nn insult.
Ho-nan provir.ee! he lived during the breaking-up of the Tang
He was the head of a political roily, in v>hic'.i it is said, some
were hi, Jj^
his belly and hcartj some wcr.r his jj^- Jj^r
Jjji dynasty (A. I). u3) when there arose ten or fifteen diffvrcnl kingdoms, fire of which being larger than the others,
legs and arms : and others were his Jj^
n lils and teeth ; nnd
and
leading si lc, the period has been called by historians,
to this day, an inferior agent or understrapper, is called the
-/jf /ij* the five generations. Sun-cliing iff l|l
Chaou y, kmUi and leelh of his employer.
tin! /fc K
'ovci' '['rning, possessed an elegant style,
Sun-ltVi | ^ was the elder brother of Sun-kruen, but
and
excelled
in
poetry.
He wis a great admirer of Ken-taou
he died in an earlj stage of the. business ; and the v, hole ma
J(
!Sj
3
'">cl
"le
"^a""
dynasty. Sun-ching drew his
nagement fell on Sun. keuen, who when weeping bitterly for his
favorite poet's likeness on the wall of his room, and
^f*,
brother, and observing the rites of mourning, was checked by
l^y
worshipped it morning and evening. He was employ
a veteran officer in these words,
jdj Iff. (J-J HJJ j, im-, a
ed by one of the contending slat s, and fell into the hands
time to weep! vhen surrounded by enemies; and he im
of another, which endeavoured by feasts aid flatteries, as well
mediately
|j|= Jjj^ changed Keuei.'s garments ; ^
as threats to gain information from him, but in vain. He Jf^
\~ EE helped him on to a horse, and j^j l|j ^ j| te t
&
iji of Opf *H w'1'' " firm C0lin,c"ai ce trenuously
him out to review the army.
refused, and begged for death. General Tsaou-han ^ j&
a statesman of eminence in the
was roinnianded to obtain information from him by drinking
time of Woo-lTh
the first emperor of the Tang
with him and treating him lewdly, still
^ "= to the last
dynas'y (A. D. 631.) He was rather successful in remonstrating
he would not speakon the subject.
5^ pi ~tt
with Ih.it monarch, and pointing out to him the path of duty.
^ ffi $i $t ,)an then said 10 Mni 1 ha,e on Imperial
He opened bis first paper of remonstrance in these words,
order to confer death upon you, Sir. Chiugnj^ ^ /j^ ^

Tsze.

VIII.

744

39th Radical.

with a spirit and manner perfectly composeddressed himself,

and turning towards his own master's dominions, made a bow,
and said, gT ||| j.^ ^
j[| j I respectfully render
a recompense to my country by dying for it, and Pj jjf^ jj^J
then he approached to be executed, and was put to death with
a hundred of his attendant*. His own king conferred upon
him a posthumous title ; and the king who killed him, after
his anger was p.* ^ ift J |fj ^
felt regard for
him because of his fidelity, and repented that be had caused
him to be put to death.
Sunfoo-tmg | ffi Jjj called also Plh-ya ^ jfe a
native of Tae-chow ^ (W in Shan-se proTince. He lived
in the time of Wan-lelh j |** (A. D. 1619,) and was one
of the last supports of the Ming
dynasty: for when FootinS ?E ffij Ujj $k A,ei< lhe MinK fj,nilY pef'hedThe last time, he took the field
ft tfjj,
he conceived
it to be his lot to die,and addressing his wife he said, jjjjj
{pf whut will you do ? She replied, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
"^9"
when m) nu,Dan(1 '* erTinS hi coui.trj, let
him not grieve for me. When the battle raged, and was
going against the Imperial troops, Sun-fno ting ^
^
PJi j^jj ^ ^
leapt on his horse, gave a loud shout,
rushed into the fight, and died amongst the ranks. His body
was never found. His wife, two daughters, and three con
cubines ^
W drowned themselves in a well. They
w ft a k k ft $ & & j& "ent frm themthe general's son, She-ning a boy of eight year, Jo make haste
and escape from the rebels. The boy Jj!jj}j
jfjf
-e^l
^ jj ^ got over a wall, and fell amongst
the cottages of the poor people, where an old man received him
and brought him up.

m'een.

HWAE.

To bring forth young ; to bear a child.

From not and good-

Bad.

A vut-

gar compound. Same as

not long, for dwarfish t
not
walking, for lamej^ not large, for small, jfe ^ ^ ^ ^

^3 'TN flit TU'Sar characters, none of which are received inta

the Luh-shoo dictionary.
SIN.

From a chiU and worif. The word of

child j truth ; to believe. Same as 'fit Sin.

EIGHT STROKES.
TSUNG. From a ton and a clan. A n
progeny of children and grand-children.
"^j?^^ ^HUH.

Who I what? The original form of

Shfih ^ food dressed with fire; Ripe; mature, plentiful.

Shilh nang tang die ^ pfe 'j
or Kc shuh nSng cbe
j
^ (exclusive ofsages) who is adequate toil?
Suy yew shang, chiing, hea shiih Jj^
_t. ^
]
the produce of the year is divided into three degrees of
pleuti fulness ; a superior, a medium, and an inferior degreeWoo kSh she shiih J ^j*J [}^ \ every sort of grain ripe
in its season. ShSh ke heaou | j^. ^ Doi' we" lhe
Sze c pflh leih fei shing jin, ke shiih nlng che ^ ^ ^
SL 0 ? A 1 Bfc H not 10 haT* the ri,in6 of
selfish motiveswho but sages are competent to this)
Confucius who was a zealous advocate for sumptuary laws,
when speaking of Kc-she ^
a magistrate of the state ^
Loo, said in reference to his employing /\
j^; ^fj IjJ
eight bands of musicians and dancers in his hall (the number
assigned to the Emperor) She ko jin yay shiih puh ko
ji W & 1$ % "ft 1 ^ *f % ^ifthisms,
be endured, what may not be endured 1 (=|jj ^'3J , 2,
page I.)
In the writings of Chwang-tsze ^
(see under
there is a chapter on Teen yun
^ the revolution of the
heavens, the sun, moon, aud so on, in which he puts this im
portant question, Shiih choo chang she? shiih wei kang sbe
1 ffi * 1 B ffl & who coaUou]' *~ 1 who

745
binds and restrains these ?(the latter expression has an allu
sion to ropes and to a net , and again Sbtih keu woo ize, tuj
orb hing .he j
4$ ^ $ jfp fj - who dwelU
unoccupied (with other things) to propel and move these in
their course ? The answer given is this igT ^ j /^J*
^ fffi 7 ^ B 5^ 1 *uPf,0*e h:rt; ar<1 springs of motion
which are irresi.Uble * M%
MT* ffi &
jjI suppose their rotatory motion is what they are un
able of themselves to slop. But the effect is not attributed to
the agency ofan Almighty Being. (Compare with
T'lieen.)
K'HEEN.

39th Radical. X.

Tsze-J"

4Ancient form of ^ Sun, Pure, unmixed.

f

An infant, which is also expressed by

J^jjl^ Same as

|^ Ya-ya.

Chih, A nephew or neice.

Firm j strong. Supposed to be an

J|^t KEUE.

erroneous form of

Keen.

A breach in a city wall en the south side ; broken.

NINE STROKES.

KEU.

Alone j solitary. Same as Kg Keu.

CHE.

To settle or roost on.

TEN STROKES.
KEUNG.

FOW.

Alone; solitary ; destitute.

Much ; many.

An ancient form of Wfc Che, Slow.

TSEU.

A pregnant woman.

TSZE.

From luxuriant herbage and a child.

TSAN, Chan, or Chen.

From three children standing below a door. Weak ; embar
rassed ; sighing. Tsan jS Jpj[ jpj feeble; weak.
Tsan ling j
the name of a place. Tsan yen tselh
tsan yen |'. jjj ^[J |I|J|| jgj Tsan-yen are the same as Tsanyen, a rugged and precipitous path.
Noo )ue\ woo wang tsan wanj yay
Q
J j
3E.
in a"StT he ,ai<1 our kinS '* 0 weak
KeaJ
Tse'eu, Tseen tsclh J Jj enfeebled and embarrassed.
MING.
Conception, tie first stages of pregnancy.
Iaet i.
7n

To bear or produce) to breath after unweariedly j ardent

nlfeclion for; indefatigable diligence. To bear young, as quadrnpeds generally do, and lo nourish with the breast.
In the practice of
a Virtuous benevolence, it is incnl.
cated that a man should Wang shin chc laou yay; pfih che neen
shooche pfih tsfih yay . meen yen jlh yew tsze tsze, pe urh how e
s
M
and
and

# a

0 ft 1 1 % M B E, forsct ,hal he oId'

be ignorant of the small number of his remaining years;
bending forward, daily press on with, increased diligence

-J-Tsze.

XIII. 39th Radical.

746

and assiduity ; never desisting till death close tha icene.

( Le-kc. ) The reasoning in this admonition is intended to pre
vent a man's saving, I am now too old, and have too little
remaining time to learn to do well. He who believes in the
immortality of the soul, and a future judgement, would not
urge a man toforget that his lime on earth was short, but
would rather call upon him to remrmbrr it; and hasten to
prepare to meet Him, to whom he must give an account for
all the deeds done in the body.
Ming-tsze "j^ ^7" used Tsxetsxe 1 ^ to express Kin
meen chee ^jj] (j/^
the idea of diligence and strenuou. effort He sajs, $ g$ jfj) & | 1 % # %
^ ^ |^
he who rises at the crowing of the cock, and
is diligent and assiduous for the sake of virtue, shews himself
a disciple of Shun (the ancient virtuous monarch) ; but he who
rises early, and is diligent and assiduous ^jjj jjilj jjj^ jjfjfc
("b^ for the sake of gain, shews himself a disciple of the
robber Ck. &jQ%%%ZfrMfafl
^J W i&
"\iL
De ('c,lreo' to 'inow wnat eonstiluled
the difference between the virtuous monnrch Shun, and the
bandit Chlh, it will be found to have consisted in nothing else
than the one making gain and the other virtue, his ruling
motive. (JJt)
6 vol. ^7, 10th page.)

ELEVEN to THIRTEEN STROKES

LE.

Le tsxe, shwang sing jay \ ^ ^

I*-true, denotes Bearing twins.

~^y%Ll Same as |.Jjj Kwri, A wood of which bows arc

A vulgar form of 3j|j Joo, Young and small.

Same as the preceding.

A surname. The sound of which is lost.

TSAN.

Two women.

Nr.ion show ts7<- wci j plj^ ]

llif birds and beasts
generate each in their peculiar way.
HEO,andHeaou.
KOW, and Now.
3*
From a cMU. To suckle ; to give milk to. Kow mow
1 ^ ign<""nt j simple j without knowledge. 6ame as 'J'fjJ
Kow-mow.

E, and Ylfh.

S- c.

Appearance of plenty j abundance ; many.

f T
FOO.

From an egg and I* halck. To nur

ture; to bring op ; to transform.

From Id imitate, placed in a mortar on a cover over s

To receive instruction) to practice, or to conform to
is said; to imitate j to study. To learu j learning; any study
or science, the place where people study.
fihoo he8 J|jjr ^ the science of numbers. A surname.
Sing he8
^ the study of biography. Yew he5 ^ |
to travel for the sake of learning. Hcsng he5 ^Qj ^ a
country college or school. PS heB "J^[ j possessed of
extensive knowledge, an universal scholar. Ta heB
j
Seaou heS /j> | two well known classical books. He<
ching | jj a teacher or learned superinttndant of students
in a district, lit * chlh ^
the growth or advances of
learning. He5 sxe ta foo j
^ ^ learned and eminent
men. Hcii-tzc is also an official title given to statesmen. Hel

747
pa seang kung ^
^ young gentlemen accustomed
to rows and acts of violence. HeS heaou ] jjjjjS general term
for school or college. He8 sing | /jr a learner ; a pupil.
HeS sze | jljjjj a doctor or teacher. HeS selh | ^ or
reversed, Scih heS, To learn nnd to practice what one learns.
HeS win |
lo learn and ask learning and knowledge.
HeS ;ang j jj^ to imitate a pattern.
Choo-tszc yuS, heB che wei yen heaou jay -]^~
1 -2 Wit "h" ^k. tfe ClM-t'ze "'"' to 'ear< 'I, "[pressed
imitating, or conforming one's practice to the prescribed rule, i
The ancient dictionary ShwS-win |^ ^ defines HeS j
by KrB woo ^J.
new perception;an adverting, or having
the attention roused to a perception of. Kin heS baou win
Wl 1
f&\ <lllioent in 'earning, and fond of asking ques
tions. Piih heS urh uing
^ ffjj
without learning
to be able ; i. e. possessing tbe ability to do a thing without
having previously learned. HeS ptih lac j ^\
unable
tole.iru,or acquire by learning. HeS tin lae ]
jfc,
able to acquire by learning. Yang.neang keaou ta chin the,
too ylh hefl pec hwn, ^ g | fa ft ffi
|
flE W Yang-neang taught her needle work and embroidery,
all of which, as soon as she learned, she immediately under
stood.
Jiih heS ^ | or Tsin heS
j to enter on learning,
denotes attaining the degree call Sew-lsae ^Ij ^ which is the
lowest. TOh heS. urh woo yew, tsTh hoo low kwa win Jjj
1 M
% M'J Hi ffl % \% ,o ,e"n n,one a"d
without a friend, makes a person odd, rustic, and partially in
formed. Yew tae heS J^j" ^j" ^ possessing talents and
lea rning. HeS she chuen LsS ]
^ frox. in learning delights to bore and chisel out : expresses a degree of hyper-cri
ticism. Ta heS
J studies proper for adults ; name of the
first of the jjg 3^ Four Books.
It is by
Tsze.ching.lsze, called ^ ft ^
ffij #J | ^
Infill
wl a P09,nllmou' wor'i f Coi.fuciuSj and to
the beginner or young student of moral scienceis the gate
of Tirtue.
1
^ Si 7E tfD 1 % lhe *ludonl
must from this begin to learn.
j
^
^
| [jj^ the great science, meant the science proper for great
men i i. e. grown men.

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze "j*

Ta heS che taou, tsac ming ming tin tsae tsin min tsac shan"
yuche.hen^ J
, W & 5
^ it
M H lhe PrinciP|e of learning proper for
grown persons, consist in a right understanding of illustrious
virtue;it consists in acting so as to reform other peopleit
consists in permanently remaining in the practice of the highest
goodness. (Ta-heS )
Scaou heS /J\ \ the little instructor; i. e. the studies
adapted to youth. ^ Jj. ^ /jN j Choo-tsze composed
the Seaou-heS. Seaou heS te choo /j\ ^ Us ftf 0 Pnra"
phrase on the Seaou-heS. 4 Tola. The writer of the Seaou
heS is considered, in China, the brightest ornament of the
Sung ^* dynasty, and second only to Confucius. It is he of
whom the story is told, that his father ^ ^ ^ "j? j^|^j
pointing to heaven, and shewing it (lo the boy)
cried out to himheaven I in order lo teach him the word.
The lad g|J ^ |5j % _ ft ij^J immediately
asked, What is there above heaven ? A proper answer lo this
question, the philosopher docs not appear to have ever disco
vered all his life.
The first sentence in the Seaou-hcS contains the ground
work of Chinese ethic*. % /JN | jgfc \ J#

j"*
in ancient limes the Seaou-heS taught children
to sprinkle, and to sweep; to cry, 'here,' and to answer;
to enter and to retire; and such like forms;also to love
parents; to respect superiors; to honor teachers ; to associate
with good friends;and such like principles, all of which
are fundamental things in teaching personal virtue; in
regulating families ; in governing a country; and in tranquilizing the world.
Tszeyu?, heS urh she selfh che, ptih yTh juS hoo^- |^J
learn, and constantly revise what one has previously attained
is it not a pleasing task? ( jfjj^ |*j ^ 1, page I.)
Ching-wang jjj^ ^ the second of the Chow ^jj dynasty
(B. C. 1068) says of himself, Wei yu seaou tsze, pish Isung
king che, jlh tcw yu8 tseang, heS yew tscTh he yu kwang
ming; ffih she tsze keen, she wo been tih hing
"f' /\\

-J-Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

748

tmbw ftin.*n
child, was deficient in talents and respect ; but as the sun ascends, and the moon waxe, my learning, being followed up,
at length shone brightly and increased in splendour(do you
ministers) constantly support and aid me, and cause my virtues
to be manifest in practice. (She-king.) Jin kew to win pelh
he ,u koo heun \ $ %
] =f
f||
the man who desires to infuse extensive knowledge, must
study the instructions of the ancients.
HeO sze yen ]
jjjf the scholar's precipice, name of
the side of a hill in Sin e been ^= ^ 1^ about a hundred
miles to the westward of Canton. HcS-gan-shan ^
^1]
the scholar's table hill, at Woo-chuen-heen ^ Jj J )||alittie
to the southward of the afore-named place. HeS muh hih j
vj^ the learned wood nut ; a stomachic.
HeS-lung-chang-the ^ jjg
Jr^ a writer on the ancient
classics, who lived under the Sung ^j^dynasty.
HeS' iseun-tsa u-she ^
cient classics.

^&

a writer on the an

JVamet of Monies.
Hi'5 wan tsze teen j p

A 2 vol. Price 5cand.

HeoArin hwuy teen ^ ^ jig jjjl 4 vols. Price 1 m. 6 cand.

HeS ching sin shoo j ^ ;|^\ ^ 4 vols. Price 8 m. 8 cand.
He ching tscuen shoo j jjj^ -f^ ^ 28 vol. Price ?J dols.
He8 yung she chang | ^ jj^ ^ 8 vols. Price 8 m. 4 caud.
HeS yung shwang sin j JJ| ^ fa s vols. Price 8 cand.
Heo yung kei.8 e chlh che ] jffi

| jg[ ^ i vol.

devoted to the subject of education ; it is called j =JJ HeBke; from what is there said, it would appear that the Chinese,
at a very early period, recognised the importance of education.
Although that work was penned 500 years before the Chris
tian era, it speaks of
jjV
the ancient mode of
instruction, requiring that
^jfc a few familiea should
have a school room called Sh&h by the side of the gate : a
/^f
a neighbourhood should have a Seang school:
/^J J^i a whole village a Seu school ; and
J a nrtieo
or principality, should have an institution called j f.'et.
The Chinese inculcate the necessity and importance of
commencing education at a very early period,mothers are
exhorted to jj^} ^ ' teach the child in the womb : ' by
sitting in a straight posture, and avoiding every thirg
disgusting or offensive, cic. However, passing over this
notion, Ching-tue ^J; JJ- an eminent writer of the Song
5 dynasty, say. that the ancient, g fj|? ^
= fifl
^jjf
taught children as soon as they could eat and speak.
Sit ce children's
fB ^ ^j" fijj ^ thoughts nave
not judgement to direct them, he recommends that
g"
||
=jjflj maxims and essential truths, should Q J]j^j ^
j^j be daily laid before them ; and S 3f ^ J]|f to Gil their
ears, and stufF their bellies (i. e. their minds) with these,
which will occupy the ground, and prevent their being
seduced by false principles.
Choo-footsze
^
also recommends ^
^ | to practice them till familiar with the Seaeu kei
(or juvenile learning), to lay a foundation for the Te-ket,
or manly studies of morals and government.
The opinions of the ancients, are also contained in a aectioa
of the Lc-ke, called
jj^lj domestic rules: it i. there
enjoined, that Tsze nlng shih sze, keaou e yew show ^jp ^
7^
as soon a. children can eat food, to
teach thein to use the right hand : ^ 4p. ^ ^ ^ at
six year, of age to teach them numbers.

explains the Ta-heB ^ J|L and the Chung-yung I^J JpJ^

by question and answer. In these three last works, the two
words JlcB and J'unf, denote the Ta-heS, and the Chung,
yung.
Hcg lung j ^ 1 T0|, a general view of learning or rather
of learned men, contains memoirs and extracts from the
leading men of the Confucian sect, with arguments annexed
against the sects of Taou and FSh.

the heart's tendency to wandering or dissipation , and to nurse

Kcaou-hcS -^jjr ^ teaching and learning, denotes

education generally. There is a chapter in the Le-kc jW JJJ

the virtuous dispositionsof children. In his enumeration

of occupations he always begins with sprinkling and sweeping

The object in teaching children early, Choo-footsze

749
the floor. The Chinese are taught to esteem highly school
masters or teachers ;
^ ^ a teacher's place is the
moat honorable Some of Ihrm, however, are charged with

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

or domestic monitor, by Te'en-ke-shTh-ching-kin ^ j

&L ifc f Yang-chow ^ ^ in Keang-nan ^/J- jjprotincei
2nd vol. 12th page, there are ] ^ ||
rules for.
school, sj" H"
amounting to one hundred.

pending the time to no purpose, doing more harm than good to

RULE
their scholars.
1st, that

Q
H || ^j, ^ au the ,ch0.
There is nothing in China answering to the European
Jars, every day must come early iu the morning.
respectable schools or academies for the middle ranks.
The wealth; amongst the Chinese employ private tutors
they enter the school, they mutt first bow to Confucius
for their children, and other relatives.
The national
the sage, and next bow to the master.
district colleges for Sew-Uae jj^: ^ graduates, called Hefl
3rd
to the Slh, refer to their exercises ; the 8lh enjoins regu
hung j ^? or Been he ^ ^ and Foo he* fft ]
larity
in them.
are managed in such a slovenly manner, that no-body attends,
9lh' #&#1$$|JCff-f
e6
except when the period of public examination comes round.
when about to break up school, let there either be an ode
The masters called Laou sze ^ pjjj sometimes let out their
recited, or a piece of ancient or modern history narrated i
situations to others.
and let the most easily understood, and the most affecting,
The private schools called Heo kwan J
are attended
or a piece connected with important consequences be select
by poor children chiefly ; the master or Seen sSng
ed,forbid all frothy talk, and lewd expressions.
expresses his duties by the phrase Keaou kwan ^ jjV
when the school is broken up, bow to Con
teaching a school. Boys pay an entrance on first seeing a
fucius and the master, the same as in the morning : i|S^|
school - master i they call it Che c ^
and its amount va
$S ^: 1 !k ft ^ Pf
"en lhe '"j owt
ries according to the circumstances of the boy's friends, from
scholar
must
not
omit
doing
so.
200 cash to one dollar ; the master expects something, but
when the scholars are numerous send
makes no demand. There are two holidays, one in the 5th, and
them
away
in
partiesfirst
those that have to go far ; then
the other in the 8th moon, when scholars pay a small turn, in
those
that
live
near;
or
first
the younger boys, and then
the same manner as entrance money i this they call ^ ^
the elder-, and they must
|=J [pj ^ each of them go
Tsee1 e. On those two days the boys have play ; and at the new
year, there is a vacation of a month or six weeks. There are
straight homc,7f; j^1
$ fj$ ](f| they must not be
E he8 j|| ^ or charily schools, not required by the Supreme I
allowed to stop on the road, and collect together to play.
Government, but opened by local officers for grown students.
There are no public schools, nor private charity schools for
when they reach home, let them first bow to the house
poor children.
hold godsj to their ancestors, and next bow to their father
There are Y ay -hc8
^ or night schools in large towns,
and mother, and uncles and aunts.
of which those people who have to labour during the day
13th, If at home there be any ^
^ lgj visitors in the
avail themselves.
hall, after bowing to the household gods, and the tablets
Chinese children generally enter a school for one year ;
of ancestors, the boy must ^ |j ^ jjjfj -fc ^ ||
not for a quarter, nor a mouth. The Tartars reckon monthly.
|p]
T?f
immediately, in an easy composed manner,
If a boy enters for a year, he must pay the whole, whether he
stand upright, bow the head, and towards the guest utter his
attends or not. The yearly sum varies from two to sir dollars ;
(or her) complimentary title. After bowing and silting
three dollars is considered an average school-fee for a year.
down, he must neither allow himself to talk much, nor <KS
- ton. wl. .
_
In the ^
^ ;|| complete collection of family jewels,
in a frightened manner try to hide himself.
PART 1.
7 r

-^Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

750

I4th, Requires that a boy at home

fpj
~|> <^ |||
Sfe in the evening at a lamp must read ; except ^ j J
?C 5r|[
iH in the summer montha, when tbe weather
is hot; then he may stop, but in autumn, when it becomes
cool he must ffi] ^
resume as before bis night
reading.
15th, 1j& ^ ^ ^ he must lore his book, and take pains
to preserve it from injury,
tlst, Of him wbo reads in order lo learn memoriler, there is
required that ^
three thing come lethe work; viz.
=j 'D1 Jll P
"""^ an<l m*
He must carefully avoid p |S |f ^ C ^ )JlJ
||| repeating with the mouth, whilst the heart is thinking
about something else.
83rd, Requires them to read ^ ^ with a low voice ; and
forbids their j^j PJ^ bawling aloud, lest they should
injure their lungs, and be unable lo go on.
S6th, If there be many scholars, they must tfj
draw
lots to repeat one after another, and not crowd about the
master.
88th lo the 38th, contains rules for writing : sitting straight
at the desk; holding the pencil; rubbing the ink; not
toiling their fingers, Ac.
40th, Requires the boys to examine themselves by those
pass iges of the lessons which the master explains , and lo
apply the warnings or good examples lo their own case ;
this jrL Jj>
^
is a beneficial exercise both to
body and mind.
They express the duty of the scholar thus, j ^
ll B % '6 _t fif |$ ' lc lhe <-holor. tn"clf, make a personal application ,' and say lo himself,
fa It H 1*4? rfl i1 7fi fa T ,do" lh" setence concern you or not t<
jj M jfo fig J ^
jfe ] Ms the subject of this chapter what you can learn
to imitate or no, f 0) ft % % ^ jft
#Jf.i^i ft f g f HJ
(let the master) lake the circumstances of the ancient oc
currence narrated, or of the maxim, and discuss it in two
parts ; what should be imitated and what should be avoided;
and cause (the scholar) to note it, and to feel a serious im-

pression". And,
& & fa %Q
UZ
:ifr =|2 ^ <on another day, if he offends, reprove bim,
by the principles explained to him from the book.'
4,,t- li ft ic
1$ IK H when ,i,lenin5 to *
master's explanations; the scholar must keep hit tout or
spirit from wandering, and pay minute attention.
. S*j ii*W6ttt$H#*
$W pnl ^ B^f ^ M> if in the b"ok (where the le*"0,,
of the day is) the sense anil scope be not clearly explained,
come immediately (to the masUr) and enquire particularly
you are not allowed to suppress your having a confused
and indistinct understanding of the passage.
# ft W# PI M & I
K **
?E ?S
Jrf f$
comP0,'n" parallel lines, it
is required to divide subjects , and separate them into
classes: and there must appear a knowledge of the rrrn
and oblique tones (or accents); of expletives and of
significant words; and of nouns and verbs,errors and
mistakes will not be admitted.

ff- ffi
|pj jrrjj when let out of school to Uke tea
or to take food, every scholar must go and come by
himself;they are not allowed lo form parties, and make
agreements to go and play together.
6l,,'ti&-3-in,Mchins|,oy'$: 1 Milet,hen
first learn cleanliness.
^^^on their ink-stooa
let no refuse-ink be accumulated ;
$RI_ ^ )|| on
their pencils no over-night ink,let the pencil be washed
clean every evening. ^ J| gf|
ij- the book
must be held or lie three inches distant from the body,
"p^- ^
they are not allowed to rub and spoil it ;
norT%
to turn UP "1e corner> make dog's ears,
nor are they allowed to dot or write upon their hook.
63rd>
Pf3 f>J\ flfj the things used in school are only ^
^jj^ books and their appendages ;
^ pencils, ink,
and ink-stones. j^ ^J^^f^fiE|| .
and every sort of miscellaneous light books are a hindrance
to correct pursuits, they must not he brought into school
nor any overplus money, nor play things } * ^ {Jl

751
^
all and every one of these are disallowed from
being brought.
64th. H - f Wl H ffi # "[ thC ,Ch0Ian are required in eTery word and every action to observe decorum and correctness. They mutt not ^ fj}
4t ~j\ y^jji
utter the low language of market
places, and public wells ( nor must they ^ ||) ^ ~J\
j^ft ^ learn the low practices of market places and pub
lic wells jor what they see in the street*.
5th, A boy s^ H
]$\ 5$ temper and manner most
be tractable, and genteel ; ^ ^ ^ ^ y^t ^.neither
coarseness, nor turbulence are permited.
6th, A boy ^ 5Jr f fljgj
^jp jg when sitting still
must be grave and serious,
^ fl 3L
s^ff
j
^ If IB
he nu,,t not ,il cro" le^ge'1'
nor lay the foot upon the knee , nor lean on one side* He
must not in the streets ft $| j$
,hrow br,ck>
nor chuck tiles. Lads' mult not tyfc ffi ffi ffc skip and
hop and frisk about; but walk
|^ ^ ^ calmly
and steadily. They must not ^ Jg| j;J jjjfc ^
BE Jj? lay their heads together, aud whisper t nor pull
each other's clothes, nor kick with their fret. They must
not$M j$ Iff Jit M H walk with their
shoulders together, and the arm placed across each other's
back, nor point to the east and stare at the west , nor must
they on the road ^ ^ gjjj; j] prate about letters, and
chatter about fighting.
TOth, Requires that when a boy meets on the road a
J=L
IS
\ superior or a rclution, he should immediately
*m IE i&' IT. tlani ,li"> in a composed regular posture ;
nd "J* || ^
ft ^bending down his head, make
a salutation with his hands, or make a low bow. Boys
must
J- ^ Jj| make their obeisince respectfully to
their superior, and neither
ijj^bow in a hurried manner> nor |fjL||^ in a flutlcied manner avoid the person.
If asked any question by the person passing by, they must
$C ?S"

Ktf answer in a composed easy manner i and

f|| ffi
%J let him pass on before; by no means pre
suming ^--jjr t0 waik nrit.

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

71st, Requires a lad if walking with a boy of the same age

jjH &t 7^3 10 kwP lhe right-itni
of the path, by
which he )ields the place of honor to the other one , but
he must walk behind his superiors or pirents.
7Snd, A boy's
fg"
|L % conversation
must be carried on in an easy composed manner, according
to the truth and reality of things. He must not
^jJJ
f||
mutter with stupid ambignousness i nor yet tell
smart lies. He is required to speak M ^
^ in
a low voice and meek tamper : and not "j^jj
^ jjjjjj
jabber high and dispute wide . i. e. converse in a
noisy boisterous manner. Nor may he
^ |Tj| ^
brag of great things,, and crack laughing jokes.
7Srd, Directs a boy how to
^ make a bow. He mutt
do it frfe $B 13 'leisurely, orderly, deeply, and
roundly ' Dot in
AJp ^
' ''"How, standing,
fluttered, hasty mauner.'
74th, A lad ^J stauding ||
jgjjr ^ ^| mnst be
bold, grave, still, and steady. He must not jgjr ffi lounge
en one side, like a lame man.
77lh, A boj's ^ jjfj K ^ clothes and cap and shoes
must be jjj^t ^ plain and simple , but
neat as
a literary man. No
ijpt flowery finery is to be
admitted.
79th, In
j=j the winter months, when the boys jfij jfig
TV
bi'ing 'fire furnaces' into the school; they must
not p| fa ^
play with the fire, nor play with
the ashesnor crowd round the fire.
80th, In school, the boys must ^
f5
be arranged
in order according to seniority.81st, Teaches that
J|f ^ ^'J |^ when a visitor comes
to the school, g Ajr ^|] "ft fi
^
all the scholars must immediately come down from their
seats, and placirg themselves in a row, according to
the order they hold in the school, make a bowuo whis.
pering, laughing, .nor Heuen-hwa pj| pjp noise and
clamour are allowed.
82n d, If the master^ % ^ 5* happen, to
be invited by a boy's father, or/pf p. |JJ
goe, abroad
on any business ; all the boys in school must
^ jyj

#. Tsze.

XIII. 39th Radical.

752

# every one observes the usages of the school, nor is it al

lowed that f\ # 4\ the big boys insult the little ones,
nor must they fight and # # # break the pencils and
ink-stones.
$3rd,

Boy" JU 3|| 2 H All X. i.# % |

hibited from

are pro

learning any thing useless, such as Tow pae

# # playing at cards, Tsih tow # # throwing dice,

# # kicking the shuttle-cock : }} #
playing at foot-ball. Ta mateaou #I # # or playing
Teih keen

at the cards invented by the prostitutes. Ma seang lan #

# # or Hea seang

ke T # # playing at chess;
Fang fung tsng # H. flying kites. Yang kin show
yu chung

# # # # R Dreeding birds,

or beasts,

'" insert, ##########2

#and

such amusements as playing on the wind instru

ments &ng and Seaou, or on stringed instruments, or sing
ing, and so forth; # # # % these things are all use

less.

# # # if it

happen, that a person prac

tice these in his own person,

X. 4H. f #ff IE #

they not only are a hindrance to his regular and correct

pursuits,

# H. # # l) it. but they also voluptuize

~ and mind
ind. 4:
and dissipate the heart
# Ye
LN :# Z
-

they

ought to be guarded against with the deepest attention.

84th,

# % J/ # AE Z # j%

gaming is a vice

"hich all the scholars must guard against, above every

thing else,it # AN fatigues the mind, ) # excites
anger;

}#

SF wastes time ;

# # j% lit.

#H

neglects business,

nothing does so in a greater degree :

/],

#
fi: X & #####H# it
if not guarded against in youth, in manhood, the breaking
up of the family, the *quandering of the patrimony, will
all arise from this.
86th,

# # 5 HH /Js # #! HH

obscene tales;

licentious plays, novels and vulgar songs # %j. ICA #

# dissipate the mind, and are injurious in the highest
degree.

# X. f X E.

they should altogether

be prohibited from meeting the eye.

# # poetry, consists of X /\ % jik # $

Z # metaphors suggested by famous literary men, but

87th,

|
|

753
and

^ ffi

write their copies well ; the mailer

pj" fiji Jj iffy

may boast of them in the language
of commendation, or
J^J[ ^ |g confer upon them
pencils and ink, anil ^ ^
jj) encourage and
stimulate them to meritorious efforts, Ji ^J" gj^ ^ ^
nd maj thus entice the restof the boys to advnnce.
87lh, Boy. who do not learn, and are disobedient to the
rules, *hose 1$L // f^T
lessons are not by heart, and
whose writing it ugly, must first -j^f pjj ^ H.
be
admonished and persuaded two or three times; if
Qfc
they do not reform, then $ |jj gg ^ fft J,^
first punish them by causing them to kneel at their
own scat, to disgrace them: if that does not succeed, then
make Iliem kneel BfJ [] at the door, and Ji^ J^p ^
greatly disgrace them ;the time is measured by a stick
of incense burning. If these means do not make them
alter their conduct, then
^ flog them : but take care
not to doit after meals, lest you make Ihem ill, nor yet
beat them violently on the hack, lest you hurt them
seriously.
98th, ^ ^
1$ jjj]
ffl the master's fee must
be presented at the proper limethere must he no & y
YX t^t r^lP 2^ evasive excuses, which indicate disre
spectful treatment of the teacher.
09th, -f- ifa ^ ^ the education of sons and younger brothers, Ijt fJ|J ^ " $7- Jjl compared with every good
in the world, rank* the first; but
i ffi[ ^ -{JJ- ^
n& iy^ 'h<?re '* c'a,s ^ '',o''sti p"*0'*
who have children, and do not teach them to read , and
there is a class of /i-i J - ^ foolish children and grand
children, who have books, but will not ^ fa awb their
minds to them ; and thus^T^ tjjj^
'jfj: depraved hearts
and uncultivated dispositions, are form d , these arc they
who J|J ^
^ ^p.
in manhood commit wrongs,
and practice sice; which brings them at last to violate the
laws, and subject themselves to public punishments. ^
how seldom is it seen, that men who understand clearly
right reason, and who can read, will do what is wrong and
vicious.
H ff jj| j
^ even farmer.
7w

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze-^p-

whose occupations arc preising, ought every year, about

the tenth moon, to send their sons to school, and let them
return home in the spring, about the third moon i
)fc
-ft
pf
^ thus in three or five years
they would become men.
1 00th Paragraph concludes with an admonition to teachers
or schoolmasters, in these words, Jjjjjj
^jjj ^jjj" 2^
|~f lno,e who are teacher* of others, ought
to be completely venerable, and should respect themselves.
And
CE
^ since they are teachers, they should
be singly devoted to tbe duty of teaching, and
explaining things to the scholars , they must not be lazy;
they must not intermit their duties 1 thus a master will
J'O fit' ^jF ^ accumulate virtuous and good deeds;
aud the children's parents will respect him : but jTj- J
ol late, there has arisen a class of school-masters, who with
their owa duties, ^ j* ^ connect the practice of
medicine 1 or^ |" ^
culate fate* ; or ^ ^ =jjj

sell divinations, and cal

write impeachment* for

people; or
t^> sjj^jjr jjjjj act as midsmen in bargains,
or become sureties, and so forth, by which /[^
^rjs
their attention is divided, and is occupied with affair*
out of school,under *nch circumdanccs, how can they
have time to teach ; such conduct fife ^ ^
i

J[\ 'A Jjj^ \ must impede and injurs* the

scholar so, that he'll never become a man all his life.
Not only will ^ Jj tjtiQ jjjjjj bis employers view such s
teacher with contempt jft gj g % }| ^ ^ ^
but he himself doe* a great injury to his moral character.
Ye masters! 3^ ^
^ j
wc" for 3,0,1
that you here possess my desultory discourses :
frj ^ change your tune, and respect yoursclve*! -^i
)?f JsT ^ "tii " '* W'ial 1 'oo1' 10 *ou w'' *',u*oe
expectation.
The writer from whom the above remarks on the education of
boys in China arc taken, has also a few advice* intended for
men, who are private students , he calls his advices T| ^jjt
'll> '/M ru'<;8 ^or l,'ie coni'uc' ^ tne mm(' ' reading or
*!udy. He say*,
^ (f M it f ic i i& the fir,t th',D6 ri,uir,d

+Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

T5.

of us scholars, in our reading, is to form a resolution , (or

have a hearty good-will to it) and this resolution

f |H is

j't #

valuable in proportion as it is firm and

persevering; when it is so

# | NA E. the man must

become learned. He says, if this resolution be stimulated

# H! % # the hope of equalling the sages and

by

worthiesof antiquity, so much the better. He confirms

his opinion by quoting three cases from Chinese history,

in which a firm resolution to effect a certain object was
followed with success.

First

#% -E 1#. }%

the king of Yu (under the J# Chow dynasty) who reveng

ed himself on the Woo state. Second, the case of # R

2. # # |R Chang-leang, who revenged the cause of

Han, which was overrun by # # # the Emperor
Tsin-che-hwang-te;

and the third case, was that of the

% f= #

statesman

Teih-jin-keil, who

# F# #

restored the house of Tang, by his resolution and firmness.

It is received as a maxim, that

RA J% #1 the olject on

\ # # *: Ilj #

which a determined resolution

rests, must succeed.

11. He calls it

#. #

the true secret of prosecuting studies

}} place a book by one, and #! } H j

# # % record daily what one reads, then # H
### + H - + H arranging the *:
to

*-

==# =

in the order of the days, for ten or twenty days,

to con them over.

This is what Tsze-hea

#
in the

"re all. H II it #ff t H ####| |

# {{l daily acquiring knowledge not before possessed;
and monthly preventing the oblivion of former capa
bilities or thus, #

# H #j, k the

lover of learning daily acquires new ideas, and does not

lose those he already possesses, # # *f; # #
# JZ amongst the good plans of study, there are none
that exceed this.
111. The student who

XR # # does not rouse all his ener

# X;

gies, should
consider how he is to get through his
task when locked up
}: PJ in the court of exam

ination; when

#||

# E] a theme shall

be given of

which he does not know the mearing: let him remember

#. ||| j # # # at that time, what bitter distress

755
thinking about that section :

^JjJ for example f ' ^

f; W % ft
% i a c*nWron of
fter, having fire applied to it for a long time, will as
matter of course, at last boil : but jfj "/J^ jp] J"J^
^
^ ^ if. erc tl,e "ater be hut, you change
it, and put in other water to boil, 9j| ^ "J
^^
il] IS 'f #b ^ ^ "Ithough you may heat a great
deal of water, you'll never make any of it boiling hot.
who are fond of overcoming other, people, and aim at
universal knowledge, constantly become ill of this disease,
viz. that of expending a great deal of heat, but never
maturing any thing.
Tin.
Jj^ Jj ^ ^ ^ I have always seen that a man
who covets much, and who
devote* him
self to universal knowledge ; when he reads, he ^
>@
^jli Pre,u me' on "le ".""^ncss a"d celerity
of his genius and perceptions, and Jjjl
0ji
S 4" D "I3 ^ 7jC
j *ecl,on after ,eclion'
and volumes in concatenated succession, pass before his
eyes, and issue from his mouth, fluently as water that rolls
awayi but ^ ^ fjjjT ^ ^ <Q jj* jf when does
he ever really apply his mind to rub and educe the essence
of a subject. In this manner jjjjf ^ "/jj* ^ J)J ^
although much be read, what is the use of it ; ti>
jfjj
^ft ^? ^ ffi) j'fl better little and fine, than much and
course.
^ _(n
^ the ancient military rule
,aid'
# $j| iff) /jf> 'f-E^ the Pwer f " J
consuls in it's perfect training; not in its mere numbers.
"J*
lH"
M ' deem the ,ame tr,le' in refe*
rencc to reading or study.
ix. In reading. ^ f| |^ X
lhe fir,t thinB re"
quired is to get rid of mixed thoughts; and ^ ]ffc;|fe
W
^ WE I')1
'hen one is able to mature and
understand a subject thoroughly, and to remember it a long
lime. Pejoo |f ^fj suppose A )]f 4*
^^j^t^^Ttf^11 ma"', ,,"mafh hM
first been tills d l y cuting greens and other vegahles, {jjjjj
ft
allhoo:h *e
most precious daiu.i.s, with exquisite tastes, should be

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

=5given him, he cannot swallow them ; he must first y^j

^*
5^ digest and get rid of a few portions of the
greens that he has eaten, before he can relish the choice
djinlies ; aud in reading, the same is true of the ^jfe
mixed thoughts, which occupy the mind, and these thoughts
^ JUi HI
^ $r "re not onlj about lho
dusty affairs of a vulgar world, f5p ^ t(3 but even in
books iff*^
^ ^ jJJ there are also contained
things of no importance.
To make progress in learning, an important qualification
ii, that which is culled
fft ' transporting and Using,'
which consists in ,
a good capability of
explaining and comprehending, a whole subject in all it*
bearings, so that ^ jJJ^ ^jfj ^ on hearing Mi, ono
knows thai, which is done by jij^j ^ -jHjS -^j thrusting
every subject into its proper class ; and understanding
collateral topics. Thus
. J| pj* !jQ -j- jgf on
possessing one section, one may know ten ; and on having
ten, you may kuow a hundred or a thousand. But
3pt
there is a class of men, who although they have read
a great many books,
$jjL ^ ^ ^j?
.tin, i
a foolish silly manner, they adhere stiffly to mere words
and sentences , they are not only incapable of
Jj j
transporting, or transferring and using the stores which
they have laid up;* bat they don't even know ^
7^ where to employ them rightly in any one case.
These students arc not equal to those who have read much
less, but who possess the qualification above mentioned,
i. There is one convenient rule for J3^ "^j ~0_
^^
ai those persons who hive affiirs to attend to; it is
"J^p ^ /j\
make a good selection of a
volume of ancient literature ; and [)^* /^Ca yo~
lumc containing modern composition, and ^
pi'lj plnce them at the head of the tible before bis eyes;
then
ffL |^ when a little leisure is possessed,
study them. If instead of adopting this plan, such persons
wait till they ^[
are entirely at leisure for several
months ; since ^ Ipt
^ num'ln "ffiin are so nume
rous and so mixed, this complete leisure is likely never
to arrive. But ^
"jljjj time flics like an arrow.

+Tae. XIII. 39th Radial

# ||

J:

H W. Y

in the twinkling of

an eye, a month and again a month is gone

-*

Af. # and behold the year is at an end! # X. #

# |# # + however, does not this loss and
detriment arise entirely from procrastination 1

# # # fj {}
# H #
# # # domestic
MZ
H: }: H:

x11. In prosecuting one's studies,

there are two things most to be dreaded t.

a memory daily worse, and
H
affairs daily increasing.

*-

# # # Jik a

man's life spent in vain, and a hoary

head without any work being perfected ; # H #

l' all

arise from these causes,

# H # # th.

it is with sighs to be deeply regretted.

xiii.

Studics

%H j' +i j # }: H#H] J)

ought

to commence during the 5th watch (from 3 to 5) and exer

tion he employed early in the morning These hours #

#t

J% 4% # # # #

compared with those

from seven to eleven in the forenoon, and the subs: quent

part of the day, are scveral times more advantageous.
Riv. In reading, a man should
#!' ill rouse up his

HH El # ty brighten his eyes, and be

#|| # TE *E |# like a general in
battle array, or #|| #) '#' *: #1: like a criminal judge

animal spirits,

minutely attentive,

W.Z. et,

in a court,

**-

" *E

#####| #4, # X: f'

he must not allow himself to become in the least possible

degree either drowsy or careless.

xv. A student ought # 3, # # F# F# #| ||

to dred extremely idle talk, and meddling with trivial
affairsor those which dont concern him ; for such talking
and meddling
. #
ji causes a mans mind

4. A

j#

to be dissipated; and his spirit to fly away from its proper

place; talking and meddling

# & Ifj # # til are of

no advantage, but do harm.

xv. 1.

In ones

studies #1 T. FI || # there should

not

on any account be breaks or interinissionsfor five or

ten days.
xv.11. In learning,

|ff 2}: X. lf % Ph pashaon,

piih pa hwan,

J l - #-F# chili pa in pub, in han.

757
. - /|t impede the pursuits of a whole life.
These considerations make it ^ pj
infinitely
necessary t<> use the more vehement eflbrts to awaken
to a sense of the value of time.
. The rtnd, nf letter. Jf K & Pfl & ^ fll *I
wos originally intended to induce the clear understanding
of the principles of right reason ; and it is necessary that
^jj /gj i|# g ^ ^/
every sentence he applied
to one's own person and heart, p
that in
daily concerns, those principles may be strenuously carried
into effect i
^ ^ ;jt /j'
and then study may
he said to he really advantageous. ^ Jgj
j^jj
fl- $ $ Wi tk @ # #T Mif Ih^mbi.ion be
merely, to run over subjicts like a huuter, to be esteem
ed as having extensive ii. formation ; and the sole ititention be to supply subjects for prate and conversation i it
is by no me :ns what is right. Or, ^ flk jj
||
jf-f ^ i}X ^ Ik. $J if peo|,Ie *vuil ln,:""'elve, of
these studies, to cheat themselves into a literary reputation.
and to obtain ricln s and honors j but "~
jj> Jljj
the moment they attain eminence
Sft f^l j|pf
S! ^ )Jt #| lnt'v P"1 lne r'Bnl principles they have
attained from books out of their mindsnnd practice what
is quite the contrary, I^J ^qr
^jj that is still a great
er error. The pedantry here condemned they sometimes
call ^jjjj S& yg stirring up (not nir bubbles, but) book
bubbles.
XXI. Although study % "pf" ^ || should not be intermitled nor del ,jed, 7# ^ l3f
^ ^; -| still
it should not be foil: wed with loo great eagerness and
precipitancy : for, admitting a man can walk a hundred
miles a-day, if he walks only seventy or eighty, hewill
feel himself strong and adequate to do this daily where
as, if he work himself up to overstrained effort, and walk
more than a hundred, hewill be unable to continue, jrjfe
H%Q
rfj| jlj $J % rae" ieleA l readinS.
are continually reading themselves ill. "J
^
ffi "j"* /\ jp^ 1 from six years of age to sixteena
period often yearsstudied without effect, |Q
'jij;
^ $ Wl ffl W. >fe fr mT mean M,"re
sim',lc
and dull ; 1 forgot as fast as I read. In consequence of
PART I.
7a

39th Radical. XIII.

Tsze"^1

this, I {=) W hated myself, and ||f ^

=j| roused
vehement effort, and read with bitter toil; but
Pfl
^
^
'n"' ' Dc<,,ln,e s'ck for n,ore
than a whole year ; j|=r ^ |gj ^ and at lad was
dangerously illfrom which I recovered only by the
greatest care. Those who exceed in diligence
Jj^/(
1 itfr? iH 0US,U lo takc warning bJ ,ne;x. A student
Jlj J| ^| (U ff trf "hen he ha.
read till his body feels weary and fatigued, pj" jj^- pjjjj
should withexertion, twist about both theshoulders ; move
them up and down, forwards and backwards, several tens of
ii 80 1 # M. U ft M # ^f'& *
Ife $^1 am' so c'rculllte ,nu D'OH(' through the body and
arteries ; and cause the animal spirits to flow and circulate;
by which a degree of exhilaration and chcarfuluess will
be induced, that will prevent the production of disease.
This is what
tjjfi the medicinal gymnastics call,
Lh loo shwang kwan
^
the roller's double
movement Whenever a person is fatigued by reading,
this exercise Ning keu ylh Ise han seiy
^r|j ' "t^J
can drive off from the body, all cold and noxious
influence.
xni.
^ J|L If very early in the morning, jjj/
JP^j
or in the dusk of evening, you be looking
at a book ; and ^j"
cannot sec it very clearly;
fa $ X ^ >" u.twillill day.lighl.g^
1^
or till a lamp is lit ^ ^ and then read, j||J ^
|jg
^ thus you will not hurl your eyes : But ^ jff
[?0 P^F 'f when it is dusk, and almost dark, you
7S
~fj ^ ft violently strain your eyes to read;
~)*\ IP ^

'*

os,urei"y injure the eyes verj

much
^
[f]j
or you will become dim-sighted
before you arc old.
Whenever yon are not reading or are unemployed
7i-f 1^ @ 11? f?li) lcl d"n" bolh Jour eje^tls. and shut
jour eyes; and by this means you will
|j[Jj nurse
your animal spirits ; and after this, when you want to read
or do any thing ^ j[Jj |rj. ^ |Jj| there will be no
objection to again exerting the sight : thus jEj ~jj ^

-j- Tsze.

Xll I. 39th Radical.

T5%

# the s'rength of the sight will not be injured; and

% X'. you will not be dim-sighted in old age. You
ZR E|| || || # ### Ji Z}|| must not
waste the divine light (of the eye) in places, or in occu
pations that are useless.

# H #| || ##TSE'' - k #
# j# z JI daily in the evening to read by lamp
light, will certainly ensure great and essential advancement
in the meritorious work, but if a person fag % # |

# # # z fill # # to excess, his animal spirits

will be wearied out, and injured; so that

5k H jly j]]

{# # # the next day he will be still more weary

and fatigued, and through lassitude foiled, and JX

# X.

contrary to his wishes, (his diligence) will turn out

ill.

If under such circumstance he still force himself to

go through his task, he'll make himself sick.

R # #|| fil X # #f

# + H#

If a person does not go to

sleep at midnight, the blood does not return to the liver:

and although #E fill # #E HE H: whilst the blood

and vital aura are strong and flourishinga person inay
not feel it,

# H # #j % # XR /J.

at some

future day, it will occasion disease, and no slight injury.

xxv. A student,

# H H # # |t although

occupations be daily numerous and pressing,

|# # JU

+1. #

his

must look over four or five sections

of modern composition ;

^ X # # f: //A E. |#

that the nice movements of litter, may

to his mind or eye; thus he

be always present

# # '' %

will receive

very great advantage.

XXVI.

j? # # # when

approaching the time of public

examinations, a student should

## 4

cularly shun an eagerness to read much. Let him

:* -

# X

+-

parti

# _E

=+ #

select twenty or thirty

l
sections
of thee best composition;
ition:

and

# #. # i;
*

---

# familiarly play with its divine springscon it over

till he feel its spirit, and relish its beauties, #
th #
%
.# $ 7 in the arena (when examined) he will assuredly
derive strength from it.

*#
# K ## 4 R 3: ## , ,
collection of books, the matter of importance is not the

39th Radical.

759
of philosophers entirely unconnected with the (Lite; anil
whose ohj xt was chiefly moral science. The Han 'J^l
dynasty, which is the pride of China, knew nothing of
that clnsf of men, who, for the last twelve hundred years,
have l>een called the Joo keaou
ffi who have converted
learning intoamere Uol of ambition , and whocareas
little for true learning, as th,e men do for true religion,
who consider it a toot of the stale.
It was in the beginning of the 0 Tang dynasty, about
(A.D. 700), MWZ$- thnt a plan wa.s-arranged, directing literary examinations for the purpose of
electing men to fill the offices of government i which
gener.il ' principle, with various alterations, remains to the
present time. But neither the object of the Chinese
government, nor of the literati, is lo extend the bonnes
of human knowledge; the end of the government is to
impart the knowledge already possessed to every rising
generation, and P5 chin tsac ^ |j "yj" to pluck out true
talent from the mass of inferiority and mediocrity, which
abounds in every community; with the ulterior intention
of applying that superior talent or genius (as the word
sometimes means) to its own purposes, in ruling the rest
of the nation. The advancement of learning, in. a liberal
sense of that expression, or discoveries in science, are not
in the contemplation of the government ; it prescribes the
books to be studied; it forbids the use of others ; it
disallows any innovation which does not originate. with
itself.
The ^
Kaou she, or literary examinations, are
so frequently referred to in Chinese con versation and books,
as. to make a brief outline of the
HeS ching
government of learning desirable to the Chinese student.
The Ko chang teaou le Jif. j^J jj^ |j<|J is a work in IS
volumes, containing the laws concerning the official
examinations- of l.terary candidates: this work is repub
lished every ten years, and every new edition contains the
alterations which may have been made in the interim:
the last edition was published, in A. D. 1815. A view of
the contents of this hook, will be the best guide to the
terms and phraict employed in reference to the Chinese

XIII.

Tsze "J"

literati, in the present day, for they have been much altered
since the system was first adopted.
I.

Beang, hwuy she ke ^

p[| ^J] the times of
provincial, and of general examinations. The Hcang-she
lj||! Sjj^ is a triennial examination of those who have
attained the lowest degree, which is calld ^ ^ Sew.lsae.
The Hwny-she ^ jp is an examination at Peking of
the Keujin
^ from every province in the empire.
vincial examinations, are to be in the 8lh moon of the
years Tsze, Woo, Maou, Yew, which answer lo the 1st
and 7th, the 4th and 9th of every twelve years. The
^J^Mi^S-^pt^H ft funeral examination
at Pckingmust be in the 3rd moon of the years Shin, Se8
Chow, Wei, or the 5th and 11th, the Snd and 8th of
ecry twelve years.
% tfw 91b,
day of the moon is for the first examination ; + ~ (3
5^ -lne I8ln daJ '* *r tne econd examination!

-f 5. 0 M 31 rl JJ lhe ,5lh iay for ***

third examination. f J| 'ff
fjj A
* P ZjPC }Ij At each examination, all the candidate!
must enter the courtyard, and have their names inserted
the day preceding, and be let out the day after : thus they
have to pass two nights without any bed, and in much
discomfort.
To these Hwuy she, or provincial examinations, none
but those who have Tsin heS ^ ''yh advanced in learning
to the first degree, arc admissible. The examinations for
the first or Sew-tsac
degree, are at the district col
leges, called H |p Been heS, or
^ Foo heS, and
so on, and the degree is conferred by the resident provin
cial principal, called ||l
Be*-gft*, or JJ| jf^ HeSching, .and ,Ki
Ur.o-lae, The triennial examinations
of the whole provim e arc conducted by two Imperial com
missioners, sent into evi ry province from court, called
^fc ^ Chookaou ; di tinguished into first and second,
by the epithets JT Ching and g|J Foo.
ii. The provincial and general national examinations are dis
tinguished into Ching-ko J & which means the regular,
periods of examination ; and Kea-k6 ^jjp ^J- extra-ex-

-j-Tsze, xIII, 39th Radical.

aminations, otherwise called Gin-ko

760

# # examinations

conferred by an act of grace, immediately from the throne,

for they must

{\l H # #

Imperial order.
As to the times of these

all emanate from a special

# # |: # #

every.

thing must be decided on after consultation, when the

season occurs, and if they interfere with the usual periods
appointed

B'. % IE # # | either the regular exa

mination may be made sooner or later : but when that

is the case, the alteration

JR X # Jik % must not be

tenaciously adhered to, and become a law.

111.

# # M. H #| # the provincial and general

examination of the official members of the imperial

kindrcd : These must all be examined in the Kung-yuen
or public hail, after +
all the

##

% - it +

literary candidates E # #
three

4% have finished their

examinations,H. - E] # # # E| % #

on the 17th day their names sh: Il be noted down, that

they may enter, and on the same day finish their

examinations.

Of the examination of these it is said, that it is

altogether a mockery, their themes are composed by other

people, whilst they sit near drinking and carousing. Their

themes must be delivered to

: # # # # #

the

supreme examiner and general judge, that he may look

the papers over.
The Tsung-in-too # /\ }} , or
office that superintends the imperal kindred, shall

previously to the day

k #

Hi

%|
*

to appoint an officer

X }}} # R

to go into the examination court, and attend to

repress

any improper behaviour.

l, w
W.

K keu

# # denotes an examination of all those not

of the first and second classes,who have attained the degree

of Sew-tsae

% . to

# # request of the Emperor |

ascertain how many of them shall

* admitted to the next examination called Heang-she #

# for the degree #! /\ Keu-jin.

The whole number

of Sew, tsae, in a province, being too great to be admitted

into one court (in Canton province they are 12,000), those
who rank in the third and lower classes and

whose

attainments are much inferior, are not permitted to Tsin

761
At /J*
m i11 provinces, v/i. Kwang-se
orYun-nangi
" Kwei-chow jf;J|>| let there be
SO persons tr.kco. 4rJ ftlj ^ * ^ "f
endary
elan called Foo-iang, <>r Foo-kung-sing g|J ^
let 10 be taken in the large provinces, 30 in the middle
ized ones, and SO in the sm II provinces
In Canton province, Ihe number of candidates admitted
to the Ko-keu
must hp 4.^00 person , ai.d in other
provinces a similar proportion,
] ]f< jjA
3 ^jjj
^^,ne
c"
or l,rov'nc'a' principals,
in every province, must, from the three classes of inferior
graduate-, c.illcd vaiig-yuen,Kung sang, and Kec -sing, fin
eluding both the first chosen, and the subsidiary nanus,
by a ener. 1 calculation, take the exact number prescribed,
to attend as candidates.
fI % 1 $ # ^
^ thS Pr''nCe
of FMh keen, ami the island of Formes i, arc not restricted
to a fixed number to attend as candidates fur the Kru ji i
degre-. The HeS chin j
(as a provincial principal is
sometimes called) wrote from Formosa to the Kmpernr
Keen-lung, saying, that any limit .lion of numbers, would,
he ^5 PR ttr
m fc"^'Piri' o|
becoming devoted to letters, Che line hwuy tuy
^J* JJj^
so as localise its entire failure on the island.
Of the ~ Zl ^
f^ ^ fir,t' econd, and
third classes, of literary students, or Tung A ng |j/ f^.
it those without any degree are called, there was a considerable number on Formosa , and those who wished to at
tend the Heang she ||J
were five hundred , but he
could, according to existing laws, admit only two hun
dred, and
Cj3 Jffi: A ~ ^ was limited to confer
ring two Ken-jin degrees.
When ^ Ei ^J.^ !he Sang-j ucn, and the Keen-sSng,
that is, those v. ho h ve uhtaimd the lowest degree, either
by merit or by piirchncr, attend Ihe examinations for the
Keu-jin A g te .fy.tk \ ^ the HeO thing in each
province
ff. jji
| : :1 O'Ol including the
fixed number uf that cli c;llcd Lfih-r, Ihat is persons
whose names a e t ken down after the fiist s.leclion, and
TiBT i.
1 IT

39th Radical.

XI 11.

Tie -jf-

who^e lalents are promising) ^jS JJ3

^ ^
Jf\ $\\ ^ 0 examine the average number of Ihose
who for several years, have not come for their stamped
theme paper,: and shall
<fj| Jfc jfc =f
de.i berate on the number of supplementary names to be
provided wilh. 1 hen it. jj ^ g| jg| ^ after all
the stamped theme piipers required, are given out to
.p,licant., JJf $8 $ $ # & 4$
him fill up
the ('elective number ol candu'nles by the l ames provided,
in the order in which I hey (land, one after another,
1 T> M f ^ if # l& if lhe* re not
required to fill up the deficiency, the overplus must still
be rejected.
The Keuen
or stamped theme papers, are bought
for about a quarter of a dollar, at the Poo chiug-sze's
# Wl # offi e^ Jm! |t!r& jt* lhe vi,itor or uperintendant at
Ihe examinations, iu every province, (who is always the
Foo-yuen ^jg jj^ or vice Governor) and the jjt ^
officers who assist in the management of the examina
tion, Ihe Taou-lae
and others, shall inspect
the number of theme papers, and see that they
correspond exactly to the number allowed by law, or
3^1
whelher there be, or be not, an excess,
contrary to hw ; and they shall
5^ f)^ Q on the
day when Ihe examinations are completed, jlj] Ify
^^
immediately make a report to the Emperor
agreeably to the facts of the case.
The Ilea tac. or principal of Formosa, pleaded wilh the
Emperor Keen.lung for the indulgence he requested, on the
ground of Formosa being ^ Jj^ "J^
an orphan suspended beyond seas, and because
^ Tf^ 5l ^CJ M!i
~^f* I^J its circumstances were different from those ofths
interior of China: therefore ^ j|[ /p jj^ ^ ^(J
it would seem right to make some slight accommodating
chinge in favor of the islnrd Flnwever, it is stipulated
that they should jft ^ ^ ^ sfjjf ij| select persons
whose st dy was pure and pcrspiceous, ar.d not take j
Jjjj ^ ^{ ^ ^ those peni le whoar style ofwriiing
was wild as a Hilderueu and loose and incoberuiit i nor must

+Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

W] #ll # J% % %

762

the interior of China, draw this

case in as a precedent. The evil the government seems

to guard against is, what they call Maou-lan H # being

inundated by pretenders to literature, and therefore it
requires of the Heb-chin | H or literary statesmen, as
they call the provincial principals, and Ken chin #
-

}: hp % # be very strict in
that they pass only those who #

official visitors, that they

the examinations, and

# # are

thoroughly versed in the three de

partments, in which the candidates are examined on three

different days.
In appears from

|# # # % old laws

(of the pre

sent dynasty) annexed to the chapter under review, that

the Tartars were not at first very favorable to the literary

hierarchy of China. I call it a hierarchy to express the
circumstance of the learned being a privileged order of
men, who assume a superiority over their fellow citizens,

and who affect to guide the understanding and conscience

of the nation, and of the sovereign.
| # Af.
in the 2nd year of the Emperor Shun che (A. D. 1645)

# # th # N

|f||

* the province of Chih.le was

limited to one Keu-jin degree; and only
HE #
-

##

5. + ,

thirty persons were allowed to attend as can

didates at the examination.

# IE JL) # in the 4th

year of Yung-ching (A. D. 1726), that Emperor stopped

entirely all literary examinations in Ch-keang province,

on account of two of the literati having censured, or as he

says, slandered the Emperor Kang-he. In the edict published

on that occassion, Yung-ching says, the object of govern
ment in supporting the literati, is to cause people #|| *
.# % # to know, or to recognise the superiority
of princes and fathers;

3E # k 3k # T. + X

and by no means, simply to elicit skill in letters. For

mere literature, he affirms, is useless; thus

#ff }I. % #

H j' R T Ch-keang

province in elegance of style

surpasses the whole empire :

|f|| E. # # # # #

t'. # but the manners of the people are ungenerous and

ungrateful, and they are vile to an extreme degree, which

he exemplifies by instancing the case of Cha-tsze-ling

.# # # and #E # ji Wang-king-ke, who l #

763
who is recommended for his excellent conduct, may become
a Keen-sing. And those who
^
^
from being military cadets, purchace the Keen-sang degree,
11 M A If H it may enler ,he B,le of
letters, and attend the examinations ; but
jj^
they cannot again change and enter the military
gate or school.
After having passed certain examination*, some of
these Kung-ting and Keen-sing, are admitted into the
Peking college, called Kwo-tsze-kecn pjjj
and may
attend
^ ^ ^ the provincial examinations at
Shun-lecn-foo, which is ill the Peking district.
jlL
Jk. "^T* "jij Chih-le and every other pro
vince, those who jtj ^
jfj
J| |* from po.scssing eminent talents, hut without a degree, purchace
the Kung-sing and Keen-sing degrees, and
jjjjj p ^- attend the provincial examinations, at Shunteen-foo, fa
M % M % ft M Z &
^ ^H- w hether the theme papers be those of the sons of
people in office; of people under the Tsrtar banners ; or
of the common people, nil must be enrolled for the exa
mination at the KwS-tsze-keen colleec. And
^ jj^
^
"pP |U J$ *'ie or'SmB' theme paper must be
forthwith presented and laid up in the treasury of the
Xe-poo. Jl f^l U t
8,1 wh
from being eminent without a degree, purchace a Kung-sing
or Keen-sing degree, and succeed in obtaining the Keu-jin
degree; on the Jj$ ^Jj Q day of re-examining their
themes i
j|j j$jr jp-J. Jj^j| ^ their original theme
given in when enrolled for the examination, shall be 9ought
out, and H^^CJi
lhe stJ,c and hand
writing be carefully compared.
>" /V ^ ]=| l 4 jl. lhe Jfunff-,anf> Kecn-iing and
Sew-tsae of the eight Tartar banners j the ||
5^
secretaries, and /|\ ^ 'gf petty officers in Peking Jjjjhs
^
^ shall atleud the provincial examinations
at Shun-teen-foo.
ix. The 2j5p j|| ^
officers of miscellaneous character i
such ^ ^ |jx ^ ^ tl>e revi*c" of f"Per' and
writers in the Woo-jin-teen, or palace of martial glory ;

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

all those
RlG ^(f 7/ who "e exf,rlinf tDemselves on trial in the several Szc and Yuen offices, at
Peking , and all those & f[j JJf
A jl. offic"'
who transcribe and writ", at the various public rooms at
Peking f]| J|| Jg |g ^ |gp ^ ma, all attend the
provincial examinations at Shun-lecn-foo.
Those Sew-ttae graduates, who
|p ^ act
as musicians, on great festivals, may also attend the same
examinations.
When the Shun-leen provincial examinations are about to
come on; the HcS-ching, or provincial principal of Shunteen; the |^| Z^. ^ Kw8 tsze keen college principal,
and the ;pj ^
^JC Fung-teen-foo ching, or deputy
magistrate of Mougden shall ^
$j -\- Q JJ fft
ten dnys before the appointed time for the examination,
Kfl r?C ^f* 4 take a" tne gri!<Juate* who ,lave to
attend the examination, and Jj!r
^ j make out
a list of them, to be presented to superior authorities
(probably the viceroy of Peking). But ^ 1$ $f? j
*
[pj let such lists as may be presented
in continuation after the limited period.be at once rejected,
and sent back,
^ ^JI H|
at the same time, let those officer's
names, who in opposition to the laws, have presented
persons for examination, be reported to his majesty , and
a request made that they may be delivered over to a court
of enquiry.
In the lists, it is required to state icjE ^ ^ ^
the age, the appearance, the nation, place and the lineage
of the persons. And in the provinces, the Keaou kwau
^3 Of professors, are required ^
^sj^ whenever the annual and triennial examinations occur j
0^[
[|J| j^J to imitate the list called memoranda of
attainments, and jjjjja"^^^^^^'^
beside it, make up a book (containing the same materials)
and present it to the local magistrate , to be, by him, trans,
nutted to the Foo-yueu's office, and there preserved for
subsequent reference to ascertain the student's character.
The Suy-kaou
annual examinations, (as the
term implies) occurs only once in two years; at these, K

+ Tsze, xiii. 30th Radical.

T64

the Sew.tsne are required to attend, on pain of

|% ,

having their names obliterated, and losing their rank. This

may be avoided by reporting themselves as Yew hes

# travelling to learn (people engaged in trade often make

this pretext) : Es sick; or as mourning for their parents.

In these cases, the individuals are required to attend

subsequently a

# # supplementury

examination.

Leave of absence from two of the Suy-kaou

may be obtained by applying to the Heb-shoo

}% #
| #

who is a sort of secretary at the college, the fee is about

2 dollars. To enquire after absentees, the Mun-tow #

>|

a kind of official messenger is despatched.

x 1.

Sew-tsae graduates belonging to the new territories in

Western Tartary, when attending the provincial examina
tions shall
all be allowed post horses,

### #

at the expense of government.

The same indulgence is

granted to the Keu jin graduates, of the provinces on the

south-west corner of China, when they attend the general

national examinations at Peking.
x11. When purposing to attend the

# general examination

l{ # #! /\ the Keu-Jiu of each province,

H ZR # #! Ji '#' }l # through the

at Peking,
must

medium of the local magistrate in their native place

present a certificate, which H
}%
must be

# fi

transmitted to the Poo-ching-sze, or provincial judge:

and which must
]
|||
by the judge,

# |%

having fully examined into it, he lid before the Foo-yuen,

# # # E] requesting from him that a document,

(addressed to the # #|| Le-poo) may be given, which
the said judge # # %. } # transmits to the
several Chow, or Hen magistrates, and # #! /\ #.
#####|| # # they give it to the particular
Keu-jin, to take it in person to the Le-poo at Peking, |
and there present it.
This document must be brot'ght back to his native ||

place by the Keu-jin, whether successful or unsuccessful

at the general examination.
Those

## A

new made Keu jin, who happen

to be at Peking,
not time to return to their
* and have

native place, may procure

l 'i

a sealed certificate,

765
jjjj thers be nude pot a list of the official rank of persons
below the rank of assistant ministers of state, who entered
on office from the stations of Tsin-sze graduates, and above
assistant general Censors , and let fj fljj
"f|^ ffi
f^" ^ lnere De c'e,r'j n^'ed, un the document, the
native place and lineage of the persons , the emoluments i
the order in which they stand on the record of merit,
and the examinaiions ..t which titer obtninrd their degreesi
then ft )\
#J 0 0 ft $> n. or before, the
4th day of thetth moon ||| ^ IjJS jj let the whole be
fjirly written out, and s. eretly present. d to the Emperor
requesting him to appoint principal and assistant exami
ners,one of each,
xix. The
|j j[r ^ Knou-kwan, or examine at
the proTiocial examinations, who are otherwise called j^T
^ Chon kanu, and She rh le jp ^ art chosen from of
ficers at Peking, under the immediate Superintendence of
the Emperor.
After bei: g chosen, ^ ^
^ the examining
officer of each province |JJJ S,
p^J ^ ^ i requir
ed to depart from, the capital within five days. If he
sf* 5S ^remain in PeVmg, a.id linger about, he
ii subjected to a court of inquiry. He is allowed post
horses, and there is Jjj*
conferred upon him ^ ^
money to defray his eipcnces on the road ; when
coming to Canton he is allowed
33 six hundred
taels. He receives 200 taelswhen Jjl ;g? commencing hii
journey from Peking, and |j f [g| TjT
when the
examination is completed, and he is about to return to
Peking, he is paid the remainder of his allowance, by the
governor of the province.
XX. The assistants of the principal examiners are called
Tung-kaou kwan |pj ^jr ^ '*o Fang kwan ^ ^j*
,nd H 1$ FanS sHmn-teen-foo |p{ ^ j/ft
there are eighteen appointed ; at Canton, there are ten.
In Kang-he', time,
ffr $ ffi '|* ~ J[ in each
room, iwg assistant examiners were employed, for the
purpose of preventing frauds, but tbat was found to divide
** i.
Ii

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze ^

the responsibility, and now fy. ^ jj- ^ > ^ in

each room, they only employ one person i thus it. J=
the responsibility being concentrated, lj Jjfj J||
M
becomes also difficult, to remove tha
merit or demerit (of whatever is done) from one person
to another.
xxin Section is concerning^) <^
^ ^ ^ J| the
managing officers at the provincial and zeneral examinations.
1st, Keen lin By
a supervisor or visitor.
Snd, Te traou kwan jjjj^ i=J^j
a general manager.
Srd, Nuy Ieen keen she pftj
Bfc ^ a superintendant of the examination inside the curtain ; i. e. in the
inner apartments.
4th, Wae chang seuenchJ %\ ffi ^
patroles in
the outer part' of the court
5th, Kelh tseang wae senen
outside the woll, or fence,. besides these, they have Wanglow ^jf jjfl^ look-out stands, in which watchmen are placed
Also officer, appointed fg &
ffft fa
jg
/j^ 'sg? ^ ^ to examine whatever is goirg on at the
dragon gate (or first entrance), and inside to the perfectly
jvst ball,' (or outer court) otherwise called Ta-tang
S* the great' hall.'
6th. There sh:m oe Nuy show chang kwan j^J jJ^T
officers inside to receive and take care of i heme papers,
and the same- in the outer apparlments. Also Show keueo.
so kwan ^> ^ fft ^ officers at the pi ice where the
theme papers are received i Me fung so kwai jj^ jfc} Jifj'
^officers at the place where the corners of the theme
papers are pasted down and sealed. This is done to hide
the number which refers to the writer's name, till the
character of his composition shall be determined. FSngliih so kwan
^ ffV ^ officers at the place where
the essays a;e transcribed. Ibis Is done to prevent the
examiners recognizing the hand-writing. Tuy tOh so kwan
*>t IfSt $T 1? officers at the place where the copies and
original are compared. These officers -mount nllogc ter to
ZZ. I
so- wb<,e Mme 'e
M secretly
municaled to the principal examiners, and they all (jjj
7V -fU enter the court of examination on the

^-Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

d.,. Further j ^ g 1 1
*$^ t
J|jj these persons act with the principal examiners, in pro
claiming the Imperial will to confer a banquet on the graduates, &c. . and ft ^ ^ % $ # f # # ft
fS
ft >I I*J S $ $ 3
ing inside the court, any thing occur, which it is necessary
to report to the Emperor, the superiutendant or vi.iior,
in the court, shall unite with these persons, and all of
them acting together, shall manage the affair.
7lh. Officers shall be appointed to jf^
ijffl ["]
examine the brick gate, which means the gnle of ihe fence
or outer wall, and there sh ill be officers
J^J -Jto
search the students. At c< urt th s duty devolves on
j=f
(5 tne '""g*
Kre 1 ' llc"nen who
re near the person of the sovereign, and in whom he
confides. The object of the search is to prevent jf^ :j^>
2, jpjj the illeg lity of smuggling in precomnoscd essays.
f s ^ ft t a i
$
the students have their names taken down, receive Ihe theme
papers, and enter the dragon gate, those officers who
^ are on the watch, shall prevent $ 0.$- %
M. fiS
,be ,l"deut* from conversing together i
from exchanging their theme papers; from cavfuVDg the
numbers, and such like illegalities.
th. At Shuu-leeu-foo, of '^.]
read?rs au;i com
parers of the theme papers ^ 7f\ #J ^ ft -f-
* j'j f -|\
at each examination, tbere arc
required from ninety to a hundred persons. Of ^ ^
^ *
transcribers, the fixed number is one
thousand persons. Of
f| J/fj type cutters, thirty two;
^ ffi'J
E Pre**meu> twenty-four persons,these prin
ters are required to print the (hemes which are to be distri
buted to the students, and every work must be performed
inside the court yard, after the gates arc lock. d. There
must be of 1^
the folders of theme paper
corners, four , of ^ j$J
pasters, two ; of ^ |j
smiths, two s of ^ (fj^ tinmen or pewlcrers, one i of
$L /fc
brickl.ijers, six ; of j jjl drummers, four;
&c, Sic. In Canton, it is suid, there are about ten
thousaud people, consisting of students aud attendant*, and

166
officers, and mechanics, cnllcctcd inside the enclosure, at
a Ko-kcu yp|. fjjj or proviuci.l eww 'tioa ; and it
occasions more activity and trade, and interest throughout
the whole province, than any other occurrence. Tht
military examinntioi s commence immediately -fter the
literary ones have closed.
jixvi. Section treats t.f
^
th: thtmes giTea
at the three d vs ex lilim':, us.
diy, there ! :! be tiiree tliumes from ,.ie Four books,
requiring the meaning and scope of the snrce; and -ff. ~=
- oe theme oa which to compose a
verse of five words in a line, a-id lijlit rhymesnuking
sixteen iines. OfIhj l'.,e.ncs quoted from ihe Four-books, the
first shall be from the Vj
Lun yu. 7^ tjj j$
Hits ncx* from the Chung-yuug; ^ ^ -j- and Hie next
from M!tng-tze. If the first theme be from Hie Ta-he!
~)\ | the second shall be from the Lun-yu, and the last
ai before, from Ming-lsxe.
^fj

On the second day of examination, J.

t&
^
^ ~~ one ,hen,e r "m <**h o<" 'he
Five Classics shall he given, requiring the sense and scope
thereof; "gj ^
the first from the YTh-king, the
second from the Shoo.king ||t jg|g the lnird from tbt
She king ?^ 0_ the fourth from ^ ^ the Chun tsew,
and the fifth from the jjj*' =g Le-ke.
^ H ig fi fp] o I'"
of exemiiiaiion, five questions shall be given, requiring appro
priate written ansa or- These questions refer to the
history or political economy of China.
At the general national examination held at ronrt,
as well as at (he Shtin-te'en-foo examination jjjjj
g
the themes are given by the Emperor himself, or ht
his special order. The Te-kel j^J |fjf or tneme box, is
received with great pomp by the principal examiner, who
repairs to the pal ce gate called i^f yjjj- Btj Keen . i mun ]jft^^10 receiTe, with the greatest reverence, it
and the^|kkey.
xxv.i. In the provinces "j ||] ^ ^ fa
^
the principal and assisting examiners, unitedly, and in e

767
public manner, shall decide on the theme* to be given.
And those taken from the Four-books, and Five Classics,
must be sentences
g
^ the meaning and
import of which is refined and profound. The jjrjp
themes for verses must be jfc ^ grave and important.
They must not be
^ ^ Jj|
^ habitual, and
commonly determined on themes. The object in this
prohibition m:fmii$mffiz%
to eradicate the illegality of student* feeling their wny,
and precoinposing their essays. I> the themes Liken from
the classics ^
^ij |
't ' forbidden to cut
and tear asunder, and drag together a id join parts of
sentencesor to make the theme consist of garbled quo
tations.
In all Ihe provinces, when selecting themes for verses
Ttfift M 4 3E 31 111 wht mul be e,p "M*
aimed at, is correctness ar.d elegance:
^ ^| ^
^ %b
'"w 'icent,ou books, and private
collectanea, mutt not be quoted nor employed.
In the
H| 'he"165 for essays on political economy
nm w $ m m s ie * s s *
topics must be concerning things of real importance, the
principles of which are clear, nnd which are evidently of
a correct nature, nnd of gi eat magnitude,
^ji ||r^ ^ 111rre is no occasion to search and enquire
into devious ot mean subjects. t| TjjJfJ Ji -J- j ^
A. pp questions concerning the learning and characters
of statesmen of the present dynasty ^ ff'j- yj^ ^ ^Ej
31 must r.ot be put as interrogatories to literary
students, and #
^ -jf
= j
ench
question must not exceed three hundred words

I^J jpj ^ 'fcj"

<,crar l'la' an ei;!lmi,,er interrogates
himself and answers his own questions ; and ^jjjjr ^yj .jfy
^ lengthens out the proposition to an excessive degree;
3t
rlil
^ 0r uranc'1 out
* 'l,0,e vague
manner, fcp[
^
^ or be careless or ainh guons
nd vulgar in his interrogationshe will be subjected to
s court of enquiry.
The theme papers are printed with perpendicular and
horozouUl lines, which divide them into squares, intei.did

29th Radical.

XIII.

Tszc rf

to contain in erxh square, one character j and all ijjjj

"jf /y* characters added or enplanatori as well ns f^Z
fjr
*j>* characters biutierl out and altered, mast be
numbered by the student, and cotsd down agreeable to z
prescribed form ; which is given with grenl minateMM
under this section.
paper, containing verses; elegant composition; BBUmcrs
to questions ; or discussions (which Inst form of csiay is
now discontinued)
rsk 5V
"AX -f" 'it shall be inserted in writing, th.it there are added so menj characters i
or ^
^ ^f*
thfre are ,!,"Uea out "na llcred
so mnny characters. Thit insertion must ^ ^ ^fc
fellow the closingjier.tence in each c-ise ; and the slr.dent
must /fl /Jn ^ JpL if ^ ^ employ a sraa:!er cha
racter, in a single column, and written b) the side ofthe
column, not in the middle ; A\ ^ ^ jfj ^jjjj it must
not be written on a different column
^
^jp
ipj nor may a double column be written,in the saino
tp ce as the large column of characters. And
"tv
jjj^j the lines or squares must not be passed over ; nor may
the student
^ crowd the letters together. These
regulations arc intended to preveul the inspectors of the
papers making additions or alterations.
If the characters uddrd and blotted out excred a hun
dred, that student is ^ jjj Tee chfih, pasted out ; which
means that his name is pasted up at the gate, as having
violated the rules, and he is expelled from that year's ex
amination. At Canton, there are genera'Iy a hundred or
more persons subjected to this punishment, for breaking
some of the numerous regulations,
xxyiii. Section requires thai the fj^ jjj^ j| ^ thene
paper (issued by the examiners) be subsequently presented
to the Emperor.
xxix. (1.1
^
^ the explanatory essays at
provincial and general examinations,
^
^ "t
^
JSlj ^ n",,t eacn' an^ a" ^ 'hem, av/crage
seven hundred characters: ^
^ those wha
violate ibis rule, shall not be accepted, less may be written,
but not more.

#-Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

76.

2.5% + k) # AR 5' 48 k # Amongst the

essays, none are permittel to be formed in one large knot :
i. e. without the usual divisions.
3. The writers of

position, must

# # #) #

the first day's com

J') k %: JI) # % # 2. consider

the text of the Four-Books, as settled by imperial autho

rity, the standard.

Compositions characterized as

# Z # formed of levity and depravity, must not be

accepted: if they should be

# HX accepted, the # )

revising officers are required to report the same to the

Emperor.
4.

#! Ziff #) ## # # #

If there be any

plagiarism; heterodox opinions, or depraved expressions;

J\ + % # and if any of the collectanea

J&

of private writers and historians be foisted in, the composi

tion X 4# Hy
cannot be accepted.

#
# # # j|| in composing explanatory essays,

5.
-

*::it:

the writer must aim at

-f-

# JH. %# IE perspicuity, truth,

elegance, and correctness. He

ZS # # H! # #

is not allowed to depart from, or put aside the sense of

the theme:

nor ## + # f ##Z # }l

# # #f to

drag in strange and depraved sayings found

in the books of private writers, for the purpose of his

shining as new and extraordinary.

6. If in any composition %| # #1. # 2}. #

#] # # there be introduced, as quotations, distort
ed characters not found in the five classicsit shall not be

accepted.

The Emperor*-**
Shun-che required the literati

Pl # # # # # #

to

consider the commen

taries of the learned, who wrote during the Sung dynasty,

s: their standard; and he named nine works, which he

desired they would consider as models and guides. As this

Imperial order constitutes these books the established

|): #.
# # j\ 4. fourth, # j]
fifth, f, #. sixth, ##### E. seventh, k
l j #. *. # {\ #1 Hi # #. ninth,
X # IE #.
Yung-ching # IE seems to have thought the students
literature of China, I insert their titles; First,

second, ii. #.

third,

769
XXXI. Let ^
^ ^ the superintending officer
called Tr-tcaou be ordered to provide tbe theme papers ;
and do not ^ ^jf ^ ^5 issue proposals for; nor
establish a theme paper shop. it.
j|| the themepaper price shall be fixed at ~ tj^. one mace
two candareens for each. The Te-teaou ^ kwan, or
officer ^
|g J|[ jSjjfl | must employ a firm,
thick, fine paper : if he use a frjjT thin paper, his conduct
must be reported. If the J. % ft }| $ |
)^
students soil or tear the papers ; or
write erroneously on them, they shall not lie allowed to
change them.
xxxii. Contains regulations concerning
"f" ^
throning (that is giving, or rather selling) theme papers
to the students. The pnprrs must fT| ^ jfifr ^
jjjfe fife 'jpj" |j Dl* Pre5ent<"d '>y 'he provincial principal
to the Pno-rhing-szc or treasurer's court: and ^ jj^
j] yf^ ^ delivered to the officer appointed to receive
them, ^ ^ j^. f|^= t the time of giving out these
papers to the students, they shall take with them a
certificate describing t'\eir persons, their age, whether Ihey
h ve or have not beards, *c, -fjjj
ffi
'f ^
if the appearance does not correspond with the
description, they will not be allowed to receive the papers.
xxxiii. When pfcj ||| ^ ^ inside the screen, looking
over the essays which have been written by the candidates
for degrees ; the examining officers must
jjj^
be together in the same hall, to compare and look over
the essays.
aminer, and all the subordinate ones called Fang-sze shall
sit together, in the same ball. The fh
ill ^
d*.
-VIt.
~% 3fe 3c supervisor of the inner appartmenls'"^
at the
examination, and the chief examiner shall sit opposite to
each other,
Q JJjjJ on the evening of the day, ,/jJjp
ff\ H % & A fi let the red iheme ppe" which
have been looked over, be examined and put into a box,
and thenlEllJi^lll^Mil^^M
the chief and assistant examiner, with the supervisor,
must in person seal and lock it , till /fo Q Q |p|

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

^ the next day when publicly, and jointly, they shall

open and again look over the papers.
xxxit. When the j% ^ $|
= ^ examining officer,
have looked over the three day's productions, they must
^
^ JjjjJ ^ first record the most perfect
compositionV t^W^^'fe^^
'T* & K
although the first day's performance be
excellent, if the subsequent day's works be careless and
hasty, the composition must not be accepted.
If the first day's exercise be merely 2|5
plain and
intelligible ; and the subsequent one's be 3Jj jjr|| jffj J^tf
lucid, substantial and intelligent, the peison ^
Jjj
tfl may yet obtain a degree : But
g| ^ |ft ^
if the first day's exercise be faulty and false in sentiment,
i n H ^ W $ #5 * $
41 a,lhu*h
the second and third day's work may be worthy of
acceptance, still it is not allowed to receive it, and give
a degree. If
this class of compositions be
accepted, the
pj^ chief examiner, must ^ Jjjf^ r^j
^3 JtE /J^1 ^ _t exPlain ln writing on the theme
paper the reasons of his acaepting the composition : and
Jgj jl^j Jjjj|! ^jj wait for the re-examiner's decision. He
~jf, ^ jjj
^
mu' not allw BIy notice of
Ire occurrence to transpire ^
tt'Y w*,'c'1
""e
disclosure might occasion nefarious proceedings.
A Fang-kaou ^ ytj1 i. e. any of the ten local in
ferior examiners, J{\ ^ -^p |l Jjlj
cannot inter,
fere with any olher local examiner. To
j^,
drink, eat and sleep during the night ^> ^ ^
every one must return to his own room , they are ^\ BC
^ 2fc ^ 1)5 ^ p^t not a,lowed 10 Yhit rach other
to make private enquiries, nor to collect together to con
verseif they violate these rules, it is permitted to
report them to the Emperor. It is said that instead of
obeying this rule, the examiners towards the close of the
day, drink and play at cards together.
The local examiners ^> J^J -fjfmust not debate
obstinatelyfor or against any paper, with the chief ex
aminer. ^
$^ let those who oppose this regu
lation be pointed oat and reported to the Emperor.

# Tsze.

XIII.

Should

39th Radical.

a local examiner

#. # # #! z #

present (to the chief examiner) any essay containing in

# # # Af

coherent and false sentiments, before the

#. # excellent

essays are all presented ; he shall have

his conduct reported.

Many of the essays never reach the chief examiner
they are thrown, by the inferior examiners, into a Lo
or basket placed to receive them.
up to him, must be

# |H

Those that are handed

examined fully, as they pass

by the visitor, to see that there is no

# # /R |#

clandestine communication by little note; if he finds any

# # # # underhand communication or connexion,

which expression implies some secret signthe parties
concerned must be reported to the Emperor.

The assistant examiners lb.

# 4.) . Aj #

are permitted to mark with circles or dots, sentences only,

2, u E} + 1}AE. Wil 5 |- -}^.

X ######### # HE X: they
must not fill the whole page with close circles and dots,
and in that confused state present the paper to the chief
examiner.
On the

Circles and dots, denote approbation.

successful essays, the

th %

assistant examiner, commissioned from

JjK #

#! % #
court, shall #

write the word Tseu, taken ; and the

chief examiner, shall

# # 4. write the

TE # '

word Chung,

hit the mark, and hence the terin Chung keu

H#

denoting the attainment of the Keu-jin degree.

The
rejected essays, which have been

##

# # slurred

to denote their rejection, and have been

thrown into the basket, may by the chief examiner be

again

##

sought out, and if found to contain

elegant compositions, be accepted.

examiner

# *C # |

If the

f#3:
inferior

candidly confesses his error,

no further notice need be taken of the circumstance, but

if he l
E. J. adhere obstinately to his own

opinion, the chief examiner may take his own way, only

# # H j$ # [H] # H

writing on the front of

the essay, his reasons, and referring the final decision to

the revisors of the papers at court.

On all the rejected essays, the inferior examiners must

# H R }: # H write

down the reasons why they

771
Tartar standard, had their papers marked HS-tsze-keuen
'he union papers,
zxzvi. Section provides a rule for dividing equally the several
accepted papers, amongst the different assistant examiners:
it is entitled tfi ^ ^ ^ allotting to the rooms, the
accepted papers. The reasoning runs thus; ^ J^^ in all the rooms ; (i. e. under the superintendancc of each assistant examiner) where the excellent,
or deserving essays exceed the required number,
j^l
SI $k
Ws 4P ^ ft M !t " al,"wed ,hat
all be presented ; nntl if (here are tin meritorious cssavs,
belonging to a room, ^\ ffi Jgt JjjJ ^ ^ the fixed
number must not be made up by carelessly adopting
whatever presents itself, (as a flood carries every thing
before it) , But when the ^ g gj| ;j| j|
^ chief examiner has looked over all the essays of
every examination day, he must
^jQ ]^ fjj take out
the most worthy to be chosen, and
jj^J
fff
"ee^ n* ^ 'enac'0"" ^ '"'""g from each
room the fixed number (which it ought to produce) but
must |^ Jp( Xfy ^ wait till he has accepted the whole
number of paper* and then J$ ^ ^ # $|
^p- take those rooms which have
an excess of excellent essays, and distribute them to those
rooms which hare too few excellent essays,
xxxvii. Contains ^ ^
^ ^ the fixed number
of Keu-jin degrees to be granted in each province,, at
their triennial examinations; the whole amount is about
1S46 persons.
zxxviili ^|*
t^I
the fixed number of government
officer's essays that shall he accepted. This section refers to
a privilege granted to the sons or brothers of a few of the
higher officers of state ; nhen in a province, a yiven num
ber (in Canton fiftern) of such persons, can be found to
stand as candidates, then one, two, or more of them may be
accepted, and be distinguished from the common candidates
by not being searched on entering; by wearing peculiar
garments; by silling apnrt from the rest, &c. These
candid: I. s are c lied
Kw.-n-sing.
* j$j $|} l}1
nxed number of candidates to be

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

accepted of those enrolled as (salt) merchants. The salt

merchants being those who conduct the government mo
nopoly, receive in consequence this mark of distinction :
their essays form the bundle marked
/y* ^ Loo-tszehaoii.
xl. The first class of accepted candidates is called J
Ching-pang ; besides which there is a
tjl
fixed num ber accepted, who are called Foo pang, and whe
form a second class.
ill The number of Tsin-sze jjjfj -j^ degrees conferred at the
<&
general examination, in Peking, is decided by the
immediate will of the Emperor; and has Taried from one
hundred and fifty, to four hundred.
mat. Section contains regulations concerning Q Ip. jjjfl
JH
lhe e*tension of the fixed number- (ofl
degrees conferred) by special favor, on account of some
occurrence. The sovereign decides on the occasion, and
it is specified /f* ^
^S] tnat ,uch decl,ion ,hl11 not
be considered a constant law.
X14H. Section |j ^ establishes ^ ^
^|] the limi
tations, and gives directions, as to what officers of
government may enjoy the privileges referred to in N".
xxxvn, and how persons must' be related to enjoy that<
privilege.
IUT, Details the several relations of' the examiners who
must jjjj) jjjjj withdraw from the examination where
they preside.
rut. Directs how to PJ
j?[
guard the Kung.yuen
courts and colleges, where the examinations are held.
All access from the outside must be cut off; and care taken
lhat & & if a iftit thcre be _no
loose earth in which papers may be secreted. Jjj^
jjj^
J^i ^ and the ends of the beams, and the corners of
the houses must ^
^ |j all be searched,
XLVt. The Kwan-fang
or guards and cautions, is a
general head extending also to the
rules or usages
of the court of examination. These rules begin thus, -|1- A f * % f* $ &M 8 mt"y candidat
on entering the court, must not get drunk, and behave
disorderly.
During the examination all intercourse of civility

+-Tsze.
between

XIII.

39th Radical.

the examiners

and

their

relations must

be

discontinued; nor may the candidates send presents of

food or letters or verses.

N # . entering the college gates to insert

one's name, # 4T # % the law which guides the
present practice, requires that fill 3# # + +
/\ ft. t # # if it be discovered, a student has

.xlv11. On

employed any person to compose the

examination essay

for him, or any such illegality ; then # f'; . $! #

the employer, and the employed, shall be

ft. Z /\

# # ] # #

taken and -

both

tried and

punished according to law.

####| || W) ##### it in the list

of names, the surname and name be erroneously written,
-

# # $ # , ||| # the officer superintending

t'. list in which the name referred to is inserted #
# }: shall be delivered over to the board and subjected
+-

then

to a court of inquiry.
x Lv111. Section is respecting

# # + + searching the

students, or literary candidates, on their entering the ex

mination

court, #|| f # #k #|| # # #|| #

J. # if it happen that they secretly carry (precomposed

essays about their persons) they shall according to law
*be punished by wearing the wooden collar, and be degraded
firom the rank of Sew-tsae before possessedthis sentence
includes also an entire incapacity from ever after standing

% j

as a candidate for literary honors.

# the father and

{# #

tutor of the delinquent shall also be

prosecuted and punished.

If

+ + th # 4% after a

his degree, it be discovered

that he

student has obtained

3k #

took with him

precomposed papers; not only is he punished, by the loss

of his unjustly acquired rank, but the officers who failed
to discover it, shall also be implicated.
x L1x. Section requires that there should be

of # J# # }:

the things supplied and arranged for

necessary uses; and of

The

# * a search

/\ 1:

# # jk % porters

the servants employed.

who remove and carry

things inside, must also be examined, and the

# ##

773
men at the firit gate, who were unable to discover (the
concealed papers) and punish them,
ii. Section prescribes
ffr j|. |||
the pencil
colours(i. e. the colour of the ink employed by the
several persons employed in the examinations) within
and outside the curtain.
At the provincial examinations, the p^j |||
-^r
'jj? chief examiners inside the curtain, must ityj
use in* pencils., i. e. black ink, for to no other material
used in writing is the word MTh applied singly. The
jjij ^ ^
jj^ assistant examiuiiig officer, must
use a blue ink: the |*| ^ ^ f; fi\
^ inside
iturt.at the cxamimition must employ a purple ink,
Ik * * /t_ al jtL.ftftt
receivers uf Iheine pnpers inside, und Iho v,ri:eis, must
.11 use a biue ink. The )]
^ # Jfl $C #:
the transcribers of papers im.s. employ a vermilion ink.
The i^t pj| ffl
FT ^ Comparers of pap.rs must
employ an ink composed of red ni.d v Mow The names
of these inks are m M
mlhi
Lao.teen ;
Tszet<;e"i 0
Yiu-choo; and ^ j|
("hay hwing..
in. Here commence the
prohibitory commands.
The first ^ |* jg^ $ slrictly forbid,
underhind influence, and all the nefarious practice, connected with it. Those who
$j || ||j
give bribes, and form a medium of inter-communication,
and employ mark, of connexion {f jpf
!pp will be
severely punished. The ^ ^ |$ ^ % fvfc |*C
father, and elder brothers who, on account of their sons
or younger brothers, act nefariously as well as the
examiners who take a part in such transactions, will all
be punished.
There are sometimes
impostors or sharpers,
who
j',!
JJjJsj make false pretexts and defraud
people, by insinuating that they have influence with the
enminers, and thus JjE ^ ~)^defile the character,
and involve the persons of examining officers. There are
^ literary candidates who ft
jfc j& $
% makc requests, and go about to supplicate (the
7 ii

39th Radical.

XIII.

aid of influence) which leads to their being imposed on:

And there are some candidates who ^
^
chCrish resentment and make up false accusations against
the examiners ; and who
^
f$i (g ^ |g
make and spread abroad false reports, or paste up.
anonymous libels. And there are ""|\ ^ ^ -Tp
unsuccessful candidate. ^ ^ || ^ ft ^
^ Jfjf who go to the residence of the examiners and
behave in disorderly manner, and make a clamorous
di<turbance ; and other similar cases: in all of which it
i, directed that
|tfj ^ iig the proper super
intendent of the court, make search and seize the parties)
^ ^ y
and punish all of them according
to law.
If a ^ literary candidate jfe j $f $ ||
IS W yQ. "f" ,hou'('> previous,y to aa official
annunciation of the degrees conferred, copy essays which
have been composed inside the court gate, and ^
ijjjj
S^j present them to any body to criticise and mark them
with dolSj then, ^
^ ^
^ after the official
annunciation of tie degrees, should be filled with
resentment for disappointed hopes, and
^
priat the faLen essay w tb a view of appealing to the
world for ttu-ir judgement on the rejected paper, both
f% $L lhe ,ai<1 s,udei,t' and $P \lt Z. -9, lhe oflicer
who added th.: crit'eism (to the paper), si.all be delivered
to a court of enquiry.
liii. Section declares it to be the will of the sovereign
1!^ ^ "ol lo a""w nn' rePort t0 ue "lade
to him when about to enter on an examination ; nor doe,
he allow nny of the 5^!
fj^ ^cji ordinary occurrences
during the rxa ninalion to be staled lo him: but only such
a. regard
fj
righting of wrong,, and the clearing up of oppressive
calumnies, which arc so urgent as not to admit of delay:
all other concern, jjjjjf- 7\\ >ff: j|j
are
wholly disallowed from being reported to the emperor,
when the period of examination hai arrived. The intention
of this law is to prevent jjSj:
i\^> ^ disturbing the
minds of the
-f- literary candidates when they ought

Tsze.

Xlll.

39th Radical.

774

o be occupied about their essiyi and other compositions.

^
j ^
W
pi d,,"n* lhe *Pare
of three years, what time is there that the) may not
wh it necessity for waiting till the approach of the period
of examination, and then crowding in representation* to
the Emperor?
mv. This section ^
f fJ M & ^
prohibit* printing and selling abridged copies of the
ancirnt Five Classirs r and Essays on the Political Economy
of the present times. In tfj |gj the shops where the
classics are printed and sold, ^ ffl jj the
complete work must be employed i and the JJ{]|j *J
engraved blocks of the abridged cpies must le eonde>nned to be 'r)j ^ burnt and destroyed, by the local
magistrates : and those copies which are already Jjjj|| 9]
printed
^ must nut be allowed to be
preserved nor 'ffe ^ sold, lest they should JJ ^
*y* ^j- subsequently lead scholars into error. And indeed
the printed copies in the hnnds of the people must be
delivered up and jjsjr jfljfc received by the government,
^ Jj*N then sent to Peking and there be burnt and
destroyed. It is likewise ordered that the governors of
provinces do send to the E nperor a triennial report, giving
information ;j |jft -JS B ^ whether there are,
or are not, any places, where such abridged classics are
propagated aid studied. However, in the performance
of this duty ^ || $f ^ *g J| it i, t permitted
(to the local authorities) to he over minute and trouble% $ a j^r^ntits - *
distress tbe shopmen, or cause disturbance in lanes and
private dwellings. The booksellers arc further lorbidd -n
J|J ^|J /\\ 7j\ ^ ^ to print uud publish small copies
of the classicsthe re.ison of this prohibition is, that no
facility may exist of carrying small copies of the classics
into, the examination court ; where every composition is
expected to emanate from a man's mental stores: there
are however very small editions of the standard works,
aod some to be bought in manuscript,
i "J" Jfj ^ literary candidates attending; examina

tions <fg fjl $j || $| ^ most al! be presented froa

their native ph.ee. where their names are supposed to le
enrolled. To e.0 to another district, and pretend to be
a native of it, v.h"n one really is tot so. is rxprrwd h
Maon t.,lh ||.dt ft&gf f#
those who f l-e \ assume being natives of a place, sad
five in a filse account of their fira'ly and lineage shsll
be expelled and degraded ; for no caudid.ite is -admitted
in n particular place wi.hout proving that his firoilj bjs
hern resident therefor three generatioi.s, and out
only shall =^
the said candidate be so pauUh.d, bat
the S*m-t$M who is
jjj^ surely for the candid le, shiU
also ' sfij:
^'p together with him he expvlled ind
degr dcd. If |g fjij r|3 ^ g j ^ A "
consequence (ofthe false pretences made) the person should
have obtained a Keu jin degree, it shitl be taken from
him, and ijS
y =jQ he be punished nccordirg lo U.
j,vi. This section contains various regulations concerning toe
dj?' '^jS mirks of the seals, where the candidates sit .:
Compose their essays; iutendcJ lo |.reveut persons silting
togeth who may have rj"range.I a plan 'o give and rectite
ass stance. The endless precautions to preveat fraud,
in an examination of professed students ol m n a! scierirei
all of which, minute and often iugi nious precautions, tbej
contrive occasionally to evade, is one, amongst ""J
other proofs, ol the wickedues, aud dcceiifulWu uf d*
human heart.
The little child's book, called Tscen-tsre-king ^ %
^ containing one thousand characters, i employed to
mark the seats i one character be'u g applied tne ch sot,
and being taken after Mich oilier according to the order
of their arrangement in the bouk. But ^
^ |^|
in the Tseen-tixe-v.in, or kinp.^p J ^ iff Jjr ^rf
iy. such characters as Heaven, origin, pnenlale. emprttt,
$C lit!
nfe "J" fJ aud ,be namc of toe etoJ^
sage, Mung ihzc ; aud jjjfc g f^! numerals,
^
ifc /(* ^ 'j*
together with, /amine, Jnertl,
mourning, *uA such other inauspicious words ^JJ.
^
^
^ 8j 'nail none of thetn be arrauged tu form
the names or marks of seats.

175
It it mid, ( hat notwithstanding thi law, the ^
5>jtj word Hraven is used to mark the first Mat, as it is
tbe first of the thousand characters.
The
Jijr ^ officers of the four placet (mentioncd below) ^
^ 5 ffiSf whe" the* imPrc*
the mark of th, sei.t, .hall Jft
f$ flj g|
^
,}[' take the teals with the murks en;raseii on them,
and connect (hem by a string ^ JJtJ -J" jj-jte ^ ^
* {H each 40 aeais ah.ill be put on one airing . and
ffi \T.
7$?- f"r,,,er' lncre ,ha" h emijlo^ed a book
or lut conUii.ing the marks, in which J^* ^ J^L ' j
/fcjtfflffl according to the order of the several
names of the candidates, they aS ,11 L'e arranged. Ths
randidales names are arranged according to this rule
/t JH< /t yfil the first a"nou,lccd ,t,a" be lhe fir,t
inserted.
Since there are sometimes 4000 candidates, it is plain
til t 1000 chiract rs a-e insufficient to designnte each
scat : ihi- number wanted is made up by applying the
sin e mark, Uetirrn f,ir example, to several seats, and
adding I, t, 3, and so on, sometimes as far as SO,
x,Tfi. R-stiects a cl iss of persons formerly taken from those
who had been transported and compelled to ^ jjp[ fill
op or enter the armya sort of military convicts. A
certain num'ier of these were selected to J{ j^jj en!er the
court, in order to attend upon lhe cai didatcs, a- d were
died |j
TJaou-hcun. The I w requires thai ^ Jjf
"jp j| care be taken to choose those lhat are regularly
in the army ; and not ^ .Jil l^j ^ allow pcrs; ns lo
assume lhe name; however, it is said lhe rule is disregarded,
and the place is filled up by bricklayers, and any body else,
who will pive a lilllu muuey to the superintending officers,
or their servants.
tTtlt. Th's section contains the laws respecting the |JE|
four plutct mentioned above, the officers of which are
designated by a general expression, the ^ J|f jSjj- ^tj'
officers of the places outside lhe curtain.
''> ^! ^ fj}) lne P,ace ror g'Tlng "ul the theme
papers.

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze ^

2nd,

flj|" the place for pasting down the

corners of the theme-papers, over the mark or
num' er.
3rd, jJS ^ Jt/j1 the place for transcribing.
41 h,

pfi the place for comparing and read

ing the original and the transcript
ix. Contains some regulations for the jJ^T ^ ^
officers who attend at the place where the theme papers
are received by thestudants.
lx. Seelion contains rules to prevent
violating the
form prescribed, that a person may
^ reverently
avoid making a common use of j^jj jjjjf the secred temple
epithe tof the lale Emperors :
the reigning
Emperors name ; T^S ^
and the sacred name of the
most wise and holy Sage Confucius.
One manner of doing this is
fji respect
fully omitting one or more strokes of the pencil: thus,
the characters composing the reigning Emperor Ken-king's
name Yung-yen
' a dignified benignant look, and
a luminous rcsplendant gem;' must be albreviated when
they occur in common use in this waj
Yung-yen.
One name of Confucius is Kew
in common use
it must be written J(JJ Kew, not altered, as some do into
Kew -jj^ however when there is occasion to write Hwan
kew HU f * an altar dedic ilcd to heaven ,' the word
Kew may be written without any addition or abbreviation.
Those candidates who vio'ate these rules must jpj -|c^
~ 5pJ- be pun shed by being suspended from three
examination.', which includes a period of nine years of
incapacity. On the outside of the court, there is a list of
characters which are to be treated with rrvcrenre, and
the m nner of abbreviating or adding to them explained
in large characters, for the information of all who attend
the examinations,
ui,
^
5^ Examples '.( characters which are to
be written above the line of columns. Thus giving hrighth
to the character, is the manner in which r spei t is shewn to
particular words, in the Chinese Language. Character! are
written one, two, or three places higher than the horozonta!

Tsze.

XIII. 39th Radical.

line of column heads. One place higher is ex pressed by

||| Tan tae i two places bj ^
Sbwang-tae, and
three places by tj^
San tae j thus,

If M

1
On Ihc examination papers, the characters raised above
the head line, such as Bit Majctlg i the Imperial Family,
&c. ought to be raised one place above the head line;
Graciout (Imperial) faeort, firtuoul purpose (of His
Majesty), and such like expressions, ought tu be raited two
places above the bend line, ctmstiMrd (Imperial) Sagrs ;
the tub ctelo tacrijice\ the Temple of (Imperial) an
cestors, and such like characters ought to be raised three
places above the head-line. Those who |J J[J| ^ ^
raise the heads (of characters) improperly, must bepnuished
agreeably to
j^j |^ j^l
(he law concerning
petty faults and errors iu the compositionwhich requires
the offender to be suspended for a time from coming to the
examinations.
There is given a list of the works published by
imperial authority, the titles of j|l
JJ all of
which are to be written three places higher thin the
head-line. Next occurs a list of terms having a reference
to the emperor,
Jfa |* jj| ^ |J| all of which
ire to be raised two places higher than the head-line.
And finally there is a list of several expressions |!1
^ jp. ||[ ^ ^| all of which are to be raised one
place above the head-line ; 3L ^ pj* JTJ^ ^
as to

776
the rest, they maj be inferred by tbeir several classes.
Some of those however given as examples, such as Ki.>;
& a harem i Keuf |^ the gale of the pnlare ^ ^
and such other characters
^ jjj JJj if they be used
on general occasions
point to our (Tartar) dynasty ^ Aj^
^ there is do
occasion to raise them above the head-line. And, it ii
added, if those words which should be raised aloft only one
place, should be by mitlake be raised higher !"> places, it
is to be considered a pardonable en or! alas, what hart
pedagogical rules about the writing of capitals to dowitb
the advancement of framing I
LSI, Section contains ^
^ jj^ miscellaneous ofiVn.
ces against prescribed roles, which involve a person is
the punishment of ||^ JjJ being pottri out. or expelled from
the pending examination. The offences are such as Ibesr,
j}?]
nnj
Q -fjL framing an essay consisting of
more than 700 words i ^ ^
= jf ^ Pli,u "f
government, or an essay on political ecio omj not amount
ing to SCO characters, j^fj [ ] /pj
fy. an error or
omission in the words of the theme, &c.
lxii. Fixes the number of years in which the Emperor jjjj
^
^jj l,roniulgc* (anew; the laws respiting tut
examinationsnamely once in ten tears.
LXiil. Forbids the use of j^J (j) ^jj
the books in the
collegesbecause they are now
^v
injured
and imperfect.
lxiv. Respects the
supplies given of tables, chain,
&c. for the use of the candidates and attending officers.
nv. Respects ^
M S'V'DS lhe Tl"BfiUt robe le
Keu-jin graduates, when they attend the gcueral examina
tions at Peking.
lxv. Kee-heaou
|Jjj| denotes issuing an official procla
mation containing the names of the successful candidates:
the same idea is commonly expressed by yjj
Far.pang. In the provinces, Ihc proclamation is pasted up
at the Foo-yuen ^iffi Jl or deputy governor's palaceHe himself comes nut accompanying the paper, at whiih
moment three guns arc fired : i( is then pasted up, sod
again a salute of three guns fired ; the deputy governor

777
then makes three bows towards the names of the
graduated Keu-jin i and finally retires under a ailute
of three guns. The Lxvlh section contains the ^ J5j^
fixed periods within which the<e proclamations must be
issued i ^
^ 1^" 1ft / beinS determined, after
consultation, by the chief examining officer. At Shun-teen
foo, and the large provinces, the proclamation mint be
issued on or before the 1 5th of the 9lh moon. In the pro.
vinces rated as middle sized, it must be on or before the 1 01 hi
of the 9th moon ; in the small provinces, on or before the
5th day of the 9th moon ; and at the Hwuy-she, or general
examination at Peking, the proclamation must be Issued on
or before the 15th of the 4th moon.
uti. This section treats f
A ^ r| the
great statesmen and officers who are to seal the proclama
tion containing the names of the successful candidates ;
and specifics the several seals to be used. At Shun-teeo
foo, ^
^3* J:|J to make the impression, the
seal of the Foo-yin is to be used : and in all the provinces
51 $S H W lhC dc'>ut>' governo^', Kwangfang seal
must be used. At the general examinations at Peking, the
III! tP 'il?
*flM *ral <*f <he board of riles must be
used H ^ H Ik & H $a in ,he ,roclamtion, the year and month (or the dale) and thejoinings of
the several sheets of paper, jj ^ |J must all be sealed. On this proclamation the characters are all written
very large.
ixtii. Contains rules respecting jjjjp
the
j^j break
ing open the corners of the successful theme papers, to
ascertain the names, and write them down on the list to be
proclaimed.
J.XTIH.
Directs the proper persons jj Jjj? j^J ^ ^
to present to the Emperor a list of the names of the newmade Keu-jin , and also
g to write
out fairly the themes given at the three days examinations ;
and taking ten copies of the names ^ ^ ffl i% wilh
seal, affixed. - $ ^ 4)1 ft jg % |j| to present
them altogether to the board at Peking, to afford authen
tic material to the revisors of the essays.
uix. Concerns the
TAUT I.

feast, or banquet given to the

7

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

new-made Keu-jin. graduates.

The
feast conferred | at the provincial examinations, on the
Keu-jin, is attended by all the civil officers of rank in the
province, military officers are excluded. The chief exami
ner presides ; the deputy governor, at whose palace the
feast is given, and who is present as visitor, takes the
fight hand-side j the assistant examiner the left. Tbc
governor, or viceroy, is also present on this occasion, it
is directed that gold and silver cups and other vessels shall
be provided by the treasurer of the province: inferior of
ficers wait as servants, and two little
J- boys, dressed
up as wood-land naiads, holding in their hands branches
of the Olea Fragrans, chaunt the following ancient verse
out of the She-king.
r$J

jf& V% Yw J* !> ">'">S.

^
jjj^
^

~t?L

Sn1:n JaT cne P'nK 1

^ Wo 5 ew ^ea P1"'
%L Ko sth
,Sns'

The deer cry in tuneful response

Whilst nibbling the wild-growing herbs;
Here we have excellent guests,
Strike the harp, blow the chearful reed,
^

^fj Chuy sing koo hwuy,

7$- ^tk ^ 5$f ching kw,Ils ,he t,eans 1

^ jj "ffi ^ cne nl0u w0<
ffl
she wo chow hangBlow the chearful reed, sound the hwang,
Present the loaded basket, a pledge ofwelcome j
0 ye men who love me,
Shew me the great path of virtue !
In allusion to this verse, the provincial banquet is
called Jjg Pj^ ^ the deer-cry feast
x. The ^ ]M,
b;,n<luet conf<:rrcd al Ugeneral examinations in Peking, is called' (^J> ^ 5|C
the feast of (Imperial) grace and glory. This entertainment
is given at the
^JJ board of rites and ceremonies. .
Should any of the ^ ffi ^ E # ^ H
fast days, accompanied by the great or the iniddle-rai*

^Tszp.

XIII.

39th Radical.

sacrifices occur, these feasts nre to

that day i but for ^ /jj[J |1| Jf J jtj] general or com
mon days of sacrifice and fasting, these feasts need not
be postponed.
At the general examination in Peking, there
jfc
*g Jx. are officers and soldiers appointed as a guard to the
banquet, and ft
^ iff 10 di,plsy 1 ,olemn oiEnitTlxxi Wei m1h
' gate ink' which is thegencral head of
a few sections, means the compositions written inside the
college gate. The first division under this head, directs
the manner in which
R| $j -fJ Jj?.
first ten accepted essays at the Peking examination, are
to be presented to the Emperor, that he may mark three out
of the ten for the first literary honors, of which the foremost
is called Chwang yuen Jj^'
' the ornamented head,'
his head is on the day of his appointment decorated with
flowers; the second is called Pang-yen^ ^< the eye of
the accepted graduates T and the third is called Tan-hwa
jj^jji j ' a searcher for flowers,'in allusion to his not being
allowed flowers, lint his obtaining some from the two first
named persons, with which to decorate his head; these three
graduates are called San keth tc ^ ^ |j=j the three who
hare attained the highest rank.
UXII. Forbids persons unauthorised by the chief examiner
from f)]
ft %t
engraving, or printing the
essays of the graduates distinguished by the titles J'urn and
Kwei. The j Yuen, it the first annunciated graduate
on the list, at the respective examinations ; and the
Kwei, arc a few persons irrnnediately following the first,
in the list of names.
rxxiii. An order is given ^ ^ ^
to return the
rejected essays to the authors on their calling for them
at the jjSJjfjjj ptj examination office.
1.XXIT. This section gives directions for presenting to the
Emperor
^ ^ JA. ^ a record of the examina
tion j and a record of the degrees conferred : the first
containing the themes, and a specimen of the essays; the
second containing an account of the persons to whom
degrees have been grantedtheir birth-place, desceut,
progress in learning, &c.

778
ixxv. It is ordered that at the provincial examinations, tie
|-|-| ^ jjjfj^ 'JPt ^ essays of the successful candidates,
both the red ink and black ink copies; i. c. the transcript
and the original $$j^fl?itijfjft]
be picked up in a box, firmly closed and sealed . and
^^
^ H f n<l then 8ha" ,,e despatched
by careful and trustworthy officers and men, mho ^4. |l|
Jj3j 0
g j$ *P on the day that the proclama
tion of the graduated names is issued, shall commence
their journey to Peking to deliver these documents t
the Board. At different distances from court, different
days are appointed for despatching these documents, and
this section is entitled HJ^ '<fc. Jij^ jijj the fixed terms for
sendinp tlie essays to court.
lxxvi After the proclamation of the names of the graduated
candidates is issued, the fjj
-J- successful
scholars, must jlpj; ^ ^JJ jjj^ be sent to court to give
evidence concerning themselves in person. Those who
reside in jjfc ~)j
^ [1^ pjjjj JiJ places distant, art
limited to two monthsto make their appearance at court;

those ">at are near to, one month.

They arc required
Jtjjj ^ to repair to the proper
board, and to write before w tnes<es, an account of them
selves ^
for three generations back ; and to write t
copy of their essay, (the original of which being previously
sent to the board,)
$j
^^ft jjjfr furnish
materials for the revisors to compare the hand-writing of
the two papers. Without undergoing this trial, i
permitted to attend either the ^
general i
lion, or the J5jj
palace examination
lxxvii. Sometimes in the provinces a
|j ire-examinati;'n
is ordered : and at the general examinations, J.n
# $ ft K S ^ ,ftef the list of "ePicd andidates is issued, a re-examination roust take place at toe
palace called Paou ha, assured harmony.
Lxxviu. This section contains J3^S QJ] 3|f g the proprieties,the rihl mode of proceeding for the revisors. The
jjiy
u"anl ^ r'te* '* ordered to send in the naroa
of officers in Peking, who ^ ^ {jj J| h.-.. . d
through the Keu-jin and Tsin-sze degrees, to their places

779
in the government. From these Jjg? ffi |7C) "f* J|
it will be proper to appoint forty officers, to fill the situa
tion of examine".
1.XXIX. The rules Indirect the revisors are contained under
the head J|S
]^ ^ ">e revisers placeswhich
contain specimens of the errors or faults in the themes
or essays, which they must notice and punish in different
ways.
j-xxx. Contains rules for j|| Jj) jjS ^ the selection of
transcribers for the use of government, from amongst
the good writers at the provincial examinations.
MX xi. This section is entitled ^ /\^ ^ jjjjjj a great or
special elevation of Keu-jiu graduates; this refers to a
selection of a few, made by the kings and great officers
at court j and on those thus elevated, an office is conferred
at an early period- The Keu-jin are divided into.
'. -=*^- and ~|" ^fp a first and second, and a lower
class. This act of grace is bestowed on a few of those
who are called ~|t
the lower order, which means those
who have not attained, at Peking, the Tsin-sze degree,
but who still have great merit. This selection it is said
is made only once in nine years.
lxixii. II is provided that
^ ^ ^ tjfe ^
nominal rank be conferred on aged Keu-jin graduates
who may have ^
-p. "f* fjl V remained at
their native place till they have reached the age of seventy
or more years.
urxxm. There is a
jjj^l ^ ppjj sum for travelling
expences given to ~J"\ ^
J{ JgJ ^jj^ the unsuccess
ful Keu-jin, when they return to their native place, from
the Peking examination.
X.XXXIY. This section begins the regulations concerning the
HiX r**t 1'ilace examinations, for those who at the 4*^

39th Radical.

re called
^ 0 San-keih-te. (See above.)
i-xxxy. The introduction given to these persons to give

Tsze^Jf-

thanks to the Emperor, is expressed by ftp ||| ||j H

Chuen-loo-seay-gSn.
After the introduction of those persons to give thanks
to the Emperor, there is a final revision by the ministers
of state, which is called Cha kan peaou shlh ^ ^ ^
=^ an investigation of the notes,of the previous exami
nation.
LXXXvl The highest pinnacle of this series of examinations
is called jjpij
the presence examination ; importing
its being performed in the Emperor's presence chamber;
this is likewise an examination of the Tsin-sze graduates,
and is of no greater antiquity than the first year of the
Emperor Yung-ching
J (A. D. 1782.)
uxxvu. Concerns the
^ record of the names of the
Tsin-sse graduates, preserved at the KwO-tsze-ke'eii
-fcollege.
LXXXvlli; The last isan examination of Fan-yih ^ p*p or
translators : of the Manchow Tartar translators, sixty are
to be taken at the first examination, and nine of Mungkoo translators. Of these examinations there are three
divisions, the 1st.is railed '^f 3jf^ Tung-she, and the other
two
Heang, and 'fj*'
Hwuy-shc. The terms Keujin, Tsin-sze, Sic. are applied to their degrees, in the same
manner as to other men of letters.
With a detailed account of these, the work re
viewed closes ; and contains, at full length in the volume,
(as is the case under every section) the Imperial edicts
on which the several laws are founded.
Of Chinrsc CompotilionThere arc at the examinations, three species called,
I, Win chang
jjjjj Fiue writing ;
S, She

^ 5^ l!^ db Sencra' examinations have attained the

Tsin-sze
degree ; and who ate otherwise called
Kung.tze. The "jlgi yj forms and etiquette, on this
occasion are much attended, to. The successful candidates
are called Han-lin f&
and the three first in order

XIII.

Verses,

3, TsTh
Schema or plant of government, such
as how to repress banditti, or pirates; how to prevent local
inundations, &c. political essays.
Ofthese three sorts of writing to -j'jji ^
compose
the essays called Wan-chang, is considered most important.
In these compositions, style and sentiment are equally
regarded. Heterodox, or novel opinions, clothed in the

#- Tsze.

XIII.

39th Radical.

most fascinating style, would be rejected; as well as ap

proved sentiments in a bad style. The Wn-chang contain
an exposition of, or a paraphrase on, a text of the Chinese
sacred seriptures, being always confined to a sentence taken
WU Sze-shoo, or the H. Woo-king. I use

from the

The term sacred scripture, in reference to these books, to

convey to the English reader a correct idea of the venera

tion in which they are held, and of the authority which
they possess. The word classic does not convey an idea just
of the sacredness of these books in Chinese estimation.

To initiate the Tung-sng # HE or youths who

study with a view to the literary profession, or rather
with the design of becoming civil officers of the govern

ment, there are small works explaining and teaching, by ex

amples chiefly, the art of composition.
A single thin
volume, called Tsoo he ming king %)

# HH #

the learner's bright mirror, contains the divisions of an

essay marked and illustrated thus,
1st, Pole
to break open the theme,' which words

are intended to

expres' #| || Z # breaking open

the idea contained in the theme,

# H Z }% # th. like
and seeing what is contained
this

#1 #| !% ) H.

breaking open any thing

in the midst of it.

# # # ## # =F RA

To effect

it is necessary to

work well into the mind the idea of the thenie, and

fill ## H (E ##ji if it be a chapter, ob

##
# #: # 4| in that one verse observe on which sentence
the stress is, and - l # Hi #E # # in a sen
tence, observe on which word the emphasis is, # 4% #
# # # Z '# # then grasp the important
part of the though', and break it open, 3% H|| # j+
# # # Z next take hold of the important
serve on what verse the stress is to be laid ; -

word and break it open.

This opening of the subject

f # X, '#' # ought to be concise, and should not

be diffuse, fi. # X. '#' it should be elegant and
should not be vulgar; '#' # # R #. # #2
it ought to be essentially to the point ; and should not
appear floating as on the surface of a flood that overflows
its banks.

781
m line or two at the commencement (ball ezplaia the
general import of the whole document.
4th,
fj^ ' Te-koo railing a branch or division,' or
*8 ISi ~)C )3j "ie rnc",0<' f introducing a connexion
so as to make an unbroken concatenation of ideas. This
part is called ^
*
the ;>reat key of
the composition ; and it should
fj^f succeed
naturally to the slighter discussion which has preceded, nnd
^^
enter into the fuller d iscusston that follows; that it ma, f# JL ~F M 0 ffl
form "
unbroken vein of connexion between the preceding and the
following parts of the essay ; that "j^ jjj|f|
^0 the
impulse and spirit of I he composition may be uninterrupted,
and that there may be none of that disease of composition,
wh'ch is like heaping bed upon bed ; and placing bouse
upon house: or a reiteration of the same sentiment.
5lli, Kwo m!h ^ Jjjj^ ' the passing vein," or that part
of the composition in which a writer passes from one idea
in the theme to another fl
~J* $ $L %
$5 ^
'" "" tneil,es tl,al have a" "vvtr ai,<l *
lower member, or a first and a second division of the sen
timent, the writer must employ n few sentences to pass
from one idea to the other.
6th, Chung koo I ]l Jj^ ' the middle division,' in this
must be found j jj^j; ^Jj j|q the regular discussion of
the obvious sense ol the theme, and in this part they re
quire a sort of parallelism, or an antithesis which they call
~*. ^ the two pillars i nnd the p fj2
^ sinews
and bones of the composition. Ifthe theme contains J/^ ~r'j~
two ideas, these must rnustitulc the two pillars i if uulv
one idea J|J JJ yjg -j^j j'jj ^ then a superficial and
a deep view of the s-nl jecl must form the pillars. It is
said that Bfl # X + fa
# M A an "PP'1rent pillar, is not so good as a concealed pillar, by which
it would seem pillar means in this connexion, the princi
pal idea which the writer wishes to illustrate. *
y)^
T^T ^?|J J]^ one division should pursue one thought
to the bottom , for $ JglJ g fllj ^ fofeffi
^ if other discussions be mixed up with it, the composi
tion will never assume a regular form.
YAftf II,
1 H

39th Radical.

XIII.

The methods of amplification are called <fj^

y^'borrowing an inner garment;' i. e. noticing a subject
that seems to fit or resemble the one under discussion)
<ftJ
i2j 'mutually reflecting lights,' noticing topics
illustrated by the one in question ;
Jj^ jgj
ifo ~k V\ JE If? %> # ft 'e,,li,ely dwelling on
the reverse of the proposition, and winding up with the
obvious sense in the close.' J>J
Jjjjf
j'j^ ^
sometimes first taking a general vague view of the subject,
and afterwards a substantial pointed view of itand
sometimes the reverse of this order.
j ^ ^J"- [|
the substantially significant words in the theme
must unquestionably be opened out, JJjj Jgj^ ^ J^f* ^Jjg
^E. and the particles also require to have their force
elicited ^MZ$jl%fejk%& hr
the essence and spirit of the composition often (or much)
consist in the particles.
7th, MB koo^ |^'lhe closing branch or division,'
ft * )& MM Scontain' afullerelucidation of the last part of the idea in the (preceding or)
middle division, g j # $
-* ff ^ of
the methods of doing so, there is that of pushing the in
ference a degree further) or expatiating more largely on
the subject; ^
|h|[ - ^ ^ Ihcre is dwelling
with admiration on the subject awhile; /^j* ^jj p'flj fl5
Tfc=ji
there is re-discussing the former idea ^Ej"
J:Jj
|j Ipl ^ ]|jf |2 J?| ^ there is employing reasoning
in support of facts , and there is employing facts to support
reasoning, jjj^ J} j or giving the reverse, and the
obvious sense i jtj^ ^ ~Jj^ or blending the several ideas
of the theme; fjj^ J^j? f~ or filling up the preceding;
Jj^ j|E ~]\ or introducing what is to follow ' j$ J| ffi'aft j|!
always being careful not to repeat again what
was before said.
8th, Shflh koo ^ JJ^ the winding up division ; '
consists of ]|^
Jj ^ a few expressions to
gather up the subject jffl fa SL ffi $ M
-jj^ as when things are in disorder, a string is
used to bind them together.
The preceding eight, are the divisions of an essay

+F-Tsze, xiii. 39th Radical.

given in the Learner's Mirror; some of the first divisions
consist merely of a sentence or two, in the examination
cssays, which are limited to a certain number of words.

Another mode of speaking of these divisions is,

# # Ke-koo,

1,

The exordium.

th |# Chung-koo, The middle division.

3, j: J& M-koo, The latter division.
4. # # K-koo, The knotting (or winding up)
division: when these four are Tuy-ts # ( or Ching
2,

Cass-

--

ts.5

# (

i. e. composed with a parallelism, or anti

thesis of members, the whole is designated by the phrase

P-koo

JU |K& the

# (

eight divisions.

and San-twan

composition,

##

The terms San-ts&

verbally

a scattered

denote an essay in which the above

distinctions are disregarded, and which employs merely

#E # |X the

exordium; the turn of thought to the

principal part of the subject ; and the conclusion.

The little work from which the above definitions are

taken, contains examples with many of the technical terms

interlined, opposite the sentences to which they are appli

cable.

There is a work in 20 vols, entitled Tsoo tseth ke mung

#j # }% # which in the

first volume contains defini

tions of terms employed by the students of Wn chang
I and some rules for composing on a given theme.
There are

WU Hil four rules expressed thus ,

# # : the theme #

1st, Jin te
-

--

#7 at

# fil!'): # # Zijt, E! # HH # the

spirit and vein of the theme, must, in the first place, be,
by the student clearly understood; when he

Z l' th j Hj T #

Y T#
d

very fully and thoroughly

comprehends it in his mind, he may then put down the

pencil, &c.
2nd, Poo she

# is verbally spreading the power;

-$: |lf. |).

the word She, or Power, is defined

# #1.

the general expiration and inspiration of the

sectionor as it is said figuratively, the life of it, and the

rule requires the student to expand what constitutes the

life and energy of the passage.

The thing to be done

783
^
a principal in a subsidiary ; and 4, "4* tjj ^
a subsidiary in a principal. The principal scope, they
alio call Ching wci j n and the subsidiary thoughts
(2) , Chuen^fnlurn^^ fyjp
tpjji
^ the excellence of any composition consists entirely iu
the turnt of thought and expression. He who. excels in
these
turns, pleases by an inexhaustible variety i and
an absence of
plank-lik.e stiffness. The reader finds
himself ^jP jjfjjp ^ []_| as if rambling amongst famed
hillswhere, when lie comes to the end of one vista at
a sudden turn, another new nnd beautiful scene bursts
upon his view.
(3), Fan
the contrary or reverse side. The Jj^
reverse or negative mode of stating a proposition is
considered often more forcible than j
lliedirecl
and positive affirmation. The writers of antiquity called
Tslh-szc
political writers, abound in this form of
writing; and it is said ^X^Wl K ffijfa %
^ if EH ^ llul *r rol,"'n6 nien' energies nnd
spirits, no ancient writings are equal to the national
politics: hut these writers did not say ^ $p
^
'if not thus,, the affair will not be prosperous;' jfjj
0
#0 Jtt
M If b,lt
if not thu'' il
will assuredly be injurious. And in the Lun-yu
^5
instead of plainly saying ^
^ ^j] jjjft Kwan-hc
does not know the proper rites and usages; it.is said,
& u $ f lit ^ P if ,|f kwmmi- know>
proper rites, who docs not know them?' j[ ^ ^
this- is an example of the reversed affirmation.
(4), WS( jjfj ' a handle to turn ; ' or
| W
seucn. To circulate ; to cause to move round. This denotes
supplying to the theme a word or two to fill up what seems
implind in it; that there may be no break in the circle of
thought;, which practice affords scope for ingenuity aud
conjecture in themes taken from the ancient classics.
(51, Tne
For or instead ofrequires the writer
to personate the character speaking or referred to iu the
theme.
(.6), Fau^or Fan W[ To fly back. This denotes

39th Radical.

XIII.

Tsze

giving an opposite turn to some fact or sentiment, by the

exposure of some slight flaw, similar to the practice in Q
legal questions, were
^ old lawyers
play tricks with written proceedings, and {fj y\
=/|I
extricate from, or involve people in, crimeat their plea.ureiandifi _ ftznmm&z
although atrial be concluded, and sentence be pronounced,
they are able (sometimes) to reverse and disannul it.
(8), Jjj Ta, or |] fljfl To seay, ' To cast or throw
off;'this denotes rejecting whatever does not contribute
to the beauty of the composition, as one dues who draws
a landscnpe or picture,, but this must be done with a deli^ medical men say of the pulse
cate hand, as "jij*
/Ei* /J'JV
^! a quick pulse must be gradually reduced,
I^C B^t
3^ a '00 *'ov Pu',e mu,t DC quickly,
remedied ;
^
in composition the same must
be done; when it flags, it must be quickly invigorated,
and not suffered to drawl out insipidly ; but when its im
pulse is vehement, it ought to be gradually moderated,
and not close-abruptly i like a man slopping suddenly and
hiding his head.
(9), jj^ Kin, ' To take alive,' as a prisoner or a bird, Jj|j
US
Ify I ,e'zino Dandilt|.- 'he. first thing is to seize
the king. This is applied to seizing hold of the leading idea,
efa text or theme. They say f[ ^ jft iffa
jE |j ^
all composition necessarily possesses a true seed, by which,
they mean, a leading thought, from which the others grow ;
and this thought must be laid hold of by the good writer;
and he continually referred to; which rule is expressed by
the saying P []
every motion of the mouth
bite, it, and ^ M
ft ^ $
every tittle and drop of rain,, falls into the scho
lar's eye. He never
-J-- ij departs from the princi
palthought
(10), Le
' to separate or put apart' ^Jt j
jjlk ^J* Iu good composition uniformly arranged,
columns (of sci.tences) are particularly to be dreaded ; i. e.
an excess of parallelism or antithesis a sameness in the
form of sentences. -j=^ ^ ^ jj^
excellence
consists iu mingled variety interweaving the energy of.

Tsze.

XII 1. 39th Radical.

784

the thought, and

^ ^ in being able when (the
theme is) diffuse or scattered, to compress or unite it; and
j when compressed lo cxpaud it, &c.
Iiemarkt oh Ihemei.
Ko-tsing-lo ^ ^ $g in . ^
composition, speaks first of,
1, Tan.le jyi
'a theme with a single idea,'
such ns [ijl Ipf.
^ ' n statesman should serve his
prince with fidelity,' such themes are very difficult : when
writing on them
fjlj
^ ^ yj\
excellence
consists in avoiding abruptness at first, and afterwards
exhaustion,the composition ought to be
^jg
J?
7"* 7^ Jf ''le s,reains from the mountains,
gradually entering the great rivers Kenng and Hwnc;
and like the waters of those rivers j^jj ^ y/jJJ"
gradually entering tbe Yellow river, and the sea
1^3
1 $ ft
ft* ft* ft
in which case, the beautifully mounting curl of the waves,
again and again rising lo view , again and again issuing
forthmust be displayed, ere the prospect can be called
extraord.nary, or striking
tfe $ jg
#j ygj
If the composition rushes abruptly forth like a flood, and
progressing interruptedly becomes soon dried up
"7^
^Jr ^ it has not then any excellence.
2, Lenng shen te pjjij J||
' two leaved themes.'
The allusion is to a two-leaved door. The word leaf steins
to mean, the member of a sentence containing a distinct
proposition, thus ^ M Hi M t% ^ ^ M
' heaven and earth preserve their places, and all creatures
arc nourished ,\Chung-yung.) This is the example given of
a two leaved theme.
San-hcn-tc, A theme containing
three propositions.
jffi Sze shen te, A theme containing
4, JS
four propositions.
5, ^
Chang te, 1 Long themes,'consisting of
a whole paragraph or section, such themes are common
from
^J. Mang-tixc.

6, /f^
jjj^
a theme in which oae
sentence is divided into two portious.
7> m % ffl M 6 lherce in "hich fc
first and last expressions or sentiments have a bearing upoa
each other.
8, [jj jjfj Chuen te, A strung theme; i. e. one ia
which jjjjjij 4l}
* -^jj two sentences arc joined toethcr in one; this maybe considered the same as the first
mentioned.
9, |j
Fan le, * A reversed theme,' one ia
-which the negative side of the proposition is i

Ckin-hunptae j njp[ jjg in a iiteourte on

'If,
1st.
^jj
in .jood composition there
tie an orderly arrangement of the several parts.
A- ' opening and joining*
2nd, There should be.
which seems to mean, an expatiating, and a summing up;
.a varied manner of viewing the subject.
3rd, There should be JJ3 '/fp a mutual bearing upoa
each other, throughout all the parts; |^|J
^ =||
and then the composition commands attention and respect.
The allusion is to being in (he presence of persons pos
sessing authority and rai k ; when every eye is watchful,
and nn cnrelessness, or desultory trifling allowed.
4th, There should be Ts5 tsm g Jfj| jj a railed
variel),' the writer should
JJj
5 ^ jj
employ long and short divisions intermixed ; und Jjj ~pj
ff^ l& "Ifl 4 U,e ,cntellces '" l"'r,i aDd diffuse para
graphs alternately producing each oilier.
5th, A composition should possess J^j
Tsing sis.
Purity and freshness; should be unmixed ithxtraoeeB
matter, and yet have something new in it, the mercantile
maxim may be applied to -writing, viz.
^ ^ JjjJ
A
^ H whal o,t,er' r<'ject" r" adoPl "lut otl,t"
adopt, I'll give it up to them.
6lh, There should be fft. fjl ^ ^ ' from nolbia;
a production of something,' a creative imagination exerted.
7 th, There should be ||j $ $ ^

785
embodyng of .yui and mc. The subject should be placed
in oppo.it;: point! of view.
th,
^
^ fljf ' composition should ap
pear flowery to the view,' like
^ ^ ^8 the rival
glories and varied hues of the wood-land bower, &c.
9th, There should be a few fjjJJ
' expressions of
admiration,' a sort of sighing out what words cannot
express,a gradual softening off, like
Jjjj the remnant
of a wave.
10th, In composition there should lie Moo seay
fpj
pictures drawn;' lively representations of facts
and cases.
1 1th. Composition should be Yuen shuh |J|j ^
'Round and ripr,' or smoothly polished. ^ j|| ;jjjgj ^
K ^ /f>
" composition which is called stiff and
rough, is the same thing as not ripe or smooth. This
/fa t^L unripeness jj^J
^ ^ ^ arises from (a |>craon's) not writing much.

39th Radical.

XIII.

Ts ze

^00 SiSl3-&$*ig-f the prince

Chaou-miug, of the Leang dynasty, first made a compilation
of them, and formed the hook called, * A selection of ele
gant literature.' This prince lived about, A. D. 513, and
is described as u remarkable instance of precocity. At
Bt #
3
to s4
pj| m
B'p th years of age he acquir
ed a knowledge of the standard books Heaou king and
L.yu, and
fcffi fM*. B&%U 1
five years, he had read the whole of the Woo-king, and
could recite them all perfectly by heart. His work is still
extant, and has been frequently reprinted.

An embrasure in a wall through which to look out.

^j^? An ancient form of^ Ke. Sec under five strokes.-

He |j$ ^ BlJ ^ rJH 4j[

much, has no occasion to wait till other people point

out, or pluck at, the parts which are well or ill written,
for he ran see them himself In allusion to the expression
' round and smooth/ used above, an ancient writer of great
eminence ^tj^ Tung.po ^
$
% fa
used the expression, 'A new verse like a round bullet.'
Farther remarks on composition may be seen in the
work referred to above, from vihich these extracts are
taken.
The literature of China consists much in voluminous
collections of such short essays as are described above ;
in verses ; letters of statesmen and scholars, to the several
monarch? of successive dynasties, &c. of such pieces ofes
teemed composition, there are thousands of volumes. The
preface to the work named below says, that the
j=jr ^
"jfrk
ij>^ materials of elegant composition were
provided in the six ancient classics ; and
4\r ^3 i\ :P> ul,rinS ,ne dJlla''es of Tsin, of Han,
and on ward, writers arose in every age; and
|jS jj^
the form of composition was successively altered.
These papers however were never collected together till
TAT I.
7.o

TOO.

A mud wall of five planks extent ; the

pi inks are used to confine the earth whilst beating it down

hard.
CHUNG.

Milk; the juice of the breast.

JOO.
ft
An infant at the breast j attached to as a child to its parent ;
to- be attached or pertain to. A surname. Joo tsze j -j
a child. Joo jin ^ J{ title of officer's wives of the seventh
degree of rank. A surname. Ching wang juS joo tsze wang
ffc
Q ]
5 Ching wang iBi C. 1068) is called
the boy-kiug. He ascended the throne at the age of six years.
Joo tize ying j ^p- 1^1 an Imperial title, A. D. 10.
Joo tsxe ehe kou moo jay ^ ""j^
"til
the affectionate cry of. a childto its parent. Joo tsze
moo chay j -f- ^ ^ a child's affectionate regard
toexpresses the tniud'i hankering after, or resting on.

-j-Taze XIII, 39th Radical

Ho l8 tseay joo #] # H. | harmony and delight,
and a mutual child-like affection,said of brothers feasting
together.

(She-king)
NAE.

The old books define this word as a

Canton local term for A son born to an old man.

An

ancient form

of Hi

How, Thick, substantial.

... w

NEE.

From guilt and son. The children of

concubines; the children of women who have committed some

crime, which are compared to the sprouts from the root of a

tree which has been cut down; the offspring of guilt, applied

literally and figuratively for the consequences of crime.

Luxuriant and elegant.

offspring. N chang

N chung

| #a

race ; the

| |: a debt of guilt; claims coming

on in consequence of guilt.
N& che wei yen hae yay

expresses what is injurious.

misery induced.

| Z # # tly *Ne
H n # | calamity;

To shew the importance of one's own

conduct, they quote from the Shoo-king, this saying,

j: # | # R] #Teen tst, n yew ko wei

# # 1 X\ EI # Tsze tso n piih ko hwan.
When heaven sends calamity it may be avoided;
But he who brings calamities on himself has no way of escape.
They do not say how heaven.sent calamities may be avoided.
N tsing

| # and

Yaou-ne

#k l

of malicious and injurious sprites or fairies.

jin

# | # A a person who

denote a sort

Tss ne teth

originates any calamity

one who by enticing others to vice, plants a root from which

subsequent misery will grow up.
n le sng n # #]
HE | hoarded gains originate calamity. (Tso-chuen.)

Net net shire shihyay

an exuberance of ornament.

| # # {i, Nee ne denotes

787

FORTIETH

MEEN.
nnfr
A transverse covering, forming a deep dwelling. (Shw*-win.)
This character is intruded to represent the roof of a houc i
or according to some, it represents the earthen hovel ofancieut
limes, for Koo chay heu keu yay choo ^j"
yj^
5|J
the ancients dwelt in dens ia wild places ; and We yew
kung sMh ^ "^J ^ ^ h*d no houses: but they Seen
jew mien, urh how yew heu* ^ % | (fl)
^ Jh
first bad hovels, and afterwards had dens. Meen tang seang
ahang fow kaou tiih r1* ^ J|r
J|L
the charac
ter Meen, a hovel, represents the elevated cumulus of earth t
Ke hea yew ne'e" kp tsang shin che hing J
/jsj {jpjj pj"
jjj^ Jl' ^ ^ below which there is represented a hollow
place, where a human body may be coutained ; j^J
j|J^ and therefore the character Heuf, A den, is derived from
this character under consideration, and
^
ej* ^ Jjjjj
jj^ jjj ^ in the formation of the words Shih kea kung choo
(which severally signify a dwelling place) this part is always
retained. The half of
makes J*" Yen, A covering or shel
ter, as beneath the side of an over-hanging mountain, open
on one side i and Ching-tsze-tung gives
Ibis character,
without any pronunciation as the opposite side.

CHOO.
9
The Shwg.wJn defines this word by Pan tselh wuh yoy
iPf Hi
ili tn'"B5 P',ea or heaped up : and the character
is, Seing shnng lung sze chow che hing
h [^T j/Lj ^fpj
^ ffy to resemble the figure of an eminence in the middle
surrounded on four tides. The space between a door and a

RADICAL.

screen. Choo letb 1 "Jf to stand inside the door.bul

outside of the screen.
JUNG.

s. c.
IRI
From men below a cover or house. Officers who have been
occupied in the field, dispersed and returned to their houses s
scattered ; mixed ; blended , hurried ; people without any fixed
habitation , wandering about in troublesome times. Jung
,e 1 ?fe * le flit ill or Jung km*D \
officer* off
duty. Jung is applied also to soldiers, and to their allowances
when off duly. Jung shin che yuen j ^
J| officers
who hold sinecures. ^
% = \ \ *g \
Jr |
he who governs should put away the three extras
extra-officers ; extra-soldiers t and extra-expences. [ax lj?>
Soo-shTh.) Woo sze che yuen yui jung yuen ^ IpE
^
|
an officer without business is called
a Jung-yuen.
Suh jung ke shin
] |p|
a multiplicity of vulgar
affairs enthral my person. Ke ch* kaou yu keu jung tsi, chung
fuh, pub ning ming che ke e JJl ^
|jg
|
M^M.^^b^^H^^the PhrMeo,SJ D q
original draft of the official document, was so prolixly confused,
and tautological, his meaning could not be clearly understood.
Lew jung
j unsettled, confused state of society, when
j^j Iffi Jj

the people have no fixed place of abode.

T'HO.
Yu to tung |^ jfe
the same as To <J meaning
To bear ; to carry ; carried by beasts of burden. T to JjF
] Use camel, now commonly written ^ j L t0. a

***

Men,

surname.

40th Radical.

Occurs in the sense of

Ta.

To charge, or blame with. Wei wei to to

Also read To,

## | l

elegant gait, and an easy genteel appearance. To fi \ %

to adjust or dress the hair. To pei | # to carry on the
back. As a Noum, Humpbacked, like the camel.
To shay ming
Read Shay,

| #. % To,

is the name of a serpent.

#|| t!, it is the same as Shay, A serpent.

#. Kwel.

Traitorous plots, as of banditti, originating from without :

when arising from within the court or country, they are ex
pressed by

Keen.

Keen

k wei

# |

traitorous ban

ditti. Kowtsih keen kwe # ### | robbers and bandit

acting traitorously ; traitorous banditti.
Wh ming keen
kwei %)
do not suffer traitorous plots to arise.

## |

J% fj # 1 A. H. 2 #########
#|| # but there are traitorous and lawless vagabonds;

busy
bodies, who play tricks by the aid of literature, and clandes
tinely plot pernicious disturbances.

5
as

SHOW.

# Show,

From a shelter, and a hand Same

To maintain or keep possession of, to defend

from despoliation.

# * * fit Fi
From a coverin; and to cast ones self under it. To dwell;

a dwelling place, the station one fills; to fix; to determine;

to settle; the house appointed for all living; a grave. Shintsih
}
| a house in which are apartments far removed from
the front.

Tsih chaou

| %

to divine respecting a grave

F#! | a tomb or grave.

! }} a family mansion, Tsih wei keu choo che
| # | }: Z f Tsih, is a dwelling place. Kea
tsih ping gan # |
% is your family well ? Wo ming
tsaou wang Pwan tsih kung ho # HH Jil 4+ # | 3'
and the day of interment. Yu tsih
Tsih fang
so

# to-morrow morning I shall go to Pwan's house to pay my

789
or tpread over and shelter, ai ihe wings of a fowl, or aa a
house. Wide; extensive* extending to every point above and
below j the cauopy of heaven. Mei yu Jj| j the arch made
by the eyebrowsits expansion denotes joy. Yu chow ^ ^tf
an over-shadowing canopy, and containing space below ; the
universe. Yu hea | "p under the canopy of heaven. Yu
nuy | ptj in the world j in the universe.
T8 pe yu hea jy jfc J ~K 1 tbrow myself for protec
tion under heavenly eannpy. This expression is used by
inferiors when claiming the protection of superiors. The same
idea it conveyed by ^ J^> j J\ T shin yu hea.
Uh che chen peen wei yu Jjj ^ ^S|E j^l ^ | the
over-hanging roof, <>r eves by ll.e side of a house, constitute
Yu. Yu, yu yay J ^J/j jj^ Yu denotes wingslike the
wings of a bird overshadowing and protecting.
YSh be seu yu fp
^ j then came to examine
a place for a mansion. (." he-king.)
\~
yM^ f^f in high antiquity caves were human
dwellings, hut ^ A
W ^ i ,;Ses exchanged
them for houses of various kinds, Shang tung heayu
ijnjj
Jp j for Ihe upper part were pillars ; and below was shelter
yj^
pjpj to be prepared against wind and rain. (Ythking.)
Of certain insects it is said \^ f\ fa gjf J\ f\ ^
^ during the 7th moon they remain in the wilderness , and
in the 8th moon, they stay below the eves. (She-king.)
1 &Zfr\U%Vk
Yu chow che kcang shan pdh kcae,
Koo kin che cbiiig wei ko shoo.
The rivers and hills of the universe alter not ;
But the names of Ib/.iTJ in ancient and modern times are
all different.
(Koo-szc-keung-lin.)
7u lien itrou j jtjj
the name of a medicinal plant.
"*" 1 # $ A it jE
|3 a man of a sedate, correct character, tr"*tworlhy, and a lover of plain speaking. His Tsze ^j? or
marriage name was jjfl J floo yuh. He wa. descendant
f the royal fun.ilv f J% Chow,
AI i.
7 v

40th Radical.

111.

Meen 41*

and was born on the same day as the Emperor Woo le, who
closed his reign (B. C. 81). He, and the Emperor Ji|
|j7j jp long studied together. When Woo-te ascended the
throne ^ (j |
^ he wa> desirous of placing (his
boyish companion Hcaou-pih) near his person: which he
eventually did, and |rj ^ # ^ ft H gj $ M
Pj^
the successor failure of every measure in the
court, and every particular of the government outside in the
provinces, were all fully communicated to him, jjj^E =^ -^j
jjjt ^>v| what persons were to be preserved or destroyed,
was all previously deliberated about with him.
The Emperor's ton Pe lae.
^ was committed to his
care, iu which trust he was unsuccessful, arising from the
indulgence of the father. It came to the Emperor ears
that
j^ the prince was vicious ; on which
occurrence, he ^ ^ /|Q summoned Henou-plh to re
prehend him, for not telling him about his ton's conduct.
The royal tutor ^tj. ^ Q made repeated bows, and said,
ZBAftBt
""d
that it is a hard matter to speak between father and ion:
I knew that your majesty was incapable of cutting asunder
the strings of affectionate indulgence, which bound him to
your heart, and therefore I tied my tongue.
-t
^ ~Z lne Emperor remained a long time
a-', h & k e % & # % & z
.
'I live deputed you, Sir; do you Sir coerce him.'
t i a ik # # % i& after the
demise, Ihe affairs (of government) devolved on Hcaou-pth. In
thecourseofa few years j ^* I^fJ ^ Seucn-te ascended
the throne, and ^ B ^ ! g- ^j. ||> - haying
long felt a hatred to Tse-wang-heen, wished to take him off
In pursuance of this wicked project, he addressed himself to
his great grand father's minister Hcaou-pth, in these words,
can do for him, I shall give his place to you.'
Heaou-pih P|J jjg Q bowing his head, said Jfc JjjS |j|
^ p^P
^
the la'e emperor, left in hi*
last will, an order not to allow the profuse destruction ol hit
booet and flesh f L e. of hit kindred. Tte-wang it your majet-

Meen.

III.

40th Radical.

790

ly's uncle ; a man jfj j^j |j ^ of eminent merit, and

flourishing virtue ; he iajjj ^ J|| gl n imporUnt stalesmm to support the altars of the land and of the grain ; i. e.
of the throne iUelf. E^|5^#ZXlttffl
1 injure him without cause ; and hend my judgement and
conscience to comply with your will; JJ|J [5 j^j ^\
j |J ' then I shall be an unfaithful servant;
~|\ ^
/f>
^ -p ^ ano yur majesty will he an undutiful
son.'
^ jfs |j|
jg the Emperor was displeased, and from this time and circumstance, kept the minister
at a distance.
Wei che yun
^ Jtj? wbo held the office of Kungching ^ j in the palace, J$r ^
repeatedly
sent in remonstrances which were not attended to ; and which
led him to say to Heaou-plh 3 ^ iffe ^ {fc | we
shall unavoidably meet with some calamity . jj^ ^/ /js. jjij"
what is to be done about it i ' Hcaouplh replied, /^v ^

now regarded) I really seem to fail in the charge committed

tomeiand jj[ J| -g |p J| ffi # ^ th-t. for tU.
cause I be criminated, is what 1 chearfully submit to. <jj^
^
^ pp1 lne Emperor was greatly ashamed, and said
nothingbut fif ^ ^ ^ ^ ordered lhat death ,
be conferred (on Heaou-plh) in his own house !
From a enerhtg and /oil under it. An aociest
form of

Wang, A net

SHOW.

From ^ Kwan, ^ government officer, abbreTialed ; and

Tsun, a /<]. To holdfast) to keepi to maintain; to guard;
to defend ; to protect ; to supervise. Ching show
a garrison, or rather the commandant Show tth choo j ^
^ # itk t R $ s fs a -f *p
^4*. to maintain firmly ; to hold fast,as the patrimony left
$C ^
m lne na" tnerc }et 8" "se<l ,nnt',er (lhe I one. Show ching | j=| or Show tseiS ^ ^fj to maintaia
empress), below the earth (in hades) is the Emperor Woo te ;
chastity inviolate. Show peen ^ ^ to guard,the frontier.
he who is a minister, or a son, although he knew nf approach
Show fi ^ ^ to keep or obey the laws. Show how j
ing calamity, whither would he desire to go ? 1^
to wait for. Show kung 1 ^ ' the defender of. the palace,'
why should he flee from death ! Jjj! f, ^ % ^
^
the Laccrta Bullaris, a lizard. Show pei ] ^ a military ef.
jjg
If your plans refer to your personal safety, it will be
ficcr, about the rank of a Major. Show suy ^ ^ watcbiag
proper for you to go to a distance from him.
for the jear; i. e. sitting up all night waiting for the com
mencement
of the new year. Show sang ^ ^ to ail on the
TajTh ^ R on another day $f f J ^
ground around a corpse. Show ting j Jjr to maintain
i|
*r Ifi
Emneror miu,e a Pretext of Tse-wangheen's affairs to reprehend Hcsou-pih, and Q ^ &p jj^
firmly, either physically or morally.
3E 1^ isl
$1
1^ ,ai('' ' Al ,ou* Sir> ll"ew lhat
MSng-tsze ^[ -J- made some remarks on the condoct
Tse-wang was plotting rebellion, why did you not mention it?'
of Che-wa jjjj^j
for declining a situation at Ling-kew J
gf Q (Heaou-p.h) replied,
& f(
and getting himself appointed Szc-szc -Jan officii,
^5 ^
1 kn" llut T,e wanS > faithful
adviser cr censor of the king's conduct; in which place be
to the altars of his country; and that he is calumniated by a
had remained several months without saying a word to the
herd of petty bad men: || fjfr 7? $ Jjjjf
^ ff
purpose. On hearing these animadversions,. Che-wa =^ ^6.
admonition was sure to be rejected (by you) and therefore no
3E ffij f*
Save ai','re ,0 ,he king, which was not
admonition wa, iven. & % W # fl| fjjfc ffl
received, and he ^ ^ ^ j^j] ^ resigned his situatioo
If 2^ 1^ ~f 'But further, the late Emperor, when
and went off.
giving instructions to one, your feeble servant, expressly
MSng-tsze, himself however remained at the same court,
ordered me to assist and guide your majesty j* f>
^
which caused ^
^ ^ lhe PeoP,c ot T,e lo ridicule
^
Jl 'IPl pE
mJ rcmonslrances are not
him, for although hi. jjg ^ ff jjg
ffc ^

40th Radical.

791
moral philosophy was not adopted, he (till felt himself
incapable of going awajfrom the court. He defended
himself by saying f % f |
$fc "=f jg 'I hold
no office; I am not in duty required to speak.' (Ming-tsze
l'Se)
Kwan show, yen tsih /g* | "g ^ 'holding office
and being charged to speak'are used not only to- denote
holding official situations under government, but also for
domestic offices whatever they may be, and for whoever
bas a right, and is expected to speak, or advise. Chlh
how jjyjj j holding an office under government.
Yew wei yew show
/||* ^ 'possesses activity
and self-controul.' They remark that active bustling people
seldom Yew show ^j" ^ possess self-controul ; so as simply
to maintain their ground, and act only on the defensive.
Ho e show wei yue" jin ; ho e tseu jin yuiStsae fpj J^J[. ]
fa 0 f=.<fa
n A 0 Ht ,he means by which
to maintain a throne (or any elevated station) is the exercise
of benevolence ; and the means by which to collect people
together, is the diffusion of wealth. (Ylh-king.)
Wang kung shS been e show ke kw8. jj Q ^|
JL*^
kings and princes appoint stations, (or build
cities) at dangerous passes to dclend thcir.country. (Yih-king.)
Show che ] j to defend it, or them. Kung show jj^
j to attack ai.d to defend. Scu n show Jjj^ j denotes the
Emperor's taking a tour amongst the districts held by princes
or governors of the empire ; vir. the Choo-how
who
^jSj ^
|
for the Emperor defend the lands
entrusted to them. Keun tae show
j was a title of
a governor during the Han dynasty.
Show choo tae too j ^jj^ jpf ^j,'*0 ''ck 'y the trunk
of a tier, and wail till a rabbit delivers itself up'a phrase
employed by people to express their uwn uselessncss. /j>

III.

Meen A*

Show wang seang tsoo ^

to watch aud help
each other. (Mlng-tsze.)
Show che tscen lonng ^ ^ ^ ^ to Uke care of,
and to pive out money and grain. This is the titlc-fa section
of the Lefih le^ ^(jj (Tth vol. S 12> PaSe ' ) office"' and
men attached to them who have government property delivered
to them, Show how j
toke fareof- /ft & $pt i?
cannot go away from it, until
^
entirely
distributedand accounted for, an inferior officer, to whose
charge any thing has been committed, is sometimes kept in
confinement, to prevent his going away till accounts are
made up.
In the same volume of the laws, above referred to, there
is an article on Show chang tsae kwang tsae wiih J ^ ^
S iH"
t'"'se wno navc tne immediate charge of properly,
in the hands of officers of government,in its transit from the
treasury or granary of the government to the people, or con
trariwise ; all Tsin ke ^ jjfcj^ embezzlement, and Tsin yung
] J$ appropriation to one's own use, is punished as a ^
robbery of government property ; if Keen show Et 1 the
nil a special
J
superiutendantTsze taou J=J _ju
*g plunders it himself,
punishment is inflicted.
^ ]E i>t f% Show tWmS

".

1 |^.|^J^showch'my!,ns,ne'
I

-JT j^- Show jin wang she.

are names , of writers on the j jjj^J Woo-king.

GAN.

From woman below a shrller. Stillness; repose; resti

tranquility. To rest satisfied in; to remain in the sphere al
lotted one. Fixed '; settled ; safe. An interrogative particle.
| How? what? Name of a district; a surname. Ghang gan
^ "Jlr
iHi* 1 J"ur vounSer brother (know as little as)
'""^ Perpetiial repose ; denotes the region where the
one who sits at the bottom of a well, or sits by the trunk oVa
court is situated. Pinggnn.2ji j tranquil and comfortable.
tree, unable to approach the worthies of the age ; but contra
GanlS chung- ]
tfa in the midst of ease and pleasure.
riwise, have to thank yon for anticipating my application, by
Gan fun j <fy to rest satisfied in om.'.< own sphere or depart,
first giving me instructionsmy crime is great f my crime is
ment Can seih heang j ^ ^ Benjamin, or Benzoin.
great.
Gan heang j T| .to enjoy tranquility ; to rest in enjoyment

Meen.

III. 40th Radical.

of. Gan hwuy j ^ a southern division oflhc province of

Keang-nan, which i now established into another province.
Gan hit ^
to real from labour j to sleep ; to repose.
Gan keti |
to dwell at eaie and quiet. Gan 18 kung
j Ijjlt /j^ a term of contempt fur a mere man of pleasure.
Gan-nan-kwi ^
J^J Cochinchina. Gan jin ^ J'\^
title of the wive* of officers of the sixth rank. Gan pin IS luou
1 ^
iM ' reP0,e m poverty, and lake pleasure, in
wisdom and virtue. Gan tain j
to sleep comfortably.
Gan is used as an Active Verb, To tranquillize, to fix,
to settle; as Can min 1 pi to tranquillize the people.
Gan pang ling kw | ^ jjj? [j^j to tranquillize the contry, and settle Ibe nation. Gan che j
in place in a quiet
tale. Gan shin j
to dedicate a new idol, or to conse
crate an old one when set up in a new placeas, on removing
to another house. Priests are employed to perform the
ceremony j and friends invited to a feast.
Gan jeo woo sze ^
^ ^ in a state of repose,
without any thing to disturb -or give annoyance. A good
(talesman, Gan l< yew h wan she tung uh kca j yj\ 'M'
J^> )M fpj * |jj peace and in joy , in mourning and in
affliction, views the people as one family (of which he is him
self a part.)
Ylh che ptlh gan
^ ] not a finger at easeone's w hoi body suffering pain. Shin tsze pfih gan
Jfi ^ the body discomposed i a general feeling of indisposi
tion. Shang hea seang gan
~JC J^Q ^ superiors and in
feriors enjoying mutual repose , this state of things is express
ed by Jjjjiuj j a dual repose j both parties enjoying tran
quility.
Gan kan Iwan tsS ] jj ^ yp how dare I act
irregularly or disorderly I
Gan wang urh pfih tsze lih
1 $L fffl "'J*
$f whither go and not feel self-posses
sionat home everywhere. Tsae che jin Use gan min ^j\ ^. \ Jpfc ,ne lnin5 '* to I"low men anl1 lo
tranquillize the people. ^ ^
j J^J
to IranquilJize the people is the business of benevolent virtue. (Shoo-king.)
Yu yn? Can yu che
Q ]
it Yu ,aid <l the
Emperor ^> Shun,) be steady in the place you possessmean
ing the imperial throne. -^J- Q Confucius said ^ -J" ^

792
^ 0 *J$\ * v'^luo,1, """f by strict wlf-Cdntroul, mi
self-reipect, become* daily slronger(in his principles and habits)i
but he who J
Q jjjj yields lo ease and sclf-indu'genre,
finds a carelessness and weakness daily steal upon 'him.
.J.
* tX - B $ $fi d 3* a Tirtu" *
not fur a single day cause himself to be the object of disre
spectful levity ; but the /J\ ^ petty man p J(\ ^
J ap|>cars as if he could not sustain a serious self-respect for
the space of > whole -day. (ie-ke). T^E
{_t| ]jk |
1 Jvf- [ij
*s"-controu'
self-respect emaute
from principles of decorum; the love of ease and aclf-iodalgence emanate from sensual passion*.
Woo tseang gan yang ^
} fi^J to whom shall wt
look up ! Woo tseang gan fang
^ | jjfc whom shall
we imitate 1 said by Tsze-kung
^ in alljsion to lie
death of Confucius. (Lc-ke.)
In the She-king j ^ Gan.gan occurs denoting
^ ^ not lightly inflicting any cruel punishment; and is
the Shoo-iking the same expression occurs deooli g Q jSR
'{4
til self-existiug, or naturally, without any strained
effort. Kenng
said lu her husband when advising him to
fa B hi>"ker'""o aflCT
hostilities $|J| 1 jst
will assuredly ruin (a man's) fume. (Tso-chueu.)
TheJollowing eight wordi ore expressed by picture* dr.iwa
on the wall, which stands opposite the gates of public
offices,
l> Ping ^p- tranquility, is represented by Pi 'g
a VJa.
. Gan ^ rcpose>
bj Gan^ a saddle.
S, Kelh"^ felicity,

by Kelh

an orange tree,

4, Kin

by KeTh

a musical slose,

gratdialioas,

5, Tse ^ office,

by TseS ^ a bird,

6, Lfih

by Lfih

emolument,

a stag,

7, Fung^iiJ' imp'. appointment .. byFungtj^-a bee.

8, How

nobility

by How ^ a monkey.

Gan wang ^
title of a king under the Chow dynasty, &
C. 314.
Gan-le J #^ title ofan Emperor under the Tsin ^ dynasty,
A. 0. 416.

793
Gan-tselh-yen ] |pf ^jC name of a place in N. L. 37, and.
W. of Peking, 40.
Gan-chow ^ jji]>) a district in ChTh-le province.
Gan-heen j JB|i a dUtrict in Se-chucn.
Gao-yThbeen ] g $|
Gan-e-heen j

Sh.in.tung.

IjjlJ; in Keang-se.

Gan-luh hcen |
in Keang-te, and another place of
the same name in Ho-nan province.
Gan-heang heen | |^(5

a district in Hoo-nnn.

Gan-jin-heen j ^p. ^ in Keang-se, and a place of the

same name in Hoo-nan.
Gan-hwa-heen ^
in Hoo-nan province, also a place
in KansiSh province i and one in Kwei-chow province.
Gnn-kang-rxen ^ |j|>
in Se-gan ; on the N. W. frontier.
Gan-kc-hi.cn ^
)|jl|i in Ffih-keen province, from whence
comes the tea called Ankny, which is a corrupted pronun
ciation of Gan-ke.
Gan-keTh-heen j i tij in Chg-keang.
Gan-kew he'en | jJJJ ^ in Shan-tung.
Gan-king foo ^

J^p the capital of Gan-hwuy province.

Gan-lah-fco j |^ Jjj^J- a district in Hoo-pTh.

Gan-nan-he'cn ^ jj^j

in Kwei-chow.

Gan-ning-chow j Jijj ^ffj a district in Yun-nan.

Gan-ping-hecn J EE )J|> in CHh-lfl province ; and a place
of the same name in Kwei-chow.
Gan-ping-chow j 2ji
in Keang-se.
Gan-sc J jJEj in Kan-biih.
Gan-suh-heen | j|j M in ChTh le.
Gan-thun-foo ] J|p| ^ in Kwei-chow.
Gan-sih-he'en 1 |j| ^| in Se-gan.
Gan-ting he'en j ^jj? J^J in Se-gan, and another place in
Kan-sMh.
Can tung-I.e'en ^ ^jj
in Keang-nan.
Gan-jang.hecn J ^ l||l in Hoo-nan.
Gan-jS-he'en j Jjjjin Sze-chuen.
Gan-juen.hecn | j| 0 in Keang-se.
MKT II.
7 Q

40th Radical.

III.

Meen

Gan-l8-shan j
' the hills of repose and pleasure,'
certain rocky hills in
tH^ H8-keang-heen, a district
situated in pT>| JJJ Sze-chuen province. There are
^ three peaks extraordinarily beautiful. Ji|j |||] jj^
^ frU ffi $C t'le true man Lew' *'10 '1Tec' during
the Suy dynasty, (A. D. 620,) ascended to the demi-angclic
state from this place. The peaks, waterfalls, grottos, &c. in
this romantic spot, are briefly noticed in the 21 vol. of the TIT
<fr lH 'If S'n-kae.ton hwuy.
lu the same work, there is a map of ] ^
Gan-nankwB, Cochinchina; which place ^ ~t ^
^
originally, in ancient times, was called the country of Nan.
keanu-che. The ^ Sung dynasty, during the 13th century
^ tfc
~J~ Jijf|t appointed Ting.le'en, son of the late
monarch, to be ^
jjjfj ^ king of the principality
Ktaon-che.
After that time, there were several usurpations, till the
4th year of ^ ^ Yung-18 of the ^ Ming dynasty, when
China^|j" _Jc. ZJl
ent troops to reduce it (Cochinchina,)
and
^
/ftj J^r ^ established a Poo-ching-sze
(collector and poetical agent) over Cochinchina, ^
~f*
he received the command of seventeen Foo districts; jW
-f-f_ of five fAow .districts, j||
JHJ -J
forty-one
dependant Chow districts ; and of
'
-J-* -J^
one hundred and fifty seven Been districts. However, in the
second year of ^ ^jja Seuen-lth,(A. D. 1428.) the Cnchinchinesc
^>'|j Lc-le rebelled, and an army was sent from
China to subjugate him. Le became afraid, and
JiT 1^ ^ presented (to the Emperor of China) a statement of
his wishes (or a petition) hezging that Chin she might be esta
blished on the throne.
5^: ^his M 'jesty permitted
it ;
^[|] ^ and cons( quently the division of the
country into districts was put an end to, or given up by the
Chinese. However ^|J ^ |JjJi ^ jj[ Le uurped * P,ace
of Chin, and set himself up as king. In 1526, a military
officer, Mo-ting-yung ^ ^
availed himself of a rebel
lion against his king, murdered him, and j^J ^Q" set himself
on the throne; and having ^
ijjfe Q
^ assumed
the national title, Tagut, be invaded China. In 1538 the
Emperor ^ jjjrj Kea-lsiog jj
p^* ^ sent an army

Me'en.

III.

40th Radical.

to bring him to ao account; he professed submission, and

resigned the conquered territory, but | I|l j>g |p g
^jt ^J/^ as to his crime of usurpation, he did ai he liked.
(San-tsae-too.hwuy, S3 tol.)
The region known in Europe bj the name Nan-king
^
was first to called in the year 1456. In 1661, the Tartar
rulers of China changed the name to
^ Keang-nansiut. The term ^ j|j jfi the right side of Keangnan was
employed by them, referring to the northern part of the proTince, the y j|j ^ left side of Keang-nan, referred to the
southern part of it.
In the 6th year of Kang-hc's reign, A. D. 1667, the north
ern part was called
^
Keang-soo province , and
the southern part was called | ^ ijjj Gan-hwuy province
from the circumstance probably of Hwuy-chow.foo
j^- being a principal part uf the region so denominated. The
names of the Ming dynasty, which appear in the maps of the
San ltac-too hwuy, viz. Nan-king
T^T and Nan-chlh-le
j^j
jjj^ are discontinued; and the capital Nan-king, is
now called Keang-ning jij" j| which name it also had during
the Ming dynasty. Gan-king ^
the present capital of
Gan-hwuy province, was first so denominated in the beginning
ofthe 13th century, by Shaou-hin<; Jjjj^ -pi| of the Sungdynasty.
There is a Tsung-t3h
or governor general resi
des at Keang-ning, who has thecontroul ofKeang-se ^ j2
pruvinee, as well as Keang-soo and Gan-hwuy, which are yet
both included in the term ^ ^ Keang.nan ; and on this ac
count the governor is styled jj^j j
jt the governor
ofthe Two Keang. At Gan-hwuy and Keang-se, are stationed
two deputy, or vice-governors, called ^ ^j|f Seun-foo.
Hwuy-chow is the
jjjp Changkeuo of the tp |g|
period ofcivil wars, 200 years B. C. It is the Tan yang keun
ft IWfPof lhe Han dyasty i the Sin-too-keun ffi |fl |jj
of lhe H. lU lhree contending states, in the 3rd century f and
in the course of successive revolutions, received various other
appellations before it was called Hwuy-chow, under the Sung
dynasty. Gan-king, the capital of Gan-hwuy province, belonged
under the Tsin dynasty to Kew-keang-keun^jrf jjjjj a very
famous region, in every period of Chinese history. During
the limp of Han, it belonged to Jj|f j[ -jjjj Loo-kcang-keun.

794
In Hwuy-chow, the Jj
^ hills aud the water
form deep sombre ravines, of an extraordinary appearance ;
and 'ff f rU 7K there are ^"t'f"1 landscapes. ^
P| ll 5? f^'i lhe Sroun<' '* precipitous and rugged with
narrow passes ; and the land is red and hardclayey 1 Tee
people of this district, are those who chiefly manufacture Uw
green teas, which grow on the j|jV
jji Sung-lo hill, and
other places belonging to it. In the Ta-ming-ylh-lung-che
^ 0jj
^complete statistical account of the Em
pire uf the great Ming dynaaty, 16 ^, 15 page, it is said, under
the title jtj^ ^Q. 'the manners of the people,' that the inhabi
tants of Hwuy-chow
^
fp aim * lof,J
conduct, and extraordinary virtue; lhatj^^\
^^
they are ashamed of any unrighteous deed ; that rj^
j^p]
|Jj unusual talent is sometimes produced there; and that ^
|jj||J Q
I hey have steel tempers, and are fond of fighting.
The green-tea men, (as the original manufacturers of the
preen-tea are called in Canton) come mostly from the two
districts called HeTh-heen ^ |J|{ and Woo-j uen-heen ^
^
w min are "'tua'ed " tne 9uuth border of the provi-ce ;
the first joining jfijj y CU-ktmg, and the last named
jft^ ^ the frontier of Keang-se province. They lie between
the 29th and 30th degrees of N. L. and between 1 and !(
degrees east of Peking ; being about 350 miles distant front
Canton.
According to the above named statistical work, the
Too tsan, or natural productions of tlwuy-chow, are
silver,
^jj Tin ; jQjj^ ink-stones, used by the Chinese to rub their ink
on |H ink; -g^
Hwang-leen, a medicinal plant affording
" an agreeable bitter, and of the nature ofgentian" (Mr Living.) gj paper ; tea ; {j
H ^\ the wood, baring a black heart, of " a species of disospyrus."
Lacker;
Fe-tszc
J- " fructus pistaciis fere simile*sapore nostras
avellanas iinitanles." (P. Basile.) In the Pan-tsaou, this is
called Fe-.Mli fgj || or Yay sSn |f ^ wild fir tree, and
described, vol 82, page 10. Probably it is the fruit of the Taxes
Nucifera, of Kcempfer, a Japan plant. (Mr Recces )
^
YQh-stonc faced foxes.
Amongst the productions of Gan king j ^ the capital
district of Gan-hwuy province, the medicinal tuberous root

795
Pih-jh8h | jfo (Pulchuc.k,) is included; and also the Pin- h
|5| <^ Lilium Japonicum.
Gan-hwa-cha ] 'ft ^ a certain sort of tea produced
in the district Gan-hwa, in Hoo-nan proTince , there i, however
a place of the same name in Kan-siih, and also in Kwei-chow.
Tsin-sbin.)
Gan-tae |
to tranquillize the wombof pregnant
women:for rules on this subject, ee
-j^J ^ Ife 1 vol.
S8 S, *7 Pge- Prescriptions are contained in the 31st page.
In the 110 vol. of Ping-tsze-luy-peen [gjf:
|^
there are 23 leaves, containing phrases of two Characters each,
beginning always with 1 Gan, and supported by short quota
tions from classical authorities. Thus Gan jin | ^=1 feeling
perfect complacency in the benevolent virtues.
j
^. f^[] ^
l the virtuous have perfect complacency
in virtue i the wise consider it the greatest gain. (Lun-ytl
\ 3. 10 p.) The first proposition expresses a purer and more
uniform virtue, where it is loved for its own sake, and not for
the benefits resulting from iU
Gan yu | j| to feel quiet, whatever one meets with
to feel happy under all circumstancesto ieel every where at
home.
Gan poo ^ JjjT a steady step, a quiet walk. During the
civil wan, B. C. 800, a politician who retired from public
affairs to an obscure poverty, said [Jjjj ^ ^ /||> j^J ]
^ $t lis ^ for ,e,,are mea'' 1 forego lhe fle,ti meat!
for a quiet walk, 1 forego a carriage.
Gan wei ] ||| to soothe , to console.
Gan pae ^
j^to set in order j to arrange things as on a table,
Gan
fang j
to put in a safe position or place.
Gan tun
j ijjppo set down in a safe place; to arrange what may be
ecessary.
Gaiccbaug wabo sbihc j
3E ll? " statesman who
lived under the Han d) nasty, about A. D. 111.
j/ fl^
jQ.
^ when Shing was young, he disliked reading ;
& % %MWs& he learned by heart onl, tbe Heaou'
king, and the im-jf; saying ||
fj ft j- ^|
this much learning, with an ability fur acliou, is quite sufficient
1 M ^ M fS
fr f~ whai '" the u,e of 8 srcat
deal of reading without practical action.

40th Radical.

HI.

Meen 4*+

The emperor ^ ^ Ho-te if ffi B j&g H was of

a suspicious and ungracious disposition, which led him fi
^-X /pi iC p\j
receive the calumnious reports of people
about him. On one occasion of this kind he *jff
jjg J
was goin; to destroy all the kingshis royal brothers, and
^ -p ^
^ during the night called in Shing to tell
him.
shing. <mTm$m&%%
your majesty must not believe slanders which, lead you to
suspect jour brother,. f$ S ^
fife A
IrJ
""e (ancien*) o0-8 'ay* ' ^ow are there not other
people ! but none are like those born of the same father.'
cannot trust your brothers ; how can other people be worthy
of your trust.' The emperor ^% jjfi would not listen to
him, and prosecuting his plans, he ^ ^ Jjj|j Jjj/j- ^ was
forthwith murdered by Tsung.
Gan-kin-tsang j
a statesman who lived under
the reign of the empress Woo-how ]j
A. D. 680. Her
son Juy-tiung
-jjj was ^ jfjjj^ heir to the Imperial throne,
and was suspected by his mother of wishing to put her aside,
and to take the government into his own hands. Under the
influence of this suspicion, several persons
Jg
^jjjj
were convicted of having seen the heir ap
parent privately, and in consequence all put to death. After
this, the prince was interdicted from any intercourse with the
courtiers, and none but playactors and low people were admit
ted to him. He was however again gig accused falsely of
SL pjj plotting a change of circumstances , and the empress
f3 ^P* $C E IpJ
ordercd Lie-tseun-chin to try the
persons accused. This Lae-lseun-chin, was the judge Jeffreys
of China ; >|ij:
j?lj of a cruel fierce disposition ;
^
0 ^> jjjjjj )i ft ^ tj3 whenever he examined a pri
soner, he tortured him by pouring vinegar into the prisoner's
nostrils. The people implicated
^5 dreading the
cruel sufferings to which they would be subjected.
^|
wished to confeas (a crime of which they were not guilty)
and to submit to their fate.
On this occurring, Gan-kin-tsang ^
Q called out
with a loud voice, Q jf, jj| ^
if you, Sir, will not
believe what I ,a, ||| ||| ^ #

|| ^ J ^

Me7n.

III. 40th Radical.

796

: rip open my heart to manifest clearly the heir appareot's

Price I i dol. The explanatory remarks are on the

of rebellion, and fj | ^ J] |"j ijjlj drawing the

and "J* ||Jg . The author a Keujin graduate,
word which hung at his side, he slabbed himself. JJ^! P^I
Shun-tth-heen, in Canton province.
[lj lf> ^ffi
'>owe'* u,hed out and covered the
ground 1 Jj jf|j ^ P "e became giddy and fell prostrate.
Pltnli.
The empress under great alarm, ordered him to be carried
Gan-shih-lew |
a species of pomegranate j is
to a private apartment in the palace, where ^fj ^ ^ IJ^J
the
?3rd
vol.
of
Knang-keun-fangpoo,
there are IS page*
^ ^ ^ ^ an eminent surgeon replaced the bowel*,
ronl. lining verses, 4c, on the pomegranate.
and tearing off shreds of the bark of a mulberry tree, sowed
Gan-scTh-heang shoo ^
ijjjj" a tree foreign lo
them up ; ^ *J jfp
after one night had passed, he
China, from which a resinous perfume (Gum Benjimii.or
came to life aguio. The prosecution was put a alup to , the
Benzoin) exudes in the 6th and 7th months of Ibeyear; said
heir apparent enjoyed repose, and finally came to the throne.
to
grow lo 1 he height of 30 cubits; the bark a darkish yellow,
His friend and preserver Gan-kin-tsang, was raised to some
^ the leaf four cornered ; Sg ^ ~%
of the highest honors in the state, had a niche assigned him | and H ^
after his decease in the Imperial hall of uuceslors , and had
/li^j it remains over winter without fadiug. (Kwang-keaafor an epitaph the word lQ faithful. At the death of his own
fan --poo, 38 vol )
mother, he wrought night and day preparing for her remains a
Gan kwei ^ yjrjr or Gan-nan-yiSh-kwei ^
^
stone tomb,nature was moved by his fidelity and filial piety,
Cochinrhinese thick cinnamon The YSh is, aome sit,
o that ^j) 7^ f^J ^ i ihal ground, which was originally
proper'y Jnw kwei
jj.^ the fleshy cinnamon : speciei
highly valued in China.
high and dry, -Jj ^9 j^j yjfo a spring suddenly gushed
up and flowed in a stream ; f^t
^ ,ne Per trees
blossomed in winter 1 and
FJj; /j.^ |iG the dogs and the
An ancient form of Tuh, Rushing forth abruptlj.
deer fed and gambolled together. (Lelh-tac-ming-chin, 14 vol).

ffrileri an Ike Jj^

Gan-shlh-wangshe ^
Gan-she-lew-she

Gan she bra"g she ^

Gan kw-hoo she

An ancient form of jjjK Chung, The end or I

Woo-king.
J J^}

Jff

tjon of.

jfr^

jO" j||

FOUR STROKES.

^ ^
T'HUH.

Nftmta of Books.
Gan ting shoo yuen |
j^*Te "ectioni. Price
3 mace.
Gan hwuy tieucn tseTh ^
^ ^ ten sections. Price
6 mare.
Gan hwuy she tiih j
four irctiom. Price 1
mace, 8 caud.
Gan chow tze shoo kcae J
jTIJ ^ fife eight to).

From a Jog issuing fiom beneath*

covering. Coming into view suddenly , issuing forth abruptly.

TsBh seang keen yue" tfih 2j jj^ Jjl^ Q j seeing eact
other suddenly, is expressed by Tuh.

From a eovering and a wooden pillar. The materiib

which constitute a dwelling! to dwell. The name ofan ancient

797
Chinese state situated in Ho-nan province ; name of a district.
A surname. Name of one of the moil famous dynasties in
China. Sung chaou ^
the name of two Chinese dynas
ties, the 6rst ending, A. D. 27.1, distinguished bj the term
PTh.sung J j the latter ending 1S8I, distinguished by
"j^ ^ Nan-sung, and ^ ] Ta-sung.
Sung-kteS ^ Jj^J the nation Sung, (see under ^ Kung,)
arose from a person named Tsae
who was created a ^
||^ Kung-tseX, or nobleman of the first rank, by
^
Wo-wang,B. C. II 00, with the title Wei-tsze-ke ^
tbc territory attached to the title was the modern Shang-kewheen j5^j
in Ho-nan i which region was then called
g |t Tseu-yang. The prince of Sung =f- j*J ^
rjyj
was considered a guest, at the court of Chow,
and not a servant of the empire. The prince . of this family
reigned 30 generation*, during a space of 837 years, when at
,ast % |l
ffl. Z. the PrineipaJitj or kingdom
was exterminated by Ihe stales Tse wei, and Tsoo, in the 22
year of Wei-le'j-wang j^J ^ ^[j ^ of the dynasty Chow ;
at which time there were still in China J\
eight
reat nations. (]f| ^ $
%1
P- '.*)
The first Sung ^ dynasty, existed at the period called by
Chinese historians Nan pTh chaou j^j
jj^J the southern
and northern empires ; ^
^ the boundary between
whrchwaithe Ynng-lsze-keang. Thr fj i^j [=J
^ j
southern empire commenced from the time of Tsin, and pass
ed from Tsin to ^ Sung, from Sung to
Tse, from Tse to
Lcang, from Leang to |5jj^ Chin, during a period of about
168 jears; ending A. D. 584. The capital of this empire
was Keen-kang ^ Jj|- afterwards called |^ Tjf Nan-king.
The ft, |J tlH IH
tA II empire
commenced from the time that Wei united together all the
other nations , this Wei was ^
jjtj
j^f ^
afterwards divided into the western Wei; and Ihe eastern Wei
which beenme
^ the northern Tse ; and the western Wei
1=P ^ JpI D<"calne lne How-chow, or latter Chow dynasty i the
Latter Cl ow
united the northern Tse with itself,
|e|[
^ [5^| and transmitted the dominion to Suy ; then Suy jjjjjf
^ destroyed the independance of Chin fefi ^ jfe ^ 3g>
ran i.
7

40th Radical.

IV.

Mi-en t*

^ * after which the southern and northern empires wert

blended in one.
Kaou tsoo Woo tc"j^j
jj 7^ Woo-te, the martial
emperor, who founded this Sung dynasty, was an officer under
the preceding Imperial family ; and for some public service was
jjpj' |
crKlted king of Sung. His
j^J surname was
Lew, and his name ^ Yu i his /Jn ^! ^ ^ familiar name
was Ke-noo, a dependant slave. As he advanced in military
power, his ambition increased, till at last ^ =j fjJ}' |g "rff
called htatelf emperor ; and jg ifc fa
^^
Jfr ^ ^ deposing the emperor (Kung-te
ijjj*) made
him king of Ling-ling, and put him under military custody.
The usurper however couldnot be cosy till he had murdered
the man whose throne he had seized ; nnd he ^
fff
ordered Chmng-wei to give poisonto the king. Changwei said with a sigh gfc ^
$ ^ iP ?E 'it i.
better to die than poison my sovereign for the sake of my
own life
^ jfjj
then drunk the poison himself,
and died. A common soldier was next ordered to administer the
poison, but ^ ^
the king would not drink it.
However,
A
^ 2^ ,he toUi" h"inC
covered him with a sheet, murdered him.
^'1
lf S
" m!"'> *' "** ,01,lnern emP're f
Sung, founded by Lew. (San^tsae Too-hwuy, 27 vol.)
Sung chaou ^ ^fj or Nan sung ^ | the southern
Sung or Ta sung ^ ^ the great Sung, was founded by Ihe
generals of the army, who set Chaou-kwang-ying jj^
W
on the throne. As the former Sung dynasty is distinguished
by the term Lew-sung, from the name of the founder, this
Sung dynasty may he called Chaou sung to distinguished
it. In the Twenty -one Historians, the affairs of the first nine
emperors arc treated of under the head-line Tung-too-sze leg
j|j ^jp ijj
'the affairs of the eastern court on account of
their court being at "tft Tsaou, and
PS, in jJL| j|i Shanlung province; which Imperial residence was called jijjf Tjjj"
Tung-king, or
Tung- too. It was under the reign of
^ | Kaou-sung, when g $ # |l| feft
jfg
JWcH-aritfe-Mt, of the Kin Tartars, burnt Ihe western capi
tal, that Kaou-sung made Ying-reen-foo ^ ^
or the
modern Kcang-ning
j^l his Imperial residence, under

Meen.

IV.

40th Radical.

Ihe name Nan-king ^ ^ that ihc dynasty wu first called

jijFj ^ Nan-sung.
Under this dynasty the aff.irsof (he nations ^ jSjls
~f\^ ?nng, Leaou, Kin, and Yuen, are much blended. To Ihe
Chinese, the Tartars were a perpetual annoyance. In the San.
tsae-too-hwuy, 28lh vol. there ore ihree map* of the terri
tories of the Sung dynasty, at different reriods.

Namet of Books.
Siing-she-peeMsae ^ =^ 'fjlj ^4 vols. Price, 1 mace, 8 rand.
Sung-she-chaou ]

ty> 4 volt, S dollars.

Sung-pe-luy-chaou | ^ ^ }$? 6 ol, l{ dollar.

Sung-yen-hing-lfih j

ffi

6 vol,4 mace.2 candareens.

Sung seang-kaou ^ j^j ^ S vol, I mace, 3 enndarens.

Sung-yuen-ke-sze j j
Sung-kin-leiou-yuen ^
Sungsze-IBh seuen ] |JU|

ijj! 40 vols, 7 dollars.

^jr y 40 vol, 4 dollars.
^ I* oli, li dollar.

Sung-tze-kea-she ^ Jrtj g|t j^f 4 vols, 3 mace, Grand.

Sung-pun-yiih-peen j ^Jj
Sung-wang-chung-ting j
ter*.

8 vol. a dictionary.
^jg l^j. 1 vol, ancient charac

The surname ^ Sung win derived from the person mentinned above of the name IJ- Tsze, tHj "V
^ of the
poslerity of the Shang family, who was by Woo-wang jj^ J
of the Chow dynasty created prince of Sung; and hence
YX
@
"le namc ^ lne counlrJ
made the
family name.
suig-ciiang |
a statesman who lived under the cmpress Leu-how ^ ^5 B C. 174. When the great military of
ficers proposed to raise the youn^ prince to the throne,
JE^ Tr^ El Chang-woo, and others, said, J|| ^ g ^
,JX
the great officers of the H in dynasty, in the em
ployment of the soldiery, abound in deceitful stratagems ;
$0 fPj- ^ "5?" f4 We W"U,<' ral"''r (lhe Pri'l<;<-') professed
sickness and would not ;.o.
^ lit ||& that we may
(by protracting business) observe their motions.
Sung-chang took quite another view of the subject, and

798
argued thai since ^
"(jj"
the tyranny of Tsin (tie
preceding dynasty) was abolished, ^ ^
^ iri
W
% %l ftl a'lnouS" Sreal officers wiahcd to effect
a revolution, the people would not submit to their orden.
His view of affairs proved to be correct, and Chuw.pg
|jj
one of the chief leaders soon after
fffi
knelt down and presented to the emperor, the signet. YY&s
|=P iif. "OOD a* he had ascended the throne appointed
Sung-chang 'jfy ||j
Jcp[ to command his body guard.
sukc-hwano | jjj a statesman who lived
5^ jj|
in the time of Gae-te, (A. 0. I.) ^ jffl
jjj^ In yuola
he wi.s of a kind mild temper: but shewed an austere spirit
ill the subsequent part of his life. When at Chang gan -j^
^ in Shen-se province, acting against banditti tilled
/g the Red eje-brows, he was so hard pressed by there,
t" # a it il i 0 ^ ^ # uMiti
to help himself, he went to the bridge over the river Wf,
and threw himself into the water. However, his
f{ ^
*fv| ttj u<,,n(;,t'c, ,avcd hiin out "f ,he r'ver' and '* 1$ ft
jjji ^i nfEjcting to be dead, escaped bciug murdered.
After his return to court, he recommended a person naotJ
Tan ^[ to the emperor, who became a favorite, and amoscd
the monarch with voluptuous music. When |
$t '1^ $ Wl ^ SuBS he"rd
h<! W:" <li''PIe"e,,
repented th.it he had introduced him. Be sent for his friesd
T.m, who came, and Sung
j^j |^ ^ withoct
giving him a seal, scolded and reproved hiin, saying, 'I
recommended you. Sir, with the design that you should
1^ M V\ 5$=L ^ a,<i,t ,he 1 nPeri'' huase> " tt)r
practice of virtue; hut you have !^ ^jj ^ introduced the
music of Ching, thai voluptuous slate : ^J; JjjM Jp ^ ^
you are not a faithful and correct man.
^ Sti
Tan, bowed his h ml and returned thanks.
^^^
afterwards at a grand assembly of tht
courtiers ^ jjf j=JJ[ j^" ^ the emperor having orderd
Tn to play on the harp, |>, ^ ^ Jt $f jg otnervrii
Hwang I. si g his usual manner, at which
"Jf
the em|crnr offended, asked him the cause of it. Ki
rl^ /rl) ^Ea ^ ruse- ,leP' al" 1 fr,,m "' ft, and /*Hsf
off kit cap, said, I recommended to your majesty a nan ;- -

799
I hoped would with fidelity and uprightness, be a guide to
hil sovereign; but he has been the- mean* of introducing to
the court the voluptuous music of Ching. I feel myself guilty
of a crime. *^ T!$C r
tne en>ueror changed counten
ance, and thanked hint for his reproof.
On another occasion, 11 wing
^fc
whilst at an
interview, was holding a private chatwith the emperor;
who sat before a new screen on which were painted beautiful
women ; and the Emperor ^ ^jfjj jjfjjl ^ several times
^urned aside his head to gaze at I hem ; when Hwing j :C
with a grave face, quoted from Confucius
j^l IfJ^
$P &7'
' ' neYfr ,aw *nJ Person who loved virtue,
as inle.isely as men love pleasure' H.s Majesty desired
Hwing lo take his leave immediately.
U happened that ^ $
P# & $ |< the
emperor's elder sister, the pnucess Hoo-jaug, had lately
become a widow; and the emperor spoke to her about the
courtiers, to Cud out whom she would prefer as a second
husband.
s ] % % a % the pe" "w' Sung (who was called Kung by compliment) possesses dignity
of manner, and virtuous principles ffjl {Jl
unc<l"a'"
led by any of all the courtiers.' The en.peror acquiesced in
this praise, gave an audience to Sung, and ^
^
JS,
ordered the prince** to sit behiud the screen and listen
to the conversation.Whilst talking lo Sung, the monarch
introduced the subject, Ihus
||
^ jp|-'
^ ' the proverb says,the rich eaiily get acquaintances ; and
the noble easily get wivea to marry them ;
^f" u n"'
this human nature." Sunghwing replied, E ^ ^ |^
majesty's servant, have he ird it said, the acquaintances we had
when in a poor and mean condition must nut be forgotlen ;
the wife who ate wilh us our coarse rice must not be put down
to a lower seal in the family liali,' to give place loan) second
wife who may be rich or noble. On hearing tins, The
emperor said, aside to the princess i aj /J\ jjj^j ^ ' the aflfiir
cannot be made agrcea'ale." living retained his place five
years; after whic'i
J^pi his services were dispeu.ed with,
aod he returned home.

40th Radical.

IV.

Meen t1*

song-kano I (J^j5 otherwise called Hing

lived ia
tire time of Seuen-wang ifE 3E B C" 7TI- Having
Hjrr
HJ, ffjj f^) /l heard of the manners and
spirit of MTh-tsze (a philosopher of that period, deemed
erroneous by the Confucian sect), he was pleased with them
and became an itinerant preacher of peace, amongst the
jjjgj contending states, or clan* of that age. Sung-kang fji
/jrfci ^ lh *L M made '* DowerT hi" of cp.' 10 tJPir>
some of his opinions. When he
fj^
^ was insult
ed he deemed it no disgrace. He endeavoured
B j
lo save the people from fighting: kj^ Jf^ to prohibit
attacks on each other :
fc. to make military operations
cease ; and jj^J fit
^ to rescue the age from its wars ;
YX $t $\
?t P ,0 eff"cl lht,e pi,,i,o,e,>
went
about all tire (Chinese) world; and ^ ^ J\ ^\ Jfy ^
ifiS T* ^ although the world would not receive his
advice, he vehemently importuned people, and would not
!eve '.hem. % A * ^ Jt M ^ $ he
concerned himself too much about others; and. too little
about himself.
In Ming-tsze ^ Ij. there is recorded a conversation
between thit philosopher an J Sung-kang, in which the former
blames the motive which the other proposed lo urge, with
certain kings in favor i f peace. Sung-kang argued that war
was
^ unprofitable ; Ming tsze preferred arguing
that it was ^
rj^c jjj^ antisocial aud unrighteous. (Singpoo, 91 vol. in which there ia a collection of short
Biographies of parsons named j Sung.)
subg ksuk ]
lived in time? of Keen-woo ^ j
(A. D 60 ) He attended upon his lather, who was in the
service of- government ; and at the age of fifteen tj^ j^jji
was fond of classical re ding ^ |^
Q whenever leave
of absence on a talking, day occurred, he ^*
jffj
received instruction in the profession o( universal scholarship,
as the term was in those dujs, for a certain class of learned
men, When little more than twei.ty years old, Keun obtained
an office in. the magistracy at Jj||
^ Shin-yang chang,
where g^^^^ffjjff^Aj&it was the custom
to read but little, and to believe in forcerors and demons.
Keuo established schools, and
yf
prohibited

Meen.

IV. 40th Radical.

800

entirely excel* of sacrifice! j or what he deemed superstitious.

He was once sent against some mountaineers, where he attack
ed them with littie success, and the greater part of hi* own
troops died from -sickness, and Ihe rest were fiat losing Mtn.it
health. He held a council of war, and proposed to forge an
Imperial order inTiting the rebels to surrender; which was
finally done. It was successful and afterwards the measure
received the Imperial approbation.
At Kew-kcang
jT<w the banks of the Yang tsie kenng
river, in those days ^
there were many fierce attacks
from tigers which greatly distressed the inhabitants. He
affirmed that ^
^ ^ te fnlt lay with a worthless
magistracy, wlie distressed the people by hunting the tigers ;
when they ought to rule with kindness. He maintained a
doctrine which frequently appears in Chinese story, namely,
that nature is influenced by the virtues or vices ofmen,that
good magistracy , that
^
jgj
3 putting back
the intriguing and avaricious ; and bringing forward nt the same
time the faithful and the virtuouswill, ipso facto, expel
<S
"'enous beasts ; and other noxious creatures i hence
when the whole surrounding country was afflicted by ^
multitudes of locusts, the moment they
^
j^.
*W yjj i&j u
flcd ,0 1,10 b<n,nd"ry of Kew-kcang
(where Sung-kcun was) they immediately passed to the east and
west, and dispersed. jjj _g ^ -||
f,m lnj,
circumstance his name became famous far and near.
Sung-kcnn shewed Iris address in checking superstition on
another occasion, at y^jr $j
Tseun-yew heen, there were
jp H |JL| hiH. called Tang-yew, and
A |p]
the people generally sacrificed to them. The ^
Jjj^
If
$ "jt
%
^ crowd of sorcerers took
from the people a man and a woman to be snastcr and matron
or persons dedicated to the hills ; those persons ^ ^ 2jr
$j were to he exchanged annuaHyi but
fffj ^ #
^
when mice thus dedicated, they could never afterwards
marry. So strong a hold had this superstition gained on the
people's minds, no magistrate durst prohibit the practice, till

5t*l M 3i ^7 J
K ,ent awn an order "J'"*'
Hereafter all persons married to the hills, must be taken from

the families of the sorccrors; and ^

1^ thus the
custom was entirely put an end to; the sorcerers did not
choose to dedicate members of their own families.
suhg-yvh I ^ a poet ofeminence belonging to the slate
Tsoo ^ who lived in Ihe time of Seang-wang
^ B. C.
9S0. He {(J ^ expressed himself welland was smart is
retorting sarcasms : but
^ ^ ^ was famed for that
species of poetry called Fvo.
svNG-scEN | jj|fj lived under Ihe Tsin
dynasty.it
the 4th century. He was a native ofTun-hwang "zfjj^
is
the province of Kan-siih. /
jjg jjjf in his youth be
grasped at distant things,
contemplative and still, and would have no intercourse ilo
the world. He |f|j: j fl|j
(|j (J_J lived in rclirenteol
at the southern hill called 'the wine springs/ where
"J" 5^ ^5 ^ ^ - ^ ^ J{ upwards of 3000 persons
attended him as pupils to receive education from him. &
A ~\~ Mi ^ hF> ^ ** ,he age of8 hc wa* indefatiPb|e
in severe studies. He
=jjjj =^ wrote a comment on the
Lun-yu, and composed a good deal of poetry, which induced
many rich and great men to seek his acquaintance , but be
would neither receive from, nor pay a visit to, any of them.
The reigning monarch importuned him to receive the tills
of
-^L
the prince's friendbut Sung-seen declined il
The prince himself went to him J/J ^ ^jT
jf-T ^
to work npon him with presents such as arc given to a father1!
friend ; but Seen ffi ^
^ pleaded sickness and woulJ
not see him: and ^ ^ * JfE ffi % of the presents
left, he would not receive one. Finally it was offered to hies
to be the
-f- ^ ^ prince's gnardian jto whirl
ofTer he replied in writing thus E ^ 4 >^ $f" 'll* Sir
^\
^ ^- ^ Bit ^; ^ ?E 1 ~~i'-> fe
an ovlsiire region; my heart has been intensely attached lo
higti antiquilyjmy lifelam notjoyedhy its preservation ;
and when it is closed, I shnll not be grieved by death. H
left a will desiring his acquaintances to let his body be ca t
aside wherever he might happen to be at death j and
'T* ^ tffl ^ *" "en4ui'"j Jeclioed to eat, and died at
the age of 82 years. (LeTh-tae-niing ehin, 9 vol )
Sungong ^ ^ a native of Nan-ho j ^.J] in Ci. : '

801
province, was an inlrrpid statesman during the reign of Chung.
tmng t^t j (A. D. 700.) There were several brothers
at court of the name Chang
who had great sway with the
empreis; and who studied the ruin of every one who would
not become their creatine!. They sought the life of^jjl j f\\
Wei yuen-chuig; and |j
| 'fife Wi offered a bribe
to Chang-) 0* to he a witness) against him, but Sungking
dissuaded him from accepting it, bj ur-ing that ^ jjjg
iQj a f.iir fame and justice were supremely important; and
that jjj^ JJjlfi fjfc Jjjij demons and gods could not rowibiy
be imposed on) and he confirmed his advice, hy promising
to support the other man till I hey
died together, il
it were necessary. (Lelh-tae-ming-cbin, 14 vol )
SuxG-Lesa | -^jjf an eminent tcbuUr during the Ming
dynasty i
Sunc-kb j jjjjj of the Sung dynasty, were commeiilatnrs
on the ancient elastics.
A few of the Sung-shTh.mTh j
Snug dynasty Inaciptions are given in the twcnl)-fnurth vol. of^J ^
^ji^
Che piih tsuh chae, An imperial collectanea, In 121 volumes.
There is one inscription to commemorate the circumstance ol
j pjp ^ ^ ||y ^ the Sung dynasty having translated the
holy religion of Thibet into Chinese. The Translator was
the f& ^
^ priest called hraccn-terminatinf judge
ments s and the emperor ^ ^ ^
Tae-Uui g wrote
the preface. (A. I). 990.)
Sdkg.lc j
a nativeof Ho-nan province, who lived in
the time of Hung-woo ^Jfc
the founder of the Ming dynas
ty, A. D. 1390. In his time, a part of the grand can:il called
Hwuy-tung "fi^ |j in Shan-tung province, became so inipas.
iible, that Iher, and previously ^ 7C "tJt
^^^
during the last age, of the Yuen dynasty, the coasting passage
by sea was mostly used.
I, wa, Sung.le wh. $
% ^ ^ ^ ^
adopted the plan of Plh-ying, an old man, resident on the
river ffin to concentrate the waters of that river and the
surrounding streams, and bring them down upon the canal,
as thry now do at the point where the canal bejins to flow,
to the north, and to the south. Le employed jjjj -4- ^f
300,000 people to carry the plan into effect < and there were
r*aT i.
7I

40th Radical.

IV.

Meen

~^M^^pf remilte<1 of ,andtaz 1,100,000 and odd measures of grain. * ""j- -^jj jjjj
f-J] mr In twenty ducads (200 days) the work was completed.
Sung ttiien tselh j "jfjlf ^ or Sung ming chin yen hing
lfih j
^J?
^jj* memoirs containing the words
and actions of eminent statesmen under the Sung dynasty
by the philosopher Chno-foo.lsze -JtJ^ ^
the whole is
comprised iu the eighteenth volume of the
<^ ^ JjJ
L. lh-tac-ming-cbin.
WAN, or .'wan.
%
7C
Entirely; completed! finished i done ; well mads j strong.
Read WBb, The appearance of putting away the hair. SMh
wan lesou j ^ jf done eating. Wan tsenen \ ^
finished i completed-, preserved entire. Wan koo j g]
strong; firm; well made. Wan ke'8 ^
settled, wound up t
to wind up and completeany afT-ir. Wan peen ]
to finish an essay ; to conclude a task.
Wan le.ing ^
to pay the whole of the land tax due from one. Wan sze
] -ji completed the affair; made an end of the concern.
Wan pe ^
complete in number aud quantity. Selhchun pOh ling ta shw wan peon tsow ^ ^
^
| ^ ^ SjTh-chun went off without waiting till he
hud done speaking.
Wan leaou hwin ^ j' jfy finished
the marriige. Wan kijh |
the bone behind the ear.
Confucius praised the moderation of
-j*- Jj-|J Kungttze king, jrespecting a mansion, thus j
JZJ ^ A. ^
when he first obtained one, he laid at once, 'It will suit ;'
/j/
Q
| .7^ when hit p >tse<*ioas were a little
increased, hf s.iU, 'It is quite enough.' ^jj
^ ^pj
and when riches were possessed, he soon slid, 'It is suf
ficiently elegant,' for he ^ J^t ^ ^| ^ %
not
vex his mind by aiming at p-rfect elegance,or as they olhcrwieexprcss it;^i
^fj< 'jjyj
;|*\ he did not set his
mind on external things ; tt ^
^
iji, because
his desires were eisily sitisfi.-d. (Lun-yu, 7 \, 1 p )
Chwan;-Uze ^ ^ uses Wan ] for ^ |^J
fa
inward self.pos<cssioii,having mental resources and satisfaclion; h."s word, are # U^il^^ZW 1 Do1 le*-

f**Meen.

IV.

40th Radical.

802

ing external things disturb or harrass the mind. Ta-ahflh

ran taeu
\ ^jfc Ta-shdh repaired the citj and col
lected the people. (Tso-chuen.)
In the Shc-ks
10th vol. Wan ^ occur* in the
enie of
-,J: to protect and maintain entire possession of.
Wan-YEN-cHiiio nwuv | |J{ ^ fliji a
^ famous
statesman who lircd under the ^ Kin dynasty, about the
beginning of the 13th century. He was remarkable throughout life fur his intrepidity. Having f.iiled in some of his mili
tary expeditions, he withdrew : after arranging the affairs of
his family ^jj) ^fi ^ W and preserving his spirits aud
countenance in great composure whilst
^ ijjj
the
whole family lamented and wept, he at last |j(|J
leaned back and drugged liimsulf to death.
WAK YEK-SAE-FUB J
.jjs ^ P"<"> ^ ^fl ^
^>" of large stature and commanding appearance, was a
general officer under the Kin ^ dynasty, and was engaged
in the wars designed to
subjugate Sung. At Sinyang ^=
in Ho-nan province, and the neighbouring
places, he fought ^ Jjj^ -^f |=j six battles, in all of which
he was victorious , and had the thanks of
rjr the
sovereign of Kin. About A. D. I8S0 the fortunes of the
Kin family were fast declining, and when jJtJ^jfJ
^j" -ft
hard pressed by the army of the Mung-koo Tartars; =|jj |j
deliberations were going on about surrendering ;
^\
j/jj Jj^j nr-pun would not listen to them, and
|f jJj.
fearing he should he seixed, and delivered up ; he ^ yjjj jj^
threw himself into the river seeking for death : from this
mode of self-deslruction, he wns rescued by the soldiers, but
finally |=J ^ ffi hanged himself In the same biography
it is remarked, Ih t a Tiin-sze graduate Yang-keu-jin
^
fa. "hen Jfc jjjfc going northward, J|l ^ with his whole
family ^ jjjr fif j threw themselves into the Yellow
river and perished.
WAlS-YEKCHIlS-HO-SHiBO ] J|{ [Jjjj ^J) fj a person of
desperate volour, who fought against the Mung-koo Tartars
under the Kin dynasty. After many adventures he was finally
taken by the Mung-koos, and required to submit to them,
but he refused. Bis amhilion was to acquire fame.

1 had I died in the midst of a confused army, in battle,

men would have said that I deserted my country, ^
0 Hfl & ft X ft & # p $ % h0t u
day, dying openly, the whole world must know of me.' Be
cause he would not submit J*) T<fc &
J$ % D fit)
jp ^ they cut off his feet, broke his legs, and slit theiiiln
of his month to his ears ; whilst he P|| jfrj, jfyj ftf. Jj5 ^
spurting the blood from his mnulh railed out* 'liB
1 die I"ll not stoop.' The great generals ^
deemed bin
a righteous man, and offered a sort of sacrifice to him.
The Chinese also took some of the Kin Tartars, who chose
death rather than submission, and who jj^j" tf^
inces.
sinlly entreated to be put to death. (Lel.i-tae-miiig-chia,
6 vol )
WI..TEH.11WU1I.SE1Y-H00 ] jgjjj ^ ^ ^ B State.
mm under the Kin
dynasty, about A. 1). ItSO. He
'fj 2^ 5^
I'0"05*50- holh civil and military tJ
all affairs whether great or small. His sovereign was
disposed to ^ ?jf forbearance and lenity; whilst the i
insisted on the necessity of severity. However, when the
^
^^
Mung-koo troops entered Tsae-cbov
^ 2fe /fa!
,he ,0TerciSn of Kin hanged himselfi
and his minister
^fC ^ went ,nto thc water, and died ;
after he had said-' since ^^^^fJL^^f
I cannot die by the hand* of revolutionizing soldiers 3 ^
/if 7jX fit
% $k m wnlk into the rirer Joo,*0ii
follow my prince.1 (LeTh-tae-ming-chio, SS vol.)
^

An ancient form of j Pin, Poor.

KEAE.

Alone ; single ; to wait.

An ancient form of $| Jow, Flesh.

An ancient form of yj Kew, Cabals, plots.

803

^^^^^ From t covering and general or public. An ncient

form of ^ Yung, To contain much t manner j appearance.
YAOU.

40th Radical.

V.

Meen

TSING.
From a covering and a well. A well belonging to house.

Tne u*h east corner. A none of

FIVE STROKES.

the wind whittling through an aperturs i winter.

MEIH.
~/AT HWANG, or Hung.

The resounding of

a voice or echo in a spacious d^rp apartment or unit of

rooms. Wide j extensive f large; vast. A certain officer.
Kwan hwSng ta_tooj= J ^ jV? broad, extensive, greU
measureis a phrase applied to an enlarged and liberal mu d.
Kac chang hwing fa
rjj| ^ ^ when opened out may
great profits arisean expression written up wheu opening
shop; either for (he first time, or at ever)- new year.

A t rest ; repose j still ( silent ; secret. A man's i

FSh, in the sense of jfc Fuh, Subjected ; hidden. Melh J
is otherwise written ^ Mela, and ^ Melh. Foh-tsie
^
a disciple of Confucius.
f^j^PAOU.

Stored up, ai any thing valuable

Otherwise written W Paou.

Hwing-foo j ^ an official title in ancient limes :
Occur* in the Shoo-king referring to the preparation of wiue.
Yung hwing tsze pe
| ^ Jp is explained in the
Shoo-king by >\feffi | Ai^AUM my 0Dly
desire is to magnify this great occupationthe government
of the empire-

WA.

From a ihclter and hricki.

A mud

house composed of clay and bricks.

TSEIH.

An ancient form of

Pan

A place where no human Toice is heard ; solitary i still.

cfc
v
ZXm CHOO.

j^^* MEEN.

A stone tablet erected with a kind or

Obscure and close.

border around it, or in a case, on which the name of the de
ceased is written, otherwise called jpjj J Shin-choo.

E. The original form of

B, Convenient, right.
THANG.

An ancient form of ^ Pin, A guest,

'iy* An ancient form of

Wang, A net.

From a cover! and s hill or beautiful ttone. A house built in

a cavern ; eminent; tp exceed; excess i grandeur; the name of a
district. Fang tang ^jjr j loose, profligate, dissipated. Tuj
tang ^| ^ denotes Expatiating on a subject. Te tang JJ$j
^ denotes Varying the style.

MeVn.

V. 40th Radical.

804

HUNG, or Hwang.
*
The echo in a Urge wide house. Rcit ; repoie.
PAOU.
ff
Drunken, and rising up , awaking from a drunken fit
TSUNG.
Prom a covering and m divine communication. A place where
the departed hear and answer prayers. A temple ofaoccaton j
the tablet dedicated to them, which all the kindred honor i a
whole kindred or clan ; that which is generally honored and
sacrificed to , (he point to which men and things turn, ai water
to the ocean i and all men to court. A surname. Koo tsung
3^ | an ancient school. Clilh tsoug^- | a certain
office. ChSh tsung jjjJJ j prayers offered iu the templet of
ancestors. Tsung meanu ^
or Tsung axe ^ jjj^j
templet dedicated to ancestors. Ttung ihlh j
or Tsung
kea |
the Imperial house, family, or kindred. Tsoo
tsung Ifiii 7 ancestors, the most remote and those who
succeeded them. Tsung he8 ^ jflB; school or college fur the
Imperial kindred. F8h yth ttung /j"" | not of one kind
or tort
Ttung.tsBh '] jjfc kindred generally. ^ ^ l^fft
jjjj] j p/(/ what then is it which is called Tsoo, Ttung r
?ii fil Jl 3> ^ ^ ft mv h'f!t>est progenitor is railed
ff A ^ i ^ ^ 4 # 1 and ",0"e
kindred who are again a little nearer are called Tsung. (Sliingju
)
Tung tsung fjrj j of the tame kindred.
Tung ting jug Hwa-ttung |^|
Q ^ ] P"1*
of the same surname are called Hw.vtsung, 'A .flowery, or
flourithing kindred.' Yin hc6 ju koo ttuig Jfgr ffi
^ the school of (the aocieul) Yin family was -called
Koo tsung.
t Vis branch of business is a good one; it will be well for you
lo ri*>me and-anlcr iulo it, aud I alto will enter into it.

Tsung tsun yay j ^ ^ Tsung denotes hoLorakk,

deserting of respect ind veneration :
pj J ^
posse-sing virtues thai deserve respect, that which it honored
and respected.
LBh ttung
\ the six Tsung, =fj fft % ||
it jjj^
exprrtsrs th it there were si tilings sacriCcs
lo, at a mark of veneration ; viz.
cold aud heat ,
the
tun; the J^j-mooni the ffi start; suid ^ 9
water and drought. Some lay, ^s^ ^ in heaven Iters
are three sil jects of worship, the sun, moon, and stars, ud
and J^jl |
on earth three things are worshipped ^tVJ
jijjj.
the rivets, teat, .and the great mountain Tae-sl<aa.
'Pth chuen e hae ei Isnag yay jj JjJ ^ ^ ^ |
all rivers regard the sea as th ir supreme bead.
ft

^ HwaC "h "ei Di"S-

] "J" $1 M TsUnS U* *" hin5To cherish virtuous principles will give tranquility ;
An extensive kindred forms a walled city.
(She-king.)
In the Shun-teen ^ Jk of the Shoo-king, the diSerrat
ohjecls of worship are noticed thus, Sxerluy yu Shingle ^
ifi
_ *$f forthwith offer the tub dio sacrifice li tat
Most high Ruler i Yin yu llih tsung
-"J1 ^ | tKrifice to the six objects of honor: Q J7jJ fl^p the first ii
railed Ikefur ocatont j
the second, catftntdaraa
Q third, the sin i \JQ \ fourth, ffce moon ; J
fifth,.fAe Mian ; ^ 7$ |j? si*tn. '' and drought ) Wang
yu than chuen ^ ^ jlj JJ| look with hope (and *ierifirt)
to the hills and rivers ; nnd then Peen yu keunsSin ^ f
2|| jjjljl go round to the multitude of gods. ( ^ ^ fJ
,1^; * vol 4 pnge.) It appear! in this passage th .t the Shit
)fll|l or goiN, denote a sort of spirilt like the Roman geo.i, or
the Greek, demons.
There is a distinction amongst arcettors who are sicrific-i
to, and lo whom ti mples are dedicated, which is expresses'
by Ta-tsung ^ J and /J\ ^ Seaou-tsung.
The word Tsung j occurs as a Verb, in reference Is
the person who is regarded as a supreme head or most acau-

805
rable of a community.
1r <fo
&
W
^g- | ^ Confucius, a plain citizen, has had hit doctrines
handed down for more than ten generation! ; and students
of moral science honor him as their supreme head.
In the 16th volume of the Lefih-k fjtfc |^|J there is a clause
concerning ] ^^HW \~|$ lhc ''"P"'"1
kindred ; the Ke8-lo branch, d ihuse higher, being assaulted ;
whoever strikes them fjlfj 4j8:
although no wound be
inflicted, shall ^ ^ -^J- be flogged
)lows.
TlUBO-TsTa 1
an ancient military officer during the
^U"S 3j}\ ''ynasty , after many exploits in opposition to the
/fe- Kin Tartars, on being much thwarted at court i /JjJ- 1^
ij/JE became ill through gri f and vexation. Before his
death, he was so inuch occupied in his mind, with his profes
sional duties, that he
jj& ^Jf
l|f did not utter
a word concerning his family ;
||5p.
^ ^ :T
j^j 2^. but thrice calling out successively, ' Pass the river,'
he breathed his last.
(LeYh-Ue-ming-chin, S3 vol.)
Tsuno rmo ^ 'jjfj was a person cf considerable reputa
tion during the Woo-tae j{
period, in the beginning
of the 10th century. He was greatly enamoured of a rural
life, and ~p ^ Jj j.L| went to live amongst the Leu than
mountains on the border of the Po-yang lake, in KcangKi he jQ. |i| jfc liked hills and water, and
^
loved long rambles ; ^/L^MIlWiil/^^'
of all the pi ices where he rambled, he drew representa
tions ia his own house. At last he became il', and IhjfV |J
said, with a sigh,
old age and sickness have both come together,- of famous
hills, I fear it is impossible for me to pet an entire view;
fi!J&H3B' now ,y
cleanse my thoughts, and gaze on the path of virtue, and
lying -down to sleep, ramble (in dreams) amongst them. (Lelhtac-ining chin, tlth vol.)

KWAN.
A covering, under which many are assembled. An officer
of the govcrnmen', whether civil or military, great or
small the word translated by the Portuguese Mandarin,
Pi*T I.
7*

40th Radical.

V.

Me'en

and which is now adopted throughout Europe. Kwan is also

used to denote the place where business is transacted at court,
and may sometimes be translated government. Occurs in
the sense of Business or, nff.ir; the mm of the human body
are clled the Five Kwan, the eyes, ears, nose, mouth, aud eye
brows. A surname. Teen kwan Uze full ^ j
|g
may the rulers of heaven confer happiness. JBh kwan
^
or Kwei-kwan
J to revert to the mandarins i to be
confiscated to government. Kwan chlh ^
an official
appointment. Kwan-foo }
a general term for an officer
of the government, answering to the word Mandarin. Kwan
bwa ] J^j the general language of China, called the Man
darin. Kwan hwan jin kea ] *g? ^ ^ a gentleman's
family. Kwan loo j
a government road. Kwan te
^ |jjl the respectability becoming a magistrate. Kwan
ynng |
the air and manner of a magistrate; magisterial
not used in a good sense.
Kwan mei j
female police officers to whom slight
female offenders arc delivered.
Win-kwan
j a civil officer ; n civilian. Woo kwan
J-^ | a niililary officer. Heen-kwan^ ] once denoted
-J- the emperor, il now means the magistrate of a Heen
district. Tso kwan g ^ to hold an official situation under
government. Shin kcu kwan
JjJj' | to be a government
officer, or mandarin.
Nny chin ju8 chaou kwon, kiug kwan j^J jijj Q
] J^' | the inner servants, (i. e. the officers at court)
are called Otanu-kwan, 'officers of the presence, and K'mgIcwan, matropoliUd officers.' Wac chin yuS wae kwan tfh
f5 {3
\ "li,r erviti e- tn,e at a di,tance (rm
court arc called ffae-kman, 'Outside officers' Ta kwan
| great officers ; Senon k wail /J\ \ petty officers.
Kwan shay yut kwan
house is
called Kwan, An office.' HeB kwan ; h -S chay so he che
kwan ,y ^. |
0? $ \ ft ***"
means an office, or official school where studauts study j Kwan,
a school is commonly written mj1 thus.
Shin yew woo kwan Q
5& ] 'ne DO,'y na' *"e
Kwan ; 'quinque sensus rorporales,' (M.S. Dictionary) does
not give a correct idea of the Chinese expression, for one of

Meen.

V.

40th Radical.

806

the | A n an ii the eyebrows. In the 86th vol. of the Santsae-too-hwuy H ^~ [|] # >ere * % ] ~Z-M
print representing the five Kwan ; j
^ g ^pj
Kwan expresses ruling or controuting ; as
'pj
the ear
rules the hearing; and Q ipj jjjjjl the eye directs the seeing.
The San-tsae-too-hwuy, calls (I,) the eyebrow "JJjp ^ ij
the directors, which ensure Ion ,erity ; for it is believed that a
strong bushy eyebrow indicates long-life; (J,) The ryci are
called ^ ^ 1 the examining officers; (S,) The ears are
called |fj ]g| j the distinguishes of sound ; (4.) The nose is
^ the judge and discriminator ; and (5,) The meulh is
j the issuing and receiving officer.
The Koo-sze-keung-lin calls ^ Hing,/orm or figure, the
fifth Kwan ; and adds, that the whole are called Teen kwan
^ j because of being ^ Jiff
^ "hat hea
ven gives to us ; and tha't the heart which j^j
j rule*
the five Kwan, is called
lne heavenly prince.
Kung-too-tsze fy. jffi -f- asked jjj
Mang-tsze
respecting what constituted the difference between a
great man, and /Js J{ a petty man. M&ng-tsze answered
and the eyes do not think, and arc debased by external things,
they are
^ iji^j materinl things holding intercourse with
other material things i ' ||y | jjjjj
jj> and are
entirely led away by them , but 4j> ^ |
*S the
heart can "thinkand he only who does think, and lays firm
bold of the virtues which reason approves, refusing subjection
to the senses, is the ^
Ta-jin, or great man. (Ming,
tsze, <) 6, p. 15.)
Kwan-loo ^
a government officer's road,means cither
literally, the king's high way, or figuratively the path of influ
ence, interest, and intrigue. PShjfih kwan sin ^ ^ ] /J^
not enter into the belief of a government officer, or a well
informed judge ; not deserving of credit. Kwan hwan jin kea
| |jt ^ ||J a mandarin's family ;1. e. a gentleman's
family ; or one whose ancestors have been ojucrs of the
government. Ta seaou kwan yuen
/J\ j
great and
small officers of government. Tsan nit kwei kwan j^jj i^i
1 the patrimony (or houses and lands inclusively) was
confiscated to government San she tso kwan, tsae bcaou

tThchuene,keThfaH. Ife $ 1 !
when people have erved as mandarins for three genera
tions, they may then know how to dress, and to eatgenteellj
AorYakwantiae tJJI ] ^J- secondary gentleman's soas,
means, the sons of the rich, who are ignorant of the buiiom
and difficulties of life; a contemptible race, born with silver
spoon* in their mouths ; This is the insulting appellate:
generally given by Chinese to young European gentli-net
who come to iTanfp". !
j
^ tlj ' To go to Ike
magisterial dirccto, meansto litigate a question before
the magistracy; to bring a question before a court ofjustice,
Kaou kwan chuy chang
^ ^ F^j| to accuse before i
magistrate and prosecute for a debt.
Jio kwan wei he'en tsae
j ff ^ /^jj" P^ce is
official situations only virtuous talent. (Shoo-king,
^
3 section.)
Fan keunchaou, tsackwan piihsze keu; tsae-wae puhsiechi).
Whenever the prince summons (his ministers) if they be in tie
public office, they must not wait for their shoes ; if abroad it
their private houses) they must uot wait for their
(Le.kc.) Le yS ming pei, tseen te kwan e Jjf^| Q
^ Hli 1 ^The rules of decorum and music being ills*trated completely, Heaven and earth are both aerved in tanr
proper placesdecorum re.fers to earth, and music to beates,
Kwan tsze poo j
^tffi name of a book. 4 vols. Price
one dollar.
Kwan sze chHh jiM jin tsuy >j lj] |1| ^\ ^ P
a magistrate exculpatiug people from or implicating them a
crimeunjustly ; is punishable
fft
fjfl[ """"^
ing to ihe addition or diminution of alleged guilt, bfoujil
nbout by the unfair means he may Have used, '^j ^ ^
X ffi* |p 'ft be to llieextentof death; he shall bedeenei
guilty ofa capital offence. (Ta-tsing Leijh-le, S2 vol)
Kwan ma pilb teaou selh j
govcrnrant
horses which are not exercised oy
^ j the offictn
who pasture the horsessubject, for each horse, the keeper! l
^ Zl "f" lwentJ ^'ows with a stick ; if the ^ "J" soldieri
take government horses and ^
|Q ^ run races wi*
out permissionthey shall either jj^j
*4- receive ftj

807
lashes with a whip i or 0} ^ |?E| -f- ^ .be bound and
chastised with forty blows of a cudgel. (Lcfih-le, llth vol.)
Kwan le tsretsung kea jin soo | jfjf |^| |& ^ A
jU|; when government officers have any (private) litigation, a
domestic must make the complaintand conduct the trial for
his master, ^
^ it
to preserve his respectability ;
for litigations are in a certain degree disreputable. But whilst
/jf" ^
"jjj" ^ officers are allowed to order a domes
tic to lay an accusation before a magistrateabout
ff| fB i ^ ^ ,uch affalrs a* mwriage, debts, landed
property, &c- /j>
4^ ^ ff
they are not permited to transmit any public document on the subject This
prohibition is intended $f\
%
to check
their selfish feelings.
(Lcflh-le, 17th vol.)
Kwan le sflh chang chay chang lull shth j ^ jJ^J 4j|
^ ^ A* T" 8 Sovernnient officer who passe* the night
with prostitutes shall be flogged with sixty blows. (LcSh-lc,
I9lh vol.)
Kwan le show tsae chay, ke Uang ko twan ^ T| ^
^H* ^ El" HSU f^f t|fr tne ca,e ^ 8 gvernment officer
who receives a bribe shall Le determined on, according to the
amount of the bribe which he may receive. ^ i|5 ^ ^
A commissioned officer shall be compelled to give up the
bribe; and have his name excluded from the list of His Ma
jesty's servants, and ^ ^
a non-commissioned officer
of the court shall be incapacitated from serving ; J||J;
-
^
^
a hribe to the amount of only one tael
ofsilver being received by cither of these, incapacitates them
from remaining on the list of persons to serve in their turn.
*f[
^ ^ew '"*n J'' ' e- 'hose wno receive monthly
' ^jPj JJ
^* one measure or rooreof rice, as their
income, who Jg 7^* Ifjl receive Dribe tu pervert the laws,
to the amount of fj^j
ijjj^ -j^ "4" one tael or
under, shall be punished with seventy blows t ifto the amount of
/V ~\~ PP9 ^c'=nlJ tae's' tne^ ,na" ,rangled{ and he who
Jjj || g"es the money |J
fj- ^ ^ shall be
guilty of the crime of solictingunfair influence from
government officer.
If the law be not violated, the crime is less, if the person
beWoolahjin^EH^ i. e. whose ft $j ^ #

40th Radical.

V.

Meen ^

/p ^ monthly income does not amount to one measure

of rice , jj}^ yj^- perverts the law, to obtain a bribe of a hun
dred and twenty lacls, the crime is death by strangling. The
perversion consists either in
Jjjj
lending support
and permitting an illegality; or j^jj jrj|j ^ ^ intentionally
conniving at itand such like cases. For j ^ ^ s4p ^J{^officers of government to make promises, on account of
an expected briltealthough it may never be received, is also
criminal, and punishable by law. (LcBh-le, 18 vol.)
The fourth vol of the Lcfih-le contains some rules concern
ing ] j|f
^ Kwan yuen selh yin, the order of
succession to hereditary official honors: the general rule is
that ^ ^
^ the eldest son or grandson, by the
principal wife, shall sucrecd but
jrj^r if there be cause,
why it should not be so, snch as the persons being dead, diseas
ed, accused of fornication, or adultery, theft or robbery : in thai
case the hereditary office or honor, must descend lo the ^ -^p
second son or grandson, if there he no such person
|Hf |K J?T ~f"
lnen a concubine' oldest son or grand
son may be allowed to succeed. In case of a failure of such
persons
^ ^ jj^ it is allowed lo direct a younger
brother or a nephew to sjeceedif any more distant relative
attempts to succeed, he shall be ^ "jEj" ^ t 4ji
punished with a hundred blows and transported three years.
In the same volume is contained the law concerning J
^t, i^h f 3^ Pjj^ ai> flicer f 'he government, exceed
ing the time limited for repairing to office: and also the
law respecting j ^ ^ft
delays in conveying
government despatches.
In the J^ij ^ ^
Ynen-k'een-luy-han, there are
eighteen volumes, (from thc2lsllo 37th inclusive) contain
ing g |
Sec kwan poo, a collection of notices on
the appointment of government officers. This division of the
work gives an account of all the various appellations by which
civil and military officers have been designated, during the
several dynasties which have had rule in China , from the time
of^^fSlJi-*e, down to the present day.
The want of a tolerable accurate idea of the nature of
ancient offices, and the duties to be performed, by those
holding them, forms a considerable difficulty to the European

Meen.

V.

40th Radical.

SOS

During the dynasty of ^ Tsin, JJj^ ^t^J and 'he be

student in reading Chinese books: lo remove this difficulty
in some degree, the following briefanalyi'a of the SU-kmau | ginning of Han, there were no persons who bore the office of
Tae-sze, ^5 2JS
till the reign of Ping-te, (A. D. 10) when
7100 is given.
(I.) The Antediluvian personage j^f ^ Flih-he, (B. C. 3S50)
3L it % % h M -k
Kung-kw.Bg was made
j/^ fH[ $L ^''unS 'te' r,,'e<' under the auspices of a dragon ;
Tac-foo, and subsequently promoted lo be Tae-sze.
During ^ jjjf TjT ^
the residence of the Ban
and $t ^ $1 W
1 Ko wei luns
"""s kwan'
therefore he culled his officers Lung-izr, dragon rulers. The
dynasty at the eastern capital, (the Tae-sze office) was again
officers who acted in ipring, in summer, in autumn, and in
laid aside s till
/jjji -^J the beginning of the reign of
winter, had different appellations, still retaining in each the
Heen-te (A. D. 800) when Tung-chS j||F
was made a
word dragon.
Tae-tze, and became a most turbulent bad character, during
Kuug-kung-she ijt
^ the next personage in the
the civil wars which then commenced. After l|l =^
fabulous ages, ruled under the auspices of water, and all his
ChS was destroyed, the office was again abolished.
officers received a designation id reference lo vafrr.
During subsequent dynasties, these San. kung A
Shin-nung j|fjj jj^ ruled under the auspices of fire, and
were at different times set aside and re-eslabliscrl, accord io;
therefore he called his officers
fjjjj Ho-sze,' fire rulers.'
to the taste of the reigning monarch ; ai d the meaning of the
Hwang-te ^ i^f named his officers in allusiou to ^ a
term has been varied ; the abo\e-namcd three officers were
cloud, which appeared when he attained the dominion , mid,
by some Emperors called _
San-sze and three inferior
Shaou-haou /\f l^r named them in reference lo JjS^
officers were railed San-kung. The dynasties
Kin and ^
a Fung-neaou bird, which appeared when he ascended the
Sung, had these officers. During the jjjj Ming dynasty, they
throne.
were once abolished t>nd again established ; and under lie
(2.) Passing over this antediluvian age, the account is car
present reigning Tartar family, they are apparently merc'j
ried forward to the post-diluvian period ;the ages of
^
honorary titles. They apply the same terms to an inferior rua
Yu, Hea, and Shang, when f |7L| ({^} ^ ^ ffe
of officers, who hold theae titles in reference to
tie
there were appointe I four Foo officers, and three Kung.
princes of the blood j in that case the titles have the words TieThese Szefao and San-kung were statesmen of the first
tsze, always preceding them.
rank, who assisted the monarch. When JjJ ^ jfe ^ j
(S.) S'n-'haou ^
called also
San kao, were
king Ching appointed the officers of the Chow dynasty, the
three officers intended
Q to second or assist the three
San-kung, were called
Kung, mentioned under the second paragraph. These officer!
U~M$ll Tae-sie.
were first appointed under the Jjjjj Chow dynasty, and vers
8, ^{^Tae-foo.
called,
* ^ $ Te Paou1>
fjjjp Shaou-sze.
The JirsJ was so called because he was ^ -j^
gjjj ^
*i ^7 'Jill Shaou-foo.
one whom the Emperor considered as a teacher, and an ex
3' 'P 1^ Sh*"U -paou.
ample.
These seem to have been intended rather as officers oftat
The lectmd was to jj|t
^ ^1 assist and support the
pal
ice ,a sort of lords in waiting, or personal attendants oa
Emperor; and,
the sovereign ; than f.ir rulers of the country. They are some,
The third w^^X^T^l^-rl
timet said to be J^.
ffe ii.feri'-r lo the ffe Kung, ici
to protect and fix the Emperor in the steady practice of vir
^ jj\
more honorable than the jjjjp King, a class of
tue and justice. Ke-tsze J
who iiffccted madness to
officers who will be meutioned below. At other times Ibtst
save hit life, was a Tae-sze lo ^ ^ Choa-wang.

809
three officers, and Ihe three Kung are called
JjJ?P the '*
King. The lermi
San sing, andy^ijjj' LBn ,inB
(ting, meaning watchful, care, and attention) were also applied
to certain of these powerful courtiers, who were admitted to
the secrets of the palace, and had less or more authoritj in the
administration of affairs, according to the tempers of their
master. , thus i, i, said, & j|t#H'ft&3?#
the latter I/an made the three Rung ministers of stale.
(4,) Ttae-seang ^? ^ ' assistant rulers,'ministers of state,
called also simply
Seang, assistant; ^
Ching-seang ; ^
J^j Seang-kwS, and ^ jfjQ Pae-seang. It is said,
'jjj"

40th Radical.

V.

Meen

applicable to the principal ministers of state. The Yuen JQ

Tartars, the Chinese |j^J Ming dynasty, and the reigning
Manchow Tartars, have all retained the term Tsae-seang, to
denote their six principal statesmen.
(5.) Ta-he8-sze ^ |p;
' a great learned scholar.*
The title HcS-szc ^
originated with the second Em
peror of the Tang dynasty Ching-kwan ^
(A. D. 640).
The duty of the He8-sze, at first was of a literary nature,
having charge of the government library and papers ; and
being tutors, of the kings and princes. In the time of Hwangyew J|l
of the Sung dynasty (A. D. I06S), the emperor

established a literary hall, which he called

4 * ffl ffi ^ m % # w m
<* I M
Kwang-wan-tccn,
the members of which were called Ta-heS-szc ;
yellow Emperor, B. C. 2733) having obtained six assistant
after which the ^/j-^J ministers of slate began to be laken
ministers, heaven and earth were governed well; and the
from them; and on other halls of learning, or Imperial colleges
intelligent gods were induced to present themselves before
being instituted, to take other departments, other appellations
him. The terms Chung-seang l^J jBa and Tso-yew-ching-senng
were added to NeS-txc, as Jj^ ^ J; Teen-hc sze ; J^j
/{' /j $
weri' applicable to the same class of statesmen.
gU. -J^ Ko-heSszc i^/^ j; Tsi-heS-szc, and so on. At
The latter Han dynasty Jj<r| 7$L
abolished the title
Ching-seang, and
=&
JJ $ ^ governed all
affairs by the San-kung. The last emperor of the Han dynasty
revived the title, and placed in the office Tsaou-tsaou
^rjS
the most celebrated rebel of Chinese history. The terms
t| $i Ke-hi"g
s"-to ' $ # ^ ^ chu,,ghoo-keenling ; jjj ^
Chang-kc-melh ; and |j| |<j|
Choo-ke, were all at different times used for the principal
ministers ofstate ;
Tae-wei,aiid Jjj^ ^ Chua-seang
were also used. Shintsung
^ (A. D. 1080) J*^
/j 9g JW- ^ ^f?
made the left and right Puh-shay
officers, his ministers of stale. Under the same reign, the
officer called Mun-hca-shangshoo |JrJ "~J\ j^j
vn, inc
Shun seang
or prime minister. In A. D. 1090, Ihe
1=3 ^
^ ?fJ San-ino officers, jointly reported
national affairs to the sovereign.
Under the ^ Lcaou Tartars, there were ^ ^ ffl
north Tsae seang, and Nan

south Tsacseang, lo

jfj Jp!
Jl as,i,t ln ll'e management of the great
affairs of the army and the country. They had also the lilies
Tiling che keun kw sze
jj? |g
or Piugchang"

^ ]p|. or Tsan che ching sze ^ ^TJ jj?^ |p

FART I.
7

the commencement of the Ming fljj dynasty, the title of

Ta-heS-sze was discontinued fur a while, and subsequently
revived. The reigning Tartar family now gives the tille
Ta-hefi-sze to the six ministers of state ; and the title Heo-sze
SSL j lo several other learned men, employed about the court.
(6,) Tae-lsae
was an ancient title, equivalent to
Chung-tsae, and
^ fife Ta-chung-lsae ; denoting
the principal ministers of slate, who
p.^
directed
the government of Iheoouulry, The title Tae tsac was often
discontinued and revived again. Tsung ning ^ ^ of the
Sung dynasty (A. D. 1120), was the last emperor who employ
ed it; on having it represented to him that Ihe then title
Pflh-sh >y ^!)t J^J ' a servant archer,' was too mean an epithet
for a minister of slate; he called his second minister /p iijL
Shaou-tsae.
y J jj^ ^| -T^ j neither the
Tartar dynasties', Lcaou, King, and Yuen, nor the Chinese
dynasty Ming, had any officer of government so denominated.
Nor does the title exist at this day.
(7,) Tae-wci ^
'the great tranquillizer,'a high
military office ofthe ^ Tsin dynasty, and which was continucd by the Ifnn family. The Tac-wei was a sort of Com
mander-in-chief who ranked with the ministers of state.

* Meen. v. 40th Radical.

(8,) Ta-sze-ma

7% E] #

810

a great horse controuler,'

H l {{!. # # H an ancient officer, who had the direc

tion of military affairs. Sze means to direct or controul, and
Ma, the horse, is an emblem of martial concerns.

This title,

and the preceding ore, were occasionally interchanged by

%f of the Han dynasty

(B. c. 135), adopted this title J% j # H Z #

different emperors. Yuen-show 7.

to add to the appellation Tseang-keun, a leader of an army.

# #

from the time of the Suy dynasty, this title

has been entirely discontinued.

(9,) Ta-sze-too
which was

j\ H] # an ancient

# #k to

people, Sze, meaning to

ing

office, the duty of

superintend the instruction of the

direct or controul; and Too, denot

# th. the multitude.

In the time of Tsin

# the office

became more political, and the ministers were called Ching

seang-sing-sze-too

## #

H] #.

The Han dynasty (A.

D. 5), abolished the term Ching-seang, and adopted Ta-sze-too.

During the # Tse dynasty, (A. D. 400) the Sze-too office

took cognizance of all the districts in the empire, and of

the population. ||| # # 1 the Ming dynasty had no
such office as this; nor does it now exist.

(10,) Chung-shoo-shay-jin

"j. # /\ an office of the

7th degree of rink, first established in the beginning of the

Ming dynasty. The persons who hold this office are a sort of
secretaries.

(11.) Tseih hen ten het:

*3# $ # f: + a class

of literary men collected at court to superintend imperial

publications; the appointment was first made during the
time of Kae-yuen

# 7t of the Tang

dynasty (A. D. 740).

The duties of this office, in the time of the Ming dynasty,

K # college.
(12,) she-kwan #: # a sort of historiographers,

merged in the Han-lin

or re

corders of Imperial transactions and national occurrences; the

origin of such an appointmentis dated from the time of Hwang-te |

# # (B. c. 210) The duty of the she kwan, was # F#

to compose the history of the country.
(18) King yen kwan
the officers who serve

## |

up (to the emperor) a feast of classic lore. It was the Emperor

# Seuen-te, of the Han dynasty (B. C. 50,) who first

# # # # ii. # |E| # summoned many of the
**a

811
their services hate often been dispensed with; and their ap.
pointment been entirely a sinecure. The late Tartar emperor
Xi-en-lung, declined listening to them : and Kea-king, now
deceased, not long ago refused to admit of their recommenc
ing the duties of Iheir office, in his bearing. He said, the art
of gOTcrnment does not consist in learned discussions about
the words and sentences of ancient writings.
(Tt),) Han-lin-yuen || ^ JJ* 'the hall of a pencil forest,*
is a college of learned men founded about A. V. 740\ by
% % VUen-..ng, $ % $ ^ g ffi |g [gj'to e
Tcady when the emperor should condescend to interrogate
them on literature and language. The hall is described as
$F ppl ~>Z. 0T tii lne P'ace f waiting for an imperial sum
mons. Tae-tsungy(^
of Ihe Tang dynasty (A. D. 630),
first began to call for the assistance of eminent scholars to write
his official edicts for him; and there were always some of them
in wailing at the northern gale of the palace, who were called
in consequence by the people of that age, ;|J^ |JIJ ^1
the north gate literati.
(17,) Han lin hc sze ching che jfy ^
^ ^
' members of the Han-lin college, receivers of the Imperial
will,' were persons appointed to receive and make known to
those concerned, the papers issued by the Emperor.
(18,) Han lin-kung-fung |^ ^ ^
a forest of
pencils to present supplies, ' was the appellation at first given
to the members of the Han-lin college, the two last words,
Kung-fung, were soon afterwards changed to^p J; HcS-sze.
(19.) Chlh he* sze yuen "j^ ^ db |% denotes a par
ticular class of the members of the Han-lin college.
(20,) Sew-chau
^ is an appellation of a few members
of the Han lin college, who ^*
jj7 superintend the
composition of the history of the country, or other books.
(SI,) Peen sew
is applied to the members of the
collude who compile the books published.
(22,) Keen taou j^Jr ^J" members of the college who
eompire documents, and collect materials for the compilers.
(23,) Shoo keih sze Jfflj "jij -Jt members of the college
who have never stood any examination for a department in
the college.
(2+,) Han.lin.yneu kwan shfih ^
^
J| of

40th Radical.

V.

Meen

ficers attached to the Han-lin college, are called .lilt, ^jjj"

Teen tselh,
Tae chaou, and ^ Q KungmSh.
(SS,) Shang-shoo "fpjj ^ is the title of an office that ori
ginated ^ fl^f in the time of T*in (B. C. 100}. Four officers
were appointed lo ^
4' ife
1? Tew"a in the
place to superintend the issue of papers; 'jpj ^
Shang, means the same as to direct, or to superintend. The
office of Shang-tluio is thought to have been similar to the
office sustained by ffi; Shun (B. C. 2I7G), and called in history
llf!
55 "1*
lhe recc'ver an(' recor<)er of the affairs
of the empire i which duty the Chow dynasty called ^ <<Jj*
Sze-hwuy. Han-woo-le y||
^ (B C. 100),^ ffi ^ ^
_jj c|d
began lo employ eunuchs to superintend the of
ficial papers issued from tl e interior of lhe palace, sihich was
called Chung-shoo t|j S and
pj Jjv|
^
appointed Sze-ma-tieen to the office. This person had under,
gone the punishment called Kung-hing
^j-|J which consisted
in the excision of Ihe genitals.
(96,) Liih .hang shoo f fjjj |* in ^
fl,jr lhe
lime of the emperor Ho te, were officer* whose 'Jj^ ^ ^_
/
place was superior to the San-kung, whose rank has
been described above. The *^ ^ ^
^
generals united with their own the business of the Shang-shoo
office i m the beginning of the Han dynasty s and Ihe ^
^
^ J^. duties of the Tac-fooluh-shang-shoo
"j^f
were similar to those of the ancient Chung-lsae,
who were the first ministers of stale.
This office Q |}|| ffjj 3BL has not existed since the
time of Svy. (A. D 620.)
In the4lh year of Keen che Jj^ -fyj* of the emperor Ching.
lc$^(BC.2S), llfl#t#Xtf ffji
?T, ^ the eunuchs who had the title Cnunj-sAiw, were laid
aside, and five persons appointed with the revived title Shang.
staff j one of these was called Puh-shay
and lhe other
four were called
^ Sze-tsauu.
The power of the Shang-shoo officers varied under different
dynasties. Under the latter flan dynasty, they were the first
ministers of state || j
ffi g ^ for they were
the persons from whom the orders of the general government
were promulged; "g J^L ^ fj/j- fj^ ^ the choice, and

Me>n.

V. 40th Radical.

promotion of persons in the service of the state were fixed by

them ; and
IF lhe3f were lhe Per,on" nv
whom crimes and rewards were adjusted. In the beginning
of the Han dynasty, th.-y were called fp] ^
Shangfhoo-tae, and
Chong-tae. Under the reigning family,
the Shang-shoo are presidents of the six supreme courts at
Peking.
(27.) Shan^-shoo-ling "fjj] ^ ^ an appellation of the
principal ministers of state, first introduced by Hie T$in dynasty
(B. C. 200.) Woo-te
7^ of the Han dynasty, employed
ffi
eunuchs, and called them Chung-shoo-jIS-chay-ling
*P
a ^f" ^ about 80 -vear afterwards, Ching-le JjJJ
(B. C. 10) put away these persons, and employed
K
literary men as his ministers, with the title Shang-shoo-ling.
The Tartar dynasties j Kin, and T Yuen, had ministers
called Shang-shno-sing "jjjjj =fc ^ and of that number fp|
^|tj

j *
one person held the first place
of the first rank, with the title Shang-shoo-ling. The Chinese
dynasty Ming discontinued this title of office; and the present
Tartar rulers of China have not resumed it.
(28,) Shang shoo pUli shay fpj ^ ^
was a military
title given by the Tsin dynasty to good bowmen ; for ^j" ^
Hi if? I 'n anc'enl l'me military officers were most es
teemed, and YX ^| j|t ^}
^ skilful archers were
employed to manage the affairs of government. PiSh-shay
originally meaning & jfe J|f 'serving in archery,'one
whose service were devoted to archery i became at last, a
title meaning a director or manager, and in that sense was
added to other titles t and sometimes used by itself.
The Tang dynasty J^J ^
j ^ employed the
senior of the San-ting officers . ilh a tjl J& ^ Chung-shooling; a fyt^t She-chung; and a fn)^^ Shang-shoo-ling,
^C I^H 19
to deliberate together on the government
of the country. Afterwards that dynasty
^
^ j^J
^ ^ ^ ] employed a Puh-shay, to be senior of the
Shang-shoo-sing, who Jjil jiji
with a She-chung, and a
1^1 ^
Chung-shoo-lin;,, were called
;||J Tsae-seang.
This |5pl 'fjt fj ^ rank and place being the highest in the
state, those Kmperors
^ |^ ^ ^ did not like to
give it lightly to any body ; but were in the habit of employ

812
ing other public servants in the Tsae-seang's office, and calling
them by other names. The Tartar dynasty Yuen, in the IMa
century, discontinued the title PHk-tkay, and it has not since
been revived.
(89,) Choo tsaou shang shoo |^ ^ fpj ?tjl The nse of
the word Tsaou
was first introduced by the Emperor
^ /j^j* filing tr (B. C. 10) He appointed Five ministers;
the first he called Puh-shny
^ and the other four he
called ntj ~rW Sze-tsaou. These four Tsaou had different
departments in the government, and took appropriate titles.
1st, The tffi ^
Chang she Uaou, who rjr /fe ffi
controuled the higher officers colled Knng-king.
2nd, Urh tseen shlh Uaou, ~
yjj "jjjf who controul
ed the principalities of the empire.
Srd, Min tsaou f^- jUf who managed affairs that con
cerned the people immediately.
4lh, KTh tsaou,^
he was the minister who super
intended foreigners in China.
Afterwards there was
appointed a
5th. San kung tsaou - /f W who decided criminal
cases; and at a subsequent period there were ix minister!
called Tsaou ; and to these six were added by the emperor
Kwan-woo ^> ^ | a Ling and a Pdb.
shay. These eight officers altogether were spoken of uniier
Pi tso J\ j the eight thrones.
(J!,) Shang shoo tso yew ching Jp| ^ ^jr
7R
or Chiiig-seing
ilfl were two ministers of state, one snpposcd to stai.d on the right hand of the sovereign, and ths
other on the left. The Ming
dynasty dUcontinuai
the title.
(SI,) Choo tsaou lang kwan ^
^J|J 'g* were appoint
ed first under the Han dynasty. There were your of the*
originally with each a leading department in the state. Two
were for foreign, and two for domestic affairs. Under the
Latter Han dynasty, there were thirty-six of the Lang-kwan, or
She-lang /j^ jj^jj who were divided into six departments,
containing six persons iu each. Besides these, were
ijl
Lang-chung ; j=| ^J|>
Yuen-wac-lang, and ffj ^jjj t|j
Sze-laug-chung, all of whom were secretaries, or clerks, uitbe

813
conduct, or to current political transactions, their
officei of the jupreme government at court, these
leveral names, excepting the last, are yet retained in ft ^
the iix supreme courts at Peking.
(SS,) Shang shoo too szcfpj S& ffl ipf. and Shang-shooshe-liug fp^ 2&
^ wete appointments at court, which
required a considerable knowledge of letters, both of which
were discontinued bj BB Ming, the last Chinese dynasty.
(33,) Hing tae sing
^ an office which originated
with the ^Tsin dynasty, in the fifth century. The officers
were civilians who accompanied the army, or were stationed
in distant provinces, with extensive powers i they corresponded
to the Poo-ching-sze
pj of the present day, who is
provincial treasurer, nnd promulge* the Imperial will respecting
appointments and other affairs, which office was first instituted
b) the Ming dynasty, about A. D. 1400.
(34,) he poo shang shoo
^TJ jpij :j president of the
Le-poo, which has the controul of the magistracy throughout
the empire.
The expression Lflh-poo ft *JJ six supreme courts,' was
not used till the |fj|suy dynasty, in the beginning of the se
venth century. The ancient Chow Jjlj dynasty, used the term
Luh-teen ft jfll for six courts W f 35 i|
||j
to assist the king to rule the nations and countries. In the
first century, the emperor Kwang-woo-^ 5^ made the courts
called Tsaon W six in number, and these Lfih-tsaou -1- TW
were as stated above, in the seventh century, new-modelled and
denominated Ltth-po. This appellation has continued to the
present day. To correspond with ancient phraseology, the
members of the
^ Le poo, were called ^ /g heaven
officers ; of the p" ^JfHoo-poo, were called
earth
officers; otthe
^(J Le-poo, ^ |jf spring office^ of the
k ppPinS-P00 ^ ^summer officers! of the ^jj ^
Hing-poo, autumn officers! of the j
Kung-poo, winter
officers!thus Ihe Chinese stale microcosm, had rulers over
its heaven, earth, and four seasons. The Chinese are very
fond of the conceit of a miniature worM.or system of nature,
and apply the allusion both to the body politic, and to the
human body.
(S5,) To these several supreme courts, were appointed
mt 1.
1 x

40th Radical.

V,

Meen

# JJP She-lang, g|{ fcjj Lang-chung; j|

$ Yuenwae-lang|
^J" j||J t|3 Sze.fung-lang-chung j pfj j^J
jH[|J ^4 Sze-heun-lang-chung , ^ Xjj ^ f^l Kaou-kunglang-chung ; ^pj ^ ||J{ Shang-shoo-lang 1 "tja ^||Tsaou-lang,
and so on.
The word ^ Lang, was the name of an ancient iEj Ting,
or pavilion ; and persons who were received into the superior
offices about court, as secretaries and supcrintendants of
departments, were called Lang-kwan j)||J ^ officers of the
pavilion ; and the term Lang-chung
tjf 1 in the pavilion,'
came to denote, a manager or superintendant ; in the sense
that the word ^jj Sze, is now used.
(36,) Besides the well known iix Poo*J? mentioned above,
there have been other offices called Poo ; as
^JJ Kin-poo,
having the care of the Imperial treasure!
iJJ Tsang-poo,
having charge ofthe granaries about co urt 1 jjfpj ^ Tsze-poo,
to direct the riles ofsacrifice i
^ Shen-poo, to superintend
the Imperial table; jj|f
Koo-poo, to take care of the
armoury:
^fJJ Kea-poo, to attend to the Imperial car
riages and horses ! j ^ Pe-poo, to keep accounts 1 jf|| &fi
Yu-poo, to superintend the imperial grounds, gardens, parks,
*c- /?K pP Shwdy-poo, to superintend the waters, the
rivers, and canals.
The Lew-poo, or six courts, had a Keen mun ^
keeper of the gate ; a Kea-ku
j^J superintendant of the
papers belonging to the court i and a Sze-woo |3jJ Tjtjj who bad
a general superintendance of the transcribing of documents,
and also receiving and issuing them.
(37,) Tooche langchung
^|JJ t|l an officer who
superintended the disbursements of Ihe court.
(38,) Choo klh lang chung
r^j!
1^3 was a super
intendant of the foreigners, or aliens in tbe empire! and of
those who visited tbe empire with tribute 1 at one time there
were four of these, one to each quarter of the heavens.
(39,) Chung shoo l|l !=jL 'writers inside/ officers who in
the palace, convey the will of the despot to bis advisers i and
to the executors of his commands. Of these there have been
various distinctions i such as, I, fj 5fe
Chung-shoo-keen j
8. f^J ^ ^ Chung-shoo-ling i 3, Chung-shoo-sbe-laog
'j1 ^ 1^ IP and >j ft
A Cbung-shoo-shay-jin.

t3-* Meen. V.

40th Radical.

(40), Choo-hoo
^ was an officer who superintended
Ihe Chung-shoo, mentioned in the preceding paragraph ( he

814
and to suggest what he forgot or neglected. The Sung dynasty
changed the title of the first to Tso-jew-sze-keen ^
|i]
||i and the title of the last to ^ ^
"g Tso-yew-

was sometimes a military officer.

ching-yen.
(41.) Tun;; aze shay jin
A were oSina,lJ
(49,) Foo paou lang ^ ^ ^ a keeper ofthe signet ; tail
m 'iters of ceremonies, who directed Ihe etiquette at the per
officer.under
the Chow dynasty, was called Teen suy changlse*
formance of religious rites. Men of good character, under 50
jfr
'jjS*
^
during the Tsin ^ and Han dynasties, he
jears of age, and of commanding appearance were selected ;
these persons being employed in the reception of foreign enwas called |^
^ Foo tseg lingi and
^
voies, the term Tung-ize came to mean the interpreters and
|||J Ching ling foo ae lang. When the emperor Chaon-le
translators, employed to communicate with foreigners.
7*jf+ (B. C. 8t) was in his minority, the minister Oung-M-kim{
(48.) Mun-hea-sing p*] "]t i ' watchers at the (palace)
^
who had the supreme authority, in consequence of
gate.' By the Utter Han dj nasty they were called ^ tj? ~4f
some alarm during the night, nought to getpossestion of the
She-rhuog-szc.
Their duly was to *|f |"J ~J\ ^ J| || signet; the keeper refused to give it up. The minister attempt
manage all concerns at the gate, or entrance into the imperial
ed to snatch it at which
fji|| ^ Q the keeper
apartments.
laying his hand on his sword said to him Jjjjr jjJJ pj"
^
(43,) The She-chung j^p fjl ' attendants inside,' were
^ "BJ"
^Jj ' My head you may obtain,, but the sigcet
you shall not obtain.'
personal servants of the emperor, some of whom Jpj ^
(50.) Hung-win-kwan 2/^
^ was a literary board for
superintended the imperial food ; some 'fpj 5^ft took care of
the
composition
of
official
papers
;
under the Tang dynasty it
the medicine intended for the emperor ; und some jjj
was
called
Sew-witn-kwan
^
^
which was afterwards
attended to the imperial wardrobe.
(44,) Hwang miin she lang"^ p^j <f^f (Jj|J 'attendants at
changed to Sew-win-tsin jj^- ^ Jsji the Sung dynasty chang
the yellow door.' Persons in wailing at the door of His
ed the appellation to Chaou-win-kwan ^
under lis
Majesty's apartments, for his personal use.
Yuen ^r^ dynasty, the office called ErW&n-keen
III
(45,) Kelh-sze-chung jj^ J|| fjj persons to convey of
performed the same duties as the Hung-w&n-kwan.
ficial messages to and from the Emperor.
(51,) Teen-e jlJj
were officers connected with Ik
(46.) San ke sing g
^ appear to have been impe
great state ceremonies.
rial attendants on horseback. Some were called j|f^
(5!,) Choo-meTh-yuen ^ ^
was originally a court
jf San ke chang she ; some
^ jpjj fft ^jYuenof eunuchs appointed in the time of the emperor Tae-tson;
fa about A. D. 760. They gradually ^ ^ ^ $
wae san ke chang she; and others
S^- j^p ^JJ San-ke
shc-Iang.
endeavoured to grasp the authority of the mioisters, ami
(47,) Kc-keu choo^E /jf
was a rrcor<ler o{
Ma
change the character of the original appointment Under lbs
Yuen dynasty, the Choomeih-yuen, was a military board
jesty's words and actions; under the Chow jj^j dynasty, this
that had the complete controul of the whole military force of
officer was called Tso-yew-sheke^/^j" ^
In the time
the empire. The individual members were called Cboo-meibof the
Han dynasty, the Ke-kcu-choo ^ ^ r|j i n the
sze
Sj
and there were certain other officers connect
harem, ^ -jg t ^ f wa* lhc office of femilc historian.
ed with the board called Che choo nielh yuen ^1 |^ ^ ^
Other dynasties called these persons
4^
Ke-keuand
^ ^ j(pjg ^
Tseen shoo choo mclh yuen.
hay-jin.
(53,) Yu-she
^ imperial or royal historiographer,
(48,) Poo keuS
1 to supply a deficiency,' and ^
is a title of office that existed under the Chow jpj dyaastji
jgj ShS-e, ' To gather up what is left or neglected ;' were titles
of officers intended to point out any error of the monarch ,
hut the duties were different from those of the Yu-she ef
I

815
modern times. They were originally employed to put down
in writing the will of the monarch, and preserve record* of the
transaction, of the court, ffi Jg. ^
g ||J
|fe Jl^F The office '" "hich they "sided, was hy Ihe flan
dynasty, called Yu-she-foo; and also Yu-sheta-foo-ze |jfj$ |jj
^ "^p at that time their duty began to be of the same
nature as it now is ; viz.
^ ^
an office of search
and investigation.They are scattered over the empire to
collect information for the sovereign, and to write directly
to him, communicating to him facts or reports with their
opinions- and advices. They arc commonly called
Yen kwan, ' word officers .- ' persons whose sole duly it is In
speak to the sovereign t for they possess no authority, either
over othei officers of government* or over the people. They
are spies upon the people, upon the provincial governments ;
and upon the conduct of the sovereign himself. Scvcralof
them have suffered death for their too free remarks on their'
masters public or private behaviour. The late Tartar emperor
Kea-king, denied their right to interfere in his domestic con
cerns.
These Yu she, according to the different departments they
took, were denominated differently ; as I, ^J] c> j
Yu-she-tae; S>,
^ ^ ^ Yu-she-ta-foo; 3, $jj
Pfj
Yu-she-chung-ching, 4,
||
jfy r
Chc-shooshe-yu-shci 5, ^^Jljj^ She-yu-she; 6,
jjl
# ftP jfe Tecn-chung-shc-yu-she ; 7, ^ ^ ft {j^J
jd> Keen-chi-she-yu-shei 8,
^
$| Yu-she-choopoo; and 9,
^
j|j Lan.lae-ling-she.
The tccond of these names, was by Ching-te^jJJ i^' (B. C.
10,) changed to Ta sze kung^ jij
which has been men
tioned above. His successor (Jae-te
changed the title
back again to Yu-tht-ta-foo, and considered them as Flh lcang
shwae ^ |j=f fjjjj ' leaders of the whole body of government
officers,' which was in fact. ^ yjjj ^ ^J- the office of first
ministers <f slate.
The third section of these Yu-shc, took, the appellation
Chung i hing, from their being resident in the palace t and
having charge of a %j
slone apartment, JJ ^ |jfc ^
in when were slored up secret archives, maps, and
prognostics. The Tartars of the Ltaou and Km dynasties, in

40th Radical.

V.

Meen-***

contradistinction from these resident Yu-she, had a class of

them called ^J* $ff] ^ *|| Hing-yu-she-tae, or travelling
Yu-she. During the last Chinese dynasty, the Yu-she-chungching, were for a short time appointed, and subsequently laid
aside ; and the reigning family has not re-established them.
The ffth class, called She-yu-sbe, in the time of the Chow
dynasty, were called Choo-hea she
~J> ^ probably from
their being stationed at the posts or pillars of the palace. It
is said that
^ Laou-tao, (the founder of the
Taou sect) commonly officiated in this capacity. The Ming
fpj dynasty at first employed officers bearing this title, but
afterwards discontinued them.
The tixlh class, the Teen-chnng.she-yu-she, were first ap
pointed during thft third century by the state
Wei. The
Ming dynasty discontinued these officers also.
The seventh class, were appointed first by the JJjj^ Suy. dy
nasty, in the beginning of the seventh century ; these strictly,
are the spies and Censors, spoken of by Du Halde.
(54) Choo king
jjjjfl ' the various classes of king.' This
word King denotes an object of congratulation and trust, and
was applied to the highest officers of state in ancient times. It
is said, the Hea
dynasty, which was the first in the Chinese
serie*' H$l jL 5IP established the Kew king, nine officers
called King. Under the Chow dynasty, the nine greatest of
ficers in the empire were the Kew-king. The same appellation
was subsequently given to officers with very different powers
from those of the original King ; and in more modern times,
the term king became little else than a complimentary term
superadded to other official titles. The Tang Jjfr dynasty had:
Kew-sze -j^ -3p who were equivalent to the Kew-king.
Some of the distinctions amongst the officers called King
were these, I,
*jf* ^ Tae-chang-king; S, ^^4/
J/jjjl Tae-chang-shaou-king ) 3,
j
Tsiing-ching-king;
4l|Tlt king, 5, ^ fg
%p Ta-le-shaoukinR< 6. fJ M 0 Wei-wei.ki,,e , 7, ft || ^ KwangI ah. kino.
The first of these attended at the great' slate ceremonies,
and conducted the sacred music ; the appellation Tac-chang,
'greatness and durability,' was intended to express the wish
of the ruling family, that the superior powers, to whom they

_
Meen.

V.

40th Radical.

sacrificed, would make them great and perpetuate their

domiuiou.
The ttcond class, or Tae-chang-shaou-king, assisted in pre
senting incense, lights, and so on, at the performance of the
ceremony. Connected with these officers were others called
%. rf
Tae-chang-ching , and ^ ^ $ - Tae-changp8 ize, who directed how the various rites were to be
observed ; Tae-she-ling ^ jj^ ^* who had the care of the
calendar: and pointed out the days on which to sacrifice, to
inter, to marry, etc. Tae-yti-ling
was a master of
the band, sometimes called ^ ^ ^ Ta-sze-yO, and
YS-y.in.
The third division of these officers, called Tsung-ching-king,
were appointed to superintend the royal or imperial kindred.
An appointment of this nature was first made under the Jpj
Chow dynasty. Some dynasties added ^ Ta, 'Great, to the
title, and left out the last word King ; others removed the word
Great, and restored the word King toils former place. The
Leaeu Tartars, called an office of this sort "J^ Telh yin.
The Min fjjj dynasty changed the name of the office where
these people met. from ^
j
Tae.Uung-ching-yuen
to ^
Jf Tsung-jin-foo; the first officer of which was
called ^
^ Tiung-jin-ling. Their duty was 5j
jL
r\ $8, ~Z. M fif 10 keeP
of and ronlrou|
the .Imperial kindred included under the terms Kew-ts5h and
Liih-tsin : J/J |J=^ jj^> j
jjJjt occasionally revise and
correal 'the Gem Tablet, or the imperial gtneulogy.
Thefourth division, Ta-le-king, was a hoard of law-officers,
to Chang-hing-pclh
|f(J jjj^f controul punishments and
executions; a kind of court of equity. The Tsin
dynasty
cnlled these officers Ting-wei
^ and the Hun dynasty
continued the appellation. The Tartars called them ^ Jjj
^j? Ta le sze kwan ;
Jjg -^r jjgp Ta ie aze king, and
X
^ ^cP Ta ,e-,ni>ou-k'ne < thesc >n*t were of the
jjj^ |Z9 PP ^ou'^> degree of rank. Ta le ching ^
3M
was notncr l'l'e ' these officers. Inferior officers
were attached to these called ^
^
Ta le choo
poo, and ft #1
jE Ta le "e chIh' ^ i| ^ tukgvrei-ping ; and ^jt ^
Tiug-wei-keen.
The sixla class, Wei-wei-king, were officers first -ppointrd

816
by the Tsin ^ dynasty, to gumd the palace gate ; inferitJt
officers in the same department were called
]} ^ tj
Wei-weUhaou-king. They hail also attached to them a
^ ^ Kung-chay-ling, and 1>] f ^ Sze-ma-ling,
The teventh division of officers Kwang-luh-king, gnanlel
the side doors of the palace, leading to the various office,
and the cook-house, over which was an officer called j
^ Tae-kwan4ing.
(55,) There were also Sze-nung-king p] j|| ^1 a sort of
agricultural board, to
jl^ ^ superintend the eultirilion of the nine sorts of grain. They likewise took cogoimtt
of Ihc breeding of^ ^ ths six sorts of domestic animals.
So early as the period ascribed to Shaou-haou-sbe |
fir (B. C. S500) il is said there were
J$[ JE nine agricul
tural officers, called after the
nine varieties of the Boo
bird. The Tsin ^js dynasty denominated the officers Cat
sSh nuy she
Tjjg
^ the Sung
dynasty esM
them 7TJ J| "pj Sze nungszc. The ^ Kin Tartar djnastj
called them Keucn nung sze sze ^ jS| ^ pj ui
the last Chinese dynasty fjjj Ming, merged the duties of
these officers in Hoo-pno ^3 fflj or board of revenue !'
domestic regulations. As in other cases, there were attached
to the Sze-nung-king, a number of subordinate and assists;
officers.
(56,) Tae piih king ^
JjjJjJ were officers who attended
to the royal or imperial carriages, horses, and stables. Tbe
title Tae-poh, under the Chow dynasty denoted jfc^jt
^ the senior or first of all the royal domestics. TbeTis
dynasty applied the title to the superintendanls of the csrriajo
and horses. The Han dynasty had a ^
Tae-pit
muh-sze, a head grazier,' placed over
^J- ^
Ihirty six parks, in which were j(J( ^ 3l ^ ^ttirtf
thousand male and female slates, to take care ofJf^ ^ y
r^i B three h,lnll,'c<, thousand horses; and J^. ^ fit ^
cows and sheep innumerable, intended
^ ^ f
to furnish a supply for sacrifices.
There were under these |g |^ ^ superintendant. *
all the pastors *r shepherds, and other assistant officers , jji
/ft* ^ Chay.foo-ling, and so on.
(57.) Hung-loo-king ^ ||

were officers who jjt ^

817
^^
directed the etiquette at the reception of
great court visitors. The word Hung is in allusion to the cry
of wild geese, when they fly in flocks ; and Loo, denote, trans
mitting information from one to another. The Han dynasty
first used this appellation. Tsin, who preceded, called these '
masters of ceremonies Teen-klh j}(L ^ ; and Chow dynasty
called them J^^f \ Ta-hiug-jiii;
^ Ying-tsung, of
the Ming dynasty, (the unfortunate emperor who was taken
prisoner by the Tartars) called them Hung-loo-sze-shaou-king
M
lhe fir,t ,,art "f which aPPe"atlou
viz. Hungloo-szc, is still continued under the reigning Tartar
family. The Kwnnsliilh ^ j|g 'attached officers to this
department,' were a
Ching; a Teen-klh-shoo jjt.
^>
and a (jj
Sze-e-shoo.
(58,) Tae-foo-king ^ Jjjjf- |j|p ' the officers of the great
mansion,' a title that originated with the |j Leang dynasty, in
the middle of the sixth century! the duties of the office were
to take care of the Imperial treasure^ ^ gold, silk, and so
on. The Sung dynasty culled them Tac-foo-sze
J^- "^p;
Ihenorlhen Tartar dynasty Leaou, called them Taefoo-kecn
$f jluV and ll,eir a,llie* were ejtlenoed 10 the care of the public
exchequer. The j Yuen dynasty sometimes
^
employed eunuchs, with the appellation Tae-keen ^ E5
' great overseers,' which is now the court appellation for the
emasculated servants in the palace. Attached to court were
a Coins
officer with a sort of general conlroul,as the word,
when a title of office, usually signifies ; a Choo-poo ^Jr
or clerk, &c.
(59,) Pe-shoo-keen jjfc |& ^ ' overseer of the secret
books;' keeper of the national archives. The title was in
troduced by the emperor Hwan-te /|g >^ (A. D. 170.) This
duly was performed under the Chow jj^J dynasty by officers
"lied ^ fl Tae-she, and %\- ^ Wae-shc. When the Sung
dynasty established a collection of libraries and rooms for
learned men about court, and which they called Tsung-win-yuen
y ^
they included a Jfjfc
chamber for secret ar
chives i by which name was meant government records. The
Wing
dynasty discontinued this office, and put
Jj=|
^ji ^t- the government records and prohibited books, into
j^jj J^- the interior apa tments of the imperial palace.
IART I.
7 Y

40th Radical.

V.

Meen

Connected with these government papers, were officeii

having different departments, called Pe-shoo-ching jjgjjj J|t ^
and Pe-shoo-ling ^
^ and Pe-shoolang jjj^
jjjjj
The Choo-tsB-lang ^ |jr
and Choo-tso-tso-lang ^| ^
j& $P wcre c0'nP,er* f
anna' f the country.
(60,) Teen chung keen ^ t|j
' overseers in the palace.'
These were mere servants to
^ take care of (the sovereign's)
food; fa ^| to take care of his medicine; fpj ^ to take
care of his apartments, &Vc.j there was also an fjjg
t^f
overseer of the wardrobe.
(61.) San Inou, woo king ^ j j fff 'thrice old,
five changes.' This expression refers to two officers who in
former ages were revered by the monarchs of China. ' Thrice
old,' denotes having passed through the three stages of longe
vity called
Sp Shang show it^J
Chung -show i and ~|\
|?p Hca-show, or 80, 90, and 100 years. The ' five changes,'
refers to persons who were skilled in the doctrine of the five
Chinese elements, and had lived to see the changes of govern
ment under several emperors. To these old experienced men,
several of the emperors yielded the seat ot honor , asked their
advice, and paid them the respect due to superiors ; let them
j^Ej 1gj sit with theirfacesto the south, whilst the emperor ^
jlp sat with his face to the north, which etiquette was yield
ing the place of honor to the aged subject; for usually the
imperial throne, and all benches of magistrates, face the southTo one of these experienced old men, one of the emperor*
gave a
' staff made of a precious stone,' nine cubits
long! and ornamented' with figures of the
Kew dove ; in
timating thereby a wish that the old man's deglutition might
be as easy as that of the dove. It is now 800 years since this
office was discontinued; the last emperor who sought advice
of a ' thrice old man' received this answer,
jfc ^

fl'J TE M8h ,huw ,hins uin Mns>

Jj5
W M "Hl How u,,ns kcn uth shi,,SWood by the application of the plummet is regularly squared;
The monarch who receives and listens to reproof, will become
a perfect man.

^ ^ from olden times, illustrious kings, and perfect sove-

Meen.

V.

40th Radical.

reigm, hare all received reproof with unprejudiced minds,

that they might know wherein they had succeeded, and wherein the, had failed, ^^Jfl^fgl^T&Z
and the empire enjojed repose. I hope your majesty will
consider this. When the ^ ^ = JjL thrice old man had
finished speaking, the emperor made a bout; the old man
^ ^p! returned the act of reverence, and took his leave.
(62,) Kw tsze tie tsew
^tv]! 'the pourer out
of a libation of wine amongst the nation's sons.' The superior
of a college nt court, for certain youth of the country. The
reason of the appellation Tse-tsew, is taken from an ancient
practice at Chinese feasts, when the oldest person present
poured out an eucharistic libalion to the earth, the giver of
food to man. The same usage continues to this day. It was
in the beginning of Ihe seveuth century that the title Kwtsze. tse-tsew, was introduced; the two terms KwS-tsze and
Tse-tsew, were however known Jong before. This college
was first named KwB-tsze-keVn
^Xin the time of
Vang-te jL ^ (A. D. 10). It has sometimes been called
Kw tsze-heS ||^
f^. and omitting the middle word,
been named Kwg-heB. And the superior mentioned abo<ve was
called K8-sze Jj|j jS^ - the nation's teacher.'
The Yuen j dynasty called the Iff] ^
ffi
courtiers sons and grandsons, who were students hero, by Ihe
name [5] "J" ^ KwJS-tsze-sang: and
^^
j^- all subjects of talents and accomplishments, who entered
the college, were called Pei-tang-ting |f& ^ /J: and then
the KwjS-lsze-heS was a college apart from the KwS-tsze-keen.
Some of the other titles of office in this institution were
Sze-neiS 'jjj
, Keen-ching J^- ^ i Tsoo-keaou jffyj
9jK][ assistant tutors; PS-sze j5|idb "ho Ml^"^ bad
a general knowledge of ancient and modern history. There
were also Ledh-heO-nS-sze ^ !^ "j^ i for thc depart
ment of music ; Sboo-heS-po'-sze S AJ
J- for general
literature j Swan-he8-p8-sze
^
J; for the science
of numbers.
In the lime of the emperor Tae-tsung ^ ^ (A. D. 650),
students from Corea, and other countries on the frontier of
China, were received into the college, till the whole number
was upwards of eight thousand.

818
(6S.) Shaou foo keen
ffe ^ an overseer of lit
smaller mansion,' was an appellation of certain officers h:
collected the duties arising from hills, lakes, and other waten.
to be appropriated to the private expense of the sovrrri;i
and the Imperial household. The ^ "gj Jjtfc great safwinlendance of husbandry,' was to ^Jjh
||j ~ ^ sopp)'
the wants of the army and the state; the Shaou -foo
jj^
revenue was X ^
to ,llPPort lhe emperor. Tk
private treasury of ^ ^| governors, or princes of the em
pire, was called ^

Sze foo. In the seventh century, the

Shaou-foo were the

J^J] Luh-king. These people crt
occasionally eunuchs, and bad the care of the emperor*! rib
and robes, &c. and also of his swords and other weapons; ks
jewels, fkc. The lime officers were subsequently called jjtj
jft ^Nuy-foo-keen.
(64,) Tscang-tso-keen ffi ^ gtr were officr who w
charge of the various mechanics employed about the in
domain.
(65,) Kciin-ke-kecn jjj jjjj; 1^ overseer of the i
(66.) Too-shwoy-szc-chay jffi jfc ^ ^ , kefpcr
the imperial waters and parks.
(67,) 'Nuy-ihe-sing j^J
^ were a chss of domestic
servants who controuled the ingress to, and egress out of, tit
imperial palace ; and had the general direction of the doraestin
inside. In this section of the work under review, there is u
outline of the several divisions of service, both f.,rrr.:. .
female servants; as Jn} jj^jf ^ supcrinlcndant of the sleep
ing apartment; and ^ jtjg -ffr ffc ~ A lmo womc" ~
vants having charge of the lights; there are sweepers; sM
taylors i and keepers of crowns; and keepers of caps; toeatb
of whom is gisen a degree of official rank,of the 9th, or lit,
or 6th, or 4th degree, and so on.
(68,) Ta chang tsew ^ jj| ^ were officers who ^
tf. Fjjj ^ managed the Queen's house.
(69.) Nuy ji chay kiien p$ ffy %
V*
subordinate to the last mentioned, and who bad access to lfe
high personages they served, to communicate occurrences t
them.
(70,) Kae foo e tung san sze Jffi ffi ^ |^ ]= lj
Kae foo e tung ta tscang keun JJjj Jfo ^ jjjjj
j

40th Radical.

819
were titles given in the middle ages to great statesmen who
bad materially aided the rise of particular families to the
throne, or supported them when in possession of it- The
Mingf)J] dynasty discontinued the title.
(71,) Til) tsin
j|| 'especial entrance)' a mark of
distinction granted to eminent governorsthey took their
scats next to the San-kung
Q mentioned above.
(72,) Ta-foo ^ ^ a title commonly added to other
appellations, which has continued from ancient times to the
present day. It was the custom for the emperor when ^
'ft fj /L
a Taf0 Ta'S"ei the e"ice (in his
old age) to confer on him a stool and a staff.
(73.) Kwang Job ta foo ^ ^ ^ ^ a title of meri
torious officers of the higher departments of government
service, which was introduced in the time of the Han dynasty.
There are several other titles with Ta-foo, added, which are
honorary, and shew a particular rank, but not a specific office j
1^ ^ A A Tsze tII.-ta.foo ; 2, ^ jjjjr ^
Tsze ching-ta-foo ; S, ^ ^ ^
Tsze-shen-ta-foo ;
* iE %p A A chi,,g funu fo0i 6> jS^ A A
TDDg.fung-ta.foo ; 6, 41 ^ A A Chung-fung-ta-foo ;
7' -It' SH A A Ching-e-ta-foo , 8,
^ ^^
Tung fung t .-foo ( ,
^ ^ ^ Ching-e-ta foo( II,
f?t A A Kea'e t0'fo(74,) Taechung-la-foo -jjr* ^1 ^ ^ a title of office
originated by the ^ Tsin dynasty ; they^^ ^| gj^J attended
to discussions on government sfT.ira ; not regularly, apparently,
but wheu their opinions were asked for.
The Keen-e-ta-foo jjifc
^ "PP'nte(J ,oou' 'l**
same time, were for a similar purpose. The followirg titles
were all at different periods applicable to this class of officers;
I, fJ* /v^C (""""g-ta-f00 i 8. 35
A A YacbunBta-foo ; s, pj^ i^r ^ ^ Chung-san-ta-foo ; 4, tfl j=|j ^
^ Chung-e-ta-foo j 5, 1^3 ^ ^
Chung-he'cn-ta-foo ;
6, 4* M A A. C>"'nP'ihu,,li, ft>0 1 7- |rj
AA
Chaou-e ta-foo ; 8, j^J ||j ^ ^ Chaou tsing-ta feo ; 9,
^JMfc A A Chaou-san.ta.foo , .0. fl ^]
jfc
Cbaou-lecta-foo ; 1 1, $j$L j ^ ^ Fung-ching-ta-foo ;
1.
iff^A Fung-e-ta-foo; IS, ^^g^A
Fung-chlh-U-foo ( 14,
|||| ^ ^ Fung-beuen-ta-foo.

V.

Meen

(75,) Tung-clang ^ |||

and the last two syllables
E-lang, like some of the above, appear to have been merely
honorary designations given to
1^ ' dispersed officers,'
i. e. persons enjoying other situations, or merely candidates
for office. Under this section, there are about twenty more
distinctions, all containing the word
La"g. enumerated,
all of which have been - discontinued since the Sung dynasty.
Tung-tsze-lang ]|f
^JJ was a term of respect given to the
younger sons of the higher officers about court ; and Sze
is given as a title denoting a capacity to govern.
(76,) TDng kung kwan j|f ^ ^{f the officer! of the
eastern harem, includes the Tae-tsze-lrjh-fuo
Jp- /^pf
six guardians and teachers of the prince. 8, Tae-tsze-pink"1 A. "jp ^
T,ere fur 010 grey-headed men who
were about the person of the prince ; 3, ^
flg ^
T.:e-tsze-rhen-sze, who ^ j|| ^ ^ ^jp ^ conlrouled
the empress and the prince's household [ 4, ^
^
^p- Tae-tsze chung-shoo-tsze, who attended to the prince's
education ; 5, fjj
Chun-yun, an officer attached to
the preceding, and who attended to the prince's manners j
8' Pm
iti ^
Vu-llh chung j uD lsan-shen;
persons to aid the virtues of the prince 7, pjj ^ ^
Chung-shay-jin, who^^
managed the literature and
writing department, 8, J[ -J- # ^ Tae-tsze-se-ma,
' the prince's horscwasher, ' was j|fj ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
ff/A a fore runner who led the way, to give dignity and form
to his appearance. To this establishment were also added,
A Tae-tsze-shay-jini and 10,^^
^'^ jt TiDDg-wlii-kwan-he8-sze , 11, J^^jjj^^f.
Tae tsze kea-ling ; who was a sort of steward, and purveyor
the prince; 12, ^ ^ ^ 1^ ^ Tae-Uze-silh-sze-king,
the keeper of the princes, clepsydria; IS, ^^-^T
TaeIsze-pSh, a special servant of the princes, discontiuued by
the Ming
dynasty ; 14, there were also
j/J ^5

Tae-tsze-Uo-yew-wei-sfih; 15, jfc.^jtr.jfc

Tae-tsze-tso-yew-sze-yu-silh, who were personal

attendants on the prince; 16. ^

^
^
Tae-tsze-tso-yew-tsing-taou-suh, who appear to have been
persons to clean the way. The Kin ^ and subsequent
dynasties discontinued the appointment 17, ^ ^ ^

MeVn.

V. 40th Radical.

820

T^j
|"j 5^ Tue tsze-tso-yew keen-mun suh, peron
who had charge of all the prince's gate* and doors ; 18,
-J- ^ "jp
Tae-tszc-tso-yew-nuy-sijh ; A sort of
body guard placed in the interior apartments; 19, -j^ ^JTae-tszc-mun-tn-foo, was a sort of head porter
at the principal gates of the prince's apartments i 20, ^
J$L fife
Tae-tsze-teen-shen-lang, an officer to attend
to the prince's food ; 2 1 , J- jfo ^ ijl g|J jj Taetsze-leu-puii-chung-lang-tseang, a sort of military comman
der attached to the prince ; 22, and added to all these was
a class of
officers to superintend the imperial
grandchildren. Most of the above names of officers were
first instituted by the despots of the Tsin ^ dynasty, when
they acquired the dominion over the whole of China.
(77.) Wang how kwan shiih
jj ^ J|| ' the officers
attached to kings and nobles,' or princes of the empire. Dur
ing the Chow
dynasty the principal officers of the petty
kingdoms of which China was composed were five, viz'.
jfe Shang-ta-foo ; ~|\ ^ ^ Hea-ta-foo i
-J^ Shang-sze i
l^J
Chung-sze i and ~J\ -J-- Bea-sze. And subsequently
^ ||g the large kingdom, had = ^ $ ft ^ ^ IJl
three ministers called king, all of whom were commissioned by
the emperor:
the second-rate states had also three of
these officers; one of whom was jjjf
^J" commissioned
by his own prince; and the /J\ J|jJ small states had likewise
three ministers, but only one of them received an imperial
commission. In still later times, the kings designated many
of their officers by the same terms as were employed at the
Imperial court.
(78,) Tseang kcun
j|| ' a conductor of an army.'
This name, denoting a general, arose in the close of the Chow
dynasty, and has continued ever since. During the
'f"^
three first Chinese dynasties, the person dignified with the
name ^
' Son of Heaven,' bad
t|f six armies, each
consisting of * j| H ^ 3E j~f ^ ,2'500 meilf
and these had six general officers who were called Jj^J King.
The larger principalities bad three of such armies; these rated
as secondary stales, had two; and the smallest states, had one
Keun as an urmy. During the civil wars at the close of the
Chow dynasty, the term Ta-tseang-keun
ffi j| was intro

duced j and from that period ^ j|j j ^ ^ ^ the

name Tseang-keun was often employed in connexion sritk
other epithets. The Han dynasty introduced the titles E|
7^f* If Pcaou-ke-tseang-keun, ' general of the fleet cavilrj.
Keu-ke-lseang-keun ijl {|pj Jp J|s ' general of the chariots
and cavalry.' Wei-tseang keun !fe ^ IjpL ' general of tie
surrounding guard.' Tso-yew-wei-tseang-keun
/^f |^
7)^ l|ft ' Left and right generals of the guard.'
The latter Han dynasty appointed Foo-kwfl-tseang-kesa
llH
'
na,'on"sllPllol'tmS general,* which the
Sung dyniisly changed to
^
Foosze-tseang kens.
Some of the other titles are these, Woo-weitseanglmn
jj ffif ^ ^ of wl>ich there were left and ruiht |j ^
ffi 3|l. Wei-wei-tseang-keun i |j| tfi
JpL Liog-leastseang-keun;
3p ^ ^ Hoo-keun-tieang-keuBj A
general who had charge of the armies at a distance from ceort
fit
& ip 7$ P T,i;en' how' 1,n' Jew t,es,,S k''
front and rear, left and right gcuerals ; JJUJ
^ jpSstching-tseanc-keun, ' generals to subjugate the four quarter; of
the heavens.' ^ |j| ^ j|f Sze chin tseang keun ; gLJ
^ j^Sze-gan-tseang keun, ggZJi ^ |g Sze ping tsonr
keun; and Tso jew keen mun wei tseang keun 1^
jjg
P^l ^ W ? Ieft 'nd r,ght Bene^a,, t0 "'C" H* P*1*0
gate, and keep the guard.
(79,) Tso-yew-Uecn-new ^
^ -iji the last In
syllables 'a thousand bullocks' is the name of a sword won
by the emperors during the seventh century, from whirs
circumstance the term was used to denote certain swordroes
of the body guard. A. D. +70, the statesman ^ ^Jc ^
took the thousand-bullock sword, which the sovereign wore
to defend his person, and killed Tsang-woo-wang, his iraperal
master. The allusion is to a sword used by ao ancient butcher
Paou-ting
~J" who understood the anatomy of bullock)
so well, that he used one sword nineteen years, and slew several
thousand bullocks, after which long continued and exteotin
slaughter, the sword was as sharp and good as wben it
was new. Paou-ting's name is introduced also, and his sM
alluded to, when speaking of a written composition, the
several parts of whiih are divided with a neat perspicuitj.

821
(80,) Keaou-wei jj^
was a title of military rank, con
nected with other distinctive appellations. The emperor Woo-te
Jj-^ ijjj* (B.C. 81) divided these Kenau-wei.into eight classes i
called, I, tj?
Chung-luy, ' inside a mound;' t, f|3
Tun-ke, 'stationary cavalry;' S,
jfil Poo-ping, ' infantry ;
4, ^ SpjJ Yn?-ke, ' over-passing (light) cavalry f 5, -||Charg-shwSy, ' skilled in the water;1 6, Jj^j]
Hoo.ke, 'lakeriders,'persons who f<mht in th water, supported by a kind
of wooden horse ; 7, f$ gijfc Shay-shin::, 'the arrow's sound ,'
8. ^
Hoo-pun, 1 The tiger's impetuosity ; ^j* ^
/j^j ^jfj JjjC. all of these managed .nighHy resident guards.
(8%) Teen-lseen-sze Jj| ^ fjj ' director in front ofthe
palace;' a military officer over the guards placed before the
palace, and who followed the emperor when he went out
The Kin
dynasty tailed this officer
flff
life &
^ Teeniseen too leen keen sze, * The general inspector iu
front of the palace.' The f\Q Yuen dynasty called him
^ 7^ CninS leen 'e^ng keun, The repressing palace
general.
(88,) She wei ma keun sze <^p
J3| jp 15J ' comman
ders of the cavalry guard.' There was a Ma keun too che
bwuy sze ^ jpf ~^\\ ^ Jtjf ^ a general pointer-out of the
movements of the cavalry, which place was filled Iry a general
officer called TseMoo-sze |jp ^ ^ there was also a Footoo che hwuj sze gjj
^ ^ 4^j who was an adjutant
to the first mentioned ; and a Too-yu-how jJjH Jfg_
whose
duties referred to the chase,
(83,) She wei poo keun sze ^
^
' com
manders of the infantry guard.' The Kin
dynasty called
*his guard the ^ ^ Jji ' tiger infantry,' which was com
manded by a ' pointer-out of their movements,' as in the pre
ceding paragraph. The Ming fjjij dynasty called the imperial
guard Kin e wei |^ ^
' the embroidered-clad guatd.'
Some of whom had ij>
red helmets, and some wore
fj^ E|3 polished armour.
(84,) Tso yew shin tsih kenn ^
jjj^ ^ j|[ ' the right
and left army of divine stratagems,' appellation of an army
which distinguished itself on Uic western frontier of China,
about A. D. 750. It continued au honorary appellation till
Che time of the^ Kin dynasty ; PKh.y8h^|
was the rat
HIT I.
7Z

40th Radical.

V. , Meen

Tsre too sze |ffj

or commanding officer .of it. . The
appellation was once changed to jjj]J]
Ipf ahin-wei-keun,
' The army of divine majesty.'
(85,) CHh-kin-woo
^ 2*- was an officer of the rank
of general, who had charge of the palace, and of the metropolis.
(86,) Kin-e-wei
^ ^ an imperial guard dressed up
in a peculiar manner.
(67,) Woo-koo-ling Jj !||f ^ was a title ofofficers who
had charge of all the military stores ; they were very variously
designated under various dynasties.
(88,) Yu I'm keen ^ ^ f| an officer over a body of
troops compared to n wing, for twiftneis ; and to a forest,
fur strength and numbers. They were a sort of legion of
honor, and the honor was hereditary for one generation; ^
^ -j"- ^sj|| when the father died the son succeeded.
(89,) Lung-woo-keun j||f jj^ jp[ 'the dragon martial army,'
was an appellation subsequently applied to that division of the
army, mentioned in the preceding paragraph.
(90,) Ye'-chay-pnh-shay
jjjj^ ^ ^ was an officer whopresided at imperial audiences ; making reports to Ihe emperor ;
directing the etiquette at funereal rites, and so on.
(91.) Woo kwan-ehung-lang-tseang f If rf* $|t ^
and the San shoo langkwan
j^|J *^ were officers of
the Tsin ^ dynasty, who appear to have formed a part of
Ihe imperial guard, and who were occasionally consulted in
times of difficulty.
(92,) Hoo-pun-chung-lang-tseang [j^ ^ fj
j^f the
commanding officer of a detachment of troops, named in allu
sion 16 a tiger, for fierceness and impetuosity.
(9S.) Chung-lang tseang ffl
ffi a military title, first
used in reference to the ^ Jp Heung-noo Tartars.
(94,) Jung-tsung-poh-shay ^ ^ ^
an officer who
presided in archery and in bunting.
(95,) Hingjin sze ^-J^ an officer who presided at
the reception of guests of great rank.
(96,) Fung-chaou-tsing ^ ^
was a title given to
those of the imperial kindred, who were eligible to be summoned,
to an imperial audience.
(97,) Foo.raa.too-wefJ
^ JpJ was originally theti tie of those officers who had charge of the imperial horses

Meen.- V,

40th Radical.

on the outside of hi* carriage ; it subsequently became a title

of those who "fpjj ^ ^ married the princesses; and in al
lusion to this, the people when speaking jocosely, call their
sons-in-law Foo-ma-yay {T^J Fj^ Jjjj; those who marry the
nieces of the emperor are called ^Jj R| Keun-ma.
(98,) Too.wei
J^;j all-soothing,' was a title appended
to various other appellations, such as^j^
jfjjj' Shwfiyhiog-too-wei, title of an officer who had controul over the
imperial gardens and watering places.
(99,) Too-hoo pfej ^ an officer appointed during the
Han dynasty, lo j^p
Jgg
-p 7^ ||j protect the
western regions where there were thirty six nations. This office
was always ^1 ^ an additional one, given to a ^ ^
Ke-toowei, or some other officer.
(100,) Keen keun j| j| ' inspector of the army.' Some
times called Keeo-keun -sze
ip
and jtj)' Qfy Keunsze 1 appears to have been a civilian of high rank, who
corresponded with the court; but was yet inferior to the
commander-in-chief. ij
Chwang-kea, a favorite minister
of the king of ^ Tse, was the first who held this appointment.
^|
Jang-tseu, an eminent warrior under the Chow dynasty
who was commander-in-chief, beheaded the favorite minister
on his arrival, because he had exceeded the time appointed for
his joining the army.
(10t,) Ch-chung-foo ^Jf
w" ,ort of court mar
tial.
(102,) Sxe le keaou wei ]jj
^ J^- was a sort of in
spector general, botli at court and iu the provinces. The Kin
<^ Tartars appointed a person with similar duties, whom they
King seun yuen sxe.
(103,) Yuen-shwae^Tj fjlj] a military title applied lo a sort
Field marsh.il in the army. These words were not used as
an official title in ancient times. The jjy Suy dynasty, in the
seventh century, JJ ^
^ >2 fut ttle roJ*' Princcs in the office. There were other distinctive epithet*
joined with Yuen-shwar, such asTe'en-hea-ping-ma-yuen-ahwae
^ ~Ji
jj^
the leader of all the infantry and
cavalry of the empire; there were also Foo-yuen-shwae glj
aD as,'sla"' leader.
The Ming 0J dynasty, at its commencement, had a board

822
of generals, which was called Yuen-shwae foo
fjjj
there were also || ^ grfj Ylh-yuen-shwae ; ijft-j^
Too-yuen-sbwae, and so on ; but ^ ^ J[ i|t
^ |f
afterwards changed the name of the board to Woo-keun too
toh-foo ; and
j
gift ]g forthwith laid sat
the office of Yuen-shwae. The reigning Tartar family has not
revived the title.
(104.) Too-Wh
^ 'mil-rule,' Tsnng kwan|g ^
' general governor;' Too tnngjjjp *J 'all director,' and Tra(
ping
' a general soldier,' were titles ofdifferent f,encril
officers in the army, with different degrees of authority,
diminishing from that of Too-tfih, in the order in which they
here stand: there were superadded the titles |jjr
|[
She-che-tse ; ^ ^ Che tseg, and
^ Kea tsei.
The Ming dynasty called a military commander, who |&
~Jj had the general controul of a whole region, 1 ||
^ Cain sAow , he who had the care only of J^. ooe rosJ,
or a part of the region, was called
-rF PWi saw, he vbs
guarded * ^ ^ a city or a fort, was called ^ ||
Shox-pe ; he who was associated with other general offietn
in one place, or in one city, was called
BH
The Tsung-ping, mentioned above, had subordinate to bis,
a II)
Foo-tsung-pingf * J^ffi Taan-Ueaar, mi
a }J
Yew-keTh, and so on.
The Tsung-ping, gave his orders to an officer called ;
^ Too-che-hwuy ; the Too-che-liwuy passed the order to iffi
^ Che-hwuy ; the Che-hwuy passed it to a ^pTseeo-hoo,
or captain of a thousand; this officer
pj ^3 guclit
order to a Ffh-hoo, or captain of a hundred ; he announced it
to
j/^ the general standard bearers ; and he again to ijp
^ the bearers of the small banners, and these finally pants'
the word to the f| J- Keun-sze, or men in the ranks.
(105.) Tse!S-too-sxe "^Jl JFj jjlj were military offietn
atationed by the Tang dynasty in different parts of the empire,
where there was a disposition to rebellion ; or which
exposed to the incursions of banditti, they carried with thea
certain insignia of authority called ^ |||| Tsing-tse'e, fra
which they were called Ttiiloa-txe. There were tigU ofthe*
officers in the time of gj| j Kae-yuen (A. D. 750), and <**
of them was placed in the region of Canton. They were sasbae

823
quently increased to twenty, and their name changed to
$j 3|E | Fang-yu-sze. The Ming dynasty discontinued
the TseS.too.sze title.
(100,) Tung-t5h |^ ^ ' general governor,' is a title of
office now held by the governors ofprovinces in China , no term
corresponding to viceroy is employed. The emperor _^j.
Kea-tsing,(A. D. 1549), when ^fc ^ A }]|
|# the
northern (Tartar) soldiers entered and pressed upon the capi
tal made this appointment. The title however was first
employed by 0^ <^ Yung-l8,in 1410. The emperor j|r ^
King-tae, in 1418, first appointed the ^ J|^ Lcangkwang-Uung-IOh, governor general of Canton ani JCwtng te,
which is still continued. The appointment arOM from a rebel
lion in Canton, conducted by -gg jj^j
Hwang-seaou-yang,
and n similar commotion in Kwatig-sc headed by a person
called "fj; ^| ^ Wei-wan-sew. After these disturbances
ceased, the uppointment wtis laid aside for a time.
(107,) Shun-foo ^
' to travail about and soothe," is
a title now given to the Deputy, or Vice-governors of pro
vinces. The term originated with the emperor Yung-IS, men
tioned in the preceding paragraph. In consequence of existing
disturbances, he made this a temporary appointment, to -jg
5pL
^ 'gf ^ compose and soothe the army
and the people ; as well as to examine into the conduct of
government officers and clerks. When one governor general
is placed over two or more provinces, there is usually a Scunfoo in each province This officer is otherwise called jjjtt jfc
Foo-tae; and ^jE |JJ Fooyuen.
(108,) Sew e chili chc | ^ j|[ jj^ the embroidered
clad straight-pointers,' were a class of favorite advisors and
spies, which originated under the Han dynasty. They were
otherwise called ^ i &fl
Seun-gan-yu she. The em
broidered garments were in token that they were Ijjt p^j
honored and beloved.
(109,) Chaou-taou-sze ^ JfiJ' {jtl a
n'''tarr t,l'e
given to persons employed to suppress rebellion. The ^
Kin and "JQ Yuen dynasties, called a similar officer
='j|^jjj Chinu-taon-sze, and the Ming Jj/J dynasty called the office
Chaou-taou-keun-min.
(110,) Che che sze jjjlj | t'Ue of a military oi

40th Radical.

V.

Meent**

introduced by the Tang dynasty, appears to have I

a sort ofarmed police.
(Ill,) Seuen-foo-sze
^jj|t ^ was the title of an officer,
who was sent to soothe the people, where they were suffering
under any natural calamity. The emperor ^ ^ Ta-tTh
(A. D. 1300), sent one of these officers
%f ^ j||
to make a tour through every part of the empire, to ascertain
by personal observation the state of the people, and of the
provincial governments. There were that year dismissed by
the imperial commissioner, 18,473 officers of government,
under the charge of bribery and corruption : and there were
delivered by him from unjust imprisonment, 61 76 persons.
The Ming JjJ^j dynasty, made the office of ^ ^ pj
Seiien foo sze, (meant to be the same as the preceding), a
I?'' local office ; and jj J| hereditary, in the persons of
country gentleman of the literary class. Under that dynasty,
it is said, the J,J^
Kcu-jin graduates, were allowed to exam
ine witnesses in their own houses, and report respecting local
occurrences. The mountaineers, called
Meaou-taze,
are governed by a hereditary magistracy.

(11?,) King IcS sze

pj^.
was a sort of imperial
commissioner with exleusive powers, sent to disturbed districts,
this officer was otherwise called ^
^tf \j$
King let
gan foo sze, he^
managed the
affairs both of the army, and of the people in one road ;which
means one division of the empire.
The fatter part of the preceding appellation was also a title
of itself; and the i^r jjjlf
j{J* Gan-foo-ta-sze, was often
an additional office given to the military commanders, called
HP
1^1 T'&'loo-rie. The Ming PJJ dynasty modified
the appointment ; and gave assistant officers, -j^ ^jfa ^ jlT
^
all of whom were resident officers (inhabitants of the
particular region} and filling the office by hereditary succession.
The reigniof Tartar family has madeseveral offices hereditary
^ as- a reward for eminent services to the state.
(1 IS,) Seuen-yu sze^[
\$i this is an old appointment,
entirely for the purpose of J? ^ ^ ^ preaching
authoritatively virtuous sentiments. It ^ $Q |^
b4
nothing to do with the army. There are no notices of this class
of officers since the^ Kin dynasty.

4*a Men.

W. 40th Radical.
824

(114) Teken

# # to

lift or raise up. This is the

title of an office intended to preserve the price of grain at

a medium rate. The appointment

Le-kwei, who

originated from

#| 4: # Z # contrived

##

a method to

#"ment-in, each province. This officer is also the trea.

*urer of the province; the appointments of local officer, too
depend upon him. He is required every + Af. # H #

J') X: ## ten years to make out from the Soor boardi,

equalize the price of grain ; and hence also arose the public

granary called Chang ping tsang

# *f; the ever even

granary, which was set on foot by the emperor Shun-hwa

# {{ (A, D. 967), and which has continued to the present
day."under the same appellation. The Tekeu had authority

and keep on record, a list of the population. There were ap.

pointed. occasionally a Tsan-ching
and a Tsan-e

% W.

# # to confer with him, and

form a board on public ques.

tions. At this time the three officers called san sze E #

* the Poo-ching-sze, of whom we are

to prevent the forestalling of commodities. There was subse
quently appointed by Ching-ho }% #l (A. D. 1100) a Cha
yen-te-keu
The

# # # # superintendant

& 7t HH

of tea and salt.

Kin, Yuen, and Ming dynasties employed

*##F] or criminal judge, with the Yen-yun-ste

# # E] or

been to collect revenue.

(115). Too ta te keu cha ma

# % # ## #

a general superintendant of tea and horses. This appointment

originated with the emperor

He-ning

#: #

(A. D. 1060)

when a bartering of horses for tea, which had already commenc

ed under the Tang dynasty, was carried on between the Hwuy

hih. || #. Tartars and the Chinese, on the N. W. frontier.
There were originally Cha-sze
department; and Ma-sze
ment.

# H]

# F]

directors of the tea

directors of the horse depart

It was however found that

# # If }}: !). # # the

$ f % X. # #
tea directors, not having

superiniendant of the salt department, form

a board, which the governor general frequently convenes to

deliberate on local occurrences.

the epithet Te keu, meaning a sort of superintendant, in con

nexion with many other distinctive terms for different officers,

"P" of the duty required of these officers seems to have

speaking, the Gan

(117,) Te keu she pih #

# Hi # a commissioner to

take cognizance of, and exact revenue from, trading vessels;

first established during the Tang dynasty.
(118) Kwan chsze # # # observing " examin
ing commissioners.

}| #(A. D.

Thee mperor Ching-kwan

*0) #1: % #-H = A #4 #5. T. "

sent grand commissioners, thirteen persons, to make"

#
* { } { } {#"
that of Ts-too-sze; and the ju. Yuen dynasty, put the dutie"

through the empire and examine into its state. The Kin

of this office on the Seuen-foo #

Ming

# mentioned above.

The

H dynasty, appointed the permanent office :

}}: # H] or

resident judge, to include

also the duti

above named office.

connected with their duties the purchace of horses, immedi

(119,) Te hing gan cha

*::: }}| }: # # were cit.

the tea and the horses were put under one direction, called

cuit judges first appointed by the emperor Tae-tsung k %

*
(A. D. 990) military officers were employed a few times, but on the

% # H] Cha-ma-sze. Under the Ming # dynasty, in the

reign of Hung-che jk }# (A.D. 1490) the barter of tea for

misconduct of one of them, the office reverted again"

ds; i. e.
The Yuen 7U. dynasty appointed J # four roads

horses was a government unonopoly, both at Sze-chuen JJ

circuits, and with the office

or

ately adopted measures to destroy the horses, and consequently

ivilians,

)]]

9. F

Shen-se. The persons authorized

by government to buy, had a # f: # gold medal to

province, and at

authenticate their commission.

they gave

For

-E # the

cha-sze

% # }: #

# jf) # # H] ":

connected that of Ke"

or an encourager of agriculture. By the Mi"

-

#: # # was directed to

best horses,

% # JT a pecul of tea, for the middling horses,

the Gan-cha-sze

# # fi }% #

#
##

ince, and
controul the criminal decisions of * whole province;
-

(120) Chuen-yun-sze

###

in the time of the Tang dynasty, to

a receiver and promulger of the decisions of the

dynasty,
y

i. that form the office still continue".

70 catties; and for the inferior one's, 50 catties.

(116) Ching seuen poo ching sze

supreme

was an officer appointed

t of commodi"

the 1ranspor

40th Radical.
ties, bolh by land and water throughout the empire. There
vras alto a Tsaou-yun-sze *| ^ ^ appointed by the Yuen
jQ dynasty toatteud to the transport of grain from Shan-tang

V.

Meen

(125,) Tsze she j^] ^ this title of office was first adopted
by WSn-le
7^ (B. C. 1 60) in consequence of the
Yu-tke officers, being ^ ^ ^ disobedient to the laws,

j|| ]=j=f and other provinces to the capital.

the Emperor & & ffl ft $>)
g g g $1
tl sent forth a minister of sUte, in the capacity of Tsze-she;
(1210 Yen-teiS-sze
was an officer appointed
under the Han dynasty, to superintend the making of salt and
and willi powers to rule the officers called Keeu-chi-yu-shc.
the smelting of iron. One statesman said that Ml ^J/
In the time of Keen-woo ^ ^ (A. D. 60), the empire was
|j^J
^
salt and iron were the great treasures
divided into Shin urh-chow + ~* Jj twelve departments
of the country.
called Chow, (a word which has much varied its signification,
(128,) Yeu-yun-sze
^ -jtjjj a title of office introduced
as to the extent of territory of which it was the designation)
by the Yueu ^rj dynasty, the duties o( it were to superintend
and over each of the Chow ij<J>| departments, or provinces, a
the transport of salt, and the duties collected on it. This of
Tste she jjjjj t|j was appointed. Respecting these officers
fice continues still, and has attached to it the collection of the
there was a remarkable deviation from common usage fjjft ^
duties on iron. In Sze-chucn J7UJ jj| province, there was an
RJ" ^1
>P T3= ^ ^ "en lt lhe <le*tb of " falhcr or
officer called Cha-yen-chuen-yun-sze )
mother, they could not leave their office.
vho
had charge of the tea as wt.ll as of the salt pits in that province, of
During the reign of Ling-te ig
(A. D. 190,) the ap
irhich there were about Clung, too jjj^
the capital Eft ^
pellation Tze-she, given to these governors of departments,
it "f* 3 Ml ninetJ-five- Yen.rhing gg| jf i. a general
was changed to Chow-mfih jf^ ^'the Chow's shepherd.'
-director of the salt concerns, superior to the Yen-yun-sze.
Wae-lac ^fj>
was another name for the Tsze-she governor.
(123.) Fang-yu-szc JJjfj W \i was a military officer first
Those of them who were not related to the imperial family,
and hud not military commands, were called Jp^ iji jj{|J J^i
appointed by the Tang u\ nnsty, in parts of the country liable
tn attacks from enemies.
^jl
Show tstih sze, was a
Tan-keu-lsze-she.
similar appointment, and Twan lien sze
jjj^ij jiji appears
The Chow departments of the country were divided into
to have been an officer whose duty it was to use means to
t*. ^ ~J* ^
three degrees, superior, middle, and
preserve union and discipline amongst the troops, and between
inferior, and g J, ffl ^ ^ ffl JUL $
them and the people.
from the highest of the superior degrees, to the lowest of the
(124,) Hing keun sze ma
t|f 1?) Jijj a general officer
inferior degrees there were in all nine distinctions. In the
who took the command of a division of an army under the
reign of Kac-lnvaug jjjij J|| (A. D. 584), a different division of
the superior officer called Tsei-too-sse |j
*fi{> or "jp
the empire took place, and the name Tsze-she, although retain
Tsee'-chin-fang-yd'. Those who assisted him were
ed, did not denote the same high office as before. The geogra
called his M8-lenou
J^ which formed a sort of staff.
phical terms Keun ^Jj and Chow (J.|i| changed places, backwards
In addition to the Hingkeun-szc-ma, there was a Pwan.kwan
and forwards several times. The
Yuen dynasty made the
'g* whose duty consisted in a certain disposal of the stores,
'J'H vt
W Chow inferior to ,he Keun' and jf?] jfe ^
armour, &c. with the Tuy-kwan .jft ^ formed a sort of
| ^<"<* not "PP0'"1 * Tsze-she; and the Ming 0Jj dynasty
court martial. Further, 3|L* 4| ^ military secretary ;
besides discontinuing this office, altered again the relative
and a Tsan-mow ^fe ^ with a Tsan-e ^ ^| who formed
place of the Chow districts, making the (jji) ^ jj^ jj^
a sort of council. There were others of the staff called 3t
Chow inferior to the Foo districts. This arrangement, the Ta
jj|> Che-sze , tjr ^ ^ ^ %
Choo-kwan-ke-c-winiling dynasty has continued.
tszc j ^ jfyjt /fe ^ Kam-pan-kung-sze ;
l|| Tsung(126.) Peg-kca
$g 1 another carriage,' denoted an
assistant officer, who accompauied the Tsze-she, mentioned in
Ra

*** McVn.

V. 40th Radical.

S26

the preceding paragraph. The Suy and Tang dynasties called

this and other officers ff^ rrV Keun-kwan.
(1ST,) Che-chung ^ tjl ' To rule inide,' wu the title of
an officer of the Ttze-the's staff, who attended to official
paperi. The |fj| Suy dynasty called him Keun-kwan, the
same as the preceding, and the
Tang dynasty called him
Fl^ Sze-ma.
(ISH,) Choo-poo ^ ^j. 'master of the records,' a head
clerk attached to many of the higher officers : another clerk
was called jf^J "jjjf'
Kung-lsaou-shoo-tso, who kept
a record of meritorious services, as a guide to select proper
persons for promotion. The
Tsin dynasty called this,
officer jj H
fa ^ t'ao" ,ho
The SunS Tpt
dynasty had a ^ftj ^ ^ J^f Se-tsaou-choo-le : and ^| |jL
J^|J Seuen-kcu-lang, who performed the same duties as the
Kung-tsaou-shoo-tso, of the Han dynasty. Other officer* of
the staff were
j|f
Tsung-sze-shc ; jjjj. f$ |f #E
Teen keun-shoo-tso t ^ flj |j Jp Tse-tsew-tsung-sze.
(l9,) Chung-rhing tjs ]E or ^ ^ j Ta.chung.
ching, was nn officer who took cognizance of other servants
of the crown, with a view of determining their rank, or^ij? -j^
j^'l fixing the nine orders.
(ISO,) King-yin TjjT^}* ' The metropolis ruler.' The wordsKing and Yin, are both used occasionally to denote the
imperial residence, or the district in which the court is held.
This officer who 'j^
JfcjT QJ] governed the metropolis of
the empire, has been very variously denominated in different
periods of Chinese history. Under the
Chow dynasty, he
was called ptj
Nuy-she. The Han dynasty called him
fit 2K ^3" King-chaou-yin, ' The ruler of the million,' allud*
ing to the great concourse of people at the capital of the
empire. This name corresponded to the y^j j^J ^j> Yewnuy-she of a former period , and the
ptj ^t, Tto-nuy-the,
was made ^
Tso-fung-yih, denoting to help ; and
Ylh to surround as a guard. |^ W ei and
T,'n.
the appellation TjT j| -fo djp King-chaou-tae-thow ; the J|?
Tang dynasty over the metropolis
ijjj J{ placed one
person called a shepherd ; and
^jg ^ ^ Val B ki"S
of the imperial kindred in the place. The Yuen j dynasty
called the King-yin officer ^j] ^ ^* Too-tsung-kwau, 'the

governor general of the metropolis,' The rati two dynasties

have denominated him
Foo-yin.
On the staffof the Foo-yin, were officers called ^jJ J
^ King-foo-pwan-kwani JjjT ^ ^ffe 'gT King-foo-tojkwan ,
$ ^ Sze-IBh-sxe, ^ tjj Che-chung, g
Scang-kwan, and f^j
She-ling.
(131,) Tae-show
i^ji 'A great keeper,' the governor
of a province or district. When Tsin ^ conquered the
whole of China, he
pj^ |^ exterminated the Chon-liow
princes of former times, and |^ ^ ^ ^S, |*J) tunicd thnr
territories into states called Kenn ; over which he placed 3
^ "~" A a Sl""e' a Ch'ng' and a /refc Tne sti"
|^ ruled the people ; the Chin ^
assisted
himj and the Wei |Bl
commanded the military. Kin|te^t ^
C' l30^' cn,mSed the lerm Keun-show^|5^
to Tae-thow, the name at the head of this paragraph. Taeshow was subsequently changed to Ta-yin
^J" dur'raj
the San-kwS
|H period, the title was
^^^
Keun show kw8 seang nuy she.
Under the Tsin
dynasty, the Keun-show govercon
7$
*" h"d th* "rd ffen"""' added to lheir tilla :
^
^(i those who had not this military appelUtk*
considered the want of it a disgrace.
The founder of the Tang dynasty, Woo-tTh jj ||
(A. D. 9SS), tjjjr ^fj ^
changed the Keun into Chef,
turnid Tae-show into
cja Tsze she jjf)
^ j
with the super added title, ' holder of the seal .' After Ibi-',
he made another addition to their, title, aad called these
governors She che tsig choo keun jjjj
p |^
1 envoics, holders of the teals of all the armies ,' jjjj ^ fi
but tbey really had no seal, but merely a Tunf jo-foo
^jpj jjf)
' copper fish credential.'
(132,) The Sung dynasty changed the title 7a-< of *
Tang dynasty, into Che-kcun-sze
^ ^ raeanin; on
who knew military affairs.
The Yuen ~j dynasty divided China into district), or pro
vinces, which, they called Loo jj^- ' a road;' and called the
governors of them
^ J^- Tsuuj,-kwan-foo. A departraot
of the empire containing more than -J" ^ pi a hundred
Here
thousand families, they called a Shang loo
^ or, if it'

827
a part of the country which was deemed important, although it
had not so great a population, it was still designated
by the same term. An ordinary territory with a popula
tion less than a hundred thousand families, was called a
~J"\ jj Hea-loo. These governors ^ jE
PP ranlieu
with the first degree of the third order. JQ J$ f|l| i| fa.
^ over each of the Loo, Chow, and Heen districts,
of the Yuen dynasty, there was appointed a superior officer,
whom they called in their Tartar language, a TX-loo-hwa-chlh
iSi ^ ^VC iff" who
W ha(lchareeoftl,e,Ml
of office. Similar to this instance of a foreign title, the reigning Tartar family confers some honorary titles from the Manchow language, untranslated.
The
Ming dynasty ^ ^ jj^- put an end to all the
divisions of territory called Loo, and at pjjij T^T both the
capitals
|jj ffi erected Chih-le, or self govern
ed Foo i L e. districts independant of larger divisions of
the country, and they divided the rest of the empire
into
Sing, jp Foo,
Chow, and ^ Heen, or provinces
containing districts called Foo, Chow, and Heen , which is
the geographical division of China that now obtains. The
governor of a
Sing, is cnlled Tsung-tiih 1^ ^ Governor
General ; the governors of the other three divisions, is express
ed by the word Che ^J] ' To lenow' prefixed to the name
of the district j a Che foo ^JJ
is the governor of a Foo ;
one whose duty it is in feneir, and to manage all its concerns.
(133,) The Kcun-tso
<j; or assistant officer of the
Keun divisions of territory, once amounted to
. -J
310 persons.
(134,) Kcunching ^ 7K was an officer, whom ^ ^
^ X
~*jF' T,in aPP"'nted to assist the keeper
(governor^ -j^ |gj j^jj ^ ^ the Han dynasty continued,
and did not change the office.
(135,) Tung.pwan ^ ^"jj was an officer who went
through much of the official business of the jj^jj Keun. The
Ming fjjj dynasty retained this appointment, and entrusted
to it the prosecution of thieves and robbers; the regulations
of agriculture ; the repairs of river-banks, and the pasturage
of horses. Other subordinate officers to the Kenn-chin, were
j Chang-shc,
Szcma;
Tung show ; jjj]

40th Radical.

V.

M cen

$0 Tung-che ;
^t] Tseen-pwan, or ^
Tseen-pwan ;
f\]
Pwan-kwan, jfr T.iih , Jfg ^ Tuy-kw.n, ffi
Keun-wei, and so on.
(136,) THh-yew
^ officers of the Han dynasty, who
-p- Hr Mn !^ superintended the attached Heen districts.
Woo poo tfih yew j
Wfa exVre"eifive courts of these
officers denominated the east, west, south, north and centre
courts. jSf
^ JJE They ceased to be, in the time of
Tang, and ever since.
(137.) Kung tsaou she jjj
jj^ an officer of the
Han dynasty, who superintended the merits or demerits of other
officers, in order to guide their promotion and selection for
particular purposes. This office was also called Kung tsaou
tsan keun jj] ' ^ j|l <">d Sze kung shoo tso |i] j}]
|ft
which by the Tang dynasty was changed to "pj J^J
Sze kung tsan keun. The Sung dynasty discontinued
the appointment, and the Yuen dynasty employed the last
title of office, with rather different duties.
(138,) Lilh sze tsan keun ^ |jj ^ fp? secretaries and
clerks who had authority to give opinions respecting the conduct
of government officers.
(139,) Choo tsaou tsan keurf^^
included Sze
tsang tsan keun 'pj ^3"
Ij^ who had charge of public
granaries ; Sze boo tsan keun
jf^ who took an
account of the population, lauds, roads, marriages, and other
things which had an immediate reference to the people ;
Sze-ping-tsan-keun ipj c$^*fR who had a certain controul in militiry concerns, and Sze fi tsan keun "fij jf
'jfjjL who were law officers, sometimes called Tslh-tsaou j|:* U
sometimes Fa tsaou
i^ and also |E ^jf Mth tsaon, The
Sung dynasty had similar officers whom they called Sze le tsan
Ueun^ Tag
EpT and otherwise i3|
[^Mapooyuen.
(140,) Woo-kwan-yucn ^ 'j^* J| were subordinate
officem, who formed a sort of staff to their superiors.
(141,) King.beS.p8.sze |2g fjg. ^ -J- were teachers of
the Chinese classical arid sacred books, appointed by govern
ment.
(142,) Heaou-lcen ^ j|| was a title of persons
^
recommended by the people to serve in the government j
after being
^ chosen by then* immediate neighbours*

** Men.

W.

40th Radical.

82;

on account of their virtues; from this appellation arose the

modern literary degree called # /\ Keu-jin.
-

(143,) Hen-ling

Hen district.

# -

denotes the magistrate of a

In ancient times, under the Chow dynasty,

a Hen district extended 400 le, and the chief magistrate

was called

# IE

Hen-ching. During the civil wars, at the

% #

close of that dynasty, many of the

constituted states

or nations, as they were before called, were turned into Hen

districts:

and the

##

superior of the Hen |

city, was called variously by the names

Ling, and

j: #

Ta-foo.

The Yuen

s + P. E.

made a district containing

Tsae,

Yin,

JU dynasty

first

upwards of

six thousand families a Heen of the first degree; but subse.

quently in the southern provinces required a population of
30,000 families to constitute one of the first Hen.

The

H}}

Ming dynasty determined the relative raak of the Hen, not

by the population, but by the quantity of revenue expressed
in measures of grain, from

+ # Zi J%. T. # 's #

a hundred thousand Shih measures down to sixty thousand,

constituted a Hen of the first rank.

Subordinate officers were

# # Hen ching , a deputy +. # Choo-poo, a secretary

# # Hen-wei, who was at the head of an armed police,
and # #: Teen-she, or # |# Poo-ting, who was also a
police officer. The Ming dynasty, had not the Hen-wei,
but appointed these last named officers, who is yet continued.
(144)

Chin-shookwan-she-kwan # JX # ifi #

Was

a sort of armed patrole; to guard against banditti, robbers,

fires, and other causes of disturbing the peace. The Yuen
dynasty, in this department, had officers called
show ; and

# J J#

Wan-hoo-foo.

}} 'f

Shoo

The Ming dynasty

rejected these names, and called those patroling justices of

the peace, Seun-poo-kwan

# # R]

#& # '#'

and

Seun-keen-sze

which terms are still retained.

%| 1: were village officers in

# #5 the master of the
village ; Heang-laou #! the old man of the village ;
Heang-ta-foo # j\ j the great man of the village,
(145,) Heang-kwan
ancient times, called Heang-sze

and so on. The village was estimated at 12,500 houses or

families; the Chow

}}| was

reckoned to contain 2,500 houses,

and the head-man was called

}}| #

Chow-chang.

The

829
* 7^5 3 f '""'tate the five dementi in nature, according
to the Chinese. (See under 2 Woo.)
The nobles or ancient times, in China, were inferior kings
or princes, with a certain territory oyer which they ruled. The
Teen-tsze, ' Son of Heaven," or Chinese Empercr, had
||? a domain of one thousand le extent ; the ^
Kung and
How nobles had a territory of one hundred le
in extent ; the <ja Plh nobles, had seventy le ; the Tsze jpand the -TiJ Nan, had 50 le; i. e. a district of about twelve
English square miles.
Those nobles, or petty chieftains, who ^
^ -J- J|i
were unable to command 50 le,
^ ^ ^ Zjl did not
unite with the emperor, but ffl "^f f^i[ 1$;
attach
ed to the princes or nobles. The Chinese world was then
divided into "h J^fj nine chow departments, which contained
-{^ "f"
one 'housand seven hundred and
evenly nations.
Another statement of the division of territory amongst the
ancient nobles, runs thus, Outside the imperial domain of
1000 le, was appointed a ~fj
Fang-plh, with jf
J^J
^"5 H|
n"*'0"' wno,c dependance was expressed by the
word Shi5h ; and these J|| ^ ^ five associated states, had
B superior called Chang; ten nations made a jjljl Leon, over
which was a superior called Jjljl Shwae; thirty stales made a
7^* Tsilh, over which was a jj thing ; two hundred and ten
made a
Chow, over which was a superior prince or noble
called "ftjj Plh. of these Plh there were eight; all of whom
)P| jSfV ^
^ ^
were dependant on tne
emperer's two old ministers ; each of whom took a half of
the controul, and thus ft ^
^
/fj divided
the empire into left and Tight ; these two ministers were called
[ ^
Drh pth. The land inside the imperial thousand le
domain, was called -tjjj Teen, and ^ Jg ^ ^f|> j|
that which lay beyond the thousand le was called Tsae. Again,
Wang-ke ^
denoted the imperial domain ; 400 hundred
Je beyond that was called How.fBh ^| JjH 500 le beyond
that again, was called Teen-tuh^jjJ f|J| ; still more distant 500
Je, was denominated Nin-fflh JJJ fjg ; beyond that 500 le was
^ Jjj Tsae-fHh; 500 le more distant was ^ Hj Weifiih ;
again 500 le farther off was ^ Jjp Nan-IBh; beyond that
rABT 1.
8 b

40th Radical.

V.

Meen t*-*

500 le was f|| J]|J E-fBh ; 500 le farther was Chin-fBh

and the most remote was ^
Fan-fflh, a term still em
ployed to denote remote territorial possessions.
T'le l^ll
"tfe -J-'Choo-how prince's sons ,|jt HQ
reigned over their states by hereditary right ; but the Ta-foo
^ ^ statesmen ^ "Jfr "j^. did not enjoy their rank by
hereditary succession.
(147,) Tsin ^ the conqueror of China ^l] ^ Zl
^ J^l It ?h ^ illsliluleo' '"*> degrees of nobility,
to reward the meritorious services of his officers. He made
twenty nobles called ^
Che-how ; and nineteen at his
court who were called, from the region of Shen-se
j^J ^|
Kwan-nuy-how. These latter nobles or princes had
no nations or cities given to them :
jfjj
j jS they had titles by patent, but no cities to supply
tbem with food,no territorial revenue.
(148,) When y|| ^ the Han dynasty arose, it^^
*
instituted two degrees of nobility ; viz.
Wang,
and ^Jjk How. The *||
^
BmPeror's 501"
were created ffang, or kings J ^ ^ f,^ ^ -{ft, "ho
were indeed the Choo-how of antiquity. The j|p[ jj^J Jjl
^ Kl ^ H % M Z f& fit ,l"teraen Benerally,
who were not of the imperial name, and who were created
nobles on account of their merit, were called ChS-how : 'j^J
^ ^ jj^
^ the greater of these nobles, had not
more than ten thousand houses ; and /J\ ^ Jj^
^3"
the inferior one's five or six hundred families, "jg"
jfj)
^ ^ in ancient times, land was shared out to the
nobles, hut not the people.
^}
^
S @
jS fe ^[ *f* 11 WM in tne time ofHn that
the people began to be shared out to the nobles, and all the
kingdom, had earh of them, connected with it, several tens
of cities.
The Han dynasty besides the titles of nobility jjjlj
^ added other appellations of excellence 1 and
jjsjj: ^
conferred the privilege of rpecial aimistion to the imperial
presence, and a seat amongst his majesty's ministers. Inferior
statesmen, who were created nobles by patent, were called
Ch.ion-how
^ court nobles. These all wore
^
jfc
crowns, with a fiat parallelogram-shaped board laid

Meen. V.

40th Radical.

upon the head, and embroidered garments : and from their

attendance at grand sacrifices, they were designated j^y jjjfj
fa She tire how. Wei-choohow |$|| 5^
denoted those
who were related to the imperial family, although their rank
was sin.ill
(149.) When the princes or kings called ^ Wang were
created, they
^jjt
'rece've<' B ree^ a"<' some earth,'
with which they j^jt ^fj^ ~ff W repaired to their destined
territory to creel allars lo Ihc hind.
(150,1 About the close of Ihe 6th century, the Wei
sovereignly :n China had the six titkf of nobility [-- /fe
itl i" $ Wang; Kung, How, Pth, Tsze and Nan. The
sons ol the |~ Wang bore Ihe title ^ Q Heangkungi Ihe
^3
sous of the heir apparent, bore Ike title of
^(1 \fc Hcaiur-how. The sons of Ihe
Kung nobles bote
the title
Ting-pTh, a noble of the p .rilion. The word
fy' Ting, or pavilion was first employed as a title in the
famous tHf j|jjS Ts.iouts.inu's case, who was created by his
master JjLy
4 Fei-li"g-how, at this time many olher
distinctions amongst the Chinese noblette ex isled yl
tp.
JCjj to reward military services; bul mimy of them were with
out any revenue attached lo them; and it is said
J ,| jV.j
1^1 '<'ij Jjj ""' ""f'M (or *") patent titles of nobility
originated with. Wei. The <ni|>/y lilies, were those without
revenue.
The emperor ^
Tac-che (A D. 460) ^.j- j^J ^- ^
^ 31
~f
A crca,e<i "f his sons and brothers
more than twenty kings, yVJ
j, |gj wilh a Kcun
trict fur a kingdom ; the larger kingdoms had 20,000 families.
Sometimes all the kings and nobles were kept at court , and at
other times remanded to Iheir respective principalities.
The Chin ^ dynasty established
jp f}^ ^ j
nine orders of principalities with kings over tlienii and had
twelve olher degrees of nobility, such as Kae-kwB-keun-heeokung
Jj||
/J^ which had a reference to the aid
given in acquiring the dominion.
The Suy pj| dynasty had the titles Jj|j
KwB-wang ;
^>ft Keun-wang; 1^ ^V. Hcen-kung, and so on, to Ihc
number of nine ; which a few years afterwards was reduced to
three ; viz. ^ ^ $| Wang, Kung, How.

830
(151.) The Tang dynasty, in the 6th century W
degrees of nobility, similar to those of the Sung dynasty | lh
princes of the blood were all styled ^
Tsici-S
(152,) The founder of the Sung dynasty (A. D. 950). J
x t % m % # ',ok ihc em'Mre "
cau turn one's hand; ' and therefore he ^ ^ 1$ T
f"l it tfl honored only literature, and did >> <*<
military exploits j all the ministers of statc iu'">t to
dynasty wore created nobles with the title
Ko-kiu{i
whereas }J| ^ |f t}i jft j\ ^ by .he U "f*
Han dynasty, no ram could be ennobled without mJ'11'!
merit. rjf ^
16 i ft'*
differences and cliaug s winch have taken pi ec, in ,.notuls4
mod rn times, cannot be discoursed of by general afBrrutwu.
The differences are so many they mil t be puliculan'i'.
that they mny he understood.
The Ming dynasty appended to the word ^ Win?.
King, a great many other distinctive epithets and jcaitered Ite
titles plentifully about Ihc imperial family, giving also px*1
titles to the princesses, such as ^'[J ^ Keun-chuo, J| j*
Heen-choo; ^ jg" Keun-kcun;
^ Heco-kfliii j|
Heang-keun, and so on.
(153,) These titles, and all honors conferred bt *
government, are called Ming-ke ^ ^ 'fame utensili;'*1"111
by some of the Chinese dynasties, have been gi'to nw"
sparingly than by others, on the principle that ^ % %
H'J jS^ ^ ^ nobility which is easily obtained
valued by the people.
(154.) Further remarks on ^ ^ Fung-tseS, ,fte
creating nobility' in China, are arranged under these ,cnl
heads; I,
J| ^j- Tsin-tseih fung. The ennohlinS *
kindredof the emperor. S, jjj ^
Kung-rbiof0*
The ennobling of meritorious servants of the crowo.
-f" ^
Sze-wang sze, Isze sun-fun*, Tte
ennobling the sons and grandsons of those who ba't
(conspicuously) in the kin-'s service. 4, M $ ^ ft
Fung-kiing chin-how, ennobling the posterity of merit''""1"
stitesmen. B. C. 180, the queen Kaou-how ^fj j~ orirrJ
certain temple honors to be continued "|tt -jjf ^/ ,;t
after age interminably ; and that jpj
^ ^ ^ V)

831

40th Radical.

V.

Meen

the heiri of the person should every one inherit his rank.
5> $1 IT
TTh hinS fu''S. ennobled fur virtuous conduct.
The Jive common titles of nobility are explained as being
derived from certain virtues,the highest and

put away the altars of the Tsin dynasty, and erect those of
Han. These loyalists, who had the rank of noblesse /jjj rjj?
$1 ^Cs "ti-s whe" '^J conlm'tte'l crimes obtained
pardon : a strange privilege!

First, the
Rung Noiles, are so called from a
generous regard to the public or general good ; in
opposition to .ill selfishness; this being considered
the highest virtue.
Second, the
How nobles, are those who being
expelled for their virtues, yet Kail for belter times
and persevere, although snfl'erig.
Third, the j| Plh nobles, arc bright men;' as the
word denotes, i. e.tenhrs, possessing a high degree
of intelligence.
Fouith, the
Ttze nobles, are tho;e who are capable
of nurturing or training up other persons in
virtuous conduct.
Fifth, the jB Nan nobles, are those who are capable
of sustaining the burden of important offices
maffuVg, and thereby giving repose to others.

This account of Chinese nobility closes with a few examples

of those who have Sun-jang-fung |||[
j^ij- 'humbly

(155,) Tsun-heen.ke-lsei!.fung || J^H) |^ H 'N"bility granted to honor former worthies, and prevent their be
coming extinct. 7, Gin-tsTh-fung(||
^ nobility confer
red as a mere expression of the gracious favor ' of the prince.
8, Wae-lscTh-fung ^(J- JTjJ^
'nobility conferred on
distant relations, or those on tl.e female side,* in the imperial
fainily. 9, Chuy fung ^ ^ ' pusthmnous nobility ;' or that
conferred after the death of the individual. Many of the
gods of China are in this way from time to time promoted by
mortal emperors. 10, Sc-fung *g ^ transferring titles of
nobility,'not to another person, but changing the title. II,
|!|
[Ifij
E-jTh-heangfoo-funj:, 'Nobility granted
to personsin foreign territories who have submitted and attached
themselves' to China. I2,$j| \ Jjj- Fwj-jiu-fung, ' Nobility
granted to women.' IS, TseO fung ^ ^ this is the title to
a section on selling^ j^. Mae. Iseo, or granting
Ts7e.
tsc8, nobiliiy to thej^Miu, or co.tiuion people : one of the
appellations siren them, was 'jf.
Kung-sze. This practice
was introduced in the second year of the Han dynasty (B. C.
SOS), as an incentive to the
people to
A:

declined being ennobled.'

(156,) The Yucn-keen-luy-han ffi $g ||
having
gone through au historical account of aucient offices and
titles of nobility, passes to
Jfjf ^ jffJJ 'collectanea on the art of government ; ' and
although this article is already extended to a great length,
the writer yet thinks it will be useful to notice further the
heads of these chapters in connexion with the word 'g* Kwan.
(157,', Keun-tnou
' the principles of desposition,'
or the received principles concerning an absolute sovereign
prince. The etymology of the word ^ Keun, is first noticed)
it is frnm ruler and mouth, me ininj that his word is law.
It is further said of the te-pot, in that
'Jfe ^ ^ ^
*ff5 -fll *rjj* n'' T'rtne equals heaven and earth (the god
nature) he is styled Hwang-te, in that ^ jjj^ j^J "^r |f
^f- heaven helps him, ai. J treats him as a son, he is called
Tecn-tsze, the son of heaven. Again ^
^ ^ jT^j
the Son of Heaven, comes next after Heaven, in ruling the
universe, and ^
^ J
le.iding every thing
into its proper place : this is the supremely honorable dignitary
employed by
^ jjjj -JEj" ' father heaven, and mother
earth;' J^/
'to take care of human beings.'
Still however they make the despot subordinate to the
people j ^ ^
^Jl the Son of Heaven
is established for the sake of the world, j| "ff H.
f^j
^
the world wis not established for the sake of
Heaven's son. An ancient wriler compares the despot to
fish in w.ts_he says, $ %
ft M & fa
^ ?K -jji 'V 0 fish lose the water, it will die ; but
if the water lose the fish, it is still water.' And again jJ'
'the prince is a gallant vessel; the people arc the water,
the water cau swim a vessel, and the water can swamp
a vessel.'

Meen.

V. 40th Radical.

832

(158,) Chin-shiih
m'lniter',
in ' Rood | of these topics a few elegant extracts and examples are giver,
in a desultory unconnected manner.
seme, i. el the duties incumbent on him. Hit ^ J i^t
(181,) The historical account abridged in the preceding
!|j ||| wisdom should be competent to plan the affairs
pages
of the officer! of the Chinese, is followed by quotation
of the country i
JJ.
^A
hi* P8"0""1 conducl
on
jjjjjj
jjjjf Lun ching, concerning government itself. Tbf
should be adequate to make him an example and a teacher to
word jfjr government from rlghl and a slight ttrske, is de
others, | /j y ]||J
~ whatever may be the law
of the land, he ihould maintain it ; and jf* T^j ^
^
fined by j Chiug, To rectify ; ' or ~j\ flff Jp j
the means by which inferiors rectify themselves.'
when h'n prince if in di Acuities he should die for him.
An ancient maxim in the jjpjjj =jl Le ke is, that in order ts
(159.) Kwan pan ^ |jf the order in which officers shall
rule
the world, jive things are of supreme importance j lit,
be arranged or stand at court. The prevailing division of
that
the ruler should y& /^I govern well his own kindred:
rank into nine degrees, is attributed to j^J
Chin-keun, a
Snd, That he should ^ jjj reward merit; 3rd, ^ c(|'
statesman of the ^
San-kwJ period (3rd century) who
elevate the virtuous; 41h, ji| j^j? employ men of taleou,
was created a nobleman by W |^ Tsaou-tsaou, the usurper.
and 5th,
^ cherish men of benevolent spirit*.
In the memoirs of Chin-keun, this sentence occurs, He
There
is
one
allusion which suggests an unfavorable ida
|Jp 'jj?
invented the method ofarranging govern
of the situation of the peoptc; it is this
S^^ lit
ment officers into nine ranks. The following are the heads
emperor
is
a
charioteer.
The
j^)
Nuj-she,
and
^
i
of other short sections.
Tae-she, ministers are his
jfi ^f- 'eft n r'gbt krrUi.
(160,) T.th-kwan ^ ^j? the selection of officers ;
]
X 'ji % ffi Wi lhe 4lW* *re ' *alB ,he
Kin kwan, Diligent officers. -Jp ^ Show kwan. On adher
mouths;
jjj^ ^ ,nc government officers are Ike
ing to office, jjpp ^ Shi kwan, On pluralities in office ; i. e.
bridle, and
^
punishments are the Uik, ilt
one person holding several appointments. ^ J Sing kwan,
which
Ihe
people,
or
the
side
carriage is driven . Tbe
'the sparing use of officers ; i. e. using'few of them. ^ ^
European
term,
'
The
reins
of
government,'
is apart ofu*
Tae tsung, of the Tang dynasty, limited the number of officers
same allusion.
for the government of ihe whole empire, to seven hundred and
lulled
(162.) Kwan tsze
X- -called Si M 3? ttK U*
thirty persons. All ^ j|
jjjj}; Jpl ^ superfluous
courtesies and -decorums of life; justice and equity, a
officers who hold sinecuresshould be dismissed,
*E*
righteousness; moderation and unrorrupled integrity ;afee!it;
Kwang kwan, Neglecting .the duties of an office. <j^ |
of shame or a sense of honorthe J7LJ
four enrrfjof socielj
Tsin kwan, encroaching on the duties of other people's office.
which is endangered by the ^ breaking asunder ofany of
~p jf^ striving for precedence. jK ^ Lan kwan, Officers
the first three; but destroyed by the breaking of tie W
corrupted by bribery. Jj ] |?| Mae kwan tseo, selling
named.
offices of government4his expedient has often been resorted
One says,
|| gg. 3|& jgj {]/ government is tts
'to in China, for the purpose of increasing the revenue. Keaou
stretching the siring of a harp ^
^
^ jj$
hwan jTj
sychophants. Bwan kwan
j exchanging
if
Ihe
large
strings
be
urged
vehemently,
the
small striafs
officers. Tae kwao/f^ ^ acting for other officers. Hew
will break, ft f| ^ ^ d]" >^
Tboae ,W
kC1 fa 'fr3t 00 OD,ain'"g 'eve of absence from office. Tsze
hold stations of lii^h respectability should not be men i<~kwan f ] on declining office. Keu kwan ^ ] on
cient in virtue ^ -f^ ^ '/p T i5l <N tho* "bo Wi
throwing op an office. ChOh meen
on expelling from
great offices, should not rule little things,
^" ^
office. ^ |p ^ ffi ye" tsuy fah yung, On an officer
^
"pf'wnei,e there is an extensive population ir:
having hcen convicted of crime, to re-employ him. On each
government should not be vexatious. Those officers 7^ j{

833
3$ 7fi
Pol ^ $T M wno i""""' seneral qu'l1fications should not be questioned about alight inabilities ;
$t J? If ^ # ^ /h iE tho,e who haTe
tantial virtues, should not be criminated for small faults.
K >2 i|f T'ie
t0 e>u'',e tne people a a shepherd,
is <^ ^
to feed them with benevolence;
J^l jjjl to ,eacn tnem w'ln CIT'1''T > or rather teach them to
know the decencies and civilities of life. ^ j tjj ^ j^jj
0i
According to their wishes give them,
^l-fc ffc
Iff~ follow their likings, and admonish them ;
^ Ifjfe 1|| "hen rewarding, if any doubt, do
1 it liberally ;
j-^ ;g- ^ jjig when punishing, if any
doubt, do it lightly.
(153,) Another approved opinion on government is this,
jfjjr
those who are skilled in government JpL^jjjjj
4 raise tight the net-rope |Jp ^
but baye a wide net.'
By raising the net-rope jiff
^ J^j those included in the
net are many ; and by having a wide net /J\
the
small escape,by this means jGjjr ^\
government is
not vexatious in petty cases; and
^
this is the important thing in good government
The acknowledged princ ir.les of government are expressed
by two words, Kwan, Keen
j^-j i. e. verbally ' wide and
paring,' by which they mean, a liberal treatment; and a
sparing interference with the people ; but some erroneously
consider, these virtues the same as Tsung LeS
connivance and carelessness, which cause
^J.
^
government acts to become null and void ; therefore another
definition is given, thus, jl[ ^ ^
^ pjf liberality,
forbids being vexatious and oppressive ; ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
^ l 8 sparing interference is that which is not troublesomely minute.
(154,) The following are received as maxims,
judge
of ritei and ceremonies;
tread in the footsteps of former
affairs, or, follow precedent. It is required to <^ A- convert
or reform men
to recognize virtuous worthy people
lo 5^ f^. to l,ut awaT wnat * troublesome ; and to J= J^J
vulue an abridged way of governing to
<|fr leave
behind one an impression of love and affection ; to
exterminate selfishness; to
j2 cousult with the
vart i.
S c

40lh Radical.

V.

Meen

public opinion ; to j|
^ rescue the people from their
(moral and physical) diseases: to ^ ^ jjt Put awaJ a"
minute annoyanceor unfeeling vexations, to
^ j|Jjr
attend carefully to the three principles of government; I,
^jp ^ to select proper men , , f^j E to comply with the
people's convenience; S,
fl^ to conform to the seasons.
It is said, ^
t^. -j^f Q /fp the means of preserving
a throne, is benevolence, -jpj
|[^ A 5 It lhe mean,
of collecting a people is wealth,
^ gjjr ^ institute
education on divine principlesi. e. on principles of religion ;
inculcating that the gods know and punish vices, which escape
the laws of men ; 7f\ ^ ^ Jj^j ^
^ do not value
extraordinary commodities, and the people will have a
competence; ^ j|
fa H'J *H A #r- d" not
esteem as precious far-fetched commodities, and people from
a distance Mill submit themselvesfrom feeling themselves of
no importance.
7# ^ ^ W II H ^ ^ 1 1 To ru,e 0 na,ion
without the ceremonies and proprieties of life, is like ploughing without a coulter.
^ g ft Jg |,J |gj ^
when the people in all quarters have a sufficiency, the nation
will enjoy tranquility, jjjjr ^ ^|j ^ ^ tij When the
government is liberally conducted (or exercises clemency)
plots are easily kept down jJjSjT |3; J^|J ^ ^ j|g when the
government is oppressive it is impossible to exterminate
plots. jH ^ ^
j!^ Put an end to useless ingenuity
and
^|
^J/ ^ reject commodities which are hard
to be obtained.
(154.) Some of the other terms used in reference to
government, are these Lelhching ~\f
o.i establishing
government; Shen-ching ^ j^f on good government, Jinching'^ri^^ on benevolent government; Kwall-C'>'n
jj^ on liberal government ; Le-kew-tsung-ching ^ A
j^f on officers remaining long iu office ; Kin-ling ^ ^ on
prohibitions, and strictly inflicting the penalty. Teen-fi jJ{L
*J%~ ritual and ceremonial laws ; Poo-shoo
5j& accounts
of finance and population; YuS-yaou
a monthly
account ; Suy-hnuy jl^ ^ an annual account ; Yaou-hwuy
^ ^ a general statistical account of the empire ; Tlh-hwa
iuu i^j reformation of men, caused by the influence of virtue ;

MeVn.

V. 40th Radical.

834

TTh-han
Ihe influence of virtue on nature generally,
both the rational a d the ininimsle; Kungching
on
justice and rectitude in the government officers i Lecu-keih
1$ St moderation and pnriljin reference to money ; Shoo
^tP on excusing other*; or putting a favorable construction
on their defect* and f :ilts ; Wei-yen ^ ^ on a majestic
sternes* and severity. Ming-cha flj^ 'j^J o.i examining clearly
into ilT-ira i TscTh-io
on hating vicious people i Tith
fflh
|^ on finding out secret transactions | Ching-cMh
T^fy
o i weighing the duties of an office and the capabilities
of the person to fill it. Show-chin tjl
maintaining one's
office by fulfiling its duties ; Keae-shin
[mt caution and.
care; EtsTh ^i- J*^ cases of extraordinary merit in
governing well, so as to induce supernatural effects, or mira
culous occurrences. Le heen
^ to shew marked
civilities to worthy men. Jin heen fS^ jpjj to give office to
worthy men. Che jin ^|
on discerning the characters of
men. Piih new pc ^ ^
not expecting perfection from
any man. Tuy mei hca le
~J\
to resign the
praise, and nttrihule the merit to inferior officers. Ke heen
3j|F
on rejecting worthy, men. Pe-heen jjjjjjr ^ on casting
a shade over worthy men. Hwuy tsih ijj j^r. to confer lar
gesses on the people ; Chin seSI)
ifljj to supply their wants
in times of distress Kew tefh jj
on soliciting a supply
of grain from other states or. provinces. Hing le iBL
to give encouragement to what increases the wealth of the
people;
IjjjjL Fang-leS, On schemes or plans to effect
particular purposes; Keuen ko
on exhorting to agri
culture; and the general diffusion of educationthese are
tailed the
root, and
foundation of society. TTh-min
^ on obtaining the people's affection. Piih shlb e J\
j^- jp^ on not taking to one's self a thing lust by others.
S^f |if[ 0" a periodical examination into the conduct of officers.
Pc ching
jl^a b3*c V1'e Rovcrnment. Yi ching
an oppressive government ; Lwin ching ^ |T^- the rule of anar
chy. Keut ching
jjjjj an intriguing government. Chingpiih yih Jjj^ ^ a perpetually changing government.
King seay |^
sp-cious and loquacious villainy in the
officers of goverrm^nt
Tan paou ^ ^ greedy and violent. Tan-Ian^ jfe

insatiably avaricious. Tan maou '^J i=| riskins evert bVai

for the take of gain; ^
^
Tan 1,0 ke *
throwing away one's life for the sake or gain. Powlihj^
^J|| to exact exnrliitmt taxes from the people. Paou Ki
^ jft and psjjjj- -j^ K3h paon, A cruel inhuman joinsmenlwhich inflicts iortHrcs promiscuously, and sporu li
the lives of the peopleone example under this ttdioa J
lySl
Wl
lo cul of^ "Ie hcad w'"' a burn"1; '
Wang chiug
^jjjSl prognostics of ruin: some of the projnostics arc supernatural, and others arc those extreme dejrta
of misconduct which naturally indicate approaching rvhi ;
these are examples,
,> ||f
a careless and npuW
mind. ^ ^ jffl

j many resentments and a fcoJ-

ncss for war. ^

j 15 ^ an insatiable avarice Oaf
is never satisfied.
^ ^ jfjj ^ ^ j| Ihecuer:,
the wife, meanly esteemed : whilest slaves and coacubian nt
honored, g T W 1 * & ^ fl I
when offices may be obtained by the importunate soliciutiwi
of interest; and when titles and emoluments may bciwD^'.
ft
^4 Hl
It St Mi an exterMl **" of "fd
majesty; with an internal secret fear,more of these terra
may l>e seen in the 45lh and subsequent volume- :
M & M. S Vuen-keen-IuyW
The $T ^ Jg^ ^ Koo-sze-keung-lin, 1st voL *
page, under
g Win chin, and
^ Woo chlh, n*
a parallel between ancient and modern titles of ojfff- *
some of the complimentary and poetical terms ap[W lJ
person hi-lding particular offices.
The etiquette to be observed lielween officers oMito*
ranks may be seen in the beginning of the red book ^ ^
^ Tsin-shin-lan; and a deUih d accoui.t of every depjrtne1
of the presei t government may be seen in the Tn-tsio;-li,c!'
teen
^jjj ^ jjt comprised iu 40 duod. vpU.

chow,
From a covering above, .-iul a containing vessel t*'1
to contain undercover, as in a ship or carriage, lo eoW
as the earth, or the universe; including all ages, frooi
antiquity to the present time. See ^ Yu.

835
Shang hea sze fang ju ju
~|\
~}f Q ^ the
zenith and nadir ; and the four points of the com pan arc
called Yu. Wang koo Le kin yu chow ^
^
0
^ past antiquity onward to the present, in called Chow.
Yu chow che keang shan, pflh kae ; koo kin che rb'ug wei kS
the rivers and bills in the world change nut, hut the
ancient and modern appellations are all different. Yu-chow
^
the universe.
Yu chow che keen wci teen te che keen
j
%If
fife
lhe m,0,t of the Tu-clum, expresses
in the mi.lst of heaven and earth. Paou tae ho the yu chow
\%.
^"fl
~f" 1 to ,ecure l',e harmony of the universe.

TING
m
7^
From a // under a cover or tftfrf in a tranquil place of
rest. Settled; in a fixed slate; tranquil; steady. To fix; to
settle; to decide. Fixed; settled; certain; a fixed- trance-like
state. To stop. Name of a district and of a hill. Peth ting
t^i ^ it must be. Gan ting.^^ j at rest; in a fixed
tranquil state. Ylh ting J positively ; assuredly. Tinge
1
*'0
' determine to decide on, as in a case of law.
Ting glh j
a fixed quantity or number. Ting Jen
^ ^ absolutely certain, positively. Tingke j ^Jja &xe&
lime. Ting sing ^ ^ to enquire respectfully about the
health of one's parents. POh ling ]fi J or We ting ^ j
uncertain, either referring to Ihe past or the future. Ting yin
1 $jjj(or Tin l,vl 5in 1 Jpl ^ an aovance S'Yen * n*
a bargain; earnest money.
Yew jlh ft: g ch .' le
1 \ ^
it is a fixed prin
ciple. Yu lingTj^ y lo settle previously. Jin szc bo chang
ting ^
'jpj' ^ | when are human affairs ever fixed.
HKn ling sh.n sing R ] ^ ^ in the evening enquire about
(a p rt.n'.j rest,a{\ in the moruin;, enquire about their waking.
T.< ting ic'S ^J" j ijl,^ to strike a bargain ; to make out
a written agreement. Jiih ting keu leaou
^
entered iotu a trance. Teen te ting wei ^ ^jjj j j^j
heaven and earth being fixed in their places. (YTh-king.)

40th Radical.

V,

Meen

Ting hea yTh tan ho j ~|T jp[ , ^* to settle an

agreement about merchandise. Choo e we ting ^ jgjr
j unresolved ; undetermined what to do. Sze infill we ting
|p[ f|| ^ ^ the affair yet remains in a state of uncertainty :
it ia not yet fixed how it will be, Kwo win ting jjjj
Jj
to send to the espoused lady the documents (aud presents)
which fix the intended marriage. We sing ting ^
^
not perfectly awakea term of abuse addressed to a stupid
person. Tan ting
^ a calm firm (decision of mind.)
In the She-king j Ting occurs as the name of ^
^ ^pj a constellation in the northern regions. ^ ^ jS.
1 Ckin-lrih te tiug, ' The Chin-tsih, or agitated lakes, were
settled' (Shocking.) Wang yu, kung ting yu wang e IJT
El ^ 1 ^ 1i U,e ki"s ^CI,inS-wilnS) ,aiu to
(Chow-kung.) when you, Sir, are settled in ( ^ L) I will go
also.' (Shoo-king.) Ting kc lun ] ^ ^ ' to confirm
(by the king's authority) the deliberations (of the ministers.)
Lun ting, jen how kwan che j|jg. | ffi*
^jf ^ after
the deliberations are confirmed (by the king) then give office
(to the person alluded lu.) Alter he has served theu give
him rauk ; aud Wei ling jen how Idh che
|
^ after his rank is fixed then give him emolument. (Leking.) E jun yue ting sze she ft jyj JEJ ] jflj J|f 'by
the intercallary month adjust the four seasons;' or else, accord,
ing to the lunar calendar
^ the spring (in three years)
is carried forward to summer. (Shoo-king.) Teen tcting wet
.han Uth lung, ke ^ J-[|j ^ $ |lj ^ jj| || when
heaven and earth were fixed in their places tlie.hills and lakes
had an intercommunion of aerial vapours. (.Ylh-kiug ) Pfih
teaou haou teen, Iwan me jew ting /f^ ^
^ jfjL ^
Jjfi j ' unpilied by resplendent heaven ; confusion cannot
b/ brought to settle I order.' (She king.) Che che urh how
linS 0 jl IHJ '^J 1 w',en "le m'n'' 'tnow* ,nilt virtuous
slate in which it ought to rest ; the purpose will heroine fixed.
(Ta-heo.) The king Se ing-wan ^ -] said to ^
Ming tsie, ^ ~]\ ^ ^- | ' how is the world (in which
war and strifj now pp-vaih to be fixed in a tranquil state?'
The philosopher rerninnicnd.-d an universul monarchy in these
words. Ting yn ylh ] -f'il must be fixed by uniting
it under one sovercigu.' (Mang-lszc.)

i-**Meen. V.

40th Radical.

1
Ting fun, ] M,^- T,n5 fuDS Uao ' 1
jpi ^ Tin8 ,in 1111011 >lhe names of plants.
Ting tung j
to determine respecting pain,a meilieal term.
1 ^ 55 ^ H ^* PT
TinE *inS wiD t,inS
le poh ko keue", The ceremony of enquiring early in the morn
ing (of parents) and soothing their evening's repose hy atten
tions, should not be dispensed with. (Tseuen-jin-keu-hwS.)

Jfamet of place:
Ting chow ] )\\ * Ai strirt in Chlh-lc province.
Ting fan j ^1 a district in Kwei chow province.
Ting gan j

a heen district in Canton province.

Ting hae |

a heen district in Chgkeang province.

Ting hing ^ |5| a district in Chlh-lc province.

Tingpeen j
Ting seang j

a Heen district in Se-gnn province.

a Heen district in Shan-sc province.

Ting laou j

a Heen district in Shan-tung province.

Ting nan ting j ^ 0^ a district in Keang-se province.

Ting yucn ting ^ ^ jljtfj name of a place in Shen-se.
Ting yuen ^ JJf a Heen district in Keang-nan province ;
there is also a place of the same name in Sze-cbucn pre-

YUEN, and Wan.

From a covering, and a knot causing retllcttnett. To
cover one's self over with shrubs or plants ; crooked and made
to hang down; yielding) giving way ; hence the common phrase
Yuen chum {jrjf
yielding and turning; i. e. accommodating
one's self to circumstances. Read Yuen, The name of a hill ;
of a country in the west , a surname. Read Yuen, A small
appearance. Yuen y 8 ] ^yorYucnjeii j ^ asjf; accord
ing to.
\
3!|C ^
Wan tsae snwflJ' chung yang, -ap
peared at if \a the midst of the water.' (She-king.) Wan
p ming kiw ] ^Jr
' a small doie.' (Sbe-king.)

836

From a line denoting the earth, and over all a coverin;. 1

settled dwelling ; that which by nature is constituted fit, right
proper; fitting for; suitable to; accordingwith ; union ; harmoat.
Business; affair. N; me of a sacrifice ; and of a district i
surname. Used Tor ^ E. E boo, pBb e ^
^\ ]
it proper. E jin J J{ title of the wives of officers oftbr
fifth rank. E-jen |
suitable; proper ; fitting. Eke ft*
tsze sze ^ 3
^ jjj either affirms that an affair s
proper, or in an interrogative tone, implies the contrary.
Yew she e yu tsze ; urh pu'h e yu pe
jf^p j jfk {[
fflj
1 IR"
,n<,re nre limes which are expediest
fur this, and inexpedient for that. Yew pe tsze seang e^J
t$
| there is a reciprocal expediency both f
that and this; or, for yon and me. Jin te seang e ^ j||
| the nun and the place su't each other:aid is
reference to (lemons who fill the office of magistrates. Taj
e
| it ought properly to be so. Woo e ^ J I
must by rights be thus. Yin she die e f [Jj ^l] ] toss
or make what is suitable or proper, according to tines sad
circumstances. Tsae 15 tin e ^ Jjfe Jf|j- ^ the plan as
arrangement is tiiit.ble or proper. Shang fi iTh e
^ rewards conferred and punishments inflicted, sc. or .
to what is suitable and proper. Tan peen e ^ jf^ J ts
covet what is expedient for, and suits one's self. Too e J
j to be suitable or peculiar to the soil. PQh hi she e jj\
\& j unsuitable to the times. E ke yew tsxe sze |
"Jt. ^
J^jf. he deserved what happened to himmi
in reference to some calamity or affliction falling npoa s
person.
E nan tsaou j j^j Jj=L E nan tsaou ^ JJJ
asa
of plants. E hing cha hoo j BiL ^ jy a tea pot na
at E-liing, in Keang-nan.
In the She-king it is said of Seuen-keang ^
queen of
^ Seuen-king,She ought
^ ~f" fill 3& Keun Uzc krae ,aou ;
Foo ke lew kea,

40th Radical.

837

Men

Erhuen ] ]] a Hen district in Segan province.

E-chun
| #
Keang-se.

##### weiwei to to,

#|| |l, #|| #I Joo

WI.

** *

shan joo hoo:

# ### 1 Seang fuh she e,

E-hing

| j#

+ 2 # Tize the pth shih,

# Z #|| ful Yun che joo ho!

E-ho

| 5R a
| #
| #

E-hwang

a.

E-keun

The six gems hang from the pins of her head dress:

Eleang | F# a

What dignified ease and calm self possession 1

E-pin

| #

E-shan

The state robes of royalty become her.

But since she is not virtuous,

E-loo

What can be said:

E-yang

How.foo seang teen te chee, e iso

5- #1 Z | }! ZE # R.

yew min

a.

Keang-se,
- - -

- - - -

th

l |l a
| #||
| #

Se-gan.
Yun-nan.
Sze-chuen.

Kwang-se,
Hoo-pih.

al

al

Keang-nan.
Kan-stjh.

al

With her prince together live or die

Firm as a mountain ; flowing as a river

- - -

Ho-nan.

JF # |

the prince assists heaven

From a covering and old. An ancient form

of #

and earth in what is fitting to help the people. (Yih-king.)

Fan keu min tsae e sew ke keaou ; ph eke sh , tse ke
ching pth yih kee JU J# R. # | $ # # % #

Keu, A dwelling.

j{ i # # }% As 5% # !

***

all those who are in

Places which require them to rule the people, ought to adjust

their education , but should not by coercion aller their

From a covering, hill, and strength.

# Kea #
form of

a house.

An ancient;

See under seven strokes.

*toms: should settle the rules of government; but not

change what is suitable to the people. (Le-ke.) The prin

ciple taught is, that customs and opinions should be gradually

*ged by the influence of education.

Luy yu Shang-te, eyu chung too # HF

->

SIX STROKES.

E# | +

# + sacrifice to

the most high ruler, and sacrifice to the

gods of the land. Tse shay yu c # jk | to sacrifice

to the gods of the land is expressed by E.

(Shoo-king.)

Kung she lae yen, lae e ZN P % # % | the

effigy of the departed is come to the festis come to the
place proper for it. (She king.) Said in allusion to the
* observed after death in ancient times, when an image
"f the deceased was dressed up, worshipped ald feasted.

Names of places.

E-chang

| E. name of a district in Hoo-pih.

E chang

| # a Heen district in Hoo-nan.

| #). a district in Iloo-pih.

E-ching

PART i.

From earth raised on earth, and a covering.

An

upper story or loft.

2'UP

KTIO. From to unite and covered. Joined; united.

#" Kllii.

#,
& S.)\ JB

From shelter and every A person sheltered by an inn or

common hall. A guest, one who coines to a place to make a
temporary sty, any person that comes from outside; a strang

er, a dealer from another part of the country, a customer.

Banditti are also called Kih, when they come from a foreign/

rf-^Meen.

VI.

40th

Radical.

state. A surname. Yew Jin kTh

f{ ] or Yew kTh jin
J^jj" j ^ he has visitor. Pin kTh ^ j a visilon a
guest Yuen kTh
| * stranger from remote prlj. Choo
klh ^ ^ a hot and a guest. Tsine kTh
j to invite
a friend or visitor, to invite a party. A customer t as F& kTh
^ to procure customersgoods which do to. A travel
ing merchant i as Cha klh ^ ^ a tea merchant ; a dealer who
goes to the hills annually to procure the lea s a manufacturer
of tea.
Klh shang ^ J^Jj a traveling merchant, one who goes to
a place to purchase commodities and leave it again. Chang
takThchee ^ ^ j ; Tm to conduct the ceremonul
on receiving, great (state) visitors. Kin jTh yew kTh lae ApE? \\ 1 vj^ 11 T'*llor na> come to day. Sung yu chow
wei kTh
"J" ffl ^ 1 Sung was a guest at Chow's
courtwhich intimates that the two states were equal and
recognised a reciprocity of civility. Piih yaou lo kTh
taou ^ ^
j ^ don't adopt the formalities of a
visitor, he at home. KTh lae choo pfihkno ^ Jjs. ;f* ^
when the visitor came, the host took no notice of him.
KTh choo jin urh heug ^ jt Jj^
n anatomical
phrase. Fan Uze wae che chay keae j u? kTh ^ ^
^
Q 1 all those who approich from outside are
called Klhi and Fan wae kow yTh yu* kTh }{, ft jfe 7)f>
p~j | all robbers or bandit ti who come from outside are
also called Klh; hence Paou klh
j cruel visitors; vie.
robbers. Tsze kTh "rj^J ] an assassin. Kwan kTh -j^ ]
to treat a guest well. Klh keu choo jin gan ^
tjr ^
t$ when guests go, the host enjoins repose. Neu se \ ue kcaou
kTh
J|f Q ^ ] a daughter's husband is called
Kcaou -klh.
Chung mnn keTh 18 e lae paou kTh gj[ pfj |^ |g
^
| double the gales, and strike the tocsin, to be on the
watch against ferocious banditti. (YTb-king.) Yu yen kea kTh
.i'j ii/j ] "uls ' "',a" 'lave 3 wurl''y Sue41- (She-king.)
Yew pfih s8 che kTh san jin lae /j
jj* ^ j
there are three unimportuned gueats come. KTh te ^
a place of general resort, such as a greit mart to which mer
chants come from various quarters. KTh suy J fjj^ the last
year ; the year that if now gone.

838

An ancient form f ^ TsTh, A bouse or dwellia^

Some lay an obsolete form of

TS, To measure.

An ancient form of Kwei^t Traitoraa

HWANG.
Some aay, Wide) spacious; extensive; to
KWEl.

B rom a c ovcring and it i,-;-

To fall ia ruins; to be perineal le.

SEUEN.
From n house or cover ng, in whirh winds
cause to circulate the material principles in nature . to revolve
and extend to every place; to spread out, to expand T
promulge , 4o proclaim to; to declare to; to summon. A
high degree of intelligence.. Slow. The name of a district.
A surname. A certain appurtenance of a carriage E'rir
grey hairs; bald. Setien hwa j .j tu diffuse the principles
of order and of civilization. Seuen kaou ^ j^j is
proclaim ; an Imperial proclamation. Seuen shTh ^
as
Imperial mansion. Seuen yang ^ ^ to spread or promulge
Ching seuen Poo-ching-szeszc^ j
^
receiver and promolger of the acts of the supreme- oerament; title of an officer in each province, who, to the duties
expressed in bis title, generally adds that of trr.nurer. Scoei
}in ]
a propagator of lewdnessan expression applied to
dissipated princes. Seuen che j p to promulge the will
of a sovereign. Fung che seuen chaou
1 pp W
receive the imperial will and proclaim it.
Ke shun nae seuen ^
] being at repose, tie
same was widely extendedamong all ranks.
;;he-kia)
Seuen peen j
to extend every here. Seuen chl ei
jin | ^
^\ man of a comprehensive and dijetraisf

40th

839
mind, said of Wan-wang ^ jj^ by his ion, and successor,
^
Woo-wang. (She-king ) Seuen -chilli j Hi to be
dispersed ; to mire forth and disperse. Jlh seuen san ITh
0 ISt d"'ly cxl,il,it lhe tnree virtues; shew them
in action as is also expressed by Seuen loo j ^ to expose
to view. (Shocking.) Scuen-ho j
; or Seuen-tsung
1 ^ 1 or Seuel, ah 1
an<) Seuente ] iffr are
imperial titles which occur in Chinese history. In the She-fa
juii
or ru'e" * '''S8'1 composition ; Persons, Shell win
chow, ti y it* seuen
JjlJ ^ |J | f good fame and
great celebrity are denominated Seuen ; or as it is otherwise
expressed, persons who arc Shing shin chow win ^ isjsi jfj^
renowned for wisd<.ro and goodness.
Seucn-hwa foo-jin | |p? ^ A was the daughter of
}
Seuen te, of the ffi Chin dynasty. When gj
the Chin dvnasly perished; the conqueror WSn-te of the
Pfj
^6* ^'^ d^nn,ty 'M A ^3 'elected this Indy to
enter the harem. That emperor on his djing bed was attended
by Seuen-hwa Foo-jin, and on going out to other aprrtmeiits
to rnange her raiment jJ=JJ ^
jjjjj snc wn* assailed
by the prince who was heir apparent, but she ^Jj jjjj
ff>
resisted and escaped. On her return lo the chamber of the
dying monarch
jjj^. jjjjj 5 ^ .L the Eni|)eror
was surprised at the chacge of her coui.tcnauce from what
was usual, and
asked about it jr<j A
|EJ
^5
the lady in a flood of tears, said, the prime
ha* been rude.
i=fe
The emperor was greatly enraged
and said ^ t jtf J ^J* ^ 5^ brute ! how fit t have
committed to him the great affair of the sovereignty ; and he
-J^ jyj instantly died. The prince then sent a present ofgold
nclos<-d in a cover to the lady ; who thinking it to be poison
opened it, and found
j^p" two hearts joined in one,
ircil ffil iP
a r*5e ,ne rl'f"*''<' il,al down a"d would
not make the usual obeisance till f%j
K
J*]
all the inmates of the harem forced her, and then she bowed ;
and it ^
^ that night the prince debauched
her. (PTh-mei-sin-yung.)
Seuen fi ^
the hair of the head turning gray and
falling out. Seuen shTh j
a chamber occupied by the
emperor when fasting.

Radical. VI.

Meen |-*-

Original form of^? Yaou. See the following.

g

YAOU.
From atover and laid tranmerielg. The south-east corner
of a room or house ; the creaking ofthe hinge of a door. Read
Yaou, Deep; sombre.

The same as Tseth

a place where no human

3?
voice is neard. Stillness.

sh1hFrom a -covering and to go to. A plice of rest; a dwelling;

the apartments of the family. A wife ; a house, or family. A
cavern or grave; a case for a thing. Name of a hill. A
surname. Ching shTh ji j the principal wife. Tslh shth
^J||] j a concubine. Kung shlh
^ a house; a dwelling,
sometimes means the Imperial apartments. Tseen shth
| a quiver, ting shlh
^ a northern constellation.
San shlh yew shlh ~_ -j" ^j" | at thirty marry. Show
shlh ^ j to take a wife for one's self or one's son. She
shlh jjt j a temple or hall dedicated lo ancestors.
Tsung shlh 'y^ '| the imperial kindred. ShTh sdh j ^
a Pegasus Markab. Nan e neu wei shlh ; ncu e nan wei kea
a woman constitutes a shlh (or chamber) a woman by marry
ing a man constitutes a kea (house or family,)where poligamy prevails, the addition of a concubine requires only an
additional chamber; but when a woman marries a husband, a
new house is formed. Shth kea ^
and Kea shlh
] are used lo denote a household or a family. Hoo yew che
nuy wei shlh ^
"J*/
^ | inside a door and a
window constitutes a SMh. Shlh urh jin hea j ^ A j
the house is near, but the man is far off, this is Sze jew che

Meen.

VI.

40th Radical.

840

1,ze /
^
an exPrCTSI0n u,ed whe" tn",'linE of
(an absent) friend i the same idea is otherwise thu expressed,
^ \ ftl M & A Hr ii Ke ,Mh l,,h urhi ke jiD
bin yuen i The house is near, but the man it very far off
For more compound phrases under the word j SMh, see
the 30th toI. ofPing-Isze liiy-peen jgj^
under Keu
choo mnn jjjjp'J the section concerning dwelling places.
San sMh jut chwang yew sMh 5l. ~f~ |EJ jji 7jr) j
thirty years of age is called manhood, and the period to have
a wife. Kung shTh tung ming
^ ijfl
Kung and Shlh
are general termsfor a dwelling place. The first word,
usually denotes a harem or an ap irtmenl devoted to the women
and children of priiici-s, the word Shih is of more extensive
application ; the two word* are also uaed together, to denote
any human abode; thus Shang koo heug ken ray choo, how
ho ihing ji ,lh che c. kung shlh _^
^ ^ jgj1 ^
antiquity people dwelt in caves in wilderness places, in subse
quent ages, the s'ges changed these ror houses. ShTh is used
for the grave i Pill uy che how ; kwei ju ke tlilh Q ^ ^
J^lr ~f"
1 a^cr a hundred years (man) returns to.
his home. Ping shlh Ttt ^ au ice-house.
A copious collection of quotations in which the word Shlk
1 occurs may be found in ^ ^ Pei wan, 1 1 1 vol, 86 page.

and excused. San yew che ft j

the law ef
three causes of exculpation ; Ylh yew yuf piih hlh - j
p-| ^ 1^ one ground of forgiveness is ignorance; Tsae
yew vue kwo sMIv H j |=1
i the second grousi
<if forgiveness is mistake; San yew yuS wei wang j Q
jjj
,ne lnird R^und of forgiveness is having forgot
New yu keen kew ;. pae chang; Iwan sGh, san sc pfih lev
WT SftttftlLffH.ft;.? 1 t.cobine with traitorous cabals; lo infringe constant principle!;
to anarchist public nuuinersthese tbree crimes, though
committed lo a small extent, cannot be forgiven. Ko fu*
keen yew pj*
^ may it be excused or not? She
fow keen >ew Jfe ^ j | is it excused or out) I
tso taou hw chung leiih so piih yew J^J jt }J
^
If* ff[ ^ 1 l *e,uc0 lne nul,ll,uJt: b> holerodox opinioni, is what the laws will not forgive. Yew melt) ^ Sj-J
denotes the same as, Tsiug melh ^ ^ still and secret;
retired ; closeYew ^ occurs in the sense of Tioo ktuen yay
-jj/ lo assist, and encourage; or is synoniinoiis with ^ Yew.
Wang U shlb san yew ^ A ^ EE \ tne king at greit
rep sis is aided (or stimulated) by three pieces of music
which are struck up during the repast.

s. c.
Ill
From a minister or sernaii under a caner. One who serves
another, particularly a sevant ofthe crown; a surname. H,
hc yay ; Iie8 chlh sze wei kwan vay \
-rji, ^ ^ 0
'0} 'f^ tiL nwan denotes to learn, to learn official duties ia
order to act as. a magistrate. Yew fan sze ji i chaykeaeyus
hwan X
A ^ "it H 1 f"rlber' *" **"
who serve other men are called Hwan. Beaiig hwan ^
^ a country gentleman. Hwan sze san pTh jin |

^ three hundred officers of government.

Sze hwan ^fc | or Kwon hwan r[V" | a governcaeiit
HWAN.

YEW.
ft
To postct and under a iheller. To be indulgent to ; to
give scope to, but not set quite at liherly, to relax. Pro
found) close. To assist; to advise or encourage to do. A
surname.
Yew j is thus defined, Shoo kwan ^JJ^ j| to
excuse, to forgive in part; Kwan che urh c, we tseueu fang
W % ~Z. tfff %
tk ife lo
>"d 'Igcnce
merely; not entirely forgive.
Shay yew
^ to forgive.
Yew tsuy ^
to reprieve or remit for a lime.
Yew kwo woo ta ; wei pfih shTh urh woo fan, suy ta
p>, shay yew yay j % ffi
ft ^ ffc jffl g
JU* i{f
ij^c 1 ifi 'n *ur"' v'n crr<,ri' n"e are
considered great,expresses that an error or offence com
mitted from iguorancc, although great, it must be forgiven

offi.er. Hwan kwan \ 'ft' Yen hwan P| | or Caurj

kwan rjj ^ an eunuch ofthe imperial place. Hwan ni
^
a madarin purs*:the icouej made in office j ;roerail) implies bribery.

841

E.

40th Radical.

The Sun shining through a crevice. To feed

Men

VII.

An empty house; empty; vacant.

LANG.

or nourish ; the north east torner of a house, where the food

It is supposed that the genial influences of nature

is placed.

arise in the north east, and to this idea an allusion is made.

TEAOU.

%
King tenou

# # levity and dissipation, profligacy;

An erroneous form of

KEUN.

# Tseth,

Still ; quiet.

From an eminent man under a cover.

To dwell; many dwelling together.

this sense is controverted.

Same as

# Paou,

To secret; to hide.

'#

(#) f&#! +

KUNG.

From a covering and the body abbreviated. The palace of a

king or Emperor; chiefly the private apartments for his family,

and the chambers for the women. A wall, a temple: a title of

Same as # Ning, Tranquil; secure.

An abbreviated form of

# Hae, To

hurt; or in

jure ; injury.

E.

An erroneous form of E

% which

is an

office, a note in music; to surround. Show kung #

# within the palace.

Kung hing

castration. Kung kin

the sacred apartments.

ancient form of E H.

suitable ; right; proper.

*R.

the inner imperial dwelling ;

Kung go meineu

Kung teen

| /\ # the name of a plant.

j: ill | /], |l;

From a covering and to perfect.

the great hills surround the small hills.

a library containing the national archives.

'#'

Kwanan expression

Numerous quotations including the word Kung

wanton lascivi

# *::# # Ping

ous manner: an affected air of tenderness.

PART 1,

8 E

are

5% and

in

tsze luy pen.

The law concerning Kung nuy fun tsng

| W] #

wrangling inside the Imperial harem, is contained in the

Kwan.)

contained in the 131 vol. 60 page of Pei-wan

the 29th vol. of

##a

| ii. f: Z #

representation of the two Kung and five

used in physiognomy. (See

To contain, as a house; that which is contained in a house,

Kung

occurs in the sense of To surround. Tashan kung seaou shan

Urh kung woo kwan che too

Ya cha

1 # # 3:

| # L sitting in public court.

Kungjin tsaou

CHHA.

| #| the punishment of

| # a palace.

SEVEN STROKES.

the

the handsome women in the palace of the moon. Kung tang

che shang

-Q

CH1NG.

name of a tree, a lizard that creeps on the wall. Hing kung

4T | a travelling palace, i.e. one for the reception of the
Emperor when travelling. Kung shih l # a house; a
dwelling imperial apartments: the phrase first became con
fined to Imperial use in the time of Tsin. Kung chung |

16th

vol. of Ta-tsing-leith-le; the punishment threatened is 50 blows:

#-*- Meen.

VII.

40th Radical.

843

if the parlies proceed to fight and the noise reach the emperor,
one hundred blows are to be inflicted. Any eunuch who shall
wound himself by a weapon iniide the harem, muit be in.
stanllv decapitated.
The laws concerning Kung teen mun shen jBh j j^r |Jfj
^ entering without leave the palace gate; and Kung
teen tsaou tsB pa pub choh | JfJ Ml ^ rlf 'T* iti
persons doing work in the palace, not going out after the
work ii over are contained in the 10th vol. of Ta-tsing-lefih-le.
Chow vuug wei kung
j^jj ^ | a wall around (a
house) makes a Kung. Kung shth hwa mci J f|f J^t
a mansion gay and elegant.
^ f'p ^ flj? J^J jjj^
Jijj, jjjpj Hwang-te ts kung shlh e pe fung ju. The emperor
Bwang-te (B C. S6S2) made houses lo retire to from the
windandrai,

ft $ ft % % # ft \

timet the dwelling places ot both noble and ignoble, were all
called Kung ; this was the case till the time of Tsin, (B. C. 300),
when it became the name of his dwelling who was supreme
in honor,vix. the emperor. Tsung meaou ylh yui kung
Q ^ the temple of ancestors is also called
Kung. Kung he j ^ a particular school at court during
the time of the Sung dynasty. Kung tsin j
a bedcham
ber for women. Kung fang ^
a private apartment in
the harem. Laou kung ^ j an eunuch. Kung moo
} PI the gale of the imperial palace. ShTIi kung ^ J
the palace of Buddha. Che kung shang ^ ^ ^correspond
to ABC in the natural gamut. Kung ^ is said to denote
"in the middle of,' and Kungshing ^ gjfc is called (jj
Chung yin, The middle sound or note.
WOO.
Synonimous with ^2 Woo, To awaken from sleep.
HEAOU.

SSZ

Vapour, steam or smoke ascending.

UNG, or Yung. Harmony ; concord.

From a eecer and MUM- lei/. To rule ; to govern ; a ruler ;

a governor j to fashion to one's purpose; to kill animals and
dress them, and to preside over the table. Che tne "jjjlj
lo form ; to make. Yth tsae | | the ruler of a city.
Choo tsae ^ j a sovereign ruler, applied to Nature ; to aa
Emperor, and to the Heart of man. Ta or Tae tsae ^ ^
one who has the supreme command of many other officers.
Seaou tsae /J\ j an inferior ruler. Ping tsae
^ to boil
and dress food. Teen te chay wan wHh che choo tsae ^ U
f-^l 4^7
-]* j heaven and earth are the lovertasa
rulera of all things. Choo tsae
^ or Kea tsae J|
on officer placed over the household of princes and men of
rank. Shen Isae
^ or Paou tsae
j officers whs
provide for the table. Too tsae
j to butcher; to kill
Tsae seang ^
ministers of statecommonly called ia
Europe Cotao, from
KS laou. Tsae new ^ iji
to kill a cow. Tsae scang clie yung ^
^ 2^ the
high honors of a minister of state.
Ke new yu tslh; kin che too tsae jjjjy
^^^
.it Jill* 1 praying for softening showers; and prohibiliaf
the butchering and killing ofanimalsthese always go together
in China. Tsae new shi jang j ^ ^
to si -j kiae,
and kill sheep. Seen been tsae tsxe ^ ^ ] -f" Tsie Ira
a worthy person of former times . a disciple of Coafuriot,
and a native of Keuh-fow-heen fj|j t=J_
lhe birth place f
Confucius himself.
Ta seaou ylh tie 4^ /Js
^ governors of great issj
small cities. Chung tsae chang pang che; lung pth ksraa,
keunsze h.e % j $ ft jft $g ^ *g
fJTJ $
the Chung-lsae or great statesmen, manage the governmat
of the country; exercise a gcueral controul over all officrn.
and ajust all affairs vilhin the four seas. Tae Use che etna
chang keen pang che lew teen
|
| $1
ijfj the duty of the TVie tsae consists in managing tfce
six great stale ceremonies, which build up, or edify the cocatry. Nuy tue chang shoo pan too che fa
j 'lp
YjS ||]
$J the JVi/y-isae attend to the rules for drawiug maps, or surveys of the country for the useof gov

843

40th Radical. VII, Men 4-1a

Other quotations containing the word Tsae | may be seen

in 40, page 13 of the 56 vol. of{il X Pei-wn.

Hae szejin

| % /\ to injure
| /\

death. Haejin

a person so as to cause

to injure another person.

| # H: AE to kill horses and cows

Tsae sh ma new

Haepa

| #

to feel afraid.

Hae sew

| #

to feel

which have been used in husbandry or as beasts of hurden,

is by the 21 S, of Ta-tsing-leth.le declared illegal. JL #!,

|
to become sick. Hae jin chung
| /\ # | t'. he who injures another man, will
finally injure himself Esze hae kung, fei chung yay }} #4
| ^\ JE #. th. for private ends to injure. public ones;

ashamed. Hae ping

hae ke

| # D. H. + # # H all who privately kill

their own horses and cows shall be beaten with
blows; for, since those animals

J# #E f= {{!. have
kill them is cruel.

one hundred

# # H. jj % # #

exerted their strength to the utmost, to

| jka cook.

Tsae foo

is a want of fidelityin government officers.

Hae | is used to express natural calamities, and also
moral evils.
Ten hae j | a calamity sent by heaven.

Shwy hae 7k

KEW.

From to seek and under a cover.

To

a flood or inundation. Ph

fung teen tsae,

ph yu jin hae, weiche shingjin X.

# jR. # M. j# /\

| # 2 # A. he who neither

meets with any natural

search for; to seek to attain.

calamity, nor any injury from man is a Shingjina saint or

a sage.

#
##

CHA.

HEA.

Broad; wide; full; solid.

An interstice, an aperture ; and to fill an

Yuen hae hing le

# | #! #||

to pnt far off

what is injurious, and to raise up what is advantageous. Choo

hae

# |

hae

+1. | the five evils-refer to five forms of natural,

exclude or put away what is injurious. Woo

and five kinds of political evil.

See a collection of quotations including the word Hae

in Pei-wn % 89th vol. 68, page 71.
Na hae

interstice or opening.
-

isze moo yang urh; show urh, too hadu, tsew she tsuy tow

An ancient form of

f Shih.

To fill; full; sub

le he sea, ###########
#####| 1 it that child's figure and hand, are
all good, only her lips are a little severe. Ph pajoo le hae

stantial; solid.

|f| }# #|| l
f

HAE.

I am not afraid of your severity. Wei

Z. # not

haeptih tseen

a slight evil or injury.

3:

From a covering denoting a house, confusion, and a mouth;

because calamities often arise from domestic broils. To injure;

to hurt; to be injurious or hurtful, calamitous, detrimental;

the effect produced on the mind by injuries or calamities.
Read 5, or H5, as an interrogative particle. Who? what?
why? Le hae R] | advantageous and hurtful, are used

as opposites; when taken together they denote Sharp and

injurious, formidable, severe. Shanghae {#

to wound

#vis

# 3,

From an overspreading shelter and repose.

leisure, a feast; an entertainment ; a banquet; merriment.
Ta pae yen yen
ment.

Yen l

j- EH # | to make a great
l # to be merry and joyful.

entertain

Kinjih woo kih yuen chung ta paeyen yen, j naou fei

chang A, El AF #| || || k ##

####

and hurt, to injure. Fang hae

to cause some detri
ment. Hae ke | t to injure one's self. Hae chung |

spread out, and there will be extraordinary bustle and festivity.

to injure many persons;

Shang yen

to injure people generally.

# to day at noon in the garden, a great entertainment is to be

'# |

and Tsze yen

|}} |

express the emperor's

MeV.n.

VII. 40th Radical.

conferring an entertainment on statesmen, or embassadors.

He'en ko tsew yen j^jj
j music, tinging, wine and
feailing. J8h licS yin yen ^ J|l |^ j those who enter
learnings i. e. become graduate* partake of a feait. Chung
ken yin IHh ming yen
JjjjJ ^ jffc
\ on obUining
the Keu-jin degree, the graduate! partake of the Deer-cry
FcaiL Chung tiin sze yin keung lin yen fjf
^^
jj^ j those who attain the Tsin-szc degree, partake of the
immortal gem forest feast. Yen j and Yen jtjjE are used us
ynonimous, in the jj^
Pei-win, 96 vol. tj 76, page IS.

KEUE.

Not daring to stretch out straight.

SEAOU.
From a ctvering and obscurity below. Obscure ; night i
fully set in ; small. Yuenseaou y j the night of the lMh
of the 1st moon. Seaou bing ^ |j" the name of an
insect which emits a light. Yuen seaou ta fang
hwa ting jfe ^ ^
jjfe ^ on the Yuen seaou
night, widely exhibit flower painted lanterns. Ching jug shlh
woo hwa tang tung seaou IE ^ ^ 2 $ jl^ J. 1
on the 15th of the first moon, the flower painted lanterns
shine through the whole night. Tsing seaou ^jjj ^ a clear
night. Leang seaou ^ | a fine night. Chung seaou fife.
^ the whole night. Tung seaou
j a winter's night. Stih
seaou
^ morning and night. Shoo seaou ^ ^ a hot
night. Han seaou ^ j a cold night.
Pei win ^
83 Tnl- \ 17- P^S6 *7. conUins classical
quotations including the word- j Seaou. Seaou ming tsaou
| fljj
the night shining plant.

From three periont under a thelltr i in course of time

corrupted to the present form. A pig under a thtBer. Inside
a door. A house ; a family i to dwell j a wife calls her husband
Kern. A scholar of celebrity) a publisher of books ; a sect, as

844
Joo-kea ^ j the sect of the learned. A part or particular
region of the human body ) as, Pe wei leang kea ]^ jj ^
| the two regionsthe Pe and Wei ; domestic, or domesti
cated animals. Hwuy kea JgJ j to return borne. Teen
kea
| the Emperor. Jin kea
j a nun ; a person.
ChSb kea jjj j to go from home j to be devoted to the
priesthood. Kea ching j g great officers of the court ;
domestic officers of the Ecnperor, kings, and prince*. Kea
chang ^
the head of a family. Kea ching ^ jfj^ll.rules or government of a family. Keajin ^ ^ a domestic ;
also name of one of the diagrams. Kea shing |
the
genealogy of a family, on account of its rise. Kea she j j{
| the life ofa person; a written biography of the affairs of a family.
Kea she pub. haou j
^ jjjj (be worldly concerns of toe
family, unprosperous. She kea jfh j a family ofage*as
ancient family. Kea taou | \^ the ways or circumstance*
of a fau.ily. Kea kung tsze j ^ ^ our young master.
Kea chan tsin tseue" ] j! || $g to give up the whole
of one's property to creditors, or to government ; furniture,
slaves, and every thing is iucluded.
Foo foo ho urh how kea taou ching ^ ^jj
^
1
ffe husband and wife must agree, and then ioxuitu
principles will be perfected.
Kea | is often used for My, when speaking of
one'* own relations, at Ken foo, kea moo j
'
My father and my mother. Kea heung j ^
my elder brother.
Ta kea ^ ] the whole body
or number of persons concerned) ^
t|J
7 "k 1 ffl & *i & K,n chB u ,luns chay teo
leaou, ta kea too tsow ttin lae, Having teen him ascend the
carriage and set off, the whole of them, then all walked in.
Ttae kea pin ylh haou ^ j Jj^
ij^- for him can re
mains at home, even if poor it it still well,it is better than
leaving one's home. Tsze kea Q j one's self. Kea chay
kwo che tslh yay ^ ^ ^ T F|||
a family is the pat
tern of a nation. Shin sew, urh how kea tse: kea tie, urh
howkwSchc^ffijg } % ]
g
y^J when individuals posse*' virtuous accomplishment*; fami
lies will be correct and orde rly ; and when families are correct
and orderly, the nation will be properly regulated. (Ta-heJ).

40th Radical vil. Meen *

845

# | # a discourse

Tse kea shw

well,to prevent lewdness.

# # 2 vol. 2nd, page 27.)

# expressed in two words,

on regulating a family

of # # Kang-he, by R #
# 4: Ten-ke-shih Sen sang.

vol. published in the reign

(Tseuen jin keu hw8

4\ /\

ZH

The great rule is

##

one hundred and three

Pih-san-ming-kea # +. ,
famous writersduring the period called %
Lh-chaou,

Shun suspicion ; i. e. what

Let

The six dynasties, from the third to the seventh century

every person in the family be occupied in their proper duties,

inclusive, 64 vols. consists of short pieces of poetry, official

": aim at personal correctness ; # | % # XR 4] +

papers, letters, or short extracts from them; and so on.

ever excites suspicion; hate every appearance of evil.

X: the way to regulate well a family includes nothing more

than these few rules.
Yuen kea
Jin kea

% |

M |

An ancient form

a man; a human being; an individual; a class

# | #+

denotes

are given

21.

#; |

F kea

of # shin, To judge; to examine

Kea ; thus Pih

all the writers of

eminence, in every period of Chinese history.

means also a particular profession, as Ekea
cal profession.

5%

families at enmity with each other.

or particular school of writers is called a

kea choo tsze

Classical quotations including the word Kea

in the 29th vol. of Pei-wn

Kea

into. From a covering, denoting To brood over; a claw and

wood. Read Pen, To separate; to distinguish.

the medi

#3 shin.

the legal profession-or

writers on law: for the Chinese do not admit of the profession

of law in the same sense as in Europe. Nung kea

an agriculturist. Kw 8 kea
kea

# ]

and

# |

Kwan kea

Ten kea

# |

}: |

% |

Tsih

are epithets, denoting

From a covering and the north polar star.

A retired apart

ment; the Imperial apartments, in allusion to the Emperor

being like the polar star.

Ching tekeu yn shin # # F# E. # to compliment

an imperial or royal familythe last expression now only

the imperial residence, the word Shin is employed.
denotes a family, the head of which is in the government.
Tsih kea tsze # | + a princess of the imperial family.
Taou kea

# If
Scen kea

the Taou sect-or that founded by

Laou-tsze.

{l; |

Shih kea

# |

| ##

a statesman of the Sung

querors of the Yuen -7F dynasty. When he HH

E.

"7:"
| #d H
heard of the fall of the Sung family, he shed tears

& # My

from morning to night, and

X. f: k ## J#

would

neither eat nor drink (an ordinary meal) for several months:

X k AE. J% # #

after a few years more in a good

old age his life was ended.

Kea paou tseuen tseth

| # * # a complete collec

tion of domestic jewelsconsisting of miscellaneous moralities;

general instructions and advices proper for families. Under the

% # #f good jestsare some indecent stories.

PART I.

Other combinations of the character occur in the

13th vol. of

# % Pei-wn,

103rd page.

the genii or superhuman hermits spoken

dynasty, devotedly attached to the fortunes of that family, and

who refused to accept an high office under the Tartar con

head

Fung shin.
the Buddha sect.

of by the Chinese.
Kea-hen-ung

Te keu

# E. 3% | # the emperor resides in the

northern retired palace, which place is also called #. |

ph shin kung

8. r

In 32

YUNG.

G # # #.

From a covering and a valley, both of large containing

capacity. To contain; to bear with to endure; the external

expression of the feeling with which one receive "y

thing ;

external carriage, manner, countenance ; officer" who

p reside

over ceremonies. A district, a surname. By"g # #

the various attitudes, bows, &c. which court cer"I
requires. Tsung yung # | easy, graceful carriage. King
yung # | thin light silk. Yung che | 1E a person's

l # little
perfume bags, worn by ladies. Yungjin chek" l N. 2
# to bear with people's faults. Yung maou | # the
carriage; demeanour; address.

Yung

chow

Meen.

VII.

40th

Radical.

external n p ;,> , ran ce or countenance nf a person. Yung ni ^

flflj to receire and cont.iin, phyieitly or morally. Yung te
1 flit
wno'e f peiwo'i figure and manner. Yung
yun; | j spread out and flying about.
Yung e j ^ easy to effect ; requiring no effort. Hing
yung Ij-^ ' the external figure , the appearance or fashion
of. Han yung
j to contain copiously . to forbear
much; in which last sense Mine write ^ ^ Han yung.
Paou yung
j to enclose around and contain , to beir
with. Yew yung ITh nae ta /pj" j ^ J*J Jr^ to possess the
virtue of a protecting forbearance is great in a prince. Keun
Isze e yung min chBh chung ^ Jf- ft |
a prince by a protecting forbearance towards the people,
nourishes the multitude. Lcang too ning yung jpr jfr- jq
^ 'a measure tint can contain;' is an expression denoting
a lit eral indulgent mind. Yung se iou chlh pae ho ain-ehing
| /J\ j! ^ || ^ J """"i* me> 5our ,i,,'e Der,nCW<
to pay my respects to jour bride- Pfih yung yu szc ^ j
'Jfis
not excised in deathdeath is nut a sufficient punishment. Woo te tsre yung ^
j=j j no place to contain
one's selfunable to bear one's self.
Keun Use che jung shoo che ^
^ J
the manner or demeanour of an eminent man is easy and
low i but, Keen so tsun chay chae sun ^
^
]^
^[ when he sees a person be honors, he shews a respectful
alertness: TiBh yung chung ^ 1 fg the gait of the feet
is steady ; Show yung kung ^ ^ ^ the motion of the
hand* respectful; Mflh yung twan [f| j
the motion of
the e\es is regular, he looks straight before him; Kow jung
che p j jJ-_ bis mouth stops talking ; Shing yung tsing
^ (ij^i his voire when emitted is soft; Tow yung chlb
^
hi< head is carried straight ; Kc yung s8h ^ ^
his general air or carriage is -reverentially courteous ;
L.ih jew llh j'jr | ijrfj he stands erect with virtuous firm
ness ; Flh yung cbwang <j?l j
counlnance looks bold.

846
^ | a haughty proud carriage. Ts8 neu urb yung j"^ -JjJ^jl ^ to act girlishly.
Shlh yung ^ | to lose countenanceto appear discoacerled. Yuen rnsou tseui she ^ ^ ^jn Jj^ a countenance
that exceeds (in beauty) all the world. He yung Ifi. 1
pleased counleaance. Chin yungjil. | a true countenance
are terms by which a painted likeness is expressed. Wei
foo neu yn keen e kwS che jin yu yen ki >g p5 yung. hwg yew
I ide 'ff ~tLm "ou' 'nl' w",nen
little girl, "ho b<ppra
accidentally to see men of strange countries, should express
themselves in a light contemptuous mannerperhaps such a
thing occurs.' (The viceroy of Canton, speaking of the op
probrious epithets applied by the Chinese to foreigners, )
Yuug J occurs in the sense of jf^ Fang, To guard
against; to ward off. Yung heen ^ ^ a district in Kwansc province. Yung ching ^
a hceu d^trict in Ctrih-le.
Yung chac suy peTh j
J)-fj ^ or Yung chae woo
pelh j ^
is a collection of criticisms, reflections,
anerdotes, remarks on history, etc written at the spur of the
moment, by J^t AJ- j|a Hung-king-loo, a statesman of tbe
Sung
dynasty. To a Chinese reader, the fourteen volumes
of this work form a r 1 1 lie r instructive miscellany.
Classical quotation* including the word Yung | are
found in .the 2nd vol. of jjj^ p Pei wan, S9th j

An ancient form of E *Si right, fit.

An ancient form of Heang M. und ,

SEUEN.
Original form of Seuen ^ to circulate to cTcry part

H-iou yen yurg

^ a good countenance. Tsow
yung jjjfj j a sorrowful countenance. Seaou yung
j
a laughing countenance. Wei yung ^ j a majestic com.
nandiug countenance. Foo yung
| a feminine deport
mentthe manner becoming a woman. Kcu gaou yung jjjjf

^.HAOU.
An ancient form of Haou

tbe down of plants-

40th Radical. VIII.

847

pass the night.

YIN.

Men r">

San shih le yew stih; sh yew loo shih

= + H # | | ff ##

at

the

distance

of

thirty le there is a resting place, and the resting place has a

An ancient form of

Yin, a horary character.

road-housean inn.

Laou sze stih joo

The

}:

same as

Keen, Veneration,

respect;

devotion.

# # | # an

aged teacher and

a scholar of long standing : The Latin Dictionaries translate

Shjoo by Sapient'ssimus. Stih jih | H in past days.
Stih seih

->

stih ynen

| |F formerly; in olden times. Pe tsze yew

# |H. *j | # an old resentment existed

between the two.

EIGHT STROKES.
In case of $iih wei show weijin, sze tsze tae te

# #f /\ $k l #
KEU. To store or lay up to house. One says, To sell.

| #

those who pass the night on

guard, and those who keep guard (at the palace gate) of their
own accord putting oth r people to stand for thenthey

shall be punished with forty blows. In those who Sh show

# keep

GOW, or Yu.

guard at night,

#l, # Z# JX Hi j' ZF

To affect to sleep.

(# the crime of clandestinely putting a person to stand for

one is greater than not standing one's turn. Chih stih |H |

sH,

and Sew.

a-> 2%:
%.
/5

From a shelter for a hundred men. A halting place at the

distance of every thirty le. A stage to rest at during the
night when travelling, and where is situated an inn at which

to pass the night (as on guard) when it comes to one's turn.

Fan silh weijin ping chang ptih le shin ; wei chay che sze

shih JU

# /\ # 4t f :# 4 ### DU

whoever pass the night on guard must never lay down their
weaponsthose who act contrary to this order shall be pu
nished with forty blows. (Ta-tsing-leth-le, 10th vol.)

people collect together to pass the night in any place. What

Tsze loo woo sih n

+## | #

Tsze-loo did

is past; heretofore; to rest or remain in , to k ep watch, or

stand guard at night. The stars of night, a constellation,

the name of a city, and of an ancient state.
Occurs in the sense of Sl,

shih p sih T.

}%

+ /\ !

A surname.

to the constellation-denotes keeping the object in view, it is

early in the morning.

Stih chang
Sh sing

the night with prostitutes.

Tseay stih yih seaou

# |

Urh

the twenty-cight constellations

of the Chinese. See Morrison's View of China, page 102.

H stih
to stop and rest. Lew stih # |

detain to pass the night.

not delay fulfilment of a promise. Sh n | # to delay

fulfilling, or to break one's promise. Kweish # | to turn

| #

| Ji? the

# to

applied to composition.
Classical quotations including the word Sh
Pei win

'l X

occur in

10: th vol. 91, page 35.

to

to spend

****
An ancient form of the preceding.

stars.

borrow a lodging

for a night, that is to request a lodging for the night. Phe

tsae wae men hwa, stin lew

% '#. #: %). # % | #||

it is improper to remain outside to sleep amongst flowers, and

pass the night amongst willows; i. e. amongst the panders of

Evening; night.

E]
w

TSAN, or Ts, with haste, celerity, speedily.

licentious pleasures.
Neaou yew tse stih

SEiH.

# fi # |

birds have roosts to

rf1* Meen.

VIII.

40th Radical.

TSAE.
A lort of local fellow officer. A local magistrate. Leaou
tsae
^ an officer of government. Classical quotations
including the word Tsae 1 are contained in the 56th toI. of
Pei svan ^ ^ 40 *j. 108th page.

TSHE1H.
From a covering over teg*mi*om plants. A place where
there is no human voire Silent ; slill , quiet i poor ; lout Is,
stillness i repose i unmoved; inactive, applied to mind and to
bodj. Tselh tseTh woo jin ^ ] M K *llent an<l *oli"
tary. Tselh jen pBh tung ] 4ft >^ ^/j in a state of inac
tivity. Tselh mi woo leaou j
3Sl: Jjjfp lonely and
without the support of friends.
Yuen chung jay shin, tseih tting woo shingjt^ tjj ^
$5 I fi^ lB
in lhe y"A " lbe dead of "'Sht' lhcre
was perfect stillness and no voice heard.

Classical quotations including the word Yuen j

the 15th vol. of Pei- wan, 80th page.

From tirange and under a caver. A

To throw one's self into a temporary habitation; to depend on
and be under the protection of others; to gire in charge to
another person ; to send by a person,under his care or chargeThe east side. Tsing ke jj*- j to request to take charge of
Ke e | 1 1[ to jive one's wishes in charge to a person
Ke sing ^
a parasitic plant;also one who atUches
himself by mean flattery to the rich or powerful. Ke sboo sis
|
[j| lnd Ke ,|n <j <j= to send a letter by a person.
Ke ju j
an inn, or temporary abode for travellers,
Ke ke ting, tsae tsing keang poo $f
^ yf| 'fL jff
the pavilion called Kt-ke ting is situated at Tsing keang poo,
in the province of Keang-se. (San-lsae-loo-hwuy, 14th voL
61 page.)

Ke lae | ^ to send hither ; Ke keu ^ ^ to send

thither. Tung fang yuS keljjf ~}f 0 ^ the eastern region is
form of
forth
called ^ Ke. (Le-ke.) Tsing ke woo so ting
j iE
-ij'v, when requested to exert his influence, he would listen
to nothing, said of Chin.too
^ a statesman of great
From d rabbit or *re beneath a cover.
reputed dcTotedness during the reign of
^ King-te (B.
C. 111.)
A srulgar form of ^ Yuen, To oppress; to injure; to accuse
Ke tsing yu shan shwBy ^ ^ -p^ to addict
falsely. Yuen wang ta jin ]
flfe A lo ,ccu,e f*l,r'T
one's self entirely to the admiration of rural scenery. Kt
another person. Yuen kea ko keae, puh ko ke ^ ^fc P[
tsing yu tsew
yj 5J"
enmities should be unloosed (removed) not knotted,
vagaries of intoxication. Ke tsing denotes an acquired relish
formed.
Yuen kefih ssooshin j jtji
jt|j a grievance
for any pursuit ; rather than a natural propensity ; or an isAs'f
or wrong unredressed.
Yuen bwan puh san ^ jj^
img in any propensitysaid of |>oeLs and lovers of fiction.
^ the ghost of one who has died unjustly is never dissi
Ke noo tsaou ^ jrn> jijSr or Lew ke noo Isaou ^jj j
patedit remains to annoy and distress the injurious cause
^ fcjJ name of a medicinal plant, described as Koo via
of the person's death. Tsei foo che yuen "{jJJ Jjj| ^ j ( ^jt ){^ bitter nnd warm, applied externally to wounds. K
an injury, or cause of resentment that is intimately connect- I keu chuug |
^ Cancer Bernhardus, Japonice, Kamiiu,
ed with one's self. Han yuen jg j to cherish ill-will to. | (Klaproth's supplement.) Ke sef ^ ^ name of a plant.
Shth yuen
' to remove ill-will or enmity. Mae yuen
Sang ke sing
^ ^ * parasitic plant growing on the
I to harbour a covert resentment or ill-will.
mulberry tree, supposed to tranquillize the pregnant woajh.

40th Radical VIII. Men *

849,

1 Hi

Ke koo.

to send a treasury' to the invisible state :

i. e. to burn a paper house filled with gold and silver

Kehen chaets che

IV.M.
| ####

mate friendship or acquaintance. Meth shih

leaf.

apartment. Meth yew

miscellaneous tales

Ke meth sze tsing

to amuse a leisure hour. 4 vols. colloquial.

| X

# | # # a secret affair or trans

action. Ph che she sh moke meth sze

Classical quotations including the word Ke

occur in

the 19th vol. of %. Pei win, 5 s, page it.

#|

| # a secret

an intimate friend.

K #|| # f #

H# I don't know what secret affair it is Sze ph

ching # X l #|| # hk unless

meth, tsih hac

an

affair

be kept secret it's success will be injured. Tso sze ke meth

# * f : & 3.
An ancient punishm it which consisted in taking off the

kneepan; a hor...ry characier denoting from three to five

P. M.

|| 4 |#

Bold, strong ; practiced; respectful.

# Tung yin

h kung, The same reverence for each other,

and united respect; expresses thal Keun chin tang tung ke
-

yin wel ;

''
-

F1 J.
t
i-, *
+i H!
|
# |E|
%|

...kung king

FE
JK

# 3# % #

prince and minister ought to cherish the

same reverence and awe; and unite their veneration and re

{# # # | to act secretly. Mow sze yaou pe meih #

# # # | plans are required to be kept close and secret.
denote familiarly
Rin meih ji | and Tsin melh # |
acquainted, intimate with each

| # |H H

respectfully meet

as a guest, the rising sun. (Shoo-king.)

Suhyay wei yin

king.) Yin pin chhjih

}l # # |

morning and night only respectful, expresses

Tszc tsaou che moo, woo she urh puh yin #

## #

# fl: i . |

from morning to evening, never at any

She-ke, 4th vol. 18 $, page 1.)

the resident strangers are thick , i.e. numerous. (She-king.)

San

# open,

diffuse, and Meih

to sounds in the

:*
{Q.

Pei wan, page 210, and in the 13th vol. 104th page.

| # # name of a commentalor

Yin chuen she

puh pang hea, pth taou kew koo, pth

1. ^%!!. T. # ##, R

familiarly do not speak of people's past errors or faults, do

not play and laughand thereby incur the contempt of others.

| /\ X. 2, the men of Meih were

insolent, # #E % # and presumed to oppose a great nation,
Mch jin piih kung

Wn-wang subjugated them. (She-king.)

#
My

&YZN

# |

wn

1 \-21

MEIH.

| \!!

Meth urh wang shih

3:

| # =E # near

the royal do

main. (Shoo-king.)

on the

ancient classics.

close, hidden, are applied

do not pry into secrets, do not meddle with others

therefore

Yin, occur in the 5th vol. of

I' E. Le-ke.

time without a feeling of respect. (Shoo-king.)

A few quotations under

# the net
(##
Che leu nae meih lEjk j#
JR 2}>

Ph kwei meth
spect so as to be one in all the acts of government. (Shoo

other.

|
Wang yih shaou meth yen
also is rather closesaid metaphorically of the laws.

Meih yew

| Jiji a military

officer under the

sung #

dynasty who perished by the hands of the j Yuen Tartars.

(# # Sing-poo, 107th vol.) the same life is given in the 25th
vol. of , E Ming chin, and the name is written | {#
Meth yew.

# K | | }. Hi H X | || k #.
Hills forming a kind of amphitheatre, or large hall to "p
to rest, profound, still ; silent, secret. Name of a state, and

secret . Lidden.
of a district ; a surname. Pe meih #!
still;
Se meth %| ! sm.ll; delic.te. Tsing meih

# l

silent; close ; secret.

Ke "eth

# |

moving cause. C:..ow meth # '

#E l

intimate ; fauniiiar.
PA RT 1,

8 s.

a secret spring or

close: thick.

Meih how

Kin meth

| F# close, inti

# *|| 7. | # # # Kean pi'i meth,

tsih shih chin :

chin pth meth, tsh sh'h shin, ke sze pith meil, taih haeching,
If the prince do not keep secrets, he will lose his minister", ifa
minister do not keep secrets he will lose his life, if plans are
not kept secret, the success of the enterprize will be ruined.
(Yih-king)

Shirgjin e tsze se sin; tuy tsang yu nuch

/\ J' |H. }: IL 3 # #A l

the sages by this

H- Meen.

VIII.

40th Radical.

the heart, and retire to the iccrct recesses of the mind.

(Yihking.)
MeThheen j
a district in Ho-nan province. McTh
jaa 1
diitrict in Chlh-le, N. L. 46.
Melh kw j ^ a state anciently situated on the mo
dern '^|jt jip Tsing-ning, in
[Jljj Shcn-se province. Mclh
le kea lo ^
jjjj ||j Cervus, in lingua Fan ^ vel San
scrit. (Khproth's supplement)
Classical quotations including the word \ McTh, occurin
^ ^Peiwin, llSth vol. page 14.

YA.

Ya cha ^"J ^ irregular; incorrect.

AITected deportment j a lascivious behaviour.

^^^j^ K'HOW.

850
is what soft yielding bad men do; to exercise violence ltd
cruelty by availing one's self of the power of superiors, is
what stubborn unbending wicked men effect (Coramentarj
00 the preceding quotation.)
Under the technical appellation Shang-kew ^* ^ ef
the Mung-kwa 'Jgr ^:|\ it is said, KeTh mung pSh le wei
kw,.eyukow-^^^f|| g ] ft g |
rulers who attack the stupid people, who in extreme cases arc
disposed to anarchy, if they do it ill (by excessive severity) the?
themselves become cruel plunderers; if wtll, by a reasonable
strictness, they prevent cruelly and plunder.
(YTh-kinj.)
The ancient monarrhs Shun
and Chow-kung ^
are adduced as examples of exercisirg just severity whilst
Tsin-hwang 7^. ^ a d Han-woo
by their exces
sive severity. Wei kow ^ ^ became cruel plunderers.
(Commentiry on the preceding quotation.)
The principle of mod rate severity, united with a caolioas
avoidance of pushing people to extremities by excessive
harshness, is always inculc.it d by Chinese writers on goveriment , they say jfjic If. |pP in attacking the ignorant ti

A common form of the following.

7&K HOW.
From to attack and (0 complete. To plunder of every
thing ; to pillage. A plundering attack made by a band of
villains, by pirates, and by foreign marauders. Internal commolionsare expressed by ^ Lwan. Large numbers of destruc
tive birds or other animals are called Kow. Sze kow "pj j
a criminal judge. Hae kow ^ j pirates. Kow tTh j
JJ^ plundering banditti. Kow iUJin |
J{ to.plunder
and murder.
The king should SMh gS kow ne8, Is in pit h wei ming
1 M HI ^ l
lhe Tio,ence nd
cruelly of those (wick d ministers) who shew no awe
of the elearly apparent will of heaven. (She-king.) Kwei
uy chny, juw "d die so wei , kow ncS chay, king gS che so fi
jjjhj' ^ to follow peuple in power whether right or wrong,

$L $; )g
,Q ffrj B r1'S t>> . although it
be with a high degree of strictness, is merely for the pur
pose of guarding against their becoming bandits ; it is 1
to remove their disposition to rebel agaiusl what is 1
and where these ends are effected the strictness
IP
# X $M -tiL lhc> "e tlack<!d wilt *
sive severity, then this side cease* to be reasonable, us
the alhckers become bandits.
Ching tIh v,ei vrang , pae Ulh wei kow JjjjJ^ J||J ^ :
H'J $3 1 ,n ,he e"nt of ,ucceedin8 he will be as.,
if defeated he will be a rebel.
Chin wan die ping U8 yu 11 uy wei lwan ya wae weiktn
1 (your servant; have heard that military operations, originat
ing within a country, constitutes confusion (or civil war)
when from without they constitute K< u the all.ck of is
enemy. Kow kew j
an enemy. (
|tJ^ TsS-choeaJ
Kow Ulh keen kwei ] ffi^t^C marauders, murderers

85]
rebels, and traitors.

(shoo-king)

40th Radical.

IX.

Men "a

Kowchay, chung tseu wei

che, koo keun hing kung keihyukow

| # # }%
SIN.

consist of mul.
#2
1 Now
#### her; andEl hence
titude collected toget#,
a crowd making an
tsae wae yuken, tsae nuy yu kwei

From a cover and to examine. A sort of government office.

Shi jin yu tsih,

attack and plundering, is called Kow.

# /\ E. # fi:
who

murder

people

are called Tsih, (enemies to the state) when absent from

Sparks of fire, or rather tinder which

YUH.

# E] #. % p.) E. #:

those

propagates fire.

court are called Keen, in the court they are called Kwei,
(Commentary or the Shoo-king)

An erroneous form of

% Chuen.

An ancient form of # Tsin, A back apartment; a

KEEN.

To strike a sonorous stone in vain;

chamber, to sleep.

or useless drums and sonorous stones.

An ancient form of Tsing, Arare colour.

|#
($#)
&#| |&#|

*E* Foo.
tE)
An ancient form

of: Tsae,

To rule or govern.

A woman's name.

|}

From a covering and an ancient form of the word happiness;

being snug under a shelter. This is the etymology given by the

Dictionaries; there is however a popular derivation from

together and field.

# Same as # Sow, An old person.

Many fields possessed by one person,

makes rich, which is contrasted with

# Pin, from to divide and

wealth which makes poor.

'

To be provided with abundantly well supplied with ;

rich, affluent, to enrich, of the five sources of happiness one
is to be rich. A bribe. A surname. Foo k"ei # # riches
and honor, commonly denotes merely, a wealthy person. Foo

HwAN.

Hwin fang

# j name

of an ancient state.

kwei pin tseen chang Pen ! # 14 # # # riches

with their honors, and poverty with its meanness, are conti

nually fluctuating. Neen foo #

NINE STROKES.

rich in years, means to

be young and have a great many years yet to come.

Fung yu tsae chay, weiche foo yay # # # # #

Z \ til having abundance of wealth is expressed by the

CH1NG.

Name of a king's son, which occurs in

Ancient form of

# Yen,

ancient history.

see Radical

/k

Ho.

word Foo, rich. Shenjin foo chay, weiche shang : yinjin foo
chay, weiche yang # A. | # # Z 'l # A. |
# # Z %ka virtuous man's being rich, is a reward (or
a blessing); a licentious man's being rich, is a punishment (or
a curse).

Foo kea tsze te

| #+ #

the sons and

younger brothers of a rich family. Foo yew sze hae

l #

MfeVtf.

IX. 40th Radical:

JJCJ "j-^- riches including all within the four seaspossessor

of the world or the empire , ii an expression confined lo the
emperor of China. Foo hoo j J i a rich door or home ;
a rich man or family. Foo letb wang how j ^ [- j.^
riches oppoied to i i. e. equal to, kings or nobles ; as rich as
a king or a prince. Foo kwei keae yin kin keen ke ^ ^
^zt 0
ijjt jl riches and honors all arise from diligence
and economy.
Ta foo yew teen; seaou foo yew kin ^ j jj
/J^
1 [ll (l nre*1 wealth is from heaven ; little wealth (or
a competence) it from diligence.
Foo yew tseeo kin* pin woo leang lei j
-p^ -fpf: [Jjj
<"ich and possessing a thousand pieces of
gold j poor and without a pound weight of iron: this is (he
language of commiseration when entirely destitute of all
resources! and comparing one's present circumstances cither
with more prosperoai times, or with other people in prosperity.
Foo puh ko kew ] 7fc "pj jj^ riches cannot be
obtained by seeking for themmeans that fate or destiny
determines who shall be rich and who shall be poor. This is
the doctrine of Confucius in the Ltin-yu; he said ^ j^|J oJ"

;|<
ffc Iff ' if riches could be obtained by human
effort, though I were a horse driver, 1 also should aim at
them; but since they cannot be obtained by seeking for them,
I'll follow What my inclination leads me to i'viz. the study
M moral philosophy. One of the commentators aays ^ ^
foWlJr'R'ZPjffitiL lhebein* rich " tletermined
by fate, and cannot be bbtained by striving for them Another
scholiast is hurt at the paragraph doing supposed to express
Mic real sentiment of Confucius ; viz. that he would aim at being
rich, if he thought there was any use- in it ; and therefore he
SJ* ^ pj"
the sage never had any idea of striving for
ri'chtSi and how would he ever ask Whether it were or were
not practicable to obtain them! ^
f* %
$ |I|J
^ 5&
M fpj 1 bul be ex,,re,,L'd hi'" ,af tlM"'
rnerel) to shew clearly that it was impossible to obtain wealth
by striving ta it;' and another glossographcr adds, ^

852
~>- iM "tit ' t^,e
man 'oe* no* nate ^'c',**,lo noMB'
and therefore forbear to strive for them ; but be dori it
from maintaining the principle that they depend on the i
of hoaren, and are not to he had by* man's striving.""
She foo, kejin 1^ ^
^ to presume on richmri
insult other people. Foo urh woo keaon ^ j^J ife Rj
rich without being proud.
The five conditions which constitute happinew are tk i-'.

<jS Jl. r|
ftt lbe fir,t 'along life, these. os
riches (or perhaps a competence is meant) ; ll.elliinl ir.hc.iltb
and repose; the fourth is the love of virtue , ami the ntlhiii
natural death. (Shoo-king.)
In the Le-king it is said that ^ ffi Jochav, the pbilor*
Ph.r x*iftB%$:VXfk 1 piih ke ,o "*
to win e wei foo, does not aim at accuroulafiiig wealth, bit
considers a great accumulation of literature to be riches.
During the J Yin dynasty, \
) jfj] ft # *
kwei foo urh shang che, 'Men valued riches and gate Ike
precedence to age.' which was a falling off from the good til"
of society which preceded, when men
|ij Kwei till 1 ulna'
virtue'above every thing else. For when goicramaa
| jlfc
' make it their principal study to enrich tic
people'-the people will ^^-^St^W^S
every one appropriate selfishly their property, and disowtlhej
kindred.
The Shoo-king says of the J{L ||J^ Teen-yS, or officer, of
justice, that ^ | =f $
|
^ the, not only
executed the law wi;h the utmost strictness upon powatt
families who offended; hut also executed it with the utnust
strictness on rich families;' thus they ^ ^ Jjj/ |[j ^>
'f'''] ^ tli were DC'ler intimidated by power; s*
seduced b) gain.
Tern h.io e tsze ; ho shin piih foo ^ ffi J*J $)] ff
W
1
dut" he"Te" cn",lise l>lle ^'"j)1
the god, not enrich hi.., I /L
i- H i M A ^
-jj^ it is til in coiikequri.ee of t!.e king bdrcving W
women s.:y, i. e hearkel.i.ig lo their opinions abont jurC"
ine.it. (ihe-kiig.)
Jin ci.e laze suing, yiu tsew wit klh , i-e hwln pW> *

40th Radical. Ix. Meen *

853
yih tsuy jih foo

AZ '## k #####

to sleep without shutting the eyes; unsound sleep. Woo mei

.41% # H 1 regular and intelligent men who

# |

drink wine are mild and overcome it (or are not overcome

# + when he heard that the state # Loo,

k # # IE + % lik desired to employ (his pupil)

by it); those who are stupid and ignorant, when once they
get drunk, become every day worse.

(She-king.)

Y-ching-tsze in the government, said Woo win che he urh ptih

# ifi AR when I heard it, I could not

mei

TSIN.
d

An ancient form

to be awake, and to sleep.

Mng tsze

of # Tsin.

A relation; near to; what, is done in one's own person

sleep for joy. Kung-sun-chow /N # + asked if Y-ching

tsze were # P. bold and daring or not, and was answered
in the negative; he next enquired if he

% #1 #

is expressed by Tsin.

possessed the talent of devising plans of acting, or if he

4:=
2\\ An ancient form of # Ning.

4. H|| # . possessed

extensive knowledge or not;

to, which Mng-tsze replied, no.

Kung-sun-chow then

# H] % 1% #
7. | the case being thus, why should you then be unable
to sleep for joy . The philosopher replied, # # M. {{. #
added, Jen tsih, he wei he urh ptih mei

Repose and comfort derived from the heart under a shelter

and above a dish; implying the possession of a home and

a competence. The monarch entitled Taou-kwang, who has

now ascended the throne (December, 1820) of China, requires
that the word JWing, be from henceforward written with a line
drawn transversely, instead of a heart, because Ning, in its proper
form, is his name, which would be profaned by common use.

#5

PING.

A disease that excites alarm in sleep.

he is a man who loves vi, tue 1

Meiyu |
w
JMeiyu. Ming f ph.mei

#
-

BH # X. |

to be unable to

##
/\ on account of anxious thoughts about one's parents
in times of anarchy. (She-king.) Sh hing yay mei }\ j#
% | to rise early in the morning and sleep at night. Kea
sleep even till day light breaks in the morning,

mei

Some say, To sleep much. The third moon is called:# J#

(Mng-tsze) .

a certain fish, otherwise called

a fallacious sleepa short nap which does not

refresh the body.

Ping-yu.
-

E. Stillness; rest; quiet; repose.

#:

An ancient form of # Tsin, To sleep.

HWAN.
A wall that encircles or surrounds a set of houses.

j.

5Q.
Name of a place in ancient geography, in the time

Y.

&

MEI, and M.

sleep; sleepily , stupid. The name of a fish. Mung

to dream in sleep.
PART I.

Tsin urh ph mei

8 H

mei:

# fil X, |

originally derived from a man under a thatch cover, with ice

below, subsequently abbreviated to the present form. Yen
han

Froin a covering, a couch, and inactive. To desist from

effort; to rest, to shut the eyes and withdraw the soul; to

HAN.

of the Chow dynasty.

# |

severe cold.

Tsh han shang sin

| l'

Han tung

| # cold, frigid.

E. | # A cold feet injure the heart

a cold heart, denotes fear. Han ketsin jin

| # # /\ the cold air pierces man. Kehan # |
hunger and cold. Han joo | a cold; (i.e. a poor)
Han sin

t*-* Meen.

IX.

40th Radical.

icholar. Han chen | ijjt^ cold fight, means trembling with

cold. Han tboo ke king ] jf| |4| $!r cold and hcat' a few
timet pawing,means a few jean. Shang han ^ ^
wounded by cold ; means/ewer occasioned by checked perspi
ration. Wei han jjjj j stomach coldis disease in which
the stomach rejects food.
Confucius said ill allusion to difficulties and trials being
necessary to prove a man's character
]
f$ ^jp
tyi
Z %.
$L s,,y han jen how che "lnR P,h che
how tcaou yay, The cold season of the year (the winter) must
pass, ere you can know that the pine does not cast its leaves,
when other trees of the forest do so. Thus /J\ ^
/^E
vp $L p% % fa -f-'M H a bal' man in U,"e of
social order may not appear different from a good man i
&&tt$
ZBi*
{it b"t l'me' f severe lr'al. and when revolu
tions occur, then the adherence of the good man to his prin
ciples will be manifest. (Lun-yu.)
JTh yue" yun hing ; ylh ban ylh shoo J ^ 'jjj^

J the tun and moon revolve, and a season of cold

it followed by a season of healsuccessively. (Ythking.)
Shoo ching yuf yu, xnt yang, vug yiSh, jut ban, yu* fung
& # 9 m. 0 a. b m s i . p mi *. *
of the tcaton are rain, a clear sky, heat, cold, and wind.
(Shoo. king.)
Ylh pOh shlh ban ^j* -J- j ' one tcorch and ten
colds'it a proverbial expression, denoting an inconstant
application to any pursuit; doing it by fits and starts
working one day and playing ten dayt. The expr<*tsi(>n if
taken from Miingltze ^jT
who laid to ^ rT ;. ln(r

Z~VR 1
te easiest
growing plants in the world, if you scorch them one day, ai J
freeze them ten days, will never grow,'so if the king
in a fit of warm zeal associate with the wise and good ne day,
and leave (hem for the blasting company of the vicious ten
dayt, bow can be ever make progress iu virtue.
HANG.

854

WAN.
To draw j to lead. Tbit character is said to be erroMoei
The tame at Yu

all under the canopy it

heaven ; the world.

X YUYU.

From a covert and a monkey. To attach to, as a motltt

docs to a branch i a temporary lodging; to lodge; to cbI
upon the care of; to pertain or belong to.
Leu yu ^ rfj
a stranger, one who lodges in a strange place. Ke jo fjj'
J to be attached to, as a sycophant plant. Yu so j J^fj
the place where one lodges.
Klh yu ^ ^ a visitor's abode ; the temporary residence
of a stranger; a lodging. Tsun yu J^t jjjfj honorable;(i eyour) lodgingt.
siuh.
3E
Merely ; only ; it is to ; indeed ; really ; truly ; used si >
ttrong affirmation, and tynonimnus with
Sklk. ShlhjM
tsze; che joo tsze y.y ] fa\
p {|
ths ii; is merely thus : now, in common usage, this plirasevoaU
mean, really or indeed thus : as Ke shlh joo tsze ^ j |j]
indeed and in truth thus. Il is proverbial to say, Hen 19
sliTIi thaou
^ | A/ unreal (vague, vain, oot trae)
much ; real (true tubitantial) , little :said of persons, opinies.
narrative*, and to on.
Hen thlh keen taou JjJ^ j |^ ^j|J the uneoentitl "i
the essential, both present:This it laid of composition is *>
praise; meaning that the air and manner of the tln-int n,
cd on it preserved, at well at the teuliment or idea
theme.

Miug hing t& jj& foolith, tilly.

An ancient form of Kea

ft

house orW?

855

TO.

A bag or sash ; to carry on the back ;

or according to tome, Lien nang jjj|t

acrosf a bone'a back ; panniers.

connected bags, laid

KEAOU.
9fc
Kcauu leaou 5lC
empty ; unsubstantial.
^J^l^ MEAOU.

An ancient form of

Meaou,

40th Radical.

NING.

IX.

Meen ^*

The same as ^ Ning.

What the heart desires ; rest ; repose ; the name of a city.

A surname. This character is more correitly written Ning^
from the heart, under a theller, and competence to uie.
Ning-woo-lize | p
was Wei ta foo, ming Yu
^J'
^
a governor in the state Wei; his prsenomeii was Yu. In times of tranquility and order he was not
remarkable, but when disorder in the state arose, which drove
his prince from Ihe throne, he braved danger, and adhered to
him ; and as some considered, like a fool. On this account
Confucius said of him, \

The first budding forth of plants or grain.

^fe HEANG.
An ancient form of Beang fflj over against; opposite to ; towards.

TEN STROKES.

YIN.

The original form of ji3 Yin.

frfy ' Ning.woo-tsze when the country was in a state of order

and good government, behaved wisely (in pursuing the usual
course of acting,) when the country was in a state of disorder
and misrule, he behaved foolishly, (in exposing himself to
danger and destruction.) His wisdom may be equalled by
others, hut none can equal him iu his folly,' as it is call
ed ; none behave so faithfully and bravely now. (Lun-yu.) Of
this person it is said Ning she kew king j
Jjj]Jl
in the family of Ning were nine statesmenby which it is
meant, th it during nine generations some of the family held
high offices iu the state.

Experienced respectful; a horary character.

SlH, and S8.

From a cord pulled tight;

TS1N.
To apply water to, as when watering plants ; to steep ; to
drench; to saturate with water; gradually. Nome of a river
in Hunan province, on the cast side of Woo-gan-he'en jj^ "j^^ N. L. 86*. 40*. Tsin selh ] J^, to cease gradually ;
discontinued. Tsin shwae ' ^ f tu fade or decay gradually.
Tsin kea j ^ hy degrees ; in a slow gradual manner.
Considered synonimous with '$jf Tsin.

under a home. To enter a house and search it ; to seek for j

to be embarrassed. A surname. Kea taou sS e gjjt
]
I* the domestic concerns are embarrassed and in bad condi
tion, when jj^f
Pin ke sze shin, hens rule (crow
ii the morning ; i. e. when the wife is master instead of the
husband. (She king.) SS ^ is uow used.

CUE.
TSIN.

Another form of M Tsin

To sleep, or the place where one sleeps.

From true or truly under a cover. To put or receive

into ; to place ; to put down in a place of rest ; to pot near

rf-^Meen.

X.

856

40th Radical.

one; to place in one's botom. To lay aside. In the She-king,

a friend thui reproaches another,
5H-

UN G.

from a covering and the dttcvffetlbtn

$f IH T"ans kuns t,iins keu'

of a bird's neck. Gloom or darkness inside a house.

^ W Che yu yu hwae ;

7$ l W 9k T,S*ng gan u&lng IS'

KOW.

From covering and raflen intermlteL

^ $o M Ke ja i waeNight i darkness; a secret place. Kow che yen

jEj nightly conversation.

When afraid and alarmed,

You placed me in your botom i
Now enjoying ease and pleasure,
You reject me at a thing lost.

y^lVw The same as ^ SeHh, denoting Night

It implies when you required my aid, you remembered me ;

but now in prosperous circumstances you forget me > a very
common complaint in every age and country.
Gan che tJS 1 to place in a steady safe position. Che
che too wae ^ ^/^
^\ to place or put outside the mark,
or out of one's thoughts , to treat as unworthy ofconsideration.
Che urh pBh lun ^
to lay aside and not speak
abouta person or subject Che pan j
or Che mae
] Jl^ to make purchaces; to procure by purchace. Yew
tsTh che , woo ; tslh ke
il'J \ ft M'l M: Pos,eMing
the means I procure (the thing wanted) when destitute of the
means I reject itit a common saying to denote purchasing
a thing when one has money ; and selling it when there it a
want of money. Vulgary written '^j* Che.

ME.

To sleep much; to sleep soundly.

PAOU.

From a covering, and a gem, the

lowest part it intended to give sound to the character. At

ancient form of
Paou, Valuable, preciout.

An ancient form of g Seuen, To promulge.

The same as ;jJPaou, Precious.

TEAQU.

An erroneous form of

Teaou.

From a den and t long line. Deep and distant ; remote

from view.
K'HEE.

The same as ^jf Shin, Tojudge.

From a covering and to raise up.

Same as II Tseun, To accumulate.

To be higher than, and overshadow ; to cover over.

YU.

From a covering and two melons, taiy ;

idle; lounging) lying about j like mclont that grow on the

ground, or are left lying under a shed. Considered an er
roneous form of
Yu, Lazy, depraved, a filthy kennel.

Same as fjf; Wan, Safe, steady.

MANG.

Talk uttered in sleep

857

An ancient form of

Yin, Respectable.

ELEVEN STROKES.

K'H ANG.

Kung-lang jp|

nn nnnccnpisd

house; empty ; vacant. Sometimes written with 'j^ llcuf, A

den or cavern at the top of the character.
TEEN, or Te3.
A house tumbling down; to press upon; to oppress.
u
M().

From a covering and not. Silent us a

deserted mnnsion. Silence; stillness: quiet. TscTh mo woo

>h'0n^ ^ ^ ^
""d w'thuul ">* I or Tselh.mo,
denotes Au absence ot' noise.
LiS mo
j f Hen into silencesaid of fallen families
who have sunk from a state ol prosperity into neglect and
obscurity.

CH"HA.
From to overthaiow, as looking down upon from above,
and lo taerifice. To examine. Reiterated enquiry ; examination ;
to investigatei to examine; to scrutinize; to judge; to manifest;
to make conspicuous ; to tak an extensive or general survey.
Cha-cha, Clean, clear, pure, uucorrupted enquiry. Head Tar,
To sacrifice, denoting that when nil hum in enquiry has failed,
recourse is had to superior powers by sacrifice. Sing chi ^
| to enquire into ; to examine. Chi IS ^ -4^f examine
and decide; are. word* of form whirl) close tiie prayer of
persons petitioning their superiors. Used also by equals and
superiors when making n statement of matters purporting to
be f'rts. Chi chi wei ming ^ ] jjjjjj ^ a reiterated
scrutiny is considered a mark of intelligence i this is said
TAUT I.
8 I

40th Radical.

XI.

Meen

of those who affect an extreme degree of minute enquiry

into every trifle. Kwan teen chi te ^ ^ j ^
to survey the heavens and examine the earth. Chi chuh
shTh tsing | )j
>]& by a scrutiny to discover the
factsor real truth of any affair. Ming cbi che tsae
H/| | /^/^~tne talent of judgingor finding out the
truth. Shth chi Jfc | to fail in finding out what is
passingsaid of magistrates who do not enquire and
discover illegalities.
Chit cha piSh chow j ^
to leave the circle of investigation incompletedenotes the
same sort of failure as is expressed in the preceding phrase.
Gau-chi-szc
^ "pj the superintendanl of legal enqui
riesa criminal judge in each province.
fbi yen urh kwan sth ^ ft" ffj] $1 lo ob,e"e
wh it people say, and mark their countenance. (Lun-yii.) The
Chinese are very observant of people's countenances; and not
for the purpose recommended by Confucius, which was, that^
a man ini^ht understand his own defects.
Mliig-heeu-tsze^J
^f- of the ancient state Loo, com
monly said ^%^'/f\ ] t\ H ffi Chiin ,na ,hinSpiih chi yu ke tun, those who breed horses tor carriages, do
not scrutinize those who hatch fowls and keep pigs. (To-hcS.)
The idea is th .t the rich should not meddle with the gains of
the poor.
Yen ke shang hea chi yny ~j
~J? j -{j^
expresses that above and below (in the visible heavens and oa
earth) the same principle is conspicuous or manifest.
According to the books of the
Tang dynasty, the
Keen cha yu she I| ^
^ imperial supervisors or
censors,^ j| ^Sj | directed six suhj cts of enquiry.
1, Chi kwan jin shen g ^ 'g'
^ 15* lo inquire
into the virtues and vices of public officers.
?, Chi foo ylh plh keun ] ijsf |x 'T*
lo enquire
whether there be any want of equity in levying the taxes, and
exacting the services of the people.
3, Chi nuiig sung piih kin ; tsnng (in hnou keen ^
^ /^x
Q
.v^ iffi lo enquire whether there be
any want of diligence in ngrinill. re, and the culture of the
mulberry (fur breeding silkworms), and whether there be
waste or deficiency in the public granaries.

^Meeti. XI.

40th Radical.

4, CM yaou hwi Uou ttlh ] ^ iff jg $$ to enquire

after any persons who may exercise demoniacal arts, be
crafly knaves, or robbers, or thieves.
. Cbi mow Uae e ting ] ^ ^ ^ 3* ,0 enqoirc
and find out cases of niperior talent and extraordinary en.
dowmenls.
C, Chi hei le, haon tsung, keen ping tsung paou ^ 3?jk
^ ^ 75 ^ ffi j$t H lo en<uire
cae of crafty
government, officers connecting themselves with poworful farailies, and conniving at tyranny and violence.
Chi cha J } occurs in the sense of Kit tsing maou
i pure. Gan ning eshin-che chi, chi show wBh
-*ftJHJt'Z 1 1
^ how permit (ray or his) pure person to be defiled .by ex
ternal things !
Ho chi -jjj- j to scrutinize in an excessively severe,
minute, and tyrannical manner; inquisitorial. Ke ching chi
chit ke min keuK keu # ^ ] ] g jpji ^ j||
when the government is tyrannically inquisitorial, the people
are spoiled and injured. (Laou-tsze.) Hung e ta kang, piih
bun .eaou chi %
ft
^ /fj.
j he who
stretches a large net-rope, does not attend to a petty scrutiuy
applied to government, as .in the preceding sentence.

TSIN.

Same as ^ Tsin.

To instil gradually; to penetrate; to steep; to soak.

KEU, Leu, Loo, and Low.
From a cover and a cow tied r 'bound. A four mean
habitation ; poor and destitute of the means of procuring the
presents which etiquette requires. Gow low |jp] ^|T; is applied
to high grounds under particular circumstances. This cha
racter is also written with HeuJS
B den, at the lop of it.

KWA.
From a covering and to divide. Few ; little ; seldom . rarely ;
ingle; alone. A widow ; a woman without her husband at

358
the age of fifty , a term used by kings and princes for / and m.
Kwa, is used also in a good sense, implying Few desires, and little
to say. To rhyme, read Koo and Ko. Pub woo kwsn ki
^\ |tjj gjfi
do not insult a widower nor a widow. Kos
kwa jjjj ^ fatherless and widows. To kwa
^ hot
many i Pow to )Th kwa ^ ^ ^jfc ^ to lessen the
superabundant and add to the deficientthus equalizing. Kn
foo |
a widow woman. Kwa hi j ^ to unite io
society rarely. Rwa jin ^
or Kwa keun | ^ '
the king, used with affected humility, implying that his virtus
are small. Kwa tse ^
the wife, properly so called, she
beingbutone. KwatTh |
possessed ofbut little virtot
Kwa win ^ Jffl to have heard but little ; to be uoacqiainled
with the world. Kwa y ^ ^ few desires.
Kwan kwa koo tuh Bj^ ]
a widower; inidov.
fntherless, and childlessfour forms of distress commonl;
spoken of together. Show kwa ^ j to maintain a stale
of widowhood ; to refuse to marry a second husband. Kn
yen j =" to speak little. Kwa keu j Jjlj to lite is
widowhood; 'to live alone. Kwa urh woo gow ^
|!E
alone or single , without a companion. Keno tite epos
to yth kwa, ching wfih ping she ^ "jT U || % jj| |
SI
Tf^jMe eminently good man withdraws from
own abundant virtue, and gives to those who are deficient ; and
thus weighing himself and others brings all to an equalilj
This passage occurs io the Yih-king under the =5 jjjjjj
Keen kwa diagram, on the subject of humility, where j|J) tjl
/fj { I j the hills on the earth are introduced as an emblem of
humility, from their lowly site. Thr words Pow < tU*.l
in the above quotation, ace now used proverbial!; for vitbdrawing from the superabundant and adding to the deficient id
any
Keih jin chetsze kwa; tsaou jin che Uze to "jjj j\ ^
S? 1 % A Z if % a h;,pp^ Tirti,ou' *?
little; a .fluttering unsteady man talks much. (Yih-kmjJ
These words are part of a paragraph where il ia atBrir.eJ tie
different characters of men will be apparent frosn tacir
of talking. Che yu king kwa ; che ju shSh foo
-J- ^
^ 3[ "^p j||
new kind care {"' lne ,iofle
friendless ; and provide connexions for unprotected somen:

859
(Shoo-king.) This quotation is part of the instruction* given
by
tjf Woo-wang, to the governors of states. Of the
virtues of Wan-wang,it is said in the She-king, that their
influence descended to posterity, and amongst other effects,
afforded Hing yu kwatsejfl]
^ ^ a rule of propriety
to the king's wifein the midst of the royal palace.

An erroneous form of ^ Kwa, see the preceding.

MANG.

To sleep.

TSHIN.
From a covering, a bench, and a hand grasping a broom.
To sleep ; a back apartment , a bed chamber : the back apart
ment in temples, and in ancient palaces, in which were six
Tsin, called by different names ; the Tsin, in temples, were
recesses for the idols ; any dwelling house is sometimes called
Tsin. To desist; to rest, as in sleep ; the place were the dead
sleep : the grave. Ling tsin jjgr
graves of Emperors,
where sacrifices arc offered ; began in the 2nd century. Yuen
tsin HH j grounds around the graves of monarchs. Kew
**'n 111 ] name of a district. Fei tsin wang tsan ^ ^
Tj> j to lose one's sleep and forget one's foodthrough
anxiety or ardent study. Tsin shen chin kwae ^
jflfa
to sleep on straw, a sod for the pillowas Chinese are
taught to do when mourning for their parents. Tsin shih j
j? an inner chamber. Nuy tsin f^J j a bed-chamber for
females. Ping chung nuy tsin |
ffi ] dicd in lhe
inner chamber. Ching tsin J ^ a dormitory for men.
Tsin seth ^ ^ t0 go to sleep and rest. Tsing gan tsin
=jjj ^ ^ I wish you tranquil s\eep, said by persons to each
other when retiring for the night. Chung yay pu'h tsin jw
I not to sleep the whole night : this was said by
Confucius of himself, in a passage where he affirms also, that
often
0 ^ | he did not eat for a whole day ^ Jg
on account of thinking! which practice he adds
^ ^

40th Radical.

XI.

Meen ***

"flfi
fyt WR' ^ n0 *dvantBge; an^ 't wa better to read
and learn. (Lun-yu.)
SMh poh gan , bin pfih ning | ^ |
$g
no comfort in eating; no rest in sleepexpresses great distress
and disquietude. Neth tsin choo che gan ^ j ^
sunk in the repose of the bed-chamber ; addicted to
slumber and to sloth. Ofdutiful children it is said that in re
ference to their parents they ^ | jjj^
Win tsin she
shen, enquire about their sleep, and examine their food.
Tsae-yu
"J* a pupil of Confucius
1 Chow
tsin, slept in the day-time ; on which account his master made
the following remark, t^^V^PfJUlik^i^,
not be carved ; a mud wall containing ordure cannot be white
washed. 0 Yu, how shall I correct you ! The scholiasts add,
1B'X%:%PjffiVAM%lL ""' J-g that
Yu was unworthy of reproof; was the means by which he gave
him the strongest reproof.
Tsin mcaou j J^ijj Tsin, expresses the interior and retired
parts of temples where the idols are placed ; and JHcaou, the
exterior parts of the templet.

HWUH.

To be alarmed in sleep ; to awake.

Hwiih-hwiih |jp ^ the crying and sobbing of a child. On the

north side of the Yellow river, Hwdh-hwfih, denotes Persons
callingito each other.

woo.

To awake from sleep, speaking or

talking; an abbreviated form of jjj^Mung, To dream. One

siys, ll means To dream at night of what one has seen through
the day. It is said of ^ $i Chwang-kung, a person who lived
in the period called Chen-kwS, that he was ^ Woo sing, to
which expression three meanings are given ; (1,1 that he was
born in an unnatural position; (2,) that he was born suddenly
on his mother awakening , (3,) that as soon as born he opened
his eyes and looked about.
This character occurs read Too, meaning To reject; to

^Me>n.

XI. 40th Radical.

860

by Made. Tfih, rnei. woo yen; yungahg fth heoen

^
^ ^ ^ |H alone, asleep, or (wake and talking,
I swear I will never lorgelthe plearare I enjoyed with that
good man.
(Sue-king.)

LEAOU, and Left.

Empty, Taeant; wide; silent; foliUry. Tselh leaou ^
j|C pilsat and Military. Leanu 18 che che ^ %
~Q
solitary and deserted in an extreme degree. Leaou kwg '
J|jj rait and vacantlike tbe appirenl vacuum bet<-rn nrth
and heaven Lnnu leaou woo pwan ^ j $E jj': silent
and solitary without a i

GOW,

Gao gow

a tort of cottage or

dwelling place : or tbe same at the modern

earthen teasel.

Gov, An

SHIH.
From c ctvering nver a ilrirg nfpetrli. Affluent) full j
stuffed ; solid ; real | linccrc ; to cram or fill ; fruit , the effects ;
thingaj that which really ii. A turuame Sze shlh
|[ the
reality of affairs ; the farts Yew ruing woo shlh ^
^HE
| haa the name, nut the reality i merely nominal. Ilwa shlh
dfe ^ flowers and fruit j specious show and reality Chun;
shlhjjff 1 filled with wealth or learning. Mwan ahTh jjjj^j
\ a vessel filled full. Kef shlfa ^ \ the forming of frail
afler the blossom. Chf shlh ^ j to set about a thing in
earnest i strenuous effort. Laou shTh j ] old and honest ,
simple and sincere. Shlh shTh l IB j j ^
truly ;
renlly i safely ; securely. SMh shiih J ^| really pertains or
belongs to; really ii. ShTh shlh j j or Chin shTh jL ^
true; sincere. Shlh tsae j
true ; real; very; ically.
Ching shih =Jjj^ ] sincere and hoe>l. Yin shlh J&jjf ^
affluent and substantialMid of merchants. Shang we tlh shih
^
1 "ol ,et a,cerUmeQ' luc '*cU- ^en k"0

shlh = ^ S. | the wwrds exceed tbe reality; taarelea

more than owe earn do. Chih sblb woo win ^ j ^ J
plain and sincere wiiboat any show.
Ne shlh shwS ,q wo ting % ] 3g fj| & $| t(C He
truth and let roe hear you. Tsze sac rhin sHH Uoa It /
V] "ijL \ jf
this is trae and sod id doctrine. Sblk
heu seang toy ] Jut'. jjQ J| substantial and vain ; or soud
and hol'ow, are opposite!.
Mlns-lsxe jfo ^- was asked by
^ Bum
ff$ =}| ^6 -jjjj" |q -fj wh?t persons could be called Sn,
good i and Fin. true. In his reply be divided men's character!
i to six distinctions.
I. Ko jo -be wei shen pj ^ "j/ ||j M pmouvto
are desired or beloved (by men generally) are called *e. ;oa!.
S, Yew choo ke ehe wei sin -^J g||- f3
Sj-j jp
those who have inherent virtue are called tin, true
S, Chung shlh che wei mei ^ ] ^ =^ J| to he
full of real active virtue, is called Mri, beautiful.
*, Chung shlh urh jew kwang hwuy cbe wei ta ^ j
priacisjLa, ai.d to shiae in virtuous deeds, is called Ti, grett
5, Ta urh hwa che che wt i shing ^ j/j] f
[ijf
to be great, and entirely transformed to i|iontsjiru<ii 'iftuous principles and habits, is called Skimg, perfect; I kw]
man ; a sage.
8, Shing urh piih ko che che wei shin 2 jjftj /f> $
~fC~ "Z. fit HI 10 1x5 S*inff PerfecllJ ho'y' *ai 'riltlbfc
to other men is called Shing, Unite, a god. The coruuxoutors say, that these Shin jin jpj]
divine men, du aatrsike
a class of men superior to the Shing jin 3^
the perfect'
ly holy and wise men, in which interpretation tbe?
evidently contradict the text
Nae wei n.lh, ke shlh J*]
^ ff J i. f<"
purpose of su| plic^ting tlial the wheat m;i) fill (Le-ke.)
of certain rites at the temples in ancient times. SMb |
occurs in the Slv-king, for putting into a good and efficieit
stale, the walls, ditches, &c. of a city.
Keun shlh woi ping keS ke heae yay
| pjjj A *
f ^ |^ Keun ni n denotes, sveords, armour, uteosiui, and
other military stores. Shlh che J ^ loHloritufJatiJ'O*1-

861
SMh ioo \
denotes not only a true number s but tho
full complement! or, an active verb, <>./!/< up the complement.
Occurs read Cbe, in the sense of Che
to a particular degree
or place.
SI H . From a covering or house, and things piled up
under, or in it ; filled full i stopped or closed up . the same as
=fe Slh. Read Sac, A district on the borders of a country.

NING.
From heart Mew a shelter, and placed on necessary
utensils, below all is an aspiration. Rest , repose , tranquility ;
desiring one thing rather than another. That which
had better or rather be done; generally followed by that
which had better not be, in a succeeding member of the sen
tence. Name of a district. A surname. Kwei ning J|j| |
a bride's visiting her parents for the first time after leaving
borne. Ting ning ~J" ^ to charge over and over again.
Ning yuen j |pj I would rather ; I wish ; I desire. Tsae san
ting ning
^ "J" j charged over and over again. Kang
ning j^F j state ofrepose and tranquillity: freedom from
disease; health. Yu ning ^* j retiring from office for three
years after the death of a parent. Ning sze ptth keu ^ ^
^ better die than go. Ning US tae piug keuen m ts5
lelwanjin | fls
ft || <fe Q ^ better
be a dog in times of general peace, than a man in the midst
of civil wars.
Ning koo IS ^
a region near the
river Amour.
Gan ning ^J? j repose and rest, health and comfort i
said of individuals or of families. Put) ning wei she
j
pj^ J^j not only this, or thus much i but, Ac. Ning ko j
*pj* it is better) better to j as Ning ko sin ke yew; pBh ko
sin ke woo ] ?Jp/fg it$$ it is
better to believe that it exists, than that it does not exist,
no harm can arise from believing it, but disbelieving it may
be attended with serious consequences. Woo ning
^
not so good as,the first proposition is Woo ning, or not so
food as this second one. Ningjin sclh sze ^
vol i.
8 x

40th Radical. XL

Meen

to tranquillize the people; and set to rest litigations and dis

turbances.
Kwei ning che king
j J^jJ IJtj denotes presents
brought by a married daughter to her parents, three days
after the nuptials
Kwei ning foo woo
j ^ -JjJ;
to return and visit one's parents, said of a daughter. Sze
fang ning tsing J7C| ~Jj ^
Eenera' tranquillity all
around.
Of sages it is said. Show ehfih shoo wBh, wan kwS han ning
"ft ft % d H 18 $c 1 when
ri,e 8bove ,he
mass of mankind, then all nations enjoy tranquillity. . (Ylhking.)
Yu nae e min ning ^ Jtj
|^ j be liberal
in government, and let the people have repose ; which idea
is~ expressed in other words, Hing kwan ching nae e gan min
^f%ykf*i&L$:%: e"rci,e " libeni1 ru,e' and
thereby tranquillize the people. (Shoo-king.)
Yu ke sbl pBh koo ; ning shth pBh king ^ ^ ^
^ 1 ^ /f* (35 rather lhan put to death an innocent
person, better fail in the execution of standard laws. (Shooking.)
On December 19th, 1820, an Imperial order arrived
at Canton, directing that hereafter this character must be
written ^rt thus in ordinary use, that it may be different
from His Majesty name, which is ^ Ning. (See
page 21.)

Names of place:
Ning chow ^
there are two places of this name, one in
Kan-sBh province, and the other in Yun-nan province.
Ning-hae-he'en j
a district in Ch6-kcang, there is a
place of the same name in Man-chow Tartary.
Ning-hae-chow 'j
/J>|\| in Shan-tung province.
Ning-hea-foo | g fft in Kau-sSh.
Ning-heang-heen j ffi
in Hoo-nan ; and one of the
same name in Shan-se.
Ning-ho-heen ^ ypj* ^t a district in ChTh-Ie.
Ning-hwa-he'en ^ ^ ^ in FBh-keen.
Ning-keaug-chow j

in Se-gan.

Ning-kwS-foo j
ffi- in Keang-nan province, there is
also a heen district in the same province called Ning-kwS.

862

*Maen. xii. 40th Radical

to keep possession of the encampment, and style himself king:

Ning-ling-heen 1 ## in Ho".
Ning-ming-chow | || || in Kwang'e,
Ning-yuen-cho. 1 #}} in Mancho" Tartars.

said of the leader of the bandits. Leaou keu chae % #

| a bawdy-house on shore, in contradistinction from such

places built on the river side which are alled:#

Ningpo too ! #fff in chi-keang.

Ning-heating

5% #in Shen-se.

Ning sheen

# # in Kan"h.

Ning-th-heen
Ning-too-chow

| # # in Funken.
l #|| } in Keang-se.

Ning-tsin-hen

| ## in chille.

Ning-tin-heen

### in chille.

Leaou.

GAN.

speaking in one's sleep, noise made in

Same as Le

sleeping.

# to subject, the small coin called cash.

Same as Gaou % Recondite.

Ningurh heen # # in Yunnan.

Ning-woo.foo | A H in s".

Ninewoo been 1 ###" included in Ning-woo."

CHOO.

Ningyang been | |}}}#in Shantung.

Ningyang-heen 1 # # in Fh-keen.
To accumulate; to lay up in store to forestal grain.

# # in Szechsen.
Ning-yuen heen 1 ## in Hoo-nan, and there is a place
Ning-yuen foo

LOW.

The name of a place.

of the same name in Kan-sth.

4:

***

Ancient form of E. E., Suitable; proper.

>

&

An ancient form of Hang

# sound; noise.

->

# #

CH'HAE.
4. Ye

LUNG. The figure of the heavens.

wri
-

A dwelling amongst the hills within palisades. An enclo

sure for sheep. An encampment; a station or barracks for
troops, which is also expressed by

##

Ying chae.

}l, |

Tsen shan chae. The military station at Casa Branca,

near Macao, is so called. Read Sih, Repose, quiet. Shan

chae

|l; |

# Same as #Sing, Fear, apprehension.

an encampment amongst hills, commonly refers

to banditti who betake themselves to the hills.

|# |

TWELVE STROKES.

#)

| 5E
Yi chaefoojin j|| | # A

an encampment of robbers.

the head of the bandit.

Tsih chae

Chae choo

her lady ship (the wife of the principal bandit) who keeps pos
session of the encampment, when the party leaves on plun
dering excursions. Keu chae ching wang

# l #3E

SING.

*: TsANG.
E.

To awake from sleep.

Tng hung

# # a large hou"

40th Radical. XII. Men ">

863

#.

SHIN.

From a covering and to separate.

+
To protect and dis

criminate; to investigate clearly to form an opinion of To

judge righteously; to re-train , to state clearly to distinguish.
A surname. Shin pwan | #) to judge judgement. Shin
sin

| ' or Shin wn | #]

KHEAOU.

J
To throw one's self into a temporary abode as a visitor,
a lodging.

WEI.

to try; to investigate; to

examine into; a judicial inquiry.

Shin sze
Shin gan

| #
| # to judge or try any
affair. Shin ch | # to judge and examine. Shin chh
chin tsing | |H| # # to investigate and discover the

N wei

The appearance of a house.

|##

unsettled; unsteady

disquieted. A

real facts.

Woo yung fh shin

# |f $ |

there is no

w
# spay

occasion to retry it.

In the Shoo-king it is said of the ancient monarch Kaou

tsung

i. #

he dreamt

that if il Z ''{ # god gave

him a virtuous assistantmeaning a minister of state.

In

SE

#5

From a covering and wooden shoes, perhaps meaning tha

impression of a footstep. To place or lay a thing down; to

consequence, he J. 1 ###}} }% #:R-F

put aside or exclude: to subvert; to put an end to , to put

away from one entirely, as resentful thoughts, to bring one's

jR T

stated clearly the appearance (of the man he had seeu

self to a placid tranquil state of mind, to let the water" off.

in his dream) and caused it to be drawn, and the likeness sent

To write; to draw; to paint; to cast a likeness in a mould.

to every part of the (then known) world to seek for him. He

found the man represented in the person of Foo-yu # #
one of the most renowned statesmen of antiquity.

Moo seay chuen shi

to draw the figure
and exhibit the spirit or animation of the original. Seay

3: l # #

chin

# : Z l #j }|{ # Z.

BH # # ff draw

the materials from general

letter. King seay

Seay sin

off one's mind.

if any one

####. #

In the Le-king,

] $

Shin shing and

| # shinyin,

are used in reference to the distinguishing of musical sounds.

Shin kwa keih heung

| # # [x] to distinguish the

felicitous and infelicitous Kwa diagrams. Shin occurs in the

sense of

Shh, a bundle of feathers; and in the sense of

Pwan seuen

##

Seay shoo

Sea,

| # to

to cast an image.

Meadu seay

Seay chuh woo keen kan kue

hwa

write a

Seay tsze

a writer in a mercautile

house.

| MA to relieve or disburden the heart

reading , should investigate closely , should think carefully,

not the name of a moral philosopher.

# |

# to write characters,

should distinguish clearly; and should practice sincerely

the principles he discovers.
R; H

{i, of these five,

a likeness of a person.

# to draw a picture.

Of the principles of moral goodness, it is said in the Chung

yung, a man should

| # to paint

to Put

to sketch or copy.

l # # |# R& #

to

infuse into composition boundless feelingchiefly a feeling of

indignation. Taou tsze seay sang wootsze me" show #

+ | AE # J8. #y #. Taou-sze the painter does not

possess such wonderful skill of hand, as this
seay

#y |

or Tng seay

|# |

displays. Chaou

to transcribe.

E seay

}} | # # to remove my sorrow. (She-king.)

Wo sin seay he # RA ] my heart is now relieved;
wo yew

a sort of eddy.

from the uneasiness it before felt.

(She-king.)

Keun tsze yu ke che kae chay pth seay, keyu kae seay

#
d

TSUNG.

To stop or close up.

#########
1.3% ## 1 "
the prince confers his leavings in vessels that can he washed,

Meen.

X1TI.

40th Radical.

do not pus the food invo another vessel ; hut in all other
pais the food into another Teasel. (Lc-ke.)

864
or eminently good man. Kwan urh jew che ^ j^jj ^ ~
liberal (indulgent) but yet having a fixed rule of proeetdis;
Yu chung e kwan ^j] ^ j.^ ^ he ruled the multitsdt
with lenity. (Shoo-king.)

Same as Kwan IS? empty; vacant; hollow.

HWUY. To search or examine into
KHWAN.
LEAOU.
From a covering, and a wild tkeep. A large house i broad,
wide, large, easy, liberal, generous, kind, forgiving; to enlarge;
to widen. Kwan }Th ch!h
E^ a cubit brmd. Kwan
B* 1
kind' "tensive beneTolcnee. Kwan kwS ] jfjf|
large and wide. Kwan yung ^
indulgent ; forbearing.
Kwan shoo j ^ to expand; to relax ; to open out ; to take
relaxation. Kwan ta | -J^ large; wide; liberal ; indulgent.
Kwan shoo ^ W to excuse, in a liberal manner. Kwan
sung j jft to connive at.
Tree chang ^
asked Confucius the import of Jin
benevolence. The philosopher adapted his definition to
what he thought the defects of the enquirer, and gave him
this answer, fg ft H ^ M H T M P ^
he who can perform the five virtues universally, he is Jin,
Benevolent On being asked what the 6ve were, he an
swered the exercise of Kung, kwan, sin, min, hwuy ^ J
^3
^ respect, liberality, truth, diligence and kindness.
I, ^ g|J
ij^jj respect, and then no man is intuited.
S. ^ Jj |J ^ ^ liberality, and then the multitude are gain
ed over. 3, ft |^|J ^ ^ ^ truth, and then men depend
on you. 4, ^ J||j /^J Jf^ diligence, and then there is
merit shewn. 5, jlj.
^ ^ \ kindness, and
then you will be able to employ menmen will willingly
serve you. Kwan, yu, wSn, jow J
JflaJj^ liberal, for
bearing, kind, and mild.
In government it is said, Kwan mang seang tse ^
|H jjj^ lenity, and severity assist each other. Kwan he
<h he |
^ & 0 how liberal, and how mild ! (Sheking.) Kwan e ken che ] \rX ^~%_ wi,n 1'berality
-dwells in his attainmentssaid of the Keun-tsze j[j

From a fire lit up under c cover. A small windov ;lo

study at the same window; a fellow officer. Tung-leaoi *
yew
^ ^ ^ a friend, a fellow officer. Leaou far<
1 2? * PUD''C office, or a room in which the officer! tum
ble. Leaon tsac ^
a place where officers of the {otto.
nent meet; the officers of government
Tung lilt pit looa
^5
j to lead all the officers of governmeDt,-i
of the emperor or first minister. This character .:
common with
Leaou.
An erroneous form of

Chuy, To borrow i<

the ground.

An ancient form of ^Tae,Toruk-

An ancient form of TO Heang, Towards.

THIRTEEN STROKES.

YU. To lodge for a time ; a corrupted form of E

GAOL).

A vulgar form of||Gao,Beclto

40th Radical.

865

TSEUN. Gathered togelherjextraordinary talent.

XIV.

Meen

E.
From to cover over and m doubt. To examine ; to investigate.

HWAN.
Same as ;ra Teen. See under eleven strokes.
From to gaze up under a covering. The district anciently
included in the Imperial domain j a wall that surrounds the
palace. Name of a district. Hwan yu 3|[ ^ all the world.
Hwan keu | fjg or Chin hwan gf "] all the world ; the
apace walled in by the horizon.

Jj^F^ An ancient form of Tsin ^ a dormitory.

KEIH. To excite j the appearance f being

FIFTEEN to TWENTY-FOUR
pread out Thought to be an erroneous character intended
*"r ^ Keaou, Aq aperture.

STROKES.

TSEIH. A doubtful character, supposed to be

the book* of the Budh sect, occurs
the same as ^ Tsin, Near or related to.
for Yu JKJj to step or stride over.
KEUEN.

A net.
MEEN.

Meen meen

a house deitilute

of an inhabitant ; not to tee or preceive any person.

"YES

NING. The resplendant heavens are called Ning.

The same as STh ^ to stop or close up.
An ancient form of 3? Kew, To investigate.
KEUH.
An ancient form of J|) Pin, A guest.
To exhaust; to scrutinize to the utmost.
Same as ^ Kefib, To scrutinize an offender, as
FOURTEEN STROKES.
with the lash or torture.
E, and Ne.
Vulgar form of

Obscure language ; talking in dreamt,

rut i.
8 l

Paou, see below.-

^Meen.

XVIII.

40th Radical.

866

LEIH.

An ancient form of |JJ Tsin.

Near or related to. According to some, A meant empty house.

leih

A oeep rece<s or retired pkee. Tsctti

solitude-i no human being;

CH'HUNG.
He
From n covering and a dragon, which it the badge of the
Imperial dignity. Dwelling in an honorable place. Affection ;
tender rcgnrd to; love; kindness. A surname. Chung-gae
tfjBv ardent affection ; lore. Chung tselS ^ ]j^ or Nuy
chung [7^J \ 8 farorite concubine. Chung e j ^' unusual
kindness. Chm g gin ^ ^ the most gracious and kind treat
ment. Chung sclh ^ ^ a favor or benefit bestowed in the
most gracious manner. Chun yew j Jj[j^ gracious help ; the
assistance of grace.
Shing chung 3^? J tacredfavor, is used by the Catholic
Missionaries for ' gratia divina,' but a Chinese would under
stand by the phrase, Imperial favor. Tih chung Wji j
to obtain the favor, or strong partiality of a person. Chungchin ^ E a favorite minister. Chung fe j
a favorite
ro)al concubine. Chung chen chucn fang ^
J|l
being a favorite (concubine) to usurp entirely a husband's
attentions ; a phrase used where polygamy prevails. She chung
urh keaou ij'rj; j ffjj ffj|| to presume on being a favorite
and behave proudly.
In the Shoo-king, Woo-wang when going to subjugate
r*W, says^
f R fjj % ft Z 1% he"en'
in order to protect mankind, has appointed princes and teachers;
Mffl-t # 1 &W5 ******
required of them is to assist the most High Ruler, in diffusing
grace and peace to every region S /f |f| $K HP "f* ^
f$C ^3
JlX
' ^are not pre,ume to nx wy own w'"
in determining whether men have crimes or not. Keu chung
sze wei
j JEj^
when enjoying favor think of danger
intended to iuspire caution. In the She-king,
Lung
occurs in sense of ^ Chung.
An ancient form of Han

cold.

Same as TaouT^ suspended stone*

LEAOU.

Sameas^ Lesou. Leaou Uaa

1 fill stones hanging suspended.

PAOU.
From a, covering or house filled with gems, porcelain >U
pearls. Paou wSh
fyfy] a precious commodity. Naa &
che paou J|| ^
] a precious thing difficult to be
procured. Chin paou
| valuable pearls. Money ehaajers write up |jQ j jgj ^ the natiooal and precissi
circulating mediumto be had here. On tradesmen's shots
these four words are written up for good luck, Chaou tsae Ui
paou ffi ftj"
^ to draw-in wealth, and introduce gen*.

j We of the Ttoo state, do not deem the white gens

precious; but we deem good men precious ; ^ ]
j
jffl \
A til ^ not T,'ue g0'('
Renu' k"1
good men. (Ta-he5.) Teen pilh gae ke taou, te pfih gat is
does not regret the blessings of the seasons ; earth does net
regret yielding to man her treasures. (Le.ke.)
philosopher does not value goldand gems, but values fidettj
and truth. (Lc-ke.)

^ ^ do not deem precious (and so covet) far feicta!

commodities, and persons from remote parts will come sri ,
submit j deem good men precious, and the people who arc cor

40th Radical. XXIV. Men "a

867

will enjoy tranquility. (Shoo-king.) This was the advice

given to Woo-wang, when he obtained the throne. His adviser
was 7/
4 ^\ # Chaou-kung-shih.
-

P"HOW.

Oft

To make a noise in ene's sleep; to snore.

FUNG.

Aspacious house. Originally written

4:31: ...
#

MANG.

Fung, and vulgarly

doltish. Mng sing

Ming-hing ##

foolish, silly,

# Fung.

Original form

of # Sih,

To stop-, to close

l #just awake; arising from sleep.

/*

# ME, or Mei.

In a deep sleep.

YU.

A local ancient term denoting To sleep.

MUNG. Same as#Mung,To dream.

An ancient form of # Han, Cold.

#
#

WOO. To arouse; to awake.

E, or Ne.

Obscure, dark sayings; the lan

guage of dreams.

TSIN. Sick and sleeping; bed-ridden.

HAN.

KE. To sleep soundly.

Lying down to sleep with one's cap

## TEEN. Lofty and remote.

and belt on.

MUNG. Dull; stupid, grieved; vexed.

SANG, or Tsng. Misguing ##

newly awake; just roused from sleep.

END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.

868

AN

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

TBE NUMBKR BEFXR TO THE rXECEDIWO TlGEi.

A, the article, Page 1.

A, or oue, 25.
A bad man, AO.
A him dim the ordinary course of moral
propriety, and portentous omens will
arise, 6 IS.
Abandoned, 162.
Abbreviation. Introduction xvii.
Able for, to be, I am unable to do as I
wish, 180.
Able to comprehend clearly, 180.
Ability, 45, 439.
Abortion, called falling womb, 543.
Above, 16.
About, 337.
About, or concerning a person or thing,
326.
About what, discoursing, 338.
Abroad, beyond seas, 568.
Absence, leave of, 134.
Absence, leave of, expressed by different
terms according to the occasion, 3/ 1.
Absolutely necessary, not so, 351
Absorption of India, 721.
Abstraction, the highest degree of, 446.
Abstraction from the world, 550.
Abstruse and erudite, 597.
Abstruse speculations, about existence
and nnn-exislence, 496.
Abundant, 170.
Abundant store of wealth, 373.
A'<nse people, 419.
Abusive language to an elder brother'*
4islsr, 6S7.
Abutment on opposite sides of canals or
rivers, to narrow the passage, 560.
Academy or school, 339.
rut i.
8 h

Accent, different, makes a neuter or an

active verb, 267.
Accept and refuse, 342.
Acceptable sacrifice, 495, 279.
Acceptable to the divinity, libations and
oblations, 4'.'0.
Access, difficult of, formal and forbidding,
452.
Accidentally, 140.
Acclivity or declivity, 490.
Accompany, 166.
Accompany, 8S.
Accompany to the grave, attend a fu
neral, 413.
According to reason, 105.
According to custom, 357.
Account of money owing, 415.
Account, on no pos.ikle, 300.
Accumulate, 172.
Accumulate, 475.
Accu ululate, 301.
Accumulation or increase, 300.
Accusation lodged against, 37 1,
Accuse, 371.
Accuse falsely, 196.
Accuse to the emperor, 263.
Accuse to the sovereign, 335.
Accused, or defendant, 371.
Accuser or plaintiff, 371.
Accuser, false, shall he punished with
the crime alledged against the inno
cent person, 489.
Accustomed, 1 10.
Acquire with case ; expressed by obtain
ing with the hands hanging down, 496.
Acquaintance or friend, to separate
from, 220.

Acquaintance or friend, 338.

Acute, 229.
Act, 93
Act, actions, conduct, 93, 94.
Act agreeably to some rule, 263.
Act or do openly, to act as a man, 136.
Actioo, bad, 45.
Actions, good, are never told out of
doors, 149,
Active and diligent, 274.
Acting, affecting to do, as in plays, to.
Activity nnd self coutroul, 791.
Actresses, 657.
Actual authority, holding an official
situation, 273.
Adam, rather than Noah the Fo-hi, or
Fuh-he of China, 669.
Add to, 259.
Add and diminish, 259.
Add one, and then -the division will be
jusl, 4S6.
Add, or deduct from a single letter, 543.
Addicted to cruelly and debauchery,
349.
Addicted to, mind entirely set on trifles,
259.
Addicted to whoredom, 678.
Addicted to wine, 606.
Addicted lo wine and debauchery, 420.
Addition to the price, 259.
Address, or mode of speaking, pleasing
as the vernal breexe, 346.
Adequate lo an important office, 271.
Adequate, inferior man not, ISO.
Adequate, competent for, 520.
Adjacent boundaries, 540.
Adjust, 232.

870
Adjntt, 108.
Adjust and bring nil It) an rq'iality, 232
Adjiitant-genfVil in the army, 846.
Admired and famous. 25?.
Admiration induced by excellence, 314.
Admonish n superior, 277.
Adn.noiah, a writini for I h r- admonition
of the age, a moral exsav , 271.
Admonish, 139.
Adopt a Hon, 422.
Adopt the doclri aes of ancient fathers,
SIS.
Ad pl"d children and parents, 59i.
Adorn, I '9.
Adorned, ornamented, glossed over, 614.
Advance. 2S9.
Advsii.ce forward, 239.
Ad vance forward, 179.
Advancement, promotion, 239.
Advantage, gain, 229.
Advantageous, H47.
Advent of spirits manifest, but not heard
or seen, 178.
Adversity the lot of the urinous, com
mon complaiut, 761.
Adiersity.or thegriefriling from it, 243
Adversity, prosperity ; succcu anil fail
ure, 413.
Advise, 877.
Advise and cneour.ijje, 277.
Advise the sovereign, 337.
Adiocale, SO.
Adulation with a malicious intention, 95
Adultery and lomKatioit, 6J.1.
Adulters, hy the hush md's consent puniahable hy law, 533.
Adulter ss may he sold hy her husband,
hut not to her paramour, 634.
Aff:.ir, 4 4.
Affair, II concerns j had affair, important
affair, 44, 8.
Affairs, every man minds bis own, 364.
Affect respectability by expensive shew,
I0I.
Affected not to observe it, 350.
Affected ignorance of any occurrence,
5"3.
Affected by, under the influence of, 26.
Affection, fraternal, 339.
Affectionate, strongly attached, remem
brance of, 700.

INDEX OF ENGU-H WORDS.

ATeit'nnate re -arc! to a person, 73.
A.V el mutt" r.-gnrd of ; child, 783.
'fil . led. dislreavl, I55
Affl r'i g, h avot.'s, expressed hy piercAffirm pectination ly, 509.
Aflirni Hue au.l negative mode disenssi nir. S40.
Afraid, mae'i evil, and little good vrill
re: ill, KM.
Af aid to rcfnr u, bi not, 8.16.
A'raid of I he power f T;o, 466.
After aw.nie he d,.d, 461.
Aflentooii, so I.
Again, 2:>, 337.
Agiiin ass.nne. a different shape, 337.
Again comes on ihil topic, SsJ.
A 4.tin and again, I'd
Again, again and again repeatedly, 195.
Age, an, ages of n.;t:qiiity last age of
a dynasty, ancs past, succeeding age,
20.
Ae, fifty years of, expressed by halfa
hundred, 302.
Agitate, 267.
Agitated, 137.
Agitated, as a vessel on the water, 175.
Ago, ten years, 239.
Ag cement or bond, 233.
Agreement, 305.
Agreement in thoughts and words, 357.
Agriculture, 468.
All! itr.uge! 371.
Ah I you are a very troublesome man,
456.
Aiil, help or protection of heaven, 89.
Aid in office, 23.
Aid, 32.
Aid, help, 261.
Aid me with the strength of your arm,
261.
Aim at remote things and despise those
near, do not, $19.
Air or vapour, cold, issuing from a well,
205.
Airing, to take one, 207.
Alarm, to give a false one, the folly of
it. 6s9.
Alarm, a martial instrument to give Ike,
390.
Alarmed dreadfully and tied, 338.

Alarmed me by threats, so that I lap;

u.', 445.
Alas! how painful ! h:)w distrin;:
inietiiites implies the death of 1
person, 376, 377.
Alis, 355, 827.
Alas! whit shall I say, 355.
.Urinous!*, v.i aLiiaion to, 127.
Alighted, fn.in his eh 'riot. 444.
Alive, when my father was, 479.
All, 21 1 lit), 153.
All which are or exist, 211.
All assemble.!, both young and oM.JSl
All, all together, all around, youn; ma
old, all assembled, 383, 353, Hi.
All said, 1 5 4.
All sides, round about, 472.
All, the preceding, 121.
All together, 353.
Alley or lane, 487.
Alhioitt, IS6.
Alloled time for reading, 304.
Almo.id, 64.
Alone, single, 415,
Alone, 416.
Already wailing outside, 330.
Also, 39.
Also, also well, 54.
Also, 19.
Altar, 551.
Altars, and the space around, 544.
Altar to heaven must be tii^b, to earU
low, 462.
Altar, of earth, 478, 801.
Altar on which to sacrifice, 551 i P*
wood 0.1 it, lay 011 the victim, appcj
fire, 552.
Allar of earth raised, 525,
A.ur, certain, 49s.
Altar, village, 519.
Altars to he .veil and to earth, &
Alter .1 i.l exp niie, 8*7.
Altered n:dlncr by the world o > .'
fame, 360.
Altr alive, 110. e, remediless, J31'
Altercation, \vr r.g'ing, 43*.
Alteration in ri ten co position, *
Amaino.i miiscl hnma 1 lieittj'
a,id H :sh ill in 1 ibl.v 700.
Anhu.'ies it Lie fool of the touV-'5,
Ambush, troops in, 119.

1NDEX of ENGLISH WORDS.

Amiable, 351.

Anonymous, 297.

A mida Buddha, 576,

Answer the purpose intended, 357.

Amity and good-will, spirit of 379.

Answer or succeed, how? 90.

Ainol, 327.

Answer, must be given by boys smarily ,

by girls softly, 187.
Answer or suit the purpose, 99.

Amour, illicit, between queen Woo-how,

and her nephew //an-san-sze, Tc
jin ke's speech, 637.
Ample and extensive, 324.
Amusement, dissipated, theatrical, 121.
Amusements that dissipate, 171.
Analyze, 325.
Anarchy, a state of, 413.
Anarchy or confusion, when at an ex
treme degree must be succeeded by

Answer, boys and girls use different

words, 395.

Answers, a hundred to one call, the rich

and powerful have, 376.
Another person or thing, 228.
Another, 24.

Another day, 348.

Another, his majesty's pleasure will be
made known at another time, 348.

order, 42.
Ancestors, received from, 149.
Ancestors, their dust, relicks of them,
viewed with reverence, 538.
Ancestors, tablet dedicated to inside
Chinese doors, 687.
Ancient times resemble the present, 65
Ancient times men's hearts better than

An viety of mind, 272.

now, 347.

caused to return, 623, 624.

Appear, not to, on being summoned, 350.

Appearance, or aspect of affairs, 1-0.

Appetite, good, with an emaciated body,

son is born, 410

231.

Arrow formed of pointed wood, 244.

Art, supernatural, in war, 124.
Artful and seducing, 667.
Artful, 36.

Article or thing, one of many, 75.

Articles of tribute, 385.
Artisan, 290.

Apply, equally to several, that which

As, as if, 35, 85.
does, 193.

Apply itself, the mind does not, 362.

Apply, application 270

As of old, 105.
As to, 32.
As soon as, 11.

Appoi ded time, teu days before, 239.

Appointed time, 2.88.

Announce to a s , e, ior. 371.

Annoy and distres, expressed by knock
ing about, 529
Annoy or distarb, civil expression, 263.

Arrive, 230.
Arrive, when did he

Artificer, 290.

A posite, 362.
Apprehend, 137.

Announce the jo, ful tidings that a fine

220.

Arrange, 104.
Arrange is order, 225.
Array, extend in, my three armies, 370.

97.

Annex to, 142.

on which one was sent, 134.

Armour maker, 217.

Arms, or weapons, 191.

Army, the front or advanced line, 275.

Arouse to some new improvement, 276
Arrange or appoint each to its place,

Animals, domestic and wild, 434.

Announce good tidings, 239.
An out.c. h. v.ng performed any service

479.

Armies two, opposed, 379.

Arm-pit walls, those on each side of the
gale of a public court, 500.
Armour for a soldier, 191.

Army, to put one in motion, 191

Anxious expectation, 181.

Animaliife, 62.

Arm, the strength of 257.

Armies, do not depend on mere numbers,

Ant's nest. 527.

Antiquity, 16.
Antiques, old curiosities, 348.
Antiquity, three periods of, 348.

Apartments, inner, 185.

Apa'hy, or stoical indifference, 614.
Aperture, to stop it, 534.
Aphrodisiac insect, 645.
Apparition, or spirit of the deceased

lustre, 590.

Arithmetic, 38.

Army advancing, described, 434.

And, 19.
And, this man and his brother, 338.

Angel's fruit, species officus, 581.

Atgels, wicked, 579.
Angel, or messenger of heaven, 632.
Anger, to be the recipient of, 342.
Alger, 445.
Anger, an angry exclamation, 411.
Angles, right, 299.
Angry, dont be, 228.
Animal spirits or soul, 257.
Animal spirits, 116.

483.

Arena, place of assemblage for military

and for literary exercises, 525.
Argue, strenuously, 258.

Ants hill, 50l.

Anxieties, piercing the heart, 81.

Pegasus shed their

Area, before a door, a level pavement,

Another thing is to be mentioned, 337.

Ancient times, odes, letters, sages, 347,

Andromeda and

871

Apprehended, nothing to be, 616,

Approach near to old age, 497.
Aqu, duct, cave, 709.
Archery, rule for, 3.17.
Archery, natural skill in, 618.
Ar, itrary marks, Gainese characters not,
7 19

Ardent love, 221.

As soon as it reaches the mouth to

* swallow, 365.
Ascend, 301.
Ascend, 16.
Ascend the throne, 320.
Ascend up, 301.

Ascend a city wall, 511.

Asham, d of being so covetous, 349.
Ashamed that I have made no return for
favors done me, 502.
Ash med, to feel so on account of one's
de!ecis, 266.

Antov with (rifles, 99.

Area before the palace gate, 303.

Anonymous signature, mode of 192.

Arena, 552.

Ashes or rubbish, to beat a heap of, 516,

-

INDEX of ENGLISH WORDs.

872

Awakening language, 348.

Ask, to,-400.

Asunder, to cut, 221.

Ask you a single sentence, 400.

At, 47.

Away, go from, 228.

Ask of inferiors, 18.

At, been at, or gone to every country,

Awe, inspired by the majesty of heaven,

d44.

230.

Ask civilly, 129.

Assail, 261.

At the door, 347.

Awe, objects of, three, heaven, dignities,

Assasin, N-ching and his sister Ying,

Atom or particle of dust, 537.

Atmosphere obscured by dust, 544.

Awe, objects of, three mentioned by

675.

and sages, 705.

Confucius, heaven, &c. 89. 106.

Assemblage, in the streets, how many

Attached to ancient literature, 338.

make an illegal one, 15.

Assemble troops, 304.

Attack, with an army, 273.

Attempt prevented by many observers,

Assembled in a confused crowded man

destitute of landed property, 305.

350.

Attempt beyond one's strength injure

ner, 423.

Awfully, stately and solemnly, 452.

Awl, to stick it into, phrase for being
Azure cloud, bridge to Pass il, deuotes
promotion, 515.

those who make it, 537.

Assent, promise, 187.

Assent, 175.

Assent to every thing said, 346.

Assent, generals all muttered unwilling

Azure heavens, 577.

Attend, carefully to one's duty, 270.

Attend upon a superior, 102.
Attend upon guest, 103.

Backbite, 898.

Backwards and forwards, over and "

Attendant, b6.

assent, 433.

Assiduous attention, 247.

Assiduously learn, 258.

Assiduity equal to many great men,
would make great men, 731.
Assist, 89, 2; 66.

Assist the poor, 98.

Assist, as an inferior does; to be an
assistant in government, 89.
Assist, as a superior, the gods, 89.
Assist with the mind, 276.

Assist me the emperor, to improve the

public manners, 246.

Assist in defraying the charges, 261.

Assistance, great, to the skilful student,

again, 339.

Attendance at court dispensed with

when ministers reach the age of

Bad men conceal their vices f"

seventy, 371.

Attendants on military officers, 17.

Attendants, servants in waiting, 353.
Attention and care, great, 534.
Attentive to one's personal conduct,
27.1.

Backwards. 450.
Back of a knife, 218.

Attitude or posture making, 278.

Attorney, not sanctioned by law, but
who take the office on themselves,
pests of society, 392.
Audacity and disorderly behaviour, 609.
Audience, for the emperor to descend

virtuous, 329.
Bad countenance, 169.

Bad, and good separated, 228.

Bad year, scarcity, 215.

Bag with a bottom, bag open at both

ends, worn round the waist. sash;
black bag contains statements to
the emperor, 456.
Bag, 456.
io. 678.

:: for women who commit

-

261.

crimes, 663.

to, 434.

Assistant, 246.
Aunt, 82, -841.

Assistant, principal and second, 246.

Assistant in the magistracy, 23.

Assistance afforded, called planting and
manuring, 510.
Associate, 83.
Assume to, 159.

Assume another's name, 196

Assume to ones self what belongs to
Providence, 93.

Assume more than the rules of politeness

admit, 159.

Assume the precedence, 309.

Asthma, 390.

Astonish heaven and earth, 484

Astronomical instruments, 480.
Astrology, book on, 580.
Astrology, principles of, 238.

Authority of local officers limited to

arrow, 483.

their districts, 540.

Bamboo brush, the vestibule,

Authority, power, 273.
Authority, must be undivided to be
powerful, 47.
Austere harsh manner, 252.

Association, member of, 338.

Bait orat snare,

lay it forshoot
*"
40?.
Ball,
whichto cavalry
with an

Autumn, beginning of, 226.

Ava, attempted to be conquered by the
Yuen dynasty, 656.
Avail one's sclf of circumstances, 37.
Availing one's self of previously cxist
ing helps, is the way to effect much
with little labour, 462.
A varicious, 365.

539.

1, 292.

Bamboo
square ve
of
Bamboo, spotted, caused by the teafs
two sister queen. 651.
Banditti, 292.
Bauditti disorderly, 293.

512
* -

Banditti, robbers of
Bauditti,

".

ligious

associated banditti, "5"

bandilti, 292.
7.

Baneful star, lucky **

Banish or exile, "

iven to the
be given

sent to fill the ar")." punish.

army,
d a man

meet like sending on"

Avoid, happily avoided, 181.
war, 177.

Avoided him, by passing over the wall,

Bank, to keep off waler, a landing pl"

500.

to raise it, 502.

Awake, 417.

873

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Bank of a river or canal, 520.

Beautiful, 97.

Banks, to prevent a river overflowing

Beautiful woman, 97.

the adjacent country, 472.

Banners, dust flying before them, 492.

Barbarous, 286.
Barbers shop, 235.
Bare, 803.
Bare the arm, 247.

Barely sufficient, 152.

Bark, the neighbour's dog, 366.
Bark of dogs, and cocks crowing, 366.
Bargain, throw into. 543.
Barren poor land, 543.
Barter or exchange goods, 287.
Bashful, woman liable to be, 674.

Baseness, and vile condition, as of pu

blic prostitutes, lowest state of 17.
Baseness, always connected with a thirst
of gain, 229.
Basket for containing earth or plants, 54.

Because, 461.

Because he came late, therefore gave

him a scolding, 462.
Beckon to go away, 829.
Bed chamber, 3.19.
Bed chamber, 243.
Bed chamber, 185.
Bed chamber, 859.
Bed-ridden, 464.

Bench, 211.
Beneficence, to all creatures recommend
ed, 329.
Benefactor, 29, 30.
Benevolence, the heavens and earth or
nature, henevolent, 63.

Benevolence, effeminate, weak goodness,

625.

Benevolence, 63.
Benevolent deeds without reward con

stitutes the best man, 342.

Brd, to lay one's self down in, 126.

Benevolent animal, the Lin, 626.

Bees, formed by rice spuried from the

mouths of Sen genii, 435.
Before, the ye r before last, 239.

Benevole t rule or government, 466.

B fore a table, bar, or altar, 239.

Before and after, 179.

Bent, 414.

Bent on having, obstinately determined,

185,

Befr end, one whom you do, 338.

B-nzoin, 791
Besie-eto, 472.

Beg to, 280.

Besiege, or surround and attack a city,

Be", a beggar, 19.

472.

Basket, 541.

Beg, 38.

Beside, something else, 568.

Basket for carrying earth, to leave an

Beg for Budh temples, begging priest,287.

Besides, exclusive of, 349.

Besides, 848.

artificial hill unfinished for the sake

of one basket, 555.

Bastards must be supported by the father,

Beg and not obtain, 280.

Beggar, 38.
Begin to, the beginning, 226.

Beginning, at first, every thing is diffi.

634.

Bathing every tenth day, ancient usuage,

80.

Battered, and shaken by the rain and

cult in the beginning, 226.

Beginning origin of material existencies,
623.

Beguile and cheat, 386.

wind, 422.

Battle, slaughter, sound and dust, 537.

Battlements yellow and golden staffs,
496.

B telements on the wall of a city, 504.

Bawdy house, 678.

Be, a magistrate, 136.

Beak, or bill of a bird, 409.
Bear, to 842.

Bear with, restrain one's anger, 367.

Bear, labour and distress, 27 1.
Beard, to shave it, 235.
Beast, 28 1.

Beasts, or animals, where they herd

together, 358.
Beasts, hard pressed will still fight, do

not urge any one too far, 465

Beat down earth and raise a mud wall,

Behaviour, proper before superiors, 439,

Behaviour, rules for, 441.
Behaviour of interiors, when sitting in
the presence of superiors, 489.
Behaviour, personal conduct, shews the
heart, 268

Behaviour, directions for, 131.

Bestow on poor people, provisions on

the road, 280.
Bestow, 44.

Betel nut, 574.

Better be accustomed to labour than to
ease, 226.

Better than I, or superior to me, 271.

Bewail and weep, 403.
Bewail, 403.
Bewailed first, then laughed, 383.
Beyond expectation, not anticipated, 216.

Beyond or out of one's calculation,

beyond seas, abroad, 568.

Behind, I 18.
Bezoar, 583.

Belch and spit, 383.

Bd, in a rough angry tone, 352.

Belch to, 439.

Bigoted, narrow minded self sufficient,

Believe or trust ir, 721.

Believe and trust, 118 ; in gods and
spirits, 119.
Belief, worthy of 119.
Bll, th sound of, 436.
Bell of a certain form., 476.
Belly, or abdomen, 253.

541.

Beloved, or very intimate friends, 301.

Beauty, description of a Chinese, 614,

B-stow, 280.

B. low, 17.

506.

Bizany, not allowed in China, 620.

Bill for goods bought, 415.

Bills, birds break their food with, 370.

Bind to, l l 1,
Bind, it 1.

Bio-raphy, 746.
Biogr phy of eminent men and women,
120 vols 628.

tl3.

Leuch or rest, to lean on in ancient

Beautiful, 98.
FART A.

timcs, 21 1.
8 N

Birds, imaginary, their appearance indi

cates peace and happiness, 213.

874

Bird of passage, the bearer of letters, 109.

Bird, propitious announces good tidings,
239.

INDEX of ENGLISIt WoRDs.

Blot out, and to supply letters, s?.

Bonze, or Ho-shang priest, 379.

Blow open , blow out the candle, 369.

Book obtained from heaven, 742.

Blow with the breath, 161.

Book, 3.17.
Books intended for female education,

Birds that sing in the morning, and those

that sing at night, distinguished by

Blow, with the breath, puff off a person,

different names, 397.

Birds beak, 409.

Blue bag containing nine volumes,

Birth miraculous, 495.

Birth day, expressed by a thousand

Blunt metal must he ground ere it be

429.

456.

60s.

Books burnt and literati engulphed in

a pit, 490.
Books, nothing comparable to, 400.
Books, received from heaven by which
miraculous powers were obtained,

Blended, 53.

sharp, 330.
Blush to receive it, 342.
Board with an inscription, 297.
Board of magistracy, or that court in
Peking which takes cognizance of
all civil appointments, 361.
Boast and praise one's self, 598.
Boasting, not meritorious, 80.
Bing, 393, 427.
Boasting, vain and empty, 383.
Boats, or dragon boats, on a Chinese
holiday, 301.
Boating, party of pleasure, 689.
Boatmen's song flowed in deep inter
rupted tones, 411.
Bodies painted or tattooed, 256.
Body, the, 62.
Body of a good man may be endangered,
but his purpose remain firm, 316,
Body, or whole number, 296.

Blended or mixed in equal proportions,

Body of man, a case or shell ; body,

Both right, 121.

Both, 46, 120.

Bless, 374.

soul and spirit, 62.

Boil a pot of tea, 562.

Both ways, 186.

Bottom, to the very, 230.

Bless, old people who have a difficulty

Boiler of yellow clay for drugs, 520.

Bottomless pit, near Formosa, *

Bottle of glass, wine bottle, ".

autumns, 300.
Births, difficult and unnatural, 494.

Birth-day observances, 563.

Bit of a bridle, 267.
Bite a mouthful, 382.

Bite, to, 435.

Black-haired people, the people of China,

627.

Black and white clearly distinguished,

220.

Blackguard, disorderly, ill-behaved, 609.

Blackness of ink, emblem of vicious in
dulgence, 546.
Blame to, 375.

Blasphemous adulation, calling the em

peror god, 590.
Blend, 53.

Blend different ingredients, 287.

279.

in swallowing, seems to resemble

the custom of blessing people who

sneeze, 391.

Blessings, never come in pairs, calamities

never happen alone, 415.

Blessings and wealth descend, and he yet

continues unwearied, 839.
Blessings, three, prosperity, long life, and
sons, 354.

Blind, blindly, 122.

Blind man, must feel his way as much

in day light as in the dark, 508.

Boiling up of sand and dust, 537.

Boisterous utterance, 352.
Bold, intrepid, 264.
Bold, 264.

Bold enough to swallow a burning

pagoda, 530.
Bolt one's food, 444.
Bolus, 28.
Bombast, 427.
Bond, 233.

Bookseller's shop, 488.

Border ground, 540.

Born, when a child it cries, 403.

Born into the world, 20.

Born in an unlucky hour, 157.

Borrow, 128.
Borrow, 134.

Bosom of a parent left by a child of three

years, 181.

Both cry and laugh, 390.

Both hands fixed on the ground, 404.

Bound in affection, 111.

Boundary, frontier, to strengthen and
defend, 470.
Boundaries, 54.

Boundary, 540.

Bounty, consisting of bullocks and wine,

given to the army, 272,
Boundary, 470.
Bow, Chinese manner of making, 337.
Bow, to a person, 88,

Bow, in the manner of the Budh priest,

Bones shattered, 5:0.

Bone, scrape off the skin and you will

Blocks of wood for printing with, 315.

Bones, noble or ignoble, in allusion to

Blot out and alter, 532.

Bookcase, 294.

Bookcase, or portable cover, 291.

Bond, literally and figuratively, 592.

Blindly, 122.
Blitered earthen ware, 549.

Blossom, open or put forth, 361.

192.

Books lent, seldom returned, 128.

Bond, or agreement, 233; 254.

Blinded, to prefer darkness to light, 196.

Blood of an oath, to drink it, 874.

409, 410.

Books in general, subjects of ancient,

see it, 237.

fortune telling, 627.
Bonum nomen; borium omen, 627.

306.

Bow, to, 327.

Box, dressing box, *

Box, 291.

Boys, to attend on
Bonzes or priests of Buddha, 85.

Boy, little boy, a term applied to"

feriors, although old people, 7.
funerals, 107.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Boys t ten may go to school, 163.
Boys and girl*, different usages at the
birth of, 601.
Brain, 888.
Braided hair precedes marriage, 674.
Branches of trees bending like the
feathers of bird's wings, 414.
Brand the face, Chinese punishment,
243.
Brandish a sword pencil, to write with
a malicious intention, 210.
Brazen faced, 884.
Brave, 864.
Brave, fearless, 864.
Brave wind and rain, 197.
Brazier, 290.
Breach of politeness 150.
Bread made bj mischievous scribblers,
898.
Break the clods, 529.
Break off half, 302.
Breaking out of the small pox, 816.
Breast of an enemy, 244.
Breast of a female, 40.
Breast, the female, 6IT.
Breast, 881,
Breath, literal and figurative sense, 346,
347.
Breath, shortness of, asthma, 408.
Brcalhe'out, 376.
Breathing, expiring and. inspiring,
376.
Breathing one.'! last, 588.
Breathing, difficulty of, 168.
Breeze, summer's, 807.
Bribes, corrupted by, 546.
Bribe with money, 571,
Bride's poitios, 597.
Bribe, sometimes sealed up, 881.
Bride, urged to cume away, 614.
Brick, 538.
Bricks, unburnt, a Hall ef, 497.
Bricklayer, 290.
Bridegroom, to invite n person to be
come one to one's daughter, 492.
Bridle with a bit, 867.
Bridle, to biidl,-, 267.
Bring over lo, bring a pencil hither,
bring in, 312.
Bring out, 8i6.
Broad, wide, larjje, liberal, 86 1.

Broom to sweep with, 511.

Brother, elder, a common term amongst
equals in China, 388, 389.
Brother, 177,
Brother, brothers senior, junior recipro
cal duties, harmony of, beautiful
appellation of a friend, 177.
Brothers, distinguished by different
epithets, 82.
Brothers, different terms for, 74.
Bruilish behaviour, renders nugatory
the goodness of nature, in creating
man, 526.
Brush and scrub, a brush to scrub with,
for shoes, 232.
Brush, to brush shoes, 238.
Brute, 85.
Brute, worse than a, 673.
Bryant, remark on his etymology, Intro,
xiii.
Burks and does, 442.
Buddha and pagodasf 475.
Buddha's mouth and a serpent's heart,
316.
Buddha, or Foo-loo, FBk-too, derivation
of, 530.
Buddha, Chinese word for, viz. Feh ;
his assistance granted in repelling an
enemy, 92.
Buddhism, or the religion of Fub, i. e.
Budh, 92 ; when introduced into
China, 93.
Budh, who is past, 608.
Budh s arena, a Bonze temple, 525.
Burial place for a parent, called a happy
city, 505.
Buri il grounds, originally gardens, 473.
Burial ground, to exaraiue a place for it,
478.
B ids opening in spring, 494.
Buff.n, or droll, 83.
Bullet, 2J.
Bundle of any thing, 472.
Bundle, a wapper fur, 881,
Uu die up, aggregate, 357.
Burden, literally, or as n duty to be
sustained, 76.
Burn incense and sweep the ground, 51 1
Burnt men, and ripped open womcii with
child, 831.
Burst into a loud cry, 386.

875
Bury a living person with the dead, 104.
Buskin for the legs, 139.
Business, 44.
Business of the world, 81.
Business, occupation, affairs, 870.
Business every man must mind his own,
115.
Business not to he neglected by those
who sit on a throne, Chow.king's
advice lo his son, 368.
Bustle and hurry, 304.
Bustle, 48.
Busy body, 45.
But, only, 86.
But, 3".5.
But, 38.
Butcher, skilful, 231.
Butterfly, name of a Chinese play, 571.
Buzz, or hum of insects, 571.
By, 78.
By and by, 80.
By slanders, 143.
By the means to effect an end, 78,
Cadaverous, a ground coloured face, 478.
Cage to confine a criminal in, 458.
Cake, 88.
Calamity, 814.
Calamities sent down by heaven, 380.
Calamity, to bring it on one's self, 534.
Calamity or misery induced by antece
dent crimes, 786.
Calabash, 823.
Cal-imitous affair, 215.
Calmness of the ancient king Shun, on
being elevated from the plough to
the throne, 466.
Calvaria, 461.
Call out with a loud voice, 407.
Call a man here, but receive no answer,
330.
Call, to, 350.
Call upon, 278.
Call, a slave who is at one's call, 409.
Call, call the boy to sweep the ground,
376.
Call black, white ; and virtue, vice, 609.
Colic-g , flourishing state depends on the
teachers, 466.
Culling lo, invoking, ordering servants,
and so on, 376.
Camel, 91.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

876

Cautious step, 111.

Came to, 221.

Came in a boat, 489.

Careless and remiss, 141.

Careless, 153, 140.

Cautious and attentive manner, 648.

Camp, to plunder it, 228.

Cares and sorrows crowd upon the

Cease, to, 80, 136.

Can, cannot, 136.

Canal called Hwang-koo, filled up, 518.

Candareen, 221.

breast, 516.

Cares, in the breast, watered or mollified

with wine, 528.

Cease, to stop; cease from working, 136.

Cease to enquire, 81.
Celestial king, an idol, 579.

Candle light, 179.

Carnage, slaughter, 432.

Celestial flowers of speech showering

Cangue, or the Canga of Encyclopedia

Carnation, 29.

down, compel assent, 543.

Celery, 533.

Brit. a wooden collar, 81.

Cannarium species of 581.

Cannot but go, 18.
Canton, ancient name, 393.

Canton province, the people removed

Yang-tsze-keang, by an
emperor of the Han dynasty, 616.
Cap, to add the cap, a ceremony per
formed on sons by their father on
attaining the age of twenty, 200.
Cap or crown, the idea of, whence taken;
ceremony of capping at the age of
to

the

Carpenter, 290.
Carried off by robbers, 261.
Carriage, to stop it, 137.
Carriages, horses and idle tours to be

celibacy required of the Budh and Taou

priests, on pain of being beaten with
80 blows, 653.

laid aside, 669.

Carry bricks to fill np a well, 535.

Carls and men, resort, 544.
Carve.or cut letters, 222.

Carve or engrave, diff rent terms for

carving different materials, 234.
Carving tool, 243.

Censors, Imperial, the

authorised ad

visers and informers of his majesty,

852.

Censure, unanswerable, 169.

Censures, to pronounce and record them,
3'16.

Census, or list of the people, 165.

Case for ink, and for visiting cards, 291.

Centipedes, 160.
Central Asia, included in the term west.
ern regions, 506.

Cassias, 581

Centre or midst of 585.

ceremony of burning a paper "5"

should be filled , i. e. the original

Cast away, 23.

Cast off, reject, 329.
Cast lots, 308, 309.

powers of the mind should be exert

Castle or other similar building for

Ceremony or worship, consisting ofb"

ed, 177.

defence, 519.
Castration, a punishment, 841.
Castrating, punishment of 273.

Ceremonial of libations. 595.

ceremonies, board or tribunal of *

Cat, feed your, 404.

Ceremonial. 163.

Cat, to let it out of the bag; disclose a

ceremonies, established rule" of deco

rum essential to government. 123,

manhood, 200.

Cap, a phrase for, 176.

Cap of literary graduates, 629.
Capable, none but the robust are, 257.
Capacity, or original mcasure of talent

Capers of a drunken man, 111.

Capital city, royal or imperial residence,
56.

Capital, money possessed, 569.

Capital letters to give dignity and im
portance to names, made in Chinese,
by giving a higher place to the word,
776.

Case or standing press, in which shop

men stoe up their piece goods, 294.

s' crel, 217

Catamenia, commencement and close o',

noxious, 663.

Catamite, 692.
Caves and dens of the mountains, 490

on the fifteenth of the eighth moon,

530.

ing the head to the ground, 349.

certain person place or thing. 33?.

Certainly , urquestionably. 466.
Cessation from work, 80

Capping, allusion to, 260.

Captain of a hundred men, 96.
Captive, 116.
Carbuncle, 570.
Card, visiting, to present it, 234.

Cause people to dislike one, 329.

Care about it, does not nake an im

Cause there must be, what cause, 462

Change, 285.

Cause, to induce any feeling or course

changes, doctrine

pression on the mind. 4-0.

Care of one's health urged, by advising

to eat plenty , 260.

Care after loss recommended; a phrase,

53.

Carefully, 67.

Carelessly, inconsiderately, 20.

Carelessness or remissness invites to
theft, 204.

Cause, First, of the Chinese theorists,

269.

Cause, none whatever, 342.

of action, 99.

Cause or origin of an affair, 101.

Chance hy, or accidentally, 144. .

Chance, argued against, did it exist a

cow might produce a horse,

Chamber pot, 562.
Clampaign country,

Caut on, over and over again charged

him, 443.

Cautious, to act, phrase for, 15.

Cautious, 164, 183.

47 l.

of, conta ined in the

P kwa, 311.

Chaug-go, lady in the moon,

Chang-sang

Cause or reason for, classical. 73.

Caution, recommended, 183

577.

".

Yaou, gave animation to

dragon parated on the wall,

550.

Chaotic state, 528.

Chaou seen, a name of C*- 245.

Characters, Chinese, to "g" " cut

them, 234.

INDEX OV ENGLISH WORDS.

Character, a great and extraordinary,
134.
Character, undecided, dubious, 66.
Character or name of a dying man, is
left to be criticized like a tiger's skin,
360.
Character, nation, altered by queen Woo,
467.
Character, a man's, that will not bear in
vestigation, 320.
Characters, Chinese, number in classical
books counted, 719.
Characters, Chinese, origin of, derivation
and classes. Intro, p. L ii. iii. and
under, p. 717, 718, 719.
Charcoal hand -warmer, a vessel contain
ing charcoal embers, carried in the
hand for warmth, 549.
Charge, falsely, 801.
Charge, interest, 259.
Charge, or tell to do, 457.
Charily, or extensive benevolence, study
ing tliegener.il good, phrase for, 110.
Charity to bestow it, or to supply a
perso .'a wants, 373.
Charily, good will and kindness, 63.
Chariot of war, 37.
Charioteer, famous, called Ping ping, 469.
Charm, made Ironi bits of coffiu wood, 83.
Chastity preserved at the expense of
life, posthumous honors, 634.
Chat an bile, 301.
Chat, 51.
Chatter of little children to each other,
392.
Chatter in a low voice, 373.
Chattering of a bird, 390.
Chaunl, to lean against a tree and
chaunt, 365.
Chaunting, or singing pronunciation, 365.
Cheap, 161.
Cheap, or ata convenient price, 109, 110.
Chearful mind, 591.
Cheat or devour by fraud, 365.
Cheat people out of their property, 38.
Cheated or imposed on, neither child
nor old man will be at this shop, 344.
Check, or half of a deed corresponding
to another half, 233.
Check, or half the impression of a seal,
227.
TAB! I.
8 O

Cherish resentment, 367.

Cherisb and nourish a person, 31T.
Chess, ancient in China, two sorts, 593.
Chess game, 871.
Chest or trunk, 891.
Chest, 891.
Chew the cud, 378.
Chew, 436, 453.
Chick or chicken, 438.
Chief, 29, 368.
ChTh-chin hill, in ChK-keang province,
produces tin, 516.
Child, boy or girl, 182.
Child, fine, an expression of complimen
tary praise, 445.
Child-birth, severe labour in, 262.
Child-birth, difficult, the parti rent open
to bear six sons, 494.
Child, carried or led, boy, girl, &c 740.
Childish play, 689.
Childish purposes to be put away at the
ceremony of capping, 200.
Children, 131.
Children should not go to a distance
from their parents, 479.
Children, their duty to parents, 587.
Children, grand children, 422.
Chin, or part below the mouth, 469.
China, 26.
China, ancient names of 558.
China, my little, anciently called Sum
mer, 566.
China, it's name under the Man-chow
dj nasty, 573.
Chinese expression, 447.
Chinese, 393.
Ching-kwan, the emperor who built the
porcelain tower or pagoda, 531.
Cbing-wang, an ancient monarch ; hum
ble manner in which he spoke of
himself, 104.
Chisseled out their eyes, 714.
Chirping of a brid, 366.
Chirping of birds, 398.
Chivalrous worthies, 526.
Choaked up the space, 534.
Choo-foo-tszc, a Chinese philosopher, his
complete works, 578.
Cholera morbus, cure for, 663.
Choose or select a lucky day from the
almanack, 357.

877
Chop-stick?, ivory, introduction of them,
grieved Ke-ttze, 431.
Chop off, with a hatchet, 237.
Chop sticks and spoon, dropt them, 285.
Chronic disorder, 466.
Chronology, Chinese, from FHh-he, to
A. D. 1815, makes 5200 years. Intro.
xiii.
Chrysanthemum Indicum, 574.
Chung.yung, the second of the FourBooks, 26.
Chuhg-Ueay, a notorious courtezan,
624.
Cinnamon, the fleshy species, 796.
Circle, complete one, the whole of any
thing, 474.
Circle, to draw one, 469.
Circulate, the heavens circulate from the
left and the earth from the right,
373.
Circular motion of the heavens, shews
the orbit to be round, 476.
Circulate or go round, 373.
Circuit of the heavens, the sun performs
it in one day, 373.
Circuit made round the hill, 461.
Circuitous, minute and troublesome
aff.iirs, 496.
Circuinferance, every part of, 230.
Circumspect, 67.
Circumstances good, placed in, 540.
Circumstances, all of them, 362.
Citadel, a little city, 541.
Citadel or castle for defence, 519.
Cite, 350.
Citron, of China, 99.
City gate of Loo, went to ruin, 557.
City, walled towu ; wall of a town, 504.
Civilize, 285.
Civil and military officers, 388.
Civil officers brought forward, and mili
tary laid aside, 297.
Civility of the poor cannot eonsi.t in
presents s nor of the old, in bowing
and kneeling, 258.
Civility, insupportably great, compli
mentary expression, 180.
Civilize and reform, 286.
Civilized society, the materials of, 703.
Claim, falsely, 196.
Clamour, 42S, 412.

878
Clamour and noise, undignified,. 556.
Clamour of mean men affects not the
good man, 881.
Clamorous, not, nor insolent, 369.
Clamorous noiie ofguests in a hall, 411
Clan of the Scoth, resembles the Chinese
Sing, 626.
Clandestinely, or privately to take, 342.
Class of persom, large number of the
ante, ICS
Classic, the Shoo-king, preserved from
the burning of Tsin-hwang te, by
Fuh-sing Intro, xii. Note.
Classic or sacred book, 192.
Classic, classical works, 192.
Classes, to connect them, 3JB.
Classified like plants, 298.
Clatter, clatter, 4i)G.
Clay or wood image or idol, 55!.
Cleanse from dust, 637.
Clean, 57, 41.
Clean, by washing and scrubbing, 232.
Cleanse the heart, 231.
Clear distinct sound, 433.
Clear, applied either to colours or to
sounds, 51.
Clear, cool, 207.
Clearly, 43
Clemency and severity, should temper
each other, 645.
Clepsydra, 235.
Cleave asunder, 227
Clever, 113.
, Clever, active, quick, 83.
Climate not agreeing with a person, 477.
Cloacina, 665.
Clod, is n son's pillow by the side of a
parent's grave, 215.
Clod ofearth, the great clod, the material
universe, 528.
Close Ihe eyes, 357.
Close a book, 318.
Close up the channel by which the water
flows is stopped, 551.
Close, intimate, 221.
Close, 111.
Closed letter, 347.
Closely shut by the cold of winter, 466.
Clothe yourself, 373Clothes are in the box, 291.
Clouds and balo, 3H4.

INDEX OF ENGLISH TTORDS.

Clouds ascending, ominous, 476.
Coagulate, 210.
Coarse and inelegant, said of Yew, one
of Confucius disciples, 414.
Cnchinchioa, 306, 793, 253.
Cock's crow, 366.
Coercion not lobe employed by govern
ments in matters of custom or usage,
837.
Coffin of stone, 505.
Coffin, 289.
Coffin of stale, 505.
Coffins, wood of which they arc made,
563.
Coffins, the removal of them from one
grave to another, not an ancient
usage, 542.
Coffins of earthen-ware, of wood, &c.
525.
Cold as ice, smile of sneer or derision,
205.
Cold, to take, 19T.
Cold, hot; indifferent, zealous ; cold as
ice, 205.
Cold, frigid, 853, 451, 205.
Cold and heat, figuratively, passing oc
currences, 343.
Collar, or square frame of wood, worn
on the neck as a punishment i by
Europeans called cangne and canga,
81.
Collate, 4S.
Colleague, 83, 156.
Colleague, 156.
College at Peking, visited annually by
the emperor, 471.
Colors, five, 49.
Colours, spoiled, 557.
Combination, illicit, 2T.
Come, 100.
Come to, from a distance, 230.
Come at noon, 301.
Come about, to arise, said of some oc
currence, 101.
Come here, 100.
Comedy, 252.
Comet, or the broom star, sweeps away
the old and makes all things new,
722.
Coming and going conslanlly, 333.
Command in a boisterous tone, 444.

Commander-in-chief, 176.
Commands, orders, 377.
Commands or precepts, 264.
Commands of heaven. 377.
Commanding, 451.
Commence any work, 243.
Commend, praise, 426.
Commend, to, 426, 101.
Commend labour, 272.
Comments to add them, 53t.
Commodity, 53.
Commodity, every aort of, 354.
Common, (a), 325, 115.
Common pcrsou , not common, not .!
gar, 812.
Commonly, 429.
Commission being accepted most bt
faithfully executed, 342.
Commiseration, 382.
Commiseration, and regret, the highest
degree of, 884.
Communicate or report what is i-:by a third person, 149.
Communicate information to, 87.
Compact, close, 374
Company of merchants, company'* hill,
855.
Company, is expressed by, receirin;
person, 538.
Company, the English, 355.
Company, to keep a person, 83.
Company, mercantile, 188
Companion 53, 83.
Companions of the same rank orsgr,
79.
Compare and examine, 335.
Compare, 108.
Compass, invented, 94.
Compass with its needle, 306.
Compass, 306
Compasses and square, 73.
Compassion to feel it, 384.
Compassion, or pity to another, 411.
Compassionate, S4, 317.
Compassionate the mass of the people,
80.
Competent man, 351.
Competent, can do, 351.
Compelled, not able to desist, II.
Complete in fidelity and filial >!>
186.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Complete)j provided with, 188.
Complacency in virtue, 795.
Cumulus nit toft disposition, IIS.
Complaisant, accommodating, 879.
Complained or gumbled, the people did
from want, 455.
Complaint or disease, internal or in
ward ,150.
Complete, in all respects, 314.
Complete, 186, IS I, 145.
Compliment, mere, 346.
Compliment, to use terms of respect,
376.
Compliments, to send them, So'i.
Compliments, civil enquiries, 127.
Complimentary term h'cun, various ap
plication of, 364.
Compose a piece of writing, 94.
Composition literary rules for, 779,
785.
Comprador, or market man, 177.
Comrade, 156.
Comrades, must act with them, 136.
Concealment of affairs from the sove
reign, by his ministers, 657.
Conceal, 891..
Conceal oue's name and surname,
603.
Conceal nothing from me, 272.
Conceal any thing, 291.
Conceal or hide, 79.
Concealed sword or malice, 219.
Conception takes place toon alter mens
truation, 70S.
Conception, miraculous of Keaog-yuen,
495.
Conception miraculous, 615, 117.
Concerns, small and near which are
practicable, not to be neglected, to
aim at those which are great and
remote, S2d.
Concern!..;;, S37.
Concord, agreement, 370, SOSConcubine, 135, 139.
Concubine and wife, distinction be
tween. 620.
Concubinage deemed immoral after a
son is born to a man by his wife, 621.
Concubines received into the imperial
harem, never allowed to return
borne, 622.

Concurrence of the people obtained by

ancient kings, 168.
Condemn to death, 400.
Condescend, 120.
Condescending regard, 496.
Condition in which one's lot is cast, 540.
Condition of men, by birth is different,
540.
Conduct is, good or bad, tell me, 385.
Conduct good, united with learning,
171.
Conduct, to study good, 120.
Confer, 44.
Confer favor, 259.
Confession of faith, Chinese, 635.
Confession of a criminal, 105.
Conflagration and a storm, stale of. things
irresistible as, 273.
Confluent streams or springs, 536.
Confirm faith, 119.
Confirm, 835.
Confirm the virtue of faith, 516.
Confirmed his thought of reporting him
self superannuated was more so,
515.
Confine in a cage, 458.
Confinement of an offender, intended
to make him suffer and reform, 475.
Conformity to the world in the language
of the Taou sect, 538.
Conform to a rule or precedent, 146.
Confound right and wrong, I26i
Confucius, his private morals twice sus
pected, 714.
Confucius, represented ofa dark swarthy
colour, 714Confucius, annals of his own times, style
praised, 657.
Confucius, or Kung-tsze, memoir of,
710.
Confucius and Laou-tsze, a meeting of,
712.
Confucius seven days without provisions^
712.
Confucius believed himself employed by
heaven, anxious to propagate his
principles, 712, 713.
Confucius, in ordinary life, remarkable
for taciturnity, 110.
Confucius, his name, deemed sacred,
avoided in common use, 21.

879
Confuse, 42.
Confused, or the mind weakened, by,
wine, 464.
Confused and perturbed, 168.
Confusion cause by too many persons
acting at the same time, 14.
Confusion, the world in, from covetous.
ness, 559.
Conge, or gruel made of rice, 418.
Congeal, freeze, 210.
Conglomerate, 478.
Conglomerated, 475.
Congratulate one on his birth day, 300;
Conjecture, 474.
Conjecture or suppose, 82.
Conjugal union, 78.
Conjugal fidelity, observed by soma
irrational creatures, 173.
Connect, connected, 27 .
Connect to, 193.
Connected together, 503, 193.
Connected with, HI.
Connexions, clandestine and illicit,
279.
Conquor another, and to conquor one's
self, 271.
Conscience, or innate moral sense, 616.
Consecrating ground for an idol, 374.
Consequences will certainily fall on the
right person, 169.
Consequences, 111.
Consequence or result, 146.
Consequential, having a preal idea of
one's self, 673.
Consent to what is right, 266.
Considering and thinking, 425.
Consist in, what does it f 480.
Consoo or Kung-so, merchant's hall,
188.
Conspire or unite strength and mind,
275.
Constable of a street, 117.
Constellation, 847.
Constellations incarnate, 600;
Constitution, bodily, 1*6
Constitution, human, to strengthen it,
510.
Constitution, good one, called a good
root and foundation, 511.
Consult, deliberate, 335.
Consultation, 399.

880
Consult about two things, 241.
Coiuume by fire, 87.
Contain, 367, 217.
Contain or bear Kith, 845, 280.
Contain or bear patiently, S80.
Contented in one's station, quietly re
maining in it, 221 .
Contentment, self satisfaction, 436.
Contemptuous levity , insolent familiari
ty, 106.
Continue what ii done by one's father.
91.
Continued the preceding maxims, &c .
462.
Contrary to expectation it turned out
unpleasantly, 340.
Contrary meaning, 895.
Contrary-wise, 339.
Controls or manages, SIS.
Controul or keep in nubjection, 263.
Convenience, to follow one's own,
109.
Convenient, 109.
Convenient and safe, ton.
Convenient, that which may he done
when it is so, neither hurried nor
neglected, 3*0.
Convert, or turn of the heart to repent
and reform, 480..
Convert to what is right, 266.
Conversation of bosom friends, posture
of, 111.
Conversation, when unacceptable, half
a sentence too much, 848.
Converse about, 343.
Conversion, change, physically and mo
rally, 28j.
Convict of a capital crime, 400.
Convict, 400.
Co-operate, or join in the management
of business, 305.
Cook ordered, not to bring the frag
ments in again, 326.
Cooks, many, spoil the broth, a proverb
inculcating the same idea, 143.
Cool, 207.
Copper box, 293.
Cordiality, to a friend, 532.
Cordiality and pleasure, received it with,
412.
Corea, ancient name, 516, 536.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Cores, or Chanu-seen, 22?.
Corean word, 245.
Cord, to take it, 267.
Corners or angles cut or broken off,
285.
Corners to rub them off, to soften austre
manners, 463.
Corpse laid in a coffin, 889.
Corpse or dead body, to sit still as,
489.
Corpse, mouth of, filled with rice,
368.
Corpses of dead men fill the r.ioat,
534.
Correct a writing, 385.
Correct, a written composition, 237.
Correct manners, 163.
Correction, instruments if, 566.
Correspond witb one's own heart or
mind, 296.
Corrupt manners of the age, 541 .
Corrupt public manners, 557, 567.
Cosmogony ofthe Chinese, 579.
Cosmogony, or formation of the uni
verse, Chinese notions of, 868, 839.
Collage in a field, 540.
Covenant or oath confirmed by drink
ing blood, 397.
Covetous, avaricious, 385.
Cover over, 503.
Couch, Tartar, 890.
Couch, 890, 424.
Cough, 444.
Cough, without phlegm, 3SS.
Coughed and vomited, or spit out
phlegm, 424.
Coughing and reaching, died, 404.
Could, 351.
Countenance beaming with joy, 410.
Countenance, a fine one, 27.
Countenance, fine, 28.
Countenance changed, 264.
Cuuntcror table with drawers used in
shops, 294.
Counterfeit, 156.
Countries, all in the world, 212.
Country should be served faithfully, not
for personal gain, 229.
Country is in danger, when a thirst of
gain pervades all ranks, 229
Country or nation, expenses of, 471.

Countryman, 358.
Couplet, called Tuy-te, 511.
Couple, 186.
Couiage, defect of, a breach of filii
duty ; distinguished into rational id
animal, 265.
Courier, 584.
Cousins, generally, 514.
Court of the emperor, 178.
Court of a magistrate, sitting in court,
489.
Courts, public, to shut than up at the
new year's holidays, 315.
Courtezan, royal Chung-Ucay, 684.
Courtezans, prostitutes, names auomni
by Singyang, a famous one, (It, 611
Cow-herd, 470.
Cozen and beguile him out, 396.
Crack or open, like the earth in hsti
frost, 494.
Crafty and perverse people, S19.
Crafty, 94.
Cralty men to he shunned, 605.
Craft, artifice, 124.
Cram, with animals the kitchen, HI.
Crave, 280.
Craunch or chew with noise, 453.
Craunch, 230
Craunching or chewing noise, 404.
Crazed, or light headed person, lit.
Cream of milk, 695.
Create, or make at first, 24a
Create disturbance, 217.
Created, or to be made, 343.
Created, since man was created, i righ
teous nation, never perished, 5S7.
Creation in successive periods, 579.
Creation period when the present lyitta
was uufounded, 528.
Creatures bring happiness er misery <*
themselves, heaven has no will ia it.
510.
Creature, every thing made, 343.
Credential, a something to induce belief
-in a person, 313.
Credentials, or letter's patent, 264.
Credible, not, incredible, 119.
Credit, unworthy of, 354.
Creditor, SO, 149.
Creditors, their demands, J stf?"
soften tliem, 33.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Credulous, lit.
Creep on hand* ind knees, 282.
Crime, to implicate one's s: If, 380.
Crimes manifold, of a dy nastj, tbey
determined ils ruin, 332.
Crimes of a former state, caused me to
fall into this pit of misfortune, 490.
Criminal to be allowed ten dajs after
conviction, before passing sentence of
death, 439.
Criminal conversation, 32
Criuge and flatter, 171.
Cringing, specious flatten', 93..
Cringing, 94.
Crooked arm or back, 152.
Crop or crow of a bird, 420.
Crosier, 68.
Cross, or figure of ten, 299.
Cross-legged, in the manner of Buddh
priests, 489
Crosswise and lengthwise, 302.
Crow, the cocks do every where alike,
sec
Crowd of people, 5 IB.
Crown or royal cap, sort of, when first
made, 197.
Crown imperial, 197.
Crow's head, root resembling, 516.
Cruel vicious woman, 651.
Cruel punishments, 224.
Cruel, barbarous, 178.
Cruel and violent, 521.
Cruelty, posthumous character for,
239.
Cruize on the coast, to ward off foreign
ships, 526.
Crush, crush to death, 554.
Cry of the stag, 373.
Cry nut aloud, 350.
Crying for the breast, nu infant,
423.
Cubit, it's origin, 381, 362.
Cubits, ten, a measure, 14.
Cud, to chew it, 372.
Cultivate virtue, 1 19.
Cultivate land, 86.
Cup full, 123.
Cup of stone, 314.
Cupboard, sort of, 492.
Curry comb, 232.
Curie and to bless, 374.
ram i.
8i

Curse or imprecation, like the vulgar

European curse, wishing damnation
lo a person, 483
Curiosities, old, 348.
Curtains of the bedchamber, 243.
Curved, 414.
Cushion used instead of a chair in the
imperial presence, 547.
Cushion or portable mattress, 341.
Custom, the custom of the age, 1 15.
Custom-house,- 347.
Custom, the thraldom, to throw it off,
594.
Customs of the world ; of a country,
should be enquired intoi peculiar
to every place, 115, 116.
Cuslomi puculiar to every place, 356.
Cut up several thousand rows, 220.
Cut letters on stouc, 267.
Cut with a knife or any sharp instru
ment, 247.
Cutting to pieces, Chinese, greatest
punishment, 208.
Cut into very minute parts, 221.
Cut one's own heart, 223.
Cut, to separate the flesh from the
bones, 240.
Cycle of sixty years, 189.
Cymbals, 574.
Daily at noon, 301.
Dance to music, 647.
Dance, attendance on the rich and power
ful, 273.
Dancing women, immoral, 629.
Dancing girl, light aud airy, called
whirling dust, 538.
Dances., s icred, thunder and earthquake,
nature's singing and dancing, 699.
Danger, none from eminence, if humble,
316.
Dinger, dangerous, SIS.
Dangerous enterprise, requires an old
friend, 316.
Dingerous disease, 252.
Dangerously, weak stale from sickness,
464.
Dam, or stop up water, 498.
Dare not, term of civility, 18.
Daring resolution is expressed by leap
ing over a pit of fire, 490.
Dare to engrave, 243.

881
Dart up to heaven, 204.
Daub up the door, 362.
Daub with lines, or scratch a will, .
359.
Daughters, against drowning them,
602.
Daughter's husband, a daughter three
days after marriage returns lo visit
her parents, 562.
Day before yesterday, 239.
Day light, IT.
Day, 1st of the moon, 16.
Days, many, 137.
Days not many, 18.
Days of man on earth, a fixed number,
716.
Days past of a man's life increase, those
to come fewer, 334.
Dazzle their eyes, 443.
Dead, 58.
Dead, mock carriages, men, &c. burnt
with them, 533.
Dead, images and living persons interred
with them, 113, 114.
Dead, living, buried with, 104.
Dead, 52.
Dead, phrase for, 287.
Dead, expressed by ' is not ' like, ' fuit ,
vixit.'
Dead, to regret them, and record their
actions, 365.
Dear commondities, are always difficult
to tell, 395.
Death, bravely dared. 265.
Death, to punish with, in a severe man
ner, 246.
Death; expressed by casting off a dirty
world, 537
Death cannot alter the purpose of the
philosopher, 262.
Death gives our possessions to others,
655.
Death, better than life, 608.
Death or demise of princes, expressions
for, 304.
Death, period or hour of, 314.
Death warrant to sign, 279.
Death, a natural, 121.
Dearth, great, 291.
Debauch a widow or virgin, a crime as
great as murder, 635.

882
Debauch men's wire* and daughters,
632.
Debauch a superior, 524.
Debauchee and drunkard, 606.
Debate angrily, 432.
Debilitated, 201.
Debt, a debtor, 149.
Debts of the father should be paid by
the son, 149.
Decade, first, second, and last, 220
Decade, month divided into three, 228.
Decade, 16.
Decalogue, for a scholar, 158.
Deceased person, 119.
Deceitfulness expressed by the mouth
and heart, disagreeing, 346.
Deceive the prince, 222.
Deceitful, fraudulent, 156.
Decide, 221.
Decide in judgement, S4I.
Decimal series, 299.
Decline state of a country, 341.
Declare, 412.
Declare or tell to, 148.
Decline an offered present with thanks,
195.
Decline an invitation or present, 466.
Declivity, or side of a hill, 486.
Decrepit, monstrous 15.
Decorated, in opposition to plain, 180.
Decorum, 163.
Decree of heaven, errs not, 160.
Deduct from, or diminish, cannot, 543.
Deduct from the price, parsimoniously,
130.
Deduct the duties, 245.
Dedicate an idol, ceremony of, 119.
Deep water, 331.
Deer, crouch secure ; deer park, 461.
Deep pit, saw a horse fall into it, 489.
Deeds or bonds of the people, and the
seal of government, 315.
Deed or bond, 233.
Deed meritorious, 210.
Defect, failure in one's duty, 230.
Defend the ditches of a city, 555.
Defeated, 288.
Defective, destitute, 35.
Defeated, in battle, 489.
Defence thrown round one's person,
488.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Defend, easy to, the territory of Tsin ;
twenty thousand might withstand a
million, 509.
Defect, 35.
Defend the city, 111.
Deficiency of strength, 256.
Defiance, language of, 90.
Defiles, he who spurts blood at another
person, defiles his own mouth first ;
applied to mischievous slander, 442.
Defile, 208.
Defiected, 139, 332.
Deflower a child under twelve yenrs,
by her own convent, a capital crime,
634.
Degrude, to a lower situation, 231.
Degrees, literary, may you go on till you
reach the highest, 338.
Degrees, literary, to confer them, 561.
Degradation, mural, by becoming a
gamester, 525.
Degrees of literary rank, 176.
Deity or Majesty of Heaven, expressed
by 7>, ruler, potentate, sovereign,
236.
Deity, Mahomedan word for, 571.
Deitt, or First Cause, Three in one,
diffused through nature, or the uni
verse, 21.1.
Delay, 136.
Deliberate, to, 381, 398
Deliberation necessary, 90.
Deliberation should precede entering
the presence of I king, 184.
Deliberation, much, little effected,
259.
Delicate and tender, the peach, 585.
Delicate censure ; language soft, but
discriminating, 651.
Delicate female, 690
Delicate, 428.
Delight heaven, and rejoice earth, 4J0.
Delight in virtue, 53.
Delight in goodness, 130.
Delineate, 414.
Delineate, draw a map, 414.
Deliver cargo, 318.
Deliver to, verbally, 148.
Deliver up a man, 54.
Deliver over to, 63, 69.
Deluge, 153.

Deluge, people sunk amidst it's watm,

541.
Deluge, Yu had ability to reduce tlx
waters, 415.
Deluge, Chinese, Intro, xiii to iti.
Demerit, cannot be made ameodi for
merit, 259.
Demise of kings, Ac. 304.
Demons, cast out, 451.
Demons to expel them from a oeigabourhood, 114.
Demons driven away hy the name of
Keang-tae-kung, 630.
Demon of drought, a baldheaded worsts,
616.
Demons or ghosts, 331.
Deny, forbid or give a negative, JJl
Deny the existence ofa thing, phr.se for,
39.
Depart this life, 333.
Departed fiom filial piety and brother!;
affection, 319.
Depeuilant nation, 470.
Depends, more depends on the jrencni
than on the men, 479.
Dcpendanre and subordination, m
through the Confucian ethin, 711.
Dcpendanre on, 127.
Depend.mce, none, destitute, 105.
Depend on a person, 74.
Depend upon, 116.
Deposition of a witness, 105.
Deportment, proper, 163.
Depraved, 139.
Depraved, defiected from the srti;'1
path, 460.
Depraved, lewd, 162.
Depraved deposition, 135.
Deprived of the revenue, 598.
Derivation, of titles and names,
531.
Descend to subsequent ages, 491.
Descend, 17.
Descendants, 422.
Descendants, posterity, 4!!.
Desert place, 656.
Deserted house, 550.
Deserved well, 258.
Deserves detestation, cold to tie p*
and warm to the rich, S05.
Dcs Guigne's Dictionary, Intrwl ,k

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

883
zii. It was published from the MS.
of P. Batile.
Design or plan, rati with man, success
with heaven, 479.
Desisted, the soldiers did, 266.
Desist, 80.
Desire food, 349.
Desire, 420.
Desirous of your instruction, of jour
regard, 349.
Desist from acting, 81.
Desist, 80.
Desk or Utile to write at, SI I.
Despite, 106.
Despatch, S04.
Despots should not give their power to
ministers, 645.
Despatched on the S.ith of 6th moon,
804.
Destroyed the house of Confucius, 557.
Destiny, the king in hades who fixes,
not equitably, 227.
Destinies, to calculate them, 377,
Destruction, caused by the deluge, 247.
Destroyer; destroyed, 52.
Destroy, 80, 413.
Destroy not my house, 274.
Destitute, 35.
Destitution, complete loss of properly
by extravagance, such a person called
a god, by a pun, 180.
Detain along time, 588.
Detain by force, 267.
Detain, 469.
Detestable, 351.
Devastating and cruel, 696.
Devil-fared demon, 337.
Devil, selfish and avaririous, 231.
Devil, to act like, do mischief invisibly,
368.
Devolves nil on me, 479.
Devoted to learning, 606
Devour you, regret that I cannot, expres
sive of hatred, 365.
Devour, 365.
Devour each other, 441.
Dews, cool, 269.
Dialect peculiar to a place, 478.
Dialect common, 116.
Diamond, 242.
Dictionary, Chinese, 718.

Dictionary, notices of thsoe published in

China. Introd. p vii.
Did not mean originally to do so, 326.
Die, 4IS.
Die in the maintenance of good princi
ples, 464.
Die for another, Chin-chwang-tsze did,
489.
Die, phrases for, 20, 21.
Die, belter than be dishonored, 223.
Die, when it becomes different persons
to die, rather than survive, 232
Died on the road to promotion, 717.
Diet, to counteract an injurious climate,
478.
Difference, slight, general sameness, 358.
D mailt to effect, 136.
Difficult to swallow this mouthful of
rice, 365.
Difficulties go before acquisition, 179.
Difficulties and distress, 211.
Diffuse virtue throughout the empire,
193.
Dignified manner, 163.
Dignified, 451.
Dignified, king-like behaviour, phrase
for, 197.
Di^nifieil, without violence, 330.
Dig up gnld and silver, 229.
Digest what is eaten, 287.
Dig a well, 49.
Dike or foot-path that divides Chinese
fields 484.
Dike or bank, 481.
Diligent, 274.
Diligent, sedulous, laborious, indus
trious, 274.
Diligence, nugatory without economy,
105.
Diligence inculcated, till death close the
scene, 746.
Diligence and economy, 274.
Diligence in virtuous pursuit, not for
gain, 746.
Diligence and economy, always esteemed
valuable virtues, 165.
Diminish and add, 259.
Dimncarpus longan, 603.
Din and clatter of troublesome loquacity,
425.
Dine or take the noon meal, 301.

Dine, 301.
Dinner party, affected apology for being
a disgrace to it, 225.
Dining, rules given to host and guest,
444.
Directons, very particular, charge over
and over again, 448.
Direct, 457.
Direct or charge to do, 69.
Dirt and filth, to remove it, 485.
Dirt and dust, 499.
Disagreeing, at variance, 179.
Disagreement between two persons, 185.
Disagreeable, food, or style of writing,
called chewing wax, 453.
Disapprobation, interjection, denoting,
355.
Disappointment, wilh its uneasiness,
552.
Disappointment, 552.
Dissatisfied and covetous, 4T4.
Disburden the heart, 861.
Discipline, strict, 452.
Disclose one's mind fully, 361.
Disclosure of secret beginnings, 131.
Discomposed and silent, 434.
Discomposed, or indisposed in mind or
body, 480.
Disconcerted, 846.
Disconcerted by something sudden, 264,
Discord, to sow it, 392.
Discordance expressed by reference to
the hours, 314.
Discourse without order, incoherent,
112.
Discovery of, disclose, 368.
Discriminate, 220.
Discuss, the difference of, 228.
Diseased, 464.
Disease, severe, 258.
Disease, enters by the mouth, 184.
Disease not to be removed by medicine,
incurable, 272.
Disgrace neither ancestors nor yourself,
179.
Disgrace one's self, expressed by throw
ing down one's triumphal arch. ,487.
Dish of the Budh priests, 547Dishonor, defile, insult, 208.
Disinterested, 117.
Dislike, 419.

884
Dislike, none, to read a thousand sections
of a good book ; dislike, occasioned
by length of lime, 329.
Dismiss from actual office, compel to
desist from the duties, 267.
Dismiss from office, No.
Disorder, 42.
Disordered slate of the heart or feelings,
126.
Disorderly behaviour and thoughts, 609.
Disobedience to parents punishable byone hundred blows, 70S.
Disposition, proud, to nourish pride,
148.
Disposition or expression of feeling, cold
and warm by turns, 205.
Dispense with entirely, 181.
Disperse or distribute, 220.
Disposition temper, G6.
Disputation and wrangling, 429.
Disquietude of mind, oh! 528, 4 10.
Disregard to what is future, 239.
Disregard, lie who follows gain, dis
regards fame, 342.
Disrespectful, 172, 161.
Disrespectful to refuse a present, 319.
Disrespectful ; contemptuous, 679.
Dissipated and ostentatious, 102.
Distance to be kept between male arid
female relatives, 674.
Distance, great between friends, phrase
for, 306.
Distant, not very, 333.
Distilled double ipirila, 563,
Distinct enunciation, 318.
Distinguish, cannot distinguish black
from while, 228.
Distinguish oi separate, 220.
Distinguish and decide, 298.
Distinguish, black and white, clearly
distinguished, 220.
Distracted or divided attention, 220.
Distress expressed by eating acid and
bitter, 356.
Distress of mind, 221, 134.
Distress or mind, IS4.
Distressed with toil in the wilderness,
262.
Distresses the inmost soul, 426.
Distribute money, 293.
Distribute cooked provisions to the men,

INDEV OF ENGLISH WORDS.

then the commander himself eats,
220.
District a man of the same, 358.
Disturb and alarm, 268.
Ditch. 554, 555.
Ditch around a city wall, 534.
Dive, 339.
Divina gratia, 866.
Divination respecting an intended mar
riage, 643.
Divination creatures referred to in,
determines doubts, 308.
Divination with the tortoise, certain
rules, 546.
Divination, principles of, 218.
Divide in the midst, 241.
Divide, to, 2S0, 802, 75, 339.
Divided in the middle, 302.
Divine right of Chinese emperors, 589.
Divine, 39, 308, 309, 310.
Divine utensil or vessel, applied to
ancient tripod, 440.
Divine assistance, 89.
Divine good or evil by the tortoise
shell, aud by the lines of ruh-ke, 308
310,
Divine men or divine persons, their
birth different I mm that of common
men, 495.
Divinely, wonderful, 650.
Diviner, a famous one called Sze-ma-ke,
606.
Divorce by mutual consent for adulterous
purposes, disallowed by law, 633.
Divorce a wife : a divorce, 81.
Divisions of ancient books in China,
arose from the bulkiuess of the
material, 722.
Division of an nrmy, 191.
Do not, prohibitive, 81.
Do, to make, 136.
Do without mc he cannot, nor I without
him, 486.
Do to others, as you wish them to do
to you, 260.
Doctors of the Han-lin college, 702.
Doctresaes, 057.
Doctrine true, called the right way, 353.
Doctrines of Confucius difficult, but were
the deli-hl of Yen, 305.
Document written, 591.

Document, official, from an equal,

SSI.
Document merely in compliance wits
legal forms, 192.
Documents which pasj between tar
higher officers of government, was
aie nearly equal in a province,
381.
Does and bucks, 442.
Dog, faithful, 618.
Dog, (a), to set on, 424.
Dog-gem, a fabled substance extracted
from the moon by dogs sleeps;
under moon-shine, 545.
Dog or horse should not serve you more
than 1, expression of gratitude,
257.
Dollar and a bAf, 302.
Dollar, 473.
Doltish, like a clod, 528.
Domesday book, a sort of, containing a
register of all property throughout
the empire, 195.
Domestic hnrmouy, like the sweet coicord of sounds, 357.
Domestic duties, 270.
Domestic affairs, attendant or snperintendant of, 103.
Domestic harmony, a blessing, 475.
Domestic happiness, 730.
Domestic medicine, Moralists add to
their works, chapters on this subject,
662
Domestic animals, six, horse, cow, sheep.
hog, dog, fowl, 434.
Domestic, 13.
Domestic slaves, or persons boogat,
not hired. 60.
Domestics, commonly ; domestic slaves,
155.
Domineering spirit, or a wish to be
superior in various ways, to repress
it difficult, 236.
Donation too small, disliked and reject
ed, 617.
Don't know what to do, 198.
Door, oustsidc, 296.
Dose of medicine, 254.
Dotage, 133. .
Down below, 17.
Down, to fall, to throw, 126..

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDfr.

Double two makes four, 459.
Doable the fences, 498.
Double meaning, Chinese wordj very
susceptible of, 677.
Double, to increase to as much again,
125.
Doubt and surprize, exclamation in
dicating, 355.
Doubted it, 495.
Dove, a small one, 836.
Down to the ground, 230.
Draconis saliva, 680.
Drag stones, 446.
Dragons painted on a box, 891.
Dragon boat, memoir of KeSh-yuenping, on whose account the custom
originated, 636.
Drama, mock, or puppet show, 169.
Draughts of medicine, 347.
Draw in the breath, 369.
Draw a likeness, 53S.
Drawing any thing heavy, 446
Drawling answer, not to be given to a
father or a teacher, 395.
Dreams of the Red Chamber, a novel,
614.
Dreams indicative of male or female
offspring. Dreams not to be spoken
of before breakfast. Dreams divid
ed into six sorts, sometimes induced,
by the state of the body, sometimes
intimations of the Divine will, 57 1.
Dreams, certain, indicate whether the
foetus be male or female, 178.
Dreams of divination, 473.
Dreaming thoughts, reveries, 571.
Dress to comb the head, &c. used by
Chinese women, S56.
Dress mournful and gay, 215.
Dressed well, phrase for, 20u.
Dressed a man in woman's clothes,
614.
Drink and drink again , dominate him
drunk; language used when forcing
people to drink, 453.
Drink wine, as a forfeit, 183.
Drink, 413; 453.
Drinking wine, ancients had an admoni
tory vessel, 3 1 4.
Drive a carriage, 36.
Droop the head, 120,
Max I.
8 <j

Drought, extreme, 709.

Drowned themselves in a well, 744.
Drugs, mixed, 379.
Drum at the gate of courts, to strike it,
201.
Drumming and blowing, 369.
Drums, their clattering sound, 457.
Drunk, senseless, 458.
Drunkenness, prevailed much in ancient
times, 625.
Dry, 41, 397.
Dual powers, Ying and fang, 704.
Dubious, 159.
Duel to lisk life with an opponent, 123.
Duel, single combat, 1 ".4.
Dumb, 402.
Dumb persons eat the bitter herb and
cannot complain, 402.
Dumb person feels injuries, but cannot
express them , those who dare not
speak also feel, 367.
Dust, man dead returns to, and is at
rest, 478.
Dust aud wind, to be braved in getting
a livelihood, 271.
Dust flying before the banners, 492.
Dusty, noisy, confined low dwelling,
455.
Dutiful son, 722.
Dutiful bird, dutiful sun'* garments ; a
medicine, 728.
Duly, to be on, over night in public of
fices, 170.
Duty, province, department, it is in my,
185.
Duty or business of one's office or sta
tion, 221.
Duties, relative and social, 131.
Duties, fundamental in morals, 132.
Duties payable to government, fixed
times of paying them, 315.
Duties on goods, deducted, 245.
Dying person's feet turned towards the
door, 157.
Dyke, 480.
Dynasty, 393.
Dynasty, Inst, 239.
Dynasties, four first in China, 393.
Dusk of the evening, 121.
Dust of ashes, 537,
Dwell, 479.

885
Dwelling place, family mansion, 783.
Each man, or everyone has feelings and
thoughts peculiar to himself, 356.
Each man has his own view of a subject,
356.
Ear in the wall, hears what is, but should
not be told, 500.
Ears slopped like deaf people who are
said to laugh much, 177, 178.
Ears long, 354.
Early in the morning, 569.
Early marriages recommended, 653.
Earnest money, 835.
Earnest entreaty, phrase for, 300.
Earnestly beg you, 385.
Earnestness and sincerity, 221.
Earth, 477.
Earth raised on graves; the grave, 221.
Earth and heaven, called great abodes,
898.
Earth, terraqueous globe, theory of;
called mother; right and- wrong blend
ed on earth , distinguished in heaven,
483.
Earth, used fur woman, heaver for man,
491.
Earth produces things for the support
of man , earths, five colours, 477.
Earth rending or opening, cracks in the
ground, 494.
Kir then ware, broken bits of, 2i3.
Earthquake threw down houses, 529.
Earthquake and eclipse, an expression
of heaven's displeasure, 668.
Ease, 109.
Ease, indulgence, 91.
Ease and softness of voice, indicates
pleasurable feelings, 434.
Ease and pleasure injurious, 262.
Easy but negligent in manner, 153.
Easy of access, 606.
Easy manner and calmness, 262.
Eat or take a meal, 356.
Eat the fruits of one's own labour, 257.
Eat not before his father, 179.
K it, 414; 436.
Eat rice, 414.
Eating, noise should not be made with
the mouth, 381.
Eave's drop, 70S.
Eaves, before them, 239.

886
Echo whatever other people say.iscalled thundering the tame, 358.
Eclipse, ominous, 623.
Eclipse and earthquake, 664.
Eclipse terms used, 559.
Economy necessary, as well as diligence,
105.
Economy, recommended, 165.
Eddies of sand, 294.
Edge of a knife or sword, 518.
Edict, imperial, 16.
Edict, or imperial proclamation, 287.
Edify or build up in virtue, not so easy
as to conquer nations, 485.
Education, necessity of, 4S9.
Effect, 100.
Effect or consequence, 146.
Effect unable to, IS6.
Effect, cannut be carried into, 334.
Effected, cannot effect, 338.
Effects or consequences which .verify
what preceded, 263.
Effeminate benevolence, 625.
Effeminate' manner, soft melting, 204.
Efforts united, 257.
Effluvia, 89.
Egg. 28,316.
Egg, formed from, 287.
Eggs of birds g eggs not to be taken by
sportsmen, 316, 317.
Eh, 419
Eight, eighteen j eight times eight,
188.
Eighth; eighteenth; eighty; 188.
Either way, 186.
Eject or exclude, 334.
Elder ; elder brother. 388.
Elegance of sentiment and language,
compared to embroidery, 346.
Elegant abilities, 1 12.
Elements of nature, five, 48.
Elements of matter, reciprocally destroy
and produce each other ; on these
principles medicine, divination, astro
logy and physiognomy are founded,
238.
Elevate, 270.
Elevated and chearful situation, 529.
Eleven, 299.
Elocution ready, 346.
Eloquence, flowery or persuasive, 547.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Eloquent man; month talent , the gift of
the gab ; artful, the ruin of a coun
try, 346.
Embankment, 560.
Embark, 18.
Embarrassed, whether advancing or
receding, 239.
Embarrassed merchant, 35.
Embarrassed circumstances call forth
great efforts, case of Fan-tteu, and
Ttaetalh, 464.
Embasty ill received, laid the palace wall
in ruins, 500.
Embassador, 99.
Embezzlement, 791.
Embrace of a mother, 391.
Embrace and. raise up, 1 17.
Embrace an opportunity, 37.
Embr&zure, called a woman's wall,
162.
Embroider with a needle, 234.
Embryo, 280.
Embryo in the womb, theory of its mode
of existence, 461.
Emigration, to forbid il, 466.
Eminence dangerous, if proud, 316.
Eminent, 304.
Eminent, superior to all others. 16.
Eminently virtuous, 106.
Emit, belch, 383.
Emoluments of office should be liberal,
and officers few, |22.
Emoluments of office, 101.
Emperor of China, 363.
Emperor removal or flight of, 538.
Emperor, 361, 16.
Emperor Yong-ching, complimented as
Buddha, 93.
Emperor called The one man, 71.
Emphasis, marks denoting, 332,
Emphasis, marks -of, 469.
Empire, Chinese, 470.
Empire, the middle and flourishing em
pire, 470.
Empire or world, as known to the
Chinese, 327.
Employ every one according to his
abilities, 440.
Employed immediately, 319.
Empress of the Tang dynasty changed
the character, To bear, 292.

Empty rack, extreme poverty, 454.

Enable to do, to afford facilities for,
122.
Encampment, of regular troops or
bandits, 862.
Enclose on all tides, by nirrouoditf,
472.
Encourage by commendation, 59S.
Encourage virtue, 426.
Encourage, 266, 276.
Encourage those possessed of virtue ni
talents, SSI.
Encourage by praise and rewards, 271
Encroach on superiors, 138, 139.
Encroach upon the public road, 30!.
Encroach upon, 138.
Eucyclopedia Britannica, remark oe.
Intro, liii.
Endeavour, 265.
Endure, 342.
Endurance, patient suffering, 149.
Enemy, 65, 458.
Enemy to be wearied by marches ai
counter marches, 592.
Energy and ardour applying to any pur
suit, 599.
Engage in war, unsuccessfully, 191.
Engaged, being occupied, 45.
Engrave, 234.
Engrave characters or letters, 222.
Enigma, 402.
Enigmatical sentences of Buddha, 131
Enjoy long the gains of bard hearleJ
avarice, cannot be, 234.
Enjoy, 5.
Enlarge his knowledge and rejolatf
his desires, 420.
Enlightened prince or sovereign, 365.
Enough, quite, 801.
Enough, adequate to, 279.
Enough ! have dune, 43.
Enquire, 400, 127.
Enrich, why do the gods not,
Enrolled soldiers, 250.
Ensnare by a bribe, 402.
Entailing evil on a person, oiled oil
ing it to them, 674,'
Enter to go out and in ; to pvito*
481.
Enter on the public service, 333.
Enter on an account, 10.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Enter, to go inside ; to remain at home,
184.
-Enter and to retire, 34.
Enthralled by a multiplicity of affairs,
"J 87.
Entice, 401.
Entire, 186.
Entirely, 44.
Entire, to preserve so, 117.
Entrance from the ca of a river, a pasajje, 347.
Entrails of dogs and swine, not eaten by
a correct man, 468.
Entrenchments, 550.
Eunuch of the Imperial palare, 840.
Enunciate or speak out; unable to,
361.
Enwrap, 280.
Envoy or commissioner, 246.
Envoy, 90.
Envelope, 278.
Envoies sent with tribute, 43S.
Envious wife much cried down by those
who practice polygamy. 41 1.
Envy, prosperous man the object of ;
how to avoid it, 601 .
Envy not the possessor of superior ta
lents, 676.
Envy and jealousy occasioned by bar
renness, 616
Ependendrum, 574.
Epilhalamiuin, part of, 643.
Epithet or name, proper to one, 220.
Equable division of the land, 486.
Equal, not equal or competent to the
duties of 271.
Equal, 103.
Equal ; equally ; equallize, 279.
Equal to in rank talent, equal to hea
ven, 103, 104.
Equally divided amongst the whole num
ber, 486.
Equalize, adjust, 254.
Equalize, 254, 279.
Equitable, 188.
Equitable, to decide what is, 246.
Equitable, 189.
Erect, to stand, 77.
Erroneous, 1 59.
Errors, to reflect on them in solitude,
411.

Errs a good man in treating people

better than they deserve; a bad man,
in treating them worse, 324.
Erred having immediately reformed,
235.
Erroneous use of one character fur
another, 378.
Eructation, 408.
Escape from divine punishments tinpossible, 405.
Espousal presents, 647,
Establish a family school, 539.
Established immovcably, 305.
Established, 305.
Esteem or regard as ; to reckon as,
72.
Estimate the cost, 88.
Et cetera, 48.
Eternal idea taken from a stream perpe
tually flowing, 36.
Ethics of Confucius, favorable to social
order, 7 1 3.
Ether, or pure atmosphere in high
regions, 437.
Etiquette, the utility of, 677.
Eucbarislic oblations offered to ancient
sages, 595.
Eunuchs, certain, mentioned in history,
103.
Eve, 602.
Even numbers, 140.
Even, square and regular, 486.
Evening drum, 452.
Evening, sheep and kine come down
from the mountains, 530.
Evening's conversation of a good man,
better than ten year's reading, 568.
Evening of life, great talent will meet
it's reward, 439.
Everlasting j forever 33.
Every, every affair, 212
Every thing, every, all without any
exception, 212.
Every, 356.
Everywhere, 230, 459.
Evidence of a witness, 105.
Evidence false, 609.
Evils impending, prognostic of, 215.
Evils or calamities, natural and moral,
843.
Evils attending the public service, not

887
sent by heaven but caused by para
sites, 455.
Evil spirits expelled by certain jestures
and noises, 454.
Evil prevented by being prepared,
145.
Exact the payment of a debt, 342.
Exact with severity, 243.
Exaggerated, extravagant stories, 393.
Exalt virtue, 405.
Examine, search, scrutinize, 857.
Examine fully, 263.
Examine, 92.
Examination, self, by Tsing-tsze, 35.
Examinations, public, subjects of, 526.
Examinations, triennial, of the literati,
525.
Example of superiors, makes the people
forget their toil, 272.
Example or pattern to posterity, 496.
Example remains entire , should com
mence with the learned, 497.
Example to the empire, 129.
Example to be conformed to, 122.
Examples to the world, virtuous lives
arc, 236.
Excavate a tree for a boat, 231 .
Excellent thought, praise- w orthy inten
tion, 426.
Excellent, 131, 71, 426, 97.
Excellency, a title, 60.
Excelling a person, called getting to the
right of him, 353.
Excess in pleasure ruins a family,
151.
Exchange or barter goods, 187.
Exchange commodities, 181.
Excite, 158, 267.
Exclusive of this, there are others, 348Excreinentitious matter, 547.
Excuse my not writing a separate letter,
348.
Excuse, pardon, 840.
Excuse, or put a favorable construction
on, 326.
Excuse, my defects, 230.
Excursion (or amusement, 689.
Execution of criminals, place of, 525.
Execute or effect, unable to, 231.
Executioner of criminals, capitally con
victed, 252.

888
Exercise troopi, 191.
Exercise, with the sword, 253.'
Exert the heart to the utmost, 257.
Exert one's self to advance in -virtue)
exert, to take more food, 261.
Exert, exertion, 161.
Exert one'i relf, me all .one's heart and
strength, 564.
Exhale, 369.
Exhausted, wearied out, 464.
Exhausted, 464.
Exhilarate, 64.
Existence or non-existence, abstruse
speculations about, 496.
Expect a recompense, 522.
Expectation, vehement, 77.
Expel the breath, 369.
Expense of doing, 99.
Experience or observation necessary to
know the ills of life, 543.
Expert, 164.
Expire or expel the breath from the
lungs, 369.
Explain, 84.
Explain, in extenno, St.
Explained apart, 240.
Expose, discover, 217.
Exposition or declaration of, full, clear
and explicit, 412.
Expression of the countenance, spoke,
409.
Expunge, 227.
Extraordinary, 141.
Extraordinary things transmitted to pos
terity, 589.
Extraordinary talent, IS4.
Extraordinary and secret arts, 383.
Extraordinary, strange, said of natural
phenomena, 141,
Extravagance, to economy a difficult
change, 595.
Extravagant and idle, will be poor,
547.
Extravagant in expense, 101.
Extend, 84.
Extend to, 230.
Extend to, from that which is near it
extends to what is remote, 337.
Exteud to every point of the compass,
588.
Extends from near to remote, 338.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Extensive, 306.
External. 185.
Extending to every place, 230.
Extensive liberality , learning, 307.
Extensive, ' 6.
Exterminate. 250.
Exterminated, destroy, 52.
Exterminate a family, 422.
Exterminate, destroyed, 250.
Extort, greedily, 663.
Extort from, 267.
Extra, or superfluous officers soldiers,
and expences should be relinquished
by good government, 787.
Extremely glad or rejoiced, 271.
Eyes reddened, and mouth sputtered,
442.
Eyebrow shaved to resemble a new
moon, 235.
Eyes, before one's, 239.
Eyes many on a person, prevented the
attempt, 350.
Eyes cannot deceive, language may, 156.
Eyes, to close them, 357.
Face, specious, but a bad heart, 405.
Pace, hot, divine from it, 447.
Face, ugly one like that of Confucius,
128.
Face and heart disagreeing, 116.
Face of Confucius, 710.
Fact is thus, ill disguises being laid
aside, 320.
Factory or counting-house, 479,
Faded tree emblem ofa man worn down
by grief, 557.
Faery Quecne of China, 612.
Fairy, elf, choose gallants from among
men, A 12.
Fail of succeeding, 413.
Failure of strength) physical or pecu
niary, 464.,
Faith, to confirm it, 119.
Faithful, 100.
Faithful to each other, 47.
Faithful and true, the mouth not affirm
ing it, 448.
Faithfully, 75.
Faithfulness anil truth, 721.
Fall, 125, 64, 65.
Fall down, 125, 126.
Fall down in ruins, as a house, 529.

Fall, as a man of AV, apprehended the

heavens would, 543.
Fall from a horse, 543.
Fallen gate, family reduced from afflu
ence, 547.
Fallow ground, to break it up, 549.
False, 156, 134.
False reports, to intimidate. 445.
Fame, possessing merit and fame, 359.
Fame not desirous of it, 359.
Fame and gain cannot both be pursued,
342.
Family's welfare, depend's on husband
and wife agreeing, 379.
Family or house, 844.
Family aucient and respectable, com
plimentary term, 394.
Family be ruined, 241.
Family and country duties to both per
formed, 274.
Familiarities , lewd, 680.
Familiarity, or fondness which breads
contempt to be avoided, 106, 107.
Famine, 10tl.
Famous, 359.
Famons for benevolence, 63.
Famous, very illustrious, far-famed, not
unfounded, 359.
Famous, a hill must be peopled with
demi gods or genii to make it so,
great men make a place famous, M0.
Family way, being pregnant called hiv
ing joy, 410.
Family consists of five ranks, 385,
Family, in a, every matter should be re
spectfully referred to the beads cr
senior members of it, 331.
Family, increase of, 13.
Family, ancient, 20;
Fan-che, a disciple of Confucius, 469.
Fan-tseu, returned every civility aod
every slight, 534.
Far apart as heaven and earth, SS3.
Far fetched commodities should not
be highly value, 866.
Fascinating and elegant appearance.
667.
Fashion or manner the same, 358.
Fast, or refrain from animal food, 414.
Fasts of the Mahoroedans strict, 461.
Fat of animals, 204.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Fat and strong, 561.
Fate, or what heaven hat decreed must
come to pats, S77.
Fate, decree ofheaven, destiny of indivi
duals S"
Fate, the decree of heaven, S77.
Fate deadly, or premature death, 287.
Father'a friend, phrase for, great respect
due tn him, 509.
Fatherless, destitute, 737.
Father heaven, and mother earth, 623.
F.ither and son, compared to two trees,
414.
Father or master's call must be obeyed
immediately, 350.
Father-in' law, 14.
Fatigued, '.'57. 464. ISO.
Fatigued excessively by the heat of the
wealher, 464.
Fatiguing; effort, some obtain knowledge
by, 4-i4Fault is rot your's, 479.
Fnull of Kwang hw^iy. 379.
Faults do not he inquisitive to find out
petty one*, 500.
Fawn, 296.
Favors to bestow them, lfl.
Favorite minister, S66.
Favorable reply, 86.
Fausla nnmina, 627.
Feast, banquet, 843.
Feasts, at, in ancient times were persons
to check excess in wine, 353.
Feast upon a sacrifice accompanied with
drunkenness, 590.
Feats of agility, 171.
Feathers, blow them aside, 369.
Feeble, weak, 121 260.
Feed a horse, 404.
Feed, 116.
Feel one's way, as a blind man, 508.
Feel the pulse, 222.
Feel ashamed, 367.
Feel afraid, 843.
Feelings cannot be concealed ; they will
be discovered by something, 185.
Feeling of, or disposition to, disrespect
produced, 87.
Feeling! hurt, 150.
Fearless, 264.
feet, to cut them off as a punishment,
"T i.
8 a

five hundred crirort punished in this

way, 225.
Feint, 96.
Felicity, felicitous prognostic, 215.
Felicitous, 357.
Pell prostrate and. worshipped, 126.
Fell, or cut down a tree, 80.
Fellow officer, 156, 864.
Fellow student member of a society. 338.
Femilc apartments, proper behaviour
for men, 431.
Female studies, duties, &c. complaints,
medical work on, 603.
Female police officers, 685.
Female, virtuous, does not listen to the
call of every one. 313.
Fence, dike, a low wall, 505.
Fertile earth, 517.
Ferryman, clamorous for passengers,
313.
Fetter, 458.
Few, seldom, rarely, 858.
Few sentences, 348.
Few, 51.
Fictitious, 156.
Fidelity to one's own matter, should be
esteemed by an coemy who gains the
ascendency, 735.
Fidelity in persons espoused, 642.
Fields, cultivated land, 483.
Field, to labour in it, kM.
Fifth, 48.
Fig, 581.
Fight with obstinacy. 258.
Fight grasses, child's play, 516.
Fight, 68.
Fight in war, 54.
Figure of the earth is spacious, 274.
File of men, 79.
Fill, 177.
Fill up, 534.
Fill up or complete a fixed period, 83.
Fill an office or situation, 177.
Fill up a vncant place with earth, 535.
Filial duty at home, 216.
Filial piety ; its efficacy exemplified
in the case of the monarch Shun.
Twenty four instances of, 722, 724,
728.
Filthy as a dog, base, 304.
Filthy tecret conduct of bad rulers, 500,

889
Filth, ordure, 559.
Fine night, 844.
Fine ttyle of writing, 97.
Fingers fell off from cold, 547.
Finished, 210. 43.
Finished the period of mourning, 304.
Finish entirely, 186.
Finished, done, completed, 801.
Fire that rages or flames vehemently,
361.
Fire tongt, 588.
Firm, 41.
Firmness, 242.
Firm, yielding, 242.
Firm, in virtue, 41.
Firm, strong, sure, 466.
Firm purpose will cut its way through
mountains, 515.
Firm, unbending disposition, 515.
First day of the year, 176.
First, II.
First cause, a principle of order, 517.
FiasT Cause, contains three making
one, 217.
First year of a reign i day of a month ;
day of a year, 176.
First born the ruler of the family,
201.
First come first served, 363.
Fish, respiting, 404.
Fish pond, 533.
Fished, ploughed, sowed, made pots, and
thus wat prepared for the throne,
544.
Fith blow, 370.
Fisherman, travelling merchant, and
resident trader, 325.
Fits and starts, to do by, 854.
Fit of loud laughter, 376.
Fit for any thing else, not, 521.
Fit, 351.
Five, fifth , five times; five elements; five
relations; five virtues; five ranks;
five tastes ; five colours ; five
viscera, 48.
Fix an object, 362.
Fix, settle, tet at rest, 835.
Fixed principles, to act on will ensure
success, 464.
Fixed purpose, 515.
Flag, not to, 274.

890
Flail for thrashing gfain, 153.
Plat, round, S97.
Flatter a person I o his face, and hate him
behind hit back, 435.
Flatter and cajole, 297.
Flatter the age, SI.
Flatter, 1 dare not, and I bate impene
trable obstinacy, 466. >
Flattering seductive manner, 667.
Flatterers not to be chosen to office, 1 10.
Flattering courtiers without talent, 667.
Flattering, 94.
Flatter, 435, S96.
Flay the skin off you, 2 13.
Flavors not agreeing, difference of taste
and sentiment, 375.
Flea or lop, 587.
Fled, 52.
Fled in every direction, 3SS.
Flesh and wine, in treat abundance, 494.
Flesh from the bones, to-separate them,
S4I.
Flesh, proud or protuberant, SI 5.
Flew away, S8.
Flew up in the air, 550.
Flies ate the dead bodies, 430.
Flowing water, its sound intercepted,
384.
Flowers or plants, 80S.
Flower garden, 473.
flowers this year, better than last s ear,
334.
Flowing garments, 496.
Flowers, -women who sell them, 657.
Flower boats for the accommodation of
loose men and women, 6 IS.
Fluency of speech, 346.
Fluency of speech, -smartness of reply,
expressed >by 'a tharp mouth, ' 229
Fo, F&h, or Budh, title of, 22.
Fo, or rather FoiS, or FHh, or Ftih-loo,
i. e. Buddha, 9S.
Feign or affect what is not real, 46.
Fo-kien, or Fuh-ke'cn province, ancient
ly culled Min. Fo-kien children for
merly taken for eunuchs, 459.
Fold, S78.
Fold five-fold ; a thousand fold, 1S5.
Fond nf daring actions, 865.
Fond of, or attached to music, 420.
Fond ofmartial pursuits, 606.

1XNDE OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Foo-yaou-yu, an intrepid statesman of
the Sung dynasty, 706.
Food, to try to take more, 261.
Foolish man telling dreams, 571.
Foolish, doltish person, 372.
Foot, to step over, 305.
Foot, to go on foot, 397.
Footing firm, defensible station, or side
of a question, 484.
Foot-path amongst hills, 535.
Footsteps of an eminent person, to walk
in them, 533.
Footsteps, to tread in former, 127.
For. or in behalf of one's country,
257
For, instead of, 71.
For the sake of gain, 468Forage, foragers, SS9.
Force one's self, 262.
Force put upon one's aslf, 265.
Forecast and economy, 475.
Forestall and hoard up grain, 463.
Forerunner, 179.
Forenoon, 16, 301.
Foreign nation, 470.
Foreign phraseology, 447.
Foreigner, 61.
Foreigners in the north, the Tartars, a
lumc of, 28.1.
Foreigners called devils or demons in
ancient history, 338.
Foreknowledge, such as possessed by
prophets, 179.
Forfeit for missing the target, three cups
of wine, 513.
Forfeit official pay, t2.
Forge, or assume a name, 360.
Forgive, S6.
Forgive an offence. 181.
Forgotten, not, after death, 21.
Fork and knife, 337.
Forked, 25.
Form rules, 232.
Formerly, very different from, 358.
Form, nearly similar, 295.
Formerly, 239.
Fornication and adultery, 633.
Fornication by mutual consent punished
with Mi blows, 634.
Forthwith, immediately, instantly,
319.

Forthwith, 110.
Fortitude, 242.
Fortitude, undaunted, 561.
Fortitude of character, 244.
Fortune telling, from the structure Gf
the bones, 627.
Fortune telling, a book on, 576.
Fortuneteller, 310.
Fortuneteller, principles of the art. 231
Fortune of the year, to divine it, SOS.
Fortune, or luck good, 286.
Fortunes, to tell them, 377.
Forwards, to advance, 368.
Forwards, 450.
Fowl.caller, 407.
Foul-mouthed, 432.
Foundation yet remains, 485.
Found a family by the acquisition of
properly, 248.
Foundation wall; good foundation,
person of good origin, 541.
Fourmont, remark on. Iotrod, xi.
Fuu r fourth, fourteen; four seasons,
459.
Four-square, four points of the compass,
4S9.
Fourteen, forty-nine, 459.
Fox, standing on the stones in yonder
fordable stream, 331.
Fox-like Battery, 667.
Frankincense, 594.
Fraternal affection, 339.
Fraudulent, deceitful, 604.
Fraudulent, 156.
Freeze, congeal, 803.
Freeze, 210.
Frequently manifested great merit, S7&.
Friend, 896.
Friend, the intercourse of friends, 338.
Friend, a well known, S96.
Friend, or virtuous person sought wita
desire, '493.
Friend, warm-hearted, nearer than a
brother, 177.
Friends , friendship, pleasing to the goes
and necessary for all men, 453.
Friend, the intercourse of, to good din
ners ; none, in distress ; injurioas
friend , useful one; intimate friead,
disinterested, 338, 339.
Friendship, to break it, 53.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Friendly state or country./n'emffy union
of good men promoted -virtue, 339.
Friendship inconstant; of one intent nn
gain should be formed with one pos
sessing superior virtue or talent,
339.
Friendship founded merely on one's own
convenience, 584.
Friendship, depends on sameness of dis
position or purpose, 338.
Frigid, 805.
Frigid ( severe ; austere, 45 1.
Fn lie playing pranks, 689.
Frolics, or ludicrous tricks of drunken
ness, 146.
From, a cause, 325.
From those more nearly related to the
more distant, 338.
Frontier shut to prevent emigration,
466.
Front, the quarter to which, 489.
Frontier not be passed by any foreigner i
guards who accept a bribe to suffer
it, shall be punished with death, 636.
Fronting the south, 888.
Fronting each other, 368.
Frost hard, extreme cold, 81 1.
Frugal, sparing, parsimonious, 418.
Fruit, 860.
Fuel and water, 8SS.
Fuel and rice, husband and wife, 584.
Fugitive, 58.
Fugitive, the king went forth, 545.
Ftlli, 98.
FBh, priests of the sect, 1 57.
Ffih-Keen province, 459.
Fiih-sjng, the preserver of the Chinese
classics, 688.
Fulfil a duty or service, 177.
Fulfilment or verification of the prog
nostic, 308.
Full moon, 475.
Fun i giggle, 689.
Fung-leaou, a servant woman who be
came a skilful political negotiator,
687.
Vung-shwtiy, wind and water master,
a person skilled in selecting burial
places, &c. 581.
Funeral procession must pass along the
high roads, 413.

Funerals, boys who play on instruments

at, 107.
Funeral, affairs of, 413.
Funeral rites of the Mohamedani,
460, 461.
Funeral rites, oblations remain covered,
843.
Funeral sacrifices, certain observances,
446.
Furnace, old, old porcelain, 347, 348.
Furnace, system of uaturc compared to,
804.
Furniture and household utensils, 81.
Furniture, 63.
Further, still, further, 51.
Further, again, over again, 337.
Further, 337.
Fuser of metals, 804.
Future state, 68.
Future state of punishment awaits the
whoremonger, 678.
Gaiety and freedom of manner, 188.
Gain and honor are two different roads,
360.
Gain, gainful, 889.
Gain, thirst of, injurious to a country,
had man risks his life for it, 889.
Gait, regular, easy, 87.
Gain, 307.
Gallery or upper room, 418.
Game, to play at any ; gaming, no good
man games, 307.
Gaming house, 585.
Gan, names of places beginning with
that syllable, 793.
Gaped and laughed, 368.
Garden for fruits and vegetables, 468.
Garden, the round and splendid garden,
473.
Gardens, parks and ponds given to the
people to convert them into culti
vated fields. 467.
Gardener old, leach horticulture better
than Confucius, 468.
Garment, short-tailed, 387.
Garments that go overall, 594.
Garments the introduction of them, the
year of civilization, 496.
Gate of heaven or nature, 3 1 4.
Gate demon.guards, Shin-too and Yu'hleub, 556.

891
Gate of a market place, 477.
Gather, 341.
Gaze aboul, must not at a court levee,
466.
Gazette Peking, usual imperial reply,
348.
Gazette, Peking, 584.
Geese, wild, 586.
General of an army, 873.
General, 188.
General application, what will fit any
thing, 594.
General fVoo-kc, fed with the men and
licked their wounds, 368.
General knowledge, 568.
General consent or agreement, 898.
Generally, for the most part, 818.
Generation, or one life. 71.
Generations or men, SO.
Generations, the parts of, general term
for, 18.
Generation , dubious, case of an insect,
600.
Generous, disinterested spirit, 1 1 8.
Generous, 1 17.
Generous wine, 384.
Genial influences of nature, 679.
Genii, 69.
Genii, the Seen, called also Ling-yu,
469.
Genii or spirits of the water, 369.
Genii, called Seen, 69.
Genius female, 683,
Genius, 97.
Geuseng, 337.
Gentle breeze, 370, 2\S.
Gentle horse more ridden than a vicious
one ; mild men more liable to frauds
and insults, 405.
Genteel gait, 91.
Genteel, female gait, 649.
Gentleman, 88, 14, 380.
Gentleman, young, term for, 189.
Gentlemanly pursuit, whoredom so call
ed by dissolute Chinese, 678.
Gentleman is right, I am wrong,
584.
Gentleman and mean fellow, in a moral
sense, 363.
Gentlemen, 185, 885,380.
Geographical map, 474.

892
Geomancy, Chinese, 573.
Get out of a chair ; get into a chair, 18.
Ghost, 62.
Ghoits of murdered persons troublesome,
688.
Ghott, injurious, 330.
Giddiness, levity of conduct, 152.
Gift, must be conferred in a proper
manner, 428.
Giggling. 433.
Giggle, titter, forced laugh, 408.
Gird, or things attached to a girdle, S5.
Girdle, 95.
Girl, 132
Girl at ten years of age, education pro
per for her, 651.
Girls, singing, 129.
Girls or servant lads, don't know whether,
they are, 330
Give, 44. 280.
Give np thinking about, 81.
Give up, or desist from, 318.
Glance, oblique. 84.
Glare of awords d irt up to heaven,
204.
Glebe of land and small house, 298.
Globe, terrestrial, 483.
Globular, 476.
Globular and flat, 473.
Glorious, 179.
Glorious and resplendant ! his moral ex
cellence, 384.
Gloss, external, 96;
Glowworms floating fall, 547.
Glue hi' charcoal' make ink, 546,
Gluttonously to gormandize, 435.
Gnash the teeth, 222.
Gnaw bones ; letters and characters ; to
ruminate and study, 382.
Gnaw,greedily roasted meat, 430,
Gnaw, wishing to gnaw the umbilical
cord, how can you reach it f 440,
Go-between, or pronubae, 667.
Go-between, in arranging marriage al
liances, 607.
Go, cannot but, 18Go on hands and knees like a child, 283.
Go over to intimate friends, 301 .
Go among, 333.
Go outj logo forth; to go out of the
door, 216.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Go up, 16.
God Almighty, as expressed by the
Romish Church,
God of the land, of the spring, 348.
God of water, 201.
Goddess Ktean-gin, much worshipped in
China, 359.
Goddess Kwan-yin, prayers to, 576.
Gods in wrath opposed the prince, 673.
Gods borrow the arm of man, to inflict
their vengeance, 6JS.
Gods, to approach them ; or entertain
them as guests. 166.
Gods thanksgiving to them for their
warning, 126.
Gods listen tu the upright, 66.
Gods of the land, altars to, 557.
God's protection, to pray for, ifgod be
for us ; who can be ngainst us ! 89.
Going and coming, 100.
Going by water, 492.
Gold produced in Keang-se, 516.
Gold and gems, not valued by the philo
sopher, 866.
Gone, past and cannot be altered, drop
it. 613.
Gong, to beat it, 411.
Good, 98, 404,357.
Good man, though severe, injures none,
253.
Good moral man, 404.
Good for nothing, said of a worthless
man, 440.
Good breeding, ignorant of, 46A.
Good man adheres to his virtuous
purpose even till death, 464.
Good plan, means well adapted to the
eud, 405.
Goods, merchandise, 245.
Good nun, 60.
Good man, indefatigable as heaven,
138.
Good, supposed, sought with anxiety,
.sometimes proves an injury, 219.
Good, to esteem good, to be attached
to, or love, 606.
Good many times, 606.
Good tempered, 606.
Goose, emblem of conjugal fidelity, 619.
Goose sent as the token of espousal, 629.
Go out and in at one's pleasure, 216.

Gourd, 283.
Gourd bottle ; charms made io the fori
of, 283.
Gormandize, or eat greedily, 434.
Govern himself, he who cannot ; mask
to govern others, 655.
Govern, SO.
Governor of a province, his title, MJ.
Governess or schoolmistress io a family,
622.
Government, three precepts on, 15.
Government issues from the king's
throat and tongue, 406.
Government, a benevolent good we
alone can defend a country agaia>t
enemies, aud prevent emigration Iron
it, 466.
Government, good and benevolent, B.
Government, laborious in, 258.
Government of the country, ist.
Government (incorrupt and ean'.tiMr,
513,511.
Government officers; different titles asd
duties, 805, 828.
Governed ; mind governs body, SJf.
Grndu illy get better, 510.
Grain, good ; used to represent tie
students of moral virtue, 190.
Grains ot millet. 1200 make a jO, SOI.
Granary, 293, 463, 121, 465.
Granaries ofdiff.reut forms, 465.
Granary, divine granary , for that to be
appropriated to sacrifices, 1S4.
Grand! excellent! great! Ioterjectioa
denoting, the admiration of greatness and excellence, 433.
Grandchildren, different degrees of, MiGrandson of Confucius, Tsze-szt-kA
71S
Grandson's grandson, 101.
Grandees or Magnates, 573.
Grape, 40.
Grass looks to the spring," 57.
Grasping the middle, 340.
Grateful, more than to lather s'J
mother, 403.
Gratitude, an expression of, 257, 594.
Gratitude several expressions of, 319.
Gratitude, odd expression of, 245.
Gratitude, or return for some avor,58Grave solemn manner, 331.

Grave, 451.
Grave or tomb of a parent, is the place
which a dutiful child thinks on with
regard ; graves not repaired in
ancient limes, 541.
Grave, or pit iuto which the coffin is
put, 529.
Grave or tomb, different words for,
521.
Grave, Chinese, with a dike around it,
498.
Gravit v, solemnity of manner, 452.
Gravity, dignity, 331.
Gray heided bid men, four famous, 473.
Greuf, 20.
Great, advantage or virtory, 3*4.
Great man, difficulties necessary to form
him, 493.
Great actions, 94.
Great kindness, 324.
Greatest. 573.
Grief, sorrow, 410.
Grief, .'IS I, 424.
Grieve and to rejoice, 54.
Grieve for the anxieties which fill my
mind, 464.
Grieved, 150.
Grievance or wrong, to inflict, 848.
Grievance, hard .hip, ill-usage, 639.
Grind, 330.
Grindstone, or whetstone, 220.
Ground, the seat of the ancients, 211.
Ground, the earth, 477.
Ground of the heart good, a good
hearted man, 484.
Group or parly of men ridiug, 125.
Gruff affirmation of the plain truth,
better than a thousand obsequious
tones of assent, 546.
Guard by fences, the duty of the good
man, 437, 4fe8.
Guiird against thieves at night, 569.
Guard against false alterations, 459.
Guard house for soldiers, S 10.
Guard against, 146.
Guard against wicked thoughts, the
second commandment, 67 6.
Guardian, of the prince, title of office,
117.
Guesi, who is respected, should prevent
hooting eveu at a dog, 35*.
r**T i.
8a

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

893

Guest or visitor, 8ST.

Guest, 88.
Guilty, found, 489.
Guilty, if, reform, ifnot be more careful,
260.
Guitar, sort of, 612.
Gulp dnwu, 376.
Guttural, being pierced though the
throat with an arrow, the voice
floned with a deep hollow tone, 41 1.
Gum Benjamin, Tj6.
Gum., or flesh about the teeth, 409.
Gurgling, 41 1.
Gymua-ticks, ancient for boys of thir
teen, *7S
R.i ! hi ! laughing loud, 386.
Ha : ba 1 or Ya ! ya, laughing, giggling,
402.
Ha' it nl supplying the wants of tbe
destitute, 464.
Habituate, to labour and not covet ease,
262.
Hades regions of separate spirits, 201.
Hades, your mother's soul in, 649.
Hades, region of the nine springs of
water, 483.
Hades, person returned from, to recompeiise a kindness, 524.
Hail, 203.
Hair, to dress it, 91.
Halberd and spear, 253.
Hale and stout, 133.
Half remains over, 245.
Half, of a dollar, 26.
Halfway and desist ; want of perse
verance, 302.
Haif a day's leisure, 302.
Hail or Confucius, 513.
11 II of audience, 613, 514.
Hall of illumination, the imperial ball of
audience, 514.
Hall, merchants, placeof public meeting,
188.
Halo and cloudit robbed the sun and
moon of their splendour, 384.
H It, 88.
Halves, to cut into two, 245.
Rami, king of, taken captive, 362.
Han dynasty, easily acquired the domi
nion, (in..
Hand, to apply it to, 18.

Hang down the head, 83.

Hand, to use or employ it, 279.
Hand in hand, walk together, 509.
Hand basin, 290, 289.
Handle of a Chinese seal, 315.
Handful, 282.
Handsome, beautiful, 98.
Handsome man, 112.
Handsome, different terms for raaje and
female, 632.
Hands hanging down, 496.
Han-gae-te, the emperor in whose reign
Our Saviour lived, 385.
Hang down the head musing, 120.
Hang or reach down to a lower place,
496.
Hang down the head in a spiritless man
ner, 49C.
Hang against the wall, 55a
Haughty, proud, 148.
Hankering after, affections intensely set
on illicit objects, 682.
Happen, to occur that, ISO.
Happily avoided or escaped, 181.
Happiness connected with virtue, 215.
Happiness depends on the adoption of
virtuous principles; he who lakes
sparingly shall enjoy spariugly,
342.
Happiness, consists in five things, 852.
Happy land, a virtuous slate ofthe heart,
450.
Happy or fortunate occurrence, 357.
Happy, if you do not refuse, 319.
Happy pair, united in marriage, 140.
Harbinger, 179.
Harbour resentful feelings, 503.
Hard and soft, 242.
Hard ice, 515.
Hard to bear such distress, 521.
Hani, 242.
Hardly, or just enough, 152.
Hardness and strength of iron, 2.42.
Hardships, a rugged road necessary to
form the great man, 488.
Hardships necessary to form great men,
731.
Hare, 182
Harem or secret retired imperial apart
ments, 197.
Harema and courts filled with envy, 611.

894
Harem, palace, 841.
Harmony, S05.
Harmonj of all nation*, 305.
Harmony in rounds and iu all the parts
of nature, 379.
Harmony of the universe; of families,
Sic. 475.
Harmony amongst kindred essential, 61.
Harmonious, 379.
Harness, 41.
Harpoon, or instrument for striking 6sh,
337.
Harsh ill-mage expressed by carving
thin, S34.
Harvest, to gather it in, 418.
Haste, hastily, hurry, 58.
Hasten the doing of, 137.
Hasty, slow, 14ft.
Hat or cap taken off to disgrace, polite
to keep it on, 200.
Hat buv. i box for keeping: caps in,
895.
Hats, broad brimmed of the peasantry,
145.
Hawk, or bird employed to catch others,
464.
Hazardous and dangerous, 316.
Hazardous as a pile of eggs, 316.
He, 191.
He, him, 6S.
Hea-how-tun, who at 14 years of age
killed a man who insulted his teacher,
566.
Headstrong, 249.
Headstrong and violent, S42.
Head, to hang it down, 88.
Head, to droop it, or to raise it, 120.
Head-dress of a particular kind, 547.
Head or superior of the village, 539.
Head dress, part of a woman's, 270.
Health, high, robust state of, 562.
Health and comfort, 861.
Health, must be taken care of, 300.
Heap of stones, to heap or pile up,
516.
Heard it before, nut, 239.
Hearse drawn by mourners, 556.
Hearsays, a hundred not so good as
seeing for one's self, 607.
Heart wounded, feelings hurt, much
grieved, 150.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Heart full and desirous to speak, SM.
Heart of man, dangerous, 175.
Heart of man impossible, to fill it,
535.
Heart of men cannot be satisfied, 177.
Heart of a man, seen after long inter
course, 33.
Heart, its virtues or vices known by
the life, 268.
Heart good, good hearted man, 4S4.
Hearts of others measured by our own,
will be found very limiliar, 358.
Heat on the face, 447
Heaven, earth, and man, expression for,
Heaven, figure of, 163.
Heaven, Chinese metaphysical and
moral ide.is concerning, 577, 578.
Heaven denies favors and sends calami
ties, 5..6.
Heaven repents of the evil, 673.
Heaven and earlh, phrase for, 559.
Heaven, 41, 17.
Heaven or place of blessedness, 62.
Heaven, applied to a friend, 46.
Heaven affected or moved by sincerity,
26H.
Heaven, appearing regardless of the
people's calamities for a time, 271.
Heaven sends ruin on my family,
247.
Heaven views the conduct of princes,
452.
Heaven, the departed are in heaven,
721.
Heaven aids the good man, 358.
Heaven formed conjugal union, S57.
Heaven destroy me ! an imprecation
uttered by Confucius, 329.
Heaven that plants or produces all
things must subsequently deal with
thcin according to their properties,
610.
Heaven and earth, phrase for, 521.
Heaven assists the obedient, 261.
Heaven employed me to destroy, 253.
Heaven's law, 236.
Heaven's will, known by dreams aud
extraordinary phenomena, 377
Heaven's ways are not equal, 147, 148.
Heaven's will, expressed by the word
heaven, 107.

Heaven's region, Tin territory on the

S. W. corner of China so called, 534.
Heavens, thirty-three; hells, eighteen,
576.
Heaven's decree preserved, 210.
Heaven's heart is love, 63.
Heaven's emoluments, denote the 1m.
pcrial salary given to an officer,
186.
Heaven's m*j-?sty, repose extended to
by giving repose to mankind, 33s.
Heaven's mandate, or protection, will
not return, 337Heaven's blessing given to virtuorji
moderation, 356.
Heaven's, nine, boundary of, 499.
Heavenly prinripLs, a Uste for, 37 S,
Heavy, 157.
Hedge of a garden, 473.
Heir apparent to the throne, 172.
Held a torch in the right hand, 320.
Hciianthus, the heart of, is directed to
the sun, 450.
Hell, or place of punishment for the
wicked, 62.
Hell, the lowest, 17.
11. 1 1, prison of the earth, the lowest,
4SS.
HelU, eighteen, 576.
Helm l and armour, prevent the per
formance of ceremonies, 196.
Helmet, 183, 190.
Help, unable to avoid, 18.
Help, 261.
Help you to finish your good wort,
261.
Hem and expectorate, iu order to clear
the throat, 421, 422.
Hemp ; hempseed, 574.
Henpecked, phrase fir, 370.
Hereafter it roust not continue thus,
422.
Heretofore, 362, 101.
Hero, 144.
Heroic man, 14.
Heroine, 144.
Hesitating, afraid to speak out, 365.
Heuen-chwang-sze, a famous boue,
531.
Heuen, a musical ins ruraent, 553.
Hiastolomlehoiu Hea-ttaou, tuag-

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

chnng; a caterpillar with an donga.
t ion at the head, 566.
Hide, to conceal, 503.
Hide one's self, 297.
Highest, 16.
Hill shifted a mile and a half; (A. D.
320,) 490.
Hill garden, figure of a virtuoui man,
47S.
Hills and dangerous passes, a poor de
fence, when the people arc disaffected,
406.
Hilt of a sword, 369.
Hilly couutrj, 471.
Hired to serve, 147.
Hireling, persons hired for domestic
use, 147.
Hissing sound of an arrow, 445.
History, an historian, 354.
Historians, twenty-one, of China, 358.
Historiral work by Confucius, 149.
H istoriographers. 352.
Hit the mark ; to be hit or affected by,
25, 26.
Hoar-frost, 859.
Hoard up, or forestall grain, 475.
Hoarded gains originate calamity, 786.
Hoarse voice, 417.
Hoarseness or difficulty of utterance,
411.
Hold in the mouth, 367.
Hold in the hand, 282.
Hollow and rising ground, uneven sur
face, 492.
Holy mother, title of the queen of
Heaven, 609.
Home, goinp, 231.
Home, longing to return, 560.
Home, going from, 216.
Home, at h.>me or not, 4i9.
Honey in the mouth, and a sword in the
belly, 253.
Hong .Merchant, 399.
Honor, done me, 549.
Hono", place of the right hand, 353.
Honor, the place of. has change d from
right to left, and from left to right,
353, 354.
Honor parents, Ac 17.
Honors of a table, to do them, 103.
Honorable, honored, veucraled, 804.

Holt accompanies his guest to the

outside of the second door, 568.
Honorable, the most, the emperor, 129.
Hoof ofa horse, 17.
Hooka bottom, 562.
Hooked, 414.
Hooked weapon, 348.
Hoot or bid angrily, 352.
Hoppo, or commission of duties on
foreign trade, 320.
Horizon, 576.
Horse, good one, epithet for, 324 .
Horse, to fall from, 233.
Horse keeper, four horses, four men,
and one driver, 470
Horses, four, for a carriage, 296.
Horticulture, Confucius expressed his
ignorance of, requires long expe
rience, 463.
Hospitality, in a village dame rewarded,
672.
Hostage, to deliver up a, 54.
Hostage, if mentioned again, Til spit in
his face, 672.
Hot and cold, 205.
Hovel, of ancient times, 787.
How ? 90
How much profit will remain 1 245.
How much more, 51.
House or family, 347.
House, mansion, room, family, 839.
House fallen down, 529.
Hours, division of, SOI.
Hour two-hour period of the Chinese
contain! eight klh, 234.
Hugged in the bosom of your parents,
373.
Hum of insects, 57), 41 1.
Human strength inadequate, 257.
Human nature, virtuous at the birth of
each individual, 227.
Human mind much the same i all minds
influenced by similar principles, 358.
Human heart dangerous, medium must
be held fast. 609.
Huron nature, radically virtuous ; rea
soning of Maug-tsze, 720.
Human feelings, 61.
Human nature vicious, antecedently to
education, the reasoning of Seuutsze, 708.

895
Human being, 59.
Human efforts inadequate, 338.
Human mind, a field that must be culti
vated, 597.
Humble, or keep one's self down, 554.
Humble and meek, 304.
Humble peaceable temper can manage
every body, 379.
Humbly , beg . hope, &c. 79.
Hunch-backed, 91.
Hungry and cold. 208.
Hunt and shoot game, 472.
Hunns, the Heung-noo, 415.
Hurt, 150
Hurry every one about his own affairs,
269.
Hurry, 52.
Hurry over any service in a careless
manner, 370.
Husband, 14.
Husbandmen, to encourage them, 325.
Husband and wife, terms for, 264.
Husband and wife, separately attend to
their respective duties, 228.
Husbandman, IS, 61, 468.
Hwang-sze-tsin, a statesman who at the
age of 80, submitted to the Tartar
tonsure, 630.
Hyper criticism, 747.
Hypocrisy incompatible with correctness
and temperance, 165.
Hypocrite, to act the, debases the mind,
80.
I, nie, classical word, 91.
1 or me. in formal writing ; we or us, a
humble aud a more assuming phrase,
370.
I or me, a northen expression, 122.
1 or me periphrase for, used by official
men, 304.
I, 1 daily examine myself on threeHopics
Japan, the region of the rising sun, 132,
Japnnese, 132.
Joyful, 'a red occurrence,' is a joyful
event, 410.
Ice, 203.
Ice, cold as; noise of breaking it, 203,
204.
Icehousej Ice keeper of, 208.
370.
Idea of covering and secreting, 295.

896
Idle about, 141.
Idle and obstinate, and vicious and uie\eti, 585.
Idol, id nU golden bodies, 154.
Idol, to dedicate it, 119.
Idol of wood, of earth, 140.
Idols, children dedicated to them, 592.
Idol ofa god, or demon, to make it, 539.
Idols, declined by Kea.king, 427.
Idols, four placed at the avenue of a
temple, 242.
Jealousy, woman's disease, 676.
Jealousy and envy, 610.
Jervaisc Tillrbiiry's account of elfi, &c.
rcscml les the Chinese, 612.
Jest, 431.
If unable, 127.
Ignorance, phrase for, 299.
Ignorance, expressed by an ancient il
lusion, 225.
Ignominious and lingering death, cutting
to pieces, 208.
Ignorant of good breeding, 466.
Ignorant, 104.
Ignorant, rustic, 104.
Jingling sound, S5I.
Ill Willi dislike, 677.
Ill fated, expressed in various ways, S77.
Illiberal, mean, 132.
Illicit intrigues between the sexes, 592.
Illicit sexual intercourse, 358.
Illicit intercourse of every sort, fornica
tion or adultery by mutual consent
punished with 80 blows, 634.
Illicit intercourse of the sexes, 222.
Illiterate, 60.
Illumine, 180.
Ills of life make one wish to die, 367.
Illustrious rank, 259.
Image, 154.
Invige, an idol, 140.
Image, a model representing, 153.
Image of a god : an idol, 532.
Imagery, essential lo poetry, 105.
Images, introduced by the Budhists,
93.
Images or idols, the Mohamedans none,
461.
Imagining foolishly that one swallows
dainty dishes, when one only bears
of them, 449.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Imagination of the mother affects the
child, 717.
Imagine or suppose, 82.
Imbue the people's minds, 354.
Imitation of a pattern, ISC.
Imitate, 154.
Imitate, to study to effect, 163.
Immediately be informed, 86.
Immediately, forthwith. 319.
Imminently dangerous disease, 316.
Imminent danger, 497.
Immoral conduct, 94.
Immoral, 151.
Immoderate laughter, 442.
Immortality, medicine which confers
il, 651.
Immortality of his name, desired by the
meanest Chinese, 706.
I mortal genii, epithet of, 37.
Iiumoveably established, 305.
Imminent danger of death, 480.
Impartial, are not, 486.
Impartiality, equal regard to all, 486.
Impartiality requisite iu an historian,
340.
Im|ieach, or accuse, 371.
Impediment in speech, 369.
Impediment, to remove, 334.
Impel, 147.
Impervious, 466.
Imperial majesty, phrase for, 61.
Imperial presence, 239.
Imperial order, 264.
Imperial hall in every province, 563.
Imperial Majesty, phrase for, 189.
Imperial throne to obtain it, to lose it,
88.
Imperial troops expressed by heaven's
army, grand army, 191.
Impetuosity, ardent courage, 265.
Impiety, an example of, 679.
Impious language to the gods, 679.
Impious ambition of Choo-ling-wang,
50S,
Implant, as heaven does, 44.
Implicit obedience, 210.
Impoverished, 35.
Importunate, 262.
Impotence, drugs to cure, 703.
Impossible, as for a person to bite his
own uavel, 441.

Impress it on jonr heart, 238.

Imposition, in building the gold tsi
silver pond or tank, 533.
Imprecate, 374.
Imprecation, wish not to be spare**
alive, 709.
Imprecations, 374.
Imprison, 458. 459, 469.
Improper, slill mo-e, 337.
Imprisonment intended to reform tbt
criminal, 469.
Improper, what i there in it ? 351.
Impure, m xed, 5S8.
Impression, 469.
Impurities, to wash the-n away froa
body or mind, 499.
Imp'irity none, name of a country,
500.
Impute guilt to an innocent person, 134,
185.
In the mind, 17.
In, 47.
Tii, with, from, upon, 35.
Inadequate to, 279, 420.
Inanimate, dull as a clay image, 532.
Inattentive, 161.
Incarcerated criminal, 459.
Incarnate constellations, 600.
Incapable of distinguishing, 228.
Incarnation, Laou ltze passed through
many, 582.
Incapacitated, prevent from acting,
464.
Incessant chattering, 404.
Incessantly, phrase for, 268.
Incense, to burn it, 245.
Incestuous intercourse, 634.
Incessantly thinking about, 234.
Inclinations, to force one's own, 161.
Inclining to neither side, 12S.
Include the whole, 97.
Incorporate two together, 193.
Incoherent style, 27.
Incoherent tale, 609.
Income chould regulate expenditure,
184.
Income, a srmll one from gosernnteot,
when so, officers fish from the people,
121, 122.
Incompetent to, phrase, 50.
Incompetent person, one unqualified for

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

the task do more harm than good,
SI9.
Incomplete, S99.
Inconsiderately permit themselves to
do, 350.
Inconvenient, 109.
Increase, S59.
Incurable, 354.
Indecent, what is so, neither look,
listen, utter, nor move in it, 219.
Indeed there is no other cause, 628.
Indefatigable, 130, 138.
Indelicate song, 386.
Indented, 8)6.
Indented like Confucius' skull, 481.
Indented edges ; serrated, 48.
Independaut spirit, 66.
India, 315.
Indian cassia, 581.
Indifference, sit and look on unmoved,
489.
Indifference and contempt, viewing the
contests of other people, 504.
Indifferent, zealous, 805.
Indignation, breathing it out, 393.
Indirect, 151.
Indisposed, disinclined to, 256.
Indisposed, disco i.posed, out of sorts,
480.
Indisposition, disquietude, 798.
Indistinct, half concealed manner of
peaking, 367.
Individuality of God denied, 781.
Induce belief, 31;.
Inducements or temptations to vice to
be put away, 177.
Indulge one's own humour, 7 6.
Indulgence of the senses irrational, 98.
Indulgence in pleasure weakens a man,
140, 141.
Indulgence, weak, not the characteristic
of a great man, 685.
Indulgent mother and severe father,
458.
Industry or diligence profitable, 859.
Industry ord ligent labour, 871.
Ineffectual I hours of man, expressed by
an allusion to a fabled bird that
attempts to fill the ocean with what
it carries in its beak, 536.
Inelegant style of conversation, 1 15.
n>T i,
8 i

Inexperienced, a beginner, 826.

Inexperienced, ignorant, phrase for,
569.
Inexpressible baseness, 351.
Infant, 188.
Infant, named from its laugh, 382,
383.
Infant, cut offfrom the breast, emblem
of a destitute army, 391 .
Infanticide, argued against, 608.
Infant, new born, 680.
Infant in the arms, 695.
Infants, to nurse the people as, 1 17.
Infelicity, evil, 815.
Inferior, 303, 17.
Inferior in honor, 303.
Infirm, 860
Infinite changes, 286.
Inflict punishment, 284, 259.
Influence, 462, 273
Influence of human conduct on the
ruling powers of nature, inducing
rewards and puni btnenls, 583.
Information against, not give it, 297.
Information should not be volunteered,
but requested, 456.
Informer, phrase used by, 49.
Inform of, 86.
In front of. 239.
Ingenious, 36, 1 13.
Ingenuity, 124.
Inquisitorial, 858,
Ingurgitate, 402.
Inhale or suck, to draw as the load
stone, 437.
Inhale, 369.
Inhale the cool and floating dews,
369.
Inherit the patrimony of one's ancestors,
342.
Inhuman, obstinate, malignant character,
242.
Injure a person's reputation, 150.
Injure, the body received from one's
parents not to be injured, 150.
Injure, hurt, 843.
I jure, 201.
Injure men's minds, 557.
Injuries patient endurance of, when spit
at, to wipe it off and take no notice,
397.

897
Injury, to put up with it, 356.
Injury, to use another person to inflict
it, 129.
Injurious or wanting, neither to one's
self nor toothers, 185.
Injuriously and avariciously, to behave
to, 234.
Ink, to brand the face with, 244.
Ink- fish, scuttle fish, 540.
Ink composition, 546.
Ink.like substance, said to be fouud in
the belly of old horses, 545.
Ink slone, the same, 358.
Innkeeper, 30. 129.
lunate knowledge, 465.
Innocent, rather than slay them, better
fail in the strict execution of the
laws, 428.
Innovation, disapproved of, 102.
Innovation and change a wish against,
485.
Innuendo, oblique hi.it, 234.
Inscribe letters with a stile, 233.
Inscription, placed over the doors of
Chinese houses, 297.
Inscrutable, spirit is, 613.
Insects amongst the grass, 408.
Insect species, 740.
Inside, to put inside, 184, 185.
Insipid discourse, 375.
Insincere, best corrected by sincerity,
162.
Insolence and depravity, induced by
music, 414.
Insolent, not, nor clamorous, 369.
Inspection of the emperor, present to
the, 368.
Inspire, or draw in the breath,
369.
Inspired from heaven, 401.
Instant of time, 1 1 1.
Instead of, 71, 131.
Instigate to what is bad, 392.
Instinct, natural, 593.
Instigate, 392.
Instruction which expands the mind
and restrains the passions, 307.
Instructed, well, he who may be called
to, 137.
Instruction exhibited to him, and his
virtues formed, 412.

898
Instruct me, phrase for, is open my
jungle choked mind, 534.
Instrument of punishment, 192.
Insult the poor, SOS.
Insult, from one much an inferior im
possible; a sheep insult a tiger!
706.
Insulting manner of giving even what is
essential to life, will make it rejected,
428.
Insufferable, 354.
Insufficient to dissipate grief, 872.
Insurrection or rebellion, 129, 343.
Insurrection, 42.
Integrity, or the right way he who holds
it fast will be happy, 357.
Intelligent, 43.
Intelligent man, 126.
Intelligent person, should not give way
to melancholy, 425.
Intellect or a capacity to know, four
degrees of, 465.
Intense fires, 475.
Intention bad, none in advising people
to take wine, 277.
Intense undivided application, 270.
Inter, to bury, 503.
Inter, different terms fur, 517.
Interest or money, 229.
Intercourse, intimate, 324.
Intercourse, social and commercial, 53.
Intercourse, 100.
Intercourse with, 335.
Interfere, don't you with me, 228.
Interjection denoting admiration, strong
conviction, 387.
Interjection, denoting regret, surprize,
and admiration, 421.
Interment, the place of, to contend about
it, 542.
Intermeddle with the affairs of others,
432.
Internal excitation, moving, influencing,
working on, 6S2.
Internal, what exists there will appear
externally, 185.
Interpret, 464.
Interrogate, 375.
Interrogative particle, 34, 337.
Interrogative pronoun, who) which?
itc. 90.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Interview, pleasant, not remote, 292.
Intimate with every body, 53.
Intimate friendship, called a cut throat
connexion, 123.
Intimidate or press people by threatening,
418
Intimate terms of friendship, 228.
Intolerably filthy, 520.
Intoxicating person, the Yew tree of
Hac-nan, 452.
Intoxicated, not rcturniug home till,
329.
Intractable perverse, 219.
Intrepidity, 242.
Intrigue and bribery, 572.
Intrigue or plot to obtain money, 474.
Introduce a subject, inferiors not allow
ed to do it, 489.
Invade the territories of others, either
openly or covertly, 108.
Inveigle, to entice to, 279.
Invent, to lay the foundation of a family,.
248.
Invent what is bad, 114.
Invent, 94.
Inventory 195.
Inventors, 94, 195.
Investigate, 269, 400.
Investigate, expression for, 233.
Investigate the subject of tastes, 375.
Investigate strictly, 269.
Invite, 172.
Invitation, public, as by proclamation,
273.
Invitation acceptance of, expressed in
courteous language; to decline it,
350.
Invoke, but receive no answer, 350.
Involve those not concerned, a proverb,
503.
Involved by others, without personal
advantage, 342, 343.
Joiner, 290.
Joking and laughing, jested with or
ridiculed him a little, 431.
Joy, high degrees of, sets the hands and
feet in motion, 599.
Joy, pleasure, 213.
Joy and gladness; unexpected; extraor.
dinary ; having joy, means being in
the family way, 410.

Joyful tidings, to announce tbrm,

524.
Joys and sorrows mutually ifairti
80.
Irregular, 426.
Irregular conduct of sons, a breach of
filial duty, 268.
Irregular conduct, 609.
Irregular, vicious conduct, 129.
Irremediable, as the recovery of rotta
fish, 551.
Irreparable, 43.
Irresistible bravery, 265.
Irrespective, without distinguishing 015s!
from day, 137.
Irresolute, undetermined, 460;
Irritable, easily made angry, 636.
Irritable and impatient person called 1
little utensil, 439.
Irresolute, hovering about, 96.
Is, is not, 18.
Is, go and ask where he 1 479.
Is it true or false ? 134.
It, how certain, 192.
It, in the midst of it, 191.
It, 127.
It hardly, 132.
It is said truly, 319.
Itinerant teaching, satisfaction feltwhe
ther received or not, 455.
Itinerant or wanderer to teach nunl::J,
4LS.
Judge and decide as in law cases, til.
Judge, try, judgement, 863.
Judge's court, weut to and crieJ oot,
863.
Judge, 227, 268.
Judge provincial, 354.
Judgements and calamities drawn den
on a person by talking and inleniKddling. 432.
Juniors, 341.
Junta or cabal, 572.
Just and equitable, 188.
Just now 1 but just now ; only *
tor the first time, 34.
Just gain, 829.
Just now, recently, 242.
Just this, only this, 319.
Justly or publicly, to take, 34*.
Jutting out, 215

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Kindness, to do it without expecting
BTang-he, a late emperor of China; Dic
recompence, 522.
tionary published by hU order. InKindred or relations, called bones and
trod, ix.
flesh, 532.
Kaou-ming-sze pagoda, visited by the
Kindred blended and united, stable, 48.
British Embassy , 530.
Kindred form a walled city, 804.
Kcanj yuiMi. the female ancestor of the
Kindness of parents equal to Heaven's,
famous Chow dynasty, 494.
Keang-she's wife, extraordinary instance
104.
of filial piety, 630.
King ploughed a turn, .527.
Kcang-tnc-kung, principal agent in over
King, 360.
throwing' the nicked prince Chow,
Kind's orders, 137.
630.
Kings, not two in one nation, 17.
Keang-yue-kwang, a statesman under
King's land, the wole empire is, 483.
the Ming dynasty, 630.
King may exist without a park, but not
without a people, 467.
Keang-tsar, a Chinese general, who
fought against the Tartars, 631.
King of kings, phrase resembling, 393.
Kingdom, 470.
Kea-king, emperor of China, who- died
December 2nd, 1820, 426.
Kings, former, of ancient times, 232.
Ke-chow, the modern Chth.le province,
Kings or princes, their throne established
or Peking, 519.
by righteousness, 327.
Ke-poo, a man remarkable for adherence
Kings eight, started up in China on the
to his promise, 737.
decline of the Tsin dynasty, 735.
Keckling of a foul, 417.
Kiss, 432.
Kee-ow point, 549.
Kiss or join the lips, 432.
Keep away a person by artifice,
Kitchen or vegetable garden, 473.
105.
Kwaor lines of Fo-hi (Fuh-he); to cast
Keep down any rising evil, 554.
lots or divine by them ; names of the
Keep or guard, 790.
first cighl Kwa, and the points of the
compass, they refer to, 310.
Keep off rapacious soldiers, 493.
Kwan-yiu, Chinese goddess with a thou
Keeping of, to have the, 192.
sand hands and eyes, 374.
Kernel, 63, 64.
KeiSh yucn-i ing, vho drowned himself,
Kwin-te, the region of CMh-le,
and occassioned the holiday of the
520.
5th day of the 3th moon, 686.
Kwei, an ancient statesman ofeminence,
Keun-tsze, a term much used in Chinese
567.
Knocked or threw him down in wrest
moral philosophy, 704, 705.
Kew-kcng, or the nine river? on the
ling, 126.
banks of the Yang-tsze-keang, 709.
Knock-head, bow the head to the ground
Key, 289.
and strike it against the earth, 349.
Keys or raidcal parts (214) of the Chi
Knot cords, 86.
Know only two or three tenths ; but a
nese language. Key, table of, I,9.
How to find the key, 9. Table of on
small part, 220.
one page, 10.
Knowledge and wisdom superior to
Kidnap men's wives and . daughters,
many, 112.
Knowledge, general and elegant, 307.
605.
Kill, 80.
Knowledge or science, moral, consists in
a clear understanding of virtue to
Kill in confused assault, 330:
renovate a people, and to persevere
Kill with another man's sword, make
in the highest goodness, 480.
another the instrument of one's
Knowledge which extends to every thing,
malice, 218.
374..
Kill or slay the innocent, 422.

899
Knife, SIS.
Knife, cutting instrument, sword, 213.
Kulpa of the Buddhists received in
China, 579.
Kung-kelh, grandson of Confucius ;
compiler of the Chung-yung, 78.
Kung-sun-hung, statesman called to
court from feeding swine, 555.
Kung-miug, a hero of the San-kwS period
714, 715.
Labour, 271.
Labour or child birth, difficult, 494:
Labour undertaken at the wish of others,
146.
Labour a little for, your father and
mother, 272.
Labour mental, usually . govern! bodily
labour, 257.
Lacerate a corpse, 238.
Lacerated his throat with a spear, 406.
Lacker, to apply a certain kind of, 501,
Lad, 161.
Ladies, different titles, 608.
Ladies, 125.
Ladies of the court, terms by which
they call themselves, 704.
Lady's, old, influences are blissful and
keep down all evils, 554.
Lady tinny leaders, 649.
Ladle or large spoon, 278.
Ladle, 285..
Lakes and ditches easily filled, not to
man's heart, 535.
Lama priests, crushed to death by sin
earthquake, 554.
Lament, 384, 381, 425.
Lament and moan, 316.
Lament and weep, 384.Lamented and sighed, 411.
Lamentable, most, is it not ! 387.
Lamentable, 351.
Lamentation, the noise of, 423.
Lamentable, 385.
Lamp, dedicated to sacred uses, devils
play with it in times of anarchy,
(04.
Land, ancient divisions of, 22.
Land, poor and stony, 533.
Land-tax, is considered a rent paid to
the lord of the soil, the emperor,
483.

900
Land stiff and hard, 556.
Landed possession, Confucius had an
immortal name as his possession,
478.
Landscape, line, 519. 97.
Lanes, or short cuts ; funeral processions
do not p iss hv, 4 IS.
Language, subject to constant change,
314.
Language confused and indistinct, 370.
Language soft and insinuating, 657.
Longevity, unlimited, 303.
Languishing low state of any concern,
S05.
Language to be suited to the person
addressed, 97.
Language, all flowers and no fruit,
587.
Lan-tao, or Ty-ho, 649.
Lanterns, feast of, 844.
Laou yac. a creature of T.ru piih-wn\ a
trader whose son became the builder
of the great wall, 682, 6b8
Laou-tsze, the founder of the Taou sect,
an ascetic, an ignorant good man,
582.
Loquacity, 438.
Large, 299.
Larger half, 302.
Large, liberal, vast, 80S.
Lirjje, high as heaven and large as the
earth, S24.
Lascivious sounds, 382.
Lascivious lewd gambols, 678.
Lash a horse with feeling, 318.
Last year, 334.
Last generation of a dynasty, 341.
Late, to come too, 81.
Late, in attending an appointment,
315.
L ite, as applied to persons deceased,
179.
Late at night, 570.
Lateral, by the side of, 143.
Laugh, to raise it by wit, 307.
Laughed at, and vilified the three pre
ceding dynasties, 624.
Laughable, 521 .
Laughter, immoderate, 126.
Law, to go to, 354.
Law, equally affects all, 190.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Law to be strictly adhered to; had the
emperor, Shun's father, committed
murder, he ought to have been seized
and punished : Ming-tsze's answer
to Taou-ying, 510.
Laws are nil prepared, 192.
Laws or commands, 72.
Laws for a punishment and a warning,
164.
Laws of China divided into six classes,
6M.
Lawyers or altorniej, philippick against,
605.
Lay down a burden, SIT.
Lay aside the friend of our adversity,
856.
Lay an egg, 18.
Lay on colours, 142.
Lay up wealth, lay up for the purpose
of selling, 540.
Le ke, an artful royal concubine, 700.
Le-kwang, an eminent general who
committed suicide in the presence
of his army, 681.
Le-jtien, a famous beauly, wore an
amber girdle, 650.
Lead or head other people, 129.
Leader of an insurrection, 129.
Learn without effort, *57.
Learning, the love of, an approach to
wisdom, 35.
Lean against, depend on, 127, 69.
Lean upon ; le an agahst, 105,
Leaned against a tree *nd chauntcd, S65.
Leap over a pit of fire, daring resolution,
490.
Leap or skip about, 370,
Learning, ancient and modern, 307.
Learning or instruction, true, consists in
practical morality, 46.
Learning, the mens of, progress in, fully
provided, 145.
Leave must be requested, a servant must
not act of himself i I now take my
leave, S7 1.
Leive, to take, 228.
Leave one's seat or place, 88.
Leave behind one. either in respect of
place or time, 17.
Leave the public service, 333.
Leaves or flowers falling, 207.

Leaving a person to do at be likes, 71

Leaf, taste it, 383.
Le-fuojin, appeared to the ernperfr
Woo-le, after her death, 623.
Left hand, the lower place, SOS.
Left handed doctrine, plan and so os,
denoes their being bad, 353.
Left hand, 32, 353.
Legislation, four means of, 6S3.
Legends of false miracles, should ret
discredit real facts, 495.
Leih-skan, the hill" in Shen-se, where
the .M.cient nionach Shun tilled uv
ground, 6e>1.
Leisure, nut a moment's, 304.
Leisurely, 20.
Leisure, not at, 127.
Lclt. rs or characters* anciently dues'
names, S60.
Lend, 128.
Lengthwise, 302.
Leaity, to rule with, 864.
Lsiug dowr, or sitting no rest, 49a.
Lellrr, this, i very in'p irtant, 319.
Letters, the inventor's n ime, 352.
Letters or Characters, etymology of the
Chi .ese word. 718, 7 19.
Letter, words of form which often be;':.
401.
Letters, the origin of in China. Introd.
i: derivation, ii ; different sorts sad
classes of letters, iii. See also, p718.
Letter, a, 119, 217.
Leu-piih-wei,a trader who raised his sob
to the throne of China, 692, 684.
Lew-pei, the lung-eared (A. D. 230.)
496.
Lewd, 162.
Lewdness, dehorted from, copiously l;
Chinese moralists, 635.
Lewdness and theft, temptations to,
204.
Levity of conversation, 370.
.Levity and neglect of serious pursuits
686.
Levy duties, 342.
Libations of wine to ancient masters, arc
offered at colleges, 595.
Libations and oblations acceptable
the divinity, 420.

INDEY OF ENGLISH WORDS,

Libellula, 574.

Liberal, of great capacity, 217.

Liberal present, liberal emolument, 324.

Liberal, economy will enable a man to be

Linen cloth, species of, 566.

Lion's roaring, 370.
Lip and tongue, spend a little, tell a
plausable story, 392.

Lips, closing them; thrusting them out,

so, 265

Liberality, the virtue of ; many rich do

not possess it, 365.
Licentious, 162.

Licentious disposition, 162.

Lodge an accusation against, 371.

Lodging, temporary residence, 854,
Lofty, 56.
Lofty, stiff air, said of a person, 268.
Loins bent, perpetually making bows,
387.

370

Lips, 432.
List of goods, bought or sold, 415.
List list of the people, a census; to
insert in a list, 195.

Lick, 568.

90I

Loll out the tongue, 362.

Longevity, endless life, 563.
Longitude, degrees of, 135.
Long time, 32.

Lictor, or petty police runners, 304.

List, to make a, to insert in it, 195,

Look down on, 74.

Lie down, 133, 160.

Listen, 151.

Look up to, 74.

Lie prostrate, 79.

Listen, don't you, 392.

Look round and rise up, 477.

Lies, in jest should not be told to chil

Literati, 166.

Look at it, but do not touch it, 268.

Looked round, 267.

dren, 731.

Life, its affairs, business of the world,

Literati, in China, remarks on, 759.

Literati, first in the empire, phrase for,
309.

259.

Life, longer, prayed for by Kung-ming,

Literati,

cates the disposition, 151,

Chinese moral philosophers,

166.

7 15.

Life of aminals, not to take it, a virtue,

Literati, of this day either sour or

rottcu ; i. e. austere or vicious, 320.

70.

Life, division of into periods, 67.

Life, the present, past and to come; in
reference to the metempsychosis, 20.
Life, to preserve it, 1 17:
Life, lost all pleasure in it, 455.
Life, its ills known only by experience,

Literature has the precedence given it

by good emperors, 353.

Lookers on, like a wall when Confucius

practised archery, 527.
Lop or flea, 587.

Loquacity, not necessary to goodness,

94.

Loquacious,

229, 382.

Literature of China, what it consists of,

785.

"quacity, one of the seven reasons of

Literature, modern and ancient, 307.

Literary man, a man of letters and ink,

Lord, or master, 28.

545.

493.

Looking at superiors, the manner indi

divorce, 569.

Lord, or sovereign of a country, 410.

Lose, 413.

Literary, national examinations in China,

Life of human beings, to expose it, to
lose it to disregard it, 377.

Lose, entirely, 319.

detailed account of, 759, 779,

Loss of blood, 586.

Literary examinations, those who are

Life, to hate it, said of Keih-yuen-ping,

Lost, 52.
disallowed to attend then enumera

686,

ted, 129.

Light, 365.
Light, light of the sun, 179.
Light of day, 57.

Litigations about graves very frequent,

Light of the sun, moon, of the gods; to

Litigations to stop them, 254.

light a candle, 179.

Like, 26.

L'ke, yet different, 84, 85.

Like the preceding, 130.

Lost to virtuous sentiment; stupid, be

clouded state of mind, 413.
L's', this favorable time must not be,

542.
586.

Lots and divination, 30 *,

309.

Little, 51.
Love of sclf, recominended, to the end
Little man, 41.
Live or dwell, 89.

that one may perform relative du

tics, 270

Lives of the people regard to them, 354.

Like , likeness. 154.

Likewise, 51.

Living separate, 348.

Lizard, 790.

Lilii rubri, 612

Loam, the beseiged ate lumps of 516.

Local magistrates too, all fully under.

Love to animated being, 63.

Love of virtuous eminent men, 606.
Love friends, 296

Limit or fix a period, 83.

Limit to the pros west, none, 499.

Love, ardent attachment to, 866.

Love to their own species, common to

stoo.1, 412.

all creatures, 436.

Limits, to fix them, and to divide terri.

Lock's key, 289.

tory, 540.
Line, or n arking line, 361.

Lock, species of, on a river where duties

Line, marking, of a

Locked jaw, from disease or mouth

shut by authority, 438.
Lodge over the gate, 297.

carpenter, 236.

Link ou with clandestine connexions,

279.
PART 1.

8 w

are collected, 508.

Loud lamentation, 385.

Loud singing, 423.
lo", 88, S07.

Low and high, low person, low situation,

low price, 88.
Low, vulgar, 17.

902
Low, immorality. 9*.
Lowing of a cow, 375, S70.
Loyalty, royal merit; i. e. merit ac
quired in the service of the king is
colled Heun, 276.
Luck, good, 266.
Lucky hit, nuecetiful by accident, 165.
Lucky day to commence work, 308.
Lumps of loam, 516.
Lungs and passage for the air, 406.
Lungs, divinity, that presides over, 480,
Lustre, to ahed it on ancestors, 180.
LuTiirient herbage, 345.
Luxurious lounger, 488.
Lying on the back, 90.
Lying on beds, 1 33.
Macao, 549.
Mndly, 122.
Mad man, roared out from the eastern
bank, 425.
Mad man's talk and extravagant ideas,
427.
Madness, f igned, 96.
Magistrate, 361.
Magistracy, to enter on, 816.
Magnificent, 141.
Magpies, sort in pairs, 593.
Miihomedans religion, described by a
Chinese writer, 577.
Mahomedans entered China about the
seventh century ; came to Canton in
ships, 4G0. 461.
Maintain one's proper duty or station,
221.
Maintain firn ly, 466.
Majestic, 451.
Mijcsly, aliove, 16.
Majesty of heaven, or imperial heaven,
shook with anger, 231.
Majesty, your, a phrase corresponding
to, 17.
Majesty, your, common expression for,
490.
Make, 93, 136.
Make up a loss or deficiency, 535.
Make or invert, 232.
Make enemies, make a table, 136.
Make out a bill for things bought, 411.
Make haste in going and coming back,
457.
Male of brute animals, 189.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Male and female, applied to heaven
and earth, 602.
Malevolent, ugly appearance, 168.
Malevolent, 137. 178.
Malicious actions concealed, expressed
by an allusion, 367.
Malicious, exciter to mischief, phrase
for, 123.
Malignant stir, 215.
Mamma, mother, 673.
Man, 59.
Man, his character for goodness, clamed
under six word; Good, true, beauti
ful or excellent, great, wise or sage,
and divine, 860.
Man, legend concerning the origin of,
59.
Man's nature everywhere the same,
358.
Man, one who behaves suitably to the
dignity of mm. 61
Man the first, must have been supernaturally firmed. 495.
Man of eminence must pass through
the furnace, 493.
Man, at thirty, marries, at seventy is olds
employed in the business of life
about thirty years, hence 30 years
are considered an aje, 21.
M;m, obsolete character for, 175.
Mm liv'sin the midst of a dusty , dirty,
world, 537.
M in of war ship. 191 .
Man depends on God's strength, 257.
Man, god and had ; phrase for, 363.
Manage, 30. ISO.
Manage domestic affairs with regularity,
49.
Management, good is expressed by
turning great troubles to small, and
amall one's to nothing, 286.
Management of anv concern, to deliver
it over to another, 54.
Managers of an affair that concerns
many, 130
Manager of any affair, 510.
,
Manchow Tartary, Capital of. 194.
Mandarin, an officer of the government,
805.
Mandarins, preceded by shouts, and
followed by a brave band, S65.

Mandarin dialect Introd. x.

Mandarin's insignia, when they go abroad.
460.
Manes, 62.
Manes of ancestors, not worshipped li
the Mahomedans, 577.
Manhood, years of youths above. If,
562.
Manner, of doing things that lob i3,
231.
Manifest, 412.
Manifest to shew forth, 180.
Mm.ners public, influenced by theoapr
classes, as the wind bends the gran
115.
Manners, pure and exalted, decant, !&
Maimers of the people, to form thea
286.
Mansion lane, 513.
Mamireand add mould to the roots, 511
Many d.-ys, 33.
Many, numerous and crowded eretie
black maned white bores, 434.
Map, 474.
Map of the world, 470.
Map of the whole city, 474.
Mark, epithet, I i tie, 359.
Mark the face as a punishment, SI*.
Mark or denomination in Chinese, sigaificanl, 718, 719.
Marks of the tones, Ac. Inlred. ivS,
Market place, dwelling near it, 455.
Market place with stalls, to Id for Ik
day i to go to market, 481.
Market every fifth day, 54*.
Market director of, t 52.
M rking-linc used by carpenteri, W*
made hy ink, 516.
Marriage, part of the ceremony, 1*5.
Marriage of two excellent ooei,
genius and a beauty, 186.
Marriajc congratulation, ITS.
Mairin.e ceremony, called the eireta'
ccremopy, 426. .
Marriage cup, Chinese ceremony <
lial to the forms of marriage, 5IR.
Marriage, spring the season of, 1 40.
Marriages in ancient times not srew
j anicd by music, 602.
Marriage cannot take place during Ik
period of mourning for a partst. JJ-

INDEX OF

Marriage contract, a written document;

Meant, I don't know what he, 367.

slaves not allowed to marry a free

man's daughter, 659.
Marriage ceremonies, six forms, to
make the transaction perfectly regu

Means by which a mans character may

lar, 639, 610.

Marriage destiny, settled by a superior

providence ; happy unions are made

be known, 72.

Means should be proportioned to the

end, 219
Means certain to the end, 73.
Meaou-tsze, Chinese mountaineers, 250.

Measures of grain, series, containing

measures generally, 301.

in heaven, 630.

Marriage, breach of promise, punished

with fifty bows, 64 1.

Married, newly, congratulation, 300.

Marry for money, barbarous, 642.

903

ENGLISH WORDS,

Measure, to, 14.

Measures in ancient times, formed in

reference to different parts of the

human body, 381, 382.

Marry, women, at the age of 20, ancient

Mcchanic, 61.

usage, 601.
Marshes or fens, 468.

Medilesoneucss, forbidden by a proverb,

Marshy country, 471.

Mediator, or negociator, 25.

Mason, 290.

Mediator, l 17.

Mass for the dead of the Budh priests, 158.

Medicine, divination, astrology, and phy

356.

of the Four Books, contemporary

with Xenophon, Herodotus, and So

crates; an anecdote of his birth, 729,
730.

Menial servants, 72.

Merchant, 61.

Merchant, Hong-merchants of Canton,

399.

Merchandize, goods, cargo, 245.

Merchants, enrich a country, 471.
Merchant's hong, 117, 399.

Merciful goddess, Kwan-yin, 374.

Mercy and bravery economy and li
berality go together, 265.
Mercury, red oxide of, 600.
Merely, 349.

Meri', great , the thing praised, 426.

Merit, meritorious; to have deserved

Master, 29.

siognomy, 233.

well, 258.

Master of a house, 29.

Master or tutor teaches the #ffairs of
life, and illustrates every virtue, 412.

Medicine, a dose of, 254.

Merit, meritorious service, 258.

Meritorious virtues, 958, 359.

Medicines united together, 379.

Meritorious service must precede emo

Master,

Mediocrity of talent, 25.

devotedness

to

one's

own

u"justifics opposition to others, 522.

Master or teacher, how a pupil should

behave in his presence, 103.

Master shopkeeper, 189.

Master teacher, 179.
Masters, two, cannot be served, 123.

Mat rolled up, ancient seat, 3.18.

Mat on the ground, the seat of ancient
times, 489.

Match, to pair, 7.8, 296.

Mates of ships. 572.
Mates in merch int vesse's, 81.
Material and moral world have a relation
to each other, 238.

Mdina

460.

lument, 272.

Meditate, 434.

Meritorious service, 146.

Merry andrew, 88.

Medium, in a moral sense, 25.

Medium, or middle path to be adhered

Merry makings giggling and playing,

introduces disorder into a family,

to, 175.

438.

Meet again after parting, 228.

Messenger, 61, 99.

Meet with a great nation that is en

cronching, 47 l.

Messenger of heaven, imperial commis

Melancholy, 606
Melodiously, the birds sing, 406.

Messenger returned five times, 339.

Messenger official, 388.

Melon, present of, returned by a precious

Messmate, 358.

stone, 523.

Melt as metals, 204.

Melt as snow, 287.
Memoirs of assasins, 675.

sioners so called, 99.

Metamorphosis, 285.
Metamorphose of a lady into a silk
worm, 643,

and destroy each other, $33.

Matter what? 45.

Memory bad, ill effects of 317, 318.

Men have over praised ine, I do not
over praise any man, 598.

Metamorphosis of a lady into a bird, 646.

Metaphorical sense, 129.
Metal cast forth by a mountain, 253.
Metempsychosis, allusion to, 120.

Mausoleum, 517.

Men with three horns, fabled to be in

Metcmpsychosis, inference from , a man's

May answer or pass, 72.

May, can, migh", could, or should, may

the west, 105.

Men, great and good can stoop to cir

former conduct may be known from

his present circumstances, and his
future state from his present conduct,

Matter, the five elements of produce

it be done, 351.

Meager countenance, 442.

Mean bid man, 60.
Meat, 88, 303.

Mean conduct, 17.

Mean, vile, 140.

Meaning contrary, 295.

cumstances, 84.

Menagerie, 467.

462.

Mend, not, never be bettcr, 800.

Metropolis of a province, 504.

Mencius, not particularly honored till

more than two thousand years atter

Microcosm, man a, 742.

his own time, 371.

Mencius or Mng-tsze, a writer of part

Middle, 25.

Middle, centre or inside, 25.

Middle, standing erect in, 128.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Middle and flourishing empire, a name
of China, 47c.
Middle course of acting, 19.
Midnight und noon, 301.
Midnight, SOS.
Midsman, a mediator; a negnciator, 61.
M!h-joi>-keen, tutor of the famous Yn,
515
Mlh-teth, leader of a philosophical KCt
in the time of Meocius, 545.
Midwife, 6?2.
Mild and kind disposition, 379.
Mild, kind disposition, even-tempered,
379
Milk, 40.
Milk, preparation of, ued hj the Tar
tars for tea, 694.
Milky wot, 576.
Mil ions, one hundred, a character for,
498.
Military operations ; to atop them and
cultivate letters. I S3.
Military esteemed in revolutionary
times, 353.
Military commandant, sort of, SOS.
Millepede, 645.
Millioi, 164.
Mince meat, or to cut into small pieces,
Ml.
Mind governs body, or knowledge is
power, 451 .
Mind fixed on high, keep it I charge
you, 351.
Mind no i ing hut, heedless of other
things, 350.
Mind or heart dwelling upon a tiling .
either from a feeling uf gratitude
or resentment , q. d. cannot get over
il, 333
Mind, or the mind, careful or anxious
about, 480.
Mind strong, 562.
Mind and person, lit
Mind to speak il out fully; called vomit
ing out the heart, men du it after
wine, 361.
Ming-tiou, inanimate except when iu
companv, 532.
Minister of st.ite, 22, 23.26.
Min sters of statu compared to legs aud
arms, 176,

Ministers of heaven; statesmen, magis

trates, 361
Ministers, or Colaoj title of the fifth
and sixth, 305.
Miraculous conception or formation of
the first man, argued, 495.
Miraculous conception urgumeoU in
fuvor of, 495.
Miraculously formed a city for the
accommodation of Buddlia, 605.
Mire and dirt not avoided at a funeral
procession, 413.
Mirror of hilor\ ,352.
Minor liy whieli stolen goods can be
discovered, 474.
Mischief proceeds from the mouth, a- d
disease enters by it, 346.
Mischief, the unseen instrument of, 368.
Misery or calamities connected with
vice, 215.
Misery, to bring it on one's self, 342.
Misery, (he punishment of vice, 405.
Miserly, 165.
Misfortune, to meet with it, ISO.
Mislaid or lost, 586.
Mismanage, 405.
Miss, or lady, 649Missile dart or spear, 249
Mistake should be acknowledged, 107.
Mist ike, 586.
Mists, 328.
M x und unite, as medicines, 379.
M.xcd blended, 336.
Mixed population, 89.
Moan, 365.
Moan and lament, 139.
Moan lying on a couch, 366.
Moaning fr.nu disease aud anguish of
mi.id, 384.
Moderation in one's attempts, 86.
Moderation enjoined, 45.
Moderate, 165
Modesty uf men of talent, 482.
Modulation, u voire delicately and
finely lnu.iul.led, 464.
Modulations ol the voice, 454.
Motiuiuined'.us, -IU0.
Moist, 41.
Molest and ill use, 267.
Mouarch, the one man who possesses
the wide world, 556.

Monarch, the one man, 479.

Moment's delay, 137.
Monastry, a]ip-.rtaient< of the superior,
and the superior himself are called
by the same name, 1 4.
Momrchy or dominion founding it, the
merit thence accruing, 276
Money or coin, ancient rescmbl'iD' 1
knife, 819.
Money, to use it to induce people to
act. S7S.
Money, foreign, 528.
Money, fFangepon hated lha very
word, 527
Monopoly entire, 280,
Monopolize, 21)0.
Monster, elf, 501.
Months, division of, 74.
Moon in. the first quarter compared to
an eyebrow. 475.
Moon, tides, and menses relation be
tween, 66S
Moon on the hill, not so good as in tie
water, 613.
Moon-light old nun, tale rnpectic;
marriage, 643.
Moping, under disappointment, 546.
Moral philosophy, the two opposite cha
racters, Keun-tize and Seaoa-jio,
prince and petty man, 705.
Moral sens ' in favor of virtue, 476.
Moral or good man, 561.
Moral propriety should take precedence
of gain, 229.
Moral essay, 27 T.
Moral goodness must be from heart felt
del il In, otherwi e not real, 405.
Morality, to endeavour strict conformity
to it, 119, 120.
Morals, public ruined by conniving at
adultery, 633.
More, little more, how much more, 51.
Moreover, 54, SSI
Morning, hur.iry character, 314.
Mors ultima linea rem in est. 573.
Morally wounded, 150.
Mortar, 478.
Mortgagee, 193.
Mortgaged, or old, 192.
Mosquitoes or gnats bile the skin, 435.
Most important parts, to look at, 2:1.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Most high, the defence of Kcang-yuen,
875.
Most high ruler, turned a glance to the
west, 788.
Motion, rest, 267.
Motion of the heaTcm, theory, 461.
Motive, original intention, 386.
Motherleas child, 385.
Mother, is heaven lo me, 350.
Molher, brother and sisters by the same,
358.
Molher, 878.
Move, walk from, 84.
Move, 867.
Moving, rest , speaking, acting, 48.
Mow, 222.
Mow, or cut gr-ss, 222.
Mourn for the dead, 413Mould for casting metals in, figurative,
the ancient sages, 478.
Mouth, the mouth at variance with the
heart, 346.
Mould chy, made an idol or image,
529.
Mould of wood or iron, 496,
Mound of earth, 81.
Mount a horse, 37.
Mountain lofty, 588.
Mourning clothes, 385.
Mourning, lor nine, and for five months,
858.
Mourning three years for a parent, an
argument for, 436.
Mourning, the greater and the less,
413.
Mourning, to be in for a parent, &c.
413.
Mourni, g garments, 413.
Mourning for a parent at the grave side,
SI5.
Mourning dress, 815.
Mouth, calamities proceed from thence,
16.
Mouth, to conlaiu or hold any thing in
it, 483.
Moulh, character, is a representation of
the thing signified ; mouth, the vices
of, in several sayings 346.
Much, many , how many ; 569.
Mud converted into dust, 554.
Mud wall, 550.
rAHr i,
8 z

Multifarious, 345.
Multiplicity of affiirs, 252.
Multitude's anger, 76.
Multitude, the people, to depress their
spirits or keep them down, 388.
Murderer, acquitted by paying a pecu
niary ransom, 186.
Murderer, 178.
Murder, cases of in law, 377.
Murder and lewdness, allied, 638.
Murmur of inserts, 404.
Musical instrument made of burnt earth,
553.
Music and propriety, or decorum, accord
with the harmony ot nature, 138.
Music of Tic, nhsMrhrd entirely the
attention of Confucius for a time,
475.
Music master, Sze-ylh, 510.
Must go out, 870.
Must not on any account whatever, 351.
Musician, 83.
Musicians a sort of hand, 98.
Musicians, at c< urt, 83.
Mutually dependant, 48.
Muttering abusive language, 439.
Mutler or speaking indistinctly, mut
tered assent, 433.
Mutilate the bodies of roynl criminals,
249.
Nails of the fingers and loes, 337.
Naked feet, 180.
Name one's s'lf, name him ; name given
to an infant at the breast ; ceremony
at naming the child, school name;
marriage name ; to ask a person's
name not rude, 359
Name, to assume one j to throw it off;
lo borrow it ; i. e. make a pretence,
360.
Name, one's own is used by sons and
ministers before fathers and princes,
instead of the pronouns I and me,
3h0.
Name, your's what ? 136.
Name,- 85
Name flow (or be handed down) for
thousands of years, 484.
Name, a name, 409.
Name of the workman to be engraven
on bis manufactured articles, 287.

905
Names, family, one hundred, origin of,
686.
Names, the Chinese, six, explained,
097.
Nankin, 306.
Nanking, the capital of China, in the
middle ages, 300.
Nanking, the Imperial residence in for
mer times, 56.
Narrate the acts of Yaou, 528.
Natal hour, influences a man's destiny,
480.
Nation in a declining state about to fall,
311.
Nations all, united in harmony, 305.
Nations, righteous, never perish ; wick
ed cannot prosper, 387.
Nation, mny the breeze be gentle, and
the showers seasonable ; the nation
at pe ce, the people hapi y, 470.
Nation, st te or kingdom, 470.
National affairs, 56.
National resourses unavaili g without
the affection of the people in favor
of the government, 628.
Native of u place, 478.
Nature is what heaven commands to be
inherent in creatures, 37 7.
N iture, cooperating influence of, 888.
Nature, system of, like a great furnace,
804.
Nature, observed by FBh-he, 180.
Nature of every individual originally
virtuous, 60.
Natural disposition of a child, turns
every thing upside down, 340.
Natural ability, and industrious study,
258.
Natural disposition different, 848.
Natural affection for kindred, not much,
in bad men, 532.
Nalur.lly fortunite, 286.
Navel, i.npossihle for a person to bite
his own, 441.
Near, Ml.
Nearly i without much error, 35.
Neck, 53.
Necessity, what i 90.
Necessities of others, to supply them,
374.
Necessary, must, 270.

906
Necessary, not, IS.
Need not come up itain, 149.
Needle of the compass, SOS.
Needle-work, stars worshipped by Chi
nese spinsters, 14
Needle, to embroider with, 234.
Negative mode of arguing a proposition,
840.
Neglect, disrespectful, R7.
Neglect of classics and historians,
exprrssed by not paying a debt due
to them, 149.
Neighbour, 550.
Neighbour next door, 550.
Neighbour's dugs bark, S66.
Neighbourhood in which children live,
important in forming their character,
730.
Night or day, to travel, 137,
Nephew, 341.
Nerve, 256.
Nest of an insect, 527.
Nets for wild beasts and for fish, 86;
Never been, 101.
Never be of any use, 354.
New year's compliment, 229.
New.year's eve, ceremony and prayer
for prosperity, 516.
New sought, and old rejected, 329.
News, 86, 119.
News good, good tidings, 97.
Next year, 460.
Next day, went, 40T.
Niggardly, 365, 165.
Night assemblies, a capital crime, 625;
Nightmare, 671.
Night, the half of, 302.
Night, to night, last night, to-morrow
night; night school, 569, 570.
Nimble, swift, applied to soldiers, 249.
Nine, Ninth, 38.
Ning.po, frequented by Europeans, dur
ing the Ming dynasty, 516.
Ning, names of place* beginning with
Ning, 862.
Nippers to take hold with them, 587.
Nipple of the breast, 695.
Noah of the Chinese, Yu, 722.
Nobleman of the second rank, 107,
Nobility, 107.
Nobility, degrees of five, 107, 49.

INDIA OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Nobility of China, 828, 834.
Nobility, sons of, 20.
Noise, 412.
Noise, that fellow is Tcry noisy and
clamorous, 430.
Noraen of the Romans similar to the
Chinese Sing, 626.
Nominal, merely, the term or name,
but not the reality, 360.
Nominal superiority, merely, a disgrace
rather than an honor, 27 1.
Nominal, merely, S50.
Nonplused, 16.
Noon, 301.
No other than, 319.
North, east, west, and south ; northern
star i northern metropolis or Peking,
278, 288.
North pole, the gate of, 499.
Northern pronunciation of I, me, we,
us, 408.
Noses and ears, to cut them off as a
punishment, 231.
Nosc.judges of smells, 417.
Not; ought not; may it be done or not,
is it proper or not 1 366.
Not, by no means, 24.
Not only, but also, 86.
Not, not so, not necessary, 18.
Not, is it so or not ? may it be done or
not? 366.
Notes of music, five, 399.
Notes iu music, division of, 371.
Nothing but, wanton and laugh, 388.
Notify everywhere, general notification,
524.
Nothing can be done, case desperate;
can do nothing to me, defiance, 90.
Nothing to depend on, 128.
Notoriety, to be desirous of it,
342.
Notoriety purchased, or arts employed
to secure it, 359.
Now, 65, 319.
Now, further, 20.
Number, perfect, said to be three, 1 5.
Numbers, even and odd, 140.
Numbers, the science of, 746.
Numbers, eveu, odd; number related to
all the ciiauges in the universe,
SOO.

Numerals, how formed, t99.

Nun of the Budh sect, 61 .
Nun, to become a nan or priest,
287.
Nuns and six classes of old women, for
bidden to enter, 656.
Nurse one's self, 1 17.
Nurse tending to abet vice, 692.
Nymphs of Theocritus, 612.
Oalas! 0 how afflictive! 584.
Oath confirmed by the parlies drinking
each others blood, 374.
Oaths and curses, 37 4.
Obedience, implicit, 210.
Object, final, 362.
Objection, what is there? 616.
Oblivion, passed to, 316.
Obscure by blowing the breath os,
435,
Obscure does the rain, 536.
Obsequious nssent ruinous, plain speak
ing, beneficial, 546.
Observance, perpetual, 102.
Observe 84.
Obstinate blookhead, 685.
Obsliuute, pertinacious, 466.
Obstinate, 509, 242.
Obstinacy, 466.
Obstruction to benevolence, is vicious
discourse, 534.
Obtain by some lucky hit; and not by
the plain merits of the case. 126.
Obtain, unable to, 231.
Obtrude his services, the scholar does
not, but waits, 342.
Occasion a person's death, do not,
377.
Ocean, 554.
Ocean, looked wishfully to it, and sighed,
362.
Occupation or profession influences the
mind, 217.
Occupied with business, ISO.
Odd, strange, 348.
Odd numbers, 140.
Odes ancient, corrected and edited by
Confucius, 227.
C&conomiral, 165.
(Esophagus, or gullet, 406.
Off, be off with you, 649.
Offend inconsiderately, 196.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Offended, do not be, 81.
Offender, great one, 458.
Offender, an old one, 293.
Offer oblation*. 106.
Offices in the state should be given to
eminent talents, 144.
Office or room for officers, 864.
Officers, feninle, 129.
Officers of government, present mode of
choosing them commenced, (A. D.
600,) 167.
Officers of government, 156.
Officers of government, their different
appellations in different periods of
Chinese history, 805, 808.
Officers the superior ones, 16.
Officers of government, quinquennial
account presented to the emperor,
305.
Officers or mates of ships, 81.
Official rank, 220.
Officious, meddlesome, 569.
Offiriuusly to bring people's dislike on
one, 329.
Often successful in traffic, 164.
Ogling, lascivious looks, 538.
Ohl alas I 433.
O-keaou, a Chinese princess, 690.
Old age, overtakes men rapidly, 334.
Old forsaken, and new sought, 329.
Old age extreme, 352.
Old friend, a slard by in danger,
316.
Old general, will not listen, 444.
Old people, an assemblage of, 526.
Old men marrying concubines reprobated
by moral writers, 621.
Old wives, six, itches, pronuha;, actress
es. Bower sellers, doclresses, midwives, 66.
Omen, good, evil, 119.
On the t.ibl , 16.
Once gone not to return, 46, 490.
Orchard, 468.
One, II, 415.
One h~art and united strength, 305.
One's self to treat others as, uusparing of
one's own faults, 365.
One's sell', to subdue, 238.
Oniicus nsellus, 645.
Only, 86, 415.

Only ; only that. 395.

Ouly i only can this way is alone proper,
349.
Only, only see, remark, 350.
Ouly, not only ; something more,
403.
Open one's heart to a person, 241.
Open, to open the teeth, 401.
Open the mouth, 401.
Open the young mind, teach or instruct,
401.
Operate, brutes operate by force, the
gods by prodigies, 99, 100.
Opera courtezan, not to be taken as a
concubine by government officers,
651.
Opinion, singularity of, partial and er
roneous, 135.
Opinion or view of a subject i every one
has his own, many men many minds,
356.
Oppose the laws, 102.
Opposite terms, to possess, to be desti
tute, 340Oppose, 378.
Opportunity convenient, 109.
Oppress, 138,201.
Oppress or crush people, 73.
Oppress, to oppress and injure the
people, 554.
Oppress inferiors, 139.
Oppress, ill-use, 201.
Oppressed by business, 139.
Oppression urges to rebellion, 340.
Opprobrious, abusive expressions,
188.
Opulent family, 573.
Or, disjunctive particle, 340
Oracle, sort of, response despised, sudden
death followed, 635.
Oral dictation, 310.
Oral instruction, 394.
Order, to put in ; staled in order ; sit in
order; set out in order, arranged,
825
Order of a sovereign, 264.
Order, to restore to ; to put in, 291 1
Order, to receive it, 444.
Orders delivered to an inferior, 371.
Order, 30, 71, 99.
Order of, to decide the, 37.

907
Order, harmony of things, 609,
Order of things, important, 623.
Orders received for goods and executed'
with safety and certainty, 466.
Orders, an imperial order, 264.
Ordure, 326.
Origin, descent and circumstances of a
person at first entering public life,
216.
Origin, causes from which a thing pro
ceeds, 325.
Origin, incipient caui-, 131.
Origin, originating principle or power,
IV 6.
Originating principle, or power the
greatest, 574.
Originality of expression ; writers who
possess it, 291,
Orphan like, isolated, 415.
Orphan and fatherless lightly treated by
common men, 737.
Orphan of the house of Chaou, Chinese
play translated by Padre Fremere,
outline of the history, 738.
Ostentatious speech, 593.
Other, another, something else, 63.
Oilier people; phrase tor selfishness,
60.
Oiler, 60S.
Over and over again, repeatedly, 333,
Overcome, 237.
Overcome by siting still whilst the ene
my is worn out by fruitless efforts,
464.
Overcome, soft and weak finally over
come the stiff and violent, 271.
Overcome or conquer one's self, 180,
Overflowed the high banks, 492.
Overplus, 244.
Overstepping what belongs to one's
place iu suciety, 154.
Overtake him, 351.
Overturn affairs, 151.
Overthrow, 554.
Owe, 149.
Owe a large debt, 149.
Owner, proprietor, 326.
Ought not, 18.
Ought to learn the affairs oflife,
259.
Out and in, 216.

908
Outcry, 485.
Outcry, clamour, noiie, 4t5.
Outcry, rociferation, 375.
Pi-teen, famed genii, 69.
Poet sought inipiration by riding an ass
amidst mow ilormi in quest of pear
blossoms, 734.
Poet, 61.
Poets, called drunken genii, 70.
Pagoda or tpire, 833.
Pagodas, or the Tl of China, origin and
detign of them i ceremony of burn
ing one; illuminated pagoda namet of
several; porcelain tower in Kearigrun ; account of, 510, Ml.
Pain and pleasure are not equal, 486.
Painful labonr, toil, 414.
Paint, used for Ihe face, 879
Paint or draw, 863.
Painted farr, 148.
Pair, to pair, 1 40.
Pair, 65, 140, 186, 896.
Pair j to unite in marriage, 66.
Pair, a couple, taid of persons, pairing,
time of marriage, 896.
Palace, cooled by the tummer's breeze,
807.
Palace of the princes, 487.
Palace, mansion, 841 .
Palace, or imperial chambers, a ground
plan, 518.
Palace to receive the emperor on bit
truvcls, 4h0.
Palpitation of the heart, 398.
Palpitation of the heart, divine from it
447.
Pnnt, 408.
Paou-teuen, a minitler of the emperor
Gae-te, preferred dealh to tilence,
683.
Paou twe the favorite concubine of Yewwang, 625.
Paper cannot wrap up 6re. the man it
unfit for the purpose, 881.
Paper with linet for lei ten, 401.
Paper or document of almost any kind
used iu trading or commercial trans
actions is called a Tau. Bill, receipt,
order, &c. 415.
Parade, or lime of calling over the
names of soldiers not fixed, 315,

INDEX OF ENGLISH 'WORDS.

Paradise, the residence of the emperor
of heaven, 466.
Parapet on a city wall, 514
Parapet coloured like silver, 519.
Parasol of the mandarin!, 145.
Parasitic plant, SIR
Pardon, three rentont for, ignorance,
accident, forgelfulnest, 337.
Pare, 888.
Pare off, 887.
Pare off angles, 885.
Pared off. 88, 887.
Parent il aff.ctinn illustrated, 373.
Parentage, or circumstances from which
any one enters into life, 816
Parents, poor, should not be ashamed
of them.
P..retil, terms applied to them after
death, 615.
Parents, called The two people, 61.
Parents, an expression for, 46.
Parents should not he dishonored by the
misconduct of their children, 110.
Parents regarded iu every step of life,
151
Park, the king it in park, &c. 467.
Park, seventy Chinese miles square, 467
Parrot tribe, 600.
Parsimonious, 165.
Parsimony , better than extravagance in
mere observances, 198.
Parsimonious, perhaps the rich are too
parsimonious and are destitute of
the virtue of liberality, 365.
Parsimonious, unwilling to part with
money , 88 1 .
Part with, let go or leave, 148.
Part, a ten thousandth, II.
Parts ten, complete number, superlative
degree, 280.
Partiality, 135.
Partialities, marked, 384.
Particle, conditional, if, should, 174.
Particle of dust, least degree of, 508.
Parting from friends, torrow at, worse
than death, 888
Parties in the state, to form them a ca
pital crime, 634.
Partition wall, 650.
Partner, 83.
Partner in trade, 672.

Parturition, act of, 880.

Parly, Ihe philotopher is of none, 70*.
Parly, to form one, 672.
Party, not of a, 135.
Past or transfer a written document. 1 4S.
Past one't dayt at in ancient times, 347.
Pass away, S3S.
Pass, to defend it with a military gnird,
310.
Paw over, 170.
Passionate hasty appeal to violence, 265.
Passion, cried out Gae, but could not
speak distinctly, 441.
Passions, seven j satisfaction or being
well pleased, anger, sorrow, joy,
love, hatred, and desire, Sab.
Passions, human, relith unly what they
prompt to, 375.
Pasture wilderness, forest, waste, diffe
rent terms for land, 498.
Path of life, rugged, necessary to form
a great man, 48.
Patters, lfiS.835.
Patter a, according to, 1 46.
Pattern or rule, to imitate a pattern,
or conform to a. rule, 836.
P ,th trodden by travellers, 532.
Patient endurance of ill-usage virtuous,
405.
Patronage, of an umbrella, 145
P.itron, a person ot rank or influence,
who gives that influence for a con
sideration, 148, 143.
Patrol, regulations at night, 569.
Patron, 30.
Patrim >ny, eatily founded, kept with
difficulty, 849.
Patrimony, 511.
Patriot or good public character described, 699.
Pavilion, or sunam.r house, 56.
Pant, 392.
Pant and breathe quick, 403, 409.
Pay instead of, 71.
Pay. a salary, lit
Pay money, f.ir another person, pay a
bill ; a debt, lt.9, 511.
Pay with one's life, the violation of the
laws, 535.
Peace, general or universal, 358.
Peace, limes ofcivilization esteemed, 351.

Peace, domestic, makes amends for po.

vcrly, S9.
Peaceable and prosperous timei, 486.
Peaceful, 3^9.
Peach, Confucius ate, 401.
Peach Irce, f.ible respecting, 556.
Tench tree 8|ells, 356.
Peacock, an anthelmintic, 7 10.
Pearl, saciificing one's life lo hide it,
241.
Pe-kan'i grave, 5"i7.
Peck, ns a bird, 1 16.
Pe- k grains of millet. 398.
P-rnl, S'M.
Pedantic iulrodiictiou of learned phrases,
453.
Peel, peel off the skin, S43.
Peep, 131.
Peking, IB,. 56, 988.
Pelt or throw tiles and brick-bats, an
ancient play, 541.
Penal code of Chin;1, 576.
Pennies, or gods nf the district, 478.
Pencil or pen of malice, SI 9.
Pencil produced flowers, a dream of Lepth, 511.
Pencil stiind, 301.
Pensive and weary, ISO.
Penurioii*ly, to scrape or pare off from
people's just gains, 237.
People, phrase for, 13 176, 178.
People imilalc llvir superiors, 160.
People, the an'hor of I heir existence.
heaven, wilFprovidr for fieni, 69.
People's distress, lo compassionate it,
45T.
People's sufferings should be considered
by rulers, 475
People's attachment to government in
dispensable, 038.
Pepper, an empress' room plastered with
it, 533.
Ferceplion, preceding others, 179.
Perceptions, clear, 459.
Perch upon the roost, staled times of,
529.
Peremptory order, to insist upon, 7?,
267.
Perfect, 476.
Perfect, Complete, 299.
Perfect men work for heaveo, 113.
T I.
8T

INDEX OF ENGLISII WORDS.

909

Perfect tense, formative of, 4S.

Perfect, or effect a good work, S59.
Perfection, or every sort of talent not
to be expected from any man ; a
favorite Chinese saying, 1 16
Perfection, or fitness for every purpose
expected by a bad man from those
he employs, 440.
Perplexity, troublesome and multifa
rious, when the head is perplexed the
members are idle, figuratively said
of prince and ministers, 345.
Pcrgularia odoratissima, 570.
Period, 3 18.
Period and comma, 469.
Perish he w ill, who does not adhere to
reason, 2 15 .
Peri ib, as a riiinrd country, 387.
Perilous indeed ! 485.
Permanent. S48.
Per month. 259.
P^ rpetratin,- every vice or crime, 94.
Perpetual , everlasting, 33.
Persosere in, delight in virtue nccrss ;ry
lo it, 105.
Perseverance recommended by: an iillul:on, 29.
Perseverance, characteristic of true vir
tue, 480.
Persons of a family, 347.
Person and place suit each other, said
of local magistrates, 4t8.
Person, 87.
Perspicacity, discriminated with, 695.
Persuade to mutual agreement, 379.
Pertinacious, to take but oue view of
a subject, 506.
Perverse; refractory, 126.
Perverse wrangling manner, 509.
Perverse, 219, 28-7, 378.
Perverse bad disposition, 36,
Perversity of disposition, 238.
Pestilence, during, the star worshipped,
666.
Petals, not split my heed into, 252.
Petechia?, red spots iu malignant fevers,
587.
Petition, 368
Petition, a phrase that closes, 120.
Petition or statement to government,
36S.

Petty affairs, great concerns, 532.

Phcnsai.t, 566.
Phlegm and cough, 383.
Philosophers, Chinese, a succession of,
167.
Philosopher, moral, the morally wise
man and the fool, 705.
Philosopher, his character, 609.
Philosopher lives in harmony with all
rreu, but is of no party, 706.
Philosophers stone, 29.
Philosopher, or scholar, immoveabiy
attached to his virtuous purpose,
262.
Physiognomist, principles of, S38.
Physicians, eminent, 56S.
Phylactery, 938.
Piazza at the sides of a coort yard,
490.
Pick the teeth, 241, 444.
Pick grains of millet, 398.
Pictures of objects, Chinese character!
originally were so. Introd. X.
Pierce, 233.
Pierce the heart by anguish, 81.
Pigmy, 1U3.
Plh-c and Shilh-te, relinquished their
places, and perished for want of food,
533.
Plh.kwae, or Keang-kwSng, had 300,
pupils. 630.
PKh she, an example of patient submis
sion to justice, 598.
Plh-yu, son of Confucius, 712.
Pile of earth, 492.
Pill, 28.
Pills to strengthen the constitution, 510.
Pillar of rock unmoved by the torrent,
484.
Pillow of bamboo fur the bot weather,
603.
Pillow, a clod of earth, when children
mourn for their parents, 528.
Pilfer like a rat, 141.
Pipe fish, or syngnathus, 631.
Pit of the stomach, 488.
Pit or deep cavern, 488.
Pit ten thousand fathom deep, emblem
of deep distress and misery, 490.
Pitcher, 289.
Pits, a stratagem in war, 490.

910
Pity, 38*.
Pity, commiseration, S841
Pity one's self, not time for it, 385.
Place, situation, 88.
Place it on the ground, 484.
Place in order, 87.
Place in society, proper to one, MO
Placed together, 192.
Placed in an unfavorable condition, I
am, 540.
Places in government, not to retain, by
sacrificing principle, 533.
Plagiarists, the airs they give them
selves, 63 I.
Plague or pestilence, 417.
Plain unadorned spire or pagoda, 180.
Plain, but not vulvar, 116.
Plain level road, a beaten path, 491.
Plaintiffand defendant, 187.
Plan, unsuccessful, further plan, 90.
Flan, to arrange, to manage, 345.
Plane, to plane as a joiner, 228.
Planets called heaven's assistants, 89.
Planets, seven, 14.
Plant and plough, 483,
Plants, 85.
Plants, their strength proved by a
violent wind , faithful ministers by
a stale of anarchy, 264.
Plaster, 481.
Plastered with white earth, 517.
Plaster over plaster, denotes what is
unnecessary, 53S.
Players, 129.
Players or comedians, 129.
Playing on wind and other instruments,
SC9.
Play, to piny at chess, 307.
Play, amusement, 252.
Play founded on historical facts, 788.'
Play , with wooden shoes, an ancient
game, 558.
Play-actors, play-house, 473.
Pleasant cool breeze blows, across the
hall, 369.
Please, to, as one pleases j to follow one's
own convenience, 109.
Pleasing countenance, 665.
Pleasure the highest is to act virtuously,
405.
Pleasure, illicit, is poison, 1 1 .

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Pledge, to give in, 342.
Plenty, times of national prosperity, 124.
Plenty of every sort of j;rain, 510.
Plenty, or three years supplies laid in,
301.
Plough, the emperoT set an example,
129.
Plough, to break up fallow ground, 86,
549.
Plough, or "level the ground, 241.
Pluck out the sinews, 243.
Pluck tea, 410.
Plural, formative of, 168.
Plumber, 290.
Plump and handsome, 643.
Plums, shake them down, 243.
Plunder, plunderers, 108, 228, 261.
Plunder, 108.
P8-ho, near Formosa, 545.
Poet, 61.
Poet, famous, Le-pTb, 483.
Poets, lady, 603.
Point in writing, 469.
Point of a knife, 218.
Point with the finger, 431.
Pointed or piercing enquiry, 234.
Points used in writing, 469.
Points of the compass, twenty-four, 362.
Poison, drunk it. and died, 684.
Poison cures poiwn, 516.
Polar star, emblem of'him *ho rules by
virtue, 190.
Police runner, 388.
Policecrmed, sort of militia, 661.
Polish and. cut, 221.
Politeness mutual, 171.
Politeness a gainer not a Iost, 586.
Politician, Confucius was a, 7 IS.
Politics, 46.
Political ethics, Confucius and Mencius
both dabblod in them, 731.
Political cabal, 633.
Polyanthus Tuberosus, 570.
Po mp, majesty, 273.
Pompous show, difficult to unite with
virtue and benevolence, 514.
Pond for the growth of the water-lily,
633.
Poor, 61.
Poor and exhausted without any dependauce, 161.

Poor without flattery rich wilboiit

pride, 351.
Porcelain, an earth capable of making,
517.
Porcelain tower in Keang-nan, called the
glazed pagoda, (built 1657) 530,531
Portents, prodigies, 612.
Portentous omens do not make them
selves, 613.
Possessing strength, 256.
Positively refuses to come, 466.
Positively required, 270.
Posterity, 482.
Posterity, or succeeding generatioas
worthy to be transmitted to, 149.
Posterity, descendants, 422.
Posthumous character for cruelty, 239.
Posterity, to die without any, deemed a
curse, 703.
Poscrijit of a letter, closing expression,
338.
Potter and smelter, 204.
Pottery, at -which the monarch Shua
worked, 544.
Powders, medicinal, 28.
Power, 213
Power, not confided in by ancient kings,
273.
Po wer or vi sion.Tiearing, &c 257.
Poverty, implied by buying small quan
tities oF things, 301.
Pour out lea, 126.
Pox, small pox, breaking out of, 216.
Practice what one learns, 55.
Practice sedulously that which yoa
know, 258Praise, laud, 598.
Praise, CO, 426
Praise, aspirations of, 425.
Praise, gone to market for, fished for,
S59.
Pratlle of little children, 396.
Pranks of a person intoxicated, 156.
Pray for prosperity on the new year's
eve, 816.
Prayers read inaudibly, 396.
Prayers orspells, to recite them, 374.
Prayer to the mountain Ne-kew, induced
the conception of Confucius, 710.
prayers in winter, 535.
Prayers, or incantations offered up before

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

the effigy of i departed ancestor,

4S7.
Prayer offered up when divining the
future, 215.
Preacher, royal, a title of Confucius,
7 IS.
Precedence, taking it of others, 304.
Precepts, five, of the Budh sect forbid
ding to kill, to steal, to fornicate,
to lie, to drink, 157.
Precede, 178.
Precept on precept, reiterated explan
ations, 339.
Precious, valuable, 868.
Precipice, stop the horse at; cease to
net, when going further would be
dangerous, 267.
Precipitous, abrupt hanki, 550.
Prediction of future occurrences attri
buted to Sun-nze-mo, 742.
Prediction or prognostic, failure of, 309.
Preeminence, 305.
Pregnant, 717.
Pregnant woman, ripped open, 2.71.
Preparation, or previous arrangement
in all thing' necessary, 145.
Prepare, 145.
Prepared, to be so, ensures success,
212.
Presence, in one's, 239.
Present to, 16.
Present, an expression of good will, 198.
Present to a superior, 192.
Present time, 65.
Presents, phrase used when presenting
any, 51.
Present to, present with profound respect
to imperial inspection, 3 68,
Present a petition, 369.
Presents, to approach with them in one's
hand, 509.
Present, that which is immediately be
fore one's eyes, 479
Presents to offer on a person's going a
journey, 18.
Presence of a person, before one's face,
479.
Preserve entire, 117.
Preierve entire life and honor, 186.
Preserve, and to perish, 720.
Press it a little closer, 56S.

Press with shelves and doors, 294.

Pressed down by a mountain, 554.
Presuming on power to act cruelly,
178.
Presumption forbidden, by an allusion
to a full cup, 128.
Pretend, to assign an untrue cause for
one's conduct, 129.
Pretence of, under, 129.
Pretences false, to induce to act, S86.
Pretensions, lofty, 576.
Pretty woman, 631.
Prevent trouble, 181.
Price, the current or marked, 161.
Price, what price, 1 30.
Price, St.
Price, the price of a bouse, the market
price, 161.
Price, not two, 47.
Pride and extravagance; 91.
Pride in superiors causes rebellion in
inferiors, 17.
Priest of Budh, to become one, 237.
Priest ofa Budh temple, 379.
Priests two, required to enter the
government ; officer degraded for
acting as a priest; their dress, 158.
Priests ol the Budh sect, < 57.
Priests and profane people, 1 15.
Priests of Budh, book containing rules
for, S"0.
Priests of Taou and of Budh, names for,
22.
Prince, 368.
Princes of states or governors in ancient
times, 107.
Princes, governors or chiefs -of ancient
Chinese states, 471.
Priuces should stand in awe of heaven
above, and of the people beneath
them, 452.
Princes appointed for the sake of the
people, 586.
Prince, emperor's son, 389.
Prince and minister, relative duties,
46.
Princes should gain the hearts of the
people, 363.
Princess, 30, 189.
Princesses married to neighbouring states
never allowed to return, 622.
j

911
Principal and second, said of persons,
246.
Principal and interest, called mother and
son, 704.
Principles should be maintained at the
expense of life, 625.
Principles, two, which operated at the
beginning of the world, 187.
Principles, bad, gaming is connected
with, 307.
Print books, 315.
Prison, 458.
Prisoner taken in war, 116.
Prisoner, 1 16.
Prison, ancient name for, 465.
Privacy, statesman, left m, 92.
Pri vare and public, 188..
Privy, place of retirement, 326.
Privy, by the road side, 297.
Proceed from, and devole upon, 216.
Proclamation, 371.
Proclamation from government, 31 1.
Procreation, either from an egg or
from the womb, 317.
Prodigal expenditure, 595.
Prodigies, 612.
Production and destruction, five ele
ments of matter continually destroy
and reproduce, 238Production and destruction, good for
tune, 285.
Profession, medical, 845.
Profit, profitable, 229.
Profit in trade, 229.
Profits shall, be divided equally, 486.
Profligate, 168.
Profound reasoning or doctrine, 597.
Progeny, may you have a numerous,
sop.
Prognostic or omen, 178.
Prognostic, a favorable or an evil one,
178.
Progress, not to make any, 239.
Progress, rapid in learning, expressed
by You run away from me, 538.
Prohibitions, 72.
Prohibitions, of a state, ask that you
may avoid them, 540.
Prohibitory regulations, 232.
Prohibitive particle, do not, 279, 280.
Promotion, to delay it, 137.

912
Prohibitive phrase, be particularly
careful not, 221.
Prom scuotis meetings of men ami
women, indecorous, 648.
Promotion literary, phrase for, 16.
Promotion, great, 239.
Promulgr, 148.
Pro'iiul^c doctrines, 148.
Promote, to diffuse the principles of
order. 8S8.
Promise i.f marriage, cannot be broken,
6' 4.
Pronoun, accusative, Hiin, her, it,
Ihcin, .18.
PronUKCiat'otl of words in t hincse,
an allusion to, 141, 14?.
Pronoun, personr.1, an usual one, 16.1.
Pronoun, second person, singular or
pluml, 83
Pronoun, personal or relative* 192.
Pronoun, person I, He, she, it, 68.
Pronoun, relative, 78.
Pronoun, not to be used by children
speaking lo their parents, 104.
Pronoun personal, much used by the
Tartars and people in the northern
parts of China, 382.
Pronunciation. Note on, Intro. xiii.
Pronunciation, Chinese mode of, 222.
Fronomen of the Romans, the Chinese
Ming not used on ordinary occasions,
627.
Pronubss, or Go-betweens, 667.
Proof, paper to be relered to as, 415,
Proof, evidence, 213.
Proof will enable a person to obtain,
238.
Propagate religion, 149
Property, pri vale, or family, 1S7.
Properly, to waslr it. 151.
Property obtained hy unfair means, will
be lost in a similar manner, 185.
Proper, to do what is not so, 1 59.
Proper, 351.
Prophrlic inscription on the stone
coffin of Hea how ying, 505.
Propitious diy, to choose it, V38.
Propensities vicious, called the dust
of the heart, 537.
Properly easily spent, like a syphon
draining off liquids, 314.

INDEX OP ENGLISH WORDS.

Propriety requires, S70.
Proprietor, original lord, 326.
Prostrate. 160.
Prostrate, lying on the face, 79.
Prosperity of a country, wish for, 471.
Prosperity, national, 559.
Prostitutes, 611.
Prostitution, lamented by Chinese
moralists, arguments against, 678.
Prostitutes, expressed by painted fe
males, 27 9.
Prostrate waiting command, ISO.
Protect, heaven's protection, 117.
Protect, SO, 116.
Proud, 131, 65.
Proud, haughty, unhumbled, 181.
Proverb, 115, 34T.
Proverb, or common saying, 115.
Proverb says, travelling merchant
worse off than resident dealer, 399.
Province or place one holds in society,
to overstep what is proper, 159.
Provide for, make previous arrange
ments, 145.
Provide for fully, provided wilh every
thingi all things really prepared,,
313.
Provisions given as presents In official
visitors, 272.
Providence, unequal, complaint against,
227.
Provide fully, food and raiment, great
difficulty, 373.
Prowess of mere passion or anger,
296.
Prowess, military, 79.
Prune or Mri fruit has fallen from the
tree, 541.
Public, affairs, expenditure, 188.
Public duties, 270.
Publish virtues and screen faults, 515.
Pucker or purse up the mouth, 423.
Puckering up the nose, 435.
Puff off a person, recommend him, 869.
Pull down, throw into ruins, 317.
Pulses, three, 97.
Pun, specimen of, a Chinese, a spend
thrift called a god, 180.
Punish, punishment, 224.
Punish great stale crime--, 80.
Puniahmeut, mark the face as, 234.

Punishment, to cut off sases and ears

as a, 231.
Punishment of death by killing- in weret,
and hy separating the fl..-.. from tie
bone*, 246.
Punishment, cutting lo pieces after
death, 237.
Punishment, capital and wiihaut
referenrc to the emperor, ro<>de of
proceeding, 877.
Punishments not cxlendeu to tie
children, 43
Punishments, five. 545.
Punishments, nine, SS.
Punishments, five ancient one's: punish
ments excessive ; rrnrl ; punish
ments just one's, will be submitted
lo, 224.
Pupil of the eye, 64.
Puppcl show, Ml.
Pure and exalled manners, 3S5.
Purity, or to purif) the heart indispen
sable, 281.
Purpose, nol let it fall, not drop it,
515.
Purpose firm, nothing impossible, 515.
Purpose or end designed, to answer it,
857.
Purposely, on purpose, 127.
Purposely, wilh fixed intention, 466.
Pursue pleasure, 342.
Pursue, 17.
Pursuits, immoral, 45.
Pursuits the samr, 358.
Push over, 126, 547.
Push out at thr gate, and cut off tbeir
heads, 352.
Pustule, breaking out of, 216.
Put off, clothes or armour, 318.
Put away, 279
Put down, any thing, 18.
Put it on the table, 480.
Put into the midst of, 541.
Put things off one's hands in a confused
hurried manner, 532.
Put one's hand to, 18.
Put offa cap, 181.
Puzzle, 402.
Quake, shake, 599.
Quails fly together, 598.
Quantity, small, 182.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Quarrels prevented by taking no notice
of trifling intuits, ISO.
Quarrelsome quarreling, 400.
Queen, 360.
Queen of heaven, a deified female ; queen
earth and imperial heaven, nature,
360.
Queen, different titles in different period)
of Chinese history, 360.
Queen of heaven, history of, 579.
Questioned, inclined the head on one
side to listen, 380.
Question!, skill in putting them, com
pared to striking a bell; both ex
tremes or sides of, 349.
Quick or sudden recompense, 524.
Quiet, 423.
Quiet, still, 848.
Quiet or easy mind, 164.
R, the letter pronounced by ft turning
of the tougue, 444.
Rabbit or hare, caution suggested by
it, 182.
Rabbit, wail till it delivers it self up,
791.
Radicals of the Chinese language
lutrod. viii. Table of, I.
Rage, anger, 41 9.
Ragged garments of Tsing-tsze, 442.
Raging fire, 361.
Railing or bannisters, 128.
Rail and wrangle keenly, 414.
Raiment, fine, 200.
Raiment and food, 373.
Rain, 18.
Rainbow, variegated banners, 540.
Raise troops, 159.
Raise the whole world in array against
you, 466.
Raise the price, 82.
Ramble or saunter about, 437.
Ramparts, high, 555>
Random, to speak at, to saunter at,
119.
Rank, the nine ranks, 385.
Rank, or a name in the country, 359.
Rank on equal terms, 370.
Rank in the state, to purchase it, 258.
Ranks, arrange in, formed at the beat of
the drum, 226.
Ranks of an army, 79.
tart i.
8 X

Ranks, or degrees of rank, nine, mode

of distinguishing them, 385.
Rap at the door, 349.
Rapacious soldiery, 498.
Rapacious and discontented, 414.
Rapacity ofa bad government insatiable,
895.
Rape on hoys or girls, 632.
Rare commodities, 589.
Rashly, to rush rashly on death, to brave
death, 156.
Rashly, rush on death, 197.
Rat pulled the weight down and shut
itself in, denotes a man bringing on
himself some calamity, 534.
Rats in fields, 334.
Rather than slay the innocent, better
lose what is right, 422.
Rather, 861.
Rays of light, 179.
Razor, 235.
Reach to, sun's light not, 33S.
Reaching, trying to vomit, 404.
Reading, slightest degree useful, 317.
Reading finished the allotted time,
304.
Reading history, mark what you approve
or disapprove, 469.
Ready, all prepared, 145.
Really, truly, 854.
Reap and sow, 465.
Reason, the eternal, 614.
Reason, disordered by passion, 73.
Reason or the light of natural conscience
may not be departed from, 39.
Reason's source is heaven, 325.
Reasonable, 357.
Rebel, to plan rebellion, 339.
Rebellion, to contrive ; actual rebellion,
oppression forces to it, 340.
Rebellion, 42.
Rebellion and encroachment on the
higher orders, 108.
Rebellious faction, 140.
Rebellious banditti, 274.
Recal, run after to, 460.
Recal one's self when about to speak,
444.
Receive and give, 342.
Recently, 362.
Receive, I blush to receive it, 342.

913
Receive a visitor, 81.
Recede or separate from, 290.
Recite carelessly, 90.
Recitative, 365.
Reciprocal, mutual, 48.
Recite verses, 365.
Recite an ode, 389.
Reckon the whole amount, 357.
Reckon or guess at an amount, 82.
Recline against, 143.
Recluse studies, 650.
Recorders of the words and actions of
ancient kings, 353.
Recognize, or notice each other on
being introduced, 330.
Recollect past occurrences, 460.
Recommence or begin again, 276.
Recommend and be security for, 117.
Recommending a person, called puffing
him off, 369.
Recompence diligence, 266.
Recompence, to serve others as a, 263.
Recompence, 245.
Recompence, to pay in the kind receiv
ed, to revenge, 169.
Recompence, a phrase expressing in
ability, 35.
Recompense, not sufficient) open, secret,
happy, quick, 523, 524.
Recondite, profound, 697.
Record events, 340.
Record, 148.
Rectitude, external and internal, 689.
Red, eyes became, 469.
Red occurrence, a joyful event, 410.
Redeem, the life of a murderer, 126.
Redress grievances, 629.
Redress, an injustice expressed[by
straightening it, 84.
Reduce to subjection, 274.
Reed, a small one, 379.
Reeled and fell from bis horse, 233.
Reflect back light, 340.
Reflect on the past, reconsider, 460,
Reflected rays of light, 179.
Reform, 285.
Reform one's conduct, 233.
Reform a vicious man, 277.
Reformation preceded by grief and con
cern of mind, 465.
Refractory, 126.

914

IMDEx OF ENGLISH words,

Refrain from laughing, unable to, 442.

Renovating effect or influence of good

Refuse, 319.

example set by superiors, 285

Rent or opening in the earth, 60 miles

Refuse a present disrespectful, refuse

Refused, obstinately or positively, 128.
Region, extensive and uncultivated,

Rest with me, the authority does not,

Repair bridges, &c. 119.

556.

589.

Restrain, 328.

Restraint on pride, passion, the will and

pleasure, inculcated, 148.
Restrict, confine, 232.

Restless disposition, 268,

Repentance, late, unavailing, 838.

Repentance is followed with immediate

Restless, 219.

Rescue from vice, 291.

benefits, 460.

Rescue or save, a wall for defence, 500.

Resemblance uncertain, 77.

Repletion, belching from, 393.

Reply to a letter, 460.

Reiterated precepts, 339.

Reins adjusted, 486.
Reject, 227, 279.

Resentinent, the consequence of much

talking, respect of much acting, 346.

Replies, after bowing to the ground, ssi.

Report to the sovereign, ss5.

Resentment, to cherish it in the heart,

Reject, or mark with the pencil as reject

ed, 279.

Reject entirely, 419.

Rejoice, 18, 135,410.

Relative duties being performed, then

have recourse to learning, 236.

Report to the custom-house, 524.

480.

Reported, bad actions easily, 149.

Reports, stories, unfounded, 443.
Report to the emperor, manner of des
patching it, 591.
Repose, 91.

Resentful, be not, 121.

Resentments and debts devolve on an
individual, 149.

Resign an office, 80.

Resistance and opposition to insult *

disrespect from other nations, 471.

Repose, rest, tranquil state, 791.

or na
Relations, social, the heavenly
343.

r.

38, ish

Relations social, five, 38,

Repress, 180, 328.

Repress or oppress, 79.

Reliance on, 127.

Reprehend, 234.

Repress a laugh, 367.

Relish, 375.

Repress subject or keep down, 328.

Reprehend or punish, 248.

Relicks of Buddha, 233.

Religion of Mahommed, 460.
Religious banditti, 293,

Remainder, surplus, 244.

Remember gratefully, 95,
Remember with anxiety, 326.
Remember attentively, 221.

Remediable, 589.

Reprimand, 375.
Reprieve, 840.

thing round, 476.

Rend or split asunder by a shock, 25%
Rend, 252,
Renovate * people, 93.

good inan, 706.

Resort, place of 544.
Resounds does the thunder, and thenin
obscures, 536.

Respect him more than the gods, 40%

by princes, 500.
Reprove a friend, 139.

Respects, to pay, 197.

Respects, compliments, 400.

Repudiate, 80.

Reputation not injured by whoredom,

iso.ion to destroy it, 413.

Reputat
Reputation, good, ordinary, name that
descends to posterity, unsupported

Request or engage a person to do, 69.

Response, singing and alternate,

if?

381,

tion, 359.

Reputation, 359.
Reputation, to injure one's own, 23.
Reputation, good in a high degree, 72.

Respectful, 131, 849.

Respectability, 101.
Respectfully present, 192.

Response, from the gods, or departed

spirits, mode of soliciting, 40.

by the reality, to disregard reputa

Remove, 234.

Resolution, purpose to do something,

126.

Remiss, 140.
Remissness, negligence, 462.
Remonstrance, turned by, easily as any

Residence, Imperial, 56.

Reside, 479.

Resources in himself, possessed by the

Reproachful slanderous mouth, 510.

Reproach, foul, must sometimes be borne

Rely on, 69,73, 105.

Remainder, the rest, 192.

Rest or lean upon a table, 213.

Restrain anger, 367.

Repeatedly doing again and again, sss.

Repent, Imperial edict, calling to, 287.

Regulation, 102.
Reign, as a king or emperor, 5.5,

ial

Rest, 423.
Rest at noon, 301.

Repeat or do again, no occasion, 196.

Repeat or say again, 195
Repeatedly, 15.

Register or list, 195,

Regular, 131, 163.
Regulate, 119, 232.
Regulate a clock, l 19,

ention,

479.

Repair and make it strong, 466.

Repast, prepared it at the western lodge,

Regions, nine, into which the Chinese

formerly divided the world, 472.
Regions, nine, su bsequent to the Chinese
deluge, 164.

Relations, female, 636.

Resi, repose, 855.

long, and 15 miles wide, 494.

to accede to a person's wishes, s10.

tural order of society,

Required urgently, 147,221.

Required positively, 210.

Responses or answers in divination,"

Retain in the memory, 367,

Retiring, 420.
Retirement, 91.

Renounced, phrase for, 30.

f

IKOEX OP ENGLISH WORDS,

915
Retire fro.n public life h> troublous
timet, S18.
Retire, 34.
Retreat, 287.
Retreat, to cut it off, 460.
Retrenchment, difficult, 595.
Retribution will assuredly come sooner
or later, 523.
Return, 45S.
Return, once gone, no, 334.
Return, or recompense for kindness, 5'24.
Return a how, a visit, or present, 460.
Return to virtue, 36.
Returned rive times, 339.
Reward or recompcnce of labour, 272.
Reward 266.
Reveal or disclose, or speak out the
whole truth,. 361.
Revelation made by heaven to man, 401.
Revelation, 401.
Revenge inculcated as well as gratitude,
623.
Revenge, 65, 458.
Revenge, to, 169.
Revenge, expression denoting, 190.
Revenger of an injur;, and a creditor,
troublesome people, 201.
Reverence and respect, between princes
and statesmen, 305.
Reverently wish you joy and felicity,
358.
Reverse, a legal decision, 340.
Reveries, 571.
Review troops, 191.
Revivify us, 361.
Revivifying pill, 460.
Receipt for money paid, 415.
Rewards and punishments of virtue
and vice, 405.
Revolt, 343.
Revolt, renounce allegiance, 343.
Revolve in a circle as the sun and
moon, 268.
Revolve in the mind, think on with
pleasure, 461.
Rhamnus, fruit of, 574.
Rhubarb, 574.
Rhinoceros, cup of punishment, or
forfeit in allusion to, 183.
Rhyme, accord with in sound, 354,
Ribaldry, 428-

Rice, to force one's self to eat it,

250.
Rich and delighting in virtue,. poor and
yet happy, 351 .
Rich should be taught, 260.
Rich merchant employs the poor in hitservice, 540.
Rich, to enrich, 851.
Rich man, 61.
Rid one's self of a calamity, 317.
Ride together, 24.
Ridicule, 106, 431.
Ridicule or satirize, 234.
Ridicule the man afraid of his wife,
370.
Rift or belch, forbidden, 439.
Right, 163.
Right and reg ular conduct, 29 It
Right hand place of honor, 303.
Right and left hands, attendants on
wings ofan army, 353.
Right- hand man, 353.
Right or righteousness, that in which
the good man is instructed, 413.
Right, appearing so but wrong, 85.
Right the injured, 84.
Right hand must be used by children,
187.
Right angles, 299i
Righteousness, to discourse on it and
point out the danger of its appo
site, 316.
Rigorous, 451.
Ring leader, 572.
Ringing in the ears and sneezing, indi
cates that somebody is talking about
one, 447.
Rinsing rice, sound of, 343.
Ripple, slight, caused by fish, 370.
Rip.open, 23!.
Rise in insurrection, 25.
Rise and fall, sudden, flourishing or
its opposite, 304.
Rising of the tun, 301.
Rite, 163.
Rive or tear open, 241.
Roar, 425, 428.
Roar of a tiger or wild bear, 378.
Roaring of a lion, 310.
Rob, robbers, 228.
Rob, or plunder, 228, 249.

Robbers, pirate*, marauders, 850.

Robes ef ceremony, 629.
Robes and caps, and fine things, 200.
Robust, 13.
Robust, hale, stout, 256.
Rocky hill, artificial, 355.
Roll up, 318.
Road, the right tide must be taken by
men, the left by women, 431.
Road large and open, 132.
Road, the tame, 83.
Road branching off" in three directions,
337.
Road stopped up against virtuous men,
551.
Romance, Chinese, 612.
Room, place, none, 483.
Rooms with intricate passages, and a
long flight of steps, 557.
Root firmly established, meant either
ttrong bodily constitution or good
circumstances, 515
Root and foundation, good j a good con
stitution, 51 1 .
Rotten tree, entirely spoiled; 557.
Rutting, never, 496.
Round, rounded, 463.
Round coin, a figure of suavity and
accommodation, 476.
Round what should be, let it be round ;
tay the plain truth, yea, yea; nay,
nay, 297.
Round, to make round ; round tables,
round silver coin ; a dollar , round
dreams, 473.
Round, to go, and begin again, 373.
Rouge or red-ink, 545.
Roughen the throat,418.
Rouse, 276.
Route or stimulate to exertion, S69.
Row back, 340.
Royal law, undeflected, 139, 140.
Royal family, 274.
Royal or imperial family, the govern
ment, 4T0,
Rub bright, 230, 499.
Rubbing the eyes recommended by
Chwang.ltze, 672.
Rode, rustic, 130, 466.
Ruin, his,, cannot bear- to lit stall and tee
it, 489.

916
Ruin, 53,54, 151.
Ruin one'i family, 41S.
Ruined many officers, 55T.
Ruinous wall, 499.
Rule, 71, 235.
Rule with ease, phrate for, 496.
Rule over, or uir xlion of, S54.
Rule, all who possess, or rule over a
countiy, are called Keun, 363.
Rule as a magistrate, 30.
Rule, govern, ronlroul, 842.
Rule, pattern or law, 836.
Ruler or law, ten thousand (i. e. all) ages,
Confucius was, 496.
Rules, national regulations, 2S2.
Rules, prefatory, directions and expla
nations at the commencement of
Chinese books, 102
Rulers of nations, their title, 363.
Ruler, sovereign, 842.
Ruminate, 378.
Ruminate or chew food, 453.
Ruminate chew the cud, 453.
Ruminating and chewing, 436.
Run away and conceal, 297.
Run away, 592.
Run over the brim, 151.
Run-a-way, 52.
Running about to get food to eat,
592.
Rush forward, at the sound of instru
ments, 441.
Rustling noise of trees, 369.
Rustic, 296, 116.
Rustic, a villager, 296,
Sack or bag, open your sack, means
both to open one's purse, to help and
to open one's mind, to advise, 458.
Sacred, prssnomtn of Confucius, of
princes, and of the people, esteemed
so, 21.
Sacred books, contain the revelation of
sages, 361.
Sacrifice to heaven at the winter sol
stice, site of, 306
Sacrifice to all the gods after the winter
solstice, 426.
Sacrifice, 5s.
Sacrificial feast, party drunk, anticipated
acceptance, 590.
Sacrifice, ta prepare a victim for it ,

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

prince himself divides the liver of
the victim, 232.
Sacrifices or oblations, certain ceremo
nies, 446.
Sacrifices to the gods arc simple, 415.
Sacrifices prepared during the night, 425.
Sacrifices to ancestors, reason of, 523.
Saddle, never reached the horse, 338.
Safe and well settled, 615.
Safe commercial intercourse, 466.
Sage, 60.
Sage, or wise man, alone knows how to
advance and to recede, &c. 395.
Sage, second rate, 51.
Sages called heaven's messengers, 99.
Sages or moralists of antiquity, 120.
Sages and common people are of the
same nature, 500.
Sages, heaven and earth form a triad, 335.
Sage, in the west, mentioned by Confu
cius, considered as Buddha; sages
arouse all nature, 93.
Said, it may be, it cannot be, 33S,
Sailor, 61 .
Salary, 121.
Salary given In a tutor, 647.

Salary from government, 121.

Sale price, high or low, 395.
Salt and bitter metaphorically, the ills
of life, 493.
Salutation, very common one, 410.
Salutation, Japanese mode of, 268.
Salutations and congratulations, 358.
Same, II.
Same , person of the same pursuits, 358.
Same house, living together, same place,
assembled together, 357.
Sand and dust boiling, 537.
Sun-kn5 period, the principal leaders,
715.
Saunter in a garden, 473.
Sasb, the ends banging down, 496
Sat on the ground, opposite each other,
4S8.
Saturate with water, 855.
Satiate, 177.
Satirize him, 657.
Satisfaction, full complete, ia a virtuous
age, 536.
Satisfaction from doing one's duty,
however received ia the world, 455.

Satisfaction, to take revenge, 201.

Satisfy, cannot man's heart, 177.
Satisfied or satiated with food, 329.
Satisfy, if a bad man he not, like a tiger
he'll devour you, 441.
Save a distressed people, S83.
Save one's country from impending
evils, 274.
Savoury, 324.
Saunter about, 171.
Sources of raiment and food, husbandry.
fi.hery, and commerce, 3S5.
Sanscrit, or Fao, the dialect of, 85.
Say, not much to, 126.
Say, to say as others say, 48.
Saying, common, 115.
Sayings, good, arc like pearls, 14.
Scale of * ices and virtues, 619.
Scales of fish, 66.
Scarsely, or but just sufficient, 851.
Scar, 302.
Scattered people, those driven frosi
their dwellings in times ofanarch),
309.
Scratched my head, under embarrass
ment, 631.
Scenery, romantic and diversified, 6S5.
Sceptre, 481.
Sceptres or insignia of authority, an
ciently given to governors, 481.
Scheming after gain, 229.
Scheme, intrigue, plot, 474.
Scholar, 61.
Scholar and master, the merit and success
of the latter depends on the former,
302.
Scholar, famous, mean, poor; scholar as
ornament to a table, 1 67.
Scholar or learned man, retired, emin
ent, virtuous, 561.
School name, or book name, name
pronounced on a boy's going ta
school; master and boy worship. Sit.
School at nights, 570.
School, of Hang-tan, that of Confucius,
710.
Schools, called by different names;
children to be tent to school at til
or seven years of age, 538, 559.
Schools, a hundred rules to be observed
in, 749, 753.

Scissars, S18.
Scissars, to clip with them, 245.
Scold, monarch Shim's mother w as one,
687.
Scolding or approbrious language, 378.
femit, 389.
Scout, or spy, 140, 389.
Scrape, 230.
Scrape or rub off, (crape out letters, 830.
Scrape off the dirt, 499.
Scroll, 317.
Scroll or book, Chinese books were in
the form of scrolls till the eight
century, 317.
'Scrotum, 317.
Scrub clothes, 30.
Scrub the table clean, S3!.
Scrub, to wash to scrub, 238.
Scrupulous attention to rules, 548.
'Scrutinize the fact, 863.
Scuttle fish, called the ink fish, 546.
Sea, the ocean, 554.
Sea god, J8, 368.
Seal or credential, divided in two, 841.
Seal, great national, 553.
Seal, Imperial, 553.
Seal, private, official, and national, to
seal, 315.
Seal, 119,315.
Sealed or closed letter, 347.
Sealed enclosure, bribe sometimes -seal
ed up, 881.
Seam, 1 14.
Scar with a hot iron, 315.
Search into, phrase for, 369.
Search in every direction, 459.
Season, cold, 805.
Seasons the four called heaveu's dele
gates, 361.
Seasoning added to soup, 444.
Seat, 87.
Scat, having none allowed, 489.
Secluded recess, 168.
Second time, 195.
Second, 46.
Second-bar pagoda, 531.
Second person in any government com
mission, 846.
Secret, close, 849.
Secret, no part of a man's conduct, a
secret to himself, 38.
TABT
II a

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

917

Secret, to keep in the mind, 367.

Secretly, to steal or snatch, 136.
Secretly communicated, as quack me
dicines, 149.
Sect of the learned, 844.
Section ofa book, 460.
Sects, the three in China, 167.
Security merchant, 117.
Sedan chair, 37.
Sediment, 550.
Seduce by false representations, 398.
Seduce, 398.
Seduced away by Hit tan, 386.
Sedulous, 874.
Seduction of a female, punished by one
hundred blows, 633.
See j to see a superior , to visit an -equal,
SS7.
See before us, what place, 839.
Seeing or visiting a superior, 335.
See , an ancient statesman to whom Shun
recommended clemency, 592.
Seed, 64.
Seed, progeny, 702.
Seeds of a gourd j wild rose seed i tur
nip radish seeds seeds of gardenia;
seeds of quisqualis Indica, 706.
Seeds of planlago major, (Mr Living
stone), 706.
Seek and you will obtain, 236.
Seeking -fame and gain, 360.
Seize and appropriate territories,ex press
ed by swallowing them, 365.
Seized and usurped possession of the
city, 309.
Seized, or taken 70 banditti, 360.
Select or take, from amongst many, suc
cessful literary candidates, 342.
Select or choose a proper place to live
in, 4(4.
Self, to examine, 340.
Sel f lo ve and social, two different leaders,
645.
Self confident, 138Self examination, three topics of Mencm-, 609.
Self controul to practice or to dislike
it, determines a good or bad charac
ter, 180, 181.
Sell respect, makes a man respected, and
contrariwise, 303 ,

Self complacency and satisfaction, 689.

Self controul and activity united, 791.
Selfish desires rejected by reason, 123.
Selfishness common to all men but per
fect sages, 744.
Selfishness, conquest over in the times
of Shun, 543.
Sell, 170, 395.
Sell, consumption or sale of commodities,
395.
Semitones and five tones, 378.
Semstress, a star in Lyra, worshipped by
Chinese ladies, 568.
Send, 69, 99.
Send, cast, or make depend on another,
*48.
Senior, not to be walked before, 179.
Senses, indulgence of, condemned, 92.
Senses, organs of, in the language of the
Buddhists 538.
Scnsorium, 461.
Sentence, to pass, 887.
Sentence to be explained, 820.
Sentence, 348.
Sentence, to mark it with commas and
periods ; sentence, fine one; alarming
one, 348.
Sentiment and taste differing, 37 5.
Separate ; separate from a friend, 280.
Separate, 75, 888.
Separate the flesh from the bones, 846.
Separate or distinguish, 280.
Separate from each other, 333.
Sepulture .neglected in ancient times,
587.
Sepulchre or grave, 534.
Series first of the best composition, 825.
Serious, or important consequences, 111.
Seriousness or gravity, necessary to re
spectability, 466.
Seriously, I am speaking to you, 538.
Serpent, to dream of, indicates a female
child, 571,
Serrated edge, 48.
Servant, 99.
Servant or slave, 165.
Servant, one who is at the call of another, 409.
Servant, your or my, 75.
Servant, your, 66.
Servant boy, 330.

918
Serve, 44. 46, 67.
Serve nut's parents dutifully, "22.
Serve, with bodily labour, 77.
Service, public, to enter on or to be in,
67.
Service, on which one is sent, 45.
Services ihould not be pressed on the
public, 162.
Serving a good or bad man, the diffe
rence of, 440.
Servile flatter;, 296.
Set of people, ambitious of superiority
over their neighbours, 27 1.
Settle or orrauge, 137.
Seven, 14.
Severe, 451.
Severe, formidable, 229.
Severe manner, stern, 210.
Severity, strictness in teaching, etc. 451,
Severity and clemency should aid each
other, 645.
Seniors and juniors, 341
Sexes should be sepirated, 301.
Sexual intercourse, affirmed of the inanU
mate creation, 632.
Shackles for the hands of criminals,
459.
Shades or conceals tbc external appear
ance, 541.
Shaft of an arrow, 230.
Shake, move, 201.
Shake, 267.
Shake to agitate ; shake as by an eartbquak 26S.
Shaken the dust from his clothes, 599.
Shallow water, 331.
Shame, 424.
Shame, felt for vicious acts, 657.
Shameless, brazen-faced, 324.
Shameless, 324.
Shamun, Shamanism priests of the Budh
sect, 157.
Shan-tung, ancient name for, 278.
Shaou-king-foo, in Canton province,
530.
Shared the labours and fatigues of the
men, 368.
Share another's sorrows i share, do not
covet a large share or portion of any
thing, 220.
Sharp knife, 218.

INDEX OP ENGLISH WORDS.

Sharp edged weapons, 220.
Sharpen, 330.
Shattered bones all came out, 520.
Shave, 424.
Shave the head, beard, and f ice, 285.
Shaved the bead of a child at the time
of naming it, S59.
She. 68.
Shed, 56.
Shed, or temporary covering by the side
uf tombs, 128.
Shepherds, the land of, 493.
Shelter, 53, 321.
Shining, not very clearly, 296.
Shin, too and Yuh-leHh, two demons who
defend doors, 556.
Ship has arrived, 231.
Shrill sound of a distant song, 330.'
Shock of thunder, 253,
Shook hands and parted, 228.
Shoot an arrow, 26.
Shop, barber's, 235.
Shopmen, manner of paying duties to
the Chinese company of Hong-mer
chants, 524.
Shore is there, ever near to the penitent,
460.
Short of strength, weak and unable to
act with assiduity, 403.
Short time, 334,
Should not, 18;
Shout. 411.
Shouts, preceded by, 265.
Shouted out, boat she gong, 411.
Show, the wife ofgeneral Ke, her manners
and dress, 614.
Shrunk into one man, 475.
Shun, the ancient monarch, character
of his family, 687.
Shut, all things shut up, as in winter,
394
Shut or guarded strongly all around, 466.
Shut the mouth, 357.
Shut, 394.
Sickle thrust into the ground, 588.
Side of, to sleep on the side, 1 40.
Side, support on each ; attack on both ;
both a military aud medical phrase,
588.
Side, not in the middle; not straight;
not correct, 135.

Sideways, 151 .
Sideways, stepping, the mode of retiritr
from the pretence of a superior, \.
ISO.
Sides,. right and left, S5S.
Sides of a river, to deepen them, iU
Sigh and lament, allusion to Sie-man \
435
Sigh, a long, 74.
Sigh, with a long sigh, 425.
Sigh, 365, 114,31.
Sigh out disapprobation, 355.
Signs, symbols or representation ofirlatever exists, contained in diigma
Of Full-he. si i.
Signs of heaven, the sun and wxa,
674.
Signals, secret, S94.
Signals by ascending smoke, called
smoke pyramids, 519, 546.
Silence, the emperor kept profound,
when giving audience, 434.
Silence, stillness, 423, 434
Silence, to think in, with adroopiij
head, 120.
Silence observed on an unlucky lis,
347.
Silent as a deserted mansion, 857.
Silversmith, 290.
Silly, stupid, parents both, 448.
Silly, foolish, 168.
Similar to, 84, 154.
Simple, 415.
Simple pure manners, ciprcsveJ by an il
lusion to cold aud ice, 203.
Simple, stupid, 133.
Simpletons, easily imposed on, 15.
Sincere and honest, set).
Sincere, 100, 118.
Sincere heart, 28.
Sincere, liberal minded, faithful nus,
324.
Sincerely, 175.
Sincerity and truth, 118.
Sinew, 356.
Sinews, to pluck them out, 243.
Sing, 428.
Sing songs, 396.
Sing and respond, husband lead u*
wife follow, 139.
Single garment, 415.

Single, alone, 66.

Singing licentious songs, 4?6.
Singing in the midst ol the roid, 423.
Singular, nut associating with, nor act
ing with others, 383.
Sink down, 554.
Sinners or the wicked driven away, 89.
Sin-yang-ke, a famous courtezan, 618.
Sip or take a small draught, 424.
Sip the wine during the ceremony of
sacrificing, 446.
Sir, aged or venerable, 344,
Sir, expression of respect, 352.
Sister, elder, a common appellation of
females, 624.
Sisters, elder, younger, 617.
Sisters, two given by tht monarch Yaou
in marriage to Shun, 694.
Sit down i sit awhile: sit ou one side;
sit- or travel sitiiug in a chair,
488.
Sitting facing the south, 306.
Situation in life, S8.
Situation for a dwelling, high and dry,
elevated, 529.
Six, sixth, sixteen, sixty, six limes six,
189.
Skilled thoroughly in the arts of gain.
413.
Skilled in horsemanship, 405.
Skilful student, 261.
Skin, two bits which form the mouth;
litter worils at random, 346.
Skin of the bands aud feel thick and
hard, 442.
Skin and bone, 237.
Skin, an animal, 231 .
Sky light, or window in the roof, 463.
Sky or heaven, 576.
Slander hatred, 525.
Slander, he will not, 366.
Slander mutual, 171.
Slander injures him who utters it,
150.
Slanderous and servile people attack
reformers, and injure their persons
but cannot turn them from their
purpose, 316.
Slap the face, a Chinese punishment,
432.
Slave girl, 25.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

919

Slave man or woman, 603.

Slave; slaves to be treated with indul
gence or lenity, 155.
Slavery, a common punishment in China,
660.
Slavery, crime originally the occasion,
604.
Slaves, must not be forced to remain
unmarried, 641.
Slaves, to be treated with kindness ;
laws concerning, 604.
Sleep of death, 367.
Sleep, 853.
Slender-feeble body, 415.
Sligi.t effort, 369.
Slime, mire, mud, 502.
Slippery road, 125, 126.
Slobber like a duck, 400.
Slobber up the soup, 444.
Slobbering hasty mauner of eating, 444.
Slow, hasty, 242.
Slur over an affair in order to prevent
censure, 534.
Small country, 298.
Small, 51, 428.
Smaller half, 302.
Small-pox, account of, 216, 580.
Smart in reply, 94.
Smartness of reply, 229.
Smear, or plaster ; smear the nose ; a
people who do, 517.
Smear our bodies, denoting moral de
filement, 533.
Smelter, 204.
Smell, 417.
Smell it, would keep a person madly
awake three days, 417.
Smile, a smirk and a smile, 450.
Smile, and retain a present sent,
385.
Smiles and eyes of a beautiful woman,
131.
Smith, 290.
Smoke and dust, 537;
Smoking with a sort of hooka, used in
China, 562.
Smuggle, 587.
Snakes before and ravening tigers be
hind, 536.
Snare, unable to escape from it, 469.
Snarling of a dog, 370, 433.

Snarling noise of a dog, S70, 426.

Sneer, smile of derision, 205.
Sneeze, a disease ; ancients divined by
sneezing; sneeze indicates that some
person is talking about one, 447.
Sneeze and spit, 383, 447, 442.
Sneezing, very lucky, 447.
Snort or spurt out, 442.
Snoring, 393.
Snoring in sleep, 455."
Snout of a boar, and deep sunken eyes,
an European face, 409.
Snow added to hoar frost, sorrow upon
sorrow, 295.
Snuff a candle, to snuff it, 525.
Snuffat, dislike or hate, 525.
So long as a year, not, 338.
Soap, preparation for, 588.
Sobbing and crying, 375.
Society, men keep, affects their charac
ter, 545.
Society, the worth of the higher orders,
ensures the good behaviour of the
lower, 314.
Society or association, member of, 338.
Society of the young, 526.
Society vicious, like silling amongst
inire, 532.
Sodomy, punishment of; in some cases
capital, 633.
Sodomy, play actors employed, 614.
Soft effeminate manner invites to lewd
ness, 204.
Soft, hard, 242.
Soften down, or smooth rugged manners,
463.
Soil, white soil ; yellow earth ( 558.
Soldier, IS, 191, 190, 66.
Soldier able boided, 138.
Soldiers to raise them by public pro
clamation, 273.
Soldiers of the court came to announce
the joyful news, 410.
Soldier's coat, character brave, worked
on the breast and back, 265.
Solemn, 451.
Solemn and harmonious sound of music,
442.
Solemn voice and grave manner, 331.
Solid, 466.
Solid, real, true, 860.

920
Solid, plain character, 534.
Solitary , destitute and comfortless, re
presented by the Too tree, 628.
Solitude and silence, 395.
Solstice, winter, SOI.
Sod, 182.
Son, child, lad, boy, girl, 702.
Son of Confucius, PJh-t/u,
Son of heaven, messenger, or delegate
fiom the Emperor, SOI.
Son-in-law, called half a son, 302.
Son-in-law, or daughter's husband, 5A3.
Son-in-law, phrase for, 491.
Sons and younger brothers are to be
the fathers and elder brothers of
the next generation; bad sons will
have bad children, 703.
Song, rustic, 116.
Song of ancient liberty, 559.
Song led by one, a hundred respond, 396.
Song-of persons pulling and hauling,
446.
Sonorous stones and belli, 527.
Soon enough, 279.
Sooner known that you would have
treated me with such contempt, 361.
Sooth with warm expressions, 375.
Sooth, the labor of defending the people
and soothing them like children,
411.
Sooth and encourage, 266.
Soothe, console, 795.
Soothe and compassionate, 317.
Soothing the people like children, 411.
Sophistical argumentation, expert at, 229.
Sorceresses, who sing hymns to the
godi and drive away demons, 656,
Sorcerers and wizzardt, 514.
Sordidly, 305.
Sordid miserly attachment to gain, 241.
Sorrow, no occassion for, 74.
Sort class, species, 385.
Soul or animit, undergoes a change in
sleep, 287.
Soul, 61.
Souls or spirits departed of those who
have died well. 426.
Soul melts on seeing the fascinating
smile of a beautiful woman, 681.
Soul, its separate existence after death,
.Confucius silent about it, 713.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Soul or spirit common to all animals,
257.
Sounds, initial, dental, &c. Introd. iv,
Sounds of the orthography of Chinese
syllables. Intro, xvii.
South pole, 306.
South, southern regions, 306.
South, the south pole, 306.
Soup, to slobber it up, 444.
Sour, and therefore did not drink large
ly, 44B.
Sovereign, 28, 29,363.
Sovereign or lord ; a good sovereign;
a happy sovereign, 29, SO.
Sparing of words, 418.
Spawn, 317.
Speak a word with you, 346.
Spear, 218.
Spear long, 218.
Spear and double edged sword, 253.
Species capability of producing a differ
ent one, as in the case of some
insects, 287.
Species, superior to one's own, 1.12.
Species, 131.
Species, the same, 358.
Specious loquacity, 346.
Specious and flattering, 94.
Speed, with all possible, 319.
Speed, to repair to with, 59S.
Speech, impediment in, 85.
Speech, mild and soothing, 621.
Spells, one broken, 613.
Spend one's strength, 257.
Sphere, 473.
Sphere or rank, to overstep it, S85.
6pider, 189.
Spiders climb on the doors, 646.
Spies, laws against, extended to Chinese
who unlicensed hold intercourse
with foreigners, 635, 636.
Spine, 371.
Spine, strength of, 372.
Spiral, curled, or twisted appearance,
465.
Spires; awl-shaped steeples, pagodas
so called, 530,
Spiritual transformations or those
effected by divine agency, 286.
Spirit ascends to beaveu, 301.
Spirit pervades matter, 611,

Spirit descended and ate, 594.

Spirit left the body, so frightened, 445,
Spirit or manners ofantiquity, expressed
by the word Kind, 440 .
Spirit of the wind, 636.
Spirits, animal, 176.
Spirits flagged, 130.
Spirits their nature, how to be knows,
120.
Spiritual essence invisible, 613.
Spirits are present or dwell in all thiap,
351.
Spirits departed to make them happy,
426.
Spirits tasted the savour, of the sacrifice,
42.
Spit, 361.
Spit and sneeze, 383, 397.
Spit upon a man; spittle; when spit
in the face to wipe it off one's self,
397.
Spittle, 397.
Splendid heavens, 287.
Splendid, truly great and splendid, 180.
Splendid, gay, 179.
Split open, 251.
Split, 252, 243.
Spoil, 557.
Spoil it, do not, spoiled child, 557.
Spoils or breaks every thing he pels
his hand to, 268.
Spoliation forbidden, 598.
Spoon, 289.
Spoon, obsolete form, 285.
Spoon, 286.
Spontaneous growth and cultivation,
terms for, 558,
Spontaneously growing, divine tree, 340.
Spot, black, white, 702.
Spouse met by a hundred carriages,
186.
Spout of a lea pot, 432.
Sprawling out, don't sit with theses
so, 4S9.
Spread, out, 87.
Spring, 49.
Sprinkle the ground and sweep it, 511.
Spring, the bird that proclaims it, 410.
Spring, season, hunters spare the joBDf,
472.
sprites and fairies slupify men, 13.

Sprite* and fairies, of a malicious

character, 78fi.
Spurt any liquid from the mouth, 435.
Spurt, the genii can spurt rice from
the mouth and make it become bees,
4S5.
Spurious de>cen, 696.
Sputter and rage in a fit of anger,
mouth wearied with, 38],
Sputter, 381.
Spy or endeavour to find out, 234.
Spy, 1 14, 140, SS9.
Spy or try to find oul, |84.
Square and conip-S, 71.
Square and inund, 4731
Squatted cross-legged, 587.
Squalled themselves in the midst of
flowers and grasses, 516.
Squinting eyes, 38.
Squire ease and pleasure, a nick name
for loungers, 4o8.
Squirrel flying, 586.
Stabbed to the heart, 933..
Stack of grain, 494.
Staff, grasping and throwing it down
again, 448.
Stage plays, 253.
Stain or disgrace of not relieving an
oppressed neighbouring state, 499.
Stallions strong, 97.
Stallions are in the wilderness, 493..
Stammering, man, 356.
Stammer, 355.
Stamp, 315.
Stamp duty, or deeds of houses, 591,
Stands for placing wine on, 493.
Stand still, waiting, or looking with
expectation, S6.
Standards in regular order, do not attack
them, 536.
Star aniseed, 574.
Star milignant, 315.
Star morning and evening, 368.
Stare with anger and indignation, 450.
Stared up at the h.-avens, 125.
Staring with rae, 410.
Stars happy, shed their benign influences,
563.
Stars revolving round the north pole,
343.
Started or leapt up alarmed, 445.
"at i.
)i.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

S21

Stale or appearance of things, 274...

State affairs, 46.
State to superiors, 368.
Stale clearly to superiors, or to govern.
mrnt, 368.
Stalely and honorable, 45.
Stalely and pompous, 644.
States or petty nations in China, amount
ed to three thousand, 47 1 .
States, dependant, or petty nations of
ancient China, 364.
States, oromall nations in China, at the
lime of Confucius, 71).
Statesmen, or ministers ofslate, ancient
title of, 320.
Statesmen, sixteen mentioned in ancient
history, 213.
Statesmen, bad, names of soveral, 605.
Statesmen at seventy years of age, had
a wooden table allowed, 492.
Station, high or low, neither puffs up
nor vexes a good man, 480.
Station, to desire and do what is proper
for. one's 94.
Station or place a person fills, 483.
Station or duty proper to one, quietly
attending to the duties of, 221.
Statistical list for the use of government,
194.
Statistical account of the whole, Ta
iling (or Tartar Chinese) empire,
576.
Statue, 140.
Steal, literally and figuratively, 14V.
Steal a belly full, and afterwards suffer
pains like those of death, 409,
Stealth, to do by, 141.
Staves for old men, 563,
Stein or stalk of a flower, 34.
Step, or pass over, 305.
Step on first, 179.
Steps, to a temple ; emblem of statesmen,
490.
Steps, called Ibe teeth of the stair ; to
the imperial palace were nine in
number, 540.
Stern, dignified manner, 174.
Stern, cold stern manner, 210.
Stern, 451.
Stick or staff, Confucius struck a man
uo the legs with, 349.

Stick in the ground, 241.

Stiff, pertinacious adherence to rule,
509.
Stiff and straight disposition, unaffected1
sincerity, 242.
Stillness, 423.
Still mote, 51,. 19.
Still born, or dying in the womb, 466.
Still continuing the same, 66.
Stimulate, 265.
Stimulate or rouse to fiction, 93.
Stimulate by drums and songs, 169.
Stimulate to diligent husbandry, 263.
Slippery tongue, 346.
Stipend of a teacher, 130.
Stoicism, sort of, admired, 635.
Stoic philosopher, 609.
Stolen gains and stolen pleasures to be
avoided, 141.
Stomach turned, 340.
Stone, to cut letters on it, 367.
Stool, to ease nature by, 110.
Stool of deal or board, 214,
Stool, 211.
Stop, 81.
Stop, close or shut up, stop a person's
mouth, stop an aperture, 534.
Slop work, 136.
Stop from walking, stop from acting}
the mouth not speak, 89, S3.
Slop or plaster up with mortar or mud,
541.
Stop up, 560.
Stop the horse at the precipice, 867.
Stoppage of trade, 137.
Stoppage contracted in the throat, 386.
Stork and pine, emblems of longevity,
563.
Store or lay up, place for, 29S.
Stored up or contained in, 280.
Stories, ignorant and foolish, called blind,
392.
Storm, or violent wind, proves the
strength of plants; national storm
proves faithful .dalesmen, 263.
Strange visage, very suspicious, 348.
Strange disposition, 589.
Stranger from remote parts, 61.
Strange not sufficient to be so accounted,
163.
Strangle to death, 267..

922
Straight forward man, 78.
Stratagem* in war, specimen of, 691.
Streami, branching off into, 36.
Strcami stopped and4>onds filled up, 498.
Strum! that run amongst hills, 554.
Street, to go out to, 216.
Street, laugh, people in, 487.
Strenuous and indefatigable exertion,
7iS.
Strength or capacity ofbody and of mind,
S56.
Strengthen your heart and wait, 515.
Strength, to exert one's itrength, 856.
Strength competent to turn round the
heavens, 460.
Stir up strife, 392.
Stir up exertion, 265.
Strike up music, 690.
Strike a line with a airing, 546.
Strike a drum, 80.
Strike, to knock head, 349.
Stroke of the pencil reject them, 279.
Strong, able bodied. 138.
Strong, 138.
Struck with alarm, 356.
Strumpet, prostitute, 654.
Student, skilful, 261.
Student, fellow, 338.
Studies, finished, phrase for, 127.
Study, daily, a footpath must be con
stantly trod, 535.
Study, called a chewing-letters, MS.
Study virtue unwearicdly, 266.
Studies adapted to youth, 747.
Studies proper for adults, 747.
Studies of men, xxvii, rules for prose
cuting, 753, 758.
Stuffed full, 177.
Stuff the mouth of a corpse, 368.
Stumble, 85.
Stupid, 132.
Stupid; muddy intellect, absurd, 532.
Stupid, ni a clay image, 532.
Stupid blockhead, expressed by an allu
sion to 0-tnw, who slept in the midst
of battle, 716.
Stutter, 355.
Stutterer, or stammerer, one who could
speak fluently when drunk, 35P.
Style or graving tool, 251.
-Style, free and flowing, compared to a

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

tine horse going down a declivity,
490.
Slyx, the river to be passed: by departed
shades, 533.
Subdue, 180.
Subdue, to subdue one1! self, 238.
Subdue one'i self, 238.
Subject, 554.
Subjugate, 80.
Submit to one's destiny, or be resigned
to providence, 1 64.
Submission, woman thrice subject, 584.
Subscriptions solicited to build a pa
goda or temple, 530.
Subscriptions, solicitors for, by the
Budh and Taou priests, 273.
Subsnltory motion, 599.
Subtile, 614.
Subtract or pare away, 237.
Suburbs, 504.
Subvert, 125, 151.
Succeeded the dynasty. Hca, 342.
Sucreed, 101,420.
Succeeds, younger brother the elder,
338.
Success or failure, 418.
Success, successful, classical word, -55.
Success and failure, 84, 413.
Successive generation!, 71.
Suck, 40, 368.
Suck milk as a new iSorn infant, 368.
Suck liquid! into the mouth, 386,
Suckle, 40, 391,
Succour, 261.
Succumb, say no more, 346.
Suddenly, 304.
Suffer, to sutler distress, 343.
Suffer distress, Ion, 414.
Sufficiency and to spare, 177.
Sufficient, 145.
Sugar candy, 204.
Suicide of parents implicates the children,
703.
Suicide, attempted by Gan-kin-tsang,
795.
Suitable, proper, incumbent, 836.
Sum, total, 190.
Summer house, 56.
Summer the solstice season, day, 566.
Summon with the hand, and with the
voice, 350.

Summer's d.v to be dreaded, IOI.

Sumptuous Mont, 225.
Sun declining or p;st meridian, 140.
Sun rising, 1!8.
Sun-woo, a viler on military tactics;
cruel exenplification of his rules.
741.
Sun in the 15 if Taurus, expression for,
179.
Son dial, 478.
Sun flower, 36!.
Sun-flower figure of the heart being
devoted to an object, 362.
Sun regarded in the great sacrifice,
574.
Sung, notices of persons of that name,
801.
Sung, different dynasties, 797.
Superabundant. 170.
Supercilious indifference, hear ms 455.
Superficial knowledge, 346
Superior fond of being superior to
othen, 271.
Superior, middling sod inferior, or first,
second, and third, 20
Superiority of talent, expressed by
several words, 144.
Superiors nvoidi g pride will secure the
submission of inferiors, 17.
Superiors, not inferiors, Budh and not
his pri. sis should be applied to, 158.
Superlative degree, 43.
Supernatural arts, pretensions to ia
war, 124.
Superstition, concerning lucky sites of
houses : ground-for gravel, Ac 521.
Supplicate, 427.
Supplicate blessings. 427.
Supply the wants of a person, 105.
Supply the wants of the necessitous 464.,
Supply, 104.
Supposing it to be.fora moment, 319
Supposition for the sake of illustration,
413.
Suppose for example, 129.
Support expressed "by righting and
lefting a person, 353.
Support the falling, 464.
Suppress any evil, 554.
Suppress feeling! and remain silent,
suppressed laugh, 365.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Supreme God, crcdenl'als he confers,
264.
Supreme Being, a great nler in heaven ;
more than one, therefore not su
preme; not the creator of the
universe. 16.
Supreme ruler, in heaven, able to
satisfy his mind, 329
-Supreme ruler of the Tnou sect, pre
siding in heaven, &t. 582, 583.
Supreme Being inapplicable to the
Chinese First Cause, 582.
Surety or security for, 76.
Surety, 117.
Surname and name ; not rude to ask a
person's name ; surname, of the same,
not allowed lo intermarry, 626.
Surname, Ke, one of the most ancient,
637.
Surname and name Ihe same, 358.
Surpassed, not lo be, the highest degree,
271.
Surpassing or superior to all, 305.
Surrender, those who have not, to be
put to death, 681.
Surround, 373.
Surround, nil firound, 373.
Surrounding wall, 472.
Suspicion, to avoid exciting it, 677.
Suspicious and ungracious disposition,
795.
Sustain a duty, 76, 270.
Swallow, this mouthful of rice is difficult
to swallow down, 365, 37, 384.
Swallow and to vomit, 361.
Swallow, in a political sense, denotes
seizing on the territories of others,
'365.
Swastica, or the figure on the breasts
of Budha idols, 303.
Swallows, Ihe chattering of, 373.
Swear, I'll destroy myself, 271.
Sweet spring of water, 529.
Sweep the ground, 511.
Sweep, let every man sweep before his
own door, 356.
Sweet mouth and slippery tongue, 346.
Sweet worded old woman, ('24.
Swindler, called a naked slick, 180.
Swiftly, moving rapidly, 844.
Swine herd, 655-

Swoon, or the spirit leaving the body

through fright, 445.
Sword, double edged, and single edged,
95, 218.
Sword, worn by Confucius and the learn
ed, sword exercise, swords when
first made, 253.
Sword, ornamented, single edged, double
edged, 218. 253.
Sycophantic, 126.
Syllabic spelling, 340.
Syllabic spelling, called mother and sod,
704.
Synonimous, to consider many words so
shews a want of discernment ; the
remark makes a pun on the woid
Tung, in Chinese, 111.
Syphon to drain off liquids, 314.
Synthesis and analysis, 340.
Sze-ma-neu, a melancholy person men
tioned in the Lun-yu, 425.
Tabashccr, 580.
Table placed on a couch, in the Chinese
manner, 473.
Table or desk for writing at, 211.
Table, to do the honor of, music and
singing at, 103.
Table and stool, 214.
Tablet, lo ancestors, 143.
Tablets in temples dedicated to deceased
persons, 293.
Tablet, stone, placed over thc door, 297.
Target, 107.
Tae-kelfh, First Cause or principle of
the Chinese, 582.
Tac-she-keaou, a prince who assumed
the character of gardener, 691.
Tae-tsze, bore a hundred sons, 625.
Tael, or tale weight in China, its several
parts, 186.
Tail, 271.
Tail, stumped, bald, of a dog, 327.
Tail of a cow, 709.
Take away, 333.
Take, lake away ; take away privately,
clandestinely, publicly, jointly, 342.
Take on board, 318.
Take a thing with the hand, take and
part with; take too much; take
away, take out at random, 342.
Take a knife, 247.

923
Tale hearers make additions in a deci
mal proportion, 348.
Tale, every one has a different one, 356.
Talent and virtue, 1 12.
Talent, to profess to have none ,- de
fect not to be inferred from having
little to say, 94.
Talents, superior, phrase for, 21.
Talent, 439.
Talent, cleverness, 79.
Talent, estimated by the ability to infer
one principle from another, 47.
Talkative, loquacious, 94.
Talking about what ? 338.
Talk, without intending anyjhing, 346.
Talkative, chattering, 370.
Tall, said of man, 61.
Tall, make haste and grow, said to chil
dren, 573.
Tall branchless trees, 414.
Tang dynasty, 393.
Taou sect, founder of, 16.
Taou-tsing-tsei!, a scholar of the fifth
century, 561.
Tares or weeds, used to represent those
who do not study morals, 190.
Tartars, treated queen How with con
tempt, 736.
Taste, tasteless, 375, 401, 446, 429.
Target or wall to shoot at, 498.
Taste, drink, or food, 401.
Taste, I have had a, of this business,
429.
Taste well or not, 351.
Taste or essay with the mouth, pray
try its taste, 429.
Tastes, five, 49.
Tastes, five, acrid, sour, salt, bitter,
sweet, corresponding to th five ele
ments, figuratively for whatever the
mind relishes, 375.
Tasteless, insipid, affording no pleasure,
375.
Tattooed or painted bodies, 256.
Tavern to be found, where is, 400.
Tavern or wine sellers, 488.
Tautology, 333.
Tux, 62.
Tax on newly cultivated land, 549.
Taxes, land, to urge the payment of
them, 147.

924
Tench the incapable and promote thoae
who are, S7T.
Tench good mages, or manners, 407.
Teach, 401.
Teach the people, as well ai enrich them,
MO.
Teachcn, careless, 60.
Tear asunder, to open the heart and
tpit up gall, 241.
Tears flowed, S9I.
Tears, restrained and sighed, 367.
Tea-spoon, 289.
Tea-pots, much disused, 568.
Tea stand, 211.
Teeth, new set in old age, 1 82.
Teeth, age and rank denoted by, 76.
Teeth, to pick them, 241.
Teeth, to open them, begin to speak
about, 401.
Tell, 457.
Tell over and over ag<iin, 1)95.
Tell me, 371.
Tell all about, every particular, 247.
Tell a man to bring a pencil hitber,
342.
Temperate, 165.
Temperance and economy, 165.
Temporal future, 461.
Temperature of the air, difference, 358.
Temple in Canton, to be superintendant
of which 1,000 is paid, 483.
Temples of Full, or Eudh, 473.
Temple of the queen of heaven, 360.
Temples of Buddha priests 233.
Ten, is a perfect number, tenth, ten
times ten, ten tenths, 299.
Ten, tenth, ten times ten, 299.
Tender, kind, mild, 7*0.
Tendon or sinew, 256.
Tent, 481.
Tenth, or one often parts, seven or
eight tenths, 220.
Terminate, 250.
Terms, lived periods of time, 72.
Terms, or times of paying dividends, to
commence them, 315.
Terms of peace, 188.
Terrace of wan wang, 467.
Terrestial globe, 474.
Territory, the grant of, represented by
giving a clod of earth, 528.

INDEX OP ENGLISH WORDS.

Territory, country, belonging to China,
483.
Territorry, will come with a people at
tached to a virtuous prince, 478,
Testicles, 317.
Testicles of animals, SIT.
Thanked the gods, 126.
That man, 68.
Thatched cottage, 475.
Thaw, or breaking up of ice, marriage
should take place before it, 205.
Theatre or play house, 473.
Theirs, 68.
Then, 319.
Then, in that case, immediately, 236.
Therefore, 78.
These, 51.
They, 191.
They, them, 68.
Thibet, have you been at? 230.
Thiek, 15T, 324.
Thick, thini figuratively, liberal stingy,
384.
Thin, 415.
Thin, thick, ungracious, kind, 384.
Thine, or yours, 83.
Think and consider, 425.
Think about him, do not, 881.
Think on every quarter of an hour, i. e.
always, 834.
Think deeply, say little, 613.
Thing, 74.
Thing, a kind, 45.
Things, all, 4*.
Third, 15.
Thirty, 300.
Thirst, 411.
This, manner, 18.
This, month or year or day, 65.
Thorny arena, place of danger and trou
ble, 586.
Thank you, or request you to say it
again, 195.
Thou or you, 83.
Thought, not an every-day, 898.
Though hungry aud cold, did not dare
to eat, 401.
Thought of, designed, 8G.
Thoughts, extend to what is distant, 338.
Thorax, 281.
Those, 51.

Thorough fare in every direction, figura

tively a man of clear perceptions.
459.
Thousand years, title of kings, 380-.
Thousand changes, 286.
Thousand, 300.
Threaten, intimidate by threatening,
446,
Threaten, threatened me till I starled
up, 415.
Threaten phrase used to dare a person,
886.
Three, a perfect number, three powers
in naturej three lights of heaven;
three relations i three, the triad- of
the Bndh or Fo sect, and of the
Taou, 15.
Threw Hie wine cup at Chang-sin's
head, 461.
Threw in his accusation, 863..
Thrice, 15..
Throne, 87.
Throne, message from, to announce
to it, 348.
Throne of the emperor, called the divine
utensil, and the great gem, 67-1.
Throat, to cut it, 883. .
Throat, 53, 384.
Throat, stoppage from disease, 436.
Throat, stoppage from grief, throat a
figure of what is essential, important
part ofa country, 38 1.
Throat, sound proceeding from, 411.
Throat and the tongue should be care
fully controulcd, 406,
Throw out a written document, 879.
Throw up care about, 69.
Throw down, knock' about ; annoy and
distress, 589
Throw from one, 319.
1 brow down a wall, and fill up a ditch,
Through, 47.
538.
Thrust, against the breast, 244.
Thumping and knocking at a door, 393.
Thunder, god of, 189.
Thus, 80.
Tide, to go with it, 37.
Tiger, emblem of a bad man, 441.
Tiger's skin, compared to a mu's
character, 360.

INDEX <5F ENGLISH WORDS.

Till the ground for a livelihood, S41.
Timber, cutting it amongst the hills, 222.
Time, what> 127Time being, for the present, 19.
Time, revolves uninterruptedly, 65.
Times, several, he has come, 460.
Timid, afraid either to ad vance or retire,
503.
Timidity, excessive, compared to a
rat's peeping and drawing back,
injurious to affairs, 158.
Timorous and apprehensive, 78.
Tin produced in Chi!- keang, 516.
Ting-hoo hill pagoda, 530.
Tinkling, ornaments below the eves of
Chinese houses, SSI.
Tipple wine and deal out songs, 423.
Tiptoe expectation, 77Title used when speaking of the em
peror, 300.
Tittering and laughing, 433.
Tittering outside, and a group of people
coming in laughing, 382.
Tobacco, famous, 360.
Together with, 135, 136.
Together, to rise up, to contend, 123.
Together, living together in the same
house, 358.
Toil with mind and body, 272.
Toilet, lady's, 597.
Toilsome labour, 271.
Told you to doil, who did i 409.
Tomb of a parent, to sacrifice an ox
there after death, not so meritorious
as to give a fowl to keep a parent
alive, 7>42.
Tomb or sepulchre, 548.
Tones, four tones of the spoken lan
guage; seven tones or notes in mu
sic. I. .trod. iv.
Tones derived from the language of
Fan, which, according to KUprolh is
Sanscrit Introd. -v.
Tones, or divisions of sound, twelve,
371.
Tongue and throat have great power,
406.
Tongue slippery, 346.
Tonking, 306.
Too much, half a sentence is, when
what is said seems unpleasant, S48.
mrt i.
9 c

925

Too large, shoes and cap, 573.

Tranquil and still, 395.
Tools must be sharpened by him who
Tranquillize places remote, those near
should first be made obedient, 106.
wishes to work well, 405.
Travellers should be easily satisfied, 466.
Topic or place, first, second, and so on,
Travelling merchant, 838.
236.
Travelling necessaries, defective supply,
Topics or particulars, 75.
Topics, or places expressed by first
464.
come, second come, &c. 101.
Tread in former footsteps, 12T.
Treasury of the nation, 470.
Topsyturvy ; head downmost, 125, 126.
Treasurer, judge, and salt inspector, in
Tortoise, chief of the scaly tribe, 66.
a province called San-sze, 354.
Tortoise shell, species of that used in
manufactures, 196.
Treat persons with impartiality, 486.
Torture, 224
Treat lightly, 90.
Torture, to examine by, 224.
Treat a person liberally and kindly ;
Torture, an instrument of, 588.
treats people extremely well, 324.
Towards, 450.
Treatment given will be retorted, 185,
Towards the south, emperor of China
Tree, sitting under, enjoyiug the cool
air, 207.
sits on bis throne with his face
Trees, tail and branchless, 414.
towards the south, 306.
Triad, of the Budh and Taou sects, 15.
Town or city , small, contains, faithful
people, 299.
Triad of the Taou sect, 12.
Triad, character denoting a, 62.
Trachea, 406.
Trial, long, can pro re either horse or
Track boats, 446.
Tract ofcountry, level and uncultivated,
man, 257.
Trials, necessary to form great men,
325.
Trade, a stoppage of, 137.
543.
Tribunal of punishments, or' penal
Trade rule, 205.
Trade, those of the same never agree,
board at Peking, 224.
but those who follow virtue, love
Tribunal higher, lay before, 371.
Tribute, articles pf, 385.
each other, 676.
Trader, a famous one called teu-piihTricks, to play them, 553.
Triumph, songs of, 213.
wei, 682.
Tradition, to transmit by, 149.
Triumphal arches, or rather ornamented
Tradition sjys, 544.
gate ways, or according to Mr. Able,
Tragedy, called <he Orphan of Chaou's
4 Gallowses,' granted as a mark of
house, 738.
distinction to eminent individuals,
Traitorous and lawless vagabonds, 788.
487.
Traitorous cabals, 633.
Trifling, 51.
Transact business. 270.
Trifling, thing of little value, 298.
Transfer made of things possessed, for
Trifling amusement, covetous of it, 259.
things not, 399.
Trifold source, title of Laou-tsze, 582
Transfer to, 54, 128.
Trinity, character supposed to refer to,
Transformation, 285.
63.
Transmit to, 54.
Troops, soldiers, division into rank and
Transmit the throne to, 148.
file, 304.
Transmigration of souls, 460.
Trouble a person, civil expression for,
Transfer, or pass from the original pur
268.
pose, 128.
Trouble yon to correct a written com
Transverse, crosswise, S02.
position, 237.
Transgress blindly instructions, 104.
Trouble you, (to hoot out,) mention
Tranquil and happy, 190.
my name with compliments; 352.

926
Trouble, what occasion to be at, 400.
Troublesome, 345.
Troublesome, from petty requests or
statements, 456.
Trowsers, 126.
True saying, meaning ofa Sanscrit term,
374.
Trumpet, 574.
Trumpet blown to give alarm, 389.
Trust to, 73.
Trust, an important one, committed to
one, 76.
Trust in physical force and influence,
273.
Truth, indispensable in a man's charac
ter, and in friendship, 118.
Truth, the bond of social intercourse,
63.
Truth or sincerity, what ) Question put
by Confucius to a fisherman, 645.
Try, just try, merely for the present,
make the attempt, 350.
Ts lou-Uaou, the Bonaparte of China,
715.
Tse-how, the chieftain of Tse, a man
daringly impious, 679.
Ttung, notices of persons of that name,
805.
Tszc-ping, a Chinese enthusiast, 642.
Tufts of hair on a Chinese child's head,
308.
Turn round the head to look, 460.
Turn or time, which ? 460.
Tumble down, or fall, as a wall or a
house, S29.
Tumuli behind Chinese graves, inscrip
tion on, 361.
Tung-ting lake, 700.
Tung-ch$, a famous character in Chi
nese story, 714.
Turban Mchommedan's, 460.
Turmeric or curcuma, 631.
Turnip, preserved, 514.
Tnsh 1 an expression of contempt resem
bling, 371.
Tutor, a patron, 142,
Tutor and friend, to restrain, 228.
Twan, was a person not dull in great
affairs, 532.
Twenty, 300.
Twice, 4.6.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Twinkling of the eyes, to be divined
front, 447.
Twist aside his face, 125.
Two great personages, one's parents,
187.
Two, those two persons, 46, 186.
Tyrannical Tsin, the burner of the books,
696.
Tyrannize, 208.
Tyrranize over the people, in order to
feed one's self, 331.
Tyrants, five famous, 82.
Tything system, for the offence of one
householder criminates the other
nine, .489.
Tything act, clause of, 636.
Tything, or ten families under one
head, 287.
Ugly, 330.
Ugly appearance of a man, 152.
Ugly daughter-in-law, must see her hus
band's parents, 670
Uh-tang, wife of Koo-sow, and mother
of the famous Shun, 544.
Umbrella to keep off rain, and parasol of
mandarins, 145.
Umbrella to shade off the sun, 207.
Unable to do this, and still more unable
to do that, 337.
Unable to exert myself, 261.
Unable to do as one wishes, 180.
Unable to endure, 89.
Unanimously, 386.
Unassuming, Confucius was, 304.
Unattainable by human efforts, 338.
Unbending strong, 264.
Unbending temper, 242.
Unceasing, 81.
Uncertainty, doubt, expressions of,
448.
Uncivilized, 286.
Uncle, 82, 341.
Uncle, paternal, 341.
Uncomfortable feeling in consequence
of troubling people, 272.
Uncomfortable, not one's self, 480.
Uncomfortable, when I hear it, 350.
Uncultivated ground, 483.
Under one's power, 17.
Under pretence of. visiting a stranger,
360.

Understand, do you i 351.

Undetermined, 121.
Undivided attention, close application,
11.
Uneasiness of mind expressed by fist)
bones stickinj in the breast, 481.
Unemployed, said nf statesmen, 73.
Unequal, totally different, 104.
Uneven, 172, 336.
Unfounded, rootless stories, 393.
Unfortunate, unprosperous, 493.
Unfertile land. 549.
Ungrateful, must not be, 586.
Unhappy fate, 215.
Unhappy, Heung-raing, an an bappj Ute
215.
Uniform, to render so, 12.
Unimportant, 51.
Unintelligent, 201.
Unintelligible, 348.
Union of the sexes, 673.
Union, denoted by three hands joined,
340.
United strength, 24, 261.
Uuited efforts, 257.
Unite, 53, 357.
Universal, 306.
Universal scholar, title, 655.
Universe, or the system connected with
man, what is beyond, the sages did
not discuss, 357.
Universe, the world, 789.
Universe is expresses' by Luh-bS, four
cardinal points, zenith and nadir,
189.
Universe, formation of, Chinese notions,
269.
Universe or heaven and earth, phrase for,
440.
Unlimited period of time, infinite ages,
80.
Unlimited, infinite, 49).
Unlucky day for talkisg, 347.
Unmarried daughter, a pearl whose
price is unknown, (74.
Unmoved, like a pillar of rock in the
midst of the stream, 484.
Unnatural crime of Sodom, condemned
by law, 629.
Unnatural pleasures pniished, 635.
Unnecessary as leacbiig a monkey u>

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

climb a tree ; or putting plaster over
plaster, 532.
Unobserved, two months have passed
away, 5 -'8.
Unoccupied, 45.
Unoccupied ground, 534.
Unprincipled intrigue, 633.
I' n prosperous affairs, 2 13.
Unrighteous or unjust, that to which
all wickednes, may be resolved, 147.
Unruly, barbarous, 219.
Unruly depraved spirit or custom must
not be allowed to increase, 219.
Unsettled wavering, 339.
Unsettled accounts, 541.
Unsteady, inconstant, irregular, 13.
Unwearied in leaching, 130.
Unworthy of being mentioned, 304.
Unworthy, extremely, 521.
Upon, on, 16,
Upside down, in disorder, 116.
Upwards, the heart directed, S62.
Ursa major, 288.
Urge, 2C5. 147.
Urge to strenuous exertion, 276.
Urge to press to the performance of,
147.
Urgent, highly important, 414.
Urine, to pass, 110.
Urine, stoppage of, 645.
Used or employed to take up rice, 285.
Useless and absurd obstinacy, 509.
Useless toil, 239.
Usual, not as, 151.
Usurp, 108, 280.
Usurp the possessions of another, 108.
Usurp, Tsin-che-hwang usurped and
merged in his own six different na
tions, 365.
Usurp the better place, or most advan
tageous situation, 483.
Usurpation or assumption of honor, 159.
Utmost truth and sincerity, 221.
Utensil, 439.
Utensil ofany kind, 192.
Utensils, household, 63.
Utensil, maker of, 290.
Utensil, domestic, great, denotes a man
of talent, 439.
Utterance, bad j impediment of speech, |
436.
j

927

Uxorem ducere, 652.

Vices, increased them, and repented not,
338.
Vngabonds, 292.
Vagabonds, to associate with them is
Viceroy or governerof a province, 186.
Vicious discourse, binders benevolence,
injurious, 67, 293.
Vagina, female, 702.
534.
Vagrant people, 471.
Victim, cut up by the Emperor, 247.
Vain, to labour to no purpose, 272.
Victims with the hair on them, 223.
Valley, 554.
Victory, to report it, 213.
Value, the real, 161.
Victory and defeat, common occurrences
Value or estimate, 82.
with soldiers, 191.
Vallies exalted, and hills made plain,
Victory and defeat, 271.
Victorious in every battle, 271.
by Tsin the builder of the great
Victorious army returning, 213.
wall, 538.
Victims led to be sacrificed by the most
Van and rear of an army, 401.
honorable person, 409.
Variance, mouth and heart at, 346.
View, within the compass of, 116.
Variegated colors, 293.
Various kinds, 356.
Vigilentand cautious, 184.
Vigilent and solicitous, day and night
Vast, great, like heaven, 415.
prevents solemnity, 330.
Vast, as the universe, 324, 576.
Vile, 303.
Vegetables, knife for cutting, 117.
Vile, vulgar, low, 304.
Vegetables, one who sells them, a huck
Vile borders, expresses My place, my
ster, 147.
Vehement affection, 221.
territory, 540, 366.
Village school, 539.
Vehement, vehemently attached, 221.
Village assemblies, in them Confucius
Yeil her face, when she goes out, 431.
bad little to say, 608.
Venerable, sir, 344.
Villager, 296.
Venerate, to worship the gods, I"<1.
Village magistrate, 354.
Venereal disease, 678.
Venture again to request you, 466.
Violate, a woman's person, capital
Verb and noun, example of, 584.
crime, 634.
Verbosity, 393.
Violent aud powerful to be shunned,
Verses of seven feet and eight lines, 318.
962.
Versed thoroughly in the affairs of the
Violent unruly manner, hoping to suc
world, 335.
ceed by, 219.
Very good, very large, St)
Violent wind, 330.
Vestibule, imperial, 539.
Virgin, 600.
Vestibjle or. outer hall of kno.
Viro nubcre, 652.
I Virtue said to be light as a feather, yet
ard the inner apartments, 513.
few can lift it up, 475.
Vessel when full will easily overflow,
151, 152.
Virtue must be in the individual, not
Vessel, or utensil, 439.
by proxy, 76.
'eiation all Arises from pushing out
Virtue rewarded and vice punished at
one's head, interfering, 462.
the appointed time, 404, 405.
Vexed to death, 201.
Virtue promoted by the friendly union
Vexr . --ixious, 464.
of good men, 339.
Vicaiious authority, 71.
Virtue, is it from one's self, or from
Vicar, man in government is heaven's
others, 387.
vicar i a king or prince is heaven's
Virtue, practice of, makes happy, 80.
vicar, 71.
Virtue not found with, a specious shew,
Vice, bruitish vice, ingratitude to na64.
t!ure, 526.
I Virtue, 68.

928
Virtae, virtuous ) virtue will have a
good reward ; Vice will have an evil
recompence ; if they be not yet reward
ed or recompenccd, il i< because the
time has not yet arrived, 404.
Virtues of the ancient, emperor Yaou,
464.
Virtues, immutable, fire, 49.
Virtues, three, anciently taught, 671.
Virtues, six, 76.
Virtues, cardinal, five, 64.
Virtuous man, not toTeneratehim.il
vicious, 646.
Virtuous habits, by continuance acquire
strength, 140.
Virulent speeches! approbrious lan
guage, 426.
Visage, strange, odd, 348.
Viscera,, the five, 185.
Viscera, five, liver, heart, lungs, kidneys,
and stomach, 49.
Vision, imperfect, 49.
Visionary, schi-mes, 526.
Visionary affair, 571.
Visit, 127.
Visit, to return it, 400.
Visit of a superior, 180.
Visits must be reciprocal, 101.
Visitor, 60.
Vitiate their taste, 443.
Vitreous, crystal-like substance, 500.
Vitreous, 162.
Vociferate, 407.
Vociferate, 454, 406, 425.
Voice affected by the feelings, 434.
Vociferation, 425.
Vociferation, clamour* 375, 376.
Voice, loud, angry, 407.
Voice, loss of it, 408.
Voice escaping at a hole, made by an
arrow in the throat, 41 1.
Voice, solemn, 331.
Volatile and hasty conduct, 369.
Vulgar, IIS.
Vulgar, vulgar coarse language, 115, 116.
Voluntarily serving another, 263.
Voluptuousness, 91.
Vomit up, spit out, 361.
Vomit, out one's heart and bowels, to
disclose one's mind very fully, 861.
Vomited, 340.

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS.

Voxpopuli; vox dei, 334, 576.
Wading through it, 407.
Wail, 84, 127, 102.
Wait for, 137.
Wait upon, 84.
Wait for orders, 17.
Wait, Confucius would not wail for his
carriage, but ran at the call o( his
prince, 1 17.
Waist, small, 137.
Walk fur amusement, take a walk,
stroll, 333.
Walked leisurely into the temple, 154.
Walking, the young mutt keep behind
their seniors, 123.
Walking, the manner of amongst differ
ent ranks, 1 59.
Walking teebly, 132.
Wall of China, the thuiisand mile long
wall, when and by whom built, 503.
Wall, 550.
Wall opposite the gate of public offices,
550.
Wall, high and low, 500.
Wall of China, called the Red limit, 535.
Walls of towns, engine for mounting
them, 518.
Walls of town, moats and ditches are
for defence, 466.
Warn, 164.
Win-wang, praised, 561.
WJn-waiig, the most esteemed monarch
in China, cutcmporary with David
and Solomon, 689.
Wander.\y .fugitive, vagabond without
house or r- ..roe, 151.
Wandering nations, 471.
War .es and waxes, the moon, 599.
"Wang-gan-sHh, a statesman and scholar
of the Sung dynasty, 517.
Want, not require, 18.
Want, a family in want; every mollis]
clamouring to be supplied, 423.
Wants, to supply them, n'tf. food and
raiment, 105.
Wanton and laugh, 39S.
War boats, 389.
War chariot, 191.
War, two nations enemies, 470.
Warfare, always victorious, 238.
Warning or direclions of the gods, 6.

Warrant a thing good, 280.

Warrant, sign a death, 279.
Wash and scrub clothes, 230.
Washing vessel, 289.
Waste, 325.
Waste property, 150.
Waste, or excessive expense, 126.
Water, 258.
Watch, 127.
Watch, at the fifth, the cork crows,
403.
Watcb-housc or guard house, 516.
Watchful, 183.
Watchman, in a moral sense, Confucius
appointed by Heaven, 413.
Waved to, he does not go away ; beck
oned to, he does not come, 333.
Waves and wind on the level ground,
denotes making a great ado about
nothing, 484.
Wavering, unsettled, shews the heart of
an inferior man, 339.
Wavering indecision, expressed by an al
lusion to 'he rat, 186.
We, us, 123, 370.
Weak, 464.
Weak opposed to strong, 257.
Weakness, contempt fur, 161.
Wealth obtained by equitable means,
342.
Wealth and prower, 273.
Weak opposed to strung, 257.
Wealth obtained by equitable means,
342.
Weallh and power, 273.
Wealth and honors, cannot be induced
nor forcibly detained, 470.
Weapons, 68, 191.
Weapons, military, 191, 410.
Weary, fatigued, 35.
Wearied by labour, 272.
Weal her, cold, 208.
Weather, hot, 464.
Weave, women must not, 601.
Wedding, lime the evening, 659.
Weeds that spread should be eradicated,
4.7 4.
Weeping and lamentation, 383.
Weeping with a clamourous noise, and
without much noise, 390.
Weeping and lamentation, iOS.

INDEX OF ENGLISH -WORDS.

Wei-yuen, a Chinese offjewlmesseBger,
628.
Weigh money, 1B1.
Weight, to weigh thing! will, 634.
Walking and stopping alterately, 1ST.
Well informed, may undeitand what
the yulgar cannot, IIS.
Well, 49.
Well, it may do, fi4.
Well done or made, firm itong, 466.
Well, to dig it, 486.
Whelp, *>f a Tiger ; mine wed used at for
the offspring of the himan species,
60S.
Wet nunc, 40,
Whampoa, on Canton r'rer attacked
under the Han dynasty,676.
What is he calling about 3 What is he
or it called ? 360.
What thing, 46.
What I 63.
What ? a loC 'l cant word fir, ITS.
Wheedle, 896.
Wheu did you come } TOO
Whenever, ihatever, wbievrr, 212.
Whenever, 86
Wliere do jon live ? 89.
Wherefore, 90.
Whelitone, SOT.
Which, 90.
Which place or thin;, 90.
While, to slop, UT.
Whistle, 431.
Whistled and sun;, gocd whistlers at
Yin seaou, 431.
Whispering sound, ST4.
White affair, mournful event, 410.
White and Mack, S20.
Whitewash, 481.
Whitewash, beautify it, I7.
Whither are you going] 231, 333.
Who? 63.
Who controuls the motions of the hea
vens ? an irresistable force, T4S.
Whole, II.
Whole day cried out, 4J2.
Whole duty of man, a Chinese moral
work, 6S3.
Whole, undivided, 463.
Wholesale, business, 280
Whole works of Choo-loo-tsze ; whole
mm
o a

province ruled by a Viceroy or go

vernor; whole family, 186.
Whores, married men who associate
with, shall he pnnihed in having
their own wives and daughters such,
611.
Whoremongers, 611.
Why i 90.
Why, gods not enrich ur bless him, 234.
Why are you not ra the government,
Confucius ? 696.
Wirked and cruel, 1T8.
Wicked, 366, 178.
Wicked, malignant, 219.
Wickedness, 214.
Wicker, made gate, 511.
Wide mouthed, 371.
Widow not to be insulted, 858.
Widow and destitute old man, not to
be insulted, 362.
Wife, phrase for, 185.
Wife and children looked down to as
inferior ; parents looked up te us
superior, 74.
Wife her husband's equal, 620
Wife, virtuous, to wife a man j i. e. give
a daughter in marriage to him, laws
respecting, wife must not be l.stened
to, 618.
Wife, however clever, cannot boil the
pot' without rice i duties of, 661, 662.
Wife sighing at home, thinking on the
hardships of the soldier, 500
Wife and husband, terms by which they
address each other, 364, 296.
Wife the master over her hu'dand, 370.
Wife's department, to prepare food, 606.
Wild and dissipated, 414.
Will aud animal nature, reciprocally in
fluence each other, A62.
Willows, luxuriant, 428.
Will of a dying person, 32, 467.
Will, of a person, 30.
Wilderness, .556.
Wind pipe, 406.
Willow bank, 520.
Wilderness extensive, 503.
Wilderneu, distressed in, 262.
Wildoess of nature, loved by Kung-chekwei, 716.
Willows, 105.

929
Will, to do, bat not the strength, 256,
257.
Wince, excess in, to be guarded against,
485.
Wine before him, he could not drink,
414.
Wine sellers,' 488, 566.
Winding through it, 407.
Window or aperture, to admit light,
463.
Wind resembles a man's puffing and
blowing, 412.
Winter and summer, theory of, 895.
Window, 463, 362, 459.
Winter, winter solstice, 203.
Wine cup, used at marriages, 318.
Win and lo<e, 271.
Winter, winter solstice, winter's day
lovely, 201.
Wind, piercing cold, 210.
Window the same, 358.
Wine, it< strength, 25T.
Wings ofan army, 353.
Wipe it dry, 397.
Wise kings ofancient times, 390.
Wise husband builds up a city, a wise
wife throws it in ruins, 604.
Wise man, or moral philosopher, his
character, 130.
Wise-man ,- perfect man, the philoio.
pher or sage of the Chinese, 706.
Wish, 18.
Wish or congratulatory address to
government officers, 269.
Wish a person well, 86.
Wishes at the new year, 358.
Wishes, difficult to be satisfied, 12.
With, as the instrument, 72.
W,( "a, in company with, 136.
Within, 185.
Within side, 18*.
Within, inside, 25.
Witchcraft and sorcery punishable, 224.
Witciies, who catch devils and dance
to gods, 657.
Withstand an enemy, 89.
Witty, clever language, 613.
Wives, and concubines hired out, 621.
Wives of ancient days,, their education,
661.
Womb, formed in, 287.

930
Womb of the mother, 4(1.
Woman, married and unmarried, 600.
Woman, hai many anxious thought!
and suspicious, 405.
Woman, her abject itate, 601
Women eminent, good and bad, 689,
Women'i opinion! and advice, not to
be taken in government, 834.
Wood pecker, S9R.
Wood or coppice, a concourse of people,
345.
Word, to say to you, 371.
Word of men in power, bean down the
peoplea, 346.
Wordi being inadequate, express one'i
meaning, the rest is sighed forth
in tones, 421.
Words, atimmered as if he could not get)
them out of Ilia mouth, 369.
Wordy, loquai ioui whispering, 464.
Work, 94.
Work together with henven, 113.
Work, a good one, to effect it; little
work, talk much, 259.
Worker in wood, 890.
Workman, diligent, 814.
Workman of superior abilities 890.
World, all walled in by the horizon, 865.
World, the present called duit and mire,
533.
World, the whole at rc!t, 587.
World, the whole earth, 498.
WorlJ, made up of dust and dirt, to
cast it off and become a monk, or
by death, 537.
World, or universe, it! harmony, 835.
World, idle and dissipated. 617.
World, the present, three different terms
for, 868.
World of perion!) people in the worlu j
the world called dusty impure; to
pasi through the buiiueu of the
world, 80, 81.
Worldly taste, worldly minded, 375.
V. orldly ai d sensual thought!, railed by
the Buddhist*, root of dust, 538.
Worse than in former years, 673
Worship, or lervice to the gods, 46,
166.
Worshipped, prostrate, 126.

INDEX 07 ENGLISH WORDS.

Worship or venerate, none but heaven,
the Mahommedans, 460.
Worth, ten dollars, not worth, not ex
pensive, not worth while to argue,
130.
Worth, or good for nothing, 260.
Worthy of a throne, 306.
Worthy of praise or commendation,
486.
Worthies! thing, 620.
Wound, 247, 150.
Wounds, not inflicted after submission,
150.
Wounda, seventy, 248.
Wrangle about words, 347.
Wrangling ministers, numerous in
China, 743.
Wrangling, 489.
Wrangling noise, 387.
Wrap up in a piece of cloth, 880.
Wrapper for a bundle, 881.
Wrath of heaven, 157.
Wrath or anger of heaven, 831.
Wriggling mincing walk, 676.
Wrinkle-faced, old woman, 656.
Wrinkles, rub them smooth, 673.
Write, writer, 663.
Write out 216.
Writer of booki, an excellent, could
not speak without ilainmering, 356.
Writer ready one, 545.
Writer! and philosophers of eminence,
called ions; Ten son! refer to ten
ancient philosopher!, their name i,
707.
Writing material! before the invention
of paper, 496.
Writing with strength, 858.
Writing, good hand, 97.
Wrong heart, and right mouth, 346.
Wrong, to be in fault, 18, 85.
Wrote an accusation, 407.
Wry look revenged, 624.
Yang-kwei-fei, begged for death, 529.
Yang-she, the wife of Peaou, the bandit,
619.
Yang-tsze-keang river, an allusion to,
671.
Yaon, the ancient uge and sovereign,
lord of sages j first of king!, 393.

Yaon, the acient emperor, 528.

Yaou-shan,, hill in Chlh-le province,
522.
Yard meaioe, 418.
Yawn, 84, J5.
Year, a barra, 1 08.
Year, abundnt and scarce, 165.
Year, before ast, 239.
Year, last da of Chinese usage, 516.
Year, new, fist night of, 370.
Yellow cappd rebels, 714.
Yeo-hwuy, tfc favorite disciple of Con
fucius, 46i.
Yen-yuen, a 4seiple of Confucius, lost
light of hi master, 538.
; Yen-kung-chmg, a disciple of Confudu,
518.
Yei, when chldren can eat food, teach
them to us the right hand i when
they can aeak, let the boys answer
(smartly! If Wei ; the girls (softly)
by Yu, 181
Yesterday, cane again, 195.
Yet, Hill, nfteall, 230.
Yet after all, till, 126.
Yielding manirri, humility, 107.
Yielding, firm, 242.
Ying-lsS, his comparative statement re
specting Chsese and Tartars, and his
opinions of government, 689.
You and I, phrae fur, 343.
Young of creaturei, not to be destroyed,
585.
Young person, not attained to know
ledge, 204.
Young, phrase fa", 257.
Youths, servautiroale and female, eight
hundred in ort house, 160.
Youth, 160.
Yu, foreigner! ofKe-chow, or province
of Chlh-le, 5.
' Yu-wio-heaou-plL memoir of, 789.
Yuen-ming-yuen, garden, 473.
Yuen-heen, apooldisciple of Confucius.
526.
Yuen-yang, thumpd by Confucius, 5S7.
Yung-chin, a finnui dancing girl, 538.
Zealous, indifferent, 205.
Zealous endeavour prompt exertion, 265.
Zenith, moon rise to, 301.
r. t. IH'KS, rftlKTM.CBUM.

T H E PUB L I C
Are herby respectfully informed, that there is now Publishing at JMacao, in China,
A

DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE;

TO CONSIST OF THREE PARTS.

FirstChinese and English, arranged according to the Radicals; next, English and

Chinese; and lasty, Chinese and English, arranged Alphabetically.

PAR THE SECOND, WHICH IS JUST PUBLISHED, IS COMPRISED IN TWO QUARTO WOLUMES.
subscr IPTIONs will BE REcel VED

In London, y BlacK, KINGseum Y, PAR BURY, and ALLEN,

MALLAca, by the Rev. WILLIAM M1LNr.

BEN GAL, by Messrs. Colvins, BAzerr, and Co.

Leaden-hall-street.

PARIs,by PR or Esson REMusar.

Cunaby Mr. P. P. Thoms.

| MADRas, by Messrs, ARRUTHN or, D'Monre, M'TAGGAnr, & Co.

| Bonnay, by Messrs. Forbes, and Co.

Persor who wish to do so, may Subscribe to the First Part only, it will be a complete Chinese Dictionary in itself, con

*ining abouforty Thousand Characters. It contains many Quotations from the Chinese Classics, and other original works,
which illustrte the opinions and usages of that People.
R. Marison, D. D. the Author of the above Work, has directed his attention to the collection of Materials

for it durin the last thirteen years. The Hononable rar East India Cowranx has generously
whole expene of Printing and Paper, for an Edition of seven Hundred and Fifty copies.

undertaken the

The hinese Language, whether viewed in itself, its peculiar structure, or , with respect to its antiquity; its hav

ing been folnearly 4000 years the Language of so large a portion of the human species, and its still being the written
medium, in Private and in Public Life, in Literature, in Arts, and in Government, of the most extensive Empire on earth;

viewed in ay, or in all of these respects, it seems to: deserve the attention of every inquisitive and curious mind.
The Muthor pledges himself that the cost to subscribers for the whole work shall not exceed Twenty Guineas.
canton, china, Frbruarr 29, 1890.

There are already Published by the same Author.

I.
II.

REE NUMBERs of the FIRST PART. Price, Half a Guinea, each Number.
whole of the SECOND PART, being An Alphabetical Chinese Dictionary, in two-Volumes, quarto ; con
taining in the first volume, upwards of Twelve Thousand pri, 'al characters, with numerous compounded
terms and phrases under those leading characters, appended to the same volume, is a list of the Constella
tions and Stars, expressed in Chinese Characters, with the corresponding names as given by European
Astronomers. This List of Stars was drawn up for the Author, by J. Reeves, F. R. and L. S.

The

second volume contains copious Indexes to assist the Student in finding Characters by the Radicals; an

Alphabetic table of English words, referring by numbers to corresponding Chinese

words in the body

of the work, and an Alphabeast Table of the Running Hand, the Seal Character, and other varieties in
the Chinese mode of writing.

N. B. To Subscribers for the whole Dictionary, this Part will be reckoned at five Guineas, to
Non Subscribers for the whole, it will sold be at six Guineas.
III. A GRAMMAR OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE. Price, One Pound.
IV. A COLLECTION OF DIALOGUES AND DETACHED SENTENCES, IN CHINESE AND ENGLISH, with a Free

and Verbal rendering. Price, Ten Shillings.

W. A VIEW OF CHINA, FOR PHILOLOGICAL PURPOSES, containing a Sketch of Chinese chronology,
Geography, Population : Government; Religion ; and Customs; with Remarkable Occurrences. The

names of Emperors, Places; Officers of the Government, and so on, are given in the Chinese Character.
Price, One Guinea.

SUBSCRIBERS NAMES RECEIVED IN CHINA.

No. of Copies of the Dictionary.

it partiana Parti sa part."

NAMEB.

Sir Theophilus J. Metcalfe, Bart.

....
Joseph Cotton, Esq.
J. B. Urmston, Esq. ....
J. Molony, Esq.
....
J. T. Esq.
B. C. Wilcocks, Esq. ....
....
J. P. Cushing, Esq.
R. Fisher, Esq. ..
J. H. Bletterman, Esq.....
B. Zeeman, Esq.
F. H. Toone, Esq.
Captain Hamilton,
-

- - -

-- - - -

- - -

- - -

3
s

Mr. Winn,

J.
C.
J.
J.

- - -

- -

....
Bannerman, Esq.
Marjoribanks, Esq: ....
F. Davis, Esq.
Jackson, Esq...
-

- -

A. Pearson, Esq.

...

J. Livingstone, Esq. ....

C. Smith, Esq. ..
C. Magniac, Esq.
H. Magniac,
J. F. N. Daniell, Esq. ....
-

- -

J. Reeves, Esq. ..

S. Ball, Esq. ....

G.

on, Esq. ..

Scheffer, ..

Sir A. Ljungstedt,

James Sturgis, Esq.

John Bowers, Esq.
G. H. Smith, Esq.
J. Latimer, Esq. ..

.....
-

W. S. Davidson, Esq. ....

....
Thomas Dent, Esq.

Charles Blight, Esq. ....

Lieut. Johnston, ..
Capt. Welstead, ..
Major Wm. Farquhar,
George Mather, Esq. ....
Capt. Balston, ..
Capt. Latter, ....
Wm. Bosanquet, Esq. ....
- - - -

Senhor Antonio Pereira, ..

Sir Hundson Lowe,

~
Chrono- ln:
Dialogues.
logy

a****** ^
38miaGD
1815
1996-10H15B
1996^10H25H

A DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE

vol. I -PART I
^
n

SUWJf-NW]
9UW%fi
ROBERT MORRISON
^

t
^

TlOl :Bf-;fflErtWEa2-7-6
% IS (03) 5296-0491
t& W 00140-6-63160

ISBN4-89714-061-7 C3580